• Header 1
  • Header 2
  • Header 3
The
Hildemar
Project

PROLOGUS

[Ms P, fol. ArPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 1v; Ms E1, fol. 2v; Ms E2, fol. 1v]

PROLOGUE

Translated by: Matthieu van der Meer and Bruce Venarde

Incipit prologus sive adhortatio ejus. Tres enim sunt ecclesiasticae disciplinae: Prima physica, id est naturalis, secunda ethica, i. e. moralis, tertia logica, i. e. rationalis. Physica derivatur ab eo, quod est physin; physin enim graece latine natura dicitur. Ethica autem derivatur ab eo, quod est ethin, ethin quidem graece latine mores dicuntur. Logica derivatur ab eo, quod est logos; logos enim graece latine ratio dicitur.

There are three ecclesiastical disciplines. The first one is the physical, that is natural discipline, the second is the ethical, that is moral discipline and the third one is the logical, that is rational discipline. The physical discipline takes its name from physin – the Greek word physin is called nature in Latin. The ethical takes its name from ethin – the Greek word ethin is called custom in Latin. Logic takes its name from that what is logos – for the Greek logos is called in Latin ratio (reason).

Et propter has tres disciplinas ecclesiasticas Salomon, sapientissimus omnium regum, tres libros edidit. Primum librum vocavit parabolam, secundum ecclesiasten, [page 4] tertium vero cantica canticorum. [cf. Isidore of Seville, De libris Salomonis in Libros veteris et novi testamenti prooemia PL 83, col. 164] Primus quidem liber convenit parvulis, in quo saepe parvulos quasi filios alloquitur dicens: Audi fili mi, et caetera; unde in ipso libro saepe mentio malarum rerum fit, id est meretricum et haereticorum. Secundus autem liber convenit majoribus, in quo libro majores admonentur, vanitates mundi despicere, unde ipse liber a vanitate inchoatur dicens: Vanitas vanitatum et omnia vanitas. [Ecl 1:2] Tertius autem liber congruit perfectis; nam in eo libro non adversa, sed laeta reperiuntur.

And in accordance with these three ecclesiastical disciplines, Salomon, the wisest of all kings, has published three books. He called the first book Proverbs, the second Ecclesiast [page 4] and the third Song of Songs. [cf. Isidore of Seville, De libris Salomonis in Libros veteris et novi testamenti prooemia PL 83, col. 164] The first book is suited for the small ones, as he often speaks to the small as if they were his sons, saying: Listen, my son, etc. Therefore, often mention is made in that book of bad things, that is of prostitutes and heretics. The second book is suited for the older ones, as in that book the older ones are admonished to spurn the vanities of the world. Therefore, that very book begins with ‘vanity’, saying: Vanity of vanities and all is vanity. [Ecl 1:2] The third book, however, is fitted for the perfect, for in that book are not found the unpropitious things but the joyful things.

Istius enim Salomonis ordinem tenens B. Benedictus non ignarus ecclesiasticae disciplinae dixit: 1Ausculta o fili, id est sicut Salomon in primo suo libro parvulos quasi filios allocutus est.

The blessed Benedict, in keeping the order of Salomon, said, not unaware of the ecclesiastical discipline: 1Listen, o son, just like Salomon has spoken in his first book to the small ones as his sons.

Quidam libri habent ausculta, et quidam obsculta; sed sive dicas ausculta, sive obsculta, nihil obstat, eo quod auscultare est  scultare; scultare ponitur pro audire, obscultare vero est communiter audire, quia ob in hoc loco pro simul ponitur.

Certain books have (for ‘listen!’) ausculta and others have obsculta, but whether you should say ausculta or obsculta does not matter, because auscultare is scultare (to listen) with the ears (auribus). Scultare is given for hearing, but obscultare is hearing-at-once, because (the prefix) ob is given here instead of simul (at once).

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione Benedictus cum dixit: fili! praemisit o; suffecisset illi enim dixisse fili tantum, quia in illo nomine, quod est fili, vocatio intelligitur. Sed [quia] sicut solent multa nomina pro exaggeratione, id est augmentatione intellectus sui assumere quasdam adjectiones sillabarum, verbi gratia, sicut dives, potens, excelsus et caetera assumunt prae et ex i. e. praedives et praepotens, hoc est valde dives et valde potens, et excelsus, id est, valde celsus: ita S. Benedictus in hoc loco ut exaggeraret vocationem suam, praemisit o, cum dixit: fili! Nam o fili duo sunt vocativa, ac si diceret: fili! fili! Filius enim multis modis dicitur, id est natura, adoptione, imitatione, doctrina et gente.

Now we must see, why Benedict, when he said: Son!, set o in front. It would have sufficed for him to have just said son, because in that name son, a summons is understood. But many names usually assume certain additions of syllables for the sake of amplification, that is, enhancement, of their concept. For example, dives (rich), potens (powerful), celsus (lofty), etc. take prae- and ex-, resulting in praedives, praepotens, that is very rich and very powerful, and excelsus, that is very lofty (celsus). Likewise, Saint Benedict set o in front at this spot, so as to exaggerate his summons when he said: Son! For O, son are two vocatives, as if he was saying: Son! Son! For son is said in many ways, that is by nature, adoption, imitation, teaching and nation.

Natura enim et adoptione omnibus notum est; imitatione autem, quia illius est filius quis, cujus opera imitatur, unde Dominus in Evangelio dixit Judaeis: Vos ex patre diabolo estis, quia ejus opera facere vultis. [Io 8:44]

[What is meant with] ‘by nature’ and ‘by adoption’ is known to all, with ‘by imitation’ however [is meant] that someone is the son of that person whose works he imitates. Therefore, the Lord said in the Gospel to the Jews: You are of your father, the devil, because you want to do his works [Jn 8:44].

Doctrina vero, sicut sunt filii docti a suis magistris; gente autem, sicut fuit ille dives, positus in inferno, videns Lazarum in sinu Abrahae; unde illum Abraham filium vocavit dicens: Fili recordare, quia recepisti bona in vita tua, et Lazarus similiter mala. [Lc 16:25] Et similiter [page 5] ille dives eum patrem nominavit dicens: Pater Abraham.

‘By teaching,’ however, [we say sons] just as sons have been taught by their teachers. [We say] ‘by nation’ though, just as that rich person, placed in hell, when he saw Lazarus on the lap of Abraham. Abraham called him son, saying: Remember, son, that you have received good things in your life and Lazarus, likewise, bad things [Lk 16:25]. And likewise [page 5] that rich man called him father, saying: Father Abraham [Lk 16:24].

Et quamquam multis modis dicatur filius, tamen ubi filius invenitur, etiam non scriptus semper pater subintelligitur, quia filius non potest esse sine patre. In hoc vero loco cum dicit: fili, paternitatis affectum atque magisterii disciplinam erga te ostendit se habuisse. Te vero sua oratio, qua dicit: fili, ostendit, ad quod te ducat, id est ostendit, te ducere ad paternitatis affectum, seu magisterii disciplinam suscipiendam.

And although ‘son’ is used in many ways, still, when a ‘son’ is found, always a ‘father’ is implied, even if it is not written, because a son cannot be without a father. In that place, though, when he says: Son, he shows that he has held paternal affection and professorial discipline towards you. The speech in which he says: Son, shows whereto he leads you, that is, it shows that you are moving to paternal affection or to receiving professorial discipline.

Sequitur: Praecepta dicuntur quasi praemium captent, eo quod sui servatores ex illis praemia capiant.

Next: the instructions are called praecepta as if they hold a reward (praemium) because those who preserve them may take rewards from them.

Magister dictus est quasi magis tritus, id est magis doctus, sicuti dicitur discipulus a discendo.

A teacher has been called magister as from more practiced (magis tritus) that is, more learned, just as disciple is called after learning (discendo).

Nunc videndum est, quare dixit Benedictus inclina, cum potuit dicere aperi? Sed quia multi aperiunt aures et non inclinant i. e. non humiliant, ideo dixit inclina, id est: humilia. Nam multi, quamquam raro econtrario, superbi reperiuntur aures et cetera membra erecta habere, ut est illud: aures eorum adgrava et oculos superborum humiliabis [Is 6:10; Ps 17:18]; semper enim superbi in fastu superbiae erecti sunt; non enim ita dicuntur membra superborum superba, quasi illa sint superba, sed quia officia eorum superbia est, idcirco membra superba dicuntur. Nam in oculis solet cognosci superbia, in ceteris vero membris officia intelligentur superba.

Now we have to see, why Benedict said bend (inclina) when he could say open (aperi). But since many people open their ears and do not bend them, that is, do not humble them, for that reason he said bend, that is humble. For many proud people – although occasionally the opposite is true – are found in such a state that they have their ears and other members erect, just like this citation: make their ears heavy and you will humble the eyes of the proud. [Isa 6:10; Ps 17:18] For the proud have always been erected in the arrogance of pride; for, the limbs of the proud are not called proud in this way that they [themselves] are proud, but because they act proudly. For that reason their limbs are called proud. For, pride is usually situated in the eyes, but in the other limbs pride is understood as a function.

Et est sensus, cum dicit: inclina aurem, id est, ad humilitatem discendam aures submitti; nam inclinare est ab excelsioribus ad humilia submitti.

That is also the point, when he says: Bend your ear. That means that the ears are brought down to learning humility. For, to bend is to be brought down from higher places to the low (humble).

Iterum videndum est, quare, cum dicit aures, subjunxit cordis, cum suffecisset illi dixisse aures sine adjectione cordis, quia scriptura divina ubi aures dicit, cordis aures requirit; unde Dominus in Evangelio dicit: Qui habet aures audiendi audiat; [Mt 11:15; Mc 4:9; Lc 8:8, Lc 14:35] ibi enim non de auribus corporeis dixit, quia omnes, qui illic aderant, aures corporis habebant, et nemo illic venisset ad audiendum, nisi aures corporis habuisset, sed quia Dominus cognoscens ut Deus vidit, ibi multos non aures cordis habuisse, [et] ideo dixit: Qui habet aures audiendi, audiat, ac si diceret: Illos alloquor, qui aures cordis habent; nam aures exterioris hominis sonum audiunt, sed non discernunt, aures autem [page 6] interioris hominis audiunt et discernunt.

Again, we need to see why, when he says ears, he added of the heart, because it would have been enough for him to have said ears without adding of the heart, because when the divine scripture says ears, it requires [to understand] the ears of the heart. Therefore, the Lord says in the Gospel: He who has ears to hear, let him hear! [Mt 11:15 etc.]. He did not speak of corporeal ears, because all people who were present there, were having ears, and no one would have come there to hear, unless he had had ears of the body. But because the Lord, knowing just like God, saw that many people there had not had ears of the heart, therefore he said: he who has ears to hear, let him hear, as if he was saying: I am speaking to others who have ears, for ears of the outer man hear the sound, but they do not discern. The ears of the inner man, however, [page 6] hear and discern.

Et ipse homo exterior communis est cum bestiis; homo autem interior communis est cum angelis, et ipse ad imaginem Dei factus est.

And man himself, as outer man, has the same nature as the animals; but the inner man has the same nature as angels, and he himself has been made after God’s image.

S. vero Benedictus ideo dixit cordis, ut ibi nulla difficultas esset intelligendi, de quibus auribus diceret, quia humilibus et simplicibus loquebatur.

Saint Benedict, however, said of the heart in order that there would be no difficulty of understanding about what ears he was speaking, because he was talking to humble and simple people.

Aures autem secundum antiquorum sapientium sensum dictae sunt quasi audes ideo, quod audiant. [source not identified] Secundum vero novorum sapientium aures dictae sunt ab hauriendo, eo quod hauriant sonum.

According to ancient wise men, ears (aures) were [originally] called audes for this reason that they hear (audire). But according to modern wise men, ears have been called after [the verb] to draw (haurire), because they draw the sound.

Nunc iterum videndum est, qua ratione S. Benedictus, cum dixit cordis, subjunxit tui, cum suffecisset illi cordis dixisse tantum. Sed ideo dixit propter exaggerationem cordis, id est propter nimiam intentionem cordis.

Now we need to look again, with what reason Saint Benedict added your, when he said of your heart, because it would have sufficed for him to only have said of the heart. But he said it because of the amplification of the heart. That is: because of the very great intention of the heart.

Ea quippe intentione dixit S. Benedictus tui, qua intentione dixit Deus ad Ezechielem prophetam tuis, ait enim: Fili hominis, vide oculis tuis et auribus tuis audi et pone cor tuum in omnia, quae ego ostendam tibi, quia ut ostendantur tibi, adductus es huc. [Ez 40:4]

Indeed, St. Benedict said your with the same intention with which God said to Ezekiel, his prophet, your. He said: Son of man, see with your eyes and hear with your ears and put your heart in everything that I will show you, because you have been brought hither in order that it be shown to you [Ez 40:4].

Ideo dixit tuis, quia oculos cordis vel aures cordis requirebat, ac si diceret: quia non potes ista, quae ego ostendo tibi, oculis corporeis videre, et auribus corporeis audire, idcirco dico tuis, ut ea propheticis oculis videas et auribus propheticis audias. Ita S. Benedictus in hoc loco dixit tui, ac si diceret: et quia haec, quae ego loquor tibi, non potes auribus corporeis audire, idcirco dixi tui, ut ea auribus cordis audias.

He said your for this reason that he was demanding the eyes of the heart or the ears of the heart, as if he was saying: since you are not able to see with corporeal eyes those things that I show you and hear them with corporeal ears, therefore I say your in order that you see those things with prophetic eyes and hear them with prophetic ears. Thus St. Benedict said your in that place: and since you are not able to hear with corporeal ears those things that I say to you, therefore I said your in order that you hear them with the ears of the heart.

1Et admontionem pii patris libenter excipe.

1And gladly receive the admonition of the loving father.

Inter admonitionem et doctrinam hoc potest interesse: doctrina est ostensio rei, quae debet fieri, et quae non debet fieri; admonitio vero est exoratio, ut fiat vel non fiat.

This can be the difference between admonition and teaching: teaching is the showing of a thing that ought to happen, and that not ought to happen; admonition, however, is an exhortation, in order that it happens or not.

Nunc iterum videndum est, qua ratione S. Benedictus cum dixit patris praemisit pii, cum suffecisset dixisse tantum patris? Sed ideo dixit pii propter exaggerationem paternitatis affectus id est, ut ostenderet, se nimium paternum amorem habere.

Now we have to see again, with what reason St. Benedict set loving in front when he said of the father as it would have sufficed for him to have only said of the father. But he said loving because of the amplification of affection of fatherhood, that is, in order to show that he had very great paternal love.

Altero modo dixit pii ad seperationem illorum, qui crudeles sunt patres, veluti est diabolus, de quo Dominus in Evangelio dicit: Vos ex patre diabolo estis, quia opera ejus facere vultis. [Io 8:44] Diabolus enim, quanquam blanda et [page 7] dulcia tibi promittat, tamen quia intentio illius deceptionis atque perditionis est, ideo est crudelis, et ipse, qui nunc est suasor dulcedinis, ille erit accusator noster ante Deum.

In another way he said loving with regard to the distinction of those who are cruel fathers, such as the devil, about whom the Lord says in the Gospel: You are of your father, the devil, because you want to do his works. [Io 8:44] For the devil, although he may promise you pleasant and sweet things, [page 7] still, because it is his intention to deceive and ruin, he is cruel; and the same one who is now the seducer to sweetness, will later be our accuser in front of God.

Multi vero carnales patres crudeles sunt in eo, quod mittunt filios suos ad furandum et ad rapiendum seu ad cetera mala, peragenda causa dilectionis eorum, ut ex hoc abundent divitiis. Deinceps quidem sunt patres carnales, qui, quamvis non mittunt filios suos ad mala perpetranda, tamen quia non docent illos bene agere, aut non permittunt vel concedunt illos doceri, crudeles sunt. Et quid mirum, si multi patres carnales sunt crudeles, cum etiam multi doctores atque praepositi ecclesiae crudeles existunt? quia omnis, qui locum tenet regiminis ecclesiae, si plus amat vel diligit terrena quam coelestia, crudelis est.

But many fathers are cruel because they send their sons out for stealing and plundering or to pursuing other evils, out of love for these things, so as to abound in riches from this. Subsequently, there are carnal fathers who, even if they do not send out their sons to perpetrate evils, are cruel because they do not teach them to behave well or do not allow or assent that they be taught. And is it a surprise if many carnal fathers are cruel when even many doctors and teachers of the church turn out to be cruel? Because every one who holds a position of power in the church, is cruel if he loves or cherishes the matters of the earth more than the matters of heaven.

Et sive intelligas in hoc loco patrem Benedictum sive alium quemquam doctorem in loco ejus constitutum, sive ipsum Dominum, est sensus, cum dicit: 1admonitionem pii patris libenter excipe, i. e. si forte quemquam crudelem patrem secutus es, hortor te atque admoneo, ut deseras illum crudelem et sequaris istum, qui pius est.

And whether you should understand in this place father Benedict or any other doctor put in his position, or the Lord himself, when he says gladly receive the admonition of your loving father, the meaning is this: if you by chance have followed some sort of cruel father, I urge you and admonish you, to leave that cruel man behind and to follow him who is loving.

Iterum videndum est, qua ratione cum dixit excipe, praemisit libenter? Et non dixit excipe tantum, sed ideo dixit libenter propter exaggarationem devotionis tuae, ut imperium patris atque magistri summa cum devotione excipias.

Once again we need to see, with which argument he put in front gladly, when he said receive. He did not just say receive but he said gladly because of the amplification of your devotion, in order that you receive the command of a father and teacher with the highest devotion.

Nam sunt multi, qui imperium suscipiunt patris vel magistri, tamen non libenter suscipiunt, eo quod non bona voluntate suscipiunt illud: libenter namque potest intelligi quasi placenter, id est, sponte vel voluntarie, eo quod devotionem tuam voluit perfectam esse, cum ostendit in illo verbo, quod dicit excipe; excipere enim est valde accipere, id est: aeque atque devote accipere.

For, there are many, who undergo the command of a father or teacher, but do not undergo it gladly, because they do not undergo it with goodwill: for gladly can be understood as willfully, that is freely or willingly, because he wanted that your devotion is perfect, when he said receive. For, to receive (recipere) is to take in very much (valde accipere), that is: to take in justly (aeque) and devoutly.

Iterum videndum est, qua ratione, cum dicit comple, praemisit efficaciter? Ideo enim dixit efficaciter propter exaggerationem, id est perfectionem operis, quia voluit ostendere, ut nihil perfectionis deesset tuo operi; efficaciter enim quasi effectum, id est consummationem capienter dicitur.

Once again, we have to see with what reason he put in front effectively when he said fulfill. He said effectively because of amplification, that is because of the fulfillment of the work, because he wanted to show that no perfection was missing from your work. For effectively means, as it were, completed, that is seizing completion (consummationem capienter)1.

Efficaciter namque est: pefecte, pleniter; nam quia sunt [page 8] multi, qui opus sibi injunctum non efficaciter, id est studiose vel perfecte complent, propterea dixi tibi, efficaciter complere, ut non tepide aut negligenter compleas. Egregius enim est in hoc loco ordo; ideo enim est egregius, quia prius docuit libenter excipere, et postmodum efficaciter complere.

For, effectively is: perfectly, fully. Because there are many [page 8] who do not effectively finish the works imposed on them, that is carefully or perfectly, for that reason he said2 to you: fulfill effectively in order that you do not fulfill it tepidly or heedlessly. Indeed, the order [of words] in this place is excellent; it is excellent for this reason that he taught us to receive gladly and thereafter to fulfill effectively.

Nunc quasi tu aut aliquis, cui haec imperantur, interrogasset illum dicens: ‘Quo fructu aut qua ratione’, pater Benedicte, ‘jubes me ita agere, id est libenter praeceptum patris excipere et efficaciter complere?’ reddit causam, qua hortetur haec agere, quasi dicat: Vis scire, quo fructu aut qua ratione, fili, ita dico tibi agere? Ideo te moneo, haec agere, 2ut ad eum per obedientiae laborem redeas, a quo per inobedientiae desidiam recesseras.

Now if you or someone to whom these things are commanded, had asked him: ‘To what effect or with what reason’, father Benedict, ‘do you order me to do so, that is to receive gladly the teaching of the father and to fulfill it effectively?’ he gives as reason: to encourage you to do these things, as if he would say: 'Do you want to know to what effect and with what reason, my son, I tell you to do so? I admonish you to do this 2in order that you may return through the work of obedience to him, from whom you had withdrawn through the sloth of disobedience.'

Sunt enim multa loca in divinis scripturis, in quibus nota persona manifestatur per pronomen et officium, veluti est in hoc loco, cum dicit eum.

For, there are many places in divine scriptures, in which a known person is revealed through the pronoun and office, just as in this place, when he says him.

Ecce eum pronomen est relativum et positum est sine praemissione nominis. Sed quamvis S. Benedictus non nominatim indiceret personam, ad quam debeas redire, tamen quia Dei persona nota est omnibus, ideo manifestavit illam tibi per pronomen istud relativum et per officium illud, quod subjunxit: a quo per inobedientiae desidiam recesseras. Omnibus enim notum est, quia per inobedientiam recesseramus a Deo.

Behold, him is a personal pronoun and is used without first saying the name. But although Saint Benedict would not indicate the person by name to whom you have to return, still, since God’s person is known to all, therefore he revealed it to you through that personal pronoun and that office, when he added: from whom you had withdrawn through the sloth of disobedience. For, it is known to all that we had withdrawn from God through disobedience.

Nunc iterum videndum est, quare S. Benedictus adjunxit laborem obedientiae? Ideo enim junxit laborem obedientiae, quia cognovit, non posse esse obedientiam sine labore.

Now we have to see again, why Saint Benedict added the work of obedience. He added the work of obedience because he knew that obedience cannot exist without effort.

Adam enim pater noster cum esset in paradiso, potuit sine labore obedientiam Deo exhibere; nos vero e contrario expulsi de paradiso et in hoc exilium missi non possumus sine labore obedientiam Deo exhibere.

When our father Adam was in paradise, he could perform his obedience to God without effort. But we, on the contrary, have been expelled from paradise and we, sent into this exile, cannot perform obedience to God without effort.

Nunc iterum videndum est, qua ratione junxit S. Benedictus inobedientiae desidiam? Ideo junxit inobedientiae desidiam, quia cognovit, inobedientiam non posse esse sine desidia, eo quod desidia dictum est quasi desinens. Et ille est inobediens, qui desinit implere, quod sibi injunctum est.

Now we have to see, why Saint Benedict added sloth (desidia) to disobedience. He added sloth to disobedience because he knew that disobedience cannot exist without sloth (desidia), because sloth is said as if (it means) stopping (desinens). And he is disobedient who stops to fulfill what had been imposed on him.

Item advertendum est, quia S. Benedictus in hoc loco [page 9] inobedientiam primi hominis tetigit et per illius inobedientiam tetigit nostram, cum dixit: quo per inobedientiae desidiam recesseras, quia nostra inobedientia ex illius inobedientia nata est; et nisi ille inobediens esset, nos nequaquam inobedientes essemus, nos enim per illius inobedientiam omnes aequaliter recessimus a Deo, post vero unusquisque, in quantum plus peccat, tantum plus recedit a Deo.

Likewise, we must notice, that Saint Benedict in this place [page 9] touched on the disobedience of the first man and touched through his disobedience on our disobedience, when he said: from whom you had withdrawn through the sloth of disobedience, because our disobedience has been born from his disobedience; and if he would not be disobedient, we would by no means be disobedient, for we have all equally withdrawn from God through his disobedience. But thereafter, in as much as each one sins more, he withdraws more from God.

Et quod alii valde, alii minus longe recedunt a Deo, testatur sermo propheticus, qui ad Jerusalem dicit; ait enim: Filii tui de longe venient et filiae tuae de latere surgent. [Is 60:4] Per hos, quos dixit de longe venire, indicat illos, qui de plurimis et de magnis peccatis convertuntur ad Deum, per illos vero, quos dixit de latere surgent, illos significat, qui non de multis vel magnis convertuntur, quia, sicut diximus, quantum plus peccat unusquisque, tantum plus recedit, et quantum minus peccat, tantum minus longe recedit.

And the fact that some withdraw very much and others less far from God, is testified by the prophetic sermon, that says to Jerusalem: Your sons will come from far and your daughters will rise at your side [Is 60:4]. With them, about whom he said that they come from far, he refers to those who turn to God from very many and great sins. But with them, about whom he said they will rise at the side, he signifies those who do not turn from many and great [sins] because, as we said, the more anyone sins, the more he withdraws, and the less he sins, the less far he withdraws.

Apte enim et congruenter nunc dicit: 3Ad te ergo nunc meus sermo dirigitur, postquam allocutus est parvulos quasi filios libenter excipere et efficaciter complere praeceptum patris, et postquam reddidit causam, qua debuisset ille discipulus libenter excipere et efficaciter complere.

Fittingly and suitably he now says: 3My speech is therefore now directed at you, after he had told the small ones – like sons – to gladly receive and effectively fulfill the teaching of the father, and after he had given the reason why that disciple had to receive gladly and fulfill effectively.

Neque enim consequens erat, ut prius coepisset docere, nisi ante allocutus fuisset illum, qui docendus esset, qualiter debuisset excipere vel perficere, quod sibi injunctum fuisset; prius enim sub generalitatis nomine quasi uni de multis dixit: ausculta o fili, nunc vero postquam tu decrevisti auditor esse et obtulisti te ei ad suscipiendam ejus doctrinam, idcirco specialiter tibi assumpto de multis dixit: Ad te nunc sermo meus dirigitur.

For, it was not logical that he began to teach first, if he had not spoken earlier to him who must be taught, in what manner he had to receive or accomplish what had been imposed on him. For, under the name of universality he spoke first to one out of many: Listen, o son, but now, after you have decided to be the hearer, and have offered yourself to him to receive his doctrine, he said specifically to you, adopted out of many: I direct now my speech to you.

Istud enim adverbium, quod est nunc, in isto loco positum est, quia ab hinc coepit docere.

For, that adverb now has been put in that place because he begins to teach from this point onward.

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione dicit S. Benedictus meus sermo, cum Dominus dicat: Mea doctrina non est mes, [Io 7:16] et item ad Ezechielem prophetam Dominus dicat: Fili hominis! speculatorem te dedi domui Israel; audies ex [page 10] ore meo sermonem et annuntiabis eis ex me. [Ez 3:17] Et item in Evangelio dicitur: Quare non dedisti pecuniam meam nummulariis? [Lc 19:23]

Now, it must be seen, with what reason Saint Benedict says my speech, although the Lord says: My doctrine is not mine [Io 7:16.] and likewise the Lord says to Ezekiel the prophet: Son of man! I gave you as overseer to the house of Israel; you will hear [page 10] from my mouth a speech and you will announce to them from me [Ez 3:17]. And likewise it is said in the Gospel: Why did you not give my money to the money-lenders? [Lc 19:23].

Jam si Domini pecunia est, restat, ut doctrina sanctorum non sua sit sed Domini. Et si praedicatio sanctorum non sua est sed Domini, videtur nunc contrarium esse, quod S. Benedictus dixit: meus sermo. Sed hoc non est contrarium, quod Benedictus meus dixit, quia doctrina sanctorum et sua, et Domini est: sua est per susceptionem, Domini est per administrationem.

Now, if the money is the Lord’s, it is clear that the teaching of the saints is not theirs, but the Lord’s. And if the preaching of the saints is not theirs but the Lord’s, it seems now to be contradictory that Benedict said my speech. But it is not contradictory that Benedict said my, because the teaching of the saints is both theirs and the Lord’s: it is theirs through acceptance, it is the Lord’s through direction.

Si vero interrogasses S. Benedictum dicens: ‘cur tuum sermonem esse dicis et non Domini?’ ille vero similiter respondisset tibi dicens: ‘iste sermo Domini est et meus’. Domini est per administrationem, meus est per susceptionem. Sicut enim doctrina dicitur Domini esse et sanctorum, ita etiam et de virtutibus dicitur, veluti sunt hae: spes, fides, caritas, patientia et cetera. Domini quidem sunt per administrationem, sanctorum sunt per susceptionem.

But if you would have asked Saint Benedict: Why do you say the speech is yours and not the Lord’s? he, then, would have answered you: that speech is the Lord’s and mine. It is the Lord’s through direction, mine through acceptance. For, just as teaching is said to be of the Lord and of the saints, just so it is said of the virtues, such as these are: hope, faith, love, patience, etc. They are the Lord’s through direction, the saints’ through acceptance.

Et quod doctrina sive virtus et Domini et sanctorum sint, testatur Paulus apostolus una eademque sententia, cum dicit: plus omnibus laboravi, [I Cor. 15:10] sed non ego. Ecce Paulus et se dixit laborasse et dicit non laborasse; in eo quod dicit: plus omnibus laboravi, per susceptionem dixit, et in eo, quod dixit: non ego, per administrationem dicit.

And the fact that teaching or virtue are both of the Lord and of the saints, is testified by the Apostle Paul in one and the same sentence, when he says: I have worked more than everyone, but not I [I Cor. 15:10]. Behold, Paul both said that he had worked and he says that he has not worked. He spoke in terms of acceptance in the words that say: I have worked more than everyone. He spoke in terms of direction in the words that said: not I.

Magna enim differentia est inter falsos et veros praedicatores; falsi enim dicunt: mea est doctrina, veraces iterum dicunt: mea est doctrina, utrumque enim verum est; et verum est, quod falsi dicunt, et verum est, quod veraces praedicatores dicunt; nam falsi praedicatores veraciter dicunt: mea doctrina est secundem inventionem, veraces e contrario verum dicunt: mea doctrina est secundum susceptionem.

For, great is the difference between false and true preachers; the false say: The teaching is mine. The truthful say in their turn: The teaching is mine, for it is true either way: true is what the false say and true is what the truthful say. For, the false preachers say truthfully: It is my teaching according to [their own] invention, the truthful, though, say on the contrary: It is my teaching according to acceptance.

Nunc videndum est, quis sensus sit in isto verbo, quod est 3abrenuncians, vel utatur isto sermone. Abrenuntians enim intelligitur repellens aut respuens seu dejiciens. Isto enim sermone utitur sancta ecclesia, quando intromittuntur fideles in unitatem ecclesiae. Et nisi interrogati fuerint a sacerdotibus dicentibus sibi ita, id est: Abrenuntias diabolo et operibus ejus, et iterum seculo [page 11] et pompis ejus [source not identified] non intromittuntur intra sanctam ecclesiam.

Now we must see, what meaning is implied in that word 3renouncing or [what meaning] uses this sermon.3 Renouncing is understood as rejecting or spurning or declining. The holy church uses this language when the faithful are let into the unity of the church. And if they are not interrogated by the priests saying to them this: Do you renounce the devil and his works, and again [do you renounce] the world [page 11] and its pomp? they are not let into the holy church.

Vide modo, quia sicut non intromittuntur fideles in sanctam ecclesiam, nisi abrenuntiaverint diabolo et operibus ejus, seculo et pompis ejus, ita etiam non suscipiuntur isti a disciplina monasticae doctrinae, nisi abrenuntiaverint prius 3propriis voluntatibus. Et sicut ecclesiae studium est maxime in abrenuntiando idolorum servitutibus, ita studium est monasticae disciplinae in abrenuntiando propriis voluntatibus.

Just see, that just as the faithful are not let into the holy church unless they renounce the devil and his works, the world and its pomp, so too these men are not received by the discipline of monastic teaching, unless they renounce first their 3own wills. And just as the zeal of the church consists mostly of renouncing the subjection to idols, so the zeal of monastic discipline [consists mostly] of renouncing one’s own will.

Nunc videndum est, quid sit propria voluntas. Hic adtende, quia per circumlocutionem venit ad hoc, quod interrogatur, quid sit propria voluntas.

Now we have to see, what one’s own will is. Pay attention here, because he [Benedict] arrives through circumlocution at the point where we can ask what one’s own will is.

Si enim interroges, quid sit proprium hominis, proprium hominis est, nil boni habere, quia, postquam primus homo libero arbitrio male utens ejectus est de paradiso, nil boni proprium habuit.

For, if you should ask, what is man’s own, then [the answer is:] man’s own is to have no goodness, because, after the first man who had used his free judgment badly, was ejected from paradise, he had no goodness.

Verum sciendum est, quia ita non dicimus, postquam expulsus est de paradiso, non habuisse hominem aliquid boni a se, quasi prius, cum erat in paradiso, habuisset, sed homo bonum, quod habuit in paradiso, a Deo habuit, et ita, habuit, ut sine labore haberet. At nunc postquam pulsus est de paradiso, illud bonum, quod a Deo sibi datum sine labore in paradiso exercebat per liberum arbitrium infirmatum est ipsum liberum arbitrium, ita ut sine labore nunc non possit illud bonum operari.

But it ought to be understood that, after he was expelled from paradise, we do not accordingly say that man did not have some goodness of himself, as if he earlier, when he was in paradise, had had [some goodness]. But man had the goodness that he had in paradise from God, and he had it in such a way that he had it without effort. But now he has been expelled from paradise and that former goodness, given to him by God without effort in paradise and exercised by man with his free judgment, [that goodness] weakened that very free judgment, in such a way that he cannot do goodness without effort.

Et quod homo nihil boni proprium habeat, testatur Dominus in evangelio, qui dicit: Sine me nihil potestis facere, [Io 15:5] et in hoc loco, ubi dicit nil, subaudiendum est boni. Et sicut in hoc loco non potest excludi bona operatio vel cogitatio, ita etiam ipsarum bonarum cogitationum intentio non potest excludi. Et ita psalmista dicit: Misericordia ejus praeveniet me, et Paulus apostolus dicit: Qui operatur in vobis velle. [Phil 2:12]

And the fact that man has no goodness of his own, is testified by the Lord in the Gospel: You can do nothing without me [Io 15:5] and in that place, where he says nothing, ‘good’ must be supplied. And as little as in that place a good deed or thought can be excluded, so little, too, the intention of those good thoughts can be excluded. And thus the psalmist says: His mercy will prevent me [Ps 58:11] and Paul the Apostle says: He who makes in you your will [Phil 2:12].

His ergo exemplis testantibus noscimus, non solum bona opera vel cogitationes, sed etiam ipsas rimas bonarum cogitationum ab homine non esse. Jam ergo si nil boni habet homo a se, sed malum, tunc [page 12] cum dixit: propriis voluntatibus, consequens est, ut de vitiis intelligamus.

Therefore, with the help of the witness of these examples, we know that not only the good works or thoughts, but even the flashes (rimae) themselves of good thoughts do not come from man. Now then, if man has no goodness of himself, but [only] evil, and [page 12] when he [Benedict] says: [your] own wills, the consequence is that we understand it with regard to [our] vices.

Sed quia solet diabolus sub specie bonitatis hominem decipere, idcirco volens S. Benedictus utroque periculo carere suum auditorem, dixit: abrenuntians propriis voluntatibus, id est non solum illam, quae aperte mala suggerit, sed etiam illam, quae sub specie bonitatis occulte suadetur, debet respuere voluntatem.

But since the devil is used to deceive man under the pretense of goodness, Saint Benedict, because he wants that his listener be free from either danger, said: renouncing one’s own will. That is: he ought to cast out not only that will which openly advices evil deeds, but also that will which secretly is persuaded under the pretense of goodness.

Secundum vero aliorum sensum proprio voluntas intelligitur etiam de bona re, verbi gratia, vigiliae bonae sunt, orationes bonae sunt, jejunium bonum est, sed item propriae nostrae fiunt, cum ea separamus a senioris vel a bonorum fratrum consensu.

But according to others, one’s own will is even understood with regard to a good thing, for example: vigils are good, prayers are good, fasting is good, but likewise they become our own when we separate them form the consent of the elder or of the good brothers.

Verbi gratia, sicut equus aut bos aut aliqua res, quam cum possidemus sine communione aliorum fratrum, efficitur nostrum proprium. Necnon et iterum si bos aut ager est communis, dicitur noster, si vero non est communis, dicitur meus; ita etiam oratio aut nuditas aut caeterae operationes bonae si cum consensu spiritalis patris fiunt vel bonorum fratrum, tunc dicuntur nostrae; si vero proprio arbitrio, id est sine consensu spiritalis patris vel bonorum fratrum, dicitur meum. Ita etiam orationes vel nuditates, aut caeterae bonae virtutes, si eas proprio arbitrio, id est sine consensu spiritualis patris vel bonorum fratrum exercuerimus, efficitur nostrum proprium, quia, quamquam bonae sint, tamen si eas proprio arbitrio usi fuerimus, in proprium nobis reputabuntur.

For example: a horse or cow or something else is made our own, when we possess it without the communion of other brothers. And again, if a cow or a field is communal, it is called ours, but if it is not communal, it is called mine. Thus, even prayer or nudity4 or other good works are called ours if they are done with the consent of the spiritual father or of good brothers; but if [something is done] with my own judgment, that is without the consent of the spiritual father or good brothers, it is called mine. Thus, even prayers of nudities or other good virtues – if we exercise them with our own judgment, that is without the consent of the spiritual father or of good brothers, become our own, because, although they are good, still, if we use them with our own judgment, they will be ascribed to us as our own possession.

Ita enim dicimus bonas has res propriam voluntatem, verbi gratia, si vis triduanam aut biduanam agere aut totam quadragesimam jejunare, et dixerit abbas aut spiritalis frater, non esse bonum, tu debes dimittere, aut certe quidquid tu agis, ut displiceat aut abbati spiritali aut fratribus spiritalibus, et tu cognoveris, non debes in tua voluntate ipsa bona operando persistere dicens, bonum esse.

So, we call these good things one’s own will, for example: if you want to hold a three-day or two-day fast, or fasting the entire lent, and the abbot or the spiritual father says that it is not good, you ought to let it go. Certainly, whatever you do so that it displeases the spiritual abbot or the spiritual brothers, and you find that out, you ought not to persist in your will with doing these good things, saying that they are good.

Et hoc, si boni fuerint, quibus displicuerit nam si mali fuerint, non est auscultandum, nam debes semper bona agere, ut tibi et aliis proficias.

And this must be paid heed to if they, whom it displeases, are good. For, if they are bad, it must not be paid heed to. For, you always ought to do good things, in order that you make progress for yourself and others.

Sequitur: 3Domino Christo vero regi.

Next: 3To the Lord Christ, the true king.

Ista enim singula verba plena sunt gravitate; Dominus enim a domo dictus est, quia sicut ille, qui praeest domui, [page 13] ea, quae in domo sunt, regit et gubernat, ita Dominus omnia regit atque gubernat.

Truly, these words, one for one, are full of gravity; for, the Lord (dominus) has been called after house (domus), because just as he, who is in charge of the house, [page 13] rules and steers the things which are in the house, so the Lord rules and steers all things.

Ubi enim mentionem Filii Dei audis vel legis, mysterium tuae redemptionis vel totius humani generis ibi recole. Et quamquam redemtio humani generis ad operationem sive miserationem sanctae et individuae Trinitatis referatur, tamen ad Filium specialiter referetur quia ille sanguinem fudit pro redemtione humani generis, non Pater et Spiritus sanctus, eo quod Pater et Spiritus Sanctus non assumpsit carnem, sed Filius.

When you hear or read a mentioning of Son of God, then remember the mystery of your redemption or of the entire human race. And even though the redemption of the human race is related to the operation or commiseration of the Holy and undivided Trinity, still it will especially be related to the Son because he poured his blood for the redemption of the human race, not the Father and the Holy Ghost, because the Father and the Holy Ghost did not assume the flesh, but the Son did.

Nunc videndum est, quare non dixit S. Benedictus tantum Domino, sed addidit Christo? Ideo addidit Christo, quia per istud nomen, quod est appellativum Filii, mysterium redemptionis tuae tibi voluit in memoriam reducere; superius enim dixerat, a quo per inobedientiae desidiam recesseras, nunc autem ideo addidit Christum, ut manifestaret tibi, quia per ejus specialiter redemptionem revocatus es ad Deum. Nam Christus ideo est appellativum nomen Filii, eo quod multi fuerunt, qui christi dicti sunt; sed quamquam cum hominibus appellativum sit, illi tamen non est appelativum cum Patre et Spiritu sancto, quia hoc nomen ad incarnationem Filii attinet.

Now we must see, why St. Benedict did not only say Lord but added Christ. He added Christ for this reason that through that name, which is the title (appellativum) of the Son, he wanted to bring to memory the mystery of redemption. For, he had said earlier from what point you had removed yourself through the slothfulness of disobedience, but now he added Christ in order to show to you that you have been called back to God, particularly through his redemption. For Christ is for this reason the name with which we address the Son, because there have been many who have been called Christ; but although it is the address among men, it is for him not the address together with the Father and the Holy Spirit, because this name belongs to the incarnation of the Son.

Unde Beda in tractatu actuum apostolorum ita dicit: Christus enim a chrismate, i. e. ab unctione nomen accepit, juxta quod dicitur: Unxit te Deus Deus tuus oleo laetitiae, [Bede, Expositio Actuum Apostolorum, c. 4, CCSL 121, p. ?] i. e. Spiritu sancto; Christus enim graece latine unctus dicitur.

Therefore Bede says in his tract on the Acts of the Apostles: Christ comes from chrisma, that is, it takes its name from ointment, according to the Scriptures: God, your God, anointed you with the oil of gladness, [Bede, Expositio Actuum Apostolorum, c. 4]5 that is: with the Holy Spirit. For, Christ is Greek, in Latin he is called anointed (unctus).

Quotquot enim antiquitus reges erant, christi dicebantur, quia uncti erant a prophetis unctione corruptibili. Iste autem Christus unctus est non unctione corruptibili, sed unctione spiritali, id est plenitudine Spiritus sancti, de quo dictum est: Spiritus Domini super me, propter quod unxerit me, [Lc 4:1] cui etiam Psalmista dicit: propterea unxit te Deus Deus tuus in aeternam oleo laetitiae prae consortibus tuis. [Ps 44:8]

However many kings there were in antiquity, they were being called christs because they had been anointed by the prophets with perishable oil. However, that one Christ has not been anointed with perishable oil, but with spiritual oil, that is with the fullness of the Holy Ghost, about whom it has been said: The Spirit of the Lord is over me, because he has anointed me. [Lc 4:1] Also the Psalmist says to him: Because God, your God, anointed you for ever with the oil of gladness before your consorts. [Ps 44:8]

Quando enim consortes nominantur, naturam carnis intellige, quia Deus consortes substantiae suae nos non habet. Et quia erat unctio spiritalis et nequaquam humani corporis, ut fuit in sacerdotibus Judaeorum, idcirco prae consortibus, id est prae ceteris sanctis unctus esse memoratur cujus unctio illo expleta est tempore, quando [page 14] baptizatus est in Jordane et Spiritus sanctus in specie columbae descendit super eum et mansit in illo. Unctus est igitur oleo spiritali et virtute coelesti, ut paupertatem conditionis humanae thesauro resurrectionis rigaret aeterno et captivitatem mentis auferret atque caecitatem illuminaret animarum nostrarum. [Bede, In Lucae Evangelium Expositio II, CCSL 120, pp. 102-103]1

When, therefore, the consorts are mentioned, understand the nature of the flesh, because God does not have us as consorts of his substance. And because his anointment was spiritual and not at all of the human body, as it was [practiced] among the priests of the Jews, for that reason he is said to have been anointed before the other saints, he whose anointment was fulfilled at that time when [page 14] he was baptized in the river Jordan and the Holy Spirit descended over him in the appearance of a dove and remained onto him. He has therefore been anointed with spiritual oil and with celestial virtue, in order that he bedew the poverty of the human condition with the treasure of the resurrection and carry away the captivity of the mind and enlighten the blindness of our souls. [Bede, In Lucae Evangelium Expositio II]

Nunc etiam videndum est, qua ratione B. Benedictus cum dixit regi praemisit vero. Ideo enim dixit vero regi, ut separaret eum ab his, qui non sunt veri reges natura, eo quod alii sunt, qui non sunt veri reges natura.

Now we must also see, with what argument the blessed Benedict put true first when he said king. He said to the true king so as to separate him from those who are not true kings by nature, because there are others who are not true kings by nature.

Sic enim B. Petrus apostolus cum dixit Domino: Tu es Christus filius Dei, [Mt 26:63] addidit vivi ad separationem deorum mortuorum. Ita etiam lux sanctorum apostolorum non erat vera lux natura, nam Petrus lux erat, Johannes lux erat, de quo dictum est: Erat Johannes lucerna ardens; [Io 5:35] ardens erat Johannes fide et dilectione, lucerna autem verbo et actione, sed sicut dixit, non erat vera lux natura, quia alius erat vera lux, qui eos illuminabat, de quo dictum est: Erat lux vera, quae illuminat omnem hominem venientem in hunc mundum. [Io 1:9]

In such a way, then, the blessed Apostle Peter added, when he said to the Lord: Thou art Christ, the son of God [Mt 26:63], the word living to separate him from the dead gods. So, too, the light of the holy apostles was not the true light by nature, for Peter was light and John [the Baptist] was light, about whom it was said: John was the burning torch [Io 5:35]. John was burning with faith and love. But although he was a torch in word and action, he was not the true light by nature, because another was the true light, who was enlightening them and about whom it is said: He was the true light, that, coming into this world, enlightens every person. [Io 1:9]

Iterum videndum est, quid sit militaturus, aut cur dixit S. Benedictus militaturus, et non dixit serviturus vel obediturus. Militaturus enim intelligitur certaturus vel pugnaturus; et quia voluit tibi S. Benedictus indicare, ad pugnam vel laborem te accessurum, ideo dixit militaturus, quia militare proprio pugnare est.

Again, we need to see what about to battle (militaturus) means, or: why does St. Benedict say about to battle and did not say about to serve or about to obey? About to battle is understood as about to struggle or about to fight. And because St. Benedict wanted to indicate to you that you are about to enter a fight or struggle, he said about to battle, because to battle is actually to fight.

Hic etiam animadvertendum est, quia illud, quod Salomon multiplicibus verbis comprehendit dicens: Fili! accede ad servitutem Dei et praepara animam tuam ad laborem, [Sir 2:1] ipsum etiam S. Benedictus uno eodemque sermone comprehendit, cum dixit militaturus. Nam cum superius dixit: abrenuntians propriis voluntatibus, nunc autem subjunxit militaturus, quid aliud ostendere voluit, nisi pugnam et laborem te esse subiturum? Tu vero quando propriis voluntatibus abrenuntias et alterius voluntati te submittis, quasi ad pugnam accedis.

Here you have to pay attention, because Salomon expresses it in many words as he says: Son! Enter the service of God and prepare your soul for effort. [Ecl 2:1]  St. Benedict expresses that very idea in one word, when he said: about to battle. For when he said earlier: renouncing your own will, and now has added about to battle, what else did he want to demonstrate than that you are about to undergo fight and effort? But when you renounce your own will and submit yourself to the will of another, you enter, as it were, a fight.

Hic etiam videndum est, quia cum dixit: Christo vero regi militaturus, non dixit; contra Christum, sed pro Christo militaturus, [page 15] sicuti cum dicitur miles terrenus regi terreno militaturus, non dicitur contra regem, sed pro rege terreno militaturus. Et quia pugnam te indicavit subiturum, ideo subjunxit: obedientiae arma.

Here, we also need to see, that when he said about to battle for Christ, the true king, he did not say against Christ but about to battle for the sake of Christ, [page 15] just as, when the earthly soldier is said to be about to battle for the earthly king, it is not said against the king, but about to battle for the earthly king. And since he indicated that you will enter a fight, he added: the weapons of obedience.

Nam sicut reges isti, reges terreni, cum mittunt militem suum ad pugnam, arma illi praebent, ita et B. Benedictus, quia ad pugnam cognovit te accessisse, armatum te indicavit esse, et non alterius armis armatum te indicavit accessisse, sed armis obedientiae; nam quamvis sint arma castitatis aut jejunii aut ceterarum virtutum, tamen non te indicavit alterius virtutis arma sumsisse nisi obedientiae, eo quod sicut est initium peccati recedendi a Deo inobedientia, ita initium convertendi ad Deum est obedientia.

For, just as those kings, the earthly kings, when they send their soldier to battle, provide him with weapons, so also the blessed Benedict, because he knows that you have entered a fight, declared that you have been armed. He did not declare that you have entered [the fight], armed with the weapons of another [virtue], but with the weapons of obedience. For, although there are weapons of chastity or fasting or of the other virtues, still he did not declare that you have taken up the weapons of another virtue than obedience, because just as the beginning of the sin of withdrawal from God is disobedience, just so the beginning of turning to God is obedience.

Nam sicut in exordio conversionis abrenuntiando idolorum cultibus ab his, qui percipiunt baptismatis sacramentum, requiritur, ita etiam requiritur in initio conversionis ab his, qui recipiuntur a monastica disciplina, abrenuntiatio propriarum voluntatum, quae intelligitur obedientia.

For, just as it is required for those who receive the sacrament of baptism to begin their way of life (conversio) by renouncing the cults of idols, just so, at the beginning of their way of life, renunciation of the own will – which is understood as obedience – is required for those who are being received by the monastic discipline.

Item etiam intuendum est, quare S. Benedictus indicavit, illum abrenuntiantem propriis voluntatibus arma suscepisse, et ipsa arma quare fortissima et non fortia? Cognoverat enim B. Benedictus, inimicum nostrum diabolum fortem esse et armatum testante Domino, qui de illo etiam in Evangelio dicit: Cum fortis armatus custodit atrium suum, in pace sunt ea, quae possidet. [Lc 11:21]

Likewise, we also have to look into the question why St. Benedict mentioned that the one who renounces his own will has taken up arms, and that those very weapons are very strong and not [just] strong. The blessed Benedict knew, for sure, that our enemy, the devil, is strong and armed – as is testified by our Lord, who in the Gospel says about him: When the strong and armed one protects his court, the things that he possesses are in peace. [Lc 11:21]

Ideo indicavit illi, arma sumpsisse, ut se cognoscat armatum contra armatum pergere; et propterea fortissima et non fortia, quia fortis non vincitur nisi a fortiore.

He [Jesus] mentioned to him [the devil] that he had taken up arms in order that he might know that he was marching as armed man against an armed man. Thence this very strong and not strong, because the strong [i.e. the devil] is not conquered unless he is conquered by someone stronger.

Et bene postquam dixit militaturus, armorum fecit mentionem, ut se cognosceret ille, quando ad hoc opus venit, quasi ad proelium venisse. Nam sicut indecens est et periculosum, qui ad proelium pergit, sine armis pergere, ita inconsequens est, qui hoc opus adgreditur, arma, per quae virtutes intelliguntur, non sumere, ac si diceret illi, cum dixit militaturus: obedientiae fortissima atque praeclara arma assumis, id est, quia cum abrenuntiasti omnibus et meo discipulatui adhaesisti, ad [page 16] proelium te cognosce accessurum, et ideo te cognosce arma obedientiae sumpsisse.

And after he had said about to battle, he made mention of weapons in order that the other knew that he, when he came to that task, had come as it were to battle. For, just as it is unfitting and dangerous that he who marches to battle, marches without arms, so it is illogical that he who approaches this task, does not take up weapons, which are understood as virtues, as if he would say to him with about to battle: You are taking up very strong and most splendid (praeclara) weapons of obedience. That is, because you have renounced everything and have clung to my discipleship, know that you are [page 16] about to enter battle and therefore know that you have taken up weapons of obedience.

Iterum videndum est, quia sicut Paulus apostolus hortatus est suos auditores arma sumere dicens: Sumite armaturam Dei, ut possitis resistere diabolo, [Eph 6:13]2 ita S. Benedictus suum auditorem iudicavit arma obedientiae sumpsisse.

Again, we have to see that just as the Apostle Paul encouraged his listeners to take up arms, saying: Take up the armature of God, so that you can know how to resist the devil [Eph 6:13], just so St. Benedict declared that his listener had taken up the weapons of obedience.

Et hoc etiam intuendum est, quia hostis noster diabolus aut vincitur per similia arma, aut per similia et dissimilia. Per similia vincitur, cum obedientia inobedientiam superat; similia enim sunt genere pugnae, quamvis sensu dissimilia sint; aut vincitur per similia, sicuti diximus, et dissimilia, id est, cum obedientia pugnat contra inobedientiam et videt sibi fortiter resistere inobedientiam, et tunc adbibet sibi alias virtutes in adjutorium, id est humilitatem, orationes atque lacrimas, et tunc faventibus sibi istis virtutibus, quae dissimilia sunt arma inobedientiae, et tunc obedientia inobedientiae victrix existit.

And again, it has to be understood that our enemy, the devil, is either conquered through similar weapons or through similar and dissimilar weapons. He is conquered with similar weapons when obedience conquers disobedience. They are similar weapons in the kind of fighting, but dissimilar in meaning. Or he is conquered through similar – as we said – and dissimilar weapons, that is when obedience fights against disobedience and sees that disobedience is resisting it (obedience) strongly, and then assumes for itself the help of other virtues, that is: humility, prayers and tears. And then, if those virtues – that are weapons dissimilar to disobedience – are favorable to it (obedience), obedience appears as the winner over disobedience.

Sequitur: 4Imprimis ut quidquid agendum inchoas bonum, ab eo perfici instantissima oratione deposcas.

Next comes: 4You should first ask in most urgent prayer that whatever good work, that must be done, is begun by you, be perfected by him.

Forte quaerit quis, quare dixit S. Benedictus: imprimis quidquid inchoaveris bonum, ab eo perfici instantissima oratione deposcas, cum homo non potest a se ipso aliquid boni inchoare?

Maybe someone asks, why St. Benedict said: You should first ask in most urgent prayer that whatever good work, that must be done, is begun by you, be perfected by him. $$$$

Cui respondendum est, quia illud imprimis duobus modis potest intelligi, primo quidem, ut mox dicturi sumus, deinde quod dicit inchoare, non est intelligendum, ut homo a se possit inchoare nisi a Deo, sicut dicit psalmista: Misericordia ejus praeueniet me; [Ps 58:11] sed inchoatio boni et nostra est et Dei; nostra per susceptionem, Dei vero est per praevenientem gratiam suam, sicut dicimus: Panem nostrum quotidianum da nobis hodie. [Lc 11:13]

We should answer him that this first can be understood in two ways: ‘at first’ [that is:] as we shall soon say, then that which he calls to begin must not be understood as if a man can begin of himself, just as the psalmist says: His mercy will come before me [Ps 58:11], but the beginning of a good deed is both ours and God’s: ours through reception, God’s, though, through his preceding grace, just as we say: Give us today our daily bread [Lc 11:13].

Ecce et nostrum dicimus et dari poscimus, sicut legitur in Moralia quintae partis beatissimi Job. Et iterum Paulus: plus omnibus laboravi, sed non ego. [1 Cor. 15:10] Et hoc, quia non est nostra tota inchoatio, manifestat, cum subjungit: 5ut qui nos jam in [page 17] filiorum numero dignatus est computare, non debeat aliqundo de malis actibus nostris contristari.

Behold, we both call it ours and demand that it be given, just as we can read in [Gregory’s] Moralia on the most blessed Job, part five. Paul says once again: I have more toiled than all the others, but it was not I [I Cor. 15:10]. And it is clear that this entire beginning is not ours, when he adds: 5so that he who has now granted us [page 17] the dignity of being counted among the number of his sons may not at any time be saddened by our evil deeds.

Sequitur: 4In primis ut quidquid agendum inchoaveris bonum, ab eo perfici instantissima oratione deposcas.

Next comes: 4First, that, whatever good deed, that must be done, you will have begun, you ask to be perfected by him with pressing prayer.

Multi enim, qui nesciunt, emendant in hac regula, ubi assumis habetur, pro assumis, assume, et faciunt imperativum pro indicativo, ut sit: obedientiae fortissima atque praeclara arma assume, ut sit sensus, id est, ad te nunc meus sermo dirigitur, quisquis abrenuntians propriis voluntatibus Domino Christo vero Regi militaturus, assume obedientiae fortissima atque praeclara arma, et admoneo te inprimis, ut poscas instantissima oratione ab eo perfici, quidquid inchoas bonum agendum, ita ut suus sermo sit primus [prima?] oratio, quam assumtio armorum, quia genus locutionis est, ut primum dicat multa agi, et in fine dicatur: in primis hoc fac, sicut Dominus in Evangelio dicit multa prius, postea dicit: primum quaerite regnum Dei. [Mt 6:33]

For, many people who do not know, emendate in this [line of the] rule, where assumis (you are taking) is written, with assume (take!) and make it imperative instead of indicative, so that it says: take up the very strong and most splendid weapons of obedience so that the meaning is this: My speech is now directed at you, whoever renouncing his own will is about to battle for the Lord Christ, the true king, take up the very strong and most splendid weapons! And I admonish you especially, that you ask with most urgent prayer that, whatever good deed that must be done is begun by you, be perfected by him. In this way, his speech is rather a prayer than an assumption of weapons. The way in which he speaks is this: he first says that many things are done and in the end it is said: First do this, just as the Lord in the Gospel says many things earlier, [and] afterwards he says: first, search the kingdom of God. [Mt 6:33]

Si vero fuerit indicativus assumis, est sensus: ad te nunc meus sermo dirigitur, tu, quisquis assumis obedientiae fortissima atque praeclara arma militaturus Domino Christo vero Regi, abrenuntians propriis voluntatibus, ac si diceret: tu qui hoc agis, id est, qui assumis arma obedientiae militaturus Domino Christo vero Regi, ad te modo meus sermo dirigitur, quisquis abrenuntians propriis voluntatibus Domino Christo vero Regi militaturus obedientiae fortissima atque praeclara arma assumis, inprimis ut quidquid agendum inchoas bonum, ab eo perfici instantissima oratione deposcas, ut qui jam nos in filiorum dignatus est numero computare, non debeat aliquando de malis actibus nostris contristari, id est, ut in primis deposcas Dominum.

But if [Benedict’s text] gives assumis, in the indicative, the meaning is: My speech is now directed at you, you, whoever takes up the very strong and most splendid weapons of obedience, about to battle for the Lord Christ, the true King, renouncing your own will. Then, the meaning would be: You who are doing this, that is, who are taking up the weapons of obedience, about to battle for the Lord Christ, the true King, my speech is directed just at you – whoever you are – renouncing your own will, about to battle for the Lord Christ, the true King, and you are taking up the very strong and most splendid weapons of obedience, firstly so that you ask with most urgent prayer that, whatever good deed that must be done is begun by you, be completed by him, so that he who has deigned it worthy to count us in the group of his sons, ought not sometime be saddened about our evil deeds.That is: so that you firstly ask the Lord.

Sed sive sit imperativus, sive indicativus, nihil sensui impedit.

But whether it is imperative or indicative, nothing hinders a meaningful interpretation.

Istud enim adverbium, quod est inprimis, duobus modis intelligitur, id est, si enim velis, illud ad superiorem sensum referre potes; similiter et ad inferiorem sensum potes.

 For, that adverb inprimis (firstly, especially) is understood in two ways: that is, you can, if you should want to, take it in a higher sense and you can take it in a lower sense.

Quod si ad superiorem sensum istud retuleris, ita intelligitur: Dixerat enim [page 18] Pater Benedictus superius sub generalitatis nomine: Ausculta o fili praecepta magistri et inclina aurem cordis tui et admonitionem pii patris libenter excipe et efficaciter comple, ut ad eum per obedientiae laborem redeas, a quo per inobedientiae desidiam recesseras.

But if you take it in its higher sense, it is understood in this way: for [page 18] father Benedict had said above by way of a general address: Listen, o son, to the teachings of the master and bend the ear of your heart and receive the admonition of your loving father gladly and fulfill it effectively in order that you return through the work of obedience to him, from whom you had withdrawn through the sloth of disobedience.

Audita hac voce quis reliquit omnia et assumpsit arma obedientiae et separavit se ab aliis, stetit ante illum dicens: Et ‘Pater Benedicte, relictis omnibus, quae possedi et assumptis armis obedientiae, quia te cognovi pium, ecce sto ante te; nunc quid vis, jube’.

Having heard this voice, he who6 left everything behind and took up the weapons of obedience and separated himself from others, stood before him saying: 'Look here, father Benedict, having left everything behind which I possessed and having taken up the weapons of obedience, because I know that you are loving – behold! – I stand in front of you; now, order what you like!'

Ille vero quasi respondens dixisse videtur: 'Jam postquam relictis omnibus et assumptis armis obedientiae decrevisti, meus discipulus esse, ad te nunc ergo meus sermo dirigitur. Tu vero iterum, quasi interrogasses illum dicens: ‘Quis est ille sermo, Pater, quem ad me dirigis?’

Benedict seems to have said by way of responding: 'Now, after everything has been abandoned and the weapons of obedience have been taken up and you have decided to be my disciple, my speech is now directed at you.' But you had, as it were, interrogated him again, saying: 'What is that speech, that you are directing at me, Father?'

Ille iterum, quasi respondisset dicens: ‘Inprimis, inquit, meum praeceptum istud est, id est, ut quidquid agendum inchoas bonum, ab eo perfici instantissima oratione deposcas, ut qui nos jam in filiorum dignatus est computare numero, non debeat aliquando de malis actibus nostris contristari.’

And he, as it were, had answered: 'Firstly, my instruction is this, namely that, whatever good deed that must be done, is begun by you, you ask with most urgent prayer, that it be perfected by him so that he who has deigned it worthy already to count us in the group of his sons, ought not sometime be saddened about our evil deeds.'

In isto namque sensu concordat se Apostolis dicentibus Domino: Domine auge nobis fidem [Lc 17:5] et iterum concordat se Domino dicenti: Oportet semper orare et non deficere [Lc 18:1], necnon Paulo Apostolo dicenti: Sine intermissione orate. [1 Th 5:17]

In that sense, he brings himself in accordance with the Apostles who say to the Lord: Lord, make our faith greater [Lc 17:5], and also with the Lord who says: Men ought always to pray and not to faint [Lc 18:1], and also with the Apostle Paul who says: Pray without intermission [1 Tess 5:17].

Item alter sensus est ita, id est, si volueris istud inprimis ad inferiorem sensum referre, ita intelligi debet: Superius enim dixerat sub generalitatis nomine: Ausculta o fili praecepta magistri et admonitionem pii patris libenter excipe et efficaciter comple, ut ad eum per obedientiae laborem redeas, a quo per inobedientiae desidiam recesseras. Ad te ergo nunc, meus sermo dirigitur, quisquis abrenuntians propriis voluntatibus Domino Christo vero Regi militaturus obedientiae fortissima atque praeclara arma assumis. Sermo meus namque, qui ad te dirigitur, fili, iste est, id est, ut inprimis quidquid agendum inchoas bonum ab eo perfici instantissima oratione deposcas.

Likewise, another sense is this, namely: if you will want to take that inprimis (firstly) in its lower sense, it ought to be understood like this: earlier, he had said under the name of the general form of addressing: Listen, o son, to the teachings of the master and receive the admonition of your loving father willingly and fulfill it effectively in order that you return to him through the work of obedience, from whom you had withdrawn through the sloth of disobedience. To you my speech is now directed, whoever takes up the very strong and most splendid weapons of obedience, renouncing your own will, about to battle for the Lord Christ, the true King. For, my speech, that is directed at you, my son, is this, namely that you firstly ask with most urgent prayer that, whatever good deed that must be done, is begun by you, be perfected by him.

Sed tamen videtur in hoc sensu aliqua contrarietas esse in eo, quod dixit: Inprimis, et instantissima oratione, eo quod jam, quando inprimis homo orare debet Deum, [page 19] cum inchoat bonum, ut ab eo perficiatur suum opus, apparet, quia postea non debeat orare sed, sicut diximus, contrarium videtur esse, cum dicit instantissima, eo quod si instantissime, id est invictissime debet orare, tunc non inprimis orat, sed semper.

But still there seems to be some kind of contradiction in this sense with regard to the fact that he said: Firstly and with most urgent prayer because, when a person first ought to pray to God, [page 19] when he begins a good deed, in order that his work be perfected by him, it seems that he ought not to pray thereafter. But, as we said, there seems to be a contradiction, when he says most urgent because, if he ought to pray most urgently (instantissime) that is most invincibly (invictissime), then he does not pray firstly but always.

Et ideo istud inprimis in hoc loco positum est pro semper sicuti est illud: Primum quaerite regnum Dei et justitiam ejus et haec omnia adjicientur vobis. [Mt 6:33]

And for that reason, firstly is put in this place instead of always, just like this [quotation]: First, search the kingdom of God and his justice and all these things will be added for you [Mt 6:33].

Hic primum pro semper positum est. Nam quid sit illa inchoatio, manifestat, cum dicit: ut qui nos jam in filiorum dignatus est numero computare, non debeat aliquando de malis actibus nostris contristari, ac si diceret: ideo instantissime orandum est, ne bonum, quod nobis tribuit, id est in adoptando in filiorum numero, per nostram negligentiam perdamus, ut, qui nos jam in filiorum dignatus est numero computare, non debeat aliquando de malis actibus nostris contristari.

This first has been put instead of always. For, he shows what that beginning is, when he says: so that he who has deigned it worthy to count us in the group of his sons, ought not to be saddened by our evil deeds as if he was saying: you have to pray most urgently for this reason that we do not waste through our negligence the good thing that he has given us, namely our adoption in the group of his sons, so that he who has deigned it worthy to count us in the group of his sons, ought not to be saddened by our evil deeds.

Reddit enim causam, qua quis debeat instantissime orare, cum dicit: ut, qui nos jam in filiorum numero dignatus est, computare, non debeat aliquando de malis nostris actibus contristari.

For, he gives the reason for which someone ought to pray with most urgent prayer when he says: so that he who has deigned it worthy to count us in the group of his sons, ought not to be saddened by our evil deeds.

In hoc loco quia voluit S. Benedictus dignationem Dei ostendere el dignitatem nostram, ideo dixit: dignatus est in filiorum etc., quia in eo, quod dixit, illos filios habere, patrem illum esse ostendit. Quomodo dignatio Dei ostenditur vel dignitas nostra?

Because the blessed Benedict wanted in this place to show God’s deeming worthy and our worthiness, therefore he said: He deigned it worthy to count us... etc. because in the fact that he said that he7 has sons, he showed that he is the father. How is God’s deeming worthy or our worthiness shown?

Dignatio Dei est in eo, quod, cum ille est omnipotens et immortalis ei, aeternus, condescendit nobis et se humiliando fecit se patrem nostrum. Nostra enim dignitas est in eo, quod ascendimus. Quomodo ascendimus? Nos enim cum simus mortales et temporales et corruptibiles ascendendo facti sumus filii inmortales et incorruptibiles et aeterni.

God’s deeming worthy is situated in this that, since he is almighty and immortal and eternal, he descended for us and made himself our father by humiliating himself. Our worthiness is situated in this that we ascend. How do we ascend? Since we are mortal and temporal and corruptible we have been made, by ascending, his immortal and incorruptible and eternal sons.

Isto enim modo locutionis nunc loquitur B. Benedictus, cum dicit filiorum, quomodo loquitur B. Johannes Evangelista, cum dicit: Quotquot autem receperunt eum, dedit eis potestatem filios Dei fieri, [Io 1:12] quo etiam modo loquimur accepta licentia in oratione dicentes: Pater noster, qui es in coelis. [Mt 6:9, Lc 11:2] [page 20]

In this way of speaking the blessed Benedict now speaks when he says of the sons, just as the blessed John the Evangelist speaks when he says: However many, though, have found him, he gave them power to become sons of God [Io 1:12] – in which manner we also speak when we say, after having received the license in praying: Our father, who art in heaven. [Mt 6:9, Lc 11:2] [page 20]

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione S. Benedictus dicit, Deum contristari, cum Dei natura simplex sit et inmutabilis, non contristetur, non irascatur? Non enim B. Benedictus proprio dicit, Deum contristari, sed figuraliter.

We have to see now, with what argument Saint Benedict says that God is saddened. When God’s nature is simple and unchangeable, he would not get saddened, he would not get angry. The blessed Benedict does not literally (proprie) say that God is saddened, but metaphorically (figuraliter).

Cognoverat enim ille, quin, quibus modis loquuntur homines inter se, ipsis etiam modis loquitur de Deo vel ad Deum scriptura divina; nam decem modi sunt, quibus loquuntur homines inter se.

Certainly, he knew that, just as people speak among themselves in certain ways, likewise also divine scripture speaks about God or to God. For, there are ten ways in which people speak among themselves.

Primus enim modus est natura, secundus qualitas, tertius quantitas, quartus facere, quintus: ad aliquid, sextus habitus, septiums situs, octavus locus, nonus tempus, decimus pati.

The first is nature, the second quality, the third quantity, the fourth action (facere), the fifth relation (ad aliquid), the sixth habit, the seventh situation, the eighth place, the ninth time, the tenth experience of emotions (pati).

Natura enim sive substantia est, cum dicitur Deus. Qualitas Dei est, cum dicitur bonus, sicuti est illud: Quam bonus Israel Deus! [Ps 72: 1] Quantitas Dei est, cum dicitur magnus, ut est illud: Magnus Dominus et laudabilis valde. [Ps 95:4] Facere Dei est, ut est illud: In principio creavit Deus coelum et terram. [Gn 1:1] Et iterum: Omnia, quaecunque voluit, fecit in coelo et in terra. [Ps 134:6]

Nature or substance is expressed when God is mentioned. Quality of God is expressed when he is called great, as in The Lord is great and very laudable [Ps 95:4]. Action of God is expressed in this: In the beginning God created the heaven and earth [Gn 1:1]. And also: Everything that he wanted, he created in heaven and earth [Ps 113:11 (Vulg.), 115:3]

Ad aliquid Dei est, cum dicitur Pater et Filius et Spiritus Sanctus, quamvis secundum personas proprium sit Patris, quod pater est, et Filii, quod filius est, et Spiritus Sancti, quod spiritus sanctus est, id est, nec persona Patris est persona Filii et Spiritus Sancti. Similiter et persona Filii nec persona Patris est et Spiritus Sancti. Et iterum nec persona Spiritus Sancti persona est Patris et Filii. Tamen cum dicitur Filius, respicit ad Patrem , et iterum cum dicitur Pater, respicit ad Filium, quia nec pater intelligitur sine filio, nec filius sine patre. Similiter cum dicitur Spiritus Sanctus, respicit ad Patrem et Filium, quia, ex utroque procedit; nam Deo proprium est, quod Deus est; bonus enim et magnus proprium est Dei, quia non ex accidentia illi accidit, bonum esse et magnum, sed ipsum, quod illi est esse, bonum et magnum est atque perfectura.

God’s relation (ad aliquid Dei) is expressed when he is called Father and Son and Holy Ghost, although, in terms of persons, the proper quality (proprium) of the Father is what is the Father, and of the Son that which is Son and of the Holy Ghost that which is Holy Ghost. That is: the person of the Father is not the person of the Son and of the Holy Ghost. Likewise, the person of the Son is not the person of the Father not of the Holy Ghost. And again: the person of the Holy Ghost is not the person of the Father nor of the Son. And yet, when he is called Son, he is related to the Father. And also when he is called Father, he is related the Son, because neither is the Father understood without the Son, nor the Son without the Father. Likewise, when he is called Holy Ghost, he is related to the Father and the Son because he proceeds from either. For to God belongs that which is God. Good and great is God’s own quality (proprium), because the fact that he is good and great does not befall him out of chance, but he is good and great and perfect by nature.8

Facere enim Dei proprium est, eo quod ipso fecit omnia, sicut Dominus in Evangelio dicit: Pater meuns usque modo operatur, et ego operor. [Io 5:17]

Action is God’s own quality because he himself made everything, just as the Lord says in the Gospel: My father is working until now and I am working. [Io 5:17]

Reliqui vero modi quinque isti sunt: primus habitus, secundus situs, tertius locus, quartus tempus, quintus pati.

But I have left unnoticed (so far) these five modes: 1. Habit, 2. Situation, 3. Place, 4. Time, 5. Experience of emotions.

Habitus enim in Deo dicitur, sicuti [page 21] est illud: Abyssus sicut vestimentum opertorium ejus. [Ps 103:6] Situs enim in Deo dicitur, ut est illud: Qui sedes super Cherubim. [Ps 79:2]

Habit in God is mentioned in this: [page 21] The abyss like a robe, his covering [Ps 103:6 (Vulg.), 104:6]. Situation is mentioned in God in this: You who are seated over the Cherubim. [Ps 80:2 (Vulg.), 79:2]

Iste enim modus, qui dicitur situs, tribus modis constat: jacere, sedere, stare. Item locus in Deo dicitur, ut est illud: Qui es in coelis, [Mt 6:9, Lc 11:2.] et iterum: Si ascendero in coelum, tu illic es, si descendero ad infernum, ades. [Ps 138:8]

This mode which is called situation exists in three ways: to lie, to sit and to stand. Likewise, place is mentioned in God with this: Who art in heaven [Mt 6:9, Lc 11:2] and also: If I ascend to heaven, you are there, if I descend to hell, you are present [Ps 138:8 (Vulg.), 139:8].

Tempus in Deo dicitur, ut est illud: Anni tui non deficient. [Ps 101:28]

Time is expressed in God as in this quotation: Your years will not end [Ps 101:28 (Vulg.), 102:28].

Pati vero est tristari, laetari, irasci, gaudere, oblivisci, recordari, poenitere et cetera.

Experience of emotions is: to be saddened, to be glad, to get angry, to rejoice, to forget, to remember, to feel remorse, etc.

Sed hi quinque modi non proprio dicuntur in Deo, sed abusive; nam habitus Dei, situs Dei, locatio Dei, tempus Dei, pati Dei, more nostro dicuntur. Hoc notandum est, quia natura proprium hominis est et Dei. Hominis, quia accepit, Dei, quia Deus illam fecit.

But those five modes are not properly said to be in God but by improper use. For God’s habit, situation, place, time and experience are spoken about in our fashion. It must be noticed that nature is the possession of man and God. Of man, because he received it, of God, because he made it.

Qualitas autem et quantitas, si in malo est, tunc est proprium hominis; si autem bonum est, et Dei et hominis, Dei dando, hominis vero accipiendo.

Quality, however, and quantity, if it is meant in a bad sense, is the possession of man. But if it is good, it is of God and man. It is God’s in that he gives it, it is man’s, though, in that he receives it.

Similiter et facere Dei est per dationem, hominis vero persusceptionem.

Likewise, also God’s action is through giving, man’s through receiving.

Decimus enim modus est iste, cum dicit B. Benedictus, tristari Deum; nam figura est, quae dicitur a propria signilicatione ad non propriam siguificationem; nam proprium est hominis tristari, Dei enim non est proprium, quia ille immutabilis est ut in uno tenore semper permanet, sicut de illo scriptum est: apud quem non est transmutatio nec vicissitudinis obumbratio. [Iac 1:17]

The tenth mode is expressed when the blessed Benedict says that God is saddened. It is a figure [of speech], that is transferred from a proper meaning to a not proper meaning. For, it is the proper quality (proprium) of a man to be saddened, but it is not God’s proper quality, because he is unchangeable and always remains in the same mood (tenor) just as it has been written about him: With whom there is no change nor darkening of alterations [James 1:17].

Sed quamvis non proprie, tamen ideo dicitur Deus tristari de malis nostris actibus, ut cognoscamus nos, cujus poenae digni sumus, si ea fecerimus, quae illi displicent, verbi gratia, generas filium vel optas aliquem in filium et das illi haereditatem vel bona tua; ille vero confortatus plenuus divitiis tuis facit amicitiam cum inimico tuo et erigit se contra te faciens ea, quae tibi displicent.

But although not in proper use, still God is said to be saddened about our evil deeds in order that we ourselves know, what punishment we deserve if we do those things which will displease him, for example, you beget a son or you choose someone to be your son and give him the inheritance or your goods. But he, much strengthened by your riches, makes friendship with your enemy and rises up against you, doing those things that displease you.

Tu vero vides illum tuis bonis confortatum ac plenum contra te erigere; statim contristaberis vel poenitebit te, eo quod illi dedisti bona tua, quia, nisi haberet bona tua, non potuisset facere contra tu quidquam. Ita et in Deo; Deus enim cum creavit nos et adoptavit nos in filios, [et] tribuit nobis sua bona, nos vero pleni de ejus bonis atque confortati facimus amicitiam cum diabolo, qui est inimicus Dei [page 22] et agimus ea, quae Deo displicent, Deus vero videndo hoc, quia ei displicent, dicitur tristari, non ut ille tristitiam habeat, sed ut nobis demonstret, sicut diximus, cujus poenae digni sumus facientes illud, quod illi displicet.

You, however, see that he, strengthened and full of your goods, rises against you; immediately you will be saddened and you will be sorry that you gave him your goods because, if he had not had your goods, he had not been able to do anything against you. Just so with God: when he created us and adopted us as his sons, he gave us his goods. We, however, satisfied from his goods and strengthened, make friends with the devil, who is God’s enemy, and do the things that displease God. [page 22] God, however, seeing this, is said to be saddened because these things displease him – not in such a way that he has grief, but in order that he shows us, as we said, what punishment we deserve because we do what displeases him.

Haec autem locutio talis est, qualis illa, quae in psalmis legitur, ubi Christus ad Judam dicit; ait enim: Quoniam si inimicus meus maledixisset mihi, sustinuissem utique, et si is, qui oderat me, super me magna locutus fuisset, absconderem me utique ab eo; tu vero homo unanimis, dux meus et notus meus, qui simul dulces capiebas cibos! [Ps 54:13-15]

This form of speaking is of such a character as the one read in the psalms, where Christ says to Judas: For if my enemy had reviled me, I would verily have borne with it. And if he that hated me had spoken great things against me, I would verily have hidden my self from him. But you a man of one mind, my guide, and my familiar, who took sweetmeats together with me [Ps 54:13-15 (Vulg.), 55:13-15].

Subaudiendum est in hoc loco: cur me tradis? Et est sensus in hoc loco, cum dicit, Deus tristari de malis nostris actibus, econtrario intelligitur gaudere Deus de bonis nostris actibus, quamvis non proprie, sed abusive, quia cum dicitur, ut ille gaudeat, non ut ille gaudeat, sed ut nobis demonstret, quia gaudii sumus digni, si ejus tamen voluntatem implemus.

We have to add at this point: Why do you hand me over? And there is a meaning in this place, when he says that God9 is saddened by our evil deeds, [but] on the contrary God is understood to rejoice in our good deeds, although not in the proper sense, but in the improper sense, because, when it is said that he rejoices, [it is said] not in order that he rejoices but in order that he demonstrates us that we are worthy of joy, provided, however, that we fulfill his will.

Sequitur: 6Ita enim ei omni tempore de bonis suis in nobis parendum est, ut non solum (ut) iratus pater suos non aliquando filios exhaeredet, 7sed nec ut metuendus Dominus irritatus malis nostris ut nequissimos servos perpetuam tradat ad poenam, qui eum sequi noluerint ad gloriam.

Next: 6We have to obey him all the time concerning his good deeds in us in such a way that not only the irate father at some time does not disinherit his sons, 7but also the in order that the awe-imposing Lord, angered about our evil deeds, hand those people over to punishment – as if they were worthless slaves – who did not want to follow him to glory.

Perseverat adhuc Benedictus in intentione sua i. e. in illa similitudine, quam superius dixit contristari, cum dicit: ita enim ei omni tempore de bonis suis in nobis parendum est, ut non solum (ut) iratus pater suos non aliquando filios exhaeredet, 7sed nec ut metuendus Dominus irritatus malis nostris ut nequissimos servos perpetuam tradat ad poenam, qui cum sequi noluerint ad gloriam.

Earlier, Benedict still had that image of to be saddened in mind. Now he says: We have to obey him all the time concerning his good deeds in us in such a way that not only the irate father at a time does not disinherit his sons, but also in order that the awe-imposing Lord, angered about our evil deeds, hand those people over to punishment – as if they were worthless slaves – who did not want to follow him to glory.

Sed nunc prius ipsa verba inspicienda sunt. Ita enim intelligitur taliter; ei subauditur Deo, qui nos in filiorum dignatus est numero computare.

But first, now, these very words need to be investigated. In such a way means thus. We must add to him: God who has deigned it worthy to count us in the group of his sons.

Omni tempore, i. e, non per intervallum temporis, sed jugi tempore.

All the time is not through an interval of time but in perpetual time.

Egregia enim admonitio est, cum dicitur; omni tempore, quia, ubi dicitur servitus Dei, monetur omni tempore ea esse; [nam] hominis vero servitus non [page 23] potest omni tempore esse, sed per intervallum temporis.

The admonition all the time is excellent, because when the service to God is mentioned, it is reminded that it is all the time; but the service of man cannot [page 23] be all the time, but through an interval of time.

Sed hic inspiciendum est, quia istud, quod dicitur omni tempore, non ad exterioris hominis officium attinet, sed interioris, quia noster exterior (homo) non potest assidue Dei servitium exercsere propter singulas praeoccupationes terrenas, quibus praeoccupari solet, sine quibus non potest subsistere, sed ad interioris hominis officium attinet, quia ille semper potest Dei servitium exhibere. Et quamquam noster homo exterior sicut diximus, praeoccupetur diversis curis terrenis, sine quibus non potest subsistere, tamen interior noster homo intentione Deo semper potest servire, i. e. si ejus intentio in Deo consistit.

But here we need to see that this all the time does not refer to the task of the outer man, but of the inner man, because our outer man cannot continuously exercise service to God because of his separate earthly preoccupations, by which he is usually preoccupied, [and] without which he cannot exist; but it refers to the task of the inner man, because he can always exercise service to God. And although our outer man, as we said, is preoccupied with various earthly worries, without which he cannot exist, still our inner man can serve God always in intention, that is, if his intention stands firm in God.

Hoc, etiam animadvertendum est, quia istud omni tempore ad illas virtutes attinet, quae omni tempore debent fieri, nec ad momentum praeteriri.

This, too, has to be kept in mind, that this all the time refers to those virtues that ought to be done all the time, and ought not to be foregone at the change of times (ad momentum).

Nam sunt virtutes, quae jugiter exerceri possunt et debent, ut sunt istae: Caritas, gaudium, pax, patientia, bonitas, longanimitas, benignitas, lides, modestia, continentia. Hae autem virtutes ideo possunt et debent semper exerceri, quia si aliquando pro aliquibus causis, quae accidere solent, non possunt in ostentatione operis fieri, tamen in intentione mentis semper possunt et debent exerceri, eo quod sive his interior homo noster non potest salvus consistere. Et sunt iterum aliae virtutes, quae non possunt nec etiam debent semper exerceri tam in ostensione operis quam in mente, ut sunt istae: lectio, jejunium, silentium.

For, there are virtues that can and ought to be exercised perpetually, like charity, joy, peace, patience, goodness, forbearance, kindness, trust, modesty and temperance. These virtues can and ought to be exercised always, because, if for some reasons that usually occur, they cannot be done in the exhibition of [visible] work, still they always can and ought to be exercised in the intention of the mind, because our inner man can not be a saved person (salvus) without them. There are also other virtues that never can or even ought to be exercised in the exhibition of [visible] work but [are only done] in the mind: reading, fasting and silence.

Unde Salomon dicit: tempus tacendi et tempus loquendi, tempus jejunandi et tempus manducandi etc., [Ecl 3:7] quia, cum pro aliqua accidentia non possunt in ostensione operis fieri, quamvis pro his faciendis si in corde voluntas fuerit legendi aut jejunandi, tamen non dicitur lectio vel jejunium, sed tantum bona voluntas. Nam istae tales virtutes si pro aliqua re meliore, verbi gratia pro caritate dimittuntur, sicut in ostensione operis non sunt, ita etiam nec in corde debent teneri, eo quod caritas de corde debet procedere puro.

Therefore, Salomon says: there is a time of silence and a time of speaking, a time of fasting and a time of eating, etc. [Ecl 3:7] because, since they cannot be done in the exhibition of [visible] effort, except for some accidental occurrences, reading or fasting are not virtues in themselves. It is the good will in them that is the real virtue.10 For, if these virtues are dispatched for some greater good, for example for charity: just as they are not done in the exhibition of effort, likewise they ought not even to be held in the heart, because charity ought to proceed from a pure heart.

Sequitur: de bonis suis, i. e. pro bonis, quia de pro pro ponitur; in nobis, id est a vobis; nam in pro a ponitur, [page 24] quia solet poni praepositio in in scripturis divinis pro praepositione alia, ut est illud: locutus est Deus in Filio, [Hbr 1:2] id est per Filium. Parendum, id est obtemperandum vel obediendum.

Next: concerning his good deeds, that is for his good deeds, because concerning (de) is placed instead of for (pro); in us that is by us; for, in (in) is put instead of by (a), because [page 24] it is custom that the preposition in in divine scriptures is put here instead of another preposition, like: God has spoken in the Son [Heb 1:2], that is: through the Son. To obey is: to comply to or to give ear to.

Sequitur: ut non solum (ut) iratus pater suos non aliquando filios exhaeredet, sed nec ut nequissimos servos perpetuam tradat ad poenam.

Next: in such a way that not only the irate father does not at some time disinherit his sons, but also in order that the awe-imposing Lord, angered about our evil deeds, hands those people over to punishment.

In hoc enim loco dividit illam similitudinem, quam superius dixerat, Deus tristari, in duas species vindictae; prima species, id est in ultione mali filii, secunda in vindicta mali servi.

In this place he divided the image, that he had mentioned before, that God11 is saddened, in two forms of revenge. The first form is in the vengeance of the evil son, the second in the revenge of the evil slave.

Verbi gratia: Ecce! quis habet filium et servum, et isti ambo provocant animum ejus ad iram. Ille vero filium suum exhaeredat, servum autem mittit in carcerem aut excutit illi oculos aut caetera mala, quae servus promeretur pati, illi facit. Ita et Dominus vobis facit, si ejus voluntati non fuerimus obedientes; nam ille noster et pater et dominus est. Pater est in filios adoptando, quia nos adoptavit in filios, id est, fecit nos haeredes esse suos, cohaeredes autem filii sui, sicut Paulus Apostolus dicit: haeredes quidem, Dei, cohaeredes autem Christi. [Rm 8:17] Dominus enim noster est creando, quia nos, cum nihil essemus, fecit nos esse aliquid. Et ideo nobis duo sua beneficia donavit, id est creationis ex nihilo et adoptionis ex perditione.

For example: Look! Someone had a son and a slave and both of them provoke his soul to anger. But he disinherits his son. He sends his slave, however, to prison or drives out his eyes or does other evils to him – evils which the slave deserves to suffer. Thus the Lord also does to us if we will not give ear to his will. For, he is our father and Lord. He is father in that he adopts sons, because he adopted us as his sons, that is: he made us his heirs – the co-heirs of his own son, just as the Apostle Paul says: heirs, for sure, of God, but co-heirs of Christ [Rm 8:17]. He is our Lord in that he creates, because he made us something when we were nothing. And therefore he donated us his two benefactions, that is of his creation from nothing and of the adoption from ruin.

Metuenda est valde haec sententia nobis, qua dicit: ut non solum (ut) iratus pater suos non aliguando filios exhaeredet, sed nec ut metuendus dominus irritatus malis nostris ut nequissimos servos perpetuam tradat ad poenam.

We have to fear greatly this sentence in which he says: in such a way that not only the irate father does not at some time disinherit his sons, but also in order that the awe-imposing Lord, angered about our evil deeds hand those people over to punishment.

Et reddit causam, in quos id est in illos, qui cum sequi noluerint ad gloriam, id est, quia non solum pro tantis beneficiis nobis impensis, si suae voluntati non placuerimus, exhaeredat nos ab illa haereditate, quam nobis dedit per gratiam, verum etiam tradet nos in poenam perpetuam, sicut in subsequentibus manifestat, cum dicit: qui eum sequi noluerint ad gloriam.

And he makes an accusation – against whom? Those who did not want to follow him to glory. He does not only, in keeping with so great benefactions bestowed on us, disinherit us from that heritage if we do not please his will, but he will also hand us over to the perpetual punishment, just as is evident when he says: Who did not want to follow him to glory.

In hoc enim loco notandum est, quia plus est irritatus quam iratus; nam ille irritat, id est provocat, qui es studio malae voluntatis alterum facit irasci; nam irasci facere potest, qui simpliciter peccat. [page 25]

Here we have to take note that he is more irritated than angry. For, he who out of zeal for an evil will causes another to get angry, irritates, that is: provokes. He who simply commits a fault, can give rise to becoming angry. [page 25]

Sequitur: 8Exsurgamus ergo tandem aliquando excitante nos scriptura ac dicente: Hora est jam nos de somno surgere.

Next comes: 8Let us, therefore, arise, finally at last, when the Scriptures incite us and say: It is time now that we rise from sleep.

Apte enim et congrue, postquam diviserat illam similitudinem in duas species, id est in vindictam mali filii, qui exhaereditatur, et in ultionem mali servi, qui poenis traditur, nunc subjunxit: Exsurgamus ergo tandem aliquando; solem enim divina scriptura aliquando praeceptum dare, aliquando narrare, aliquando exhortari sive admonere. Praecipit enim divina scriptum, ut est illud: Diligite inimicos vestros, benefacite his, qui oderunt vos, [Lc 6:27; Mt 5:44] et cetera multa, quae praeteriri sine peccato non possunt. Narrat enim ut est illud: In principio fecit Deus coelum et terram; [Gn 1:1] nam ille narrat, qui rem praeteritam vel praesentem dicit. Exhortatur enim vel admonet, sicuti idem B. Benedictus in hoc loco facit, cum dicit: Exsurgamus tandem ergo aliquando.

After he had divided that image into two sorts, namely in revenge of the bad son who is disinherited and in vengeance of the bad slave who is handed over to punishments, he (Benedict) aptly and fittingly adds: Let us, therefore, arise, now at last. Usually divine scripture gives us at some point an instruction, at another it narrates, then, it exhorts or admonishes. divine scripture instructs, as in this quotation: Love your enemies, do well to those who hate you [Lc 6:27; Mt 5:44] and many other things that cannot be forgone without sin. Scripture narrates, as in: In the beginning God made heaven and earth [Gn 1:1], for, he who tells about a past and present situation, narrates. It exhorts or admonishes, just as the blessed Benedict does in that place, when he says: Let us, therefore, arise, finally at last.

Istud enim aliquando sub uno accentu proferri debet et intelligitur vel sero saltem, tarde vel nunc.

This at last (aliquando) ought to be named in one breath and is understood as in the end, finally or now (vel, sero, saltem, tarde, nunc).

Istud enim exsurgamus situm mentis signiticat.

Let us arise describes the situation of the mind.

In situ enim tria sunt, consideranda, sicut diximus: jacere, severe et stare. Sed surgamus ad jacere et sedere respicit, quia nemo nisi jacenti aut sedenti surgere dicit.

Three things must be considered with regard to situation: lying, sitting and standing. But let us arise refers to lying and sitting, because one only says arise to someone who is lying or sitting.

Ubi vero ergo repetitur semper ad superiorem sensum respicit. Et est sensus cum dicit: Exsurgamus ergo tandem, aliquando, id est, si ita est, ut malus filius exhaeredetur et malus servus puniatur, nos ergo, qui filii sumus et servi, surgamus vel sero, vel nunc, ut qui usque modo jacuimus in peccatis nostris, nunc exsurgamus ad bona, facienda, ne nobis talia contingant, qualia filio vel servo malo contingunt, quia utrumque sumus, id est filii et servi.

But where therefore is repeated, it always refers to a higher meaning. And the meaning – when he says: Let us, therefore, arise, finally at last – is as follows. If it is so that the bad son should be disinherited or the bad slave be punished, let us, therefore, who are sons and slaves, arise, either in the end, or now. Just as if [he says that we] who have lain continuously until now in our sins, must arise to do good, lest us befall the things that befall the bad son or slave, because we are both of them: sons and slaves.

Somnus enim iste non de somno corporis, sed de somno mentis dicit; multi enim sunt, quibus iste somnus somnus est, et sunt alii, quibus iste somnus mors est; illis enim est iste somnus mors, qui a sua malitia non sunt conversuri, et illis est iste somnus somnus, qui a suo torpore conversuri sunt. Felices enim illi, quibus iste somnus somnus est, et infelices illi, quibus iste somnus mors est. [page 26]

That sleep does not refer to the sleep of the body, but to the sleep of mind. There are many people for whom sleep is sleep, and there are others, for whom sleep is death. Sleep is death for those who are not about to convert from their ill-will and sleep is sleep for those who are about to convert from their numbness. Happy are those for whom that sleep is sleep, and unhappy are those, for whom that sleep is death. [page 26]

Sequitur: Excitante nos scriptura ac dicente: Hora est jam nos de somna surgere.

Next comes: Because Scripture incites us and says: It is time, now, for us to arise.

Bene sermo magistralis cum scriptura divina exhortatur suum auditorem: exsurgere. Voluit B. Benedictus exemplum dare suis sequacibus, ut ea quae docenda vel admonenda sunt, cum auctoritate divinarum scripturarum admoneantur; ideo dixit: excitante nos scriptura, ac si diceret: O fili! non meus sermo solus, sed cum scriptura exhortatur te, exsurgere velociter.

Together with the divine scripture, the speech of the master exhorts his listener to rise. The blessed Benedict wanted to give to his followers an example in order that the things that have to be taught or admonished, be admonished. Therefore he said: Because Scripture incites us, as if he was saying: O son! Not only my speech, but together with Scripture it exhorts you to quickly arise.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia non qualicumque modo dixit: surgamus, sed: exsurgamus, id est: cito surgamus; nam in hoc loco, ubi scriptura dicit, subaudiendum est divina.

And this must be marked well, that he does not say in whatever kind of way: let us rise (surgamus) but let us arise (exsurgamus), that is: let us rise fast.

Istud enim, quod dixit: Hora est jam nos de somno surgere, [Rm 13:11] de Paulo apostolo sumpsit; dixerat enim B. Paulus ad gentes sub allegorico sensu dicens: hora est, in quantum somnus dicitur, eo quod somnus dicitur et infidelitatem significat, jam nos de somno, id est de infidelitate mentis surgere. Sufficit enim vobis, tanto tempore in infidelitatis permansisse somno, quia ab ipsius primi hominis deceptione usque modo in infidelitatis somno permansistis.

In this place, where he says Scripture, we must add divine. For he took the words It is time, now, for us to rise from sleep [Rm 13:11] from the Apostle Paul. The blessed Paul had said to the peoples, speaking in an allegorical sense: It is time in as much as sleep is mentioned –because sleep is said and it means unbelief – that we arise now from sleep, that is from the unbelief of the mind. It suffices for you to have remained such a great time in the sleep of unbelief, because you have remained from the deceit of the very first man until now in the sleep of unbelief.

Hora est jam nos de somno surgere, id est, jam maxima pars saeculi, hoc est quinque aetates consumtae sunt; nunc vero parva pars saeculi, i. e. ultima aetas est. Et quod per horam ultima aetas saeculi intelligatur, testatur Joannes coapostolus ejus, cum dicit; ait enim: Filioli, novissima hora est. [1 John 2:18] Et idem ipse Paulus alibi hoc manifestat dicit enim: Nos sumus, in quos fines saeculorum devenerunt. [1 Cor 10:11] Et quamquam intentio Pauli ista fuit, dicere gentibus sub allegorico sensu, tamen et moraliter potest ad christianos referri.

It is time, now, that we arise from sleep, now that the greatest part of the world-age, that is the five ages, have been consumed. Now, though, is the small part of the world-age, that is the last age. And the fact that with time (hora) the last part of the world-age is understood, is testified by John, his co-apostle, when he says: Little sons, it is the last hour [1 John 2:18]. And likewise Paul himself shows this elsewhere, for he says: We are the ones to whom the ends of the ages have come [1 Cor 10:11]. And even though it was the intention of Paul to speak to the peoples in an allegorical sense, still it can be related to the Christians in a moral sense.

Unde Benedictus sciens illum allegoricum sensum supradictum, non secundum allegoricum, sed secundum moralem hic illud locutus est. Et est sensus, cum dicit: Hora est, jam nos de somno surgere, id est: o peccator! jam hora est, ut nos convertamur a nostris iniquitatibus, quia ultimum tempus vitae nostrae instat, et non solum ad ultimam aetatem hominis hoc attinet, verum etiam ad unamquamque aetatem hoc referri potest, si mortis tempus [page 27] adtendimus, verbi gratia; hora est jam nos de somno surgere, id est, o infans! hora est jam a tua malitia convertendi, quia hora est, id est, finis vitae tuae instat.

Therefore Benedict, knowing this allegorical sense that I mentioned above, said this not according to the allegorical sense, but according to the moral sense. When he says: It is time, now, for us to arise from sleep, the meaning is: O sinner, it is time that we convert from our iniquities, because the final period (tempus) of our life is impending and this does not only bear relevance to the last age of man but can also be related to whatever age, if we think of the time of death, [page 27] for example. It is time, now, that we rise from sleep that is: O child! It is the time, now, of your conversion from ill-will because it is time, that is, the end of your life is impending.

Sequitur: 9Et apertis oculis nostris ad deificum lumen attonitis auribus audiamus.

Next: 9And our eyes having been opened to the deifying light, let us hear with our thunderstruck ears.

Quia perseverat [enim] in excitatione somni mentis, quam superius dixerat, manifestat ista particula, quae est et.

This detail and shows that he sticks to the image of arising from the sleep of mind, which he had mentioned above.

Et bene apertis oculis dixit, quia sicut ille, qui a somno corporali excitatur, oculos corporis aperit, ita et ille, qui a somno mentis, i. e. torpore, oculos aperit cordis.

And he said well eyes having been opened, because just as he who wakes up from corporeal sleep, opens the bodily eyes, just so he, too, who wakes up from the sleep of mind, that is from sluggishness, opens the eyes of the heart.

Et forte ideo dixit nostris, quia mentis oculos voluit intelligi: nam quod ad oculos cordis hoc attineat, etiam istud manifestat, quod subjunxit: ad deificum lumen, ac si diceret: Non te, o fili, ad istud lumen temporale videndum excito, quod omnes bestiae seu animalia vident, sed ad illud, quod a nullo nisi ab angelis seu hominibus spiritalibus videtur, sicut scriptum est: Beati mundo corde, quoniam ipsi Deum videbunt. [Mt 5:8]

And perhaps he said our for this reason that he wanted that the eyes of our mind are understood. For, the fact that it refers to the eyes of the heart is also proven by the fact that he adds: to the deifying light, as if he was saying: I do not wake you up, o son, to see that temporal light, which all wild beasts and animated beings see, but to that which is seen by no one but by the angels and spiritual people, just as is written: Blessed the pure of heart, for they will see God. [Mt 5:8]

Deificum enim divinum intelligitur. Nam bene post apertionem oculorum subjunxit sollicitudinem aurium, quae per attonitis intelligitur; quia nostri interioris hominis auditus et visus non sunt divisa, sicut exterioris hominis, eo quod videre el audire insimul habet ille interior, et ubi videt, audit et intelligit. Exterior autem potest caecus audire et surdus videre.

Deifying must be understood as divine. For, he rightly added after the opening of the eyes, the solicitude of the ears, which is understood by this thunderstruck, because hearing and seeing of the inner man are not distinguished, as in the outer man, because that inner man has seeing and hearing at the same time, and when he sees, he hears and understands. The outer man, though, can listen while he is blind and see while he is deaf.

Sequitur: 9divivina quotidie clamans quid admoneat vox dicens. divina ideo dixit ad separationem humanae vocis.

He continues with: 9to what the divine voice admonishes us, daily crying out, saying (...). He says divine with regard to the distinction of the human voice.

Nunc videndum est, quo modo est ista vox divina, cum ea non Dominus, sed David dixit. Vere divina est, quia quamquam David hoc dicat, tamen Spiritus sanctus per David locutus est; et quod Dominus per os prophetarum seu apostolorum et cunctorum sanctorum loquatur, testatur Paulus apostolus, cum dixit: An experimentum ejus quaeritis, qui in me loquitur Christus? [2 Cor 13:3]

Now we have to see, how that voice is divine, when not the Lord, but David said these things. It is truly divine, because, although David says this, still the Holy Ghost has spoken through David. And that the Lord speaks through the mouth of prophets or apostles and all the saints, is testified by the Apostle Paul, when he said: Or do you seek experience of him who speaks in me – that is Christ? [2 Cor 13: 3]

Nunc iterum videndum est, quo modo quotidie divina clamet vox, cum sint multi, qui non habent expositores vel etiam librum divinarum scripturarum? [Et] quamquam illis vox divina non clamet per exterioris hominis officium, tamen illa lex naturalis in cordibus eorum clamat; lex enim naturalis est cognitio creaturae [page 28] et creatoris.

Now again we need to look how the divine cries out daily, because there are many who do not have interpreters or even the book of divine scriptures. Although the divine voice does not cry out to them through the activity (officium) of the outer man, still that natural law cries out in their hearts; for, the natural law is the knowledge of creature [page 28] and creator.

Et tunc enim, quando se cognoscit unusquisque creaturam esse et habere creatorem, quid aliud est ista cognitio nisi clamatio legis naturalis?

And then, indeed, when each person knows that he is a creature and has a creator, what else is that knowledge than a cry of the natural law?

Et tunc monetur ille ab hac cognitione, ut nonnulli creaturae, nisi creatori suo creatura serviat. Est etiam alia lex, quae clamat in cordibus fidelium, ut de virtute in virtutem ascendat, unde sub allegorico sensu de Domino Jesu dictum est: Et erat Jesus quotidie docens in templo. [Lc 19:47]

And then he is admonished by that knowledge that he, as a creature, must serve not just any creature, but only his creator. There is also another law which cries in the hearts of the faithful that he must ascend from virtue to virtue, whence there is the saying about the Lord Jesus in an allegorical sense: And Jesus was daily teaching in the temple. [Lc 19:47]

Quotidie enim Jesus docet in templo suo, cum quotidie dignatur inspirare in corde uniuscujusque fidelis, ut de virtute in virtutem ascendat. Hodie enim pro praesenti vita ponitur, quia in hac vita sibi dies succedunt, in futura vero vita unus dies est. Et quod hodie ad praesentem vitam attineat, manifestat Paulus, cum dicit ad Hebraeos; ait enim: Videte fratres, ne forte sit in aliqno vestrum cor malum incredulitatis (habens) discedendi a Deo vivo, sed cxhortamini vosmetipsos per singulos dies, donec hodie cognominatur, ut nemo ex vobis obduretur fallacia peccati. [Hbr 3:12-13]

Jesus teaches daily in his temple, when he daily deigns it worthy to inspire each individual believer in his heart to ascend from virtue to virtue. For, today is put instead of the present life, because the days follow each other in this life, but in the future life there is one day. And the fact that today refers to the present life, is shown by Paul, when he says to the Hebrews: Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. [Hbr 3:12-13]

Istud enim, quod dicit: 10Hodie si vocem ejus audieritis, nolite obdurare corda vestra, [Ps 94:8] David propheta dixerat ad populum Israel; necnon et Paulus id ipsum eidem populo dicens interpretatus est: hodie si vocem ejus audieritis [Hbr 3:16; Hbr 4:7] et caetera.

The words 10If you will have heard his voice today – do not harden your hearts [Ps 94:8] had been said by David to the people of Israel. Also Paul explained this as he spoke to the same people: If you will have heard his voice today, etc. [Hbr 3:16; Hbr 4:7]

Dixerat enim, sicut diximus, David ad illos Israelitas, qui fuerant filii eorum, qui erant liberati de Aegyptiaea, servitute et transierant mare rubrum et in deserto suscepti sunt et manna de coelo perceperunt et XL annis in deserto morati sunt et ibi contra Deum murmurati sunt, et ob hoc nullus eorum intrare meruit in terram repromissionis, nisi solus Caleph et Josue. Ideo dixerat hoc David propheta, ne sicut patres eorum obdurarent corda, sua.

As we said, David had spoken to those Israelites, who had been his sons, who had been freed from Egyptian slavery and had crossed the Red Sea and have been taken up in the desert and have received the manna from heaven and have remained in the desert forty years and there have murmured against God, and for that reason none of them was allowed to enter the promised land, except for Caleph and Joshua. The prophet David had said this so as to warn them not to harden their hearts like their fathers.

Et quamvis hoc historialiter ad Judaeos attinet, tamen ad Christianos, id est confessores Christi moraliter refertur, quia sicut illi de Aegyptiaca historialiter servitute liberati sunt, ita et isti moraliter de diaboli servitute, quae per Aegyptiacani servitutem intelligitur, liberati sunt.

And even though this refers to the Jews in the historical sense (historialiter), still, in the moral sense (moraliter), it relates to the Christians, that is to the confessors of Christ, because, just as the former (Israelites) have been freed from slavery in the historical sense, the latter (Christians) have been freed in the moral sense from the devil’s slavery, which is meant with the Egyptian slavery.

Et sicut illi historialiter per mare rubrum transierunt, ita et isti moraliter quasi per mare rubrum transeunt, cum baptizantur, quia mare rubrum [page 29] baptismum intelligitur; rubrum vero est baptismum propter passionem sanguinis Christi. Et sicut illi historialiter suscepti sunt in eremo post transitum maris rubri, ita isti moraliter suscipiuntur ab ecclesia post baptismum, quae per eremum intelligitur. Et sicut illi historialiter in eremo manna perceperunt, ita et isti moraliter in ecclesia corpus et sanguinem Christi percipiunt, quod per manna, intelligitur. Et sicut post XL annos historialiter in terram repromissionis intraverunt, ita et isti moraliter post praesentem vitam, quae per illos annos intelligitur, ad gaudia coelestis patriae intromittuntur. Et sicut illi historialiter murmuraverunt in eremo, ita ex istis multi in ecclesia moraliter murmurant, cum per adulterium et caetera vitia ad pristinam vitam vel actionem revertuntur. Et sicut ex illis pauci id est tantum duo, hoc est Joaue et Caleph in terram repromissionis intrarunt, ita ex istis moraliter pauci ad aestimationem multorum malorum intromittuntur in terram coelestis patriae, hoc est in paradisum, sicut scriptum est: Multi sunt vocati, pauci vero electi. [Mt 22:14]

And just as the former have crossed the Red Sea in the historical sense, just so the latter are crossing the Red Sea in the moral sense, when they are baptized, because the Red Sea is understood as baptism. [page 29] Baptism is red because of the passion of Christ’s blood. And just as the former have historically been admitted to the desert after the passage of the Red Sea, just so the latter are admitted morally by the Church, which is meant with the desert, after baptism. And just as the former historically received manna in the desert, just so the latter received the body and blood of Christ in the Church – which is meant with the manna. And just as they entered the promised land after forty years, just so the latter too are admitted to the joys of the heavenly fatherland after the present life, which is understood by those years. And just as the former historically murmured in the desert, just so many of the latter are murmuring morally in the Church, when they turn through adultery and other faults to their former live or action. And just as few of the former, that is only two, namely Joshua and Caleph, had entered the promised land, just so few of the latter, upon valuation of the many evils, are – in the moral sense – let into the land of the heavenly fatherland, that is paradise, as it is written: Many have been called, but few chosen. [Mt 22:14]

Et sicut ex illis historialiter multi tribus plagis perierunt propter murmurationem, i. e. terrae hiatu et igni atcque morsu serpentium, ita et isti propter mala sua opera moraliter plagis sibi divinitus illatis pereunt.Et sicut ex illis historialiter multi tribus plagis perierunt propter murmurationem, i. e. terrae hiatu et igni atcque morsu serpentium, ita et isti propter mala sua opera moraliter plagis sibi divinitus illatis pereunt.

And just as in the historical sense many of the former have perished in three plagues because of their murmuring, namely by a gap in the earth and by fire and by the bite of snakes, just so in the moral sense also the latter perish because of their evil works through plagues imposed on them by heaven.

Et quid mirum, si hoc moraliter ad populum catholicum, hoc est christianum generaliter refertur, cum etiam ad unumquemque monachorum moraliter hoc potest similiter referri?

And is it a surprise, if this relates in the moral sense to catholic people, that is to the Christians in general, when this can similarly be related to each of the monks in the moral sense?

Et quod ad unumquemque monachorum hoc attineat, testatur Spiritus Sanctus, qui per B. Benedicti os in hac regula in testimonium adhibuit, ne sicut illi Israelitae perierunt post perceptionem donorum Dei et ingrati dono divino extiterunt, ita monachus per conversionem, retro respiciens pereat. Nequaquam enim B. Benedictus istud in testimonium adhibuisset suo auditori, cum eum monere studuit, nisi illud per Spiritum Sanctum cognovisset, ad monachos etiam adtinere.

And that this refers to each of the monks is testified by the Holy Ghost who warned through the mouth of the blessed Benedict in the Rule, that just as those Israelites perished after the reception of God’s gifts and showed themselves ungrateful to the divine gift – that just so the monk perishes through his way of life (conversio) when he looks back. The blessed Benedict would not at all have warned his listener about this when he made the effort to warn him, if he had not known through the Holy Ghost that this also applies to monks.

Nam sicut illi populi historialiter de Aegyptiaca servitute exierunt, ita, etiam monachi moraliter, cum de saeculari conversione exeunt, quasi de Aegyptiaca servitute liberantur. Et sicut illi historialiter [page 30] ad mare rubrum venerunt, ita et isti moraliter quasi ad mare rubrum veniunt; cum ad monasterium veniunt. Et sicut illi historialiter mare rubrum transierunt, ita etiam et isti quasi mare rubrum transeunt, cum propriis voluntatibus abrenuntiant, i. e. cum tria promittunt, i. e. de stabilitate sua et conversione morum suorum et obedientia coram Deo et Sanctis ejus. Et sicut illi in eremo suscepti sunt post transitum maris rubri, ita, etiam isti quasi in eremo, cum post promissionem suam in monasterio suscipiuntur. Et sicut historialiter isti manna in eremo et aquam de petra acceperunt ita etiam et isti moraliter manna quasi in deserto accipiunt, cum in monasterio spiritalem praedicationem a spiritali patre percipiunt, necnon etiam spiritalem cibum et potum percipiunt, cum panem vel potum monasterii percipiunt, quia ipse panis et potus monasterii spiritalis est, eo quod a fratribus pro caritate servientibus illum percipiunt.

For, just as those peoples historically departed from Egyptian slavery, just so the monks too, in the moral sense, are freed from Egyptian slavery, as it were, when they leave the worldly way of life (conversio). And just as the former [page 30] historically came to the Red Sea, just so also the latter are morally coming to the Red Sea, as it were, when they come to the monastery. And just as the former historically crossed the Red Sea, just so also the latter cross the Red Sea, as it were, when they renounce their own wills, that is when they vow three things: concerning their stability, their way moral way of life and their obedience to God and his Saints. And just as the former have been admitted to the desert after their passage through the Red Sea, so the latter too are admitted in the desert after their vow in the monastery. And just as the former historically received the manna in the desert and water from the rock, just so the latter too morally receive manna in the desert, as it were, when they receive in the monastery the spiritual preaching from the spiritual father, and also receive the spiritual food and drink, when they receive bread and drink in the monastery, because that bread and drink of the monastery is spiritual, because they receive it from the brothers who serve it as charity.

Etiam ipse Benedictus alibi testatur, rem monasterii quasi vasa altaris sacratam esse: ait enim: Omnia vasa monasterii cunctamque substanciam ac si altaris vasa sacrata conspiciat. [Regula Benedicti, c. 31, 10]

Also Benedict himself testifies elsewhere that the state of the monastery is sacred like the altar vessels. He says: Let him regard all vessels of the monastery and all the property as sacred, as if they are altar vessels [Regula Benedicti, c. 31:10].

Et sicut XL annis historialiter illi morati sunt in eremo, ita et isti moraliter quasi in eremo XL annis permanent, cum omnibus diebus vitae suae, i. e. tota vita sua, quae per illos annos intelligitur, intra claustra monasterii perseverant. Et sicut illi post XL annos historialiter in terram repromissionis ingressi sunt, ita, etiam et isti moraliter post praesentem vitam, cum ad gaudia coelestia intromittuntur, quasi in terram repromissionis intrant. Et sicut multi eorum murmuraverunt in eremo, ita, et isti moraliter multi in monasterio murmurant. Et sicut illi murmuratores perierunt tribus plagis, ita, et isti pereunt tribus plagis divinitus illatis; nam potest intelligi per hiatum terrae claustra inferni. et per illum ignem ignem perpetuum, et per morsus serpentium suasiones pestiferas daemonum similiter potest intelligi. [page 31]

And just as the former historically remained in the desert for forty years, so too the latter stay in the desert for forty years, when they continue all the days of their life, that is their entire life, that is understood by those years, within the cloister of the monastery. And just as the former historically, after forty years entered the promised land, so also the latter, after the present life, when they are let into the celestial joys, enter, as it were, the promised the land. And just as many of them murmured in the desert, so many of the latter too murmur in the monastery. And just as the former grumblers perished in three plagues, just so the latter perish in three plagues inflicted by heaven. For, by the gap in the earth, the gate (claustra) of hell can be understood, and by that fire, the eternal fire12 and by the bite of serpents similarly the pestilential13 counsels of demons can be understood. [page 31]

Sequitur: 11Qui habet aures audiendi audiat, [Mt 11:15; Mc 4:9; Lc 8:8; Lc 14:35] quid spiritus dicat ecclesiis.

Next: 11He who has ears to hear, let him hear what the spirit says to the churches.

Hoc autem B. Joannes Evangelista in libro Apocalypsi multipliciter, sicut sibi revelatum est, dixit; nam in fine uniuscujusque sermonis, quem singulae ecclesiae loquebatur, locutus est. [Apc 3:6, 3:13, 3:22, etc.]

The blessed John the Evangelist said this, however, in the book of the Apocalypse as it had been revealed to him. For, he said it at the end of each speech that he spoke to each individual church. [Apoc. 3:6, 3:13, 3:22, etc.]

Nunc videndum est, quare S. Joannes Evangelista ecclesiis pluraliter dixit, cum Paulus apostolus unam ecclesiam esse praedicavit; ait enim: despondi enim vos uni viro virginem castam exhibere Christo. [2 Cor 11:2] Ecce per virginem et castam unam ecclesiam designavit, sed quia unus Christus est, ita una est ecclesia; et sicut septem dona S. Spiritus, item et septem ecclesiae sunt propter septem dona, Spiritus sancti.

Now we need to see, why the holy John the Evangelist said to the churches in plural, whereas the Apostle Paul preached that there is one church: For I have espoused you to one husband, that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ [2 Cor 11: 2]. See, he means with virgin and chaste the one church, but since Christ is one, so the church is one (too); and just as the gifts of the Holy Ghost are seven, so too the churches are seven according to the seven gifts of the Holy Ghost.

Quae septem ecclesiae per septem dona, S. Spiritus ita intelliguntur: primum enim donum S. Spiritus est sapientia, ac, per hoc, qui isto dono S. Spiritus, i. e. sapientia, plusquam alii repleti sunt, una esse ecclesia dicuntur. Deinde secundum donum S. Spiritus intellectus; similiter secunda ecclesia dicuntur illi, qui isto dono S. Spiritus, i. e. intelectu plusquam caeteri repleti sunt. Tertium donum S. Spiritus est consilium; similiter tertia, ecclesia, est, quotquot dono isto S. Spiritus, i. e. consilio plus quam caeteri abundant. Quartum donum S. Spiritus est fortitudo; similiter quarta ecclesia est omnes illi, qui isto S. Spiritus dono, i. e. fortitudine plus quam alii repleti existunt. Quintum donum S. Spiritus est scientia, ac per hoc quinta ecclesia dicuntur illi, qui isto dono quinto S. Spiritus, i. e. scientia, plus quam caeteri abundant. Sextum donum S. Spiritus est pietas, deinde illi, qui istum donum sextum, quod est pietas, plus quam caeteri videutur habere, sexta ecclesia dicuntur. Similiter etiam septima ecclesia dicuntur omnes illi, qui isto septimo dono S. Spiritus, i. e. timore plus quam caeteri superabundant.

And these seven churches are meant by the seven gifts of the Holy Ghost in this way: the first gift of the Holy Ghost is wisdom, and those who by the gift of the Holy Ghost, namely wisdom, have been filled more than others, are said to be one church. Then, the second gift of the Holy Ghost is intellect. Similarly the second church are called those people who by that gift of the Holy Ghost, namely intellect, have been filled more than the others. The third gift of the Holy Ghost is counsel. Likewise, the third church is that group, however many, who abound more than the rest in the gift of the Holy Ghost, namely counsel. The fourth gift of the Holy Ghost is strength. Likewise the fourth church is all those people who turn out to be filled more than others with that gift of the Holy Ghost, namely strength. The fifth gift of the Holy Ghost is knowledge, and on account of this, the fifth church are called those people who more than the rest abound with that fifth gift of the Holy Ghost, namely knowledge. The sixth gift of the Holy Ghost is piety. Thus, those who seem to have that sixth gift, namely piety, more than the rest, are called the sixth church. Likewise, also the seventh church are called all those who overflow more than the rest with that seventh gift of the Holy Ghost, namely fear.

Minus enim aptum videtur hoc esse testimonium superiori testimonio, i. e. non recte intelligentibus, eo quod in isto fit mentio aurium, et in superiore fit mentio cordis; sed in his nulla est contrarietas, quia superiora verba istius S. Benedicti, in quibus fecit mentionem aurium dicens: attonitis auribus audiamus, et istud inferius testimonium [page 32], in quo similiter mentio aurium fit, cum dicitur: Qui habet aures audiendi audiat, faciunt intelligi illud testimonium, ubi meptio cordis est, de auribus cordis esse dictum.

This statement seems to be less suitable than the previous statement (testimonium). That is, [it only seems to be less suitable] to those who do not understand correctly. Because here mention is made of ears, and in the previous part mention is made of the heart. But there is no contradiction between these two, because the previous words of the holy Benedict, in which he made mention of ears (Let us hear with thunderstruck ears) and that later statement, [page 32] in which similarly mention is made of ears (He who has ears, let him hear) make that his statement is understood, when mention is made of the heart, as referring to the ears of the heart.

Nec non etiam superiora verba ipsius testimonii similiter aurium faciunt mentionem, cum dicunt: hodie si vocem ejus audieritis. [Ps 94:8 (Vulg.), 95:7]

And earlier too, the words of that statement similarly make mention of ears, when they say: Today you will hear his voice. [Ps 94:8 (Vulg.), 95:7]

Et est sensus, cum dicit: Qui habet aures audiendi audiat, quid Spiritus dicat ecclesiis, i. e. qui habet aures cordis, intelligat, quae dona S. Spiritus impertit ecclesiis, sive etiam, sicut Beda dicit: Qui habet aures audiendi audiat, quid Spiritus dicat ecclesiis, i. e. qui habet aures intelligentiae, quibus Dei verbum percipere possit, non contemnat, sed audiat, obediendo videlicet et faciendo, quae didicit, corcordans cum B. Jacobo apostolo dicente: Non auditor obliviosus factus, sed factor operis, hic beatus in facto suo erit. [Iac 1:25] [Bede, In Lucae Evangelium Expositio 4, ch. 14:35, CCSL 120, p. 284]

When he says: He who has ears to hear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches, the meaning is: he who has ears of the heart, let him understand what gifts the Holy Ghost bestows on the churches. Or even, as Bede says: He who has ears to hear, let him hear what the Ghost says to the churches, the meaning is: he who has the ears of intelligence, with which he can perceive the word of God, let him not spurn [it] but let him hear, namely by being obedient and by doing what he has learned, in agreement with the Apostle James as he said: not becoming a forgetful hearer but a doer of the work: this man shall be blessed in his deed. [Jac 1:25]

Sequitur: 12Et quid dicit? Subaudiendum est: illa vox divina, ac si diceret interrogando: Quid dicit illa vox divina? Nunc vero quasi respondendo dicit: 12Venite filii, audite me, timorem Domini docebo vos.

Next: 12And what does he say? We have to add: that divine voice, as if he was asking: What does that divine voice say? Now, however, he answers: 12Come, sons, listen to me, I shall teach you fear of the Lord.

Si enim in hoc loco sensum proprium adtenderimus, sermo prophetae gentes allocutus est; hortatur enim sermo propheticus gentos, ad credulitatem venire, et bene dixit venite, et postimodum audite, quia nullus valet intelligere divina, nisi ea prius crediderit, ac si diceret: Venite credendo, quia nisi prius fidem habueritis, nequaquam poteritis verba doctrinae percipere, sicut dictum est: Nisi prius credideritis, nequaquam intelligetis. [Is 7:9 Vetus Latina]

If we grasp the proper sense at this spot, the prophet’s word spoke to the peoples. The prophetic word encourages the peoples to come to belief and it said well come and then listen, because no one can understand the divine, unless he has earlier believed it. It is as if he was saying: Come in faith, because if you have no faith first, you will not at all be able to receive the words of the [divine] instruction, as it is said: Unless you first believe, you will not at all understand [Is 7:9 (Vetus Latina)].

Et propterea vocavit filios eos, qui necdum crediderant, quia futuri erant filii credentes; nam unusquisque, qui imbuitur, ejus filius est, qui imbuit. Unde Paulus apostolus suos auditores filios vocat diceas: Filioli mei, quos iterum parturio, [Gal 4:19] eo quod illos docebat credulitatem habere.

And thereafter, he called those people sons who had not yet believed, because they were about to be his sons as they believed, for, each one who is initiated is the son of him who initiates. Therefore, the Apostle Paul calls his audience sons: My little children, of whom I am in labor again [Gal 4:19], because he was teaching them to have confidence.

Quia cognovit B. Benedictus tam sermonem propheticum, quam etiam Paulum plurimum suos auditores filios vocare, ideo in principio doctrinae suae suum auditorem filium vocavit dicens: Ausculta, o fili! Nam ipsi filii quasi respondendo dicunt: Ecce venimus, quid nobis proderit? Ille vero sermo propteticus quasi respondendo [page 33] dicit: Timorem Domini docebo vos.

Since the blessed Benedict was familiar with the prophetic way of speaking with which Paul usually called his listeners sons, for that reason at the beginning of the teaching Benedict called his listener son: Listen, o son! For, the sons say, as if they were answering: Look! We have come, what good will it do to us? But that prophetic saying gives as an answer: [page 33] I will teach you the fear of the Lord.

Et bene addidit Domini, quia non timorem hominis, sed timorem Domini docere cupiebat, ac si diceret: Non timorem humanum, sed Domini vos docebo, quia timor hominis poenam habet, timor vero Domini non poenam, sed requiem habet. Vox autem ista etiam moraliter potest intelligi.

And rightly he adds of the Lord, because he was not wishing to teach the fear of man but the fear of the Lord, as if he was saying: I will not teach you human fear, but fear of the Lord, because fear of man leads to punishment, fear of the Lord, however, does not lead to punishment but to rest. That voice, though, can also be understood in the moral sense.

Omnes autem, qni post perceptionem baptismatis ad vitia revertuntur, a Deo longe recedunt, et tamen non pedibus, sed moribus recedunt; nam si non recessissent peccatores, nequaquam illos sermo propheticus vocasset venire, quia nemini dicitur venire nisi illi, qui recedit, ac si dicat illi sermo propheticus, cum dicit illis: Venite, filii, audite me, id est, quia recessistis a Deo pravis moribus, quamvis non fide, ideo hortor vos, o peccatores, id est, flendo venite et poenitendo atque mores vestros corrigendo venite. Et nunc videndum est, quare dicat filii, si peccatoribus dicit? Ideo dicit filii, ut audiendo nomen filii non se desperent, sed confidentiae vires sumant, ac si diceret: Nolite desperare, sed fiduciam convertendi atque poenitendi sumite.

All people, who turn to vices after the reception of baptism, withdraw themselves far from God, and yet do not withdraw themselves by feet but in behavior. For, if the sinners had not withdrawn, the prophetic saying would not at all have called them to come, because it commands no one else to come than him who withdraws himself. It is as if the prophetic saying speaks to that person, when it says to them: Come, sons, listen to me. That is: because you have withdrawn yourself from God with bad behavior, although not in faith, for that reason I urge you, o sinners: come in tears and come while you do penitence and correct your behavior. And now we need to see, why he says sons if he speaks to sinners. He says sons for this reason that they do not despair about themselves, hearing the name son, but take strength of confidence, as if he said: Do not despair, but take reliance on conversion and penitence.

Sequitur: Audite me, ac si diceret: Nisi prius voluntatem convertendi seu poenitendi habueritis, nequaquam poteritis audire, quae vos docuero.

Next: Listen to me. That is: Unless you first have the will to convert and do penitence, you will not be able to hear what I teach you.

Sequitur: Timorem Domini docebo vos.

Next: I will teach you the fear of the Lord.

Nunc iterum videndum est, quare dixit: timorem, et non dixit: fidem? Ideo non dixit: lidem, quia quamquam peccatoribns, tamen fidelibus loquitur. Et quare ergo non dixit: caritatem? ideo non dixit: caritatem, sed timorem, quia caritas a timore inchoatur et nisi a timente Deum non habetur, eo quod fundamentum omnis boni operis timor Dei est. Unde Dominus dicit ad Job: Ubi eras, quando fundamentum terrae ponebam? [Iob 38:4]

Now we have to see again, why he said fear of and did not say faith in. He did not say that for this reason that he speaks to believers, even though they are sinners. And why did he not say charity? He did not say charity but fear, because charity begins with fear and can only be held by him who fears God because the foundation of every good work is the fear of the Lord. Why did the Lord say to Job: Where were you, when I was laying the foundation of the earth? [Job 38:4].

Istum enim versiculum B. Papa Gregorius exponit dicens: Per terram intelligitur anima peccatrix, et per fundamentum intelligitur timor Dei, quia sicut in fundamento omnis operis fabrica collocatur, ita et in timore Dei omnis boni operis fabrica constituitur.

The blessed Pope Gregory explained this little phrase thus: By ‘earth’ we understand the sinful soul and by the ‘foundation’ the fear of God, because just as the entire production of good work is placed in the foundation, so too in the fear of God the entire production of good work is established.14

Sequitur: 13Currite, dum lumen vitae habetis, ne vos tenebrae mortis comprehendant.

Next: 13Run, while you have the light of life, lest the darkness of death seize you.

Currite, ac si diceret quis: [page 34] quando curramus? dicit enim: dum lumen vitae habetis. Iterum quasi interrogaret aliquis, quare? reddit causam: ne vos tenebrae mortis comprehendant; verba enim superiora non sunt Benedicti sed prophetae, ubi dicitur: Venite, filii, audite me.

Run as if someone was saying: [page 34] When are we to run? He says: While you have the light of life. Again, as if someone was asking: why? he give the reason: Lest the darkness of death seize you. For, the earlier words are not of Benedict but of the prophet, when we hear: Come, sons, listen to me.

Nunc vero sunt S. Benedicti, id est: Currite, dum lumen vitae habetis, ac si diceret suis auditoribus B. Benedictus: Audistis, o filii, vocem curritte; Quo? Id est, ad illam vocem divinam, quam audistis. Quasi quidam hortatur suum amicum, qui audit vocem se clamantis: Cur stas et quare non curris ad illam vocem, quam audisti? Et reddit causam, quare debeant currere, cum subjunxit: dum lumen vitae habetis, id est, dum tempus habetis, dum tempus habetis convertendi.

But now these are Saint Benedict’s: Run, while you have the light of life. As if the blessed Benedict was saying to his listeners: You hear, o sons, a voice [saying:] ‘run!’ Whither? To that divine voice that you hear. As if someone urges his friend, who hears the voice of someone who calls him: Why do you stand still and are you not running to that voice that you hear? And he give the reason why they ought to run, when he added: While you have the light of life, that is: while you have the allowance, while you have time for conversion.

Hoc etiam Paulus Apostolus latius exponit, cum dicit: Ecce nunc tempus acceptabile, ecce nunc dies salutis. [2 Cor 6:2] Superius enim dixerat testimonium prophetae dicens: Tempore accepto exaudivi te et in die salutis adjuvi te. [ibid.] Deinde exposuit, quid sit illud tempus dicens: Ecce nunc tempus acceptabile, ecce nunc dies salutis. Tempus acceptabile istud est ad exaudiendum, quia in eo exaudimur dies vero salutis isti sunt, quia in his invenitur salus. Necnon et Esaias ait: Quaerite Dominum, dum inveniri potest. [Is 55:6]

Also the Apostle Paul explains this more extensively when he says: Behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation. [2 Cor 6:2] For, earlier the statement of the prophet had said: I heard you at the accepted time and I have helped you on the day of salvation. [ibid.] That time is acceptable for hearing, because we are heard at that time. But those are the days of salvation, because salvation is found on them. Isaiah too says: Search for God while he can be found. [Is 55:6]

Et iterum: 13ne tenebrae mortis vos comprehendant.

And again: 13Lest the darkness of death seize you.

De his quippe Dominus tenebris dicit sub noctis nomine, cum loquitur: Dum sum in mundo, lux sum hujus mundi; veniet autem nox, in qua nemo potest operari. [cf. Io 9:15 and 9:4]

Certainly, the Lord speaks about this darkness in terms of the night, when he says: While I am in the world, I am the light of this world; the night will come, however, in which no one can work. [Io 8:12; Io 9:4]

Jam si in illa nocte nemo potest operari, currendum est nobis et satagendum, dum lumen vitae habemus, ne, cum voluerimus, non possimus. Sic enim Dominus dicit: Me oportet operari, donec dies est; veniet autem nox, in qua nemo potest operari. [Io 8:12; Io 9:4] Et est sensus, cum dicit: dum lumen vitae habetis, i. e. dum licentiam habetis currendi, dum tempus, dum spatium habetis operandi, ne dies mortis vos praeoccupet.

Now, if in that night no one can work, we have to run and be busy while we have the light of life, lest we can not do anything, even though we want to. For, so says the Lord: I must work as long as it is day; the night will come, however, in which no one can work [Io 8:12; Io 9:4]. And the meaning of this citation While you have the light of life is this: While you have the allowance to run, while you have time, while you have an opportunity to work, lest the day of death gets you beforehand.

14Et quaerens Dominus in multitidine populi sui, cum haec clamat, operarium suum.

14And the Lord, searching in the crowd of his people for his laborer to whom he calls out theses words.

Et iterum dicit: Dominus quaerens operarium suum in multitudine populi sui haec clamat. Perseverat adhuc B. Benedictus in intentione sua, [page 35] cum dicit: Iterum dicit.

Again he says: The Lord, searching in the crowd of his people for his laborer, calls out theses words. Saint Benedict still keeps to his plan [page 35] when he says: He says again.

Nam prius exemplum scripturae dicit, quod provocat audire; nunc vero subjunxit alterum exemplum, quod similiter provocat audire, cum dicit: 15Quis est, qui vult vitam et cupit videre dies bonos? Si vero haec multitudo ad multitudinem generis humani referatur, operarius Domini intelligitur sancta ecclesia, quae quasi pro uno nomine posita sub hoc intellectu de multitudine humani generis quaesita est a Deo.

For he first gives the example of scripture, which provokes listening. But now he added a second example, that likewise provokes listening, when he says: 15Which is the man who wants life and desires to see good days? If this crowd refers to the crowd of the human race, the laborer of the Lord is understood as the holy church, who is understood by this very name of crowd of the human race and is searched for by God.

Si autem ad sanctam ecclesiam referatur, quod magis ad hunc sensum attinet, operarius Domini intelligitur ordo sequacium apostolorum. Et bene ecclesia pro multitudine populi in hoc sensu ponitur, quia sibimet comparata multitudo est.

But if it refers to the holy church, which makes more sense here, the laborer of the Lord is understood as the order of the following apostles. And we interpret the crowd of people as the church, because the church – in and of itself – is a crowd.

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione dicatur Dominus operarium suum quaerere in multitudine populi. Numquid caeteros relinquit et unum operarium quaerit? Non, sed sicut facit rex. Ecce habet rex maximam multitudinem populi, sed ex ipsa multitudine eligit aliquos, quos praedestinat singulis officiis, alios quidem ad consilium dandum, alios autem ad caetera officia peragenda.

Now we must see, with what reason he says that the Lord searches his laborer in the crowd of his people. Does he perhaps leave the others out and search [just] one laborer? No. But he acts like a king. Look, a king has a very great crowd of people, but he chooses out of this crowd some whom he predestines for separate tasks: some for giving advice, others for executing other tasks.

Ita et Dominus facit; Dominus enim de ecclesia, sua eligit illum ordinem, qui audiat vocem illam, quam diviti dixit: Si vis perfectus esse, vade et vende omnia, quae habes, et veni, sequere me. [Mt 19:21] Necnon etiam Dominus praedicans in carne fecit, cum multos discipulos habuit et elegit de illa multitudine duodecim.

The Lord does exactly the same: for the Lord chooses from his church that order which listens to that voice which said to the rich man: If you want to be perfect, go and sell everything you have, and come, follow me [Mt 19:21]. The Lord did also [the same] as a preacher in the flesh, when he held many disciples and chose from that multitude twelve.

Et quid mirum, si hoc Dominus fecit praedicans in carne vel in sancta ecclesia quotidie faciat, cum etiam ab initio mundi hoc fecit? Nam de multitudine totius generis humani elegit Noe cum domo sua, qui superstes fuit primi saeculi et auctor saeculi secundi. Necnon de multitudine populi sui elegit Abraam, elegit Moysen et Aaron, similiter et caeteros sanctos.

And is it a surprise if the Lord did this while preaching in the flesh or does this every day in the holy church? For he chose from the crowd of the entire human race Noah with his house, who was the leader of the first era and originator of the second era. He also chose from the crowd of his people Abraham, Moses, Aaron and similarly the other saints.

Sed quid enim dicat Dominus de operario suo, quem de multitudine populi quaerit, in subsequentibus manifestat; ait enim: Quis est homo, qui vult vitam et cupit videre dies bonos? In hoc enim loco S. Benedictus testimonium sumpsit propheticum; nam iste sermo propheticus gentibus est locutus.

But what the Lord says about his laborer, whom he searches from the crowd of his people, is manifest in the following, for he says: Which is the man who wants life and desires to see the good days? Here, Saint Benedict took a prophetic testimony, for this prophetic word spoke to the peoples. We must see here, what life [page 36] is being discussed.

Videndum est enim in hoc loco, de qua vita [page 36] dicatur; non enim in hoc loco, cum dicit vitam, de praesenti dicit vita, sed de vita aeterna, et ideo, ubi vitam dicit, subaudiendum est: aeterna.

We have to investigate here what kind of life [page 36] is being discussed; for when he says life, he does not speak about the present life, but about the eternal life, and therefore, when he says life, we have to add ‘eternal.'/p>

Nam si de hac vita dixisset, superfluum fuisset dicere, eo quod illos alloquitur, qui in hac vita praesenti sunt; haec enim vita non est vita, sed iter vitae est, per quam ad illam vitam aeternam pervenitur. Vita vero, quae in inferno est, et vita est et non est vita. Vita, est quidem per substantiam, eo quod illi, qui illic cremantur, nunquam per substantiam deficiunt; et non est vita per bonitatem, quia illi, qui illic ardent, nunquam bono fruuntur.

If he had spoken about this [mortal] life, it would have been superfluous to mention it, because he addresses those who are present in this life. For this life is not a life, but a life’s journey, through which we arrive at that eternal life. But life that is in hell both is life and is not life. It is life in terms of its substance because those who are being burned there never die [deficiunt] in terms of substance; and [yet] it is not life in terms of goodness because those who burn there never enjoy the good.

Nam de qua vita dicat, idem ipse propheta manifestat, cum subjungit: 15et cupit videre dies bonos. Bene autem addidit bonos ad separationem malorum dierum praesentis vitae; in praesenti etenim vita, non sunt boni, sed mali dies. Mali etenim dico non per substantiam, sed per actionem malorum.

The very same prophet shows what life he speaks about when he adds: 15and desires to see good days. He rightly added good so as to separate them from the evil days of the present life; for in the present life the days are not good but bad. I say “bad” not in terms of substance, but in terms of the action of evils [malorum].

Et quod mali dies sint in praesenti vita, testatur Paulus, cum dicit, ait enim: Redimentes tempus, quoniam dies mali sunt [Eph 5:16]. In hoc enim loco cum Paulus dicit: dies mali de diebus praesentis vitae dicit, non ut per substantiam, sicut jam diximus, dies mali sint, sed secundum actionem malam, quae in praesentis vitae diebus agitur. In futura vero vita dies boni sunt, eo quod ibi illa, vita, fruuntur, quae (qui) dicit: Ego sum via, veritas et vita. [Io 14:6]

Paul testifies that the days in this life are evil when he says: Redeeming the time because the days are evil [Eph 5:16]. When Paul says ‘evil days’ here, he is talking about the evil days of the present life, not so that the days are evil in terms of substance, as we just said, but according to evil action that is done in the days of the present life. But in the future life the days are good because they enjoy there that life which says: I am the way, the truth and life.15

Sequitur: 16quod si audiens respondeas: Ego, id est, si ad hanc vocem audiendam temetipsum obtuleris illi, dicit tibi Dominus. Hic enim talis, qui ita, agit, similis est Esaiae, qui audiens Dominum dicentem: Quis ibit ex nobis? respondit dicens: Ecce ego, mitte me. [Is 6:8]

Next: 16But if you, on hearing this, reply, “It is I,” that is, if you bring yourself forward to him so as to hear that voice, the Lord speaks to you. For such a person who does that is similar to Isaiah, who, hearing the Lord saying: Who will go out of us? [Is 6:8] answers by saying: Look! I! Send me [Is. 6:8].

Sequitur: 17Si vis habere veram et perpetuam vitam, prohibe linguam tuam a malo, et labia tua ne loquantur dolum.

Next: 17If you want to have true and perpetual life, withhold your tongue from evil and do not let your lips speak deceit.

In hoc enim loco nomine mali omnis malitia comprehenditur: nam speciem manifestavit, cum dixit dolum, ait enim: labia tua ne loquantur dolum; dolus enim inelligitur fraus. Omnis enim fraus sive dolus malum dicitur; nam omne [page 37] malum non potest dici dolus, eo quod est et aliud malum, hoc est adulterium et cetera.

All wickedness is included here under the name of evil: for he spoke in a metonym [species] when he said deceit: Do not let your lips speak deceit, for deceit is understood as wrong. Every wrong or deceit is called evil, [but] not every [page 37] evil can be called deceit, because there are also other evils, that is adultery and so on.

Dolus enim duobus modis dicitur, uno enim modo, sicut hypocritae faciunt; illi enim aliud praetendunt extrinsecus et aliud sunt intrinsecus, id est, manifeste faciunt opera bona, occulte vero mala. Altero quidem modo dolus sive fraus dicitur, cum quis aliud habet in corde et aliud loquitur ore.

For deceit is meant in two ways. The first is what hypocrites do. For they pretend [to be] one thing on the outside and are another thing on the inside, that is, they do good works out in the open [manifeste], but evil things in secret [occulte]. The second form of deceit, however, is called fraud, i.e. when someone has one thing in his heart and speaks another thing with his mouth.

Nam non unius sunt poenae digni, qui malum simpliciter agit et ille, qui simulate, id est callide. Sive aliter: dolus est mentis calliditas, eo quod deludat; aliud enim agit et aliud dissimulat. Et quod non sint unius poenae digni vel perditionis, manifestat illud, quod in libro beati Job dicitur: legitur enim ibidem: Simulatores et callidi provocant iram Dei. [Iob 36:13]

who simply does evil and he who does it deceitfully [simulate], that is, deviously [these people] do not deserve one and the same punishment. In other words: deceit is deviousness of the mind, because it deludes. For it does one thing and feigns another. And the fact that they do not deserve one and the same punishment or ruin is shown by this citation from the book of Job: The pretenders and the devious provoke the wrath of God [Iob 36:13].

Qui enim simpliciter malum agit, meretur iram Dei; nam qui callidi sunt et simulatores, isti non solum merentur iram Dei, sed etiam provocant iram Dei. Sed aliud est mereri, aliud provocare. Bene ergo, cum dixit simulatores subjunxit callidi, quia non possunt simulatores sine calliditate esse.

For he who simply does evil deserves God’s wrath. Those who are devious and pretenders only deserve God’s wrath but also provoke God’s wrath. But to deserve is one thing, to provoke is another. Therefore, he rightly added ‘devious’ when he said ‘pretenders,’ because they cannot be pretenders without deviousness.

Sequitur: 17Declina a malo et fac bonum.

Next: 17Turn from evil and do good.

Egregius enim ordo est, prius mala destrui et post bonum bona aedificari. Secundum hunc ordinem etiam Dominus locutus est ad Jeremiam dicens: Ecce posui te, ut evellas et destruas et dissipes et disperdas, [Ier 1:10] et subjunxit: et aedifices et plantes.

The order is excellent: that first evil be destroyed and afterwards good be established.16 According to this order the Lord also spoke to Jeremiah when he said: Look. I have set thee [over the nations and over the kingdoms] to root out and to pull down and to destroy and to scatter [Ie 1:10] and he added: and to build, and to plant.

Ecce in hoc loco ideo dixit quatuor mala, et duo bona, quia plus sunt mala quam bona. Similiter etiam Simeon de Domino dicit: Ecce positus est hic, in ruinam et in resurrectionem multorum in Israel. [Lc 2:34] Necnon B. Jacobus apostolus dicit: Abjicientes omnem immunditiam et abundantiam malitiae, in mansuetudine suscipite insitum verbum, quod potest salvare animas vestras. [2 Iac 1:21] Vide modo, quia, non potest bonum aedificari, nisi prius eradicatum fuerit malum.

Look, he noted in this passage four evils and two good things because there are more evils than good things. Likewise, Simeon too says about the Lord: Look, he is set up for the fall and rising again of many in Israel [Lc 2:34]. Also the blessed Apostle James says: Lay apart all filthiness and superfluity of wickedness and meekly receive the planted word that can save your souls [2 Iac 1:21]. See now that the good cannot be established unless first evil is eradicated.

Sequitur: 17Inquire pacem et sequere eam.

Next: 17Seek peace and pursue it.

Homo rem, quam non habet ex toto et diligit, aut ex parte habet et diligit, quam non habet, quaerit; nam illam, quam habet ex toto, non quaerit.

A person seeks the thing that he does not completely have and that he loves, or has and loves in part what he does not have. For the thing that he completely has, he does not seek.

Bene enim dixit: Inquire pacem, et [page 38] non qualemcunque habe, eo quod perfecta pax in praesenti vita non potest haberi, sed tantum inquiri, ut in futuro habeatur.

He said well: Seek peace and [page 38] do not have any kind [of it] because perfect peace cannot be had in the present life, but can only be sought so that it be had in future.

Vide modo, quia pax magna virtus est, ideo postquam dixit: Fac bonum, subsecutus est: Inquire pacem; adeo est enim pax magna virtus, ut sine illa nemo possit Deum videre. Et quod sine pace Dominum nemo possit videre, testatur Paulus apostolus, ait enim: Pacem sequimini cum omnibus hominibus et sanctimoniam, sine qua nemo videbit Deum. [Hbr 12:14]

Now you must see that peace is a great virtue. After he said: Do good he added seek peace, for peace is such a great virtue that no one can see God without it. And the Apostle bears witness to this when he says: Follow peace with all men and the holiness without which no man will see the Lord [Hbr 12:14].

Pax enim valde pernecessaria est; et quod pax valde pernecessaria sit, testatur chorus Angelorum, qui in nocte, in qua natus est Dominus, pacem hominibus commendavit, ait enim: Gloria in excelsis Deo et in terra pax hominibus. [Lc 2:14] Et reddit causam, quibus hominibus? bonae voluntatis. [Lc 2:14]

For peace is absolutely necessary. And that peace is absolutely necessary, as the choir of angels that commended peace to men in the night on which the Lord was born bore witness. It said: Glory to God in the highest and peace on earth to men [Lc 2:14]. And he gives as answer to the question: to which men? Those of good will. [Lc 2:14]

Similiter et Dominus in nocte, in qua tradebatur, antequam traderetur, pacem commendavit dicens: Pacem relinquo vobis, pacem meam do vobis. [Io 14:27] Pacem, inquit, meam relinquo vobis, ut concorditer vivatis, pacem meam do vobis, ut non dissentiatis.

Likewise, also the Lord, on the night he was being betrayed, commended peace before he was betrayed, saying: Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you [Io 14:27]. He said: Peace I leave with you so that you may live harmoniously; my peace I give you so that you not disagree.

Sequitur: 18Et cum haec feceritis, oculi mei super vos et aures meae ad preces vestras.

Next: 18And when you have done this, my eyes will be on you and my ears open to your prayers.

Usque modo dixit verba et sensum psalmistae; nunc autem verba dimittens sensum dicit. Nam superius dixerat, sicut psalmista: prohibe linguam tuam a malo et labia tua ne loquantur dolum, declina a malo et fac bonum, inquire pacem et persequere eam. [Ps 33:14-15]

Until now he [Benedict] expressed the words and the meaning of the psalmist, but now he says the words, leaving aside the meaning. For earlier he had said, like the psalmist: Withhold your tongue from evil and do not let your lips speak deceit, turn away from evil and do good, seek peace and follow it. [Ps 33:14-15]

Psalmista enim subjunxit post haec in vice Domini causam, qua quis debeat linguam suam a malo prohibere et labia sua a dolo et caetera, dicens: Oculi Domini super justos et aures ejus ad preces eorum. [Ps 33:16]

Speaking on behalf of the Lord, the psalmist subsequently added the reason why someone has to withhold his tongue from evil and his lips from deceit etc., saying: The eyes of the Lord [are] upon the just and his ears [are open] to their prayers. [Ps 33:16]

S. Benedictus vero verba dimittens et tenens sensum non in vice Domini, sed ipsum Dominum intromittit dicentem per semetipsum, ait enim: Et cum haec feceritis, oculi mei super vos et aures meae ad preces vestras.

But St. Benedict leaves aside the words and holds onto the meaning not on the Lord’s behalf, but introduced the Lord saying the very same thing: And when you have done this, my eyes will be upon you and my ears open to your prayers.

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione dicatur oculos Dominus habere vel aures. Non enim proprie sed translative dicitur Deus habere oculos aut aures vel manus aut caetera membra, i. e. a propria significatione ad non propriam significationem, quia proprium est hominis, manus vel pedes [page 39] vel caetera membra habere, Deo autem non proprium est; Deus enim non localis, sed ubique est; ille enim omnia videt, omnia audit. Sed scriptura divina condescendendo nobiscum Deum dicit oculos vel aures habere.

Now we have to see why the Lord is said to have eyes or ears. For he says not literally but metaphorically that God has eyes or ears or hands or other limbs. That is, [he transposes the use of these words] from their proper meaning to a not-proper meaning, because it is a trait of man [page 39] to have eyes or feet or other limbs, but this is not God’s trait. God is not of a place but everywhere. For he sees everything and hears everything. But divine scripture says that God has eyes and ears for reaching down to us.17

Et hoc nostro more loquitur, i. e. quin, nos non possumus videre et audire, nisi oculis et auribus, ut sciamus, dicitur ipsa visio divina, qua cuncta videt, oculus, et illa vis divina, qua cuncta Deus audit, dicitur auris, et illa vis divina, qua cuncta Dens operatur, dicitur manus. Nisi enim scriptura divina nostro more, sicut diximus, Dominum videre vel audire dixisset, nequaquam nos Deum videre vel audire intellexissemus.

And he speaks in our manner. That is, because we cannot see and hear him except with eyes and ears, in other that we know [him], the divine vision itself with which he sees everything is called eye, and that divine power with which God hears everything is called ear and that divine power with which God does everything is called hand. For if divine scripture had not said that the Lord sees and hears in our way, as we said, we would by no means have understood that God sees and hears us.

Sed nunc videndum est, quid per Dei respectionem intelligendum sit. Dei enim respectus duobus modis dicitur. Scriptura enim divina aut Deum dicit, quamvis raro, respicere malos, aut certe dicit respicere bonos. Sed ipsi boni cum respiciuntur a Deo, aut respiciuntur, si in peccatis sunt, ut corrigantur, aut certe si boni sunt, ut perficiant in melius. Mali vero cum respiciuntur, idcirco dicuntur respici tantum, ut puniantur.

But now we have to see, what is to be understood by God’s watching [respectio]. God’s watching is being discussed in two ways: divine scripture either says that God watches evil people – although rarely18 – or says that he certainly watches the good. But those good people, when they are watched by God, are either watched to be corrected if they are sinners, or in order that they make themselves better if they are truly good [already]. But when the evil are being watched, they are only said to be watched to be punished.

Unde per respectionem Dei in bonos respectus divinae clementiae intelligitur, in malos autem per respectionem Dei ipsa condemnatio intelligitur, quia aliter respicit in bonos, aliter vero in malos. Nos autem illam rem animadvertimus, quam diligimus, illam vero rem, quam non diligimus, intendere volumus.

Therefore, by God’s watching the good we understand the sight of divine clemency, but by God’s watching the evil, we understand condemnation, because he watches the good in one way, the evil in another. We, however, attend to (animadvertimus) what we love, but we want to turn (intendere volumus) to what we do not love. Therefore, those good people who are being watched by God are known to be loveable to God.

Unde illi boni qui a Deo respiciuntur, Deo amabiles esse comprobantur. Dicitur autem et alia visio, ut est visio Esaiae et Jeremiae, et in hoc loco, cum dicit: visio Jeremiae, subaudiendum est Domini. Nam etiam per respectionem humanitatis Christi possumus animadvertere, quid intelligi debeat per respectionem divinam; legitur enim: respexit in arborem sycomorum. [Lc 19:4] Sed ipse Evangelista reddit fructum respectionis, ubi subjunxit: Amen, dico vobis, quia hodie salus huic domui facta est. [Lc 19:9]

Also another [form of] vision is mentioned, as in ‘the vision of Isaiah’ and ‘of Jeremiah.’ And where [scripture] says: ‘the vision of Jeremiah’ we have to add ‘of the Lord’. We can also know through the watching of Christ’s humanity what ought to be understood by divine watching. We read: he watched a sycamore tree. [Lc 19:4] But the evangelist himself represented the fruit of watching when he added: Amen I say to you that today salvation came to this house. [Lc 19:9]

Necnon et alibi respexit Petrum, [page 40] et reddit causam, quare respectus est dicens: Et egressus foras flevit amare [Lc 22.62]. Nequaquam enim Petrus amare flevisset, nisi respectus esset.

Elsewhere too, he looked at Peter [page 40] and gives the reason why he was watched: And having gone outside, he wept bitterly [Lc 22:62]. Peter would have by no means wept bitterly if he had been watched.

Similiter et Zachaeus ideo respectus est a Domino, quia dicturus erat illi Dominus: Domui huic salus facta est. [Lc 19:9] Semper enim, ubi Dominus respiciebat secundum carnem, causa misericordiae suae respiciebat.

Likewise, also Zachaeus has been watched by the Lord because the Lord was about to say to him: Salvation came to this house [Lc 19:9] Always when the Lord was watching in the manner of the flesh, he was watching because of his mercy.

Et ita intelligitur respectus divinitatis, id est, sicut jam diximus, respectus divinae misericordiae. Nam etiam per oculos Dei dona S. Spiritus intelliguntur; et quod dona S. Spiritus per oculos Dei intelligantur, testatur illud, quod legitur in Apocalypsi: Septem oculos, qui sunt Spiritus missi in omnem terram. [Apc 5:6]

And in this way divine watching is understood, that is, just as we said already, as the watching of divine mercy. For by God’s eyes we mean the gifts of the Holy Spirit. What we read in the book of the Apocalypse confirms that the gifts of the Holy Spirit are understood by God’s eyes: Seven eyes that are spirits sent over the entire earth [Apc 5:6].

Et illud in Zacharia: Et vide lapidem Septem oculos habere. [Za 3:9] Per lapidem intelligitur Christus, per septem oculos Septem dona S. Spiritus.

Also the phrase in Zachariah: And see that the stone has seven eyes. [Zac 3:9] By the stone, we understand Christ; by the seven eyes we understand the seven gifts of the Holy Spirit.

Et bene per oculos Domini dona S. Spiritus intelliguntur, quia ille salvatur per respectum Dei, qui dona S. Spiritus accipit; non enim salvabitur quis, nisi dona S. Spiritus acceperit.

And rightly the gifts of the Holy Spirit are understood by 'the eyes of the Lord,' because he who receives the gifts of the Holy Spirit, is saved by God’s watching. If someone does not receive the gifts of the Holy Spirit, he will not be saved.

Nam quia per Spiritum S. gratia distribuatur, testatur Paulus apostolus, cum dicit, ait enim: divisiones gratiarum sunt, idem autem Spiritus [1 Cor 12:4] et reliqua, et pervenit usque ad illum locum, ubi subjunxit dicens: Haec autem omnia operatur unus atque idem Spiritus dividens singulis, prout vult. [1 Cor 12:11]

The apostle Paul testifies that grace is disseminated by the Holy Spirit when he says: There are differences in graces, but the same Spirit [1 Cor 12:4] and so on, and he reached the point where he added: One and the same Spirit does all these things, distributing to each one individually as he wills. [1 Cor 12:11]

Sequitur: 18Et aures meae ad preces vestras.

Next: 18And my ears to your prayers.

Sicut enim per oculos intelligitur respectus divinae clementiae, ita per aures Dei intelligitur facilis exauditio, ut est illud: Cum invocarem, exaudisti me Deus, [Ps 4:2] id est, in ipsa invocatione me stantem exaudisti. Nam cum omnia Deus videat et omnia audiat, tamen ubi visus Dei et aures dicuntur, respectus divinae clementiae per visum, et facilis exauditio per aures intelligitur.

Just as by the eyes we understand the watching of divine clemency, so we understand with ears the easy hearing [exauditio], as in: When I was calling, you heard me, God [Ps 42:2], that is, you have heard me as I stayed calling. For although God sees and hears everything, still, when God’s seeing and ears are mentioned, we understand the watching of the divine clemency by seeing and the easy hearing by the ears.

Sequitur: 18Et antequam me invocetis, dicam vobis: Ecce adsum.

Next: 18And before you call on me, I will say: “Here I am.”

Hic oritur quaestio, quid est, quod Dominus dicit: Antequam me invocetis, dicam volis: Ecce adsum, cum multos legamus atque videamus sanctos laborantes sub fasce tentationum et clamantes ad Deum liberari et nequaquam exauditos?

Here the question rises, what the Lord means by: And before you call upon me, I will say: “Here I am,” since we read and see that many saints struggle under the burden of temptations and cry to God to be delivered19 and are not heard at all.

Quod si forte dicas: nequaquam sunt sancti, qui non exaudiuntur, ideo necesse est, ut etiam ille [page 41] sanctus adhibeatur tibi in testimonium, de cujus sanctitate nemo dubitat, qui hujuscemodi oravit et non est exauditus.

But if you should say: ‘Those who are not heard are no saints at all,’ it is necessary that [page 41] this holy man be shown to you as a witness, whose sanctity is doubted by no one, [and] who prayed in such a manner and was not heard.

Ecce Paulus rogavit Deum, et non est exauditus, ait enim: Et ne magnitudo revelationum extollat me, datus est mihi stimulus carnis meae, angelus satanae, qui me colaphizet; propter quod ter Dominum rogavi, vi discederet a me. [2 Cor 12:7-8]

See, Paul asked the Lord and was not heard, for he said: And lest I should be exalted above measure by the abundance of the revelations, a thorn in the flesh was given to me, a messenger of Satan to buffet me; for which reason I asked the Lord thrice that it depart from me. [2 Cor 2:7-8]

Ecce Paulus, sicut diximus, rogavit Dominum, et non est exauditus, sed tantum tarde audivit Dominum dicentem sibi: Sufficit tibi gratia mea, quin virtus in infirmitate perficitur. [2 Cor 12:9]

See, Paul, as we said, asked the Lord and was not heard, but he heard the Lord only late, saying to him: My grace is enough for you, for my power is made perfect in weakness [2 Cor 12:9].

Sed ista quaestio ita solvitur. Sancti enim, si non exaudiuntur ad votum, tamen exaudiuntur ad salutem et melius exaudiuntur, cum non exaudiuntur, quam si exaudirentur, sicuti Paulus. Ille enim est melius exauditus, cum non est exauditus, quam si exaudiretur, eo quod ille, sicut jam dictum est, exauditus est ad salutem, sed non exauditus est ad votum.

But the question is resolved in this way. If the saints are not heard with regard to prayer, they are nevertheless heard with regard to salvation. And they are better heard when they are not heard than if they were heard, just like Paul. For he was heard better when he was not heard than if he were being heard because, as has already been stated, he was heard with regard to salvation, but he was not heard with regard to prayer.

Et in hoc se cognovit Paulus apostolus exauditum esse ad salutem, cum audivit: Sufficit tibi gratia mea; nam virtus in infirmitate perficitur. [2 Cor 12:9] Et quia se cognovit esse ad salutem exauditum, ideo dicebat: Libenter gloriabor in infirmitatibus meis. [2 Cor 12:9]

And the Apostle Paul knew that he was heard with regard to salvation when he heard: My grace is enough for you, for my power is made perfect in weakness [2 Cor 12:9]. And because he knew that he had been heard with regard to his salvation, he said: I gladly take pride in my weaknesses [2 Cor 12:9].

Ecce iterum qui petit Deum castitatem, humilitatem, aut caeteras virtutes, et non exauditur ad votum, quia exauditur ad salutem.

To repeat it again: he asks God for chastity, humility and other virtues and is not heard with regard to his prayer, because he is heard with regard to his salvation.

Verbi gratia petit infantulus matrem suam panem, illa autem non illi dat, et solum non dat, verum etiam subtrahit illi. Non ideo illi non dat, quia nunquam vult dare, sed quia scit tempus, in quo melius debeat dare, et ille melius accipere. Tunc ille infantulus melius exauditur, cum non exauditur, quam si exaudiretur, quia exauditur ad salutem, si non exauditur ad votum.

[By way of] example: a small child asks his mother for bread, but she does not give it to the child, and does [not] only not give it, but even takes it away from him.20 She does not give it to him, not because she does not want to give him bread at any time, but because she knows the time in which she better ought to give it and he better to receive it. Then that small child is heard better, when he is not heard than if he were heard, because he is heard with regard to its salvation if he is not heard with regard to its prayer.

Haec autem sancti scientes Deum agere, ideo non murmurant, cum non exaudiuntur, sed submittunt alas suas et stant humiles. Unde S. Augustinus dicit: Nil fixum orandum est praeter vitam aeternam, quia sicut Apostolus dicit: nam quid oremus sicut oportet, nescimus. [Rm 8:26]

Knowing that God does these things, the saints do not grumble when they are not heard but ‘lower their wings and stand humbly.’21 Whence St. Augustine says: Nothing specific ought to be prayed for except eternal life, just as the Apostle says: for we do not know what to pray as it is proper.22 [Rm 8:26]

Sequitur: 19Quid nobis dulcius hac voce dominica invitante nos, fratres clarissimi?

Next: 19What is sweeter for us, dearest brothers, than this voice of the Lord inviting us?

Consuetudo est sanctorum [page 42] praedicatorum, post doctrinam aut exhortationem aut certe orationem subjungere, quod frequentissime Paulus apostolus fecisse legitur.

It is the custom of holy [page 42] preachers to add, after their teaching or exhortation or certainly a prayer, which, as we read, the Apostle Paul has done very often.

S. vero Benedictus, quia, sicut non distabat longe a merito sanctorum, ita etiam noluit distare doctrina, propterea post doctrinam exhortationem subjunxit. [Cod. divionens. ex Marten]

St. Benedict, however, did not want to deviate from the saints concerning his teaching – as little as he stood apart from the saints in importance – and accordingly added an exhortation after his teaching.23

Nam etiam in hoc loco consuetudinem tenuit illius, qui cibum ministrat vel tribuit; ille enim qui cibum ministrat, prius gustat de cibo et postmodum hortatur ceteros dicens: Quid dulcius, fratres, hoc cibo vel potu? Subaudiendum est: nihil.

For here he held also to the custom of one who serves or distributes food: he who serves food, first tastes from the food and then exhorts the others, saying: What is sweeter, brothers, than food or drink? We are to understand: ‘Nothing.’

Ita S. Benedictus gustavit de cibo Dei, hoc est intelligentia mandatorum ejus, et quia sapuit in palato cordis sui, hortatur etiam nos sumere dicens: Quid dulcius nobis hac voce Domini invitantis nos, fratres charissimi?

Thus St. Benedict tasted from the food of God, that is the understanding of his commandments, and because he had the taste in the palate of his heart, he exhorts us as well to take it up, saying: What is sweeter for us, dearest brothers, than this voice of the Lord inviting us?

Et in hoc loco, ubi dicit: quid dulcius? subaudiendum est; nihil. Qua voce? Illa, qua superius dixerat: Prohibe linguam tuam a malo et labia tua, ne loquantur dolum; declina a malo et fac bonum; inquire pacem et sequere eam, et cetera his similia. Necnon et illa voce, qua dictum est: Et cum haec feceritis, oculi mei super vos, et aures meae ad preces vestras, et antequam me invocetis, dicam vobis: Ecce adsum.

And where he says: ‘What is sweeter?’ we are to understand: ‘Nothing.’ With what voice? That one with which he had earlier said: 17Keep your tongue from evil and let your lips speak no deceit; turn from evil and do good; seek peace and pursue it and the other things like these. Also with that voice in which it was said: 18And when you have done these things, my eyes will be on you and my ears open to your prayers and even before you call on me, I will say to you: “Here I am.”

In hoc enim loco notandum vobis est, quia ista dulcedo non palato corporeo, sed palato cordis percipitur; nam sicut noster homo exterior habet palatum suum vel fauces, quibus cibum vel potum degustat ita etiam noster homo interior habet palatum suum vel fauces, quibus cibum spiritalem percipit.

Here you have to note that that sweetness is not perceived with the corporal palate, but with the palate of the heart. For just as our outer man has his palate or throat with which he tastes food or drink, just so also our inner man has a palate or throat with which he perceives the spiritual food.

Et quod noster homo interior habet fauces, testatur psalmista, qui ait: Gustate et videte, quoniam suavis est Dominus. [Ps 33:9] Et, iterum: Quam, dulcia faucibus meis eloquia tua. [Ps 118:103]

The psalmist, too, bears witness that our inner man has a throat when he says: Taste and see that the Lord is sweet. [Ps 33:9] And again: How sweet for my throat are your words. [Ps 118:103]

Non enim in hoc loco de faucibus corporeis, sed de faucibus cordis dicit, quia eloquia Domini non in faucibus corporeis sed cordis sapiunt, quia, sicut jam diximus, palato corporeo percipitur cibus et potus temporalis, ita, etiam palato cordis percipitur cibus spiritalis.

For he does not speak here about a corporal throat, but about the throat of the heart, because the speeches of the Lord do not have taste in the corporal throat but, as we already said, just as temporal food and drink is perceived with the corporal palate, so too is spiritual food perceived with the palate of the heart.

Sequitur: 20Ecce pietate sua demonstrat nobis Dominus viam vitae.

Next: 20Look: the Lord in his love shows us the way of life.

Nos enim, cum aliquid digito monstramus, ecce! [page 43] dicimus, quia ecce adverbium demonstrantis est. S. vero Benedictus, quia superius exempla posuit, in quibus nos Dominus admonet bene agere, ecce! demonstrando dixit. Nam bene dixit: pietate sua, quia nullus suo merito salvatur; nam postquam in Adam expulsi sumus de paradiso, tota massa humani generis periit.

When we show something with the finger, we say: Look! [page 43], because look! is an interjection of someone who shows [something]. But because St. Benedict had earlier given examples by which the Lord urges us to do well, he said look! by way of demonstration. He rightly said in his love, because no one is saved by his own merit, for after we were driven out of paradise in Adam, the entire mass of the human race died.

Nunc vero qui ex illa salvatur, non suo merito, sed pietate et misericordia Dei salvatur. S. vero Benedictus sciens hoc, idcirco dixit: pietate sua, ac si diceret: non nostro merito, sed pietate sua demonstrat vobis viam vitae, qua redeamus ad vitam.

But the one who is now saved from it [i.e. from death] is not saved by his own merit but by the love and mercy of God. Knowing this, St. Benedict said: in his love, as if he were saying: ‘not by our merit, but in his love he shows you the way of life by which we may return to life.’

Sequitur: 21Subcinctis ergo fide vel observantia bonorum actuum lumbis nostris et calciati in praeparatione evangelii pacis pergamus itinera ejus.

Next: 21Therefore, our loins girded with faith and the practice of good works and shod in preparation for the gospel of peace, let us set forth on his path.

Intuendum est enim in hoc loco, cujus consuetudinem tenet B. Benedictus, cum dicit: succinctis lumbis. Morem tenet ducis mittentis militem suum ad bellum; dux enim cum mittit militem suum ad proelium, hortatur illum subcinctos lumbos habere, quia si subcinctos lumbos non habuerit, impedientur gressus ejus vestibus dissolutis, et ex hoc nequaquam poterit in hostem irruere vel ab hoste eripi.

We have to understand here whose custom St. Benedict follows, when he says: our loins girded. He assumes the role of a general sending his soldier to war. When the general sends his soldier to war, he urges him to have his loins girded, because, if he does not have his loins girded, his steps will be hindered by his loose clothes, and because of this he will not at all be able to rush against the enemy or will be captured by the enemy.

Ita, B. Benedictus in hoc loco facere comprobatur. Ille vero, quia mittit auditorem suum contra invisibilem hostem, idcirco hortatur illum, subcinctos lumbos habere, quia, sicut jam diximus, si subcinctos lumbos non habuerit, nequaquam contra hostem suum praevalebit irruere vel ab illo eripi.

Here St. Benedict approves doing likewise. Because he sends his listener out against an invisible enemy, he urges him to have his loins girded, because, as we already said, if he does not have loins girded, he will not be able to rush against his enemy at all or be captured by him.

Videndum est etiam nunc, de quibus lumbis in hoc loco dicat S. Benedictus. Numquid de carnalibus lumbis dicit? Non; nam nequaquam aliquid magni diceret, si de carnalibus lumbis dixisset, cum est consuetudo paene omnium, subcinctos lumbos habere, sed scriptura divina solet aliquid spiritaliter designare per quem omnium est facere consuetudo, sicuti est illud, quod Dominus in evangelio dicit: Tu autem cum jejunas, unge caput tuum et faciem tuam lava. [Mt 6:17]

Now we have to see too about what loins St. Benedict is talking here. Does he speak about carnal loins? No, for he would by no means something important if he had spoken of carnal loins, because it is the custom of almost everyone to have the loins girded. divine scripture usually describes something in a spiritual way through that which everyone usually does.24 Just as [in] this quotation in the gospel, where the Lord says: When you fast, anoint your head and wash your face. [Mt 6:17]

Omnes enim faciem suam lavant; caput enim ungere pertinet ad laetitiam spiritalem, id est, cum quis aliquid boni agit, gaudet in spiritali in [page 44] tentione, quia id agendo subtrahitur ab amore terreno. Lavare enim faciem, pertinet ad munditiam mentis.

For all people wash their faces. Anointing the head is part of spiritual joy, that is, when someone does something good, he rejoices with a spiritual purpose [page 44], because by doing this, he is drawn away from earthly love. For washing the face refers to the cleanliness of the mind.

Ita et in hoc loco per lumbos subcinctos aliquid nobis scriptura divina spiritaliter innuit; nam hoc, quod dixit B. Benedictus, subcinctos lumbos et calciatos pedes evangelii habere, de Pauli apostoli epistola ad Ephesios data sumpsit [cf. Eph 6:14-15].

Thus, also in this place divine scripture signifies by the loins girded something to us in a spiritual way; for what St. Benedict calls having the loins girded and the feet of the gospel shod, he took from the letter of the Apostle Paul given to the Ephesians. [Eph 6:14-15]

Paulus enim apostolus prius admonuerat unumquemque singillatim, id est virum et uxorem, filios et parentes, servos et dominos; deinde pervenit ad cum locum, ubi postea generali admonitione omnes admonuit dicens: De caetero, fratres, confortamini in Domino, et in potentia virtutis ejus. Induite vos armaturam Dei, ut possitis resistere in die mala et in omnibus perfecti stare. State ergo subcincti lumbos vestros in veritate et induti loricam justitiae et calciati pedes in praeparatione Evangelii pacis. [Eph 6:10, 13-15]

For the Apostle Paul had first urged each and everyone individually, that is, husband and wife, children and parents, slaves and masters; then he came to the place where he in a general admonition urged all, saying: Finally, be strong in the Lord and in his mighty power. Take up the whole armor of God, that you may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand firm. Stand, therefore, having girded your loins with truth, having put on the breastplate of righteousness, and having shod your feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace [Eph 6:10, 13-15].

Ac si diceret: Scio vos exercitatum hostem habere, et idcirco vos adhortor, ut non in vestris viribus sed in Dei omnipotentis virtute confidatis.

It is as if he were saying: ‘I know that you have a trained enemy and I urge you therefore not to trust in your own powers, but rely on the power of the almighty God.’

Haec autem succinctio lumborum non tantum in libro Job reperitur, ubi ait Dominus ad Job: Accinge sicut vir lumbos tuos; interrogabo te, et responde mihi; [Iob 38:3, 40:2] verum etiam in Evangelio haec succinctio lumborum invenitur; ait enim Dominus: Sint lumbri vestri praecincti et lucernae ardentes in manibus vestris. [Lc 12:35]

This girding of the loins is found not only in the book of Job, where the Lord says to Job: Gird your loins like a man; I will ask you; answer me [Iob 38:3, 40:2], but also in the gospel this girding of the loins is found, for the Lord says: Let your loins be girded and lamps burn in your hands. [Lc 12:35]

Nam ista succinctio lumborum varie intelligitur a magnis praedicatoribus. Alii quidem intelligunt per succinctionem lumborum refraenationem delectationis carnalis, alii autem per succinctionem lumborum intelligunt coercitionem omnium vitiorum, nonnulli vero per succinctionem lumborum intelligunt compressionem vanae gloriae, quia sicut isti, qui non refraenant (secundum quosdam) delectationem carnalem, aut etiam non refraenant delectationem (secundum multos) omnium vitiorum, non [page 45] dicuntur lumbos succinctos habere, ita etiam et hi non dicuntur succinctos lumbos habere, qui de superatis vitiis superbiunt vel intumescunt.

This girding of the loins is understood in a variety of ways by the great preachers. Some understand by girding of the loins the bridling of carnal delight, others, however, understand by girding of the loins the restraining of all faults, but some understand by the girding of the loins the suppression of vainglory because just as those who do not bridle (according to some) carnal delight, or do not even bridle the delight (according to many) of all faults, are not [page 45] considered to have their loins girded, just so are those people not considered to have their loins girded who, become proud or arrogant concerning faults overcome.

Verum etiam intuendum est in hoc loco, qualiter B. Benedictus dixit praecinctos lumbos habere; ait enim: succintis fide vel observantia bonorum actuum lumbis vestris.

But we need also to see here how St. Benedict spoke of having the loins girded. For he said: your loins girded with faith and the practice of good works.

Bene enim dixit fide et observantia bonorum actuum, eo quod omnia illa, quae ab aliis intellecta sunt, in fide et observantia bonorum actuum consistunt; nam pulchre, postquam dixit fide, subjunxit bonorum actuum, quia unum sine altero nil proficit. Nam quod fides sine operibus nil sit utile, testatur Jacobus apostolus, qui dicit: Fides sine operibus mortua est. [Iac 2:20/26]

He rightly said with faith and the practice of good works because everything that has been understood by others consists of faith and the practice of good works. He beautifully added of good works after he said faith, because the one cannot succeed at all without the other. The apostle James bears witness of the fact that faith without works is not useful at all, when he says: Faith without works is dead. [Iac 2:26]

Et quod opus similiter sine fide nihil valeat, idem ipse B. Jacobus (?) testatur dicens: Impossibile est, enim, sine fide placere Deo. [Hbr 11:6]

And that, similarly, faith without works avails nothing is testified by the same St. James [sic!] as he says: It is impossible to please God without faith. [Hbr 11:6]

Et bene post succinctionem lumborum calciatos pedes in praeparatione Evangelii pacis hortatur suum auditorem habere, quia, sicut diximus, morem ducis tenet; dux enim primum hortatur suum militem succinctos lumbos habere, deinde calciatos pedes, ne pungatur spinis aut offendat in lapidem, et ex hoc debilitato toto corpore non poterit contra hostem suum dimicare vel ab illo eripi.

And he rightly urges after girding the loins that his listener have the feet shod in preparation of the gospel of peace, because, as we said, he assumes the role of a general. A general urges first his soldier to have his loins girded, then his feet shod, lest he be stung by thorns or stumble against a stone, and will not be able to fight against his enemy or will be captured by him because his body has been weakened by this.

Ita, et B. Benedictus; ille enim, qui auditorem suum contra invisibilem et exercitatum hostem dirigit, ideo hortatur illum pedes suos calciatos, i. e. munitos habere, ne forte debilitetur coram inimico suo. Notandum est etiam, quia non de exterioris hominis pedibus dicit sed interioris, quia sicut noster homo exterior habet pedes suos, in quibus movetur, ita interior homo. Et quod homo noster interior habeat pedes, testatur psalmista, cum dicit: Lucerna pedibus meis verbum tuum. [Ps 118:105]

Thus St. Benedict [does] also. For he who leads his listener against an invisible and trained enemy, urges him to have his feet shod, that is, strengthened, lest perchance he be weakened in the face of his enemy. We have to note here too that he does not speak about the feet of the outer man, but of the inner, because, just as the outer man has feet with which he moves, so too does the inner man. And that our inner man has feet is testified by the psalmist, when he says: Your word – a torch for my feet. [Ps 118:105]

Non enim de exterioris hominis pedibus dicit sed interioris, quia nullum lumen praebent divinae scripturae exterioris hominis pedibus ambulantibus in tenebris, sed magis offendiculum, in quod offendant.

He does not speak about the feet of the outer person but the inner, because the divine scriptures do not provide any light for the feet of the outer man walking in darkness, but rather a stumbling-block over which they trip.

Unde sicut indiget homo noster exterior lumine temporali ambulans in tenebris, quia sine illo non valet iter suum peragere in tenebris, ita etiam [page 46] noster homo ambulans hoc nocturnum iter hujus vitae praesentis, quae aeternae vitae comparata mors est potius dicenda quam vita, indiget lucerna spiritali, scilicet verbo Dei, ut valeat hanc praesentem vitam sine offendiculo pertransire, eo quod sine illo lumine, hoc est verbo Dei errat in praesenti vita, sicuti et ille exterior homo, cum in tenebris absque lumine ambulat, errat.

Therefore, just as our outer person needs temporal light as he walks in darkness, because he is not able to make his journey in darkness without it, just so [page 46] our inner person, walking in this nocturnal journey of this present life – which, compared with the eternal life, we must rather call death than life – needs a spiritual torch, namely the word of God so as to be able to pass trough this present life without a stumbling-block, because without that light, that is God’s word, he errs in the present life, just as that outer man wanders when walks in darkness without light.

Horum enim pedes propheta videbat, quando sub admiratione dicebat: O quam speciosi pedes evangelizantium pacem. [Rm 10:15; Is 52:7; Na 1:15]

The prophet was looking at their feet when he marveled saying: How beautiful are the feet of those who preach the gospel of peace. [Rm 10:15; Is 52:7; Na 1:15]

Pacis enim ideo adjectionem fecit B. Benedictus, ut declararet, cujus evangelii esset illa praeparatio, i. e. pacis.

St. Benedict added of peace in order to reveal of what gospel this was a preparation, namely [the gospel] of peace.

Et bene dixit ergo, cum dixit: Succinctis ergo lumbis nostris et calciatis pedibus; succinctio enim lumborum tribus modis potest intelligi, sive subjugatio luxuriae, sive refraenatio vanae gloriae, vel etiam compressio omnium vitiorum.

And he therefore spoke well when he said our loins girded and our feet shod, for the girding of loins can be understood in three ways: either as subjugation of luxury, or bridling of vainglory, or even the suppression of all faults.

Per calciatos enim pedes intelliguntur exempla sanctorum.

By the shod feet we understand the examples of the saints.

Et bene, cum dixit: succinctis lumbis, subjecit: et calciatis pedibus pergamus itinera ejus, i. e. refraenata delectatione carnali vel compressis omnibus vitiis sive subjugata vana gloria et vestigiis nostris, hoc est gressibus mentis nostrae munitis sanctorum exemplis, pergamus itinera ejus.

And when he said our loins girded, he rightly added and let us with shod feet set forth on his path, that is, after carnal delight has been bridled or all faults have been suppressed or vainglory has been subjugated or our footsteps – that is: the paces of our mind – have been strengthened by the examples of the saints, let us set forth on his path.

Ergo enim, sicut jam diximus, ubi invenitur, ex superioribus pendet. Et est sensus, cum dixit ergo, id est, si ita est, ut, qui prohibuerit linguam suam a malo et labiis suis non locutus fuerit dolum et declinaverit a malo et fecerit bonum et inquisierit pacem ac secutus fuerit illam, oculi Domini super illum sint et aures ejus ad precem suam, et Dominus, antequam illum invocaverit, dicat: Ecce adsum tibi: nos ergo succinctis lumbis et pedibus calciatis faciamus, quae ille praecepit, ut nobis talia contingant.

Therefore, as we said already, when it is found [in a text], it refers to what has been said before. And the meaning of therefore is this that he who will have restrained his tongue from evil and will not have spoken deceit with his lips and turned away from evil and done good and sought peace and pursued it: may the eyes of the Lord be upon him and his ears open to his prayer and may the Lord, before [the man] calls him [God] say: Look! Here I am for you. Let us therefore, our loins girded and our feet shod, do what he teaches so that such things happen to us.

Sequitur: 21Pergamus itinera ejus. Itinera ejus, non nostra pergamus, quia ejus itinera ad vitam, nostra autem ducunt ad mortem.

Next: 21let us set forth on his path. Let us go forth on his path, not ours, because his path leads to life, our path, however, to death.

Sequitur: Ut mereamur cum, qui nos vocavit, in regno suo videre.

Next: 21so that we may deserve to see him in his kingdom25 he who has called us.

De hac visione, qua nobis B. Benedictus nunc [page 47] narrat Dominum videre in regno suo, Dominus in Evangelio dicit; ait enim: Beati mundo corde, quoniam ipsi Deum videbunt. [Mt 5:8]

Concerning this vision about which St. Benedict tells us [page 47] that we see the Lord in his kingdom, the Lord says in the gospel: Blessed are the pure of heart, for they will see God [Mt 5:8].

Et hoc etiam notandum, quia quod in Evaugelio dicitur per futurum tempus, i. e. videbunt, hic B. Benedictus dixit suo, quia non in praesenti vita Deus videtur, sed in futura, h. e. in regno suo.

Also this must be noted, that what is said in the Gospel in the future tense, i.e. ‘they will see,’ St. Benedict said here ‘his’ because God is not seen in the present life, but in the future life, that is in his kingdom.

Hoc etiam iterum notandum est, quia haec visio spiritalis est, quia ille, qui videtur, spiritus est et a spiritalibus videbitur.

Again, we have to notice here too that this vision is spiritual, because he who is seen is spirit and will be seen by spiritual beings.

Similiter etiam hoc notandum est, quod ista visio non aequaliter omnibus tribuitur. Et quod non aequaliter omnibus tribuatur, testatur Dominus, qui dicit: In domo patris mei mansiones multae sunt. [Io 14:2]

Likewise, we also have to notice that this vision is not equally bestowed on everyone. The Lord testifies too that it is not equally bestowed on everyone when he says: In my father’s house are many mansions. [Io 14:2]

Mansiones ideo dixit multas propter disparia merita. Et quamquam non aequaliter haec visio propter dissimilia merita tribuatur; tamen una visio erit, sicut unum regnum.

He said many mansions because of the dissimilar merits. And although this vision is not equally bestowed on account of dissimilar merits, still it will be one [single] vision, just as [there will be] one kingdom.

Et hoc etiam est notandum, quia, cum dicitur videre, non ita dicitur, ut videatur Deus, sicut aliqua res materialis oculis videtur, sed istud videre ponitur pro intelligere. Et hoc, quod diximus, quia Deus non aequaliter videatur, id est intelligatur, possumus animadvertere in rege terreno.

We also have to notice here that, when he says to see, he does not mean that God is seen in the same way as some material thing is seen with the eyes, but he uses this seeing to mean understanding. And we can, as we said before, observe that God is not seen, that is understood, just as by the example of an earthly king.

Rex enim quamquam intelligatur ab omnibus, quia rex est, tamen non aequaliter ab omnibus intelligitur ejus qualitas; alii enim sunt, qui eum intelligunt plus, alii minus, id est tantum unusquisque eum intelligit, quantum se ipse permittit intelligi. ita et Deus; Deus enim in uno semper tenore consistit, sed tamen non aequaliter ab omnibus intelligitur, quia non omnium aequalia merita sunt.

Although everyone understands the meaning of ‘king’ – still it is not equally understood by all what kind of king he is; for there are some people who understand him more, and others less. That is, anyone understands him to such a degree as he himself allows himself [se] to be understood. This is the case with God. For God always exists in one way [tenor], but is nevertheless not understood equally by all people, because the merits of all people are not equal.

Haec autem visio non erit fastidialis sed concupiscibilis. Et quod haec visio non erit fastidialis, sed concupiscibilis, testatur Petrus apostolus, qui dicit, ait enim: In quem concupiscunt angeli prospicere. [1 Pt 1:12] Ista visio erit sanctis refectio et claritas atque regnum.

This vision, however, will not be despicable26 but desirable. And the Apostle Peter testifies that this vision will not be despicable but desirable when he says: at whom the angels desire to look [1 Pt 1:12]. That vision will be refreshment for the saints and splendor and kingdom.

Et forte dicit aliquis: ‘Quomodo ista visio a spiritalibus videbitur, cum nos in corporibus nostris videbimus Deum?’ sicut scriptum est: Et videbit omnis caro salutare Dei. [Lc 3:6] Non videbitur Deus corporalibus oculis, sed tantum spiritalibus sensibus et oculis intelligitur.

And perhaps someone says: ‘How will that vision be seen by spiritual beings when we will see God in our bodies?’ It is written: And all flesh will see the salvation of God [Lc 3:6]. God will not be seen with corporal eyes, but only understood with the spiritual senses and eyes.

Nam qualia erunt corpora sanctorum, docet B. Augustinus, cum de novitate corporis spiritalis [page 48], in qua sanctorum caro mutabitur, (tractat et dicit: tale erit,) quale erit corpus, quod omnino spiritui subditum et eo sufficienter vivificatum nullis alimoniis indigebit. [cf. Augustine, Retractationes I, ch. 13.4, CCSL 57, p. ?]

For Augustine teaches of what kind the bodies of the saints will be, when he discusses the new state of the spiritual body [page 48] into which the flesh of the saints will be changed: It will be such as the body will be, because it will be completely subject to the spirit and, sufficiently enlivened by it, it will need no nourishment at all [cf. Augustine, Retractationes I, ch. 13.4].

Non enim animale sed spiritale erit, habens quidem carnis, sed sine ulla carnali corruptione, substantiam.

It will not be animal but spiritual, having the substance of flesh but without any carnal corruption.

Ideo enim non est credendum, ut Deus corporalibus oculis videatur, quia non est Deus localis, ut aliquam similitudinem habeat, sed spiritus est, qui omnia in se comprehendit et continet.

Therefore, we should not believe that God is seen with corporal eyes, because God is not place-bound, so that he has some kind of image [similitudo] but he is a spirit who understands everything and contains everything in himself.

Et quod non sit Deus localis, docet B. Augustinus dicens: Quod alicubi enim est, continetur, quod continetur loco, corpus est. Deus autem non est corpus, non igitur alicubi est. Et tamen, qui est et in loco non est, in illo potius sunt omnia, quam ille alicubi. Nec tamen ita in illo, ut ipse sit locus; locus enim in spatio est, quod longitudine, latitudine, altitudine corporis occupatur, nec Deus tale, aliquid est.

Saint Augustine teaches that God is not place-bound, saying: For what is at some place, is contained [by the place]. What is contained by a place, is a body. God, however, is not a body, because he is not at any place. And yet: all things are in him who is not in a place, rather than that he is in some place. Nor are all things in him in such a way that he himself is a place. For a place is in space occupied by the length, width, and height of a body. And God is not such a thing.

Et omnia igitur in ipso sunt, et locus non est. Locus tamen abusive dicitur templum Dei, non quod eo contineatur, sed quod ei praesens sit; id autem nihil, melius quam munda anima intelligitur. [Augustine, De diversis quaestionibus octaginta tribus, CCSL 44, p. 20 CHECK]

Therefore all things are in him and he is not a place. The temple of God is nevertheless erroneously called a place, not because he is contained in it, but because he is present in it. In the understanding of this, however, nothing excels the pure soul. [Augustine, De diversis quaestionibus octaginta tribus]

Sequitur: 22In cujus regni tabernaculo si volumus habitare, nisi illuc bonis actibus curratur, minime pervenitur.

Next: 22If we want to live in the dwelling-place of his kingdom, we will not reach it unless we press forward in good works.

Superius enim dixerat: in regno suo videre, nunc vero ejusdem regni facit mentionem cum adjectione tabernaculi.

He had said earlier: to see in his kingdom. Now, however, he makes mention of that same kingdom with the addition of dwelling-place.

Intelligens B. Benedictus contra opinionem ceterorum sanctorum, idem esse regnum et tabernaculum, ideo dixit: in cujus regni tabernaculo si volumus habitare, veluti quis dicit alicui iter agenti: Ingens palatium et magna domus ad habitandum est in illo loco, et nisi currendo ieris, non poteris illuc pervenire.

Because St. Benedict understood that kingdom and dwelling-place are identical – thus going against the opinion of the other saints – he said If we want to live in the dwelling-place of his kingdom as if someone said to another who made a journey: ‘Over there is a huge palace and a great house to live in, and if you do not start running, you will not be able to get there.’

Ita B. Benedictus facit, cum dicit: tabernaculum vel regnum Dei, et subjunxit: nisi illuc bonis actibus curratur, minime pervenitur.

St. Benedict speaks in like manner when he says: the dwelling-place or kingdom of God, and added we will not reach it unless we press forward in good works.

Sed ille, qui palatium denuntiat, vel sero vel tarde dicit illuc pervenire, B. vero Benedictus ex toto denegat, illuc posse quemquam pervenire, nisi bonis actibus illuc curratur. Quapropter nullus illuc pervenire, nisi bonis actibus currendo venerit. [page 49]

But when he who proclaims the palace says that he arrives there late or slowly, St. Benedict wholly denies that he is able to reach it, unless he will press forward in good works. Therefore no one will reach it unless by pressing forward in good works. [page 49]

Sequitur: 23Sed interrogemus cum propheta Dominum dicentes ei, ac si diceret aliis verbis: jam postquam cognovimus tabernaculum, necesse nobis est, ut interrogemus Dominum cum propheta suo: Qui sunt illi, qui in ejus tabernaculo habitant, vel per quam viam potest quis illuc pervenire?

Next: 23But let us ask the Lord, along with the prophet, saying to him, as if he were saying in other words: ‘Now, after we know the dwelling-place, it is necessary for us to ask the Lord, along with his prophet: Who are they who live in his dwelling-place and by which path can someone reach it?’

Sequitur: Domine! quis habitabit in tabernaculo tuo, aut quis requiescet in monte sancto tuo?

Next: 23Lord, who will live in your dwelling-place and who will rest on your holy mountain?

Haec locutio sub una interrogatione debet dici, id est: Domine! Quis habitabit in tabernaculo tuo, aut quis requiescet in monte sancto tuo? Nunc videndum est, quid sit tabernaculum aut mons, et quare prius tabernaculum et postmodum montem dicit? aut quare in tabernaculo habitare et in monte requiescere? Tabernaculum enim dicitur domus non habens fixum fundamentum, quod ad libitum movetur, sicuti fuit illud, quod Moyses in deserto fecit, quod ad placitum portabatur.

 This phrase ought to be said as one single question, that is Lord! Who will live in your dwelling-place and who will rest on your holy mountain? Now we have to see what is the dwelling-place or mountain and why he first says dwelling-place and then mountain. Or why live in the dwelling-place and rest on the mountain? For a house that has no fixed foundation is called dwelling-place; it is moved at will like the one that Moses made in the desert, which was being carried as it pleased.

Et per tabernaculum enim intelligitur praesentis peregrinatio ecclesiae. Ecce videmus multas ecclesias, quae periturae sunt, nec non et nos, qui ecclesia sumus, transituri sumus.

And by dwelling-place we understand the pilgrimage of the present church. Look, we see many churches that will perish, and also we, who are the church, will pass.

Per montem autem intelligitur coelestis Jerusalem.

By mountain the heavenly Jerusalem is understood. And Benedict rightly first said church and then mountain, because we reach the heavenly Jerusalem through the pilgrimage of the present church.

Et bene prius ecclesiam et postmodum montem dixit, quia per praesentis ecclesiae peregrinationem pervenitur ad coelestem Jerusalem. Nam bene in tabernaculo habitare et in monte requiescere dicit, quia in hac praesentis ecclesiae peregrinatione habitatio est, non requies; in coelesti autem Jerusalem requies est. Aliud est enim habitare, et aliud requiescere; potest enim habitare et non requiescere.

So he rightly says to live in the dwelling-place and to rest on the mountain, because in the pilgrimage of the present church there is living, not rest. In the heavenly Jerusalem there is rest, however. Living is one thing, resting another. It is possible to live and not rest.

Sequitur: 24Post hanc interrogationem, fratres, audiamus Dominum respondentem et ostendentem nobis viam ipsius tabernaculi dicens, id est, non ab aliquo homine vel ab angelo, sed ab ipso Domino nobis respondente audiamus viam tabernaculi, qua quis possit illuc pervenire.

Next: 24After this question, brothers, let us hear the Lord in reply, showing us the way to his dwelling-place, 25saying, that is: ‘[let us hear] not from some person27 or angel, but from the Lord himself as he answers us, let us hear the way to his dwelling-place, through which one can reach it.’

Sequitur: 25Qui ingreditur sine macula. [Ps 14:2]

Next: 25It is he who sets out without fault. [Ps.14:2]

Ecce prima vox est ostendentis viam tabernaculi, cum dicit: Qui ingreditur sine macula; ingredi enim inchoanti viam carpere convenit. [page 50]

Look, the first statement is about the one who shows the way to his dwelling-place, when he says: It is he who sets out without fault; for to set out is used for someone who begins to take a road.

Vide modo, quod hic dicit: Qui ingreditur sine macula.

Now, see that he says: He who set outs without fault.

In alio psalmo dicit: Beati immaculati in via, qui ambulant in lege Domini; [Ps 118:1] non est enim beatus, nisi immaculatus, et ille est immaculatus, qui in via ambulat; via enim praecepta Dei, intelliguntur; ergo ille est beatus, qui in via, i. e. in lege Dei ambulando immaculatus existit.

In another psalm [page 50] it says: Blessed are the faultless on the road who walk in the law of the Lord. [Ps 118:1] For no one is blessed unless he is faultless, and he who walks on the road is faultless. For by “road” we understand the teachings of the Lord. Therefore, he is blessed who leads a faultless life by walking on the road, that is in the law of God.

Sive etiam sicut Cassiodorus dicit: Beati immaculati in via, qui ambulant in lege, i. e. qui aut non peccant aut per gratiam coelestem digna sibi satisfactione prospiciunt. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 118:1, CCSL 98, p. 1060]

Or as Cassiodorus put it: Blessed are the faultless on the road who walk in the law, that is who do not sin and provide for themselves with worthy satisfaction through heavenly grace [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 118:1].

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘sufficit mihi, ut sine macula sim, i. e. ut non operer solum modo malum’. Non enim sufficit tibi, frater, tantum modo sine macula esse, quia ille, qui dixit: 25qui ingreditur sine macula, subjunxit etiam: et operatur justitiam.

Perhaps someone says: ‘It is enough for me to be without fault, that is simply do no evil.’ It is not enough for you, brother, only to be without fault, because he who said: he who sets out without fault, also added: 25and exercises justice.

Nunc videndum est, quare dixit: operatur justitiam, et non dixit: operatur castitatem aut orationem aut jejunium? Ideo dixit justitiam et non castitatem aut jejunium aut orationem, quia ille, qui operatur castitatem, se adjuvat sua castitate, et non alterum; similiter qui orat; vel jejunat, se et non alterum laetificat. Nam qui justitiam operatur, magis alterum quam se adjuvat.

Now we have to see why he said: exercises justice and did not say: exercises chastity or prayer or fasting. He said justice and not chastity or fasting or prayer, because he who exercises chastity helps himself with his chastity, not another. Likewise he who prays or fasts makes himself happy, not another. [But] he who exercises justice helps another more than himself.

Verbi gratia, habes patrem potentem, et ille opprimit pauperem, tu autem si jejunas vel oras aut castitatem habes, quid illum pauperem adjuvat tua oratio aut jejunium aut castitas? si vero inter patrem tuum et illum pauperem justitiam feceris, tunc magis illum quam te adjuvabit tua justitia.

Say, for example, that you have a powerful father and he oppresses a poor man. If you keep the fast or pray or are chaste, what good does your prayer or fasting or chastity do for that poor man? But if you make justice between your father and that poor man, then you will help him with your justice more than yourself.

Sequitur: 26Qui loquitur veritatem in corde suo.

Next: 26Who speaks the truth in his heart.

Bene dixit: in corde suo, quia sunt multi, qui veritatem in ore loquuntur et non in corde, et sunt multi, qui in corde tantum et non in ore veritatem loquuntur.

He rightly said: in his heart, because there are many who speak truth with their mouth and not in their heart, and there are many who only speak truth in their heart and not with their mouth.

Et propterea subjunxit: Qui non egit dolum in lingua sua. Nam si loquaris in ore tantum et non in corde, non ambulabis perfecta in via Dei, quae ducit ad tabernaculum sive montem; et sive loquaris in corde tantum et non in ore, non ambulas in via Dei, quamquam pejor sit ille, qui in ore tantum et non in corde, quam ille, qui in corde et non in ore loquitur veritatem.

And therefore he added: 25Who has practiced no deceit with his tongue. For if you speak only with your mouth and not in your heart, you will not walk on God’s perfect road that leads to the dwelling-place or the mountain. And if you should speak only in your heart and not with your mouth, you are not walking on God’s road -- although he who only speaks with his mouth and not in his heart is worse than he who speaks the truth in his heart and not with his mouth.

Et quia vult te Deus perfecte in via Dei ambulare, ideo cum dixit: qui loquitur veritatem [page 51] in corde suo, subjunxit: qui non egit dolum in lingua sua.

And since God wants you to walk in perfection on God’s road, when Benedict said: he who speaks the truth [page 51] in his heart, he added: who has not practiced deceit with his tongue.

Sequitur: 27Qui non fecit proximo suo malum. [Ps 14:3]

Next: 27Who has done his neighbour no harm. [Ps 14:3]

Nunc videndum est, (quis?) quid sit noster proximus. Proximus noster est secundum quosdam, qui nobis miseretur, propter illum parabolam, quam Dominus proposuit de illo, qui descendit in Jericho dicens: Homo quidam descendebat ab Jerusalem in Jericho et incidit in latrones [Lc 10:30] et reliqua, et pervenit usque ad illum locum, ubi subjunxit dicens: Quis horum trium videtur tibi proximus fuisse illi, qui incidit in latrones? At ille dixit: Qui fecit misericordiam cum illo. Et ait illi Jesus: Vade et tu fac similiter. [Lc 10:36-37]

ow we must see who is our neighbour. Our neighbour is, some people say, he who feels sorrow for us in accordance with that parable the Lord told about the man who descended to Jericho. The Lord said: A certain man was descending from Jerusalem to Jericho and ran into robbers, [Lc 10:30] etc. and he reached the point [in the story] where he added: Who of these three seems to you to have been the neighbour to him who ran into the robbers? And he said: He who had mercy with him. And Jesus told him: Go and you, too, do likewise. [Lc 10:36-37]

Alii quidem dicunt: ‘Proximus noster est omnis christianus propter illud , quia unum patrem habemus in coelo’. Alii dicunt, ‘proximum nostrum esse omnem hominem, quia omnes unum patrem terrenum habemus Adam’. Sed in hoc loco de omni homine dicitur proximus noster; et est sensus, cum dicit: qui non fecit proximo suo malum, i. e. qui nulli homini fecit malum.

Other people say: ‘Every person is a neighbour, because we all have Adam as earthly father.’ Here, then, every person is called our neighbour. That is what [Benedict] means when he says: who has done his neighbour no harm, that is, he has done no harm to a single person.

Et tamen, sicut Beda dicit, juxta litteram manifestat Domini sententia, nullum nobis amplius, quam qui miseretur, esse proximum, si Jerosolimitae civi non sacerdos, non levita ex ea gente, sed accola, quia magis misertus est, factus est proximus.

And yet, as Bede says, according to the letter the speech of the Lord reveals that no one is more closely our neighbour than the one who takes pity: not a priest, nor a Levite from that people, but a foreigner [accola] has become the neighbour to that citizen of Jerusalem, because he took pity more.

Sequitur: 27Qui opprobrium non accepit adversus proximum suum.

Next: 27Who does not accept abuse against his neighbour.

Hunc enim versum B. Hieronymus intelligit dicens: Ille enim non accipit opprobrium adversus proximum suum, qui nullum laesit, neminem nocuit, neminem scandalizavit, ut ab illo debuisset accipere opprobrium. [source not identified]

St. Jerome understands this verse [thus], saying: For he does not accept abuse against his neighbour who has hurt no one, harmed no one, scandalized no one in such a way that he had to receive abuse from him.28

Sed difficile est; et quamquam difficile sit, tamen inveniuntur duo sine querela, de quibus scriptura divina dicit: Erant ambo sine querela. [cf. Lc 1:6]

But is it difficult, and although it is difficult, there are nevertheless two people found without a quarrel, about whom divine scripture says: They both were without quarrel. [cf. Lc 1:6]

Aliter, ille accipit opprobrium adversus proximum suum, qui libenter malum de proximo suo audit.

Alternatively, he who gladly hears evil about his neighbour accepts abuse against his neighbour.

Sequitur: 28Qui malignum diabolum aliqua suadentem sibi cum ipsa suasione sua a conspectibus cordis sui respuens deduxit ad nihilum.

Next: 28It is he who, banishing from his heart’s sight the wicked Devil who urges something on him, has reduced him to nothing.

Hactenus B. Benedictus verba et sensum Domini tenuit nunc autem dimisit verba, tenuit sensum, cum dixit: Qui malignum diabolum aliqua suadentem [page 52] sibi cum ipso, suasione sua a conspectibus cordis sui respuens deduxit ad nihilum.

So far, St. Benedict held to the letter and sense of the Lord. But now he lets the letter go and retains the sense, when he says: It is he who, banishing from his heart’s sight the wicked Devil who urges [page 52] something on him, has reduced him to nothing.

Nam Dominus subjunxit: ad nihilum deductus est in conspectu ejus malignus, timentes autem Dominum glorificat, [Ps 14:4] quem versum B. Hieronymus ita intellexit dicens: verbi gratia, est rex malignus vel episcopus aut presbyter, de istis enim personis dico, qui aliis praeminent; hos tales, qui maligni sunt, videns justus ad nihilum deducit; nam pauperem sive mendicum Deum timentem cum viderit, honorat atque magnificat. [source not identified]

For the Lord added: In his eyes a wicked person is reduced to nothing, but he honors those who fear the Lord. [Ps 14:4]. St. Jerome understood this verse in this way: there is, for example, a wicked king or bishop or priest, for I speak of those people who excel others. A just man, seeing such people, who are vile, reduces them to nothing. For when he has seen a poor man or a beggar in fear of God, he honors and praises him.29

Sed S. Benedictus aliter hoc intelligens, malignum dixit esse3 diabolum, qui mala nobis suggerit. Et bene dixit: a conspectibus cordis respuens, quia hominem interiorem magis scriptura studet admonere.

But St. Benedict, who understood this differently, said that the Devil is wicked because he suggests evil things to us. And he well said: banishing from his heart’s sight, because scripture is more concerned to admonish the inner man [than the outer man].

Nam quid sit malignum diabolum et illum ad nihilum reducere, idem ipse B. Benedictus exponit, cum subjunxit, ait enim: Et parvulos cogitatus ejus tenuit et allisit ad Christum.

For St. Benedict himself explains what the wicked Devil is and what it means that he is reduced to nothing. He says: 28And he seized his petty plans and smashed them against Christ.

In hoc enim loco intravit in ordinem alterius psalmi; legitur enim: Filia Babylonis misera, beatus, qui retribuet tibi retributionem tuam, quam retribuisti nobis. [Ps 136:8]

In this place went into the spirit of another psalm that reads: O unhappy daughter of Babylon, happy the one who will return to you the retribution that you have given us! [Ps 136:8]

Sed quid sit retributionem retribuere, idem ipse propheta exponit, cum subjunxit, ait enim: Beatus, qui tenebit et allidet parvulos tuos ad petram. [Ps 136:9] Historialiter enim intelligitur de illo populo Babylonico, qui Israelitas in captivitatem ducebat, parvulos autem eorum tenentes pedibus allidebant ad petram.

But what it means to return a retribution is explained by the prophet himself, when he adds: Happy the one who will take and smash your children against the rock [Ps. 136:9]. In the historical sense, this refers to that Babylonian people leading the Israelites into captivity, taking their children at the feet and smashing them against the rock.

Populus autem catholicus intelligens haec spiritaliter dicit de diabolo, quia unusquisque cum sibi in principio suggeritur a diabolo, i. e. dum parvula illa est cogitatio, debet illam ad petram allidere, i. e. amore Christi eam extinguere; nam si creverit illa cogitatio et lactata fuerit, non poteris eam nisi cum grandi labore extinguere, sicuti homo grandis non potest pedibus teneri et ad petram percuti.

Catholic people, however, understanding this in the spiritual sense, relate this to the Devil. Because, when at first the Devils suggests something to someone, and the [diabolical] thought is [still] very small, every person has to smash that thought against the rock, that is, extinguish it with the love of Christ, for if that thought will grow and be fed, you will not be able to extinguish it except with great effort, just as a large man cannot be held by his feet and dashed against a rock.

Sequitur: 29Qui timentes Dominum de bona observantia sua non se reddunt elatos, sed ipsa in se bona non a se, sed a Domino fieri existimantes 30operantem in se Dominum [page 53] magnificant.

Next: 29It is they who, fearing the Lord, do not pride themselves on their good observance, but instead judging that the good in them cannot be created by themselves but by the Lord, 30glorify the Lord [page 53] working in them.

Perseverat adhuc B. Benedictus in intentione ostendendi viam, quae ducit ad tabernaculum sive montem, quam jam monstraverat; nunc dicendo verba Domini et sensum, nunc dicendo solummodo sensum Domini cum verbis suis et nunc exponendo verba psalmistae, incipiens ab eo loco, in quo dicit: Qui ingreditur sine macula, et pervenit ad hunc locum, ubi dixit de elatione cavenda; ait enim: Qui timentes Dominum de bona observantia sua non se reddunt elatos.

So far St. Benedict had continued in his plan to show the road that leads to the dwelling-place or mountain, [the road] which he had already shown, at times by discussing the words of the Lord and their meaning, at times only by discussing the meaning of the Lord’s words, at times by explaining the words of the psalmist, beginning with that place in which he says: He who goes along without fault and arriving at this place where he speaks about the avoidance of pride. For he says: It is they who, fearing the Lord do not pride themselves on their good observance.

Parum enim fuerat Benedicto solummodo dicere de compressione vitiorum et operatione virtutum, nisi etiam addidisset coertionem vanae gloriae. Cognoverat, non minus posse nasci vanam gloriam de perfectione virtutum, quam de compressione vitiorum.

It would have been little for St. Benedict to speak only about the suppression of vices and the exercise of virtues if he had not also added the chastisement of vainglory. He knew that vainglory can be born no less from the perfection of virtues than from the suppression of sins.

Et bene, postquam dixit, mala esse cavenda et bona agenda, subjunxit, cavere debere vanam gloriam, quia solet vitiare bonum malum elationis, aliquando in principio, aliquando in medio, aliquando in fine. Intuendum est hoc, quia in eo, quod dixit: timentes Dominum, ostendit timore Domini posse vitari vanam gloriam; nam timendo Dominum potest quis elationem cavere, i. e. si se considerat, qualem eum invenit gratia Dei, de hoc quod agit, nequaquam superbit.

And after he had said that evils must be avoided and good be done, he rightly added that [one] ought to avoid vainglory because the evil of pride often corrupts a good thing, sometimes at the beginning, sometimes in the middle, sometimes at the end. We have to understand that when he said fearing the Lord, he showed that with the fear of the Lord vainglory could be avoided. Someone can avoid pride by fearing the Lord, that is, when he thinks about himself [and realizes] in what state the grace of God finds him, he will never pride himself about what he does.

Ad quam considerationem nos provocat Deus, cum dicit ad Job: Ubi eras, quando fundamenta terrae ponebam? [Iob 38:4] ac si diceret: Si te consideras, qualem te reperi, de hoc, quod egisti, non te reddis elatum.

God incites us to this consideration when he says to Job: Where were you when I was laying the foundations of the earth? [Iob 38:4]. It is as if he were saying: ‘If you think about what kind of person you are found to be, you do not take pride in what you have done.’

Iterum intuendum est in hoc loco, quia cum dixit:4 29sed ipsa bona in se non a se posse, sed a Domino fieri existimantes 30operantem in se Dominum magnificant illud cum propheta dicentes: Non nobis Domine, non nobis, sed nomini tuo da gloriam; haec (autem) vox humilium est.

We have to look at this spot once more, because he spoke with the voice of the humble, when he said but judging that the good in them cannot be created by themselves but by the Lord, 30they glorify the Lord working in them, saying with the prophet: “Not to us, Lord, not to us, but to your name give glory.

Nunc videndum est, quomodo vel quando dat Deus gloriam nomini suo. Sub hoc sensu dat Deus gloriam nomini suo, cum ita nos dignatur protegere atque custodire, ut non nostri sed sui nominis gloriam quaeramus. [page 54]

Now we have to see how and when God gives glory to his name. God gives glory to his name in the sense that when he deems it worthy to protect and guard us, we do not seek the glory of our name but of his. [page 54]

Sequitur: 31Sicut nec Paulus apostolus de praedicatione sua sibi aliquid imputavit dicens: Gratia Dei sum id, quod sum. [1 Cor 15.1]

Next: 31Just as the Apostle Paul credited nothing of his own preaching to himself, saying: By the grace of God I am what I am. [1 Cor 15:1]

Quaerendum est, qua ratione dicit B. Benedictus. Paulus de sapientia, et non dixit de virtute, cum ipse eximius fuit virtute etiam, sicut ipse Paulus testatur dicens: Plus omnibus laboravi. [1 Cor 15:10] Paulus apostolus fuit incomparabilis sapientia, quam sapientiam Petrus Apostolus miratus est, cum dixit: Sicut carissimus frater noster Paulus secundum sibi datam sapientiam scripsit vobis. [2 Pt 3:15]

We have to investigate why St. Benedict says [this]. Paul spoke of wisdom and not of virtue, because he himself was excellent in virtue, just as Paul himself testifies: I have worked more than all [others] [1 Cor 15:10]. The Apostle Paul was unique [incomparabilis] in his wisdom, which the Apostle Peter admired when he said: As our most beloved brother Paul wrote to us according to the wisdom given to him. [2 Pt 3:15]

Hanc sapientiam admiratus est B. Benedictus, ideo dixit sapientia et non dixit virtute, quia forte virtute fuit aliquis sanctus similis illi, sed sapientia nullus, ac si diceret: ita non se reddunt elatos, qui per viam Dei tendunt ad tabernaculum sive montem operantes bona, quod non sunt incomparabilia, id est, non sibi imputant sed Deo, sicut nec apostolus Paulus sibi de incomparabili sapientia sua sed Deo adscripsit.

St. Benedict admired this wisdom. He spoke about wisdom, not virtue, because perhaps some saint was similar to him in virtue, but no one [was similar to him] in wisdom, as if he were saying: those who try to reach through God’s road the dwelling-place or the mountain, doing good works, do not pride themselves, because [their deeds] are not unique, that is, they do not give credit to themselves, but to God, just as Apostle Paul credited God, not himself, for his unique wisdom.

Sequitur: Gratia Dei sum id, quod sum.

Next: 31By the grace of God, I am what I am.

 Gratia ideo dicitur, eo quod gratis datur; ubi enim gratia dicitur, omne meritum excluditur.

strong>  Grace is said here because it is given for nought [gratis]. When you use the word grace, you exclude all merit.

Paulus itaque apostolus eximius praedicatione atque virtute cognovit, quia a se non habebat, quae habebat, et ideo dixit: Gratia Dei sum, ac si diceret: quidquid habeo, non meo merito, sed gratia Dei habeo. Et tamen quia in gratia Dei laboraverat, propterea subjunxit: et gratia Dei in me vacua non fuit; [1 Cor 15:10] nam non fuisset magni dicere: gratia Dei in me vacua non fuit, nisi scivisset, in aliis gratiam Dei vacuam esse: et quia scivit, gratiam Dei in aliis vacuam esse, ideo alias dixit: Hortamur vos fratres, ne in vacuum gratiam Dei recipiatis; [2 Cor 6:1] ille enim in vacuum gratiam Dei recipit, qui non vivit secundum donum Dei, quod accepit; verbi gratia, accepisti baptismum; si non vivis secundum baptismum, gratiam Dei in vacuum accepisti.

The Apostle Paul, excelling in preaching and virtue, knew that he did not have from himself what he had, and said therefore: By the grace of God, I am, as if he were saying: Whatever I have, I do not have on account of my merit but by the grace of God. And yet, because he had labored in the grace of God, he subsequently added: and the grace of God was not in vain in me. [1 Cor 15:10] For it would not have been worth much to say: ‘God’s grace was not in vain in me’ if he had not known that God’s grace was in vain in others. And because he knew that God’s grace was in vain in others, he said elsewhere: We encourage you, brothers, not to receive God’s grace in vain [2 Cor 6:1]. For he who does not live according to God’s gift that he received, receives God’s grace in vain. Say, for example, that you have received baptism.

Iterum: accepisti donum obedientiae; si non vis obedientiam exhibere, in vacuum gratiam Dei accepisti. Accepisti donum praedicationis, si non vis aliis praedicare, gratiam Dei in vacuum accepisti. [page 55]

If you do not live according to baptism, you have received God’s grace in vain. Again: you received the gift of obedience: if you do not want to show obedience, you have received the grace of God in vain. [Or say,] you have received the gift of preaching: if you do not want to preach to others, you have received God’s grace in vain. [page 55]

Sequitur: 32Et iterum ipse dicit: Qui gloriatur, in Domino glorietur.

Next: 32And again he said: He who boasts should boast in the Lord.

Pseudoapostoli gloriabantur se de nobilitatis genere, non in virtutibus, eo quod erant de semine Abrahae; et ideo, sicut dixi, gloriabantur, sed de genere nobilitatis, non in virtutibus; non enim poterant dicere:5 pericula in fluminibus. [2 Cor 10:26]

The pseudo-apostles boasted about their noble birth, not about their virtues, because they were from Abraham’s seed. Therefore, as I said, they were boasting, but about their noble birth, not their virtues. For they could not boast about the dangers in the rivers.30 [2 Cor 10:26]

Et ab his decepti Corinthii gloriabantur de sapientia sua. Unde apostolus Paulus tam de illis falsis Apostolis se gloriantibus quam etiam Corinthiis, qui ab illis fuerant decepti, necnon etiam per illos dicit omnibus nobis utens testimonio prophetico: Qui gloriatur, in Domino glorietur, ac si diceret: qui nobilis est genere et vult gloriari nobilitatis genere, in Domino glorietur.

And having been deceived by them, the Corinthians boasted about their wisdom. That is why the Apostle Paul, using prophetic testimony, says both about those false, boasting prophets and about the Corinthians who had been deceived by them – and through them to us all –: He who boasts should boast in the Lord, as if he were saying: ‘he who is noble by birth and wants to boast about his noble birth, he should boast in the Lord.

Similiter qui potens est, de potentia sua in Domino glorietur, non in potentia sua.

Likewise, he who is powerful, he should boast about his power in the Lord, and not in his own power.’

Quid est: in Domino glorietur? id est, in Domino gloriam suam et non in se transferat, quia in Domino gloriari est: quidquid habet, non sibi, non suo merito, sed Deo abscribat.

What does he should boast in the Lord mean? It means: he should attribute his glory to the Lord and not to himself, because boasting in the Lord means whatever one has, one should not ascribe it to oneself or to one’s own merit, but to God.

Sequitur: 33Unde et Dominus in evangelio ait: Qui audit verba mea haec et facit ea, similabo eum viro sapienti, qui aedificavit domum suam supra petram; 34venerunt flumina, flaverunt venti et impegerunt in domum illam et non cecidit, quia fundata erat supra petram.

Next: 33Therefore also the Lord said in the Gospel: He who hears these my words and acts on them I will compare to the wise man who built his house on rock; 34the waters came, the winds blew, and they smashed against the house and it did not collapse, because is was founded on rock.

Subaudiendum est: Qui audit verba mea haec et non facit ea, similis erit viro stulto, qui aedificavit domum suam super arenam; descendit pluvia, flaverunt venti, advenerunt flumina et offenderunt in domum illam, et cecidit et erat ruina ejus magna. [Mt 7:26]

We have to add: He who hears my words and does not do act on them will be like the foolish man who built his house on san; the rains came down, the winds blew, the rivers came and struck that house and it fell and great was its ruin. [Mt 7:26]

Hactenus B. Benedictus manifestavit viam, quae ducit ad tabernaculum sive montem Dei dicendo compressionem vitiorum sive perfectionem virtutum et subjunxit refraenationem vanae gloriae, eo quod cognoverat, non minus instare periculum jactantiae in perfectione virtutum quam in coertione malorum.

Thus far St. Benedict showed the way that leads to the dwelling-place or mountain of God by mentioning the suppression of faults or the perfection of virtues. He added the bridling of vainglory, because he knew that the danger of pride does not threaten the perfection of virtues less than the force of evils.

Nunc perseverat in intentione B. Benedictus, cum dicit: Qui audit verba mea et facit ea, similabo cum viro sapienti, qui aedificavit domum suam supra petram et reliqua.

Now St. Benedict proceeds in the same spirit when says: He who hears these my words and acts on them I will compare to the wise man who built his house on rock, etc.

Istud enim unde superius respicit, ac si diceret, cum dicit: unde et Dominus in Evangelio ait, i e. de ipsa ostensione viae [page 55] tabernaculi non solum in psalmis, verum etiam in Evangelio dicit. Nam idcirco in ostensione viae est, quia, qui in via est, adhuc sustinet aliquid, i. e. pluvias et flumina seu ventos patitur.

This Therefore relates to the above. When he says: Therefore also the Lord in the Gospel said – speaking about showing the way [page 55] to the dwelling-place – he does speaks about that not only in the psalms but also in the Gospel. He is speaking here about showing the way because he who is on his way still endures something, that is, he suffers from rain and rivers or winds.

Istud vero, quod dicit: quia qui audit verba mea haec, in fine sermonis, quem in monte habuit, Dominus locutus est. Ille enim in monte dixit praecepta moralitatis, maxime ea, quae erga communem conversationem attinent, et idcirco non absolute dixit mea, sed subjunxit haec, ac si diceret: ista quae in hoc monte locutus sum.

But these words He who hears these my words have been spoken by the Lord at the end of the Sermon on the Mount. He set out his teachings of morality on the mountain, especially those that relate to human interaction [communis conversatio] and therefore he did not say plainly my words, but added these, as if he were saying: ‘these things I said on this mountain.’

B. vero Benedictus quia ex diversis locis scripturarum divinarum verba adhibuit, idcirco istud haec hic locutus est, i. e. quia, sicut istud haec concludit illa verba, quae Dominus locutus est in monte, ita etiam ista concludit, quae S. Benedictus hinc adhibuit. Nec non in fine psalmi quarti decimi istud haec propheta concludens posuit; ait enim: Qui facit haec, non movebitur in aeternum. [Ps 14:5]

But St. Benedict used words from diverse places in the holy scriptures. Therefore he said here this these, that is, just as this these concludes those words the Lord spoke on the mountain, so it concludes these words which St. Benedict used from there [i.e. from the Gospel]. Also at the end of the fourteenth psalm the prophet put down these words by way of conclusion. He said: He who does this will not be moved in eternity. [Ps 14:5]

Vide modo, quia sicut ibi dicitur: Qui facit haec, von movebitur in aeternum, [Ps 14:5] ita et in Evangelio: Qui audit verba mea haec, similabo cum viro sapienti, qui aedificavit domum suam supra petram. [Mt 7:24]

Now see, that just as it says: He who does this, will not be moved in eternity, just so also in the Gospel it is said: He who hears these my words, I will compare him to the wise man who built his house on a rock. [Mt 7:24]

Duos enim viros Dominus in Evangelio, qui aedificium aedificant, proposuit, id est, qui aedificat super petram, et qui aedificat super arenam. Sed quamvis haec duo aedificia aequaliter videantur, tamen non aequaliter sunt permanentia; nam illa domus, quae super petram aedificata est, firma et stabilis est, eo quod petram, i. e. firmum fundamentum habet, illa autem, quae super arenam aedificata est, infirma est et instabilis, eo quod arena, quae fluida est et augmentari non potest, nec in unum copulam redigi, fundamentum non habet.

For the Lord presented in the Gospel two men who are building a building, he who builds on rock and he who builds on sand. But even though these two buildings seem to be equal, they are not equal forever. For that house that has been built on rock is firm and stable because it has rock, that is a firm foundation, but that house that has been built on sand is shaky and instable because sand, being fluid and unable to be increased or to be formed into one bond, has no foundation.

Vide modo, quia aequaliter haec utraque domus undique concutitur; desuper concutitur pluviis, subtus fluminibus, e regione, id est e latere ventis. Sed sicut diximus, illa domus, quae super petram firmata est, his concussionibus pulsata non cadit, illa autem domus, quae super arenam fundata est, corruit. Ita et in spiritalibus.

Now see, that each of these two houses is equally shaken from all sides: from above it is shaken by rain, from below by rivers, [and] horizontally, that is at its side, by winds. But as we said: the house that has been established on rock does not fall after it has been stricken by these blows, but the house that has been founded on sand collapses.

In spiritalibus vero rebus duo sunt aedificatores, id est unus, [page 57] qui aedificat supra petram, et alter, qui aedificat super arenam; ille enim aedificat supra petram, qui amore Christi bona opera agit, qui Christum in fundamento, id est in intentione operis habet, quia per petram multis testimoniis scripturarum divinarum Christus comprobatur intelligi.

It is the same in spiritual affairs. But in spiritual affairs there are two builders: one [page 57] who builds on rock and another who builds on sand. He who does the good works of Christ, [and] who has Christ as his foundation, that is in the intention of working, builds on rock, because on account of many witnesses of the divine scriptures it is acknowledged that Christ is understood by the rock.

Et ille aedificat super arenam, qui in intentione humanae laudis aliquid agit boni, verbi gratia, iste jejunat et ille jejunat, iste orat, et ille orat, et caetera his similia; sed quamvis utraque aedificia aequaliter videantur fieri, tamen non aequaliter istorum aedificium, id est actio, firmum et stabile est, eo quod non aequaliter fundamentum, id est intentionem habet. Vide modo, quia utraque istorum actio undique concutitur; desuper concutitur pluviis, subtus fluminibus, e regione, id est e latere ventis.

And he who does some good deed with the intention of earning human praise, e.g. he who fasts and prays like the other people, etc., builds on sand. But even though each of the two buildings seems to be made equally, still the building – that is the action – of them is not equally steady and stable, because it does not have a foundation in an equal way, that is, an intention Now see, that the action of both men is shaken from all sides: it is shaken from above by rain, from below by rivers, and horizontally – that is at its side – by winds.

Sed nunc videndum est, quid per pluvias sive flumina atque ventos intelligi debeant. Per pluvias enim intelliguntur superstitiones caliginosae, per flumina autem delectationes carnales, per ventos enim rumores humani. Caliginosae superstitiones sunt, sicut hypocritae faciunt.

Now you have to see what ought to be understood by the rain or rivers or winds. By rain we understand dark superstitions, by rivers carnal pleasures, by winds human opinion. Dark superstitions are the things that the hypocrites do.

Quamquam rationabiliter non quaeratur, si quis quaerit, quare per pluvias superstitiones caliginosae, et per ventos rumores humani, et per flumina delectationes carnales intelligantur, tamen ita conjicere possumus: caliginosae superstitiones idcirco per pluvias intelliguntur, quia sicut pluviis fuscatur aer et tenebratur, ita hypocritarum actio obscura et tenebrosa est, eo quod ignoratur, qua intentione fiat, id est utrum amore Christi an saeculi nescitur.

Even though, if someone asks why by the rain dark superstitions [are meant], he does not look for a rational answer, and why by the winds human opinion and why by rivers carnal pleasures [are meant], still we can guess this much: by rain we understand dark superstitions because just as the sky is made swarthy and dark by rain, just so the action of hypocrites is swarthy and dark, because one does not know with what intention it happens: it is unclear whether it is out of love of Christ or of the world.

Per flumina delectationes carnales conjicimus, quia sicut in fluminibus coercendis solet esse necessarius magnus labor adhibendus, ita etiam in multis delectationibus carnalibus amputandis magnus necessarius est labor adhibendus. Et sicut flumina solent aliquando fortiter currere et aliquando extra terminos exire, ita, et delectationes carnales solent aliquando fortes esse, aliquando extra terminos transire, sicuti est in cibo et potu, si sit ultra mensuram progressio.

By the rivers we guess that carnal pleasures are meant because just as a great effort usually has to be applied to the control of rivers, just so a great effort has to be applied to the removal of many carnal pleasures. And just as rivers flow at times rapidly and at times tend to overflow their banks, just so, at times, carnal pleasures are strong and at times tend to flow over their confines, inasmuch as there is an increase in food and drink beyond measure.

Per ventos autem idcirco [page 58] conjicimus rumores humanos posse intelligi, quia sicut venti e latere veniunt, ita laudes humanae illi solent evenire, qui intentione placendi Deo aliquid agere incipit. Sed illa actio, quae amore Christi fit et incipitur, his tentationibus concussa non cadit, illa autem, quae intentione humanae laudis incepta est et agitur, cum his concutionibus concussa fuerit, cadit et evanescit.

We surmise that by winds [page 58] the human opinion can be understood because just as winds come at the side, so too human praises usually come to him who begins to do something with the intention to please God. But that action that happens and is begun in love of Christ does not fail if it shaken by temptations, but that activity that was begun and is done with the intention of human praise falls and evaporates when it is shaken by these blows.

Animadvertendum est, quia hoc, quod dixi, quare per flumina delectationes carnales et per pluvias caliginosae superstitiones et per ventos rumores humani intelligantur, non secundum auctoritatem dictum est sed secundum aestimationem; nam Augustinus ita intellexit. Propterea haec tria per flumina et ventos atque pluvias propter numerum intellexi.

We must take note that, as I said, it is not according to authority but by conjecture that we understand by rivers carnal pleasures and by rain dark superstitions and by winds human opinion. For Augustine thought so. Therefore he understood these three things by rivers, winds, and rain according to their number.

Altero vero modo intelligitur per domum fundatam super petram sancta ecclesia fundata in Christo, per ventos intelligitur Antichristus et ejus sequaces, per pluvias gentilitatis perfidia, per flumina haereticorum errores.

But in another way we understand by the house founded on rock the holy church founded in Christ, by winds the Antichrist and his followers, by the rain the faithlessness of heathens, and by rivers the errors of the heretics.

Sequitur: 35Haec complens Dominus exspectat nos quotidie his suis sanctis monitis factis nos respondere debere.

Next: 35Fulfilling these words, the Lord expects that we should daily answer these his sacred admonitions with deeds.

Legerat B. Benedictus illa verba, quae Dominus in monte secundum Mathaeum locutus est, et cognovit, omnem perfectionem in his esse, volens ille omnem perfectionem similiter in his verbis esse ostendere, hoc est in suo sermone hoc, quae tam de psalmo XIV, quam etiam ex aliis locis scripturarum huc adhibuit, idcirco finem verborum illorum, quae Dominus in monte locutus est, his verbis, quae huc adhibuit, subjungere studuit; et est sensus, cum dicit: Haec complens Dominus exspectat nos, id est, haec narrando complevit et exspectat nos quotidie.

St. Benedict had read those words that the Lord, according to Matthew, spoke on the mountain, and realized that all perfection is in them. Wanting to show that all perfection is likewise in these words, that is, in this his sermon, which Benedict used both from the fourteenth psalm and from other places in the scriptures, he was eager to add the end of those words the Lord spoke on the mountain to these words which he used at this spot. And this is the meaning when he says: Fulfilling these words the Lord expects that we… That is, by telling he fulfilled this and expects us daily.

Quotidie enim intelligitur omni die. Et bene dixit quotidie, ut si forte diu praeceptum Domini implere distulisti, non te desperes, quia quotidie exspectat Dominus, i. e. omnibus diebus vitae tuae. His suis intelligitur quasi: istis suis. Sanctis monitis idcirco dixit, ad separationem illorum, quae non sunt sancta, factis nos respondere debere.

Daily means every day. He rightly said daily, in order that, if you perhaps have put off fulfilling the teaching of the Lord for a while, you do not despair, because the Lord expects daily, that is: all days of your life. These his means ‘those his.’ He said that we should answer sacred admonitions with deeds in order to separate these [deeds] from those that are not sacred.

In hoc loco B. Benedictus sacrarum scripturarum morem observavit, cum dicit: factis respondere debere, quia scriptura divina, ubi dicit respondere, [page 59] factis subintelligi vult, ut est illud, quod ad duritiam cordis illorum dicitur, qui Dei monitis factis respondere nolunt; ait enim: Vocavi, et nemo respondit mihi. [Is 66:4; Ct 5:6]

At this point St. Benedict followed the custom of the holy scriptures, when he says: should answer with deeds, because when holy scripture says ‘answer’ [page 59], it wants ‘with deeds’ to be implied, just like what is said concerning the stubbornness of heart of those who do not want to answer God’s admonitions with deeds. It says: I called and no one answered me. [Is 66:4]

In hoc loco subaudiendum est factis; quod enim factis debemus respondere praeceptis Domini, docet Cassiodorus in versiculo psalmi centesimi primi, ubi dicitur: Respondit ei in via virtutis suae. [Ps 101:24]

Here we have to understand with deeds because we should answer the teachings of the Lord with deeds, as Cassiodorus teaches in the verse of the hundred and first psalm, where it said: He answered him in the way of his virtue. [Ps 101:24]

Ait enim: Ipse ei respondere cognoscitur, qui imperiis ejus obsequens esse monstratur. Quapropter respondetur illi non lingua sed vita, non voce sed fide, non clamore sed corde. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 101:24, CCSL 98, p. 910]6

Cassiodorus says: He is known to answer him who is proven to be a follower of his commands. Therefore an answer is given to him, not by tongue but in life, not by voice but in faith, not by shouting but in the heart. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 101:24]

Sunt enim multi, qui nolunt Dei monitis respondere factis, idcirco sunt imperfecti; B. vero Benedictus propterea dixit tibi, factis respondere, eo quod voluit te esse perfectum; ille enim respondit factis, qui, quod aure audit, opere complet.

There are many who do not want to answer God’s admonitions with deeds. Therefore, they are imperfect. St. Benedict therefore told you to answer with deeds because he wanted you to be perfect. For if you fulfil with work what you have heard with the ear, you are answering with deeds.

Sequitur: 36Ideo nobis propter emendationem malorum hujus vitae dies ad inducias relaxantur 37dicente Apostolo: An nescis, quia patientia Dei ad poenitentiam te adducit?

Next: 36Therefore the days of this life are lengthened for us as a truce, for amendment of evils, 37the Apostle saying, Do you not know that God’s patience leads to repentance?

Istud ideo ad superiorem sensum attinet et est sensus, cum dicit ideo, i. e. quia exspectat nos Dominus quotidie his suis sanctis monitis factis nos respondere debere, ideo, hoc est propterea, isti dies hujus vitae ad inducias nobis relaxantur propter emendationem malorum nostrorum.

This therefore is related to the previous content. Its meaning is this: because the Lord expects that we should daily answer these his sacred admonitions with deeds, therefore those days of this life are lengthened for us as a truce, for amendment of our evils.

Ubi sollerter animadvertere debemus, quia his diebus, qui nobis relaxantur causa emendationis malorum nostrorum, nos econtrario non solum non emendamus ea, quae fecimus mala, verum etiam augmentationem malorum facimus.

We have to pay close attention here, that in these days lengthened for us for the sake of the amendment of our evils, we, instead, not only do not amend them – we who have done evils – but even make an increase of evils.

Inducia enim est spatium, quod quantulumcunque agendi vel discendi tribuitur. Nam quid sensus sit in istis verbis, quae B. Benedictus dixit, i. e.: Ideo nobis propter emendationem malorum nostrorum hujus vitae dies ad inducias relaxantur, hoc prolatum testimonium Paulus exponit dicens: An nescis, quia patientia Dei ad poenitentiam te adducit? [Rm 2:4]

A truce is a span of time allotted as a small amount of doing or learning. What the meaning is of these words that St. Benedict says – Therefore the days of this life are lengthened for us as a truce, for amendment of evils – is explained by Paul saying this: Do you not know that God’s patience leads to repentance? [Rm 2:4]

Vide modo, quia B. Benedictus dixit inducias, Paulus dixit patientia, et quod S. Benedictus dixit emendationem [page 60] malorum, Paulus dicit poenitentia, et quod ille dicit relaxantur, Paulus dicit adducit.

Now see that St. Benedict said truce, Paul said patience, and what St. Benedict called amendment [page 60] of evils, Paul calls repentance, and what the former called are lengthened, Paul calls leads.

Patientia, autem cum in Deo dicitur, non proprio dicitur sed abusive, hoc est a propria significatione ad non propriam significationem; nam nostrum proprium est patientia, Dei autem translative.

When patience is used in reference to God, it is not used properly but erroneously, that is [taken] from its proper meaning [and applied] to an improper meaning. For ours is proper patience, but God’s is patience in a metaphorical sense.

Nos enim tunc dicimur patientes, cum aliquem contra votum nostrum agere videmus et ulcisci nolumus. Ita et, Deus tunc patiens dicitur, cum nos contra dispositionem suam videt agere et non vult nos aeternae damnationi mancipare.

For we are said to be patient when we see that someone acts against our wishes and we do not want to punish. God is also said to be patient when he sees that we act against his will and he does not want to send us to eternal damnation.

Et est sensus, cum dicit Paulus: An nescis, quia patientia Dei ad poenitentiam te adducit? ac si dicat: ‘o peccator! quare te non convertis? quare non emendas mala tua, quae fecisti? An non sapis, quia patientia Dei istos dies vitae tuae ideo tibi relaxat, ut convertaris?’

This is what Paul means when he says: Do you not know that God’s patience leads to repentance? as if he were saying: ‘O sinner! Why do you not convert? Why do you not amend the evils that you did? Do you not know that God’s patience lengthens these days of your life in order that you convert?’

Sequitur: 38Nam pius Dominus dicit: Nolo mortem peccatoris, sed ut convertatur et vivat.

Next: 38For the loving God says, I do not want the death of a sinner, but that he convert and live.

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione dicat: Nolo mortem peccatoris, cum multi peccatores legantur mortui et perditi? In hoc enim loco videntur duae istae sententiae discordare, cum peccatores utique moriantur. Ergo si peccatores moriuntur, cum voluntate Dei moriuntur; voluit et fecit, sicut legitur in psalmis: Omnia quaecunque voluit Dominus, fecit in coelo et in terra. [Ps 134:6]

Now we need to see why he says: I do not want the death of a sinner, when we read that many sinners are dead and lost. In this place these two sentences seem to contradict each other, because sinners surely die. Therefore, if sinners die, they die with God’s will. He wanted and did it, according to what is read in the psalms: Everything whatsoever the Lord wanted, he made in heaven and earth. [Ps 134:6]

Sed ita intelligitur, cum dicit: Nolo mortem peccatoris, ac si diceret: illorum peccatorum nolo mortem, qui a sua pravitate converti merentur.

But this phrase I do not want the death of a sinner is understood as if he were saying: ‘I do want the death of those sinners, who deserve to be converted from their wickedness.’

Ita etiam et illud, quod in Evangelio legitur, intelligitur, ut est: Erat lux vera, quae illuminat omnem hominem venientem in hunc mundum, [Io 1:9] et illud Pauli: Qui vult omnes homines salvos fieri. [Tm 2:4]

This is also the case with what we read in the Gospel, as in: The light was true that enlightens every man coming into this world, [Io 1:9] and the words of Paul: He who wants that all men are saved. [Tim 2:4]

Numquid, cum dicit: illuminat omnem hominem, illuminat haereticos, illuminat paganos, sive Judaeos, qui in sua pravitate perseveraturi sunt? Non; sed ita intelligitur, i.e. illum illuminat, qui meretur illuminari, et illos salvat, qui salvari merentur.

When he says: He enlightens every man, does he enlighten the heretics, the heathens, or the Jews who will persevere in their wickedness? No. But is understood thus: he enlightens him who deserves to be enlightened and saves them, who deserve to be saved.

Et hoc notandum, quia cum dicit merentur, non pro meritis hominum, sed pro misericordia Dei accipiendum est.

And we must note that when he says ‘they deserve,’ it must not be taken in keeping with the merits of men, but God’s mercy.

Iterum videndum est, de qua morte Dominus dicat, cum dicit mortem peccatoris; non enim de morte corporis, sed de morte animae dicit. Nam sicut est [page 61] mors corporis, ita et mors animae; mors corporis est separatio animae a corpore, mors animae est separatio Dei ab anima; et sicut mortuum est corpus, cum ab illo separatur anima, ita mortua est anima, cum separater a Deo.

Again, we have to see about what sort of death the Lord speaks, when he says the death of a sinner. For he did not speak of the death of the body but of the soul. [page 61] The death of the soul is like the death of the body. The death of the body is the separation of the soul from the body [but] the death of the soul is the separation of the soul from God. And just as the body is dead when the soul is separated from it, just so the soul is dead when it is separated from God.

Et est sensus, cum dicit: Nolo mortem peccatoris, sed magis ut convertatur et vivat, id est, nolo in perpetuum separatus esse ab his, qui merentur converti a pravitatibus suis. Illarum duarum mortium distinctio in Evangelio legitur; ait, enim Dominus: Si quis sermonem meum servaverit, mortem non videbit in aeternum. [Io 8:51] Ad haec e contrario respondentes Judaei dicentes dixerunt: Abraam mortuus est et prophetae, et reliqua. [Io 8: 52]

This the sense of the words I do not want the death of the sinner, but rather that he convert and live, that is: ‘I do not want to be separated from those who deserve to convert from their wickedness for eternity.’ The difference between those two deaths is given in the Gospel when the Lord says: If someone keeps my word, he will not see death in eternity. [Io 8:51] On the other hand, the Jews answered to this that Abraham is dead and the prophets, etc. [Io 8:52]

Verum est, quod Dominus dicebat, et verum est, quod Judaei dicebant; Dominus dicebat de morte animae, Judaei dicebant de morte corporis.

It is true what the Lord said and it is true what the Jews said. The Lord was speaking of the death of the soul, the Jews were speaking of the death of the body.

Sequitur: convertatur et vivat.

Next: that he convert and live.

Vide modo, quia tunc peccator vivit, cum se convertit, et tunc fit mansio Domini in eo, sicut dicit Dominus; ait enim: Ego et pater ad eum veniemus et mansionem apud eum faciemus. [Io 14:23]

Now see that the sinner lives at that moment when he converts and then the Lord’s dwelling is made in him, just as the Lord says: I and the Father will come to him and will make our dwelling with him. [Io 14:23]

Sequitur: 39Cum ergo interrogassemus Dominum, fratres, de habitatore tabernaculi ejus, audivimus habitandi praeceptum, sed si compleamus habitatoris officium.

Next: 39Thus brothers, when we had asked the Lord about who lives in his dwelling-place, we heard his teaching about living there, if we fulfil the dweller’s duties

In isto, quod dixit: Cum ergo interrogassemus, fratres, de habitatore tabernaculi ejus, ostendit, se superius nobiscum Dominum interrogasse de habitatore tabernaculi ejus, et in eo, quod dicit: audivimus habitandi praeceptum, ostendit, Dominum respondisse nobis.

With the words Thus brothers, when we had asked the Lord about who lives in his tabernacle he shows that he had asked the Lord earlier, together with us, about who lives in his dwelling-place. And with the words we heard his teaching about living there he shows that the Lord has answered us.

Istud vero, quod dicit: Sed si compleamus habitatoris officium, duobus modis intelligi potest. Uno enim modo intelligitur ita: sed si compleamus habitatoris officium, quasi diceret: si officium, hoc est exemplum illius habitatoris, sive qui nunc habitat, sive qui habitaturus est in tabernaculo, imitati fuerimus, tunc audivimus vel erimus auditores praeceptorum habitandi.

But the words if we fulfil the dweller’s duties can be understood in two ways. In the first way, he says, as it were, if we imitate the duties, that is, the example of that dweller, whether he lives now or will live later in that dwelling-place, we have heard or will hear the teachings about living there.

Et secundum hunc sensum subaudiendum est: tunc audivimus habitandi praeceptum. Altero modo intelligitur ita: sed si compleamus habitatoris officium, quasi diceret: si talia fecerimus, pro quibus mereamur esse habitatores tabernaculi, tunc [page 62] erimus haeredes regni coelorum; et secundum hunc sensum subaudiendum est: ‘erimus haeredes regni coelorum’.

According to this sense, we have to add: ‘at that moment we have heard the teaching about living there.’ In the second way these words are taken as follows. With if we fulfil the dweller’s duties he says, as it were: ‘if we have done such things, for which we deserve to be the dwellers in the dwelling-place, at that moment [page 62] we will be the heirs of the kingdom of heaven.’ According to this sense, we have to add: ‘We will be the heirs of the kingdom of heaven.’

Sequitur: 40Ergo praeparanda sunt corda et corpora nostra sanctae praeceptorum obedientiae militanda.

Next: 40Therefore our hearts and bodies must be prepared to fight for holy obedience to his instructions.

Istud ergo ad suporiorem sensum respicit; nam illud, quod superius dixit, id est: ‘Cum ergo interrogassemus Dominum, fratres, de habitatore tabernaculi ejus, audivimus habitandi praeceptum,’ et reliqua, narratio est.

This therefore refers to the aforementioned. For what he said before – Thus brothers, when we asked the Lord about who lives in his dwelling-place, we heard his teaching about living there, etc. – that is all narrative.

Istud vero, quod nunc sequitur id est: Ergo praeparanda sint corda et corpora nostra sanctae praeceptorum obedientiae militanda, exhortatio est, quia solet ex narratione exhortatio descendere. B. vero Benedicti cor et corpus jam in observatione Dei praeceptorum praeparatum erat, sed idcirco dixit: Praeparanda sunt corda et corpora nostra, se conjungens cum auditoribus suis, ut facilius audiatur, eo quod est mos sanctorum praedicatorum, se conjungere cum auditoribus suis, quando illos aliquid agere exhortantur, ut facilius, sicut diximus, audiantur.

But what now follows: Therefore our hearts and bodies must be prepared to fight for holy obedience to his instructions is exhortation because an exhortation usually proceeds from a narrative. St. Benedict’s heart and body, however, had already been prepared in observation of God’s teachings, but he said our hearts and bodies must be prepared – thus connecting with his audience – in order that he be more easily heard, because it is the custom of holy preachers to connect with their audience when they urge them to do something, so that they are more easily heard. For those whose hearts have been prepared and not their bodies are less cautious.

Sunt enim minus cauti, quorum corda praeparata sunt et non corpora, et sunt iterum alii, quorum solummodo corpora et non corda praeparata sunt; sed illi, qui corde sunt tantummodo devoti, imperfecti sunt, illi autem, qui corpore et non corde sunt praeparati, longe ab omni bonitate existunt, quia hyprocritae sunt.

There are also others of whom only the bodies and not the hearts have been prepared. But those who are only devout in their hearts are imperfect; those, however, who have been prepared with the body and not with the heart live far removed from any goodness, because they are hypocrites.

B. vero Benedictus, quia voluit te perfectum esse, ideo utrumque comprehendit, id est cordis et corporis devotionem; cordis vero devotionem comprehendit propter Dominum, quia Deus inspector est cordis et omnia opera nostra ex qualitate cordis dispensat; corporis autem praeparationem comprehendit propter homines, quia homo homo est, et idcirco non valet devotionem cordis comprehendere, sed per continentiam corporis deprehendit devotionem cordis.

But St. Benedict wanted you to be perfect and therefore took them both together, that is the devotion of the heart and of the body. But he took the devotion of the heart because of God, for God is the inspector of the heart and arranges all our works on the basis of the quality of our heart. He took the preparation of the body, however, because of men. Man is a man and therefore is not able to comprehend the devotion of the heart, but he understands the devotion of the heart through the restraint of the body.

Vide modo, quia ita B. Benedictus exhortatus est suos auditores, corda et corpora praeparata sanctae obedientiae habere, sicuti Dominus in Evangelio fecit; ait enim: Sic luceat lux vestra coram hominibus, [page 63] ut videant vestra bona opera et glorificent Patrem vestrum, qui in coelis est, [Mt 5:16] necnon sicut et Paulus fecit; ait enim: Providentes bona non tantum coram Deo sed etiam coram hominibus. [Rm 12:17]

Now notice that St. Benedict has urged his audience to have their hearts and bodies prepared for holy obedience, in the same manner as the Lord does in the Gospel. For he says: May your light shine in such a way before people [page 63] that they see your good works and glorify your father who is in heaven [Mt 5:16], and also Paul says: Having good regard, not only before God but also before men. [Rm 12:17]

Sequitur: Sanctae praeceptorum obedientiae.

Next: 40For holy obedience to his instructions.

Ideo enim dixit obedientiae cum adjectione sanctae, quia obedientia sancta est. Et reddit causam, quare est sancta, cum dixit praeceptorum. Et in hoc loco subaudiendum est divinorum.

He said for obedience with the adjective ‘holy’ because obedience is holy. And he explains why it is holy, when he said to his instructions. Here we have to add ‘divine.’

Et bene dixit praeceptorum, quia obedientia tunc obedientia, est, cum in praeceptorum Dei est custodia; nam transgressio praeceptorum Dei non obedientia, sed transgressio Dei est.

He rightly said to his instructions because obedience is only obedience when it is in the observance of God’s instructions. For the transgression of God’s teachings is not obedience, but transgression.

Et bene dixit militatura, quia cognovit, obedientiam non posse existere sine labore et sudore; ideo dixit militatura, quia militare ad laborem et sudorem et certamen attinet.

And he rightly said prepared to fight because he knew that obedience cannot exist without effort and sweat. He said prepared to fight because fighting is about effort, sweat, and struggle.

Et quod obedientia, sine labore non sit, testatur psalmista, cum dicit: Propter verba labiorum tuorum ego custodivi vias duras. [Ps 16:4] Et hoc ad inchoantes attinet; nam perfectis illud convenit, quod in evangelio legitur: Jugum meum suave est, et onus meum leve est. [Mt 11:30]

And that obedience does not exist without effort is shown by the psalmist when he says: Because of the words of your lips I have guarded the harsh roads [Ps 16:4]. And this refers to those who begin. But to those who are perfect is fitting what is read in the Gospel: My yoke is easy and my burden is light. [Mt 11:30]

Sequitur: 41Et quod minus habet in nobis natura possibile, rogemus Dominum, ut gratiae suae jubeat nobis adjutorium ministrare.

Next: 41And what is not possible in us by nature, let us ask God to order the aid of his grace to supply us.

Nunc vero quasi quidam interrogaret S. Benedictum dicens: ‘Pater Benedicte! praecepisti mihi obedientiam exhibere: ecce video, praeceptum Domini vel magistrorum spiritalium vires meas excedere; sed quid mihi agendum est pro hoc, opto, ut dicas’. Ille vero quasi respondens dicit: ‘Fili! quod minus habet in nobis natura possibile, rogemus Dominum, ut gratiae suae jubeat nobis adjutorium ministrare.

But if someone were to ask St. Benedict, as it were, saying: ‘Father Benedict! You taught me to show obedience. Look here. I see that the teaching of the Lord or of the spiritual masters exceed my powers. I wish that you tell me what I must do about this.’ He says, however, by way of answering: ‘Son! What is not possible in us by nature, let us ask God to order the aid of his grace to supply us.

Sunt enim quaedam res impossibiles corpori, veluti est domum uno die fabricare, aut pondus infinitae magnitudinis levare, et caetera his similia. Et sunt quaedam res, quae impossibiles sunt animae, veluti est foetorem infirmorum sustinere, et mortuum fastidire, et caetera bis similia.

Certain things are impossible for the body, like building a house in one day or lifting a weight of infinite magnitude, and the like. There are also things that are impossible for the soul, like bearing the stench of the sick and feeling disgust at a dead person, and the like.

Sed impossibilitas corporis naturae deputanda est, impossibilitas animae vitio magis deputanda est quam naturae, quia Deus animam bonam creavit, unde si in dignitate creationis suae permansisset, nil a sufficiente bonitate [page 64] minus haberet; sed quia recessit a dignitate creationis suae, nunc ad eandem bonitatem, quam autea sine labore habebat, sine labore non valet ascendere.

But the impossibility of the body has to be attributed to nature, the impossibility of the soul has to be attributed to vice rather than nature, because God created the soul good. Therefore, if [the soul] had stayed in the perfect state at its creation, it would now have nothing less of the goodness that was perfect in itself. [page 64] But since it withdrew from the perfect state at its creation, it is now unable to rise without effort to that same goodness, which it had before without effort.

Forte B. Benedictus simpliciter utriusque qualitatem substantiae nomine naturae comprehendit.

Perhaps St. Benedict comprehends in the one word ‘nature’ the quality of both substances.

Et bene dixit: rogemus Dominum, quia, quod meritis non valemus obtinere, frequenter orationinibus obtinemus.

And he rightly said: let us ask God, because what we cannot obtain with merits we frequently obtain with prayer.

Et hoc animadvertendum est etiam, quod dicit orare. Ostendit enim, quia ea, quae habemus, non a nobis habemus, sed a Domino, quem praecipimur orare. Propterea dixi: magis vitio, quam naturae, propter illud, quod Paulus dicit: Eramus filii irae. [Eph 2:3]

We also need to note that he says to pray. For he shows that the things we have, we do not have from ourselves but from the Lord, to whom we are taught to pray. Subsequently I said ‘more in vice that in nature,’ because of what Paul says: We were sons of anger. [Eph 2:3]

Ideo dixit: irae filii, quia adeo natura vitiata est, ut in naturam verteretur illud vitium.

He said sons of anger because nature has been so corrupted that this vice has been changed into nature.

Sequitur: 42et si fugientes gehennae poenas ad vitam volumus pervenire perpetuum, 43dum adhuc vacat, et in hoc corpore sumus, et haec omnia per hanc lucis vitam vacat implere, 44currendum et agendum est modo, quod in perpetuum nobis expediat.

Next: 42And if, fleeing the punishments of hell, we desire to attain eternal life, 43while there is still time and we are in this body and there is time to carry out all these things by the light of life, 44we must hurry and do now what would profit us for eternity.

Perseverat adhuc B. Benedictus in intentione exhortationis suae, qua coeperat exhortari, sed tamen alio genere locutionis loquitur, eo quod prius exhortatus est orare, ut fiat possibile, quod impossibile est, ac si diceret auditoribus suis: jam quia cognovistis poenas gehennae et coepistis fugere illas, currendum et agendum est modo, i. e. cum cursu et festinatione agendum est.

So far St. Benedict continues [to speak] with the purpose of encouraging – the kind of encouragement that he had begun with – but he nevertheless speaks in another genre of speech, because first he encouraged to pray for what is impossible, to become possible, as if he were saying to his audience: ‘since you know now the punishments of hell and have begun to flee from them, we must hurry and do now, that is we must act at a run and with haste.’

Et reddit causam, quid agendum sit, cum dicit: quod in perpetuum nobis expediat, i. e. prosit. Et reddit etiam causam, quando, cum dicit: dum adhuc vacat, et in hoc corpore sumus.

And he gives reason why we must act when he says: what would profit us, that is what would benefit us. And as answer to the question ‘when,’ he says: while there is still time and we are in this body.

In hoc enim loco, cum dicit: dum adhuc vacat et in hoc corpore sumus, ostendit, quia tempus praesentis vitae agendi est bonum et poenitendi malum, et post terminum vitae tempus est recipiendi tantum pro bonis sive malis, quae gessimus.

There where he says: while there is still time and we are in this body, he shows that the time of our present life is for doing good and repenting evil, and that after the end of life there is only time to receive [rewards] for the good deeds or evil deeds we have done.

Sequitur: 45Constituenda est ergo a nobis dominici schola servitii.

Next: 45Thus we must found a school for the Lord’s service.

Istud enim ergo ad superiorem sensum attinet; superius enim dixit: dum adhuc vacat, et in hoc corpore sumus, currendum et agendum est modo, quod in perpetuum nobis expediat, et nunc dicit: Constituenda est ergo schola dominici servitii, ac si diceret: ergo si ita est, i. e. si in [page 65] hoc praesenti saeculo agendum est bonum, quod in perpetuum nobis expediat, constituendus est locus, in quo sine impedimento saeculari agere debeamus illud bonum.

The word thus refers to the sentence above. For he said above: while there is still time and we are in this body, we must hurry and do now what would profit us for eternity. Now he says: Thus we must found a school for the Lord’s service, as if he were saying: ‘Thus, if it is the case that in [page 65] this present world we must do good, which would profit us for eternity, we must found a place wherein we ought to do that good [work] without worldly hindrance.’

In hoc enim loco scholam nominat monasticam disciplinam; nam sunt et aliae scholae; est enim schola ecclesiastica disciplina, schola est liberalium artium, schola est etiam alicujus artis, in qua aliquid discitur. Sicut in illis locis liberalium artium aliquid discitur et agitur, ita et in hac schola aliquid discitur et agitur.

He calls here the monastic discipline a school, for there are different kinds of school: ecclesiastical teaching [disciplina] is a school, there is the school of the liberal arts, and there is the school of any skill in which something is learnt. Just as in the places of the liberal arts something is learnt and done, just so also in this school something is learnt and done.

Schola autem graece, latine vacatio intelligitur, nam ubi hos dicimus vacare, graeci dicunt scholasare; ergo cum dicit: Constituenda est schola, tale est, ac si diceret: Constituenda est vacatio. Sic enim alibi dicit: Dominico die lectioni vacent omnes; [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.22] vacare enim est a rebus.

Schola’ is Greek. The Latin word is vacatio [being free]. For when we say to be free [vacare], the Greeks say scholasare. Therefore, when [Benedict] says: We must found a school, it is as if he were saying: ‘We must found free time’ He says elsewhere: Let all be free for the reading on Sunday [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.22]. For being free means ‘free from things.’

Ille autem vacat lectioni, qui ab alienis rebus separatus deditus est lectioni solummodo, quia nemo potest divinis rebus vacare, qui a terrenis rebus separatus prius non fuerit, sicut scriptum est: Vacate et videte, quoniam ego sum Deus [Ps 45:11], ac si diceret: nisi prius separati fueritis a terrenis rebus, nequaquam poteritis cognoscere, quid sit, Deus.

However, he who, cut off from outside influences, is dedicated only to reading is free for reading because no one can be free for divine things who has not been cut off from earthly affairs, just as is written: Be free [vacate] and see that I am God [Ps 45:11] as if he were saying: ‘Unless you are cut off from earthly affairs, you will by no means be able to know what God is.’

In hoc enim loco quaeri potest, quare B. Benedictus dixit schola? Intellexit B. Benedictus, in uno homine duas intentiones esse non posse, i. e. cogitationem, quae secundum Deum est, et secundum saeculum, dicente Domino: Nemo potest duobus dominis servire, i. e. Deo et mammonae, [Mt 6:24] hoc est duas intentiones, i. e. quae secundum Deum et secundum saeculum est.

At this place we can investigate why St. Benedict said school. St. Benedict understood that there cannot be two intentions in one person, that is a thought that is in accordance with God and in accordance with the world, because the Lord says: No one can serve two lords, that is God and mammon [Mt 6:24], that is, two intentions, what is in accordance with God and in accordance with the world.

Sunt enim multi, qui regnum coelorum quaerunt propter regnum coelorum, et sunt multi, qui terrenam curam habent propter amorem regni coelorum; isti tales Deo vacant, sicut superiores.

There are many who search the kingdom of heaven for the sake of the kingdom of heaven, and there are many who have earthly worries for the sake of their love of the kingdom of heaven. These people are free for God, just like those above.

Et sunt, alii, qui quaerunt regnum Dei propter lucra saeculi; et sunt multi, qui et regnum coelorum quaerunt propter amorem regni coelorum et quaerunt terrena lucra et agunt propter amorem terreni lucri; et quia in istis sunt duae intentiones, idcirco redarguuntur a Domino dicente: Nemo potest duobus dominis servire [Mt 6:24], i. e. intentiones secundum Deum et secundum saeculum.

And there are others, who search the kingdom of God for the sake of worldly gain of. And there are many who search the kingdom of heavens for the sake of love of the kingdom of heavens and search earthly gain and act in accordance with the love of earthly gain. And because in these people there are two intentions, they are convicted by the Lord who says: No one can serve two lords, that is God and mammon [Mt 6:24], that is in accordance with God and in accordance with the world.

Nam de istis intentionibus [page 66] docet Beda dicens: Nemo potest duobus dominis servire, quia non valet simul transitoria et aeterna diligere; si enim aeternitatem diligimus, cuncta temporalia in usu, non in affectu possidemus. [Bede, Homiliae III, no. 14 In Dominica Decima Post Trinitatem, PL 94, col. 298B]

Bede teaches this about those intentions [page 66]: No one can serve two lords because one cannot simultaneously love the transitory and the eternal. If we love eternity, we make use of all temporal things without getting attached to them [Bede, Homiliae III, no. 14, In Dominica Decima Post Trinitatem].

Sequitur: constituenda est, i. e. ordinanda est, docenda est.

Next: 45We must found, that is: ‘we must arrange,’ ‘we must institute.’

Et bene dixit: a nobis, sed non a me, quia solus non erat, sed cum Deo erat et sensum omnium sanctorum describebat.

And he rightly said we and not ‘I’ because he was not alone, but he was with God and he was describing the thought of all the saints.

Sequitur: schola dominici servitii.

Next: 45a school for the Lord’s service.

Bene dixit divini servitii, quia est et alia schola humani servitii; magna enim differentia est inter scholam divini servitii et humani. In schola etenim humani servitii militant homines regi et discunt genera bellorum et genera venationum et omnia, quae ad honestatem cultus saeculi attinent, et intuentur qualicumque7 oculo illi aliquid, ob quod tollerant mala omnia, id est famem, tribulationem et caetera his similia

He rightly said for the Lord’s service because there is also another school, viz. for human service. There is a great difference between the school for divine service and the one for human service. For in the school for human service people fight for the king and learn the kinds of wars and the kinds of hunting and all the things that pertain to the honor of worldly education. They keep their carnal31 eye on this thing [namely respectability/honor] and they put up with all kinds of troubles, that is hunger, tribulation etc., for the sake of it.

Ita, econtrario isti in schola dominici servitii militant regi coelesti et discunt salutem animae suae, et intuentur oculo spiritali coelestem beatitudinem, ob quam sustinent tribulationes et omnia mala.

On the other hand, people in the school for the Lord’s service fight for the heavenly king and learn the salvation of their soul, and keep their spiritual eyes on celestial happiness, because of which they bear tribulations and all kinds of evil.

Unde quia non vident multi hanc beatitudinem, ideo revertuntur ad saeculum, et non possunt (propter Deum) sustinere aliquid mali. A schola enim derivatur scholasticus; nam quia sit scholasticus vel discolus, docet Beda in epistolam B. Petri apostoli, ubi ipse apostolus dicit: non tantum bonis et modestis, sed etiam discolis. [1 Pt 2:18]

Because not many people see this happiness, they turn to the world and are not able to bear any kind of evil for the sake of God. From school we derive the word ‘scholastic,’ for Bede teaches what a scholastic or ill-tempered person in the [commentary on] the letter of St. Peter the Apostle, where the Apostle himself says: not only to the good and modest, but also to the ill-tempered. [1 Pt 2:18]

Ait enim: discolis, indisciplinatis dicit nomine ducto a graeco eloquio, quia graece schola vocatur locus, in quo adolescentes literalibus studiis operam dare et audiendis magistris solent vacare; unde schola vacatio interpretatur.

He says ‘ill-tempered’ [discolus]. By this name, derived from the Greek language, he means ‘undisciplined’ because in Greek schola denotes the place in which the young men put their energy to the study of letters and are accustomed to being free for hearing their teachers. That is why schola is called vacatio [free time].

Denique in psalmo, ubi canimus: Vacate et videte, quoniam ego sum Deus, [Ps 45:11] pro eo, quod nos dicimus vacate, in graeco habetur σχολαζετε (scholazete). Scholastici graece sunt eruditi; discoli indocti et agrestes. Sed utrisque vult obedire subditos explicans apertius, quomodo nos supra omni humanae creaturae jusserit, esse subjectos.

Then, in the psalm where we sing: Be free and see that I am God [Ps 45:11] we have in Greek for what we call ‘be free’ [vacate]: σχολαζετε [scholazete]. Scholastici are in Greek the erudite, discoli are the unlearned and barbarous. But he [Peter] wants inferiors to obey to both kinds [of masters], explaining quite plainly how he has ordered us to be subject to the entire creation.32

Alia translatio (editio?) pro discolis difficiles habet, et S. antistes Fulgentius in opusculis suis sic ponit: servientes cum [page 67] timore non tantum bonis et modestis, sed etiam difficilioribus. [1Pt 2: 18]

Another version has ‘difficiles’ instead of ‘discolis.’ The bishop St. Fulgentius gives in his lesser works: serving with [page 67] fear, not only the good and modest, but also the more difficult. [1 Pt 2:18]33

Sequitur: 46In qua institutione nihil asperum, nihil grave nos constituturos speramus.

Next: 46In its design we hope we will establish nothing harsh, nothing oppressive.

In qua institutione, i. e. in qua schola, speramus, i. e. credimus. B. vero Benedicto nihil erat asperum nihilque grave, eo quod audierat illam sententiam Domini, in qua dixit: Venite ad me omnes, qui laboratis et onerati estis, et ego vos reficiam; tollite jugum meum super vos et discite a me, quia mitis sum et humilis corde, et invenietis requiem animabus vestris; jugum enim meum suave est, et onus meum leve. [Mt 11:28-30]

 In its design, that is: in that school; we hope, that is: we believe. For St. Benedict, however, nothing was harsh and nothing oppressive because he had heard the sentence of the Lord in which he said: Come unto me, all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you, and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you shall find rest unto your souls. For my yoke is easy and my burden is light. [Mt 11:28-30]

Et quamvis illi leve et suave erat, tamen sunt multi, quibus grave et asperum est, illis quippe, qui imperfecti sunt et minus mortificationem habent et non possunt dicere cum Paulo: Vivo autem jam non ego, vivit vero in me Christus. [Gal 2:20]

And even though it was light and easy for him, still there are many for whom it is harsh and oppressive, those, indeed, who are imperfect and have less mortification and are not able to say with Paul: I live, and yet, not I but Christ lives in me. [Gal 2:20]

Et quia mortificationem perfectam non habent et imperfecti sunt, cum aliquid adversitatis in monasterio vident, revertuntur ad saeculum et pereunt.

And because they do not have perfect mortification and are imperfect, when they see something burdensome in the monastery, they return to the world and perish.

Unde pater Benedictus quia cognovit, hos tales ita perire, ideo quasi consilium dando et admovendo praevenit eos dicens: 47Sed et si quid paululum restrictius dictante aequitatis ratione propter emendationem vitiorum vel conservationem caritatis processerit, 48non illico pavore perterritus refugias viam salutis, quae non est nisi angusto initio incipienda. 

Because Father Benedict knows that that such people perish in this manner, he, by way of giving advice and motivation, came to their help, telling them: 47But if, according to the reason that dictates fairness, there emerges something a little severe in the interest of amending sins or preserving love, 48do not at once be frightened by fear and flee the path of salvation, which can only be narrow at the start.

Ac si diceret: Nolite timere, quia nos non durum credimus exposituros esse; tamen si propter emendationem vitiorum vel conservationem caritatis fecerimus, nolite fugere, quia servitium Dei et haec disciplina in principio dura est et postmodum dulcis, sicut inferius subdit, cum dicit: processu et reliqua.

This is as if he were saying: ‘Do not fear, because we do not believe that we are about to expound [something] harsh. Still, if we will act in the interest of amending sins or preserving love, do not flee because the service to God and this discipline is harsh in the beginning and later sweet.’ He adds below: 49By progress etc.

Restrictius, i. e. durius.

A little severe: that is, ‘rather harsh.’

Dictante, i. e. suggerente, docente.

That dictates, that is, ‘advises,’ ‘teaches.’

Aequitatis, i. e. justitiae. Justitia enim est, unicuique jus proprium tribuere.

Of fairness, that is, ‘of justice.’ For justice is to allot to each and every person his proper right.

Ratione, i. e. sapientia.

Reason that is, ‘wisdom.’

 Et bene dixit ratione, i. e. sapientia justitiam esse, quia ex sapientia procedit justitia; et nisi quia sapiens fuerit, judicare non poterit. Reddit vero causam, quare ex ratione justitiae procedat aliquid durius, [page 68] cum subdit: propter emendationem vitiorum vel conservationem caritatis.

And he rightly said that justice comes from reason, that is, from wisdom, because justice proceeds out of wisdom. And unless [someone] is wise, he will not be able to judge. Why should something rather harsh proceed by reason of justice? [page 68] Benedict answers: in the interest of amending sins or preserving love.

Deus enim duobus modis loquitur homini, i. e. aut interdicit malum aut praecipit bonum agere; homo vero duobus modis peccat, i. e. aut peccat cum agit interdictum malum, i. e. prohibitum, aut certe cum negligit agere bonum praeceptum.

For God speaks to man in two ways, that is, he either forbids evil or teaches good behavior. But man sins in two ways, that is, he either sins when he does a forbidden evil, that is a prohibited [evil], or certainly when he neglect to do a good thing that was taught him.

Et quia homo duobus modis peccat, idcirco B. Benedictus duas rationes dixit, cum subdit: propter emendationem vitiorum vel conservationem caritatis; emendatio enim vitiorum attinet ad illos, qui ea agunt, quae Deus interdicit, hoc est prohibet.

And because man sins in two ways, St. Benedict gives two reasons when he says: in the interest of amending sins or preserving love. Amending of sins concerns those who do what God forbids, that is, prohibits.

Conservatio vero caritatis attinet ad illos, qui negligunt agere ea, quae Deus praecepit. Caritas enim in hoc loco pro omni bonitate ponitur.

Preserving love, however, concerns those who neglect to do what God teaches. Love is used here for any form of goodness.

Non illico, i. e. non statim.

Not at once, that is, ‘not immediately.’

Pavore, i. e, timore.

By fear, that is, ‘in dread.’

Perterritus, i. e. perturbatus sive timidus.

Frightened, that is, ‘disturbed’ or ‘fearful.’

Sequitur: quae non est nisi angusto initio incipienda.

Next: 48which can only be narrow at the start.

Meminerat enim B. Benedictus illud scriptum, in quo Dominus dixit: Contendite intrare per angustam portam. [Lc 13: 24]

St. Benedict bore in mind that piece scripture in which the Lord said: Hurry to enter through the narrow gate. [Lc 13:24]

Per augustam portam in aulam salutis intratur, quia per labores necesse est, ut jejunio saeculi fallentis illecebra vincatur.

People enter through the narrow gate into the court of salvation, because it is necessary that the allurement of the failing world be conquered through fasting.

Et bene dixit: Contendite intrare, quia nisi mentis contentio ferveat, unda mundi non vincitur, per quam anima semper ad ima revocatur, quia multi, dico vobis, quaerunt intrare et non possunt, quaerunt intrare salutis amore provocati, et non possunt itineris asperitate deterriti.

And he rightly said: Hurry to enter, because unless the zeal of the mind glows, the flood [unda] of the world through which the soul is always dragged into the deep is not overcome, because many, I tell you, seek to enter and are not able to.

Quaerunt hoc ambitione praemiorum, a quo mox laborum timore refugiunt, non quia jugum Domini asperum, aut onus est grave, sed quia nolunt discere ab eo, quoniam mitis est et humilis corde, ut inveniant requiem animabus suis, [cf. Mt 11:29] eoque fit angusta porta, qua intratur ad vitam. Quam lata porta, et spatiosa via est, quae ducit ad perditionem, et multi sunt, qui intrant per eam! Quam angusta porta, et arcta via est, quae ducit ad vitam et pauci sunt, qui inveniunt eam! [Mt 7:13-14]

They seek to enter, incited by the love of salvation and deterred by the harshness of the journey are not able. What they seek in their strong desire for rewards, they soon flee in fear of struggles, not because the Lord’s yoke is harsh or his burden oppressive, but because they do not want to learn from him – because he is meek and humble in heart – so that they should find rest for their souls [cf. Mt 11:29] and the gate, through which one enters into life, is made narrow for this reason. How wide is the gate, and how spacious the road which leads to destruction, and there are many who enter through it. How narrow is the gate and confined the road which leads to life, and there are few who find it! [Mt 7:13-14]

Dixi [dixit?]: quae non est nisi angusto initio incipienda.

He said34 which can only be narrow at the start.

In illo loco Dominus secundum quosdam angustam portam dixit subtililatem fidei et abrenunciationem veteris Adae; hanc enim angustam portam, in quantum ad subtilitatem fidei attinet, non intrant haeretici, et in quantum ad abrenunciationem [page 69] veteris Adae attinet, non intrant carnales, qui fidem habent.

According to some people, in that place the Lord called the narrow gate the ‘simplicity [subtilitas] of faith’ and the renunciation of old Adam, for the heretics do not enter through this narrow gate, in as much as it refers to the simplicity of faith. And in as much as it refers to the renunciation [page 69] of old Adam, it is not entered by the people who have faith but live according to the flesh.

In illo enim loco Dominus generaliter omnes alloquitur, et omnibus congruit generaliter; et si omnes generaliter Dominus alloquitur, et omnibus generaliter congruit, quanto magis monachis congruit, qui sunt abrenunciatores saeculi?

In this place the Lord generally addresses all and it generally applies to all. And if the Lord generally addresses all and it generally applies to all, how much more does it apply to monks, who renounce the world?

Sed in hoc loco angusto initio intelligitur abrenunciatio propriarum voluntatum; valde enim angustum est his, qui per multos annos in suis propriis voluntatibus vixerunt, et si postmodum se alterius dominationi et potestati subdant non facientes suas voluntates.

By narrow at the start we understand here the renunciation of our own wills. This is very narrow for those who have lived by their own will for many years, even if they afterwards subject themselves to the domination and power of someone else by not following their own wills.

Hos tales hortatur B. Benedictus, cum subdit: 49Processu vero conversationis et fidei dilatato corde inenarrabili dilectionis dulcedine curritur via mandatorum Dei.

St. Benedict encourages such people, when he adds: 49By progress in monastic life and faith, with hearts expanded in love’s indescribable sweetness, we run along the path of God’s commands.

Verbi gratia, cum videt quis aliquem per arctum et arduum iter gradientem timendo, hortatur illum, ut cum fiducia vadat, dicens: ‘Cur times, frater, ire, cum, postquam de isto malo itinere exieris, statim ad requiem vadis et ad delectabile iter?’

For example, when someone sees another going in fear on a confined and steep course, he encourages him to go with trust, saying: ‘Why do you fear, brother, to go, when after you leave that bad course, you [will] at once go to peace and to a pleasant journey?’

Ita B. Benedictus facit, cum dicit: Processu conversationis et fidei dilatato corde inenarrabili dilectionis dulcedine curritur via mandatorum Dei, ac si diceret illis: ‘Cur timetis, fratres, cum angustum initium videtis, cum postmodum cum magna dulcedine viam mandatorum adimplebitis?’

This is what St. Benedict does when he says: By progress in monastic life and faith, with hearts expanded in love’s indescribable sweetness, we run along the path of God’s commands, as if he were telling them: ‘Why do you fear, brothers, when you see the narrow start, when after this you will fill the road of the commands with great sweetness?’

In hoc enim loco, ubi dicit fidei, subaudiendum est processu, ut sit: processu fidei. Processu autem conversationis attinet ad augmentationem dierum, ex quo quis convertitur, i. e. a quo coepit conversari, fidei vero attinet ad illam fidem, quae cognitione et actione operatur, de qua Dominus in Evangelio dicit: Qui autem crediderit et baptisatus fuerit, salvus erit. [Mc 16:16]

At this point, when he says in faith we must understand by progress so that it says by progress in faith. The phrase by progress in monastic life refers to the increase of days, from the day on which someone converts [to the monastic life], that is from the day when he begins to live monastically. In faith, however, refers to that faith which operates by knowledge and action. The Lord says about it in the gospel: He who will believe and be baptized will be saved. [Mc 16:16]

Et Paulus dicit: Omnem plenitudinem fidei. [Eph 3:19] Vita enim beata duobus modis constat.

And Paul says: The whole fullness of faith. [Eph 3:19] For the blessed life [vita beata] exists in two ways.

Et bene dixit: processu fidei, i. e. augmentatione fidei, quia fides, quae cognitione et actione constat, gradus habet, i. e. initium et processum, hoc est augmentationem atque consummationem. Initium fidei est, ut est illud: Credo Domine, adjuva incredulitatem meam. [Mc 9:23] Vide modo, quia tam parvam fidem habebat, ut eam non fidem, sed incredulitatem nominaret. Augmentatio fidei est, ut illud: Domine, adauge nobis fidem. [Luke 17:5]

And he rightly said: by progress in faith that is ‘by increase of faith,’ because faith that consists of knowledge and action has degrees, that is, a beginning and a progression, that is increase and fulfillment. The beginning of faith is like this: I believe, Lord, help my unbelief. [Mc 9:23] Now see that he had such small faith, that he did not call it faith, but unbelief. Increase of faith is expressed in Lord, increase our faith. [Lc 17:5]

De hoc enim loco [page 70] ita exponit Beda dicens: Et dixerunt Apostoli: Domine adauge nobis fidem. [Lc 17:5] Dixerat supra Dominus: Qui fidelis est in minimo, et in majore fidelis est; [Lc 16:10] et si in alieno fideles non fuistis, quod vestrum est, quis dabit vobis? [Lc 16:12]

Bede explains this place in this way: The Apostles said: Lord, increase our faith. The Lord had said earlier: He who is faithful in that which is a lesser thing is also faithful in a greater one [Lc 16:10]; and if you have not been faithful in that which is another man’s, who shall give you what is yours? [Lc 16:12]

Et ideo apostoli, qui in alieno ac minimo, hoc est in terrenorum contemptu jam fuere fideles, in suo sibi ac majore fidem postulant augeri; nemo enim repente fit summus, sed in bona conversatione a minimis quisque inchoat, ut ad magna perveniat. Alia namque sunt virtutis exordia, aliud profectus, aliud perfectio, quam magnopere apostoli quaerentes ajunt: Domine adauge nobis fidem. [Beda, In Lucae Evangelium expositio V, 17:5, CCSL 120, p. 309]

The Apostles who were faithful in that which is another man’s and in what is lesser, that is in contempt of earthly things, asked that for them also faithfulness be increased in what their own and is greater. For no one suddenly becomes the best, but begins in a good monastic form of life [conversatio] from the smallest beginnings in order to arrive at the great things. Some things are beginnings of virtue, another thing is progress, and yet another is perfection, which the Apostles, who strove for it greatly, meant when they said: Lord increase our faith. [Bede, In Lucae Evangelium expositio V, 17:5]

Vide modo, quia apostoli fidem habebant, eo quod apostoli erant et tamen augmentationem fidei quaerebant, ut perfectam fidem haberent. Consummatio fidei est, ut est illud: Si habueritis fidem sicut granum sinapis, dicetis monti, ut transferatur in mare, et fiet vobis. [Mt 17:20]

Now look: the Apostles had faith because they were Apostles and yet were seeking to increase their faith to perfection. The perfection of faith is like this: If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed, you will say unto to the mountain that it should move itself into the sea and it will be done for you. [Mt 17:20]

Idcirco fides grano sinapis comparatur, quia sicut granum sinapis, cum integrum fuerit, minimum et vilius est omnibus oleribus, ita et fides, cum integra est, id est sine tribulatione, videtur esse vilis et minima, sed cum passionibus coepit conteri, statim fragrantiam sui odoris emittit, quae superat omnem fidem.

Faith is compared to a mustard seed because just as a mustard seed, when it is whole, is very small and cheaper than all herbs, so also when faith is whole, that is, without tribulation, it seems to be cheap and very small, but when it begins to be crushed (by pressure), it immediately sends out the fragrance of its smell that surpasses every faith.

Processu enim multis modis dicitur; dicitur enim processu temporis, quia dies succedit diei et mensis mensi et annus anno.

For by progress is used in many ways: it means the ‘by progress in time’ because a day follows a day and a month a month and a year a year.

Processu corporis est, cum de loco ad locum movetur. De hoc enim loco ita exponit Beda dicens, ait enim: Nam est et altera fides verbotenus, id est sine operibus, qua daemones credunt, sicut scriptum est: Daemones credunt et contremiscunt; qua etiam fide credunt mali homines, de qua fide Jacobus dicit: Fides sine operibus mortua est. [Iac 2:19-20] [source not identified]

By progress refers to the body, when it is moved from place to place. Bede explains about this place when he says: For there is another so-called ‘faith,’ that is, one without works, in which the demons believe, just as it is written: Demons believe and are saddened. Even the evil people believe with this faith. James says about it: Faith without works is dead [Iac 2:19-20]. [source not identified]

Nunc videndum est, quid sit dilatatio cordis.

We should now ask what is the hearts expanded.

Dilatatio cordis est, cum quis transcendit semetipsum, transcendit aerem, transcendit coelum, transcendit etiam angelos, et, figit oculum cordis in Deo et videt ibi omnem bonitatem, omnem suavitatem atque omnem dulcedinem, et adeo est [page 71] illi ista dulcedo delectabilis et suavis atque concupiscibilis, ut nihil aliud quam illam desideret dulcedinem.

The heart expands when someone transcends himself, transcends the air, heaven, even the angels, and attaches the eye of his heart to God and sees there all goodness, delight and sweetness. [page 71] His sweetness is so enjoyable, sweet, and desirable, that he desires nothing but that sweetness.

Et quod concupiscibilis sit ista dulcedo, manifestat B. Benedictus, cum subsecutus est dicens: via mandatorum Dei curritur.

St. Benedict shows that this sweetness is desirable, when he subsequently says: we run along the path of God’s commandment.

Bene dixit curritur, et non graditur, quia, sicut diximus, semper ad illam dulcedinem recurrit, qui de illa gustavit, quamvis etiam praeoccupatus sit in aliquibus rebus. Hoc enim desiderabat David, cum dixit: Unam petii a Domino, hanc requiram. [Ps 26:4]

He rightly said we run and not ‘we go,’ because, as we said, he who has tasted from that delight, always runs back to it, even though he may be busy with some [other] things. David desired this when he said: One thing have I asked of the Lord, that I will seek after. [Ps 26:4]

Vide modo, quia virtus gradus habet. B. Benedictus primitus dixit angusto initio, deinde dilatato corde subjunxit, postmodum dixit inenarrabili dilectionis dulcedine.

Now you must know that there are degrees in virtue. St. Benedict first said narrow at the start, then he added with hearts expanded and after that he said in love’s indescribable sweetness.

Quid dicendum est de his, qui in eadem angustia perseverant, qua coeperunt, verbi gratia, si durum fuit illis vigiliae, jejunium etc., durum et grave est illis semper? isti tales, quamvis videantur jugum Domini ferre corpore, tamen mente excussum habent; dolendum est.

What should we say about those who continue in the same narrowness with which they begun, e.g., if their vigils, fasting, etc. are always hard and onerous for them? Such people, even though they seem to carry the Lord’s yoke with their body, have damage [excussus] to their mind – this is regrettable.

Aut, quid dicendum est de his, quorum angustia augmentationem capit, i. e. si uno loco primis quamvis graviter contenti sunt, postmodum per loca discurrunt diversa, et si primitus graviter et dure fecit obedientiam, postmodum superbiendo noluit implere, et reliqua; valde dolendum est.

Or what should we say about those whose narrowness hinders their growth, that is, if they were first confined strictly to one place, but after that they run about through various places? And if [someone] first was obedient, with difficulty and trouble, and after that, in his arrogance, he did not want to comply, etc. This is very regrettable.

Nam sunt nonnulli, quibus quamvis gravis fuit obedientia, aut vigilia, et caetera, in initio conversionis, tamen per consuetudinem sit illis leve, i. e. per consuetudinem et amorem Christi.

For there are some people for whom, although obedience or vigils etc. at the beginning of the monastic life have been hard, still it is easy for them through habit, that is through the habit and love of Christ.

Sequitur: 50ut ab ipsius magisterio nunquam discedentes.

Next: 50so that, never turning away from his instruction.

Ab ipsius, subaudiendum est Dei sive institutionis; discedentes, id est recedentes; magisterio i. e. disciplina.

We have to understand this from his [instruction] as ‘God’s instruction’ or ‘the rule’s instruction’; turning away is ‘withdrawing from’; instruction is ‘discipline.’

Sequitur: 50In ejus doctrina usque ad mortem in monasterio perseverantes passionibus Christi per patientiam participemur, ut regni ejus mereamur esse consortes. In ejus, subaudiendum est Dei sive institutionis.

Next: 51persevering in his doctrine in the monastery until death, through patience we may share the sufferings of Christ and also deserve to be sharers in his kingdom.

Monasterium autem graecum est; mona enim graece latine unus sive solus, sterium graece latine statio interpretatur. Monasterium [page 72] itaque intelligitur: unius hominis statio.

We must understand in his as ‘God’s’ or ‘the rule’s.’ Monastery is Greek. The Greek ‘mona’ in Latin means ‘one’ or ‘alone,’ the Greek ‘sterium’ is translated in Latin as ‘place.’ Monastery, [page 72] then, means: ‘the place of one person.’

Ubi animadvertere debemus, quia sunt multi in monasterio, et tamen foris monasterium sunt, eo quod si videantur corpore jugum Domini ferre, tamen mente et corde excussum habent, quia, quamvis corpore propter timorem flagelli aut excommunicationis aliquid obedire videntur, tamen mente non obediunt.

We have to notice here that there are many in a monastery, and yet they are outside the monastery because if they seem to bear the Lord’s yoke with the body, they have damage [excussus] to their mind and heart because, although they seem to obey to something out of fear of the whip or excommunication, they do not obey with their mind.

Et sunt multi, qui, quamvis de monasterio exeant corpore; tamen mente et corde in monasterio sunt, eo quod aut ad meliorem conversationem vadunt vel similem, aut causa obedientiae. Isti tales plus sunt in monasterio, qui mente sunt in monasterio et non corpore, quam illi, qui corpore videntur et non sunt mente.

And there are many who, even though they leave the monastery with the body, are in mind and heart in the monastery, either because they go to a better or similar monastic life [conversatio], or because of obedience. Those people who are in mind in the monastery and not in body are more in the monastery than those who seem [to be in the monastery] in body and are not in mind.

Et bene dixit passionibus Christi per patientiam participemur, ut regni ejus mereamur esse consortes, quia nullus erit compos regni coelestis, qui non fuerit particeps passionum Christi.

And St. Benedict rightly said: through patience we may share the sufferings of Christ and also deserve to be sharers in his kingdom, because there will be no sharer in the heavenly kingdom, who will not be a sharer in Christ’s sufferings.

Animadvertendum est, quia hoc, quod B. Benedictus dixit: passionibus Christi per patientiam participentur, ut regni ejus mereamur esse consortes, Paulus brevi eloquio exponit, cum dicit: Si fuerimus socii passionum, simul et consolationis erimus. [2 Cor 1:7]

We need to notice that what St. Benedict said, namely through patience we may share the sufferings of Christ and also deserve to be sharers in his kingdom, is also put forward by Paul in the brief phrase: If we will be sharers of sufferings, we will simultaneously also be [sharers] of consolation [2 Cor 1:7].

Vide modo, quod H. Benedictus dixit: passionibus Christi per patientiam participemur, Paulus dicit: si fuerimus socii passionum; [2 Cor 1:7] et quod ille dixit: ut regni ejus mereamur esse consortes, Paulus dicit: et consolationis erimus. [cf. 2 Cor 1:7]

Now see: what St. Benedict calls through patience we may share the sufferings of Christ Paul calls: if we will be sharer of sufferings. And what Benedict calls we may deserve to be sharers in his kingdom, Paul calls: and we will also be [sharers] of consolation.

Prologus est praelocutio; praelocutio est, in qua doctor manifestat, qua ratione librum scripsit. Notandum est enim, quia pars praelocutionis fuit illa, in qua suo auditori dixerat Ausculta, o fili, praecepta ei reliqua.

A prologue is a foreword. A foreword is that in which a learned man shows why he has written the book. We have to notice that a part of the foreword was that in which he had said to the listener: Listen, o son, to the teachings etc.

Nunc autem, quia decreverat ille suus auditor esse, abrenuntians omnibus suis facultatibus, rectum ordinem tenuit, cum post illam admonitionem dicit de generibus vel vita monachorum, quasi diceret: Quia jam decrevisti meus auditor esse, ideo manifesto tibi, quot et quae sunt genera monachorum, deinde ad quod genus te praedicando traho; ideo subjunxit in fine: His ergo omissis ad coenobitarum, fortissimum, genus disponendum (et reliq.) adjuvante Domino veniamus. [Regula Benedicti, c. 1.13]

But now that [the young monk] had decided to be his listener, renouncing all his powers, [Benedict] held the right order when he speaks after that admonition about the kinds or the life of monks, as if he were saying: ‘Since you have decided to be my listener, I show you how many kinds of monks there are and what characterizes them, then to what kind I draw you with preaching. At the end he adds: Therefore, leaving them aside, with God’s help let us proceed to specifications for a very strong kind of monk, the cenobites. [Regula Benedicti, c. 1.13]


1. Citation identified by James LePree.
2. Eph 6:13: accipite armaturam Dei ut possitis resistere in die malo et omnibus perfectis stare.
3. Cf Cod. Karlsruhe Aug. 203 fol. 37r l.8.
4. Dixisset – Karlsruhe Aug 203 f.38r. 5. poterant dicere pericula] Cod Karslruhe Aug 203 f.39 r: poterant \se gloriari/ de periculis
6. (Vers. 24.) Et respondit ei in via virtutis suae. Quam bene duobus verbis expressum est quid sit religio Christiana! id est, via virtutis, quam in doloribus quidem gradimur, in tribulationibus commeamus; sed haec omnia in Christi nomine cum spe maxima sustinemus. Huic igitur virtuti, quam Christus Dominus praedicavit, sanctorum congregatio devota respondet. Nam cum ille vocet ad bonam vitam, ipse illi respondere cognoscitur, qui imperiis eius obsequens esse monstratur. Quapropter respondetur illi non lingua, sed vita; non voce, sed fide; non clamore, sed corde. Quae omnia ad Ecclesiam catholicam pertinere manifestum est.
7. Cod Karlsruhe Aug 203 fol. 47r corrects ‘qualicumque’ with ‘carnali’, which makes better sense.

1. Effectum, id est consummationem capienter – this passage requires further investigation. The Latin capienter is very unusual and may be an erroneous transcription. The MS Karlsruhe Aug 203 confirms the version of the Mittermüller-edtion.
2. The Mittermüller-edtion gives dixi, MS Karlsruhe 203 give the more likely word dixit.
3. The text gives: vel utatur isto sermone. It seems that Hildemar wanted to say: vel quo sensu utatur iste sermo. In line with the Mittermüller-edtion, but also expressing confusion concerning this passage, MS Karlsruhe, Badische Landesbibliothek, Cod. Aug. 203 f.8v l.2-3 gives: uel quis uitetur \hoc utitur/ sermone.
4. Both the Mittermüller-edtion and Ms Karlsruhe Aug. 203 f.9v give nuditas. The meaning of physical nakedness makes little sense here. Instead, we can adopt the meaning given in Niermeyer’s Mediae Latinitatis Lexicon Minus, p.724 of privation, hardship.
5. Beda, Expositio Actuum Apostolorum, 4: Christus enim a chrismate, id est ab unctione, nomen accepit, iuxta quod dicitur: Unxit te deus, deus tuus, oleo laetitiae, id est spiritu sancto
6. The Latin (Mittermüller-edtion and MS Karlsruhe Aug 203 f.13v) gives quis, I translate as if Hildemar says qui.
7. I follow the conjecture suggested in the Mittermüller-edition, to read illum instead of illos.
8. Literally: but that very being, that is his, is good and great and perfect.
9. I follow the suggestion of the Mitterlmüller-edition to read Deum for Deus.
10. A slightly simplified translation of: Unde Salomon dicit: tempus tacendi et tempus loquendi, tempus jejunandi et tempus manducandi etc., quia, cum pro aliqua accidentia non possunt in ostensione operis fieri, quamvis pro his faciendis si in corde voluntas fuerit legendi aut jejunandi, tamen non dicitur lectio vel jejunium, sed tantum bona voluntas.
11. Following the conjecture in the Mittermüller-edition, I read for Deus Deum.
12. I follow the conjecture in the Mittermüller-edtion, taking instead of ignem perpetuum, ignis perpetuus.
13. As in the previous note, I follow the suggestion of the editor to read pestiferae for pestiferas.
14. Uncertain reference. This citation does not occur in Gregory’s Moralia.
15. Lat.: In futura vero vita dies boni sunt, eo quod ibi illa, vita, fruuntur, quae [qui] dicit: Ego sum via.
16. Following the suggestion in the Mittermueller-edition to read postmodum instead of post bonum.
17. Hildemar gives nobiscum, which I take as nobis.
18. Following MS Karlsruhe Aug. 203, f.29r that gives raro, against Mittermüller who gives caro.
19. Translating liberari with a sense of purpose.
20. The Latin edition lacks a non that is required for this passage in order to make sense. Ms Karslruhe Aug.203 gives this passage in a much shortened version.
21. Allusion to Ez 1:25.
22. The source of the quotation is not traceable in the PL. A similar reference to Augustine later occurs in Atto of Vercelli [10th century].
23. Cod. Dionens. ex Marten (Mittermüller).
24. I follow the Latin of MS Karlsruhe Aug. 302, f31v, l.7-8: sed scriptura divina solet aliquid spiritaliter designare per rem quem \solet/ omnium facere consuetudo.
25. Translating in regno as it is given in Mittermueller, not in regnum as it is given in Codex Sangallensis 914.
26. Hildemar uses fastidialis, which is not given in Lewis & Short or in Du Cange. I take it as fastidiosus, -a, um.
27. Reading homine instead of nomine.
28. Unidentified source.
29. Source not identified.
30. poterant dicere pericula] Cod Karslruhe Aug 203 f.39 r: poterant \se gloriari/ de periculis – I follow the emendation in Karlsruhe Aug 203.
31. Following the emendation in codex Karlsruhe Aug 203 f.47r of carnali instead of qualicumque, as it seems to make more sense in this [corrupted?] sentence.
32. Allusion to 1 Pt 2:13: subiecti estote omni humanae creaturae propter Dominum sive regi quasi praecellenti sive ducibus etc. NB the supra in the Latin text seems misplaced. I have ignored it.
33. Quoted from Bede, Super epistolas Catholicas, IN PRIMAM EPISTOLAM PETRI (PL 93 0047A) CAPUT II: Dyscolis, indisciplinatis dicit, nomine ducto a Graeco eloquio. Quia Graece schola vocatur locus in quo adolescentes litteralibus studiis operam dare, et audiendis magistris vacare solent; unde schola vacatio interpretatur. Denique in psalmo ubi canimus: Vacate, et videte quoniam ego sum Deus (Psal. XLV) , pro eo quod nos dicimus vacate, in Graeco habetur σχολάζετε. (0054A) Scholastici Graece sunt eruditi, dyscoli indocti et agrestes. Sed utrisque vult obedire subditos, explicans apertius quomodo nos supra omni humanae creaturae iusserit esse subiectos. Alia Translatio, pro dyscolis, difficiles habet. Et sanctus antistes Fulgentius in opusculis suis sic ponit: « Servientes cum timore non tantum bonis et modestis, sed etiam difficilioribus. »
34. Making the conjecture that the original text gives ‘dixit’ instead of ‘dixi.’


Cap. I
INCIPIT REGULA S. BENEDICTI
DE QUATUOR GENERIBUS VEL VITA MONACHORUM

[Ms P, fol. 19rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 52r; Ms E1, fol. 25r; Ms E2, fol. 32r]


Ch. 1
HERE BEGINS THE RULE OF SAINT BENEDICT
THE FOUR KINDS OF MONKS AND THEIR LIVES


Translated by: Albrecht Diem

1 Monachorum quatuor esse genera manifestum est. 2Primum est1 coenobitarum, hoc est monasteriale, militans sub regula vel abbate. 3Deinde secundum genus est anachoretarum, id est eremitarum, horum, qui non conversionis fervore novitio sed monasterii probatione diuturna 4didicerunt2 contra diabolum multorum solatio jam docti pugnare.

1It is clear that there are four kinds of monks. 2First are the cenobites, those in a monastery serving (like soldiers) under a rule and/or an abbot. 3The second kind are anchorites, that is, hermits, those no longer fresh in the fervor of monastic life but long tested in a monastery 4who have learned, by now schooled with the help of many, to fight against the devil.

Apte enim et congrue fuit, ut descripturus vitam et normam monachorum prius diceret de generibus vel ordinibus eorum, quatenus per genus cognosceretur auctor uniuscujusque vitae, quia eo verius et securius unaquaeque ars vel disciplina tenetur, quo auctor ejus ad probabilem fidem venisse comprobatur, veluti quis cum aliquod aedificium aedificare voluerit, primitus fundamentum ponit. Ita B. Benedictus in hoc loco facere cognoscitur, cum prius de generibus monachorum dixit.

It was appropriate and suitable that Benedict first spoke about the kinds and ranks of monks in order to describe their life and their standard, and to what extent one can recognize the founder of each way of life, because one performs a skill or a discipline more truthfully and steadfastly if its founder is known to have come to a credible faith, just as when someone wanted to build some kind of building he first places the foundation. We can see that Benedict did this here, when he first spoke about the kinds of monks.

Coenobitae enim intelliguntur communiter viventes. Coenobitae enim sumpserunt initium a primitiva ecclesia Jerosolymis constituta. Narrat enim historia actuum apostolorum, quia uno die credebant tria millia et alio die quinque millia, et quotquot erant possessores agrorum, vendebant praedia sua et pretia eorum ponebant ante pedes apostolorum, et apostoli tribuebant unicuique, ut opus erat. [cf. Act 4:1-35] Et sic vivebat tunc omnis illa ecclesia, sicut perpauci nunc inveniuntur vivere in monasteriis. Sed post excessum, id est obitum apostolorum coepit illa ecclesia tepescere, et non solum praelati, verum etiam subjecti, eo quod apostoli concesserant gentibus, retinendo substantiam suam ad fidem venire. Nam quod apostoli concesserant gentibus pro infirmitate, illa ecclesia putabat etiam sibi licitum esse. Et unde hoc probatur, quia apostoli concesserant gentibus, habere substantiam suam et sic venire ad fidem.

We understand as cenobites those who live in communities. Cenobites have their origins in the primitive Church founded in Jerusalem. The story of the Acts of the Apostles tells that on one day three thousand people came to faith and on another day five thousand. Those who owned fields sold their estates and placed the money at the feet of the Apostles, who gave everyone what was needed. [cf. Act 4:1-35] And the entire Church lived at that time in the same way as today only a few live in monasteries. But after the passing, that is, the death of the Apostles this Church began to grow lukewarm, not only the leaders but also the followers, because the Apostles had allowed the gentiles to come to faith while keeping their possessions. Because what the Apostles had allowed to the gentiles due to their weakness, this Church now considered legitimate for itself as well. It became thus commendable, because the Apostles had given the gentiles permission to keep their possessions and to come to faith in such a way.

Legitur in Actibus apostolorum: Cum praedicarent apostoli Antiochiae, surrexerunt falsi apostoli adversum veraces apostolos dicentes: 'Quare non circumciduntur gentes, cum ad fidem [page 74] veniunt?' [cf. Act 15-16] Illi vero miserunt Paulum et Barnabam Jerosolymam ad apostolos super hac quaestione. Similiter illi falsi apostoli miserunt suos missos ad apostolos, qui Jerosolymis erant. Qui Apostoli convenerunt in unum, et ait Petrus ad falsos apostolos: 'Cur imponitis hoc jugum super nos, quod non potuerunt portare patres nostri neque nos? Sed per gratiam Domini Jesu Christi credimus salvari, quemadmodum et illi'. [cf. Act 15:10-11] Ait autem gentibus: 'Nos enim non imponimus super vos nisi tantum, ut abstineatis vos a fornicatione, a sanguine et suffocato'. [cf. Act 15:20].

We can read in the Acts of the Apostles that when the Apostles preached in Antioch, false apostles stood up against the true Apostles and said: 'Why do the gentiles not get circumcised when they come to faith?' [cf. Act 15-16] [page 74] In fact they sent Paul and Barnabas with this question to the Apostles in Jerusalem. Likewise those false apostles sent their envoys to the Apostles who were in Jerusalem. When they came together, Peter spoke to the false apostles: 'Why do you impose this yoke upon us, which neither our fathers nor we could bear? But we believe ourselves saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, just as they do.' [cf. Act 15:10-11] And he spoke to the gentiles: 'We do not impose anything upon you except that you abstain from fornication, from bloodshed and from murder.' [cf. Act 15:20]

In hoc enim loco claret, quia cum substantia sua venerunt gentes ad fidem. Et quamquam tepuerat ecclesia, sicut diximus, tamen erant in illa ecclesia, in quibus erat fervor apostolicus, meminentes ordinis et vitae, qualiter apostoli vixerant. Qui videntes hunc teporem, exibant a consortio illorum et ibant in suburbana et secretiora loca, et prout recordbantur, ea, quae apostoli docuerant, exercebant, et ita ortum est genus coenobitarum, et permansit hoc genus solum multis annis, et adeo permansit multis annis, ut solum usque ad tempus Pauli et Antonii duraret. [cf. Cassian, Collationes XVIII, c. 5, SC 64, pp. 14-16]

This passage makes clear that the gentiles came to faith with their possessions. And, as we have said, although the Church had grown lukewarm, there were still in this Church people who retained the zeal of the Apostles and remembered the rules and the lives that the Apostles had lived.1 When they saw this tepidity, they left their company and went to the outskirts and secret places, and they performed from memory what the Apostles had taught. And this is the origin of the cenobites. For many years they were the only kind of monks – for a period that lasted until the time of Paul and Antony. [cf. Cassian, Collationes XVIII, c. 5, SC 64, pp. 14-16]

Sed sicut solet ex radice bona fructus bonus procedere, ita ex hac sancta radice bonus fructus processit, id est aliud genus monachorum, id est eremitarum, quorum auctores fuerunt in veteri testamento Elias et Elisaeus, in novo testamento Joannes Baptista, Paulus et Antonius.[cf. Cassian, Collationes VIII, c. 6, SC 64, pp. 16-17]

A good root bears good fruit and the good fruit from this holy root was another kind of monks, the hermits whose founders were Elias and Elisha in the Old Testament, John the Baptist in the New Testament and Paul [of Thebes] and Anthony. [cf. Cassian, Collationes VIII, c. 6, SC 64, pp. 16-17]

Deinde cum religio christiana gauderet his duobus generibus monachorum, ortum est tertium genus Sarabaitarum, quod lingua syriaca dicitur, latine interpretatur renuitarum, eo quod aliorum imperia vel voluntates implere renuunt et suas volunt facere. Quorum auctores fuerunt Ananias et Saphira, qui tempore apostolorum, cum vendidissent possessiones suas, causa diffidentiae fraudaverunt de pretio agri et partem posuerunt ante pedes apostolorum. Quos Petrus, quia radicitus voluit amputare hoc vitium, non carcere, non aliqua sententia, sed solummodo celeri morte plexit. id est condemnavit. [cf. Act 5:1-10]

Then, while the Christian faith rejoiced at these two kinds of monks, a third one emerged, the sarabaites, as they were called in the Syrian language. In Latin we call them 'refusers', because they refuse to fulfill the orders or the will of others and fulfill only their own will. Their founders were Ananias and Sapphira, who in the time of the Apostles out of distrust cheated over the price of a field when they sold their possessions and placed only part of the money at the feet of the Apostles. Because he wanted to cut off this vice at its root, Peter did not punish, that is, pronounce imprisonment or any other sentence, but punished them with no more than sudden death.

Ubi animadvertere debemus: si illi, qui sua detinuerunt, tali poena mulctati sunt, quali poena mulctandi sunt illi, qui [page 75] aliena vel oblata Deo rapiunt? Nam si talis fuisset tempore apostolorum, quali poena plexus esset?[cf. Cassian, Collationes XVIII, c. 7, SC 64, pp. 18-19]

Therefore we have to consider that if those who kept their possessions are treated with such a punishment, what punishment will they face who [page 75] rob belongings from another or those given to God? For, if a person who steals from God had existed in the time of the Apostles, what kind of punishment would he have faced? [cf. Cassian, Collationes XVIII, c. 7, SC 64, pp. 18-19]

Gyrovagi dicuntur, eo quod in giro vadunt, id est per diversas provincias. Horum auctores non facile reperiuntur. Nam est etiam aliud genus monachorum, sicut Cassianus dicit; ait enim: 'Est etiam quintum genus monachorum, quod nuper surrexit, qui paucis diebus habitant in monasteriis, sed quia nolunt vitia sua resecare, cellas secretiores ad similitudinem anachoretarum expetunt'. [cf. Cassian, Collationes XVIII, c. 8, SC 94, pp. 21-22 and Isidore, De ecclesiasticis officiis II, c. 16(15).5, CCSL 113, pp. 75-76]

Gyrovagues have their name because they walk in circles (in giro). That means they wander through different provinces. Their founders cannot be easily traced because there is also another kind of monks that Cassian says is a fifth kind of monks that emerged recently. They live only a few days in monasteries but since they do not want to cut off their vices, they ask for separate cells in the way the anchorites do. [cf. Cassian, Collationes XVIII, c. 8, SC 64, pp. 21-22 and Isidore, De ecclesiasticis officiis II, c. 16(15).5, CCSL 113, pp. 75-76]

Hi tales, quia videntur formam sanctitatis habere, idcirco non redarguuntur, et quia non redarguuntur, ideo remanent eorum vitia incurata; nam virtutes non ex occultatione vitiorum, sed ex impuguatione oriuntur.

Because they appear to be holy, no one criticizes them, and because they are not criticized their vices remain untreated because virtues do not come of hiding vices but attacking them.

Sequitur: 2Primum genus3 est coenobitarum, hoc est monasteriale.

Next: 2First are the cenobites, those in a monastery.

Inter coenobium et monasterium hoc interest: coenobium attinet ad professionem et disciplinam atque locum, monasterium vero attinet solummodo ad locum. Tamen abusive pro coenobio ponitur monasterium, et coenobium pro monasterio similiter ponitur. Et cum dixit coenobitarum, subjunxit monasteriale. Per illud monasteriale manifestavit locum, in quo coenobium est.

The difference between a coenobium and a monasterium is as follows: coenobium refers to the profession, to the discipline and to the place, while monasterium only refers to the place. Even though it is incorrect, people use monasterium for coenobium and, likewise, coenobium for monasterium. And when he talked about 'cenobitical', he implied 'monastic' because 'monastic' refers to the place where the coenobium is located.

Sequitur: militans sub regula vel abbate.

Next: serving under the rule and/or (vel) the abbot.

Per istud militans ostendit B. Benedictus, laborem esse in monasterio, eo quod istud nomen, quod est militans, ad laborem et certamen attinet.

By using militans (serving) the Blessed Benedict makes clear that there is exertion in the monastery, because this word - militans - refers to exertion and struggle.

Nunc videndum est, quare B. Benedictus, cum dixit: sub regula et abbate, interposuit istud vel, quia istud separationem facit, et abbas non potest esse sine regula; nam si alteram vitam duxerit, illius ordinis non est abbas, sed ejus, cujus vitam duxit. Regula autem potest esse sine abbate, sicuti sunt multa monasteria, quae, quamvis abbatem regularem non habeant, tamen praepositos, decanos et caeteros ordines regulares habent, eo quod multi abbates canonici non minus sunt solliciti de regulae observatione, quam si regulares abbates fuissent.

Now we have to see why Benedict inserted the word 'vel' (rather: 'or') instead of saying 'under the rule and (et) the abbot'. He does this because he makes the following distinction: The abbot cannot be without a rule since if he leads a life different from the rule he is not an abbot of this order but of that order in which he led his life. A rule, however, can exist without an abbot, as we see in many monasteries that, despite not having a regular abbot, still have priors, deacons and other ranks according to the rule, because many canonical abbots [= lay abbots] are just as zealous in the observation of the rule as if they were regular abbots.

Istud enim vel duobus modis intelligi potest; uno enim modo, forte quia B. Benedictus fuit plenus spiritu prophetiae et vidit spiritu prophetiae istud tempus, in quo sunt multa monasteria [page 76] sine abbatibus regularibus, sicuti superius diximus, ideoque posuit: militans sub regula vel abbate.4 Aut certe posuit simpliciter vel pro et.

This vel can be understood in two ways: either Benedict happened to be full of the spirit of prophecy and foresaw in this spirit of prophecy that there would be a time in which there would be many monasteries [page 76] without regular abbots, as we just said, which was for him the reason to say serving under the rule or (vel) the abbot. Or he just meant et and said vel.

Deinde: Secundum genus est anachoretarum, id est eremitarum, qui5 non conversionis fervore novitio, sed monasterii probatione diuturna [qui] didicerunt contra diabolum multorum solatio jam docti pugnare.

Further: The second kind are anchorites, that is, hermits, those no longer fresh in the fervor of monastic life but long tested in a monastery, who have learned, by now schooled with the help of many, to fight against the devil.

Fervore novitio intelligitur: in primo fervore conversionis, hoc est dicere: non statim vadunt in eremum, quando incipit illis cogitatio eundi in eremum. Quare? quia nesciunt, utrum sint perseveraturi in hoc fervore, eo quod solet diabolus aliquando per speciem bonitatis decipere hominem.

The expression fresh in the fervor has to be understood as 'in the first fervor of conversion'. Thus he says: they do not immediately go into solitude when they come up with the idea of going into solitude. Why? Because they do not know whether they will persevere in this fervor, since the devil is used to deceiving man under the guise of goodness.

Verbi gratia, videt diabolus hominem in malitia positum, dat illi compunctionem, suggerit illi, ut vadat in eremum. Ideo hoc facere studet, ut, ille, quantum6 majorem professionem Deo devoverit et neglexerit, tanto illum diabolus arctius et strictius valeat tenere.

To give an example: the devil sees a man doing evil [literally: placed in ill will]. He makes him remorseful and prompts him to go into solitude. The devil is eager to do that, so that the greater the promise was that the sinner had made to God and then broke, the closer and tighter the devil could hold him.

Ea intentione B. Benedictus dixit in hoc loco: non vadunt in eremum, qua intentione praecipit Paulus apostolus de episcopis; ait enim: non neophytum, [1 Tm 3:6] id est novellum, eo quod nescitur, utrum perseveraturus sit in fide annon.

Here the Blessed Benedict discourages going into solitude for the same reason as the Apostle Paul prescribed that no neophytes [1 Tim 3:6] should become bishops. 'Neophyte' means newcomer. He says that because one does not know whether a newcomer will persevere in his faith or not.

Nam quid sit neophytus, B. Gregorius in quadam epistola sua, quam direxit ad Syagrium episcopum et ceteros alios episcopos Galliarum, exponit hoc modo dicens: Sicut autem tunc neophytus dicebatur, qui initio in sanctae fidei erat conversatione plantatus, sic modo neophytus habendus est, qui in religionis habitu plantatus ad ambiendos honores sacros irrepserit. [Gregory the Great, Registrum IX, no. 219]

The Blessed Gregory gives a definition of 'neophyte' in a latter he sent to Bishop Syagrius and other bishops of provinces of Gaul. Here he explains: But just as one was then called a neophyte, who had been placed at the beginning of a life of holy faith, even so the one should be treated as neophyte who is placed in a religious habit and has insinuated himself to strive for holy honors. [Gregory I, Registrum IX, no. 219]

Necnon idem B. Benedictus in alio loco praecipit, propterea non debere monachum cito suscipere, sed illum uno anno probare, quia nescitur, utrum perseveraturus sit in hac professione annon. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58] Ac si interrogaret B. Benedictum quis: 'et quid faciunt in principio conversionis eundi7 ad eremum?' respondit ille dicens: ... sed in monasterio8 probatione diuturna [qui] didicerunt contra diabolum multorum solatio jam docti pugnare. Diuturna, id est [page 77] spatium longi temporis, veluti quis, cum vult ire contra hostem exercitatum, prius se exercitat et discit omnia genera bellorum et ingenia, ut valeat resistere et superare hostem suum, quia si inexercitatus contra exercitatum ierit, periturum se cognoscit.

The Blessed Benedict prescribed the same at another place, saying that one should not accept a monk immediately but test him for a year because it is not known whether he will persevere in his profession or not. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58]. And if someone would ask the Blessed Benedict what those should do at the beginning of their conversion if they want to go into solitude, he responds ... but long tested in a monastery, who have learned, by now schooled with the help of many, to fight against the devil. Long (diuturna) means [page 77] for a great span of time. If someone wants to attack a well-trained enemy, he first trains himself and learns all the techniques and arts of war, in order to be able to resist and overcome his enemy, since someone untrained who attacks someone experienced will find himself perishing.

Ita et monachus prius discit in monasterio ingenia diaboli et pugnas illius et postmodum vadit in eremum ad singularem pugnam. Et bene dixit: multorum solatio, quia sicut ille, qui inter suos vel cum aliis pugnat contra hostem suum, si forte vulneratur aut percutitur, adjuvatur vel eripitur ab illis, ita et monachus, cum in monasterio pugnat contra diabolum, cum vulneratur aut percutitur a diabolo, adjuvatur a fratribus, id est, oratione, consolatione atque exhortatione.

Therefore a monk first learns in the monastery the arts of the devil and his battle tricks, and afterwards he goes into solitude for single combat. And rightly he said: with the help of many, because if someone who fights against his enemy together with his people or in a group perhaps gets injured or wounded, he is helped and rescued by his people. Likewise, if a monk within the monastery gets wounded or injured while fighting against the devil, he gets help from his brothers through prayer, comfort and exhortation.

Sequitur: 5Et bene instructi fraterna ex acie ad singularem pugnam eremi securi sine9 consolatione alterius sola manu vel brachio contra vitia carnis vel cogitationum Deo auxiliante sufficiunt pugnare;10 ac si diceret: postquam docti fuerint, tunc vadunt in eremum.

Next: 5...well trained in the brotherly line of battle for single combat in the desert, by now confident even without another's encouragement, they are ready, with God's help, to fight the vices of the body and of thoughts with hand and arm alone. It is if he was saying: 'after they have been instructed they go into solitude'.

Acies enim tribus modis dicitur; dicitur enim acies ferri, hoc est acumen, dicitur oculorum, hoc est illa vis, qua oculus videt, dicitur etiam acies multitudo exercitus, id est militum ordinata. In hoc quippe loco pro multitudine fratrum ponitur.

The term acies (literally: 'sharpness') can be used in three ways. Used as acies ferri it means the point of a sword; as acies oculorum it means the power with which the eye sees. But acies also means the multitude of the army, that is, the ordered mass of soldiers. In this context, however, it refers to the group of brothers.

Est enim acies, quae est constipata, id est constricta, et est acies, quae non est stipata, et est acies, quae habet fortes bellatores, et est acies, quae non habet fortes bellatores, et est acies, quae est magna, et est acies, quae non est magna; sed illa acies timetur ab hoste, quae est stipata et habet fortes bellatores. Ita etiam acies illa timetur a diabolo, quae est stipata fraterna caritate et habet fortes bellatores, sicuti est ecclesia, ad quam in Canticis canticorum dicitur: Pulchra es, amica mea, et suavis et decora sicut Jerusalem, terribilis ut castrorum acies ordinata. [Ct 6:4]11 Ista enim acies, de qua hic dicitur, ponitur pro congregatione fratrum.

There is a battle line that is tight, that is, bound together. But there is also a battle line that is loose. There are battle lines with or without strong warriors and there are large and small battle lines. The enemy fears a tight battle line with strong warriors, thus the battle line that is tied together by brotherly love and strong warriors, just like the Church as it is referred to in the Song of Songs: You are as beautiful, my friend, and sweet and adorned as Jerusalem and terrifying as an ordered battle line of forts. [Ct 6:4] The battle line of which we speak here stands for the community of brothers.

Ex enim ponitur pro 'ab', quasi diceret: ab acie fraterna. Duobus modis potest jungi, id est: instructi ab acie fraterna, sive: ab acie fraterna pergunt in eremum ad singularem pugnam.

The word ex (in fraterna ex acie = out of the line of battle of the brothers) is used instead of ab. He could also have said ab acie fraterna (= from the brotherly line of battle). We can read this part in two ways: either as instructi ab acie fraterna, which means 'instructed by the brotherly line of battle' or as ab acie fraterna pergunt in eremum ad singularem pugnam, which means 'from the brotherly line of battle they move into solitude into single combat'.

Nunc videndum est, quomodo instruitur? Instruitur enim [page 78] ita: verbi gratia, interrogat quis priorem suum vel quemlibet, quem videt studiosum, quomodo illi nascitur compunctio, aut quomodo vincit iram, aut quali modo est tam devotus in lectione aut in oratione, in obedientia et ceteris his similibus; aut si impugnatur cogitatione, qualiter debeat illi resistere, aut si forte bonam cogitationem habet, qualiter debeat cognoscere illam, utrum finem habeat bonum an non? Ille alter dicet illi, si videt eam deceptricem: Noli consentire illi, quia mala est, et reliqua. Necnon videt ibi vulneratum fratrem a diabolo, et iterum videt illum vincentem diabolum et cetera hujusmodi. Nam sic contingit illi, qui indoctus exit de acie castrorum; vadit contra invisibilem inimicum pugnare et perit.

Now we have to look how they are trained. [page 78] For example: someone asks his superior or another person he regards as skilled how to become remorseful or how to overcome anger or how to be dedicated to reading and prayer, devout in obedience, etc., or, if he is attacked by evil thoughts, how to resist them or, if he happens to have a good thought, how one ought to recognize if it is for good or not. If the other sees that that thought is deceiving, he tells him: 'Don't give in to it because it is evil,’ etc. In fact, sometimes he sees a brother being wounded by the devil, sometimes he sees him overcoming the devil, etc. This happens to him who leaves the fortified line of battle without instruction: He fights against an invisible enemy and perishes.

Sicut legitur in libris gentilium: Venerunt hostes contra quandam civitatem et non poterant per fortitudinem illam civitatem capere, et cum vidissent, non posse praevalere adversus illam, dixerunt: 'Quid opus est, ut tanta multitudo pugnet? Exeat unus e nostris adversus singulare certamen contra unum de vestris, et post, qui vicerit, illius pars sit victrix'. Et cum hoc statuissent, exiit unus minus cautus de civitate, et erat pons inter civitatem et hostem. Deinde veniens in medium pontem obviavit illi, contra quem singulare certamen debuerat inire, dixitque ille, qui contra urbem veniebat: 'Contra quem vadis?' Respondit alter dicens: 'Contra te, ut tecum ineam certamen, sicut dixistis'. Respondit alter dicens: 'Vestrum placitum fuit, ut unus solus exiret de civitate contra me; tu cur cum multis venisti? Vide, quanti te sequuntur!' Ille vero incautus cum respexisset retro, ille alter percussit eum et occidit.

In the books of the heathens we read that enemies attacked a certain city and could not conquer it by force. When they realized that they could not prevail, they said: 'What is the use if such a great multitude fights? Let one of us fight in single combat against one of yours. The side of the one who wins will be the winner.' After they agreed on that, one reckless soldier came out from the city. There was a bridge between the city and the enemies. In the middle of the bridge he met the one he had to fight in single combat. The one fighting against the city said: 'Whom are you approaching?' He responded: 'I meet you to fight you, just as you all said.’ The other said: 'You made the pledge that only one would come out of the city against me. Why have you come with many? Look how many are following you!' When the incautious man turned his head, the other one struck him and killed him.2

Vide modo, quia iste incautus nescivit ingenia bellandi, ideo periit.12 Ita et monachus; monachus enim quasi cum multis pugnat contra diabolum, cum in monasterio contra diabolum pugnat; cum vero in eremum vadit, quasi ad singulare certamen pergit contra diabolum; deinde si minus cautus fuerit et fortis et non cognoverit insidias diaboli sedens in monasterio, cum in eremum fugerit, superabitur a diabolo, quia multa ingenia et insidias habet. Nam sicut legitur in collationibus patrum, magna erat [page 79] nimis tentatio diaboli contra monachos, et adeo magna, ut non omnes auderent dormire, sed quidam dormiebant, et quidam pro dormientibus orabant. [cf. Cassian, Collationes VII, c. 23]

Now see that this reckless man did not know the arts of war. Therefore he died. It is the same with a monk. He fights, as it were, along with many against the devil if he fights within the monastery, but when he goes into solitude he fights the devil as if in single combat. If someone who lives the monastery is less cautious and strong and does not know sufficiently the snares of the devil, and he flees into solitude, he will be overcome by the devil, because the devil has many arts and traps. We read in the Conferences of the Fathers that the [page 79] devil's temptations of the monks were so great that they did not even dare to sleep all at the same time, but some slept and others prayed for the ones who slept. [cf. Cassian, Collationes VII, c. 23]

Et bene dixit: ad singularem pugnam eremi securi jam sine consolatione alterius sola manu et brachio.

And rightly Benedict says: for single combat in the solitude, by now confidant even without another's encouragement, (...) with hand and arm alone.

Prius enim dixerat, cum in monasterio erat: multorum solatio discere insidias diaboli; nunc dicit: sola manu vel brachio sine constitutione alterius, ac si diceret: constitutus in monasterio habet adjutores, in eremo vero nullum adjutorem habebit, sed sola, manu vel brachio.

Earlier he had said that those in the monastery learned with the help of many the snares of the devil. Now he says without another's encouragement (...) with hand and arm alone. He means that in a monastery a monk has helpers, but in solitude he will not, and has to fight with his hand and arm alone.

Per manum operationem simplicem, per brachium vero fortitudinem operationis designat, quasi diceret: aut pugnabit simpliciter aut fortiter, quia non omnes aequaliter aggreditur, id est tentat diabolus.

The hand refers simply to the act; the arm to the vigor of the act. It is as if he was saying that he either fights simply or vigorously, since the devil does not attack, that is, tempt everyone in the same way.

Si fuerit fortis et solicitus et studiosus nimis, nimiam sustinebit diaboli tentationem; si autem simplex fuerit, non maguam sustinebit tentationem, eo quod juxta fortitudinem hominis permittit Deus diabolum illum tentare. Unde psalmista dicit: Proba me Domine et tenta me, [Ps 25:2] hoc est: cognosce vires meas et tunc da licentiam diabolo me tentandi.

If someone is very vigorous and engaged and zealous, he will endure enormous temptation from the devil. But if he is simple, he will not endure great temptation because God allows the devil to tempt man according to his strength. Therefore says the Psalmist: Test me, God, and tempt me [Ps 25:2]. That is: Know my strengths and then give the devil permission to tempt me'.

Sequitur: Contra vitia carnis et cogitationum Deo auxiliante sufficiunt pugnare.

Next: They are ready with God's help, to fight the vices of the body and of thoughts.

Alia enim sunt vitia corporis, alia animae; vitia corporis sunt, veluti sunt: loquacitas, immunditia, fornicatio, gula et caetera vitia, quae per corpus fiunt; vitia animae sunt, veluti ira, superbia, invidia et caetera his similia, quae per animum perpetrantur.

There are different vices of the body and of the soul. Bodily vices are loquacity, uncleanliness, fornication, gluttony and others that happen through the body. Vices of the soul are anger, pride, envy and others that are performed through the mind.

Et bene dixit Deo auxiliante, quia si homo nil boni potest agere sine Dei adjutorio, quanto minus cum contra se pugnat vel contra diabolum?

And rightly he says: with God's help, because if man cannot do anything good without God's help, how much less so if he fights against himself or against the devil?

Sequitur: 6Tertium vero13 teterrimum genus est Sarabaitarum, qui nulla regula adprobati experientia magistra sicut aurum fornacis, sed in plumbi natura molliti 7adhuc operibus servantes saeculo fidem mentiri Deo per tonsuram noscuntur

Next: 6The third, a very vile kind, are the sarabaites, tested by no rule nor instructed by experience, like gold in the furnace; but softened like lead, 7still keeping faith with worldly ways, they are known to lie to God by having tonsures.

Teterrimum, id est pavendum, timendum seu horrendum; probati, id est ad probationem ducti; regula attinet ad doctrinam, experientia vero ad exercitationem operis, magistra autem et ad regulam et ad experientiam potest referri, id est regula, magistra et experientia magistra [page 80] sit. Utrumque convenit Dei servo, id est opus et doctrina.

The expression very vile means horrific, fearsome, or dreadful. Read tested as approved, rule as teaching, and experience as the execution of work. The term instructed (magistra) can refer to both rule and experience, thus it means instructed by the rule or instructed by experience. [page 80] Both work and teaching are fitting to a servant of God

Sequitur: aurum fornacis.

Next: like gold in a furnace.

  Auri enim natura est tam durabilis, ut per ignem nunquam deficiat; nam si adulterinum fuerit, id est mixtum cum argento et reliquo metallo et missum fuerit in ignem, id quod ei junctum fuerit alterius metalli, ardebit, ipsum vero aurum indeficiens permanebit. Per aurum autem vult B. Benedictus bonos monachos intelligi.

 Gold is by nature so durable that it never perishes through fire. If it is alloyed, that is, mixed with silver or other metals and it is put into the fire, the other metals that are mixed with it burn away and all the gold will remain. The Blessed Benedict wants us to identify good monks with gold.

Et quod justi intelligantur per aurum, testatur Solomon, cum dicit: Tunquam aurum in fornace probavit illos et quasi holocausti hostiam accepit illos. [Sap 3:6]

Solomon testifies that gold has to be understood as the just when he says: He tested them as gold in a furnace, and he accepted them as the gift of burnt offering. [Sap 3:6]

Vide modo, per aurum significavit bonos, per fornacem vero tribulationem praesentis temporis. Et est sensus, cum dicit: tanquam aurum in fornace, id est quia sicut aurum purgatur in fornace, ita et justi probantur in praesentis temporis tribulatione.

Now see: he signified through the gold the good people and the furnace referred to the tribulations of the present time. This is the meaning when he says like gold in a furnace: just as gold is purified in the furnace, just so just are the just tested through the tribulations of the present.

Sequitur: sed in plumbi natura molliti.

Next: ...but softened like lead.

 Plumbi enim natura gravis est et mollis, et est adeo mollis, ut, si in ignem fuerit missum, statim liquescit et deficit. Per plumbum enim intelligi vult malos monachos, id est peccatores. Per plumbum mali intelliguntur, quia peccatores graves sunt malitia, molles sunt impatientia.

 Lead is by nature heavy and soft. It is so soft that, when thrown into fire, it liquefies immediately and vanishes. He wants us to understand lead as the bad monks, that is, the sinners. This is because sinners are heavy with evil and soft with impatience. Scripture witnesses that they are soft through impatience when saying: They do not stand firm in their miseries. [Ps 139:12].

Et quod molles sunt impatientia, testatur scriptura, cum dicit: In miseriis non subsistent. [Ps 139:12]

Heaviness is ambiguous. It appears with a positive and a negative meaning. It is a good term in I will praise you among the weighty people [Ps 34:18].

Gravitas enim aequivocum est, id est in bono et in malo ponitur; in bono, ut est illud: In populo gravi laudabo te [Ps 34:18]: in populo gravi, in est in populo perfecto; in malo, ut est illud: Vae genti peccatrici, populo gravi iniquitate, semini nequam, filiis sceleratis! [Is 1:4]

Weighty people means perfect people. It appears as a negative term in Woe, sinful tribes, people weighty with injustice, of useless stock and with defiled children! [Is 1:4]

Et in bono dicitur etiam gravitas, sicuti dicimus: homo gravis consilio, id est per consilium.

And heaviness has a good meaning when we say 'a man weighty in prudence', that is, 'through prudence'.

Et quod per plumbum peccatores intelligantur, docet B. Gregorius in Ezechiele dicens hoc modo: Venit ergo Ezechiel juxta fluvium Chobar; nam Chobar interpretatur gravitudo. Quid per Chobar fluvium nisi humanum genus congrue designatur, quod ab ortu defluit ad mortem, et grave sibi ex peccatis, quae perpetrat et [page 81] portat, quia scriptum est: Iniquitas in talento plumbi sedit? [cf. Zec 5:7, not Vulgate] [Gregory the Great, Homilae in Hiezechihelem Prophetam I, 2, c. 6, CCSL 142, p. 20]

And the Blessed Gregory teaches in his commentary on Ezekiel how lead has to be understood as sinners when he says: Ezekiel arrived at the river Chobar. Chobar has to be read as heaviness. How can the river Chobar be understood other than standing for human nature, which flows from its beginnings to its death and is heavy for itself from sins, which it performs and carries [page 81], since it is written: 'Unjustness settles in a heavy weight (talentum) of lead?' [cf. Za 5:7, not Vulgate] [Gregory, In Ezechielem Homilia II, c. 6].

Omne enim peccatum grave est, quia non permittit animum ad sublimia levari, unde et per psalmistam dicitur: Filii hominum usquequo graves corde? [Ps 4:3] Et quod per plumbum peccatores intelligantur, testatur iterum Zacharias propheta, cum dicit inter caetera: Vidi duas mulieres elevantes amphoram inter terram et coelum, et erat illi os ingens; et una mulier jactavit massam plumbi in os amphorae. Et dixit mihi angelus: Quo defertur haec amphora? Et dixi: Nescio. Et dixit: Haec defertur amphora, ut aedificetur ei domus in terra Sennaar. [cf. Za 5:9-11, not Vulgate]14

All sin is weighty because it does not allow the mind to be lifted up to the highest, as it is said by the Psalmist: Sons of men, why is your heart so heavy? [Ps 4:3] And the Prophet Zacharias also shows that lead stands for sinners when among other things he says: I saw two women lifting an amphora up between earth and heaven. And this amphora had a huge mouth. One woman threw a piece of lead into the mouth of the amphora. An angel said to me: 'To where is this amphora being carried?' I responded: 'I do not know.' He said: 'This amphora is carried in order that a house for be built in the land of Sennaar (Babylon)'. [cf. Za 5:9-11, not Vulgate]

Per amphoram intelligitur cupiditas, per os ingens amphorae intelligitur impietas, quia cupiditas semper os habet patens ad concupiscendum.

The amphora refers to desire and its large mouth to impiety, because desire always has a mouth standing open for desire.

Et bene plumbum in os amphorae mittitur, quia impietas semper in cupiditate est.

And it is right to throw lead into the mouth of the amphora because in desire there is always impiety.

Per Sennaar intelligitur foetor.

Sennaar has to be understood as stench.

Pulchre in terra Sennaar domus amphorae aedificatur, quia malis domus in foetore construitur. Inter terram et coelum levatur, qui nec terram tangit nec coelum; significat superbum, qui per exaltationem fratri non compatitur, et coelum non tangit per meritum.

The house of the amphora is built aptly in the land of Sennaar, because the house for evil people is built in stench. He who touches neither earth nor heaven is lifted up between earth and heaven. This points to the proud person who in his arrogance does not feel compassion for his brother and who does not reach heaven through merits.

Sequitur: Adhuc operibus servantes saeculo fidem, mentiri Deo per tonsuram noscuntur.

Next: ...still keeping faith with worldly ways, they are known to lie to God by having tonsures.

Finis coenobitae est, nil de crastino cogitare, et quidquid agit, non ad suam voluntatem agere et proprium non habere; finis vero eremitae est, de crastino cogitare et mentem suam exutam a cunctis habere terrenis, eamque, quantum humana imbecillitas sinit, unire cum Christo. Sarabaitae vero habent aliquid commune per hanc formam cum eremita, id est cogitare aliquid de crastino, sed tamen in hoc discrepant ab illis, quia, si eremitae cogitant de crastino, ideo cogitant, ut possint Deo, quantum humana fragilitas permittit, mente sua adhaerere; sarabaitae vero si cogitant de crastino, ideo cogitant, ut mentem suam saeculo jungant et; non solum in crastinum, verum etiam per multorum spatia annorum mentem suam cogitando extendunt. Cum coenobita habent aliquid commune [page 82], id est opera manibus exercere, sed in hoc discrepant ab illis, quia coenobitae, quidquid agunt, nihil secundum voluntatem suam agunt, isti vero omnia secundum voluntatem suam laborant.

The goal of a cenobite is not to think about tomorrow and to do whatever he does not according to his own will and to have nothing of his own. The goal of a hermit is to think about tomorrow and to have his mind stripped from all earthly things, and to unite his mind with Christ, as far as human weakness allows. But in this pattern sarabaites have something in common with a hermit: they both think about tomorrow. However, they differ from each other because if hermits think about tomorrow, they do it in order that they can fasten their minds to God as far as human weakness permits. But if sarabaites think about tomorrow, they do it for that reason that they join their minds with the world – and this not only for tomorrow but they also extend their thinking through many years. They share with cenobites [page 82] performance of manual labor, though in a different way, since cenobites never do their work according to their own will, while sarabaites always work according to their own will.

Coenobitae non laborant, ut domini sint laborum suorum, sed omnem laborem in potestate prioris consistunt; isti vero idcirco laborant, ut domini sint laborum suorum et ditiores fiant.

Cenobites do not work in order to be the masters of their own efforts, but all effort remains under the power of the superior. The sarabaites, however, work for to be masters over their own efforts and to become richer.

Vide modo, quia, quamvis habitu videantur monachi, tamen actionibus saeculares existunt, et propterea dixit S. Benedictus: Adhuc operibus servantes saeculo fidem, mentiri Deo per tonsuram noscuntur.

Now see that they, though they look like monks in their habit, still remain worldly in their deeds. Therefore says the Blessed Benedict: still keeping faith with worldly ways, they are known to lie to God by having tonsures.

Sequitur: 8Qui bini aut terni aut certe singuli sine pastore, non dominicis, sed suis inclusi ovilibus, pro lege eis est desideriorum voluptas.

Next: 8They go around in pairs or threes or, of course, alone, with no shepherd, but in their own sheepfolds, not the Lord's, and the pleasure of their desires is their law.

Certe de istis enim, quamvis bini aut terni aut singuli inveniri possint, tamen potest intelligi per binos et trinos et singulos multitudinem sive paucitatem. Sine pastore idcirco dicit, quia aut sine pastore sunt, aut certe si pastorem videantur habere, tamen sine pastore sunt, quia similem sibi, id est consentientem vitiis suis habent.

We certainly find them in pairs or groups or three or alone but we can read two or three or one also as large or small groups. He says with no shepherd because they either do not have a shepherd at all or, if they seem to have one, they still do not because they have a person like themselves who consents to their vices.

Nunc videndum est, quare dicat S. Benedictus ovilibus pluraliter, cum Dominus dicat: Unus pastor et unum ovile est. [Io 10:16] Si enim pastor referatur ad Christum, unus pastor est et unum ovile est; si referatur ad unam fidem, ad unum baptismum et ad unam remunerationem aeternae felicitatis, unum ovile est, id est, una ecclesia est. Item si referatur unus pastor ad diversos episcopos et ceteros praepositos sanctae ecclesiae, multi pastores sunt. Similiter si referatur unum ovile, id est sancta ecclesia ad diversitatem linguarum sive ad dona Sancti Spiritus, multae ecclesiae sunt. Unde Joannes Evangelista propter septem dona, Sancti Spiritus Septem ecclesiis scripsit Apocalypsin. [cf. esp. Act 1 and 3]

Now we have to see why the Holy Benedict uses the plural of sheepfolds (ovilibus) even though the Lord says: There is one shepherd and one sheepfold. [Io 10:16] For, if shepherd refers to Christ, then there is one Shepherd and one sheepfold. If it refers to one faith, to one baptism and to one reward of eternal happiness, then there is one sheepfold, that is, one church. Likewise, if one shepherd refers to a number of bishops or other prelates of the Holy Church, then there are many shepherds. Accordingly, if one sheepfold, that is, the Holy Church, refers to a diversity of different languages or to the gifts of the Holy Spirit, then there are many churches. Therefore the Evangelist John wrote the Apocalypse to the seven churches of the Holy Spirit because of the Seven Gifts. [cf. esp. Act 1 and 3]

Sequitur: 8Pro lege eis est desideriorum voluptas, 9cum, quidquid putaverint vel elegerint, hoc dicunt sanctum, et quod noluerint, hoc putant non licere.

Next: 8...and the pleasure of their desires is their law, 9since they call holy whatever they have thought or chosen and they deem forbidden what they have not wished to do.

Voluntas per n. proprie semper in bono ponitur, quamvis abusive in malo ponatur; voluptas vero per p. proprie semper in malo ponitur, quamvis [page 83] forte et in bono ponatur.

The term voluntas (‘will’) – written with letter 'n' – usually appears in a positive context, even though it appears by improper use also in a negative context. The term voluptas (pleasure) – written with a ‘p’ – is always used correctly in a negative context, though [page 83] it accidentally can be used as something good.

Pro lege eis est desideriorum voluptas, id est, ac si diceret: voluptas eorum est eorum. Cum quidquid putaverint vel elegerint, hoc dicunt sanctum, et quod noluerint, hoc putant non licere.

And the pleasure of their desires is their law. He wants to say that their pleasure is their law. ...Since they call holy whatever they have thought or chosen and they deem forbidden what they have not wished to do.

In hoc loco animadvertendum est: si boni pro ignorantia aliquando eligunt mala pro bonis, errant; quanto magis errant isti, qui mali sunt voluntarie?

Here we have to consider the following: if those who are good choose out of ignorance something evil instead of something good, they are doing wrong. But how much more are those doing wrong who are evil out in their own will?

Quam sententiam B. Gregorius ita exponit: Certe cum Israeliticus populus ante Dei oculos pene inveniabilem contraxisset offensam, ita ut ejus rector audiret: Descende, peccavit populus tuus [Ex 32:7], ac si ei divina vox diceret: Qui in tali peccato lapsus est, jam meus non est, etc. etc. [Gregory the Great, Expositio veteri ac novi testamenti I, II, c. 53, PL 79, col. 746D-747A]

The Blessed Gregory explains this statement: Surely, when the people of Israel had bought on themselves an almost unforgivable offence in the eyes of God, to the point that that its leader heard: 'Go down, your people have sinned' [Ex 32:7], it is as if the divine voice was saying: 'He who has fallen in such sins, is not mine any more, etc. etc. [Gregory, Expositio veteri ac novi testamenti I, II, c. 53, PL 79, col. 746D-747A]

Sequitur: 10Quartum vero genus est monachorum, quod nominatur gyrovagum, qui totam vitam15 suam per diversas provincias ternis aut quaternis diebus per diversorum cellas hospitantur, 11semper vagi et nunquam stabiles, et propriis voluptatibus et gulae illecebris servientes et per omnia anteriores16 Sarabaitis. 12De quorum omnium horum miserrima conversatione melius est silere quam loqui. 13His ergo omissis ad coenobitarum dzsimum genus disponendum adjuvante Domino perveniamus.

Next: 10The fourth kind of monks are those called gyrovagues, who spend their whole lives lodging in different regions and different monasteries three or four days at a time, 11always wandering and never stable, serving their own pleasures and the lure of gluttony, worse than sarabaites in every way. 12It is better to keep silent than to discuss the utterly wretched monastic ways of all these people. 13Therefore, leaving them aside, with God's help let us proceed to specifications for the strongest kind of monk, the cenobites.

 Ternis ant quaternis diebus ideo hospitantur per diversorum cellas, quia consuetudo est et fuit monasteriorum, cum suscipiunt hospites, tribus vel quatuor diebus omnem humanitatem hospitibus exhibere, postmodum vero, si plus steterint, sicut familiaribus, ita, illis exhibere. [cf. Regula magistri, c. 78] Et ab hoc illi quatuor aut tribus diebus manent in diversorum cellis.

They lodge at different cells for three or four days, because it is and was common for monasteries when they receive guests to show them all human kindness for three or four days but, if they stayed longer, to treat them as family members [cf. Regula magistri, c. 78] Therefore, they stay in the cells of different people only for four or three days. 

Semper vagi et nunquam stabiles, subaudiendum est: sunt.

Always wandering and never stable, add 'they are'.

Voluptas pertinet ad delectationes carnales, veluti sunt somnus et cibus et caetera, illecebra vero attinet ad gulam, et ideo dicta est illecebra, eo quod illiciat in aliud peccatum, verbi gratia ex gula nascitur nimia saturitas, et ex nimia saturitate aliquando fornicatio et reliqua. [Cassian]

Pleasures refer to the carnal pleasures, such as sleep and eating and others, lure is related to gluttony, and is called lure because it seduces someone into another sin. For example, gluttony causes too much satiation and from it comes fornication etc. [Cassian]

Et per omnia deteriores Sarabaitis. Bene dixit: per omnia, quia in omnibus pejores gyrovagi quam sarabaitae sunt, id est sarabaitae quamvis mali sint, tamen pejores sunt gyrovagi sarabaitis.

...Worse than sarabaites in every way. He rightly says in every way, because gyrovagues are really in everything worse than the sarabaites. Sarabaites may be bad, but gyrovagues are still worse than sarabaites.

Verbi gratia, sarabaitae sibi cellas aedificant, gyrovagi vero non aedificant [page 84] cellas, sed discurrunt per diversa loca. Sarabaitae quamvis mali sint, tamen labore manuum suarum vivunt, gyrovagi labore aliorum. Illi non dant aliis malum exemplum, isti autem, quia currunt per diversa loca, ideo exempla mala, tribuunt. Illi quia in uno loco stant, non vident bona exempla, isti, quia vadunt, vident bona exempla et nolunt illa imitari. Sarabaitae multa nescientes agunt, isti autem scientes malum esse discurrere per loca propter gulam, [et] tamen non emendantur.

For example, sarabaites build cells for themselves; gyrovagues do not build [page 84] cells but wander around to different places. Sarabaites may be bad, but at least they live from they own hands' work; gyrovagues live at others' expense. Sarabaites do not offer others a bad example. Gyrovagues, however, spread bad examples because they wander around in different places. Sarabaites do not see good examples because they stay at one place; gyrovagues are exposed to good examples since they get around, but they refuse to follow them. Sarabaites do many things out of ignorance; gyrovagues, knowing that it is bad to wander around for the sake of gluttony, still do not improve.

Et forte dicit aliquis: 'Aliquid simile habent Sarabaitae cum gyrovagis, id est, quia renuunt voluntati aliorum obedire et suam voluntatem adimplere'; tamen quia ad pejorem finem tendunt gyrovagi quam sarabaitae, idcirco pejores sunt sarabaitis gyrovagi.

Perhaps someone says that there is something sarabaites and gyrovagues have in common: they refuse to obey to the will of others and fulfill their own will. Still, the gyrovagues are worse than sarabaites because they tend to an end worse than that of the sarabaites.

De quorum, subaudiendum est: gyrovagorum, miserrima conversatione est melius silere quam loqui. Nunc videndum est, quare dixit: melius est silere, quam loqui? Quia eorum vitam pessimam esse cognovit, ideo tacere voluit, ne aliis in exemplum veniret. In hoc loco, ubi dicit his, subaudiendum est: tribus generibus, id est, eremitarum, sarabaitarum atque gyrovagorum; omissis, id est dimissis; fortissimum genus coenobitarum.

To It is better to keep silent add: about the gyrovagues than to discuss the utterly wretched monastic ways of all these people. Now we have to see why he says it is better to keep silent than to discuss. It is because Benedict regards this as the worst kind of life. Therefore he wants to remain silent lest he gives others bad examples. In the next sentence when he says 'these', we have to understand 'the three kinds', that is, hermits, sarabaites and gyrovagues. Leaving aside means 'leaving out'. Benedict proceeds to the strongest kind of monk, the cenobites.

Nunc videndum est, quod sit melius inter coenobitarum et anachoretarum genus, cum superius praetulit genus anachoretarum, eo quod dixit, monachos de coenobio exire ad eremum. Nam praedicatorum cousuetudo est, semper de minoribus ad majora praedicare17 auditores suos exire; nam si non cognoscunt meliora, ad quae debent progredi, nequaquam hortatus fuisset18 illos, illuc exire (maybe: exigere). Et nunc dicit: fortissimum genus monachorum coenobitarum; jam quando dicit fortissimum, nullum genus praecellit istud genus coenobitarum.

Now we have to see what are better, cenobites or anchorites, since he had earlier preferred anchorites, since he had said that monks leave the community to enter solitude. Preachers are accustomed in their sermons to work from the lesser to the greater so that their audience moves forward. For, if they do not know the better things to which they ought to proceed, he would never have encouraged them to move forward. But now he says: for the strongest kind of monk, the cenobites. Already when he says the strongest, he makes clear that no kind excels that of the cenobites.

Verbi gratia: dic mihi, quid melius est inter illud, quod dicitur fortissimum, et illud, quod alio nomine explicatur, sicuti est forte aut fortius et caetera, his similia? Melius est illud, quod per fortissimum genus narratur. Ecce melius genus coenobitarum, eo quod illud [page 85] explicavit S. Benedictus per fortissimum, et genus anachoretarum explicavit alio nomine. Iterum dic mihi, quis discipulus melior est e duobus inter illum, qui plus diligit Jesum, et illum, qui minus? Ille, qui plus, sicuti est Petrus; nam Petrus plus dilexit Jesum quam Johannes. Et ubi cognoscitur Petrus plus dilexisse Jesum quam alii apostoli? Manifestat Scriptura divina, ubi Dominus ait: Simon Johhannis! diligis me plus his? [Io 21:15] Vide modo, quia, nisi Dominum plus aliis discipulis dilexisset, nequaquam illum Dominus ita interrogasset. Ille autem, quia se cognovit hominem esse, nescivit aliorum intentiones, ideo dixit: 'Domine, tu scis, quia amo te', [Io 21: 15] ac si diceret: Tu, quia Deus es, cognoscis, quis te plus diligit. Et iterum dic mihi, quis melior discipulus ex istis duobus, id est Petro et Johanne, inter illum, quem plus dilexit Jesus, et illum, quem minus? Dicis mihi: ille, quem plus dilexit Dominus. Ecce Johannes videtur melior esse quam Petrus. Ita et de istis duobus generibus monachorum, id est coenobitarum et anachoretarum potest conjicere, quia Petrus tenet figuram vitae activae, Johannes vitae contemplativae. Ergo sicut isti discipuli non videntur invicem sibi praecellere, ita et de istis generibus potest conjicere, unum alterum non posse praecellere.

For example, tell me what is better, that which is called the strongest or that which is described in other terms, for example 'strong' or 'stronger' or something of that kind? What is described as the strongest kind is better. [page 85] Look, the best kind is that that of the cenobites because Saint Benedict explained it through the word the strongest and he describes the kind of anchorites with another name. Now, again, tell me which of two disciples is better: the one who loves Jesus more, or the one who loves him less? The one who loves him more, therefore Peter, because Peter loved Jesus more than John. And where do we realize that Peter loved Jesus more than the other Apostles? Divine Scripture shows it, when the Lord says: ‘Simon, son of John, do you love me more than they do?’ [Io 21:15] Now see, if he had not loved the Lord more than the other disciples had loved the Lord, he would never have asked him in that way. But Peter, since he knew that he was human and did not know the intentions of the others therefore said: 'Lord, you know that I love you', [Io 21:15] as if he wanted to say: 'Because you are God, you know who loves you more'. And now tell me: who is the better disciple of those two, Peter or John? The one who loves Jesus more or the one who loves him less? You reply: the one whom the Lord loves more. Thus seems John to be better than Peter. We can assume the same with regard to the two kinds of monks, the cenobites and the anchorites, because Peter stands for the active life while John stands for the contemplative life. Thus, just as these disciples do not seem to surpass each other, so can we assume about these kinds that one cannot surpass the other.

Sciendum autem est, quia sarabaitae in ba dixit19 esse accentum, hoc est, ut sarabáytae dicantur.

One should know that the accent in sarabaites is on 'ba'. It is pronounced sarabáites.


1. om. ed. Hanslik.
2. qui didicerunt ed. Hanslik
3. om. ed. Hanslik
4. cf cod. Diviones. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
5. horum qui ed. Hanslik
6. quanto. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
7. ituri (?). (Mittermüller).
8. in monasterio] monasterii ed. Hanslik
9. iam sine ed. Hanslik
10. sufficiun pugnare tr. ed. Hanslik
11. Vulgate: Pulchra es, amica mea, sicut Thersa, decora sicut Ierusalem, terribilis ut castrorum acies ordinata.
12. I couldn't identify the story - I would assume that it is from Valerius Maximus' Facta et dicta memorabilia. Can anyone help out?
13. vero monachorum ed. Hanslik
14. Vulgate: Zec 5:9-11: Et levavi oculos meos et vidi: et ecce duae mulieres egredientes, et ventus in alis earum, et habebant alas quasi alas milvi; et levaverunt epham inter terram et caelum. Et dixi ad angelum, qui loquebatur in me: "Quo istae deferunt epham?". Et dixit ad me: "Ut aedificetur ei domus in terra Sennaar; et, postquam constructa fuerit, ponetur ibi super basem suam".
15. tota vita ed. Hanslik
16. deteriores ed. Hanslik
17. praedicare = hortari. (Mittermüller).
18. hortatur. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
19. Non Sarabaÿtae. (Mittermüller).

1. What follows here may be inspired by Isidore of Seville, De Ecclesiasticis Officiis II, ch. 16(15).
2. . I couldn’t identify the story. It sounds like it comes from Valerius Maximus’ Facta et dicta memorabilia. Can anyone help out?

Cap. II
QUALIS DEBEAT ESSE ABBAS

[Ms P, fol. 22v – Paulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 70v; Ms E1, fol. 29r; Ms E2, fol. 37v]

Ch. 2
WHAT KIND OF PERSON THE ABBOT SHOULD BE

Translated by: Mariël Urbanus, Corinna Prior, and Bruce Venarde

Egregium enim ordinem tenuit B. Benedictus in hoc loco, eo quod prius dixit de generibus vel vita monachorum [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 1] et postmodum subjunxit de sententia1 abbatis, qualis ille debet esse. Veluti quis, cum aliquod aedificium construere vult, fundamentum ponit, ita et B. Benedictus facere comprobatur [page 86], cum prius de generibus monachorum dicit et post monasterialem normam descripsit; et post electionem coenobialis vitae quid aliud debuit inprimis describi nisi caput, cum descripturus erat et cetera membra? Et bene postquam coenobialem vitam elegit, de abbate, qui est caput, dixit, quia capite firmo et sano cetera membra vigebunt.

For in this section, blessed Benedict kept excellent order because earlier he spoke about the kinds and life of monks [cf. Regula Benedicti, ch.1] and afterwards added his opinion of what kind of person the abbot should be. Just as when someone wishes to construct any building, he places the foundation [first], so also St. Benedict is shown to do, [page 86] when earlier he spoke about the kinds of monks and afterward he described the monastic rule; and after the choice of monastic life, what else should be described first if not the head, when he is about to describe the other members of the monastery? And he chose well to speak about the abbot, who is the head, after monastic life, because the other members of the monastery will flourish with a strong and sensible head.

Sequitur: 1Praeesse dignus est.

Next: 1He who is worthy to lead.

Praeesse, i. e. superesse.

 To lead, that is, to be in charge.

In hoc enim loco animadvertendum est, quia non dixit absolute praeest, sed praeesse cum adjectione dignus; ista, enim adjectio, quae est dignus, admonet illum abbatem, ut interiora cordis sui consideret, ut cognoscat, utrum hunc honorem dignus sit accipere. Quod si se cognoverit dignum esse, referat gratias largitori suo; et si se invenerit indignum, jam ista cogitatio humilitas in illo esse cognoscitur. Deinde humilitate suscepta, ejecta superbia, ad hoc laboret et conetur, ut dignus inveniatur, quatenus sibi et auditoribus proficiat. Et non solum illum hortatur et admonet, illud considerare, verum etiam bona, quae discipuli sui agunt, indicare illis, quatenus illi, cum sua opera approbare magistrum cognoverint, arctius teneant, ut non perdant.

For in this place it must be observed, that he did not simply say he leads, but to lead with the adjective worthy; for the adjective (worthy) reminds the abbot to inspect the interior [workings] of his heart, so that he may know if he is worthy to receive this honor. If he finds himself worthy, he should thank his Benefactor; and if he finds himself unworthy, then that thought should be recognized as humility in him. Subsequently, with humility received and pride cast aside, let the abbot work and strive to be found worthy to improve himself and his listeners. And not only does [humility] encourage and admonish the abbot to consider this, but also it encourages him to point out the good things which his disciples do, in order that they may hold more closely to the abbot when they learn that their master approves of their work, so that they will not be lost.

Similiter etiam mala, si forte agunt, illis indicare magister studeat, ut illi, cum magistrum suum sua opera cognoverint reprobare, super his poenitentiam agant et de cetero emendent. Et hoc ita sive malum sive bonum illis manifestare studeat, ut illi pro bonis non se extollant et pro malis non desperent, et nec plus aut minus, quam oportet, illis sive mala vel bona indicare studeat, sed secundum competentiam unicuique dicat.

Likewise with bad things, if perhaps [disciples] do them, let the master strive to point this out to them, so that when they learn that their master condemns their works, they may do penance for these and subsequently emend. And thus let him endeavor to make clear to them the bad as well as the good, so that they may not elevate themselves on account of good things and not despair on account of bad things. And let him endeavor to point out bad and good things no more or less than it is fitting, but let him speak to everyone according to their capacities.

Sequitur: 1Semper meminere debet abbas, quod dicitur, i. e. semper recordari debet hoc, quod ab aliis dicitur. i. e. abbas, quia si semper illud recordatus fuerit, poterit implere, quod sequitur: 1et nomen majoris factis implere.

Next: 1The abbot should always remember what he is called, that is he ought always to remember what he is called by others, that is abbot, because if he always remembers that, he will be able to fulfill what follows: 1and to fulfill in his deeds the name of superior.

In hoc loco, ubi dicitur majoris, subaudiendum est: dignitatis vel officii aut personae.

In this place, where of superior is said, it must be understood: With regard to the dignity, either of the office or the person.

Nunc videndum est, quomodo debet abbas nomen majoris factis implere. Ita enim implet factis suum nomen majoris, si sic, ut est primus in sedendo, primus in ambulando, primus in cetera distribuendo sive [page 87] disponendo, ita debet esse primus in humilitate, in jejunio, in silentio, in lectione, in caritate; et sicut est, in corporalibus rebus, ita etiam in spiritalibus rebus.

Now it must be seen, how the abbot, through his deeds, ought to fulfill the name of the superior. For thus he fulfills his name of superior in deeds if just as he is first in sitting, first in walking, first in other distribution or [page 87] arrangement, thus he ought to be first in humility, in fasting, in silence, in reading, in charity; and just as he is in corporal matters, he must also be in spiritual matters.

Sequitur: 2Christi enim agere vices in monasterio creditur.

Next: 2For he is believed to act in the place of Christ in the monastery.

Iterum videndum est, quomodo agat Christi vices in monasterio. Ita enim agit: Christus enim descendit de coelis et elegit apostolos; ad hoc elegit, ut illos amaret, sicut dicit ipse Dominus; ait enim: Sicut dilexit me Pater, et ego dilexi vos [Io 15:9]. Et iterum ad hoc elegit, ut illos doceret, sicut idem Dominus dicit: Omnia, quaecunque audivi a Patre meo, nota feci vobis. [Io 15:15]

Again it must be seen how he should act in the place of Christ in the monastery. For he acts thus: Christ descended from heaven and chose his apostles; he chose for this reason, that he might love them, just as the Lord himself says. For he says: Just as the Father loved me, I have also loved you. [Io 15:9] And again he chose for this reason, that he might teach them, just as the Lord himself says: All thing whatsoever I have heard from my Father, I have made known to you. [Io 15:15]

Et iterum ideo apostoli elegerunt Dominum, ut diligerent illum, et obedirent ei; nam quod ideo elegerunt Dominum, ut diligerent illum, testatur Dominus, cum dicit illis: Ipse enim Pater amat vos, quia vos amatis me et credidistis mihi, quia a Deo exivi [Io 16:27]. In hoc, quod dixit amatis, ostendit amorem apostolorum erga se, et in eo, quod dixit credidistis, ostendit obedientiam apostolorum.

And again the Apostles indeed chose the Lord, so that they might love and obey him. They chose the Lord for this reason, so that they might love him. They chose the Lord for this purpose, so they might love him, as the Lord bears witness when he says to them: For the Father himself loves you, because you love me and believed in me, since I came from God [Io 16:27]. That he said you love me shows the love of the apostles towards him, and that here he said you believed in me shows the obedience of the apostles.

Vide modo, sicut Dominus elegit discipulos, ut amaret et doceret eos, ita et abbas monachos ad hoc debet eligere, si vicem vult agere Christi, ut illos diligat et doceat; nam si alias elegerit, non vicem Christi agit; ille autem videat, cujus vicem ita eligendo discipulos agat.

Now see that just as the Lord chose his disciples so that he might love and teach them, thus also the abbot ought to choose his monks according to whether he wishes to act in the place of Christ, so that he might love and teach them. For if he chooses others, he does not act in the place of Christ. Moreover, let [the abbot] see in whose place he should act in choosing his disciples.

Et iterum monachi ad hoc debent eligere abbatem suum, ut ament illum et obediant ei, sicut discipuli Christum; nam si aliter elegerint, i. e. non ut abbatem suum ament et obediant, non vicem discipulorum tenent, sed aliorum; illi videant, in quorum vice eligunt sibi abbatem.

And again the monks ought to choose their abbot accordingly, so that they may love and obey him, just as the disciples loved and obeyed Christ; for if they choose differently, that is so that they may not love and obey their abbot, they do not keep the place of the apostles, but of others; let those men in the place of [the apostles] see that they choose the abbot for themselves.

Nam idcirco praecipit S. Benedictus, abbatem novitium per unum annum probare, ut cognoscat abbas illum, si possit illum amare et docere, et similiter ille novitius debet providere per unum annum abbatem, quem amet et cui obediat.

For therefore St. Benedict instructs the abbot to test a novice for one year, so that the abbot may know him, [and] if he is able to love and teach him, and likewise that novice ought to see for a year what to expect concerning the abbot whom he would love and obey.

Nam iterum dico; nam si abbas, sicut diximus, non eligit monachos et in dilectione et doctrina Dei non habet illos, non abbas Christi, sed diaboli est abbas. Similiter et illi monachi, si non obedierint abbati aut dilexerint eum, non illum in vice Christi habent patrem. Et est sensus, cum dicit: Christi enim vicem agere creditur in monasterio, i. e. in vice Christi [page 88] creditur esse abbas in monasterio; et ubi dicit creditur, subaudiendum est: ab aliis.

For again I say that if the abbot, as we have said, does not choose his monks and does not hold them in love and in the doctrine of God, then the abbot is not Christ’s, but the devil’s. Likewise also those monks, if they do not obey the abbot or love him, they do not hold their father in the place of Christ. It this is the sense, when he says: For he is believed to act in the place of Christ in the monastery, that is, the abbot is believed to be in the place of Christ [page 88] in the monastery; and when he says is believed, it must be understood: by others.

Sequitur: 2Quando ipsius vocatur praenomine 3dicente apostolo: Accepistis spiritum adoptionis filiorum Dei, in quo clamamus: Abba, pater [Rm 8:15].

Next: 2When he is called by Christ’s title, 3as the Apostle says: You have received the spirit of the adoption of the sons of God, in which we cry out: Abba, father. [Rm 8:15]

In hoc, quod dicit praenomine, ostendit, nomen et dignitatem Christi in monasterio abbatem habere. Dignitatem enim dico, quantum ad hominem attinet, quantum vero ad Deum, dignatio Dei est, eo quod Deus condescendendo nobis fecit se patrem nostrum, sicut jam superius diximus; praenomen enim nomen est dignitatis.

Because he says by [Christ's] title, he shows by this that the abbot has the name and authority of Christ within the monastery. I say authority, as much as it pertains to man, but also as much as it pertains to God. Authority is God’s because God in descending to us made himself our father, as we already said earlier; for his name is the name of authority.

Deinde quia S. Benedictus dixit rem grandem, cum dixit, abbatem vicem Christi agere in monasterio, idcirco illam firmavit hoc testimonio, quod dicit: Accepistis spiritum adoptionis filiorum, in quo clamamus: Abba, pater.

Then, because St. Benedict said a great thing when he said that the abbot acts in the place of Christ in the monastery, he therefore strengthened that statement with this testimony, because he says: You have received the spirit of the adoption of sons, in which we cry out: Abba, father.

Paulus enim hoc jam baptizatis dicebat, et illis dicebat cum caritate, qui non cum timore serviebant; et hoc sciendum est, quia narrando Paulus dixit et indicavit illis, quia non spiritum servitutis acceperunt, sed spiritum adoptionis filiorum.

For Paul said this to the newly baptized and he spoke with love to those men, who did not serve with fear; and it must be understood that Paul, in relating this, said and indicated to them that they did not receive a spirit of servitude but rather a spirit of the adoption of sons.

Ubi animadvertendum est, quia debet unusquisque suam conscientiam inquirere, utrum Deo per timorem an per amorem servit; si autem cognoverit, se per timorem servire, tunc se cognoscat filiorum spiritum adoptionis non accepisse, sed spiritum timoris; si autem cognoverit, se per amorem servire, tunc se cognoscat spiritum adoptionis filiorum accepisse. Similiter et monachi, si per timorem obediunt abbati, tunc non est causa sua bona, quia non acceperunt spiritum adoptionis filiorum, sed timoris.

Whereby, it must be observed whether one serves God through fear or through love, since each person ought to examine his own conscience. But if [a person] recognizes that he serves through fear, then he should recognize that he did not receive the spirit of the adoption of sons, but rather the spirit of fear. But if he recognizes that he serves through love, then he should recognize that he received the spirit of the adoption of sons. Likewise also the monks: if they obey the abbot through fear, then this is a bad motive, because they did not receive the spirit of adoption of sons, but rather the spirit of fear.

Vide modo, sicut Paulus dicit, illos spiritum adoptionis Domini accepisse, in quo clamant Deum patrem, ita et monachi quasi spiritum adoptionis accipiunt ab abbate suo, quem sibi in vice Christi elegerunt patrem, in quo clamant illum patrem.

Now see, just as Paul says, that they received the spirit of the adoption of the Lord, in which they cry out to God the father, thus also the monks receive the spirit of adoption from their abbot, whom they chose for themselves as father in the place of Christ, when they call him father.

Abba hebraica et syriaca lingua est, graeca vero et latina lingua pater dicitur. Quia cognovit B. Paulus apostolus, gentes suas epistolas esse lecturas, ideo dixit Abba, pater, ut unaquaequae gens in sua liugua haberet hoc nomen, quod est pater.

Abba is a Hebrew and Syrian word, but called pater in Greek and Latin. Because the blessed apostle Paul recognized that gentiles would read his epistles, he therefore said Abba, pater, so that every people might have this name, that is pater, in his own language.

Sequitur: 4Ideoque abbas nihil extra praeceptum Domini, quod absit, debet docere aut constituere vel jubere.

Next: 4Therefore the abbot must not, heaven forbid teach or establish or command anything that is outside the Lord’s commandments.

Istud [page 89] enim ideo ad superiorem sensum attinet, ac si diceret: Si abbas vicem Christi agere creditur, propterea non debet docere aut constitnere vel jubere, quod absit, i. e, quod nunquam sit, contra praeceptum Domini; extra praeceptum Domini ponitur pro 'contra' praeceptum; extra enim pro 'contra' ponitur.

This [page 89] therefore pertains to the earlier sense, as if he said: If it is believed that the abbot acts in the place of Christ, for this reason he must not teach or establish or decree, heaven forbid, that is, never teach what is contrary to God’s teaching; outside the Lord’s commandments is in place of ‘against’ the commandments; for outside is in place of ‘against’.

Docere enim attinet ad doctrinam, quae est in scripturis divinis, ac si diceret: nihil aliud debet docere, nisi quod in textu regulae et in scripturis divinis invenitur.

For to teach pertains to doctrine, which is in the holy scriptures, as if he said: He must teach nothing else except what is found in a text of the Rule and in the holy scriptures.

Sic enim B. Hieronymus dicit: Cave prudens lector superstitiosam intelligentiam, ut non sensui tuo jungas scripturas, sed scripturae jungas sensum tuum, ut intelligas, quod sequatur [Jerome, Commentarii in Evangelium Matthaei I, 10:29, PL 26, col. 66D].

For thus the blessed Jerome says: Beware, prudent reader, of superstitious interpretation, so that you do not join the scriptures to your own meaning, but that you bring your meaning to the scriptures, so that you may understand what follows [Jerome, Commentarii in Evangelium Matthaei I, 10:29].

Constituere vero attinet, ad locus, qui constituuntur in monasterio. Et quomodo isti loci constitui possunt contra praeceptum Domini? Possunt etiam, si ita constituuntur, ut non honeste et recte constituantur, ita ut saluti animae in illis locis aliqua contrarietas generetur; recte et honeste constituuntur, ut fratres, qui ibi laborant aut quidquid agunt, possint sine contrarietate animae laborare.

But to establish pertains to the places, which are established in the monastery. And how can these places be established contrary to the Lord’s commandments? They can indeed, if they are established in such a manner that they are not established honorably and properly, but so that in these places some opposition to the salvation of the soul is created; it is established properly and honorably so that the brothers, who work there or who do something there can work there without opposition to their soul.

Verbi gratia, loci sunt, quos alii affectus (?) vocant, ut sunt isti, ubi fratres operantur manibus aut ubi lavantur, quando polluti in nocte fuerint, aut ubi legunt aut aliquid agunt, sicut diximus.

There are for example places that others call affectus,1 just as there are those places where brothers work with their hands or where they are washed when they have been polluted in the night, or where they read or do something else, as we have said.

Jubere vero attinet ad imperium, sicut imperat abbas monacho, vadere in aliquem locum aut aliquid agere. Talia enim jussa contra praeceptum Domini sunt, si in his praeceptis scandalum animae reperitur; illa enim studeamus discere in terris, quorum nobis notitia proficiat in coelis.

To command certainly pertains to authority (imperium), just as the abbot orders (imperat) a monk to go to someplace or to do something. For such orders are contrary to the Lord’s commandments, if in these commandments there is an offence of the soul. Let us strive to learn these things on earth, knowledge of which may benefit us in heaven.

Sequitur: 5Sed jussio ejus vel doctrina fermentum divinae justitiae in discipulorum mentibus conspergatur.

Next: 5But instead his command and his teaching should sprinkle the yeast of divine justice in the minds of his disciples.

Nunc videndum est, quare S. Benedictus superius dixit tria, id est docere vel constituere vel jubere, et hic dixit duo, jussio et doctrina. Ideo non dixit constitutio, quia constituere attinet, sicut dixi, ad constitutionem locorum, quae magis ad exteriorem hominem attinet, eo quod ibi noster exterior homo corporaliter agit in illo, quamvis salus animae in illis possit reperiri; doctrina vero vel jussio ad cordis aures attinet, id est interioris hominis, eo quod per illum homo exterior percipit verba.

Now it must be seen how St. Benedict said three things above, that is to teach or to establish or to command, and here he said only two, command and teaching. He did not say establishment (constitutio) because it pertains to establishing (constituere). Just as I said [earlier], the establishment of places relates more to the exterior man because our exterior man exists there physically, although the salvation of the soul can be found in those [physical places]. But teaching or command pertains to the ears of the heart, that is to the inner man, because the exterior man learns the words through him.

Fermenti enim natura [page 90] est, omnem saporem farinae ad se trahere. Fermentum autem in malo et in bono ponitur; ponitur enim in malo, ut est illud: Expurgate vetus fermentum, ut sitis nova conspersio, sicut estis azimi [1 Cor 5:7]. Fermentum enim ad veteris Adae conversationem attinet; Adam enim fermentum fuit in massa generis humani, quia sicut ille corruptus fuit, ita traxit omnem saporem generis humani, i. e. corrupit genus humanum. Sed Deus misertus humanae naturae misit aliud fermentum in terris, hoc est filium suum, qui faceret novam conspersionem, ut omnes, quotquot voluerint, salvarentur. Ille vero fecit novam conspersionem et traxit omnia ad suum saporem, sicut ipse dixit: Si exaltatus fuero a terra, omnia traham ad me [Io 12:32].

For it is the nature of yeast [page 90] to draw all the flavour of the flour to itself. But yeast is placed within the bad as well as the good. It is placed in the bad, as it is said: Purify the old yeast, so that you will be as new dough, just as you are morally pure.2 [1 Cor 5:7] For yeast belongs to the way of life of Adam in the Old Testament; for Adam was the yeast in the dough of the human race, and just as he was corrupted, so he drew all his flavour to the human race, that is he corrupted the race of man. But God, having mercy on human nature, sent another yeast to earth, that is his son, to make new dough, so that all who wished would be saved. Indeed, he made new dough and drew all things to his flavour, just as he said himself: If I am exalted, I will draw all things from the earth to me. [Io 12:32]

In hoc enim loco, ubi dicit omnia, subaudiendum est: electa. Et propterea Paulus dicit: Expurgate vetus fermentum [1 Cor 5:7], i. e. expellite a vobis veteris Adae conversationem, ut possitis suscipere novi Adae, qui est Christus.

For in this place, where he says ‘all things’, it is to be understood as “chosen things.” And therefore Paul says: Purify the old yeast, [1 Cor 5:7] that is drive away from yourself the way of the old Adam, so that you can receive the way of the new Adam, who is Christ.

B. vero Benedictus, quia superius dixerat, abbatem vicem Christi agere, idcirco dicit nunc: Jussio ejus vel doctrina fermentum divinae justitiae in discipulorum mentibus conspergatur, ac si diceret: quia vicem agit Christi, ita debet trahere ad suum saporem omnem massam monachorum, sicut Christus traxit ad se omnia, hoc est per patientiam, per humilitatem, per doctrinam et ceteras virtutes.

Indeed St. Benedict, because he had said above that the abbot acts in the place of Christ, therefore now says His command and his teaching should sprinkle the yeast of divine justice in the minds of his disciples, as if he said: because he acts in the place of Christ, he must thus draw the entire dough of monks to his flavour, just as Christ drew all things to himself, that is through patience, humility, teaching, and other virtues.

Ubi enim dicit fermentum; subaudiendum est: quasi ut sit fermentum divinae legis justitiae; fermentum enim tunc bene trahit saporem massae ad suum saporem, si prius fuerit comminutum atque minutatum; ita et abbas tunc recte potent trahere voluntates et mores monachorum ad suum morem, si prius fuerit comminutus et contribulatus, hoc est, si compassionem et tribulationem fratrum suorum habuerit.

For where he says yeast, it must be understood: as though it may be the yeast of the law of divine justice; for then the yeast draws well the taste of the dough to his own flavour, if first it is broken down and weakened; thus then the abbot can also rightly draw the will and the ways of the monks to his way, if he shall first be broken down and afflicted, that is, if he has compassion and distress for his brothers.

Item fermentum, sicut Isidorus dicit, a fervore dictum est, quod plus prima hora non potest continere, crescendo enim excedit [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2.18]. De fermentis2 enim in scripturis divinis, sicut Beda dicit, pro dilectione ponitur [cf Bede, In Lucae Evangelium Expositio IV, 13:21, CCSL 120, p. 270] [page 91].

Likewise yeast (fermentum), as Isidore says, it is named from the word heat (fervore), which cannot be contained for more than the first hour, for it expands by growing.3 Yeast, in the divine scriptures, stands for love, as Bede says. 4

Sequitur: 6Memor semper abbas, quia doctrinae sua vel discipulorum obedientiae utrarumque rerum in tremendo judicio Dei facienda erit discussio.

Next: 6The abbot must always be mindful that there will have to be a trial in God’s fearsome court concerning two matters: his teaching and his disciples’ obedience.

Istud enim vel pro ‘et’ positum est.

Indeed, that word vel is used in place of et.

Egregius enim ordo est in hoc loco in eo quod superius admonuit abbatem, ut doctrina ejus vel jussio talis sit, quale fermentum divinae justitiae in mentibus discipulorum, et nunc subjunxit dicens: Memor semper abbas, quia ille de doctrina sua, et monachi de obedientia sua reddituri sunt rationem in die judicii; et ob hoc dixit solummodo abbati memorem esse, ut ille sollicitus sit de doctrina sua et discipulos suos reddat sollicitos de obedientia sua.

For there is an excellent [word] order in this place because he cautioned the abbot above that his teaching and command might be like the yeast of divine justice in the minds of the disciples, and now Benedict he adds this, saying: The abbot must always be mindful that he [will be tried] on his teaching, and that the monks will deliver an account of his obedience on the day of judgement. And he said only to the abbot to be mindful on this account, so that he may be attentive to his teaching and make his disciples attentive to their obedience.

Altero vero modo idcirco dixit, solummodo abbatem memorem esse debere, eo quod ille tam de sua doctrina quam de obedientia discipulorum suorum redditurus est rationem Deo in die judicii. Et propterea dixit: (de) obedientia discipulorum suorum, utrum sit perfecta an imperfecta obedientia, sicut et: (de) doctrina abbatis, si plus fuerit aut minor illa doctrina, quam debet.

Therefore he said, but in another way, that only the abbot must be mindful because he will deliver an account to God on the day of judgement not only about his teaching but about his disciples’ obedience as well. And therefore he said: (concerning) his disciples’ obedience, whether it may be perfect or imperfect obedience, and likewise (concerning) the abbot’s teaching, whether that teaching is more or less [perfect] than it must be.

Nunc iterum videndum est, quare dicit semper, cum dixit: memor abbas. Ideo dixit semper, quia voluit B. Benedictus, ut nunquam a corde abbatis discussio ista, id est inquisitio ista recedat.

Now it must be seen again in what way he said always, when he said: the abbot must be mindful. He said always, because blessed Benedict wished that this trial never [be absent from] the heart of the abbot, that is, that the investigation be far [from his heart].

Et iterum videndum est, quare dixit tremendo, cum suffecisset illi dicere: in die judicii facienda erit discussio? Ideo dixit tremendo, ut tremorem incuteret legentibus et audientibus hanc legem.

And it must be seen again in what way he said fearsome, when it would have been sufficient for him to say that a trial will be held on the day of judgement. He said fearsome [tremendo], so that he might instill trembling in those reading and hearing this law.

Et quia voluit, ut abbas hanc discussionem manifestus et plenius cognosceret, idcirco hoc exemplum pastoris subjungere studuit; ait enim: 7Sciatque abbas, culpae pastoris incumbere, quidquid in ovibus paterfamilias utilitatis minus potuerit invenire, ac si diceret: sicut paterfamilias inquirit diligenter pastorem ovium suarum de negligentiis earum.

And because he wished the abbot to find this examination [of his own heart] to be clearer and more complete, he therefore strived to join it with this example of a shepherd, for he says: 7And an abbot should know that whatever use the father of the household finds lacking in the sheep will be blamed on the shepherd, as if he said: just as the father of the household carefully examines a shepherd of his sheep about his neglect.

Verbi gratia, inquirit eum: 'Quare mortua est ovis mea? quare lupus rapuit illam? quare ovile non fuit bene coopertum? quare, cum infirma fuit, non medicavit illi, vel quare forsitan flagellavit illam?' et cetera his similia; quodsi pastor potuerit illi mittere rationem de infirma vel mortua [page 92] ove, tunc liberabitur, si vero non potuerit, poenae subjacebit: ita et Dominus faciet cum abbate.

For example, he asks: 'How did my sheep die? How did a wolf seize her? Why was the sheepfold not well covered? Why, when she was sick, did you not medicate her, or why perhaps did you flog her?' and other questions like these. But if the shepherd is able to give him an account of a sick or dead [page 92] sheep, then he is acquitted; if however he cannot, then he is liable to punishment. And so God does with the abbot.

Paterfamilias est Dominus, pastor vero est abbas, oves autem intelliguntur monachi, tempus, quo missurus est abbas rationem, intelligitur vita futura, in qua debet abbas mittere rationem de negligentiis monachorum suorum.

The father of the household is the lord, but the shepherd is the abbot, while the sheep are understood to be the monks, and the time, in which the abbot makes account, is understood to be the future life, in which the abbot must render an account for the failings of his monks.

Et bene dixit: quidquid in ovibus paterfamilias utilitatis minus potuerit invenire, id est non solum de spiritali negligentia, verum etiam de temporali eorum necessitate missurus erit rationem; quodsi non poterit mittere rationem tam de spiritali quam de temporali negligentia eorum, tunc condemnabitur.

And he said well: whatever use the father of the household finds lacking in the sheep will be blamed on the shepherd, that is not only concerning spiritual neglect, but also concerning their earthly needs he will render an account. But if he is not able to render an account of spiritual as well as earthly neglect of them, then he will be condemned.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia non liberabuntur monachi, cum abbas condemnatus fuerit, sed monachi condemnabuntur juxta meritum suum; abbas vero duplici poena luet, id est una pro sua negligentia, altera, quia illius negligentia non recta egerunt monachi.

And this must be observed, that the monks will not be acquitted when the abbot is condemned, but rather the monks will be condemned according to their own merit. Certainly the abbot pays a double punishment, that is one for his neglect, the other because through his neglect the monks did not act properly.

Si autem potuerit mittere rationem, quia non sua negligentia perierunt, tunc liberabitur, sicut in subsequentibus manifestat; ait enim: 8tantum iterum erit liber, ut si inquieto vel inobedienti gregi pastoris fuerit omnis diligentia attributa.

If, however, he is able to give an account that [the monks] did not perish through his neglect, then he will be acquitted, as is made clear in the following, for [Benedict] says: 8Likewise he will be equally free if all diligence is applied to a shepherd’s unsettled and disobedient flock.5

Vide modo, quia, sicut prius terrorem incussit abbati de ratione mittenda, ita nunc laetificare eum studet, dum dicit: Tantum iteram erit liber.

Look at the way that, just as [Benedict] earlier instilled fear in the abbot concerning the account that must be given, thus now he desires to delight him, when he says: Likewise he will be equally free.

Et cum dicit liber, subaudiendum est: a vinculis negligentiae monachorum.

And when he says free, it must be understood: [free] from the chains of the monks’ neglect.

Animadvertendum est in hoc loco, quia inquietus et ad animam et ad corpus attinet, eo quod est inquietudo animae et corporis, et per inquietudinem corporis ostenditur inquietudo animae, et ex inquietudine animae procedit inquietudo corporis.

It must be observed in this place, that unsettled [inquietus] concerns both the mind and the body, because disturbance [inquietudo] is of the mind and of the body, and disturbance of the mind is exhibited through the disturbance of the body, just as disturbance of the body proceeds from the disturbance of the mind.

Inquieto, id est non quieto. Inquietudo corporis est, cum monachus vagatur de loco in locum; inquietudo animae est, cum audit signum et tardius occurrit [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43], vel negligenter agit ea, quae sibi injuncta fuerint, eo quod anima non est in suo statu, in quo debuit esse, sed quasi jam vacat, 3 cum a sua rectitudine cecidit in negligentiam.

Unsettled, that is not settled. Disturbance of the body is when a monk wanders from place to place; disturbance of the mind is when he hears the bell and comes to meet it slowly [c.f. Regula Benedicti, c. 43], or he carries out those things which have been imposed upon him negligently because his mind is not in the condition ought to be, but is as if already vacant,6 when it falls from correctness into neglect.

Omnis pastoris fuerit diligentia attributa.

All diligence is applied [to a] shepherd’s [flock].

Nunc videndum est, quare dixit omnis, cum dixit diligentia? Ideo dixit [page 93] omnis, ut non solum abbas debeat de diligentia spiritali studium habere, sed etiam de necessitate eorum temporali. Ideo, enim dixit omnis, cum dicit diligentia, quia ad spiritalem et temporalem diligentiam attinere voluit: ad temporalem, sicut est domus, locus, cibus, potus, vestimentum, et caetera his similia. Quia si solummodo de spiritali diligentia et non temporali sollicitus fuerit, nil adjuvat, et iterum nil adjuvat, si solummodo de temporali necessitudine eorum sollicitus fuerit, (si) non4 spiritali. Sed tamen plus debet de spiritali diligentia studiosus esse quam de temporali.

Now it must be seen why he said all when he said diligence. He said [page 93] all, so that the abbot should not only be zealous for spiritual diligence, but as well for their temporal need. Therefore he said all, when he said diligence, because he wished to refer to spiritual and to worldly diligence such as house, a place, a meal, a drink, clothes, and other similar things. Because if he is only concerned with spiritual diligence and not with worldly [diligence], [then] he is of no use, and again he is of no use if he is only concerned with their worldly needs, not with spiritual [needs]. But nevertheless he ought to be more devoted about the spiritual diligence than about the worldly [diligence].

Attributa, id est impensa.

Applied, that is, devoted to.

Sequitur: 8morbidis eorum actibus fuerit universa cura exhibita.

Next: 8Every effort to cure its unhealthy actions is applied.

Quod dicit: morbidis actibus, ad infirmitates mentis attinet, quia de corporalium infirmitatum cura inferius dicturus est.

 When he says unhealthy actions, it pertains to the sicknesses of the mind, because he will discuss the treatment of corporal sickness below.

Et bene dixit: morbidis actibus, quia infirmitas animae per actiones corporis intelligitur, sicuti est, cum pigre ad officium venit et somnolentiam habet, et caetera, his similia.

And well he said: unhealthy actions, because sickness of the mind is understood through actions of the body, just as it is when [a monk] comes slowly to the office and he is drowsy, and similar things.

Morbidis actibus intelliguntur: infirmis actibus, hoc est negligentibus operibus. Morbidi actus sunt opera negligenter facta et caetera vitia.

Unhealthy actions is understood to be weak actions, that is neglected works. Unhealthy actions are works done carelessly and other sins.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia iste morbus, id est infirmitas, ex infirmitate animae procedit, quia sicut corpus habet infirmitates suas, id est febrem et caetera his similia, ita habet anima suas infirmitates, id est iram, furorem, indignationem et caetera his similia: et quantum plus fuerint opera negligenter facta, tanto ex majore infirmitate animae descendunt. Quod si majora vitia fuerint quasi poenae (paene?) morte5 infirmitates majores intelliguntur. Nam cum videris fratrem negligentem, cognosce, ejus animam esse infirmam.

And this must be observed, that this illness, that is sickness, proceeds from the sickness of the soul, because just as the body has its sicknesses, that is fever and other similar things, so the soul has its sicknesses, that is anger, rage, indignation and other similar things. And the more carelessly works are done, the more they derives from great illness of the soul. Because if there are major faults, like the punishments of death, then they should be understood as major illnesses. For when you see a negligent brother, know that his soul is sick.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia unum significat istud, quod hic dixit: universa cura fuerit exhibita, et illud, quod superius dixit: omnis diligentia attributa; et ob hoc hic illud replicavit causa exaggerationis verborum.

And it must be observed that it means one and the same thing when Benedict said here and every effort to cure is applied, and when he said above all diligence is applied. He repeated it for the sake of emphasizing the words.

[page 94] Sequitur: 9Pastor eorum in judicio Domini absolutus dicat cum Propheta Domino.

[page 94] Next: 9Let their shepherd, acquitted in the Lord’s judgement, speak to the Lord, with the Prophet.

Absolutus, subaudiendum est: a vinculis negligentiae discipulorum suorum.

Acquitted, must be understood as from the negligence of his disciples.7

Dicat positum est pro ‘dicet’.

Let him speak [dicat] is instead of he will speak [dicet].

Sequitur: 9Justitiam tuam non abscondi in corde meo, veritatem tuam et salutare tuum dixi [Ps. 39:11].

Next: 9I did not hide your justice in my heart and I spoke your truth and your salvation [Ps 39:11].

Justitia enim in hoc loco pro generali justitia est posita, quae ad omnes virtutes attinet, veluti est illud Prophetae; ait enim: Indicabo tibi, o homo, quid Dominus tuus requirat a te, judicium et justitium, et ambulare sollicitum cum Deo tuo [Mi 6:8]. Quasi errans genus humanum a Deo, idcirco dixit: Indicabo tibi.

For justice was put forth here instead of general justice, which pertains to all virtues, just as this statement of the prophet; for he said: I will show you, o man, what your God requires of you, judgement and justice, and to walk anxiously with your God [Mi 6:8]. Just as if the race of man wanders from God, he therefore said: I will show you.

Judicium vero est discernere inter bonum et malum, justitia autem est, recedere a malo et facere bonum. Ambulare sollicitum dixit, ut sollicite custodiat bonum, quod agit; veritas vero attinet ad Deum, quia ipse dixit: Ego sum via, veritas et vita [Io 14:6]; et iterum attinet ad specialem virtutem, de qua dicit Apostolus: Veritatem loquimini unusquisque ad proximum suum [Eph 4:25; also Za 8:16], ac si diceret: 'Nolite mentiri invicem.'

Judgement is to discern between right and wrong, justice however is to retreat from evil and do right. [The prophet]8 said walk anxiously, in order that a man protects anxiously the good he does; truth however pertains to God, because he [Christ] himself said: I am the way, the truth and the life [Io 14:6]; and again it pertains to special virtue, of which the apostle [Paul] says: Speak the truth, every person with his neighbour [Eph 4:25; also Za 8:16], as if he said: “Refuse to lie to each other.”

Salutare enim attinet ad Christum, de quo dictum est: Salutare tuum da nobis [Ps 84:8], et potest referri ad praecepta divina, quia salutaria sunt. Et est sensus, cum dixit: Justitiam tuam non abscondi in corde meo, veritatem tuam et salutare tuum dixi, i. e. dixi illis recedere a malo et facere bonum, et praecepta tua indicavi illis, necnon et te ipsum illis manifestavi.

For salvation pertains to Christ, of which is said: Grant us your salvation [Ps 84:8], and it can refer to divine teachings, because they save. And this is the sense when he said: I did not hide your justice in my heart and I spoke your truth and your salvation, that is, I have said to them to retreat from evil and do good, and I have showed your teachings to them, and I have also revealed you yourself to them.

Sequitur: 9Ipsi autem contemnentes spreverunt me. [Ez 20:27].

Next: 9Yet they scornfully rejected me. [Ez 20:27]

Contemnere, i. e. spernere, i. e. rejicere vel repellere. Tunc contemnit quis, quando non vult audire praeceptum; spernit autem, quando ea, quae audit aut habet forte, de corde suo repellit; quia aliud est, in domum non sinere intrare, sicut est contemnere, et aliud, si susceptum habet, de domo sua rejicere. Et est sensus, cum dicit: Ipsi autem contemnentes spreverunt me, i. e. noluerunt audire, et si audierunt, a cordibus suis ea, quae dixi, expulerunt.

To scorn [contemnere], that is to reject [spernere], that is to refuse [rejicere] and to drive away [repellere]. Someone scorns, when he does not wish to hear teaching; moreover he rejects [it], he drives it out of his heart, what he hears or perhaps has. For it is one thing to forbid entrance into a house, as if to scorn, and another to refuse someone already received. And this is the sense when he says Yet they scornfully rejected me, that is, they did not wish to hear me, and if they listened, still they drove from their hearts those things I said.

Sequitur: 10Et tunc demum inobedientibus curae suae ovibus poena sit eis praevalens ipsa mors.

Next: 10And then in the end the punishment for disobedient sheep in his care will be death itself prevailing over them.

 Tunc demum, i. e, tunc, deinde, postea; curae suae, i. e, saluti suae.

Then in the end, that is, then, later, afterwards.

Curae suae attinet ad spiritalem salutem et ad salutem [page 95] corporis, verbi gratia, tunc non obediunt curae suae, cum praeceptis divinis, quae salutem hominibus se observantibus praebent, non oboediunt; vel tunc non oboediunt saluti suae, cum sibi servitium aut necessitas sive pro infirmitate sive pro sanitate impensa fuerit, et illi, cum debent pro illo servitio vel necessitate sibi impensa in melius proficere, non solum non proficiunt, verum etiam in pejus proveniunt.

His care, that is, his salvation. His care pertains to spiritual salvation and to bodily salvation [page 95], for example when [brothers] do not submit to his care, when they do not obey divine teachings that provide salvation [salutem] to men who observe them. And then they do not submit to his care, when there is servitude or need for him whether for sickness or for excessive health, is applied; when they ought to do better with regard to servitude or need, not only do they not do better, but even do worse.

Sit poena suapraevalens eis ipsa mors, ita enim construitur, i. e. tunc sit, hoc est fiat poena, subaudiendum est, sua ipsa. 6

Will be death itself prevailing over them: thus [the sentence] is constructed, that is, then the punishment that should be done, and it must be understood: their own punishment.

Praevalens mors: Praevalens, i. e. valde valens. Et est sensus, cum dicit: Tunc demum inobedientibus curae suae ovibus poena sit eis praevalens ipsa mors, i. e., quantum minus studium vel minorem curam habuerint erga salutem suam tam spiritalem quam etiam corporalem, tantum majorem poenam habebunt. Et propterea dicit curae suae, i.e. salutis suae.

Death prevailing: prevailing [praevalens], that very powerful [valde valens]. And this is the sense when he says: Then in the end the punishment for disobedient sheep in his care will be death itself prevailing over them, that is, the less zeal or care they have regarding their own salvation, spiritual as well as bodily salvation, the greater will their punishment be, and therefore he says his care, that is, their salvation.

Sequitur: 11Ergo cum aliquis suscipit nomen abbatis, duplici debet doctrina suis praeesse discipulis.

Next: 11Therefore, when anyone takes up the name of abbot, he must lead his disciples with twofold teaching.

Istud enim ergo ex superioribus pendet, ubi B. Benedictus dicit: 6Memor semper abbas, quia doctrinae suae vel discipulorum obedientiae utrarumque rerum in tremendo judicio Dei facienda erit discussio, ac si diceret: Si ita est, ut ille abbas tam de sua doctrina quam de obedientia discipulorum suorum redditurus erit7 rationem, ergo, qui suscipit nomen abbatis, duplici debet doctrina suis praesse discipulis, i. e. omnia bona et saccta factis amplius quam verbis ostendat, videlicet prius bona faciendo et postmodum verbis docendo.

For that therefore depends on what was written above, where blessed Benedict says: 6The abbot must always be mindful that there will have to be a trial in God’s fearsome court concerning two matters: his teaching and his disciples’ obedience, as if he said: If it is thus that the abbot will hand over an account of his teaching as well his disciples’ obedience, therefore, he who takes up the name of abbot, must lead his disciples with twofold teaching, that is he should show [them] all that is good and holy by his deeds even more than by his words, namely first by doing good things and then by teaching with words.

Sunt enim multi, qui dicunt, solummodo esse doctrinam verbis, et iterum sunt alii, qui dicunt, solummodo esse doctrinam operibus. B. vero Benedictus quia cognovit, utrumque esse necessarium, i. e. doctrinam, quae verbis fit, et doctrinam, quae operibus, idcirco dixit duplici doctrina, i. e. doctrina, quae fit verbis, et doctrina, quae operibus.

For there are many who say that there is teaching only by words, and again there are others who say that there is teaching only by works. But blessed Benedict, because he recognizes that both are necessary, that is teaching, which takes place through words, and teaching, which takes place through works, therefore said a twofold teaching, that is teaching through words and teaching through works.

Et ut ad superiora redeamus, ubi dicitur: 12omnia bona et sancta factis amplius quam verbis ostendat: quia magis [page 96] doctor actibus quam verbis praeesse debet, docet B. Gregorius in libro pastorali hoc modo dicens, ait enim: Sed inter haec ad ea quae jam diximus, caritatis studio retorquemur... [omitted in Mittermüller, added from SC 382: ut praedicator quisque plus actibus quam vocibus insonet, et bene vivendo vestigia sequacibus imprimat quam loquendo quo gradiantur ostendat.

And let us return to the previous discussion,9 where it is said: 12He should show all good and holy things in deeds more than in words, that a teacher [page 96] ought to take the lead more through deeds than through words. St. Gregory teaches [this] in the Liber Pastoralis in this way, for he said: But in the midst of these things we are brought back by the earnest desire of charity to what we have already said above; [omitted in Mittermüller: that every preacher should give forth a sound more by his deeds than by his words, and by good living imprint footsteps for men to follow rather than by speaking show them the way to walk.

Quia et gallus iste, quem pro exprimenda boni praedicatoris specie in loquutione sua Dominus assumit, cum jam edere cantus parat, prius alas excutit, et semetipsum feriens vigilantiorem reddit Quia nimirum necesse est ut hi qui verba sanctae praedicationis movent, prius studio bonae actionis evigilent, ne in semetipsis torpentes opere, alios excitent voce; prius se per sublimia facta excutiant, et tunc ad bene vivendum alios sollicitos reddant; prius cogitationum alis semetipsos feriant; quidquid in se inutiliter torpet, sollicita investigatione deprehendant, districta animadversione corrigant; et tunc demum aliorum vitam loquendo componant; prius punire propria fletibus curent, et tunc quae aliorum sunt punienda denuntient; et antequam verba exhortationis insonent, omne quod locuturi sunt,] ... operibus clament. [Gregory the Great, Regula Pastoralis III, c. 40, SC 382, pp. 530-532]

For that cock, too, whom the Lord in his manner of speech takes to represent a good preacher, when he is now preparing to crow, first shakes his wings, and by striking himself makes himself more awake; since it is surely necessary that those who give utterance to words of holy preaching should first be well awake in earnestness of good living, lest they rouse others with their voice while themselves torpid in performance; that they should first shake themselves up by lofty deeds, and then make others solicitous for good living; that they should first strike themselves with the wings of their thoughts; that whatsoever in themselves is unprofitably torpid they should discover by anxious investigation, and correct by strict reproach, and then at last set in order the life of others by speaking; that they should first take heed to punish their own faults in tears and then denounce what calls for punishment in others; and that, before they give voice to words of exhortation, they should proclaim in their deeds what they are about to speak. [[Gregory the Great, Regula Pastoralis III, c. 40, SC 382]10

Unde subditur, 12id est: omnia bona et sancta factis amplius quam verbis ostendat.

When is added 12He should show all good and holy things in deeds more than in words.

Nunc animadvertendum est, quare praemisit omnia, cum dixit bona et sancta? Ideo dixit omnia, quia nil excludit abbati, hoc est, non secundum quod abbas eligit aut ei libitum solummodo fuerit, sed omnia debent esse bona et sancta, hoc est, quae in scripturis divinis repererit hoc est secundum auctoritatem divinarum scripturarum.

Now it must be observed, why he placed all before good and holy? He said all because he excludes nothing concerning the abbot, that is, not according to what the abbot chooses or only what is pleasing to him, but all things ought to be good and holy, that is what he learns in the divine scripture, that is, according to the authority of the divine scripture.

In hoc enim loco, quo dicit: factis amplius quam verbis ostendat, utrumque vult. s. Benedictus, id est doctrinam verborum et operum. Sed quia sunt multi, qui non possunt utrumque peragere, id est doctrinam verborum et operum, idcirco dixit: factis amplius, ac si diceret: utrumque debet peragere, sed quamvis utroque modo debet praeesse, tamen magis factis; et si periculum est in illo, qui factis solummodo praeest, tamen magis periculum est in illo, qui solummodo verbis praeest, ac si diceret: et doctrina et opere debet praeesse, maxime opere.

For in this place, where he says: He should show in deeds more than in words, and St Benedict wants both, that is the teaching by words and by deeds. But because there are many who cannot carry out either, that is the teaching by words or deeds, he therefore said: more in deeds, as if he said: he ought to carry out both, but even though he ought to lead [them] in both ways, still [he ought to lead them] more through his deeds. And if there is danger in one who leads only through deeds, there is still more danger in one who leads [them] only through words as if he said: and he ought to lead through teaching and work, [but] most of all through work.

Nam quod utrumque necessarium sit, id est doctrina verborum et doctrina operum, plurima habemus exempla. Legitur enim de Domino Jesu, quia coepit Jesus facere et docere. Vide modo, quia prius dixit facere, et postmodum docere.

That both are necessary, that is the teaching of words and the teaching of deeds, we have many examples. For it is read of the Lord Jesus that he began to act and to teach. You see in this way that he said first to act, and afterwards to teach.

Et iterum: Erat autem Jesus docens in synagogis eorum quasi potestatem habens, non sicut scribae eorum [Mc 1:22]. Sermo scribarum non habet potestatem, quia, non complent opere, quod verbis dicunt; sermo autem Domini habet potestatem, quia prius opere complebat et postmodum verbis praedicabat. Unde unusquisque, membrum ejus, si caput suum vult sequi, hoc, quod verbis praedicat, opere compleat.

And again: However Jesus was teaching in their synagogue as one having power, not as their scribes [Mc 1:22]. The word of the scribes has no power because they do not fulfil through work what they say in words; however, the word of the Lord has power because he fulfilled it first through work and afterwards he preached in words. Whence if anyone each one wants his limb to follow his head, he should fulfil in deeds what he preaches in words.

Et quod utrumque sit necessarium, testatur Papa Gregorius, cum dicit: Cujus vita despicitur, restat, ut ejus praedicatio contemnatur [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia XII, c. 1, CCSL 141, p. 82].

And Pope Gregory testifies that both are necessary when he says: The preaching of those whose life is despised will also be despised [Gregory the Great, Homoliae in Evangelia XII, c. 1].

Et [page 97] B. Hieronymus dicit: Utrumque enim Dei servis necessarium est, ut et opus sermone, et sermo operibus comprobetur. [Jerome, Commentarii in Evangelium Matthaei I, 7:21, CCSL 77, p. 45]

And [page 97] the blessed Jerome says: For both are necessary to God’s servants, that works are proven by words, and the words are proven by works. [Jerome, Commentarii in Evangelium Matthaei I, 7;21]

Sequitur: 12Ut capacibus discipulis mandata Domini verbis proponat, duris vero corde et simplicioribus factis suis divina praecepta demonstret.

Next: 12He sets out God’s commandments verbally for receptive disciples, but teaches the hard-hearted and less intelligent the divine precepts by example.

In hoc enim loco, cum dicit: ut capacibus discipulis mandata Domini verbis proponat, reddit causam, quare debeat ille abbas duplici doctrina praeesse suis discipulis, ac si diceret: aliis praeesse debet verbis, aliis autem discipulis operibus.

For in this place, where he says: he sets out God’s commandments verbally for receptive disciples, he returns to the reason why the abbot ought to lead his disciples in a twofold teaching, as if he said: he ought to lead some disciples through words, others through works.

Et bene dixit, capacibus discipulis mandata Domini verbis proponere, quia sunt aliqui subjecti, qui in quibusdam operibus praeeunt abbatem suum, et idcirco inconsequens est, ut abbas, quos gaudet habere praeeuntes, velit eos habere sequentes.

And well he said: setting out God’s commandments verbally for receptive disciples, because some [monks] placed under [the abbot] exceed their abbot in certain works, and therefore it follows that the abbot, who rejoices that they excel, would wish that they follow him.

Et forte dicit aliquis: 'quare superius dixit factis amplius, et nunc dicit verbis?' Ideo dixit verbis, quia sunt multi, qui quamvis propter aliquod impedimentum non possunt complere opere, quod verbis praedicant, tamen devotione complent. Unde quia ipsam perfectionem devotionis non possunt operibus manifestare, idcirco verbis manifestant.

And perhaps someone says: “How did he say above more in deeds, and now he says verbally?” He said verbally because there are many who, although they cannot fulfil in works what they proclaim verbally because of some hindrance, nevertheless they fulfil through devotion. Whence because they cannot make their own ideal of devotion visible through works, they make it visible verbally.

Duri corde sunt, qui intelligunt et nolunt complere. Simpliciores sunt, qui intelligunt et non possunt. Duri sunt, qui non intelligunt et possunt intelligere; sed pejores sunt illi, qui possunt intelligere et nolunt, quam illi, qui nec intelligunt nec intelligere possunt. Simpliciores sunt, qui non intelligunt, sed volunt, aut volunt et non possunt intelligere, 8 sicut diximus.

The hard-hearted are they who understand but who are unwilling to fulfill. The less intelligent are they who understand and cannot [fulfill]. The hard are they who do not understand [even though] they are able to understand; but they who can understand and do not want to are worse than those who neither understand nor are able to understand. The less intelligent are they who do not understand but want to, or want to and cannot understand, just as we have said.

De hac varietate qualitatis uniuscujusque hominis docet B. Gregorius hoc modo dicens: Alius etenim celsitudinem bene vivendi appetere et vult et valet, alius nec vult nec valet, alius vult et non vatet, alius vatet et non vult. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, XXIX, XXXIII, c. 77, CCSL 143B, p. 1490]

On this difference of character of every single human being the blessed Gregory teaches in this way, saying: Since the one wishes and is able to strive eagerly to the height of living well, the other neither wishes nor is able, the other wishes and is not able, the other is able and does not wish it. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, XXIX, XXXIII, c. 77]

Et bene dicit, istis praecepta divina factis ostendere, ut illi, sive qui intelligunt et nolunt operari, sive qui non intelligunt et volunt facere, in ejus actione legant, quid agere debeant.

And he says well that divine teachings are revealed through deeds, themselves so that those people, whether they understand and do not want to work, or they do not understand and want to act, may read in [the abbot’s] action what they ought to do.

Sequitur: 13Omnia vero, quae discipulis docuerit esse contraria, in suis factis indicet non agenda, ac si diceret: [page 98] Quidquid docuerit, discipulis esse contraria, ipse non agat; tunc enim indicat non agenda in suis factis, cum ipse illa non agit.

Next: 13He should show in his deeds that nothing must be done that is contrary to what he has taught his disciples, as if he said: [page 98] whatever he has taught his disciples that is contrary he should not do himself; for then he shows in his deeds that nothing must be done when he does not do these things himself.

Sequitur: 13Ne aliis praedicans ipse reprobus inveniatur.

Next: 13Lest preaching to others he himself be found blameworthy.

Nunc reddit causam, quare debeat ille abbas in suis factis indicare non agenda contraria discipulis, cum dicit: ne aliis praedicans ipse reprobus inveniatur, ac si diceret: idcirco non debet ille abbas agere ea, quae discipulos docuerit non agere, ut non inveniatur reprobus.

Now he gives to the reason why the about ought to show his disciples in his deeds that nothing contrary must be done, when he says: lest preaching to others he himself be found blameworthy, as if he said: therefore the abbot ought not to do these things which he taught his disciples not to do, so that he will not be found wanting.

Istud, quod nunc dicit: ne aliis praedicans ipse reprobus inveniatur, de Paulo apostolo sumpsit. Dixerat hoc Paulus apostolus Corinthiis tempore, quo pseudoapostoli surrexerunt et dicebant Corinthiis, Paulum apostolum falsum apostolum esse et non vidisse Dominum et non vera praedicasse, et seducebant multos Corinthios et separabant se a praedicatione Pauli. Paulus apostolus cum hoc cognovisset, idcirco dixit illis: Libenter suffertis insipientes, cum suis ipsi sapientes et reliqua [2 Cor 11:19], et pervenit usque ad illum locum, ubi dicit: Castigo corpus meum et servituti redigo, ne, cum aliis praedicaverim, ipse reprobus efficiar [1 Cor 9:27], ac si diceret: 'Miror vos o Corinthi, quare suscipitis voluntarie insipientes, cum sitis sapientes; in me potestis illos cognoscere, quia illi falsi et stulti sunt, id est, si ego idcirco corpus meum castigo et servituti illud redigo, ne reprobus iuveniar, ergo illi reprobi sunt, quia falsum dicunt et nolunt operibus complere, quod verbis praedicant.'

That which he now says, lest preaching to others he himself be found blameworthy, he took from the apostle Paul. The apostle Paul spoke to the Corinthians in the time when pseudoapostles arose and said to the Corinthians that the apostle Paul was a false apostle and had not seen the Lord and had not preached truly, and [the pseudoapostles] led many Corinthians astray and separated them from the preaching of Paul.11 When the apostle Paul had found this out he therefore said to them: You gladly suffer with fools while you yourself are so wise [2 Cor 11:19] etc. and arrived at that place, where he says: I chastise my body and bring it into subjection, lest, when I have preached to others, I will not be condemned myself [1 Cor 9:27], as if he said: 'Wonder, o Corinthians, why you willingly suffer fools, while you are wise; in me you can recognize them, because they are false and stupid, that is, if I [ego] chastise my body on that account and bring it into subjection, lest I am found blameworthy, they are therefore condemned, because they speak falsehood and do not want to fulfill in deeds what they preach in words.'

Sequitur: 14Ne quando illi dicat Deus peccanti: Quare tu enarras justitias meas et assumis testamentum meum per os tuum, tu vero odisti disciplinam et projecisti sermones meos post te. [Ps 49:16-17]

Next: 14Lest God someday speak to him as a sinner: Why do you expound on my justice and lay claim to my covenant with your mouth? In fact, you hated discipline and hurled my words behind you [Ps. 49:16-17].

Ne quando, id est ne aliquando; peccanti, i. e. dicenti et non facienti.

Lest someday, that is lest at any time; a sinner, that is he who speaks and does not do.

Apte et congrue dicit nunc: Quare tu enarras justitias meas et assumis testamentum meum per os tuum, tu vero odisti disciplinam et projecisti sermones meos post te. Quia dederat superius de bonis praedicatoribus exemplum, [et] nunc subjunxit de malis alterum exemplum.

Fittingly and suitably he says now: Why do you expound on my justice and lay claim to my covenant with your mouth? In fact, you hated discipline and hurled my words behind you. Because above he had given an example of good preachers, he now added another example of bad ones.

Justitia enim in hoc loco pro generali [j]ustitia ponitur, quae ad omnes virtutes attiuet, veluti est [page 99] illud: Attendite, ne justitiam vestram faciatis coram hominibus. [Mt 6:1]

For in this place justice set forth instead of general justice, which pertains to all virtues, just as [page 99] this is:12 Take heed that you do not do your justice before men. [Mt 6:1]

Testamentum autem in hoc loco tam de veteri, quam de novo testamento dicitur; testamentum vetus ideo dicitur, quia veteribus hominibus, i. e. qui ad veteris Adae conversationem attinebant, novum autem testamentum ideo dicitur, quia novis hominibus datum est, i. e., qui ad novum hominem attinent, id est Christum.

But in this place covenant is said of the old, as well as of the new covenant; the old covenant is mentioned because it was given to the old men, that is, they who kept to the old way of life of Adam. However the new covenant is mentioned, because it was given to the new men, that is they who keep [the way of life] of the new man, that is Christ.

Sic enim dicit B. papa Gregorius: Novus homo venit in mundum, nova praecepta edidit (dedit?) mundo [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia XXXII, CCSL 141, p. 277].

So the blessed pope Gregory says: A new man has come into the world; he gave new commandments [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia XXXII].

Disciplina autem est omnium mandatorum Dei custodia; et est sensus, cum dicit: Quare tu enarras justitias meas et assumis testamentum meum per os tuum? 'O peccator! quare tu audes vel praesumis, per os tuum mea praecepta dicere, cum tu non facis ea, quae dicis?'

However discipline is the keeping of all the commands of God; and this is the sense when he says: Why do you expound on my justice and lay claim to my covenant with your mouth? 'O sinner! How do you dare or presume to speak my teachings with your mouth when you do not do what you say?'

Nunc animadvertendum est, quomodo potest quis sermonem Dei retrorsum ejicere, cum illo sermo non est corporalis, sed nec materialis?

Now it must be observed: how can anyone hurl the word of God behind him, when that word is neither physical nor material?

Verum potest rejici, verbi gratia, nos illam rem, quam amamus et diligimus, ante oculos nostros ponimus; etiamsi ante oculos non sit, tamen oculo cordis illam intendimus. Et rem, quam non diligimus, post dorsum rejicimus, et quamvis in praesentia sit, tamen oculos cordis ab illa avertimus. Ita et spiritaliter; tunc enim quis praeceptum et sermonem Domini post se projicit, cum non vult illum implere, sicuti est illud: Verterunt ad me dorsum et non faciem. [Ie 2:27]

He can certainly repel, for example, that thing which we love and hold dear, which we place before our eyes. Even if it is not before our eyes, we still hold it before the eye of the heart. And the thing that we do not hold dear, we leave behind; and although it is in [our] presence, we turn the eyes of the heart away from it. And thus [it is] spiritually; for then someone hurls behind him the teaching and the word of the Lord when he does not wish to fulfill them, just as that is: They have turned their back to me and not their face. [Ie 2:27].

Quid est, quod dicit Dominus? Quomodo potest quis dorsum in faciem Dei ponere, cum Dominus ubique sit et undique? Elle dorsum in faciem Domini ponit, qui illum non diligit nec sermonem ejus opere complet.

What is it that the Lord speaks of? How can someone put their back to the face of God, when the Lord is anywhere and everywhere? That person turns his back to the face of God, he who does not love him nor fulfills the word in his work.

Sequitur: 15Et qui in fratris tui oculo festucam videbas, in tuo trabem non vidisti [Mt 7:3]?

Next: 15And You saw the splinter in your brother’s eye but did not see the plank in your own [Mt 7:3]?

Hoc autem Dominus in Evangelio dicit; ait enim: 'O hypocrita! prius ejice trabem, quae est in oculo tuo, et tunc, perspicies educere festucam de oculo fratris tui [Mt 5:7].'

Also the Lord says this in the gospel, for he said: 'O hypocrite! First cast out the plank that is in your own eye, and only then will you be seen to cast out the splinter from your brother’s eye [Mt 5:7].'

Per trabem intelligitur inveterata ira. Bene per trabem intelligitur inveterata ir, quia sicut arbusta vel virgultum per augmentationem temporis adeo sumit [page 100] robur et fortitudinem, ut arbor sit, ita et inveterata ira, quae per augmentationem temporis adeo sumit robur et fortitudinem, ut merito nomine trabis nuncupetur.

By plank old rage is understood. Old rage is well understood through the plank, because just as shrubs or brushwood indeed takes up strength and firmness [page 100] through the increase of time, so that is becomes a tree, and so is old rage, which indeed takes up such strength and firmness through the increase of time, this it is deservedly called by the name of plank.

Per festucam vero intelligitur ira, quae ad tempus est.

But by splinter is understood temporary rage.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia non dat Dominus regulam pro uno peccato, ut tantum de uno debeat intelligi, sed per unum peccatum omne vult intelligi, sicuti est in hoc loco, per iram inveteratam vult intelligi omnia peccata majora, per iram ad tempus vult intelligi omnia minora peccata.

And this must be observed, that the Lord does not give a rule for one sin that ought to understand to concern only that one, but in one sin he wishes to understand every [sin], as it is in this passage. Through old rage he wishes all major sins to be understood; through temporary rage he wishes all minor sins to be understood.

Et est sensus, cum dicit: Qui in oculo fratris tui festucam videbas, in tuo trabem non vidisti, i. e. quare prius, 'o hypocrita, non ejecisti majora peccata, i. e. iram et caetera his similia de corde tuo, quod per oculum intelligitur, cum alium de minoribus peccatis arguebas?'

And this is the sense when he says: You saw the splinter in your brother’s eye but did not see the plank in your own, that is, 'Why, oh hypocrite, did you not first cast out your major sins from your heart (which is what eye means), that is rage and other similar things, when you accused another of minor sins?'

Nunc vero quasi aliquis interrogasset S. Benedictum dicens: 'Ecce, pater Benedicte, dedisti exemplum de bonis et malis praedicatoribus, nunc rogo, ut dicas, quid agendum sit abbati.' Ille vero quasi respondens dicit: 16Non ab eo persona, in monasterio discernatur.

But now it is as if someone asked St. Benedict, saying: 'Look, father Benedict, you gave an example of good and of bad preachers, now I ask that you say what must be done by the abbot.' He says as if answering: 16An abbot must not favour any individual in the monastery.

Nam quid sit: non ab eo persona in monasterio discernatur, inferius manifestat, cum subdit: 17Non unus plus ametur, quam alius, hoc est, non personam in monasterio discernere, i. e, non unum plus amare quam alium. Et reddit causam, quem debeat diligere, cum subdit: 17nisi quem in bonis actibus aut obedientia invenerit meliorem.

For what this is, an abbot must not favour any individual in the monastery, he makes clear below, when he adds: 17No one is to be loved more than another, that is, not to favour any individual in the monastery, i.e., not to love one more than the other. And he gives a reason whom [the abbot] ought to love, when he adds: 17unless he finds him better in good deeds or obedience.

Istud enim, quod dicitur: bonis actibus aut obedientia invenerit meliorem, tribus modis intelligitur. Uno enim modo intelligitur ita: si enim velis, ut istud aut habeat suum vigorem, i. e. distinctionis, bonis actibus intelligitur obedientia sapienter facta et studiose, obedientia vero ponitur pro obedientia simpliciter facta.

What he said – he finds [him] better in good deeds or obedience – is understood in three ways. For one way is understood thus: for if you wish that that or has its strength, that is distinction, good deeds is understood as obedience done wisely and eagerly. Obedience however is placed [here] however before obedience done simply.

Verbi gratia, duo sunt fratres, unus sapiens et intelligibilis, alter autem est simplex; et injungitur obedientia, sapienti et simplici; ille sapiens agit illam obedientiam sapienter et studiose, simplex autem, sicut intelligit, peragit illam obedientiam, et propterea, quia sapiens sapienter egit et nobiliter, vocatur ejus obedientia, actus bonus, et in isto simplici, quia simpliciter peregit suam obedientiam, vocatur pro simplicitate ejus [page 101] tantum obedientia.

For example, there are two brothers, one wise and understanding, the other simple; and obedience enjoined on the wise one and the simple one. That wise [brother] performs his obedience wisely and eagerly, however the simple [brother] carries out that obedience according to his understanding. And therefore, because the wise one acted wisely and nobly, his obedience is called good deeds, and with regard to that simple one, it is called only obedience because of his simplicity, because he simply carried out [page 101] his obedience.

Altero modo intelligitur: si velis ut istud aut habeat vigorem suum, actibus bonis ponunt pro ‘actibus spiritalibus’, veluti sunt lacrimae, jejunium, orationes, mortificationes, et cetera his similia; obedientia vero ponitur pro exercitio manuum. Si autem ponitur istud aut simpliciter pro ‘et’, tunc bonis actibus et obedientia simpliciter pro obedientia posita esse intelligendum est.

It is understood in another way: for if you wish that that or has its strength, good deeds is set down instead of spiritual deeds such as tears, fasting, prayers, mortifications and other similar things; obedience is placed instead of the exercise of the hands. If however that or is simply placed instead of “and,” then it is understood that good deeds and obedience are simply placed instead of obedience.

Sequitur: 18Non praeponatur ingenuus ex servitio convertenti.

Next: 18A free man is not to be preferred to one entering monastic life from servitude.

Perseverat adhuc B. Benedictus in reddenda ratione, de qua interrogatum esse superius intelleximus, cum dicit: non praeponatur ingenuus ex servitio convertenti, ac si diceret: si servus venerit prius et liber postea, propter libertatem illius non debet praeponi servo, quia servus est; et reddit causam, pro qua debeat praeponi, si illum abbas superponere voluerit servo, cum dicit: 18nisi aliqua causa rationabilis existat.

Still the blessed Benedict persists in rendering an account, concerning which we understand he was asked above, when he says: a free man is not to be preferred to one entering monastic life from servitude, as if he said: if someone from servitude comes first and a free man afterwards, [the latter] ought not be preferred because of his freedom to the one from servitude [just] because he is a servant. And he gives a reason about why he ought to be preferred, if that abbot would wish to place [him] above the servant, when he says: 18unless there is another good reason for it.

Istud enim, quod dicit rationabilis causa, duobus modis potest intelligi; uno enim modo intelligitur rationabilis causa de illa, quod9 superius dixerat: in bonis actibus et obedientia invenerit meliorem, quod magis ad hoc attinet. Altero autem modo intelligitur rationabilis causa, quantum ad humanam aestimationem attinet istud.

For that which he says, a good reason, can be understood in two ways. Good reason is understood in one what according to what he had said above: he finds him better in good deeds and obedience, which pertains to this to a greater extent. However another way a good reason is understood pertains as much to human value.

Verbi gratia est monasterium, in quo omnes sunt graeci et nullus eorum scit latinam (linguam) nisi unus, et ipse ordine minor est. Deinde venit hospes latinus, qui ignorat graecam locutionem; sedet abbas et fratres cum hospite. Non est enim honestum in illo loco, ut minimus illorum fratrum sedendo in ultimo loco respondeat hospiti latino, qui superius sedet facentibus aliis fratribus, sed, sicut dixi, juxta humanam rationem rationabilis causa est, ut ille minimus, quia potest hospiti respondere, promoveatur superius et sic loquatur hospiti.

For example, there is a monastery in which everyone is Greek and none of them knows the Latin language except one, and he is himself inferior in rank. Then comes a Latin guest who does not know Greek; the abbot and the brothers sit with the guest. It is not honourable in the monastery when the least of the brothers, sitting in that place, replies to the Latin-speaking guest, who sits further up with the other professed brothers. But as I said, a good reason accords with human reason, so that he who is the least important may be moved up higher and thus may speak with the guest, because he can answer the guest.

Similiter rationabilis causa, est, ut de omnibus artibus ita fiat. Et iterum rationabilis causa est, ut frater, qui bene potest cantare, promoveatur in choro, et lector in illo loco, tibi necessitas cogit lectionis, promoveatur.

Likewise good reason should be used with all skills. Again it is good reason, that the brother who can sing well is moved forward in the choir, and the reader is moved forward to where the need of reading demands it.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia si frater promoveatur propter [page 102] illud, quod B. Benedictus superius dixit, i. e. bonis actibus et obedientia in omnibus locis10, i. e. in refectorio, in capitolio et reliq. Illi vero, qui pro cantu vel lectione aut lingua aut artificio promoventur, tantum in illis locis promoveantur, ubi necessitas cogit solummodo.

And this must be observed, that if a brother is moved forward because of what the blessed Benedict said above, that is he ought to be moved forward for good deeds and obedience in all places, that is in the refectory, the chapter hall, etc. Certainly they who are moved forward on behalf of their singing or reading or language or skill are only moved forward only in those places where need demands it.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia etiam pro illo, quod superius S. Benedictus dicit, non facile promoveatur, nisi alicujus utilitatis fuerit. Hoc etiam notandum est, quia ille in omnibus promoveri debet, qui vita bonus est, i. e. qui sanctam conversationem habet, qui zelum Dei habeus aliis proficere potest et adjutor esse prioris.

And this must be observed, that in the case of that [brother] (which saint Benedict says above), he should not be moved forward easily, unless it is of some advantage. This must be noted likewise, that he ought to be moved forward in all things, who leads an honest life, that is, who has pious way of life, who with his zeal for God can benefit others and be an aid to the superior.

Quod si vita fuerit negligens et sapuerit artem, i. e. cantum, ibi promoveri debet, ubi solummodo necessitas exigit, hoc est in choro, aut ubi necessitas illius artis, quam sapit, exposcit; in reliquis vero locis ordinem suum sequatur. Si autem fuerint duo, qui aequales sunt de bona conversatione, tamen si unus ex illis est artifex, veluti est cantor, ille pro cantu in omnibus promovendus est in choro, et non solum in choro, sed etiam in omnibus locis, hoc est in refectorio et in omnibus, sicut superius diximus.

But if his way of life is careless and he has an understanding of a skill, for example chant, he ought to be promoted only where the need arises, that is in the choir, or where need of that art, which he understands, calls for it. However in the other places he should follow his rank. But if there are two [brothers] who have a similarly honest way of life, yet one of them is skilled, as a cantor, he on behalf of chant is moved forward in the choir in all things and not only in the choir but as well in all places, that is in the refectory and in all things, just as we said above.13

Sequitur: 19Quod si ita justitia dictante abbati visum fuerit, et de cujuslibet ordine id faciat.

Next: 19But if it seems to the abbot that justice dictates it, he will advance anyone’s rank.

Hoc autem ita debet construi: quod si ita abbati visum fuerit dictante justitia, id faciat, ac si diceret: si sic visum fuerit dictante, hoc est admonente justitia, ut dignus sit frater promoveri, promoveat illum. Justitia autem in hoc loco pro speciali justitia11 ponitur; justitia enim dicitur quasi juris status, eo quod unicuique jus suum tribuit. Jus, i. e. meritum.

However this ought to be construed thus: but if it seems to the abbot that justice dictates it, he acts, as if he said: if it seems that it is dictated, that is advised by justice, that a worthy brother is promoted, [the abbot] should move him forward. But in this place justice is named instead of a particular justice, for justice is so called as a condition of law, for the reason that it bestows his own law on each. Law, that is merit.

Nunc autem animadvertendum est, quare dicit de quolibet ordine, cum adhuc de ordine non dixit? Mos est sanctorum praedicatorum hoc facere, i. e. anticipare ea, quae inferius plenius dicturus est, 12 quod maxime Evangelistae faciunt, i. e. praeponenda supponere et supponenda praeponere. De cujuslibet ordine cum dicit, ostendit, unum ordinem esse de [page 103] his, qui laici veniunt in monasterio. Alter ordo est sacerdotum, alius monachorum peregrinorum. De infantibus non dicit.

However now it must be observed why he said anyone’s rank, when until now he has not spoken of rank? The custom of the holy preachers is to do this, that is to anticipate what will be more fully stated below, which the preachers of the Gospel especially do, that is supply what must be placed before, and place before what must be supplied. When he says anyone’s rank he makes clear that there is one rank for [page 103] those who come as laymen into the monastery. Another rank is of priests, another is of travelling monks. He does not speak of children.

De istis ordinibus potest praeponere et supponere per rationabilem causam, hoc est clerici possunt presbyteris praeponi et monachis peregrinis. 13

Concerning those ranks, [the abbot] can move ahead and move back with rational reason, that is, clerics can be moved ahead of priests and travelling monks.

Sequitur: 19Sin, alias, propria teneant loca, hoc est, nisi propter istam rationabilem causam nullus promoveatur; si enim propter honorem aut libertatem saeculi promoverit, non est abbas Dei, sed saeculi aut diaboli abbas est.

Next: 19Otherwise, let the brothers keep their own places, that is, no one may be moved forward [in rank] except for a reasonable cause; for if [one brother] moves forward because of his honour or liberty in the secular world, the abbot is not God’s but rather the world’s or the devil’s.

Sequitur: 20Quia sive servus sive liber, omnes in Chiristo unum sumus.

Next: 20Because whether a slave or free, we are all one in Christ.

Nunc reddit causam, quare debeant propria loca tenere, cum dicit: quia sive servus sive liber, omnes in Christo unum sumus. Hoc, quod nunc dicit B. Benedictus, sensum apostoli Pauli exprimit; dixerat enim hoc apostolus Paulus: Quicunque enim in Christo baptizati estis, Christum induistis; non est Judaeus neque Graecus, non est servus neque liber, non est masculus neque femina, sed omnes vos unum estis in Christo Jesu [Gal 3:27-28]. Cum enim dicit: Unum estis, subaudiendum est: corpus.

Now he provides the reason as to why they ought to keep their own places, when he says: because whether a slave or free, we are all one in Christ. This, which blessed Benedict now says, expresses the sentiment of the apostle Paul; for the apostle Paul had said this: You each were baptized in Christ, and you have put on Christ; for one is neither a Jew nor a Greek, nor is one either a slave or free, nor is one either a man or a woman, but you are all one in Jesus Christ. [Gal 3: 27-28] For when Paul says: you are one, it must be understood: a body.

In hac quippe regeneratione spiritali non est sexus, hoc est, sicuti femina baptizatur, ita et masculus.

Of course, in this rebirth of the spirit one does not have a sex, that is, just as a woman is baptized, so too is a man.

Non sunt duae conditiones, hoc est, sicuti servus baptizatur, ita et liber, sicut pauper, ita et dives. Non est Judaeus, neque Graecus, id est, sicut Judaeus baptizatur, ita et Graecus; sed omnes unum sumus i. e., unum corpus, quia non personae discernuntur, sed omnes solummodo secundum meritum discernuntur, non propter sexum, non propter conditionem, non propter sapientiam aut propter potentiam discernuntur. In generatione hac carnali inveniuntur sexus, inveniuntur conditiones, quia secundum sexum discernuntur et secundum conditiones et secundum potentiam discernuntur.

There are not two conditions, that is, just as a servant is baptized, so too is a free person, just as a poor person, so too a rich one. One is not a Jew, nor a Greek, that is just as a Jewish man is baptized, so too is a Greek. But we are all one, that is one body, since people are not distinguished because of their sex, their condition, their wisdom, or their power, but rather all are only distinguished according to their merit. In carnal birth, there are sexes and statuses14 since individuals are distinguished according to sex, conditions, and power.

Vide modo, quia sicut in regeneratione spiritali non discernitur apud Deum quisquam propter aliquid, sed tantum propter meritum, ita et abbas in monasterio, quia vicem Christi agit, non [page 104] debet pro aliqua causa discernere, nisi tantum propter meritum.

Now see that just as no person is distinguished before God in spiritual rebirth on account of anything except merit, thus even the abbot in the monastery, since he acts in the place of Christ, ought not [page 104] to distinguish [anyone] for any reason, except on account of his merit alone.

Sequitur: 20Et sub uno domino aequalem servitutis militiam bajulamus, hoc est, aequaliter nos Deus creavit, ut aequaliter illi servire debeamus.

Next: 20And we carry an equal military spirit of servitude under one Lord, that is, God created us equally, so we can serve him equally.

Quod vero dicit: Omnes aequaliter servitutis militiam bajulamus, quantum ad naturam creationis attinet, omnes aequaliter sumus servi, quia nos omnes ille creavit, et ideo sumus illi aequaliter servi, quantum ad creationem attinet.

Indeed because [Benedict] says: We all equally carry the military spirit of servitude, so much as [servitude] pertains to the nature of creation, we are all equally his servants since he created us all, and therefore we are all equally servants to him so much as [servitude] pertains to creation.

Similiter etiam secundum hoc praeceptum, quod dicit: Diliges Dominum Deum tuum ex toto corde tuo et ex tota mente tua [Mc 12:30], omnes aequaliter debemus illum diligere. De servitute vero alia, quae operibus exercetur, non omnes aequaliter illi servimus, quia alii minus, alii plus illi servimus; 14 nam istam conditionem saeculi, hoc est servi, homines invenerunt.

Likewise, we also all ought to love him equally according to this precept, which says: Love your Lord God with your whole heart and your whole mind. [Mc 12:30] Indeed concerning another [type of] servitude, which is exercised in works, we do not all serve him equally, since some serve him less [and] others more; for [some] men are in that condition of this world, that is of the slave.

Servi autem vocabulum inde traxerunt, quod hi, qui jure belli possent occidi a victoribus, cum conservabantur (a victoribus), servi fiebant, a servando scilicet servi appellati.

Moreover, slaves derived their name, because when those, who could be killed legally by the victors of war, were saved (by the victors), they became servants so named because of their serving.

Sequitur: 20Quia non est apud Deum personarum acceptio [Rm 2:11].

Next: Because there is no favouritism of people before God. [Rm 2:11]

Nunc reddit causam, quare unum sint omnes in Christo, cum dicit: Quia non est apud Deum personarum acceptio.

Now [Benedict] provides the reason why all are one in Christ, since he says: Because there is no favouritism of people before God.

Sequitur: 21Solummodo in hac parte apud ipsum discernimur, si meliores ab aliis in operibus bonis et humiles inveniamur.

Next: 21We are distinguished before Him only in this manner, if we should be found better than others in good and humble works.

Perseverat adhuc B. Benedictus in intentione sua monstrandi discretionem electionis personae, cum dicit: Solummodo in hac parte, et reliqua. Quia superius dixerat, vicem Christi agere in monasterio, ideo nunc docet illum, qualiter Christus eligit unumquemque, ut ille, sicut Christus facit, similiter faciat.

Thus far, blessed Benedict persists in his aim of demonstrating [the abbot’s] discretion in choosing a person when he says: Only in this manner, and the rest. Because he had said above that [the abbot] takes the place of Christ in the monastery, therefore he now teaches him that, just as Christ chooses each one, the abbot should likewise do just as Christ does.

Solummodo, id est tantummodo; in hac parte, subaudiendum est: Dei. In hoc, quod dicit Dei partem, subintelligitur, pars (partem?) esse saeculi.

Only (solummodo) , that is merely (tantummodo); in this manner must be understood as “of God”. In this, because he says the manner of God, it should be understood that there is a manner of the world.

Bene dixit: In hac parte tantum discernimur, si meliores ab aliis et humiles inveniamur, quia, sicut jam diximus, solummodo propter meritum discernimur; nam in saeculi parte discernimur [page 105] sexu, aetate, conditione et reliq.

He said well: We are distinguished before Him only in this manner, if we should be found better than others and humble, since, as we said just now, we are distinguished only because of our merit; for we are distinguished in the manner of the world [page 105] by our sex, age, condition and the rest.

Animadvertendum est, quia istud, quod hic dicit: meliores ab aliis in operibus bonis et humiles inveniamur, et illud, quod superius dixit: in bonis aetibus et obedientia invenerit meliorem, unum significat.

This must be observed: that which he says here, [if] we should be found better than others in good and humble works, and that which he said above, [unless] he finds [one] better in good deeds or obedience, mean the same thing.

Sed tamen videtur esse contrarietas in eo, quod hic dixit humiles, et illic dixit obedientia. Sed non est contrarium, quia istae tres virtutes, id est caritas, humilitas et obedientia adeo sibi sunt concatenatae et conjunctae, ut una sine altera esse nequeat; nam ubi caritas est, ibi humilitas et obedientia, et ubi humilitas, ibi caritas et obedientia, et ubi obedientia, ibi caritas et humilitas est. Unde nostri doctores, quia istae tres virtutes inseparabiliter sibi sunt conjunctae, illas pennato animali15 adsimilaverunt, eo quod sicut illud animal pennatum non potest recte solummodo corpore sine duabus alis subsistere, ita non potest caritas solummodo, quae est corpus virtutum, sine his duabus virtutibus recte existere.

But there still seem to be a contradiction between these [phrases], because here he said humble, and there he said obedience. But it is not a contradiction since those three virtues, that is love, humility, and obedience, have been bound and connected to each other to such a degree that one cannot exist without the other; for where there is love, there is also humility and obedience, and where there is humility, there also is love and obedience, and where there is obedience, there also is love and humility. Whence, since those three virtues are connected together inseparably, our learned men compared them to a winged animal, because just as that winged animal is not able to exist properly only with its body [but] without two wings, thus love, which is the body of the virtues, cannot rightly exist alone without these [other] two virtues.

Sequitur: 22Ergo aequalis sit ab eo omnibus caritas.

Next: 22Therefore let there be equal love from [the abbot] for all people.

Istud enim ergo ad superiorem sensum respicit, ubi dicit: non unus plus ametur, quam alias. Et est sensus, cum dicit: ergo aequalis sit ab eo omnibus caritas, quia vicem Christi agit, non debet unum plus amare quam alium; ergo aequalis sit ab eo omnibus caritas.

For therefore refers to the meaning above, where he says: Let not one be loved more than others. And it is the [same] meaning, when he says: Therefore let there be equal charity from [the abbot] for all people, since he takes the place of Christ [and] ought not to love one more than another; Therefore let there be equal love from [the abbot] for all people.

In hoc emim loco videtur sibimet S. Benedictus contrarius in eo, quod hic dicit: aequalis sit ab eo omnibus caritas, et superius dixit: nisi quem in bonis actibus aut obedientia invenerit meliorem, et inferius dicturus est: 31alium blandimentis, alium increpationibus, alium suasionibus, 32et secundum uniuscujusque qualitatem vel intelligentiam ita se omnibus conformet et aptet. Jam si secundum superiorem sensum plus debet diligere bonum quam malum, et secundum inferiorem sensum unicuique secundum qualitatem vel intelligentiam suam debet se conformare et aptare, quomodo potest aequaliter omnibus caritatem praebere? Non est contrarium, sed discretum doctorem requirit.

For in this place, saint Benedict seems to be contradicting himself in that here he says: let there be equal love from [the abbot] for all people, and above he said: except he whom [the abbot] finds better in good deeds or obedience, and below he will say: by humoring one, scolding another, [and] entreating another, thus let [the abbot] shape and adapt himself to all according to the character or intelligence of each person. Now, if he ought to love good men more than bad men according to the former sense, and he ought to conform and adopt himself according to the character or intelligence of each person as in the later sense, how is he able to offer charity to all equally? It is not a contradiction but rather requires a wise learned man [to interpret].

Discretus enim doctor scit, duobus [page 106] modis fieri caritatem, uno modo solummodo in corde, altero vero modo in corde et opere. Secundum vero illum modum, in quo caritas solummodo in corde sit, servat hunc locum, in quo dicit: aequalis sit ab eo omnibus caritas, eo quod aequaliter optat, omnes, i. e. bonos et malos ad paradisi gaudia pervenire. Secundum vero alterum modum, in quo caritas sit in corde et opere, observat sensum superiorem, in quo dicit, bonos plus amare, quam malos, necnon etiam inferiorem, ubi dicit: secundum uniuscujusque qualitatem vel inteligentiam se omnibus conformet et aptet, eo quod bonos plus diligit, quam malos, et retribuit unicuique secundum meritum suum.

For a wise learned man knows that [page 106] charity happens in two ways, one only in the heart, but the other in the heart and in work. For according to the way in which charity is only in the heart, he defends his position when he says: let there be equal charity from [the abbot] for all people, because he hopes that all (that is, both good and bad people) obtain the delights of paradise. But according to the second way, in which charity is in the heart and in work, he keeps the earlier meaning when he says to love good men better than the bad, as well as the latter [meaning] when he says: let [the abbot] shape and adapt himself to all according to the character or intelligence of each person, because he loves good men more than bad men and rewards each according to his merit.

Potest etiam caritatem omnibus aequaliter praebere et debet omnibus illis, quos aequaliter cognoverit esse meliores, caritatis bonum aequaliter impendere.

Furthermore, [the abbot] is able to offer the same amount of love to all and ought to expend the same amount of the goodness of charity to all those men, whom he recognizes to be better in the same degree.

Verbi gratia, invenit abbas aequaliter bonos; nam si istos, qui aequaliter sunt boni, non aequaliter dilexerit, non est aequus abbas, quia magis iniquitatem16 agit, quam aequitatem, sicuti si cum bonos et malos aequaliter diligit secundum illum modum, quo caritas sit in corde et opere.

For example, the abbot finds good men equally; for if he does not equally love those who are equally good, then he is an unfair abbot since he makes greater inequality than equality. Likewise, if he loves both good and bad men equally [then he is an unfair abbot] according to that manner in which charity is in one's heart and work.

Sequitur: 22Una praebeatur in omnibus secundum merita disciplina.

Next: 22One discipline should be provided to all according to their merits.

Quid est, quod dicit, ut una disciplina omnibus secundum merita praebeatur, cum inveniuntur multi mali unum meritum, i. e. unam culpam habere.

 When he says that one discipline should be provided to all according to their merits, what he means is whenever many bad men are found to have earned one thing, that is they are found to have one [common] fault.

Verbi gratia, sunt quatuor fratres in monasterio, qui sunt reperti in vitio gulae, i. e. consuetudinem habent, ante horam ire in refectorium et aliquid cibi potusque percipere, et tamen unus ex illis est jam excommunicatus et publice correptus et bis admonitus. Alter vero solummodo duos habet gradus, cum publice correptus est, et alius solummodo bis secrete admonitus est, alius autem solummodo semel admonitus est. Numquid debet unam disciplinam omnibus istis praebere? Non, sed debet ille abbas in istis inspicere tempus, ut qui saepius correpti sunt, majorem disciplinam suscipiant, quam illi, qui non saepius correpti sunt, et intentionem uniuscujusque, qua intentione hoc malum fecerint, debet attendere [page 107]; nam si omnibus istis aequaliter unam disciplinam praebuerit; sine dubio non bene agere se manifestabit.

For example, there are four brothers in the monastery who were found [to pursue] the sin of gluttony, that is, they are accustomed to go into the refectory early and to consume some food and drink. Yet, [only] one of those men is already excommunicated, publicly corrected, and twice admonished. But another monk only receives two punishments when he is publicly corrected, and the other is only admonished twice in secret, and moreover another brother is only admonished once. Should [the abbot] offer the same discipline to each man? No, rather that abbot ought to consider the frequency of these [transgressions], so that they who are corrected more often undertake greater discipline than those who are corrected less often and he ought to attend to the intention of each [man], [and consider] for what reason they did this evil; [page 107] for if he offers one discipline equally to all those men, then without a doubt he will show that he behaves poorly.

Nam potest etiam omnibus aequaliter unam disciplinam praebere isto modo, verbi gratia, si quatuor mali fuerint inventi in aequali temporis augmentatione positi, et in intentione aequali, istos omnes aequali disciplina debet abbas mulctare, hoc est, judicare.

For indeed, he is able to offer one discipline equally in this manner: for example, if the four bad brothers were found out and they [had] been in that position [of sin] for an equal amount of time and with equal intention, the abbot ought to punish, that is judge, all those men with equal discipline.

Sequitur: 23In doctrina sua namque abbas apostolicam debet illam semper formam servare, in qua dicit: Argue, obsecra, increpa. [2 Tim 4:2]

Next: 23For in his discipline, an abbot ought always preserve that apostolic form, in which he says: Reprimand, entreat, rebuke. [2 Tim 4:2]

Forma enim dicitur ab informando, eo quod unamquamque rem, cui impressa fuerit, ad similitudinem sui videtur reddere.

For form is named after shaping (informando) because it seems to render everything on which it is pressed to its own likeness.

Et bene disciplinam apostolicam formam nominavit, quia, si disciplina abbatis ei impressa fuerit, illam ad similitudinem suam exhibet. 17

And he did well to name his discipline an apostolic form, since if the discipline of the abbot was pressed into a man, that man would exhibit the abbot's own likeness.

Nam hoc, quod dicit: Argue, obsecra, Paulus apostolus cuidam discipulo suo dicit. Sed non est hic laborandum, eo quod inferius idem B. Benedictus exponit, ait enim: 24Id est miscens temporibus tempora, terroribus blandimenta.

For what Benedict says, Reprimand, entreat, the apostle Paul also says to his own disciple. But this must not be elaborated upon at this point, because blessed Benedict explains the same thing later, for he says: 24that is mixing [certain] occasions with others and compliments with threats.

Miscere enim duobus modis intelligitur: (miscere dicitur) ‘ministrare’, veluti cum dicimus: miscuit vinum, i. e. ministravit vinum. Et iterum miscere dicitur ‘simul mittere’, veluti cum dicimus: miscuit aquam vino, i. e. simul misit aquam et vinum.

For to mix is understood in two ways. To mix (miscere) means 'to serve' (ministrare), as when we say, 'He mixed the wine,' that is, he served the wine. Secondly, to mix means 'to bring together' (simul mittere), as when we say, 'He mixed water with wine,' that is he brought water and wine together (simul missit).

Tunc enim miscet abbas tempora temporibus, cum tempore dandi disciplinam videns fratrem propter nimium furorem aut aliam aliquam malitiam suam solummodo non posse ejus disciplinam suscipere, differt illud tempus ad aliud tempus, in quo tranquillo animo valeat ejus disciplinam suscipere; et cum hoc facit abbas, tunc miscet tempus tempori, i. e. tempus furoris cum tempore tranquillitatis.

For the abbot mixes some occasions with others, when he postpones an occasion of imparting discipline – [because] he sees that for the moment the brother is unable to undertake his discipline on account of his excessive rage or some other malice – for another occasion in which [the brother] may be able to undertake his discipline with a calm spirit. And when the abbot does this, then he mixes one occasion with another, that is, a time of fury with a time of calm.

Qualiter autem debeat miscere abbas tempus tempori, docet B. Gregorius hoc modo dicens, ait enim: Neque enim [not in ed. Mittermüller, quoted from CCSL ...cuncta tempora doctrinae sunt congrua. Nam plerumque dictorum virtus perditur, si intempestive proferantur. Saepe vero et quod lenius dicitur, conventu temporis congruentis animatur. Ille ergo scit recte dicere, qui et ordinate novit tacere. Quid enim prodest eo tempore irascentem corripere, quo alienata mente non solum non aliena verba percipere, sed semetipsum vix valet tolerare? Furentem quippe qui per invectionem corripit, quasi ei qui non sentiat plagas ebrio imponit.

Moreover blessed Gregory, speaking in this way, teaches how the abbot ought to mix one occasion with another, for he says: For all seasons are not fitted for teaching. For the value of sayings is commonly lost, if they are brought forward out of season. And frequently even that which is said gently, is animated by the concurrence of a fitting season. He therefore knows how to speak well, who knows also how to be silent at proper times. For of what use is it to reprove an angry man, at the time when with estranged mind he is not only unable to listen to the words of others, but is hardly able to bear himself. For he who reproves an angry man by inveighing against him, inflicts, as it were, blows on a drunken man who feels them not.

Doctrina itaque ut pervenire ad cor audientis valeat, quae sibi congrua temporum momenta perpendat.

Teaching therefore, in order to be able to reach the hearts of the hearers, must consider what season are suitable to it. It is therefore well said of these whelps, 'When they couch in their dens, and lie in wait in their cares.'

Bene ergo de his catulis dicitur: Quando cubant in antris, et in specubus insidiantur. Doctores enim sancti quando et arguenda conspiciunt et tamen se per silentium in cogitationibus retinent, quasi in specubus latent, et velut in antris se contegunt, quia in suis cordibus occultantur. Sed cum opportunum tempus invenerint, repente prosiliunt, nulla quae dicenda sunt reticent, et cervicem superbientium] ... morsu asperae increpationis tenent. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, XXX, VIII, c. 27, CCSL 143B, pp. 1509-1510]

For when holy teachers perceive things to be proved, and yet confine themselves in their thoughts by silence, they lurk, as it were, in caves, and cover themselves, as if in dens; because they are concealed in their own thoughts. But when they have found a fit season, they suddenly leap forth, they suppress nothing which ought to be said, and seize with the grasp of severe reproof the neck of the haughty. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, trans. John Henry Parker (London: F. and J. Rivington, 1850), vol. 3, bk. XXX, c. 27, p. 382]

De hoc quippe asperae increpationis morsu docet iterum Beatissimus Gregorius ita dicens, ait [page 108] enim: Perturbati quippe quid audiant, ignorant, sed ad se reducti tanto libentius exhortationis verba recipiunt, quanto se tranquillius toleratos erubescunt. Menti autem furore ebriae omne rectum, quod dicitur, perversum videtur. Unde et Nabal ebrio culpam suam Abigail laudabiliter tacuit, quam digesto vino laudabiliter dixit. Idcirco enim malum, quod fecerat, cognoscere potuit, quia hoc ebrius non audivit [Gregory the Great, Regula pastoralis III, c. 16, SC 382, p. 358].

Of course concerning this bite of bitter reproof, blessed Gregory also teaches speaking thus, for [page 108] he says: For when they are aroused, they do not perceive what is being said to them. But when they have been restored to their senses, they more willingly accept words of counsel, as they blush for having been peacefully borne with. For to the mind that is intoxicated with frenzy, everything said that is right appears to be wrong. Wherefore, Abigail laudably did not speak to Nabal about his sin when he was intoxicated, and as laudably told him of it when he became sober. For it was precisely because he did not hear of his fault when drunk, that he was able to recognize it. [Gregory the Great, The Great Pastoral Care, trans. Henry David (Maryland: The Newman Press, 1950), bk III, c. 16, p. 139]

In hoc enim loco, ubi dicit: Terroribus blandimenta, subaudiendum est: misce.

For in this place where he says: [mixing] compliments with threats, it must be understood: mix.

Istud enim quod dicit: terroribus blandimenta, ad distinctionem personarum non est difficile, eo quod malis debet terrorem ingerere, bonis autem blandimenta; sed cum in una eademque persona hoc debet fieri, valde est difficile.

What he says, [mixing] compliments with threats, is not difficult for distinguishing between [good and bad] people, because he ought to heap threats upon the wicked and compliments upon the good; but when this must be done for one and the same person, it is very difficult.

Vide modo, quia hoc, quod, B. Benedictus dicit: terroribus blandimenta, Dominus per Moysen figuraliter dicit: Non accipies in loco pignoris a fratre tuo molam inferiorem et superiorem [Dt 24:6].

Now see how this, which Blessed Benedict says, [mixing] compliments with threats, the Lord says figuratively through Moses: You will not receive a lower or upper grindstone in the place of a pledge/debt from your brother [Deut 24:6].

Per debitorem intelligitur peccator, per molam inferiorem intelligitur timor et per molam superiorem intelligitur blandimentum. Ita autem debet rector temperare suam praedicationem, ut nec semper debeat ingerere suo auditori timorem, eo quod si semper territus fuerit, desperabit, et si semper illum fuerit blanditus, non corrigitur.

A sinner is understood as a debtor, fear is understood as a lower grindstone, and compliment is understood as the upper grindstone. Thus, the leader ought to temper his preaching, so that he may not always heap fear upon his listener, because if the latter is always frightened, he will despair, and if he is always flattered, he will not be corrected.

Sequitur: 24Dirum magistri pium patris ostendat affectum.

Next: 24Let him show a teacher's fearsome temper and a father's pious affection.

Sunt enim alii libri, qui habent: Diri magistri et pii patris ostendat affectum.

For there are other books which say: Let him show a teacher's fearsome temper and a father's pious affection.

Secundum vero superiora verba ita construitur, hoc est: Ostendat aliquando dirum affectum magistri, aliquando ostendat pium affectum patris. Secundum inferiora verba construitur ita: aliquando ostendat diri magistri affectum, aliquando ostendat pii patris affectum, ac si diceret: aliquando se debet ostendere sicut dirum magistrum, aliquando vero sicut pium patrem.

But it is understood thus according to the earlier words, that is: Let him sometimes show a teacher's fearsome temper, and other times let him show the pious affection of a father. It is [also] understood according to later words: sometimes let him show a teacher's fearsome temper, other times let him show the affection of a pious father, as if he says: sometimes he ought to show himself to be like a fearsome teacher, but other times he ought to show himself to be like a pious father.

Dirum intelligimus severum et crudelem, i. e. indisciplinatos et inquietos debet durius arguere.

By fearsome, we understand strict and harsh, that is he ought to reprimand undisciplined and restless people more fearsomely.

Usque nunc B. Benedictus quasi massam suae dispositionis fecit de arguere et obsecrare atque increpare,18 [page 109] quae superius dixit, i. e. in unum comprehendens dixit; nunc autem singillatim exponit, cum dixit: 25id est indisciplinatos et inquietos debet durius arguere.

Up to now, blessed Benedict acts as if the bulk of his argument comes from reprimanding, entreating, and rebuking, [page 109] which he said above, that is he spoke understanding all as one; now, however, he explains them separately when he says: 25that is, he ought to reprimand undisciplined and restless people more harshly.

Indisciplinatus tribus modis dicitur, uno enim modo dicitur indisciplinatus ille, qui non intelligit, hoc est, non verecundatur disciplinam, i. e. excommunicationem; altero vero modo indisciplinatus dicitur ille, qui intelligit, hoc est, verecundatur excommunicationem, et tamen cupidine peccati iterum labitur in illud peccatum; tertio vero modo dicitur indisciplinatus ille, qui sive intelligat, sive non intelligat, hoc est, verecundetur, tamen dicit, se nolle suscipere disciplinam.

Undisciplined is spoken of in three senses. In the first sense one is called an undisciplined man who does not understand, that is one who does not feel ashamed through discipline, that is through excommunication. But in a second sense, a man who does understand, that is, one who does feel the shame of excommunication and yet slides again with his desire for sin into that sin, is [also] called undisciplined. However, in a third sense, a man who may or may not understand, that is may feel ashamed yet says that he does not wish to undertake discipline, is called undisciplined.

Hic talis est expellendus de monasterio, ita tamen, si ille laicus venit de seculo et iterum vult reverti ad seculum; nam si in illo monasterio crevit et didicit ordinem monachorum et vult ad pejorem conversationem ire et hoc abbas perpenderit, quia ita est, non debet expelli, ut ad pejorem conversationem vadat, sed debet mitti in carcerem, ut ibi tamdiu stet, donec cupiat manere in monasterio et suscipere ejus disciplinam.

Such a man must be expelled from the monastery, provided that he came as a layman from the world and thus wishes to return again to the world. On the other hand, if he was raised in that monastery and learned the order of monks and wishes to go to this worse way of life, and the abbot evaluates carefully that this is the case, he ought not be expelled so that he might go to a worse way of life, but he ought to be sent into prison so that he may remain there for a long time until he wants to remain in the monastery and undertake his discipline.

Si vero cum secrete admonitus fuerit iste indisciplinatus [et] dixerit, se nolle hanc disciplinam suscipere, debet hoc nuntiari abbati, abbas vero debet eum secrete ad se vocare et ei dicere: ‘Quare non suscepisti hoc, quod tibi iste frater dixit?’ Si vero ille dixerit: ‘Mea culpa, eo quod male egi,’ debet illi remittere. Et iterum si in eodem peccato inventus fuerit, debet secrete admoneri; et si iterum in eodem peccato inventus fuerit, debet publice admoneri. Nam si coram abbate, quando eum abbas, sicut superius dixi, admonuit, dixerit persistens in prava sua voluntate: ‘Non hoc suscipio,’ si iterum inventus fuerit, non jam secrete, sed publice corripiatur; et si, cum publice correptus fuerit [et] dixit: ‘Nolo suscipere hanc disciplinam,’ tunc abjiciatur de monasterio.

But if that undisciplined man said that he did not wish to undertake discipline when he was admonished privately, this ought to be reported to the abbot, and the abbot ought to call the man privately to him and say to him: 'Why do you not undertake this which that brother said to you?' If indeed that man responds: 'It is my fault because I acted badly,' he ought to be remitted to [that monastery]. And if he is again found committing the same sin, he ought to be admonished in private; and if he is found a third time committing the same sin, he ought to be admonished publically. For if, when the abbot has admonished him just as I said above, he says in the presence of the abbot, persisting in his corrupt will, 'I will not undertake this,' if he is found again [committing the same sin], he ought to not only be censured in private, but also in public; and if, when censured publically he [still] said: 'I do not wish to undertake this discipline,' then let him be thrown out of the monastery.

Sequitur: 25Inquietos. Sicut est inquietudo corporis, ita est et inquietudo mentis. Inquietudo corporis est vagatio de loco in locum; inquietudo mentis instabilitas mentis. Inquietus quatuor modis dicitur. Est inquietus mente et corpore; iterum est inquietus mente et quietus corpore. [page 110] Istum quis non potest arguere, eo quod non agnoscitur, quia est hypocrita. Est iterum quietus mente et inquietus corpore: iste bonus est, idcirco non debet argui, quia causa obedientiae est inquietus corpore. Ille vero inquietus mente et inquietus corpore dividitur in duobus modis. Est inquietus mente et inquietus corpore causa obedientiae. Est inquietus corpore, sed tamen ex delectatione mentis obedit et idcirco non potest argui, quia velamento obedientiae suam inquietudinem mentis operit.

Next: 25Restless men. Just as there is restlessness of body, thus also there is restlessness of mind. Restlessness of the body is wandering from place to place; restlessness of the mind is instability of mind. Restless is spoken of in four ways. [First,] a man may be restless in mind and in body; second, he may be restless in mind and calm in body. [page 110] Such a man cannot be rebuked, because it is not known that he is a hypocrite. Third, a man may be calm in mind and restless in body: this man is good, and he ought not to be rebuked, since he is restless in body for the sake of obedience. But that man [who is] restless in mind and body may be distinguished in two ways. He may be restless in mind and body for the sake of obedience. He may be restless in body but nevertheless obey in the mind’s delight and therefore he should not be rebuked, since he conceals the restlessness of his mind with a cover of obedience.

De hac namque obedientia B. Gregorius nobiliter docet hoc modo dicens, ait enim: Et dederunt ei unusquisque... [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL: ...ovem et unam, et inaurem auream unam. [Iob 42:11] Licet cuncta haec juxta historiam veraciter dicta sint, ipsis tamen oblatis muneribus cogimur ut ad allegoriae mysterium recurramus. Neque enim otiose debemus accipere quod ovem, quod unam, quod inaurem auream obtulere, quod unam. Et si fortasse juxta litteram mirum non est ovis oblata cur una, valde tamen mirum est inauris oblata cur una. Quid vero aut ovis ad inaurem pertinet, aut quid inauris ad ovem?

Concerning this obedience, Blessed Gregory famously teaches speaking in this way, for he says: 'And they gave to each one a sheep, and one earring of gold.' [Iob 42:11] [Ch. 24] Although all these things are truly stated according to the history, we are yet compelled by the very gifts which were offered to go back to the mystery of allegory. For we ought not to hear in a listless manner that they offered a sheep, and a single one, and a golden earring, and a single one. And if perhaps it is not wonderful in the mere letter why the sheep which was offered was one, yet it is very wonderful why the earring was one. But what reference has a sheep to an earring, or an earring to a sheep?

Ex ipso ergo munerum fine compellimur ut priora quoque, quae superficie tenus juxta solam historiam contingendo transcurrimus, in allegoriae mysteriis indagemus. Quia igitur Christus et Ecclesia, id est caput et corpus una persona est, saepe beatum Job diximus modo capitis, modo figuram corporis designare. Servata ergo historiae veritate, sub typo gestum sanctae Ecclesiae sentiamus id quod scriptum est: Addidit Dominus omnia quaecunque fuerant Iob duplicia. [Iob 42.10]

We are compelled therefore, by the very definiteness of the gifts, to examine in the mysteries of allegory the former statements also, which we have run through and treated superficially according to the mere history. Because therefore Christ and the Church, that is, the Head and the body are one person, we have often said that blessed Job sometimes typifies the head, sometimes the body. Preserving then the truth of the history, let us understand that as performed under the type of the Church, which is written, 'The Lord added all that had been to Job twofold. [Iob 42.10]

Sancta quippe Ecclesia etsi multos nunc percussione tentationis amittit, in fine tamen hujus saeculi ea quae sua sunt duplicia recipit, quando susceptis ad plenum gentibus, ad ejus fidem currere omnis quae tunc inventa fuerit, etiam Judaea consentit. Hinc namque scriptum est: Donec plenitudo gentium introiret, et sic omnis Israel salvus fieret [Rm 11:25]. Hinc in Evangelio Veritas dicit: Elias venit, et ille restituet omnia. [Mt 17:11]

For though Holy Church now loses many by the stroke of temptation, yet in the end of this world she receives those things that are her own, twofold, when, having received the Gentiles in full number, all Judaea also which shall then be found, agrees to run to her faith. For hence it is written, 'Until the fullness of the Gentiles should come in, and so all Israel should be saved.' [Rm 11.25] Hence the Truth also says in the Gospel, 'Elias shall come, and he shall restore all things.' [Mt 17:11]

Nunc enim amisit Israelitas Ecclesia, quos convertere praedicando non valuit, sed tunc Elia praedicante, dum quotquot invenerit colligit, velut plenius recipit quod amisit.

For now the Church has lost the Israelites, which she was unable to convert by preaching, but when, at that time, on the preaching of Elias, she gathers together as many as she shall have found, she receives as it were in fuller measure that which she has lost.

[c. 25] Vel certe sanctae Ecclesiae in fine suo duplum recipere est in singulis nobis et de beatitudine animae, et de carnis incorruptione gaudere. Hinc est enim quod per prophetam de electis dicitur: In terra sua duplicia possidebunt. [Is 61:7]

[Ch. 25] Or certainly, for Holy Church to rejoice over each of us at both the blessedness of our soul, and the incorruption of our body, is for her to receive double at her end. For hence is that which is said of the Elect by the Prophet, 'In their land they shall possess the double.' [Is 61:7]

Hinc est enim quod Joannes apostolus de sanctis finem mundi quaerentibus dicit: Data sunt illis singulae stolae albae; et dictum est eis ut requiescerent tempus adhuc modicum, donec compleretur numerus conservorum et fratrum eorum. [Apc 6:11]

Hence it is that the Apostle John says of the Saints who were seeking for the end of the world; 'White robes were given, unto every one of them one, and it was said unto them that they should rest yet a little season, until the number of their fellow servants and of their brethren should be filled up.' [Apc 6:11]

Sicut enim longe superius diximus, ante resurrectionem sancti singulas stolas accipiunt, quia sola animarum beatitudine perfruuntur; in fine autem mundi binas habituri sunt, quia cum mentis beatitudine etiam carnis gloriam possidebunt.

For as we have said a great way above, the Saints receive a single garment before the resurrection, because they enjoy the happiness of their souls alone; but in the end of the world they are about to have each of them, two, because, together with blessedness of mind, they will possess also the glory of the flesh.

[c. 26] Sed ea quae subnexa sunt, in fine magis hujus saeculi conversionem se Jiudaici populi nuntiare testantur. Nam subditur: Venerunt autem ad eum omnes fratres sui, et universae sorores suae, et cuncti qui noverant eum prius, et comederunt cum eo panem in domo ejus. [Iob 42:11]

[Ch. 26] But these words which are subjoined attest that they rather announce the conversion of the Jewish people at the end of this world. For it is added: 'There came to him all his brethren, and all his sisters, and all that knew him before, and did eat bread with him in his house.' [Iob 42:11]

Tunc quippe fratres sui ac sorores ad Christum veniunt, quando ex plebe iudaica quotquot inventi fuerint convertuntur. Ex illo enim populo carnis materiam sumpsit. Tunc ergo ad eum fratres ac sorores accedunt, quando ex ea plebe quae ei per cognationem juncta est, vel qui fortes futuri sunt, velut fratres, vel infirmi, velut sorores, ad eum per cognitionem fidei devota gratulatione concurrunt. Tunc apud eum celeberrimae festivitatis convivium exhibent, quando eum jam nequaquam quasi purum hominem contemnentes, propinquitatis suae memores, divinitati ejus se inhaerere congaudent. Tunc in domo ejus panem comedunt, cum, postposita observatione subjacentis litterae, in sancta Ecclesia mystici eloquii quasi frugis medulla pascuntur. Bene autem subjungitur: Cuncti qui noverant eum prius [Iob 42:11]. Prius quippe noverant, quem in passione sua quasi incognitum contempserunt. Nam nasciturum Christum nullus qui plene legem didicit ignoravit.

For then do His brethren and sisters come to Christ, when as many as shall have been found of the Jewish people are converted. For from that people He took the substance of His flesh. His brethren and sisters therefore then come to Him, when from that people which is united to Him by kindred, either those who are about to be strong, as brethren, or weak, as sisters, flock to him with devout congratulation through the knowledge of the Faith. They then set forth in His house a banquet of most crowded festivity, when they no longer despise Him as a mere man, and mindful of their relationship, rejoice together in cleaving to His Godhead. They then eat bread in his house, when they put aside the observance of the letter which is inferior, and feed, as it were on the marrow of the grain of mystical teaching in Holy Church. But it is well subjoined; 'All who knew him before.' [Iob 42:11] For they knew him before, Whom they scorned in His Passion as if unknown to them. For no one who completely learned the Law was ignorant that Christ would be born.

Unde et Herodes rex, magorum occursione perterritus, sacerdotes ac principes studuit solerter inquirere ubi Christum nasciturum esse praescirent; cui protinus responderunt: In Bethleem Judae. [Mt 2:5] Prius ergo noverant quem passionis suae tempore dum despicerent ignorabant. Quorum et notitia prior, et ignorantia posterior bene ac breviter Isaac caligante signatur.

When even Herod the king, when alarmed by the coming of the Magi, endeavoured to enquire diligently of the priests and rulers, where they knew Christ would be born; to whom they immediately answered; 'In Bethlehem of Judah.' [Mt 2:5] They therefore knew Him before, Whom they knew not, when they despised Him at the time of His Passion. And both their former knowledge and their subsequent ignorance is well and briefly signified by the dimness of Isaac.

Qui dum Jacob benediceret, et quid eveniret in futuro praevidebat, et quis illi praesens assisteret nesciebat. [Gn 27]

em> For when he was blessing Jacob, he both foresaw what afterwards happen, and knew not who was standing before him.[Gn 27]

Sic quippe Israelitarum populus fuit, qui prophetiae mysteria accepit, sed tamen caecos oculos in contemplatione tenuit, quia eum praesentem non vidit, de quo tam multa in futuro praevidit.

<Thus in truth was the people of the Israelites, which received the mysteries of prophecy, but yet had eves which were dim in contemplation, because it saw not Him when present, of Whom it foresaw so many things in the time to come.

Ante se enim positum nequaquam cernere valuit, cujus adventus potentiam longe ante nuntiavit. Sed ecce in fine mundi veniunt, et eum quem prius noverant recognoscunt. Ecce in domo ejus panem comedunt, quia in sancta Ecclesia sacri eloquii fruge pascuntur, et omnem insensibilitatem pristini torporis excutiunt. Unde et subditur: Et moverunt super eum caput. [Iob 42:11]

For it was unable to see Him when standing in its presence, the might of Whose coming it had long before announced. But, behold! they come at the end of the world, and recognize Him Whom they knew before. Behold! They eat bread in His house, because they feed on the grain of sacred doctrine in Holy Church, and shake off all the insensibility of their former torpor. Whence it is subjoined; 'And they moved the head over him.' [Iob 42:11]

Quid enim in capite, nisi principale mentis accipitur? sicut per psalmistam dicitur: Impinguasti in oleo caput meum. [Ps 22:5] Ac si aperte diceretur: Arentem in suis cogitationibus mentem meam caritatis unctione rigasti.

For what is understood by the head but the ruling power of the mind? As is said by the Psalmist; 'Thou hast made fat my head with oil.' [Ps 22:5] As if it were plainly said, Thou hast watered with the unction of charity my mind which is dried up in its thoughts.

Caput igitur movetur, cum, per formidinem veritatis tacta, ab insensibilitate sua mens quatitur. Veniant ergo parentes ad convivium, atque excusso torpore caput moveant, id est hi qui Redemptori nostro carne conjuncti fuerant refectionem quandoque verbi in fide percipiant, et insensibilitatis pristinae duritiam amittant.

The head therefore is moved, when the mind, smitten with the dread of truth, is roused from its insensibility. Let the kinsmen then come to the banquet, and having shaken off their drowsiness, let them move their head; that is, let those who are connected with our Redeemer in the flesh, enjoy at last the refreshment of the word by faith, and lose the hardness of their former insensibility.

Unde bene per Habacuc dicitur: Pedes ejus steterunt, et mota est terra. [Hab 3:5] Stante enim Domino terra procul dubio movetur, quia cum cordi nostro timoris sui vestigia imprimit, cuncta in nobis cogitatio terrena contremiscit. Hoc itaque loco caput movere est immobilitatem mentis excutere, et ad cognitionem fidei credulitatis gressibus propinquare.

Whence it is well said by the Habakkuk; 'His feet stood, and the earth is moved.' [Hab 3:5] For the earth is doubtless moved when the Lord stands, because when He imprints on our heart the footsteps of His fear, every earthly thought in us trembles. In this place, therefore, to move the head, is to shake off the immovableness of the mind, and to approach the knowledge of faith by the steps of belief.

[c. 27] Sed quia sancta Ecclesia nunc Hebraeorum aversione afficitur, et tunc conversione relevatur, recte subjungitur: Et consolati sunt eum super omni malo, quod intulerat Dominus super eum. [Iob 42.11]

[Ch. 27] But because Holy Church suffers now from the estrangement of the Hebrews, and then is relieved by their conversion, it is rightly subjoined; And comforted him over all the evil that the Lord had brought upon him.' [Iob 42:11]

Consolantur videlicet Christum, consolantur Ecclesiam, qui ab infidelitatis pristinae errore resipiscunt, et pravitatem vitae, per quam recta docentibus repugnaverant, deserunt. Annon gravis moeror est duris cordibus infructuose praedicare, laborem in ostendenda veritate sumere, sed nullum de conversione audientium fructum laboris invenire? At contra autem, magna praedicatorum consolatio est subsequens profectus auditorum. Relevatio quippe dicentis est immutatio proficientis.

They namely, console Christ, they console the Church, who repent of the error of their former unbelief, and abandon the depravity of life by which they had opposed the teachers of the truth. Is it not a weighty sorrow to preach fruitlessly to hard hearts, to endure labour in setting forth the truth, but to find no fruit of our labour from the conversion of our hearers? But the subsequent progress of their hearers is on the other hand a great consolation to preachers. For the conversion of a learner is a consolation to his teachers.

Et notandum quod in flagello positum consolari noluerunt, sed ad consolandum eum post flagellum veniunt, quia nimirum passionis ejus tempore Hebraei, praedicamenta fidei contemnentes, quem hominem ex morte probaverant Deum credere despexerunt. Unde per Psalmistam Dominus dicit: Sustinui qui simul mecum contristaretur, et non fuit; consolantem me quaesivi, et non inveni. [Ps 68:21]/p>

And it is to be observed that they would not console him when exposed to the scourge, but that they come to console him after the scourge; doubtless because the Hebrews, despising at the time of His Passion the preaching of the faith, disdained to believe Him to be God, Whom they had proved to be a man by His death. When the Lord says by the Psalmist, 'I looked for one to lament with Me, and there was non; I sought for one to comfort Me, and I found none.' [Ps. 69:20]

Consolantem quippe in passione minime invenit, quia ex despectu mortis etiam ipsos hostes pertulit, pro quibus ad mortem venit. Post flagella ergo propinqui ad consolationem veniunt, quia in membris suis nunc quoque Dominus patitur; sed extremo tempore Israelitae omnes ad fidem, cognita Eliae praedicatione, concurrunt, atque ad ejus protectionem quem fugerant redeunt, et tunc illud eximium multiplici aggregatione populorum convivium celebratur.<

For He found no one to comfort Him in His Passion, because in His contempt of death He endured even His very enemies, for whom He came to death. After his scourging, then, his neighbours come to console him; because the Lord now also suffers in His members, but in the last times all the Israelites flock together to the faith, on hearing the preaching of Elias, and return to the protection of Him from Whom they had fled; and then is celebrated that splendid banquet by the manifold assemblage of the people.

Tunc post flagella quasi Job sanus ostenditur, quando a conversis atque credentibus post passionem suam ac resurrectionem Dominus in coelis immortalis vivere per certitudinem fidei scitur. Tunc quasi remuneratus Job cernitur, quando in majestatis suae potentia sicut est Deus creditur, et ejus fidei subici hi qui prius restiterant videntur. In fine igitur mundi credentes Hebraei conveniant, et humani generis redemptori in potentia divinitatis quasi sano Job oblationem suarum vota persolvant. Unde et bene subditur: Et dederunt ei unusquisque ovem unam, et inaurem auream unam. [Iob 42:11]

At that time Job is shown, as it were, to be in health after his scourging, when, to those who are converted and believe, the Lord is by the certainty of faith known to live, after His passion and resurrection, immortal in the heavens. At that time Job is as it were seen to be rewarded, when in the power of His Majesty He is believed to be God, as He is, and those who before resisted Him are seen to be subjected to the faith. Let the believing Hebrews therefore assemble together at the end of the world, and offer, as if to Job in health, the vows of their oblations to the Redeemer of mankind in the power of His Godhead. Whence it is also well subjoined; And they gave him each one sheep, and one earring of gold. [Iob 42:11]

Quid per ovem nisi innocentia, quid per inaurem nisi obedientia designatur? Per ovem quippe simplex animus, per inaurem vero ornatus humilitatis gratia auditus exprimitur.

What is designated by a 'sheep' but innocence, what by an 'earring' but obedience? For by a sheep is expressed an innocent mind, but by an earring, hearing adorned with the grace of humility.

[c. 28] Sed quia ad ostendendam virtutem obedientiae occasio opportuna se praebuit, libet hanc paulo vigilantius sollicitiusque discutere, et quanti sit meriti demonstrare.

[Ch. 28] But because a fit opportunity has offered itself for setting forth the virtue of obedience, let us examine into it with somewhat more attention and care, and point out how great is its merit.

Sola namque virtus est obedientia quae virtutes caeteras menti inserit, insertasque custodit. Unde et primus homo praeceptum quod servaret accepit [cf. Gn 2:16/17], cui se si vellet obediens subdere, ad aeternam beatitudinem sine labore perveniret.

For obedience is the sole virtue which implants other virtues in the mind, and keeps them safe when planted. Whence also the first man received a precept to keep, to which if he had willed obediently to submit himself, [cf. GN 2:16/17] he would attain without labour to eternal blessedness.

Hinc Samuel ait: Melior est obedientia quam victimae, et auscultare magis quam offerre adipem arietum, quoniam quasi peccatum ariolandi est repugnare, et quasi scelus idololatriae nolle acquiescere’ [I Sm 15:22/23].

Hence Samuel says: 'For obedience is better than victims, and to hearken rather than to offer the fat of rams, because to rebel is as the sin of witchcraft, and to refuse to obey as the sin of idolatry.' [1 Sam 15:22-23]

Obedientia quippe victimis jure praeponitur, quia per victimas aliena caro, per obedientiam vero voluntas propria mactatur. Tanto igitur quisque Deum citius placat, quanto ante ejus oculos repressa arbitrii sui superbia, gladio praecepti se immolat.

For obedience is justly preferred to victims, because by victims the flesh of another, but by obedience out own will, is offered up; a person therefore appeases God the more quickly, the more he represses before His eyes the pride of his own will, and immolates himself with the sword of the commandment.

Quo contra ariolandi peccatum inobedientia dicitur, ut quanta sit virtus obedientia demonstretur. Ex adverso igitur melius ostenditur, quid de ejus laude sentiatur. Si enim quasi peccatum ariolandi est repugnare, et quasi scelus idololatriae nolle acquiescere, sola est quae fidei meritum possidet, qua sine quisque infidelis esse convincitur, etiamsi fidelis esse videatur.

And on the other hand, disobedience is said to be the sin of witchcraft, in order that it might be pointed out how great a virtue is obedience. It is shown therefore the better from its opposite what is thought in its praise. For if to rebel is as the sin of witchcraft, and to refuse to obey as the guilt of idolatry, it is the sole virtue which possesses the merit of faith, without which a person is convicted of being an unbeliever, though he seems to be a believe.

Hinc per Salomonem in ostensione obedientiae dicitur: Vir obediens loquitur victorias. [Prv 21:28] Vir quippe obediens victorias loquitur, quia dum alienae voci humiliter subdimur, nosmetipsos in corde superamus. Hinc in Evangelio Veritas dicit: Eum qui venit ad me, non ejiciam foras, quia de coelo descendi, non ut faciam voluntatem meam, sed voluntatem ejus qui misit me. [Io 6:37]

Hence it is said by Solomon in speaking of obedience: 'An obedient man speaks of victories.' [Prv 21:28] For an obedient man in truth speaks of victories, because, when we humbly submit ourselves to the voice of another, we overcome ourselves in our heart. Hence the Truth says in the Gospel: 'Him that comes to Me I will not cast out, for I came down from heaven, not to do My own will, but the will of Him that sent Me'. [Jn 6:37-38]

Quid enim? si suam faceret eos qui ad se veniunt repulisset? Quis autem nesciat quod voluntas Filii a Patris voluntate non discrepet? Sed quoniam primus homo, quia suam facere voluntatem voluit, a paradisi gaudio exivit [cf. Gn 3:24], secundus ad redemptionem hominum veniens, dum voluntatem se Patris et non suam facere ostendit, permanere nos intus docuit. Cum igitur non suam sed Patris voluntatem facit, eos qui ad se veniunt foras non ejicit, quia dum exemplo suo nos obedientiae subjicit, viam nobis egressionis claudit.

For what? If He were doing His own will, would He have rejected those who come to Him? But who can be ignorant that the will of the Son differs not from the will of the Father? But since the first man went forth from the joy of Paradise, because he wished to do his own will; the second Man coming for the redemption of men, when He shows that He does the will of the Father, and not His own will, taught use to remain firm within. When therefore He does not His own will, but that of the Father, He cases not out those that come unto Him, because while by His own example He brings us under the rule of obedience, He closes against us the way of escape.

Hinc rursum ait: Non possum ego a meipso facere quidquam, sed sicut audio judico.’ [Io 5:30]

Hence again He says: I can of Mine own Self do nothing; but as I hear I judge. [Jn 5:30]

Nobis quippe obedientia usque ad mortem servanda praecipitur. Ipse autem si sicut audit judicat, tunc quoque obedit, cum judex venit. Ne igitur nobis usque ad praesentis vitae terminum obedientia laboriosa appareat, Redemptor noster indicat, quia hanc etiam cum judex venerit servat. Quid ergo mirum si homo peccator se obedientiae in praesentis vitae brevitate subjicit, quando hanc mediator Dei et hominum et cum obedientes remunerat, non relinquit? [cf. 1 Tim 2:5]

For obedience is enjoined on us to be observed even to death. But if He judges as He hears, He obeys also at that time when He comes as Judge. Lest then obedience to the end of our life should appear wearisome to us, our Redeemer points out that He practices it, even when He comes as a Judge. What wonder then if man who is a sinner subjects himself to obedience in the short period of the present life, when the Mediator between God and men does not abandon it, even when He recompenses the obedient.

[c. 29] Sciendum vero est quia nunquam per obedientiam malum fieri, aliquando autem debet per obedientiam bonum quod agitur, intermitti. Neque enim mala in paradiso arbor exstitit, quam Deus homini ne contingeret interdixit. [cf. Gn 2:17]

[Ch. 29] But it should be known, that a sin ought never to be committed, through obedience, but that sometimes a good deed which is being performed ought, through obedience, to be given up. For the tree in Paradise was not evil, which God commanded man not to touch. [cf. Gn 2:17]

Sed ut per melius obedientiae meritum homo bene conditus cresceret, dignum fuerat ut hunc etiam a bono prohiberetur, quatenus tanto verius hoc quod ageret virtus esset, quanto et a bono cessans, auctori suo se subditum humilius exhiberet. Sed notandum quod illic dicitur: Ex omni ligno paradisi edite, de ligno autem scientiae boni et mali ne tetigeritis. [Gn 2:16/17]

But in order that man, who was rightly created, might increase the better by the merit of obedience, it was right that He should prohibit him even what was good; in order that his conduct might be more truly virtue, the more humbly he showed that he was subject to his Maker, by forbearing what was good. But it should be observed that it is there said, 'Eat of every tree of paradise but do not touch the tree of knowledge of good and evil.' [Gn 2:16-17]

Qui enim ab uno quolibet bono subjectos vetat, necesse est ut multa concedat, ne obedientis mens funditus intereat, si a bonis omnibus penitus repulsa jejunat. Omnes autem paradisi arbores ad esum Dominus cessit, cum ab una prohibuit, ut creaturam suam, quam nolebat exstingui, sed provehi, tanto facilius ab una restringeret, quanto ad cunctas latius relaxaret.

For it is necessary that he who forbids those under him one good thing, should concede many, lest the mind of the person who obeys should perish utterly, if it is famished from having been entirely shut out from all good things. But the Lord granted all other trees of Paradise for food, when He prohibited them from one, in order that He might restrain His creature, whose advancement He desired, and not its destruction, the more easily from one, the greater liberty He gave for the rest.

[c. 30] Sed quia nonnunquam nobis hujus mundi prospera, nonnunquam vero jubentur adversa, sciendum summopere est quod obedientia aliquando, si de suo aliquid habeat, nulla est; aliquando autem, si de suo aliquid non habeat, minima. Nam cum hujus mundi successus praecipitur, cum locus superior imperatur, is qui ad percipienda haec obedit, obedientiae sibi virtutem evacuat, si ad haec etiam ex proprio, desiderio anhelat. Neque enim se sub obedientia dirigit, qui ad accipienda hujus vitae prospera libidini propriae ambitionis servit.

[Ch. 30] But because sometimes worldly advantages, and sometimes worldly losses, are enjoined on us, it should be especially understood that sometimes if obedience has something of its own, it is none at all, but sometimes if it has not something of its own, it is none at all, but sometimes if it has not something of its own, it is a very paltry obedience. For when success in this world is enjoined, when a higher rank is commanded to be taken, he who obeys these commands makes void for himself the virtue of his obedience, if he is eager for these things with longing of his own. For he guides not himself by the rule of obedience, who in attaining to the good things of this life gives way to his own natural desire of ambition.

Rursum cum mundi despectus praecipitur, cum probra adipisci et contumeliae jubentur, nisi ex seipso animus haec appetat, obedientiae sibi meritum minuit, quia ad ea quae in hac vita despecta sunt invitus nolensque descendit. Ad detrimenta quippe obedientia ducitur, cum mentem ad suscipienda probra hujus saeculi nequaquam ex parte aliqua etiam sua vota comitantur. Debet ergo obedientia et in adversis ex suo aliquid habere, et rursum in prosperis ex suo aliquid omnimodo non habere, quatenus et in adversis tanto sit gloriosior quanto divino ordini etiam ex desiderio jungitur, et in prosperis tanto sit verior quanto a praesenti ipsa quam divinitus percipit gloria funditus ex mente separatur.

Again, when contempt for the world is enjoined, when the endurance of reproaches and insults is commanded us, unless the mind desires these things of itself, it diminishes the merit of its obedience, because it descends reluctantly and against its will to those things which are despised in this life. For obedience incurs loss, when its own consent does not in a measure accompany a mind in submitting to the reproaches of this world. Obedience then ought both in adversity to have something of its own, and again in prosperity to have nothing at all of its own; in order that in adversity it may be more glorious, the more it is united even in desire to the Divine ordinance, and may be more sincere in prosperity, the more entirely it is separated in desire from that present glory, which it obtains from God.

[c. 31] Sed hoc virtutis pondus melius ostendimus, si celestis patriae duorum hominum facta memoremus. Moyses namque cum in deserto oves pasceret, Domino per angelum in igne loquente vocatus est, ut eripiendae omni Israelitarum multitudini praeesset [cf. Ex 3]. Sed quia apud se mente humilis exstitit, oblatam protinus tanti regiminis gloriam expavit, moxque ad infirmitatis patrocinium recurrit, dicens: Obsecro, Domine, non sum eloquens; ab heri et nudiustertius ex quo coepisti loqui ad servum tuum, tardioris et impeditioris linguae sum factus. [Ex 4:10. Et, se postposito, alium deposcit, dicens: Mitte quem missurus es. [Ex 4:13] Ecce cum auctore linguae loquitur, et ne tanti regiminis potestatem suscipiat, elinguem se esse causatur.

[Ch. 31] But we show more clearly this value of virtue if we mention the doings of two men of the heavenly country. For Moses, when he was feeding sheep in the desert, was called by the Lord speaking to him in the fire by means of an Angel, to take the lead in the deliverance of all the multitude of the Israelites. But because he was humble in his own mind, he trembled at once at the glory of such authority which had been offered to him, and immediately had recourse to his weakness as a defence, saying, 'I beseech You, O Lord, I am not eloquent: from yesterday and the day before, since You had begun to speak to Your servant, I am of a more hesitating and slower tongue.' [Ex. 4:10] And, having put himself aside, he asks for another, saying: Send whom You will send. [Ex. 4:10] Behold, he is speaking with the Maker of his tongue, and that he may not undertake the power of such great authority, he alleges that he has no tongue.

Paulus quoque divinitus fuerat ut Hierosolymam ascendere debuisset admonitus, sicut ipse Galatis dicit: Deinde post annos quatuordecim iterum ascendi Hierosolymam, assumpto Barnaba et Tito; ascendi autem secundum revelationem.’ [Gal 2:1/2] Isque in itinere cum prophetam Agabum reperisset, quanta se adversitas in Jerosolymis maneret audivit. [Act 21] Scriptum quippe est quod idem Agabus zonam Pauli suis  inserens, dixit: Virum cujus haec zona est sic alligabunt in Hierosolymam [Act 21:11/15]. A Paulo autem protinus respondetur: Ego non solum alligari, sed et mori in Hierosolymam paratus sum pro nomine Jesu, neque enim pretiosiorem facio animam meam quam me.’ [Act 21:13; 20:24]

Paul had also been admonished by God that he ought to go up to Jerusalem, as he himself says to the Galatians: 'Then fourteen years after I went up again to Jerusalem, taking with me Barnabas and Titus; but I went up by revelation.' [Gal. 2:1] And when he had found on his journey the Prophet Agabus, he heard from him what adversity awaited him in Jerusalem. For it is written that this Agabus placed Paul's girdle on his own feet, and said: 'So shall they bing at Jerusalem the man whose girdle this is.' [Acts 21:11] But Paul immediately answered: I am ready not to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of Jesus; neither do I count my life more previous than myself. [Acts 21:13; 20:24]

Praeceptione igitur revelationis Hierosolymam pergens, adversa cognoscit, et tamen haec libenter appetit; audit quae timeat, sed ad haec ardentius anhelat. Moyses itaque ad prospera de suo nihil habet, quia precibus renititur, ne israeliticae plebi praeferatur.

Going up then to Jerusalem by the command of revelation, he knows his sufferings, and yet he willingly seeks them, he hears of things to fear, but yet he more ardently pants after them. Moses therefore has nothing of his own to lead him on to prosperity, because he strives in his prayers not to be set over the people of Israel.

Paulus ad adversa etiam ex suo voto ducitur, quia malorum imminentium cognitionem percipit, sed devotione spiritus etiam ad acriora fervescit. Ille praesentis potestatis gloriam Deo voluit jubente declinare; iste, Deo aspera et dura disponente, se studuit ad graviora praeparare. Praeeunte ergo utrorumque ducum infracta virtute instituimur, ut si obedientiae palmam apprehendere veraciter nitimur, prosperis hujus saeculi ex sola jussione, adversis autem etiam ex devotione militemus.

But Paul is even by his own wish led on to suffering, because he gains a knowledge of the evils that threaten him, but yet in his devotion of spirit he is eager for sharper sufferings. The one wished, though God commanded him, to decline the glory of present power; the other when God had provided severity and hardships, yet studied to prepare himself for severer sufferings. We are taught then by the stubborn virtue of both these leaders going before, that if we truly endeavour to lay hold on the reward of obedience, we must contend for the prosperity of this world only by command, but that we must fight against its trials with devotion.

[c. 32] Notandum vero est quod hoc loco cum inaure ovis, cum ove inauris offertur, quia nimirum innocuis mentibus ornamentum semper obedientiae jungitur; Domino attestante, qui ait: Oves meae vocem meam audiunt, et ego cognosco eas, et sequuntur me. [Io 10:27]

[Ch. 32] But it must be observed, that in this place a sheep is offered with an earring, and an earring with a sheep; doubtless because the ornament of obedience is always connected with innocent mind, as the Lord witnesses, Who says: 'My sheep hear My voice, and I know them, and they follow Me.' [Jn 10:27]

Beato igitur Job nemo inaurem sine ove, nemo ovem sine inaure obtulit, quia profecto Redemptori suo non obedit, qui innocens non est; et innocens esse non potest, qui obedire contemnit. Quia vero ipsa obedientia non servili metu sed charitatis affectu servanda est, non terrore poenae, sed amore justitiae, cuncti qui ad convivium veniunt, auream inaurem obtulisse perhibentur, ut videlicet in ea quae exhibetur obedientia, charitas fulgeat, quae virtutes omnes quasi auri more caetera] metalla transcendat. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, XXXV, XIV, c. 24-32, CCSL 143B, pp. 1789-1796]

No one therefore offered blessed Job an earring without a sheep, none a sheep without an earring; because, in truth, he who is not innocent obeys not his Redeemer, and he cannot be innocent who despises obedience. But since this very obedience must be maintained not with servile fear, but wiht the affection of love, not with dread of punishment, but with love of justice, all who come to the feast are said to have offered a 'golden' earring, in order, namely, that in that obedience which is displayed, charity should shine forth so as to surpass all virtues, as gold the other metals. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob , Trans. John Henry Parker (London: R. and J. Rivington, 1850), XXXV, c. 24-32, p. 677 - 685]

Inquietus autem mente et corpore, iste solus est sub judicio, si sine obedientia est, quia ejus mentis inquietudo ostenditur per inquietudinem corporis, et ejus corporis inquietudo de animae procedit inquietudine. Iste talis nec in uno loco potest stare; propter suam inquietudinem debet durius argui.19

Moreover a man restless in mind and in body is only under judgment if he is without obedience, since the restlessness of his mind is shown through the restlessness of his body, and the restlessness of his body proceeds from the restlessness of his soul. Such a man is not able to stay in one place; because of his restlessness, he ought to be rebuked more harshly.

Sequitur: 25Obedientes autem et mites atque patientes, ut in melius proficiant, obsecrare.

Next: 25Moreover he ought to entreat obedient, gentle, and patient men so that they may do better.

 Obedientes dicuntur quasi obaudientes, quia, quod aure audiunt, opere complent. Obedientes tribus modis dicuntur.

 Obedient men (obedientes) are said [to be] like attentive men (obaudientes), since they complete in work what they hear with their ear. Obedient men are spoken of in three ways.

Sunt enim multi obedientes, qui solummodo abbati vel caeteris prioribus sunt obedientes aut causa timoris aut adulationis et, reliq., et tamen aliis recusant, obedire. Istorum obedientia non est sana; nam si sana, i. e. propter Deum fuisset, aliis etiam obedientiam exhiberent. Alii sunt obedientes, qui solummodo quatuor vel tribus fratribus aut causa adulationis aut aliqua causa obediunt, et tamen non abbati aut caeteris prioribus vel etiam aliis volunt obedire. Istorum obedientia non est sana, quia non ob caritatem Dei obediunt; nam si caritatis causa obedissent, aliis obedientiam exhibuissent. Ideo non sunt obsecrandi, sicut superiores, sed durius arguendi. Item sunt [page 111] alii obedientes, qui causa caritatis Dei sicut abbati aut ceteris prioribus, ita et omnibus fratribus obediunt; isti solummodo sunt obsecrandi.

There are many obedient men who only are obedient to their abbot or other priors either for the sake of fear or flattery and so on, and yet refuse to obey others. Their obedience is not sound, for if it were sound, that is, on account of God, they would also show obedience to others. There are other obedient men who obey only four or three brothers either for the sake of flattery or another cause, and yet do not wish to obey the abbot or other priors or even others. Their obedience is not sound since they do not obey on account of the love of God; for if they had obeyed for the sake of love, they would have exhibited obedience to others. Therefore they must not be entreated like better men, but rebuked more harshly. Likewise there are [page 111] other obedient men, who obey the abbot or other prior for the sake of the love of God, and obey thus all brothers; those men must only be entreated.

Mites duobus modis dicuntur; uno enim modo dicuntur mites, qui praeceptis Dei non resistunt, qui suis vitiis resistunt et contradicunt. Et sunt alii mites, qui, cum legunt aut audiunt scripturas divinas obscure dictas, non detrahunt, eo quod obscura dicta sunt.

Calm men are spoken of in two ways; for in one way those men are called calm who do not resist the teachings of God, who resist and oppose their own vices. And there are other calm men who, when they read or listen to divine scriptures spoken obscurely, do not distract [others] because obscure things are said.

Patientes dicuntur, quia patiuntur et tranquillo animo sufferunt. Patientes duobus modis dicuntur; uno enim modo dicuntur patientes, qui dura aut aliquid mali ab abbate aut ab aliquo priore causa timoris patienter videntur sufferre, tamen si ab aliis minoribus sibi aliquid dure ingestum sivo factum fuerit, statim resistunt. Isti non sunt rogandi, sed potius arguendi. Item sunt patientes, qui sicut abbati non resistunt, ita etiam propter caritatem Dei aliis fratribus non resistunt, isti quippe rogandi sunt.

Patient men are so named because they suffer and endure with a tranquil mind. Patient men are spoken of in two ways. In the first sense, those men are called patient who seem to suffer harsh things or any bad things from the abbot or from another prior patiently out of fear. However, if anything harsh is thrust upon them or done to them by other inferiors, they immediately oppose them. Those men must not be entreated, but rather they must be rebuked. Similarly, there are patient men who do not resist other brothers just as they do not resist the abbot because of their love of God. Of course these men must be entreated.

Patientia tribus modis exercetur, aut a Deo, aut ab hoste, aut ab homine; a Deo flagellum, ab hoste tentamenta cogitationum, ab homine damna rerum et injurias. [cf. Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangeliae II, no. 38, c. 9, PL 76, col. 1264C-D] Indicium20 patientiae est: cum audit injurias vel patitur adversa, dulcia verba respondet, et augmentationem habet, cum solummodo tacet, et tamen habet exinde in corde aliquid.

Patience is cultivated in three ways: by God, or by an enemy, or else by a man. It is cultivated by God through the whip, by an enemy through trials of thoughts, and by man through the loss of property and abuse. [cf. Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangeliae II, no. 38, c. 9, PL 76, col. 1264C-D] This is a sign of patience: when a man hears insults or suffers adversity, he responds with sweet words. He improves when he is merely silent and thereafter has something in his heart.

Perfectio est, cum, sicut tacet in ore, ita etiam in corde, et diligit. Et forte dicit aliquis: 'quo debeo proficere, cum non habeam, quo proficiam?' Cui dicendum est: 'si non proficis in augmentationem virtutis, profice in perseverantia.'

Perfection occurs when just as he is silent in his mouth, so too is he silent and loving in his heart. And perhaps someone will say, “How can I be improved when there is nothing concerning which I may improve?” To whom it must be said, 'if you cannot accomplish an increase of virtue, maintain in persistence.'

Sequitur: 25Negligentes autem et contemnentes ut increpet et corripiat admonemus.

Next: 25moreover we urge him to rebuke and correct negligent and scornful men.

Cassiodorus namque ita dicit: Increpare enim dicimus, quasi de taciturnitate crepare et in mordacia dicta prosilire [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 118:21, CCSL 98, p. 1069].

For Cassiodorus thus says: Indeed, we say to rebuke (increpare), just as to burst out [crepare] of silence and to rush into cutting speech. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 118:21]

Increpare est, cum dicit: 'Quare fecisti hoc malum et quare non hoc bonum?'

To rebuke is when one says: 'Why did you do this bad thing and why not this good thing?'

Corripere est manifestare et indicare, ad quod malum tendit, vel cui bono contrarium est.

To correct is to make things known and show to what evil it tends, or to what good it is contrary.

Negligentes duobus modis dicuntur; uno enim modo dicitur negligens, cum audit imperium magistri, et, tamen per negligentiam non implet. Est alter tamen, [page 112] qui audit, si statim non implet, postea implet; est et alius, qui, si implet, negligenter implet, hoc est, non studiose agit.

Negligent men are spoken of in two ways; for in one sense a man is called negligent when he hears the command of his teacher and nevertheless does not fulfill it through his negligence. There is a second type of man [page 112] who hears, [and] if he does not fulfill [the command] immediately, he still fulfills it afterwards. And there is a third kind who, if he fulfills [the command], does so negligently, that is, he does not do it zealously.

Contemnentes autem duobus modis dicuntur. Sunt, qui in principio parvi pendunt obedientiam, tamen postea implent. Alii sunt, qui sicut parvi pendunt imperium in principio, ita etiam perseverant non complentes, in ipsa despectione perseverantes.

Scornful men moreover are spoken of in two ways. There are those who in the beginning consider obedience to be of little worth, yet they fulfil it afterwards. There are others who, just as in the beginning they consider authority to be of little worth, they continue to not comply with it, persisting in that contempt.

Qualiter enim possit cognosci humilis dicendum est; hoc enim modo utcunque potest cognosci, id est, si cum abbas jubet illi fratri, qui superius sedet, ut sedeat inferius, et ipse frater non solum gaudet sedere inferius, sed etiam desiderat, ut ille, qui minor erat, in loco suo sedeat, quatenus [ut] ipse sit minor, alter vero major.

It must be said how a humble man can be recognized. He can be recognized, however, in this way: when an abbot orders a brother, who sits above, to sit below, and that brother not only rejoices to sit below but even desires it so that he who was lower might sit in his place, so that he himself is lesser but the other greater.

Sequitur: 26Neque dissimulet peccata delinquentium.

Next: 26Nor may he conceal the sins of delinquents.

Protulit B. Benedictus testimonium apostoli, et non solum protulit, verum etiam exposuit illud, ac si diceret: Hactenus dixi formam apostoli et non solum dixi, sed etiam illam exposui; nunc autem, quia cognovit ille abbas me exponente illam formam, ideo modo ego ex mea vice admoneo illum: neque dissimulet peccata delinquentium, quia ad hoc Paulus apostolus illam formam protulit, ut nullus praepositus sanctae ecclesiae debeat dissimulare peccata subditorum suorum, i. e. imprudenter.

 Blessed Benedict mentions the testimony of the apostle, and he not only mentions it, but also explains it, as though he says: 'Up to this point I related the formula of the apostle [i.e. 2 Tim 4:3] and, not only did I relate it, but also I explained it. However, since that abbot knows that formula through my explanation, therefore now I admonish him in turn: Nor may he conceal the sins of delinquents, since on this point, the apostle Paul brought forth that formula, lest a leader of the holy church conceal the sins of their subordinates, that is unwisely.'

Nunc animadvertendum est, quare B. Benedictus dixerit absolute: neque dissimulet peccata delinquentium.

Now it must be considered why blessed Benedict said simply: Nor may he conceal the sins of delinquents.

Sunt enim multi, qui aut causa adulationis, aut timoris aut etiam causa ignorantiae, eo quod nesciunt, interitum animarum dissimulant. Istorum dissimulationes horrendae sunt et detestandae. Et sunt alii, qui dissimulant peccata delinquentium aut causa adjutorii, aut loci; isti tales si videantur coram hominibus dissimulare, tamen coram Deo non dissimulant. Et ideo quia isti judicio humano videntur dissimulare, a Dei judicio dividuntur.21 Dixit namque B. Benedictus absolute: Ne dissimulet peccata delinquentium; tamen non debent isti dissimulare sub dubietate, sed debent esse certi de loco vel [page 113] adjutorio.

For there are many who conceal the ruin of their souls for the sake of flattery, or fear, or even because of ignorance because they are ignorant. Concealment of those things must be dreaded and detested. And there are others who conceal the sins of delinquents either for the sake of help or their place; such men [even] if they seem to conceal something in the presence of men nevertheless conceal nothing in the presence of God. And therefore since those men seem to conceal sins from human judgment, they are separated from the judgment of God. For blessed Benedict said simply: He may not conceal the sins of delinquents; yet those men ought not to conceal anything subject to doubt, but rather they ought to be certain about their rank or [page 113] their help.

Qualiter etiam dissimulari debent peccata delinquentium, docet B. Gregorius honestissime hoc modo dicens, ait enim: Sciendum quoquoque est. ... [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from SC 381: quod aliquando subjectorum vitia prudenter dissimulanda sunt, sed quia dissimulantur, indicanda; aliquando et aperte cognita, mature toleranda, aliquando vero subtiliter et occulta perscrutanda; aliquando leniter arguenda, aliquando autem vehementer increpanda. Nonnulla quippe, ut diximus, prudenter dissimulanda sunt, sed quia dissimulantur, indicanda; ut cum delinquens et deprehendi se cognoscit et perpeti, has quas in se tacite tolerari considerat, augere culpas erubescat, seque se judice puniat, quem sibi apud se rectoris patientia clementer excusat.

Blessed Gregory also teaches most honourably how the sins of delinquents cannot be concealed, speaking in this way, for he says: It should also be known that sometimes it is more prudent to overlook the vices of the laity so long as it is indicated that this is being done. And on some occasions, even what is openly known should be judiciously tolerated, while in other cases, what is hidden should be investigated carefully. And some things should be gently amended but other vehemently rebuked. Indeed, some things should be, as we have said, prudently overlooked but made known that they are being overlooked, so that when the sinner learns that he has been discovered, but also that his behaviour is being tolerated, he will be too embarrassed to add to those sins that are being tolerated in silence and will become his own judge because his spiritual director has patiently and mercifully excused him.

Qua scilicet dissimulatione bene Judaeam Dominus corripit, cum per prophetam dicit: Mentita es, et mei non es recordata, neque cogitasti in corde tuo, quia ego tacens et quasi non videns’ [Is 57:11]. Et dissimulavit ergo culpas, et innotuit, quia et contra peccantem tacuit, et hoc ipsum tamen quia tacuerit dixit.

It was this type of disregard that the Lord well reproved Judea, when he said through the prophet: 'You have lied and have not remembered me, nor have you thought about me in your heart. For I am silent, as one who does not see.' [Is. 57:11] Therefore, he both overlooked their sins and made them known because he held his peace against the sinners and yet acknowledged that he was remaining silent.

Nonnulla autem vel aperte cognita, mature toleranda sunt, cum videlicet rerum minime opportunitas congruit, ut aperte corrigantur. Nam secta immature vulnera deterius infervescunt, et nisi cum tempore medicamenta conveniant, constat procul dubio quod medendi officium amittant. Sed cum tempus subditis ad correptionem quaeritur, sub ipso culparum pondere patientia praesulis exercetur. Unde bene per Psalmistam dicitur: Supra dorsum meum fabricaverunt peccatores. [Ps 128:3]

But in some cases, what is openly known should be judiciously tolerated because the circumstances do not offer an opportunity for proper correction. For [physical] wounds are made worse by untimely surgery, and if a medicine is not suited to a certain situation, it would not be profitable to use it. Therefore, as we look for the proper time for [the spiritual] correction of the laity, the patience of the prelate is tried by the weight of their since. As it is well said through the psalmist: 'Sinners have built upon my back.' [Ps. 128:3]

In dorso quippe onera sustinemus. Supra dorsum igitur suum fabricasse peccatores queritur, ac si aperte dicat: Quos corrigere nequeo, quasi superimpositum onus porto.

We certainly support burdens on our backs. Therefore, the psalmist complains that sinners had added to the weight on his back, as if he was saying: 'Those whom I am unable to correct, I carry as a burden.'

Nonnulla autem sunt subtiliter occulta perscrutanda, ut quibusdam signis erumpentibus, rector in subditorum mente omne quod clausum latet, inveniat, et interveniente correptionis articulo, ex minimis majora cognoscat. Unde recte ad Ezechielem dicitur: Fili hominis, fode parietem [Ez 8:8]. Ubi mox idem propheta subjungit: Et cum fodissem parietem, apparuit ostium unum. Et dixit ad me: Ingredere, et vide abominationes pessimas, quas isti faciunt hic. Et ingressus vidi; et ecce omnis similitudo reptilium, et animalium abominatio, et universa idola domus Israel depicta erant in pariete [Ez 8:8-10].

[Certain vices], however lie hidden and require keen investigation so that their symptoms may be brought to light. The spiritual direct must know these great vices by their small signs, and he must investigate the hidden thoughts of his subordinates and then intervene with the proper rebuke before it is too late. Thus, it was rightly said to Ezekiel: 'Son of man, dig in the wall.' Where the same prophet then adds: And when I dug in the wall, there appeared a door. And he said unto me: 'Go in and see the evil abominations they commit here.' And going in, I saw; and behold every kind of creeping thing and the abomination of living things, and all of the idols of the house of Israel were depicted on the wall. [Ez 8.8-10]

Per Ezechielem quippe praepositorum persona signatur, per parietem duritia subditorum. Et quid est parietem fodere, nisi acutis inquisitionibus duritiam cordis aperire? Quem cum perfodisset, apparuit ostium; quia cum cordis duritia vel studiosis percunctationibus, vel maturis correptionibus scinditur, quasi quaedam janua ostenditur, ex qua omnia in eum qui corripitur cogitationum interiora videantur.

Through Ezekiel, men in authority are designated, while the wall symbolizes the hardness of the laity. And what is 'digging in a wall,' if not opening the hardness of the heart through perceptive questions? And when Ezekiel had dug, he found a 'door'; that is because when one penetrates the hardness of the heart, either by careful questions or seasonable correction, it is as if a doorway is revealed through which every interior thought is made visible.

Unde et bene illic sequitur: Ingredere et vide abominationes pessimas, quas isti faciunt hic. [Ez 8:9] Quasi ingreditur ut abominationes aspiciat, qui discussis quibusdam signis exterius apparentibus, ita corda subditorum penetrat, ut cuncta ei quae illicite cogitantur innotescant. Unde et subdidit: Et ingressus vidi; et ecce omnis similitudo reptilium, et animalium abominatio. [Ez 8:10].

And so the passage appropriately continues: 'Go in and see the evil abominations they perform here.' [Ez 8:9] He 'goes in,' as it were to see the abominations, and by examining the external symptoms, it is as if he penetrates the heart of the laity, so that all of their hidden thoughts become known. So he also added: 'And going in, I saw; and behold every kind of creeping thing and abomination of living things.' [Ez 8:10]

In reptilibus cogitationes omnino terrenae signantur, in animalibus vero jam quidem aliquantulum a terra suspensae, sed adhuc terrenae mercedis praemia requirentes. Nam reptilia toto ex corpore terrae inhaerent, animalia autem mole corporis a terra suspensa sunt, appetitu tamen gulae ad terram semper inclinantur. Reptilia itaque sunt intra parietem, quando cogitationes volvuntur in mente, quae a terrenis desideriis nunquam levantur. Animalia quoque sunt intra parietem, quando et si qua jam justa, si qua honesta cogitantur, appetendis tamen lucris temporalibus honoribusque deserviunt; et per semetipsa quidem jam quasi a terra suspensa sunt, sed adhuc per ambitum quasi per gulae desiderium sese ad ima submittunt.

By 'creeping things,' he signifies thoughts that are entirely earthly, and by 'living things,' he indicates animals that are slightly lifted above the earth but nevertheless still look for their reward from the earth. This is because creeping things cling with their whole body to the earth, while other animals are, in large part, suspended above the ground, even though their appetites always leave them bent toward the earth. Therefore, there are creeping things within the wall when the thoughts of the mind never venture beyond earthly cravings. And there are animals on the wall when some righteous and honest thoughts exist, even though they submit themselves to the appetite for temporal gain and honour. And so, even though they are in themselves lifted above the ground, through ambition and gluttonous desire they submit themselves to the lowest levels.

Unde et bene subditur: Et universa idola domus Israel depicta erant in pariete [Ez 8:10]. Scriptum quippe est: Et avaritia, quae est idolorum servitus. [Col 3:5]

Thus it was well added: 'And all of the idols of the house of Israel were depicted on the walls.' [Ez. 8:10] For it is also written: 'And covetousness, which is the servant of idols.' [Col. 3.5]

Recte ergo post animalia, idola deseribuntur, quia etsi honesta actione nonnulli quasi a terra se erigunt, ambitione tamen inhonesta semetipsos ad terram deponunt. Bene autem dicitur, Depicta erant; quia dum exteriorum rerum intrinsecus species attrahuntur, quasi in corde depingitur quidquid fictis imaginibus deliberando, cogitatur. Notandum itaque est quia prius foramen in pariete, ac deinde ostium cernitur, et tunc demum occulta abominatio demonstratur; quia nimirum uniuscujusque peccati prius signa forinsecus, deinde janua apertae iniquitatis ostenditur, et tunc demum omne malum quod intus latet aperitur.

Therefore, it was right after the living things, to describe the idols because some, even thought they act honestly, lifting them, so to speak, off the ground, still lower themselves to the earth with dishonest ambition. And it is specifically stated: 'were depicted'; because when the semblance of external things is drawn internally, the mental image that we create in our minds is inscribed upon the heart. Notice, therefore, that it first speaks of a hole in the wall before the door is perceived, and only then do the hidden abominations become apparent. This is because the signs of every sin first appear outwardly before the door is shown that will give way to full disclosure. Only then will every hidden evil become known.

Nonnulla autem sunt leniter arguenda: nam cum non malitia, sed sola ignorantia vel infirmitate delinquitur, profecto necesse est ut magno moderamine ipsa delicti correptio temperetur. Cuncti quippe quousque in hac mortali carne subsistimus, corruptionis nostrae infirmitatibus subjacemus.

Concerning the notion that some things should be gently amended, let us consider that when some errors are committed, not out of malice but out of ignorance or weakness, it is necessary that its correction must be tempered with great moderation. For it is true that all of us, for as long as we continue in a mortal body, will be subject to the weaknesses of our corruption.

Ex se ergo debet quisque colligere qualiter alienae hunc oporteat imbecillitati misereri, ne contra infirmitatem proximi si ad increpationis vocem ferventius rapitur, oblitus sui esse videatur. Unde bene Paulus admonet, dicens: Si praeoccupatus fuerit homo in aliquo delicto, vos qui spiritales estis, instruite hujusmodi in spiritu mansuetudinis, considerans teipsum, ne et tu tenteris [Gal 6:1]. Ac si aperte dicat: Cum displicet ex aliena infirmitate quod conspicis, pensa quod es; ut in increpationis zelo se spiritus temperet, dum sibi quoque quod increpat timet.

Every spiritual director, then, should learn from his own experience the extent to which he should show mercy on the weakness of others. For if he is too quick to voice his rebuke against the weakness of his neighbour, it would be as though he did not see his own. Thus, Paul admonished [spiritual directors] well, saying: 'If a man is overcome with any fault, you who are spiritual should instruct him in the spirit of meekness, always considering yourself, so that you are not also tempted.' [Gal. 6:1] It is as if he was saying: 'When the sight of another's weakness is displeasing to you, recall what you are like so that the spirit can temper itself in the zeal of correction, in order that it should also fear what it corrects.'

Nonnulla autem sunt vehementer increpanda, ut cum culpa ab auctore non cognoscitur, quanti sit ponderis, ab increpantis ore sentiatur. Et cum sibi quis malum quod perpetravit levigat, hoc contra se graviter ex corripientis] asperitate timescat22 [Gregory the Great, Liber regulae pastoralis II, c. 10, SC 381, pp. 238-244].

Some things, however, should be vehemently rebuked, for when sin is not recognized by the one who is guilty of it, he should be made aware of the extent of the fault by the voice of the once who offers the rebuke. And if anyone smoothes over the evil that he has committed, let him be frightened by the severity of the censure against the gravity of his behaviour. [Gregory the Great, The Book of Pastoral Rule, trans. George Demacopoulos (Crestwood N.Y.: St Valdimir's Seminary Press, 2007) book II, c. 10, p. 77-80]

Sequitur: 26sed mox ut coeperint oriri; radicitus ea, ut praevalet, amputet.

Next: 26but as soon as they begin to emerge, let [the abbot] pull them out by the roots just as he is able.

Bene dixit mox, quia cognovit B. Benedictus, peccatum, si per augmentationem temporis robur et fortitudinem sumpserit, aut vix aut certe nunquam potest eradicari, et cum eradicabitur, cum magno labore eradicabitur. Unde Dominus ad Job dixit de diabolo: Stringit caudam suam sicut cedrus [Iob 40: 12], ac si diceret: tale est vinculum diaboli in novissimo hominis quasi cedrus fortissima.

He spoke well when he said as soon as, since Blessed Benedict recognized that a sin can either scarcely or even never be eradicated if it has assumed strength through the increase of time, and when it is eradicated, it will be eradicated with much labour. Whence the Lord said to Job concerning the devil: He holds up his tail like a cedar [Iob 40: 12], just as if he said: the chain of the devil in the youngest of men is as great as the strongest cedar.

Et idcireo dixit radicitus, i. e. a radice, quia si a radice non fuerit eradicatum, etsi videatur amputari, tamen occasione aliqua pullulabit.

And therefore he said by the roots, that is from the root, since if it has not been pulled up from the root, even if it seemed to be pulled up, nevertheless it will sprout at some occasion.

Sicut enim frustra laborat agricola in amputandis ramis, cum vult arborem evellere, nisi in radice laboraverit, casso labore consumitur, ita et doctor aut abbas frustra laborat in amputandis operibus malis, cum vult eradicare vitia, nisi in occasionibus peccati laboraverit, quia si ad tempus videntur amputari, tamen tempore suo occasione accepta statim pullulabunt.

For just as a farmer works in vain in pruning branches, when he wishes to uproot a tree, he is exhausted by useless work unless he works on the root. And thus a teacher or abbot labours in vain in pruning bad works when he wishes to eradicate sins unless he took pains on the occasions of sins [to eradicate them], since [even] if they seemed to be pruned at the time, nevertheless they will sprout immediately in their own time at an opportune moment.

V. g. sunt duo vel tres fratres, qui vitio gulae detenti vadunt in refectorium ante horam et manducant et bibunt; postea si abbas in istis laboraverit et non in cellerario, cassabitur ejus labor, quia, si ad tempus videatur amputare et emendare, tamen, si cellerarius vitiosus fuerit, etsi non dabit illis, qui emendantur, tamen dabit aliis. Unde si radicitus vult emendare, cellerarium, si dignus est, evellat; si enim evellerit cellerarium, tunc radicitus amputat (vitium). Ita et in ceteris causis debet evellere vitium radicitus; quodsi non fecerit, i. e. si a radice non evulserit, praevaricator hujus praecepti est.

For example, there are two or three brothers who, seized with the sin of appetite, go into the refectory early and eat and drink; if afterward the abbot works on those brothers and not on the cellarer, his labour would be undone, since, [even] if it seems that he prunes and corrects for a time, still, if the cellarer is sinful, [even] if he would not give food to those brothers who were corrected, he will still give food to others. Whereas, if the abbot wishes to correct from the roots, let the abbot remove the cellarer if he deserves it; for if he removes the cellarer, then he pulls out (the sin) by the roots. And thus, he ought to remove sin in other cases by the root; and if he does not this, that is, if he does not remove it by the root, he is a transgressor of this command.

Istud praevalet tribus modis intelligitur sive praevalet sensu aut virtute aut certe praevalet attingere in profunditate peccati, ac si diceret: juxta quod potest intelligere, juxta quod habet virtutem, vel juxta quod potest attingere in profunditate peccati, radicitus [page 114] amputet.

It is understood that one prevails in three ways: either he prevails in sense or in virtue or surely prevails reaching to the depth of sin, as if he says: let him pull out sin by the roots according to that which he is able to understand, according to his virtue, or according to what he is able to reach in the depth of sin. [page 114]

Nunc vero, quia voluit B. Benedictus ostendere, quam ingens periculum instat in non servando formam apostolicam, quam dixerat: Argue, obsecra, increpa, et in non servando suum consilium, quod dixit: neque dissimulet peccata delinquentium, ideo posuit exemplum Heli, ait enim: 26memor periculi Heli sacerdotis de Silo.

But now since blessed Benedict wished to show how huge a danger threatens [firstly] by not keeping to the formula of the apostle which he spoke: Reprimand, entreat, rebuke, and [secondly] by not preserving this council, because he said: nor may he conceal the sins of delinquents, for that reason he gave the example of Eli, for he says: 26be mindful of the peril of Eli, the priest of Shiloh.

Ecce enim B. Benedictus adhibuit exemplum Heli, quod exemplum valde debet abbas pertimescere et contremiscere, ne ei talia contingant, si negligenter erga discipulorum suorum salutem curam exhibuerit. Heli enim, quia non, sicut debuit, corripuit filios suos pro culpis, quas perpetrabant, [et] ideo propter ipsam stultam indulgentiam meruit periculum incurrere animae suae, et ipsi filii sui uno die occisi sunt, et de populo XXX millia occisi sunt, et arca Domini capta est, et ipse retro cadens fractis cervicibus, sicut diximus, mortuus est, et nomen ipsius de libro vitae deletum est. Et e contra Phinees: qui pro eo, quod zelo Dei commotus duos adulteros interfecit, et totum populum de ira Dei liberavit. Iste enim Heli, qui cecidit retro, significat omnes, qui in peccatis suis moriuntur, quia mos est scripturae divinae, dicere ‘retro cadere’ illos, qui in peccatis suis moriuntur, et illos, qui in poenitentia moriuntur, dicit, ‘in faciem cadere,’ quia sicut ille, qui retro cadit, non videt, quo cadit, et qui cadit, in faciem, videt, quo cadit: ita illi, qui in peccatis suis moriuntur, non vident peccata sua.

For behold blessed Benedict employed the example of Eli, because an abbot ought to become frightened and quake greatly at this example, lest such things happen to him, if he exhibited negligent concern toward the salvation of his disciples. For Eli, since he did not correct his sons as he should have for the faults they were committing, therefore deserved to incur danger to his soul because of his foolish indulgence, and his own sons were killed on one day as well as thirty thousand of his people, and the ark of the Lord was captured, and he himself died falling back on his neck, just as we said, and his name was erased from the book of life. And on the other hand, there was Phineas who, because of his zeal for God, killed two adulterers and liberated a whole people from the wrath of God for [Eli’s] sake. For Eli himself, who died falling back, signifies all men who die on account of their sins since it is the custom of divine scripture to say that those men “fell backward,” who died in their sins, and those who die in penitence, it says, “all on their face,” since just as that man who falls backward does not see where he falls, he who falls on his face can see where he falls: thus those men who die in their sins do not see their sins.

Sequitur: 27et honestiores quidem atque intelligibiles animo prima vel secunda adimonitione verbis corripiat.

Next: 27Indeed, [let an abbot correct] men who are more honourable and more intelligent in mind with a first and a second verbal warning.

Nunc quasi interrogasset aliquis S. Benedictum dicens: 'Ecce Pater Benedicte, quia dedisti exemplum Heli, nunc optamus, ut dicas, qualiter debeat abbas istud periculum vitare'; ille [vero] quasi respondens dicit: ‘Honestiores quidem atque intelligibiles animo corripiendo prima vel secunda admonitione verbi, 28improbos autem et duros ac superbos vel inobedientes verberum vel corporis castigatione in ipso initio peccati coërcendo.

Now, just as someone had interrogated saint Benedict, saying, "Behold Father Benedict, since you provided the example of Eli, now we hope that you will explain how an abbot ought to avoid this danger.” Benedict, as though responding, says: Indeed, [let an abbot correct] men who are more honourable and more intelligent in mind with a first and a second verbal warning, 28moreover he must restrain the reprobate, stubborn, arrogant, and disobedient with beatings or other corporal punishment upon the first instance of sin.

Verberum attinet23 ad flagellum, castigatio corporis attinet ad flagellum et ad excommunicationem [page 115] et ad jejunium tantum.

Beatings pertain to the whip, corporal punishment pertains to the whip, excommunication [page 115] and to great fasting.

In hoc loco bene dixit: prima vel secunda admonitione verbi honestiores corripiat, quia adeo sunt honestiores, donec ad publicam correptionem venerint; postquam publicam correptionem acceperint, desinunt esse honestiores. Deinde nec adhuc sunt improbi, sed tantum in probatione consistunt, quia non sunt improbi, donec per sex gradus ierint, i. e. primus gradus est admonitio secreta prima et secunda vice; secundus publica correptio; tertius excommunicatio; quartus nimiis jejuniis [cf. Regula Benedicti c. 30.3];24 quintus flagellum; sextus oratio.

[Benedict] spoke well in this place: Let him correct more honorable men with a first and second verbal warning, since indeed they are more honorable until they receive public reproof; after they receive public reproof, they cease to be more honorable. Nor are they yet reprobate afterward, but still remain on probation since they are not reprobate until they go through the sixth step, that is the first step is a first and second private admonition in turn; the second [step is] a public reproof; the third is excommunication; the fourth is strict fasts [cf. Regula Benedicti c. 30.3]; the fifth is the whip; the sixth is prayer.

Et cum istos gradus acceperint et non emendaverint, tunc sunt improbi, quia ista regula manifestat, illos improbos esse, ducendo per sex gradus. Et ideo dixit: duros, superbos atque inobedientes, quia de istis omnibus fiunt improbi, eo quod omnes istos debet ducere per sex gradus, et cum ducti fuerint et non se emendaverint, tunc sunt improbi.

And when they undertake all those steps and do not improve, then they are reprobate, since they revealed according to that rule that they are reprobate men, taking them through the six steps. And therefore he said: stubborn, arrogant, and disobedient men, since they become reprobate through all those [characteristics] because he ought to take all those men through the six steps and when they were led and did not correct themselves, then they are reprobate.

Duri sunt, qui, sive excommunicentur, sive flagellentur, non emendantur, sed hoc, quod volunt, faciunt, quia non timent excommunicationem aut flagellum.25 Et propterea dixit: in ipso initio peccati, i. e. postquam improbi facti sunt, tunc illud peccatum si fecerint, aut certe flagellentur aut excommunicentur, sicut ipse dicit: 28improbos autem et duros aut superbos vel inobedientes verberum vel corporis castigatione in ipso initio peccati coerceat.

Stubborn men are those who, whether excommunicated or whipped, are not corrected, but they do whatever they want, since they do not fear excommunication or the whip. And for this reason he said: upon the first instance of sin, that is after they are made reprobate, then let them certainly be whipped or excommunicated if they committed that sin, just as [Benedict] himself says: 28moreover he must restrain the reprobate, stubborn, arrogant, and disobedient with beatings or other corporal punishment upon the first instance of sin.

Verbi gratia, si vult abbas, postquam illos improbos cognoverit, potest ejicere foris monasterio, si vero ejecerit illos foris ostium monasterii, tunc debet consilium cum fratribus accipere, ut revocentur. Si revocati fuerint, tunc in ultimo loco illos, sicut regula dicit, constituat [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 29:2]. Deinde si in ipso peccato, pro quo ejecti sunt, inventi fuerint, quasi primitus venissent in monasterium, ita illos per illos sex gradus ducat, sicut antea. Quod si noluerit illos abbas ejicere foris monasterium [page 116], sed retinuerit illos, tunc postea, si in ipso peccato inventi fuerint, non debet per sex illos gradus ducere, sed tantum aut flagellentur aut excommunicentur. Et hoc non debet abbas pro omnibus peccatis facere, sed pro illis, quibus inventi sunt improbi; nam pro aliis iterum per sex gradus debent duci.

For example, if the abbot wishes, he is able to throw those reprobate men out of the monastery after he learns of them, but if he throws them out the door of the monastery, then he ought to take council with the brothers [as to whether] they may be called back. If they are called back, then let [the abbot] put them in last place, just as the rule says [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 29:2]. Then if they are found in that same sin for which they were expelled, let [the abbot] lead them through those six steps just as before, as though they had come into the monastery for the first time.15 Because if the abbot does not wish to throw those men out of the monastery [page 116], but rather restrains them, then afterward if they are found in the same sin, he ought not to lead those men through the six steps but let them only be whipped or excommunicated. And an abbot ought not to do this for all their sins, but on account of those for which they were found reprobate; for they ought to be led through the six steps again for other [sins].

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia, cum pro peccato admonitus fuerit et postea, si post medium annum aut integrum fecerit illud peccatum, unde aut admonitus vel excommunicatus fuit, quasi non fecisset illud peccatum, ita debet in primo gradu illum admonere, deinde postquam ductus fuerit per sex gradus, si abbas illum ejecerit, non est improbus; si vero non ejecerit, et postea non emendaverit, tunc est improbus.

And it must be observed that when [a brother] is admonished for his sin and if after half as year or a year he commits that sin for which he was either admonished or excommunicated, thus the abbot ought to admonish that [brother] according to the first step as though he had not committed that sin. Then, if the abbot threw him out after he was led through the six steps, he is not reprobate; but if the abbot did not throw him out, and afterward the [brother] did not correct [himself], then he is reprobate.

Honestiores quidem sunt, qui imitabilem vitam habent. Honestiores possunt esse sine intelligibili animo; intelligibiles autem possunt esse sine honestate, quia, quamvis sapiant et intelligant, tamen non sunt religiosi tam actu26 et incessu et verbis, sicut sunt honestiores. Honestiores iterum possunt esse sine intelligibili animo, quia sunt multi honesti locutione, incessu et actu, tamen sapientes non sunt; nam honestus dicitur, quia nihil habeat turpitudinis. Nam quid est honestas nisi honor pepetuus, i. e. quasi honoris status?

Indeed, there are more honourable men who lead an exemplary life. Men can be more honourable without an intelligent mind; however, intelligent men can be without honour, since although they know and understand, still they are not as religious in deed, comportment, and words as more honourable men are. Again, there can be more honourable men without an intelligent mind, since many men are honourable in speech, in comportment, and in deed, [but] still they are not wise men; for a man is called honourable because he has nothing shameful. For what is honourable except perpetual16 honour, that is, so to speak, a condition of honour.

Sequitur: 28sciens scriptum: Stultus verbis non corrigitur.27

Next: 28knowing it is written that: A fool is not corrected with words.

Vide, quia istos omnes ad unum finem duxit, i. e. stultitiam; a stulto enim derivatur stultitia. Stultus enim est hebes corde, sicut quidam ait: 'Ego me stultum esse existimo, fatuum esse non opinor', i. e. obtusis quidem sensibus, non tamen nullis.

See, that he led those men to one end, that is, to foolishness; for foolishness (stultitia) is derived from a fool (stulto). For a fool is dull in his heart, just as a certain man said: 'I think myself a fool, I do not imagine myself foolish'17 that is with obtuse senses, yet with some [senses].

Stultus est, qui per stuporem non movetur injuria; saevitiam enim perfert nec ultus est nec ullo ignominiae commovetur dolore.

A fool is a man who is not moved to stupidity by means of injury; for he bears violence and neither took vengeance nor was moved to grieve at all for his disgrace.

Sequitur: 29Percute, filium tuum virga et liberabis animam ejus a morte. [Prv 23:14]

Next: 29Beat your son with a stick and you will liberate his soul from death. [Prv. 23:14]

Testimonium est scripturae divinae hoc. In hoc vero, quod dicit: Percute filium tuum virga et liberabis animam ejus a morte, debet abbas esse discretus et prudens; debet enim cognoscere, ut si proficit [page 117] auditori suo flagellum, debet ei adhibere flagellum, si vero non proficit, tunc non debet ei adhibere flagellum, quia sicut unus idemque cibus vel potus non aequaliter congruit sumptus omnibus humanis corporibus, ita nec unus poenitentiae modus diversis aetatibus, sensibus, conditionibus, negotiis, moribus et utrique sexui congruere potest.

This is the testimony of divine scripture. But in this, because [Benedict] says: Beat your son with a stick and you will free his soul from death, the abbot ought to be discreet and wise; for he ought to recognize that if the whip profits his listener, he ought to use the whip on him, but if it does not profit him, then he ought not to use the whip on him, since just as the one and the same food or drink is not equally suited to be consumed by all human bodies, so one type of penance certainly cannot be suitable for different ages, feelings, conditions, affairs, customs, and both sexes.

Sequitur: 30Meminere semper debet abbas, quod est, meminere, quod dicitur, et scire, quia cui plus committitur, plus ab eo exigitur.

Next: 30The abbot ought always to remember that which he is, and that which he is called, and to know that the more that is entrusted to him, the more is demanded of him.

Ita discerni debet: Meminere debet abbas, quod est, meminere, quod dicitur, et scire, quia cui plus committitur, plus ab eo exigitur; cum enim iterum dicit meminere, subaudiendum est debet.

Thus it ought to be understood: The abbot ought always to remember that which he is, and that which he is called, and to know that the more that is entrusted to him, the more is demanded of him; for when he repeats remember, he ought must be understood.

Istud vero, quod subsequitur: quod dicitur, non est dubium, quod subaudiendum sit ‘ab aliis’, sicut superius dixit: meminere debet, quod dicitur, hoc est abbas, i. e. pater.

But that which follows: that which he is called, without a doubt, it must be understood 'by others,' just as he said above: he ought to remember that which he is called, that is abbot, [or] father.

Nam cum dicit: meminere debet abbas semper, quod est, dubium videtur, quid subaudiendum sit; si enim dixisset: ‘quid est’, subaudiendum esset: quia homo est; sed cum dicit: quod est, subaudiendum est: quia praelatus est, ac si dicat: non solum debet meminere, i. e. ad memoriam revocare, quia praelatus est, sed etiam meminere debet, quia ab aliis dicitur, hoc est nominatur. Ideo dixit ista: meminere debet semper abbas, quid est, quia homo est, i. e. fragilis, ut honor fragilitate hominis temperetur, ut non superbiat, et fragilitas hominis ex honore non torpescat, sed studeat laborare pro amore honoris.

For when he says: the abbot ought always to remember that which he is, there seems [to be] doubt [about] what must be understood; for if he says: 'what he is,' it should be understood: that he is a man. But when he says: that which he is, it must be understood: that he was placed first, as if he would say: not only ought he to remember, that is to recall to his memory, that he is first, but also he ought to remember, because he is called by others, that that is [how] he is named. For that reason he said those things: the abbot ought always to remember what he is,18 because he is a man, that is, fragile, that honour is tempered by the fragility of man, that he should not be proud and the fragility of man should not grow slothful from honour, but that they should strive to work for the love of honour.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia ista verba inferiora, i. e. et scire, quia, cui plus committitur, plus ab eo exigitur, manifestant et indicant superiora verba, hoc est: meminere semper debet abbas, quod est, meminere, quod dicitur, ac si dicat: idcirco debet abbas, quod est praelatus, i. e. pater, meminere, et meminere, quod etiam ab aliis dicitur, ut sciat et cognoscat, quia cui plus committitur, plus ab eo exigitur. Et bene dixit: quia cui plus committitur, plus ab eo exigitur.

And it must be observed that those words afterwards, that is and [he ought] to know that the more that is entrusted to him, the more is demanded of him show and point to the earlier words, that is: the abbot ought always to remember that which he is, and that which he is called, as if he would say: therefore the abbot ought to remember that he is placed first, that is a father, and to remember that which he is also called by others so that he may know and recognize, that the more that is entrusted to him, the more is demanded of him. And he spoke well: that the more that is entrusted to him the more is demanded of him.

Sic enim papa Gregorius dicit: Lectio sancti evangelii sollicite nos considerare admonet, ne nos, qui plus ceteris in hoc mundo accepisse aliquid cernimur ab auctore mundi, gravius [page 118] inde judicemur; cum enim augentur dona, rationes etiam crescunt donorum. [Gregory the Great, Hom. in Evangelia IX, c. 1, CCSL 141, p. 58]

For thus Pope Gregory says, A reading of the Holy Gospel admonishes us to consider carefully lest we, who are seen to have accepted something more from the creator of the world than others in this world, are judged more severely thereby. For when gifts are increased, the account of the givers grow [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia IX, c. 1] [page 118]

Et quod, secundum quod accipit, rationem compellatur reddere, idem beatus papa Gregorius docet: Tantum quippe ab unoquoque nostrum venturus judex exigit, quantum unicuique suae pietatis donum distribuit. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia IX, c. 7, CCSL 141, p. 63]

And that, according to that which he receives, he is compelled to return an account, asthe same blessed pope Gregory teaches: The judge to come demands as much of each one of us in the measure of how much he granted the gift of his love to each.19 [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia IX, c. 7]

Sequitur: 31sciatque, quam difficilem et arduam rem, suscepit, regere animas.

Next: 31And let him know how difficult and arduous a job he undertakes to govern souls.

Difficile est, quod vix potest fieri; ardua28 vero est subtilis et laboriosa atque studiosa, quod paene unum significat cum difficile, ac si diceret: cognoscat abbas, quia difficilem et arduam rem suscepit, hoc est, quae potest fieri, et29 nimis cum studio et labore fit. Inter difficile et impossibile hoc interest: impossibile est, quod non potest fieri, difficile autem potest fieri, sed cum grandi labore et cum magno studio.

It is difficult, because it can hardly be done; but it is arduous [because it is] delicate and laborious, and zealous, which means almost the same as difficult, as if he says: let the abbot recognize that he undertook a difficult and arduous job, that is, one that can be done but is very great, [to be done] with zeal and labour. It lies between difficult and impossible: Something is impossible which cannot be done, however something difficult can be done but with great labour and much zeal.

Nam quare sit difficile, idem B. Benedictus manifestat, cum subdit dicens: regere animas, ac si diceret: ideo est difficile, quia animas regit, corpora vero regere difficile non est.

For that same blessed Benedict reveals how difficult it is because the abbot governs souls, but it is not difficult to govern bodies.

Jam quid sit regere animas, manifestat, cum subdit: 31et multorum servire moribus.

Now he reveals what it is to govern souls when he adds: 31and to be of use to the moods of many men.

Istud et pro ‘id est’ positum est, ac si diceret: regere animas est multorum servire moribus.

That and is in the place of “that is”, as if he said: to govern souls is to be of use to the moods of many men.

Si enim unius hominis mores sequi difficile est, quanto magis multorum. Hanc autem difficultatem in se ipso homo potest argumentare et cognoscere; si homo mores suos non potest ad unum tenorem deducere, qui (quia) aliquando sunt irascentis, aliquando tristantis, aliquando laetantis, aliquando obliviscentis, nec ad unam regulam temperare, quanto magis aliorum? Et quod quis aliorum debeat servire moribus, habes exemplum.

For if it is difficult to follow the moods of one man, how much more so those of many men. For a man can reason and examine this difficulty in his very self; if a man cannot guide his own moods steadily, since sometimes they are angry, sometimes sad, sometimes happy, sometimes forgetful, nor govern [them] in one rule, how much more [can he manage the moods] of others? And that someone can to be of use to the moods of others, you have an example.

Dicit enim Paulus apostolus, gaudere cum gaudentibus, flere cum flentibus, id ipsum sentientes [Rm 12:15]. Non enim de gaudio terreno aut de luctu terreno dicit, sed de spiritali. Ille enim gaudet cum gaudentibus, qui se laetum laetantibus praebet, et ille flet cum flentibus, qui se tristem tristantibus exhibet, et illi id ipsum invicem sentiunt, qui dolorem aliorum suum esse sentiunt per caritatem invicem. Et hoc valde difficile est.

For the apostle Paul says, to rejoice with rejoicers, to cry with weepers, feeling the same thing. [Rm 12:15] For he does not speak of earthly joy or [earthly] grief, but of spiritual [joy and grief]. For he rejoices with rejoicers who presents himself as happy to happy men, and that man weeps with weepers who presents himself as sad to sad men, and those men feel the same thing who in turn feel the grief of others to be their own through love. And this is very difficult.

Verbi gratia, venit quis cum [page 119] laeto animo de spiritali processu vel profectu ad abbatem; ille vero si laetum se praebet illi, servit ejus moribus, si autem non se praebet laetum illi, tunc non servit moribus illius. lllo vero laeto cum fratre ipso momento intrat alter cum tristi animo de spiritali defectione aut casu. Ille si non expulsa laetitia,30 quam habebat, se praebuerit illi tristem, tunc non servit moribus ejus. Et iterum si intraverit alius cum laeto animo, et ille debet se iterum laetum de spiritali profectu illi praebere, si vero se non praebuerit, non servit moribus ejus.

For example, he who comes to the abbot with [page 119] a happy mind concerning spiritual advancement or progress, and [the abbot], if he presents himself to him as happy, he is of use to his mood; if, however, [the abbot] does not present himself to him as happy, then he is not of use to his mood. But if in the midst of his [shared] happiness with the brother at that moment another one comes in, with a sad mind concerning spiritual failure or misfortune, if the abbot does not, putting away the happiness he had, present himself as sad to this second brother, then he is not of use to his mood. And if yet another comes in with a happy mind, the abbot should again present himself as happy about that brother’s spiritual progress.

Vide modo, quia ideo difficile est, eo quod in uno momento debet esse et tristis et laetus, et iterum laetus et tristis propter diversos mores subditorum.

See now how this is difficult, because at one moment the abbot should be sad and happy, at the next happy and sad, according to the different moods of those subject to him.

Nam qualiter debeat regere multorum animas, manifestat, cum dicit: 31alium blandimentis, alium increpationibus, alium suasionibus. In hoc loco subaudiendum est: regat. Tunc regit alium blandimentis, cum illi, qui blandimentis est dignus, blandimenta tribuit; et tunc increpationibus alium regit, cum illi, qui dignus est increpationibus, increpationem tribuit; et tunc alium suasionibus regit, cum illi, qui suaderi dignus est, suadet.

For Benedict shows how he should rule the souls of many, when he says one with coaxing, another with scolding, another with persuasion. (Here we are meant to understand “let him rule.”) He rules one with coaxing when he offers allurements to the one who deserves it, next he rules another with scolding when he offers rebuke to one who deserves it, and next he rules another with persuasion when he entreats one who deserves it.

Sequitur: 32et secundum uniuscujusque qualitatem vel intelligentiam ita se omnibus conformet et aptet.

Next: 32And let him shape and adapt himself to all thus, according to each individual’s nature and intelligence.

Iste enim locus duobus modis potest intelligi; uno quippe modo secundum illud, quod Paulus apostolus dicit: Factus sum omnibus omnia, ut omnes lucrifacerem [cf. 1 Cor 9:22]. Non enim Paulus apostolus simulatione factus est omnia omnibus, ut omnes lucrifaceret, sed compassione, verbi gratia, cum videbat gentilem, compatiebatur illi dicens: ‘Si ego gentilis essem, necesse mihi fuerat, ut alius mihi evangelizaret regnum Dei, quatenus recedens ab idolorum cultu salvarer. Et si mihi cognosco necessitatem inesse, ut mihi alius ita fecisset, ergo evangelizabo illi regnum Dei,’ etc. Et ita secundum hunc sensum debet se abbas conformare unicuique et aptare.

This statement can be understood in two ways. The first way is according to the dictate of the apostle Paul: “I am made all things to all people so I could convert all people” [cf. 1 Cor 9:22]. For the apostle Paul was not made all things to all people to he could convert all with hypocrisy, but with compassion. For example, when he saw a pagan, he was compassionate with him, saying, ‘If I were a pagan, I would need someone else to preach to me the gospel of the kingdom of God so that, drawing away from idol worship, I might be saved. And if I recognize my need for another to have done so for me, therefore I will preach to [the pagan] the gospel of the kingdom of God’ and so on. And according to this meaning the abbot must shape and adapt himself to each individual.

Altero vero modo intelligitur secundum illud, quod papa Gregorius dicit; ait enim ita: Sit rector bene agentibus per [page 120] humilitatem socius, contra delinquentium vitia per zelum justitiae erectus, et bonis in nullo se praeferat, et cum pravorum culpa exigit, potestatem protinus sui prioratus agnoscat, quatenus et honore suppresso aequalem se subditis bene viventibus deputet et erga perversos jura rectitudinis non exercere formidet [Gregory the Great, Regula pastoralis II, c. 6, SC 381, p. 202].

The second way is according to the dictate of Pope Gregory, who spoke thus: The ruler should, in [page 120] humility, be a companion to those living rightly, upright in the zeal of justice against the sins of those who do wrong. He should in no matter prefer himself to the good, and when the sin of the wicked demands it, he should recognize the power of his leadership at once so that he both, restraining his sense of position, consider himself the equal of those living rightly and not fear to exercise the laws of righteousness against those who wrong. [Gregory the Great, Regula pastoralis II, 6]

Qualitas autem attinet ad meritum, et intelligentia ad intellectum.

For nature pertains to merit and intelligence to understanding.

Sequitur: 32ut non solum detrimenta gregis sibi commissi non patiatur, verum etiam in augmentatione boni gregis gaudeat.

Next: 32so that not only should he not suffer reduction of the flock entrusted to him, but also rejoice in the increase of a good flock.

Nunc autem reddit causam, quare debeat abbas alium regere blandimentis, alium increpationibns et alium suasionibus, et secundum uniuscujusque qualitatem vel intelligentiam conformare et aptare debet, cum subdit: ut non solum detrimenta gregis sibi commissi non patiatur, verum etiam in augmentatione boni gregis gaudeat, ac si diceret: non solum ob hoc debet ille abbas ista omnia propter damnum gregis sibi commissi agere, verum etiam ut augmentetur ille grex et proficiat.

Now Benedict gives the reason why the abbot he should rule one with coaxing, another with scolding, another with persuasion and should shape and adapt himself according to each individual’s nature and intelligence when he adds that not only should he not suffer reduction of the flock entrusted to him, but also rejoice in the increase of a good flock. It is as if he said not only should be abbot do all these things because of [potential] harm to the flock entrusted to him, but also so that his flock be increased and flourish.

Et bene dixit: sibi commissi, quia non suus est ille grex, sed Domini et sibi commissus, unde, quia suus non est sed sibi conmissus, ideo debet diligenti cura illum tractare; ille enim pastor gaudet de augmentatione gregis, cujus grex augmentatur et crescit.

He says rightly entrusted to him because the flock is not his but the Lord’s, and entrusted to him. Whence, because it is not his but entrusted to him, therefore he should treat it with diligent care; that shepherd whose flock is increased and grows rejoices in the increase of the flock.

Et ideo dixit prius non propter damnum, hoc est pro timore, sed etiam pro augmentatione, hoc est, gaudio vitae aeternae, veluti cum quis mittit setam, ut introducat filum, non ut seta permaneat, sed ut per setam filum introducat, ita et S. Benedictus in hoc loco fecisse videtur; cum prius incussit timorem de damno gregis, quasi setam misit, deinde cum subjunxit amorem de augmentatione gregis, quasi filum traxit.

He did not previously say 'on account of harm,' that is, in fear, but for increase, that is, for the joy of eternal life, just as when someone removes a bristle to bring in a thread, so that the bristle not remain but he bring in the thread via the bristle, as St. Benedict also seems to have done in this place when first he meets with fear of harm to his flock, as if removing a bristle, and then when he adds love with increase of the flock, as if spinning a thread.20

Et ille pastor tristatur de damno gregis, cujus grex minoratur et decrescit. Sunt enim alii pastores, qui solummodo pro timore poenae gregem suum pascunt, ne flagellentur, et sunt alii pastores, qui non pro timore poenae, sed pro remuneratione pascunt gregem suum. Et ideo abbas non solum pro timore minorationis gregis, sed etiam [page 121] pro augmentatione gregis sui debet laborare.

The shepherd is saddened by harm to his flock, when the flock is diminished and decreases. There are some shepherds who graze their flock in fear of punishment, so they are not whipped, and there are others who graze their flock not in fear of punishment but for reward. And therefore the abbot should not only work in fear of the diminishment of his flock, but even [page 121] for the increase of his flock.

Sunt iterum alii pastores sapientes et studiosi, et diligenti cura pascunt gregem suum, et tamen aliqua occasione, i. e. aut morbo generali aut propter locum et caet. deperit ille grex. Et sunt alii pastores negligentes et hebetes, qui non studiose pascunt gregem, et tamen aliqua occasione crescit illorum grex; sed cum dominus illorum tempore rationis reddendae venerit, ut ratio agatur de grege, non juxta quod videtur in grege, i. e. secundum augmentationem nequo secundum minorantiam gregis, sed magis secundum laborem pastorum aut negligentiam illis tribuit, i.e. studiosis pastoribus tribuit meritum laboris, licet diminutus sit grex, negligentibus autem, juxta quod negligentes fuerunt, quamvis grex illorum crevisse videatur, poenas subministrat. Ita et spiritaliter dominus faciet studiosis praelatis, quamvis damna passi sint gregum vel amplificationem ostendant.

There are also some wise and eager shepherds who graze their flock with diligent care and yet in certain instances, e.g., widespread illness or locale and so on, the flock is destroyed and there are other careless and lazy shepherds who do not graze their flock eagerly and yet in certain instances their flock grows. But when their lord comes at the time for rendering account, so that accounting for the flock is done not according to what is seen in the flock, that is, according to increase and not21 decrease of the flock, but rather lord rewards the shepherds according to their work or their carelessness, that is, he rewards eager shepherds with the merit of their labour, even though the flock is diminished, and administers punishment to the careless according to their carelessness even though their flock appears to have grown. So the Lord does spiritually for zealous prelates, whether they have suffered losses to his flocks or show increase.

Ubi considerandum est, si negligens pastor quamvis totum gregem et augmentatum domino suo consignet, non remunerationem accipit, sed magis poenam juxta negligentiam suam, quid dicendum est de his, qui invidi suis subjectis existent?

Whence it must be considered that if a careless shepherd, even if he attests to a whole flock or an increase, will not receive a reward but rather a punishment in accordance with his carelessness, what should be said of those who are envious of those subject to them?

Sequitur: 33Ante omnia, ne dissimulans aut parvi pendens salutem animarum sibi commissarum, plus gerat sollicitudinem de rebus transitoriis et terrenis atque caducis.

Next: 33Above all, neither overlooking nor esteeming lightly the salvation of the souls entrusted to him, the abbot should not devote more attention to transitory, earthly, passing matters.

Nunc animadvertendum est, quare dixerit ante omnia, cum jam caetera dixerat? Non est ita intelligendum, ut quasi non dixisset, sed quia mos est sanctorum praedicatorum, maxime illorum, qui sermonem faciunt ad populum, dicere: 'hortor et admoneo vos fratres carissimi, ut ante omnia caritatem invicem habeatis'; deinde subjungit multa, quae auditores sui debeant agere; et iterum dicit: 'ante omnia castitatem et humilitatem habete.'

Now we must notice why he has said above all when he has just now said other things. It should not be understood as if he had not said them, but because it is the custom of holy preachers, especially those who address the people, to say, ‘I exhort and admonished you, dearest brothers, to love one another above all’ and then to add many things that their listeners ought to do and then to say again, ‘Above all be chaste and humble.’

Vide modo, non ob hoc dicit, ut castitatem et humilitatem ante, quam caritatem et caetera, quae subjunxit, habeant, sed ob hoc dixit ante omnia in primo et in secundo vel tertio loco, quia omnes illae virtutes aeque teneri et haberi debent. Ita et B. Benedictus in hoc loco dixit ante omnia, et superius dixit alia.

See now that he [a preacher] does not therefore say they should be chaste and humble before loving and the other things that he has added, but he said above all once, twice, and a third time because all these virtues should be retained and held in equal measure. Thus also does Benedict say above all in this place and says other things above.

Dissimulans et parvipendens unum significant in hoc loco; [page 122] parvipendere est, contemtu animi aliquid etiam magnum despicere; pendere enim aestimare est. 31

Overlooking and esteeming lightly mean the same thing here [page 122]. To esteem lightly is to scorn even something great with a contemptuous spirit and “esteem” (pendere) means consider.

Istud enim, quod dicit plus, simpliciter intelligendum est, ut non plus gerat sollicitudinem de terrenis rebus quam de salute animarum, quasi diceret: salutem animarum incomparabiliter debet agere; sed quia piger est, ut incomparabiliter agat sollicitudinem de animarum sibi commissarum salute, ita agat sollicitudinem de salute animarum sibi commissarum, sicut de terrenis rebus. Sic etiam Paulus facere videtur, cum dicit: Humanum dico propter infirmitatem carnis vestrae; sicut enim exhibuistis membra vestra servire immunditiae et iniquitati ad iniquitatem, ita nunc exhibete membra vestra servire justitiae in sanctificationem. [Rm 6:19]

When he says more it is to be understood plainly: he should not should not devote more attention to earthly matters than to salvation of the soul, as if he were saying that the abbot must attend to the salvation of souls in a way that cannot be equalled, but because he is slow to attend to the salvation of the souls entrusted to him in a way that cannot be equalled, he should attend to the salvation of the souls entrusted to him just as he does to earthly matters. So Paul seemed to do when he said, 'I speak of a human concern because of the weakness of your flesh: just as you have given over your members to serve uncleanness and iniquity for iniquity, so now give over your members to serve justice in sanctification'. [Rm 6:19]

Humanum, i. e. possibile, ac si diceret: quia pigri estis ad bona facienda, idcirco dico vobis propter pigritiam vestram, [ut] sicut studiose servistis idolis, ita studiose servite32 Deo, cum Deo incomparabiliter serviendum est.

Human, that is, possible, as if he says, because you are reluctant to do good things, therefore I say to you, on account of your reluctance, that just as zealously as you served idols, so [now] serve God, since God must be served in a way that cannot be equalled.

Nunc videndum est, qualiter cognoscatur abbas plus agere sollicitudinem de rebus transitoriis quam de salute animarum sibi commissarum. Multimodis cognoscitur.

Now we must see how it may be recognized that the abbot devotes more attention to transitory matters than to the salvation of souls entrusted to him. It is evident in many ways.

Verbi gratia, habet abbas villam fructiferam atque fertilem, et est ibi occasio peccati. Ille vero abbas superatus amore frugum illius villae non timet illam occasionem peccati, sed tantum ut habeat fructum solummodo plurimum, mittit monachum suum illuc. Et cum hoc facit, plus agit curam de terrenis rebus, quam de salute animarum.

For example: an abbot has a productive and fertile farmstead [villam] and there is opportunity for sin there. But the abbot, overcome by love of the products of this farmstead, does not fear the opportunity for sin, but sends his monk there for the sole purpose of getting greater yield. And when he does this, he devotes more care to earthly matters than to the salvation of souls.

Item si abbas in capitulo aut in quolibet loco plus loquitur de terrenis rebus quam de mortificatione vel jejunio vel caeteris virtutibus, qualiter exercent illas virtutes aut debent exercere fratres, plus videtur gerere sollicitudinem de terrenis rebus quam de salute animarum.

Again: if an abbot in chapter or some place or another speaks more about earthly matters than mortification or fasting or other virtues, how the brothers can and ought to practice those virtues, he seems to devote more attention to earthly matters than to the salvation of souls.

Iterum habet abbas monachum nobili progenie ortum, cujus parentes magnum donum conferunt monasterio, et tamen ipse monachus malae conversationis est et plurimis malae [page 123] conversationis exemplum praebet. Abbas quia timet, ne parentes monachi desistant conferre illud lucrum monasterio, timet corripere monachum, et dum ita agit abbas, manifestat, se plus agere curam de terrenis rebus quam de salute animarum.

Again: an abbot has a monk born of noble stock, whose parents made a great gift to the monastery, and yet this monk has a bad way of life and offers an example of a bad way of life to many. The abbot, because he fears that the monk’s parents will cease to confer their wealth on the monastery, fears to correct the monk, and when this abbot acts in this way he shows that to devote more attention to earthly matters than to the salvation of souls.

Et iterum habet abbas vestiarium plenum divitiis et videt fratrem necessitatem habentem; iste talis timens, ne suum vestiarium minoretur, non succurrit fratri patienti necessitatem, aut cellam infirmorum non restaurat propter avaritiam suam; hic talis manifestat, se plus studere terrenis rebus quam de salute fratris. 33

Again: an abbot has a store full of riches and sees a brother in need. Such a one, fearing that his store be diminished, does not go to the aid of the brother suffering need, or does not repair the infirmary because of his avarice; such a man shows that he is more zealous about earthly things than the well being of the brother.

Et iterum sunt quatuor vel quinque studiosi fratres in divinis rebus, qui et se et alios adjuvant. Ille abbas habens necessitatem, quia foris non habet tales, qui faciant laborare suas curtes, deinde tollit istos quatuor et mittit foras super illa loca, et dum illi sunt illic in illis locis, in monasterio non sunt, qui custodiant caeteros. Hic talis abbas convincitur plus amare terrena quam salutem fratrum, et in nullo loco plus errat ille abbas quam in isto loco.

Again: there are four or five brothers zealous in spiritual matters who help both themselves and others. The abbot, who lacks any such men outside and is in need of someone to work in his homestead, then takes up those four and puts them out in those places and while they are out there, those who can watch over the others are not in the monastery. Such an abbot as this is proven to love earthly things more than the salvation of the bothers and in no matter does an abbot err more than in this one.

Sequitur: 34sed semper cogitet, quia animas suscepit regendas, de quibus et rationem redditurus est.

Next: 34but he should always be mindful that he has undertaken rule of souls for which he will also render an account.

Nunc animadvertendum est, quia non dixit solummodo cogitet, sed cum adjectione semper; ideo dixit semper, quia abbas nunquam debet ab hac cogitatione esse securus, i. e. sive jaceat, de hoc cogitet, sive manducet, de hoc cogitet, sive foras vadat, de hoc cogitet, et caetera.

Now it is to be noted that he does not say only be mindful but with the addition of always; he says always because the abbot should never be free from this attentiveness, that is, if lying down, he should be mindful of it, if eating, he should be mindful of it, if he goes outdoors, he should be mindful of it, and so on.

Forte dicit aliquis: quomodo potest hoc abbas semper cogitare, cum debet etiam disponere rem monasterii? Vere semper hoc potest cogitare, si omne, quidquid agit, quidquid disponit, pro salute animarum disponat vel agat.

Perhaps someone says, ‘How can the abbot always be mindful of it, when he also has to carry out monastery business?’ Truly he can always be mindful of it if everything he does, everything he carries out, he does or carries out for the salvation of souls.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia non dixit ‘corpora’ aut ‘animalia’ aut ‘possessiones,’ de quibus rationem redditurus est, sed animas; ideo dixit animas, quia omnia ad animas attinent.

And we must realise that Benedict does not say it is “bodies” or “animals” or “possessions” for which account will be rendered, but souls; he said souls because everything pertains to souls.

Forte dicit aliquis abbas: ‘quia non mihi cura est de corporibus fratrum, sed de animabus, eo quod de animabus solummodo sum redditurus rationem.’ Hic talis cognoscat, in hoc loco Benedictum [page 124] per speciem dixisse hoc, cum animas posuit pro toto homine, h. e. corpore et anima, sicut est istud: Introivit Jacob in Aegyptum in septuaginta animabus quinque [Deu 10:22]. Numquid solae animae absque corporibus introierunt in Aegyptum? Non, sed animas posuit pro toto homine, i. e. corpore et anima. Et iterum: Videbit omnis caro salutare Dei [Luke 3:6]. Numquid sola caro videbit Dominum absque anima? Non, sed caro cum anima videbit Dominum.

Perhaps some abbot says that ‘My care is not for the bodies of the brothers but for their souls, because I will render account only for souls.’ Such a man should know that in this place Benedict [page 124] spoke in the language of ideal type22 when he substituted souls for the whole man, that is, body and soul, as here: “Jacob went into Egypt with seventy-five souls” [cf. Dt 10:22]. Did the souls alone go into Egypt, without bodies? No, but it substitutes souls for the whole man. Again: All flesh will see the salvation of God [Lc 3:6]. Will the flesh alone see God, without the soul? No, but the flesh will the soul will see God.

Sequitur: 35et ne causetur forte de minori substantia.

Next: 35And lest he chance to make the excuse of meagre resources.

Iste enim locus varie a variis tractatoribus intelligitur. Sunt enim alii, qui intelligunt, minorem substantiam ad substantiam monasterii pertinere, ut sit sensus: non debet ille abbas causari, i. e. murmurare, querelari, quia parvam substantiam habet istud monasterium. Alii sunt, qui intelligunt minorem substantiam damnum alicujus rei monasterii, ut sit sensus: non debet abbas causari, murmurare, querelari, si aliquod damnum illi illatum fuerit.

This statement is understood variously by various commentators. For there are some who understand meagre resources to pertain to the resources of the monastery, making it mean that the abbot should not make excuses, that is, mutter [or] complain, because his monastery has few resources. There are others who understand meagre resources concerns loss of monastery property, making it mean that the abbot should not make excuses, mutter, complain if some loss is inflicted on it.

Sed ille primus sensus utilior est secundum istud exemplum, quod nunc subjungit B. Benedictus dicens: 35Meminerit scriptum: Primum quaerite regnum Dei et justitiam ejus, et haec omnia adjicientur vobis [Mt 6:33]. In hoc loco primum non est ordinis, ut aliud ei succedat, sed dignitatis, et ponitur pro ‘solo’ et 'semper' et 'ante omnia' et 'super omnia'. Nam si hoc34 per res singulas diversas invenitur solum, sicut dixi.35

But the first sense is more helpful according to this example, which St. Benedict now adds, saying 35Let him remember what is written: First of all seek the kingdom of God and his justice and all these things will be added to you [Mt 6:33]. Here first is not first in order but first in importance and substitutes for “alone” and “always” and “before all” and “above all.” For if the kingdom of God is found through discrete, different things alone...just as I have said.23

Verbi gratia, quaeris panem, et interrogo te: ‘cur quaeris panem?’ dicis mihi: ‘ut possim subsistere, quatenus valeam Deo servire.’ Si ita quaeris panem, regnum Dei quaeris. Et iterum: Quare quaeris vestimentum? Respondens dicis: ideo quaero vestimentum, ut valeam subsistere et Deo servire studiose. Si ita est, regnum Dei quaeris; et caetera similia.

For example, you seek bread and I ask you, 'Why do you seek bread?' and you say to me, 'So I can survive to be able to serve God.' If you seek bread thus, you seek the kingdom of God. And again: 'Why do you seek clothing?' You say in reply, 'I seek clothing so I can survive and serve God zealously.' If it is thus, you seek the kingdom of God, and so on.

Sciendum enim est, quia tribus modis quaeritur regnum Dei. Quaerit homo regnum Dei pro amore regni Dei.Et sunt alii, qui quaerunt cibum vel potum et caetera pro amore [page 125] regni Dei; et isti tales regnum Dei quaerunt jejunando, orando, psallendo, vigilando et caeteras virtutes operando. Et sunt iterum alii, qui videntur quaerere regnum Dei non pro amore regni Dei, sed pro amore cibi vel potus et caeterarum rerum temporalium; isti tales non quaerunt regnum Dei, quia hypocritae sunt, sicut dicitur: Et aestimata est afflictio exitus illorum et ab itinere justo abierunt in exterminium [cf. Sir 3:2-3]. Et iterum: Justus periit, et nemo est, qui recogitet [Is 57: 1].

It should be known that the kingdom of God is sought in three ways. A man seeks the kingdom of God out of love [page 125] for the kingdom of God. And there are others who seek food and drink and other things out of love for the kingdom of God, and such men seek the kingdom of God through fasting, praying, singing the psalms, keeping vigil, and working other virtues. And there are still others who seem to seek the kingdom of God not out of love for the kingdom of God, but out of love for food and drink and other temporal things. Such men do not seek out the kingdom of God because they are hypocrites, as it is said: “And their departure is judged torment and they departed from the right path into utter destruction” [cp. Sap 3:2-3] and again, The righteous man perishes and nobody reflects [Is 57:1].

Sequitur: 36Et iterum: Nihil deest timentibus eum. [Ps. 33:10]

Next: 36And again: Those who fear him lack nothing. [Ps 33/34:10]24

Nunc videndum est, quare dicit: Nihil deest timentibus eum, cum videntur multi justi fame perire et in necessitate deficere, quantum ad visum hominis attinet.

Now it must be seen why he says Those who fear him lack nothing when many righteous men die of hunger and lack necessities, as far as the perspective of mankind is concerned.25

Iste enim locus: Nihil deest timentibus eum, et caetera, sicut est illud: Non vidi justum derelictum nec semen ejus quaerens panem [Ps 36:25 CHECK], aliquando secundum literam debet intelligi, aliquando secundum spiritalem intelligentiam, quasi diceret ipsa divina scriptura: cum vides, me non posse intelligi secundum literam, aliud in me quaere.

This statement, Those who fear him lack nothing, is like this one: I have not seen the just man forsaken nor his seed to seek bread [Ps 36/37:25]. Sometimes it is to be understood literally, sometimes according to spiritual understanding. It is as if divine scripture says, “When you see I cannot be understood literally, seek something [else] in me.

Verbi gratia vides, justo homini nihil deesse, salus illi adest; et si videris, justum hominem necessitatem habere, ipsa sua necessitas salus36 illi est; ac si diceret S. Benedictus aliis verbis: non contingat, ut murmuret, quia minorem substantiam habet suum monasterium, sed cognoscat, quia salus illi adest in minore substantia.

For example, you see that the righteous man lacks nothing and salvation is his, and if you see that a righteous man is in need, his need is his salvation.” It is as if St. Benedict said, in different words, that it should not happen that he grumble because his monastery has meagre resources, but he should know that that its salvation is in meagre resources.

Sciendum est, quia non dicit: ‘apponentur vobis,’ sed ‘adjicientur vobis,’ quia aliud est apponere, aliud vero adjicere; illi enim apponitur, ubi non est datum aliquid, adjicitur autem, ubi jam aliquid ad augmentationem superponitur et adjungitur ei.

It should be known that [scripture] does not say “they shall be bestowed on you” but they shall be added to you [Mt 6:33],26 for it is one thing to bestow, but another to add to. Something is bestowed on a person when it is not given, but it is added when something already present is place on top and joined to it.

Sequitur: 37sciatque, quia, qui suscipit animas regendas, praeparet se ad rationem reddendam.

Next: 37He should know that he who undertakes the rule of souls must prepare to render an account.

Sunt multi libri, qui habent praeparat, et alii sunt, qui habent praeparet. Si praeparat habet, hoc modo intelligitur: est enim indicativus modus et dat ei exemplum de abbate, qui studiose suum monasterium peragit, quasi diceret: studiosus enim abbas, qui suscipit curam animarum ad eas regendas, praeparat [page 126] se ad rationem pro eis reddendam, et ideo, quia scit, se rationem redditurum, pro eis laboret, quatenus securus ipsam rationem reddere possit.

There are many books27 that have “prepares” (praeparat) and others that have must prepare (praeparet). If the reading is “prepare,” it is understood in this way: it is in the indicative mood and gives thereby an example concerning the abbot who zealously works in his monastery, as if he were saying that the zealous abbot, who undertakes the care of souls to rule them prepares himself to render an account concerning them, and therefore, because he knows that he will render an account, he works for them, so that he can render that account in safety.28

Si autem habet praeparet, intelligitur hoc modo: est enim hortativus et imperativus modus, per quem hortatur abbatem, ut laboret et praeparet se ad reddendum securus rationem pro ipsis animabus, quas regere suscipit.

But if the reading is he must prepare then it is the hortatory and imperative mood, through which he abbot is exhorted that he should labour and prepare himself for rendering account for those souls that he undertakes to rule in safety.

Sequitur: 38et quantum sub cura sua fratrum se habere scierit numerum, agnoscat pro certo, quia in die judicii ipsarum omnium animarum est redditurus Domino rationem, sine dubio addita et suae animae.

Next: 38And whatever the number of brothers he knows are under his care, let him be certain that on the Day of Judgement he will render an account to the Lord for every one of those souls, of course his own soul’s included.

Haec autem sententia ita construitur: Et agnoscat, quia pro certo redditurus est rationem Domino in die judicii ipsarum omnium animarum, quantum numerum fratrum se scierit habere, quasi diceret: agnoscat, quia pro omnibus est rationem redditurus Domino, quantos fratres habuerit sub se, i.e. sibi commissos.

This sentence is construed as follows: And let him know that of course he will render an account to the Lord, on the Day of Judgement, of each of these souls, whatever the number of brothers he knows himself to have, as if he were saying that he should know that he will render an account to the Lord concerning all the brothers he has under him, that is, were entrusted to him.

Verbi gratia si centum fratres habuerit, pro centum, si XX pro XX, et caetera his similia.

For example, if he has 100 brothers, then [he will account] for 100, if he has twenty, for twenty, and so on.

In hoc enim loco, quod dicit: addita et suae animae, subaudiendum est ratione. Sunt enim multi abbates, qui et doctrina et opere studiose praesunt suis discipulis, sed intentionem habent malam. Et sunt alii, qui doctrina et opere videntur studiose praeesse, tamen absconse mala agunt, et ob hoc dicit: addita et suae animae, ut sollicitus sit, quia non solum pro suis subjectis, sed etiam pro se redditurus est rationem.

And where he says and of course his own soul’s included we should understand account [included]. There are many abbots who zealously excel their disciples in both learning and work, but with evil intent. And there are others who seem zealously to excel in learning and work but nevertheless do evil secretly, and for this reason Benedict says his own soul’s included, so that the abbot be responsible because he will render an account not only for those subject to him, but also for himself.

Sequitur: 39et ita timens semper futuram discussionem pastoris de creditis ovibus, cum de alienis ratiociniis cavet, redditur de suis sollicitus. Ita construitur: et redditur sollicitus de suis, subaudiendum est rationiis, cum de alienis ratiociniis cavet, subaudiendum est: puniri vel condemnari de alienis ratiociniis.

Next: 39And thus always fearing the future examination of the shepherd concerning the sheep entrusted to him, although mindful of the reckonings for others, he is responsible for rendering his own. It is construed thus: and he is responsible for rendering his own, with “reckoning” understood, although mindful of others’ accounts, with 'of being punished or damned' about the reckonings of others understood.

 Ita timens semper futuram discussionem pastoris de creditis ovibus; ita timens, ac si diceret, sicut dixi. Ratiocinium est altercatio sive negotium; ratiocinatio enim est faciendi quid inficiendive excogitata ratio.

Thus always fearing the future examination of the shepherd concerning the sheep entrusted to him: thus fearing is as if he were saying as I said. Reckoning is a discussion or business; a reckoning is considered thought about what is to be done or not done.

Sequitur: 40et cum de admonitionibus suis emendationem aliis subministrat, ipso efficiatur a vitiis emendatus.

Next: 40and when he helps others to emend with his admonitions, he himself is emended of faults.

De [page 127] admonitionibus, id est per admonitiones vel doctrinas suas, ac si diceret: sollicitudo aliorum reddit illum sollicitum.

 With [page 127] admonitions, that is through his admonitions or teachings, as if he said that solicitude for others make him solicitous.


1. essentia. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
2. de fermentis = fermentum (Mittermüller).
3. vagatur. Cod Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
4. sine. Cod. Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
5. mortis. Cod. Fürstzell. Mortem. Cod. Emmeram. Fortasse legendum est ita: Quod si majora vitia fuerint quasi peane mortis, infirmitates majores intelliguntur. (Mittermüller).
6. cf. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
7. sit. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
8. complere (?). (Mittermüller).
9. quam. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
10. promoveri debet. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
11. virtute. Cod. Divionens. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
12. dicturi sunt. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
13. Clerici possunt preaponi et presbyteri et monachi peregrini. Cod. Emmeram.
14. serviunt. Cod. Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
15. animali Dei. Cod. Mellicens. et Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
16. inacqualitatem. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).
17. Fortasse corrigendum est ita: quia disciplina abbatis, cui impressa fuerit, illum ad similitudinem suam exhibet. (Mittermüller).
18. de argueno et obsecrando et increpando. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
19. cf. cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
20. Initium (?) (Mittermüller).
21. cf. Ps. 16, 14. u. Ps. 54, 22. Matth 24, 51. (Mittermüller).
22. PL gives pertimescat instead of timescat
23. verbera attinent. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
24. nimia jejunia, cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
25. Duri corde sunt, qui, sive admoneantur, sive excommunicentur, non emendantur, neque etiam erubescunt, sed obstinata mente non timentes verecundiam atque excommunicationem impetum sui cordis sequuntur. Cod. Divionens. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
26. religiosi in actu. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller)
27. cf. Prov. 29:19?
28. scil. res. (Mittermüller).
29. et = sed. (Mittermüller).
30. cf. cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
31. Parvipendere idem est, ac magnum aliquid animo superbo despicere seu parum aestimare. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
32. serviatis. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
33. curam agere. (Mittermüller).
34. scil. regum Dei. (Mittermüller).
35. subaudiendum esse videtur: tunc quaeritur regnum Dei ante omnia et super omnia. (Mittermüller).
36. aeterna. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).

1. The way in which Hildemar uses the word affectus is unclear. It is possible that he originally wrote affictus, which can be an accounting that has to do with distribution of property, so maybe this is, by extension, a piece of (agricultural) property.
2. Azymus also means ‘unleavened,’ giving this passage a double meaning in Latin.
3. Isidorus, Etymologiarum sive originum, book XX, c. ii, 18: “Fermentum a fervore nuncupatum, quod plus prima hora non potest contineri; crescendo enim excedit.”
4. Beda Venerabilis, In Lucae Evangelium, book 4, ch.13, col 507 (PL 92): “Fermentum ergo dilectionem dicit, quae fervefacit, et excitat mentem.”
5. Tantum iterum erit liber is a version of the text we have so far only found in Hildemar. The use of ut is not in the original quote and has been left out of this translation.
6. The Emmeran codex uses vagatur here, which may provide an even better meaning: "but is as if his mind wanders."
7. Almost a repetition of what was said on p. 92.
8. I.e. Micah.
9. The text is mistaken here. This is actually ‘below’ in the text.
10. Translated by James Barmby. From Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Second Series, Vol. 12. Edited by Philip Schaff and Henry Wace. (Buffalo, NY: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1895.) Revised and edited for New Advent by Kevin Knight. Source.
11. See 2 Cor 11:13-15.
12. Repetition of p. 94, line 6-8. There may be a manuscript problem.
13. See as well ch. 63 for the places of monks within the congregation.
14. Hildemar's meaning of conditiones is somewhat unclear, but we believe that this refers to one's status as either a serf or freeman.
15. Cf. chapter 23.
16. Pepetuus is most likely an alternate spelling of perpetuus.
17. Apparently proverbial; we can’t find a source.
18. This sentence seems to contradict with what Hildemar said above about why Benedict specifically did not say quid est. Perhaps quid is a typo that should read quod.
19. Bruce Venarde provided these translations of Homilia in Evangelia.
20. The point of this textile analogy is that fear is only a placeholder for love.
21. Should this be neque and not nequo in the text?
22. For per speciem. There is no usage of species as a grammatical term, might be Neoplantonic usage.
23. There is a lacuna here. Mittermueller suggests tunc quaeritur regnum Dei ante omnia and super omnia but we should try to discover if there is any manuscript authority, which he usually mentions if there is.
24. Text from this paragraph until the end of the chapter translated by Bruce Venarde.
25. Standard use of ad quantum going back to the classical authors. Meaning of this phrase here unclear.
26. See p.124, citation of RB 2:35.
27. Here Hildemar may mean texts of the Rule, or other commentaries on it that have not survived, or both.
28. Here and below “in safety” (securus) refers to the security of the abbot’s own salvation.

Cap. III
DE ADHIBENDIS AD CONSILIUM FRATRIBUS

[Ms P, fol. 35rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 91r; Ms E1, fol. 42r; Ms E2, fol. 58r]

Ch. 3
ON BRINGING THE BROTHERS TO COUNSEL

Translated by: Tristan Sharp

Consilium dicitur a consulendo, quia per consilium inquiritur et cognoscitur nullum, quod cavendum est, et bonum, quod agendum est. Verumtamen et hoc sciendum est, quia cum bonum per cousilium repperitur, non est permanendum in ipso bono, sed trauseundum est ad melius, deinde ad optimum, si fieri potest. Consulo enim duos sensus habet: si conjungitur cum Dativo; consulo tibi, intelligitur: prospicio tibi et pvovideo tibi, h. e. tuae utilitati et tuo profectui; si autem conjungitur cum Accusativo, intelligitur interrogo. Unde dicitur: Consuluit David Dominum; [1 Sm 3:8; 2 Sm 2:1; 2 Sm 5:19] i. e. interrogavit Dominum.

Counsel’ (consilium) comes from ‘counselling’ (consulendo), since through counsel one inquires and knows about what is of no value, which should be guarded against, and what is good, which should be carried out. To be sure, one should also know that once the good is found through counsel, one should not dwell on that good, but move on to what is better, thence to what is best, if possible. ‘I counsel’ (consulo) has two senses: if it is joined to the dative, it is understood as ‘I give counsel to you,’ ‘I will look out for you and provide for you,’ i.e. for your benefit and success; if, however, it is joined to the accusative, it is understood to mean ‘I consult’. Whence it is said that David took counsel with (consuluit) the Lord, [1 Sm 3:8; 2 Sm 2:1; 2 Sm 5:19] i.e. he consulted the Lord.

In apto enim et congruo loco nunc B. Benedictus dicit de adhibendis ad consilium fratribus, quia superius informaverat abbatem in his rebus, quae in se vel ad se attinent, i. e. qualiter debeat praeesse suis discipulis doctrina et opere; nunc autem docet illum, qualiter debeat esse in his rebus, quae extra illum sunt, i. e. qualiter debeat disponere ea, quae disponenda sunt. Nam quare hoc capitulum dixerit, manifestat illa sententia inferior, qua, dicitur: 13Omnia fac cum consilio, et post factum non poenitebis. [cf. Sir 32:24] Sicut enim illud capitulum: Qualis debeat esse abbas [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.t], creavit illa sententia, qua dicitur: Christi enim vicem agere creditu in monasterio, dicente Apostolo: Accepistis spiritum adoptionis filiorum, in quo clamamus: Abba, pater [Rm 8:15] [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 2.2-3], ita istud capitulum generavit haec sententia, qua, dicitur: Omnia fac cum consilio, et post factum non poenitebis.

For in an apt and suitable place, the blessed Benedict now speaks on bringing the brothers to counsel, since he has earlier instructed the abbot in those matters that apply directly to him, i.e. how he ought to surpass his disciples in learning and deeds. Now, however, he teaches him how he ought to behave in matters that are external to him, i.e. how he ought to arrange those things that need to be arranged. For the following sentence makes clear why he has written this chapter, where it says, 13Take counsel in all things, and you will not repent after the fact. [Ecl 32:24] For just as the chapter What sort of man the abbot ought to be [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.t] is created by the sentence in which it says He is entrusted with the place of Christ in the monastery— as the Apostle says, You have accepted a spirit of adoption as sons, in which we cry, ‘Abba, Father,’ [Rm 8:15] [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 2:2-3] so this chapter is begotten by this sentence, in which it says, Take counsel in all things, and you will not repent after the fact.

Haec autem sententia: Omnia fac cum consilio, dividitur in duobus modis, i. e. in praecipuis, cum dicit: 1Quoties aliqua praecipua agenda sunt in monasterio, convocet abbas omnem congregationem et dicat ipse, unde agitur; et in minoribus, cum dicit: 12si qua vero minore agenda sunt in monasterii utilitatibus seniorum utatur consilio. Et cum hoc fit, nihil excludit abbati, ut aliquid [page 128] sine consilio agere debeat.

This sentence, moreover, Take counsel in all things, is divided into two ways of acting, i.e. the way for the important matters, when it says, 1whenever some important matters are to be carried out in the monastery, let the abbot call together the whole congregation and let him explain why it is being done, and the way for lesser matters, when it says, 12if anything needs to be done about a lesser matter for the benefit of the monastery, let him take counsel with the senior monks. And when this occurs, there is no reason for the abbot to do anything [page 128] without counsel.

Nunc animadvertendum est, quare dixit seniorum, et non dixit fratrum aut aliquorum; non enim vacat in eo, quod dixit seniorum, sed innuit nobis, ut investigemus, qui sunt isti seniores. Sunt enim multi praelati, qui dum constricti sunt ab hac sententia, ut nihil sive consilio agant, illos subditos interrogant, quos sciunt sibi secundum voluntatem suam dare consilium.

Now we must consider why he says of the senior monks, and not ‘of the brothers,’ or ‘of the rest;’ for he does not say of the senior monks for no reason, but he hints to us, so that we will find out who these senior monks are. For there are many prelates, who, while they are constrained by this sentence to do nothing without counsel, consult those subordinates whom they know will give them counsel according to their own wishes.

Verbi gratia cum vult tres aut quatuor causas agere, de una interrogat illum subditum, quem cognoscit sibi secundum voluntatem suam dare consilium; de altera causa interrogat alium, et de alia interrogat alium, et de alia interrogat alium; semper enim praelati illos interrogant, quos cognoscunt secundum voluntatem suam sibi dare consilium, et cum ita agunt, dicunt, se omnia fecisse cum consilio, ac per hoe falluntur, quia regula dicit, illos seniores adhibere ad consilium, qui Deum timent, sicuti habes: Cum consilio fratrum timentium Deum ordinet ipse sibi praepositum.

For example, when he wants to deal with three or four matters, on one matter he consults that subordinate whom he knows will give him counsel according to his own wishes; on another matter he consults another subordinate, and another on another matter, and another on another, for prelates always consult those whom they know will give them counsel according to their own wishes. And when they do this, they say that they have done everything with counsel, and in this way they deceive others, since the Rule says to take counsel with those senior monks who fear God, just as you read it: Let him order his plans with the counsel of God-fearing brothers.

Consilium enim, sicut superius dictum est, a consulendo dicitur, eo quod consulit alicui rei. Dicit enim Cassiodorus: Convenire enim est, multos in simul venire; similiter et convocare est, multos in simul vocare. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 46:10, CCSL 07, p. 424]

For ‘counsel,’ as was said above, comes from ‘counselling,’ because it gives counsel in some matter. For Cassiodorus says, ‘To convene’ (convenire) means when many people come (venire) together; similarly to convoke (convocare) means calling (vocare) many people together. [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum, in Ps. 46:10.]1

Isti enim seniores si non sunt aut inveniri non possunt, tamen possunt creari per admonitionem, ut sapiant, eo quod, sicut Terentius dicit, istud est sapere, non solum quod ante pedes modo est videre, sed etiam illa, quae futura sunt, prospicere. [Terence, Adephi, 1.386-388].

 For if there are not any senior monks, or they cannot be found, nevertheless they can be created through admonition, so that they may be wise, because, just as Terence says, That’s real wisdom, not only to see what is now in front of one’s face, but also to foresee those things that are to come. [Terence, Adelphi, I.386-388] 2

Istos enim seniores non debet dividere inaequalitas morum, sed debent esse diversae aetatis, eo quod difficile possint esse unius aetatis.

A disparity of character ought not to divide the senior monks, but they should be of different ages, since they could be of the same age only with difficulty.3

In istis enim senioribus tria debent requiri: fides, spes, caritas. Fides rei, qua tegant universa, quae constituuntur, ut sive una hebdomada vel mense aut anno aut certe usque ad mortem, si necessitas fuerit, tegere debeant, et nunquam ulli hominum sive parenti, sive extraneo per nullum ingenium indicent, quo mortalis infirmitas valeat agnoscere. Spes, i. e. praemium aeternorum gaudiorum, quo firmati, si persecutio ob illam rem orta fuerit, non recedant aut fugiant, quia solet persecutio post rem aliquando oriri. Caritas, i. e. talis fraternitatis amor debet esse in illis, ut, quod unus sapit, [page 129] velit etiam alium scire, et cum tres aut quatuor locuti fuerint, alius non inter illos sine vocatione accedat absque verecundia. Deinde debent cognitionem habere boni et mali, ut sit, sicut Dominus dicit ad Esaiam prophetam: Si separaveris pretiosum a vili, quasi os meum eris. [Ier 15:19]

Three things should be sought in these senior monks: faithfulness,4 hope and charity. Faithfulness in affairs, such that they will keep in confidence those matters that are decided that must be kept in confidence, whether for a week, or a month, or a year, or indeed all the way until death, if it is necessary, and never disclose them to anyone, whether a relative or a stranger, via any trickery that allows mortal weakness to learn what happened. Hope, i.e. of the reward of eternal joy, strengthened by which, if persecution arises on account of any matter, they will not retreat or flee (since it is not unusual for persecution to arise sometimes on account of some matter). Charity, i.e. such brotherly love must be in them, that each wants to share what he knows with the others, [page 129] and yet when three or four have spoken, another will not interject unasked without shame. Hence they should have knowledge of good and evil, so that it may be as the Lord says to the prophet Isaiah, If you shall have separated the precious from the common, you shall be like my own mouth. [Ier 15:19] 5

Deinde debent scire, quid sit bonum et melius et optimum, quia periculum est, si eligit bonum pro meliore, ubi melius potest inveniri; et iterum periculum est, si eligit melius pro optimo, ubi optimum potest inveniri; et similiter cognoscere debet, quid sit malum, quid sit pejus, et quid sit pessimum. 

Hence they should know what is good and better and best, since there is a danger that they may choose the good over the better, when the better can be found; and again there is a danger that they may choose the better over the best, when the best can be found. And similarly they ought to know what is bad, what is worse, and what is worst.

Omnis enim res aut solummodo congruentias sine contrarietate, aut solummodo contrarietates sine congruentia aut certe congruentias et contrarietates simul habet. Si enim res totas habet congruentias sine contrarietate, sine dubio bona est; quod si totas habet contrarietates absque congruentia, mala est; si autem cougruentias insimul cum contrarietate habet, videtur difficilis esse ad discernendum; si enim plus habuerit congruentias quam contrarietates, tanto magis judicanda est bona esse res, quanto magis habuerit congruentias quam contrarietates; si autem aequaliter habuerit congruentias cum contrarietate sicut dixi, si non potest discerni per numerum, discernenda est per pondus.

For every matter either has only advantages without difficulties, or only difficulties without advantages, or, to be sure, it has advantages and difficulties at the same time. If a matter has all advantages without a difficulty, it is good without doubt. If it has all difficulties without an advantage, it is bad. If, however, it has advantages together with difficulties, it seems that it is hard to decide. For if it has more advantages than difficulties, it should be judged to be better, insofar as it has more advantages than difficulties. If, as I have said, it has advantages equal to the difficulties, if one cannot decide by counting, one should decided based on their weight.

Verbi gratia quatuor congruentias habes et quatuor contrarietates. Considera pondus, i. e. si plus praevalent congruentiae, quam contrarietates, tunc bona est; deinde cum hoc cognoveris, postea proba per numerum, si melior est aut optima, i e. si deficiunt contrarietates, tunc est melior, et si plus deficiunt contrarietates, tunc est optima, quia non solum attendendus est numerus in contrarietatibus et congruentiis, sed etiam pondus, quia nihil valet numerus sine pondere, eo quod solet contingere, unam congruentiam pro magnitudine sui superare quatuor vel quinque contrarietates.

For example, you have four advantages and four difficulties. Consider their weight, i.e. if the advantages are more significant than the difficulties, then it is good. Thence when you have understood this, then judge by counting whether it is better or best, i.e. if the difficulties are insignificant, then it is better, and if they even less significant, it is best, since one should pay attention not only to the number of the difficulties and advantages, but also to their weight, for the number is no use without the weight. In this way it often happens that one advantage, on account of its size, overcomes four or five difficulties.

Verbi gratia, si est una congruentia vel duae contrarietates, vide, qualis est major, utrum una congruentia an duae contrarietates? si major est congruentia, tunc bona est res, aut si plus praevaluerint duae contrarietates quam una congruentia, tunc mala est. Deinde [page 130] si fuerint tot contrarietates, quot congruentiae, tunc discernendae sunt per pondus, i. e. si superaverint congruentiae illas contrarietates, tunc bona est res.

For example, if there is one advantage and two difficulties, see which is greater, the one advantage or the two difficulties. If the advantage is greater, then the thing is good, or, if the two difficulties outweigh the one advantage, then it is bad. Thence [page 130] if there were to be as many difficulties as advantages, then they should be weighed against each other, i.e. if the advantages outweigh the difficulties, then the thing is good.

Qualiter perveniatur ad optimam rem cognoscendam, superius jam dictum est; ita enim intelligendum est de contrarietatibus, utrum mala sit, an pejor aut certe pessima, sicut de congruentiis diximus, i. e. si superaverit illa contrarietas ipsae congruentias. Et ideo semper pondus debes considerare tam in contrarietatibus quam in congruentiis, sive in paucitate sive in pluralitate sive in aequalitate congrueutiarum et contrarietatum, quia solet una tam magna esse sive congruentia sive contrarietas, ut non solum alteram superet, sed etiam duas vel tres vel plures.

We have already said above how one can come to know the best thing; in the same way one should understand the difficulties, whether they are bad, or worse or indeed the worst, just as we have said concerning the advantages (i.e. if the difficulties outweigh the advantages). And on that account you should always consider the difficulties as much as the advantages, whether they are few or many or the advantages and the difficulties are equal, for often one of either the advantages or the difficulties is so great that it not only outweighs one other, but even two or three or more.

Nunc videndum est, quid sit quoties. Quoties intelligitur: quot vicibus. Praecipua est illa res, quae ad totam congregationem attinet et sub dubietate est, i. e. quae argumentationibus non potest discerni, utrum prospera est an nocua.

Now, one should see what whenever means. Whenever should be understood to mean ‘in however many instances.’ A matter is important, which pertains to the whole congregation and which is in doubt, i.e. which cannot be determined to be beneficial or harmful by sure arguments.

Cerbi gratia praecipua est illa res, cum frater novitius in monasterium suscipitur, eo quod ad totam congregationem attinet et sub dubietate est. Ideo attinet ad totam congregationem, quia, si bonus fuerit, omnibus bonum exemplum praebet, et si malus, omnibus nullum exemplum demonstrat; et ideo, quia nescitur, utrum perseveraturus sit nec ne, necesse est, omnis congregatio interrogetur ex hoc.

For example, it is an important matter when a novice is taken into the monastery, in that it pertains to the whole congregation, and it is in doubt. And for this reason it pertains to the whole congregation, namely that if he is good, he offers a good example to all, and if bad, he shows to all an example of no value. And on that account, since it is not known whether he will persevere or not, it is necessary to consult the whole congregation.

Et iterum praecipua est, cum frater de monasterio expellitur pro aliquo vitio, eo quod nescitur illius iuris, utrum cito veniat an tarde, aut forte medio anno, aut uno mense non erit postea victurus1, et forte habuit exemplum bonum fratribus tribuere, si converteretur; et ideo debet omnis congregatio ex hoc interrogari, ut quod non potest discerni argumentationibus, merito discernatur.

And again, it is an important matter, when a brother is expelled from the monastery on account of some vice, because one cannot know in this ruling, whether he will come to repentance quickly or slowly, or perhaps in half a year, or in one month, he will still not be about to overcome the vice. Yet perhaps he would have a good example to offer to the brothers, if he were to be converted. Therefore the whole congregation should be consulted, so that what cannot be decided by sure arguments may be decided by merit.

Et iterum B. Benedictus judicavit de fratre, qui gravioris culpae noxa tenetur, ut ab oratorio et a mensa simul suspendatur, et tamen hora, qua ille debet cibum percipere, aut mensuram cibi in arbitrio prioris constituit; et ideo quia nescitur, quot diebus [page 131] ille frater maneat in illa poenitentia aut qua hora debet manducare aut quali mensura ab humana infirmitate [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 35], ut Deo hoc placabile sit, necesse est super hoc, ut interrogetur omnis congregatio, ut quod non potest humanis rationibus discerni, Dei judicio discernatur.

And again the blessed Benedict judged concerning a brother who is found guilty of a serious fault, that he should be suspended from both the oratory and the dinner table, and that, moreover, the hour when he ought to take food, or the measure of the food, rested on the judgment of the prior. And on this account, since human infirmity cannot know for how many days [page 131] this brother should keep doing penance, so that it may be pleasing to God, or at what hour he ought to eat, or in what measure [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 35], it is necessary to consult the whole congregation on this matter, so that what cannot be decided by human reason, may be decided by the judgment of God.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia, dum pro tali fratre interrogatur, qui est excommunicatus, ut absolvatur, ille frater non debet esse in capitulo, sed foris. Nam de minoribus culpis debet interrogare solummodo seniores, quia non est praecipua; ideo debet interrogare, quia illum constringit regula, nil sine consilio fratrum agere.

And one must see to it that, when there is a discussion about the absolution of such a brother, who is excommunicate, this brother ought not to be in chapter, but outside. For the abbot should consult only the senior monks about lesser faults, since it is not an important matter; he should consult them because the Rule constrains him to do nothing without the counsel of the brethren.

Et hoc notandum est, quia tanto major fit culpa, quantum plus crescit. Et iterum praecipua est, dum aliquam rem grandem vult abbas aut donare, sicuti sunt XX amphoras vini, aut plus vel minus secundum potentiam monasterii, aut certe terram cambire, quae grandis quantitas est; quia nescitur, utrum istud donum aut cambium proficiat an noceat monasterio, ideo necesse est, super hoc ut interrogetur omnis congregatio, ut quod non potest ille abbas argumentationibus discernere, merito discernatur.

And one should note that the fault is greater to the extent that it grows larger. And again it is an important matter, when the abbot wishes to either donate some large amount, such as XX amphorae of wine, either more or less according to the resources of the monastery, or, to be sure, to make a deal for a large quantity of land. Since one cannot know whether this gift or deal will benefit or harm the monastery, it is therefore necessary to consult the whole congregation, so that what the abbot cannot decide by sure arguments may be decided by merit.

Sequitur: convocet omnem congregationem. Bene dixit convocet, et non vocet, quia si solummodo dixisset vocet sine adjectione con, vocaret abbas congregationis partem et diceret: totam congregationem vocavi. B. vero Benedictus quia voluit, totam congregationem vocari, ideo dixit vocet cum adjectione con. Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia ideo dixit omnes propter causam exaggerationis, eo quod voluit, ut omnimodo in praecipua causa omnem congregationem vocaret.

There follows: let him call together the whole congregation. It is good that he said call together (convocet), and not ‘call (vocet),’ since if he had only said ‘call,’ without adding ‘together,’ the abbot might call part of the congregation and say, 'I have called the whole congregation.'6 Since indeed blessed Benedict wanted the whole congregation to be called, he therefore said ‘called’ with the addition of ‘together.’ And one should see that therefore he said whole for the sake of emphasis, because he wished that the prior would be sure to call the whole congregation in important matters.

Sequitur: dicat ipse, unde agitur. Vide modo, non dixit solummodo: definiat, aut dicat et definiat, sicut multi abbates faciunt; sed dixit solum dicat, ac si diceret: debet dicere causam, et hoc oculis corporis fixis in terram et oculo cordis fixo in Deo; rogare Deum debet dicens: Domine, rogo clementiam tuam, ut, per quem vis manifestare, digneris indicare.[not identified]

There follows: let him say why this is being done. See now that he does not say only ‘let him determine,’ or ‘let him say and determine,’ as many abbots do; but he said only ‘let him say,’ as if he were saying, He ought to state the case, and this with the eyes of his body fixed on the ground, and with the eye of his heart fixed on God. He ought to entreat God, saying, 'Lord, I entreat your clemency that you may deign to indicate the one through whom you wish to reveal your will.'

Hoc est verbi gratia: 'Est nobis necessitas, ut istam rem agamus, et ideo rogamus dilectionem vestram, [page 132] ut, quod uniusquisque de hac re sentiat, dicat.' Et tunc debent monachi respondere hoc modo: 'Auctoritas vestra est interrogandi, et nobis data est licentia respondendi; nunc autem rogamus, ut, quod dicturi sumus, non procaciter esse dictum recipiatis, quod respondebimus, quia cum vestra licentia dicimus.' Ille vero abbas dicat: 'nostra licentia est, ut dicatis.' Tunc debet unusquisque dicere, quod sentit. Quod si alter e latere surgit dicens, quia hoc, quod dicis, nec bonum nec verum est, hic debet ille alter caute vigilare, ne in procacitatem cadat. Tunc debet dicere abbati: 'si vobis placet, ego mittam rationem, quam de hac re sentio; et non debet contra illum fratrem, qui sibi contrarie dixit, aliquid contrarium dicere.' Quod si abbas dederit licentiam, dicat rationem humiliter illius rei ita: tantas congruentias habet et tantas contrarietates. Si autem abbas non dederit licentiam dicendi rationem, ille [vero] taceat.

To take an example of this speech: 'We need to deal with this matter, and therefore we ask you, by your love for us, [page 132] that you say what each of you thinks concerning this matter.' And then the monks should respond in this way, 'You have the authority to consult us, and we have been given permission to respond; now we ask that you do not decide that what we are going to say has been said impudently, since we are giving our reply with your permission.' Let the abbot respond, 'You have our permission to speak.' Then each one ought to say what he thinks. If another rises from the side saying, 'What you say is neither good nor true,' that other one should take care, lest he fall into impudence. Then he ought to say to the abbot, 'If it pleases you, let me explain what I think about this matter,' and he should not say anything against that brother who contradicted him. If the abbot has given him permission, let him humbly explain the matter thus: 'It has such and such advantages, and such and such difficulties.' If, however, the abbot has not given him permission to explain the matter, let him keep silent.

Sequitur: 2Audiens consilium fratrum tractet apud se, et quod utilius judicaverit, faciat.

There follows: 2Hearing the counsel of the brethren, let him reflect on it himself, and let him do what he has judged to be more useful.

Bene dixit: tractet apud se, non dixit: spernat, aut confundat dicens: 'quia tu non dixisti bonum consilium, aut rustice respondisti', sed solummodo debet illis gratias referre dicens: 'Gratias vobis referimus et benedicat vobis Dominus, quia, quod sapuistis, dixistis. Deinde juxta qualitatem causae debet traetare illam.

With good reason he has said, let him reflect on it himself. He did not say, ‘Let him spurn it,’ or, ‘Let him confound it,’ saying, 'Since you have not given good counsel,' or 'You have responded like a country bumpkin.' Rather he ought only to thank them, saying, 'We thank you, and may the Lord bless you, since you have told us what you thought.' Then he ought to reflect on the matter in accordance with its quality.

 Verbi gratia si grandis causa est, debet surgere cum illis senioribus, qui ad hoc opus deputati sunt, et cum illis tribus aut duobus aut quatuor diebus aut plus aut minus traetare uniuscujusque consilium per congruentias et contrarietates, sicut diximus. Si vero potuerit de consiliis fratrum bonum consilium invenire, tunc debet venire postea in capitulum et dicere: 'Tractavimus consilia vestra et non potuimus reperire ex illis melius consilium, quam istud, et volo, ut fiat.' Et cum hoc dixerit, jam nullus aliquid contendere aut dicere debet, sed omnes taceant et obediant. Si autem non potuerit de illis consiliis fratrum consilium aptum reperire, tunc debet suum consilium invenire, ita tamen illis consentientibus.

For example, if it is a great matter, he ought to rise along with his senior monks, who are assigned to this work, and with them he should reflect upon the counsel of each brother according to the advantages and difficulties, as we have said, for three, or two, or four days (or more, or less). If indeed he has been able to find good counsel among the counsels of the brethren, he should come into chapter thereafter, and say, 'We have reflected upon your counsels, and we have not been able to find a better counsel among them than this, and I wish it to be carried out.' And when he has said this, then no one ought to argue or say anything, but let everyone keep silent and obey. If, however, he has not been able to find a suitable counsel among those of the brethren, the he ought to follow his own counsel, but in such a way that he nevertheless has their consent.

Verbi gratia debet dicere: 'De istis vestris consiliis nullum potuimus iuvenire vel reperire; [page 133] propterea cogitavimus istud nostrum.' Quodsi non forte placuerit fratribus, tunc debet illorum consilia et suum consilium discutere cum congruentiis et contrarietatibus, et quale praeponderaverit in melius, ipsum teneat. Istud enim, quod dicit: quod utilius judicaverit, subaudiendum est: quidquid judicaverit; utilius enim ponitur pro utillime.

For example, he should say, 'We have not been able to find any good counsel among yours, and [page 133] therefore we have considered our own counsel.' If perhaps this does not please the brethren, then he ought to discuss their counsels and his according to the advantages and difficulties, and let him follow whichever carries greater weight. For when he [i.e. Benedict] says what he has judged to be more useful, he implies, ‘whatever he has judged,’ for in this case more useful stands in for ‘most useful.’ 7

Sequitur: 3Ideo omnes vocari ad consilium diximus, quia saepius juniori Dominus revelat, quod melius est.

There follows: 3For this reason we have said that all should be called to take counsel, since often the Lord reveals to the junior monks what is better.

Nunc vero quasi interrogasset abbas S. Benedictum dicens: 'Pater Benedicte, cur dicis, omnem congregationem ad consilium vocari? grave est mihi, omnem congregationem vocare.' Ille vero quasi respondens dicit: 'Non tibi durum videatur, quod dixi, omnem congregationem vocari; ideo vocari omnem congregationem ad consilium diximus, quia saepius minori Dominus revelat, quod melius est', ac si diceret: ut, quod non potes argumentationibus cognoscere, merito discernas.

Now indeed it is as if the abbot had questioned St. Benedict, saying, 'Father Benedict, why do you say to call the whole congregation to take counsel? It is difficult for me to call the whole congregation.' He, as if replying, says, 'Since often the Lord reveals to the younger what is better, as if He were saying, ‘So that what you cannot know by sure arguments, you can decide by merit.’' 8

In hoc loco, ubi dicit: quia saepe minori Dominus revelat, quod melius est, concordari videtur Paulo apostolo dicenti: Si sedenti revelatum fuerit, prior taceat. [1 Cor 14:30]

In this place, where he says, since the Lord often reveals to the lesser what is better, he appears to agree with the Apostle Paul, when he says, If one who is sitting down receives a revelation, let the prior keep silent. [1 Cor 14:30] 9

Sequitur: 4Sic autem dent fratres consilium cum omni humilitatis subjectione, ut non praesumant procaciter defendere, quod eis visum fuerit, 5sed magis in abbatis pendeat arbitrio.

There follows: 4Thus, moreover, let the brethren give counsel with the full submission of humility, such that they may not presume to impudently defend what seemed good to them, 5but rather depend on the judgment of the abbot.

Hactenus admonuit S. Benedictus abbatem, ut convocaret totam congregationem ad consilium, et reddidit causam, quare debeat omnem congregationem ad consilium vocare; nunc autem admonet monachos, qualiter debeant consilium dare; ait enim: Sic autem dent fratres consilium cum omni humilitatis subjectione et non praesumant procacitcr defendere, quod eis visum fuerit. Et bene dixit: cum omni humilitatis subjectione, de duobus verbis causa brevitatis faciens unum; nam potest esse subjectio sine humilitate, verbi gratia potest quis subjectus esse corpore, et mente rebellis, et iterum potest quis esse humilis et non subjectus, i. e. potest esse honestus et tamen sine subjectione; et quia utrumque debet monachus habere, id est humilitatem et subjectionem, ideo dixit: humilitatis subjectione, veluti cum duo dicimus unum causa brevitatis, id est: somnum [page 134] mortis.

Thus far St. Benedict has admonished the abbot to call the whole congregation together to take counsel, and he has explained why he ought to call the whole congregation to take counsel; now, however, he admonishes the monks, telling them how they ought to give counsel. For he says: Thus let the brethren give counsel with the full submission of humility, and let them not presume to impudently defend what seemed good to them. And he rightly says with the full submission of humility, making one word out of two in order to be more concise. 10 For there can be submission without humility; for example one can submit bodily, but rebel mentally. And again one can be humble and not submissive, i.e. one can be honourable and nevertheless not be submissive. And since a monk ought to have both (that is humility and submission), therefore he said with the submission of humility, as when we say that two things are one in order to be more concise, as in: ‘the sleep of [page 134] death.’

Procaciter enim in hoc loco pro superbe ponitur; defendere vero pro demonstrare et ostendere ponitur, ac si diceret: non praesumat indicare superbe.

Impudently is used in this passage in place of ‘proudly;’ defend is used in place of ‘to demonstrate and to show,’ as if he were to say, 'Let them not presume to declare it proudly.'

Et hoc notandum est, quia non dixit tantummodo: defendere non praesumant sine procaciter; si enim dixisset solummodo: non praesumant defendere, non manifestaretur veritas, quia defendere, sicut diximus, pro manifestare ponitur; sed ideo addidit procaciter, id est superbe, quatenus cum humilitate manifestata fuisset veritas sine superbia et sine jactantia.

And one should note that he did not say only let them not presume to defend it without impudently. For if he had said only, 'Let them not presume to defend it,' then the truth would not be made manifest (since ‘to defend,’ as we have said, is used instead of ‘to manifest’), but for that reason he added impudently, that is ‘proudly,’ in order that the truth might be made manifest without pride or boasting.

Sequitur: sed magis in abbatis pendeat arbitrio, subandiendum est: non illorum, qui superbe defendunt. Pendeat, id est consistat.

There follows: but rather let him depend on the judgment of the abbot, not, one should understand, the judgment of those who proudly defend their own position. Let him depend on it, that is ‘let him stand by it.’

Sequitur: ut quod salubrius judicaverit, ei cuncti obdiant. Salubrius in hoc loco comparativus pro superlativo positus est.

There follows: that all may obey what he has judged to be more beneficial. ‘More beneficial’ is used in this passage as a comparative in place of a superlative.

Sequitur: 6sed sicut discipulis convenit obedire magistro, ita et ipsum provide et juste condecet cuncta disponere; ac si diceret: ideo admonui abbatem, salubrius judicare, et monachos, non superbe defendere, quia, sicut illis convenit obedire, ita et abbatem condecet cuncta provide et juste disponere.

There follows: 6but just as it is appropriate for disciples to obey their master, so it is fitting for him to dispose all things justly and with foresight, as if he were to say, 'There I have admonished the abbot to judge beneficially, and the monks not to defend their position proudly, since, just as it is appropriate for them to obey, it is fitting for the abbot to arrange all things justly and with foresight.

Provide intelligitur quasi porro videnter; porro enim adverbium graecum est et ponitur pro longe; longe enim pro finem rei evidenter2 dicitur; evidenter autem pro juste et provide; tunc enim provide disponit, cum videns finem rei et secundum suum finem disponit. Juste pro specialiter ponitur, id est juxta meritum uniuscujusque rei debet illam disponere.

With foresight is understood to mean ‘with vision into the distance’ (porro videnter), for porro (‘into the distance’) is a Greek adverb and it is used in place of longe (‘a long way’); for ‘a long way’ (longe) is said in place of ‘with clear sight of the end of the matter;’ ‘with clear sight’ moreover is used in place of ‘justly and with foresight.’ 11 For he disposes with foresight when, seeing the end of the matter, he arranges it according to its end. Justly is put in place of ‘specifically,’ that is he ought to arrange each matter according to its own merit.

Sequitur: 7In omnibus igitur omnes magistram sequantur regulam.

There follows: 7Therefore in all things let everyone follow the Rule as a master.

Hactenus, i.e. usque modo B. Benedictus singillatim admonuit monachos et singillatim abbatem; nunc autem illos et abbatem admonet dicens: In omnibus igitur omnes magistram sequantur regulam, ac si diceret S. Benedictus: 'nec monachis nec abbati concedo, ut sine regula quidquam agant, sed omnes secundum regulam agant.'

Thus far, i.e. up to now, blessed Benedict has admonished the monks separately and the abbot separately. Now, however, he admonishes both the monks and the abbot, saying, Therefore in all things let everyone follow the Rule as a master, as if St Benedict were to say, 'I do not permit either the monks or the abbot to do anything without the Rule, but let them do everything according to the Rule.'

Nunc [page 135] videndum est, quomodo omnes, id est tam abbas, quam monachi sequi debeant magistram regulam. Magistram regulam sequuntur, si cum auctoritate regulae faciunt spiritalia; magistram sequuntur regulam, si illa temporalia, quae agunt, honeste et saluti animae proficienter agunt.

Now [page 135] one should see how everyone—that is the abbot as much as the monks— ought to follow the Rule as a master. They follow the Rule as a master if they carry out spiritual matters by the authority of the Rule; they follow the Rule as a master if they carry out honourably those temporal matters that concern them, to bring about the health of the soul.

Sequitur: 7nullus ab ea temere declinetur a quoquam. Temere, id est praesumptive, hoc est cum, quod contrarium est regulae, agunt, sive temere intelligitur passim, sive fortuitu vel negligenter. 

There follows: 7let no one be turned aside from it rashly by someone else. Rashly, that is ‘presumptuously,’ which is when they do something that is contrary to the Rule, or rashly is understood to mean ‘frequently,’ or ‘by chance’ or ‘negligently.’ 

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia istud declinetur impersonale est, id est nullus ab ea declinetur a quoquam. A quoquam, id est ab aliquo, subaudiendum est: tam ab abbate, quam ab alio monacho.

Moreover one should know that that use of ‘to be turned aside’ is impersonal, that is let no one by turned aside from it by someone elseBy someone else, that is ‘by anyone,’ which implies, ‘by the abbot as much as by another monk.’

Sequitur: 8Nullus in monasterio proprii sequatur cordis voluntatem. Nam quid sit proprii cordis voluntas, superius in prologo jam diximus. [cf. Regula Benedicti, prol.3]

There follows: 8Let no one in the monastery follow the will of his own heart. I have already explained the will of his own heart in the prologue above. [cf. Regula Benedicti, prol.3]

Sequitur: 9neque praesumat quisquam cum abbate suo proterve aut foris monasterio contendere.

There follows: 9Let no one presume to contend with the abbot shamelessly or outside of the monastery.

Cum dicit: aut foris monasterio, subaudiendum est: intus. Iste locus varie intelligitur. Alii sunt, qui intelligunt, ut proterve ad intus attineat, ut sit sensus, ac si diceret: intra monasterium debet contendere, sed sine protervitate, hoc est dicere: si intus rogatus fuerit monachus, potest manifestare causam, sed cum humilitate, et iterum, sicut dixi, rationem illius causae, si abbas dederit licentiam, subjungere debet; foris vero monasterium solummodo causam dicere, et non licet dicere: si vobis placet, ego mitto rationem, quare mihi ita videtur, propter illos homines, qui forte alterius vitae illic fuerint, ne malum illi exemplum ex hoc accipiant, cum non intelligunt rationem illam, quam audiunt.

When he says or outside the monastery, this implies ‘inside.’ This passage is variously understood. There are some who think that shamelessly applies inside, so that the sense would be as if he were saying, 'He ought to contend inside the monastery, but without shamelessness.' That is to say, if the monk has been asked, he can make his complaint plain, but with humility. Furthermore, as I have said, he ought to add the reason for this complaint, if the abbot has given him leave. Outside of the monastery, however, it is only permitted to make his complaint, but not to say, 'If it pleases you, I will give the reason why it seems so to me,' on account of those men who belong to another way of life, and who may perhaps be present, lest they get a bad example, since they do not understand the explanation that they hear.

Alii intelligunt, ut proterve subaudiatur ad intus et foris, ac si diceret: non praesumat proterve quisquam intus cum abbate suo, aut foris proterve contendere, ut sit sensus: neque intus proterve aut etiam foris proterve contendat, h. e. sicut in monasterio manifestat et subjungit rationem per congruentias et contrarietates, ita et foris manifestet causam et subjungat rationem per congruentias et contrarietates sine protervia. Sed ille sensus primus nobilior est secundo. Et iterum [page 136] sunt alii, qui intelligunt ita; neque praesumat intus contendere proterve cum abbate suo aut foris monasterium exire.3

Others think that shamelessly should be understood to apply both inside and outside the monastery, as if he were saying, 'Let no one presume to contend shamelessly inside with his abbot, or contend shamelessly outside,' so that the sense is, 'Neither contend shamelessly inside, nor do so outside,' i.e. just as in the monastery he may add a clarification of his reasons according to the advantages and difficulties, so also outside he may add a clarification of his reasons according to the advantages and difficulties without shamelessness. But the former interpretation is nobler than the second. And again [page 136] there are those who understand it thus: Let him neither presume to contend shamelessly inside with his abbot, nor to leave the monastery.

Sequitur: 10Quodsi praesumserit, regulari disciplinae subjaceat.

There follows: 10If he presumes to do so, let him undergo regular discipline.

Regularis disciplina est: si secreta fuerit illa defensionis culpa, secreto admoneatur semel et secundo et reliq. usque ad sextum gradum, b. e. usque ad orationem. Si vero publica culpa contentionis fuerit, publice arguatur.

Regular discipline is this: if the fault of self-justification (defensio) was made in private, he should be admonished in private once, and twice and again up to the seventh grade, i.e. the grade of prayer. 12 If, however, his fault of contention was public, let him be chastised publically.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, ut coram quot fratribus deliquit, coram eisdem fratribus satisfaciat; nam publica culpa est coram totis fratribus, veluti cum est in capitulo, in refectorio, in oratorio et reliq. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23.2/7; c. 48.19], ubi omnes insimul consuetudo est convenire.

And one should remember that he should make satisfaction in front of the same brothers in front of whom he sinned. For a public fault is committed in front of all the brothers, as when it is committed in chapter, in the refectory, in the oratory and so forth, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23:2/7; c. 48:19] in places where it is the custom for all to come together at the same time.

Sequitur: 11Ipse tamen abbas cum timore Dei et observatione regulae omnia faciat sciens, se procul dubio de omnibus judiciis suis nequissimo judici Deo rationem redditurum.

There follows: 11Let the abbot, moreover, do everything with the fear of God and the observance of the Rule, knowing without a doubt that he is going to give an account of all his judgments to God, the most powerful of judges.

Vide modo, quam honeste facit. Ubi enim abbas debet judicare, quasi fraeno constringit illum dicens: de omnibus iis suis rationem Deo reddere.

See now how honourably he [i.e. Benedict] acts. For when the abbot needs to judge, he constrains him as if with a bridle, saying that he is going to give an account of all his judgments to God.

Sequitur: 12Si qua vero minora agenda sunt in monasterii utilitatibus, seniorum tantum utatur consilio.

There follows: 12If any lesser matters need to be dealt with for the good of the monastery, let him consult only the senior monks.

Minora vero sunt, quae solummodo ad uniuscujusque obedientiam attinent, veluti est cellerarius de vasculis emendis aut vestiarius de vestimentis emendis, aut certe si talis parvue locus est terrae, cambire potest. Haec quia abbas potest cum senioribus discernere argumentationibus, quae diximus, ideo necesse non est, omnem congregationem interrogare.

Lesser matters, to be sure, are those that only pertain to the duties of one person (as repairing pots pertains to the cellarer, or repairing vestments pertains to the keeper of the wardrobe), or, to be sure, if a piece of land is small enough, the abbot can make a deal for it. Since the abbot, together with the senior monks, can decide these things by sure arguments, as we have said, for that reason there is no need to consult the entire congregation.

Divinarum vero et humanarum rerum dispositio et separanda est et jungenda; separanda videlicet dignitate, quatenus in primo divinarum habeatur dispositio loco. Multum quippe distat inter bonum appetendum et necesearium, quod est sumendum, et ob hoc jungenda est, ut Deus pro se, et baec temporalia non pro se requirantur, sed pro illo singulari bono haec temporalia provideantur vel habeantur. Illi enim, qui in his unum faciunt finem, i. e. studium tantum [page 137] placendi Deo, possunt laudabiliter unius rei dispositione alterius ornare, ita et hoc4 divina deseratur, nec res humana inhoneste tractetur.

The arrangement of divine and human matters should be both separated and joined; separated, that is, in dignity, since the arrangement of divine matters has pride of place. There is a considerable difference between the good that is to be sought, and the good that is necessary, which must be undertaken. On this account the arrangement of both matters should be joined, so that God may be sought for his own sake, and temporal things not for their own sake; rather all those temporal things should be provided for and kept for the sake of that singular good. Those who chose one end in these matters, i.e. zeal for [page 137] pleasing God alone, can provide for one matter by the arrangement of the other in a praiseworthy manner, so that a divine matter is not abandoned, nor is a human matter conducted dishonourably.

De eo, quod electi atque creati firmissima conditione firmandi sunt, quatenus nec propriae mentis motu nec diaboli leviter instinctu quilibet ipsorum possit moveri.

On another topic, those who have been elected and ordained are to be strengthened by the strongest preparation, so that no one among them can be moved easily by the impulse of his own mind, or by the inspiration of the Devil

De eo (quod) definiendum est communi decreto, quo supplicio dignus habeatur, qui aliquo quolibet modo ab hac se unitate atque ordinatione subtraxevit. Valde enim cavendum est, ut a regulae observatione nullus recedat, sicut superius B. Benedictus dicit: Nullus ab ea temere declinetur a quoquam. Talis sensus potest esse in hoc loco, cum dicit temere, qualis sensus est in illo loco, ubi psalmisla dicit: Irascimini et nolite peccare [Ps 4:5].

On another topic, a universal decree should determine the punishment of one who removes himself from this unity and good order in any way whatever. For great care should be taken that no one depart from the observance of the Rule, as blessed Benedict says above, let no one be turned aside from it rashly by someone else. The same meaning can be present in this passage, when he says rashly, as is present in that passage, where the psalmist says, Be angry and do not sin. [Ps. 4:5.]

 Cognovit enim P. Benedictus fragilitatem nostram et pro fragilitate nostra nos non posse sine declinatione regulae subsistere, hoc est, ut non transgrediamur regulam, ideo dixit: non temere, quasi diceret aliis, verbis: Si tanta est vestra fragilitas, ut transgrediamini, ergo non superbe ab hac regula declinate, hoc est non temere. Tunc non temere declinat quis, cum aut non intelligit, esse negligentiam, quam agit, aut si, quamvis intelligat, tamen pro aliqua impossibilitate, quam so cognoscit habere, nullo modo posse agere5, quamvis intelligat, regulam aliter dicere; nam si intelligit et possibilitas agendi existit, sed tantummodo pro aliqua delectatione non agit, quia potuisset facere, si suae suavitati non consentiret, jam temere declinat, cum taliter declinat.

For Father Benedict knew our weakness and on account of our weakness we cannot endure without some turning aside from the Rule (i.e. so that we do not transgress the Rule); therefore he said, not rashly, as if he were saying in other words, 'If your weakness is so great that you are transgressing, do not on that account turn aside from the Rule proudly, that is not rashly.' He does not turn aside from the Rule rashly, who either does not understand that what he is doing is negligence, or, although he understands, nevertheless on account of some incapacity, which he knows himself to have, he cannot at all perform the Rule, although he understands it. To put it otherwise, if he understands, and there remains a possibility of carrying out the Rule, but he does not do it only for the sake of some pleasure, since he could have done it, if he had not consented to his own ease, then he turns aside rashly when he turns aside in this manner.

Sequitur: 13Sicut scriptum est: Omnia fac cum consilio, et post factum non poenitebis [cf. Sir 32:24].

There follows: 13As it is written: Take counsel in all things, and you will not repent after the fact. [Eccli 32:24]

In hoc enim loco B. Benedictus morem doctorum tenuit, eo quod locutus est prius aliquid et in finem causam dixit ipsius praeventionis. Sic enim faciunt doctores: in primis aliquando praeloquuntur, et in finem reddunt causam, quare praedixit ea, quae praelocutus est. Sic etiam idem B. Benedictus in ipso prologo fecit. Vide modo, quia voluit scholam monachorum [page 138] constituere, idcirco praedixit caetera et pervenit in fine ad constitutionem scholae; sic enim dicit: Constituenda est a nobis dominici schola servitii. [Regula Benedicti, prol.45]. Deinde similiter fecit, cum de generibus monachorum [c. 1] scripsit. Quia voluit ordinem coenobitarum monachorum describere, ideo isto modo clausit, ait enim: His ergo omissis ad coenobitarum fortissimum gentis adjuvante Domino veniamus. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.13]

In this passage blessed Benedict employs the custom of teachers, in that first he says something, and at the end gives the cause of this earlier statement. For so teachers act: at first they say something beforehand, and at the end they explain why they said those things beforehand. Now see, since he wanted to [page 138] establish a school for monks, he has said other things on this topic beforehand, and comes at the end to the establishment of the school, for thus he says, We are to establish a school for the Lord’s service. [Regula Benedicti, prol.45] Thence he acted similarly, when he wrote on the kinds of monks. Since he wanted to describe the way of life (ordo) of coenobite monks, therefore he finished in this way, saying: Having passed over these things, let us come, with the Lord’s help, to the strongest kind of monks, the coenobites. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.13]

Et iterum de abbate ita fecit; quia voluit illum sollicitum tam de suis ovibus, quam etiam de se facere, ideo, quamvis praedixit caetera, tamen ita conclusit, ait enim: Et ita timens semper futurum discussionem pastoris de creditis ovibus, cum de alienis ratiociniis cavet, redditur de suis sollicitus, et reliq. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.39]

And again he did this concerning the abbot; since he wanted him to act in a way equally solicitous of his sheep as of himself, therefore, although he said others things beforehand, nevertheless he concluded thus, saying, And thus always fearing the examination by the shepherd that is to come concerning the sheep entrusted to him, since he takes care over the reckonings of others, let him be solicitous in giving his own accounts, and so forth. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.39]

Et hoc sciendum est, quia in eo, quod dixit: Omnia fac cum consilio, nihil praetermisit, ut sine consilio aliquid agat; nam in duas species dividit S. Benedictus ea, quae agenda sunt in monasterii utilitatibus, i. e. in praecipua et minora, hoc est, si praecipua fuerint, agenda sunt cum consilio omnium fratrum, si vero minora, cum consilio tantum seniorum.

And one should know that when he said Take counsel in all things, he overlooked nothing that might allow one to do something without counsel. For St. Benedict divides those things that need to be done for the good of the monastery into two species, i.e. into important and lesser matters, that is, if they are important, they should be done with the counsel of all the brothers; if, indeed, they are lesser, with the counsel of the senior monks alone.

Et hoc etiam sciendum est, quia ideo diximus superius, ut consiliatores caritatem habeant inter se et cum abbate, eo quod solet contingere, ut ille, qui potest melius dare consilium, aut pro abbate, quia eum odit, non dat bonum consilium; similiter etiam non dicit bonum consilium pro illo suo fratre, qui eum odit, ut ille nesciat bonum consilium.

And it should also be known, that therefore we have said above that counsellors should be in charity among themselves and with the abbot, because it often happens that he, who can give the best counsel, on account of the abbot, because he hates him, does not give good counsel. Similarly also he does not give good counsel on account of that brother, who hates him, so that he may not know the good counsel.

Item attendendum est, ut tempore suo debeat manifestari consilium, quia si ante tempus manifestatum fuerit, non erit postmodum utile, eo quod aut non perficietur unquam, aut si perficietur, tarde perficietur, aut, frangetur ipsorum consilium.

Again one should note that counsel must be provided in its own time, for if it is provided ahead of time, it will not be useful later, so that it will either not ever be carried out, or, if it is carried out, it will be carried out late, or the counsel may be ruined.


1. venturus. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermueller).
2. videnter (?) videre (?). (Mittermueller).
3. contendere (?). (Mittermueller).
4. Should "et hoc" be changed to "ut nec"? This is the only way that I can make sense of the passage, but perhaps I am misunderstanding the Latin here.
5. potest (?). (Mittermueller).

1. My translation differs from that found in Cassiodorus, Explanation of the Psalms, vol. 1, Psalms 1-50, ed. and trans. P.G. Walsh, Ancient Christian Writers 51 (New York/ Mahwah, NJ: Paulist Press, 1990), 462.
2. This translation is a modification of Terence, “The Brothers,” in Plays: Phormio, The Mother in Law, The Brothers, ed. and trans. John Barsby, Loeb Classical Library 23 (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 2001), 243-368 (at 297).
3. This passage is a little obscure, but the meaning seems to be that seniority is a matter of character, not age, and it might prove too difficult to find enough sound monks of the same age to provide a sufficient number of counsellors.
4. Hildemar here takes advantage of the double meaning of the Latin fides, which can mean both faith, in the religious sense, and faithfulness, in the sense of being a loyal and trustworthy person.
5. One might guess that Hildemar was quoting from memory here, and that he misremembered the prophet in question.
6. It is difficult to reproduce Hildemar’s point in English. The Latin prefix con- adds the meaning ‘together,’ but it also adds a general sense of intensification and completeness. Hildemar thus takes the addition of con- to be a sign that all the brothers should be called together.
7. The relationship between the two parts of this sentence is not any clearer in the Latin. It seems that Hildemar is suggesting that the abbot’s power to choose whatever seems best to him is linked to a general need to always do what is best, regardless of the popularity of that course of action.
8. It may seem that Hildmar’s conception of taking counsel relies precisely on making arguments pro and con. The Latin argumentatio, however, carries the sense of a syllogistic demonstration, or a proof.
9. 1 Cor. 14:30. Hildemar here plays on (or perhaps misunderstands) the double meaning of prior in Latin, which can mean both ‘one who is first (in time),’ and ‘one who is first (in status).’ Paul is using the word in the former sense. He is referring to the practice of extempore charismatic prayer in early Christian worship, and advises that if someone starts to pray suddenly, the previous (prior) speaker should stop speaking in order to avoid cacophony. The word prior with sense ‘first in status’ became an official title in the monastery, which is how Hildemar interprets it.
10. Hildemar uses ‘word’ (verbum) in a loose sense that includes both individual words and stock phrases, such as ‘sleep of death.’ The alternative to ‘submission of humility’ would be ‘submission and humility.’ Hildemar admits that Benedict chose his words for a reason of style, but he thinks that it has a deeper implications.
11. Hildemar here appears to get caught in a circle of reference in which he looses track of the original phrase.
12. The meaning of the (at least) seven grades, and the grade of prayer, is not entirely clear. They appear to refer to different ways of dealing with the offender, and that oratio (prayer, entreaty) should either be understood to mean “prayer for the offending brother,” or “beseeching the brother to repent.”

Cap. IV
QUAE SUNT INSTRUMENTA BONORUM OPERUM

[Ms P, fol. 38rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 98r; Ms E1, fol. 46v; Ms E2, fol. 63r]

Ch. 4
WHAT ARE THE INSTRUMENTS OF GOOD WORKS

Translated by: Daniel H. Abosso (4.1-16), and Columba Stewart (4.17-4.77)

Apto enim et congruo loco B. Benedictus hoc capitulum dicit, cujus clavis est: tQuae sunt instrumenta bonorum operum, eo quod superius quasi fundamentum posuit, cum [page 139] de generibus Monachorum scripsit. [Regula Benedicti, ch. 1] Deinde quasi fabricam collocavit, cum ordinem coenobitarum scribere constituit; in hac quippe fabrica quasi caput constituit, quia descripturus erat membra, cum abbatem ordinavit et instruxit, i. e. qualiter debeat esse in his, quae in se vel ad se attinent, et postmodum eum instruxit, qualiter debeat esse in his rebus,[cf. Regula Benedicti, ch. 2] quae extra se sunt.

For indeed in an appropriate and suitable place, blessed Benedict places (dicit) this chapter, the beginning of which is on what the instruments of good works are, because as he established a kind of foundation above, when he wrote [page 139] On the kinds of monks. [Regula Benedicti, ch. 1] Next, he assembled a kind of structure when he decided to write [about] the order of monks. Of course in this plan he established it as a sort of head, because he was about to describe the limbs, when he appointed and instructed the abbot, that is, the state in which the abbot ought to be in these matters, [cf. Regula Benedicti, ch. 2] which he keeps in himself or to himself, and a little later he instructed him in how he ought to be in matters which are outside himself.

Sciendum est enim, quia istud, quod dicit: Quae sunt instrumenta bonorum operum, potest interrogando proferri, i. e.: Quae sunt instrumenta bonorum operum? et quasi respondendo subjunxit: 1Inprimis dominum Deum diligere. Potest etiam indicando proferri hoc modo, i. e.: quae sunt instrumenta bonorum operum, subaudiendum est: dicamus vel dicendum est.

And indeed it must be understood, since that which he says: On what instruments of good works are can be subject to inquiry, that is, What are the instruments of good works? And as if by responding, he added: 1Above all love the Lord God. It can also be expanded by indicating in this way, that is: what are the instruments of good works, [this] ought to be understood: let us say it and it should be understood:1

Instrumenta sunt ea, quibus aliquod opus peragitur, verbi gratia fabri instrumenta sunt malleus, incus, forcipes, follis, rota, foscina,1 focus et reliqua. Et iterum medici instrumenta sunt fleuthomus, pigmentum, ferramenta, quibus incidit, herbarius liber et reliqua his similia, quibus medicamen medicus operatur. Scriptoris autem instrumenta sunt penna, calamus, scanellum, rasorium, pumex, pergamena et cetera his similia, quibus liber efficitur. Ita instrumenta sunt servi Dei orationes, jejunia, nuditates, obedientia corporalis et cetera his similia.

The instruments are those things through which some work is accomplished, for example, the blacksmith’s instruments are the hammer, anvil, pincers, bellow, wheel, trident, hearth, and the rest. On the other hand, the doctor’s instruments are the lancet, medicine, iron tools for cutting, a book on herbs, and the rest similar to these things, by which the doctor makes a remedy. The instruments of the scribe are the feather, reed, stool, razor, pumice stone, parchment, and the other things similar to these, through which a book is made. Therefore the instruments of God’s servant are prayers, fasting, want, bodily obedience, and the other things similar to these.

Et sicut faber bis praedictis instrumentis perficit opus, i. e. spatham aut lauceam, et sicut medicus his suis praedictis instrumentis peragit sanitatem, et scriptor librum, ita servus Dei perficit ea opera, i. e. fidem, spem, caritatem et cetera his similia, in quibus servitus Dei comprobatur.

And just as a craftsman finishes a work with his own aforementioned instruments, that is the stirrer or the lance, and just as a doctor with his own aforementioned instruments brings about health, and a scribe a book, so a servant of God completes those works, that is: faith, hope, charity, and the other things similar to these, in which service to God is shown.

Et sicut est stultum, ut faber ideo operetur opus, i. e. spatham, ut habeat instrumenta, i. e. malleum, incudem et caetera; ita etiam est stultum, si servus Dei ideo operetur fidem, spem, caritatem et caetera his similia, ut habeat instrumenta artis spiritalis, i. e. jejunium, nuditates et reliq. Non enim debet quis operari majora propter minora, sed ideo debet operari minora, ut habeat majora.

And just as it is foolish that a craftsman for that reason make a ladle, so that he may possess tools (that is, a hammer, an anvil, and the rest); so too is it foolish if the servant of God should make faith, hope, charity, and the other things similar to these, so that he may possess the instruments of the spiritual craft (that is, fasting, want, and the rest). For one should not make greater things for lesser things, but one should make lesser things, so that he may possess greater things.

Et hoc intendendum est, quare B. Benedictus solummodo [page 140] clavem istius capituli dixit: Quae sunt instrumenta bonorum operum, cum in hoc capitulo non solum instrumenta inveniuntur, i. e. jejunium et reliqua, verum etiam ipsa plura opera, in quibus servitus est Dei, i. e. caritas, spes, fides inveniuntur et reliqua? Ideo dixit solummodo instrumenta, quia, quamvis fides, spes, caritas et reliqua perfecta sint opera, non sint instrumenta, tamen sine instrumentis non possunt esse. Nunc videndum est, quid sequitur, postquam instrumenta dixit.

And so it must be understood why blessed Benedict [page 140] called the title of this chapter only What are the instruments of good works, since in this chapter not only are the instruments found (that is, hunger and the rest), but also additional works are found, in which there is the service of God, (that is, charity, hope, faith, and the rest). Therefore he only called them instruments, because although faith, hope, charity, and the rest are perfected works, they are not instruments, yet without instruments they are not able to exist. Now what follows (after he has spoken about instruments) must be considered.

Ait enim: 1Inprimis Dominum Deum diligere ex toto corde, tota anima, tota virtute.

For he says: 1Above all love the Lord God with your entire heart, entire soul, entire strength.

Bene B. Benedictus primum praeceptum esse dixit dilectionem Dei, quia sic Dominus dixit inprimis ea praecepta, quae ad dilectionem Dei attinent, cum decalogum antiquo populo daret; ait enim: Audi Israël! Dominus Deus tuus Deus unus est. [Dt 6:4] Et iterum: Ne assumas nomen Dei tui in vanum. [Ex 20:7] Et iterum: Memento, ut diem Sabbathi custodias. [Ex 20:8]

Blessed Benedict has rightly said that the first teaching is love of God, because thus the Lord first spoke about those teachings which pertain to the love of God when he gave the Decalogue to the ancient people; for he says: Listen Israel! The Lord God your God is one. [Dt 6:4] And again: Do not take the name of God in vain. [Ex 20:7] And again: Remember to observe the day of the Sabbath. [Ex 20:8]

Vide modo, quia in hoc loco Dominum imitatus est, et sicut Dominus post dilectionem Dei subjunxit in secunda tabula: Honora patrem tuum, ut sis longaevus super terram, [Eph 6:3] quia in prima tabula illa tria praecepta scripsit, quae ad dilectionem Dei attinent.2

Now see that in this place he has imitated the Lord, and like the Lord, after the love of God he added on the second tablet: Honor your father, so that you may be long-lived upon the earth, [Eph 6:3] because on the first tablet he wrote those three teachings which pertain to the love of God.

Forte dicit aliquis, quare B. Benedictus primum praeceptum esse dixit dilectionem Dei, cum Paulus apostolus dicat: Honora patrem tuum, quod est primum mandatum in lege? [Eph 6:2]

Perhaps someone asks, ‘Why did blessed Benedict say the first teaching is love of God, when the apostle Paul says: Honor your father, because it is the first commandment in the Law?’ [Eph 6:2]

Cui respondendum est, quia verum est, quod B. Benedictus dicit, primum mandatum esse: Diliges Dominum Deum tuum, [Dt 6:5] et verum est, quod Paulus apostolus dicit, primum mandatum esse: Honora patrem tuum. [Ex 20:12] Ac per hoc quantum ad decem praecepta. attinet, primum mandatum est: Diliges Dominum Deum tuum, sicut S. Benedictus dicit. Et iterum quantum ad septem praecepta attinet, quae scripta sunt in secunda tabula, primum mandatum est: Honora patrem tuum. Nam ipsa decem praecepta ita distincta sunt in duabus tabulis: quae attinent ad dilectionem Dei, scripta sunt in prima tabula, reliqua vero septem, quae attinent ad dilectionem proximi, [page 141] scripta sunt in tabula secunda.

To this person one should respond that what blessed Benedict says is true, that it is the first commandment: Love the Lord your God, [Dt 6:5] and it is true, what Paul the apostle says, that the first commandment is Honor your father. [Ex 20:12] And by this insofar as it pertains to the Ten Commandments, the first commandment is: Love the Lord your God, just as St. Benedict says. And again, insofar as it pertains to the seven commandments, which are written on the second tablet, the first commandment is: Honor your father. For the ten teachings themselves are thus separated on the two tablets: those which pertain to the love of God are written on the first tablet, however the remaining seven, which pertain to the love of fellow-man, [page 141] are written on the second tablet.

Et apte B. Benedictus primum praeceptum dixit Dei dilectionem esse, postmodum subjunxit dilectionem proximi, quia sic dicit B. papa Gregorius: Ut enim multi arboris rami ex una radice prodeunt, sic multae virtutes ex una caritate generantur. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia XXVII, c. 1, PL 76, col. 1205A-B]

And appropriately did blessed Benedict say the first commandment is the love of God, next he added love of fellow-man, since blessed Pope Gregory says: Just as a tree’s many branches spring up from a single root, so many virtues are begotten from one love. [Gregory, Homilia in Evangelia XXVII, c. 1]

Nunc videndum est, quare dixit, tribus modis Dominum diligere, ex toto corde, tota anima, tota virtute? Quia Deus trinitas est in personis, ideo tribus modis praecipimur Dominum diligere, et propterea etiam secundum quosdam in prima tabula feria praecepta Dominus dedit pertinentia ad dilectionem Dei.

Now it must be considered why he said in three ways Love God with your whole heart, soul, strength. Because God is a triad in persons, for that reason we are taught to love God in three ways, and therefore also according to certain people, on the first tablet the Lord gave three commandments pertaining to the love of God.

Primum mandatum, cum dicit: Audi Israël, Dominus Deus tuus Deus unus est, [Dt 6:4] pertinet ad Patrem; secundum mandatum, quod dicit: Ne assumas nomen Dei tui in vanum, [Ex 20:7] pertinet ad Filium; tertium vero mandatum, quod subjunxit: Memento, ut diem sabbathi custodias, [Ex 20:8] attinet ad Spiritum sanctum.

The first commandment, which states: Listen, Israel, the Lord God your God is one, [Dt 6:4] refers to the Father; the second commandment, which says: Do not use the name of the your God in vain, [Ex 20:7] refers to the Son; the third commandment, which added: Remember to observe the day of the Sabbath, [Ex 20:8] refers to the Holy Spirit.

Et non est mirum, si anima et cor, cum unum sit, habeat diversas affectiones, id est memoria, spiritus, cum Deus, qui unus est secundum substantiam, trinitas est in personis. Nam sicut corpus habet diversa membra, id est oculos, quibus videt, aures, quibus audit, manus, quibus operatur et reliqua, ita anima etiam habet diversas affectiones, id est mentem, qua memorat, spiritum, quo spirat, et reliqua.

And it is not remarkable if the soul and heart have different senses, that is memory [and] spirit, since God, who is one according to substance, is three in persons. For just as the body has different members, that is, [it has] eyes with which it sees, ears with which it hears, hands with which it works, and so on, so too the soul has different senses, that is the mind, by which it remembers, the animating force, by which it breathes, and the rest.

Et hoc etiam animadvertendum est, quia, cum dixit: Diligere Dominum ex toto corde, tota anima, tota virtute, nil relinquit homini, ut aliud diligat praeter Dominum; 2in proximi autem dilectione mensuram posuit, cum dicit: 2sicut se ipsum.

And pay attention to this as well, that when he said Love God with your whole heart, whole soul, whole virtue, he leaves nothing to man to love except the Lord. 2In the love of one’s neighbor he established the proportion, when he says 2just as [he loves] himself.

Debet enim homo Deum diligere supra se, se autem debet diligere secundum Deum, id est secundum praecepta Dei, et proximum suum debet diligere sicut se. In dilectione namque Dei necessario tenenda est fides et vita, in dilectione autem proximi debet summopere patientia et benignitas custodiri; est enim in dilectione Dei necessaria fides et vita, quia videlicet scriptum est: Sine fide impossibile est placere Deo, [Hbr 11:6] et rursum scriptum est: Fides sine operibus mortua est [Iac 2:20]

For a man ought to love God more than himself; moreover he ought to love himself according to God, that is according to the teachings of God, and one should love his neighbor as he loves himself. For in the love of God faith and life must necessarily be preserved; in the love of one’s neighbor, great patience and kindness ought to be preserved; for in the love of God are vital faith and life, because it clearly written: Without faith it is impossible to please God, [Hbr 11:6] and again it is written: Faith without works is death. [Iac 2:20]

Est autem in dilectione proximi nobis patientia et benignitas conservanda, quoniam de eadem dilectione scriptum est: Caritas patiens [1 Cor 13:4] [page 142] est, benigna est; patiens est scilicet, ut illata a proximis mala aequanimiter portet, benigna autem, ut sua bona proximis desiderabiliter impendat.

It is moreover in the love of one’s neighbor that patience and kindness are preserved by us, since about this same love it is written: Charity is patience [1 Cor 13:4] [page 142], it is kindness; it is patience to be sure when one bears with equanimity those evils brought by one’s neighbors, while on the other hand it is kindness when he eagerly bestows his own goods upon his neighbors.

Sciendum est enim, sicut Beda dicit, quia aliud est dilectio et aliud delectio. Dilectio et diligo per i. affectionis est, id est amoris; deligo et delectio per e. attinet ad delectationem. Diligo enim per i. facit praeteritum dilexi et dilectus; deligo facit praeteritum 'delegi' et 'delectum'; delectum enim militiae aut alicujus examinis electionem appellamus. [Bede, De orthographia, CCSL 123A, p. 20]

For it should be known, as Bede states, that the one is dilectio (love) and the other is delectio (choice). ‘Love’ (dilectio) and ‘to love’ (diligo) with an i is a feeling, that is, of love; ‘to choose’ (deligo) and ‘choice’ (delectio), for example, refer to pleasure (delectatio). For diligo with an i, makes the past tense [forms] dilexi and dilectus; deligo makes the past [tense forms] delegi and delectum; for we call delectum the selection of soldiers or of some group. [Bede, De orthographia]

Sequitur: 3Non occidere. Non occidere, i. e. non homicidium facere; istud enim instrumentum prohibitionis est, et hoc animadvertendum est, quia, cum prohibet, homicidium facere, ostendit, etiam inibi virtutem generari.

Next: 3Do not kill. Do not kill, that is, do not commit murder; for this is an instrument of prohibition, and it must be noted that when he forbids one to commit murder, he shows that even there virtue is produced.

Numquid ille solummodo homicidium facit, qui hominem corporaliter occidit, i. e. ferro, veneno et reliq.? Verum etiam ille homicidium facit, qui alium odit, sicut dicit Joannes Evangelista. [cf. 1 Io 3:15] Nec non etiam ille homicidium facit, qui aliis malum exemplum praebet, quantum ad criminalia peccata attinet, vel etiam alios hortatur, illud agere.

Does he alone commit murder who kills a man bodily, that is, with a sword, poison, or the rest? But in fact he who hates another also commits murder, just as John the Evangelist says [cf. 1 Io 3:15]. And indeed that man also commits murder who offers a bad example to others, as far as it pertains to the deadly sins, and even encourages others to do this.

Pejus homicidium est istud, eo quod, qui hominem corpore occidit, solummodo unum occidit, qui vero alium malo exemplo occidit, pejus est, eo quod ille occisus alium occidit et ille alius occisus alium occidit, et sic fit, ut usque in finem saeculi percurrat. Unde quia istud homicidium pejus est, ideo majori poenitentia emendandum est, i. e. ut quot malo exemplo occidit, tot etiam bono exemplo vivificet.

That sort of murder is worse because he who kills a man with a respect to his body only kills one person, but he who kills another with a bad example is worse, since he, killed, kills another, and so it happens all the way until the end of the world. Whence since that [kind of] homicide is worse, for that reason it must be corrected by a greater contrition, that is, for as many as he kills by bad example, he would also make just as many live by good example.

Sequitur: 4Non adulterare.

Next: 4Do not commit adultery.

Adulterium est proprio, qui cum alterius conjuge agit illud peccatum; fornicatio vero ad alias mulieres attinet, sicut Dominus dicit: Qui viderit mulierem ad concupiscendam eam, jam moechatus est eam in corde suo. [Mt 5:28]

Adultery is specifically one [sic] who commits that sin with another’s spouse; fornication indeed pertains to other women, just as the Lord says: He who looks at a woman out of lust for her, already he has committed adultery with her in his heart. [Mt 5:28].

Item adulterium est illusio alieni conjugii, quod, qui alterius thorum commaculavit, adulteri nomen accepit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 26.13]

Likewise adultery is a deception of another’s marriage, since he who defiles another’s bed, has received the name of adulterer. [cf. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 5.26.13]

Sequitur: 5Non facere furtum.

Next: 5Do not steal.

Numquid ille solummodo facit furtum, qui alienam rem absconse tollit? Verum etiam ille furtum facit, qui rem sibi ab abbate delegatam, i. e. deputatam vel datam, aliis sine licentia tribuit, nec non etiam ille furtum facit, qui se subtrahit de servitio [page 143] Dei, quantum ad minora peccata attinet; aut etiam ille furtum facit, qui aliis malum exemplum praebet aut hortatur agere, quantum similiter ad minora peccata attinet.

Can it be that he only commits theft who takes another’s property in secret? In truth, he too commits theft who bestows property entrusted to him by an abbot (that is, assigned or given) upon others without permission, and also, with respect to lesser sins, that man commits theft who removes himself from the servitude [page 143] of God; or that one also commits theft who offers a bad example to others, or encourages them to do this, with respect to lesser sins.

V. gr. si hora tacendi loqueris, aut hora legendi aut aliquid agendi te subtrahis, furtum agis. Quod si aliis istud exemplum praebes, furtum facis, vel si hortaris illos, istud agere, pejus furtum facis.

For example, if in the hour of silence you speak, or in the hour of reading or of doing something you remove yourself. But if you offer that example to others, you commit theft, or if you encourage others to do this, you commit a worse theft.

Furtum enim est, sicut lex romana dicit, contrectatio rei fraudulosa, vel ipsius rei vel etiam usus ejus possessionisve, illaque lege naturali prohibitum est admittere. [Codex Iustinianus, Digestae 47, tit. 2. de furtis]

For theft is, just as a Roman law states, a fraudulent handling of property, either of the property itself or also of its use or of its possession, and by that natural law it is forbidden to permit it. [Codex Iustinianus, Digestae 47. tit. 2. de furtis]

Furtum autem vel a furvo, i. e. nigro dictum est, quod clam et obscure fit et plerumque nocte, vel a fraude, vel a ferendo, i. e. auferendo, vel a graeco sermone, qui φώοας appellant fures; immo etiam Graeci άπότού φώρας, i. e. a ferendo φώρας dixerunt. [Codex Iustinianus, Digestae 47, tit. 2.1 Pr.]

Moreover theft (furtum) is so-called either from furvus (dark), that is, niger (black) that which happens secretly or hidden from sight and most commonly at night, or it is so-called from ‘deception’ (fraus), or from ‘carrying’ (ferre), that is, ‘carrying off’, or from the Greek language, which calls thieves φῶρες. More correctly, the Greeks said ἀπὸ τοῦ φέρειν” (to carry off) that is, they called them φῶρες from ‘carrying off (ferre).[Codex Iustinianus, Digestae 47, tit. 2.1 Pr.]

Sequitur: 6Non concupiscere.

Next: 6Do not covet.

Concupiscentia enim et cupiditas proprio in malum attinet, in bonum vero, si reperitur, non proprie dicitur, sed abusive.

For covetousness and desire rightly refer to wrongdoing, but if it [i.e. the term ‘covetousness’ or ‘desire’] is used [lit. found] referring to doing good, it is called as such not strictly but loosely.

De hac concupiscentia dicebat Paulus, cum dicit: Non enim quod volo facto bonum, sed quod nolo malum, hoc ago. [Rm 7:15]

Paul was talking about this kind of covetousness when he says: For the good I wish to do I do not do, but the evil which I do not wish to do I do. [Rm 7:15]

Si vero aliquam rem necessariam desideras, alio nomine debes dicere: non concupisco, sed ‘volo’.

If indeed you desire some necessary thing, you should call it with another name: not ‘I covet’, but ‘I want’.

Verbi gratia si desideras rem non tibi necessariam, concupiscentia est, si autem desideras rem necessariam, non est concupiscentia, verum cum freno debes illam rem concupiscere. V. gr. si vides vestem non tibi necessariam et illam concupiscis, concupiscentia est; si autem necesse tibi est, illam vestem habere, debes dicere absque damno fratris: 'volo habere talem vestem causa necessitatis meae.

For example, if you desire something that you do not need, it is covetousness, if moreover you desire something that is necessary, it is not covetousness, but you ought to covet that thing with restraint. For example, if you see a piece of clothing that you do not need and you covet it, it is covetousness; but if it is necessary for you to have that piece of clothing, you should say it without a brother’s condemnation: ‘I want to have such-and-such piece of clothing on account of my need.’

Sequitur: 7Non falsum testimonium dicere.

Next: 7Do not bear false witness.

Numquid ille solummodo falsum testimonium dicit, qui super alium mentitur? Vere ille falsum testimonium dicit, qui scit, falsum esse, quod audit, et tacet.

Is it possible that the one who only bears false witness is one who lies about another? Truly that man bears false witness who knows that what he hears is false and is silent.

Quid ergo isti faciendum est, qui falsum audit et tacet, ut sibi non reputetur? Debet iste talis discretus esse, i. e. debet per argumentationem, quam superius dixi, cognoscere,3 i. e. si certus non est, [page 144] ut irasci debeat frater, debet manifestare veritatem, eo quod debet dimittere incertitudinem et tenere certitudinem, i. e. dicere veritatem, quia certus est, falsum esse, quod audit, et dimittere incertitudinem, quia incertus est, utrum irascatur frater annon.

What, therefore, is to be done by that man, who hears falsehood and is silent, so that it is not ascribed to him? Such a man as that ought to be discreet, that is, he should examine the proof (as I stated above), that is if he is not certain, [page 144], whether a brother may become angry, he ought to reveal the truth, since he ought to dispel incertitude and retain certitude (that is, to speak the truth), because he is certain that what he hears is false, and to dismiss incertitude because he is uncertain whether a brother is angry or not.

Quodsi certus fuerit, quia irasci debet frater, si veritatem dixerit, debet videre congruentias et contrarietates, i. e. quanta bona inde fient, vel quanta mala propter scandalum fratris generanda sunt; si plus fuerint congruitates, si dixerit, debet dicere; si autem plus fuerint contrarietates, debet tacere usque ad tempus; tunc enim falsum testimonium dicis, cum non solum illud loqueris, sed etiam cum dicis, minorem fuisse causam, quam erat, et ideo cum dicis, in Deo primum peccas et postmodum in proximum.

But if he was certain, that a brother ought to be angered if he speaks the truth, he ought to see the similarities and differences, that is, how many good things may happen thence, or how many bad things may be created on account of a brother’s offense; if there are more similarities, if he speaks, he should speak; but if there are more differences, he ought to be silent up to that point; for then you give false testimony, when you not only say that, but even when you it was a lesser ground for complaint than it was and for this reason when you speak, you sin first against God, and then against a neighbor.

Nam si Deum dilexisses toto corde, tota anima, tota virtute, et proximum tuum sicut te ipsum, profecto verum diceres et non falsum; verum et enim ille falsum testimonium dicit, qui ea, quae audit aut videt facientem, non eodem sensu interpretatur, quo dicuntur vel aguntur.

For if you had loved God with your whole heart, whole mind, whole power, and [you had loved] your neighbor as you love yourself, surely you would not have spoken falsely; for that man gives true and false testimony, who does not explain with the same sense in which they are being said or done, the things which he hears or sees [someone] doing.

Verbi gratia vidit manducantem fratrem pro infirmitate aut necessitate; dicit alicui fratri: ‘ille frater non facit bene, quia manducat ante horam.’ Falsum iste testimonium dicit, quia alio sensu dicit, quam quo ille manducat. Similiter de caeteris rebus intelligitur.

For example, he sees a brother eating because of sickness or need; he says to another brother: ‘That brother is not acting rightly, because he is eating before it is time.’ That man gives false testimony, because he is speaking in a different sense than manner in which the brother eats. About other things it is understood similarly.

Sic etiam falsi dicuntur testes, qui de Domino dixerunt: Hic dixit, quia possum destruere templum hoc et in triduo illud reaedificare, [Mt 26:61] qui, licet pene eadem verba dixerunt, quae Dominus dixit, tamen, quia eodem sensu, quo Dominus, non dixerunt, falsi testes esse dicuntur, et quia mutaverunt verbum; Dominus enim dixit: Solvite templum hoc, [Io 2:19] illi autem dixerunt, Dominum dixisse: Possum destruere templum hoc. [Mt 26:61]

Thus they are also called false witnesses, who said about the Lord: This man said ‘I am able to destroy this temple and to rebuild it in three days.’ [Mt 26:61], who, although they said nearly the same words which the Lord said, nevertheless they did not say them in the same sense as the Lord [said to the], are said to be false witnesses, and because they changed the verb; for the Lord said: Destroy (solvite) this temple, [Io 2:19], but they state that the Lord had said: I am able to destroy (destruere) this temple. [Mt 26:61]

Dominus enim dixit de templo corporis sui: solvate, hoc est interficite; illi autem intellexerunt, eum dixisse de templo Salomonis.

For the Lord was talking about the temple of his body: open, that is, destroy; but they understood that he had spoken about Solomon’s temple.

Testes enim antiquitus superstites dicebantur, eo quod super statum causae proferebantur; nunc parte ablata nominis testes vocantur.

For in the past, witnesses were called superstites (they who stand by), because they were brought forward ‘over the status of the claim’; now, with this part of the name removed, they are called witnesses (testes).

Testis autem consideratur conditione, natura et vita; conditione, si liber, non servus; nam saepe servus metu dominantis testimonium suppprimit veritatis; natura, [page 145] si vir, non femina, nam varium et mutabile semper femina animal est; [Virgil, Aeneis IV, v. 569] vita, si innocens et integer actu, nam si vita bona defuerit, fide carebit; non enim potest justitia cum scelerato habere societatem. Duo autem sunt genera testium, aut dicendo id, quod viderunt, aut proferendo id, quod audierunt. Duobus autem modis testes deliuquunt, aut cum falsa promunt aut vera silentio obtegunt. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVIII, c. 15.8-10]

A witness, moreover, must be considered with respect to his condition, his nature, and his life; his condition (if he is free, not a slave); for often a slave, out of fear of his master withholds testimony of the truth; with respect to nature, [page 145] if he is a man, not a woman, for a woman is always a variable and changeable animal; [Virgil, Aeneis 4.569] with respect to life, if he is virtuous and pure in his conduct, for if he lacks a good life he will not be trustworthy; for justice cannot have a connection with a criminal. For there are two kinds of witnesses, either those who say what they saw, or those who say what they heard. Moreover, witnesses fail in two ways, when they offer false things or when they conceal true things by their silence. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 18.15.8-10]

Testes dicti, quod testamentum adhiberi solent, sicut signatores, quod testamentum signent, [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 23] reus a re, de qua noxius, et reatum a reo est nuncupatum. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVIII, c. 15.7]

They are called witnesses (testes) because they usually employed for the testament, just as signatories (signatores), because they sign (signare) the testament, [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 5.23] the accused (reus) from the lawsuit (re) concerning which he is liable, and accusation (reatus) is takes its name from the accused (reus). [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 18.7]

Quatuor modis justitia in judiciis subvertitur: timore, cupiditate, odio, amore. Timore, dum metu potestatis alicujus veritatem dicere vel judicare quislibet pavescit. Cupiditate, dum pretio muneris alicujus corrumpitur judex; odio, dum cujuslibet inimicitiae causa nocere alteri desiderat; amore, dum amicos vel propinquos contra justitiam defendit potentior. His quatuor modis saepe aequitas judicii subvertitur et innocentia laeditur. [Alcuin, De virtutibus et vitiis liber ad Widonem, PL 101, col. 628]

For justice is subverted in four ways in the courts: because of fear, greed, hatred, love. Because fear, when someone, because of the fear of someone else’s power, fears to speak the truth or declare a judgment. Because of greed, when a judge is corrupted by the value of some bribe; because of hatred, when because of some enmity he desires to harm another; because of love, amore, when he more vigorously defends friends or relatives against justice. By these four ways the justice of a judgment is subverted and innocence is harmed. [Alcuin, De virtutibus et vitiis liber ad Widonem, PL 101, col. 628]

Si falsi testes separantur, mox mendaces inveniuntur, sicut Daniel legitur fecisse. [cf. Dn 13]

If false witnesses are distinguished, soon liars are found, just as Daniel is said to have done. [cf. Dn 13]

Uterque reus est, et qui veritatem occultat, et qui mendacium dicit. Falsus testis tribus personis est obnoxius: primum Deo, cujus praesentiam contemnit, deinde judici, quem mentiendo fallit, postremo innocenti, quem falso testimonio laedit.

Each man is guilty, both the one who hides the truth, and the one who tells a lie. A false witness is harmful to three people: first to God, whose presence he holds in contempt, then to the judge, whom he deceives by lying, and finally to the innocent man, whom he harms through false testimony.

De testimonio vero servi B. Gregorius in quadam sua epistola, quam in Hispaniam misit pro quodam episcopo contra legem condemnato, judicavit adhibeus hanc legem romanam hoc modo:

Blessed Gregory gave his judgment about the true testimony of a slave, Blessed Gregory, in a certain letter, which he sent to Spain on behalf of a certain bishop who had been condemned contrary to the law, citing this Roman law as follows:   

Illud autem quod dicitur a servis suis accusatus, quia audiri minime debuerunt, haec constitutio patefacit (codicis libro nono, titulo primo, constitutione XXma, imperatores Archadius et Honorius Augusti, Eutychiano papae4:  Si quis ex familiaribus vel ex servis cujuslibet domus eujuscumque criminis delator atque accusator (exstiterit?) emerserit ejus existimationem, caput atque fortunas petiturus, cujus familiaritati vel dominio inhaeserit, ante exhibitionem testium, ante examinationem judicii in [page 146] atque accusationis exordio ultore gladio feriatur; vocem enim funestam intercidi oportet potius quam audiri. Gregory the Great, Registrum 13, no. 49, ed. Norberg CCSL 140A = Codex Theodosianus 9.6.3, 8 Nov 397]

This decree makes clear this fact, namely that [in the case of] a master who is accused by his slaves, [that] the [slaves] should not at all be listened to (in the ninth book of the codex, first heading, 20th decree, emperors Arcadius Augustus and Honorius Augustus to Pope Eutychianus [sic]: If someone from the domestics or from the slaves of any household whatever, should appear as an informer or accuser of any crime, attempting to attack the reputation, status, and fortunes of the one whose house or ownership he belongs to, before the production of witnesses, before the investigation of the court in the very exposition of the charges [page 146] and at the beginning of the accusation, let him be cut down by the avenging sword; for a deadly voice ought to be cut down rather than heard. [Gregory the Great, Registrum 13, no. 49 =Codex Theodosianus 9.6.3, 8 Nov 397]

Sequitur: 8Honorare omnes homines.

Next: 8Honor all men.

Quid est, quod dicit: Honorare omnes homines? Numquid honorare possum illos, quos non video? Honorare, hic subaudiendum est: quos vides. Et iterum: numquid honorare debeo illos, qui non debent, honorari? Hic subaudiendum est: qui debent honorari; nam debet malus honorari et diligi, in quantum creatura Dei est, vitium autem, quod agit, debet odiri.

What does it mean: Honor all men? Am I able to honor those whom I do not see? Honor – here it should be understood: [they] whom you see. And again: Am I obligated to honor those who ought not to be honored? Here it should be understood: they who ought to be honored; for a bad man ought to be honored and loved insofar as he is a creature of God, but the sin he commits ought to be despised.

Et cum hoc fecerimus, implebitur in nobis, quod psalmista dicit: perfecto odio oderam illos. [Ps 138:22] Perfecto odio odire est, cum in homine non naturam, sed vitium odimus. Et iterum debeo honorare malos, eo quod eorum bona, nescio quae, forte in illis latent, et quia finem illorum nescio, utrum in bonum conversuri sint, et meum5 forte in malum.

And when we will have done this, there will be weeping on our account, as the Psalmist says: I hated them with perfect hatred. [Ps 138:22] It is hating with perfect hatred when we hate not the nature in a man, but the sin. And again: I am obligated to honor the wicked, therefore, because whatever good things there are [in them], perhaps lie hidden in them, and because I do not know their end, whether they will turn to the good, and perhaps I2 to the bad.

Sequitur: 9Et quod sibi quis fieri non vult, alii ne faciat.

Next: 9And what one does not wish done to himself, let him not do to another.

Dilectio proximi in duobus modis dividitur, i. e. quod tibi fieri vis, alii fac, et quod tibi fieri non vis, alii ne facias.

Love of neighbor is divided into two ways, that is: what you want done to yourself, do for another, and what you do not want done to yourself, do not do to another.

In hoc loco cum dicit: quod fieri tibi vis, alii fac, omne bonum praeecipitur fieri, et in eo, quod dicit: quod tibi fieri non vis, alii ne facias, omne malum fieri vetatur.

In the place when he says: what you want done to yourself, do for another, every good [act] is instructed to be done, and in the place [when] he says: what you do not want done to yourself, do not do to another, every evil is forbidden to be done.

De hac videlicet fraterna dilectione qualiter habenda sit, B. Gregorius in libro X moralium, ubi dicitur, quod multiplex sit lex ejus, nobiliter docet hoc modo dicens: Et quod multiplex sit lex ejus. [omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL:

Concerning in what way this fraternal love should be regarded, blessed Gregory in Book 10 of the Moralia, where it is stated, that her law is manifold, he explains it nobly in this way, saying: [the following passage is omitted in Mittermüller’s edition, we quote from the translation by John Henry Parker, J. G. F. Rivington and J. Rivington, London 1844]

Publica sapientiae supernae sunt opera, cum omnipotens Deus regit quos creat, perficit bona quae inchoat; et aspirando adjuvat quos visitationis suae lumine illustrat. Cunctis etenim liquet quia quos gratis condidit benigne disponit. Et cum spiritalia dona largitur, ipse perficit quod ipse ex munere suae benignitatis inchoavit. Secreta vero sapientiae supernae sunt opera cum Deus quos creavit deserit; cum bona quae praeveniendo coeperat, nequaquam prosequendo consummat; cum claritate nos suae illustrationis illuminat et tamen, permissis carnis tentationibus, tenebris caecitatis pulsat; cum dona quae contulit minime custodit; cum et mentis nostrae ad se desideria excitat et tamen occulto judicio difficultate nos nostrae imbecillitatis angustat.

The public works of Supreme Wisdom are when Almighty God rules those whom He creates, brings to an end the good things which He begins, and aids by His inspiration those whom He illumines with the light of His visitation. For it is plain to the eyes of all men, that those whom He created of His free bounty, He provides for with lovingkindness. And when He vouchsafes spiritual gifts, He Himself brings to perfection what He has Himself begun in the bounteousness of His lovingkindness. But the secret works of Supreme Wisdom are, when God forsakes those whom He has created; when the good things, which He had begun in us by preventing us, He never brings to completion by going on; when He enlightens us with the brightness of His illuminating grace, and yet by permitting temptation of the flesh, smites us with the mists of blindness; when the good gifts which He bestowed, He cares not to preserve to us; when He at the same time prompts the desires of our soul towards Himself, and yet by a secret judgment presses us with the incompetency of our weak nature.

(7) Quae nimirum secreta ejus sapientiae pauci valent inquirere, sed nullus invenire, quia quod super nos de nobis ab immortali sapientia non injuste disponitur, justum profecto est ut a nobis adhuc mortalibus ignoretur.

(7) Which same secrets of His Wisdom, but few have strength to investigate, and no man has strength to find out; in that it is most surely just that that which is ordained not unjustly above us, and concerning us, by immortal Wisdom, should be bidden from us while yet in a mortal state.

Sed haec ipsa sapientiae illius secreta conspicere utcumque jam incomprehensibilitatis ejus est potentiam videre, quia etsi in ipsa consiliorum ejus inquisitione deficimus, deficiendo tamen verius discimus quem timeamus. Ad haec se Paulus sapientiae illius secreta tetenderat, cum dicebat: O altitudo divitiarum sapientiae et scientiae Dei, quam incomprehensibilia sunt judicia ejus et investigabiles viae ejus. Quis enim cognovit sensus Domini? vel quis consiliarius ejus fuit? [Rm 11:33-34]

But to contemplate these same secrets of His Wisdom is in some sort already to behold the power of His incomprehensible nature, in that though we fail in the actual investigation of His secret counsels, yet by that very failure we more thoroughly learn Whom we should fear. Paul had strained to reach these secrets of that wisdom, when he said, O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His Judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who hath known the mind of the Lord? Or who hath been His counsellor? [Rm 11:33-34]

Qui superius etiam ex ipsa inquisitione lassescens, sed tamen ad cognitionem infirmitatis propriae lassescendo proficiens, praemittit dicens: O homo, tu quis es qui respondeas Deo? Numquid dicit figmentum ei qui se finxit: Quare me fecisti sic? [Rm 9:20]

He, in a part above, turning faint even with the mere search, and yet through faintness advancing to the knowledge of his own weakness, saith beforehand the words, Nay but O man, who art thou that repliest against God? Shall the thing formed say to Him that formed it, Why hast Thou made me thus? [Rm 9:20]

Qui igitur ad occulta Dei pertingere non valens ad infirmitatis suae cognitionem rediit, atque ad eruditionem se propriam deficiendo revocavit, ut ita dicam, secreta sapientiae non inveniens invenit; quia cum ad superna consilia requirenda lassesceret, didicit ut humilius timeret. Et quem sua infirmitas a cognitione intima reppulit, hunc ei verius humilitas junxit. Sophar itaque et per scientiae studium peritus et per audaciam tumidae locutionis ignarus, quia ipse gravitatem non habet, meliori optat quod habet, dicens: Atque utinam Deus loqueretur tecum et aperiret labia sua tibi, ut ostenderet tibi secreta sapientiae! Qui eam quoque, qua se super amicum pollere aestimat, optando sapientiam ostentat, cum protinus subdit: Et quod multiplex sit lex ejus. Quid hoc loco Dei lex accipi nisi charitas debet, per quam semper in mente legitur praecepta vitae qualiter in actione teneantur? De hac etenim lege Veritatis voce dicitur: Hoc est praeceptum meum ut diligatis invicem. [Io 15: 12]

He, then, that being unable to attain to the secrets of God, returned back to the recognition of his own weakness, and by thus falling short, recalled himself to the instructing of himself, in not finding out the secrets of wisdom, so to say, he did find them out. For when his strength failed him for the investigation of the counsels of the most High, he learned how to entertain fear with greater humility, and the man whom his own weakness kept back from the interior knowledge, humility did more thoroughly unite thereto. Thus Zophar, who is both instructed by the pursuit of knowledge, and uninstructed by the effrontery of highswoln speech, because he has no weight himself, wishes for a better man that thing which he has, saying, But oh that God would speak with thee, and open His lips unto thee; that He might shew thee the secrets of wisdom. And by wishing he also shews off that wisdom wherewith he reckons himself to be equipped above his friend, when he thereupon adds, And that her law is manifold. What should the ‘law’ of God be here taken to mean, saving charity, whereby we ever read in the inward parts after what manner the precepts of life should be maintained in outward action? For concerning this Law it is delivered by the voice of ‘Truth,’ This is My commandment, that ye love one another. [Io 15:12]

De hac Paulus ait: Plenitudo legis, est dilectio. [Rm 13:10] De hac iterum dicit: Invicem onera vestra portate et sic adimplebitis legem Christi. [Gal 6:2]

Concerning it Paul says, Love is the fulfilling of the law. [Rom. 13, 10] Concerning it he saith again, Bear ye one another's burthens, and so fulfill the law of Christ. [Gal 6:2]

Lex etenim Christi quid congruentius intelligi quam caritas potest, quam tunc vere perficimus cum fraterna onera ex amore toleramus.

For what can the Law of Christ be more fitly understood to mean than charity, which we then truly fulfill when we bear the burthens of our brethren from the principle of love?

(8) Sed haec eadem lex multiplex dicitur, quia studiosa sollicitudine caritas ad cuncta virtutum facta dilatatur. Quae a duobus quidem praeceptis incipit, sed se ad innumera extendit. Hujus namque legis initium dilectio Dei est ac dilectio proximi. Sed Dei dilectio per tria distinguitur, quia ex toto corde, et ex tota anima, et ex tota fortitudine diligi conditor jubetur.

(8) But this same Law is called ‘manifold;’ in that charity, full of eager solicitude, dilates into all deeds of virtue. It sets out indeed with but two precepts, but it reaches out into a countless number. For the beginning of this Law is, the love of God, and the love of our neighbour. But the love of God is distinguished by a triple division. For we are bidden to love our Maker ‘with all our heart’ and ‘with all our soul’ and ‘with all our might.’

Qua in re notandum est quod divinus sermo cum Deum diligi praecipit, non solum narrat ex quo, sed etiam informat ex quanto; cum subjungit ex toto: ut videlicet qui perfecte Deo placere desiderat sibi de se nihil relinquat.

Wherein we are to take note that when the Sacred Word lays down the precept that God should be loved, it not only tells us with what, but also instructs us with how much, in that it subjoins, ‘with all;’ so that indeed he that desires to please God perfectly, must leave to himself nothing of himself.

Proximi autem dilectio ad duo praecepta derivatur, cum et per quemdam justum dicitur: Quod ab alio tibi odis fieri, vide ne tu alteri facias. [Tb 4:16] Et per semetipsam Veritas dicit: Quae vultis ut faciant vobis homines, et vos facite illis. [Mt 7:12; Lc 6:31]

And the love of our neighbour is carried down into two precepts, since on the one hand it is said by a certain righteous man, Do that to no man which thou hatest. [Tb 4:15] And on the other ‘Truth’ saith by Himself, Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them. [Mt 7:12; Lc 6:31]

Quibus duobus scilicet utriusque testamenti mandatis, per unum malitia compescitur, per aliud benignitas praerogatur, ut malum quod pati non vult quisque non faciens, cesset a nocendi opere. Et rursum bonum quod sibi fieri appetit, impendens, erga utilitatem se proximi exerceat ex benignitate.

By which two precepts of both Testaments, by the one an evil disposition is restrained, and by the other a good disposition charged upon us, that every man not doing the ill which he would not wish to suffer, should cease from the working of injuries, and again that rendering the good which he desires to be done to him, he exert himself for the service of his neighbour in kindness of heart.

Sed haec nimirum duo dum sollicita intentione cogitantur, cor ad innumera virtutum ministeria tenditur, ne vel ad inferenda quae non debet desideriis inquieta mens ferveat, vel erga exhibenda quae debet otio resoluta torpescat.

But while these same two are thought on with heedful regard, the heart is made to open itself wide in innumerable offices of virtue, lest whether for the admitting of things which it ought not, the mind being agitated be heated by passions; or for the setting forth of whatsoever it ought, being undone by indolence, it may be rendered inactive.

Nam cum cavet alteri facere quod nequaquam vult ab altero ipsa tolerare, sollicita se intentione circumspicit ne superbia elevet, et usque ad despectum proximi animum dejiciens exaltet ne ambitio cogitationem laniet, cumque hanc ad appetenda aliena dilatat, angustet. Ne cor luxuria polluat et subjectum desideriis per illicita corrumpat; ne ira exasperet et usque ad proferendam contumeliam inflammet; ne invidia mordeat et alienis felicitatibus aemula, sua se face consumat; ne immoderate linguam loquacitas pertrahat eamque usque ad lasciviam obtrectationis extendat; ne odium malitia excitet et os usque ad jaculum maledictionis irritet.

For when it guards against doing to another what it would not on any account itself undergo at the hands of another, it looks about itself on every side with a heedful eye, lest pride lift it up, and while cutting down set up the soul even to contempt of our neighbour; lest coveting mangle the thought of the heart, and while stretching it wide to desire the things of another, straitly confine it; lest lust pollute the heart, and corrupt it, thus become the slave of its passions, in forbidden courses; lest anger increase, and inflame it even to giving vent to insult; lest envy gnaw it, and lest jealous of the successes of others it consume itself with its own torch; lest loquacity drive on the tongue beyond all bounds of moderation, and draw it out even to the extent of license in slander; lest bad feeling stir up hatred, and set on the lips even to let loose the dart of cursing.

Rursum cum cogitat ut ea alteri faciat quae ipsa sibi fieri ab altero exspectat, pensat nimirum ut malis bona, ut bonis meliora respondeat; ut erga procaces mansuetudinem longanimitatis exhibeat; ut malitiae peste languentibus gratiam benignitatis impendat; ut discordes pace uniat, ut concordes ad concupiscentiam verae pacis accingat; ut indigentibus necessaria tribuat; ut errantibus viam rectitudinis ostendat; ut afflictos verbo et compassione mulceat; ut accensos in hujus mundi desideriis increpatione restinguat; ut minas potentum ratiocinatione mitiget; ut oppressorum angustias quanta praevalet ope levet; ut foris resistentibus opponat patientiam; ut intus superbientibus exhibeat cum patientia disciplinam; ut erga errata subditorum sic mansuetudo zelum temperet, quatenus a justitiae studio non enervet; sic ad ultionem zelus ferveat ne tamen pietatis limitem fervendo transcendat; ut ingratos beneficiis ad amorem provocet; ut gratos quosque ministeriis in amore servet; ut proximorum mala cum corrigere non valet, taceat, utque cum corrigi loquendo possunt, silentium consensum esse pertimescat; ut sic ea quae tacet toleret ne tamen in anima virus doloris occultet; ut sic malevolis munus benignitatis exhibeat ne tamen per gratiam a jure rectitudinis excedat; ut cuncta proximis quae praevalet impendat, sed haec impendendo non tumeat; ut sic in bonis quae exhibet tumoris praecipitium paveat ne tamen a boni exercitio torpescat; ut sic quae possidet tribuat, quatenus quanta sit largitas remunerantis attendat; ne cum terrena largitur, suam plus quam necesse est inopiam cogitet, et in oblatione muneris hilaritatis lumen tristitia obscuret.

Again, when it thinks how it may do to another what it looks for at the hands of another for itself, it considers how it may return good things for evil, and better things for good; how to exhibit towards the impertinent the meekness of longsuffering; how to render the kindness of good will to them that pine with the plague of malice, how to join the contentious with the bands of peace, how to train up the peaceable to the longing desire of true Peace; how to supply necessary things to those that are in need; how to shew to those that be gone astray the path of righteousness; how to soothe the distressed by words and by sympathy; how to quench by rebuke those that burn in the desires of the world; how by reasoning to soften down the threats of the powerful, how to lighten the bands of the oppressed by all the means that he is master of; how to oppose patience to those that offer resistance without; how to set forth to those that are full of pride within a lesson of discipline together with patience; how, with reference to the misdeeds of those under our charge, mildness may temper zeal, so that it never relax from earnestness for the rule of right; how zeal may be so kindled for revenge, that yet by kindling thus it never transgress the bounds of pity; how to stir the unthankful to love by benefits; how to preserve in love all that are thankful by services; how to pass by in silence the misdoings of our neighbour, when he has no power to correct them; how when they may be amended by speaking to dread silence as consent to them; how to submit to what he passes by in silence, yet so that none of the poison of annoyance bury itself in his spirit; how to exhibit the service of good will to the malicious, yet not so as to depart from the claims of righteousness from kindness; how to render all things to his neighbours that he is master of, yet in thus rendering them not to be swelled with pride; in the good deeds which he sets forth to shrink from the precipice of pride, yet so as not to slacken in the exercise of doing good; so to lavish the things which he possesses as to take thought how great is the bounteousness of his Rewarder, lest in bestowing earthly things he think of his poverty more than need be, and in the offering of the gift a sad look obscure the light of cheerfulness.

(9) Bene ergo lex Dei multiplex dicitur, quia nimirum cum una eademque sit charitas, si mentem plene coeperit, hanc ad innumera opera multiformiter accendit. Cujus diversitatem breviter exprimimus, si in electis singulis bona illius perstringendo numeremus.

(9) Therefore the Law of God is rightly called manifold, in this respect, that whereas it is one and the same principle of charity, if it has taken full possession of the mind, it kindles her in manifold ways to innumerable works. The diverseness whereof we shall set forth in brief if we go through and enumerate her excellencies in each of the Saints severally.

Haec namque per Abel et electa Deo munera, obtulit, et fratris gladium non reluctando toleravit. [cf. Gn 4:4-8]

Thus she in Abel both presented chosen gifts to God, and without resistance submitted to the brother's sword. [cf. Gn 4:4-8]

Haec Enoch et inter homines vivere spiritaliter docuit, et ad sublimem vitam ab hominibus etiam corporaliter abstraxit. [cf. Gn 5:24]

Enoch she both taught to live in a spiritual way among men, and even in the body carried him away from men to a life above. [cf. Gn 5:24]

Haec Noe, despectis omnibus solum Deo placabilem ostendit, atque in arcae fabricam studio longi laboris exercuit, et mundo superstitem pio opere exercendo servavit. [cf. Gn 7:6]

Noah she exhibited the only one pleasing to God when all were disregarded, and she exercised him on the building of the ark with application to a long labour, and she preserved him the survivor of the world by the practice of religious works. [cf. Gn 7:6]

Haec per Sem et Japhet humiliter verenda patris erubuit, et superjecto dorsis pallio, quae non videbat abscondit. [cf. Gn 9:23]

In Shem and Japhet she humbly felt shame at the father's nakedness, and with a cloak thrown over their shoulders hid that which she looked not on. [cf. Gn 9:23]

Haec Abrahae dextram quia ad mortem filii obediendo extulit, hunc prolis innumerae, gentium patrem fecit. [cf. Gn 22:10]

She, for that she lifted the right hand of Abraham for the death of his son in the yielding of obedience, made him the father of a numberless offspring of the Gentiles. [cf. Gn 22:10]

Haec Isaac mentem, quia semper ad munditiam tenuit, caligantibus aetate oculis, ad videnda longe post ventura dilatavit. [cf. Gn 27:1]

She, because she ever kept the mind of Isaac in purity, when his eyes were now dim with age, opened it wide to see events that should come to pass long after. [cf. Gn 27:1]

Haec Jacob compulit et amissum bonum filium medullitus gemere, et pravorum filiorum praesentiam sub aequanimitate tolerare. [cf. Gn 37: 34]

She constrained Jacob at the same time to bewail from the core of his heart the good child taken from him, and to bear with composure the presence of the wicked ones. [cf. Gn 37: 34]

Haec Joseph docuit a fratribus venundatum, et libertate animi infracta servitium perpeti, et eisdem post fratribus mente non elata principari. [cf. Gn 37:22]

She instructed Joseph, when sold by his brethren, both to endure servitude with unbroken freedom of spirit, and not to lord it afterwards over those brethren with a high mind. [cf. Gn 37:22]

Haec Moysen, delinquente populo, et usque ad petitionem mortis in precibus stravit, et usque ad interfectionem populi per zeli studium erexit, ut et pro pereunte plebe sese morti objiceret, et contra peccantem protinus vice Domini irascentis saeviret. [cf. Ex 32:33]

She, when the people erred, at once prostrated Moses in prayer, even to the beseeching for death, and lifted him up in eagerness of indignant feeling even to the extent of slaying the people; so that he should both offer himself to die in behalf of the perishing multitude, and in the stead of the Lord in His indignation straightway let loose his rage against them when they sinned. [cf. Ex 32:33]

Haec Phinees brachium in ultionem peccantium erexit, ut arrepto gladio, coeuntes transfigeret, et iram Domini iratus placaret. [cf. Nm 25:8-9]

She lifted the arm of Phinees in revenge of the guilty souls, that he should pierce them as they lay with the sword he had seized, and that by being wroth he might appease the wrath of the Lord. [cf. Nm 25:8-9]

Haec Jesum exploratorem docuit, ut et prius contra falsiloquos cives veritatem verbo defenderet, et hanc postmodum gladio contra hostes allegaret. [Ios 1; Nm 14:6-38]

She instructed Jesus the spy, so that he both first vindicated the truth by his word against his false countrymen, and afterwards asserted it with his sword against foreign enemies. [Ios 1; Nm 14:6-38]

Haec Samuel et in principatu humilem praebuit, et integrum in dejectione servavit, qui cum persequentem se plebem diligeret, ipse sibi testimonio exstitit, quia culmen ex quo dejectus est non amavit. [cf. 1 Rg 3]

She both rendered Samuel lowly in authority, and kept him unimpaired in his low estate, who, in that he loved the People that persecuted him, became himself a witness to himself that he loved not the height from whence he was thrust down. [cf. 1 Rg 3]

Haec David ante iniquum regem et humilitate commovit ad fugam, et pietate replevit ad veniam; qui persecutorem suum et timendo fugit ut dominum, et tamen cum potestatem feriendi reperit, non agnovit inimicum. [cf. 1 Sm 24:6/18]

David before the wicked king she at once urged with humility to take flight, and filled with pitifulness to grant pardon; who at once in fearing fled from his persecutor, as his lord, and yet, when he had the power of smiting him, did not acknowledge him as an enemy. [cf. 1 Sm 24:6/18]

Haec Nathan et contra peccantem regem in auctoritatem liberae increpationis sustulit, et cum regis culpa deesset, in petitione humiliter stravit. [cf. 2 Sm 12:1]

She both uplifted Nathan against the king on his sinning in the authoritativeness of a free rebuke, and, when there was no guilt resting on the king, humbly prostrated him in making request. [cf. 2 Sm 12:1]

Haec per Isaiam nuditatem carnis in praedicatione non erubuit, et subducto carnali velamine, superna mysteria penetravit. [Is 20:2]

She in Isaiah blushed not for nakedness of the flesh in the work of preaching, and the fleshly covering withdrawn, she penetrated into heavenly mysteries. [Is 20:2]

Haec Eliam, quia fervoris zelo vivere spiritaliter docuit, ad vitam quoque et corporaliter abstraxit. [cf. 4 Rg 2:11]

She, for that she taught Elijah to live spiritually with the earnestness of a fervent soul, carried him off even in the body also to enter into life. [cf. 4 Rg 2:11]

Haec Elisaeum, quia magistrum diligere simpliciter instituit, magistri spiritu dupliciter implevit. [cf. 4 Rg 2:10]

She, in that she taught Elisha to love his master with a single affection, filled him with a double portion of his master's spirit. [cf. 4 Rg 2:10]

Per hanc Jeremias ne in Aegyptum populus descenderet restitit; sed tamen et inobedientes diligens, quo descendi prohibuit, et ipse descendit. [cf. Ier 42:18]

Through her Jeremiah withstood that the people should not go down into Egypt, and yet by cherishing them even when they were disobedient he even himself went down where he forbad the going down. [cf. Ier 42:18]

Haec Ezechielem, quia prius a terrenis desideriis sustulit, post per cincinnum capitis in aere libravit/. [Ez 8:3]

She, in that she first raised Ezekiel from all earthly objects of desire, afterwards suspended him in the air by a lock of his head. [Ez 8:3]

Haec in Daniele, quia a regiis dapibus gulam compescuit, ei et esurientium ora leonum clausit, [cf. Dn 14:40]

She in the case of Daniel, for that she refrained his appetite from the royal dainties, closed for him the very mouths of the hungry lions. [cf. Dn 14:40]

Haec tribus pueris, quia in tranquillitate positis incendia vitiorum subdidit, tribulationis tempore et flammas in fornace temperavit. [cf. Dn 3:50]

She, in the Three Children, for that she quenched the flames of evil inclinations in them whilst in a condition of peace, in the season of affliction abated the very flames in the furnace. [cf. Dn 3:50]

Haec in Petro et minis terrentium principum fortiter restitit, et in circumcisione submovenda minorum verba humiliter audivit. Haec in Paulo et manus persequentium humiliter pertulit, et tamen in circumcisionis negotio longe se imparis prioris sensum audenter increpavit. [cf. Act 15; Gal 2:11]

She in Peter both stoutly withstood the threats of frowning rulers, and in the setting aside of the rite of circumcision, she heard the words of inferiors with humility. She, in Paul, both meekly bore the violence of persecutors, and yet in the matter of circumcision boldly rebuked the notion of one by great inequality his superior. [cf. Act 15; Gal 2:11]

Multiplex ergo ista lex Dei est, quae singulis rerum articulis non permutata congruit, et causis se variantibus non variata conjungit.

Manifold then is this Law of God, which undergoing no change accords with the several particulars of events, and being susceptible of no variation yet blends itself with varying occasions.

(10) Charitas patiens est, benigna est; non aemulatur, non inflatur, non agit perperam, non est ambitiosa, non quaerit quae sua sunt, non irritatur, non cogitat malum, non gaudet super iniquitate, congaudet autem veritati. [1 Cor 13:4-6]

(10) The multiplicity of which same law, Paul rightly counts up, in the words, Charity suffereth long, and is kind, envieth not, vaunteth not itself; is not puffed up, doth not behave itself unseemly, seeketh not her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil, rejoiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in the truth. [1 Cor 13:4-6]

Patiens quippe est charitas, quia illata mala aequanimiter tolerat. Benigna vero est, quia pro malis bona largiter ministrat. Non aemulatur, quia per hoc quod in praesenti mundo nil appetit, invidere terrenis successibus nescit. Non inflatur, quia cum praemium internae retributionis anxia desiderat, de bonis se exterioribus non exaltat. Non agit perperam, quia quo se in solum Dei ac proximi amorem dilatat, quidquid a rectitudine discrepat ignorat. Non est ambitiosa, quia quo ardenter intus ad sua satagit, foras nullatenus aliena concupiscit. Non quaerit quae sua sunt, quia cuncta quae hic transitorie possidet velut aliena negligit, cum nihil sibi esse proprium nisi quod secum permaneat agnoscit. Non irritatur, quia et injuriis lacessita ad nullos se ultionis suae motus excitat, dum pro magnis laboribus majora post praemia exspectat. Non cogitat malum, quia in amore munditiae mentem solidans, dum omne odium radicitus eruit, versare in animo quod inquinat nescit. Non gaudet super iniquitate, quiaquo sola dilectione erga omnes inhiat, nec de perditione adversantium exsultat. Congaudet autem veritati, quia ut se caeteros diligens, per hoc quod rectum in aliis conspicit, quasi de augmento proprii] provetu hilarescit. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob X, VI, c. 6-10, CCSL 143A, pp 537-543]

For charity ‘suffereth long,’ in that she bears with composure the ills that are brought upon her. She ‘is kind,’ in that she renders good for evil with a bounteous hand, She ‘envieth not,’ in that from her coveting nought in the present life, she thinketh not to envy earthly successes. She ‘is not puffed up,’ in that whereas she eagerly desires the recompense of the interior reward, she does not lift herself up on the score of exterior good things. She ‘doth not behave herself unseemly,’ in that in proportion as she spreads herself out in the love of God and our neighbour alone, whatever is at variance with the rule of right is unknown to her. She is not covetous, in that as she is warmly busied within with her own concerns, she never at all covets what belongs to others, ‘She seeketh not her own,’ in that all that she holds here by a transitory tenure, she disregards as though it were another's, in that she knows well that nothing is her own but what shall stay with her. She ‘is not easily provoked,’ in that even when prompted by wrongs she never stimulates herself to any motions of self avenging, whilst for her great labours she looks hereafter for greater rewards. She ‘thinketh no evil,’ in that basing the soul in the love of purity, while she plucks up all hatred by the roots, she cannot harbour in the mind aught that pollutes. She ‘rejoiceth not in iniquity,’ in that as she yearns towards all men with love alone, she does not triumph even in the ruin of those that are against her, but she ‘rejoiceth in the truth,’ in that loving others as herself, by that which she beholds right in others she is filled with joy as if for the growth of her own proficiency. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob X, VI, c. 6-10 translation by John Henry Parker, J. G. F. Rivington and J. Rivington, London 1844]

Sequitur: 10Abnegare semetipsum sibi, ut sequatur Christum.

Next: 10Deny one’s self in order to follow Christ.

Bene dixit abnegare, non dixit ‘occidere’.

He spoke appropriately of denying, he did not say ‘kill.’

Nunc videndum est, quomodo potest quis abnegare semetipsum. Tunc enim seipsum abnegate, cum derelinquit vitia, quae habuit.

Now it should considered in what way one can deny one’s self. For he denies himself at that time when he forsakes those vices that he had.

Verbi gratia si superbus conversus ad Christum factus est humilis, semetipsum abnegavit; abnegavit enim id, quod fuit per vitium, non abnegavit, quod est per naturam, [page 147] quia aliud sumus per peccatum lapsi, aliud per naturam conditi, aliud quod fecimus, aliud quod facti sumus. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in evangelia XXXII, c. 2, PL 76, col. 1233C]

For example, if an arrogant man, having turned to Christ, becomes humble, he has denied himself; for he has denied that which existed through vice, he did not deny that which exists through nature, [page 147] because we have fallen partly because of sin, we are buried partly because of nature, partly because of what we have done, partly because of what we have become. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in evangelia XXXII, c. 2]

Et bene dicit: abnegare semetipsum, quia nisi quis a semetipso deficiat, ad eum, qui super ipsum est, non appropinquat, nec valet apprebendere, quod ultra ipsum est, si nescierit mactare, quod est. Sic et olerum plantae transponuntur atque, at ita dixerim, eradicantur, ut crescant. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in evangelia XXXII, c. 2, PL 76, col. 1234A]

And he says it rightly: to deny one’s self, because unless one falls away from himself, he does not draw near to Him who is above him, and he is not strong enough to grasp what is beyond him, if he does not know to honor what exists. So too vegetables are moved and, if I may say so, are rooted out, so they may grow. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in evangelia XXXII, c. 2]

Ergo abnegemus nosmetipsos, quales peccando nos fecimus, et mancamus nosmetipsi, quales per gratiam facti sumus.

Therefore let us deny ourselves (the kind of people we made through sinning), and let us remain ourselves (the kind of people we became through grace).

Unde dicitur: Verte impios, et non erunt; [Prv 12:7] conversi namque impii non erunt, non quia omnino non erunt in essentia, sed scilicet non erunt in impietatis culpa.

Whence it is said: Convert the impious, and they will not be [i.e. exist]; [Prv 12:7] for after being converted they will not be impious, not because they no longer exist at all, but clearly because they will not be guilty of impiety.

Sic enim Paulus a semetipso dicit: Vivo autem jam non ego, vivit in me Christus. [Gal 2:20]

For thus Paul says about himself: Nevertheless it is no longer I who live, but Christ lives in me. [Gal 2:20]

Exstinctus quippe fuerat saevus ille persecutor et vivere coeperat pius praedicator; ac si aperte dicat: ‘Ego quidem a memetipso exstinctus sum, quia carnaliter non vivo, sed tamen essentialiter mortuus non sum, quia in Christo spiritaliter vivo.’

For surely that savage persecutor had been destroyed and he began to live as a pious preacher; and if openly he should say: ‘I indeed was destroyed by me myself, because I do not live carnally, but nevertheless essentially I am not dead, because I live spiritually in Christ.’

Duae enim viae sunt, una est veteris Adae, altera, est novi, i. e. Christi, una est, quae ducit ad infernum, altera est, quae ducit ad paradisum. Nisi dimiserit aut reliquerit viam, quae ducit ad perditionem, prius unusquisque quilibet Christianus, nullomodo abnegat seipsum.

For there are two paths, one is the path of ancient Adam, the other is the new path, that is, of Christ; the one leads to Hell, the other leads to Paradise. Unless each and every Christian first has forsaken or left the path that leads to destruction, in no way does he deny himself.

Deinde tanquam si ab eo protinus causam abrenuntiationis quaereret aliquis, quare debeat quis abrenuntiare seipsum, subjuuxit: ut sequatur Christum, ac si diceret aliis verbis: nisi quis reliquerit viam veteris Adae, quae ducit ad interitum, nequaquam poterit venire ad Christum, et ideo debet semetipsum abnegare, ut sequatur Christum.

Then as if immediately someone sought a reason from him as to why anyone ought to deny himself, he added: follow Christ, as if he said, in other words: Unless one abandons the path of ancient Adam, which leads to destruction, in no way will he have been able to come to Christ, and for that reason he ought to deny himself, so that he may follow Christ.

L Christus, quia graecum est, per χ scribendum est; ita et chrisma [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 1.27]; multis namque modis Christus appellari in scripturis invenitur divinis; nam ipse Dei Patris unigenitus filius Dei, dum esset aequalis Patri, propter salutem nostram formam servi accepit; proinde quaedam nomina in illo ex divinitatis substantia, quaedam ex dispensatione susceptae hunanitatis assumta sunt.A

Christ, since it is in Greek, must be written with the [Greek letter] χ; so too chrisma [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 1.27]; for Christ is found to be called in many ways in divine scriptures; for he himself is the only begotten son of God, of God the Father, although he was equal to the Father, because of our salvation he took on the appearance of a slave. From there some names concerning the substance of divinity were used for him, [and] some names concerning the dispensation of his assumed humanity were used for him.

Christus [page 148] namque a chrismate est appellatus, h. e. unctus; praeceptum enim fuerat Judaeis, ut sacrum conficerent unguentum, quo perungi possent hi, qui vocabantur ad sacerdotium vel ad regnum. Et sicut nunc regibus indumentum purpurae insigne est regiae dignitatis, sic illis unctio sacri unguenti nomen ac potestatem regiam conferebat, et inde christi dicti a chrismate, quod est unctio; nam chrisma graece latine unctio interpretatur, quae etiam Domino nomen accommodavit facta spiritalis, quia spiritu unctus est a Deo Patre, sicut in actibus dicitur apostolorum: Collecti enim sunt in hac civitate adversus filium sanctum tuum, quem unxisti, [Act 4:27] non utique oleo visibili, sed gratiae dono, quod visibili significatur unguento.

Christ [page 148] for he was called from the word chrism (chrisma [in Greek]), that is, ‘unction’ (unctio). For it had been a custom among the Jews to prepare holy unguent, with which they who were called to the priesthood or to royal power could be anointed. And just as now the purple robe is the mark of royal dignity for kings, thus for them anointing with sacred ointment conferred the royal name and power, and from there they are called ‘anointed ones’ (christi) from chrism, that is, anointing. For chrisma in Greek is translated as unctio in Latin, which, when done spiritually, offered an appropriate name for the Lord, because he was anointed with the Spirit by God the Father, just as it is said in Acts of the Apostles: For they gathered in this city against your holy son, whom you anointed, [Acts 4:27] not with visible oil, but with the gift of grace, which is signified by visible oil.

Non autem est Salvatoris proprium nomen christus, sed communis nuncupatio potestatis; dum enim dicitur Christus, commune dignitatis nomen est, dum Jesus proprium est vocabulum Salvatoris. Christi autem nomen nusquam alibi omnino nec in aliqua gente fuit, nisi tantum in illo regno, ubi Christus prophetabatur et unde futurus erat. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 2.2-5]

Moreover the proper name of the Savior is not “the anointed one” (christus), but the common noun [used to designate] his power; for when he is called “Christ”, it is the common name of his status, while “Jesus” is the proper name of the Savior. Moreover the name of Christ was nowhere else at all among any people, except only in that kingdom where Christ was foretold and whence he would be in the future. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 2.2-5]

Nam quasi interrogasset aliquis S. Benedictum dicens: ‘Cui proficit, si se ipsum abnegaverit?’ ille subjunxit dicens: sibi, i. e. sibi proficit.

For it is as if someone had asked St. Benedict, saying, ‘Whom does it benefit, if he denied he himself?’ [Benedict] responded, saying: himself, that is, it benefits himself.

Sequitur: 11Corpus castigare.

Next: 11Chasten the body.

Vide modo, non dixit: corpus ‘occidere’, sed castigare; in castigatio enim corporis magna discretio necessaria est, no aut minus aut nimium castigetur, ne, cum hostem vult ferire, civem feriat. Si enim nimium castigaveris corpus, Dei servitium operavi non potes, et iterum si non fuerit discrete castigatum, ducit te in praecipitium.

See how he did not say: “kill” the body, but chasten; for in the chastening of the body great discrimination is needed, lest it be chastened either too little or too much, lest, when he wishes to strike an enemy, he strikes a citizen. For if you chasten the body too much, you are not able to perform service of the Lord, and again, if the body is not wisely chastened, it leads you into danger.

Verbi gratia, ecce quis habet servum; si illum non constrinxerit, ille murmurans erigit se contra illum, si autem constrinxerit illum, ille iterum murmurat. Melius est, ut constrictus murmuret, quam dissolutus. Ita et corpus; si corpus castigaveris, murmurat, quia semper terrena cogitat, et iterum si non castigaveris, mittit te in praecipitium. Melius est, ut constrictum aliquid mali cogitet, quam dissolutum in praecipitium ducat.

For example, behold one who has a slave; if he does not bind him, the slave, grumbling, raises himself against his master, but if [the master] binds him, he grumbles all the same. It is better for him to grumble after being bound than after he has been freed. So too the body: if you chasten the body, it grumbles, because it is thinking about earthly things, but if you do not chasten it, it casts you into danger. It is better for the body to think about something evil after it has been bound than for it to lead you into danger when it has been freed.

Ad hanc quippe discretionem potest istud attinere, quod in Evangelio legitur: Venerunt pharisaei et Herodiani ad Jesum dicentes: ‘Licet [page 149] reddere Caesari censum an non?’ quia pharisaei dicebant: ‘non licet’, Herodiani dicebant: ‘licet’. [cf. Mt 22:17] Nec illi erant Christiani, nec Herodiani. Jesus autem dixit eis: ‘Reddite, quae sunt Caesaris, Caesari, et quae Dei, Deo’, [Mt 22:21] ac si diceret in hoc sensu, cum dicit: ‘Reddite, quae Caesaris sunt, Caesari’, i. e. reddite, quae corporis sunt, corpori, et quae Dei, Deo, i. e. quae animae sunt, animae.

Indeed one can refer what is read in the Gospel to this distinction: the Pharisees and Herodians came to Jesus, saying: Can one [page 149] pay taxes to Caesar or not? Because the Pharisees were saying: It is not permitted; the Herodians: it is permitted. [cf. Mt 22;17] And these were neither Christians nor Herodians. But Jesus said to them: Pay to Caesar what is Caesar’s, and to God what is God’s, [Mt 22:21] as if he spoken in this sense, when he says: Pay to Caesar what is Caesar’s, that is, pay to the body what is the body’s, and to God what is God’s, that is to the soul what is the soul’s.

Sequitur: 12Delicias non amplecti.

Next: 12Do not esteem pleasures.

Vide modo, quia non dixit: ‘delicias non manducare’, sed non amplecti, i. e. non amare; si enim mihi deliciae appositae fuerint, possum manducare causa hospitalitatis vel necessitatis tantum, i. e. non causa delectationis, eo quod non debeo illas manducare.

See how, because he did not say: ‘Do not eat luxurious [foods]’ but do not esteem, that is, do not love; for if luxurious [foods] are placed next to me, I can eat them only for the sake of hospitality or necessity, that is, because I should not eat them for the sake of pleasure.

Verumtamen et cum mauduco causa necessitatis, quantitatem inibi debeo servare, v. gr. si decem mihi pulmenta apposita fueriut, tantum debeo manducare de decem, quantum ex duobus.

But nevertheless, even when I eat because of necessity, at that point I should watch over the amount; for example, if there are ten appetizers near me, from those ten, I ought only to eat as many as two.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia non est peccatum in cibo, sed in desiderio; nam multi fuerunt, qui solummodo vilem cibum concupiscentes peccaverunt, veluti fuerunt filii Israel in deserto, qui concupierunt cepas, pepones, i. e. melones et reliq.; et iterum fuerunt alii, qui carnem manducando non peccaverunt, veluti fuit Elias propheta, cui corvi ministrabant carnes vespere et mane.

And this should be understood, that the sin is not in the food, but in the desire; for there were many who sinned only in desiring common food, as they were the sons of Israel in the desert, who desired onions, pepones (that is, melons) and the rest; and again there were others who sinned not through eating meat, as if it was the prophet Elijah, to whom crows fed meats in the evening and in the morning.

Sequitur: 13Jejunium amare.

Next: 13Love fasting.

Bene dixit: Jejunium amare, et non ‘jejunare’; sunt enim multi, qui jejunant, et tamen, quia non amant, non jejunant; et multi sunt, qui non jejunant, tamen, quia amant, jejunant; verbi gratia si pro hospite non jejuno et amo jejunare, pro jejunio ponitur; et iterum, si invite jejunavero, tamen, quia non amo, non jejuno.

He spoke rightly: Love fasting, and not ‘to fast’; for there are many who fast, and nevertheless because they do not love it, they do not fast; and there are many who do not fast, nevertheless, because they love it, they fast; for example, if I do not fast because of a guest and I love to fast, the guest is set aside [neglected?] for the sake of fasting; and again, if I reluctantly fast, nevertheless, because I do not love it, I do not fast.

Et hoc notandum est, quia hoc, quod dicitur jejunium amare, non est contrarium illi sententiae, quam superius dixit, ut, cum pro hospite quis dimittit jejunium in exteriore nomine, ita etiam in corde; quia si dimittit propter charitatem, tamen debet amare propter hoc praeceptum.

And this should be noted that this, which is called loving fasting, is not in opposition to that opinion which I expressed above, that, when for a guest one dismisses fasting in [his] outer self, he does so too in his heart; because if he dismisses it because of charity, nevertheless he ought to love it because of this teaching.

Dicit enim Isidorus: Jejunum tenue intestinum, unde et jejunum dicitur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 1.131] Intestina dicuntur, eo quod corporis [page 150] interiori parte cohibentur, quae idcirco longis nexibus in circulorum ordinata sunt modunt, ut susceptas escas paulatim egerant et superadditis cibis non impediantur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 1.129]

For Isidore says: The jejunum is a little intestine, whence also ‘fasting’ is called. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 1.131] They are called intestines because [page 150] they are contained in the interior part of the body, which for this reason are arranged in long coils like circles, so that they digest food taken up little by little and so that they are not hindered by added food. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 1.129]

Sequitur: 14Pauperes recreare.

Next: 14Refresh the poor.

Hoc praeceptum ad majores, qui potestatem dandi habent, attinet; tamen pauperes recreant etiam minores monachi, si voluntatem recreandi habeut, aut etiam cohortantur priores, pauperes recreare, qui habent potestatem recreandi.

This teaching refers to the senior monks (who have the power of giving); nevertheless even junior monks may refresh the poor, if they have the desire of refreshing [the poor].

Pauper enim, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, dictus est a paululo lare. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 9:35, CCSL 97, p. 110]

For a poor man, as Cassiodorus says, is so-called from his tiny house (paululo lare). [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 9:35]

Et iterum pauper ille dictus est, qui terrena cupiditate vacuatus coelesti desiderat largitate ditescere.

And again that man is called a pauper who, having been emptied of earthly desire, desires to grow rich from heavenly abundance.

Recreare, i. e. refocillare vel aliquod adjutorium illis tribuere vel impendere.

Refresh, that is, to relieve, either to give or devote some help to the poor.

Sequitur: 15Nudos vestire.

Next: 15Clothe the naked.

Similiter et hoc praeceptum maxime ad priores attinet, qui potestatem habent dandi. Possunt etiam minores nudos vestire, si voluntatem habent vestiendi, aut etiam hortantur majores, nudos vestire, qui habent potestatem dandi.

This teaching similarly and especially pertains to those elders who possess the power of giving. Junior monks too can clothe the naked, if they have the desire of clothing [the naked], or they can also urge their elders who have the power of giving to clothe the naked.

Sequitur: 16Infimos visitare.

Next: 16Visit the sick.

Cum enim dicit infirmos visitare, non illos dicit, qui extranei infirmi sunt, quia ipse S. Benedictus dicit inferius: 78Officina vero, ubi haec omnia diligenter operemus, claustra sunt monasterii et stabilitas in congregatione. Ipsos vero infirmos, qui in claustro monasterii jacent, non debent sine licentia visitare.

For when he says to visit the sick, he does not mean those people outside the who are sick, because St. Benedict himself says a little later: 78Indeed the workshop, where diligently we do all these things, is the cloister of the monastery and stability in the congregation.

Quomodo potest quis visitare sine licentia, cum non debet habere horam, in qua sine obedientia possit existere, ut otiosus sit?

Indeed [brothers] ought not to visit the sick themselves who lie in the cloister of the monastery without permission. How can one visit [them] without permission, when he ought not to have a [free] hour, during which he may be without responsibility?

V. gr. mane legit usque ad horam secundam; deinde in capitulo ille abbas injungit unicuique obedientiam, quam exerceat. In ipso capitulo dicit cellerario: ‘Frater vade in tuam obedientiam!’ Similiter et unicuique dicit exire, sicut ei injunetum est. Deinde illis, qui non habent injunctam obedientiam, dicit: ‘Ite, et vos facite hoc aut istud, aut tu adjuva talem fratrem, et tu alter vade in hortum’ et reliqua.

For example, in the morning, [a brother] reads until the second hour; then the abbot imposes obedience upon each person in the chapter, which he may cultivate. In that very chapter he says to the steward: ‘Brother, go into your obedience!’ He says similarly to the one leaving, just as it was enjoined to him. Next, to those who do not have obedience imposed [upon them], he says: ‘Go, and do this or that, or you, help such a brother, and you, go into the garden,’ etc.

Verumtamen si vult ire aliquis ad infirmum fratrem, cum licentia debet ire, aut certe cum nuntiatur frater valde infirmus esse, tunc dicat abbas in capitulo: ‘qui vult infirmum visitare. [page 151] vadat hodie et visitet.’ Quod si propter obedientiam tibi injunctam non potuisti visitare, si voluntatem habuisti infirmum visitandi, infirmum visitasti.

Nevertheless if someone wishes to go to a sick brother, he should go with permission, or surely when it is announced that a brother is very sick, then the abbot may say in the chapter: ‘He who wishes to visit [page 151] the sick, let him go today and visit.’ But if, because of the obedience imposed upon you, you were not able to see [him], if you had the desire of seeing the sick, you have visited the sick.

 

4.17-4.77 translated by: Columba Stewart

Sequitur: 17Mortuum sepelire.

And then: 17Bury the dead.

Mortuum enim cum dicit sepelire, non dicit, ut extra claustra monasterii eas et mortuum sepelias, quia, sicut de infirmo diximus, ita etiam de mortuum sepelire6 intelligendum est, quia ipse dicit: Officina vero, ubi haec omnia diligenter operemur, claustra sunt monasterii et stabilitas in congregatione.

When he says bury the dead, he is not saying that you should go and bury the dead outside the enclosure1 of the monastery. What we said about the sick must be understood about burying the dead, for he himself says: 78The workshops where we should industriously carry all this out are the cloisters of the monastery and stability in the community

Quodsi infirmus tam pauper fuerit, ut non habeat, qui fossam fodiant et officium cantent, pro hac necessitate, i. e. ut fodias fossam et officium cantes, potes ire. Quodsi adsunt alii, qui possunt, aut qui habent alios, qui fodiant fossam aut cantent officium, tu non debes ire, si vero ieris, non in mercedem reputabitur tibi a Deo sed in vanam gloriam, quia non causa necessitatis vadis sed causa alterius rei. Si autem ambulaveris viam et iuveneris hominem mortuum aut a latronibus occisum, non debes ab illo recedere, nisi prius illum sepelias, quia multi istud exercendo placuerunt Deo, sicut Tobias. Quodsi non poteris illum ibidem sepelire, debes illum ponere in jumentum tuum et reportare ad locum tuum et sic eum sepelire. Quodsi nec hoc poteris facere, ut non habeas jumentum aut certe fossorium, quo fodias terram, debes ire ad vicum et invenire fossorium. Quodsi non poteris ibi tamdiu demorari, ut hoc facias, tunc nuntia illum mortuum aliis, ut ipsi eum sepeliant; verum etiam poteris mortuum coram Deo sepelire, si voluntatem habeas sepeliendi, quamvis aut licentiam aut facultatem non habeas sepeliendi.7 Si vero non propter necessitatem, quam supra diximus, ieris ad mortuum, ambitio est, et quia ambitio est, ideo non debes ire.

But if the sick man was poor, such that he had nobody to dig the grave and sing the office, for this necessity – i.e., so that you could dig the grave and sing the office – you could go [outside]. But if there are others who can dig the grave or sing the office, or who have others who can do so, you should not go. If you do go, it will not be reckoned to you by God as an act of mercy but as vainglory, for you are going not out of necessity but for some other reason. But if you are traveling on a road and you find a man who is dead or someone killed by thieves, you should not leave him there without first burying him, because many have pleased God by doing this, just like Tobit.2 [cf. Tb 1:19-21] And if you cannot bury him at that very spot, you should put him on your mule and take him to your place and bury him. And if you cannot do this, because you do not have a mule or a shovel by which you can dig the earth, you should go to a village and find a shovel. And if you are not able to stay there long enough to do this [yourself], then inform others about the dead man, so that they can bury him. Truly, in God’s sight you will bury the dead if you have the will to bury, even if you lack the freedom or ability to bury. But as we have said above, if you go to the dead man not out of necessity, it is a desire for favor (ambitio), and because it is a desire for favor, for that reason you should not go.

Sequitur: 18In tribulatione subvenire.

And then: 18Help those in trouble.

Iste enim locus tribus modis intelligitur; uno enim modo subvenis in tribulation, v. gr. si fratri excommunicato, qui post excommunicationem [page 152] murmurat aut non patienter suscepit illam poenitentiam, tu confortationem et exhortationem dederis aut pro illo oraveris, in tribulatione subvenisti.

This phrase is to be understood in three ways. One way of helping those in trouble is, for example, on behalf of an excommunicated brother who after excommunication murmurs [page 152] or does not bear the penalty patiently. If you give comfort or encouragement, or pray for him, you help someone in trouble.

Altero vero modo tribulanti fratri subvenis, cum frater murmurat propter necessitatem suam, quam non habet, i. e. aut vestimentum aut calcearios, et tu das illi consolationem, ut non murmuret, aut oras pro illo, tunc tribulanti subvenis.

Another way you help a brother in trouble is when a brother murmurs about lacking some necessity, such as clothing or shoes, and you offer him consolation so that he not murmur, or you pray for him: then you help the one in trouble.

Aut certe si fratrem debilem adjuvas infra tuam obedientiam, v. gr. si injunctum est tibi lavare pannos aliquos, et venerit debilis frater ad te rogans, ut etiam sua vestimenta laves aut adjuves lavare, tribulanti subvenis, ita tamen, ut tuam obedientiam pro hoc non dimittas, hoc est inprimis debes lavare illos pannos, qui tibi injuncti sunt, et postmodum lavare fratris, aut certe inter illos pannos lavas illius fratris.

Undoubtedly, you help one in trouble if you assist an infirm brother as part of your assigned task.3 For example, if you are ordered to wash some clothes and an infirm brother comes to you asking that wash his clothing or help to wash it. Yet lest you neglect your assigned task, first you should wash the clothes that you were ordered [to wash], and afterward [those] of the brother, or else among the clothes you wash [you wash] those of the brother.

Sequitur: 19Dolentem consolari; duobus modis intelligitur.

And then: 19Comfort those in mourning is to be understood in two ways.

Uno modo consolationem tribuis dolente, cum fratri, qui forte pro uno peccato, in quo cecidit, dolet et desperat, tu consolas illum et exhortaris, ut non desperet se sed agat poenitentiam. Altero modo dolentem fratrem consolas, cum forte pro multitudine peccatorum se desporat, et tu consolas illum, i. e. exhortaris illum, agere, poenitentiam, aut certe oras pro illo, dolentem consolas.

One way in which you comfort those in mourning is when a brother is greatly sorrowful and in despair about a sin in which he fell, and you comfort him and exhort him not to despair but to do penance. Another way you comfort a brother in mourning is when he is in despair about a multitude of sins and you comfort him, that is, exhort him to do penance, or at least pray for him: thus you comfort one in mourning.

Dolor enim, sicut Cassiodorus dicit,8 dictus est quasi domabilis horror. [Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 7.17]

As Cassiodorus says, Mourning is said to be a tameable terror. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 7.17]

Sequitur: 20A saeculi actibus se facere alienum.

And then: 20Make yourself a stranger to the ways of the world.

Saeculi actus sunt honores, manducare et bibere, vestire, dormire. Si haec omnia, i. e. honorem, manducare, bibere, vestire, dormire pro delectatione non feceris sed pro necessitate, a saeculi actibus te facis alienum; si autem pro delectatione feceris, non te facis alienum a saeculi actibus.

The ways of the world are honors, eating and drinking, dressing, sleeping. If you do none of these things--seeking honor, eating, drinking, dressing, sleeping--for pleasure but only out of necessity, then you make yourself a stranger to the ways of the world. If however you do them for pleasure, you do not make yourself a stranger to the ways of the world.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia non est peccatum in cibo, sed in desderio; [nam] in placitum vero ire pro causis agendis nullatenus monachus debet [ire]; si vero ierit, a saeculi actibus non se facit alienum. [page 153]

And this should be known: there is no sin in food, but in desire. By no means should a monk do anything because it is agreeable. If he does so, he does not make himself a stranger to the ways of the world. [page 153]

Sequitur: 21Nihil amori Christi praeponere.;

And then: 21Put nothing above the love of Christ.

Potest etiam amori Christi praeponi isto modo sine saeculari actu, veluti est desidia, h. e. si obedientiam aut aliquod opus pigre agis, amori Christi praeponis.

One can indeed put something above the love of Christ even without worldly behavior, as with laziness, which is being slothful in doing your assigned task or some other work.

V. gr. si tempore, cum signum sonuerit et non statim cucurreris, pigritiam tuam amori Christi praeponis. Similiter de aliis causis intelligendum est, i. e. amori Christi praeponis; si, quidquid agis, pro amore Christi non agis.

For example, if you do not immediately hasten when the signal sounds, you are putting your sloth above the love of Christ. This can also be known in other situations, i.e., that you put [something] above the love of Christ, if whatever you do is not done for the love of Christ.

Sequitur: 22Iram non perficere.

Then: 22Do not give in to anger.

Dicunt enim sapientes saeculi, duobus modis fieri iram, i. e. natura et odio. Vide modo, non dixit irasci, sed iram non perficere.

The wise of the world say there are two ways to act in anger: by nature and with hate. Note that he did not say, ‘do not be angry,’ but do not give in to anger.

Ira est secundum naturam commotio mentis. V. gr. si aliquem agentem vides contra voluntatem tuam et tuuc irasceris, commotio mentis est; si autem post hanc commotionem cognoveris, non debere irasci, et duraveris in hac ira, tunc iram perficis.

Anger is, according to nature, a disturbance of the mind. For example, if you see someone doing something contrary to your will and you then become angry, it is a disturbance of the mind. If after that disturbance you learn that you should not become angry, but you persist in that anger, then you give in to anger.

De eo, quod quatuor modis ira nasci solet, docet nobiliter B. Gregorius hoc modo dicens:

Blessed Gregory nobly teaches about the four ways in which anger is typically born, saying it in this way: [the following passage is omitted in Mittermüller. We insert the translation by John Henry Parker, J. G. F. Rivington and J. Rivington, London 1844]

Sciendum vero est quod [omitted in Mittermüller, inseted from CCSL 143, pp. 278-283: nonnullos ira citius accendit, facilius deserit. Nonnullos vero tarde quidem commovet, sed diutius tenet. Alii namque accensis calamis similes, dum vocibus perstrepunt, quasi quosdam accensionis suae sonitus reddunt; citius quidem flammam faciunt, sed protinus in favillam frigescunt. Alii autem lignis gravioribus durioribusque non dispares, accensionem tarde suscipiunt, sed tamen accensi semel difficilius exstinguuntur, et quia se tardius in asperitatem concitant, furoris, sui diutius ignem servant. Alii autem, quod est nequius, et citius iracundiae flammas accipiunt, et tardius deponunt. Nonnulli vero has et tarde suscipiunt, et citius amittunt.

But we are to know that there be some, whom anger is somewhat prompt in inflaming, but quickly leaves them; while there are others whom it is slow in exciting, but the longer in retaining possession of. For some, like kindled reeds, while they clamour with their voices, give out something like a crackle at their kindling: those indeed speedily rise into a flame, but then they forth with cool down into their ashes; while others, like the heavier and harder kinds of wood, are slow in taking fire, but being once kindled, are with difficulty put out; and as they slowly stir themselves into heat of passion, retain the longer the fire of their rage. Others again, and their conduct is the worst, are both quick in catching the flames of anger, and slow in letting them go; and others both catch them slowly, and part with them quickly

In quibus nimirum quatuor modis liquido lector agnoscit, quia et ad tranquillitatis bonum ultimus plusquam primus appropinquat, et in malo secundum tertius superat. Sed quid prodest quod iracundia quomodo mentem teneat, dicimus, si non etiam qualiter compesci debeat exprimamus?

In which same four sorts, the reader sees clearly that the last rather than the first approaches to the excellence of peace of mind, and in evil the third is worse than the second. But what good does it do to declare how anger usurps possession of the mind, if we neglect to set forth at the same time, how it should be checked?

(81) Irae compescendae duo modi. – Duobus etenim modis fracta possidere animum ira desuescit. Primus quippe est, ut mens sollicita antequam agere quodlibet incipiat, omnes sibi, quas pati potest, contumelias proponat, quatenus Redemptoris sui probra cogitans, ad adversa se praeparet. Quae nimirum venientia tanto fortior excipit, quanto se cautius ex praescientia armavit. Qui enim improvidus ab adversitate deprehenditur, quasi ab hoste dormiens invenitur; eumque citius inimicus necat, quia non repugnantem perforat. Nam qui mala imminentia per sollicitudinem praenotat, hostiles incursus quasi in insidiis vigilans exspectat; et inde ad victoriam valenter aecingitur, unde nesciens deprehendi putabatur.

(81) For there are two ways whereby anger being broken comes to relax its hold upon the mind. The first method is that the heedful mind, before it begins to do any thing, set before itself all the insults which it is liable to undergo, so that by thinking on the opprobrious treatment of its Redeemer, it may brace itself to meet with contradiction. Which same, on coming, it receives with the greater courage, in proportion as by foresight it armed itself the more heedfully. For he, that is caught by adversity unprovided for it, is as if he were found by his enemy sleeping, and his foe dispatches him the sooner, that he stabs one who offers no resistance. For he, that forecasts impending ills in a spirit of earnest heedfulness, as it were watching in ambush awaits the assault of his enemy. And he arrays himself in strength for the victory in the very point wherein he was expected to be caught in entire ignorance.

Solerter ergo animus ante actionis suae primordia, cuncta debet adversa meditari; ut semper haec cogitans, semper contra haec thorace patientiae munitus, et quidquid accesserit providus superet, et quidquid non accesserit lucrum putet.

Therefore, before the outset of any action, the mind ought to forecast all contrarieties, and that with anxious heed, that by taking account of these at all times, and being at all times armed against them with the breastplate of patience, it may both in foresight obtain the mastery, whatever may take place, and whatever may not take place, it may account gain.

Secundus autem servandae mansuetudinis modus est, ut cum alienos excessus aspicimus, nostra, quibus in aliis excessimus, delicta cogitemus. Considerata quippe infirmitas propria, mala nobis excusat aliena.

But the second method of preserving mildness is that, when we regard the transgression of others, we have an eye to our own offences, by which we have done wrong in the case of others. For our own frailty, being considered makes excuse for the ills done us by others.

Patienter namque illatam injuriam tolerat, qui pie meminit quod fortasse adhuc habeat, in quo debeat ipse tolerari. Et quasi aqua ignis exstinguitur, cum surgente furore animi, sua cuique ad mentem culpa revocatur, quia erubescit peccata non parcere, qui vel Deo, vel proximo saepe se recolit parcenda peccasse.

Since that man bears with patience an injury that is offered him, who with right feeling remembers that perchance there may still be somewhat, in which he himself has need to be borne with. And it is as if fire were extinguished by water, when upon rage rising up in the mind each person recalls his own misdoings to his recollection; for he is ashamed not to spare offences, who recollects that he has himself often committed offences, whether against God or against his neighbour, which need to be spared.

(82) Ira alia ex impatientia, alia ex zelo. Prima oculum excaecat, altera ita turbat, ut ad clarius videndum disponat. – Sed inter haec solerter sciendum est quod alia est ira, quam impatientia excitat, alia quam zelus format. Illa ex vitio, haec ex virtute generatur. Si enim nulla ira ex virtute surgeret, divinae animadversionis impetum Phinees per gladium non placasset. Hanc iram quia Heli non habuit, motum contra se implacabiliter supernae ultionis excitavit. Nam quo contra subditorum vitia tepuit, eo contra illum districtio aeterni rectoris exarsit. De hac per Psalmistam dicitur: Irascimini, et nolite peccare. [Ps. 4:5]

(82) But herein we must bear in mind with nice discernment that the anger, which hastiness of temper stirs is one thing, and that which zeal gives its character to is another. The first is engendered of evil, the second of good. For if there was no anger originating in virtue, Phinees would never have allayed the fierceness of God's visitation by his sword. Because Eli lacked such anger, he quickened against himself the stirrings of the vengeance of the Most High to an implacable force. For in proportion as he was lukewarm towards the evil practices of those under his charge, the severity of the Eternal Ruler waxed hot against himself. Of this it is said by the Psalmist, Be ye angry, and sin not. [Ps 4:5]

Quod nimirum non recte intelligunt, qui irasci nos nobis tantummodo, non etiam proximis delinquentibus volunt. Si enim sic proximos ut nos amare praecipimur, restat ut sic eorum erratibus sicut nostris vitiis irascamur.

Which doubtless they fail to interpret aright, who would only have us angry with ourselves, and not with others likewise, when they sin. For if we are bidden to love our neighbours as ourselves, it follows that we should be as angry with their erring ways as with our own evil practices

De hac per Salomonem dicitur: Melior est ira risu, quia per tristitiam vultus corrigitur animus delinquentis. [Eccle 7:4] De hac iterum Psalmista ait: Turbatus est prae ira oculus meus. [Ps 6:8]

Of this it is said by Solomon, Anger [so Vulg.] is better than laughter; for by the sadness of the countenance the heart is made better. [Ecl 7:3] Of this the Psalmist saith again, Mine eye is [V. thus] disturbed because of anger [prae ira. Vulg. a furore]. [Ps 6:8]

Ira quippe per vitium oculum mentis excaecat, ira autem per zelum turbat; quia quo saltem recti aemulatione concutitur, ea quae nisi tranquillo corde percipi non potest, contemplatio dissipatur.

For anger that comes of evil blinds the eye of the mind, but anger that comes of zeal disturbs it. Since necessarily in whatever degree he is moved by a jealousy for virtue, the world of contemplation, which cannot be known saving by a heart in tranquility, is broken up.

Ipse namque zelus rectitudinis, quia inquietudine mentem agitat, ejus mox aciem obscurat, ut altiora in commotione non videat, quae pene prius tranquilla cernebat. Sed inde subtilius ad alta reducitur, unde ad tempus, ne videat, reverberatur

For zeal for the cause of virtue in itself, in that it fills the mind with disquietude and agitation, presently bedims the eye thereof, so that in its troubled state it can no longer see those objects far up above, which it aforetime clearly beheld in a state of tranquility. But it is brought back on high with a more penetrating ken by the same means, whereby it is thrown back for a while so as to be incapable of seeing

Nam ipsa recti aemulatio aeterna post paululum in tranquillitate largius aperit, quae haec interim per commotionem claudit; et unde mens turbatur ne videat, inde proficit ut ad videndum verius clarescat: sicut infirmanti oculo cum collyrium immittitur, lux penitus negatur; sed inde eam post paululum veraciter recipit, unde hanc ad tempus salubriter amittit.

For the same jealousy in behalf of what is right after a short space opens wider the scenes of eternity in a state of tranquility, which in the mean season it closes from the effects of perturbation. And from the same quarter whence the mind is confounded so as to prevent its seeing, it gains ground, so as to be made clear for seeing in a more genuine way; just as when ointment is applied to the diseased eye, light is wholly withheld, but after a little space it recovers this in truth and reality by the same means, by which it lost the same for its healing.

Nunquam vero commotioni contemplatio jungitur, nec praevalet mens perturbata conspicere, ad quod vix tranquilla valet inhiare, quia nec solis radius cernitur, cum commotae nubes coeli faciem obducunt, nec turbatus fons respicientis imaginem reddit, quam tranquillus proprie ostendit, quia quo ejus unda palpitat, eo in se speciem similitudinis obscurat.

But to perturbation contemplation is never joined, nor is the mind when disturbed enabled to behold that, which even when in a tranquil state it scarcely has power to gaze on; for neither is the sun's ray discerned, when driving clouds cover the face of the heavens; nor does a troubled fountain give back the image of the beholder, which when calm it shews with a proper likeness; for in proportion as the water thereof quivers, it bedims the appearance of a likeness within it.

(83) Cavendum ne ira menti ex zelo commotae dominetur. – Sed cum per zelum animus movetur, curandum summopere est ne haec eadem, quae instrumento virtutis assumitur, menti ira dominetur, nec quasi domina praeeat, sed velut ancilla ad obsequium parata, a rationis tergo nunquam recedat. Tunc enim robustius contra vitia erigitur, cum subdita rationi famulatur. Nam quantumlibet ira ex zelo rectitudinis surgat, si immoderata mentem vicerit, rationi protinus servire contemnit; et tanto se impudentius dilatat, quanto impatientiae vitium virtutem putat. Unde necesse est ut hoc ante omnia, qui zelo rectitudinis movetur, attendat, ne ira extra mentis dominium transeat, sed in ultione peccati tempus modumque considerans, surgentem animi perturbationem subtilius retractando restringat, animositatem reprimat, et motus fervidos sub aequitate disponat; ut eo fiat justior ultor alienus, quo prius exstitit victor suus, quatenus sic culpas delinquentium corrigat, ut ante ipse qui corrigit, per patientiam crescat, et fervorem suum transcendendo dijudicet, ne intemperanter excitatus ipso zelo rectitudinis, longe a rectitudine aberret.

(83) But when the spirit is stirred by zeal, it is needful to take good heed, that that same anger, which we adopt as an instrument of virtue, never gain dominion over the mind, nor take the lead as mistress, but like a handmaid, prompt to render service, never depart from following in the rear of reason. For it is then lifted up more vigorously against evil, when it does service in subjection to reason; since how much soever our anger may originate in zeal for the right, if from being in excess it has mastered our minds, it thereupon scorns to pay obedience to reason, and spreads itself the more shamelessly, in proportion as it takes the evil of a hot temper for a good quality; whence it is necessary that he who is influenced by zeal for right should above all things look to this, that his anger should never overleap the mind's control, but, in avenging sin, looking to the time and the manner, should check the rising agitation of his mind by regulating it with nicety of skill, should restrain heat of temper, and control his passionate emotions in subjection to the rule of equity, that the punisher of another man may be made more just, in proportion as he has first proved the conqueror of himself; so that he should correct the faults of transgressors in such away, that he that corrects should himself first make advancement by self-restraint, and pass judgment on his own vehemency, in getting above it, lest by being immoderately stirred by his very zeal for right, he go far astray from the right.

Quia vero, sicut diximus, etiam laudanda boni aemulatio mentis oculum turbat, recte nunc dicitur: Virum stultum interficit iracundia. Ac si aperte diceretur: Ira per zelum sapientes turbat, ira vero per vitium stultos trucidat, quia illa sub ratione restringitur, haec vero irrationabiliter devictae menti dominatur. Bene autem subditur.

But as we have said, forasmuch as even a commendable jealousy for virtue troubles the eye of the mind, it is rightly said in this place, For wrath killeth the foolish man; as if it were in plain terms, ‘Anger from zeal disturbs the wise, but anger from sin destroys the fool;’ for the first is kept in under the control of reason, but the other lords it over the prostrate mind in opposition to reason. And it is well added.

(LXVI.84) Et parvulum occidit invidia. [Iob 5:2] Invidus eo cui invidet, se minorem testatur. – Invidere enim non possumus, nisi eis quos nobis in aliquo meliores putamus. Parvulus ergo est qui livore occiditur, quia ipse sibi testimonium perhibet, quod ei minor sit cujus invidia torquetur.

(LXVI.84) And envy slayeth the little I one. [Iob 5:2] For it is impossible for us to envy any but those, whom we think to be better than ourselves in some respect. And so he is ‘a little one,’ who is slain by jealousy. For he bears witness against his very own self, that he is less than him, by envy of whom he is tormented.

Hinc est quod hostis callidus primo homini invidendo subripuit, quia amissa beatitudine, minorem se immortalitati illius agnovit. Hinc est quod Cain ad perpetrandum fratricidium corruit’, [cf. Gn 4:5-7] quia despecto suo sacrificio, praelatum sibi infremuit, cujus Deus hostiam accepit: et quem meliorem se esse exhorruit, ne utcunque esset, amputavit.

It is hence that our crafty foe, in envying of the first man, despoiled him, in that having lost his estate of bliss, he knew himself to be inferior to his immortality. It is hence that Cain was brought down to commit the murder of his brother [cf. Gn 4:5-7]; in that when his sacrifice was disregarded, he was maddened that he, whose offering God accepted, was preferred to himself; and him, whose being better than himself was his aversion, he cut off, that he might not be at all.

Hinc Esau ad persecutionem fratris exarsit, [cf. Gn 25:34; 27:41] quia primogenitorum benedictione perdita, quam tamen esu lenticulae ipse vendiderat, minorem se ei, quem nascendo praeibat, ingemuit.

Hence, Esau was fired to the persecution of his brother; [cf. Gn 25:34; 27:41] for, the blessing of the firstborn being lost, which, for that matter, he had himself parted with for a mess of pottage, he bewailed his inferiority to him, whom he surpassed by his birth.

Hinc Joseph fratres sui Ismaelitis transeuntibus vendiderunt, [cf. Gn 37:27-28] quia cognito revelationis mysterio, ne se melior fieret, ejus provectibus obviare conati sunt.

Hence his own brethren sold Joseph to Ishmaelites, [cf. Gn 37:27-28] that were passing by, in that upon the mystery of the revelation being disclosed, they set themselves to resist his advancement, that he might never become superior to themselves.

Hinc Saul David subditum, lanceam intorquendo, persequitur, [1 Sm 18:11] quia quem magnis quotidie augeri virtutum successibus sensit, ultra se excrescere expavit.

Hence Saul persecutes his servant David by throwing a lance at him, [cf. 1 Sm 18:11] for he dreaded that man growing beyond his own measure, whom he perceived to be daily waxing bigger by his great achievements in the virtues.

Parvulus itaque est qui invidia occiditur, quia nisi ipse inferior existeret, de bono alterius non doleret.

Thus he is a ‘little one,’ who is slain by envy; in that except he himself proved less, he would not grieve for the goodness of another.

(85) In invidia serpens antiquus totum virus suum concutit ac vomit. Invidi descriptio. – Sed inter haec sciendum est quia quamvis per omne vitium quod perpetratur, humano cordi antiqui hostis virus infunditur, in hac tamen nequitia, tota sua viscera serpens concutit, et imprimendae malitiae pestem vomit. De quo nimirum scriptum est: Invidia diaboli mors intravit in orbem terrarum. [Sap 2:24]

(85) But herein we must bear in mind, that though in every evil thing that is done, the venom of our old enemy is infused into the heart of man, yet in this wickedness, the serpent stirs his whole bowels, and discharges the bane of spite fitted to enter deep into the mind. Of whom also it is written, nevertheless, through envy of the devil came death into the world. [Sap 2:24]

Nam cum devictum cor livoris putredo corruperit, ipsa quoque exteriora indicant, quam graviter animum vesania instigat. Color quippe pallore afficitur, oculi deprimuntur, mens accenditur, et membra frigescunt, fit in cogitatione rabies, in dentibus stridor; cumque in latebris cordis crescens absconditur odium, dolore caeco terebrat conscientiam vulnus inclusum.

For when the foul sore of envy corrupts the vanquished heart, the very exterior itself shews, how forcibly the mind is urged by madness. For paleness seizes the complexion, the eyes are weighed down, the spirit is inflamed, while the limbs are chilled, there is frenzy in the heart, there is gnashing with the teeth, and while the growing hate is buried in the depths of the heart, the pent wound works into the conscience with a blind grief.

Nil laetum de propriis libet, quia tabescentem mentem sua poena sauciat, quam felicitas torquet aliena; quantoque extranei operis in altum fabrica ducitur, tanto fundamentum mentis lividae profundius suffoditur; ut quo alii ad meliora properant, eo ipse deterius ruat; qua ruina videlicet etiam illud destruitur, quod in aliis actibus perfecto opere surrexisse putabatur. Nam invidia cum mentem tabefecerit, cuncta quae invenerit bene gesta consumit. Unde bene per Salomonem dicitur: Vita carnium, sanitas cordis; putredo ossium invidia. [Prv 14:30]

Nought of its own that is prosperous gives satisfaction, in that a self-inflicted pain wounds the pining spirit, which is racked by the prosperity of another: and in proportion as the structure of another's works is reared on high, the foundations of the jealous mind are deeper undermined, that in proportion as others hasten onward to better things, his own ruin should be the worse; by which same downfall even that is brought to the ground, which was believed to have been raised in other doings with perfect workmanship. For when envy has made the mind corrupt, it consumes all that it may have found done aright. Whence it is well said by Solomon, A sound heart is the life of the flesh: but envy the rottenness of the bones. [Prv 14:30]

Quid enim per carnes, nisi infirma quaedam ac tenera; et quid per ossa, nisi fortia acta signantur? Et plerumque contingit ut quidam cum vera cordis innocentia in nonnullis suis actibus infirmi videantur; quidam vero jam quaedam ante humanos oculos robusta exerceant, sed tamen erga aliorum bona, intus invidiae pestilentia tabescant. Bene ergo dicitur: Vita carnium, sanitas, cordis, quia si mentis innocentia custoditur, etiam si qua foris infirma sunt, quandoque roborantur. Et recte subditur: Putredo ossium invidia, quia per livoris vitium, ante Dei oculos pereunt etiam fortia acta virtutum. Ossa quippe per invidiam putrescere, est quaedam etiam robusta deperire.

For what is denoted by ‘the flesh,’ saving weak and tender things? and what by the ‘bones,’ saving strong deeds? And it is most common that some with real innocence of heart should appear to be weak in some points of their practice, whilst some now perform deeds of strength before the eyes of men, but yet towards the excellences of others they are inwardly consumed with the plague of envy; and so it is well said, A sound heart is the life of the flesh. In that where inward innocency is preserved, even if there be some points weak without, yet they are sometime made strong and fast. And it is rightly added, But envy the rottenness of the bones. For by the bad quality of envy even strong deeds of virtue go for nought before the eyes of God. Since the rotting of the bones from envy is the spoiling of the strong things even.

(86) Invidiae imminutio et mors, inchoatus aut perfectus amor aeternitatis. – Sed cur haec de invidia dicimus, si non etiam qualiter eruatur intimemus? Difficile namque est ut hoc alteri non invideat, quod adipisci alter exoptat; quia quidquid temporale percipitur, tanto fit minus singulis, quanto dividitur in multis; et idcirco desiderantis mentem livor excruciat, quia hoc quod appetit, aut funditus alter accipiens adimit, aut a quantitate restringit. Qui ergo livoris peste plene carere desiderat, illam haereditatem diligat, quam cohaeredum numerus non angustat; quae et omnibus una est, et singulis tota; quae tanto largior ostenditur, quanto ad hanc percipientium multitudo dilatatur.

(86) But why do we say such things concerning envy, unless we likewise point out in what manner it may be rooted out? For it is a hard thing for one man not to envy another that, which he earnestly desires to obtain; since whatever we receive that is of time becomes less to each in proportion as there are many to divide it amongst. And for this reason envy wrings the longing mind, because that, which it desires, another man getting either takes away altogether, or curtails in quantity. Let him, then, who longs to be wholly and entirely void of the bane of envy, set his affections on that inheritance, which no number of fellowheirs serves to stint or shorten, which is both one to all and whole to each, which is shewn so much the larger, as the number of those that are vouchsafed it is enlarged for its reception.

Imminutio ergo livoris est affectus surgens internae dulcedinis et plena mors est ejus, perfectus amor aeternitatis. Nam cum mens ab ejus rei appetitu retrahitur, quae accipientium numero partitur, tanto magis proximum diligit; quanto minus ex provectu illius sua damna pertimescit.

And so the lessening of envy is the feeling of inward sweetness arising, and the utter death of it is the perfect love of Eternity. For when the mind is withdrawn from the desire of that object, which is divided among a multitude of participators, the love of our neighbour is increased, in proportion as the fear of injury to self from his advancement is lessened.

Quae si perfecte in amore coelestis patriae rapitur, plene etiam in proximi dilectione sine omni invidia solidatur; quia cum nulla terrena desiderat, nihil est quod ejus erga proximum charitati contradicat. Quae nimirum charitas quid est aliud quam oculus mentis; qui si terreni amoris pulvere tangitur, ab internae lucis mox intuitu laesus reverberatur?

And if the soul be wholly ravished in love of the heavenly land, it is also thoroughly rooted in the love of our neighbour, and that without any mixture of envy. For whereas it desires no earthly objects, there is nothing to withstand the love it has for its fellow. And what else is this same charity but the eye of the mind, which if it be reached by the dust of earthly love, is forthwith beaten back with injury from its gaze at the inward light?

Quia autem parvulus est qui terrena diligit, magnus qui aeterna concupiscit, potest etiam sic non inconvenienter intelligi: Parvulum occidit invidia, quoniam hujus pestis languore non moritur, nisi qui adhuc in desideriis infirmatur. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob V, XLV-XLVI, c. 80-86, CSEL 143, pp. 278-283]

But whereas he is ‘a little one,’ who loves earthly things, and a great one that longs after the things of eternity, it may be suitably enough rendered in this sense likewise, And envy slayeth the foolish one; in that no man perishes by the sickness of this plague, except him that is still unhealthy in his desires. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob V, XLV-XLVI, c. 80-86, translation by John Henry Parker, J. G. F. Rivington and J. Rivington, London 1844]

Sequitur: 23Iracundiae tempus non reservare.

And then: 23Do not waste time holding a grudge.

Tunc iracundiae tempus reservas, cum exspectas tempus, in quo statuis reddere vicem.

For you waste time holding a grudge when you expect there to be a time when you will be able to get revenge.

Iracundus etenim dicitur, sicut S. Hieronymus dicit, qui semper irascitur et ad levem responsionis auram atque peccati quasi a vento folium commovetur; nequo vero qui aliquando irascitur, iracundus est, sed ille dicitur iracundus, qui crebro hac passione superatur [Jerome, Commentarius in Epistulam ad Titum 1.7].

As Jerome says, One is said to be wrathful who always gets angry, and at the slightest hint of a rebuke, even for a mistake, is moved like a leaf by the wind. However, not everyone who gets angry is wrathful, but that man is said to be wrathful who is frequently overcome by this passion. [Jerome, Commentarius in Epistulam ad Titum 1.7]

Nam iracundia derivatur ab eo, quod est iracundus; sive etiam iracundus dicitur, ut Isidorus dicit, eo quod accenso [page 154] sauguine in furorem compellitur [Isidore, Etymologiae 10.130 and 6.9]. ‘Ur’ enim flamma dicitur, et ira inflammat.

Anger arises from one who is wrathful; or as Isidore says, ‘wrathful’ refers to someone who is driven to fury when the blood is inflamed. For ‘ur’ means “flame,” and anger inflames.4 [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 129]

Sequitur: 24Dolum in corde non tenere.

And then: 24Keep no deceit in your heart.

Ille enim dolum tenet in corde, qui, quia vicem non potest reddere, tamen contra nocentem se dolum contra illum habet.

He keeps deceit in his heart who, because he cannot take revenge, still has deceitful [intentions] against the one who has harmed him.

Dolus enim dicitur, sicut dicit Isidorus, calliditas mentis ab eo, quod deludat; aliud enim agit, et aliud simulat. Petronius aliter existimat dicens: Quidest, judices, dolus? Nimirum, ubi aliquot factum est, quod legi dolet; habetis dolum, accipite nunc malum [Petronius, Satyricon, quoted in Isidore, Etymologiae 5.26.7].

As Isidore says, Deceit means the craftiness of mind of someone who plays false; he does one thing and feigns another. Petronius considered it otherwise, saying: What do you conclude deceit [Lat. dolus] to be? Obviously, when something is done that offends [Lat. dolet] against the law. You have deceit, so now receive evil. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 26.7]

Sequitur: 25Pacem non dare falsam.

And then: 25Nor give false peace.

Ille enim pacem falsam dat, quem9 non diligens osculatur.

 He gives false peace who does not lovingly offer the kiss [of peace].

Sequitur: 26Caritatem non derelinquere.

And then: 26Nor abandon charity.

Duobus modis derelinquit homo caritatem, uno modo derelinquit homo caritatem, i. e. per intervallum temporis, altero modo derelinquit funditus; i. e. tunc derelinquit caritatem per intervallum temporis, si hodie caritatem habet et oras non habet, et iterum habet et non habet. Caritatem in perpetuum derelinquit, qui nunquam habet caritatem, postquam desierit caritatem habere.

There are two ways in which a man abandons charity. One way a man abandons charity is with respect to an interval of time. The other way is by abandoning it completely. He abandons charity with respect to an interval of time if today he has charity and tomorrow he does not, and then again he has and then does not. He abandons charity forever who never has charity, or later ceases from having charity.

Sequitur: 27Non jurare.

And then: 27Do not swear oaths.

 Jurare enim est, ut Cassiodorus dicit, aliquid sub attestatione promittere [Cassiodor, Expositio 14:9].

To swear oaths, as Cassiodorus says, is to promise something under attestation. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 14:4]

Et reddit causam, quare non debeat jurare, cum subdit: ne forte perjuret, ac si diceret: Ideo non juret, ne forte perjuret.

And he offers a reason why one should not swear oaths, when he adds: lest he swear falsely, as if to say: therefore one should not swear oaths, lest he swear falsely.

De juramento enim videamus, qualiter Dominus in Evangelio dicat, ait enim: Audistis, quia dictum est antiquis: Non perjurabis, reddes autem Domino juramento, tua. Ego autem dico vobis, non jurare omnino, neque per coelum, quia thronus Dei est, neque per terram, quia scabellum pcdum ejus est, neque per Jerosolymam, quia civilas est magni regis, neque per caput tuum juraveris, quia non potes unum capillam album facere aut nigrum. Sit autem sermo vester: est, est; non, non. Quod autem his abundantius est, a malo est [Mt 5:33-37].

Let us see how the Lord speaks about oaths in the Gospel. In fact he said: You have heard what was spoken of old: Do not swear falsely, offer your oath to the Lord. I say to you, do not swear oaths at all, neither by heaven, because it is the throne of God, nor by earth, because it is his footstool, nor by Jerusalem, because it is the city of the great king, nor should you swear by your head, because you cannot make even a single hair white or black. Let this be your word: yes, yes; no, no. Whatever is more than this comes from evil. [Mt 5:33-37]

Pessima autem erat consuetudo Judaeorum, qui relicta licentia, quam dederat illis Dominus, jurare per semetipsum, jurabant per elementa mundi, unde saepissime redarguuntur [page 155] a Domino, quia homo rem, per quam jurat, aut veneratur aut colit aut timet. Dominus enim concesserat illis jurare per semetipsum, ne jurarent per deos alienos. Ea intentione praeceperat illis jurare per semetipsum, qua etiam intentione praeceperat illis offerre sibi sacrificium carnale; praeoecupaverat enim illos in sacrificiis offerendis sibi, ne ipsa sacrificia obtulissent diis alienis. Constrinxerat enim illos ut servos, nutrierat ut parvulos. Haec autem licentia jurandi sive sacrificandi non illis in perpetuo data est, sed tamdiu illis concessa, donec veniret ille, qui meliorem legem daret illis. Sic enim per prophetam dicit: Dedi eis praecepta non bona, in quibus non vivent [Ez 20:25].

The custom of the Jews was terrible, for having been given permission by the Lord to swear oaths by himself, they swore instead by the elements of the world, for which they were frequently rebuked [page 155] by the Lord, because the thing by which a man swears oaths he also venerates and cherishes and fears. The Lord had allowed them to swear oaths by himself, lest they swear by alien gods. And that intention by which he commanded them to swear oaths by himself was the same intention by which he commanded them to offer fleshly sacrifice to him. For he had earlier let them offer sacrifices to him lest they offer sacrifices to alien gods. He had controlled them like servants, and fed them like children. That permission to swear oaths or to sacrifice was not given to them in perpetuity, but was conceded to them until the one came who would give them a better law. So he said through the prophet: I gave them commandments that are not good, in which they will not live. [Ez. 20:25]

Ad comparationem enim meliorum non sunt bona, nam sibimetipsis comparata bona sunt. Et item dicit: Dabo eis testamentum non tale, quale dedi patribus eorum, cum educerem illos de terra Aegypti [Ier 31:32].

In comparison with the better ones they are not good, but in themselves they are good. And again he says, I will give them a covenant not like the one I gave to their fathers, when I led them out of the land of Egypt. [Jer. 31:32]

Illis enim praecepit ut servis, ut jurarent, nobis autem praecepit ut filiis, non jurare omnino; lex enim per Moysen data est a Judaeorum profectu, i. e. ad perfectionem sanctitatis sive profectum a gratia Evangelii accepit;10 omnia enim nova a veteribus sumunt testimonia. Hoc enim, quod Dominus praecipit, non jurare nos omnino, longe ante Salomon per Spiritum Sanctum praedixit dicens: Jurationi os tuum non adsuescat [Eccli 23:9]. Et iterum idem Salomon dicit: Omnis jurans aut negotians11 peccato non purgabitur [Eccli 23:11], i. e. peccato non carebit.

He commanded them as servants that they swear oaths, but us he commanded as sons, not to swear oaths at all. For the law given by Moses was for the progress of the Jews, that is, he received [it] by the grace of the Gospel for the perfection of holiness and progress; for all that is new is based on testimonies by what is old. What the Lord commanded us, not to swear oaths at all, Solomon had said long before, saying: Do not let your mouth grow used to swearing oaths. [Sir. 23:9] And again Solomon says, Everyone swearing oaths or trading5 will not be purged of sin, [Sir. 23:11] that is, will not be without sin.

Quid enim necesse est illi jurare, cujus locutio debet esse fidelis, ut pro juramento accipiatur? ldeo praecepit Dominus, non jurare omnino, ne sperarent alii aut speraremus nos, nobis inesse licentiam mentiendi absque juramento.

What must he – whose word ought to be trustworthy – swear on oath, that it be accepted as an oath? For that reason the Lord commanded not to swear oaths at all, lest others hoped, or we hoped, that there would be permission for us to lie without an oath.

Dominus enim nullam differentiam vult esse inter mendacium et juramentum; sicut enim cavenda est perfidia in juramento, ita debet caveri mendacium in locutione, quia utrumque Dominus judicat. Dicit enim Psalmista: Perdes eos, qui loquuntur mendacium. [Ps 5:7] Et Apostolus: Os quod mentitur, occidit animam [Wisd 1:11].

The Lord wishes there to be no distinction between a lie and an oath; just as treachery is to be avoided in an oath, so also lying is to be avoided in speaking, because the Lord judges both. As the Psalmist says, You will destroy those who speak falsehood. [Ps. 5:7] And the Apostle: The mouth that lies kills the soul. [Sap 1:11].

Et si [page 156] Deus perdet eos, qui loquuntur mendacium, et os, quod mentitur, occidit animam, cavendum est in omni locutione mendacium, sicut perfidia iu juramento. Fidelis enim quidquid loquitur, veraciter debet loqui, ita ut pro juramento accipiatur, quia scriptum est: Testis fidelis non mentitur [Prv 14:5].

And if [page 156] God destroys those who speak falsehood, and the mouth that lies kills the soul, falsehood is to be avoided in all speech, just like treachery in an oath. When a trustworthy person says something, he should speak truthfully so that it is accepted as if it were an oath, for it is written: A trustworthy witness does not lie [Prv 14:5].

Quamquam hoc specialiter ad Christum referatur, tamen ad unumquodque membrum ejus potest referri; Dominus enim, qui praecipit non jurare, legitur jurasse. Quare? Propter perfidiam Judaeorum hoc faciebat, quia illi nulli locutioni credebant, nisi juramento firmaretur, et propterea jurabat Dominus, ut, qui nolebant credere vera loquenti, saltem crederent juranti. Iterum audistis, quia dictum est antiquis: Non perjurabis [Mt 5:33]. Minor justitia est scribarum et pharisaeorum, non perjurare, major justitia est illorum, qui intraturi sunt in regnum coelorum, non jurare omnino. Dominus enim, qui praecepit non jurare, non solvit legem, sed implevit, quia qui non jurat, uon perjurat.

Although this refers especially to Christ, nevertheless it can be referred to any of his members. Yet the Lord who commanded do not swear oaths, is read to have sworn. How? He did this because of the treachery of the Jews, for they believed nothing he said unless he backed it with an oath. For this reason the Lord swore an oath, so that those who were unwilling to believe the one speaking true things would at least believe one who swore an oath. Again you have heard, for it was said to those of old, Do not swear falsely. [Mt 5:33] Lesser is the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees in not swearing falsely, and greater is the righteousness of those who will enter the kingdom of heaven in not swearing oaths at all. For the Lord, who commanded do not swear oaths, did not abolish the Law but fulfilled it, because the one who does not swear oaths does not swear falsely.

 

[The following section is inspired by Augustine, De sermone Domini in Monte I, c. 17.51, which is partly paraphrased, partly quoted literally]

Sicuti enim ille, qui non loquitur, non mentitur, ita non perjurat, qui non jurat, et quia homo rem, per quam jurat, aut invocat aut advocat, ideo necesse est, ut subtilius investigemus ne Paulus, qui legitur jurasse, contra Dominica praecepta videatur jurasse. Dicit enim: Ecce, quae scribo vobis, coram Deo, quod non mentior [Gal 1:20]. Et iterum: Deus et Pater Domini nostri Jesu Christi, qui est benedictus in secula, scit, quod non mentior [2 Cor 11:31]. Et iterum: Testis est mihi Deus, cui servio in spiritu meo in Evangelio filii ejus, quod sine intermissione memoriam vestri facio semper in orationibus meis pro vobis ad Deum, fraters [Rm 1:9].

Just as he who does not speak does not lie, so he does not swear falsely who does not swear oaths. Because a man both invokes and calls upon the thing by which he swears, it is therefore necessary that we investigate carefully whether Paul, who is read to have sworn an oath, is considered to have sworn an oath against the commandments of the Lord. For he says: Consider what I write to you, for before God I do not lie. [Gal 1:20] And again: The God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is blessed forever, knows that I am not lying. [2 Cor 11:31] And again: Brothers, God is my witness, whom I serve in my spirit in the Gospel of his Son, that I remember you always without ceasing in my prayers to God on your behalf. [Rm 1:9]

Sunt enim nonnulli, qui conantur defendere Paulum dicentes: ‘quia ille jurat, qui per aliquid dicit; Paulus autem non juravit, quia per aliquid non dicit’.

For there are some who try to defend Paul by saying, ‘because he who swears oaths speaks by something, Paul did not swear an oath because it did not speak by something.’

Quod B. Augustinus ridiculum dicit esse. Nunc autem propter hos contentiosos, qui ita defendunt Paulum, necesse est, ut etiam istud testimonium adhibeatur, quo Paulus eo modo reperitur jurasse, quo illi dicunt esse jurandum. Dicit enim: Quotidie enim morior per vestram gloriam, fratres.

Blessed Augustine says this is ridiculous.6 But now for the sake of the contentious who defend Paul, it is necessary to consider that testimony in which Paul is found to have sworn oaths, in which they say he must have been swearing oaths. For he says: Brother, daily I am dying by your glory. [1 Cor 15:31].

Hic enim per vestram gloriam [1 Cor 15:31] non ita intelligendum est, quasi diceret: pro vestra gloria morior, aut vestra gloria me facit [page 157] quotidie mori, aut, sicut dicitur: per illius magisterium doctus factus est, i. e. illius magisterio factum est, ut perfecte doceretur, quod sermo graecus excludit, quia sermo ille graecus, unde hoc translatum est, nullomodo aliter potest intelligi, nisi a jurante; unde quamvis in nostra locutione talis locutio diverse intelligi potest, tamen in hoc loco non aliter potest intelligi, sicut diximus, nisi juramentum.

This [phrase] by your glory is not to be interpreted as if it says: for your glory I am dying, or your glory makes me [page 157] die daily, as when it is said: someone became learned by his teaching, that is, it was done by his teaching, for it can be shown perfectly that the Greek word excludes it, for the Greek word from which this is translated can be understood in no way other than swearing an oath.7 Whereas in our manner of speaking such a phrase can be variously understood, nevertheless in this place it cannot be understood otherwise, as we have said, than as an oath. [cf. Augustine, De sermone Domini in Monte I, c. 17.51, CCSL 35, p. 56-58]

Nunc autem, quia non potest Paulus defendi, non jurasse, subtilius inspicienda est sententia Salvatoris, quam pleno Paulus noverat, qua intentione prohibuit Dominus jurare, ne Paulus, sicut diximus, contra praecepta magistri videatur jurasse.

Since Paul cannot be defended from having sworn an oath, the saying of the Savior – which Paul obviously knew – must be examined more closely [to know] for what purpose the Lord prohibited swearing oaths, lest Paul be seen to have sworn oaths against the commandments of the Master.

Dominus enim, cum dicit, non jurare omnino [Mt 5:37], non dicit, ut omnino non juretur, sed dicit, ut jusjurandum pro bono omnino non esset appetendum.

For the Lord, when he says, Do not swear oaths at all [Mt 5:37], does not say it so that oaths not be sworn at all, but he says it because an oath must not at all be sought for a good thing.

Sunt enim nonnullae res, quae per se aut pro se non sunt bonae, sed propter alias res adjacentes aut accidentes sibi accipiuntur pro bonis, ut v. gr. si suades alicui necessaria aut utilia, et ille tuis dictis suam non accomodat fidem, tu autem pro salute illius, ut ille credat, juras illi, tunc uteris ibi re non bona bene.

For there are some things which by themselves or for themselves are not good, but because of circumstances or events are accepted as good things. For example, if you recommend necessary or useful things to someone, and he does not have confidence in your words, you might swear an oath to him, for his well-being, so that he might believe you. In such a case you are using something that is not good well.

Unde Dominus, cum dicit, non jurare per coelum et terram, quia ita voluit intelligi non jurare omnino, sicut diximus, ideo pervenit usque in illum locum, ubi subjuuxit dicens: quod autem his abundantius est, a malo est [Mt 3:37], i. e. a malo infirmitatis illius, qui non credit; ipsa enim infirmitas illius sive iucredulitas nullum est, a quo malo quotidie rogamus Dominum in oratione ut liberari mereamur, i. e. ut non minus creduli inveniamur, quam opportet; quamvis caeteri minus intelligentes hoc, quod dicitur a malo, ita velint intelligere, i. e. a diabolo, quia scriptum est: Diabolus mendax est et pater ejus [cf Io 8:44], quod captioni patet magis quam rationi, quia si ita intelligatur, et Paulus et caeteri Sancti, qui inveniuntur jurasse, contra praeceptum Domini videntur jurasse.

Therefore, when the Lord says not to swear by heaven or earth, because he wanted it to mean do not swear oaths at all, as we have said, he went so far in that instance as to add what is more than these [“yes” or “no”] is from evil, [Mt 5:37] that is, from the evil of the weakness of the one who does not believe. This weakness or disbelief is not the evil that we ask the Lord daily in the prayer that we be worthy to be liberated from. It is, rather, that we not be found less believing than we ought to be. Other, less intelligent, people want to interpret the saying from evil to mean from the devil [“Evil One”], because it is written, The devil is a liar and the father of lies. [cf. Io 8:44] [Such an interpretation] owes more to sophistry than to reason, because if it is understood in that way, then Paul and other saints who are found to have sworn oaths appear to have sworn oaths against the commandment of the Lord.

Hic etiam subtilius investigandum est, cur dixit a malo, et non dixit ‘malum’? Si enim ‘malum’ dixisset, dubium fuisset, utrum illi esset malum, qui loquitur, an illi, cui suadetur. Sed quia hoc malum non attinere voluit Dominus loquanti, sed non credenti, ideo dixit a [page 158] malo, quia non est malum illi, qni suadet, si juraverit pro salute illius, sed ille, cui suadetur, quia a malo infirmitatis, i. e. incredulitatis illius, qui credere non vult, descendit.

This should be investigated more carefully, for why did he say from evil and not ‘evil’? If he had said ‘evil’, it would have been uncertain whether evil would be [applicable] to the one who speaks, or to the one who is persuaded. But because the Lord did not want this evil to pertain to the one who speaks, but rather to one who does not believe, therefore he said from [page 158] evil, for it is not evil for the one who persuades if he swears oaths for the good of the other. But it pertains to the one who is persuaded, from the evil of his weakness, that his, from his failure to believe.

Sequitur: neque per coelum, quin thronus Dei est, neque per terram, quia scabellum pedum ejus est [Mt 5:34], et reliq.

He continues: neither by heaven, which is the throne of God, nor by earth, which is his footstool, [Mt 5:34] and the rest.

Pro duobus enim modis Dominus prohibuit jurare per elementa; uno enim modo, ne veneratio Creatoris transferatur in venerationem creaturarum, sicut superius diximus, quia homo rem, per quam jurat, aut veneratur aut colit aut timet.

The Lord forbade swearing by the elements in two ways: in one way, lest the veneration of the Creator be transferred to veneration of created things, as we said above, for the thing by which a man swears an oath he also venerates, honors, and fears.

Quem errorem Paulus apostolus non solum in gentibus reprehendit, quae paene ab ipsa creatione mundi per culturam idolorum a Deo recesserunt, verum etiam in Judaeis, qui saepius a Deo recedentes leguntur, dicens: Coluerunt et servierunt creaturae potius, quam creatori [Rm 1:25]. Altero vero modo, quia Judaei timentes jurare per Dominum, sicut illis concessum fuerat, ne juramento tenerentur, sicut dictum erat illis: Reddes autem Domino juramenta tua [Mt 5:33], callide jurabant per elementa, et ex hoc decipiebant illos, quibus jurabant, quia se aestimabant non teneri a juramento, si per elementa jurarent, et illos,12 quibus jurabant, talibus juramentis credere putabant, facientes contra illud, quod Psalmista dicit: Nec juravit in dolo proximo suo [cf. Ps 14:3], qui hujuscemodi jurat,13 i. e. ut ille, qui jurat, non pro juramento teneat, ipse autem, cui juratur, pro juramento accipiat.

The other way [in which the Lord forbade swearing by the elements] is because the Jews were afraid to swear by the Lord, as had been allowed them, lest they be held to their oath, as had been said to them: Render your oaths unto the Lord. [Mt 5:33] They cleverly swore by the elements, and so deceived those to whom they swore oaths, because they considered themselves not to be bound by the oath if they swore by the elements. And they supposed that those to whom they swore would suppose they could trust such oaths, acting against what the Psalmist says: Nor does he swear in deceit to his neighbor. [cf. Ps. 14:3] One who swears oaths in such a way [does it so that] he who swears not be held to his oath, even though the one to whom it is sworn accepts it as an oath.

Quam vero calliditatem etiam Dominus in alio loco denudat dicens: Qui ergo jurat in altari, jurat in eo et in omnibus, quae super illud sunt; et qui juraverit in templo, jurat in illo et in eo, qui habitat in ipso. Et qui jurat in coelo, jurat in throno Dei et in eo, qui sedet super eum [Mt 23:20-22].

The Lord exposes such trickery in another place, saying: Whoever swears by the altar, swears by it and by everything that is upon it; and whoever swears by the Temple, swears by it and by him who dwells in it. And whoever swears by heaven, swears by the Throne of God and by him who sits upon it. [Mt 23:20-22]

Quomodo potest immunis esse a juramento, qui per coelum jurat, cum coelum thronus Dei est? Vel quomodo similiter potest non teneri a juramento, qui per terram aut per Hierosolymam aut per caput jurat, cum terra scabellum pedum Dei est, et Hierosolyma praefigurationem illius coelestis [page 159] Jerusalem, i. e. corporis Christi tenet, et caput figuram Christi tenet, sicut Apostolus dicit: Caput viri Christus est [1 Cor 1:11].

How can someone who swears by heaven be free of an oath, when heaven is the throne of God? Similarly, how can he not be bound by an oath who swears by the earth or by Jerusalem or by his head, when the earth is God’s footstool, and Jerusalem represents a prefiguring of the heavenly [page 159] Jerusalem, that is, of the Body of Christ, and the head represents a figure of Christ, as the Apostle says: The head of a man is Christ? [1 Cor 11:3]

Et hoc animadvertendum est, ut Hieronymus dicit, quin jusjurandum hos habet comites: veritatem, judicium atque justitiam. Si ista defuerint, nequaquam erit juramentum, sed perjurium. [Jerome, Commentarii in Jeremiam 4:2]

And it must be observed, as Jerome says, that an oath has these companions: truth, judgment, and justice. If these are absent, it will not be an oath at all, but rather a false oath. [Jerome, Commentarii in Jeremiam 4:2]

Item qui jurat per coelum, jurat in eo et in illo, qui coelum creavit, et qui jurat per terram, jurat in illa et in eo, qui creator ejus est, et qui jurat per Hierosolymam, jurat in illa et in eo, cujus civitas est. Dicit enim: neque per Hierosolymam, quid civitas est magni Regis [Mt 5:35].

Also, he who swears by heaven, swears by it and by the one who created heaven, and he who swears by earth, swears by it and by him who is its Creator, and he who swears by Jerusalem swears by it and by him whose city it is. Indeed, he says: nor by Jerusalem, which is the great King’s city. [Mt 5:35]

Melius enim fuerat dicere magni regis, quam ‘mea’, quamqnam et ipse magnus rex sit, quia suo tempore manifestanda erat suae potentia divinitatis. Neque per caput tuum juraveris, nihil enim nobis propius attinet quam caput, sed non est nostrum, quia in subsequentibus dicit: neque per caput tuum juraveris, quia non potes unum capillum album facere aut nigrum [Mt 5:36].

Although he is himself the great King, it was better to say the great King’s rather than ‘my,’ because at that time the power of his divinity was yet to be shown. Nor should you swear by your head, since nothing is closer to us than the head, [Mt 5:36] and yet it is not our own, as he subsequently says: nor ought you to swear by your head, since you cannot make a single hair white or black. [Mt 5:36]

Et si unum capillum non possumus facere album aut nigrum, restat, ut illius sit, qui hoc facere potest, i. e. capillum nigrum aut album. Et si jam caput non est nostrum, quare Dominus tuum dicit, i. e. neque per caput tuum juraveris?

And if we cannot make even a single hair white or black, then [the head] must belong to him, the one who can do this, that is, make a hair black or white. And if even the head is not ours, why does the Lord say, nor ought you to swear by your head?

More enim nostro Dominus locutus est, cum dicit per caput tuum, i. e. per caput, quod tu tuum putas. Idcirco Dominus a magno elemento coepit dicens: neque per coelom et reliqua, et pervenit usque ad minimum, i. e. capillum album aut nigrum, quia ostendere voluit, nil creaturarum nobis attinere et nil creaturarum sua gubernatione non subsistere; et si nil creaturarum nobis attinet, et nil creaturarum sine sua gubernatione potest subsistere, superest, ut omnis creatura sua sit, et nos per nullum creaturam velit jurare.

The Lord spoke according to our custom when he said ‘by your head’, that is, by the head, which you suppose is yours. Therefore the Lord began with a great element, saying: nor by heaven and the rest, and continued down to the least, that is, a white or black hair, for he wanted to show that nothing created depends on us, and nothing created exists without his control. If nothing created depends on us, and nothing created can exist without his control, then every created thing must be his, and he does not want us to swear oaths by any created thing.

Nunc autem propter minus intelligentes necesse est, ut investigemus, quid sit, quod Dominus dicit: neque per coelum, quia thronus Dei est, neque per terram, quia scabellum pedum ejus est [Mt 5:35], ne Deum membra, sicut homines, habere credant.

For the sake of the less intelligent it is now necessary that we investigate what it means when the Lord says: neither by heaven, because it is the throne of God, nor by earth, because it is his footstool, [Mt 5:35] lest they believe God to have limbs like men.

Quid est, quod hic Dominus dicit: neque per coelum, quia thronus Dei est, neque per terram, quia scabellum pedum ejus est? et per prophetam clamat: Coelum [page 160] mihi sedes est, terra autem scabellum pedum meorum? [Act 7:49]

So what is it that the Lord is saying here: neither by heaven, because it is the throne of God, nor by earth, because it is his footstool? And through the Prophet is crying out: Heaven [page 160] is my throne, and earth is the stool for my feet? [Act 7:49]

Numquid Deus membra veluti homo habet? Homo enim in alio loco sedet, in alio loco pedes ponit. Numquid et Deus, sicuti homo, alibi, i. e. in coelo sedet, et in terra pedes ponit? Nequaquam, sed more nostro loquitur; nos enim, cum sedemus, in eminentiore ac praecellentiore loco sedemus.

Can it be that God has limbs like a man? For a man sits in one place, and puts his feet in another place. Can it be that God, like a man, can be somewhere else, that is, sit in heaven but put his feet on earth? Not at all! But he is speaking according to our custom. For when we sit, we sit in a higher or more prominent place.

In corpore enim mundi quatuor sunt principalia elementa, et his elementis eminentius et excellentius est coelum, minus est terra. Et tunc, cum dicit: Coelum mihi sedes est, quasi vis divina praesentior sit eminentiori et praestantiori elemento, i. e. coelo, terram vero minus elementum in infimis atque in extremis ordinet et regat atque gubernet.

There are four principal elements in the composition of the world, and the most eminent and excellent of these elements is heaven [air], and the least is earth. And so when he says: Heaven is my throne, it is as though the divine power favors the more eminent and worthy element, that is heaven, while he orders and rules and governs the earth, the lesser element, to its lowest and farthest bounds.

Spiritaliter autem coeli nomine sanctae animae intelliguntur, et terrae peccatrices; et quia per coelum animae justorum intelliguntur, manifestat Salomon, qui dicit: Anima justi sedes est sapientiae [Wisd 7:27]. Et Paulus dicit: Christus Dei virtus et Dei sapientia est [1 Cor. 1:24]. Et si anima justi Dei sedes est et sapientia Dei est, bene animae justorum Dei sedes dicuntur; et ecce, probasti, animas sanctorum Dei sedem esse.

On the spiritual level, the name ‘heaven’ means holy souls, and ‘earth’ means sinful one. Solomon explains that ‘heaven’ means the souls of the just when he says: The soul of the just one is the throne of wisdom. [Sap 7:27] And Paul says: Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God. [1 Cor 1:24] And if the soul of the just one is the throne of God, and wisdom is of God, then aptly are the souls of the just said to be the throne of God. Look: you have proven that the souls of the saints are the throne of God.

Nunc autem videndum est, qua ratione ipsae animae sedes dicuntur, et noc habitatio. Per sessionem enim coeli judiciaria potestas intelligitur, (et Apostolus dicit: Spiritalis omnia dijudicat [1 Cor 2:15]), quae sanctis, meritis suis exigentibus, data est. Per terram vero peccatrices animae intelliguntur, quia homo, postquam peccavit, audivit: Terra es et in terram ibis [cf Gn 3:19]. Et si animae peccatrices intelliguntur per terram, et per scabellum quare?14 Ideo enim nomine scabelli animae peccatrices intelliguntur, quia homo nolens stare in lege, factus est sub lege, quasi scabellum sub pedibus constitutus est, et in inferiore loco ponimus pedes.

Now it must be seen why souls are said to be a ‘throne’ rather than a ‘dwelling.’ The ‘sitting of heaven’ means judicial power (the Apostle says: The spiritual man judges all things [1 Cor 2:15]), which is given to the saints, who examine [things] by their merit. ‘Earth’ means sinful souls because after he had sinned, the man heard: You are earth and unto earth you shall go. [cf. Gn 3:19] And if ‘earth’ means sinful souls, what then is ‘footstool’? ‘Footstool’ means sinful souls as well, because man, not willing to remain within the law, was placed under the law, and was made like a footstool under feet, and we place our feet in a lower place.

Quid laboriosius et operosius cogitari potest, quam membra abscidere, i. e. oculum vel manum, per quam intelliguntur carissimi amici, [cf. Mt 18:8-9] quam malas consuetudines expellere, quam diversas incommoditates uxoris, quae excogitari aut dici et quidquid accidere possunt except15 causa fornicationis, [page 161] olerare, vel si non habeat, non ducat16 eam, quae soluta est a viro, pulchram, sanam, divitem foecundamque. Si hoc facere non licet, multo minus licere sibi arbitretur, ad ullnm alium illicitum concubitum accedere. [cf. Augustine, De sermone Domini in Monte I, c. 18.54] Et qui labor hoc sit, nullus agnoscit, nisi qui illum expertus est.

Can one think of anything more laborious and painstaking than to cut off limbs (for example an eye or a hand, [cf. Mt 18:8-9] which mean a dear friend); to get rid of bad habits; to have to put up with the various misfortunes and events that can be imagined or alleged of a wife (apart from a case of fornication [cf. Mt 5:32]). [page 161] And if he does not have [a wife], let him not take someone divorced from a man, [even if she] is beautiful, healthy, rich and fertile. If it is not lawful to do this, much less is one to consider it lawful to give himself over to any other unlawful sexual act. [cf. Augustine, De sermone Domini in Monte I, c. 18.54] No one knows what a labor this is except someone who has experienced it.

V. gr. ut si habeat quis carissimum amicum consilium sibi prabentem in divinis rebus, qui intelligitur per oculum, et postea sibi scandalum praebuerit in via Dei, aut certe alterum amicum, qui sibi in divinis rebus adjutorium praebeat, qui intelligitur per manum, et postea cum scandalizaverit et audierit Dominum dicentem: Si scandalizaverit te oculus vel manus tua, projice illam abs te; bonum est tibi, debilem intrare ad vitam, quam tota membra habentem mitti in gehennam ignis [cf. Mt 18:8-9], et voluerit abjicere a se, nullus cognoscit, qui labor sit, nisi ille, qui hoc jam operatus est.

For example, someone has a dear friend who provides him advice in divine things (signified by ‘eye’), but then later places a stumbling block for him in the way of God. Or perhaps [he has] another friend, who offers help in divine things (signified by ‘hand’) and later causes scandal, and he hears the Lord saying: if your eye or your hand is a stumbling block for you, cast it away from you; for it is better for you to enter life crippled than to have all of your limbs and be cast into the gehenna of fire. [cf. Mt 18:8-9] So he wants to cast him away from himself, and no one knows what a labor that is, except him, who has now done it.

Et iterum, si habet quis malas consuetudines jurandi et audierit Dominum dicentem: non jurare omnino neque, per coelum, neque per terram [Mt 5:34] etc., voluerit17 has consuetudines a se abjicere, qui labor sit, nullus cognoscit, nisi ille, qui jam eas a se expulit.

And again, if someone has bad habits of swearing oaths and hears the Lord saying: do not swear oaths at all, neither by heaven nor by earth. [Mt 5:34] etc., he will want to cast off these habits from himself. And what a labor that is, no one knows, except him, who has now driven these things out from himself.

Et iterum si habet aliquis uxorem morbis confectam, i. e. caecam, sterilem, deformem, debilem, leprosam, surdam, claudam et quidquid excepto causa fornicationis accidere illi potest, audiens Dominum dicentem: Si quis dimiserit uxorem suam excepto causa fornicationis, facit eam moechari, i. e. adulterari, et qui dimissam duxerit, moechatur [Mt 5:32], non audit18 illam dimittere, qui labor sit hoc tolerare, nullus cognoscit, nisi ille, qui jam tale sustinuit.

And again, if someone has a wife consumed with diseases--blind, sterile, deformed, crippled, leprous, deaf, lame and whatever else can befall her—and hears the Lord saying: If someone divorces his wife except for reason of fornication, he makes her commit adultery, and whoever takes a divorced woman commits adultery, [Mt 5:32] he does not dare to dismiss her for any reason besides fornication. And what a labor it is to bear this, no one knows, except him who now endures such a thing.

Haec omnia,19 i. e. ad membra praecidenda et consuetudines malas expellendas et incommoditates uxoris tolerandas, magna fortitudo illi necessaria est, et nullus potest ad hanc Christi militiam accedere, nisi ille, qui esurierit et sitierit justitiam, quia sicut ille, qui esurit, nil cogitat nisi cibum, vel ille, qui sitit, nil amat nisi potum, ita et ille, qui esurit et sitit justitiam, [page 162] nil illi utilius est, quam sola justitia, ut ea, quae amatores saeculi impossibilia dicunt, illi possibilia Domino adjuvante fiant. Et implebitur in illo hoc, quod Dominus dicit: Beati, qui esuriunt et sitiunt justitiam, quia ipsi saturabuntur [Mt 5:6].

For all these things – cutting off limbs and casting out bad habits and bearing a wife’s misfortunes – great strength is necessary. No one can join this army of Christ except the one who hungers and thirsts for justice, for just as the one who is hungry thinks of nothing but food, or the one who thirsts loves nothing except drink, so it is also for the one who hungers and thirsts for justice: [page 162] nothing is more useful to him than simply justice, so that those things which the lovers of the world say are impossible become possible for him with the Lord’s help. And so will be fulfilled in him what the Lord says: Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for justice, for they will be satisfied. [Mt 5:6]

Ecce jam ingressus es in hanc arduam viam et invenisti, circumstare tibi undique tribulationes et adeo fortissimas, ut desperes, te hoc, quod coepisti, non posse perficere; quid tibi est faciendum, nisi ad consilium fugere, ad illud videlicet, de quo propheta dicit: Spiritus consilii [Isa 11:2] i. e, patienter toleres mala proximorum et eis, quantum potes, opituleris, qui tuae divinitus desideras tibimet subvenire.20

See, now that you are embarked upon this difficult way and have encountered trials, even strong ones, surrounding you on all sides, to the point that you despair of finishing what you have begun, what is there for you to do except flee for counsel to the one of whom the Prophet clearly speaks: The Spirit of counsel, [Isa 11:2] so that you patiently bear the evil deeds of your neighbors and, as much as you can, help those whom you desire to assist by divine inspiration.

Sequitur: 28Veritatem ex corde et ore proferre.

And then: 28Speak truth with heart and tongue.

Sunt enim multi, qui veritatem loquuntur in ore et non in corde. Et sunt multi, qui loquuntur in corde veritatem et non in ore. Illi autem, qui in ore loquuntur et non in corde, sunt hypocritae; illi autem, qui loquuntur veritatem in corde et non in ore, meliores sunt, quam illi, qui in ore et non in corde loquuntur veritatem. S. vero Benedictus utrumque vult, i. e. et in ore et in corde.

There are many who speak the truth with their tongue and not in their heart. And there are many who speak truth in their heart and not with their tongue. Those who speak with their tongue but not in their heart are hypocrites; those who speak truth in their heart and not with their tongue are better than those who speak truth with their tongue but not in their heart. St. Benedict wants them both, [to speak with] tongue and heart.

Sequitur: 29Malum pro malo non reddere.

And then: 29Do not return evil for evil.

In hoc enim loco B. Benedictus secundum sensum Origenis dicit; ait enim Origenes: Pejor est ille, qui vicem reddit, quam illc, qui malum in primis facit [?].

In this place Blessed Benedict speaks according to Origen’s meaning, for Origen said: Worse is the one who returns the same than he who did evil in the first place.

De hoc, quod dicit: Malum pro malo non reddere, Dominus in Evangelio dicit: Audistis, quia dictum est antiquis: Oculum pro oculo, dentem pro dente. Ego autem dico vobis, non resistere malo [Mt 5:38-39].

About this, which says: Do not return evil for evil, the Lord in the Gospel says: You have heard that it was said to your ancestors: An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth. But I say to you, do not resist evil. [Mt 5:38-39]

Minor est justitia scribarum et pharisaeorum, modum vindictae non excedere, et major justitia illorum, qui intraturi sunt in regnum coelorum, nil reddere.

The righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, which was not to exceed the measure of vengeance, is less than the righteousness of those who will enter the kingdom of heaven, which is not to return anything at all.

His verbis ostenditur aequitas legis et compressio furoris volentium se vindicare, sive sine ratione, sive cum ratione. Aequitas legis ostenditur, quantum ad nos attinet, i. e. quantum ad humanam aestimationem pertinet. Humana aestimatio est, ut laesus nil plus laedat, quam laesus est.

By these words are shown the fairness of the law and restraining of the fury of those wanting to avenge themselves, whether with or without cause. The fairness of the law is shown in how much it applies to us, that is, how much it speaks to a human way of reckoning. The human reckoning is that the one who is hurt should not hurt more than he has been hurt.

Compressio furoris ostenditur, quia vix invenitur, qui tantum cupiat reddere, quantum [page 163] aesus est.

Restraint of fury is shown, because there can hardly be found someone who desires to return as much as [page 163] he has been hurt.

V. gr. ut pro uno pugno reddat unum et pro una alapa unam et pro uno verbo convitii reddat unum et ejusdem quantitatis. Et nisi comprimeretur ab hoc freno legali ille, qui sine ratione vult se vindicare tractus impetu furoris sui, tantum repercuteret, quantum valeret. Similiter et ille, qui cum ratione vult se vindicare post laesionem sibi allatam, nisi constringeretur ab hac lege, accepta occasione ulciscendi colligendo rationem diceret, quia dignus est ille, qui prius laesit, ut amplius laedatur.

For example, that he return one blow for another, and one slap for another, and one word of reproach for another of the same degree. And unless restrained by that rein of the law, he who without cause is dragged by the urging of his fury to avenge himself strikes as much as he can. Similarly, he who with cause wants to avenge himself after being hurt, unless he is constrained by that law, takes the opportunity for vengeance and finds cause, saying that it is proper that the one who struck first be struck more.

Inter istum, qui legem observando modum non excedit et illum, qui evangelium observando nil reddit, magna distantia est; in isto enim inchoatio pacis est, qui modum vindictae non excedit, in illo est consummatio pacis, qui evangelium observando nil reddit. Judaeis non poterat dari talis lex, in qua esset consuminatio pacis, sed inchoatio, quia carnales erant; et idcirco illis data est lex carnalis, ut qui amore coelestis patriae vel timore gehennae non poterant corrigi, saltem corrigerentur lege carnali.

Between the one who observes the law and does not exceed due measure, and the one who observes the Gospel and returns nothing at all, there is a vast distance. In the former person, who does not exceed the measure of vengeance, there is the beginning of peace. In the latter, the one who observes the Gospel and returns nothing, there is the fullness of peace. Such a law, in which there is the fullness of peace, could not be given to the Jews, but only its beginning, for they were fleshly-minded. Therefore the fleshly law was given to them, so that those who could not be corrected by love of the heavenly homeland or fear of Hell could at least be corrected by the fleshly law.

Iste autem, qui modum vindictae non excedit, a magno malo et a magna iniquitate recessit, i. e. recessit ab illo, qui prius laedit, et ab illo, qui plus, quam laesus est, reddit.

One who does not surpass the bounds of vengeance avoids great evil or iniquity. That is, he avoids being either someone who is the first to cause hurt or someone who returns more than he was hurt.N

Animadvertere debemus, quia Dominus de duabus personis loquitur, de legali scilicet et de evangelica, in quibus duo sunt gradus, juxta quos quatuor consistunt, duo scilicet, qui longe recedunt a lege, duo vero, qui appropiuquant evangelicae gratiae.

We should note that the Lord speaks of two persons, namely one under the law and one under the Gospel. In each there are two levels, so that there are actually four: two which are very far from the law, and two that come close to the grace of the Gospel.

Unus est enim in illo, qui recedit a lege, ut est, qui modum vindictae excedit, alter vero est in illo, qui prius laedit.

One is found in someone so far from the law as to surpass the bounds of vengeance. Another is found in someone who is the first to cause hurt.

Item prinius est, qui appropinquat evangelicae gratiae in illo, qui, cum audit legem dicentem sibi, oculum pro oculo reddere, et hoc ipsum interdictum sibi audit in evangelio, et tunc laesus non vult laedere: verumtamen non potest coercere animum suum, ut non laedat, minus tamen laedit, quam accepit. Iste jam ad comparationem illius, qui modum non excedit, bonus est.

The first one that comes close to the grace of the Gospel is found in someone who when he hears the law spoken to him to return ‘an eye for an eye,’ and then this same thing forbidden him in the Gospel, does not want to cause hurt even when he has been hurt. Even though he cannot force his soul not to cause hurt, it causes less hurt than it received. He is good in comparison to the one who does not surpass the bounds of vengeance.

Alter vero gradus est in illo, qui laesus non laedit, et tamen ita consistit, ut, si iterum laedatur, laedat. Iste jam melior est, qui laesus non laedit illo, qui minus laedit. Ille vero in tertio gradu constitutus [page 164] est, qui laesus non solum non laedit, sed etiam paratus est, ut amplius laedatur.

Another degree is found in someone who has been hurt but does not cause hurt, and even if hurt again, does not cause hurt. He who having been hurt does not cause hurt is better than the one who causes less hurt. But the one who having been hurt not only does not cause hurt, but is ready to be hurt even more, is truly established in the third8 degree. [page 164]

Et sicut iste optimus est, qui laesus non solum non laedit, sed etiam paratus est, ut amplius laedatur, ita e contrario pessimus est ille, qui, priusquam laedatur, laedit, quia ille, qui dixit: Oculum pro oculo [Mt 5:38], ille etiam praecepit: injuriam proximo tuo ne facias. [cf. Act 7:27]

And so that one is the best: someone who has been hurt and not only does not cause hurt, but is ready to be hurt even more. In contrast, he is worse who, having earlier been hurt then causes hurt, because the one who says: An eye for an eye, [Mt 5:38] also commanded: do no wrong to your neighbor. [cf. Act 7:27]

Nunc autem videndum est, qua ratione Dominus dixerit: non resistere malo [Mt 5:39], et non dixerit: reddere21 malum pro malo, quamquam et hoc bonum sit?

Now we must see why the Lord said: do not resist evil, [Mt 5:39], and did not say: do not return evil for evil, and why that was good too.

Non resistere enim malo est, non solum laesus nil reddere, sed etiam so praeparare ad amplius se laedendum. Unde Dominus volens, hoc ad praeparationem mentis attinere, quam soli sancti habent, et non ad ostentationem operis, ideo subjunxit quasi exponens, quid sit, non resistere malo: Si quis te percusserit in dexteram maxillam, praebe ei et alteram. [Mt 5:39]

Not to resist evil is not only not to return anything, but even to prepare oneself to be hurt more. Because the Lord means to apply this to the preparation of mind that only the saints have, rather than demonstrating something to be done, he then adds, as if explaining what it means not to resist evil: If someone strikes you on the right cheek, offer him the other. [Mt 5:39]

Hanc vero vim evangelii in illo utcunque cognoscimus, qui percussus a dilectissimo filio suo parvulo, non solum nil reddit, sed etiam paratus est, ut amplius percutiatur. Similiter et in illo utcunque hanc vim evangelii cognoscimus, qui habens carissimum amicum infirmitate detentum forte phreneticum, qui percussus ab illo, si viderit, illi expedire, praeparat se ad amplius percutiendum.

This strength from the Gospel we see in someone who, struck by his beloved little son, not only returns nothing, but is even ready to be struck more. Similarly, we see this strength from the Gospel when someone is struck by a dear friend greatly afflicted with madness, and then, if he sees that it would help him, prepares himself to be struck again.

Hi autem idcirco haec sustinent, quia unus illorum exspectat finem aetatis, alter vero similiter finem infirmitatis, quo desistant haec agere: et quod ab illis exigit amor carnalis, hoc a te debet exigere amor spiritalis, et ab illis carnalibus convinceris, te mentiri, si dixeris, hoc praeceptum Domini impossibile esse, quia sicut illi pro carnali amore sustinent improbitatem proximorum,22 — a te autem non solum ita, sed etiam plus debet exigere amor divinus.

They endure this because one of them waits for the end of a stage of life and the other waits for the end of an illness, when they will stop behaving like this. And what fleshly love requires from them, a spiritual love ought to require from you. You are overcome by fleshly things and deceive yourself if you say, ‘this commandment of the Lord is impossible,’ for just as they endure the misbehavior of their neighbors for the sake of fleshly love, so divine love should require from you not only the same, but even more.

Quid ergo aliud Dominus coelestis medicus debuit docere eos, qui ut se debent proximos diligere, nisi ut eorum, quos diligunt, improbitates deberent sustinere? Et sicut ex infirmitate corporis descendit illa improbitas, qua proximi percutiuntur, ita ex infirmitate animi descendit [page 165] iniprobitas, qua proximi laeduntur, quia sicut corpus habet suas infirmitates, ita et anima, quarum infirmitatum animae una est infirinitas cupiditas ulciscendi, quam Dominus non solum constringendo23 vult, ut non laedat, sed etiam ut parata sit ad amplius laedendum;24 ideo dixit, non resistere malo. [Mt 5:39]

For what else was the Lord, the heavenly physician, trying to teach those who should love their neighbors, other than that they should endure the misbehavior of those whom they love? And just as that misbehavior by which neighbors are struck stems from weakness of the body, [page 165] so the misbehavior by which neighbors are hurt stems from a weakness of the soul. As the body has its weaknesses, so too does the soul, and one of those weaknesses of soul is desire for vengeance. The Lord not only wants to restrain it lest one cause hurt, but even wants [the soul] prepared to be hurt even more. For that reason he said, do not resist evil. [Mt 5:39]

Et implebitur in illo, qui hoc praeceptum servaverit, quod Paulus dicit: Si esurierit inimicus tuus, ciba illum, si sitierit potum, da illi; hoc autem faciens carbones ignis congres super caput ejus [Rm 12:20]. Et illud Isaiae Prophetae dicentis: Habes carbones, sede super eos, ipsi erunt tibi in adjutorium [cf Isa 44:19]. Loquitur sermo propheticus ad Jerusalem, i. e. Ecclesiam, sive ad unamquamque animam fidelem: habes carbones, i. e. praecepta caritatis; et quia per carbones praecepta caritatis intelliguntur, sede super eos, i. e. observa illa praecepta, ipsi erunt tibi in adjutorium, hoc est dicere, quia si praecepta caritatis observaveris, ipsa caritas erit tibi in adjutorium ad convertendum inimicum tuum ad amorem ejusdem caritatis.

And it will be fulfilled in him who will keep this commandment that Paul says: If your enemy is hungry, give him food, if he is thirsty, give him drink; for doing this you heap burning coals on his head. [Rm 12:20] And that said by Isaiah the Prophet: You have coals, sit on them, for they will be of help to you. [cf Isa 44:19] The prophetic word is spoken to Jerusalem, that is, to the Church, or to every faithful soul: you have coals, that is, the commandments of charity; and because the commandments of charity are signified by ‘coals,’ sit on them, that is, keep the commandments, and they will be of help to you. That is to say, if you keep the commandments of charity, that same charity will be of help to you for converting your enemy to love of that same charity.

Sequitur: 30Injuriam non facere, sed et factam patienter sustinere.

And then: 30Do no injury, but even bear patiently those done to you.

Quod autem dicit: Injuriam non facere, attinet ad hoc, quod dicit: Quod tibi non vis fieri, alii ne feceris [Martial, Epigrammata 10, 47, 12]. De hoc autem, quod dicit: sed et factam patienter sustinere, debet respicere ille ad passiones Christi, ut melius possit injurias sustinere.

When he says: Do no injury, it pertains to where he says: What you do not want done to you, do not do to another [Martial, Epigrammata 10, 47, 12]. As for this, when he says: but even bear patiently those done to you, one should consider the sufferings of Christ, so as to be more able to bear injuries.

Sequitur: 31Inimicos diligere.

And then: 31Love your enemies.

Non enim debes inimicum diligere, quia inimicus est, sed quia homo est; nam rem, quam diligis, semper optas esse; tunc enim, si inimicum diligis, quia inimicus est, tunc optas, semper inimicum esse; sed ideo debes inimicum diligere, in quantum homo est; in quantum vero malus est, debes odire.

You should love an enemy not only because he is an enemy, but because he is a human being. For you want something that you love to last forever. If you love your enemy because he is an enemy, then you want him to last forever. Therefore you should love your enemy inasmuch as he is a human being, while you should hate him inasmuch as he is evil.

Sequitur: 32Maledicentes se non remaledicere.

And then: 32Do not curse in return those who curse you.9

Sciendum est, quia non est contrarium hoc, quod S. Benedictus dicit, non remaledicere, illis sententiis, quibus reperiuntur sancti [page 166] Dei maledicere, sicuti est: Fiat mensa eorum coram ipsis in laqueum [Ps 68:23], quia si sancti Dei leguntur maledicere, non malitiae voto,25 sed quia cognoverunt sancti, maledictionem habere; ideo dixi, non voto maledicentis, sed prophetantis animo; unde ille debet maledicere hominem, qui spiritu Dei repletus cognoscit futura hominis, ut sit indicatio, quod dicit, non optatio.

It must be understood that when St. Benedict says, do not curse in return, it does not contradict the statements in which the saints of God are found to be cursing, such as: May the table before them become a snare [Ps 68:23]. If the saints of God are read to curse, it was not out of malicious intention, but because the saints recognized that they were already under a curse. That is why I said it was not from an intention to curse, but rather from a spirit of prophesying. Therefore if someone filled with the Spirit of God who learns the future of a man must curse him, what it says is an announcement, not a wish.

Sequitur: 33Persecutionem pro justitia sustinere.

And then: 33Endure persecution for the sake of justice.

Bene dixit pro justitia, non dixit pro peccatis suis, sed pro justitia; sie enim legitur in Evangelio: Beati, qui persecutionem patiuntur propter justitiam. [Mt 5:10]

He rightly says for the sake of justice, rather than ‘for the sake of his sins,’ but for the sake of justice, as is read in the Gospel: Blessed are those who suffer persecution because of justice [Mt 5:10].

Sequitur: 34Non esse superbum.

And then: 34Do not be proud.

Superbus dicitur, qui superiora petit, hoc est, qui in corde se aestimat superiorem aliis, aut majorem, quam est, vult dici, aut certe ea appetit, i. e. honorem, quo dignus non est.

Someone is said to be proud who desires higher things, that is, who in his heart considers himself to be higher than others, or wants to be considered greater than he is, or at any rate desires things of which he is not worthy, such as honor.

Sequitur: 35Non vinolentum.

And then: 35Nor overly fond of wine.

Non dixit, non bibere vinum, sed dicit non vinolentum.

He does not say not to drink wine, but says do not be overly fond of wine.

Vinolentus est vini aviditate deceptus, hoc est, non cum aviditate debet bibere.

To be overly fond of wine is to be deceived by keen desire for wine. One should not drink with keen desire.

Sequitur: 36Non multum edacem.

And then: 36Nor a glutton.

Non dixit, non edere, sed dixit non multum edacem.

He did not say not to eat, but said not to be a glutton.

Sequitur: 37Non somnolentum.

And then: 37Nor fond of sleeping.10

Non dixit, non debere dormire, sed dixit, non multum debere dormire.

He did not say that one should not sleep, but said one should not sleep a lot.

Sequitur: 38Non pigrum.

And then: 38Nor slothful.

Quod dicit non pigrum, ad mentem et corpus refertur; dicit enim Augustinus in Enchiridio: Pigrum frigus dicimus, quod pigros faciat [Augustinus, Ennarationes in Psalmos XXXXI, no. 1, c. 1].

When he says nor slothful, he is referring to both mind and body. For Augustine says in the Enchiridion: We say that cold is slothful, for it makes people slothful [Augustine, Ennarationes in Psalmos XXXVI, 1.1].11

Sequitur: 39Non murmurosum.

And then: 39Nor a grumbler.

Similiter etiam ad mentem et corpus potest attinere. Murmurans autem dicitur, quod mussat, i. e. susurrat.

This too can apply to both mind and body. Someone is said to grumble when he mutters, that is, whispers.

Unde Servius in commento duodecimi libri Aeneidis dicit: Mussant, i. e. modo verentur; alias dubitant, ut: mussat rex ipse Latinus [Vergil, Aeneis XII, v. 657], quos generos vocet et interdum: susurrant, ut de apibus dicit, et proprie mussare est obmurmurare et muto esse vicinum [Servius, In Vergilii Aeneidos Commentarius 11.345].26

Thus Servius in his commentatary on the twelfth book of the Aeneid says: They mutter, that is, like they were afraid; at other times they doubt, as in: King Latinus himself mutters which sons-in-law he might call [Virgil, Aeneid 12.657], and sometimes: they whisper, as is said of bees. Properly speaking, to mutter is to grumble inaudibly… to be silent [to those] in the vicinity [Servius, In Vergilii Aeneidos Commentarius, 11.345].12

Sequitur: 40Non detractorem.

And then: 40Or a detractor.

Detractor dicitur quasi retrotractor, i. e. qui post dorsum aliquid mali dicit de [page 167] fratre. Sunt enim multi, qui mala fratris dicunt aliis, et iterum suut alii, qui dicunt mala fratris alii fratri, sed tarnen non una eademque iutentione dicunt. Uli ob hoc dicunt mala fratris, ut in pejore loco illum habeant, alii dicunt, ut emendet illa aut se caveat ab illis. Vide modo, quamvis una causa sit, tanien quia non una intentione dicunt, ideo dispar est meritum.

One is said to be a detractor as if he were a retrotractor, that is, someone who says something bad about a brother behind his back. [page 167] There are many who say bad things about a brother to others, and then there are others who say bad things about a brother to another brother, but they do not speak with the same intention. Some say bad things about a brother so that they might put him in a worse place; others say [them] so that he might correct those things or take care of them. Even though it is the same situation, because they do not speak with the same intention, the merit is different.

Sequitur: 41Spem suam Deo committere.

And then: 41Put your hope in God.

Inter ‘spero’ et ‘credo’ hoc differt: ‘spero’ attinet ad bonam rem et futuram et non alienam; ‘credo’ autem attinet ad malam sive bonam, ad praeteritam sive futuram, ad meam sive alienam. Et est sensus, cum dicit: Spem suam Deo committere, i. e. adjutorium suum et auxilium Deo committere, quia non a se adjuvatur, sed a Deo.

Between ‘I hope’ and ‘I believe’ is this difference: ‘I hope’ concerns a good and future thing that is not someone else’s. ‘I believe,’ however concerns either bad or good, past or future, mine or someone else’s. And that is the meaning, when he says, put your hope in God, that is, put your help and assistance in God, because one is not helped by oneself, but by God.

Sequitur: 42Bonum aliquid in se cum viderit, Deo applicet, non sibi; 43malum vero a se semper factum sciat et sibi reputet, ac si diceret aliis verbis: Bona si agit, non a se illa posse, sed a Deo habere cognoscat, malum semper a se habere et non a Deo.

And then: 42When you see good in yourself, attribute it to God, not yourself; 43but know that the evil you do is yours, and own up to it, as if he were saying in other words: if you do good things, they cannot be from yourself, but you know that you have them from God, and that any evil is yours and not from God.

Et protinus addidit: Et sibi reputet.

And immediately he adds: and own up to it.

Cum dicit reputet, voluit ostendere, ut monachus, si aliquod bonum egisset, non sibi reputare debuisset, sed Deo, qui corda omnium bonorum sua sapientia divinitus illustrat.

When he says own up to it, he wants to show that a monk, if he does good, should not own up to it but rather attribute it to God, who enlightens with his wisdom the hearts of all who are good.

Quatuor etenim sunt species superbiae.

There are four kinds of pride.

Sunt enim multi, qui dicunt, bonum a se habere propter liberum arbitrium. Jam si liberum arbitrium habeo, a me possum incipere, bona habere, sed tamen a Deo perficere aestimant./p>

1) There are many who say that they have good from themselves because of free will. So if I have free will, I am able to begin having good by myself, though they reckon that to bring it to perfection is from God.

Et sunt alii, qui dicunt, a se non posse habere, sed a Deo, tamen a se posse perficere illud bonum aestimant.

2) And there are others who say that they cannot have [it] by themselves, but from God, but reckon they can bring that good to perfection by themselves.

Iterum sunt alii, qui a se bonum non posse habere, nec a se posse perficere aestimant, sed a Deo, sed tamen ipsa bona plus sibi quam aliis dedisse27 aestimant.

3) And there are others [who say] that they cannot have good by themselves, nor do they reckon they can bring it to perfection by themselves, but [only] by God, yet reckon those good things to have been given to them more than to others.

Quarta species superbiae est elatio. Elatio est vana gloria; hoc, quod agit, vult dici et videri ab hominibus; ita et jactantia.

4) The fourth kind of pride is elation. Elation is vainglory, which wants whatever it does to be spoken of and seen by [other] people; so also boasting.

Sequitur: 44Diem judicii timere, 45gehennam expavescere.

And then: 44Fear the Day of judgment, 45dread hell.

 Diem judicii attinet ad discussionem, gehenna ad poenam, [page 168] sive ut Isidorus dicit: Gehenna est locus ignis et sulphuris, quem appellari putant a volle idolis consecrata, quae est juxta murum Jerusalem, repleta olim cadaveribus mortuorum; ibi enim Hebraei filios suos immolabant daemonibus, et appellabatur locus ipse Gehennom. Futuri ergo supplicii locus, ubi peccatores cruciandi sunt, hujus loci vocabulo designatur. Duplicem autem esse gehennam, i. c. ignis et frigoris (in Job legimus) [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 14.9.9].

The day of judgment concerns examination, hell concerns punishment, [page 168] just as Isidore says: Hell is a place of fire and brimstone, which they think is called Gehenna from a valley dedicated to idols next to the wall of Jerusalem, filled at one time with the bodies of the dead. Here too the Hebrews sacrificed their sons to the demons, and that place was called Gehennom. Therefore the place of future punishment, where sinners are tormented, is called by this name. (In Job we read that) hell is two-fold, that is, consisting of both fire and ice. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIV, c. 9.9]

Sequitur: 46Vitam aeternam omni concupiscentia spiritali desiderare.

And then: 46Crave eternal life with every spiritual desire.

Nunc videndum est, quare, cum dixit vitam, subjunxit aeternam? Ideo dixit aeternam ad separationem temporalis vitae. Et iterum videndum est, quare, cum dixit concupiscentia, subjunxit spiritali?

Now it must be seen why when he said life he added eternal. He said eternal to distinguish it from temporal life. And it must also be seen why when he said desire, he added spiritual.

Ideo subjunxit spiritali, quia concupiscentia proprie carnalis est.

He added spiritual because desire is typically fleshly.

Iterum videndum est, quare, cum dixit vitam aeternam, subjunxit concupiscentia spiritali, aut quare praemisit omni, et non dixit tantum: vitam aeternam desiderare? Ideo subjunxit omni concupiscentia spiritali, quia voluit, ut tu omni studio et omni desiderio et tota intentione vitam aeternam desiderares. Haec namque vita temporalis multis modis potest considerari, quam fragilis et quam caduca est.

And it must also be seen why, when he said eternal life, he added spiritual desire, or why he put every, and didn’t simply say: crave eternal life. He added with every spiritual desire because he wanted you to desire eternal life with every effort, every desire, and all of your intention. This temporal life can be considered in many ways as fragile and as fleeting.

Verbi gratia considera principes praeteritos, ubi sunt modo? Vide vestem; vestis enim quamvis, cum nova sit, appareat bona, tamen si quis ea utendo uno anno transierit, aut deficit aut nil valet. Similiter equum; equus enim, dum est crassus, videtur bonus, cum autem non dederis illi manducare tribus mensibus pleniter, postea videtur deformis et squalidus, deinde deficit. Vide meretricem, considera in illa fimum, sputum et putredinem; quamvis videatur foris, i. e. pellis ejus formosa, tamen quae in illa latent, turpia et putrida sunt, et caetera his similia.

For example, consider the rulers of the past: where are they now? Look at a garment: when a garment is new, it looks good, but if someone uses it for a year, it becomes worn out or worthless. It’s the same with a horse: when a horse is well fed, it looks good, but if you give it nothing to eat for three full months, then it looks ugly and neglected, and then is worn out. Look at a prostitute, consider her dung, spittle, and rottenness. Seen from the outside, her skin is beautiful, but inside her lies hidden what is foul and rotten, and other things like that.

Vita autem aeterna quam bona et quam concupiscibilis sit, quamvis multis modis possit considerari, tamen tres sunt maxime gradus, quibus considerari potest. Primus gradus est consideratio animae; debes enim animam tuam considerare. Verbi gratia [page 169] considera in ea virtutem suam; illa enim videt oculis corporeis, pedibus ambulat, manibus operatur, auribus audit, naribus odorem accipit. Considera iterum, unde venit, aut quo vadit; nam quia in consideratione sui non potest diutius commorari, vult exire foras, eo quod non habet, quid teneat; ideo necesse est, ut ejus acies ad considerationem angelorum et beatorum spirituum dirigatur. Consideret, quantam beatitudinem, quautum splendorem, quantam fragrantiam odoris habet, quia, unaquaeque anima sicuti sol lucet; ait enim Dominus: Fulgebunt justi, sicut sol in regno patris mei [Mt 13:43]; et iterum major fragrantia est unius animae, quao superat odorem omnium aromatum. Ait enim Salomon: Quae est ista, quae ascendit per desertum sicut virgula fumi ex aromatibus myrrhae et thuris et universi pulvaris pigmentorum? [Ct 3:6]

Eternal life, which is good and desirable, can be considered in many ways but there are three special degrees that can be considered. The first degree is consideration of the soul: you should indeed consider your soul. For example, [page 169] consider its power: it sees with the eyes of the body, walks with the feet, works with the hands, hears with the ears, smells with the nostrils. Consider also where it comes from or where it goes: for it cannot remain long in consideration of itself, but wants to go out, that it might grasp what it does not have. Thus it is necessary that its keenness be directed towards consideration of the angels and blessed spirits. Let it consider how great the blessing, how great the splendor, how great the fragrant scent it has, for each and every soul shines like the sun. As the Lord said, The just will shine like the sun in my Father’s kingdom [Mt 13:43]. And so great is the fragrance of a single soul that it surpasses the scent of all spices. As Solomon said, What is that, which rises up in the desert like a column of smoke from the spices of myrrh and incense and all the powder of the perfumers?13 [Ct 3:6]

Post considerationem animae sive angelicae creaturae debet transire in considerationem creatoris; verumtamen prius debet anima castigari, ne aliquam figuram aut imaginem fingat in Deo, sed credat, illum esse omnipotentem, invisibilem, incircumscriptum. Ac per hoc si creatura sua tantum splendorem vel tantam bonitatem habet, quantam habet creator, qui eis ista omnia tribuit? v. gr. si iste unus sol, quem videmus, totum mundum illuminat, quantum lumen et quantus splendor ibi existit, ubi tot millia animarum sanctarum consistunt, cum unaquaeque anima, sicut Dominus dicit, sicut sol in regno patris fulget! Et si ipsae animae, quae per acceptionem tantum splendorem iucomparabiliter habent, quantus potest esse splendor ipsius Domini, qui ipsis animabus hanc virtutem et potentiam splendoris tribuit, qui aestimari non potest?

After consideration of the soul or the angelic creature, it should pass to consideration of the Creator, notwithstanding that first the soul should be reproved, lest it fashion any shape or picture of God, but rather believe him to be almighty, all-powerful, invisible, uncircumscribed. Therefore, if his creature has such splendor and such goodness, how great is what the creator has, who bestows all these things on them? For example, if the one sun, which we see, illumines the whole world, how much light and how much splendor exists here, where there are so many thousands of holy souls, when even a single soul, as the Lord says, shines like the sun in the kingdom of the Father! And if those souls possess such incomparable splendor by receiving it, how great must be the splendor of the Lord himself, who bestowed this strength and power of splendor to these souls, who cannot be measured?

Similiter intelligendum est de odoramentis sanctarum animarum, v. gr. si uniuscujusque animae, sicut superius diximus dixisse Salomonem, odoramentorum fragrantia similis est sicut virgula fumi ex aromatibus myrrhae et thuris et universi pulveris pigmentosum, quanta suavitas odoramentorum ibi existit, ubi tot, millia animarum sanctarum vequiescunt? Et si animae, quae accipiendo incomparabiliter tantam fragrantiam et suavitatem odoramentorum habent, quae aestimari [page 170] non possunt, quanta suavitas et fragrantia odoris potest esse ipsius Domini nostri Jesu Christi, Dei omnipotentis, qui gratuita misericordia ipsis animabus eadem odoramenta largiri dignatur? Similiter et in ceteris rebus considerandum est.

It must be understood similarly of the scents of holy souls. For example, if the fragrance of the spices of a single soul (as above we said Solomon says) is similar to a column of smoke from the spices of myrrh and incense and all the powder of the perfumers, what sweetness of spices is there here, where so many thousands of holy souls repose? And if souls have received incomparably such fragrance and sweetness of perfumes, and cannot [page 170] be measured, how great must be the sweetness and fragrance of the scent of Our Lord Jesus Christ himself, who with gracious mercy condescended to bestow such perfumes on these very souls? It should be considered similarly in other matters also.

Sequitur: 47Mortem quotidie ante oculos suspectam habere.

And then: 47Keep the prospect of death before your eyes every day.

Hoc est, quod Dominus dicit in Evangelio: Vigilate, quia nescitis diem neque horam, quando Dominus vester venturus est [Mt 25:13].

This is what the Lord says in the Gospel: Keep watch, for you do not know the day nor the hour, when your Lord will come [Mt 25:13].

De hac consideratione mortis B. Gregorius ita dicit: Qui enim considerat, qualis erit in morte, semper fit timidus in operatione, atque unde in oculis suis quasi jam non vivit, inde veraciter in oculis sui conditoris vivit; nil, quod transeat, appetit, cunctis praesentis vitue desideriis contradicit et paene mortuum se considerat, quia se moriturum minima ignorat. Perfecta enim vita est mortis imitatio, quam dum justi sollicite peragunt, culparum laqueos evadunt. Unde scriptum est: In omnibus operibus tuis memorare novissima tua et in aeternum non peccabis [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob 13.7.1].

Blessed Gregory says about this consideration of death: Whoever considers what he will be in death, is always fearful in his actions. Even if in his own eyes it is as if he is no longer alive, truly in the eyes of his Creator he lives. He desires nothing that is transitory, he denies all the desires of the present life, and considers himself almost dead, for he has not the least idea when he will die. So the perfect life is imitation of death, by which the righteous conduct themselves with care, and elude the snares of faults. Thus it is written: In all your deeds remember your final things, and you will not sin unto eternity. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob 13, 29, c. 33, CCSL 143A, p. 686].

Sequitur: 48Actus vitae suae omni hora custodire. Actus vitae est visus, gustus, odoratus et tactus operatio, quantum ad exteriorem hominem attinet; quantum autem ad animam attinet, est cogitatio.

And then: 48Keep watch over everything you do, all the time. Everything you do means the working of sight, taste, smell and touch, whatever concerns the outer person. Whatever concerns the soul is a thought.

De hora vero mortis nostrae qualiter agendum sit, B. Gregorius nobiliter docet dicens: Horam vero ultimam [omitted in ed. Mittermueller, added from PLDominus noster idcirco voluit nobis esse incognitam, ut semper possit esse suspecta, ut dum illam praevidere non possumus, ad illam sine intermissione praeparemur.

As for what should be done about the hour of our death, Blessed Gregory nobly teaches, saying: For that reason, Our Lord did [not] want us to be unaware of the final hour, so that it could always be kept in mind. Although we cannot foresee it, we should prepare for it without ceasing.

Proinde, fratres mei, in conditione mortalitatis vestrae mentis oculos figite, venienti vos judici per fletus quotidie et lamenta praeparate. Et cum certa mors maneat omnibus, nolite de temporalis vitae providentia incerta cogitare. Terrenarum rerum vos cura non aggravet. Quantislibet enim auri et argenti molibus circumdetur, quibuslibet pretiosis vestibus induatur caro, quid est aliud quam caro? Nolite ergo attendere quid habetis, sed quid estis. Vultis audire quid estis? Propheta indicat, dicens: Vere fenum est populus. [Isai 40:7]

Thus, my brothers, in your condition of mortality fix the eyes of your mind, and prepare for your coming judgment by daily tears and lamentations. And while death certainly waits for all, do not dwell on the uncertain provisions of temporal life. Do not let concern for the things of earth bother you. Howevermuch one is surrounded by piles of gold and silver, and the flesh is adorned with precious clothing, what is it besides flesh? Do not therefore seek to take care of what you have, but of what you are. Do you want to hear what you are? The Prophet shows it, saying: Truly the people are grass. [Is 40:7]

Si enim fenum populus non est, ubi sunt illi qui ea quae hodie colimus nobiscum transacto anno beati Felicis natalitia celebraverunt? O quanta et qualia de praesentis vitae provisione cogitabant, sed, subripiente mortis articulo, repente in his quae praevidere nolebant inventi sunt, et cuncta simul temporalia quae congregata quasi stabiliter tenere videbantur amiserunt. Si ergo transacta multitudo generis humani per nativitatem viruit in carne, per mortem aruit in pulvere, videlicet fenum fuit. Quia igitur momentis suis horae fugiunt, agite, fratres charissimi, ut in boni operis mercede teneantur.

If indeed the people are not grass, where are they who celebrated the annual feast of blessed Felix with which we concern ourselves today? O, how many and of what kind of things about the provision of the present life were they thinking about, but with the snatching away by the moment of death, suddenly they are found in those things they didn’t want to consider, and at the same time they parted with all those temporal things that they were seen to be holding together as if permanently. If therefore the multitude of the human race [now] passed away [once] flourished in the flesh through birth and then languished in the dust through death, obviously it was grass. Because the hours flee in their moments, act, dear brothers, so that they may be devoted to the reward of good effort.

 Hear what the wise Solomon says: Whatever your hand can do, do it immediately, because there will be neither deed, nor knowledge, nor reason, nor wisdom in the netherworld to which you are hastening. [Ecl 9:10]

Audite quid sapiens Salomon dicat: Quodcunque potest manus tua facere, instanter operare, quia nec opus, nec scientia, nec ratio, nec sapientia erunt apud inferos, quo tu properas. [Ecl 9:10]

Quia ergo et venturae mortis tempus ignoramus, et post mortem operari non possumus, superest ut ante mortem tempora indulta rapiamus. Sic enim sic mors ipsa cum venerit vincetur, si priusquam veniat semper timeatur. [Gregory, Homilia in Evangelia I, no. 13, c. 6, PL 76, col. 1126b-1127A].

Because we do not know the time of [our] approaching death, and after death can do nothing, it is imperative that we seize the time given before death. When it comes, death itself may be defeated, if before it comes it is always feared. [Gregory the Great, Homilies on the Gospels I, no. 13, c. 6]

Sequitur: 49In omni loco Deum se respicere pro certo scire, ac si diceret: debet firmiter scire, quia illum Deus in omni loco respicit.

And then: 49In the certain knowledge that God watches everywhere, as if he were saying: one should know for sure that God watches him everywhere.

Sequitur: 50Cogitationes malas cordi suo advenientes mox ad Christum allidere et seniori spiritali patefacere.

And then: 50When wicked thoughts come into your heart, quickly smash them against Christ and reveal them to a spiritual elder.

Vide modo, non dixit, ut perseverent, sed advenientes mox ad Christum allidere. Quomodo potest allidere cogitations [page 171] suas ad Christum? Tunc allidit cogitationes suas malas ad Christum, si amore Christi illas exstinguit, i. e. cum malas cogitationes poenitet respiciendo ad Christum. Veluti populus Israeliticus, cum mordebantur a serpentibus, respiciebant ad serpentem aeneum, quem Moyses exaltavit in deserto, et sanabantur: ita et nunc omnis Christianus, cum mala sua respiciendo ad Christum poenitet, quasi serpentes exstinguit; serpentes enim significant malas cogitationes aut operationes. Et ideo dicuntur igniti serpentes, quia morsus illorum ignitus erat.

See how he did not say “let them endure,” but quickly smash them against Christ. How can one smash his thoughts [page 171] against Christ? In this way he smashes his wicked thoughts against Christ, if in the love of Christ he slays them, that is, when he punishes wicked thoughts by looking toward Christ. Just as the Israelites, when they were bitten by serpents, looked toward the bronze serpent that Moses lifted up in the desert and were healed, so now is each Christian when he punishes his wickedness by looking toward Christ, just as he slayed the serpents. For the serpents represent wicked thoughts or operations. And the serpents are said to be fiery because their bite was fiery.

Serpens aeneus, quem Moyses exaltavit, significat Christum, ille vero stips, i. e. lignum, in quo positus erat, figurat crucem; et ideo dicit Dominus: Sicut exaltavit Moyses serpentem in deserto, ita exaltari oportet filium hominis [Io 3:14], ac si diceret: Sicut propter salutem populi posuit Moyses serpentem in stipite, ut omnes, qui illum aspicerent, salvarentur, ita et propter salutem populi debet Christus crucifigi, ut omnes, qui illum aspexerint, a peccatis suis salvarentur. Et ideo in altitudine positus est Christus, ut a toto mundo valeat videri.

The bronze serpent that Moses lifted up represents Christ, and the stick, that is, the wood, on which it was placed, signifies the cross. Thus says the Lord: Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the desert, so the Son of Man must be lifted up [Io 3:14], as if he had said: Just as for the salvation of the people Moses placed the serpent on the stick, so that all who looked upon it might be saved, so for the salvation of the people must the Christ be crucified, so that all who look upon him might be saved from their sins. And so Christ was placed on high, so that he could be seen by the whole world.

Et bene dixit seniori spiritali patefacere, postquam dixit cogitationes malus ad Christum allidere; nam quando in corde poenitet, se mala cogitasse, tunc in cogitatione sua deliberat, illas seniori spiritali patefacere.

And well did he say, reveal them to a spiritual elder after he said smash wicked thoughts against Christ, for when one is sorry in the heart for having thought wicked things, then in his thought he considers revealing them to a spiritual elder.

Apte dixit seniori spiritali, quia spiritalis omnia dijudicat, et ipse a nemine dijudicatur; in isto enim seniore, cui cogitationes debent manifestari, inquirenda est fides, qua tegat sibi confessa, nec non et spes praemii aeternae felicitatis, caritas fraternitatis et discretio boni et mali et boni et melioris et optimi. Et ideo dixit, cogitationes seniori spiritali patefacere, quia cogitationes non possunt ab omnibus dinosci, ne bonae pro malis aut malae pro bonis recipiantur.

It is appropriate that he said to a spiritual elder, because someone spiritual judges all things and is himself judged by no one. As for the elder to whom thoughts should be manifested, the trustworthiness by which he protects things confessed to him should be investigated, and also hope of the favor of eternal happiness, fraternal love, and the discernment of good and evil, and of the good and the better and the best. And so he said, reveal thoughts to a spiritual elder, because thoughts cannot be discerned by everyone, lest good ones be understood as bad or the bad ones as good.

Sequitur: 51Os suum a malo vel pravo eloquio custodire.

And then: 51Keep your mouth from harmful or wicked speech.

Malum eloquium est, quod non est bonum, pravum eloquium est, quod plus nocuum est, quam malum.

Harmful speech is what is not good; wicked speech is what is more injurious than the harmful.

Sequitur: 52Multum loqui non amare.

And then: 52Do not love to chatter.

Cum enim dixit: os suum a malo vel pravo eloquio custodire, quasi murum posuit, ut quis talia eloquia non debeat loqui; cum vero [page 172] dixit: multum loqui non amare, froenum posuit, quasi diceret: mala vel prava eloquia nunquam quis audeat loqui, bona autem cum froeno moderationis, quia, si multum bona locutus fuerit, in peccatum labitur.

When he said: Keep your mouth from harmful or wicked speech, he imposes something like a wall, so that such speech might never be spoken; when however he said: Do not love to chatter, he placed a bridle, as if he had said: let no one ever [page 172] dare to utter harmful or wicked speech, but [permit] good speech with the bridle of moderation, lest one speak good of [too] many things and slip into sin.

Sequitur: 53Verba vana aut risui apta non loqui.

And then: 53Speak nothing foolish or laughable.

Sic enim dicit Paulus apostolus: Stultiloquium aut scurrilitas, quae ad rem non pertinet, sed magis gratiarum action [Eph 5:4].

For thus the Apostle Paul says: [Neither] silliness nor coarse language is appropriate, but thanksgiving instead [Eph 5:4].

Vana verba et stultiloquium unum significant et attinent ad insipientes, scurrilitas et risui apta unum significant et possunt attinere etiam ad sapientes. Quae verba28 possunt esse proficua et sapienter dicta, et tamen, quia risum movent, ideo dicuntur risum moventia.

Foolish words and silliness mean the same thing and apply to stupid people; coarse language and what is laughable mean the same thing and can apply also to the wise. Such words can be beneficial and spoken wisely, but because they excite laughter, for that reason are said to be exciters of laughter.

Sequitur: 54Risum multum aut excussum non amare.

And then: 54Do not love excessive, raucous laughter.

Non dixit ‘non ridere’, sed dixit ‘non amare’. Multum attinet ad frequentiam, excussum autem ad illum risum, qui in alto fit, qui etiam cachinnus vocatur.

He did not say “do not laugh,” but said “do not love [to laugh].” Excessive pertains to frequency, and raucous to laughter that is loud, which is also called guffawing.

Sequitur: 55Lectiones sanctas libenter audire.

And then: 55Listen to holy readings gladly.

Si enim, cum audis lectiones, libenter non audieris, hujus praecepti praevaricator existis.

If when you listen to readings you won’t listen to them gladly, you are breaking this instruction.

Ob hoc multi fuerunt, qui29 istud praeceptum minus intelligentes dixerunt, monachum grammaticam discere non debere; sed fuerunt alii, qui melius intellexerunt dicentes, debere audire grammaticam, si vult causa Dei discere. Ita etiam intelligendus est locus iste, sicut intelligitur ille, ubi Dominus dicit: Primum quaerite regnum coelorum [cf Mt 6:33]

There were many who understood this instruction poorly and said that a monk should not learn grammar. There were others who understood it better and said he should listen to grammar if he wanted to learn for the sake of God. And so this text must be understood in the same way this one is understood, where the Lord says: Seek first the Kingdom of Heaven [cf. Mt 6:33]

De quo sensu superius in secundo capitulo, cujus titulus est: Qualis debent esse Abbas [Regula Benedicti, c. 2], Deo juvante diximus. Ut enim clerici debeant grammaticam legere causa intelligendi scripturas divinas, Eugenius Papa in suis decretis constituit30 hoc modo dicens (can. XXXIV): In episcopiis et in plebibus vel aliis locis opportunis magistri et doctores constituantur, qui studia litterarum liberaliumque artium habeant, quia in his maxime divina manifestantur atque declarantur mandata. [Concilium Romanum/Concilum Eugenii II, c. 34, MGH Concilia 2.2, p. 581/MGH Leges 1, p. 17]

With God’s help we spoke earlier of that meaning in the second chapter entitled: What sort of man the Abbot should be [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 2]. Pope Eugenius established in his decrees that clerics should read grammar for the sake of understanding the divine Scriptures, saying: In bishoprics and in parishes14 or other appropriate places, masters and doctors should be appointed who will devote themselves to letters and the liberal arts, for in these especially the divine commandments are revealed and made known. [Concilium Romanum/Concilum Eugenii II, c. 34, MGH Concilia 2.2, p. 581/MGH Leges 1, p. 17]

Sequitur: 56Orationi frequenter incumbere.

And then: 56Incline to prayer often.

Orationi ponitur pro ‘adorationi’; debet enim monachus, cum in obedientia [page 173] est, veluti in coquina et reliqua. ubi laborat, frequenter in ipsa oboedientia jactare se in terram et adorare Dominum; non enim debet obedientiam dimittere pro oratione, sed tantum in ipsa obedientia, sicut diximus, jactare se in terram debet, sicut Graeci faciunt, et adeo velociter hoc faciat, ut vix possit dominicam orationem dicere, ne videatur obedientiam dimittere propter hanc causam.

Prayer means ‘worship.’ When a monk is doing a task [lit., “an obedience”], [page 173] whether in the kitchen or wherever else he works, he should frequently prostrate himself on the ground and worship the Lord during that task. He should not neglect the task because of prayer, but rather during the task itself, as we have said, prostrate himself on the ground like the Greeks do, and do it quickly, so that he barely has time to say the Lord’s Prayer, lest he be seen to neglect his task for that reason.

Quod enim breviter et frequenter orandum sit, docemur in primo libro institutae monachorum, qui dicit, patres docuisse, breviter et frequenter esse orandum, ait enim: Quamobrem utilius censuerunt, breves quidem orationes, sed creberrimas fieri; illud quidem, id frequentius Deum deprecantes jugiter eidem cohaerere possimus, hoc vero, id insidiantis diaboli jacula, quae infligere nobis tunc praecipue, cum oramus, insistit succincta brevitate vitemus. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 10]

What it means to pray frequently and briefly, we learn in the first book of the Institutes of the Monks, which says that the Fathers taught that one must pray briefly and frequently: For which reason they recommended brief but intense prayers to be more useful; by praying to God more frequently, we can cling to him constantly. Indeed, by succinct brevity we can avoid the darts of the devil,15 who lies in wait to inflict them on us especially when we pray. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 10.2, SC 109, p. 76]

Sequitur: 57Mala sua praeterita cum lacrimis vel gemitu quotidie in oratione Deo confiteri, 58de ipsis malis de caetero emendare.

And then: 57Confess past sins to God in prayer daily, with tears and sighing, 58and amend those sins in the future.

Bene dixit praeterita, quia non vult esse praesentia; praeterita enim dixit saecularia, quae ante conversionem commisit, nam non vult, ut post conversionem committat.

It is well that he said past, for he did not want there to be present [sins]; but he said past, [meaning] worldly [sins], which one committed before conversion, and did not mean that one commits [sins] after conversion.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘Cur debeo confiteri ea, quae feci in saeculo, cum, quando conversus sum, mihi indulta sunt?’ Cui respondendum est: ‘Verum est, quod dicis, quia in die conversionis tuae indulta sunt tibi peccata tua, si tamen talis existis, qualem te esse ista regula docet’.

If someone says: ‘Why should I confess those things that I did in the world, when they were forgiven me as soon I converted?’ To which one should respond: ‘What you say is true, that on the day of your conversion your sins were forgiven you, if you behave in such a way as the Rule teaches you.’

Ideo dixit lacrimis vel gemitu ad expellendam difficultatem, ut si dicit: ‘Non possum’: — tamen potes gemere.

He said with tears and sighing about the trouble that must be cast out, as if saying: ‘I cannot’: – but nevertheless, you can sigh.

Quatuor causis nascitur gemitus: aut enim nascitur ex recordatione praesentis vitae incolatus, aut ex recordatione peccatorum, aut timore gehemiae, aut certe amore coelestis patriae.

Sighing arises from four causes: from recollection of exile in the present life, or from recollection of sins, or from fear of hell, or indeed from love of the heavenly homeland.

Nunc videndum est, quomodo debeat monachus quotidie mala sua praeterita confiteri. Si fieri potest, debet habere locum destinatum et tempus, in quo sit situs, i. e. jacere, stare vel sedere. Deinde cum vacationis tempus sive in die, sive in nocte habet, debet ire ad illum locum, et cum [page 174] ad illum locum vadit, ita cum timore vadat quasi ante judicem; deinde cum aut sedet vel stat, ita debet dicere:

Now it remains to be seen how a monk should confess past sins to God in prayer daily. If it can be done, he should have a special place and time in which it is possible to prostrate, stand, or sit. When there is free time, whether he has it during the day or the night, he should go to that place, and when [page 174] he goes there he should go with fear as if before a judge. Then whether he sits or stands, he should say:

‘Domine Deus, qui es pius et misericors, te credo omnipotentem, invisibilem, incircumseriptum, omnia regentem, omnia continentem, omnium creatorem, trinitatem in unitate, et unitatem in trinitate, credo, te misisse filium tuum, Dominum meum Jesum Christum in terram pro salute generis humani. Haec est fides, qua te credo. Si qua bene dixi, tuum est, si autem minus, quam oportet, dixi, obsecro, ut non aspicias ad verba, quae dixi, sed ad id, quod volui dicere.’

‘Lord God, who are kind and merciful, I believe that you are almighty, invisible, uncircumscribed, ruling over all, containing all, creator of all, Trinity in unity, and unity in Trinity. I believe that you sent your Son, my Lord Jesus Christ, to the earth for the salvation of the human race. This is the faith that I believe. If I have spoken well, it is your doing; but if I have spoken less well than was proper, I ask you that you not consider the words that I spoke, but what I wanted to say.’

Deinde quasi ad Filium respiciens, debes dicere:

Then, as if looking towards the Son, you should say:

‘Domine Jesu Christe! credo, te per angelum Mariae Virgini annuntiatum, credo, te secundum carnem natum, pastoribus demonstratum, credo, te octavo die circumcisum, credo, te a Magis adoratum, baptizatum, in templo praesentatum, credo, te a Juda traditore traditum, a Judaeis consputum, flagellatum, spinis coronatum, crucifixum, tertia die resurrexisse et XXXX diebus cum discipulis fuisse, manducasse et bibisse, deinde quadragesimo die in coelos astantibus discipulis ascendisse, inde credo te venturum, judicare vivos et mortuos’.

‘Lord Jesus Christ! I believe that you were announced by an angel to the Virgin Mary; I believe that you were born according to the flesh and shown to the shepherds; I believe that you were circumcised on the eighth day; I believe that you were adored by the Magi, baptized, presented in the Temple; I believe that you were handed over by Judas the betrayer, spat upon by the Jews, scourged, crowned with thorns, crucified, and on the third day raised up; and [that you were with] the disciples for forty days, eating and drinking, and then on the fortieth day ascended into heaven as the disciples stood by; and I believe that you will come again, to judge the living and the dead.’

Et cum hoc dicis, statim prosterne te in terram, sicut in capitulo consuetudo est, cum timore et tremore sicuti coram rege; deinde debes dicere:

And when you say this, immediately prostrate yourself on the ground, as is the custom in Chapter,16 with fear and trembling as if before a king. Then you should say:

'Fisus sum, Domine, te dixisse: Nolo mortem peccatoris, sed ut convertatur et vivat [cf Ez 33:11]; et iterum: Gaudium erit in coelo super uno peccatore poenitentiam agente, quam supra nonaginta novem justis, qui non indigent poenitentia.' [Lc 15:7]

‘I have placed my trust, Lord, in what you said: I do not wish the death of a sinner, but that he might be converted and live [cf. Ez 33:11] and again: There will be more rejoicing in heaven over one repentant sinner than over ninety-nine righteous ones, who do not need to do penance.' [Lc 15:7]

Deinde debes confiteri peccata tua omnia. Post confessionem vero peccatorum debes implorare Sanctam Mariam, deinde duodecim apostolos, duodecim martyres et duodecim confessores et duodecim virgines. Et iterum in fine S. Mariam implora.

Then you should confess all of your sins. After confession of your sins, you should implore Holy Mary, then the Twelve Apostles, the Twelve Martyrs, the Twelve Confessors and the Twelve Virgins. And at the end again implore Holy Mary.

Si venerint tibi lacrimae in Trinitatis confessione, bonum est; quod si non venerint tibi in Trinitatis confessione, venient tibi in confessione incarnationis Filii; si autem non venerint in confessione incarnationis Filii, venient tibi, quaudo ad Judicium venturum Dominum confiteris; si ita non venerint, tunc venient in confessione peccatorum; si [page 175] tunc non venerint, tunc venient, quando Sanctos imploras; et si ita non venerint, adeo debes laborare, donec veniant cogitando poenam perpetuam et ignem aeternum et illam vocem, qua dicturus est Dominus impiis: Ite in ignem aeternum, qui praeparatus est diabolo et angelis ejus [Mt 25:41], cum quibus pro peccatis tuis ad ipsum ignem iturus eris dignus, nisi Dominus sua gratuita misericordia peccata tua ante pepercerit atque indulserit, et caetera alia, quae ad excutiendas et movendas lacrimas adjuvent.

If tears came to you in confessing the Trinity, it is good; but if they did not come to you in confessing the Trinity, let them come to you in confessing the incarnation of the Son; if indeed they did not come in confessing the incarnation of the Son, let them come to you when you will confess the Lord coming in judgment; and if then they did not come, then let them come when you implore the Saints; and if even then they did [page 175] not come, then you must work until they come while thinking about everlasting punishment and eternal fire and that sentence which the Lord will speak to the unbelievers: Go into eternal fire, which is prepared for the devil and his angels [Mt 25:41] with whom to the same fire you will merit to go because of your sins, unless the Lord in his gracious mercy will have spared and pardoned your sins beforehand; [and also think about] whatever else helps to stir and move tears.

Et cum hoc feceris, eris similis Jacob, qui legitur cum angelo pugnasse et cum ante non dimisisse, quam ipse angelus eum benedixerit [cf. Gn 32:14-32]. De ipsis malis de caetero emendari.

And when you have done this, you will be like Jacob, who is read to have fought with the angel and would not let him go until the angel blessed him. [Cf. Gn 32:14-32] And amend those sins in the future.

 De caetero, i. e. in reliquo tempore, in futuro.

In the future, that is, in the time that remains, in what is to come.

Et bene dixit de caetero emendare, quia tunc est perfecta confessio peccatorum, si eorundem peccatorum et similium emendatio subsecuta fuerit, sicut B. Gregorius dicit; ait enim:

And well did he say amend in the future, for the confession of sins is complete, if the correction of those sins and similar ones will ensue from it, as Blessed Gregory says:

Poenitentiam quippe agere est, et perpetrata mala plangere, et plangenda non perpetrare. Nam qui sic alia deplorat, ut tamen alia committat, adhuc poenitentiam agere aut ignorat aut dissimulat. Quid enim prodest, si peccata quis luxuriae defleat, et tamen adhuc avaritiae aestibus anhelat? Aut quid prodest, si irae culpas jam lugeat, et tamen adhuc invidiae facibus tabescat?

Surely, to do penance is to lament sins already committed, and not to commit those which are being lamented. But if he laments some sins so that he might commit others, to that extent he does not know, or lies, about doing penance. What does it accomplish if someone weeps over sins of lust, and then breathes forth the fires of avarice? Or what does it accomplish if he mourns sins of anger, but is silent about the fires of envy?

Sed minus est valde, quod dicimus, ut, qui peccata deplorat, ploranda minime committat, et qui plangit vitium, perpetrare vitia timeat. Nam cogitandum summopere est, ut, qui se illicita meminit commisisse, a quibusdam etiam licitis studeat abstinere, quatenus per hoc conditori satisfaciat, ut, qui commisit prohibitu, sibimetipsi abscidere debeat etiam concessa, et se reprehendat in minimis, qui se meminit deliquisse in maximis [Gregory, Homilia in Evangelia II, no. 34, c. 15-16, PL 76, col. 1256B-C].

It is not much that we say that someone who laments sins not in the least degree commit what is being lamented, or whoever bewails a vice fear to commit vices. For it must be especially remembered that someone who remembers having committed illicit things, should try to abstain even from allowable things, thereby satisfying the Creator, so that whoever did prohibited things, should even separate himself from allowable things, and reproach himself in small things, who has remembered having failed in great things. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia II, no. 34, c. 15-16]

Sequitur: 60Voluntatem propriam odire.

And then: 60Hate your own will.

 Voluntas propria est, sicut jam diximus.

Your own will is what we already spoke about.

Sequitur: 61Praeceptis abbatis in omnibus obedire, etiam si ipse aliter, quod absit, agat, memores illius Dominici praecepti: Quae dicunt, facite, quae autem faciunt, facere nolite. [Mt 23:3]

And then: 61Obey the abbot’s orders in all things, even if, God forbid, he himself does otherwise, remembering this teaching of the Lord: Do what they say, not what they do. [Mt 23:3]

Si enim talis fuerit abbas, qualem docet ista regula, i. e. sicut haec regula dicit, in omnibus absque discussione ejus [page 176] praeceptis debes obedire; si antem non fuerit talis, sicut haec regula dicit, sed fuerit vagus, tunc debet discipulus ejus imperium per congruentias et contrarietates praeponderare, sicut jam in tertio capitulo de abbate diximus, i. e. debes providere, quale est peccatum in ejus imperio; deinde debes cognoscere, quid generetur per tuam inobedientiam.

If the Abbot be such as the Rule teaches, then as the Rule says, you should obey his [page 176] orders in all things without discussion. If however he not be such as the Rule says, but rather be wavering, then his disciple should prefer his command in those things that are both agreeable and disagreeable, as we have said in the third chapter on the Abbot, that is, you should foresee what is sinful in his command; next, you should know what comes of your disobedience.

Si fuerit majus peccatum in ejus imperio quam in obedientia, non debet obedire, si autem majus fuerit peccatum in obedientia quam in imperio abbatis, obediendum est praeceptis abbatis, et de ipso malo, quod adimplesti, poenitentiam debes agere. Si aequale etiam fuerit, obediendum est, et iterum poenitentiam debes agere.

If there is greater sin in his command than there is in obeying it, you should not obey. If there would be greater sin in [not] obeying than there is in the order of the abbot, you should obey the orders of the abbot, and for the evil that you accomplish you should do penance. If it would be equal, then [the command] should be obeyed, and again you should do penance.

V. gr. dicit tibi abbas: ‘Tolle istam benedictionem et defer illam principi, ut adjuvet nostrum vasallum vel servum, qui habet causam cum tali homine, et tu cognoscis’, quia ille abbas contra justitiam rogat judicem, hoc est, ut contra justitiam adjuvetur suus homo.

For example, if the abbot says to you: ‘Take this blessed object and carry it to the ruler, so as to help our vassal or servant who has a lawsuit with such-and-such a person,’ and you know that the abbot is asking the judge to act against justice, that is, so that his man can be helped contrary to justice.

Et iterum cognoscere debes, quale aut quantum peccatum erit, si non obedieris, v. gr. si tali injusto imperio obedieris, minus peccatum mihi esse videtur, quam si non obedieris.

And again you should know what and how great the sin would be if you were not to obey. For example, if you were to obey such an unjust command, it seems to me that the sin would still be less than if you did not obey.

Uno modo in eo, quod malum exemplum praebes caeteris fratribus, non obedire; altero modo, quia forte generabitur tibi scandalum ex eo, quod non obedis, et forte adeo ex hoc erit tibi magnum scandalum, ut pro hoc etiam de monasterio expellaris, et cum expulsus fueris, si ante servisti Deo, forte post expulsionem non ita servies, aut forte non invenies similem locum tibi aptum, ut ita servias Deo.

This could still be the case in that not obeying would show a bad example to the rest of the brothers. Another way is that perhaps scandal would arise for you from the fact that you do not obey, and perhaps from this there will be a great scandal for you, such that you are expelled from the monastery because of it, and once you have been expelled, if previously you served God, then perhaps after expulsion you will not serve anymore, or perhaps you will not find a similar place suitable for you, so that you can serve God.

Et ideo melius est, ut in isto praecepto obedias abbati, et ire ad judicem et rogare illum; et, sicut dixit tibi abbas, tali tenore dic illi, si vales: Rogavit te dominus abbas, ut secundum suam justitiam aut recte adjuves suum hominem; aut, si non vales etiam dicere: secundum suam justitiam aut recte, die, sicut abbas jussit, et postmodum age ex hoc poenitentiam, quia minus est istud peccatum, quam inobedientia, eo quod non est tale nec tantum peccatum, quia unum est peccatum, in inobedientia vero tria mala instabunt, sicut jam diximus.

Therefore it is better that in this order you obey the abbot, and go to the judge, and ask him. And as the abbot said to you, say to [the judge] in this way, if you are able: ‘The Lord Abbot asks you that you help his man according to his righteousness and correctly.’ Or if you are not able to say ‘according to his righteousness and correctly,’ then speak as the abbot commanded, and afterwards do penance for it. For that sin is less than disobedience, and not such or so great a sin, because it is a single sin, whereas three evils are contained in disobedience, as we have already said.

Et iterum si forte debet per judicium acquirere in monasterium [page 177] mancipium contra justitiam, et dicit tibi: ‘Tolle istud pallium et defer illud tali principi et roga illum pro nostra causa’, tu autem cognoscis, contra justitiam tuum abbatem rogare judicem, debes etiam in isto praecepto abbati obedire, quia minus peccatum videtur esse istud, quam inobodientia, et quia malum exemplum aliis praebes aut scandalum tibi generatur aut de monasterio expelleris, et cogites, ut non possis talem, i. e. similem locum invenire, ut ita ibi servias Deo, sicut in monasterio serviebas.

And again, if perhaps it is  necessary by a judgment to acquire property for the monastery [page 177] contrary to justice, and he says to you: ‘Take this mantle and carry it to such and such a ruler and ask him about our case,’ but you know your abbot is asking the judge contrary to justice, you should obey this order of the abbot, for that seems less sinful than disobedience, wherein you show a bad example to others, and scandal arises for you, or you are expelled from the monastery and think that you cannot find such a place like it where you could serve God as you served in the monastery.

Tamen aequale mihi videtur peccatum esse in pondere, et ideo melius est, ut obedias, et ex illo peccato agas poenitentiam, quam non obedias. Et tamen si potes, cum judicem rogas, istud dic: Rogavit te doninus abbas, ut illum juste et rationabiliter adjuves. Quodsi non poteris juste et rationabilitcr dicere adjuvare, dic judici, sicut abbas dixit. Si autem dixerit tibi abbas: ‘Vade, roga illum judicem et defer illi istud munus, ut adjuvet nos pro nostris mancipiis’, sicut jam diximus superius, et subjunxerit tibi abbas: ‘Sta in illo placito cum judice, ut, cum forte te viderit esse in placito, verebitur te et propter te, quia videt te ibi esse, adjuvabit nos pro nostra causa’; tu autem si cognoveris, contra justitiam imperium istud esse, non est obediendum, sed debes humiliter dicere abbati rogando: ‘Domine mi, promisi tibi obedientiam; hoc quod mihi nunc injungis, videtur mihi grave esse, et ideo rogo clementiam tuam, ut alium in hoc loco dirigas.’

Thus it seems to me that the sin balances out, and so it is better that you obey, and do penance for the sin, than for you not to obey. Yet if you can, when you ask the judge, say this: ‘The Lord Abbot asks that you help him justly and reasonably.’ And if you cannot say ‘help justly and reasonably,’ then say to the judge what the abbot said. If then the abbot would say to you, ‘Go, ask the judge and offer him this reward so that he will help us with our properties,’ as we have said above, and the abbot also says to you, ‘stand in the courtroom with the judge, and perhaps when he sees you in the courtroom, he will respect you, and, because he saw you there, he will help us in our case for your sake.’ But if you know this order to be contrary to justice, you should not obey, but humbly say to the abbot who is asking: “My lord, I promised obedience to you; but what you now enjoin on me seems to me to be serious, and so I ask your pardon so that you will send another to this place.’ If the abbot will say, ‘I want you to go,’ then again you should speak to him as we said above.

Si autem ille abbas dixerit: ‘Volo, ut vadas’, iterum illi debes dicere, sicut superius diximus. Quodsi perseveraverit ille abbas dicens: ‘Volo, ut vadas’, tu dic illi, sicut superius diximus, et subjunge: ‘Videtur mihi in isto imperio obediendo tibi Deum gravius offendere, et ideo illuc ire, ut in illo placito sedeam, non valeo, quia melius est, tibi in isto imperio non obedire abbati, quam Deum offendere, quia majus est peccatum in imperio, quam in inobedientia, eo quod si illic, i. e. in illo placito sederis aut fueris, te stante et audiente ibi judicium injuste datum, non potes esse immunis a peccato, quia non solum ille falsum dicit, qui ore suo profert, verum etiam ille falsum [page 178] testimonium dicit apud Deum, qui audit falsum et tacet.’

And if the abbot insists, saying: ‘I want you to go,’ speak to him as we said above, and add: ‘It seems to me that obeying you in this command would seriously offend God, and I am unable to go there to sit in the courtroom.’ It is better for you not to obey the abbot in this command than to offend God, for greater is the sin in the command than in disobedience. For if you will sit or be in that courtroom, standing there and hearing an unjust judgment given, you cannot be immune from sin, for not only does the one who utters with his mouth speak falsely, truly the one who hears false witness and remains silent also speaks that falsehood [page 178] before God.

De tali vero constrictione, ubi homo hinc inde constringitur a peccato, ut, si fecerit, peccatum erit, aut si non fecerit, similiter peccatum non deerit, quid agendum est ipsi homini, B. Gregorius mirifice docet in libris moralium, ubi Dominus dicit ad B. Job:

About that bind, in which a man on one side is trapped by sin such that if does something, it will be sin, and if he does not do it, even so sin will not be absent, Blessed Gregory wonderfully teaches what such a man must do in the books of the Moralia, when the Lord says to Blessed Job:

Nervi testiculorum [omitted in ed. Mittermueller, added from PLejus perplexi sunt. Argumenta namque machinationum ejus quasi quo laxantur ut relinquant, eo magis implicantur ut teneant. Ubi nullus evadendi sine peccato patet aditus, quid agendum. Conjugatorum concubitus pro explenda libidine culpae non expers. Est tamen quod ad destruendas ejus versutias utiliter fiat, ut dum mens inter minora et maxima peccata constringitur, si omnino nullus sine peccato evadendi aditus patet, minora semper eligantur, quia et qui murorum undique ambitu ne fugiat clauditur, ibi se in fugam praecipitat, ubi brevior murus invenitur. Et Paulus dum quosdam in Ecclesia incontinentes aspiceret, concessit minima, ut majora declinarent, dicens: Propter fornicationem autem unusquisque uxorem suam habeat. [1 Cor 7:1]

‘The sinews of his testicles are wrapped together [Hiob 40:12]. Even as his arguments and contrivances are relaxed so as to let go, all the more do they become entangled so as to hold firmly.  There is something that can be usefully done for the destruction of his slyness, so that when the mind is caught between lesser and greater sins, and there is no possibility at all of coming out without sin, the lesser can always be chosen, so that whoever is hemmed in by walls on every side and cannot escape, can hasten to escape here, where a shorter wall is found. And Paul, when he looked upon those in the Church who were uncontrolled, made concessions in small things so that they might turn aside from greater, saying: Because of fornication let everyone have his wife. [1 Cor 7:2]

Et quia tunc solum conjuges in admistione sine culpa sunt cum non pro explenda libidine, sed pro suspicienda prole miscentur, ut hoc etiam quod concesserat sine culpa, quamvis minima, non esse monstraret, illico adjunxit: Hoc autem dico secundum indulgentiam, non secundum imperium. [1 Cor 7:6]

And because married people come together without guilt when they are not satisfying lust, but rather are coming together for the sake of receiving offspring, lest he not suggest that what was conceded be without sin, however small, he adds there: I say this to you by way of concession, not as a command. [1 Cor 7:6]

Non enim est sine vitio quod ignoscitur, et non praecipitur. Peccatum profecto vidit, quod posse indulgere praevidit. Sed cum in dubiis constringimur, utiliter minimis subdimur, ne in magnis sine venia peccemus. Itaque plerumque nervorum Behemoth istius perplexitas solvitur dum ad virtutes maximas per commissa minora transitur. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob 32.20.39, PL 76, col. 658D-659B].

What is excused, but not commanded, is not without fault. He surely saw to be a sin what he foresaw could be allowed. But when we are caught in uncertain situations, it is better to be subjected to the lesser ones lest we sin in greater ones without permission. Thus the entanglement of the many sinews of Behemoth is undone when we pass to the greater virtues by way of performing lesser ones. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXXII, XX, c. 37-38, CCSL 143B, p. 1658]

Sequitur: 62Non velle dici sanctum, antequam sit, sed prius esse, quod verius dicatur.

And then: 62Do not want to be called holy before you are, but be holy first so it may be said more truthfully.

Cum dicit sanctum, subaudiendum est: opus, ac si diceret: Non debet desiderare, opus suum sanctum ab aliis dici, i. e. non debet ob hoc opus bonum facere, ut dicatur sanctum.

When he says holy, what could be heard is: deed, as if he were saying: One should not desire his deed to be called holy by others, that is, he should not do this deed in order to be called holy.

Et in hoc loco, cum dicit: sed prius esse, quod verius dicatur, non debet intelligere, ut, postquam factum fuerit, cupiat, opus suum bonum et sanctum dici, sed debet ille opus sanctum facere et bonum, et cum factum fuerit, non debet velle, dici sanctum, sed si forte dictum fuerit sine voluntate sua, verius dicatur.

And in this place, when he says: but be holy first so it may be said more truthfully, one should not understand it to mean that one wants his deed to be called good and holy after it is done, but he should do the holy and good deed, and after it is done, he should not want to be called holy, but if it happens to be called that without his willing, it may be said more truthfully.

Sic enim B. Gregorius sua in epistola, quam Leandro episcopo Hispaniorum direxit,31 dicere videtur; ait enim: Vitam autem meam cunctis esse imitabilem, illa vestru epistola loquitur; sed quod non est ita, ut dicitur, sit ita, quia dicitur, ne qui non solet mentiatur [Gregory the Great, Registum IX, no. 121].

So Blessed Gregory in his letter directed to bishop Leander of Spain is seen to say: Your letter says that my life should be imitated by all; may what is not so be such as it is said to be, because it is said, lest one who is not accustomed speaks falsely. [Gregory the Great, Epistolae IX, no. 121]

Omnes enim electi Redemtoris nostri vestigia debent sequi, i. e. bonum debent facere voluntarie et debent manifestari inviti, ut proximis proficiant. Sic enim Dominus legitur fecisse ad exemphun sese quaerentium.

All of those chosen by our Redeemer should follow [his] footsteps, that is, they should do good voluntarily and not in order to be seen, so as to profit their neighbors. So the Lord is read to have done as an example to those seeking him.

Sic idem Gregorius dicit: Redemtor noster per mortale corpus omne, quod egit, hoc nobis in exemplum actionis praebuit, ut pro nostrarum virium modulo ejus vestigia sequentes inoffenso pede operis praesentis vitae carpamus viam. Miraculum namque faciens, cum duos caecos illuminavit et taceri jussit et tamen taceri non potuit, ut videlicet et electi ejus exempla doctrinae ejus sequentes in magnis, quae faciunt, latere quidem in voluntate [page 179] habeant, sed ut prosint aliis prodantur inviti, quatenus et magnae humilitatis sit, quod sua opera taceri appetunt, et magnae utilitatis sit, quod eorum opera taceri non possunt32non ergo Dominus voluit, quidquam fieri, et minime potuit, sed quid velle ejus membra debeant, quidve de eis etiam nolentibus fiat, doctrinae magisterio exemplum dedit. [Gregory, Dialogi I, c. 9, SC 260, pp. 80-82]

So also Gregory says: Our Redeemer by a mortal body showed forth everything that he did as an example of action to us, so that in a small measure for our men following in his footsteps, we might seize the way of the work of the present life with innocent foot. By performing a miracle when he opened the eyes of two blind men and commanded them to be silent but then it could not be kept silent, so then his chosen ones following the examples of his teaching in the great things that they did might have [them] hidden in their will, [page 179] but in order to advance others they are thrust forward unwillingly, so that from their great humility they want their deeds to be kept quiet, even though it might be of great usefulness that their works not be kept quiet—not that the Lord wanted something to be so, but was powerless, but rather he does what is beneficial, even if his members do not strive for it, and gave an example as the master of teaching. [Gregory the Great, Dialogi I, c. 9.7]

Sequitur: 63Praecepta, Dei factis quotidie adimplere, ac si diceret:

And then: 63Carry out God’s commandments every day, as if he said: Whatever you do every day, should be God’s commandments.

Quidquid agit quotidie, praecepta Dei debent esse. Aliter, sive intelligas scripturas, sive non intelligas, tamen si Deum et proximum diligis, praecepta Dei quotidie adimples, sicut dicit Paulus apostolus: Qui autem diligit proximum, legem implevit. [Rm 13:8]

Otherwise, whether you understand Scripture or do not understand, if you love God and neighbor, you carry out God’s commandments every day, as Paul the Apostle says: Whoever loves neighbor, fulfills the Law. [Rm 13:8]

Sequitur: 64Castitatem amare.

And then: 64Love chastity.

Et bene dixit castitatem amare, quia multi, quamvis casti videantur, tamen non amant, et non sunt casti, eo quod tales inveniuntur castrati ab nomine. Et iterum sunt alii, qui volunt agere peccatum et non possunt aut propter locum aut propter prioris coërtionem.

It is well that he said to love chastity because many who are seen to be chaste do not love it, and are not chaste, but are as if they were castrated in name only.17 And then there are others who want to do sin and cannot, whether because of the place or because of earlier restraint.

Castus est post corruptionem, hoc est, qui cognovit peccatum et tamen post perpetrationem se continet. Virgo autem est sine corruptione, hoc est; qui illud peccatum non peregit.

A chaste person can be so after corruption, that is, be someone who knew sin but is continent after perpetration. A virgin is without corruption, that is, someone who has never committed that sin.

Sequitur: 65Nullum odire.

And then: 65Hate no one.

Odium enim, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, significat divisionem, sicut amor collegium. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 25:5, CCSL 97, p. 231]

Hate, as Cassiodorus says, signifies division, while love [signifies] union. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 25:5]

‘Odibilis’ dicitur odio habitus, odio dignus; e contrario ‘odiosus’ dicitur vitiosus, modestus,33 gravis atque ineptus.

‘Hated’ is said of someone habituated to hate, worthy of hate; and on the contrary, ‘hateful’ is said of someone evil, dangerous [[reading ‘molestus’]], unpleasant and foolish.

Sequitur: 66Zelum non habere, 67invidiam non exercere.

And then: 66Do not be jealous, 67or act in envy.

 Zelum in bono et in malo dicitur. Zelum intelligitur aemulatio, i. e. imitatio; sed in hoc loco pro malo ponitur, ac si diceret: Malos non debet imitari.

 Jealousy is said about good and bad. Jealousy means competition, that is, imitation; but here it represents evil, as if one said: One should not imitate evil people.

Invidia autem attinet ad malam voluntatem, exercere autem attinet ad exercitationem, i. e. operationem.

Envy pertains to bad will, to act pertains to doing, that is, to working.

Nunc videndum est, si invidia attinet ad malam voluntatem, i. e. ut mala voluntas sit, quare dixit exercere, i. e. operari? Aut enim dixit non exercere pro ‘non habere’, aut certe, quia voluntas operatio [page 180] est apud Deum. Qualiter ergo intelligendum sit invidus, B. Ambrosius in secundo libro officiorum docet hoc modo dicens, ait enim: Filii, fugite improbos, cavete invidos. [Ambrose, De officiis II, c. 30]

Now it must be seen if envy pertains to bad will. But if it be bad will, why does he say to act, that is, to work? Either he said do not act in place of ‘do not have’ [envy], or more surely because will is an operation [page 180] in God. How therefore envy is to be understood, Blessed Ambrose in the second book of the Offices teaches in this manner, saying: Sons, flee the wicked, beware of the envious. [Ambrose, De officiis II, c. 30.152, CCSL 15, p. 151]

Inter improbum et invidum hoc interest: Improbus suo delectatur bono, invidus torquetur alieno, ille diligit mala, hic bona odit, ut proprie tolerabilior sit, qui sibi vult bene, quam qui male omnibus.

The difference between the wicked and the envious is this: The wicked delights in his own good, the envious is tormented by [the good of] another; the former loves bad things, the latter hates good. The one who wants good for himself is more bearable than the one who wants ill for others.

De invidia autem etiam Priscianus dicit hoc modo: Si quis attente aspiciat, inter adquisitiva vel aequiparantia haec quoque verba sunt ponenda: Noceo tibi est: nocens tibi fio; invideo, quasi non videns tibi fio, hoc est, non ferens, te bene agentem videre; maledico tibi: contra te malum dico [???]. De invidia Cicero dicit hoc modo: [In]justius invidia nihil est, quae protinus ipsum auctorem rodit atque animum cruciat [???, quoted in Isidore, Differentiae].

Of envy, Priscian says this: If someone looks carefully, between acquisition and comparison these words are placed: ‘I do harm to you’ is: I am doing harm to you; I envy, I am as if not seeing you, that is, I cannot bear to see you doing well; I curse you, against you I speak evil. Cicero has this to say about envy: Nothing is worse than envy, which relentlessly eats away at its author and tortures the soul. [???, quoted in Isidore of Seville, Differentiae]

Sequitur: 68Contentionem non amare.

And then: 68Do not love conflict.

Cognovit B. Benedictus, quia sunt multi, qui amant contentionem, sed tamen aliquando volunt illam dimittere, et quia illam amant, non possunt dimittere; ideo labuntur in contentionem, quia amant illam. Et propterea bene dixit: Contentionem non amare, ut facilius possit dimittere contentionem, si illam non amaverit.

Blessed Benedict knew that there are many who love conflict, but when they want to let it go, they cannot let it go because they love it. So they fall into conflict, because they love it. And therefore he says rightly, Do not love conflict, for you can more easily let conflict go if you do not love it.

Contentio est: si dicit tibi aliquis: ‘Quare fecisti hoc?’ et tu dixeris: ‘Non feci!’ non est adhuc contentio; si autem ille dixerit, quia tu fecisti, et tu si postea dixeris: ‘Non feci’, aut aliquid aliud, modo videtur esse contentio, et tunc transgrederis hoc praeceptum. Si autem dixerit tibi, qui etiam presbyter es, quia adulterium fecisti, tu debes imprimis dicere: ‘Non feci’. Si autem subjunxerit, quia fecisti, tu debes dicere praeceptum apostolicum: Servum Dei non oportet litigare [2 Tim 2:24].

Conflict is: if someone says to you, ‘Why did you do this?’ and you say: ‘I did not do it!’ this is not conflict; if, however he were to say that you did it, and you then said: ‘I did not do it,’ or something similar, it would seem to be conflict, and then you will transgress this teaching. If you are a priest and he were to say to you that you committed adultery, you should first say, ‘I did not.’ If he insists that you did, you should cite the apostolic teaching: A servant of God should not litigate [2 Tim 2:24].

Et iterum regula dicit: Contentionem non amare, et ideo, quia monachus sum, iterum respondere, ne videar contentioni deservire, non audeo. Melius est, ut eligas potius deponi, quam contendas, ut si videaris coram hominibus depositus, tamen coram Deo non es depositus.

And the Rule says, Do not love conflict, and thus because I am a monk, I do not dare to reply again lest I seem to be devoted to conflict. It is better that you choose to yield rather than argue, so that even if you seem in the eyes of others to have yielded, before God you did not yield.

Sequitur: 69Elationem fugere.

And then: 69shun arrogance.

Non dixit corpore, sed mente. Elatio est, sicut jam diximus, qui vult, ut opus suum dicatur.

He did not say it about the body, but about the mind. Arrogance means, as we have already said, that someone wants his deed to be remarked upon.

Sequitur: 70Seniores venerari. Hoc attinet ad minores. [page 181]

And then: 70Respect your seniors. This concerns the younger. [page 181]

Sequitur: 71Juniores diligere, et hoc etiam attinet ad majores.

And then: 71Love your juniors, and this concerns the older.

Sequitur: 72In Christi amore pro inimicis orare.

And then: 72Pray for your enemies in the love of Christ.

Orare debes pro inimicis, ut convertantur.

You should pray for your enemies so that they may be converted.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia in Christi amore ad inimici orationem attinet. Orant sancti pro inimicis eo tempore, quo possunt ad fructuosam poenitentiam eorum corda convertere34 atque ipsa conversione salvari. Quid enim aliud pro inimicis orandum est, nisi hoc, quod ait Apostolus, ut det illis Deus poenitentiam et resipiscant a diaboli laqueis, a quo capti tenentur ad ipsius voluntatem? [2 Tim 2:25-26]

It must be understood that in the love of Christ concerns prayer for your enemies. The saints pray for their enemies so that they can turn their hearts to fruitful penance and be saved by that conversion. What else could praying for your enemies be, except what the Apostle said, so that God might give them punishment and they might escape the snares of the devil by whom they are held captive at his will? [2 Tim 2:25-26]

Sequitur: 73Cum discordantibus ante solis occasum in pace redire.

And then: 73Make peace with whom you have quarreled before sunset.

Hoc, quod dicit, de Paulo apostolo sumsit; ait enim Paulus: Sol non occidat super iracundiam vestram [Eph 4:26].

What he says here he took from Paul the Apostle, for Paul said: Do not let the sun go down on your anger. [Eph 4:26]

Sunt enim multi, qui istum locum secundum literam intelligunt, ut sit sensus: non debet sol ad occasum ante ire, quam pacem cum tuo inimico facias; sed non est bonus intellectus, quia potest non solum ante solis occasum, sed etiam ante tres horas grande peccatum committi.

There are many who understand this text according to the letter, as if its meaning were: sunset should not happen before you go to make peace with your enemy. But that is not a good interpretation, for a great sin can be committed not only before sunset but even three hours earlier.

Sed melius est, ut secundum spiritalem intellectum intelligatur de Christo, ut sit sensus: non talia debes agere per tuam iram in fratre tuo, ut Christus iu te extinguatur; de illo enim sole dicit, de quo dictum est: Vobis, qui timetis Deum, orietur sol justitiae [Malach 4:2]

It is better that it be interpreted about Christ according to the spiritual meaning, so that this should be the interpretation: you should not act against your brother by your anger in such a way that the Christ in you is extinguished; for he is called the Sun, of whom it was said: The sun of justice will rise upon you who fear God. [Mal 4:2]

De hoc sole Instituta Patrum bene docet dicens: Timentibus autem [omitted in Mittermueller, added from PL:... nomen meum orietur sol justitiae, et sanitas in pennis ejus. [Malach 4:2] Qui rursus peccatoribus et pseudoprophetis, illisque qui irascuntur, occidere dicitur in medio die, dicente propheta: Occidit eis sol in meridie. [Amos 8:9]

The Institutes of the Fathers teach well about this sun, saying: The sun of justice will rise upon those who fear my name, and healing in his wings. [cf. Mal 4:2] On the other hand, the sinners and false prophets, and those who are enraged, are said to go down in the middle of the day, as the Prophet says: The sun goes down on them at midday. [cf. Am 8:9]

Vel certe secundum tropicum sensum mens, id est, νοῦς sive ratio, quae pro eo quod omnes cordis cogitationes discretionesque perlustret, sol merito nuncupatur, irae vitio non exstinguatur; ne eadem occidente, perturbationum tenebrae cum auctore suo diabolo universum nostri cordis occupent sensum, et tenebris irae possessi, velut in nocte caeca, quid nos oporteat agere, ignoremus.

According to the moral interpretation, the mind, that is the νοῦς or reason, which oversees all the thoughts and determinations of the heart and is worthily called sun, should not be darkened by the vice of anger; nor should the darkness of disturbances with their author the devil occupy the entire capacity of our heart, and be possessed by the darkness of anger, so that in the dark night we do not know how we should behave.

Tali sensu hunc Apostoli locum institutis seniorum traditum nobis, quia necesse fuit quemadmodum de ira sentirent, licet longiore sermone, protulimus, qui eam nec ad momentum quidem cor nostrum penetrare permittunt, illud Evangelii omnimodis observantes: Qui irascitur fratri suo, reus erit judicio. [Matth 5:22]

In this sense is the text of the Apostle given to us by the teachings of the elders, because it was necessary, even with a longer discourse, that we brought forward something of what they felt about anger, [for] they did not permit it to enter our heart even for a moment, observing the [text] of the Gospel in every way: Whoever is angry with his brother, is liable to judgment. [Mt 5:22]

Caeterum si usque ad occasum solis licitum sit irasci, ante perturbationes noxiae poterunt furoris satietatem et ultricis irae commotionem explere, quam iste sol ad locum sui vergat occasus.

For the rest, if it be lawful to be angry until the setting of the sun, the noxious disturbances will be able to fill up the satiety of wrath and the commotion of vengeful anger before the setting sun inclines toward its place.

Quid vero dicam de his (quod quidem dicere sine mea confusione non possum) quorum implacabilitati nec hic quidem sol occidens terminum ponit; sed per dies eam plurimos protelantes, atque adversus eos in quos commoti fuerint rancorem animi reservantes, negant quidem se verbis irasci, sed reipsa et opere indignari gravissime comprobantur? Nam neque eos congruo sermone compellant, nec affabilitate eis solita colloquuntur; et in eo se minime delinquere putant, quod vindictam suae commotionis non expetant; quam tamen quia proferre palam et exercere, aut non audent, aut certe non possunt, in suam perniciem virus iracundiae retorquentes, concoquunt eam in corde taciti, ac silentes in semetipsis consumunt, amaritudinem tristitiae non virtute animi protinus expellentes, sed digerentes processu dierum, et utcumque pro tempore mitigantes. [Cassian, Institutiones VIII, c. 9-10].

What then shall I say about those—I am unable to say anything about them without embarrassment—on whose implacability not even the setting sun establishes any limit; but prolonging it for many days, and storing up rancor of soul against those whom they were stirred up about, deny in their words that they are angry, but in fact and deed are proven to be seriously angered? For they can neither address them with a suitable word nor engage them in conversation with usual friendliness; and they consider themselves not to be wrong in doing so since they are not seeking vindication for their being upset. Because they do not dare, or are even unable, to manifest or act upon their anger, they turn back the pernicious poison of wrath on themslves, suffering it in the silence of the heart, and silently they consume [it] themselves, unable to expel the bitterness of sadness by power of the soul but digesting [it] with the passage of days and in some way mitigating it by time. [Cassian, Institutiones VIII, c. 9-10]

Sequitur: 74Et de Dei misericordia nunquam desperare.

And then: 74And never despair of God’s mercy.

Apto enim loco dixit: De Dei misericordia nunquam desperare, postquam dixit: Pro inimicis orare et cum discordantibus ante solis occasum in pace redire, quia inconsequens est, ut illi de Dei misericordia se desperent, qui aliis misericordiam praestiterunt; nam quo misericordes aliis existunt, eo misericordem Deum habere merentur.

He said: never despair of God’s mercy in a fitting place, after he said, pray for your enemies and make peace with whom you have quarreled before sunset, because it does not follow that they who despair of God’s mercy offer mercy to others. For those who are merciful to others, deserve to have God’s mercy.

Sequitur: 75Ecce haec sunt instrumenta artis spiritalis, 76quae cum fuerint a nobis die noctuque adimpleta et in die [page 182] judicii reconsignata, illa merces nobis a Domino recompensabitur, quam ipse promisit, 77quod oculus non vidit, nec auris audivit, nec in cor hominis ascendit, quae praeparavit Deus his, qui diligunt illum.

And then: 75Look: these are the tools of the spiritual craft. 76When we have used them day and night without ceasing and given them back on the Day [page 182] of Judgment, we will receive in return the reward God himself promised: 77 “What the eye has not seen nor the ear heard, God has prepared for those who love him.”

Nos enim, cum digito monstramus aliquid, ecce dicimus. Nunc vero enumeratis instrumentis artis spiritalis B. Benedictus ecce dixit.

When we show something with our finger, we say look. Now after listing the tools of the spiritual craft, Blessed Benedict said look.

Ecce adverbium demonstrantis est.

Look is a demonstrative adverb.18

Istud, quod dicit: die noctuque, potest duobus modis intelligi, sive quia quaedam instrumenta dixit, quae attinent fieri in nocte magis, et quaedam magis in die, et quaedam sunt, quae in nocte et in die possunt fieri; sive altero modo, quod melius est et magis ipsum debemus intelligere, die noctuque posuit pro ‘semper’, hoc est ‘jugiter’, secundum illum sensum: Et in lege ejus meditabitur die ac nocte [Ps 1:2].

When he says: day and night, it can be understood in two ways, either that he spoke about certain tools, some of which are used more at night, and some more in the day, and there are some that can be used both at night and in the day. Another manner, which is better and so we should preferably understand it that way, puts day and night for ‘always,’ that is ‘constantly,’ according to this meaning: And he meditates on his law day and night. [Ps 1:2]

Sicut autem qui ad patriam tendit, donec perveniat, semper habet, quo ambulet, sie etiam nos, quamdiu sumus in hoc mortali corpore constituti, peregrinamur a Domino; praesens vita nobis est via, in qua semper habemus, ubi possumus proficere, donec Deo perducente ad illam valeamus aeternam patriam pervenire. Recompensabitur, i. e. retribuetur; recompendens enim dicitur compensans sive retribuens, i. e. recompensare vel retribuere.

As someone who keeps heading for his homeland until he gets there always knows where he walks, so it is for us: while we are still in this mortal body, we are living apart from God, but the present life is a way for us, in which we can always make progress, until by God’s guidance we may arrive at that eternal homeland. Promised, that is, repaid; promising means compensating or repaying, that it to promise or to repay.

Sequitur: 78Officina vero, ubi haec omnia diligenter operemur, claustra sunt monasterii et stabilitas in congregatione.

And then: 78The workshops where we should industriously carry all this out are the cloisters of the monastery and stability in the community.

Officina vero neutrius generis est et numeri pluralis et construitur ita: Sunt vero officina, ubi, i. e. in quibus haec omnia, — subaudiendum est: instrumenta — operemur, i. e. iaciamus diligenter et studiose, quasi interrogasses: quae sunt illa officina?

Workshops is of the neuter gender and plural number and is construed thus: They are the workshops, in which we do all this — understood to be tools – that is, apply ourselves diligently and intently, so that if you asked: what are those workshops?

S. vero Benedictus quasi respondisse videtur, cum dicit: claustra monasterii, in quibus35 haec instrumenta, quae diximus, agenda sunt.

And Saint Benedict, as if seen to respond, says: [they are] the cloisters of the monastery, in which these tools, as we have said, must be used.

Sunt enim officina domus, in quibus diversae artes operantur, i. e. ubi alii consuunt vestimenta, alii calciamenta, alii fabricant spatham [page 183] et gladios, alii claves et caetera alia diversa. Et bene dixit, claustra36 monasterii esse officina, quia sicut in officinis diversae artes a diversis magistris, ut diximus, aguntur, ita et in monasterio diversae operationes in singulis locis fiunt, i. e. cum alii legunt, alii cantant, alii operantur aliquid manibus, alii laborant in coquina, et caetera his similia.

There are workshops of the house, in which various crafts are performed, that is, where some sew clothing, others shoes, others make shovels [page 183] and ploughshares, others keys and various other things. And well did he say that the cloisters of the monastery are workshops, because just as various crafts are done in workshops by various masters, as we have said, so in the monastery various operations are done in specific places, that is, when some are reading, others are singing, others are doing something with [their] hands, others are working in the kitchen, and others things like these.

Claustra enim est feminini generis et numeri singularis; officinum vero est, ubi aliquod opus Dei agitur vel artificia aliqua operantur.

Cloisters is in the feminine gender and singular number; workshop is where any work of God is done or other crafts are undertaken.

Et bene dixit stabilitas in congregatione, quia haec omnia artificia non possunt agere, nisi fuerint in congregatione.

And well did he say stability in the community, because none of these crafts can be done except in community.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘Volo haec agere aliqua foris’. Respondendum est illi: ‘Non’. Quare? Quia S. Benedictus dicit: ubi haec omnia diligenter operemur, claustra sunt monasterii et stabilitas in congregatione; et ideo talia debent fieri claustra monasterii,37 ubi ista, quae diximus, sine occasione peccati fieri possunt.

Perhaps somebody says: ‘I want to do this thing outside.’ One must reply to him: ‘No.’ Why? Because Saint Benedict says: where we should industriously carry all this out are the cloisters of the monastery and stability in the community. And the cloisters of the monastery should be such that these things, as we said, can be done without occasion of sin.

Nam sunt multi minus intelligentes occasionem peccati, aut arctam claustram faciunt minus, quam debent, aut certe majorem, quam oportet: sed talem debet abbas constituere claustram et sic grandem , ubi ea, quae monachus debet agere, in claustra monasterii operetur, ubi debet consuere vel lavare pannos aut lectioni vacare, aut domus esse infirmorum, et caetera his similia; quia si major fuerit, quam oportet, cum vadit frater, invenit laicum aut extraneum, cum quo loquitur, aut aliquid dat aut accipit sine licentia abbatis, et invenitur occasio peccandi.

There are many less intelligent people who make [it] an occasion of sin, or make the enclosure of the cloister less than it should be, or even more, than is fitting: but the abbot should so organize the cloister and [make it] big enough, so that all of the things that a monk should do can be carried out in the cloisters of the monastery, where he should sew or wash clothes, or give time to reading, or where there can be a house for the sick, and other things similar to these; for if it is larger than is fitting, when a brother comes he finds a lay person or extern, with whom he speaks, or gives or receives something without the permission of the abbot, and an occasion of sin is found.

Similiter si arcta fuerit, i. e. parva pro necessitate aliquid agendi, tunc facit transgressionem exiendo; nam ortus38 non est in claustra, in quam nullus debet intrare, nisi ille, cui commissum est. Nam ille abbas debet constituere claustram ita aptam, in qua possit esse stabilitas in congregatione et vagationis nulla esse occasio. Dicunt enim multi, quia claustra monasterii centum pedes debet habere in omni parte, minus non, quia parva est; si autem velis plus, potest fieri.

Similarly if it be too confined, that is, small for doing what is necessary, then he transgresses by going out, as if for instance, the garden is not in the cloisters, into which no one should enter except the one to whom it it was entrusted. So the abbot should arrange a fitting cloister in which there can be stability in the community and there is no occasion for wandering outside. Many say that the cloisters of the monastery should have a hundred feet in every direction, and no less, or it is small; if you want to have more, let it be done.

Claustra enim [page 184] dixit de illa curtina, ubi monachi sunt, i. e. quae est inter porticum et porticum. Et hoc notandum est, quia multa sunt, quae dixi, quae quantum ad exteriorem hominem attinent, in claustra non possunt fieri, veluti est, mortuum sepelire aut infirmum visitare.

He said cloisters about that enclosed space where the monks are, that is, which is between colonnade and colonnade. It should be noted that there are many things that I have said pertain to the exterior person that cannot be done within the cloister, such as burying the dead or visiting the sick.

Sed tamen onmia, in claustra possunt fieri, quantum ad interiorem hominem attinent, i. e. si voluntas fuerit alicui in corde id agendi. Et ideo si infinnum infra claustram non possunt visitare, quia domus infirmorum non est infra claustram, tamen infra claustram possum visitare, si voluntas mihi fuerit visitandi. Similiter et in caeteris officiis ita intelligendum est.

But everything pertaining to the interior person can be done in the cloister if there is a will in someone’s heart that it must be done. And if they cannot visit a sick person within the cloister, because the infirmary is not within the cloister, then I can visit within the cloister if the will of visiting be in me. It is to be understood similarly for other tasks.


1. focina. Codd, Tegerns. et Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
2. altera sententiae pars seu άπόδοσς omissa esse videtur (Mittermüller).
3. cognoscere congruentiae et contrarietates. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
4. erronee positum pro praefecto praetorio. (Mittermüller).
5. ego (?). (Mittermüller).
6. de mortuis sepeliendis, Cod. Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
7. agendi. Codd. Tegerns. et Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
8. Cod. Fürstzell, addit: dicunt enim collationes patrum, qui sint saeculi actus, hoc modo: Secundum regulam (seniorum), quidquid necessitatem victus cottidiani et inevitabilem usum carnis excedit, ad saecularem definierunt curam et sollicitudinem pertinere. Codex Tegerns. exhibet quidem hunc locum, sed omnino incongrue in expositione instrumenti posterioris: iram non perficere. (Mittermüller).
9. qui. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
10. sententia haec vix intelligibilis. (Mittermüller).
11. nominans. edit. Vulgat. (Mittermüller).
12. et, (quia) illos. (Mittermüller).
13. (Ille jurat in dolo proximo suo), qui hujuscemodi jurat, ut ... (Mittermüller).
14. quare et per scabellum (?). (Mittermüller).
15. excepta, cod. Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
16. non ducere (?). (Mittermüller).
17. et (?) voluerit. (Mittermüller).
18. et (?) non audet. (Mittermüller).
19. Ad haec omnia (?). (Mittermüller).
20. quia et tu divinitus desideras tibimet subveniri (?). (Mittermüller).
21. non reddere (?). (Mittermüller).
22. Anacoluthon. (Mittermüller).
23. constringere, codd. Tegerns. et Fürstz. (Mittermüller).
24. ut amplius laedatur. (Mittermüller).
25. maledixerunt, sed ... (Mittermüller).
26. Hic locus in capite XXXVIII. regulae repetitur. (Mittermüller).
27. Deum dedisse. (Mittermüller).
28. scil. risui apta. (Mittermüller).
29. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
30. synod. roman. a. 826. (Mittermüller).
31. epist. 121. (Migne, tom 77. col. 1051). (Mittermüller).
32. Anacooluthon (?). (Mittermüller).
33. molestus (?). (Mittermüller).
34. converti (?). (Mittermüller).
35. in qua (?). Cum Hildemarus vocabulum claustra generis feminini et numeri singularis esse velit, fortasse notario est imputandum, quod hoc loco claustra modo nomen num. Sing. primae declinationis, modo num. plur. secundae declinationis accipitur. (Mittermüller).
36. claustram (?). (Mittermüller).
37. Talis debet fieri claustra (?). (Mittermüller).
38. hortus. (Mittermüller).

1. Venarde in v. 78 has it as “cloisters” though I prefer “enclosure.”
2. In the Latin version of the biblical Book of Tobit, both Tobit and his son Tobias are named “Tobias.” Hildemar is referring to the father.
3. Lat. obedientia, “obedience,” is used for an assigned task or job as well as for the more general quality of obedience.
4. Cf. Latin uro, ‘to burn.’ 5. Mittermüller points out that the Vulgate text reads nominans, ‘naming,’ rather than negotians.
6. Augustine’s anxiety about Paul’s alleged lying is a commonplace in his writings, preeminently in De mendacio, ch. 43, and in his critique of Jerome’s suggestion that Paul had only been pretending to rebuke Peter in Galatians 2 (Augustine, Ep. 2). John Cassian’s Conferences 17 can be considered a response to Augustine and a restatement of a traditional position that deception can be justified under certain circumstances; see ch. 20 for Paul. More generally, see Boniface Ramsey, “Two Traditions on Lying and Deception in the Ancient Church,” The Thomist 49 (1985), 504-33.
7. The particle νή + a noun in the accusative signifies an oath or invocation. The full phrase in Greek is: καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀποθνῄσκω, νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν, ἀδελφοί, ἥν ἔχω ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, which the Vulgate renders as cotidie morior per vestram gloriam fratres quam habeo in Christo Iesu Domino nostro. As Hildemar notes, in the Greek it is indeed more clearly an oath than in Latin, though that does not help to understand the precise meaning of the phrase: even modern translations of the Greek are divided along the very lines Hildemar describes.
8. Logically this should be the fourth rather than third degree, since it is the highest.
9. Hildemar omits the remainder of RB 4:32, sed magis benedicere, ‘but bless [them] instead.’
10. Preferred to Venarde’s “slugabed.”
11. Augustine quotes a commonplace of Latin rhetoric, which seems to have originated in the first-century Rhetorica ad Herennium: quod facit, ab eo quod fit, ut cum ‘desidiosam’ artem dicimus, quia desidiosas facit, et frigus ‘pigrum’, quia pigros efficit (Rhet. Her. 4.43, as cited in Heinrich Lausberg, Handbook of Literary Rhetoric, ed. David E. Orton, R. Dean Anderson [Leiden: Brill, 1998], sec. 568.3, p. 259).
12. Hildemar omits a few words here that clarify Servius’ point: queribundum tectius velut, “complaining secretly, as if….”
13. Following the Vulgate, which reads pigmentarii.
14. Understanding plebs in the medieval sense of an ecclesiastical jurisdiction, here distinguished from the diocese. The original text of the decree is clearer: in universis episcopiis, subjectisque plebibus, “in all bishoprics and parishes subject to them.”
15. Cf. Eph. 6:16, in omnibus sumentes scutum fidei in quo possitis omnia tela nequissimi ignea extinguere, “in all things take up the shield of faith, by which you will be able to extinguish all the fiery darts of the most evil one.”
16. Referring to the procedure for admitting one’s faults in the daily gathering of the monks that typically occurred after Prime, during which a selection (caput, “chapter”) of the Rule was read and the abbot would give an allocution before turning to the day’s business. For references to Chapter, see Hildemar’s commentary on RB 2:33; 3; 4:16; 6:2; 21:5; 22:4; 37; 42:8-11; 45:2-3; 46:4-5, 48:3 and 24; 49:9-10; 54:1-2; 55:13-14 and 16; 58; 62:1-2; 63; 65:12 and 15; 67; and especially the reference to confession of sins re. RB 71:9.
17. Hildemar makes a wordplay on castus and castratus, suggesting that to pretend to be the former is as ridiculous as claiming to be the latter (even if the latter is a less likely dissumulation!).
18. Obviously, the English “look” is an imperative verb; this point depends on the Latin ecce which is indeed an adverb.

Cap. V
DE OBEDIENTIA DISCIPULORUM, QUALIS SIT

[Ms P, fol. 53rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 116r; Ms E1, fol. 55v; Ms. E2, fol. 75r]

Ch. 5
CONCERNING THE OBEDIENCE OF DISCIPLES, THE WAY IT SHOULD BE

Translated by: Sven Meeder

Rectum ordinem tenuit B. Benedictus in hoc loco, cum dicit, 1Primum gradum humilitatis esse obedientiam, cum superius dixit: De Dei misericordia numquam desperare, [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.73] eo quod per obedientiam nos ad Dei misericordiam revocat, a cujus bonitate per inobedientiam recessimus. Et ideo primum instrumentum obedientiam posuit, quia, sicut fuit prima malitia inobedientia, per quam recessimus a Deo, ita primum gradum dixit esse revertendi ad Deum, cum primum instrumentum posuit, obedientiam. Cum dicit de obedientia, subaudiendum est: tractemus aut disputemus. Humilis autem dicitur quasi humo acclinis. Nam sunt multi, qui, quamvis in coelum respiciant, tamen caput ante Deum inclinant, eo quod cinerem et pulverem se esse existimant, quia unusquisque homo in terram revertitur et in cinerem redigitur.

The blessed Benedict held the right order on this subject, when he says, 1The first step of humility is obedience, as he has said above: never to despair of God’s mercy [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.73] because he calls us back to the mercy of God through obedience, from whose goodness we have withdrawn by way of disobedience. And therefore he has laid down the first instrument of obedience, because, just as the principal fault is disobedience through which we have withdrawn from God, so he has said that the first step to return to God is obedience, when he classified it the first instrument. When he speaks of obedience, one is to understand: we should discuss and debate. But 'humble' [humilis] is said to be like ‘resting on the ground’ [humo acclinis]. For there are many who, while they gaze up to heaven, still bow their head before God, because they consider themselves to be ashes and dust, since anyone man returns to the earth and is reduced to ashes.

Sequitur: 1Primus humilitatis gradus est obedientia sine mora.

It goes on: 1The first step of humility is obedience without delay.

In hoc enim loco, cum dicit primus, oritur quaestio, quare dixit primus, cum non sequitur secundus. Sunt enim alii, qui dicunt, primum in hoc loco positum esse pro magnitudino vel pro solo, veluti est illud: Primum quaeritur regnum Dei. (Primum ponitur pro magnitudine vel solo.) Alii iterum dicunt: non potest esse pro magnitudine vel pro solo, quia inferius subsequitur S. Benedictus [page 185]: timorem gehennae et arctam viam; nam qui timore poenae vel temporalis seu aeternae servit vel obedit Domino, non est perfectus; et ille, cui est arcta via obedientia, non est perfectus. Sed primus in ordine positus est; (quia) quamvis1 inferius dicit S. Benedictus iterum: Primus humilitatis gradus est, non officit, quia mos est sanctorum praedicatorum, semel, bis aut ter dicere unum eundenique sermonem, verbi gratia dicunt: Ante omnia caritatem mutuam habete, [cf. 1 Pt 4:8] post hinc praedicant alia et iterum subjungunt: ante omnia humilitatem habete, et reliqua. Ita et S. Benedictus in hoc loco facere videtur, cum hic dicit: Primus humilitatis gradus est, et iterum inferius subjungit: Primus humilitatis gradus est.

For in this place, since it says first, the question arises why he said first, since there follows no second. For there are some, who say that first is written in that place to denote importance or to denote uniqueness, as if it is (like) this: First the kingdom of God is found. (First is written to denote importance or uniqueness.) Others on the other hand say: it cannot be because of importance or uniqueness, because St Benedict later continues: [page 185] the fear of hell and the narrow road; for he who serves or obeys the Lord because of fear for temporary or eternal punishment is not perfect; and he for whom obedience is a narrow road is not perfect. But it is placed first in order; (because) although St Benedict later says: the first step of humility is, it does not impede, because it is the custom of holy preachers, on occasion, to say the same word twice or three times, speaking for example: Before all else have mutual charity, [cf. 1 Pt 4:8] after this they preach other things and combine this again with: ‘Before all else have humility’, and so on. Thus also St Benedict appears to do in this instance: when he says here: the first step of humility is and later on states again: the first step of humility is.

Nunc videndum est, quare nunc dicit humilitatis, cum clavis istius capituli de obedientia dicit? Opus enim fuit, ut diceret, primum obedientiae gradum esse. Ideo dixit humilitatis, quia istae tres virtutes, i. e. caritas, humilitas et obedientia adeo sunt sibi conjunctae, ut una sine altera esse nequeat; nam ubi obedientia est, ibi humilitas et caritas et reliqua, sicut superius diximus.

Now we must find out why he says of humility, when he says [it is] the key to this chapter on obedience. For it was necessary, as he has said, that it is the first step of obedience. Therefore, he spoke of humility, because these three virtues – that is charity, humility, and obedience – are thus connected together, so that one cannot exist without the other; for where there is obedience, there is also humility and charity and so on, as we have said above.

Gradus intelligitur ascensio vel scansio.

Step is understood as a degree or a rising climb.

Obedientia sine mora. Obedientia dicta est quasi obaudientia, quia quod audit sermone, opere complet.

Obedience without delay. Obedience is said similar to ‘audience’, because what one hears through words, one perfects in labour.

Et bene dixit, primum humilitatis gradum esse obedientiam, quia primum per superbiam et inobedientiam a regno Dei et a beatitudine expulsi sumus aeterna, et ideo per humilitatem et obedientiam eadem coelestis regni gaudia repetere debemus.

And well he said the first step of humility to be obedience, because at first we are banished from the kingdom of God and from eternal blessedness through pride and disobedience, and thus through humility and obedience we must strive to regain the same joy of the heavenly kingdom.

Sunt enim multi, qui videntur coram hominibus sine mora, i. e. sine tarditate agere obedientiam, tamen coram Deo cum mora agunt, i. e. aut pro vana gloria, aut pro timore, aut certe pro alia aliqua ratione obediunt. Iterum sunt alii, qui cum mora coram hominibus videntur obedire, tamen coram Deo sine mora obediunt, quia pro impossibilitate hoc faciunt. Isti tales probandi sunt. Probandus est ille, qui sine mora obedit coram hominibus isto modo: ut securus sit abbas de illo, coram Deo debet illum admonere, [page 186] ne hoc, quod facit, non pro vana gloria aut pro timore faciat. Et ut securior sit, debet illum probare in aliis operibus.

For there are many, who in the sight of men appear (to act) without delay, that is to effect obedience without stalling, yet in the sight of God they act with delay, that is they obey either for vainglory, or out of fear, or really for some other reason. Again there are others, who in the sight of men appear to obey with delay, yet in the sight of God obey without delay, because they do so through impossibility. Such men are to be approved. He is approved, who in this way obeys without delay in the sight of men: for if the abbot is untroubled about him, he must admonish him in the sight of God [page 186] that that which he does he should not do for vainglory or out of fear. And so that he may be even more untroubled, he must approve him in other works.

Si illum cognoverit studiosum esse in lectione, in mortificatione, in jejunio et reliq., tunc potest causa Dei etiam sine mora obediens esse. Quodsi illum non cognoverit esse studiosum in aliis rebus, poterit etiam suspicari, non ejus intentionem sanam esse in hoc loco. Illum vero, qui videtur cum mora agere obedientiam, potest isto modo abbas probare, i. e. debet cognoscere, qualis sit illa obedientia, quae illi injungitur a decano aut praeposito vel ab aliquo priore.

If he seen to be eager for reading, for humiliation, for fasting and so on, then in that cause for God he can be obedient without delay. But if he is not seen to be eager in other things, it could actually be suspected that his intention is not sound in this place. In that manner the abbot can truly test him who appears to conduct obedience with delay, that is, he must get to know what that obedience is like, which is imposed upon him by a deacon or a superior or some elder.

Si cognoverit, illam obedientiam esse rectam et bonam, tunc debet illum interrogare, quare cum mora obedit. Ille vero si dixerit: 'causa impossibilitatis hoc ago,' iterum debet illum probare in aliis rebus, i. e. si invenerit illum studiosum et mortificatum in aliis operibus, tunc poterit illum cognoscere causa impossibilitatis hoc agere; si autem cognoverit, illum non studiosum esse, tunc poterit in illo suspicari, hoc desidiae causa agere, et postea, prout cognoverit abbas illum delinquere, potest illum regulari disciplina constringere.

If he has learned that this obedience is right and good, then he must interrogate him why he obeys with delay. If he verily said: 'I do this by cause of impossibility', he must test him again in other matters, that is if he finds him to be eager and ascetic in other works, then he can know him to be doing this out of impossibility; if, however, he has learned that he is not eager, then he can be suspected in this to do so out of idleness, and afterwards, just as the abbot learned that he is failing, he can restrain him with discipline of the rule.

Vide modo: Sunt duo fratres, qui audiunt signum pulsare; unus est ex illis servitor infirmorum et tempore, quo audit signum, tenet infirmum in manibus et non potest illum dimittere et currere, et tamen voluntatem habet eundi, si non impediretur. Iste talis si coram hominibus videatur cum mora agere, tamen coram Deo non agit moram.

See here: There are two brothers, who hear a bell ringing; one of them is a caretaker of the sick and at the time he hears the clock, he has a sick person in his hands and can not send him away and run, and yet he has the will to go, if he had not been hindered. In this way in the sight of men he may appear to be acting with delay, but in the sight of God he acts without delay.

Similiter qui hospiti servit et reliqua. Et est alter, qui non habet aliquam obedientiam, in qua impeditus existat, ut hora signi pulsati pro hoc non valeat currere; cum audit signum, currit statim pro timore, ne excommunicetur. Iste talis, si videatur coram hominibus sine mora currere, tamen coram Deo cum mora agit.

Similarly he who cares for guests and so on. There is also the other [brother], who does not have any obedience, in which he proves to be hindered, so that at the hour of the sounding bell he prevails not to run for this; when he hears the bell, he runs immediately out of fear to be excommunicated. In this way, if he appears in the sight of men to run without delay, yet in the sight of God he acts with delay.

Sequitur: Nunc quasi interrogasses S. Benedictum dicens: ‘Pater Benedicte! cui convenit obedientia sine mora, i. e. sine tarditate?’ ille autem quasi respondens dicit: 2Haec convenit his, qui nihil sibi Christo carius aliquid existimant.

It goes on: Now if you had said, as in some interrogation of St Benedict: ‘Father Benedict! To whom is obedience without delay, that is without slowness, fitting?’ He, however, says as if responding: 2This is fitting to those, who judge nothing dearer to them than Christ.

Cum dicit haec, subaudis: obedientia ista sine mora, ac si diceret aliis verbis: ista obedientia sine mora, quam [page 187] dixi, illis hominibus convenit, qui nullam rem amant plus quam Christum.

When he says this, you must understand: that obedience without delay, and if he had said it with other words, this obedience without delay, [page 187] as I say, is fitting to those men, who love nothing more than Christ.

Sequitur: 3Propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt, seu propter metum gehennae vel gloriam vitae aeternae 4mox, ut aliquid imperatum a majore fuerit, ac si divinitus imperetur, moram pati nesciant in faciendo.

It goes on: 3Because of the holy service they have professed, the fear of hell, and the glory of eternal life, 4let them do what a superior orders immediately, as if the order is from heaven, and let them endure no delay in doing it.

Sunt enim multi, qui ita conjungunt: Primus humilitatis gradus est obedientia sine mora; hic versum faciunt vel distinctionem; deinde subjuugunt: haec convenit his, qui nihil sibi Christo carius aliquid existimant propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt seu propter metum gehennae vel gloriam vitae aeternae.

For there are many, who relate this thus to: the first step of humility is obedience without delay; here they compose line, or a distinction; afterwards they unite it with: this is fitting for those, who judge nothing dearer to them than Christ, because of the holy service they have professed, the fear of hell, and the glory of eternal life.

Sed non videtur conveniens esse haec conjunctio, i. e. distinctio, eo quod (cum dicit: qui nihil sibi Christo carius aliquid existimant et subjungit metum gehennae), qui amore Christi obedit, non potest timore gehennae obedire. Sed melius videtur, ut timor separetur gehennae ab amore Christi et ita separatis legatur ita: Primus humilitatis gradus est obedientia sine mora; haec convenit his, qui nihil sibi Christo carius aliquid existimant.

But this link does not seem to fit, that is the distinction, because (when one says: those judging nothing dearer to them than Christ and link it with fear of hell) he who obeys through the love for Christ, cannot obey through the fear of hell. So it seems better, that the fear of hell is separated from the love for Christ and thus separated it is read a such: the first step of humility is obedience without delay; this is fitting to those, who judge nothing dearer to them than Christ.

Deinde divise debet legere: Propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt, seu propter metum gehennae vel gloriam vitae aeternae mox, ut aliquid a majore imperatum fuerit, ac si divinitus imperetur, moram pati nesciant in faciendo, ut sit constructio talis: nesciant moram pati in faciendo; reddit causam, quare non debeant moram pati: propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt seu metum gehennae vel gloriam vitae aeternae.

After the break one must read: because of the holy service they have professed, because of the fear of hell or the glory of eternal life, let anything ordered by a superior be done immediately, as if the order is from heaven, let them endure no delay in doing it, so that the construction is as such: let them not endure delay in doing it; it supplies the reason why they must not endure delay: Because of the holy service they have professed, the fear of hell, and the glory of eternal life.

Et hoc notandum est, quia istud, quod dicit: Haec convenit his, qui nihil sibi Christo carius aliquid existimant, praelocutio est.

And this must be noted, because it is the introduction to that what says: this is fitting to those, who judge nothing dearer to them than Christ.

Haec convenit his, qui nihil sibi Christo carius aliquid existimant, i. e. qui in duodecimo gradu sunt. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 7.62-66]

This is fitting to those, who judge nothing dearer to them than Christ, that is those who are in the twelfth degree. [cf. Regula Benedicti c. 7:62-66]

Istud autem, quod subsequitur: Propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt seu propter metum gehennae vel gloriam vitae aeternae, ordinat et exponit, qualiter ad illam perfectionem veniant, i. e. ad duodecimum gradum. Sed quid faciant? ac si diceret: sed mox, i. e. statim obediant, ut imperatum fuerit, ac si divinitus imperetur.

That what follows, however: because of the holy service they have professed, the fear of hell, and the glory of eternal life, arranges and explains how one arrives at this perfection, that is at the twelfth degree. But what should they do? And if it is said: but they should obey immediately, that is at once, when it is ordered, and if the order is from heaven.

Sunt enim multi, qui ob hoc obediunt: propter timorem gehennae, et non propter [page 188] servitium sanctum aut gloriam.

For there are many, who obey on account of this: because of fear for hell, and not because [page 188] of holy service or glory.

Gehenna intelligitur poena, tam temporalis quam aeterna.

Hell is understood as punishment, as much temporary as eternal.

Et iterum sunt alii, qui solummodo ob hoc obediunt: propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt, i. e. propter observationem regulae, quam servare promiserunt, cum de stabilitate et obedientia et conversatione morum suorum promiserit, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17] quia ista tria professi sunt; et hoc est servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt, ne inveniantur fallaces coram Deo et non propter timorem gehennae vel gloriam vitae aeternae.

And on the other hand there are others, who merely obey on account of this: because of holy service, which they have professed, that is through the observation of a rule, which they have promised to uphold, when they promised concerning stability, religious life and ways and obedience, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17] because they professed those three things; and this is the holy service, which they have professed, lest the deceitful are found in the face of God and not because of fear of hell or the glory of eternal life.

Et iterum sunt alii, qui solummodo serviunt Deo propter gloriam vitae aeternae, et non propter metum gehennae vel propter servitium sanctum; qui enim propter timorem poenae serviunt Deo, non sunt boni ad comparationem istorum, qui propter servitium sanctum serviunt Deo, eo quod servi sunt, quia pro timore poenae serviunt; et iterum ad comparationem istorum, qui propter metum serviunt, meliores sunt illi, qui propter servitium sanctum serviunt; et iterum meliores sunt illi, qui propter amorem haereditatis, i. e. propter gloriam vitae aeternae serviunt Deo ad comparationem istorum, qui propter sanctum servitium serviunt; deinde jam meliores sunt illi, qui pro amore Dei serviunt Deo ad comparationem illorum, qui propter amorem coelestis patriae serviunt Deo.

And furthermore there are others who only serve God because of the glory of eternal life, and not because of fear of hell or because of holy service; for they serve God because of fear of punishment, they are not good in the comparison with those who serve God because of holy service, for they are slaves, since they serve because of the fear of punishment; and then in comparison with those who serve because of fear (of hell), those who serve because of holy service are better; and then those who serve God because of the love of their heritage, that is because of the glory of eternal life are better in comparison with those who serve because of holy service; finally they who serve God because of the love for God are better in comparison to those who serve God because of the love the celestial lands.

V. gr. est quidam, qui habet servum, habet vasallum, habet etiam filium. Servus servit propter timorem, ne flagelletur; vasallus autem servit propter fidem suam, quam professus est illi servire, ne inveniatur fallax. Filius quidem dividitur duobus modis: est talis filius, qui ideo servit patri, ne exhaeredetur; iste quidem filius mercenarius est. Est alter filius, qui non pro haereditate,2 sed solummodo pro amore patris, i. e. ne offendat patrem, quia non est illi curae, ut haereditatem habeat, sed magis vult perdere haereditatem, tantum ut patris gratiam habeat et illius laetitia et gaudio fruatur; iste talis filius est.

For example, he who has a slave, who has a vassal, and who has a son. A slave serves because of fear, lest he be flogged; a vassal, however, serves because of his loyalty, which he professed to serve, lest he be found false. A son, indeed, is divided into two modes: is he such a son, who serves his father for that reason, lest he be disinherited; this son is certainly a mercenary. Is he another son, who not for his heritage, but solely for the love for his father that is, he would not offend his father, not because it is his concern to have his heritage, for he would rather lose his heritage, so that thereby he may have his fathers esteem and enjoy his happiness and joy; he is such a son.

Ita et monachus, si pro timore poenae, i. e. ne excominunicetur aut flagelletur, Deo servit, servus est; si autem propter [page 189] professionem suam, quia pollicitus est, Deo servire, i. e. obedire, quasi vasallus est; si autem servit Deo pro haereditate coelestis patriae capienda, mercenarius est; si vero servit soliummodo, ut Domini gratiam habeat et ejus iram non sentiat, filius perfectus est.

Thus also is a monk, if he serves God because of fear of punishment, that is lest he be excommunicated or flogged, a slave; however, if because of [page 189] his profession, because he has promised to serve, i.e. obey God, he is like a vassal; if, however, he serves God to receive his heritage of the heavenly fatherland, he is a mercenary; if he truly serves solely, so that he may have the Lord’s grace and not feel his anger, he is a perfect son.

Unde debet abbas omnes generaliter admonere, ne pro timore poenae aut pro servitio, quod professi sunt, sed solummodo pro Christi amore Deo serviant, ut sint perfecti.

Therefore the abbot must admonish all in general, that they should not serve God for the fear of punishment or for slavery, which they have promised, but solely for the love for Christ, so that they may be perfect.

Deinde singillatim unumquemque debet admonere et debet inquirere isto modo: ‘frater volo, ut tali die mecum loquaris.’ Deinde cum venerit dies, debet illi dicere: ‘ego autem opto et desidero salutem tuam; ideo quaero a te confessionem, et ne verearis mihi confiteri peccata, quia pro salute tua quaero a te confessionem.’ Nam abbas talem se debet exbibere, ut omnes magis illi cupiant confiteri, quam alio, et hoc, quod audit, secrete debet tenere, et illi compatienter debet dicere: ‘Qua intentione es obediens, es jejunans? utrum pro timore, an pro vana gloria, an pro servitio isto, quod professus es, an pro alio aliquo?’ Si ille dixerit: ‘Pro vana gloria,’ debet illum admonere, ut pro solius Dei omnipotentis amore sit devotus et debet illi dicere: ‘Orabo pro te, ut Dominus auferat vanitatem de corde tuo.' Et ita ille postea abbas faciat sibi illum familiarem et dilectum in locutione et in aliqua re, ut ille monachus magis delectetur, illi confiteri; et non illum conturbet aut pro hoc iratum et non sincerum illi postea se ostendat, sed faciat ut bonus medicus. Deinde oratione facta pro illo debet iterum illum interrogare post aliquot dies, utrum exivit de corde suo haec maligna cogitatio. Si autem ille dixerit, quia adhuc perseverat, debet illi dicere: ‘Frater crede mihi, quia pro te oravi, sed quia non fui dignus, ideo me Dominus non exaudivit. Sed noli timere et non verearis confiteri.’ Sicut autem antea fuit illi familiaris ille monachus, ita et postea debet esse, ut gaudeat ei confiteri. Deinde debet in capitulo dicere, non nominando personam,3 sed solummodo loqui hoc modo: [page 190] ‘Est frater quidam inter nos, qui devotus est valde Domino adjuvante, sed habet in corde cogitationes malas; opto caritatem vestram, ut pro illo dignemini orare, ut Dominus auferat malas cogitationes de corde ejus.’

Afterwards he must admonish each one by one and he must inquire in this manner: ‘Brother, I want you to talk with me on such and such a day.’ Afterwards, when the day comes, he must say to him: ‘I hope for and desire your salvation; therefore I seek a confession from you, and you should not fear to confess your sins to me, for it is because of your salvation that I seek a confession from you’. Because an abbot must draw of such, so that all wish to confess more to him, than to another, and that what he hears he must hold secretly, and he must say to him with patience: ‘With which intention are you obedient, are you fasting? Either out of fear, or for vainglory, or for that servitude that you have promised, or for something else?’ If he would say: ‘For vainglory’, he must admonish him, because he should be devoted because of the love for the only God and he must say to him: ‘I shall pray for you, that the Lord may carry away vanity from your heart’. And afterwards the abbot should thus make him a friend and loved-one to himself in speech and in other matters, so that this monk may be loved more and confess to him; and he should not upset him or he may reveal himself afterwards to be angered because of this and not sincere, but he should do as a good doctor. After having prayed for him, he must question him again after several days, whether this malicious thought has withdrawn from his heart. Now if he should say [that] he had still persevered, he must say to him: ‘Brother, trust me, because I have prayed for you, but because I have not been worthy, therefore the Lord has not answered me. But you must not fear and be afraid to confess’. For as it was before, this monk has been a friend to him, and so he must be afterwards, so that he may rejoice to confess to him. Afterwards he must say in chapters, not naming the person, but only speaking in this manner: [page 190] ‘There is a certain brother amongst us, who is much devoted to the helping Lord, but who has bad thoughts in his heart; I which for your kindness, so that you may be deemed worthy to pray for him that the Lord may remove the bad thoughts from his hear’.

Sequitur: 5De quibus Dominus dicit: obauditu auris obaudivit mihi, [cf. Ps 17:45] quasi diceret: illi nesciant moram pati, de quibus Dominus dicit: Obauditu auris obaudivit mihi.

It goes on: 5Concerning them the Lord says: When his ear has heard, he obeyed me, [cf. Ps 17:45] as if he had said: those not knowing to suffer delay, concerning them the Lord says: When his ear has heard, he obeyed me.

Hoc, quod dicit Dominus, de gentibus dicit, quasi diceret: Gentiles non me viderunt miracula facientem, non signa, sed solummodo auditu auris obedierunt mihi.

That, which the Lord says, he says concerning peoples, as if he had said: 'The gentiles have not seen me performing miracles, nor signs, but they have obeyed me solely when their ears had heard.'

Ita et monachi absque discussione debent obedire, quia qui a discussione coeperit, non erit perfectus in fidei obedientia. Gentium agilitas a Domino in hoc loco laudatur, ita et monachi obedientia.

Thus also monks must obey without discussion, because he who begins a discussion, shall not be perfect in the obedience of loyalty. The agility of peoples is praised by the Lord at this place, and also the obedience of monks.

Sequitur: 6et iterum dicit doctoribus: Qui vos audit, me audit [Lc 10:16].

It goes on: 6And again he says to the teachers: He who hears you hears me. [Lc 10:16]

Hoc enim Dominus, cum misit discipulos suos praedicare, dixit. Consolationem et coërcionem dedit auditoribus, cum dicit: Qui vos audit, me audit, et qui vos spernit, me spernit, [Lc 10:16] ac si diceret: 'Sciant auditores et intelligant, quia cum praedicatores meos audiunt, non illos audiunt, sed me.'

For this the Lord said when he sent his disciples to preach. He gave consolation and restraint to the men listening, when he said: He who hears you hears me, and he who scorns you scorns me, [Lc 10:16] as if he says: ‘The listeners shall understand and realize, because when they hear my preachers, they hear not them, but me’.

Et cum dicit: Qui vos spernit, constringit et coërcet et timorem illis incutit: quia, si praedicatores meos spreverint, non illos despiciunt, sed me in illis despiciunt. Unde Dominus dicit ad Samuel, quando populus nolebat eum principem habere, sed quaerebat regem: Audi vocem populi in omnibus, quae loquuntur tibi; non enim, te abjecerunt, sed me, ne regnem super eos. [1 Sm 8:7]

And when he says: He who scorns you, he diminishes and restrains and strikes against the fear in them: because, if they should scorn my preachers, they despise not them, but they despise me in them. Whence the Lord says to Samuel, when the people do not want to have him as a prince, but search a king: Hearken to the voice of the people in all that they say to you. For they have not rejected you, but me, that I should not reign over them. [1 Sam 8:7]

Et itenim magnam consolationem dedit praedioatoribus atque coërcionem. Coërcionem vero, ut, si se cognoverint audiri, non se elevent, quia non se sui auditores, sed me in illis audiunt; et iterum illis consolationem dedit, ut si spreti fueriut ab auditoribus, non irascantur, non indignentur, quia se non spernunt, sed me in illis.

And again he gave much consolation to the preachers as well as restraint. Restraint indeed, so that, if they know that they are heard, they will not make [their task] light for themselves, because their audience do not hear them but me in them. And again he gave them consolation, so that, if they are scorned by their audience, they will not get angry, nor resent, because they do not scorn them but me in them.

Sequitur: 7Ergo hi tales relinquentes statim, quae sua sunt, et voluntatem proprium deserentes 8mox exoccupatis manibus et quod agebant imperfectum relinquentes, vicino obedientiae pede jubentis vocem factis sequuntur.

It goes on: 7Such men, therefore, immediately leaving behind their own concerns and abandoning their own will, 8their hands immediately freed up and leaving their own business unfinished, follow the word of him who commands with deeds in prompt obedience.

Cum dicit [page 191] ergo, superius respicit, quamvis non in verbis ostendat, sed in sensu, ubi dicit: propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt et reliqua, ac si diceret: si ita est, i. e. si propter servitium sanctum, quod professi sunt, seu propter metum gehennae vel gloriam vitae aeternae, ergo hi tales factis sequuntur jubentis vocem relinquentes statim, quae sua sunt et reliqua, sicut regula dicit.

When he says, [page 191] therefore, he refers to above, although he does not state it in words, but in sense, when he says: because of the holy service they have professed etcetera, as if he said: if that is so, i.e. if because of the holy service they have professed, the fear of hell, and the glory of eternal life, therefore such men follow the word of him who commands with deeds, immediately leaving unfinished their own business etcetera, as the rule says.

Nunc videndum est, quare dicit sua, cum monachus nil proprii habet, et non solum peccuniam, verum etiam ipsam voluntatem in propria potestate non habet, sicut ipse inferius dicit in capitulo XXXIII: nullum omnino rem, quippe quibus nec corpora sua nec voluntates licet habere in propria potestate? [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23.3-4] Istud sua ideo dicit, non ut aliquid habeat monachus proprium, sed tantum quod ad suam necessitatem agit vel habet.

Now we must see, why he says their own, when a monk has no property and no personal money, indeed he does not even have personal power over his own will, as he [Benedict] himself says later in chapter 33: nothing whatsoever, since they are allowed to have neither their bodies nor their wills in their own power? [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23:3-4] That their own he says for that reason, not that a monk should have any property, but that he should do or have as much as is a necessity for him.

V. gr. si consuit pannos suae utilitatis, cum imperatur et obedit, statim sua derelinquit. Similiter si lavat pannos aut si aliquid suae utilitatis agit, sua derelinquit, cum imperatur et obedit. Si legit tempore lectionis et, cum imperatur, statim dimittit lectionem, sua derelinquit.

For example if he sows together clothes for his own use, when he is ordered and obeys, he immediately leaves behind his own concerns. Similarly, if he washes clothes or if he does anything for his own use, he leaves behind his own concerns when he is ordered and obeys. If he reads in the time of reading and, when ordered, he immediately abandons his reading, he leaves behind his own concerns.

Similiter intelligendum est, si orat aut psallit et caetera, his similia. Ita et in spiritalibus rebus. Voluntas vero propria attinet ad delectationem; v. gr. si cum jacet et imperatur surgere, non delectatur jacere, sed statim surgit, voluntatem deserit propriam. Similiter si manducat vel bibit aut sedet aut aliquid aliud agit, quod ad corporis delectationem attinet, cum imperatur, illud, quod agit, deserit, voluntatem propriam derelinquit.

It must be understood similarly, if he prays or sings psalms etcetera, these are similar things. Thus also in spiritual affairs. One’s own will truly pertains to pleasure; for example if when he lies down and is ordered to rise, does not take pleasure in lying down but immediately rises, abandons his own will. Similarly, if he eats or drinks or sits or does any other thing which pertains to the pleasure of the body, when commanded, abandons that what he is doing, he relinquishes his own will.

Ita intelligendum est etiam et in spiritalibus rebus, i. e. si cum orat aut legit aut psallit aut aliud aliquid spiritale agit, cum imperatur et statim deserit, voluntatem propriam derelinquit.

Thus this must also be understood in spiritual matter, i.e. if when one prays or reads or sings the psalms or does any other spiritual thing, when he is commanded and immediately abandons [it], he relinquishes his own will.

Talis sensus est in hoc loco, cum dicit sua, qualis est in loco illo, ubi in Moralibus legimus: et reddet homini justitiam suum. [Iob 33:6] Quem sensum papa Gregorius ita exponit hoc modo dicens; ait enim: Justitia “nostra” dicitur, non quae ex nostro nostra est, sed quae divina largitate fit nostra, sicut in Dominica [page 192] oratione dicimus: Panem nostrum quotidianum da nobis hodie. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXIV, VII, c. 13, CCSL 143A, p. 1196]

This is the sense in this place, when he says their own, as it is in the place where we read in On Morals: and he renders his justice to men [Hiob 33:6]. Pope Gregory thus sets forth this sense in this way, saying; for he says: It is called “our” justice, not that which is ours from ourselves, but that which comes forth from our divine munificence, just as in our Sunday [page 192] prayer: Give us today our daily bread [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXIV, VII, c. 13].

Ecce et ‘nostrum’ dicimus, et tamen, ut detur, oramus. Noster quippe fit, cum accipitur, qui tamen Dei est, quia ab illo datur. Et Dei ergo est ex munere, et noster quippe fit veraciter per acceptionem. Ita ergo hoc loco homini suam justitiam Dominus reddit, non quam ex semetipso habuit, sed quam conditus ut habeat, accepit, et in qua lapsus perseverare noluit. Illam ergo justitiam Deus reddet homini, ad quam conditus fuit, ut inhaerere Deo libeat, nt minacem ejus sententiam pertimescat, ut serpentis callidi jam promissionibus non credat.

See we also say ‘our’, and yet we pray for it to be given. As you see it will become ours, when that which is Gods is received, for it is given by Him. And therefore it is from the service of God, and it truly becomes ours through receipt. Therefore at that place the Lord gives his justice to man, not as he has it for himself, but as it is established for him to have, he has received, and in which he did not want to persist after the Fall. Now God has given that justice to man, in which he is established, so that it would please him to adhere to God, so that he would become very afraid of the threatening sentence, so that he would not believe the promises of the cunning serpent.

Hinc etiam Cassiodorus dicit: Veluti nautae dicunt ventum suum, quo utuntur ad bene navigandum [cf. Augustine, Ennarationes in Psalmos IX, c.5, CCSL 38, p. 60], sic et res monachi sua potest esse et non sua. Sua, quia eam ab abbate tantum ad suam utilitatem accepit, non sua, quia nec vendere, nec donare eam potest sine licentia abbatis, cujus potestas est donandi vel vendendi.

On this Cassiodorus yet again says: Just as sailors call the wind theirs, in that they make use of it at to sail well [cf. Augustine, Ennarationes in Psalmos IX, c. 5], thus also can an affair of a monk be his and not his. His affair, since he receives it as such from the abbot for his use, [and] not his, since he cannot sell or donate it without the permission of his abbot, in whose hands lies the power to donate or sell it.

Statim, i. e. mox; deserentes, i. e. relinquentes; mox, i. e. statim; exoccupatis, i. e. evacuatis; si enim v. gr. consuis et, cum audis imperium, consuendo vadis, quamvis statim vadas, tamen non exoccupatis manibus vadis, i. e. non agis, quod inferius dicit: et quod agebant, imperfectum relinquentes; imperfectum, i. e. non perfectum vel non completum; v. gr. si, cum consuis, habes jam missam setam in foramen pellis vel acum in pannum et imperatus fueris, non debes pertrahere setam aut perducere acum, sed ipsis non expletis statim debes currere ad vocem imperantis, sicuti quidam Marcus monachus legitur fecisse, qui audita voce patris scribens non perfecit circulum o litterae propter obedientiam.

Immediately [statim], i.e. quickly; leaving [deserentes], i.e. leaving behind; quickly [mox], i.e. immediately; freed up [exoccupatis], i.e. emptied off; for if, for example, you sow [clothes] and, when you hear a command, you go on sowing, although you should go immediately [and] yet do not go your hands freed up, i.e. you do not act according to what it says below: and leaving what their business unfinished, i.e. not finished or completed; for example if, when you sow [clothes] and you already have drawn the thread through the whole of the skin or the needle through the cloth and you are given a command, you must not continue to draw the thread or continue to pull the needle through, but you must immediately run towards the commanding voice leaving these unfinished, just as a certain Marcus the monk is read to have done, who had heard the voice of his father while writing [and] did not finish the loop of the letter o out of obedience.

Sequitur: vicino obedientiae pede. Obedientiae genitivus casus est.

It goes on: with prompt [i.e. the standing foot of] obedience. Obedience [obedientiae] is in the genitive case.

Obedientiae (pede) cum dicit, cordis pedem dicit; et iste pes cordis obedientiae movet corporis pedem.

When he says (with the foot of) obedience, he says with the foot of the heart; and that foot of the heart of obedience moves the foot of the body.

Sequitur: 9veluti uno momento praedicta magistri jussio et perfecta discipuli opera in velocitate timoris Dei ambae res communiter citius explicantur.

It goes on: 9The command of the master and the completed work of the disciple happen as if in one moment, in swiftness inspired by the fear of God – both things, done as one, are done more quickly.

Bene dixit momento, quia mos est scripturae divinae, cum praedicat, festinatione nimia esse aliquid agendum, dicit momentum aut punctum [page 193] aut atomum, ut absque mora fiat; veluti Augustinus dicit in quadam sua epistola, quam direxit Vincentio (?), hoc modo: In atomo, inquit, in puncto temporis, quod dividi non potest, in ictu oculi, hoc est in summa celeritate, hoc est in novissima tuba, i. e. in novissimo signo quodam utitur, ut ista compleantur. [Augustine, Epistola. 205, c. 2, 14, PL 33, col. 947]

He rightly said in a moment [momento], since it is the custom of the Holy Writ, when it preaches that something must be done in excessive haste, to say moment or period [punctum] [page 193] or atom [atomum], so that it done without delay; likewise Augustine says it in this manner in a certain letter of his, which he directed at Vincentius: In an atom, he says, in a point of time that cannot be divided, in the blink of an eye, that is in the greatest haste, that is in the youngest trumpet, i.e. in the youngest of signs that is used, so that those things may be done. [Augustine, Epistola 205, c. 5.14]

Ita et B. Benedictus. Quia dixit, sine mora obedientiam esse, ideo dixit momento, ut non sit mora ulla; nam non potuit plus breviter comprehendere, ideo dixit momento.

Thus also the blessed Benedict. Because he said, there is to be obedience without delay, therefore he said in a moment, so that there would be no delay whatsoever; because one cannot comprehend something even shorter in time, therefore he said in a moment.

Momentum dictum est a temporis brevitate, ut quam cito, quam statim, i. e. valde statim salvo negotio reformetur nec in ullam produci moram debeat, quod repetitur sic: nec ullum spatium est momenti, cujus tam brevis est temporis punctus, ut in aliquam moram nullomodo producatur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 25.25]

A moment is said [to exist] through a brevity of time, in order that this quickly, this immediately, i.e. very much immediately, it may be restored by a saved work and must not be produced in any delay, which is repeated thus: there is no space of time, of which a point in time is so short, that it is not produced in any delay. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 25.25]

Momentum enim secundum computi rationem dicitur a motu solis, quousque deserat locum, ubi stare videtur, a momento in minutum, de minuto in punctum, de puncto in horam, de hora in quadrantem, de quadrante in diem, de die in septimanam. [cf. Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 3, CCSL 123B, p. ?]

For a moment, according to the reasoning of computation, is said [to exist] through the motion of the sun, until what time it departs a place, where it appears to be, from a moment into a minute, from a minute into a point, from a point into an hour, from an hour into a quadrant, from a quadrant into a day, from a day into a week. [cf. Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 3, CCSL 123B, p. ?]

In velocitate timoris Dei ambae res communiter citius explicantur. Cum dicit ambae res, subaudiendum est: magistri jussio et opera discipulorum. Cum dicit timoris Dei, attinet ad jussionem et ad opera discipulorum; velocitas enim, i. e. citius,4 ad opera discipulorum solummodo pertinet.

In swiftness inspired by the fear of God – both things, done as one, are done more quickly. When he says both things, one must understand: the command of the master and the works of the disciples. When he says the fear inspired by God, he refers to the command and the works of the disciples; for the swiftness, i.e. more quickly, only pertains to the works of the disciples.

Sequitur: 10Quibus ad vitam aeternam gradiendi amor incumbit, 11ideo angustam viam arripiunt, unde Dominus dicit: Angusta via est, quae ducit ad vitam, [Mt 7:14] 12et (ut?) non suo arbitrio viventes vel desideriis et voluptatibus obedientes, sed ambulantes alieno judicio et imperio in coenobiis degentes abbatem sibi praeesse desiderant.

It goes on: 10The love of moving toward eternal life urges them on; 11therefore they immediately take the narrow path, of which the Lord says: Narrow is the path that leads to life [Mt 7:14], 12so that not living by their own will or obeying their desires and pleasures, but going along according to another’s judgment and command and dwelling in monasteries, they desire to have an abbot over them.

Quibus enim, quod dicit, non ad superiorem sensum altinet, sed melius ad inferiorem sensum referri debet, ut sit constructio: ideo angustam viam arripiunt, unde Dominus dicit: Angusta via est, quae ducit ad vitam. [Mt 7:14] Qui? Illi fratres, quibus incumbit amor gradiendi ad vitam aeternam. [page 194]

Them, in fact, what he says, refers not to the abovementioned sense, but must better be referred to the sense mentioned below, so that the construction is thus: therefore they immediately take the narrow path ‘Narrow is the path that leads to life. [Mt 7:14] Who? Those brothers, whom the love of moving toward eternal life urges on. [page 194]

Reddit causam quare, i. e. ut non suo arbitrio viventes vel desideriis et voluptatibus obedientes; ut enim melior sit sensus, ita debet dici: i. e. ut non suo judicio vivant vel desideriis et voluptatibus obediant, sed quid faciunt? sed desiderant abbatem sibi praeesse in coenobiis degentes, ambulantes alieno judicio et imperio, ac si diceret: propterea angustam viam arripiunt, quibus ad vitam aeternam gradiendi amor incumbit.

He then returns to the reason why, i.e. so that not living by their own will or obeying their desires and pleasures; for it to have a better meaning, it must be read thus: i.e. so that they would not live by their own judgment or obey their desires and pleasures, but what should they do? They desire to have an abbot over them in, living in monasteries, going along according to another’s judgment and command, as if he had said: therefore they take the narrow path, those whom the love of moving toward eternal life urges on.

 Angusta via est, quantum ad initium attinet conversionis, sicut superius diximus.

The narrow path is, as much as it refers to the beginning of the conversion, is as we stated above, by their own will, i.e. by their own discretion [discretione].

Arbitrio, i. e. discretione. In hoc loco desideriis et voluptatibus (voluntatibus) unum significant.

In this place desires and pleasures (wishes [voluntatibus]), signify the same.

Judicio, i. e. discretione; degentes, i. e. viventes, habitantes.

According to judgment, i.e. according to discretion; dwelling, i.e. living, inhabiting.

Sequitur: 13Sine dubio hi tales illam Domini imitantur sententiam, qua dicit: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me. [cf. Io 5:30]

If goes on: 13Doubtless such men imitate the words of the Lord when he said: I did not come to do my will but that of him who sent me. [cf. Jo 5:30]

Quid est, quod dicit Dominus: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, cum voluntas Filii non est divisa a voluntate Patris? Non est ita intelligendum secundum divinitatem, sed, cum dicit voluntatem meam, intellige carnis. In Domino Jesu duas naturas credimus, unam carnis et alteram divinitatis. Secundum divinitatem voluntas Filii et Patris una est; cum vero dicit: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me – ac si diceret: Non veni facere voluntatem carnis, hoc est voluntatem hominis suscepti, quia Christus ad hoc descendit, ut injuriaretur, pateretur, crucifigeretur. Sed caro timebat flagellari, injuriam pati, spinis coronari, et propterea dixit Dominus: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, i. e. quamvis caro timeat, quamvis non cupiat coronari spinis, tamen ego non veni, voluntatem ejus facere, sed Patris, quae voluntas Patris a mea non est divisa. Et est sensus: non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed meam, i. e. non veni facere voluntatem carnis, quam suscepi, sed veni, facere voluntatem divinitatis meae, qua decrevi, per humanitatem meam mundum redimere. Altero modo potest intelligi hoc ad omnes Catholicos; homo enim ex duabus substantiis constat, i. e. animae et carnis. Anima vult jejunare, psallere et operari et cetera spiritalia; caro [page 195] autem vult jocari, luxuriari et vacare, et cetera carnalia. Et tunc debet dicere omnis Christianus: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, ac si dicat: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, cujus instinctu huc veni. Deinde potest hoc etiam attinere ad monachum, cum est jussus, aliquam exercere obedientiam, et est in ipsa obedientia duritia, frigus aut aliqua neeessitas sivo contrarietas. Tunc debet dicere: Non debeo voluntatem carnis facere, i. e. dimittere hanc obedientiam, sicuti carni meae placet, sed ejus, i. e. abbatis debeo facere voluntatem, qui me in hanc obedientiam misit.

What is it, that the Lord says: I did not come to do my will but that of him who sent me, when the will of the Son cannot be divided from the will of the Father? This is not to be interpreted according to the his divine nature, but when he says my will, interpret it as ‘of the flesh’. We believe in the two natures within the Lord Jesus, one of the flesh and the other divine. According to the divine nature, the will of the Son and of the Father are one; yet when he says: I did not come to do my will but that of him who sent me – as if he had said: I did not come to do the will of the flesh, which is the will of a the state of man He accepted, because Christ descended to this [state], so that He may be injured, would suffer, and would be crucified. But the flesh feared the flogging, to suffer injury, to be crowned with thorns, and therefore the Lord said: I did not come to do my will but that of him who sent me, i.e. although the flesh feared, although it did not desire the crowning with thorns, nevertheless I did not come to do its will, but that of the Father, whose will of the Father is not separated from mine. And this is the sense: I did not come to do my will, but mine, i.e. I did not come to the will of the earthly nature, which I have accepted, but I have come to do the will of my divine nature, by which I have resolved to redeem the world through my humanity.’ This can be interpreted in another way, to pertain to all Catholics; for a man consists out of two substances, i.e. of the soul and of the flesh. The soul wants to abstain, sing psalms and to labour and other spiritual things; the flesh, [page 195] on the other hand, wants to joke, indulge and be idle, and other carnal things. And then every Christian must say: I did not come to do my will but that of him who sent me, as if he says: I did not come to do my will, but his, by whose inspiration I came here’. Then this can also refer to a monk, when he is commanded to exercise his obedience and in that obedience there is hardship, cold and other difficulty or misfortune. Then he must say: ‘I must not do the will of the flesh, i.e. abandon this obedience, just as it pleases my flesh, but I must do his will, i.e. the abbot’s, who has sent me in this obedience.'

Sequitur: 14Sed haec ipso, obedientia tunc acceptabilis erit Deo et dulcis hominibus, si, quod jubetur, non trepide, non tarde, non tepide aut cum murmure vel cum responso nolentis officitur. Quare? 15Quia obedientia, quae majoribus praebetur, Deo exhibetur.

It goes on: 14But this same obedience will be acceptable to God and pleasing to men if what is ordered is done without fear, without delay, without reluctance, grumbling, or a response of unwillingness. Why? 15Because the obedience shown to superiors is offered to God.

Cum dicit hominibus, subaudiendum est: bonis.

When he says to men, it must be understood: ‘good [men]’.

Trepide, i. e. dubitanter, hoc est, non debet monachus dubitationem habere, quando obedit, utrum non possit, an possit facere.

Without fear [trepide], i.e. with hesitation [dubitanter], that is, a monk must not have hesitation, when he obeys, either he can, or he cannot do (something).

Et propterea dicit non tarde, quia sunt multi, qui in principio obedientiae se tardant, i. e. non cito peragunt; et sunt alii, qui in media obedientia tardantur; et alii, qui in fino tardant se.

And therefore he says, without delay [non tarde], because there are many, who hold themselves back in the beginning of obedience, i.e. they do not carry through; and there are others, who hold back in the middle of obedience; and others, who hold themselves back in the end.

Non tepide, i. e. negligenter, non studiose.

Without reluctance [non tepide], i.e. heedlessly, not eagerly.

Sunt multi, qui obediunt patri solummodo trepide et non tarde, non tepide, non cum murmure, non cum responso nolentis. Et iterum sunt alii, qui tarde aut in medio aut in principio vel in fine, et non trepide, non tepide aut cum murmure vel cum responso nolentis efficiunt. Iterum sunt alii, qui cum murmure, et non cum responso nolentis, non tepide, non tarde, non trepide, et sunt alii, qui cum responso nolentis, quod pejus est his omnibus, et non trepide, non tarde, non tepide, non cum murmure obediunt.

There are many, who obey the father only with fear and without delay, without reluctance, and without grumbling, without a response of unwillingness. And then there are others, who comply with delay either in the middle or the beginning or the end, and without fear, without reluctance or grumbling, or a response of unwillingness. Then there are some, who [obey] with grumbling, and without a response of unwillingness, without reluctance, without delay, without fear; and there are others, who obey with a response of unwillingness, which is evil for all of them, and without fear, without delay, without reluctance, and without grumbling.

Murmure attinet ad illum, qui post dorsum abbatis murmurat; responsum nolentis attinet ad illum, qui in conspectu prioris respondet, se nolle.

Grumbling [murmure] refers to him, who mutter behind the abbot’s back; a response of unwillingness [responsum nolentis] refers to him, who in responds in the face of the aforesaid that he does not want to.

Sequitur: quia obedientia, quae majoribus praebetur, Deo exhibetur.

It goes on: Because the obedience shown to superiors is offered to God.

Debet enim abbas monachum admonere et hortari illum, si eum viderit pigrum, secreto dicens: ‘Vide, [page 196] frater, quia si discipulus obedientiam majoribus praebet, Deo illam exhibet; et ideo non debet se credere homini obedire sed Deo, ut non tepide aut tarde aut trepide vel cum murmure sive cum responso nolentis ei obediat, sed cum obedit homini, Deo se credat obedire, et propterea non debet esse piger ad obediendum, quia major merces est. Et adeo debet illum leniter admonere. Postquam vero cognoverit, ejus animum esse devotum, tunc debet illi imperare, ut lucrifaciat eum.

For the abbot must admonish the monk and warn him if he sees him being slow, telling him in private: ‘See, [page 196] brother, because when a disciple offers obedience to his superiors, he shows it to God; and therefore he must not believe to be obeying a man but God, so that he will obey him without reluctance, without delay, without fear or grumbling or a response of unwillingness, but when he obeys a man, he shall believe to be obeying God, and therefore he must not be evil in obedience, because the reward is great. And he must indeed admonish him gently. Afterwards he will have truly learned that his soul is faithful, then he must command him, so that he may receive him.

Sequitur: 15Ipse enim dixit: Qui vos audit, me audit. Iste versus superius tractatus est.

It goes on: 15As he said: He who listens to you listens to me. This verse is cited from above.

Sequitur: 16Et cum bono animo a discipulis praeberi oportet.

It goes on: 16[Obedience] should be offered by students with good will.

Reddit causam, quare? cum dicit: 16quia hilarem enim datorem diligit Deus. [2 Cor 9:7]

This returns us to the reason, why? On which he says:16Because God loves a cheerful giver. [2 Cor 9:7]

Cum dicit praeberi, subaudiendum est: obedientia.

When he says offer [praeberi], we must understand: obedience.

Secundum vero sensum Pauli apostoli attinet ad abbatem, i. e. ut hilariter debeat docere suos auditores et eis sua necessaria laetanter tribuere. [cf. Rm 12:8] Secundum vero Benedicti sensum attinet ad monachos, sicut diximus, ut monachus laeto animo debeat obedientiam abbati suo exhibere.

According to the meaning of the Apostle Paul he rightly refers to the abbot, i.e. for he must cheerfully teach his listeners and joyfully bestow the essential [teachings] to them. [cf. Rm 12:8] According to the meaning of Benedict, he truly refers to the monks, just as we said, that a monk must show his obedience to his abbot with joyful spirit.

Istud enim, quod dicit: hilarem enim datorem diligit Deus, Paulus apostolus dixit de illo, qui eleemosynam tribuit tam carnalem sive etiam spiritalem. Sed B. Benedictus quasi violenter hoc ad suum sensum trahit, cum de discipulo dicit hilarem datorem, i. e. laetum obedientem.

For this is why he says: God loves a cheerful giver, the Apostle Paul said about him, who offers alms [gives] both worldly as well as spiritual. But the blessed Benedict somewhat forcedly takes this from its meaning, when he says about the disciple a cheerful giver, i.e. joyfully obedient.

Sunt enim multi, qui, cum obediunt, tristi animo obediunt, et sunt alii, qui, cum obediunt, laeto animo obediunt. Sed quamvis illi cum laeto, et illi cum tristo animo obediant, tamen parum mercedis exinde acquirunt.

For there are many, who, when they obey, obey with a sad spirit, and there are others, who, when the obey, obey with a joyful spirit. But however much those with joy obey, and those with sadness, still they acquire little reward afterwards.

V. gr. cum sunt tales, qui gaudendo ad obedientiam coquinae vadunt, et ideo gaudent, quia antea erant districti, ut non loquerentur, quae voluissent, et non ambulassent, quo voluissent, et postea occasione hebdomadae loquuntur per claustram et vadunt in hortum. Et sunt alii, qui cum accipiunt obedientiam coquinae vel certe servire infirmis, quia considerant laborem hujus obedientiae, ideo tribulantur, et ob hoc non est perfecta obedientia illorum.

For example, seeing that there are such men, who rush from the kitchen towards obedience with gladness, and therefore rejoice, because earlier there were those busy men, so that they did not speak, what they wanted, and did not walk, where they wanted, and afterwards spoke on the weekly occasion within the cloister and rushed to the garden. And there are others, who whereas they accept obedience in the kitchen or indeed in the attendance to the sick, because they consider it the work of their obedience, they therefore are pressed, and instead theirs is not a perfect obedience.

Vide modo, quia nec illis est mercedis perfectio, qui gaudent, nec istis, qui tribulantur [page 197]. Et idcirco debat abbas hos tales singillatim admonere; illos, qui tribulantur, debet admonere, ut non tribulentur sed cogitent peccata sua, quam multa et quam gravia sunt, quatenus non tribulentur nec timeant laborem, quia magna et multa sunt peccata, quae hoc labore mundantur; illos autem, qui gaudent, debet admonere, ut non gaudeant terreno gaudio sed divino, quatenus per hanc obedientiam valeant regnum adipisci coeleste.

Look at the manner, because neither they who rejoice have the perfection of reward, nor those who are pressed. [page 197] And on that account, the abbot must admonish those individually; those, who are pressed, he must admonish not to be pressed but consider their sins as many and as grave as they are, to what extent they should not be pressed nor fear labour, because great and many are the sins, that are cleansed by labour; yet those, who rejoice, he must admonish not to rejoice in worldly joy but divine, to the extent that through this obedience they will succeed to win the heavenly kingdom.

Sequitur: 17nam cum malo animo si obediat discipulus et non solum ore, sed etiam in corde si murmuraverit, 18etiam si impleat jussionem, tamen acceptum jam non erit Deo, qui cor respicit murmurantis, 19et pro tali facto nullam consequitur gratiam, immo poenam murmurantium incurrit, si non cum satisfactione emendaverit.

It goes on: 17For if a disciple obeys in bad spirit and grumbles not only in words but even in his heart, 18although he carries out the order, then it will nevertheless not be acceptable to God, who sees his grumbling heart. 19And for such a deed the disciple will get no thanks, but instead incur the punishment for grumblers if he does not make amends satisfactorily.

Ac si diceret: non solum nullam gratiam ex hoc consequitur, verum etiam poenas murmurantium incurrit.

As if he had said: Not only does he not receive thanks for that, he certainly incur the punishments for grumblers.

Immo, i. e. potius, magis.

Instead [immo], that is rather, more.

Videamus, qui fuerint illi murmuratores, quorum poenas iste inobediens incurrit, et quae est poena illorum. Murmuratores fuerunt filii Israel; poena illorum fuit ignis coelestis, hiatus terrae, morsus serpentium. Alii mortui sunt hiatu terrae, sicut Dathan et Abiron [cf. Nm 16]; alii morsu ignitorum serpentium; alii igni coelesti.

We shall see [them] who have been those grumblers, whose punishments the disobedient incurs, and [that] which is their punishment. The grumblers were sons of Israel; their punishment was heavenly fire, the opening of the earth, the bite of serpents. Others have died through the opening of the earth, like Dathan and Abiram; others through the bite of unknown serpents; others through heavenly fire.

Sed quare dicatur poena, docet Isidorus ita dicens: Poena dicta est, quod puniat; est autem epithetum necessarium, et sine adjectione non habet plenum sensum; adjicis “poena carceris”, “poena exilii”, “poena mortis”:, et imples sensum. [Isidore of Seville, Etymolog V. c. 27.2]

But why is there talk of punishment, Isidore teaches this, saying: Punishment is so called because it punishes [‘puniat’]; but an epithet is necessary, and without this additional term it does not have a complete meaning; if you add ‘the punishment of prison’, ‘the punishment of exile’, ‘the punishment of death’, you complete the meaning [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V. c. 27].

Debet etiam hoc, quod superius dicit: si non cum satisfactione emendaverit, ita intelligi, ista enim debet esse discretio hujus satisfactionis: si [vero] in corde ita murmuraverit, quatenus abbas intellexerit, eum murmurasse, et pro hoc ipse abbas turbatus et commotus est, tunc ipse monachus debet abbati veniam petere; si autem ita tacite in corde murmuraverit, ut abbas non cognoverit, eum murmurasse, tunc incertum videtur, cui satisfaciat, utrum Deo an homini, i. e. confessionem faciat. Ideo dixi: confessionem faciat, quia in hoc loco satisfactio pro confessione [page 198] ponitur. Deinde, quia dixi: incertum est, utrum Deo, an homini satisfacere, i. e. confessionem facere debeat, quamvis incertum sit, tamen videtur mihi, ut satisfaciat, i. e. confessionem faciat homini, i. e. fratri spiritali, qui sciat, sicut regula dicit inferius, i. e. in capitulo XLVI, curare sua et aliena vulnera, non detegere et publicare. [Regula Benedicti, c. 46:5]

This one likewise must, which he says above: if he does not make amends satisfactorily, to be understood thus, for this must be the discretion of his satisfaction: if he has [truly] grumbled in his heart, so much so that the abbot understood him to have grumbled, and for this that abbot is angered and agitated, then that monk must seek pardon from the abbot; if, however, he has grumbled so quietly in his heart, that the abbot has not heard him grumble, then it seems uncertain whom he must satisfy, i.e. should make confession to, either God or man. I have therefore said: he should make confessions, because in that place ‘satisfaction’ is used for ‘confession’. [page 198] Afterwards, because I say: ‘it is uncertain [who] to satisfy, i.e. [who] he must make confession to, either God or man, although it may be uncertain, yet it seems to me that he must satisfy, i.e. make confession to man, i.e. his spiritual brother, who should know, just as the rule says below, i.e. in chapter 46, to treat one own and other’s wounds, not to expose and publish [Regula Benedicti, c. 46.5].


1. quamvis enim (?). (Mittermüller).
2. scil. servit. (Mittermüller).
3. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
4. et citius. Cod. Emmeram. (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. VI
DE TACITURNITATE

[Ms P, fol. 56rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 125r; Ms E1, fol. 60r; MS E2, fol. 81r]

Ch. 6
RESTRAINT OF SPEECH

Translated by: Janneke Raaijmakers

Superius enim informaverat abbatem, qualiter deberet esse [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.t] in his rebus, quae ad se vel in se attinent; deinde instruxit enim, qualiter deberet disponere, i. e. ordinare exteriora sua, i. e. res monasterii. Post vero, quia docturus erat caetera membra, docuit, quae sunt instrumenta bonorum operum [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.t] in unum omnia comprehendens. Post indicationem instrumentorum boni operis, quia cognovit B. Benedictus, diabolum de coelo per superbiam cecidisse et Adam a Deo per inobedientiam recessisse, idcirco imprimis de obedientia et humilitate dixit; ait enim: Primus humilitatis gradus est obedientia sine mora. [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1]

Indeed Benedict had described above how the abbot ought to be [Regula Benedicti, c. 2] regarding these matters that are important to or concern himself. Then he instructed how the abbot should set in order, i.e., arrange, his outer affairs, i.e., the business of the monastery. [Regula Benedicti, c. 3] But after that, he taught what the tools of good works are, [Regula Benedicti, c. 4] dealing with them all together, because he intended to teach the other members [of the community]. After his exposé on the tools of good works he above all talked about obedience and humility [Regula Benedicti, c. 5] because St. Benedict recognized that the devil fell from heaven through pride and that Adam moved away from God through disobedience. Indeed, he said: The first step of humility is unhesitating obedience. [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1]

Sunt enim multi, qui dicunt, in hoc loco istum primum humilitatis gradum non pro ordine positum, sed pro magnitudine, quia non subsequitur enim secundus. Et iterum sunt alii, qui dicunt, non esse verum, ut pro magnitudine sit positus, sed pro ordine, quia inferius mentio fit timoris gehennae et arctae viae. Si enim mentio non fuisset inferius timoris gehennae et arctae viae, poterat esse pro magnitudine; sed quia, inferius fit mentio gehennae timoris et arctae viae, ideo in loco ordinis esse positus iste primus cognoscitur, ac per hoc videntur illi cecidisse, i. e. non recte dixisse, qui pro magnitudine dicunt esse positum. Sed econtrario respondent: Quomodo potest iste primus in loco ordinis esse, cum inferius dicit S. Benedictus: erigenda est scala? [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.6] Jam quando dicit inferius: scala erigenda est, et iterum dicit: primus humilitatis gradus est, tunc iste primus non in ordine est, sed pro magnitudine.

There are in fact many who say that in this passage this first step of humility is placed not according to sequence but to importance, because it is not immediately followed by a second step. And again there are others who say that it is not true that it is placed according to importance, but [rather] to sequence, because the fear of hell and the narrow road is mentioned later. Indeed if there were no mention of the fear of hell and the narrow road later, it could refer to importance. But because the fear of hell and the narrow road are mentioned hereafter,1 first in this passage is recognised as relating to sequence, and because of this they appear to have fallen, i.e., to have spoken wrongly, who say that it refers to importance. But they answer on the contrary: 'How can ‘first’ in this passage relate to sequence, while hereafter St. Benedict says: Must we set up a ladder?' [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.6]2 Seeing that he already says below: we must set up the ladder, and he says again: the first step of humility is [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.10] then this ‘first’ is not with regard to sequence but to importance.

Insuper ista clavis, quae dicitur De taciturnitate, non convenit illi primo, cum ille primus de obedientia et humilitate dicat, et hoc [page 199] capitulum de silentio dicit. Ad haec illi respondentes dicunt: De scala, quam dicitis inferius dixisse S. Benedictum erigere, non est contrarium huic nostro sensui, quia mos est sanctorum praedicatorum dicere prius: ante omnia, sicut dicit ille, qui coepit viam, in principio: perficiamus iter; et iterum dicit in medio: perficiamus iter; et adeo potest dicere: perficiamus iter, donec ad perfectionem itineris perveniat. Ista enim clavis, quae dicitur: De taciturnitate, contrarium non est, sed conveniens, quia ex humilitate et timore nascitur silentium, sicut dixit Isaias: Custos virtutum silentium est. [cf. Is 32:17]1 Nam humilitas et gravitas facit, esse hominem perfectum. Humilitas est, quantum ad corpus attinet, gravitas vero, quantum ad silentium pertinet, quia sunt multi, qui humiles sunt corpore et vani locutione; et iterum sunt alii graves locutione et vagi corpore.

Moreover, that chapter heading called Restraint of speech is not appropriate for that first [step] because that first speaks with regard to obedience and humility [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1] and this [page 199] chapter concerns silence. To this they answer: with regard to the ladder, which you say that Benedict hereafter has said to set up, it is not in contradiction with our understanding, because it is the custom of holy preachers to say first, 'Before all things,' as he, who begins the journey, says at the beginning, 'Let us finish the journey.' And halfway through the journey he says, 'Let us finish the journey.' And he can say, 'Let us finish the journey' as long as he is reaching for the completion of the journey. Indeed this chapter heading, which is called Restraint of speech, is not in contradiction, but in agreement, because silence is born from humility and fear as Isaiah has said: The protector of virtues is silence. [Is 32:17] For humility and gravity make man perfect. It is humility as much as it pertains to the body, but gravity as much as it concerns silence, because there are many who are humble in body and vain in speech. And there are others who are serious in speech but unrestrained in body.

Ait enim: 1Faciamus, quod ait propheta.

In fact he says: 1Let us follow the prophet’s counsel.

Et bene dixit faciamus, se miscens cum auditoribus suis, ut fecilius audiatur. Quasi interrogares S. Benedictum dicens: Quid dicit illa, scriptura divina? ille respondens dicit: 1Dixi, custodiam vias meas, ut non deliquam in lingua mea. [Ps. 39:2]

He rightly has said Let us follow, uniting himself with his audience so that he will be more readily heard. As if you asked St. Benedict the following, 'What does it say, the holy scripture?' He answers by saying: 1I said, I will keep watch over my ways that I may not sin with my tongue.3 [Ps 38:2]

Dixi ponitur quasi pro statui; vias, i. e. actiones, ac si diceret: ita statui custodire vias meas, i. e. actiones meas, ut non delinquam, i. e. ut non peccem etiam in lingua mea, quod est; membrum valde lubricum et valde mobile, et quod vix retineri potest.

I said is written as if for 'I have decided,' ways, i.e., 'actions,' as if he said: I thus decided to keep watch over my ways, meaning my actions, that I may not sin, i.e., so that I make no further mistake with my tongue, because it is a very slippery and very mobile organ that can hardly be restrained.

Sequitur: 1Posui ori meo custodiam. [Ps 39:2]

He continues: 1I have set a guard to my mouth. [Ps 38:2]4

Et bene dixit custodiam; sive dicas custodiam sive januam sive ostium, nil obstat, h. e. nihil nocet. Quia cognovit ille propheta, tale esse peccatum in reticendo dicenda tempore suo, quale in loquendo non dicenda, i. e., non bona, aut certe dicenda et non tempore suo, quae bona sunt; ideo dixit custodiam, quod est ostium; ostium enim aliquando clauditur, aliquando aperitur; et propterea dixit custodiam, ut tempore suo taceat, et tempore suo dicat.

And he rightly has said guard. Whether you say guard or gate or doorway, nothing stands in the way, i.e., it does no harm. Because that prophet has recognized that there is a comparable sin in holding back what should be said at the appropriate time, as there is in uttering what should not be said, i.e., saying things that are not good, or saying things that are good and should certainly be said, [but uttered] at an inappropriate time. Therefore he has said guard, which is door, for a door is sometimes closed and sometimes opened. For this reason he said guard as at the appropriate time he keeps silent and at the appropriate time he speaks.

Ostium quippe, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, ab obstando dictum est, quod dum clauditur, [page 200] obstat intrantibus. [Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 140:3, CCSL 98, p. 1263]

The word ‘door’ (ostium) derives, of course, as Cassidorus says, from ‘hindering’ (obstando) because, when it closes, [page 200] it hinders those who [want to] enter. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 140:3].5

Os dicitur secundum Isidorum, quia per ipsum quasi per ostium et cibos intus mittimus et sputum foras projicimus, vel quia ingrediuntur inde cibi et inde egregiuntur sermones. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 1.49]

The mouth (os) is so called, according to Isidore, because through the mouth as if through a door (ostium) we bring food in and throw spit out; or else because from that place food goes in and words come out. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 1.49; translation from Barney et al.]

De moderato ac discreto silentio bene autem B. Gregorius docet dicens hoc modo: Plerumque autem nimis taciti [added from PL: cum nonnulla injusta patiuntur, eo in acriorem dolorem prodeunt, quo ea quae sustinent non loquuntur. Nam si illatas molestias lingua tranquille diceret, a conscientia dolor emanaret. Vulnera enim clausa plus cruciant, quia cum putredo, quae intrinsecus fervet, ejicitur, ad salutem dolor aperitur. Plerumque nimis taciti dum quorumdam mala respiciunt, et tamen in silentio linguam premunt, quasi conspectis vulneribus usum medicaminis subtrahunt. Eo enim mortis auctores fiunt, quo virus quod poterant ejicere loquendo noluerunt.

Regarding controlled and discreet silence St. Gregory moreover teaches rightly the following: And frequently over-silent people, when they meet with any wrongs, are driven into bitterer grief, the more they do not give utterance to all that they are undergoing. For if the tongue declared with calmness the harm inflicted, grief would flow away from our consciousness. For closed wounds give more acute pain, because when the corruption that ferments within is discharged, the pain is laid open for recovery. And often when over-silent men fix their eyes on the faults of any, and yet hold in the tongue in silence, they are, as it were, withdrawing the use of the salve after the wounds have been seen. For they are made the authors of death to the extent that they refused to cast out the poison that they might by speaking.

Unde et immoderatum silentium si in culpa non esset, propheta non diceret: Vae mihi quia tacui [Is 6:5]. (61) Lingua per disciplinam retineatur, et ex necessitate laxetur. Quid ergo inter haec, nisi studiose lingua sub magni moderaminis libratione frenanda est, non insolubiliter obliganda, ne aut laxata in vitium defluat, aut restricta etiam ab utilitate torpescat? Hinc namque per quemdam dicitur: Sapiens tacebit usque ad tempus [Sir 20:7], ut nimirum cum opportunum considerat, postposita censura silentii, loquendo quae congruunt, in usum se utilitatis impendat. Hinc Salomon ait: Tempus tacendi, et tempus loquendi [Ecl 3:7]. Discrete quippe vicissitudinum pensanda sunt tempora, ne aut cum restringi lingua debet, per verba se inutiliter solvat; aut cum loqui utiliter potest, semetipsam pigre restringat.

And hence if immoderate silence were not a fault, the Prophet would never say, 'Woe is me, for I have held my peace.' [Is 6:5] The tongue must be held by discipline and loosened by necessity. What is between these things, unless that the tongue is indissolubly chained, lest either loose it run out into mischief, or being bound up, it be also slack to render service? For hence it is said by one, 'A wise man will hold his tongue until he sees opportunity,' [cf. Sir 20:7] that when he considers it fitting, strictness of silence being laid aside, by speaking such things as are suitable, he may devote himself to the purposes of usefulness. Hence Solomon says, 'A time to keep silence, and a time to speak.' [Eccl 3:7] For the seasons for changes are to be weighed with discretion, lest either the tongue let itself out in words to no purpose when it ought to be restrained, or it lazily restraints itself when it might speak to good purpose.

Quod bene Psalmista considerans brevi postulatione complexus est dicens: Pone, Domine, custodiam ori meo, et ostium circumstantiae labiis meis [Ps 139:3]. Ostium namque aperitur et clauditur. Qui ergo ori suo nequaquam poni obstaculum, sed ostium petiit, aperte docuit quod et per disciplinam retineri lingua debeat, et ex necessitate laxari, quatenus os discretum et congruo tempore vox aperiat, et rursum congruo].... taciturnitas claudit. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob VII, VI, c. 60-61, CCSL 143, pp. 380-381]

The Psalmist gathered this up in a brief petition, saying, 'Set a watch, O Lord, before my mouth; and a door of guard on my lips.' [Ps 140:3] For a door is opened and shut. He then who prayed that a door, not a bar, should be set to his lips, clearly taught that the tongue ought both to be held in by discipline and loosened on grounds of necessity, that both the voice should open the discreet mouth at the fitting time, and on the other hand silence close it at the fitting time [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, VII, VI, c 60-61; translation with modifications from Parker.].

Sequitur: 1Obmutui et humiliatus sum. [Ps 38:10]

He continues: 1I was silent and was humbled [Ps 38:10].

Vido modo, quia, cum dixit obmutui, subjunxit: humiliatus sum, ac si diceret: Non superbe tacui, sed humiliter obmutescendo silui. Sunt enim multi, qui tacent aut per superbiam aut per iram, et ideo, quia ita tacent, illorum silentium apud Deum nihil est; ut enim perfectum sit silentium, cum humilitate debet taceri et cum discretione.

Now see that when he said I was silent, he added I was humbled, as if he said: I have not been silent arrogantly, but I have been silent humbly. There are indeed many who are silent out of pride or anger, and therefore, because they remain silent, their silence means nothing to God, while indeed silence is perfect when one must be silent out of humility and with discretion.

Mutus enim secundum Isidorum dicitur, quia vox ejus non est sermo, nisi mugitus; [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 169] vocalem enim spiritum per nares quasi mugiens emittit. Humilis dicitur quasi humo acclinis, i. e. ad terram declinatus,[Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 114]  ac per hoc ille est vere humilis, qui se pulverem et cinerem esse existimat.

Indeed, 'mute' (mutus) is so called, according to Isidore, because the sound one makes is not words but a lowing (mugitus), for such a one sends the breath of his voice through his nostrils, in a kind of lowing [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 169; translation from Barney et al.]. Humble is so called as if inclined to the ground (humo) [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 114; translation from Barney et al.], i.e., bent down to the earth, and through this he is truly humble who considers himself to be ashes and dust.6

Sequitur: 2Hic ostendit propheta: si a bonis eloquiis interdum propter taciturnitatem debet taceri, quanto magis a malis verbis propter poenam peccati debet cessari.

He continues: 2Here the prophet indicates that there are times when good words are to be left unsaid out of esteem for silence. For all the more reason, then, should evil speech be curbed so that punishment for sin may be avoided.

Bene dixit interdum; interdum enim significat: tempore suo. In omni ergo, quod dicitur, necesse est, ut causa, tempus et persona pensetur, si verba sententiae veritas roboret, si hanc tempus cougruum postulat, et si veritatem sententiae et congruentiam temporis qualitas personae non impugnat, ac si diceret: si a bonis eloquiis debet cessari, quanto magis a malis verbis propter peccatum?

He rightly has said at times, because at times means at the appropriate time. Thus in everything that is said, it is necessary that reason, occasion, and character are considered: if the truth of the thought strengthens the words, if an appropriate time demands truth, and if the quality of character does not oppose the truth of the thought and the appropriateness of the occasion, as if he said: If he must refrain from good words, how much more should he refrain from evil words because of sin?

In hoc loco, ubi dicit: obmutui et humiliatus sum et sum a bonis, [Ps 38:10] aliter sensit, B. Benedictus, aliter propheta; propheta enim dicit de doctoribus.

In this passage where he says I was silent and was humbled, and kept from good things [Ps 38:10], St. Benedict understood this differently from the prophet7 because the prophet is talking about teachers (doctores).

Sunt enim alii doctores, qui, cum vident, praedicationibus suis min posse cohibere mala auditorum suorum, [page 201] tacent, quia non possunt loquendo mala subditorum coercere; sed cum tacent, vident, mala, subditorum crescere propter taciturnitatem suam. Exardescentes zelo Dei et accensi fervore Dei loquuntur, et propterea subsequitur propheta dicens: Convaluit cor meum intra me et in meditatione mea exardescet ignis; locutus sunt in lingua mea, [cf. Ps 11:3-4] ac si diceret aliis verbis: locutus sum et non profeci, i. e. quia non potui praedicando cohibere malo (mala) subditorum, ideo tacui; sed quia me tacente creverunt mala subditorum, sucsensus servore Dei et zelatus zelo Dei non potui cohibere spiritum meum, ideo locutus sum.

Indeed there are some teachers, who, when they see they cannot to repress the evil deeds of their hearers through their preaching, [page 201] fall silent because they cannot check the evil deeds of their subordinates by talking. But when they say nothing, they see the evils of their subordinates grow as a result of their restraint of speech. Glowing with a zeal for God and inflamed by a passion for God, they speak. And therefore the prophet continues, saying: My heart became hot within me. As I mused, the fire burned; then I spoke with my tongue [Ps 38:4-5] as if he said in different words: 'I spoke and I did not succeed, i.e., because I was not able to curb the evil deeds of [my] hearers8 through preaching, therefore I have kept silent. But, because the evil deeds of [my] subordinates have increased since I kept silence, [but] afire in the service of God and serious in zeal for God, I could not restrain my spirit; therefore I talked.'

B. vero Benedictus, sicut dixi, aliter intelligens dicit: Hic ostendit propheta: si a bonis eloquiis interdum propter taciturnitatem debet cessari etc. - vide modo quasi per vim aliter intelligens sensum prophetae; propheta enim intellexerat aut dixerat de praedicatoribus, Benedictus autem vertit in mortificationem monachorum. Non enim dicimus, ut non intellexisset Benedictus sed sum prophetae; forte intellexit, sed quia voluit firmare suam sententiam, quam de taciturnitate dixit, ideo aliter intellexit. Non nocet, si scriptum divina intelligitur aliter, quam prolata est, tantum ut in pejorem sensum non vertatur, quia pejor sensus nocet; nam si similiter aut melius intelligitur, nil obstat.

But as I have said, St. Benedict, understanding it differently, said: Here the prophet indicates that there are times when good words are to be avoided9 out of esteem for silence et cetera – now see, he understood the view of the prophet in a different manner as if by force. Indeed what the prophet had understood and said regarding preachers, Benedict turns around for the mortification of the monks. Indeed we do not say that Benedict has not understood. He perhaps understood the prophet’s meaning but because he wished to support his opinion, which he called the restraint of speech, he therefore understood it differently. It does no harm if holy scripture is understood differently, as long as it is not changed into a worse meaning, because a worse meaning does harm, for if it is understood in a similar or a better way, nothing stands in the way.

Deinde quia, ad mortificationem monachorum voluit affinere, ideo subjunxit dicens: 3Ergo quamvis de bonis et sanctis et aedificationum eloquiis perfectis discipulis propter taciturnitatis gravitatem rara concedatur loquendi licentia.

Then, because he wanted it to pertain to the mortification of the monks, he added the words: 3Indeed, so important is silence that permission to speak should seldom be granted even to mature disciples, no matter how good or holy or constructive their talk.

Istud enim ergo superius respicit, ubi dicit: Hic ostendit propheta: si a bonis eloquiis propter taciturnitatem debet taceri, quanto magis a malis verbis propter poenam peccati debet cessari, ac si diceret: si ita est, i. e. ut etiam a bonis eloquiis debeat taceri, ergo quamvis a bonis et sanctis et aedificationum eloquiis perfectis discipulis propter taciturnitatis gravitatem rara loquendi concedatur licentia, ac si diceret aliis verbis: si propheta Domini tacebat propter taciturnitatem, ergo discipulis, quamvis perfecti sint et quamvis de bonis et sanetis aedificationum eloquiis, tamen rara concedatur loquendi licentia. [page 202]

Indeed, this is what he means above when he says Here the prophet indicates that there are times when good words should be left unsaid out of esteem for silence. All the more reason, then, should evil speech be curbed so that punishment for sin may be avoided as if he said, if it is thus, i.e., that even good words should be left unsaid, therefore permission to speak should seldom be granted even to mature disciples, no matter how good or holy or constructive their talk and as if he said in other words: if the prophet of the Lord was silent because of the restraint of speech, permission to speak should, therefore, seldom be granted to disciples, no matter how perfect they are and no matter how good or holy or constructive their talk. [page 202]

In hoc loco, cum dicit, raram licentiam dari perfectis discipulis loquendi de bonis et sanctis et aedilicationum eloquiis, subintelligitur, ut imperfectis discipulis vel stultis nunquam loquendi licentia concedatur praeter in necessariis suis tam spiritalibus quam etiam corporalibus.

In this passage, where he writes that permission to speak should seldom be granted even to mature disciples, no matter how good or holy or constructive their talk it means that permission to speak should never be granted to the immature or foolish disciples except in case of need, spiritual as well as corporeal.

Nunc videndum est, qui sunt perfecti discipuli, quibus rara licentia loquendi concedatur. Sunt enim multi, qui bene possunt intelligere et sanctam conversationem habent; et sunt alii, qui non possunt intelligere, sed tamen sanctam conversationem habent; et sunt iterum nonnulli, qui bene intelligunt, sed tamen non habent conversationem bonam. Si enim possunt inveniri, illis dari debet licentia loquendi, qui et actione sunt boni et bene possunt intelligere et admonere. Quod si tales non possunt reperiri, tunc illis debet licentia loquendi dari, qui, quamvia non possint bene intelligere, tamen bonae conversationis sunt.

Now we must consider who the mature disciples are, to whom permission to speak is seldom granted. Indeed there are many who are bright10 and practice a holy way of life. And there are others, who are not bright yet practice a holy way of life. And there are still others who are bright yet do not practice a holy way of life. If indeed they can be found, it is to those who behave well and who can understand well and admonish that permission to speak should be given. But if such [monks] cannot be found, then permission to speak must be given to them, who, although they cannot understand well, still have a good way of life.

Nunc videndum est, quare non debeant imperfecti monachi loqui? Alibi dicit idem B. Benedictus: Usque ad interrogationem non loquatur monachus. [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.56] Ista interrogatio necessitas intelligitur. Ita debet ista ratio disponi, ut istud silentium teneatur; debet enim locus esse constitutus, ut, cum abbas vel decanus aut circator aut aliquis senior boris incompetentibus vult fratrem negligentem arguere, in ipso arguat loco, quatenus, qui legit aut psallit, pro hoc non impediatur. Ideo dixi locum, ut, si ille, qui corripit, vult dicere negligenti fratri rationem, valeat dicere. Deinde cum conveniunt in capitulum, non debet ullus sine obedientia exire de capitulo. Nam debet abbas unicuique fratri injungere aliquid, ut non vacet, et in ipsa obedientia non debet aliquis, nisi quantum ad ipsam obedientiam cogit illum necessitas, loqui, sicut inferius dicit idem S. Benedictus: Nonus humilitatis gradus est, si linguam ad loguendum prohibeat monachus et tacitumitatem habens usque ad interrogationem non loquatur. [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.56]

Now we must consider, why immature monks should not talk. Elsewhere the very same St. Benedict says A monk remains silent unless asked a question [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.56]. This questioning is regarded a necessity. This procedure must be set out so that this silence is preserved. For a place should be thus appointed so that when the abbot or dean or inspector (circator)11 or another senior wishes to rebuke an inconsiderate monk at inappropriate times, he should rebuke in this place so that whoever is reading or singing psalms is not disturbed (obstructed) by it.12 Therefore I have said ‘place’ so that, if he who rebukes wants to reason with the careless monk, he would be at liberty to speak. Then, when they meet in the chapter, no one should leave the chapter without obedience. For the abbot should impose something on each monk so that he will not be idle, and in this same obedience nobody should talk, unless the necessity to do so forces him to obedience itself, as further on St. Benedict says The ninth step of humility is that a monk controls his tongue and remains silent, not speaking unless asked a question. [Regula Benedicti, c. 7:56]

Et in ipsa obedientia causa necessitatis illius obedientiae coactus cum loquitur, ipsa verba pauca, sint et rationabilia et non clamosa, quia, sicut dicit idem B. Benedictus: Undecimus humilitatis gradus est, si, cum loquitur monachus, [page 203] leniter et sine risu, humiliter, cum gravitate vel pauca verba et rationabilia loquatur et non sit clamosus in voce. [Regula Benedicti, c. 7:60]

And when in that same obedience he is forced to speak by reason of his obedience to necessity, the words should be few and reasonable and not loud, because, as St. Benedict also says: The eleventh step of humility is that a monk speaks [page 203] gently and without laughter, seriously and with becoming modesty, briefly and reasonably, but without raising his voice. [Regula Benedicti, c. 7:60]

V. gr. ille frater coquus cum loquitur in coquina, ita debet loqui leniter, ut etiam in claustra non sonet ejus vox. Ita de omnibus obedientiis debet fieri.

When the monk-cook talks in the kitchen, he should speak so softly that his voice is not heard in the cloister. So it should be done in regard to every obedience.

Ita etiam silentium debet esse post nonam, quomodo ante tertiam. Si enim non habet abbas talia opera, quae injungat, unicuique debet injungere lectionem aut psalmodiam. Si vero hiemis tempus fuerit et propter frigus convenerint omnes in unum ad calefaciendum se, silentium debet ibi esse, et nullus debet ibi loqui, nisi illo, qui obedientiam habuerit ibidem, aut aliqua necessitas coegerit. Nam debet esse ibidem decanus et circator, ut illi praevideant et teneant custodiam super illos, ut non ibi loquantur, nisi quae ad necessitatem pertinent illius obedientiae.

There must be silence after None, just as before Terce. If in fact the abbot has no such tasks to impose, he should impose on each [monk] a reading or the singing of psalms. If it is winter and because of the cold all gather together to warm themselves, there should be silence in that place and no one should talk except to the one who guards obedience there, or [unless] another necessity demands it. For there must be a dean and inspector in that place to watch over and protect them so that they do not talk there, unless it is required.13

Nam debent magistri infantum etiam ibi esse cum suis flagellis, qui teneant custodiam super illos infantes, ut ne motus vel jocos aut aliqua ibi scurrilia agant. Illi autem, quibus injunctum est legere aut psallere, cum se ibi calefecerint, revertantur ad obedientiam suam, i. e. ad lectionem vel ad psalmodiam aut aliquod opus, quod eis injunctum est.

For the tutors of the children, who watch over those children, must be there with their whips so that they make no disturbance, jokes or other buffoonery there. Moreover, after they who are assigned to read or sing psalms have warmed themselves there, they must return to their task [lit: obedience], that is to the reading, psalms or other work imposed on them.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia ille abbas debet locum deputatum habere, ubi se fratres calefaciant, et illi debent facere focum, qui hebdomadam coquinae dimiserunt.

And this must be known, that that abbot must have a place appointed where the brothers can warm themselves, and they who have left weekly kitchen duty must make a fireplace.14

Pannos autem lavare non debent, nisi isto modo: Illi fratres, qui dimiserunt hebdomadam in coquina, debent calefacere aquam et in quinto decimo die debent aquam illam calelacere; v. gr. si fratres raduntur sabbatho, aquae praeparatio debet esse sequenti tertia feria aut secunda feria aut quarta feria, et tunc debet abbas dicere in ipso die, in quo praeparatio aquae est, fratribus: unusquisque hodie lavet pannos suos. Si est talis frater, qui aut propter fleuthomiam (fleubothomiam) aut propter debilitatem aut infirmitatem non potest lavare, debet dicere decano aut priori: 'non possum lavare meos pannos.' Tunc ille senior debet injungere alii fratri, ut adjuvet vel certe lavet ex toto.

Clothes, moreover, should not be washed except in this way. Those brothers who have left weekly kitchen duty should heat the water and they must do so for fifteen days; for example, if the brethren are shaved on Saturday, the water must be prepared on the following Tuesday or Monday or Wednesday, and then the abbot must tell the brothers on that day when the water is prepared, 'Today everyone washes his clothes.' If there is a brother who because of blood-letting or weakness or illness cannot wash, he must tell the dean or prior, 'I cannot wash my clothes.' Then his senior must charge another brother to help or indeed wash everything.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia omnia debent esse praeparata, i. e. focus, concha, aqua et [page 204] sapon et reliqua necessaria. Caeteri autem omnes, qui possunt sibi lavare, per semetipsos debent lavare. Si autem propter nocturnas illusiones necessitas fuerit lavandi, omni tempore, quo necessitas fuerit, lavare debet, ita tamen, ut licentiam petat a priore suo et cum licentia sua lavet. Nam etiam de hac causa debet similiter locus esse praeparutus cum aqua, ut, cum necessitas fuerit propter illusiones nocturnas, lavet.

And this must be known, that all things should be prepared, namely the fireplace, the basin, the water, [page 204] the soap and all other things needed. All the others, who can wash for themselves, must moreover wash by themselves. If there, moreover, there is a need to wash because of wet dreams, he must wash at all times when it is necessary, provided that he first asks permission of his prior and washes with his permission. So likewise a place with water must be prepared similarly so that, when it is necessary because of wet dreams, he can wash.15

Et hoc sciendum est, quia hanc aquam illi debent praeparare, qui hebdomadam coquinae dimiserunt, et tunc in alia hebdomade sequente praeparant aquam ad pannos fratribus et omnem munditiam, i. e. ipsi faciunt coquinarii et aquam etiam in die sabbathi in hebdomada suae munditiae praeparent aliis fratribus, qui pedes debent lavare omnibus fratribus; tamen conchas ad pedes lavare et pannos ad pedes tergere, i. e. ista duo cellerarius debet praeparata habere. Nunc reddit causam, quare non debet multum loqui, cum subjungit: 4quia in multiloquio non effugies peccatum. [Prv 10:19] Verum est, quod, si multa fuerint verba, quamvis etiam bona, tamen in peccatum labuntur aut in detractionem, aut in otiosa sive etiam in jocularia.

And it must be known that those who have left weekly kitchen duty should prepare this water and then during the following week they prepare water for the brothers for clothes and all cleanness, i.e., the kitchen monks themselves also, on the Saturday of their week’s service, prepare water for cleaning for the other monks, who must wash the feet of all the brothers. Yet the cellarer must have prepared these two things: basins for washing feet and cloths for drying them. Then Benedict gives the reason why [a monk] must not talk much, when he adds: 4In a flood of words you will not avoid sin [Prv 10:19]. It is true that when there are many words, even good ones, they nevertheless slip into sin, slander, idleness or even vulgarity.

Sequitur: 5Et alibi (i. e. in alio loco) dicit Scriptura: Mors et vita in manibus linguae. [Prv 18:21]

Next: 5And elsewhere (i.e., in another passage) Scripture says: The tongue holds the key [lit. hands] to life and death [Prv 18:21].

Nunc videndum est, quomodo habet lingua manum vel pedem? Quamvis vero lingua manum non habeat, tamen manum movet ad occidendum et ad vivificandum; v. gr. si exasperum verbum loquitur quis, unde alius irascatur.

Now it must be considered: how can the tongue have a hand or foot? Although the tongue does not have a hand, yet it moves the hand for killing and bringing back to life: for example, if somebody speaks a provocative word and another then gets angry.

Mors et vita potest intelligi et temporalis et aeterna, et tua et aliena. Mors enim aeterna potest esse in manibus linguae, h. e. in potestate linguae, cum quis tale verbum loquitur, h. e. blasphemiam aut aliquod mortale peccatum, unde in aeternum pereat. Item potest esse in manibus linguae, h. e. in potestate linguae mors temporalis, cum quis tale verbum loquitur, ut aliquis occidatur.

Life and death can be understood as of this world and eternal, yours and another’s. Indeed death can be eternal in the hands of the tongue, meaning in the power of the tongue: when someone speaks such a word, namely blasphemy or something else [that is] mortally sinful, by that means he will die for ever. Likewise the death of this world can be in the hands of the tongue, meaning in the power of the tongue, when somebody says a word so that someone is killed.

Et iterum potest vita aeterna esse in manibus linguae, cum quis bonum consilium dando aut bene admonendo (efficit), ut aliquis peccator, (qui) in aeternum debueat mori, agendo poenitentiam viviticetur. Similiter etiam potest vita temporalis in manibus, h. e. in potestate linguae [page 205] esse, cum quis tale verbum loquitur, ut ille, qui debuerat occidi, non occidatur.

And again eternal life can be in the hands of the tongue when somebody, by giving good advice or good admonishment, causes some sinner, who had been destined to die in eternity, to be brought back to life by doing penance. Likewise temporal life can [be] in the hands, meaning in the power, of the tongue, [page 205] when somebody speaks such a word that he who had been destined to be killed is not.

Dicit enim S. Hieronymus in tractatu Oseae prophetae: Manum mortis appellat opera, quibus interficitur, juxta illud quod scriptum est: In manibus linguae mors et vita. [Jerome, Commentarius in Osee III, c. 13:14, CCSL 76, p. ?]

Indeed, St. Jerome says in [his] treatise on the prophet Hosea: He calls the works by which he is killed the hand of death, according to what is written: The tongue holds the key to life and death. [Jerome, Commentary on Hosea III, c. 13.14]

Sequitur: 6Nam loqui et docere magistrum condecet, tacere et audire discipulo (discipulum?) convenit.

Next: 6It is fitting for a master to speak and teach; it is appropriate for the disciple to be silent and listen.

Quia condecet et convenit unum significant, potest etiam reciproce dicere, docere et loqui magistro convenit, tacere et audire discipulum condecet.

Because condecet [‘it is fitting’] and convenit [lit: it is appropriate] mean the same, he could also say it alternately ‘It is appropriate for a master to teach and speak; it is fitting for the disciple to be silent and listen’.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia hoc, quod dicit: loqui et docere magistrum condecet, tacere et audire discipulo convenit, generalis regula est, eo quod omnis scriptum divina ita praecipit.

And it should be known that this, which says: It is fitting for a master to speak and teach; it is appropriate for the disciple to be silent and listen, is a general rule, because all holy scripture teaches so.

Sequitur: 7et ideo, si qua requirenda sunt a priore, cum, omni humilitate et subjectione reverentiae requirantur; ac si diceret: Cum omni humilitate et cum omni subjectione reverentiae requirantur.

Next: 7Therefore, any requests to a superior should be made with all humility and respectful submission, as if he said: requests should be made with all humility and with all respectful submission.

Et bene dixit omni, i. e. tam corporis, quam animae, quia possunt multi subditi esse corpore et non mente, sicuti sunt superbi. Et iterum possunt esse alii subditi mente et non corpore; isti non sunt perfecti. Et iterum alii humiles et tamen non sunt subditi, sicuti sunt principes, aut certe alii boni et humiles, et tamen non sunt subditi aliis; isti sunt meliores. Et iterum sunt alii, qui sunt subditi mente et corpore; isti sunt perfecti, et de talibus dicit in hoc loco S. Benedictus: cum omni humilitate et subjectione. Et quia voluit B. Benedictus, te perfectum esse, ideo dicit: cum omni humilitate et subjectione. Hoc, quod dicit: ne videatur plus loqui, quam expedit, non est in regula, sed subauditio est.

And he has correctly said ‘all’, namely of body and soul, because there are many who are submissive in body but not in mind, for instance the proud. And others can be submissive in mind, but not in body; they are not perfect. And again there are others who are humble yet not submissive, for instance leaders, and surely others are good and humble and yet not subject to others: they are better. And again there are others who are submissive in mind and body: they are perfect and of them St. Benedict speaks in this passage: with all humility and submission. And because St. Benedict wanted you to be perfect, he therefore says with all humility and submission. This that says that [a monk] should not seem to talk more than is useful is not in the rule, but it is implied.

Sequitur: 8Scurrilitates vel verba otiosa aut risum aetia aeterna clausura in omnibus locis damnamus.

Next: 8We absolutely condemn everywhere, in eternal prohibition, any vulgarity and idle words and talk leading to laughter.

Scurrilitates derivantur ab eo, quod est scurra, i. e. joculator. Scurrilitates sunt verba jocularia; otiosa sunt verba illa, quae non habent rationem in se tam animae quam corporis, sed damnum corporis habent et magis nocent animae, quia, [page 206] sicut dicit Dominus, de omni verbo otioso reddituri sunt homines rationem in die judicii. [Mt 12:36] Otiosum quippe verbum est, quod aut utilitate rectitudinis aut ratione justae necessitatis caret.

Scurrilitates [‘vulgarity’] derives from the word scurra (jester), which means joculator’ (joker). Scurrilitates are laughable words. Idle are those words that have no reason in them, for soul or body, but damage the body and are more harmful for the mind, [page 206] because, as the Lord says: They shall render an account for every idle word they speak on the day of judgment. [Mt 12:36] Obviously an idle word lacks either the usefulness of righteousness or the rationale of just need.

Risum moventia sunt illa verba, quae risum movent; verba risum moventia et scurrilitates videntur unum significare, sed hoc inter se differunt: scurrilitates attinent ad lasciviam, quae lascivia vicina est libidini.

Leading to laughter are those words that give rise to laughter; talk leading to laughter and vulgarity appear to signify one and the same thing, but they differ. Vulgarity pertains to wantonness [lascivia], which wantonness borders on lust.

Illa est lascivia, quae aut loquitur aut agit aliquomodo, quae ad libidinem attinent, nam lascivia de scurrilitato nascitur; verba autem risum moventia etiam ad sapientem attinent et ad bona et proficua, quia possunt sapientes ita bona et proficua loqui, ut risum moveant, sicut superius dicit: Os suum a malo vel pravo eloquio custodire. [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.51]

This is wantonness that either talks or acts in some manner that pertains to lust, for wantonness originates in vulgarity. The words leading to laughter, however, also pertain to wisdom and also to good and advantageous words, because wise people can speak good and advantageous words to provoke laughter, as Benedict says earlier: Guard your lips from harmful or wicked speech. [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.51]

Malum eloquium est, quod nocet; pravum autem, quod plus nocet. Multum loqui non amare. [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.52]

Bad speech is what harms; wicked speech, however, is what harms more. Do not love to talk too much [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.52].

Tunc loquitur multum: si quatuor verba necessaria sunt solummodo et tu loqueris quinque, jam multum locutus es. Sic etiam si sex aut plus locutus fueris, multum loqueris. Nam si decem diebus locutus fueris de una causa, et necessitas fuerit, non est multum, quia necessaria sunt verba. Verba vana sunt otiosa; verba, risui apta possunt attinere ad scurrilitates et ad risum moventia.

Then he says too much: if only four words are necessary and you speak five, then you have already talked too much. If you even have spoken six or more [words], you have talked too much. If for instance you have spoken for ten days about one subject and it was a necessity, it is not too much, because the words are needed. Vain words are idle; words suited to laughter can pertain to vulgarity and words leading to laughter.

Aeterna clausura septimus casus est, i. e. ablativus sine praepositione, ac si diceret aliis verbis: scurrilitatibus et verbis otiosis aut risum moventibus aeternam clausuram ponimus, i. e. aetemum et perpetuum murum. Quam bene et discrete docet B. Benedictus! superius enim dixit: custodiam, h. e. ostium ponam ori, ut tempore suo dicantur et, tempore suo non dicantur. Hic autem non ostium ponit, sed murum et obicem in perpetuum ponit malis, i. e. ut nunquam et in nullis locis dicantur.

Aeterna clausura ('in eternal prohibition')16 is the seventh case, namely ablative without a prefix, as if he says using other words: 'We place an eternal fence around vulgarity and idle words and talk leading to laughter,' meaning an eternal and continuous wall. What a good and wise teacher St. Benedict is! Earlier he has said: I will set a guard, meaning a door, at [my] mouth, so that words are spoken at the appropriate time and they are not spoken at the appropriate time. Here, however, he places not a door, but a permanent wall and barrier against evil, i.e., in order that [such words] are spoken never and nowhere.

Damnamus, i. e. interdicimus aut claudimus. Nam quid sit: Scurrilitates vel verba otiosa aut risum moventia aeterna clausura damnamus, inferius manifestat, cum subjungit: 7Et ad tale eloquium discipulum aperire os non permittimus. Permittimus, i. e. concedimus.

Damnamus ('We condemn') means 'we forbid’ and 'we close.' For what is meant by We absolutely condemn in eternal prohibition any vulgarity and idle words and talk leading to laughter, he makes clear below when he adds And we do not permit a disciple to engage in words of that kind. Permittimus ('we permit') means concedimus ('we allow').

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Discipuli os non permittit aperire, non magistri.' Cui respondendum est: 'Si os discipuli claudit, multo magis os magistri constringit [page 207]; sic enim superius dicit de abbate: Omnia, quae discipulis docuerit esse contraria, in suis factis indicet non agenda.' [Regula Benedicti, c. 2:13] Nam si ille alios docet, non loqui vana aut scurrilitates aut risum moventia, et ipse illa loquitur, tunc non indicat contraria discipulis in suis factis non agenda.

Perhaps someone says: 'He does forbids the disciple’s mouth to open, not the master’s.' To him one must answer: 'If he shuts mouth of the disciple, how much more he restricts the mouth of the master: [page 207] Indeed he says so above regarding the abbot: If he teaches his disciples that something is not to be done, then neither must he do it. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.13]17 For instance, if he teaches the others not to speak nonsense or vulgarity or talk leading to laughter, and he himself does so, he then does not show his disciples by his deeds the opposite of what should not be done.

Et hoc notandum est, quia tres intentiones esse dixit in hoc capitulo: primam, ut etiam illi fratres spiritales, qui praedicant, debent aliquando silentium habere propter locutionem; secundum, ut, necessaria, cum requirunt, loquantur, sed quantum expedit; tertiam, ut verba vana loqui nullus debeat aut scurrilitates.

And let it be noted that he has mentioned three purposes in this chapter: first, that even those spiritual brothers who preach must sometimes keep silence on account of speech; secondly, that when they need to, they say what is necessary, but only as many as are useful; and thirdly that no one should speak nonsense or vulgarity.


1. Is 32:17: Cultus iustitiae silentium.

1. The fear of hell is in fact mentioned earlier (RB 4, 45), although the narrow road appears in RB 5, 10-11, after the sentence Hildemar has just quoted. The discussion is therefore somewhat confusing.
2. In RB 7.6 illa scala, 'that ladder.'
3. Vulgate: dixi custodiam vias meas ne peccem in lingua mea.
4. See also: Ps. 140/141: 3.
5. Compare to the way of phrasing in chapter 66 of the Hildemar commentary: Ostium enim, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, ab obstando dictum est, quod, dum claudit, obstat intrantibus. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 140:3, CCSL 98, p. 1263].
6. See Hildemar commentary c. 5, last sentence of the first section.
7. Lit: 'St. Benedict understood [it] in one way, the prophet in another.'
8. Lit: subordinates.
9. Here Hildemar replaces Benedict’s original taceri with cessari.
10. Lit: understand well.
11. Usually someone who makes rounds, or inspects a province. The practice, if not the word itself, is outlined in RB 48, 17-20.
12. The meaning seems to be that although superiors may be tempted to rebuke on the spot, they should wait for a suitable time. Horis incompetentibus may be an error for horis competentibus or, if horis incompetentibus horis is correct, Hildemar may have used the indicative vult rather than a subjunctive with a concessive cum.
13. Lit: unless [there are] things which pertain to the necessity of his obedience.
14. Kitchen duty is discussed in RB 35. Hildemar adds to Benedict’s cycles of service another rotating responsibility, charge of fire and, a few sentences later, heating water for laundry.
15. 'Night illusions' are dreams that result in nocturnal emissions, the stains from which are to be washed out whenever they have occurred.
16. Translated by Fry as ‘absolutely’. Lit.: ‘with eternal fence/prohibition’.
17. Hildemar omits Benedict’s vero ('but') here.

Cap. VII
DE HUMILITATE

[Ms P, fol. 57vPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 132r; Ms E1, fol. 62v; Ms E2, fol. 85v]

Ch. 7
CONCERNING HUMILITY

Translated by: Matthew Ponesse

1Clamat nobis scriptum divina, fratres, dicens: Omnis, qui se exaltat, humiliabitur, et qui se humiliat, exaltabitur. [Lc 14:11]

1Brothers, Divine Scripture calls out to us, saying: Each one who exalts himself will be humbled; and one who humbles himself will be exalted. [Lc 14:11]

Tunc enim clamat scriptura, quando mentem admonet. Dicit autem Basilius: Clamare enim dicitur propter eos, quorum interior surdus et obduratus est auditus, sicut in evangelio legitur: Jesus autem clamabat. [cf. Regula Basilii, c. 130, CSEL 86, p. 160]

For scripture calls out when it counsels the mind. Indeed, Basil says: One is said to call out on account of those whose inner ear is deaf and unresponsive, just as we read in the Gospel: Then Jesus called out. [cf. Regula Basilii, c. 130, CSEL 86, p. 160]

Quid est, quod scriptum dicit: Omnis, qui se exaltat, humiliabitur, et qui se, humiliat, exaltabitur, cum multi humiles tam in seculo, quam in sancta ecclesia non efficiuntur exaltati, eo quod ante egrediuntur de praesenti seculo, quam fiant sublimati?

What does this passage mean: Each one who exalts himself will be humbled; and one who humbles himself will be exalted, when many humble people both in the secular world and in the holy church have not been exalted, because they leave the present life before they become elevated?

V. gr. sunt multi in sancta ecclesia humiles, qui non efficiuntur episcopi aut presbyteri et reliq., ut teneant regimen vel locum superiorem sanctae ecclesiae. Et similiter in seculo sunt multi pauperes, qui non efficiuntur divites, sed ante egrediuntur de praesenti vita. Et iterum sunt multi humiles propter Dominum in sancta ecclesia et fiunt inde episcopi, diaconi et tenentes regimen sanctae ecclesiae; et iterum videntur multi pauperes in saeculo, qui aut per parentes, aut per artem aliquam aut per ingenium efficiuntur divites et exaltati.

For instance, there are many humble people in the holy church, who are not made bishops or priests, etc, so that they might have governance or a higher place in the holy church. And similarly, there are many poor people in the world who are not made rich before they leave the present life. Moreover, there are many humble people in the holy church on account of the Lord who then become bishops, deacons and others holding governance over the holy church; and again there seem to be many poor in the world who are made rich and exalted either through their parents or through some skill or through natural ability.

Quamvis istorum pars in praesenti saeculo sit exaltata, tamen haec sententia ad futurum judicium tendit, in quo omnes humiles propter Dominum exaltabuntur et omnes superbi humiliabuntur. [page 208]

Although a portion of these may be exalted in the present age, nevertheless this verse is intended for the future judgment, at which time all humble people will be exalted on account of the Lord and all the proud will be humbled. [p. 208]

Sequitur: 2Cum haec ergo dicit, ostendit nobis, omnem exaltationem genus esse superbiae.

It follows: 2Therefore, when it says these things, it shows us that that every exaltation is a type of pride.

Ubi dicitur dicit, subaudiendum est: illa scriptura; et ubi dicitur haec, intelligendum est ista,1 quae subsequitur, i. e. Omnis, qui se exaltat, humiliabitur, et qui se humiliat, exaltabitur; ac si diceret: qualicumque modo se exaltaverit quis, ipsa exaltatio genus superbiae est in illo.

Where it says it says, we ought to understand: Scripture; and where it says these things, we ought to understand that which follows, that is Each one who exalts himself will be humbled; and one who humbles himself will be exalted, as if he were to say: in whichever way one might exalt himself, the exaltation is a type of pride in him.

Sequitur: 3Quod se propheta cavere indicat dicens.  

It follows: 3Against which the prophet shows himself to be on guard. 

  Quod, subaudiendum est: genus superbiae. Ait enim: Domine non est exaltatum cor meum, neque elati sunt oculi mei, neque ambulavi in magnis neque in mirabilibus super me. [Ps 130:1]

Which should be understood: a type of pride. For he [the Psalmist] says: O Lord, my heart is not exalted, nor are my eyes lifted up, nor have I walked in great matters or in marvelous things above me. [Ps 130:1]

Iste enim tantus propheta David bene intra acceptas ex divina largitate mensuras pedem cordis presserat, cum dicebat: neque ambulavi in magnis neque in mirabilibus super me.

For the great prophet David did well to tread with the feet of his heart among the gifts that he had received from the divine abundance, when he said: nor have I walked in great matters or in marvelous things above me.

Super se quippe in mirabilibus ambularet, si apparere magnus ultra quam poterat, quaereret. Super se namque in mirabilibus attollitur, qui et in his, ad quae non sufficit, videri conatur; item ille non ambulat in magnis super se, qui ea magna, quae super se sunt, i. e. ultra mensuram suam non cupit facere, et ille non ambulat in mirabilibus super se, qui miracula, quae supra se sunt, non desiderat agere.

Of course, one would be walking in marvelous things above himself if he were to seek to appear great beyond his abilities. One is brought to marvelous things above himself if he strives to be seen in those things in which he is not capable. Likewise, one does not walk in great matters above himself if he does not desire to do those great things that are above him, that is to say, beyond his ability, and one does not walk in marvelous things above himself if he does not desire to do the marvelous things that are above himself.

Sequitur: 4Sed quid? 

It follows: 4But what? 

Cum vero dicit: sed quid? subaudiendum est: fecisti.

When he says: but what? we should understand: but what have you done?

In hoc enim loco videtur Dominus interrogasse prophetam secundum sensum S. Benedicti, quasi diceret: 'O propheta! dixisti, te non exaltasse cor tuum nec habuisse oculos in altum elatos neque ambulasse in magnis supra mensuram tuam neque in mirabilibus similiter supra mensuram tuam; cum ista ergo omnia non fecisti, quid ergo fecisti?

For in this place the Lord seems to question the prophet according to the sense of Saint Benedict, as if he were to have said: 'O prophet! You said that you had not exalted your heart, that you did not have your eyes raised on high, and that you had not walked in great matters beyond your ability and or in marvelous things similiarly beyond your ability; therefore, since you did not do these things, what have you done?

Videtur nunc David Domino respondisse sub imprecatione, cum subjungit: 4Si non humililer sentiebam, sed exultavi animam meam, sicut ablactatum2 super matrem suam, ita retribues in animam meam. [cf. Ps 130:2]

Now it seems that David answered the Lord with a curse (see maledicto below, VII.4), when he added: 4If I have not disposed my mind with humility, but have exalted my soul just as a child is weaned upon his mother, you will thus punish my soul. [cf. Ps 130:2]

Vide modo, bene dixit super matrem suam; si enim non subjunxisset super matrem suam, non fecisset sibi imprecationem, quia puer, [page 209] si tempore suo ablactatus fuerit, adjuvabit illum ista ablactatio magis, quam nocebit. Et propterea subjunxit super matrem suam, quasi diceret: sicut periculosa est ablactatio parvulo, qui cum nondum potest vivere solido cibo, potatur a matre sua, si ablactatus fuerit, ita mihi sit periculosa separatio tua, si ista, quae superius dixi, feci.

See now, he [the Psalmist] did well to say upon his mother; for if he had not added upon his mother, he would not have cursed himself, because if a boy [page 209] is weaned in his own time, this weaning will help him more than it harms him. And for this reason he [the Psalmist] adds upon his mother, as if he were to say: just as weaning is dangerous for a small child who is nursed by his mother, since he would not yet able to live on solid food if he were weaned, so would your separation be dangerous to me if I had done those things that I said above.

Notum est omnibus, quia si tunc ablactatur puer, cum solidum cibum comedere non potest, moritur; ita et ego, si haec feci, quae dixi, pro dulcedine tuae beatitudinis mortis periculum incurram.

We should understand that a boy dies if he is weaned when he is not able to eat solid food. So also will I incur the danger of death instead of your blessed sweetness if I have done those things which I said.

Sunt enim multi libri, qui habent super matre sua per ablativum; sed hoc bene potest esse, eo quod ita intelligitur: quando enim puer legitime, i. e. quando comedere potest, ablactari debet, solet mater suas mamillas aliqua amaritudine ungere, quatenus, cum venerit puer pro dulcedine lactis, sumat amaritudinem et per hoc lac sugere desuescat; quasi diceret propheta Domino: 'Si haec, quae dixi, feci, sicut puer de matre sua sumit amaritudinem pro dulcedine lactis, ita et ego pro dulcedine tuae beatitudinis sumam amaritudinem.'

There are many books which have upon his mother in the ablative case [and not the accusative]; but this is able to be said rightly, because it is understood in such a way: when a boy ought to be weaned at the proper time, that is, when he is able to eat, his mother is accustomed to rub her breasts with a certain bitter ointment, so that when the boy comes for the sweetness of the milk, he tastes the bitterness and as a result lays aside the habit of sucking milk; as if the prophet were to say to the Lord: 'If I have done those things which I said, just as a boy tastes bitterness from his mother (de matre sua) in place of the sweetness of milk, so also will I taste bitterness instead of the sweetness of your blessedness.'

Sed videamus, qualiter S. Augustinus de hoc loco sentit; ait enim: Iste enim, qui dixit [omitted in Mittermüller, added CSEL 95.3: qui dixit: Domine, non est exaltatum cor meum. Vide alio loco sic offerentem: dicit Deo, Vide humilitatem meam et laborem meum, et dimitte omnia peccata mea. [Ps 24:18]. Domine, non est exaltatum cor meum neque in altum elati sunt oculi mei; neque ingressus sum in magnis neque in mirabilibus super me. [Ps 130:1] Hoc planius dicatur, et audiatur: Non fui superbus, nolui quasi in mirabilibus innotescere hominibus; nec quaesivi aliquid supra vires meas, unde me apud imperitos jactarem. Intendat caritas vestra, magna res commendatur.

But let us see what Augustine thinks about this passage; for he says: He who said: O Lord, my heart is not exalted. See this one [the Psalmist] providing the same expression in another place: He says to God, See my humility and my work, and forgive all my sins. [Ps 24:18] O Lord, my heart is not exalted, nor are my eyes lifted on high; nor do I enter in great matters nor in marvelous things above me. [Ps 130:1] This may be said more plainly and understood in the following way: I was not proud, I did not wish to be known as though I stood among extraordinary men; I did not seek anything beyond my abilities, whence I might exalt myself among the ignorant. May your charity reach forth, may your great purpose be entrusted to me.

Quomodo Simon ille magus in mirabilibus ingredi volebat super se, propterea plus illum delectavit potentia apostolorum quam justitia Christianorum, at ubi vidit per manus impositionem apostolorum et per orationes eorum Deum dare fidelibus spiritum sanctum, et quia tunc per miraculum demonstrabatur adventus spiritus sancti, ut linguis loquerentur, quas non didicerant, omnes super quos veniebat spiritus sanctus – nec ideo modo non datur spiritus sanctus, quia linguis non loquuntur qui credunt; ideo enim tunc oportebat ut linguis loquerentur, ut significarent omnes linguas Christo credituras; ubi impletum est quod significabatur, miraculum ablatum est – cum ergo hoc videret Simon, voluit talia facere, non talis esse, et nostis quia etiam pecunia putavit comparandum spiritum sanctum. Erat ergo de talibus qui in templum intrant ad emendum et vendendum: emere volebat quod vendere disponebat.

Just as Simon Magus desired to enter in marvelous things greater than himself, because the power of the apostles delighted him more than the justice of Christians, but when he saw that God gave to the faithful both healing through the hands of the apostles and the Holy Spirit through their prayers, and because the coming of the Holy Spirit was evidenced then through a miracle, so that all of those over whom the Holy Spirit had come spoke in tongues which they had not learnt, – the Holy Spirit is not imparted in this way now, because those who believe do not speak in tongues; for indeed it was then fitting that they speak in tongues so that they might signify that all tongues are to believe in Christ; but when that which was signified was fulfilled, the miracle was removed –, when therefore Simon saw this, he wished to perform such things, but not become such a person as the apostles, and you know that he even considered money comparable to the holy spirit. For this reason he was like those who entered into the temple for the purpose of buying and selling: he wished to buy that which he was disposed to sell.

Et vere, fratres mei, quia talis ille erat, et sic intraverat, adeo Dominus illos expulit de templo qui columbas vendebant; columbae autem spiritum sanctum significant. Volebat ergo Simon emere columbam et vendere columbam: accessit Dominus Jesus Christus, qui habitabat in Petro, et flagello resticulae expulit foras malum mercatorem. [Acts 8:18-23]

And truly, my brothers, because he was such a person and had entered in such a way, God thus expelled from the temple those who were selling doves; for doves signify the Holy Spirit. Simon wished to buy a dove and to sell a dove: the Lord Jesus Christ, who resided in Peter, approached and expelled the evil merchant with a whip of thin rope. [Acts 8:18-23]

Ergo sunt homines quos delectat miraculum facere, et ab eis qui profecerunt in ecclesia miraculum exiguntur; et ipsi qui quasi profecisse sibi videntur, talia volunt facere, et putant se ad Deum non pertinere, si non fecerint. Dominus autem Deus noster, qui novit quid cui tribuat, et ut servetur compago corporis in pace, alloquitur ecclesiam per Apostolum: Non potest dicere oculus manui, ‘Opus te non habeo,’ aut iterum caput pedibus, ‘Opus vobis non habeo.’ Si totum corpus oculus, ubi auditus? Si totum auditus, ubi odoratus? [1 Cor 12.21/17]

There are men who are facinated with performing miracles, and they are driven out by those who have accomplished miracles in the church. And those who pretend to have performed [miracles] for themselves and actually wish to do such things, think that they have nothing to do with God if they are not able to perform them. But the Lord our God, who knows that which he bestows on each person, addresses the church through the Apostle so that the structure of the body might be preserved in peace: The eye is not able to say to the hand, 'I do not consider you necessary,' or again the head to the feet, 'I do not consider you necessary.' If the eye is the whole body, where would be the hearing? If hearing is the whole body, where would be the smelling? [1 Cor 12.21/17]

Ergo in membris nostris videtis, fratres, quomodo singula officium suum habeant membra. Oculus videt, et non audit; auris audit, et non videt; manus operatur, nec audit nec videt; pes ambulat, nec audit nec videt nec facit quod manus. Sed in uno corpore si sit sanitas et non adversum se litigent membra, auris videt in oculo, oculus audit in aure, nec obici potest auri quod non videt, ut dicatur ei: ‘Nihil es, minor es; numquid videre et discernere colores potes, quod facit oculus?’ Respondet enim auris de pace corporis, et dicit: ‘Ibi sum ubi est oculus, in eo corpore sum; in me non video, in illo cum quo sum video.’ Ita cum auris dicit, ‘Oculus mihi videt’; oculus dicit, ‘Auris mihi audit’; oculi et aures dicunt: ‘Manus nobis operantur’; manus dicunt: ‘Oculi et aures nobis vident et audiunt’: oculi et aures et manus dicunt: ‘Pedes nobis ambulant’; omnia in uno corpore cum operantur, si sit ibi sanitas et concordent membra, gaudent et congaudent sibi.

Therefore, brothers, you see in our members how each has its own function. The eye sees, but does not hear; the ear hears, but does not see; the hand works, but neither hears nor sees; the foot walks, but neither hears nor sees nor does what the hand does. But if there is health in one body and the members do not quarrel against themselves, the ear sees in the eye, the eye hears in the ear, nor is one able to repudiate the ear with respect to that which it does not see, so that it might be said to it: 'You are nothing, you are less; can it be that you able to see and make out colors which the eye sees?' For the ear responds from the peace of the body, and says: “I am where the eye is, I am in this body; I do not see in me, I see in him with whom I am.' Thus when the ear says, “The eye sees for me'; the eye says, 'The ear hears for me'; the eyes and ears say: ''The hands work for us'; the hands say: 'The eyes and ears see and hear for us'; the eyes and ears and hands say: 'The feet walk for us'; all are in one body when they work, if they are healthy and the members are in agreement, and they rejoice and celebrate with one together.

Et si aliquid molestiae sit in aliquo membro, non se deserunt, sed compatiuntur sibi. Numquid, quia in corpore pes quasi longe videtur ab oculis – illi enim sunt locati in sublimitate, illi autem infra positi –, quando forte pes spinam calcaverit, deserunt oculi, et non, sicut videmus, totum corpus contrahitur, et sedet homo, curvatur spina dorsi, ut quaeratur spina quae haesit in planta? Omnia membra quidquid possunt faciunt, ut de infimo et exiguo loco spina quae inhaeserat educatur.

But if there is any trouble in any member, they do not abandon each other, but they suffer together. Can it be that, because the foot of the body seems far away from the eyes – for they are located on top, but the others are positioned below – when the foot happens to tread on a thorn, the eyes depart and not, as we see, the whole body is affected, and the man sits, the spine of his back is bent, so that he find the thorn which is stuck in his heel? All members do whatever they can to remove the stuck thorn from the lowest and meanest place.

Sic ergo, fratres, quisquis in corpore Christi non potest resuscitare mortuum, non illud quaerat, ne discordet in corpore, quomodo si auris quaerat videre, discordare potest. Nam quod non accepit, non potest facere. Sed si ei objectum fuerit et dictum: ‘Si justus esses, resuscitares mortuum, quomodo resuscitavit Petrus – in Christo enim majora videntur fecisse Apostoli, quam ipse Dominus. [cf. Io 14:12]

Therefore, brothers, anyone who is in the body of Christ and is not able to raise the dead, should not seek this out, lest there be disagreement in the body, just as if an ear strives to see, so there is able to be disagreement. For that which one does not receive, he is not able to do. But if he is rebuked and it is said to him, If you were just, you would raise the dead just like Peter, for the Apostles are seen to have done greater things in Christ than the Lord himself. [cf. Io 14:12].

Sed unde fieri potest ut plus valeant sarmenta, quam radix? Quomodo autem quasi majora videntur fecisse illi quam ille? Ad vocem Domini surrexerunt mortui, ad umbram transeuntis Petri surrexit mortuus. [cf. Act 5:15] Majus hoc videtur quam illud. Sed Christus facere sine Petro poterat, Petrus nisi in Christo non poterat, quia sine me, inquit, nihil potestis facere. [Io 15:5]

But whence is it able to happen that the shoots are more vigorous than the root? How indeed were they seen to have done greater things than he? The dead rose at the voice of the Lord, the dead man rose at the shadow of Peter as he passed by. [cf. Act 5:15] This seems a greater miracle than the other. But Christ was able to perform miracles without Peter, but Peter was not able to do so except in Christ, because without me, he says, you are able to do nothing. [Io 15:5].

– cum ergo hoc audierit homo qui proficit, quasi objectam calumniam ab ignaris paganis, ab hominibus nescientibus quid loquantur; in compage corporis Christi respondeat et dicat: ‘Qui dicis: Non es justus quia non facis miraculm? Posses et auri dicere: non es in corpore, quia non vides’. Faceres, inquit, et tu, sicut et Petrus fecit’. Sed Petrus et mihi fecit, quia in eo corpore sum in quo Petrus fecit; in illo quod potest possum, a quo divisus non sum; quod minus possum, compatitur mihi, et quod plus potest, congaudeo illi. Ipse Dominus, Dominus desuper clamavit pro corpore suo: Saule, Saule, quid me persequeris? [Act 9:4] Et ipsum nemo tangebat, sed pro corpore in terra laborante caput de coelo clamabat.

when therefore a man who accomplishes a miracle should hear this, as if an accusation cast forth by ignorant pagans or by men not knowing what they say, he should respond as a member of the body of Christ, and say: 'You who say: are you unjust if you do not perform a miracle? You are able to say to the ear: you are not in the body, because you do not see.' You should do, he says, just as Peter did'. But Peter did this for me, because I am in the same body in which Peter worked; in this I am able to do what he is able; I am not divided from him; for that which I am not able to do, he has compassion, and for that which he is more able to do, I rejoice. The Lord himself, the Lord called out from above out of concern for his body: Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? [Act 9:4] And no one touched him, but the head called out from heaven for the body laboring on earth.

Si ergo, fratres, unusquisque quod potest juste egerit, et in eo quod alius plus potest non inviderit, sed congratulatus fuerit tanquam in uno corpore cum eo constitutus, pertinet ad eum vox ista Psalmi, Domine, non est exaltatum cor meum, neque in altum elati sunt oculi mei neque ingressus sum in magnis neque in mirabilibus super me. [Ps 130.1]

Therefore, brothers, if each one rightly does what he is able, and does not envy that which another is more able to do, but rejoices with him just he has been constituted with him in one body, the words of the Psalmist pertains to him, O Lord, my heart is not exalted, nor are my eyes raised on high, nor do I enter in great matters, nor in marvelous things above me. [Ps. 130.1]

Quod enim excessit vires meas, ait, non quaesivi, non ibi me extendi, nolui ibi magnificari. Nam ista exaltatio de abundantia gratiarum quam sit timenda, ne quis de dono Dei superbiat, sed magis servet humilitatem, et faciat quod scriptum est: Quanto magnus es, tanto humilia te in omnibus, et coram Deo] invenies gratiam. [Sir 3:20] [Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 130, c. 4-7, CSEL 95.3, pp. 270-274]

For he says, I have not sought that which surpasses my abilities, I have not reached for this place, I have not wished to be magnified. For such exaltation concerning the abundance of graces ought to be feared, lest anyone show pride over the gift of God, but rather one should preserve humility more and do what is written: The greater you are, the more you should humble yourself in all things, and you will find grace in God's presence. [Sir 3:20] [Augustine, Ennarationes in Psalmos 130, 4-7, CSEL 95.3, pp. 270-274.

Sequitur: 4Si non humiliter sentiebam, sed exaltavi animam meam, sicut qui ablactatus est a lacte super matre sua, sit retributio in animam meam. [Cf. Ps 130:2]

It follows: 4If I have not disposed myself with humility, but exalted my soul just as one who is weaned from the milk of his mother, may there be retribution for my soul. [Cf. Ps 130:2]

Videtis, eum velut maledicto se constrinxisse. Sic in alio psalmo dicit: Domine, Deus meus, si feci istud, si est iniquitas in manibus meis, si reddidi retribuentibus mihi mala, decidam merito ab inimicis meis inanis; persequatur inimicus animam meam et conculcet in terram vitam meam et gloriam meam in pulverem deducat. [Ps 7:4-6]

You see that he inhibited himself as if with a curse. Thus he says in another psalm: O Lord, my God, if I did this, if there is iniquity in my hands, if I returned evil to those who have repaid me, let me fall empty before my enemies; may the enemy pursue my soul and trample my life into the ground, and reduce my glory into the dust. [Ps 7:4-6]

Sic videtur et hic dixisse: Si non humiliter sentiebam, sed exaltavi animam meam, quasi diceret: illud mihi contingat, quod ibi; quid? si reddidi retribuentibus mihi mala, i. e. decidam merito ab inimicis meis inanis.

Thus he seems to have said here: If I did not disposed myself humbly, but exalted my soul, as if he were to say: May this happen to me which happens there; what this? If I have returned evil to those who repaid me, that is, I will rightly fall empty before my enemies.

Sic et hic: Si non humiliter sentiebam, sed exaltavi animam meam. Plures sententias interjectas Hildemarus praetermisit, [page 210] quemadmodum, qui ablactatus est a lacte super matre sua, sic retributio in animam meam. Et hoc notandum est, quia non dixit illic: Si reddidi facientibus mihi mala, sed: reddidi retribuentibus mihi mala.

It is the same here: If I did not dispose myself humbly, but I exalted my soul. Hildemar omits many interjected passages, [page 210], just as, one who is weaned from the milk of his mother, thus may there be retribution for my soul. It should be noted that he did not say in that place: If I returned evil to those who have done things for me, but: if I returned evil to those who have repaid me.

Qui enim retribuit, jam aliquid acceperat; majoris autem patientiae est, nec ei mala rependere, qui acceptis beneficiis reddit mala pro bonis, quam qui nullo ante accepto beneficio nocere voluisset.

For one who returns payment had received something beforehand; however, he shows more patience if he avoids repaying evil to one who has received kindness but who returns evil for good, than if he avoids repaying evil to one who wished to do harm without having received kindness beforehand.

Si ergo reddidi, inquit, retribuentibus mihi mala, i. e. si non te imitatus sum in patientia tua, qua pro me operatus es, hoc est, cum tu illis noluisti retribuere mala, qui acceptis beneficiis tuis tibi retribuerint mala pro bonis tuis, quae illis fecisti, et cetera.

Therefore, if, he says, I returned evil to one who has repaid me, that is, if I do not imitate you in your patience which you have shown me, or in other words, when you did not wish to repay evil to those who repaid you with evil in return for your goods, having received the kindness which you did for them, etc.

Sequitur: 5Unde, fratres, si summae humilitatis volumus culmen attingere et ad illam exaltationem coelestem, ad quam per praesentis vitae humilitatem ascenditur, volumus velociter pervenire, 6actibus nostris ascendentibus scala illa erigenda est, quae in somno Jacob apparuit, per quam ei descendentes et ascendentes Angeli monstrabantur. 7Non aliud sine dubio descensus ille et ascensus a nobis intelligitur, nisi exaltatione descendere et humililate ascendere. 8Scala vero ipsa erecta nostra est vita in saeculo, quae humiliato corde a Domino erigitur ad coelum, 9latera vero ejusdem scalae dicimus nostrum esse corpus et animam, in quae latera diversos gradus humilitatis vel disciplinae evocatio3 divina ascendendos inseruit.

It follows: 5Whence, brothers, if we wish to touch the height of greatest humility and come quickly to that heavenly exaltation to which one ascends through the humility of the present life, 6 we must raise the ladder that can be ascended by our acts, the same ladder that appeared in Jacob's dream, through which Angels were shown to him descending and ascending. 7Without a doubt, we understand this descent and ascent to be nothing other than a descent in exaltation and an ascent in humility. 8But this ladder is erected during our life in the world, which, if we humble our hearts, is raised by the Lord to heaven. 9We call our body and soul the sides of this same ladder, into which the divine vocation inserts the various rungs of humility and discipline that are to be ascended.

Istud enim unde superius respicit, i. e. ubi dicit: Omnis, qui se exaltat, humiliabitur, et qui se humiliat, exaltabitur.

In fact, he considers this image above, when he says: Each one who exalts himself will be humbled; and each one who humbles himself will be exalted.

Culmen, i. e. celsitudinem. Jacob intelligitur supplantator; supplantator proprio dicitur ille, qui cum alio luctatur et aliquod ingenium faciendo illi dejicit illum in terram, sive supplantare dicitur ab eo, quod sub plantas subjicitur; supplantare, i. e. sub plantis premere et se superponere, i, e. supplantare vitia atque superare. Item supplantator dicitur omnis, qui per aliquod ingenium vel fraudem decipit [page 211]

The height, that is, highest place. Jacob is understood as the supplanter…; one is rightly called a supplanter who wrestles with another and by peforming some trick casts him to the ground. Supplant is also said of that which is cast under the foot (sub plantas); to supplant, that is, to press under the foot and to place oneself on top, or in other words, to subject and overcome the vices. Likewise, each one is called a supplanter who deceives another through some trick or deception [page 211].

Alium Jacob enim propterea dicitur supplantator, quia duabus vicibus supplantavit fratrem suum. Prima vice illum supplantavit, cum illi lenticulam dedit et tulit primogenita sua; ideo fuit supplantatio, quia parvam rem et vilem dedit et tulit pretiosa, hoc est primogenita. Deinde supplantavit illum altera vice, cum subripuit illi benedictionem. Supplantavit etiam Angelum, quando contendendo superavit illum, et Angelus iterum supplantavit Jacob, quando tetigit femoris ejus nervum et fecit eum esse claudum.

Indeed, Jacob is called a supplantor because he supplanted his brother in two ways. He supplanted him first when he gave him a lentil and took his birthright. This was an act of supplanting because he gave him a small and paltry thing and took that which was of great value, namely, his birthright. Then he supplanted him in another way, when he snatched away his blessing. He even supplanted the Angel, when overcame him in a struggle, and the Angel supplanted Jacob, when he touched the nerve in his thigh and made him lame.

Iste Jacob, qui supplantavit fratrem suum auferendo illi benedictionem et ivit in terram alienam dimittens patrem et matrem suam, quique deinde, cum ivit in via, vidit in Bethel, jacens in nuda humo tenensque caput super lapidem, scalam stantem in terra et cacumen ejus pertingens usque ad coelum, tenet figuram monachorum, quia, sicut ille supplantavit fratrem suum, ita et monachus debet supplantare diabolum et saeculum. Et sicut Jacob exiit de terra nativitatis suae et ivit in terram alienam, ita et monachus debet derelinquere terram suam, i. e. omnia sua, et fieri pauper et peregrinus.

 Jacob -- who supplanted his brother by taking way his blessing and went into a foreign land after sending away his father and mother, and who then, when he was traveling on a road, laying down on the bare ground and resting his head on a rock, saw at Bethel a ladder erected on the ground with its top extending all the way to heaven – this Jacob symbolizes a monk, because, just as he supplanted his brother, so also ought a monk supplant the devil and the world. And just as Jacob left the land of his birth and journeyed into a foreign land, so also ought a monk abandon his own land, that is, all his things, and become a pauper and foreigner.

Vide modo, quia Jacob scalam vidit non in valle, sed in monte, h. e. in Bethel; Bethel namque interpretatur domus Dei. Nullus enim videtur sic intellexisse per istam scalam, sicut S. Benedictus, sed varie intelligitur. Nam alio modo per scalam intelligitur scriptura divina, et per angelos ascensores et descensores intelliguntur praedicatores sancti.

See now, that Jacob did not see the ladder in a valley, but on a mountain, that is, at Bethel. For Bethel means the house of God. Indeed, no one seems to have understood the meaning of the ladder in the way that Saint Benedict does, since others have understood it in various ways. In one way the ladder is interpreted as the divine scripture, and the ascending and descending angels as the holy preachers.

Tunc enim sancti ascendunt, quando de divinitate praedicant, sicut Joannes fecit dicendo: In principio erat verbum; [Io 1:1] et descendunt, cum de humanitate praedicant, cum idem Joannes dicit: Et verbum caro factum est et habitavit in nobis. [Io 1:1] Sic enim dicit Dominus: Et videbitis coelos apertos et angelos Dei descendentes et ascendentes super filium hominis. [Io 1:51]

For saints ascend [the ladder] when they preach about the divinity, just as John did when he said: In the beginning was the word [Io 1:1]; and they descend when they preach about humanity, when the same John says: And the word was made flesh and dwelt among us. [Io 1:1] For the Lord thus says: And you will see the heavens open and the angels of God descending and ascending above the son of man. [Io 1:51]

Item per angelos ascendentes et descendentes intelliguntur sancti praedicatores, qui in sacra scriptura, ascendunt, cum in contemplatione Dei consistunt, et iterum descendunt, cum ad compassionem proximi flectuntur. S. vero Benedictus, sicut dixi, per scalam vitam praesentem intelligit.

Similiarly, the ascending and descending angels are understood to be holy preachers, who ascend in sacred scripture when they stand in contemplation of God, and they descend again when they bend down with compassion to their neighbor. But Saint Benedict, just as I have said, understood the ladder as the present life.

Sunt enim multi, qui hanc scalam [page 212] non habent erectam, qui aut pro necessitate sunt in monasterio, eo quod non habent, unde foris vivant, i. e. in saeculo, aut certe sunt multi, quibus gravis est disciplina et non habent ullum amorem Dei, et quia non possunt jejunare semper, ideo se fleuthomant (fleubothomant?) frequenter, ut meliorem cibum manducent et concedatur illis dormire et jacere. Et sunt alii, qui videntur quasi unum latus erectum habere, eo quod nimio desiderio cupiunt bona peragere, sed tamen corporis corruptione devicti non possunt ea agere, quae desiderant, sed gravati a carnis corruptione in delectatione carnis permanent.

For there are many who have not erected this ladder [page 212], who are in the monastery either out of necessity because they do not have what they need to live outside, that is, in the world, or many for whom discipline is painful and who do not have any love of God, and, because they are not always able to fast, they frequently engage in blood-letting, so that they might eat better food and that they might be allowed to sleep and lay down. There are also others who seem as though they have erected only one side [of the ladder], because they desire to do good with excessive longing, but nevertheless have been conquered by the corruption of the body and are thus not able to do those things which they desire, but weighed down by the corruption of the body they remain in the delight of the flesh.

Verumtamen non sunt desperandi illi, qui tantum unum latus ipsius scalae erectum habent, eo quod potens est Dominus, illos erigere ad coelum, ut duo latera erecta habeant, h. e. aut per flagellum aut per aliquem suae pietatis instinctum. Et item sunt alii, qui non solum animi affectione verum etiam corporis delectatione desiderant coelestia appetere; isti autem jam duo latera ipsius scalae erecta habent. Ideo dixi superius animae vel corporis latera pro affectionibus, cum homo quibusdam spiritalibus affectionibus erectis, tamen quibusdam adhuc carnalibus consentit, quasi unum latus erectum scalae, unum vero jacens habet. Ita dico consentit, quia tunc est malum, si consentit; si vero resistit, quasi in erigendo latus laborat; et tamen, quamquam nolit, quamdiu vivit, semper habet, cui malae suggestioni renitatur.

Nevertheless, those who have only erected one side of the ladder ought not despair, because the Lord can raise them to heaven so they are able to have two sides of ladder either through the lash or some inspiration of his piety. There are also others who desire to seek the heavenly realm not only with the love of the soul, but also of the body; these ones have erected two sides of this ladder. It was for this reason that I said above: sides erected out of affection for the soul and the body, since man consents to certain spiritual loves that he has erected, but nevertheless still consents to certain carnal loves. It is as though he erects one side of the ladder, but has the other laying on the ground. I say he consents in such a way, when he consents it is evil; but if he resists, he works as if in erecting a side of the ladder. Nevertheless, one who struggles against evil suggestions will always have them for as long as he lives, even though he does not wish to have them.

Ecce Jacob in somno vidit scalam; et bene in somno vidit scalam, quid, nisi dormisset, scalam in somnis non vidisset. Quid enim in hoc loco per somnum, sicut B. Gregorius dicit, nisi calcatis carnis desideriis quies vitae (h. e. quietudo vitae) figuratur?

Behold Jacob saw a ladder in his sleep; and he rightly saw a ladder in his sleep, because he would not have seen the ladder in his sleep unless he was sleeping. What indeed does Saint Gregory say about sleep in this place, except that it signifies the tranquility of life after carnal desires have been trampled under foot?

Aliquando enim somno [omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL: mors carnis, aliquando torpor negligentiae, aliquando vero exprimitur, calcatis terrenis desideriis, quies vitae. Somni namque vel dormitionis nomine mors carnis, intimatur, sicut Paulus ait: Nolumus autem vos ignorare fratres de dormientibus. [1 Th 4:13] Et paulo post: Ita et Deus eos qui dormierunt per Jesum, adducet cum eo. [1 Th 4:14] Somno rursum torpor negligentiae designatur, sicut ab eodem Paulo dicitur: Hora est jam nos de somno surgere. [Rm 13:11] Et rursum: Evigilate, justi, et nolite peccare. [1 Cor 15:34]

For sometimes sleep expresses the death of the flesh, sometimes the numbness of negligence, and sometimes the tranquility of life after carnal desires have been trampled under foot. In fact, the death of the flesh is indicated by the name of sleep or rest, just as Paul says: We do not wish that you brothers be uninformed about those who are sleeping. [1 Th 4:13] Again sleep indicates the numbness of negligence, just as it is said by the same Paul: Now is the hour for you to rise from sleep. [Rm 13:11] And again: Wake up, just people, and do not sin. [1 Cor 15:34]

Somno quoque calcatis carnis desideriis quies vitae figuratur sicut sponsae voce in canticorum Cantico dicitur: Ego dormio, et cor meum vigilat; [Ct 5:2] quia videlicet sancta mens quo se ab strepitu temporalis concupiscentiae comprimit, eo verius interna cognoscit; et tanto alacrius ad intima vigilat, quanto se ab exteriori inquietudine occultat. Quod bene per Jacob in itinere dormientem figuratur, qui ad caput lapidem posuit, et obdormivit: a terra scalam coelo inhaerentem, innixum scalae Dominum, ascendentes quoque et descendentes angelos vidit. [cf. Gn 28:11-13]

Sleep is also a sign for the tranquility of life after carnal desires have been trampled underfoot, just as is spoken by the voice of the bride in the Song of Songs: I sleep, and my heart keeps vigil; [Ct 5:2] , namely because the more the holy mind restrains itself from the din of temporal desire, the more truly it recognizes interior things; and the more eagerly it keeps watch for interior things, the more it conceals itself from external disturbances. This is signified rightly through Jacob when he is sleeping on a journey; he put his head on a stone and fell asleep: he saw a ladder touching the heaven from the earth below, the Lord standing on the ladder, and angels ascending and descending. [cf. Gn 28:11-13]

In itinere quippe dormire, est in hoc praesentis vitae transitu a rerum temporalium amore quiescere. In itinere dormire est in dierum labentium cursu ab appetitu visibilium mentis oculos claudere. Quos primis hominibus seductor aperuit, qui dixit: Scit enim Deus quod in quocunque die comederitis ex eo, aperientur oculi vestri. [Gn 3:5] Unde et paulo post subditur: Tulit de fructu illius, et comedit; deditque viro suo, qui comedit, et aperti sunt oculi amborum. [Gn 3:6-7]

Of course, sleeping on the journey is understood to mean resting from the love of temporal things on the journey of the present life. Sleeping on the journey also means to shut the eyes of the mind to the appetite of visible things in the course of passing days. Which things the seducer opened to the first humans, when he said: God knows that on whichever day you eat from it [the tree of knowledge], your eyes will be opened. [Gn 3:5] Whence it is supplied a little after: She took of its fruit and ate; and she gave it to her husband, who ate and the eyes of both were opened. [Gn 3:6-7]

Culpa quippe oculos concupiscentiae aperuit, quos innocentia clausos tenebat. Angelos vero ascendentes et descendentes cernere, est cives supernae patriae contemplari, vel quanto amore auctori suo super semetipsos inhaereant, vel quanta compassione charitatis nostris infirmitatibus condescendant.

Of course the offense opened the eyes of their desire, eyes which innocence had held closed. To see angels ascending and descending is to contemplate the citizens of the heavenly country. They either clung to their creator above by so much love, or they lowered themselves to our infirmities by so much charitable compassion.

Et notandum valde est quod ille dormiens angelos conspicit qui in lapide caput ponit; quia nimirum ipse ab exterioribus operibus cessans, interna penetrat, qui intenta mente quae principale est hominis, imitationem sui redemptoris observat. Caput quippe in lapide ponere est mente Christo inhaerere. Qui enim a praesentis vitae actione remoti sunt, sed ad superna nullo amore rapiuntur, dormire possunt, sed videre angelos nequeunt quia caput in lapide tenere contemnunt. Sunt namque nonnulli qui mundi quidem actiones fugiunt, sed nullis virtutibus exercentur. Hi nimirum torpore, non studio dormiunt; et idcirco interna non conspiciunt quia caput non in lapide sed in terra posuerunt.

It ought to be noted greatly that one who puts his head on a rock while he sleeps sees angels, because holding back excessively from external works, one penetrates interior things, and observes the likeness of his redeemer with an intent mind which is the overseer of men. Of course, to place one's head on a rock is to adhere to Christ with one's mind. For those who are removed from the business of the present life, but are carried off to heavenly things with no love, are able to sleep, but they are not able to see angels since they distain from holding their head on a rock. There are some who indeed flee the business of the world, but do not practice virtue. These ones sleep from excessive sluggishness, not out of zeal. And therefore, they do not gaze upon interior things, because they do not place their head on a rock, but rather in the ground.

Quibus plerumque contingit ut quanto securius ab externis actionibus cessant, tanto latius in se immundae cogitationis strepitum per otium congerant. Unde sub Judaeae specie per prophetam torpens otio anima defletur cum dicitur: Viderunt eam hostes et deriserunt sabbata ejus. [Lam 1:7]

It often happens to many that the more firmly they hold back from external actions, the more extensively they amass in themselves through leisure the din of unclean thought. Whence the soul, represented in the form of Judaea, was made lethargic through leisure, and mourned when it is said through the prophet: The enemy saw her and mocked her sabbaths. [Lam 1:7]

Praecepto etenim legis ab exteriori opere in sabbato cessatur. Hostes ergo sabbata videntes irrident, cum maligni spiritus ipsa vacationis otia ad cogitationes illicitas pertrahunt; ut unaquaeque anima quo remota ab externis actionibus Deo servire creditur, eo magis eorum tyrannidi illicita cogitando famuletur. Sancti autem viri quia a mundi operibus non torpore, sed virtute sopiuntur, laboriosius dormiunt quam vigilare potuerunt, quia in eo quod actiones hujus saeculi deserentes superant, robusto conflictu quotidie contra semetipsos pugnant, ne mens per negligentiam torpeat, ne subacta otio ad desideria immunda frigescat, ne in ipsis bonis desideriis plus justo inferveat, ne sub discretionis specie sibimet parcendo a perfectione languescat.

Indeed, by order of the law one refrains from external work on the sabbath. Therefore, the enemies seeing the sabbaths, mock them, since evil spirits lure the calm of leisure to evil thought. The more each soul is removed from external action the more it is believed to serve God. The more the soul thinks about illicit things, the more it becomes a servant to their tyranny. But holy men, because they are not lulled to sleep out of sluggishness on account of the works of the world, but rather slumber in virtue, these holy men sleep more laboriously than they were able to keep vigil, because by abandoning the acts of this world they are victorious. They fight against themselves daily in a powerful struggle lest the mind grow sluggish through negligence, lest subjugated by leisure the mind weaken in the face of unclean desires, lest the mind seeth in these good desires more than in justice, lest under a type of discretion the mind become languid by keeping itself from perfection.

Agit haec, et ab hujus mundi inquieta concupiscentia se penitus subtrahit, ac terrenarum actionum strepitum deserit, et per quietis studium virtutibus intenta, vigilans dormit. Neque enim ad contemplanda interna perducitur nisi ab his quae exterius implicant studiose subtrahatur. Hinc est enim quod per semetipsam Veritas dicit: Nemo potest duobus dominis servire. [Mt 6:24] Hinc Paulus ait: Nemo militans Deo, implicat se negotiis saecularibus, ut ei placeat,] cui se probavit. [2 Tim 2:4] [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob V, XXXI, ch. 54-55, CCSL 143, pp. 255-257]

The mind does these things and completely removes itself from the tumultuous desire of this world, and it abandons the din of wordly acts, and intent on the desire for quiet virtue, it sleeps in a vigilant state. For one is not led to the contemplation of interior things unless he is drawn away assiduously from those things which involve the worldly life. For this is what the Truth itself says: No one is able to serve two masters. [Mt 6:24] Here Paul says: No one fighting for God, involves himself in worldly business to satisfy the one who accepted him [2 Tim 2:4] [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob V, XXXI, ch. 54-55, CCSL 143, pp. 255-257]

Sequitur: 9diversos gradus humilitatis vel disciplinae. Disciplina enim attinet ad opera pietatis, veluti sunt timor, obedientia et reliq., quae per diversos gradus exercentur [page 213]; humilitas autem est in omnibus gradibus, quia nullum bonum potest placere Deo sine humilitate. Scientia etenim virtus est, humilitas vero custos virtutis. Quaelibet adsint opera, nulla sunt, nisi ex humilitate condiantur; miranda quippe actio cum elatione non elevat, sed gravat; qui enim sine humilitate virtutes congregat, in vento pulverem portat, unde aliquid ferre4 cernitur, inde deterius caecatur. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia 7, c. 4]

It follows: 9various steps of humility and discipline. Discipline concerns the works of piety, such as fear, obedience, etc, which are performed in various steps [page 213]; but there is humility in every step since no good is able to please God without humility. Indeed, knowledge is a virtue, but humility is the guard of virtue. Whatever works may be present, they are nothing unless they have been ornamented out of humility. Of course, a marvelous action does not rise up with exaltation, but it is weighed down. For one who accumulates virtues without humility, carries dust in the wind; when he is seen to produce something, then he is blinded worse. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia 7, c. 4]

DE PRIMO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 59rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 135v; Ms E1, fol. 64v; Ms E2, fol. 87v]

CONCERNING THE FIRST STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Matthew Ponesse

10Primus humilitatis gradus est, si timorem Dei sibi ante oculos semper ponens. Jam enim superius diximus, quid sit: Primus humilitatis gradus est, in quinto capitulo. [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1] Nunc autem videndum est, quare dixit Dei? Ideo dixit Dei, quia est et timor aliorum. Timor quippe Dei in duas species dividitur, i. e. in timorem servilem et in timorem castum. Timor vero aliorum in multas species dividitur. Est enim timor ignis, timor aquae, timor febris, timor hominis, timor bestiarum et reliq. Videndum est nunc, quare dicit semper. Ideo dixit semper, quia cum imprimis habes causa fragilitatis humanae servilem timorem et deinde proficis in timorem castum, semper timorem Dei habes. Hoc et sciendum est, ut, cum timorem castum habueris, non desistas illum habere. Ideo dixi: causa fragilitatis humanae, quia homo semper timore casto debet Deum timere, non servili; sed fragilitate faciente humana non potest homo ad timorem castum pervenire, nisi per timorem servilem. Veluti ille, qui consuit calciamenta, prius mittit setam et postmodum linum; et setam excutit foras, linum inibi esse sinit; ita et homo, cum servire Deo incipit, prius a timore servili incipit et per timorem servilem pervenit ad castum.

10The First step of humility is for one to always puts the fear of God before his own eyes. Indeed, we indicated above what this is: The first step of humility is related in the fifth chapter. [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1] But now we ought to understand why he said God. He said God because there is also fear of others. Of course fear of God is divided into two types, namely, servile fear and chaste fear. But fear of others is divided into many types. There is fear of fire, fear of water, fear of a fever, fear of people, fear of beasts, etc. Now we should see why he says always. He says always because when you first have servile fear on account of human frailty, and then progress to chaste fear, you always have fear of God. It should be known that when you have chaste fear, you do not cease to have it. It is for this reason that I said: on account of human frailty, because man ought to fear God always with chaste fear, not servile fear; but man, subject to human frailty, is not able to come to chaste fear except through servile fear. Just as one who stiches shoes first threads the bristle and later the linen thread; and afterwards removes the bristles, but allows the linen to remain therein; thus also man, when he begins to serve God, first begins from servile fear and comes through servile fear to caste fear.

Sequitur: Cum dicit oculos, subaudiendum est cordis, quia timor non est corporalis res, ut ante oculos corporeos ponatur, sed affectus vel affectio est mentis, ideo ante [page 214] oculos — cordis subaudiendum est — ponat. Cum dicit sibi, intelligitur: sibi ipsi.

It follows: When he says eyes, we must understand the eyes of the heart, because fear is not a corporeal thing that is placed before corporeal eyes, but a state or disposition of the mind; therefore [page 214] one should place this fear before the eyes – we are to understand – of the heart. When he says his own eyes, we understand, that very one who is embarking on the path of humility.

Sequitur: 10oblivionem praeceptorum Dei omnino fugiens, h. e. illud peccatum fugiat, quod oblivio est, cujus medicina est jugis meditatio, quia peccatum non est creatum aut factum, sed inventum; quasi diceret aliis verbis: non sit obliviosus. In hoc enim loco, cum dicit oblivionem, subaudiendum est: illarum rerum, quae ad memoriam revocari debent, i. e. timoris perpetuae poenae, gaudii coelestis patriae et laboris praesentis vitae. Porte dicit aliquis: 'Si perfectus est, quare debet ad memoriam revocare timorem perpetuae poenae?' Cui respondendum est: non ideo debet ad memoriam revocare perpetuam poenam, ut pro ejus timore Deo serviat, sed magis ac magis in laudibus Dei proficiat, cujus adjutorio meruit a supplicio aeterno liberari. Sicut sancti vident malos in tormentis, non ut exinde timeant, ne ibi cadant, sed ut magis gratias et laudes suo redemtori referant, sicut dicit papa Gregorius.5 Ita et sancti homines, quando ad timorem castum veniunt, possunt recordari et recordantur, sed tamen cum recordantur, non pro illo timore serviunt Deo, sed, qualis poena sit malis praeparata, recordantur, sicut faciebat Paulus. Ille enim, postquam fuit raptus ad coelum, dicebat, se blasphemum et persecutorem quondam fuisse, et reliq.; sed hoc cum dicebat, non causa timoris servilis dicebat, quia in eo perfecta caritas erat, quae foras mittit timorem, sed ideo dicebat, ut se manifestaret, qualis quondam impius et blasphemus fuerat, pro quibus meruerat ad inferna dimergi, nisi misericordia Dei adjutus esset. Et ubi dicit semper, subaudi: quamdiu ad castum timorem perveneris.

It follows: 10completely avoiding the state of forgetfulness when it comes to the precepts of God, that is, one should avoid the sin of forgetfulness, for which the remedy is constant meditation, because this sin is not created or made, but discovered. It is as though he were to say in other words: one should not be forgetful. Indeed, in this place, when he says forgetfulness, we must understand: forgetfulness of those things which ought to be recalled to memory, that is, fear of perpetual punishment, joy of the heavenly kingdom, and the work of the present life. Perhaps someone might say: 'If one is perfect, why must he recall to memory perpetual punishment? To whom you should respond: such a person ought not recall perpetual punishment to memory so that he might serve God out of fearfulness, but he should advance increasingly in praise of God, by whose help he merits to be liberated from eternal punishment. In a similar way the saints gaze upon evil ones in torment, not so that they might fear thereafter, but so that they might offer up to their redeemer more thanks and praise, just as Pope Gregory has said. So also holy people, when they come to chaste fear, are able to remember and do remember, but nevertheless, when they remember, they do not serve God out of fear, but they remember what sort of punishment has been prepared for evil ones, just as Paul did. For after he was seized for heaven's purpose, Paul said that he was once a blasphemer and persecutor, etc. But when he said this, he did not speak out of servile fear because a perfect charity was in him which expelled his fear, but he spoke in such a way that he might reveal how he was once wicked and a blasphemer, for which sins he had merited to be plunged into hell, had God's mercy not come to his aid. And when he says always, understand: for however long you pursue chaste fear.

Sequitur: 11et semper sit memor omnium, quae praecepit Deus. Cum enim dicit semper, voluit, ut tu sis semper memor; nam sunt multi, qui memores sunt mandatorum Dei per intervallum temporis et non semper. Et iterum [page 215] sunt alii, qui sunt memores, sed tamen non omnium praeceptorum Dei. B. vero Benedictus, quia voluit, ut tu perfectus esses, ideo dixit tibi semper. Nunc videndum est, quid praecipit Deus, ut ea semper in memoria habere possimus. Duo enim praecipit Dominus; aut enim praecipit, non negligere bonum, aut certe non facere malum. Et iterum haec praecepta Domini aut continent carmen aut vae aut certe lamentationes, sicut dicit Ezechiel: Et vidi, et ecce manus missa ad me, in qua erat involutus liber. [Ez 2:9] Expandit illum coram me, qui erat scriptus intus et foris, et scriptae in eo erant lamentationes, carmina et vae. Carmen enim attinet ad gaudium vitae aeternae, vae autem ad perpetuam poenam, lamentationes vero ad labores hujus praesentis vitae. B. vero Benedictus, quia cognovit, praecepta divina his tribus modis constare, i. e. carminibus, lamentationibus atque vae, ideo bis tribus modis praecepta divina distinxit.

It follows: 11and one should always be mindful of all the things that God has commanded. Indeed, when he says always, he desired that you should be always mindful; for there are many who are mindful of the commandments of God for a period of time but not always. And again [page 215] there are others who are mindful, but are not mindful of all the commandments of God. Therefore, since saint Benedict wished that you be perfect, he said to you always. Now let us see what God commands, so that we might always be able to retain these things in our memory. God, in fact, gives us two commands: he either orders us not to neglect the good, or at the very least he orders us not to do evil. Again, the canticles, lamentations, and woe contain these precepts of the Lord, just as Ezechiel says: And I looked, and behold a hand was placed over me, wherein a book was rolled up. [Ez 2:9]. He spread it before me, and it was written both inside and out; and there were written in it lamentations, and canticles, and woe. [Ez 2:10] The canticle pertains to the joy of eternal life, woe to eternal punishment, and lamentations to the works of the present life. Saint Benedict, because he understood that the divine commandments corresponded to these three categories, namely, canticles, lamentations, and woe, he twice distinguished the divine commandments in three ways.

In eo quod dixit: qualiter contemnentes Deum in gehennam pro peccatis incidant, manifestavit vae; et in hoc, quod dixit: et vitam aeternam, quae timentibus Deum praeparata est, animo suo semper evolvat, indicavit carmen; et iterum in hoc, quod dixit: 12custodiens se omni hora a peccatis et vitiis, declaravit lamentationes. Incidant, i. e. cadant; animo suo semper evolvat, i. e. in animo suo semper cogitet. Deinde quasi interrogasses S. Benedictum dicens; a quorum peccatis et vitiis? ille respondens dicit: i. e. 12cogitationum, linguae, oculorum, manuum, pedum vel voluntatis propriae, sed et desideria carnis amputare festinet. Quamvis peccatum et vitium videantur unum significare, tamen hoc modo possunt inter se differri: peccatum potest attinere ad non agere bonum, vitium autem potest attinere ad facere malum. In eo, quod dicit cogitationum, interiorem hominem admonet, ut sollicitus sit erga cogitationes perversas, et in eo., quod dixit linguae, oculorum, manuum vel pedum exteriorem hominem docet. Et cum subjunxit voluntatis propriae, iterum interiorem hominem admonet; et cum subsecutus est: sed et desideria carnis amputare festinet, iterum exteriorem hominem instruit, eo quod mos [page 216] est sanctorum praedicatorum, modo interiorem, modo exteriorem hominem docere.

When he said: how those condemning God fall into hell on account of sin, he manifests woe; when he said: one should always ponder in one's mind the eternal life, which has been prepared for those who fear God, he specifies the canticle; and again, when he said: 12guarding himself at every hour from sins and vices, he indicates the lamentations. To fall, that is, to descend. To ponder in one's mind, that is, to think over always in one's mind. Then, as if you were to have asked saint Benedict: from which sins and vices? he says in response: 12sins of thought, speech, sight, hands, feet, self-will, and one should also hasten to eradicate the desires of the flesh. Although sin and vice seem to indicate one thing, they are nevertheless able to be distinguished from each other in this way: sin is able to pertain to one who does not carry out good acts, but vice is able to pertain to one who does evil. When he says thoughts, he cautions the inner person to be guard against evil thoughts, and when he says speech, sight, hands and feet, he is teaching the outer person. And when he adds the self-will, again he cautions the inner person; and when it follows: but one should hasten to eradicate the desires of the flesh, again, he instructs the outer person, because it is the custom [page 216] of holy preachers sometimes to teach the inner person and sometimes to teach the outer person.

Infernus autem, ut Cassiodorus dicit, dictus est ab eo, quod illic animae jugiter inferantur, sive, ut quidam volunt, a parte inferiori. [cf. Cassiodorua, Expositio Psalmorum 9:17, CCSL 97, p. 203]

Hell (infernus), as Cassiodorus says, is named for that place where souls are constantly inflicted (inferantur), or, as others prefer, for the nether regions (parte inferiori). [cf. Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 9:17, CCSL 97, p. 203]

Sequitur: 13Aestimet se homo de coelis a Deo semper respici omni hora, et facta sua in omni loco ab aspectu divinitatis videri et ab angelis omni hora renuntiari. Quia admonuerat nunc exteriorem hominem, nunc interiorem hominem, ideo subjunxit: Aestimet se homo de coelis a Deo semper respici et reliqua, ut et hoc timore perterritus majori custodia (se) contineret. Aestimet, i. e. intelligat, cognoseat. Nunc videndum est, quomodo angeli opera nostra omni hora Deo nuntiant. Numquid omni hora angeli ascendunt et descendunt de coelis? Non ita intelligendum est, sed est sensus: Unusquisque homo habet angelum bonum et malum sibi deputatum, malum quippe a die nativitatis, bonum autem angelum secundum quorundam opinionem a die nativitatis, dicunt autem alii, a die baptismatis, nonnulli vero dicunt, a die discretionis boni et mali unumquemque hominem bonum angelum habere. Deus enim super omnia est et subtus omnia et circa omnia et infra omnia; angeli autem intra Deum currunt. Deinde cum unusquisque angelus bonus gaudet de nostris bonis vel tristatur de nostris malis,6 ipsum gaudium quia notum est Deo, vel ipsa tristitia quia cognita est Deo, ipsius gaudii vel tristitiae notitia dicitur: Deo ab angelis nostra facta nuntiari.

It follows: 13One should consider that at every hour he is always watched by God, and that in every place his deeds are seen by the gaze of divinity and at every hour reported by the angels. Because he [Benedict] sometimes had counsels the outer man, and sometimes the inner man, he thus adds: One should consider that at every hour he is always watched by God etc, so that thoroughly frightened by this fear he might protect himself with greater defense. Now we should see how the angels announce our works to God at every hour. Can it be that angels ascend and descend from heaven at every hour? This must not be understood in such a way, but rather in this sense: Each man has a good angel and an evil angel assigned to himself, the evil angel, of course, from the day of his birth, but the good angel according to varying opinion. Some say that each human receives a good angel from the day of his birth, others say from the day of baptism, and still others from the day when one learns the difference between good and evil. For God is above all, below all, around all and underneath all; but angels run within God. Thus, when each good angel rejoices in our good works or is saddened by our evil deeds, this joy and saddness, because they are known to God, is called an announcement of the angel's joy or saddness: our deeds are announced to God by the angels.

Sequitur: 14Demonstrat nobis hoc Propheta, cum in cogitationibus nostris ita Deum semper praesentem ostendit dicens. Cum dicit demonstrat hoc, subaudiendum est, quod superius [page 217] dixit: eo quod semper homo a Deo respicitur. Cum dicit ita, quasi diceret: sic Deum praesentem ostendit, sicut superius dixit, ac si diceret: Si Deus semper praesens est in cogitationibus, ergo opera nostra in omni loco et in omni hora semper aspicit.

It follows: 14The prophet indicates this to us when he reveals that God is thus always present in our thoughts, saying … etc. When he [Benedict] says indicates this, we should understand what he said above: [page 217] that man is always watched by God. When he says therefore, it is as though he were to say: he reveals that God is thus present just as he said above. Or as though he were to say: If God is always present in our thoughts, he thus always gazes at our works in each place and at every hour.

Sequitur: 14scrutans corda et renes Deus. Scrutans, i. e. intelligens vel inquirens; per corda enim intelligunitur cogitationes, per renes autem intelliguntur ipsae rimae cogitationum, h. e. ipsum initium vel intentio, unde cogitationes oriuntur.

It follows: 14God, examining our hearts and kidneys. Examining, that is, understanding or seeking. For hearts we are to understand thoughts, for kidneys we are to understand the fissures of these thoughts, that is, the beginning or intention, from which the thoughts arise.

Sequitur: 15Et iterum: Dominus novit cogitationes hominum. [Ps 93:11] Ideo enim B. Benedictus voluit subjungere, sicut propheta subjungit, quia voluit bonas et malas cogitationes intelligi; nam propheta subjungit: quoniam vanae sunt, eo quod de vanis cogitationibus dicit. In hoc loco videtur quaestio esse: quid est, quod propheta dicit: Dominus novit cogitationes hominum, quoniam vanae sunt? Numquid solummodo homo cogitationes habet malas et non bonas? Quid est, cum bona meditatur, cum Deo placere cogitat? numquid non est bona cogitatio? Vere hoc est bona cogitatio. Sed propheta dixit: hominum, quoniam vanae sunt, quasi diceret: quantum ad homines attinet, vanae sunt, quia et hominum sunt; nam quantum ad Deum attinent, bonae sunt, quia ex Deo sunt, quoniam homo nil boni habet a se, sed si aliquid boni habet, a Deo habet. Et iterum quaeri potest; si homo a se habet malas cogitationes, numquid diabolus non suggeret homini malas cogitationes?

It follows: 15And again: the Lord knows the thoughts of men. [Ps 93:11] St. Benedict wished to add this verse for the same reason as the prophet, because he wished us to know that there are good and evil thoughts. For the prophet adds: that they are vain, because he speaks about vain thoughts. There seems to be a question in this place: What does the prophet mean when he says: The Lord knows the thoughts of men, that they are vain? Can it be that man only has evil thoughts but not good thoughts? What happens when he considers good things, when he thinks to please God? Is this not a good thought? Yes, this is a good thought. But the prophet said: the thoughts of men, that they are vain, as though he were to say: as much as they pertain to men, they are vain, because they are of men; but as much as they pertain to God, they are good, because they are of God, since man has nothing of good by himself, but if he has something of good, he has it from God. And again it can be asked; if man has evil thoughts from himself, can it be that the devil does not suggest these evil thoughts to man?

Dicit enim papa Gregorius: Tribus enim modis peccatum perpetratur: suggestione, delectatione atque consensu. Suggestio fit a diabolo, caro delectatur, spiritus consentit. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob I, XXVII, c. 49, CCSL 143, p. 193] Verum est, quia homo malas cogitationes a se habet, et verum est, quia suggestio, sicut Gregorius dicit, a diabolo fit; nam aliquaudo cogitat homo nullum a se, sicut dicit Jacob apostolus; ait enim: Unusquisqne vero tentatur a concupiscentia [page 218] sua abstracius etillectus; abstractus a recto itinere et illectus in malum. Deinde cum diabolus ipsam malam cogitationem intelligit, subministrat ei illam cogitationem et subministrando adauget atque amplificat, ac per hoc efficitur ipsa cogitatio et hominis et diaboli, hominis per principium, diaboli per subministrationem. Et hoc sciendum est: quia dixi, cognoscere diabolum cogitationem hominis, non aliter cognoscit, nisi per signa, sicut in collationibus patrum legitur. Item aliquando, antequam homo incipiat malum cogitare, suggerit ei diabolus, et cum homo illius diaboli cogitationem suscipit, efficitur ipsa cogitatio diaboli et hominis, diaboli per suggestionem, hominis vero per susceptionem. Et cum ita fit, contingit, ipsam malam cogitationem esse hominis et diaboli, et iterum esse diaboli et hominis. [cf. Cassian, Collationes VIII, c. 15, SC 42, pp. 258-259]

For Pope Gregory says: Sin is committed in three ways: through suggestion, pleasure, and consent. Suggestion comes from the devil, the flesh is enticed by pleasure, and the spirit gives consent. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob I, XXVII, c. 49, CCSL 143, p. 193] It is true that man possesses evil thoughts by himself, and it is also true that suggestion comes about from the devil, just as Gregory says; for sometimes man considers nothing by himself, just as the apostle James says: Each one is tempted by his desire, having been drawn away and enticed. [Iac 1:14]; having been drawn away from the right path and enticed into evil. When the devil perceives this particular evil thought, he conveys the evil thought to him and in doing so he augments it and magnifies it. Through this the thought is brought about both by man and the devil: by man at the beginning, and by the devil though his assistance. And this should be understood: since I said that the devil recognizes the thoughts of men, he does not recognize them in any other way except through signs, just as it is read in the conferences of the fathers. Likewise, sometimes the devil suggests evil to man before he begins to think evil, and when man receives the devil's thought, this thought is brought about from the devil and man: the devil through suggestion, and man through reception. And when it is brought about in such a way, it happens that this evil thought is of man and the devil, and it is also of the devil and man. [cf. Cassian, Collationes VIII, c. 15, SC 42, pp. 258-259]

Sequitur: 16Intellexisti cogitationes meas a longe. [Ps 138:3] A longe, antequam veniant aut unde veniant, Dominus intelligit. Bene dicit a longo, quia Dominus non solum cognoscit cogitationes hominum, cum adsunt, sed et antequam in homine nascantur, et unde veniant, cognoscit.

It follows: 16You understood my thoughts from afar. [Ps 138:3] From afar, that is, the Lord knows our thoughts before they come or whence they come. Rightly he says from afar, because the Lord not only knows the thoughts of men when they are present, but also before they are born in men, and whence they come.

Sequitur: 17Et: quia cogitatio hominis confitebitur tibi. [Ps 75:11] Quid est, quod dicit: cogitatio hominis confitebitur tibi? Numquid cogitatio loquendo confitetur Deo? Non, sed quia cogitatio nota est Deo, ipsa notitia dicitur, confiteri Deo.

 

It follows: 17And: because the thoughts of man will confess to you. [Ps 75:11] What does he mean when he says: the thoughts of man will confess to you? Can it be that thought is confessed to God through speech? No, but because our thought is noted by God, this notice is said to be confessed to God.

Sequitur: 18Nam ut sollicitus sit circa cogitationes suas perversas, dicat semper utilis frater in corde suo: Tunc ero immaculatus coram eo, si observavero me ab iniquitate mea. [Ps 18.14] Cum dicit: ut sollicitus sit circa cogitationes, subaudiendum est: ut non exeat7 in deliberationem. Nunc videndum est, quid sit, quod dicit immaculatus? Homo enim in hac praesenti vita, sicut dixit B. Augustinus, non potest esse immaculatus, nisi forte in fine. Ideo dixit in fine, quia aut tribulatione aut infirmitate solet purgari. Et est sensus, cum dicit: si observavero me ab iniquitate mea, i. e. ab hac mala cogitatione mea, si poenitendo illam extinxero et [page 219] non dimisero illam exire in deliberationem, h. e. in consensum, tunc ero immaculatus coram eo, i. e. in fine vitae meae, ut, quia in praesenti vita pro fragilitate mea immaculatus esse nequeo, ero flendo et poenitendo in fine vitae meae, quando immaculatus inveniri debeo.

 

It follows: 18Therefore, in order that he may be careful about his own evil thoughts, let the practical brother always say in his heart: Then I shall be without blemish in his sight, if I keep myself from my iniquity. [Ps 18.14] When he says: in order that he may be careful about his own evil thoughts, we should understand: so that he might not proceed into deliberation. Now we should see what it means when he says without blemish. For man is not able to be unblemished in this present life, just as St Augustine said, except perhaps at the end. He said at the end, because one is accustomed to be purged either in distress or infirmity. This is the sense when he says: if I keep myself from my iniquity, that is, from my evil thought, if by repenting I quench it and [page 219] I do not permit myself to go into deliberation, that is, into consent, then I will be without blemish in his sight, that is, at the end of my life. Because I am not able to be without blemish in this present life on account of my frailty, I will be without blemish when I weep and repent at the end of my life, the time when I ought to be found unblemished.

Sequitur: 19Voluntatem proprium facere ita prohibemur, cum dicit scriptura nobis: Et a voluntatibus tuis avertere. [cf. Sir 18:30] Voluntas enim in hoc loco de mala et de bona potest intelligi. Et pulchre dicit, voluntatibus nostris non obedire, quia sunt viae, quae videntur rectae, quarum finis usque ad inferna demergit. Has vias cavebat ille intrare, qui dicebat: Cogitavi vias meas; [Ps 118:59] nam cogitare debet homo prius vias suas et postmodum peragere. Nam qualiter haec sententia intelligi debeat, B. Ambrosius exponit in tractatu suo, quem de Beati immaculati scripsit. [cf. Ambrose, Expositio in Psalmos, sermo 8, CSEL 64, p. ?]

It follows: 19We are thus forbidden to do our own will when scripture says to us: Turn away from your own will. [cf. Sir 18:30] In this place we are able to understand that the will concerns both good and evil deeds. And he says excellently that we are not to obey our own will, because there are paths which seem to be straight, but the ends of which plunge all the way to hell. He is wary to enter on these paths, who says: I have kept thought on my paths [Ps 118:59], for man ought to keep thought on his paths and then after traverse them. St Ambrose explains how this verse should be understood in the treatise which he wrote about the Holy Unblemished. [cf. Ambrose, Expositio in Psalmos, sermo 8, CSEL 63, p. ?]

Sequitur: 20Et item rogamus Deum in oratione, ut fiat voluntas illius in nobis. Cum dicit fiat voluntas illius in nobis, subaudiendum est: non nostra. Sicut enim dicit B. Augustinus, nil fixum orandum est praeter vitam aeternam. [cf. Augustine, In Iohannis evangelium tractatus XXXI, c. 5, CCSL 36, p. 296]

It follows: 20And likewise, we ask God in prayer that his will be done in us. When he says that his will be done in us, we should understand: not our own will. For just as St Augustine says: We ought to pray for nothing fixed except eternal life. [cf. Augustine, In Iohannis evangelium tractatus XXXI, c. 5, CCSL 36, p. 296]

Sequitur: 21Docemur ergo merito, nostram non facere voluntatem, cum cavemus illud, quod dicit sacra scriptura: Sunt viae, quae putantur ab hominibus rectae, quarum finis usque ad profundam inferni demergit. [cf. Prv 6:254] Merito, i. e. recte, rite, rationabiliter. Item: sunt viae, quae putantur ab hominibus rectae. Haec vero sententia duobus modis potest intelligi. Uno modo cum vitium sub specie latet virtutis, veluti exponit B. Gregorius in ultima parte moralium, ubi de fistula aeris diligentissime cognoscitur tractare, et caetera innumerabilia his similia. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXXII, XXI, c. 40, CCSL 143B, p. 165] Altero enim modo etiam intelligitur, cum mediocre bonum pro bono, et bonum pro meliore et melior pro optimo eligitur. In isto enim secundo sensu solent, homines simplices errate; sed sciendum est, quia majus habet periculum ille primus sensus, quam iste secundus. Iterum videndum est, quid sit hoc, quod dixit: sunt viae, quae videntur rectae. De bonis voluntatibus [page 220] potest intelligi, scilicet ut nil debeat monachus secundum suam facere definitionem; verbi gratia, si jejunare vult monachus, ut non bibat de vino, nisi per intervallum temporis, aut vult jejunare biduanam aut tale jejunium peragere, quod notabile est, h. e. manifestum; de isto jejunio jam superius in prologo, ubi de propriis voluntatibus diximus, satis docuimus [cf. Regula Benedicti, prologue.3]. Deinde si infirmus fuerit et dixerint ei spiritales fratres, propter suam infirmitatem manducare illum cibum, unde ille non habet consuetudinem manducandi, non debet in sua voluntate, sicut dixi, persistere, sed acquiescere spiritalium fratrum consiliis, quia illi ei non dabunt malum consilium, excepto forte, si falluntur, quia homines sunt.

It follows: 21Therefore, we are rightly taught not to do our own will, when we beware what sacred scripture says: There are paths which men consider to be straight, the end of which plunge all the way to the depths of hell. [cf. Prv 6:254] Rightly, that is, correctly, accordingly, reasonably. Likewise: there are paths which men consider to be straight. Indeed, this verse is able to be understood in two ways. The first way, when vice hides under the form of virtue, just as St Gregory explains in the final part of his Moralia, where he is seen to discuss most carefully the pipes of brass, and countless other similar things. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXXII, XXI, c. 40, CCSL 143B, p. 165] The other way is understood when a lesser good is chosen instead of a good, and a good is chosen instead of a better good, and a better good is chosen instead of the best good. Simple men are accustomed to err in this second sense; but it ought to be understood that the danger in the first sense is greater than the second. Again, we should see what he means when he said: there are paths which seem straight. This is able to be understood about the good will, namely, that a monk should do nothing according to his own stipulations; for example, if a monk wishes to fast so as not to drink wine except for a period of time, or wishes to fast for two days, or proceed with such a fast that is made known to others, that is to say, conspicuous. We provided adequate teaching about such a fast in the prologue above, where we spoke about the self-will. [cf. Regula Benedicti, prologue 3] If one is infirm and the spiritual brothers tell him to eat food on account of his infirmity, at which point he is not in the habit of eating, he ought not persist in his own will, just as I said, but rather submit to the counsel of his spiritual brothers, because they will not give to him evil counsel, unless perhaps they are mistaken, because they are men.

Sequitur: 22et cum pavemus8 illud, quod de negligentibus dictum est: Corrupti sunt et abominabiles facti sunt in voluptatibus suis. [Ps 52:2] Hoc vero, quod dicit Corrupti sunt et abominabiles facti sunt, de malis voluptatibus dicit, i. e. quae ad vitia attinent. Cum enim dicit Corrupti sunt et abominabiles facti sunt, quasi diceret: abominabiles facti sunt de corruptione sive in deliberatione, sive in operibus. Postquam corruptus fuerit de bono in malum, abominabilis fit Deo.

It follows: 22and when we fear what is said about the careless: They are corrupt and are made abominable in their own will. [Ps 52:2] But that which he says They are corrupt and are made abominable in their own will, concerns the evil will, that is, those thoughts which pertain to the vices. For when he says They are corrupt and are made abominable in their own will it is as if he were to say: they are made abominable out of corruption, or in deliberation, or in works. After one is corrupted from the good and into evil, he becomes abominable to God.

Sequitur: 23In desideriis vero carnis ita nobis Deum credamus semper esse praesentem, cum dicit propheta Domino: Ante te omne desiderium meum. [Ps 37:10] Quamvis B. Augustinus de bono intelligat desiderio prophetam dixisse, tamen S. Benedictus de bono et malo dicit desiderio.

It follows: 23As to the desires of the flesh let us believe that God is always present to us, when the prophet says to the Lord: My every desire is before you. [Ps 37:10] Although St Augustine understands the prophet to speak about good desires, St Benedict nevertheless speaks about both good and bad desires.

Sequitur: 24Cavendum est ergo ideo malum desiderium, quia mors secus introitum delectationis posita est, 25unde scriptura praecipit dicens: Post concupiscentias tuas non eas. [Sir 18:30] Cavendum, i. e. vitandum, fugiendum; secus, i. e. juxta; post concupiscentias tuas non eas, i. e. concupiscentias tuas in deliberationem ne sinas exire. Sciendum est, quia non dixit: secus delectationem posita est mors, sed secus introitum delectationis, eo quod mors, i. e. mortale peccatum [page 221] non adhuc in delectatione est, sicut dicit Augustinus, quia delectatio valde cito deletur, nisi ad consensum pervenerit. Unde etiam animadvertendum est, quia non dicit, secus delectationem positam esse mortem, sed secus introitum delectationis, i. e. juxta introitum delectationis malae, h. e. juxta ingressam delectationem, quia juxta delectationem est consensus. Et pulchre dicit juxta introitum delectationis, quia, si usque ad consensum pervenerit, qui juxta introitum delectationis positus est, illa concupiscentia, tunc est mors, i. e. tunc perfecte moritur homo morte animae, sicut dicit papa Gregorius: Tribus modis impletur omne peccatum, videlicet suggestione, delectatione, consensu.

It follows: 24Therefore we must be on guard against evil desires, since death has been placed beside the entrance of pleasure, 25about which scripture commands, saying: Do not go after your own desires. [Sir 18:30] To be on guard, that is, to avoid or to flee; beside, that is, near; Do not go after your own desires, that is, do not allow your desires to go into deliberation. One should know that he did not say: death is placed beside pleasure, but rather beside the entrance of pleasure, because death, that is, mortal sin [page 221] is not yet in pleasure, just as Augustine says, because pleasure is very quickly destroyed unless it receives consent. One should also observe that he did not say death is placed beside pleasure, but rather beside the entrance of pleasure, that is, next to the entrance of evil delight, or pleasure once undertaken, because agreement is next to pleasure. And he says this excellently, because if one who one placed near the entrance of pleasure comes all the way to consent, it is first desire, and then death. In other words, man then perishes completely in the death of the soul, just as Pope Gregory says: each sin is committed in three ways: through suggestion, pleasure, and consent.

Suggestio quippe fit per diabolum, delectatio per carnem, consensus per spiritum. Quia enim in prima culpa serpens suggessit, Eva velut caro delectata est, Adam velut spiritus consensit. Cum enim malignus spiritus peccatum suggerit in mentem, si nulla peccati delectatio sequatur, omnino peccatum non est perpetratum; cum vero caro delectari coeperit, tunc peccatum nasci incipit; si autem etiam ad consensionem es deliberatione consentit, tunc peccatum cognoscitur perfici. In suggestione igitur peccati semen est, in delectatione fit nutrimentum, in consensu perfectio. [Gregory, Registrum XI, n. 56, ad Augustinum, Interrogatio XI, MGH Epp. 1, p. 343] Quid est enim dicere: Mors secus introitum delectationis posita est? nisi quasi diceret: noli consentire concupiscentiae tuae, quia si usque ad consensum pervenerit, morieris, eo qnod jam tunc erit perfectum peccatum, quod animam occidit.

Of course, suggestion comes about through the devil, pleasure through the flesh, and consent through the spirit. Indeed, because the serpent suggested the first sin, Eve was enticed just like the flesh, but Adam gave consent just like the spirit. For when an evil spirit makes a sinful suggestion in the mind, and no pleasure follows the sin, the sin is not perpetrated completely; but when the flesh begins to delight in the sin, then the sin begins to rise; but if one agrees to the consent out of deliberation, then the commission of sin is recognized. Therefore, the seed of sin is in suggestion, the nourishment takes place in pleasure, and the completion occurs in the consent. [Gregory, Registrum XI, n. 56, ad Augustinum, Interrogatio XI, MGH Epp. 1, p. 343] What does it mean to say: Death is placed beside the entrance of pleasure unless it is the same to say: do not consent to your desires, because you will die if you arrive at consent, because the sin that kills the soul will then be brought to completion.

Sequitur: 26Ergo si oculi Domini speculantur bonos et malos [Prov 14:3], 27et Dominus de coelo semper respicit super filios hominum, ut videat, si est intelligens aut requirens Deum[Ps 13:2], 28et si angelis nobis deputatis quotidie die noctuque Domino factori nostro opera nostra nuntiantur. Istud ergo superius respicit, i. e. ubi dicit: 13Aestimet se homo a Deo semper omni hora respici et facta sua in omni loco et reliq., ac si diceret: si ita est, ut Dominus respiciat super filios hominum, ut videat, si est intelligens aut requirens Deum, et si ab angelis nobis deputatis quotidie facta nostra nuntiantur Deo factori nostro.  Ergo cavendum est malum desiderium. [page 222]

 

 

It follows: 26Therefore if the eyes of the Lord are on the good and the wicked [Prov 14:3] 27and the Lord constantly looks down from heaven at the sons of men to see if anyone understands and seeks God [Ps 13:2] 28and if our doings are reported to the God our maker daily, day and night by the angels assigned to us. This therefore refers to what is above, i.e., where it says 13One should consider that at every hour and in every place he is watch by God and in every place etc., as if he said, it is the case that the Lord constantly looks at the sons of men to see if anyone understands and seeks God and if our doings are reported to God our maker daily by the angels assigned to us. Therefore 24we must be on guard against wicked desire. [page 222] 

 

Sequitur: 29Cavendum est ergo omni hora, fratres, sicut dicit in psalmo propheta, ne nos declinantes in malum et inutiles [cf. Ps 13:3] factos aliqua hora aspiciat Deus, 30et parcendo nobis in hoc tempore, quia pius et exspectat, nos converti in melius, ne dicat nobis in futuro: haec fecisti, et tacui. [Ps 49:21] Istud ergo, quod dixit: cavendum est ergo omni hora, ad illud ergo respicit, ubi dicit: ergo si oculi Domini speculantur bonos et malos, quia mos est sapientum, illud adverbium replicare in fine sententiae, quod in capite dicit, ne sententia, quae prolongatur, oblivioni tradatur. Mos quippe est sapientum, sicut jam diximus, aut in capite dicere sententiam quasi materiam, et postmodum dividere per species, aut in primis dividere per species, et postmodum subjungere materiam sententiae, sicut in hoc loco S. Benedictus facero videtur, cum prius dividit sententiam per speciem, cum dicit: Aestimet se homo de coelis a Deo semper respici et reliq., et nunc subjunxit materiam sententiae, cum dicit: Ergo si oculi Domini speculantur bonos et reliq. Istud vero, quod dicit: si est intelligens aut requirens Deum, ita intelligitur, h. e. intelligens et requirens Deum, quia intelligit Deum, qui eum requirit; nam hic aut pro et positum est. Cum dicit haec fecisti et tacui, quasi diceret: haec fecisti mala et ego tacui, i. e. non punivi, non condemnavi, quasi diceret: propter poenitentiae causam, cum tu haec mala fecisti, ego tacui, i. e. non condemnavi, sed exspectavi, ut convertereris; nam unum et superfluum videtur esse.

It follows: 29Therefore, brothers, we ought to be on guard at each hour, just as the prophet says in the psalms, lest at any hour God sees us falling into evil and made helpless [cf. Ps 13:3], 30 and lest by sparing us in the present time, because he is compassionate and expects us to be reformed, he say to us in the future, you did these things and I was silent. [Ps 49:21] When he said: therefore we ought to be on guard at every hour, he looks back to that the place when he said: therefore, if the eyes of the Lord gaze upon the good and the evil, because it is the habit of wise people to repeat the adverb at the end of the passage which had been expressed in the beginning, in case the idea, which is drawn out, be forgotten. Of course, it is the habit of wise people, just as we have said, to express at the beginning an idea as if it were the general subject matter, and afterwards to divide it into particulars, or to divide it first into particulars and afterwards to add the general subject of the discussion, just as St Benedict is seen to do in this place, since he first divides the discussion into a particular lesson when he says: One should understand that he is always watched by God from heaven etc, and then he adds the main subject of the discussion, when he says: Therefore, if the eyes of the Lord gaze upon the good etc.

DE SECUNDO GRADU HUMILITATIS

[Ms P, fol. 61rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 142r; Ms E1, fol. 68r; Ms E2, fol. 91v]

CONCERNING THE SECOND STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Matthew Ponesse

31Secundus humilitatis gradus est, si propriam quis non amans voluntatem desideria sua non delectetur implere, 32sed vocem illam Domini factis imitetur dicentis: Non veni facere voluntatem meum, sed ejus, qui misit me. [cf. Io 5:30] 33Item dicit scriptura: Voluptas habet poenam, et neeessitas parit coronam.

31The second step of humility is that no one love his own will nor delight in fulfilling his own desires, 32but imitate the voice of the Lord which says: I have not come to do my will, but the will of the one who sent me. [cf. Jn 5:30] 33Likewise scripture says: Pleasure has its punishment, but need brings forth a crown.

Congruum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco B. Benedictus in eo, quod dixit prius, primum gradum humilitatis esse timorem Dei et omni se custodire hora, et postmodum secundum gradum huniilitatis esse subjunxit, proprium quis non [page 223] amare facere voluntatem, quod, cum homo causa timoris gehennae veniens9 ad monasterium, quasi in primo gradu stare cognoscitur et jam longo a terra consistere, deinde cum intrat in monasterium, suscipit eum abrenuntiatio propriarum voluntatum. Cum dicit propriam voluntatem, de bonis rebus dicit, quia nil monachiis etiam in bonis rebus per suum arbitrium debet agere, sicut diximus.

St Benedict preserves a fitting arrangement in this place when he first said that first step of humility is the fear of God and the protection of oneself at all times, and afterwards added that the second step of humility is for no one [page 223] to love his own will, because when a man comes to a monastery out of fear of hell, he is recognized to stand on the first step and to take position far from the world; then, when he enters the monastery, he is seized by the renunciation of his own will. When he [Benedict] says own will, he speaks about good things, because a monk ought to do nothing at all in good matters according to his own judgment, just as we said.

Desideria autem pertinent de malis rebus, quae ad carnem attinent. Notandum est, quia hoc exemplum, quod B. Benedictus profert dicens: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, Dominus dixit in Evangelio.

However, desires extend from evil things, which pertain to the flesh. We should note the example that St Benedict offers, saying: The Lord spoke in the Gospel, I have not come to do my own will, but the will of the one who sent me.

Sed interrogandum est, quid Dominus dixit: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, cum Patris et Filii una sit voluntas? In Domino enim Jesu Christo duas naturas credimus, i. e. humanitatis et divinitatis, unde ipse Dominus aliquando secundum divinitatem loquitur, aliquando secundum humanitatem. Secundum divinitatem, ut est illud: Ego et pater unum sumus; [Io 10:31] secundum humanitatem, ut est illud: Pater major me est. [Io 14:28] Istud, quod hic dicit: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, secundum humanitatem locutus est. Propositum quippe divinitatis erat, redimere mundum per passionem suae humanitatis; nam humanitatis erat timere passionem et crucifigi atque pati. Et ideo secundum voluntatem carnis dicebat: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, ac si diceret: Non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed meam i. e. non veni facere voluntatem hominis suscepti, sed divinitatis meae, quia decrevi, per passionis mysterium redimere mundum.

But we should investigate what the Lord said: I have not come to do my own will, but the will of the one who sent me, since the Father and the Son have one will. For we believe that there are two natures in the Lord Jesus Christ, that is, the nature of humanity and the nature of the divine, by reason of which the Lord sometimes speaks according to his divinity, and sometimes according to his humanity. According to his divinity, as it is related in this verse: The Father and I are one; [Jn 13:31] according to his humanity, as it is related in this verse: The Father is greater than me. [Jn 14:28] He speaks according to his humanity where he says: I have not come to do my will, but the will of the one who sent me. Of course, it was the purpose of his divinity to redeem the world through the passion of his humanity; on the other hand, it was the purpose of his humanity to fear the passion and to be crucified and suffer. Therefore, he said according to the will of his flesh: I have not come to do my will, but the will of the one who sent me, as if he were to say: I have not come to do my will, but rather my will, that is, I have not come to do the will of the human nature that I have assumed, but the will of my divinity, because I have resolved to redeem the world through the mystery of the passion.

Hoc quippe bene congruit monacho. Duae quippe affectiones sunt in uno homine, carnis videlicet et animae. Debet enim monachus, cum aliquid durum aut contrarium sibi imperatum fuerit, dicere: non veni facere voluntatem meam, sed ejus, qui misit me, i. e. non veni implere voluntatem carnis, sed Dei, cujus instinctu huc missus sim; sive etiam: non veni faeere voluntatem meam i. e. carnis, h.e. [page 224] quod mihi leve vel suave est, sed abbatis mei, qui me misit in hanc obedientiam.

Of course, this is very appropriate for a monk. For there are two dispositions in one man, namely, one of the flesh and one of the soul. When a monk is ordered to do something harsh or contrary, he ought to say: I have not come to do my will, but the will of the one who sent me, that is, I have not come to do the will of the flesh, but of God, at whose instigation I was sent here. Or he even ought to say: I have not come to do the will that is, of the flesh, or in other words [page 224] that which is mild or pleasant to me, but rather I have come to do the will of my abbot, who sent me into this obedience.

Sequitur: Voluptas habet poenam, et necessitas parit coronam. Sunt enim multi, qui distinquunt, voluntatem (per n) attinere ad Deum, et volumtatem (per m) attinere ad hominem, voluptatem (per p) ad diabolum; sed hanc distinctionem non semper sacra scriptura conservat, quia voluptas et in bono et in malo ponitur dicente Beda, [Beda, Hexameron, Book II, PL 91, col. 75B] sicut paradisus voluptatis dicitur, et iterum in psalmo canitur: Et torrente voluptatis tuae potabis eos; [Ps 35:9] in malo autem Salomon ait: Adolescentia enim et voluptas vana sunt. [Ecl 11:10] Pro delectatione etiam ponitur carnis, sicut Sara dicebat: Postquam senui et dominus meus vetulus est, voluptati operum dabo? [Gn 18:12]

It follows: Pleasure (voluptas) has its hardship, and need brings forth a crown. There are, in fact, many who make the following distinction. When pleasure is written with an 'n' (voluntas), it is said to pertain to God; when pleasure is written with an 'm' (volumtas), it is said to pertain to man; when pleasure is written with a 'p' (voluptas), it is said to pertain to the devil. But sacred scripture does not always preserve this distinction, because pleasure (voluptas) is used by Bede in the context of good and evil [Bede, Hexameron, Book II, PL 91, col. 75B], just as he speaks of a the paradise of pleasure (voluptas). Likewise is it sung in the psalm: You will make them drink from the torrent of your pleasure (voluptas). [Ps 35:9] But Solomon speaks in the context of evil: Indeed, Adolescence and pleasure (voluptas) are vain. [Ecl 11:10] It is also used in the context of carnal delight, just as Sara said: After I am grown old and my lord is an old man, shall I give myself to pleasure (voluptati)? [Gn 18:12]

In hoc enim loco sive per n habeatur voluptas, sive per m, nil sensui obstat, quia utroque modo potest dici; voluntas enim per n si in bono ponitur, est sensus: Qui enim Deo volunt servire, habent pugnam contra delectationem carnis. Et iste labor sive pugna illi, quam adversum carnem habet, qui Deo placet, poena est necessaria, sed ipsa poena sive necessitas generabit illi coronam perpetuam.

Whether in this place pleasure is written with an 'n' or an 'm', nothing hinders the sense, because it is able to be written in both ways. For if pleasure is written with an 'n' in the context of good, this is the sense: Those who wish to serve God, do battle against the pleasure of the flesh. And this labor or battle which one who pleases God takes up against the flesh, is a necessary suffering, but this punishment or necessity will produce for him an eternal crown.

Et ideo secundum hunc sensum, cum dicit poenam, subaudi: temporalem. Item alio modo potest intelligi ita, si enim per p voluptas habetur, quod attinet ad delectationem carnis, voluptas habet poenam et necessitas parit coronam, h. e. ille, qui vivit in delectationibus et deliciis et resistit superbus atque luxuriis vel etiam fornicationibus, quae solent ex ipsis deliciis sive delectationibus generari, iste labor, quem sustinet, efficitur poena necessaria, et ex hac poena generabitur ei corona perpetua: si autem non resistit positus in habundantia suis superbiis et luxuriis, habebit poenam perpetuam. Alio modo etiam intelligitur voluptas habet poenam, i. e. si monachus suis voluptatibus aequieverit, h. e. si suas voluptates voluerit implere et noluerit obedire alienis voluptatibus et imperiis, ex hoc generatur illi poena aeterna. Quodsi noluerit suas implere voluptates, sed magis aliorum obedire voluerit praeceptis, ex hoc generatur illi, quantum ad praesentem vitam attinet, [page 225] poena et labor; sed ista poena necessaria generabit illi gaudium aeternum.

Therefore, when he says hardship understand it according to the sense of a temporal punishment. Likewise, this is able to be understood in another way, for if pleasure is written with a 'p' (voluptas), which pertains to the carnal delight, pleasure has its punishment and necessity brings forth a crown, that is, he who lives in pleasure and delights and resists arrogance, luxuries, and fornications, which are accustomed to be brought about from these pleasures and delights, this labor, which he sustains, produces necessary hardship, and from this punishment will be produced an eternal crown. But if one placed in this abundance does not resist arrogance and luxury, he will have perpetual punishment. Pleasure has its punishment is able to be understood in another way, that is, if a monk gives assent to his pleasures, in other words, if he wishes to fulfill his pleasures and he does not wish to obey another's pleasures and commands; from this he will earn his eternal punishment. But if he does not wish to fulfill his pleasures, but he wishes more to obey the orders of another, from this he will earn as much punishment and labor as pertains to the present life, but this necessary punishment will produce for him his eternal joy.

DE TERTIO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 61vPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 143v; Ms E1, fol. 69r; Ms E2, fol. 93r]

CONCERNING THE THIRD STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: James LePree

34Tertius humilitatis gradus est, ut quis pro Dei amore omni obedientia se subdat majori, imitans Dominum, de quo dicit Apostolus: Factus obediens usque ad mortem. [Phil 2:8]

34The third step of humility is that everyone should submit to his superior in all obedience for the love of God, imitating the Lord about whom the Apostle said: He became obedient until death. [Phil 2:8]

Congrue subjunxit B. Benedictus, tertium gradum esse, omni obedientia subdi majori, eo quod jam, cum suis propriis voluntatibus abrenuntiat, consequens est, ut aliorum se subdat imperiis. Istud enim, quod dicit: ut omni obedientia se subdat majori, duobus modis potest intelligi, quam vis ad unum finem referatur. Uno modo intelligitur, i. e. quidquid ei imperatum fuerit, obediat. Altero modo intelligitur, i. e. ut in omni obedientia cupiat vel habeat majorem, i. e. magistrum.

St. Benedict is quite correct when he says that the third step is for a monk to submit to his superior in all obedience since when a brother renounced self-will, it is only proper that he should submit to the orders of others. For Benedict’s statement that a monk should submit himself to his superior in all obedience can be understood in two ways although they both lead to the same end. One way it is understood is when a brother has been ordered to do something, he should obey. In another way, it means he should desire and have a superior, i.e. a master in all obedience.

Et forte dicit aliquis: 'quare, cum jam dixit, primum gradum esse obedientiam sine mora, [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1] et hic dicit, obedientiae10 tertium gradum esse?'

But perhaps someone may say: ‘Why when he already said that the first step of humility is obedience without delay [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1], does Benedict then say here that the third step of humility is also obedience?’

Bene dixit illic, primum gradum esse obedientiam sine mora, et hic tertium gradum esse obedientiam, eo quod major est ista obedientia, quae dicitur tertius gradus esse, quam illa, quae dicitur primus, quia multi sunt, qui obediunt abbati et nolunt habere magistrum vel priorem super se in ipsa obedientia, sed magis discipulum; isti tales in primo gradu obedientiae consistunt, deinde si cupiunt se sub alio esse et non super alium, in majori et in meliori, hoc est in tertio gradu consistunt, et major humilitas et major obedientia est apud Deum, semper velle subesse quam praeesse. Unde Dominus dicit: Non veni ministrari, sed ministrare, [Mt 20:28] hoc est, non veni, ut alter mihi ministret, sed veni, ut ego ministrem aliis.

Benedict spoke correctly about this when he said the first step is obedience without delay and the third step is obedience because that obedience which is called the third step is greater than the obedience which is called the first step because there are many who obey the abbot and are unwilling to have a master and a prior over them in the obedience itself but more a student.1 Such exist in the first step of obedience, then if they desire to be under another and not over another; this is a greater and a better type of obedience, in other words, if they possess this obedience, they stand on the third step. This greater humility and obedience which I speak of here is in God’s presence, to always wish to be under someone and not over them. Thus the Lord said: I have not come to be served but to serve. [Mt 20:28] That is: I have not come so that another might serve me but I have come so that I might serve others.

Sequitur: Imitans Dominum, de quo dicit Apostolus: Factus obediens usque ad mortem. [Phil 2:8]

It follows: Imitating the Lord about whom the Apostle speaks: He became obedient until his death. [Phil 2:8]

Quid est, quod dicit: Factus obediens usque ad mortem? Numquid Dominus Jesus [page 226] post mortem non fuit obediens Patri, cum resurrexit a mortuis et cum ascendit in coelos? Et iterum: non erit obediens, cum venerit judicare vivos et mortuos, [1 Pt 4:5] de quo scriptum est: Omne Judicium dedit Filio? [Io 5:22]

What does he mean: He became obedient until his death? Was not the Lord Jesus [page 226] after death obedient to the father when he rose from the dead and when he ascended into heaven? And again: Was he not obedient when he will come to judge the living and the dead [1 Pt 4:5 ] about whom it is written: He gave all judgment to the son? [Io 5:22]

Vere obediens fuit post mortem, quando resurrexit et cum ascendit ad coelos, et iterum obediens erit, cum venerit judicare vivos et mortuos.

In fact our Lord was obedient after death when he arose from the dead and ascended into heaven; and again, he will be obedient when he will come to judge the living and the dead.

Sed in hoc loco, cum dicit Paulus: Factus obediens usque ad mortem, non fuit ei intentio de longitudine temporis, sed de magnitudine obedientiae, quia nulla est obedientia major quam illa, pro qua moritur, sicut dicit Dominus de caritate: Majorem hac dilectionem nemo habet, quam ut animam suam ponat quis pro amicis suis [Io 15:13]. Absit enim, ut Dominus per hanc mortem suam obedientiam finiret et post mortem non iterum obediret, sed in tan tum dilexit obedientiam, ut per mortem non timeret transire.

But here when Paul says: He became obedient until death, his intention was not the length of time involved but the magnitude of obedience because there is no obedience greater than that for which one dies for just as the Lord said about love: There is no greater love than for someone to lay down his life for his friends. [Io 15:13] For it is not proper that the Lord end his obedience through this death and not continue to be obedient after death but he loved obedience so much that he did not fear to go beyond death.

Istud vero, quod dicit: Factus obediens usque ad mortem, duobus inodis attinet, i. e. uno modo, ut usque ad mortem velit obedire, sicut scriptum est: Qui perseveraverit usque in finem, hic salvus erit. [Mt 10:11; Mt 24:13] Altero vero modo, si talis ac tanta fuerit obedientia, ut propter illam, si necessitas fuerit mori, morti se tradere non expavescat.

Paul’s statement that he was obedient until death has two meanings. One that he wishes to be obedient until death, as it is written: Who perseveres until the end, he will be saved. [Mt 10:11; Mt 24:13] Another meaning is if the obedience will have been such a type that because of that, it will have been necessary to die, a monk should not be afraid to sacrifice his life.

Istud, quod dicitur usque, tribus modis potest poni. Ponitur aliquando pro infinito, sicut dicit psalmista: Adimplebis me laetitia cum vultu tuo, delectationes in dextera tua usque in finem. [Ps 15:11] Et iterum ponitur pro finito, sicuti dicimus in nostra locutione: 'usque venio, tu sede hic;' sicut in actibus Apostolorum legitur: Vos eritis mihi testes in Jerusalem et in omni Judaea et Samaria et usque ad ultimum terrae. [Act 1:8] Et iterum ponitur pro maguitudine rei, sicuti in hoc loco. Hoc autem sciendum est, quia non de morte animae dico, sed de morte corporis.

‘Until’ [usque] can have three meanings: One when it refers to an indefinite time in the future as the psalmist says: You will fill me with joy with your countenance and pleasures are at your right hand even until the end. [Ps 15:11] Another meaning it can have is when it is of a determinate length, just as we say in our speech, ‘You remain here until I come.’ As it is mentioned in the Acts of the Apostles: You will be my witnesses in Jerusalem and in all Judaea and Samaria and even unto the farthest parts of the Earth. [Act 1:] And again it can refer to the magnitude of obedience just as I have used it here. This however must be made clear that I speak not of the death of the soul but of the body.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia, cum mittit abbas monachum in obedientia et non cognoverit, periculum instare in via aut latronum aut alicujus malae rei, et ille monachus cognoverit ipsum periculum, debet abbati suo manifestare ipsum periculum, non inobediendi causa, sed solummodo, quia ille abbas forte non vult, ut eat in illud periculum.

Nevertheless, it must be clearly understood that when the abbot sends a monk into obedience and is not aware that impending danger is awaiting the monk on his journey, either robbers or some other evil, and the monk is aware of the danger, he should report this to his abbot not out of disobedience but for one reason only: That perchance the abbot does not wish to expose the brother to that danger.

Aut forte si, cum [page 227] vadit per viam et in ipsa via cognoverit periculum instare latronum, poterit reverti, tunc debet iterum reverti et nuntiare illi ipsum periculum, quod evadere non potest, qua fonus ille cognoscat, forte non vult, ut suus monachus periculum patiatur, quia cum obedit monachus, magis debet ad intentionem respicere abbatis, quam ad verba sola; nam sunt multi abbates sive sapientes sive simplices, cum11 mittunt monachum suum causa profectus monasterii longe, [et] dicunt illi, quae aut qualiter agere debeat; deinde cum pervenit monachus ad illum locum, [et] non invenit aut tempus nec locum, ut ita agat, sicut ei imperatum est, et ideo non debet ad verba, quae audivit, respicere, sed ad intentionem abbatis sui, hoc est, ut faciat, quod abbatem suum cognoverit velle, quamvis non possit eo modo perficere, sicuti audivit, eo quod melior est illa obedientia, quae ad intentionem respicit, quam illa, quae ad verba sine intentione.

Or perhaps if, when [page 227] he goes through the road and on the road itself, will have learned that the danger of robbers exists, he will be able to return and report to the abbot how he learned about the danger which he could not avoid. Perhaps he does not want his monk to be exposed to danger, because when a monk obeys, he ought to pay more attention to the abbot’s intention rather than his words alone, for there are many abbots, both wise and foolish. When they send their monk far away on the business of the monastery and tell him what he ought to do and how he should do it, then when the monk arrives at the place and does not know the time or place so that he may do as he was ordered; therefore, he should not consider the words which he heard but the abbot’s intention, that is, so he may do what he knows his abbot wanted even though he cannot perform it the way he heard it from the abbot. That obedience which considers the abbot’s intention is better than that obedience which considers the abbot’s words but not his intentions.

Abbas autem, [si] sciens periculum latronum inesse in ipsa obedientia, quam fratri injungit, aut valde est servus Dei, ut per suam orationem vel meritum ipse frater possit salvari, aut valde stultus, qui nescit discretionem, aut certe invidus, qui pro tali occasione vult, ut periculum frater incurrat. Et hoc notandum est, quia ille debet periculum mortis imperare, qui se cognoscit per suam orationem aut meritum12 — aut certe per humilitatem fratris et obedientiam ipse frater possit salvari.13

The abbot if he knows there is danger of robbers in that obedience which he imposed upon a brother, either he is a true servant of God so that through his prayer and merit, the brother himself can be saved or the abbot is very foolish who doesn’t know discretion or is clearly an envious person who wishes for such an occasion so that the brother may be deliberately exposed to danger. And this must be especially pointed out that he should expose a brother to the danger of death who knows through his prayer and merit and certainly through the brother’s humility and obedience that the brother himself can be saved.


1. I am not quite sure how magis discipulum fits into this context.

DE QUARTO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 62rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 145r; Ms E1, fol. 70r; Ms E2, fol. 94r]

CONCERNING THE FOURTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Lari Ahokas

35Quartus humilitatis gradus est, si in ipsa obedientia duris et contrariis rebus vel etiam quibuslibet irrogatis injuriis tacita conscientia patientiam amplectatur 36et sustinens non lassescat vel discedat, dicente scriptum: Qui perseveraverit usque in finem, hic salvus erit. [Mt 10:22] 37Item: Confortetur cor tuum et sustine Dominum.[Ps 26:14]

35The fourth step of humility is if, when obedience involves difficulty, adversity, and even the affliction of certain injustices, one silently embraces suffering in his heart 36and endures it, not growing tired or running away, as scripture says, He who perseveres all the way to the end will be saved. [Mt 10:22] 37Again: Let your heart be strengthened and await the Lord. [Ps 26:14]

38Et ostendens, fidelem pro Domino universa etiam contraria [page 228] sustinere debere, dicit ex persona sufferentium: Propter te mortificamur14 tota die, [Rm 8:26] aestimati sumus sicut oves occisionis. [Rm 8:36] 39Et securi de spe retributionis divinae subsequuntur gaudentes et dicentes: sed in his omnibus superamus propter eum, qui dilexit nos. [Rm 8:37] 40Et item alio loco scriptura dicit: Probasti nos, inquit, Deus igne nos examinasti, sicut igne examinatur argentum; induxisti nos in laqueum, posuisti tribulationes in dorso nostro. [Ps 65:10-11]

38And showing that the faithful one ought to endure all adversities [page 228] for the Lord, Scripture says in the person of those who suffer, For you we are afflicted with death all day long; we are considered sheep for the slaughter. [Rm 8:36] 39And sure in the hope of divine reward, they go on rejoicing and saying, But we overcome in all these things for him who loved us. [Rm 8:37] 40And in another place scripture says, You tried us, God, you tested us by the fire just as silver is tested by fire, you led us into a trap, you piled troubles on our backs. [Ps 65:10-11]

41Et ut ostendat, sub priore debere nos esse, sub sequitur dicens: Imposuisti homines super capita nostra. [Ps 65:12] 42Sed et praeceptum Domini in adversis et in injuriis per patientiam adimplentes, qui percussi in maxillam praebent et aliam, auferenti tunicam dimittunt et pallium, angariati miliario vadunt et duo, [cf. Mt 5:39-41] 43cum Paulo apostolo falsos fratres sustinent et persecutionem, et maledicentes se benedicunt.

41And to show us that we must be under a superior, it goes on to say, You have placed men over our heads. [Ps 65:12] 42But those who carry out the Lord’s command patiently, through adversity and injustice, when struck on one cheek also offer the other, hand over their cloak as well to the one taking away1 their shirt, and when pressed into service for a mile go two miles, [cf. Mt 5:39] 43along with the apostle Paul they bear with false brothers and persecution,2 and bless those who curse them.

Haec sententia ita construitur: Est quartus humilitatis gradus, si amplectatur duris et contrariis rebus vel etiam quibuslibet injuriis irrogatis. Quomodo? Tacita conscientia.

This sentence is composed as follows: It is the fourth step of humility to embrace difficulty, adversity and even affliction of certain injustices. In what manner? Silently.

Item tacita conscientia, i. e. sine murmuratione atque tristitia. Sunt enim alii libri, qui habent patientiam, sed non bene, quia istud verbum, quod est amplectatur, servit aliquando dativo casui, sicuti sunt duris et contrariis rebus et injuriis; quasi diceret: amplectatur duris et contrariis rebus et reliqua. Hoc etiam animadvertendum est, quia non dicit sufferat aut toleret, sed amplectatur; nos enim eam rem, quam diligimus, amplectimur, quia non solum monachus debet adversa sufferre aut tolerare, sed etiam cum gaudio ea sufferre; sed idcirco dixit amplectatur, quia in isto verbo, quod est amplectatur, demonstravit dicens, monachum in tribulatione debere gaudenter sufferre. Et ideo non dixit, ut fugiat duras aut contrarias res et injurias in ipsa obedientia, sed amplectatur illas.

Again: silently, that is, without grumbling and gloominess. There are other books, which have [only] suffering, but this is not well, because that verb, that is, embrace, governs sometimes the dative case, such as in difficulty, adversity and injustices, as if he [Benedict] were saying: let one embrace difficulty and adversity and so on. It must also be noted that because he does not say suffer or tolerate but embrace; we embrace those things we love, because a monk should not only suffer or tolerate adversity, but to endure it with joy; but for this reason he says embrace, because with that word, that is, embrace, he demonstrates that a monk should endure them joyfully. And this is why he does not say that, lest he [the monk] would shun difficulty, adversity and injustice when obedience involves them, but embrace them.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'non debet abbas duras res et contrarias et injurias imperare vel ingerere suis subditis.' Verum est, quia non debet taliter agere, eo quod hoc Augustinus dicit,15 et B. Benedictus admonet illum dicens: sive secundum Deum sive secundum saeculum sint opera; [Regula Benedicti, c. 64:17] [page 229] et tamen monachus, quia mortuus debet esse, ideo veluti mortuus ita debet in monasterio versari. Vide modo, mortuus quidem in quam partem volvitur, non murmurat, aut quidquid ei feceris, non contradicit.

Maybe someone says: the abbot should not order or pile on hardships or adversities or injustices to his subordinates. It is true that he should not act in that way, because this is what Augustine says, and Blessed Benedict admonishes him [the abbot] by saying: whether assigning godly or worldly work is in question, [Regula Benedicti, c. 64:17] [page 229] and nevertheless the monk, because he should be dead [to the world], should therefore live in the monastery as if he were dead. Just see: certainly the dead, whichever way he is turned, does not grumble, and whatever you do to him, he does not oppose.

Nam abbas nunquam debet injuriare monachum, nec stultum illum vocare propter illud, quod Dominus dicit: Si quis dixerit fratri suo: racha et reliq. [cf. Mt 5:21] Si dixerit tamen, monacho non licet, abbati aliquid dicere, sed obedire, sicut diximus. Sed in his verbis potest illum arguere dure vel durius, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 2:25] v. gr. si dure arguere illum voluerit, isto modo: quare fecisti hanc rem? Si vero durius, plus augere verba: male fecisti et non fecisti recte, et ob hoc dignus es excommunicari vel flagellari.

For the abbot should never insult the monk, and never call him a fool, for the Lord says: Whoever says to his brother: Raka [Aramaic: you worthless one],3 [cf. Mt 5:21] and so forth. But if he nevertheless says so, the monk is not allowed to say anything to the abbot, but to obey, as we have said. But with these words the abbot may reproach him hard or even harder: For example, if he wants to reproach him hard, like this: why did you do this thing? Or even harder, add more words: you did wrong, not right, and for this you deserve excommunication or flogging.

Nunc videndum est, quid sunt dura vel contrarietates. Dura sunt illa, quae ad materiem attinent rei, v. gr. sicuti est petram levare aut aliquid immensae magnitudinis portare vel agere. Contraria sunt, quae ad voluntatem attinent, si hoc, quod sibi imperatur, non sibi placuerit. Possunt quidem esse dura sine contrarietate, quia sunt multae res, quae grandes sunt et magnae magnitudinis, et tamen ille monachus bonus et voluntarius16 in obedientia, cui, quamvis durae sunt res, tamen amabiles illi fuissent ad perficiendas, si vires illi adessent. Et iterum possunt contraria sine dura esse, v. gr. quamvis leve est opus ad peragendum, tamen quia pravae voluntatis vel pusillanimitatis est, etiam levis obedientia contraria illi est. Irrogatis, i. e. illatis vel factis.

Now we must see what are difficulties and adversities. Difficulties are those which pertain to the matter of things, for example, such as lifting a boulder or moving or carrying something of immense size. Adversities are those which pertain to the will, if that what one is ordered to do, does not please oneself. There may indeed be difficulties without adversity, because there are many things, which are great and of sizeable size, and yet to a good monk and willing to obey, these things would nevertheless be lovely to accomplish, no matter how difficult they are, if he had strength. And again, there may be adversities without difficulty, for example, however easy the task is to accomplish, nevertheless because of one’s crooked mind or faintheartedness, even an easy task is an adversity for him. Afflicted, that is, caused or done.

Sequitur: 36Non lassescat vel discedat. Istud lassescat si ad corpus refertur, nullus fuit monachus, nec est, nec erit, qui hoc secundum corpus possit implere, eo quod nullus est homo, qui in ipsa obedientia, si laboriosa fuerit, non lassescat et ad tempus velit requiescere; ac per hoc necesse est, ut istud lassescat ad animam referatur, non ad corpus, quia perfectus monachus, licet lassetur corpore pro fragilitate, tamen semper mente desiderat implere.

This is followed by: 36not growing tired or running away. If by this growing tired is referred to the body, he has [never] been a monk, neither is he [now], nor [ever] will be, who could fulfill this by his body; because there is no man on his task, if it has been laborious, who would not grow tired to wish to rest for a while; because of this it is necessary, that by this growing tired is referred to the soul, not to the body, because the perfect monk, even though growing tired in the body because of its fragility, nevertheless in his mind always desires to fulfill it.

Discedat vero et ad corpus attinet et animam; nam potest lassescat [page 230] esse, si non discedat, et discedat, si non lassescat, v. gr. potest quis lassescere et non discedere, v. gr. sunt multi, quibus obedientia videtur esse dura, quamvis parva sit, tamen ne excommunicentur, non audent discedere, i. e. dimittere obedientiam. Et iterum sunt alii fratres, quibus levis est obedientia, sed tamen, quia videtur illis ipsa obedientia esse levis et non videtur alicujus magnitudinis, et, pro levitate sua dimittunt illam obedientiam et vadunt per claustra17 et in aliqua loca.

Running away, however, refers to both body and soul alike; because there could be growing tired [page 230], if not running away; and running away, if not growing tired; for example, one may grow tired but not run away; for example, there are many, whose task, no matter how small, appears difficult, but nevertheless, in order not to be excommunicated, they do not dare to run away, that is, to relinquish their task. And again there are other brothers, whose task is easy, but nevertheless, because for them the task appears easy, and does not seem to be of any greatness, because of its easiness they relinquish this task and wander around cloisters and other places.

Istud vero, quod dicit: qui perseveraverit usque in finem, [Mt 10:11] potest attinere ad lassescat et discedat. Hoc vero, quod dicit: confortetur cor tuum et sustine Dominum [Ps 26:14] attinet ad hoc, quod dixit non lassescat; et quia dixit et admonuit monachum contraria debere sustinere, voluit hoc confirmare testimoniis scripturarum divinarum; ideo haec exempla subjungere curavit dicens: 38Et ostendens, fidelem pro Domino universa etiam contraria sustinere debere, dicit ex persona sufferentium. Cum dicit,18 subaudiendum est: scriptura divina. Sufferentium, i. e. sustinentium. Propter te morte afficimur tota die, aestimati sumus sicut oves occisionis. [Rm 8:36]

But that verse which says: Anyone who perseveres all the way to the end will be saved, [Mt 10:11] could pertain to either growing tired or running away. Whereas this verse which says: Let your heart be strengthened and await the Lord, [Ps 26:14] pertains to that which said not growing tired; and because he said and admonished the monk to have to withstand adversities, wanted to confirm by the testimonies of the Divine Scripture; for that reason he took care in connecting these examples saying: 38And showing that the faithful one ought to endure all adversities for the Lord, scripture says in the person of those who suffer. [For] to says must be added: the Divine Scripture.4 Those who suffer, that is, those who endure. For you we are afflicted with death all day long; we are considered sheep for the slaughter. [Rm 8:36]

Ista vox enim est martyrum, quae loquitur ad Dominum, quia propter Deum tota die, i. e. non momentanea, sed toto tempore vitae suae morte afficiuntur, i. e. mortificantur ut oves occisionis. Bene dixit, quia, sicut ovis non resistit, ita nec martyres resistunt pro Christi nomine. Hoc etiam attinet ad monachos simpliciter viventes, ut non resistant toto tempore vitae suae duris et contrariis imperiis.

Namely, this is the voice of the martyrs, who speak to the Lord, for all day, that is, not occasionally, but all of their lives have been afflicted by death because of God, that is, they are butchered like sheep for the slaughter. He says well, because, like a sheep does not resist, so the martyrs did not resist for the name of Christ. This also goes for the monks who live a simple life, so that they would not resist difficult and adverse commands for the rest of their lives.

Sciendum est enim, quia tribus pro causis assimilavit Dominus electos suos ovi; una, sicut diximus superius: non reddere malum pro malo, [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.29] altera vero, ut adjutorium inimicis suis impendant, sicuti facit ovis, cum lanam percussoribus suis tribuit, tertia vero, ut compassionem inimicis suis de intimo corde habeant, veluti facit ovis, quae lac de visceribus suis impertit.

It should be known that for three reasons the Lord compares his elected ones to sheep; firstly, as stated above: Do not return evil for evil; [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.29] secondly, to repay their enemies with help, as does the sheep, which gives wool to its killers; and thirdly, to have compassion for its enemies from the depth of its heart like the sheep who grants milk from its flesh.

Nunc vero hoc, quod subequitur: 39Et securi de spe retributionis divinae subsequuntur [page 231] gaudentes et dicentes: sed in his omnibus superamus propter eum, qui dilexit nos, [Rm 8:36] de Domino ipsi martyres dicunt cohortantes se invicem. Cum dicit in his omnibus, subaudiendum est: mortificationibus. Superamus, i. e. usque ad mortem perseveramus.

However, now that which follows: 39And sure in the hope of divine reward, they go on [page 231] rejoicing and saying, But we overcome in all these things for him who loved us, [Rm 8:36] the same martyrs say about God, encouraging each other. When he says in all these things, this must be understood: mortifications. Overcome, that is, endure until death.

40Et item alio loco scriptum dicit: Probasti nos Deus, inquit, igne nos examinasti, sicut igne examinatur argentum, [Ps 65:11] ac si diceret: Sicut argentum purgatur igne a suis scoriis, ita et sanctum suum Dominus purgat a suis malitiis igne tribulationis vel pressurae.

40And in another place scripture says, You tried us, God, you tested us by the fire just as silver is tested by fire, [Ps 65:10] as if it were saying: As the silver is purged by the fire from its slag, thus the Lord purges his holy man from his sins by the fire of trouble or pressure.

Induxisti nos in laqueum. [Ps 65:1] Laqueum enim, quem nominat, intelligitur carcer vel aliqua strictura. Et ista omnia voces sunt martyrum.

You led us into a trap. [Ps 65:11] For a trap, or what it means, is to be understood as a prison or other confinement. And all these are voices of martyrs.

Haec etiam attinent ad monachum, quia sicut ille, qui jacet in carcere, aestimat se et intelligit pro peccatis suis intus esse retrusum, et optat etiam tempus, in quo exeat de carcere et vadat ad parentes suos et ad proprietatem suam, ita et monachus debet se aestimare in carcere esse, quia claustra monasterii velut carcer in hoc loco per laqueum intelligitur; et debet etiam exspectare tempus, in quo exeat, h. e. de corpore suo, et ire ad loca sua et ad proprietatem suam, h. e. in paradisum, quia ipse est locus proprietatis nostrae, et ad cives et ad parentes suos, h. e. angelos.

They also belong to a monk, because just like the one who lies in prison thinks about himself and understands to have been put inside for his sins, and hopes for the time when he goes out of the prison and returns to his family and his property, so the monk should think of himself as being in prison, because the enclosure of the monastery is to be understood as a prison, in this place for the trap; and he should also expect the time of his release, that is, from his body, and to go to his place and property, that is, into the paradise, which is our very place of property, and to his people and family, that is, angels.

Posuisti tribulationes in dorso nostro. [Ps 65:11] Vox ista martyrum est, ac si diceret: posuisti flagellum super corpus nostrum. Potest etiam esse vox monachorum, cum monasticae disciplinae subjecti existunt.

You piled troubles on our backs. [Ps 65:11] This is the voice of the martyrs, as if it were saying: you have placed the scourge over our bodies. This could also be the voice of the monks, as they are subjected to monastic discipline.

41Et ut ostendat, sub priore nos esse debere, subsequittir dicens: Imposuisti homines super capita nostra. [Ps 65:12] Vox ista martyrum est, quia super capita sua, habuerunt principes, qui potestatem habuerunt capitum suorum. Ad monachos etiam attinet, quia tam corporis quam etiam voluntatis potestatem habent abbates.

41And to show us that we must be under a superior, it goes on to say, You have placed men over our heads. [Ps 65: 12] This is the voice of the martyrs, because they had rulers over their heads, who had their heads in their power. This pertains to monks as well, because they have abbots for power over both mind and body.

42Sed et praeceptum Domini in adversis et injuriis per patientiam adimplentes, qui percussi in maxillam praebent et aliam, et auferenti tunicam dimittunt et pallium, angariati miliarium vadunt et duo. [cf. Mt 5:39-40]

42But those who carry out the Lord’s command patiently, through adversity and injustice, when struck on one cheek also offer the other, hand over their cloak as well to the one stealing their shirt, and when pressed into service for a mile go two miles. [cf. Mt 5:39-40]

Quia vult Dominus, animum christiani paratum esse ad sustinenda mala, ideo dixit: Qui te percusserit in dexterum maxillam tuam, praebe ei et alteram [cf. Mt 5:39] neque enim convenit christiano, qui alteram vitam credit [page 232] et futurum judicium exspectat, ut ultor sui existat, maxime cum Dominus dicat: Mihi vindictam, et ergo retribuam. [Apc 22:21]

As the Lord wants the soul of the Christian to be prepared to suffer evil, he says thus: If someone strikes you on the cheek, offer him the other as well [cf. Mt 5:39]; for it does not suit a Christian, who believes in the other life [page 232] and awaits future judgment, to become his own avenger, especially when God says: Vengeance belongs to me. I will pay them back. [Apc 22:21]

Mihi vindictam, subaudiendum est: relinquite; et ego retribuam, et hic subaudiendum est: bonis bona, malis mala, quia utriusque retributor est Deus, i. e. bonorum et malorum; bonis enim retribuit remunerationem aeternae felicitatis, malis vero meritum, quo digni sunt.

Vengeance belongs to me should be understood: let it be, and I will pay them back should be understood: good to those who are good, evil to the wicked, because God gives them both back, that is, good and evil; for he gives to the good the reward of eternal happiness, but to the wicked the punishment they deserve.

Verumtamen non ea intentione debet dimittere Deo, ut Deus pro se illum puniat; longe est enim ista intentio a Dei intentione. Domini intentio est, ideo tolerare malos, ut convertantur et corrigantur; istius intentio est idcirco Deo dimittere, ut ultor Deus existat, ut quia se ulcisci non potest, Deus, cui illum dimittit, quia potens est, pro se ipsum puniat; si enim malum est, prius malum inferre, utique neque bonum est, vicem reddere. In hoc enim comprobatur esse malus ille, qui vicem reddit, quia imitator mali existit; jam si malum imitaris, malus es, quia omnis, qui malum imitatur, malus est. Unde Paulus dicit: Noli vinci a malo. [Rm 12:21]

Nevertheless, one must not leave it to God in the intent that God would punish him [the wicked] on his behalf; for this intent is far from God’s intention. God’s intention is to tolerate the wicked so that they might change and correct themselves; one’s intent is to leave it to God so that God would appear as an avenger, since because he cannot avenge himself, God, to whom one leaves it, because he is powerful, would deliver punishment on his behalf; for even if it is wicked to do evil first, it is neither useful nor good to avenge. For by this it is confirmed that he who avenges is evil, because he becomes the imitator of evil: for if you imitate evil, you are evil, because everyone who imitates evil is evil. Of which Paul says: Do not be conquered by evil. [Rm 12:21]

Ille enim vincitur a malo, qui vicem reddit, et ille vincit malum, qui vicem non reddit versa vice. Homines enim tunc se putant esse victores, quando vicem reddunt, et tunc se putant esse victos, quando vicem non reddunt. In Christi enim militia non est ita, sed tunc sunt milites Christi victores, cum laesi vicem non reddunt. Quid est enim: Si quis te percusserit in maxillam tuam, praebe illi et alteram, nisi ut ita habeas praeparatum et voluntarium animum ad sufferendum, ut ille, qui te percusserit, si voluerit te percutere iterum, tu bono et patienti animo malitiam ipsius sufferas; nutriendus est, enim animus christiani et docendus, tempore pacis mala proximorum sufferre patienter, ut tempore persecutionis possit pro Christo animam in mortem daro. Si enim tempore pacis non didicerit, mala proximorum sibi illata patienter sufferre, tempore persecutionis non poterit dare animam pro Christo in mortem.

For he who avenges is conquered by evil, but he who does not avenge the wrong conquers evil [himself]. For people think they are winners when they avenge, and think they have been won when they do not avenge. But in the army of Christ there is no such thing, for the soldiers of Christ are winners, when they do not avenge when injured. For what is: If someone strikes you on the cheek, offer him the other as well, if not that if you have a ready and willing mind to suffering, so that if the one who strikes you would want to hit you again, you will suffer his evil with a good and patient mind; for the soul of a Christian must be brought up and taught to suffer patiently the evils of his neighbors in time of peace, so that in time of persecution he can give his life in death for the sake of Christ. For if he did not learn in peaceful times to suffer patiently the evils caused by his neighbor, he could not give his life in death for the sake of Christ in the time of persecution.

Et quoniam Dominus vult paratum esse animum Christiani non solum ad sustinenda mala proximorum, verum etiam ad damna rerum patienter toleranda, idcirco subjunxit: et ei, qui [page 233] tecum voluerit judicio contendere et tunicam tollere, remitte ei et pallium, [cf. Mt 5:40] ostendens, quantum sit; fugienda omnis lis et altercatio, quia sicut per maxillam designatur omnis injuria, ita per tunicam omnis lis et altercatio ostenditur. Verbi gratia, si quis adversator et probator patientiae sive impatientiae nostrae voluerit a nobis aliquid nostrum tollere et de nostro jure in suum jus transferre, nos non solum debemus illi relinquere ea, quae ille improbe petit, sed etiam illa, quae ipse non petierat, dimittere; judicio enim contendere est: per judicium velle auferre. Dicit enim Augustinus:19 Judicio contendere est quia, quod per judicium aufertur, non ea vi putatur auferri, cui vindicta debeatur. [Augustine, De sermone Domini in monte I, c. 20, 66, CCSL 35, p. 76]

And because God wants the soul of a Christian to be prepared not only to suffer evil of the neighbors, but indeed also tolerate patiently the loss of [worldly] goods, he has ordained thus: If anyone [page 233] wants to sue you and take your tunic, let him have your cloak5 as well, [cf. Mt 5:40] showing how much there is to be done: to avoid every dispute and altercation, for as every injury is signified by the cheek, every dispute and altercation is referred by the cloak. For example, if some opponent and tester of our patience and impatience would want to take something of ours from us and transfer from our ownership into his, we should not only relinquish him that which he dishonestly asks, but also give what he has not asked for; for suing by the law means: wanting to take away something by law. For Augustine says:6 if any man will sue you at the law, because what is taken away by means of a judicial sentence is not supposed to be taken away with such a degree of violence as that punishment is due. [Augustine, De sermone Domini in monte I, c. 20, 66, CCSL 35, p. 76]7

Nutriendus est animus christiani, tempore pacis patienter damna rerum sibi illata aequanimiter tolerare, ut tempore persecutionis valeat omnia mundi pro Christo despicere; et si tempore pacis non toleraverit patienter parva danma rerum temporalium, tempore persecutionis non poterit pro Christo omnia mundi contemnere.

The soul of a Christian is to be brought up to tolerate patiently and calmly the loss of goods in peaceful times, so that in time of persecution he could despise everything in the world for the sake of Christ; and if in peaceful times he will not have tolerated patiently small losses of worldly goods, he cannot look down upon everything in the world for the sake of Christ in time of persecution.

Sequitur: et quicunque te angariaverit mille passus, vade cum eo alia duo. [Mt 5:42]

This is followed by: And if anyone forces you to go one mile, go two with him. [Mt 5:42]

Sunt enim quidam, qui ita intelligunt: Vade cum eo aliud, ut sint duo; alii autem ita intelligunt: Vade cum eo alia duo, ut sint tria. [cf. Augustinus, op. cit., c. 19, 61, CCSL 35, p. 70-71] Quia enim Dominus opus Christiani non vult esse necessarium et coactum, sed devotum et spontaneum, ideo subjunxit: et quicunque angariaverit te mille passus, vade cum eo alia duo, [Mt 5:42] ac si diceret: Si coacte et invite aliquid fecisti, debes illud, quod invite fecisti, spontaneo animo et devoto postea operari, quod magis ad praeparationem mentis quam ad ostentationem operis attinet. Si enim gratum est Deo nostrum opus, quod patienter agimus, gratissimum est etiam illud, quod nostra perficimus devotissima voluntate, quia sicut per maxillam omnis injuria, et per tunicam omnis [page 234] ablatio ostenditur, ita etiam per angariationem miliarii omne opus coactum designatur. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 66, CCSL 35, p. 76]

For there are those, who understand it like this: Go with him another [mile], making it two; and there are others, who understand it like this: Go two more with him, making it three. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,61, CCSL 35, p. 70-71] But as the Lord does not want the work of a Christian to be coerced and against one’s will, but dedicated and willing, he has therefore ordained: and if anyone forces you to go one mile, go two with him, [Mt 5:42] as he would want to say: If you have done something under coercion and against your will, thereafter you have to work for the one who coerced you to do this dedicatedly and willingly, which refers more to the readiness of mind than to the display of work. For if the work which we do patiently pleases the God, most pleasing is the work which we follow through with a most dedicated mind, for as any injury is illustrated by the cheek, and any [page 234] loss by the cloak, likewise any coerced work is designated by the forced march of the mile. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c.20,66, CCSL 35, p. 76]8

Ternarius enim numerus pro perfectione ponitur in scripturis divinis propter honorem sanctae et individuae Trinitatis, seu et propter caetera, quae in ternario numero in divinis libris inveniuntur consistere, sicut aliud, ubi dicitur: fides, spes et caritas. [1 Cor 13:13] Quia Dominus volens perfectionem praeparationis mentis manifestare, idcirco tria exempla posuit, unde ad cumulum ejusdem perfectionis praeparationis perveniri possit. In tertio etiam exemplo tria posuit; in multis enim exemplaribus latinis non invenitur dextera, sed tantum maxilla, in exemplaribus autem graecis, quibus major fides accommodanda est, dextera invenitur. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 66]

For the number three is given for perfection in the Divine Scripture for the glory of holy and undivided Trinity, and for other things, which can be found existing in threes in the Divine Scripture, as for instance another, which says faith, hope and charity [1 Cor 13:13]. For the Lord, wishing to show an example for the perfection of the readiness of mind, has set three examples, from which the peak of the same perfection can be reached by preparation. In the third example he has set three; in many Latin exemplars, [the word] right cannot be found, but only cheek; on the other hand, in Greek exemplars, to which greater trust should be placed, right can be found. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 66]9

Nunc autem videndum est, quid Dominus voluerit spiritaliter significare hoc, quod dicit: Si quis te percusserit in dextera maxilla, praebe illi et alteram. Et est sensus: verbi gratia si sumseris sententiam ex divinis libris et ibi percussus fueris ab haeretico, debes alteram sententiam illi opponere, quam non possit superare, sed magis ab illa convincatur. Dominus enim in tantum vult nos esse doctos, ut tamdiu possimus haeretico sententiam de scripturis divinis opponere, quousque ille convincatur. Sive alio sensu: ut si quis te percusserit in dextera maxilla, praebe illi et alteram, i. e. si plagas exteriori homini, h. e. corpori tuo quibuslibet intulerit, debet interior homo, i. e. animus tuus praeparatus esse ad illi ignoscendum. Item aliud sensus: si quis te percusserit in dextera maxilla et reliqua, quem sensum Augustinus nobilitatem, quae secundum Deum et quae secundum saeculum est, [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 67] exponit, quae latius in inferioribus exponemus.

But now we must find out what the Lord would wish to mean spiritually by this, which says: If someone strikes you on the right cheek, offer him the other as well. The meaning is [this]: for example, if you have taken a sentence from the divine books, and struck by a heretic, you should present him another sentence, which he cannot disprove, but is more likely be disproven by it. For the Lord wants us to be educated insomuch that we can oppose a heretic with sentences of the Divine Scripture until he is disproven. Or, in another sense: If someone strikes you on the right cheek, offer him the other as well, that is, if you are tormented on the outward man, that is, your body suffers from something, the inward man, that is, your soul, should be ready to ignore him. Even another sense: If someone strikes you on the right cheek, and so forth, which sense Augustine explains as rank, which can be according to God or according to the world, [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, CCSL 35, p. 67]10 which we have explained more widely later.

Sequitur: et ei, qui tunicam tuam vult tollere, remitte ei et pallium, i. e. si praedicator vel doctor tuus quaesierit a te confessionem peccatorum tuorum, quae in te intrinsecus latent, tu [autem] non solum illa occultiora peccata illi confitere, verum etiam et ea, quae extrinsecus opere [page 235] patrasti, illi manifesta. Alter vero sensus est: si quis tunicam tuam voluerit tollere, et reliqua; verbi gratia si quis voluerit animam tuam pro Christo tollere, tu [vero] remitte illi et pallium, i. e. non solum trade illi hanc vitam, quae in hoc sensu potius per animam intelligitur, verum etiam corpus tuum ad occidendum pro Christo illi tribue.

This is followed by: If anyone wants to sue you and take your shirt, let him have your cloak as well, that is, if a preacher or your teacher asks you a confession of your sins, which hide inside you, you [on the contrary] should not only confess him these hidden sins, but also those, which you have openly caused [page 235] and are known to him. Whereas another sense is: If anyone wants to sue you and take your shirt, and so forth; for example, if someone wants to take your life for Christ, let him have your cloak as well, that is, not only give him your life, which in this sense should be understood more as your soul, but give also your body to him to be slain for Christ.

Sequitur: et quicunque te angariaverit mille passus, vade cum eo alia duo; [Mt 5:42] verbi gratia si quislibet infidelis, vel qui necdum ad scientiam pervenit, coeperit tecum iter carpere in aliquo libro scripturarum divinarum, et ille mentionem unius personae, i. e. Patris tibi fecerit, debes illum ducere tamdiu per campum divinarum scripturarum, donec illi insinues proprietatem Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti, ut fiat totius sanctae et individuae Trinitatis cognitio, in qua omnis spes et salvatio nostra consistit.

This is followed by: And if anyone forces you to go one mile, go two with him; [Mt 5:42] for example if some unbeliever, or someone who has not yet gained knowledge, started to make his way with you into some book of the Divine Scripture, and he mentioned you one person [of the Trinity], for example, the Father, you should guide him through the fields of Divine Scripture as long until you introduce the properties of the Father and the Son and the Holy Ghost, so that knowledge emerges of the holy and undivided Trinity in its entirety, wherein lies our every hope and salvation.

Quia diximus superius, per maxillam dexteram nobilitatem Dei, et per sinistram nobilitatem seculi designari, investigandum est, qualiter nobilitas Dei sive saeculi spiritaliter significetur. Quid est enim maxilla, nisi facies? Quia enim non potest dici facies dextera vel sinistra, [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 67] ideo translative pro facie, quam voluit intelligi, maxillam dexteram vel sinistram Dominus posuit; per faciem enim cognitio intelligitur, quia ideo dicta est facies quasi effigies, eo quod ibi homo figuratur, i. e. cognoscitur, et per cognitionem nobilitas intelligitur, qua noscitur. Et quia per faciem cognitio intelligitur, manifestat Paulus, cum dicit: [cf. Augustine, op. cit., p. 66] Toleratis enim, si quis vos in servitutem redigit, si quis devorat, si quis accipit, si quis extollitur, si quis in faciem vos caedit. [2 Cor 11; 20-21; Augustine, loc. cit.] Caedere enim in faciem est contemni vel despici.

As we said before, by the right cheek is referred to rank according to God, by the left rank of the world, it needs to be investigated what is meant spiritually by rank according to God or to the world. For what is a cheek, if not a face? Because one cannot say left or right face, [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c.19,58, CCSL 35, p. 67]11 therefore interchangeable for face, which would mean, the Lord offered his right cheek or left; as by face is understood as likeness, for therefore the face [facies] is called almost like effigy [effigies], because thereby a man is given an appearance, that is, by which he is recognized; and recognition is to be understood as rank that is known.

Et quia in faciem caedere despici, contemni intelligitur, ostendit idem Paulus, cum subjungit: [cf. Augustine, loc. cit.] secundum ignobilitatem dico; [2 Cor 11:21; Augustine, loc. cit.] quod quidem non ideo dicit apostolus, ut illos non sustinerent, sed ut se magis, qui eos sic diligeret, ut se ipsum vellet pro eis impendi. Sed quoniam facies non potest dici, sicut diximus, dextera et sinistra, et tamen nobilitas et secundum Deum [page 236] et secundum hoc saeculum potest esse, [Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, pp. 66-67] investigandum est, quae sit nobilitas Dei et nobilitas saeculi.

And that face must be understood recognition, is demonstrated by Paul, when he says: [cf. Augustine, op. cit., p. 66]12 You put up with anyone who makes you his slaves, devours what you have, takes what is yours, orders you around, or, or slaps your face. [2 Cor 11;20-21; Augustine, loc. cit.] For to slap one’s face means contempt or despise. And that slapping of one’s face should be understood as despise or contempt, Paul himself reveals, when he adds: [cf. Augustine, loc. cit.]13 I am ashamed to admit it, [2 Cor 11:21; Augustine, loc. cit.] the Apostle did not intend this to mean that they should not bear with those men. Rather, he meant that they should bear with him, since he loved them so much that he was willing to be expended for them. However, the face cannot be designated as the right face and the left, but high rank can be either according to God [page 236] or according to the world, [Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, CCSL 35, pp. 66-67]14 [therefore] it must be investigated, what is rank of God and rank of the world.

Nobilitas secundum Deum est fides christiana aut aliquid, quod ad religionem pertinet divinam; nobilitas saeculi est aliquis honor vel officium saeculare, v. gr. ut si quis in te persequitur Christum vel fidem tuam, tu debes ostendere honorem saeculi, quem habes, et sicut in te persequitur Christum vel fidem tuam aut religionem sanctitatis forte, quam habes, quae intelligitur per nobilitatem Dei, tu debes illi praebere honorem vel officium saeculare, quod intelligitur per nobilitatem saeculi, ut, sicut in te contemnitur Christus, ita etiam nobilitas tua saecularis despiciatur, sicut Paulus legitur fecisse.

Rank according to God is the Christian faith or anything that pertains to the divine religion; rank of the world is any honor or secular title, for example, if you are persecuted by someone for Christ or your faith you should reveal those honors of the world which you have, and likewise, as you are persecuted for Christ or your faith, or maybe for the sanctity of the religion which you have, which is understood as rank according to God, you should show him an honor or a secular title, which is understood by rank of the world, so that when Christ is despised in you, also your worldly rank is despised, as Paul is read to have done.

Cum enim torqueretur, civis romanus sum, dixit. [cf Act 22:27-28; Augustine, op. cit., c. 19. 58, CCSL 35, p. 67] Ille enim, cum vidit, in se persequi Christum, ostendit etiam dignitatem saeculi, ut sicut in se despiciebatur Christus, ita et saecularis suus honor, qui per civem romanum intelligitur, despiceretur. Non enim natione sed honore civis romanus erat, eo quod captus a romanis fuerat et nutritus ab illis et ab ipsis etiam romanis Paulus honorem consecutus fuerat. Verumtamen non ea intentione quis debet pro Christo honorem suum ad contemnendum praebere, ut penitus liberetur, sed ut, si ad tempus liberatur pro salute aliorum, tamen paratus sit semper mori pro Christo, sicut etiam ipse Paulus fecit, qui, si ad tempus liberatus est causa salutis aliorum, tamen pro Christo mortem subiit.

For when he was tortured, he said: [I am] a Roman citizen. [cf. Act 22:27-28; Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, CCSL 35, p. 67] For, when he saw that Christ was persecuted in him, he revealed him also his worldly dignity, so that like they despised the Christ in him, they would also despise his worldly honor, which is understood by [the words] Roman citizen. For he was not a Roman citizen by birth but by honor, he who was captured by Romans and brought up by them and by the same Romans Paul had been awarded the honor. Indeed, no one should offer his honor to be despised upon for Christ in the intention to be freed within, but for, if he is freed for the sake of others for some time, nevertheless should be always prepared to die for Christ, as even Paul himself did, who, even though freed for some time for the sake of the salvation of others, nevertheless suffered death for Christ.

Nam poterat tunc dicere Paulus: Paratum cor meum, Deus, paratum cor meum. [Ps 56:8; Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 68] Quod si secundum literam velis intelligere, i. e. ad ostentationem operis, et non secundum spiritalem intelligentiam, i. e. ad praeparationem mentis, videtur Paulus apostolus hujus praecepti praevaricator existere, qui tempore persecutionis suae non videtur hoc Domini praeceptum implevisse. Ita enim legitur: Princeps autem sacerdotum Ananias praecepit astantibus sibi percutere os Pauli. Tunc Paulus ad eum dixit: Percutiet te Deus, paries dealbate! Et tu sedens judicas me secundum [page 237] legem, et contra legem jubes me percuti? Et qui astabant dixerunt: Summum sacerdotem Dei maledicis? Dixit autem Paulus: Nesciebam, fratres, quid princeps est sacerdotem; scriptum est enim: Principem populi tui ne maledicas. [Act 23: 2-5; cf. Augustine, loc. cit.]

For then could Paul say: My heart is committed, God, my heart is committed. [Ps 56:8; Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, CCSL 35, p. 68] If you want to understand this to the letter, that is, to the display of the deed, and not to the spiritual sense, that is to the preparation of the mind, Apostle Paul appears to have been guilty of breaking this precept, who in the time of his persecution does not appear to have fulfilled God’s orders. For it is read: Then the high priest Ananias ordered the men standing near him to strike him on the mouth. At this Paul said to him: “God will strike you, you whitewashed wall! How can you sit there and judge me according to [page 237] the law and yet in violation of the law order me struck?” The men standing near him asked: “Do you mean to insult God’s high priest?” Paul answered, “I didn’t realize, brothers, that he is the high priest. After all, it is written, ‘You must not speak evil about the ruler of your people.’” [Act 23:2-5; cf. Augustine, loc. cit.]

Ecce enim non solum non implevit, verum etiam verba maledictionis videtur intulisse. Sed Paulus plenissime noverat, quod hoc Dominus non ad demonstrationem operis sed ad praeparationem mentis praeceperit. Idcirco non in ostentationem operis sed in praeparationem mentis implevit, quia non solam alteram maxillam praebuit, verum etiam totum corpus suum pro Christo in mortem tradidit. Nam qui majora legitur implesse, constat et minora cum majoribus implere. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 59, CCSL 35, p. 69] Et quid mirum, si Paulus hoc non secundum literam implevit, cum etiam ipso Dominus, qui hoc jusserit, in ostentatione operis minime implevit, de quo legitur: quae coepit ipse Jesus facere et docere. [Act 1:1] Sic enim habes: Haec autem cum dixisset, unus assistens ministrorum dedit alapam Jesu dicens: Sic respondes principi? [Io 18.22] Respondit Jesus: Si male locutus sunt, testimonium perhibe de malo; si autem bene, quid me caedis? [Io 18:23; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, 68-69]

For he did not only act thus, but also seems to have cast words of insult. But Paul knew most perfectly that the Lord had not ordered this for the display of the deed but for the preparation of the mind. That is why he did not fulfill it for the display of deed but for the preparation of the mind, because he did not only offer his other cheek, but also his entire body for Christ in death. For who is known to have fulfilled great deeds, is known to have fulfilled lesser ones among the great. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,59, CCSL 35, p. 69] And no wonder if Paul did not fulfill this to the letter, when even Lord himself, who commanded this, did not fulfill it in display of the deed, of which can be read: everything Jesus did and taught from the beginning. [Act 1:1] You have thus: When he said this, one of the officers standing nearby slapped Jesus on the face and said: “Is that any way to answer the high priest?” [Io 18:22] Jesus answered him, “If you have said anything wrong, tell me what it was. But if I have told the truth, why do you hit me?” [Io 18.23; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, CCSL 35, 68-69]

Ecce non solum non praebuit alteram maxillam Dominus, verum etiam verba rationis intulit, qua non debuisset percuti. Et quamquam Dominus hoc secundum literam non impleverit, tamen secundum praeparationem mentis implevit, qui pro totius humani generis salute manibus impiorum corpus suum ad flagellandum et crucifigendum tradere dignatus est. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 69] Quia enim omnia implevit, istud parvissimum excipi non potest. Apparet manifeste, quia non ad ostentationem operis Dominus hoc jusserit implendi,20 cum nec Dominus nec Paulus nec ullus sanctorum secundum literam legitur implesse, quod Dominus et Paulus et omnes sancti inveniuntur secundam praeparationem cordis perfecisse.

Look: not only did the Lord not offer his other cheek, but also words of reason why he should not have been hit. And although the Lord did not fulfill this to the letter, but fulfilled it in the sense of preparation of the mind, he who deigned to render his body for the salvation of the whole of mankind into the hands of the impious to be scourged and crucified. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, CCSL 35, p. 69]15 Because he fulfilled all, this most minute [detail] cannot be held an exception. For it appears manifest, because Lord did not command that this should be fulfilled for the display of the deed, when neither the Lord nor Paul nor anyone of the holy men is read to have fulfilled it to the letter, what Lord and Paul and every one of the holy men is known to have fulfilled in the sense of preparation of the heart.

Nunc suboritur quaestio, cur Paulus, sicut superius diximus, videtur maledixisse? Dicit enim principi Ananiae: Percutiet te Deus, paries dealbate! cum ipse nobis praeceperit: Benedicite persequentibus vos; [page 238] benedicite et nolite maledicere. [Rm 12:14; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 21, 71, CCSL 35, pp. 79-80] Videtur enim sibimetipsi Paulus contrarius esse, cum aliis [enim] praecipit, non maledicere, et ipso maledictionis verba intorsisse suis persecutoribus videtur. Sed tamen si sobrie considerentur haec verba, magis [enim] prophetia in illis quam maledictio intelligitur; [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, p. 68] hoc enim genus locutionis saepissime in scripturis divinis reperitur, maxime in psalmis et prophetis. Sancti enim, cum haec verba proferunt, non maledicentis voto dicunt, sed pleni spiritu prophetiae cognoscentes, futurum interitum illorum immutabilem esse, illum praenuntiant et praedicunt, esse quandoque venturum. Non enim optant, ut veniat illis, quibus loquuntur malum, sed pronuntiant, quia veniet super illos malum.

Now arises the question, why Paul, as we said before, appears to have cursed? For he said to high priest Ananias: God will strike you, you whitewashed wall!, whereas he himself admonished us: Bless those who persecute them. [page 238] Keep on blessing them, and never curse them. [Rm 12:14; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 21,71, CCSL 35, pp. 79-80] It can be seen that Paul himself was contrary to what he admonished others, never to curse, himself hurling words of curse. But nevertheless these words are considered so moderate that they must be understood more by way of prophecy than curse; [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, p. 68]16 for this manner of addressing can often be found in the Divine Scripture, even in the Psalms and Prophets. For the holy men, when they set forth these words, did not say them in order to curse, but feeling in full spirit of prophesy that their future deaths were immutable, they foretold and proclaimed them, seeing them coming. For they did not wish that evil would happen to those whom they spoke of but proclaimed that evil would come unto them.

Etiam ipsa litera hoc, quod Paulus maledicere videtur, non sinit maledictum esse, sed prophetiam, quia non optativo modo protulit, sed indicativo; ita enim habes: Percutiet te Deus, paries dealbate: non enim dicit percutiat. Iterum etiam ipsa verba subsequentia indicant, Paulum non maledixisse. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 22, 72, CCSL 35, pp. 90 Ait enim: Nescivi fratres, quia princeps est sacerdotum; scriptum est enim: Principem populi tui non maledices. [Act 23:5; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 68] Ubi ostenditur, quia non maledicentis animo dixerit. Quodsi maledicentis animo dixisset, non talia verba tranquilla, sed plena ira diceret. [cf. Augustine, loc. cit.] Similiter etiam Alexandro videtur maledicere; ait enim: Alexander aerarius multa mala fecit mihi; reddet illi Dominus secundum, opera sua. [2 Tim 14; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 22, 73, CCSL 35, p. 80]

Also those words, which Paul is seen as cursing, were not meant to be a curse, but prophecy, because he did not use the optative, but the indicative: therefore you have: God will strike you, you whitewashed wall, for he does not say: May God strike you. Furthermore, the following words demonstrate that Paul was not cursing, [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 22,72, CCSL 35, pp. 80-81]17 for he says: “I didn’t realize, brothers, that he is the high priest. After all, it is written, ‘You must not speak evil about the ruler of your people.’” [Act 23:5; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19,58, CCSL 35, p. 68] There it is shown that he did not say it with a slanderous mind. For if he had said it in a slanderous mind, he would have not used such peaceful words, but ones full of hatred. [cf. Augustine, loc. cit.]18 In the same way he can be seen to curse Alexander, as he says: Alexander the metalworker did me a great deal of harm. The Lord will pay him back for what he did. [2 Tim 14; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 22,73, CCSL 35, p. 83] In the same way he does not say in the optative mood may [the Lord] pay [him] back, but in the indicative mood [the Lord] will pay [him] back. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 22,72, CCSL 35, p. 80]

Similiter etiam in hoc loco non optativo modo reddat, sed indicativo modo dixit reddet. Hic suboritur alia quaestio: Cur Paulus astantibus dixit de Anania: Nescivi fratres, quia princeps est sacerdotum; scriptum est: Principem populi tui non maledices, cum antea ipsi Ananiae dixerat: Percutiet te Dominus, paries dealbate! Tu sedens judicas me secundum legem, et contra legem jubes me percuti? Videtur mentiri. Ac si diceret: 'Non istum scio principem, sed illum unum scio principem omnium, quem in me persequimini, Christum; nam istum non scio principem, qui afforis21 videtur tenere locum judicis, intus est plenus iniquitate [page 239] et malitia.' Unde etiam illi digne Paulus dixit: Percutiet de Dominus, paries dealbate! paries enim dealbatus intus est luteus, foris autem candidus, ac si diceret: sicut parietem dealbatum te cognosco, h. e. sicut diximus, quamquam te foris videam locum judicii tenere, intus tamen plenum iniquitate cerno. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 19, 58, CCSL 35, p. 68]

From this springs up another question in succession: Why Paul said to the men standing near him about Ananias: “I did not realize, brothers, that he is the high priest. After all, it is written, ‘You must not speak evil about the ruler of your people,’” when he himself had said just before to Ananias: God will strike you, you whitewashed wall! How can you sit there and judge me according to the law and yet in violation of the law order me struck?” He would appear to be lying. And if he said: “I do not know that ruler, but only one ruler of us all, whom you persecute in me, the Christ; for I do not know that ruler, who appears to hold the seat of a judge, for inside he is full of unevenness [page 239] and ill will.” About whom Paul also said fittingly: God will strike you, you whitewashed wall, as a whitewashed wall is dirty on the inside but pure white on the outside, as if he had said: I know you to be like a whitewashed wall, this is, like we have said, when I saw you from the outside I saw you hold a seat of justice, while from the inside I know that you are full of unevenness. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c.19,58, CCSL 35, p. 68]19

His autem verbis non excluduntur ecclesiasticae disciplinae, quia magistri ecclesiarum, etsi flagella suis subditis inferunt, non causa invidiae vel odii faciunt; et hoc quia ita est, in patribus possumus cognoscere. Patres enim cum filios suos flagellant, quos per aetates odire non possunt, [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 63, CCSL 35, p. 73] non causa odii, sed salutis illorum eos flagellant; nam si viderint, quoslibet volle occidere suos filios, parati sunt, pro suis filiis, quos flagellant, mori. Et sicut non periculosum hoc esse in patribus scimus, hoc etiam in magistris non periculosum esse cognoscimus, quia illi, sicut diximus, non odii causa aut etiam sui causa ulciscendi cupiditatem, sed causa salutis illorum facere student; nam pro illis non solum tanta, verum etiam plura ei, majora parati sunt sustinere. Hi tamen haec possunt exercere absque periculo, qui omne odium et omnem invidiam a cordibus suis expellunt, et tunc, cum ita fecerint, inveniuntur imitatores divinae aequitatis, qui ait: Ego, quos amo, arguo et castigo. [Apc 3:19] Et iterum: Castigat Deus omnem filium, quem recipit. [Hbr 12:6; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 63, CCSL 35, p. 72] Et iterum: Servus, qui non cognoverit voluntatem domini sui et fecerit digna plagis, vapulabit paucis; et, servus, qui cognoverit voluntatem domini sui et fecerit digna plagis, vapulabit multis. [cf. Lc 12:47-48; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 63, CCSL 35, pp. 72-73]

The ecclesiastical disciplines are not excluded of these words, for even if masters of the churches brought the whip upon their subordinates, they would not do it because of envy or hate; and that this is how it is, we may learn from [the example of] fathers. For when fathers whip their sons, whom they cannot hate because of their youth, [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20,63, CCSL 35, p. 73]20 they do it not because of hate, but for their own good; for if they were to see that someone would want to kill their sons, they would be prepared to die for their sons whom they are whipping. And as we know that this is not dangerous with the fathers, we also learn that this is not dangerous with the masters, because they, as we have said, they try to do it, not for the reason of hatred or for the lust for revenge, but for the reason of their own good; for they are ready to suffer for their sake not only as much but even more. Nevertheless they can do this without risk, because they expel all hate and envy from their hearts, and upon doing so, they become imitators of divine equity which says: I correct and discipline those I love. [Apc 3:19] And again: For the Lord disciplines [the one he loves and he punishes] every son he accepts. [Hbr 12:6; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20,63, CCSL 35, p. 72] And again: The servant who knew what his master wanted but didn’t prepare himself or do what was wanted will receive a severe beating. And the servant who did things deserving a beating without knowing it will receive a light beating. [cf. Lc 12:47-48; cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20,63, CCSL 35, pp. 72-73]

Et quid mirum, si sancti flagella ingerunt, cum etiam legantur mortem intulisse in libris maxime veteris Testamenti, sicuti Elias, qui trecentos viros manibus suis occidit et centum igne occidit cum principibus suis... cum principibus suis,22 et Moyses, et Phinees et Matathias et caeteri sancti leguntur mortem intulisse; et in novo Testamento Petrus et Paulus invenitur similiter fecisse. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 64, CCSL 35, 73-74.] Mors enim est separatio animae a corpore sive migratio de hoc saeculo praesente ad [page 240] futurum. Mors autem per se nec bona est nec mala, sed propter adjacentes alias res dicitur aut bona, aut mala esse. Mala enim dicitur esse, sicut est illud: Mors peccatorum pessima; [Ps 33:22] bona autem dicitur, sicut est illud: Pretiosa in conspectu Domini mors sanctorum ejus. [Ps 15:6] Sancti enim pro duobus modis mortem inferunt malis. Primo modo, quia cognoscunt, malos augere vivendo peccata, ideo mortis sententiam in illos inferunt, ut, qui nolunt recedere vivendo a peccatis, saltem per mortem desistant peccare, ne si auxerint vivendo peccata, augeant sibi tormenta perpetua. Altero vero modo inferunt mortem sancti, quia cognoscunt, malos mortem timere, et ob hoc morte condemnant alios, ut viventes, cum vident alios morte esse condemnatos, timore mortis perterriti desistant peccare. Si enim sancti, qui in veteri testamento mortem intulerunt malis, non reprehenduntur, sed magis laudantur, cur apostoli, qui non recepti sunt a civitate, reprehenduntur a Domino, cum peterent ignem de coelo? [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 64, CCSL 35, p. 74]

And no wonder, if holy men wielded whips, when it is read in the books of the Old Testament that they also even inflicted death, like Elijah, who killed three hundred men with his own hands and a hundred with fire with their leaders, and Moses, Phineas and Mattathias and other holy men are read to have caused death; and in the New Testament Peter and Paul can be found to have done the same. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20,64, CCSL 35, pp. 73-74]21 For death is the separation of soul from body or migration from this present world to the next. For death in itself is neither good nor evil, but because of other adjoining things is said to be either good or evil. For it is said to be evil, like this: Evil will kill the wicked; [Ps 33:22] but on the other hand, it is said to be good, like this: In the sight of the Lord, the death of his faithful ones is valued. [Ps 15:6] For the holy men brought death upon the wicked in two ways. In the first way, because they recognized that if let live, the wicked will grow in sin, therefore they brought the sentence of death upon them so that they who did not want to stand back from sin while alive, at least in death would cease to sin, for if they increased their sins by staying alive, they would increase their eternal punishment. In the other way the holy men delivered death because they knew that the wicked fear death, and because of this they condemned others [to death], so that the living ones, when they see others condemned to death, they will refrain from sinning, thoroughly terrified by the fear of death. For if the holy men, who in the Old Testament brought death to the wicked, were not reproached, but more likely praised, then why the Apostles were reproached by the Lord, when they asked fire from the sky when they were not permitted entry to a town? [cf. Augustine, op.cit., c.20, 64, CCSL 35, p. 74]22

Legitur enim: Misit nuntios ante, conspectum suum et euntes intraverunt in civitatem Samaritanorum, ut pararent illi, et non receperunt cum, quia facies ejus erat cuntis Jerusalem. Cum vidissent autem discipuli ejus Jacobus et Joannes, dixerunt: Domine, vis, dicimus, ut ignis descendat de coelo et consumat illos? Et conversus increpavit illos et dixit: Nescitis, cujus Spiritus estis; filius hominis, non venit, animas perdere, sed salvare. [Lc 9:52-56] Vel quid est, quod non petras vel aliud quid elementi petierunt, sed ignem? Idcirco ignem petierant, quia cognoverant, Eliam igne centum cum principibus suis occidisse. Sed quam vis opera illius cognoverant, tamen intentionem ipsius, qua hoc fecisset, nescierant. Dominus enim idcirco eos reprehendit, quia non ea intentione ipsi petierant, qua Elias petiit; Elias enim zelo Dei hoc fecerat, apostoli autem non zelo Dei, sed causa ulciscendi, quia non recepti erant.

For it is read: “[So] he sent messengers on ahead of him. On their way they went into a Samaritan village to get things ready for him. But the people didn’t welcome him, because he was determined to go to Jerusalem. When his disciples James and John saw this, they said: “Lord, do you want us to call down fire from the heaven to destroy them, as Elijah did?” But he turned and rebuked them, and said: you do not know what spirit you are of; for the Son of Man came not to destroy men’s lives, but to save them.23 [Lc 9:52-56] But what is that they did not ask for rocks or some other substance, but fire? They asked for fire for the reason because they knew that Elijah slew a hundred men with their leaders with fire. But although they knew his deeds, they did not know his intentions for what he had done them. For the Lord reproached them because they had not asked for it for the same reason as Elijah; for Elijah did it for the zeal of God, whereas the apostles not for the zeal of God, but for the sake of revenge, because they were not welcomed.

Sed tamen apostoli nescientes intentionem Eliae, ideo istud petebant, quia, quamvis Spiritum Sanctum acceperant, tamen ejusdem Spiritus Sancti virtute non erant referti. Decimo vero die post ascensionem Domini acceperunt plenitudinem Spiritus Sancti [page 241] et cognoverunt intentionem Heliae et caeterorum sanctorum, qua intentione mortem malis intulissent. Coeperunt etiam simili modo postea mortem malis inferre, sicuti legitur Petrus fecisse Ananiae et Saphirae, uxori ejus, quos propter fraudem pretii, quod defraudaverat,23 morte condemnavit. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 64, CCSL 35, p. 74]

But nevertheless the apostles, ignorant of Elijah’s intentions, asked for it for the reason that even though they had accepted the Holy Ghost, they nevertheless had not been brought back into the virtue of the same Holy Ghost. For on the tenth day after the ascension of the Lord they accepted the Holy Ghost in its entirety [page 241] and came to know the intentions of Elijah and other holy men for bringing death upon the wicked. In the same way, they began to deal death to the wicked, as it is read that Peter did to Ananias and Sapphira, his wife, whom he condemned to death because of the fraud of the money which they tried to defraud. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c.20, 64, CCSL 35, p. 74]

Paulus autem secundum quorundam sensum de quodam incestore dicit: [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 65, CCSL 35, p. 74] Tradite (tradere) hujusmodi hominem angelo Satanae in interitum carnis, ut spiritus salvus sit in die domini nostri Jesu Christi.24 [1 Cor 5:5; cf. Augustine, loc. cit.] Omnis enim laesio, qua iterum laeditur quis, aut minor est priore aut aequalis aut major.

On the other hand, according to a certain verse, Paul says about an incestuous man: [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 65, CCSL 35, p. 74]24 Hand this man over to the [angel of] Satan for the destruction of his flesh, so that his spirit may be saved on the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. [1 Cor 5:5; cf. Augustine, loc. cit.] For every injury, when inflicted again, is either lesser than the former or equal to it or greater.

Per hoc, quod jubetur, percutienti dexteram maxillam praebere sinistram, intelligitur illa laesio, quae minor est, quia dextera maxilla carior habetur, quam sinistra. Et per hoc, quod jubetur, auferenti tunicam dimittere pallium, illa percussio intelligitur, quae aequalis est, quia pallium aequali quantitate est cum tunica; quodsi pallium tunicam praecellat, tamen parum praecellit. Item per angariationem unius milliarii, in qua praecipitur ire duo, intelligitur illa percussio, quae major est. Per percussionem dexterae intelligitur omnis injuria, quae injuste fit; per ablationem autem tunicae intelligitur omnis ablatio, quae ingeniose et callide efficitur. Item per angariationem milliarii intelligitur omnis operatio, quae injuste jubetur. Item omne genus laesionis aut non restituitur aut restituitur aut ex utroque conficitur, i. e. et potest restitui, et non potest restitui. Per percussionem dexterae intelligitur illa laesio, quae restitui non potest; nam quam quam propter satisfactionem furoris repercutiat ille, qui percussus est, tamen ab illo percussio sibi illata non aufertur. Item per praebitionem pallii intelligitur illa laesio, quae restitui potest, verbi gratia si auferatur equus aut possessio aut domus aut aliquid possessionis, potest reddi. Item per angariationem milliarii intelligitur illud genus laesionis, quae restitui potest et non potest, v. gr. si aliquod opus alicui injuste injungitur faciendi,25 [page 242] potest ille, cui injunctum est, si velit, ut illud opus, quod ipse alii fecit, sibi operetur; vel si ita noluerit, potest aliquid pro eodem opere recipere. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 66, CCSL 35, pp. 75-76] In his ergo omnibus generibus injuriarum Dominus docet, patientissimum et misericordissimum et ad plura perferenda paratissimum animum christiani esse debere. [Augustine, op. cit., c. 20, 66, CCSL 35, p. 76]

In this sense, when it is told to offer the left cheek to the one who strikes you on the right, this is understood as a lesser injury, because the right cheek is held dearer than the left. In this sense, when it is told to give the cloak to the one who takes your shirt, this blow is understood as equal, because a cloak is of the same quantity as a shirt; for even though a cloak may surpass a shirt [in quality], it nevertheless does so only by little. Likewise with the forced march of one mile, when it is urged to go two, this blow is understood as greater. Likewise every kind of injury is either restored or not restored or combination of both; that is, it both can be restored and cannot be restored. By the stroke to the right cheek it is understood as an injury which cannot be restored; for even though he who was struck would strike back in order to satisfy his anger, this would not undo the first stroke. Likewise by the giving of the cloak is understood as an injury which can be restored, for example, if a horse or some property or a house or some other property were taken from you, it can be given back. Likewise by the forced march it is understood that kind of injury which both can be restored and cannot be restored, for example, if some work is unjustly imposed upon someone, [page 242] the one who was imposed, if he wanted, could take for himself the [results of the] work, which he had done for the other, for himself; or, if he did not want thus, he could receive something for the same work. [cf. Augustine, op. cit., c. 20,66, CCSL 35, pp. 75-76.]25 In all these classes of injuries, therefore, the Lord teaches that the disposition of a Christian ought to be most patient and compassionate, and thoroughly prepared to endure more. [Augustine, op. cit., c. 20,66, CCSL 35, p. 76.]26

In hoc vero loco, ubi dicitur: angariati milliario vadunt alia duo, ista debet esse discretio: cum enim mitteris foras in obedientia et forte inveneris aliquem in ipsa obedientia, et dixerit tibi, ut dimittas obedientiam tuam et eas cum illo, tu [autem] habe voluntatem, cum illo ire, [et] tamen non debes ire pro obedientia abbatis. Si autem compulerit, ut eas, tunc debes ire.

However, in the place, where it is said: when pressed into service for one mile, they go two, there should be discretion: for when you are sent out on a task and perchance encounter someone while on this task, and he tells you to abandon your task and go with him, and you [moreover] want to go with him, you nevertheless should not go for the obedience of the abbot. But if you are forced, then you should go.

Sequitur: cum Paulo apostolo falsos fratres sustinent et persecutiones, et maledicentes se benedicunt. Si enim Paulus apostolus falsos fratres et persecutiones sustinuit, qui dilectus Deo fuit et praedicator gentium, quanto magis tu debes sustinere falsos fratres et persecutiones, et maledicentes te benedicere?

This is followed by: With the Apostle Paul, they bear with false brothers, endure persecution, and bless those who curse them. For if Apostle Paul, who was dear to God and the preacher of the peoples, bore with false brothers and persecution, how much more you should endure false brothers and persecution, and bless those who curse you?

Milliarium enim mille passibus terminatur et dictum milliarium, quasi mille adium, habens pedum quinque millia; [Isidore, Etymologiae XV, c. 16, n. 2] nam passus quinque pedes habet.

For a mile is completed in a thousand paces, and is called “mile” (milliarium), as if it were a ‘thousand-length’ (mille-adium) having five thousand feet; [Isidore, Etymologiae XV, c. 16, n. 2]27 for a pace has five feet.

 
1. Venarde (2011, 50) translates “auferenti” here as “the one stealing”, but, considering the litigious context of Mt 5:40, also mentioned by Hildemar, I will translate it here as “the one taking away”.
2. Venarde (2011, 50) translates “sustinent” here as “support”, as his translation of the Rule, following St. Gallen, Stiftsbibliothek, Cod. Sang. 914 (http://www.e-codices.unifr.ch/en/list/one/csg/0914), p. 44, omits “et persecutionem”, which the copyist had interpreted as a later addition (cf. Venarde 2011, 250). However, since Hildemar’s version of the Rule includes this expression, I will translate “sustinent” here as “bear with” or “endure”.
3. Scriptural quotations are here mainly following the International Standard Version.
4. Note that Venarde’s translation of the Rule has already named the subject of this sentence which Hildemar is yet to disclose.
5. Here after Venarde’s translation.
6. From here on, Hildemar’s discussion follows closely to Augustine’s exposition on the Sermon on the Mount (book 1, chapters 19-22). In addition, Hildemar quotes almost all the same Scriptural passages as Augustine. The references to Augustine are cited here as follows: quotations are cited normally, paraphrases with comparison (cf.); and Scriptural quotations (also used by Augustine) primarily to the Bible and secondarily to Augustine.
7. Here quoted after: From Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, 1st Series, vol. 6, tr. W. Findlay, ed. P. Schaff (Buffalo, NY: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1888), rev. & ed. K. Knight. http://www.newadvent.org/fathers/16011.htm
8. Sicut per maxillam – omne opus coactum designatur: paraphrase of Augustine.
9. In multis enim — dextera invenitur: paraphrase of Augustine.
10. Nobilitatem, quae — secundum saeculum est: paraphrase of Augustine.
11. Quia enim non potest - vel sinistra: paraphrase of Augustine.
12. Per faciem enim – cum dicit: paraphrase of Augustine.
13. Caedere enim – cum subjungit: paraphrase of Augustine.
14. Here quoted after: Saint Augustine: Commentary on the Lord’s Sermon on the Mount with Seventeen Related Sermons, The Fathers of the Church, vol. 11, tr. D. J. Kavanagh (O.S.A.), (Washington, D.C.: The Catholic University of America Press, 1951, repr. 1977).
15. Et quamquam – dignatus est: paraphrase of Augustine.
16. Magis [enim] prophetia – maledictio intelligitur: paraphrase of Augustine.
17. Hoc enim genus – non maledixisse: paraphrase of Augustine.
18. Ubi ostenditur – plena ira diceret: paraphrase of Augustine.
19. Ac si diceret – plenum iniquitate cerno: paraphrase of Augustine.
20. The words cum principibus suis are duplicated in Mittermüller’s edition (p. 239), but not in all of the manuscripts, cf. eg. Paris, BNF Lat. 12637, f. 64v (http://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b9066143x).
21. Paulus autem – ut spiritus salvus sit: paraphrase of Augustine.
22. Quia enim non potest — vel sinistra: paraphrase of Augustine.
23. Missing part of the verse (Lc 9:55-56) supplemented here from New American Standard Bible.
24. Idcirco ignem petierunt – de quodam incestore dicit: paraphrase of Augustine.
25. Item omne genus laesionis – pro eodem opere recipere: paraphrase of Augustine.
26. Here quoted after Findlay, op. cit.
27. Here quoted after: The Etymologies of Isidore of Seville, tr. S. A. Barney et al., Cambridge University Press 2006, XV.xvi.2, 316.

DE QUINTO GRADU HUMILITATIS

[Ms P, fol. 65rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 148r; Ms E1, fol 71v; Ms E2, fol. 96v]

CONCERNING THE FIFTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Michael Klaassen

44Quintus humilitatis gradus est, si omnes malas cogitationes cordi suo advenientes vel mala a se absconse commissa per humilem confessionem abbati non celaverit suo.

44The fifth stage of humility is the point at which, through humble confession, he does not hide from his own abbot all the evil thoughts which come to his heart or the evils committed by himself in secret.

Aptum enim et congruum ordinem tenuit B. Benedictus et in hoc loco, cum dicit, quintum gradum esse, peccatorum et cogitationum confessionem esse faciendam, quia, dixerat rem grandem atque valde arduam in eo, quod prius dixerat, primum gradum esse, si timorem Dei et reliqua habuerit monachus, eo quod iste timor servilis trahit hominem ad monasterium, quia cum homo timet poenam perpetuam, venit ad monasterium; ista sana est conversio.

St. Benedict has maintained an appropriate and sensible progression also in this place when he says that it is the fifth stage in which confession of sins and thoughts must be made because he had said that the first stage, which he spoke about earlier, was a serious matter and very difficult in itself, when a monk has the fear of God and so on, to the point that that humble fear draws a man to the monastery. Because when a man fears eternal punishment he comes to a monastery; this is a healthy conversion.

Nam sunt multi, qui non causa timoris poenae,23 sed causa [page 243] necessitatis victus aut potus vel timoris24 veniunt ad monasterium, et quamvis istorum conversio non est sana, i. e. recta, [sed] tamen quandoque miserante Domino fit recta, i. e. incipit a timore et vadit per hos gradus usque ad dilectionem.

For there are many who, not because of the fear of punishment, [page 243] but because of the fear for the necessity of food or drink come to the monastery. And although the conversion of those sorts of people is not healthy, or correct, still sometimes it becomes correct through the compassion of God, that is, it begins from fear and moves through these stages to love.

Et iterum sunt alii, qui non causa timoris poenae perpetuae aut necessitatis aut alicujus rei, sed solius dilectionis Dei,25 quia, sicuti in seculo sunt boni, ita pro amore Dei veniunt ad monasterium.

What is more, there are others who come to the monastery not because of fear of eternal punishment or of survival or of some other thing, but only because of their love of God, since, just as there are good people in the world, thus they come to the monastery out of love of God.

Deinde post timorem subjunxit abrenuntiationem propriarum voluntatum, et postmodum inde subjunxit obedientiam et ipsam obedientiam grandem rem et arduam dixit, cum dicit duris et contrariis rebus, et reliqua. Ideo subjunxit istum quintum gradum humilitatis, ubi de confessione dicit, ut, si aliquid propter magnitudinem rei, quam dixit, excessus fuisset,26 in hoc gradu confiteretur, quasi diceret S. Benedictus: quia rem magnam et arduam dixi, ideo dico nunc de confessione, ut, quod in magnis aut arduis constitutus murmurando aut negligenter agendo excessit, confessione sanetur.

Then, after fear, he commands next the renunciation of one's own wishes and then he commands obedience, and that obedience he says is a serious and difficult thing when he says, “in hard and difficult circumstances” and so on. And so he commanded this fifth stage of humility where he speaks about confession so that, if he has crossed the line in some way because of the magnitude of the thing which he said, he confesses at this stage. It is as though Benedict were saying, “because I said that it (obedience) was a great and difficult thing, I now speak of confession so that that which he has done wrong when placed in great and difficult circumstances by grumbling or acting carelessly, may now be healed through confession.”

Nunc videndum est, quare cum dixit malas, non dixit etiam bonas? Ideo non dicit bonas, quia difficile videtur, si de bonis dixisset, eo quod sunt multi monachi, qui valde sunt solliciti erga servitutem Dei et erga studium spiritale et erga bonas cogitationes, ut, in quantum humana fragilitas sinit, paene omnes cogitationes suas bonas habeant. Deinde, sicut dixi de istis talibus, qui solliciti sunt erga bonas cogitationes, ut omnes cogitationes bonas comprehenderent et eas spiritali patri nuntiarent, altero modo ideo non dixit omnes bonas, quia sunt multi, qui adeo sunt in contemplatione Dei positi et tam bonas cogitationes vident, quas nullomodo possunt verbis explicare, quia, sicut dixi, quamquam vestigia videant, tamen non possunt narrare.

Now we must understand why, when he said “evil thoughts” he did not also say “good thoughts.” He does not say “good thoughts” because it seems a difficult thing, if he had spoken about good (thoughts), since there are many monks who are so zealous towards the service of God and spiritual zeal and good thoughts that, in as much as human fragility allows it, they consider almost all their own thoughts good. Next, just as I said - about those sorts of people who are so zealous towards good thoughts that they gather their good thoughts and announce them to a spiritual father - in another sense he did not say “all good thoughts” because there are many who are so dedicated to the contemplation of God and see good thoughts which cannot be put into words because, just as I said, although they see the traces, they are still unable to describe them.

Iterum videndum est, quare cum dixit malas cogitationes, praemisit omnes? Impossibile videtur. Non est impossibile, [page 244] quia superius reddidit sollicitum B. Benedictus monachum, ut non reciperet malas cogitationes, ubi dixit: 18Nam ut sollicitus sit erga cogitationes suas perversas, dicat semper utilis frater in corde suo; tum immaculatus ero [Ps 18:14] et reliq. Bene dixit, ut non recipiat cogitationes malas, quia, cum in deliberationem non exeunt malae cogitationes, tunc non recipiuntur. Non credidit, ullum monachum adeo recepisse malas cogitationes, ut eas numerare non potuisset.

Now we must understand why, when he said “evil thoughts” he added “all.” It seems impossible. [page 244] But it is not impossible because in a passage above St. Benedict made the monk attentive that he not admit evil thoughts when he said: 18Therefore, in order that he may be careful about his own evil thoughts, let the practical brother always say in his heart: Then I shall be without blemish [Ps 18:14] and so on. It is well that he said, “that he not receive evil thoughts” since, when evil thoughts do not pass into deliberation, they are not then “received.” He did not believe that any monk had “received” so many evil thoughts that he would be unable to enumerate them.

Altero modo ideo praemisit omnes, quia non de omnibus cogitationibus dixit, quae vadunt et veniunt, sed de illis dixit, quae in corde consistunt et habitant, et propterea dixit cordi suo advenientes. Sed iste secundus sensus nobilior est primo.

And he added “all” in another sense, because he did not speak about all thoughts, which come and go, but he spoke about those which remain and dwell in the heart. And for this reason he said “coming into his heart.” Now, that second sense is better than the first.

Nunc autem summopere pensandum est, qualiter intelligendum sit hoc, quod hic dicit: omnes cogitationes suas cordi suo advenientes vel mala a se absconse commissa per humilem confessionem abbati non celaverit suo, et: in inferiori capitulo dicit: Si animae vero peccati causa fuerit lateris, tantum abbati aut spiritalibus senioribus patefaciat, qui sciant curare sua et aliena vulnera non detegere et publicare. [Regula Benedicti, c. 46.5] Valde videtur sibi contrarius in eo, quod hic dicit abbati, et inferius dicit abbati et senioribus spiritalibus. Sunt alii, qui intelligunt, quia cogitationes malas possit monachus ant abbati aut senioribus spiritalibus patefacere, prout vult, opus autem malum a se absconse commissum solummodo abbati debeat confiteri. Et sunt alii, qui dicunt: 'Non est verum, quia in inferiori capitulo dicit: aut abbati aut senioribus spiritalibus tam cogitationes quam opera.' Deinde respondent isti, qui dicunt, ut opus solummodo abbati confiteatur quis: 'Non est verum, quia in illo capitulo inferiore solummodo de cogitationibus dicit et non de opere, sicut et vos dicitis.' Et iterum respondent illi: 'Si illic solummodo de cogitationibus sit intelligendum, quare ei27 dixit in isto quinto gradu cogitationes?' Deinde respondent illi: 'Non est contrarium, quia istae cogitationes et causa latens peccati in unum congruunt, eo quod mos est [page 245] ss. scripturarum, latentem causam pro cogitationibus ponere.

But now, finally, we must investigate in what way this ought to be understood, when he says: “he does not hide from his abbot all the evil thoughts coming into his heart or evils committed by himself in secret.” And in a later chapter he says, “If the soul has some hidden cause of sin, let him confess only to his abbot or spiritual superiors, who know how to take care not to uncover and speak publicly about their own and others' hurts.” [Regula Benedicti, c. 46.5] Indeed, it seems a contradiction that here he says “to his abbot” and later on he says “to the abbot and spiritual superiors.” There are some who understand this to mean that a monk is able, as he wishes, to make known his evil thoughts either to his abbot or to his spiritual superiors, but that he ought to confess an evil deed committed in secret to his abbot alone. And there are others who say, “That is not so, for he says in a later chapter: 'both thoughts and deeds either to the abbot or spiritual superiors.'“ Then those who say that someone should confess a deed only to the abbot respond, “That is not so, because in that later chapter he is speaking only about thoughts and not about a deed, as you claim.” And they, in turn, reply, “If we are to understand only 'thoughts' in that place, why did he says 'thoughts' in this fifth stage?” Then they reply, “There is no contradiction because those thoughts and the hidden cause of sin come together into one, because it is the custom of [page 245] holy scripture to use the term 'secret cause' instead of 'thoughts.'

V. gr. porrexisti aut dedisti alicui non habens licentiam dandi aliquid, sine licentia absconse: quid agendum est tibi pro hac negligentia?' Tu respondes mihi: 'Confiteor hoc aut abbati aut spiritali fratri.' Quare? quia B. Benedictus dicit inferius: Si animae vero peccati causa fuerit latens, tantum abbati aut senioribus spiritalibus patefaciat. Dico tibi: 'Non dicit tibi B. Benedictus de opere commisso, sed de cogitationibus, quia de operibus commissis et absconsis in isto quinto gradu dicitur; ait enim: Quintus humilitatis gradus est, si omnes cogitationes et reliqua.' Respondet:28 'Bene dixi, quia in inferiori capitulo de cogitatione et de opere dicit; nam si solummodo ibi de cogitationibus causa latens est intelligendum, quare hic in isto quinto similiter de cogitationibus etiam dicit?' Respondit:29 'Bene B. Benedictus de cogitationibus in isto quinto gradu dicit, quia cogitatio est peccatum latens secundum morem scripturae divinae; mos est enim scripturae divinae, de peccato, quod in cogitationibus fit, latens peccatum dicere.' Tres quippe mortuos Dominus suscitavit, filiam archisynagogi adhuc in domo jacentem, resuscitavit juvenem, filium viduae, extra portam elatum, resuscitavit Lazarum quadriduanum. Intueatur quisquam animam suam; si peccat, moritur, peccatum enim mors animae est. [cf. Augustinus, In Evangelium Ioannis Tractatus 124, c. 49.3] Per filiam autem archisynagogi intelligitur illud peccatum, quod in cogitatione fit, de qua cogitatione in isto quinto gradu et in inferiori capitulo,30 ubi dicitur si causa latens peccati, unum significans. Per illum vero mortuum, qui est elatus extra portam, significat peccatum perpetratum in opere, sed absconse commissum, unde in hoc quinto gradu dicitur vel mala a se absconse commissa. Et per Lazarum in monumento significat illud peccatum publice cominissum, de quo dicitur: is autem frater, qui gravioris culpae noxa tenetur et reliqua. [Regula Benedicti, c. 45.1]

For example, you offered and gave something to someone when you had no permission to give it, without permission and secretly. What must you do for this misstep? You answer me: 'I confess it either to the abbot or a spiritual brother.' Why? Because St. Benedict says below, 'If the soul has a hidden cause of sin, let him confess it only to the abbot or spiritual superiors.' I say to you that St. Benedict is not speaking to you about a committed act, but about thoughts, because he speaks of committed and hidden deeds in the fifth stage, for he says, 'The fifth stage of humility is when all thoughts' and so on.” He replies, “I spoke correctly that he speaks in the following chapter about thought and deed, for if 'a hidden cause' is to be understood there only about thoughts, why here in this fifth chapter does he speak in the same way about thoughts?” He replies, “St. Benedict speaks correctly about thoughts in the fifth stage because a thought is a hidden cause, according to the custom of holy scripture, for it is the custom of holy scripture to name a sin which occurs in thoughts 'a hidden cause.' The Lord raised up three dead people: the daughter of the chief of the synagogue, still lying in her bed; he raised up the young man, the some of the widow who had been carried out of the door; and he raised up Lazarus on the fourth day. Let anyone look to his own soul; if he should sin, he dies, for sin is the death of the soul. [cf. Augustinus, In Evangelium Ioannis Tractatus 124, c. 49.3] Now, in the daughter of the chief of the synagogue is understood that sin which occurs in thought, about which thought (he speaks) in this fifth stage and in the chapter below, where it is said, “if there is a hidden cause of sin,” indicating one thing. But in that dead man who was carried outside the door, it signifies a sin committed in deed, but done secretly by him, which is what is meant in this fifth stage”or evils committed by him in secret.” And in Lazarus in the tomb it signifies that sin committed in public, about which it is said, But that brother, who is held by the sickness of a more grievous fault and so on. [Regula Benedicti, c. 45.1]

Nunc videndum est, quare, cum dicit [page 246] confessionem, praemisit humilem? videlicet pro duobus modis; uno enim modo dixit humilem, quia vult, ut ita sordide debeat illas nuntiare et manifestare abbati, sicut cogitavit; nam sunt multi, qui causa suae turpitudinis nolunt illas cogitationes ita sordide manifestare abbati, sed palliant illas verbis et cooperiunt et dicunt: ideo haec fecimus, ne ille31 prior vereatur audire. Isti tales nesciunt recognoscere suam turpitudinem et mittunt in illum priorem, ne videantur ei turpia dicere. Et iterum sunt alii, qui, sicut cogitant sordide, ita illas sordide dicunt abbati, et tamen optant, ut ille abbas non intelligat, quia ideo dicunt, non ut ille credat eos tales cogitationes cogitare, sed causa humilitatis putet illos dicere. Isti tales et illi superiores non per humilem confessionem confitentur peccata sua, cum isto modo confitentur. Item sunt alii, qui sicut sordide cogitant, ita sordide manifestant abbati suo et ita volunt, ut abbas intelligat, sicut ipsi manifestant sordide; isti sunt perfecti.

Now we must investigate why, when he says [page 246] confession he calls it humble. Clearly in two ways. In one way he said “humble” because he means that he ought to announce and reveal those thoughts to the abbot just as basely as he thought them. For there are many who, because of their own disgracefulness, do not want to reveal those thoughts to the abbot, but they cloak them with words, and cover them over and say, “I have done this lest my superior be afraid when he hears it.” These sorts of people do not know how to recognize their disgracefulness and they put the blame on the superior,1 lest they seem to say foul things to him. And again there are others who say those thoughts to the abbot as basely as they think them, and yet they hope that the abbot does not understand that they speak this way not so that he might believe that they think such thoughts, but that he might think that they speak out of humility. These sorts of people and those mentioned above do not confess their sins “through humble confession” when they confess in this way. And then there are others who reveal their thoughts to the abbot just as basely as they thought them. And they wish that the abbot understand just as they reveal them. These are perfect.

Item sunt alii, qui sicut sordide cogitant, ita sordide manifestant et volunt etiam plus dicere, quam possunt, eo quod tales cogitationes malae aliquando ita sordidae veniunt, quae verbis explicari non possunt, et volunt etiam, ut non solum intelligat ita abbas, sicuti manifestant, verum etiam volunt, ut plus intelligat; isti tales plus sunt quam perfecti. Item altero modo humilis confessio est, quae cum lacrimis aut suspiriis fit.

And then there are others who reveal as basely as they think, and want to say even more than they are able because such evil thoughts sometimes are so base that they cannot be explained with words. And they also wish not only that the abbot understand just as they reveal, but they also wish that he understand more. These sorts are more than perfect. Likewise, in a second way, a confession which occurs with tears and sobs is humble.

Sequitur: 45Hortat nos de hac re scriptura divina dicens: Revela Domino viam tuam et spera in eo. [Ps 36:5] Quia voluit B. Benedictus, ut credatur illi de confessione priori suo facienda, ideo haec exempla subjungere studuit. Nunc videndum est, quare propheta dixit Revela Domino viam tuam, cum Domino omnia nuda et aperta sint? Non ideo dixit Revela viam tuam, i. e. actionem et cogitationem, ut ille per tuam revelationem cognoscat, cum scriptum est, sicut superius dictum est de illo: scrutans corda et renes Deus, [Ps 7:10] sed ideo dicit Revela Domino viam tuam, i. e. [page 247] poenitentiam actuum vel cogitationum tuarum Domino manifesta, hoc est, emendationem peccatorum tuorum Domino revela, i. e. coram Domino praeterita plange et lugenda non committas. Revela, i. e. demonstra aut aperi, quasi diceret: ut sicut ille cognovit peccatum tuum, ita etiam cognoscat per poenitentiam emendationem tuam.

There follows: 45Holy scripture urges us about this matter saying: Reveal your way to the Lord and hope in him. [Ps 36:5] Since St. Benedict wished that he be trusted in the matter of making confession to a superior, he desired to append these examples. Now we must ask why the prophet said, Reveal your way to the Lord, when to the Lord all things are bare and opened? He did not say, “Reveal your way,” that is, “your action and your thought,” so that he might understand through your revelation, when it is written, just as was said above about him, God who sees minds and hearts, [Ps 7:10] but rather he says “Reveal your way to the Lord,” that is to say, [page 247] “make known to the Lord your penitence for your actions and thoughts,” that is, “reveal to the Lord the correction of your sins,” that is, “lament past (sins) before the Lord, and do not be guilty of (sins) which must be lamented.” “Reveal,” that is, “point out or open up,” as if he were saying, “just as he has understood your sin, let him likewise understand your correction through penitence.”

Sequitur: et spera in eo. Quid est: spera in eo? Subandiendum est: misericordiam de peccatis tuis, quae confiteris; noli desperare confiteri, sed spera de remissione peecatorum tuorum in Domino. Propheta autem subsequitur dicens: et ipse faciet, — subaudiendum est: misericordiam tibi de peccatis tuis.

There follows: “and hope in him.” What does “hope in him” mean? We must understand in this passage “(hope for) pity for your sins, which you confess; do not despair of confession, but hope for the remission of your sins in the Lord.” Now the prophet follows this up saying, “and he himself will do it.” We must understand “(hope for) pity for your own sins.”

Sequitur: 46Et item dicit: Confitemini Domino, quoniam bonus, quoniam in saeculum misericordia ejus. [Ps 117:1] Nosse enim debemus, quia confitemini aequivocum est, i. e. et in laude et pro confessione peccatorum ponitur. Pro laude, ut est illud: Confiteor tibi Pater, Domine coeli et terrae et reliqua. [Lc 19:21] Hic confiteor pro laude ponitur, ac si diceret: laudo, te, Pater, Domine coeli et terrae. Pro confessione vero peccatorum ponitur, sicuti est illud: Confitemini alterutrum peccata vestra. [Iac 5:15] Ponitur etiam pro credulitate, ut est illud: Confiteor unum baptisma [Necean Creed]; et Paulus dicit: Corde creditur ad justitiam; ore autem confessio fit ad salutem. [Rm 10:10] In hoc enim loco pro confessione peccatorum ponitur, quasi interrogasset prophetam dicens: 'Quare debeo confiteri?' Ille autem respondens dicit: 'quoniam bonus.' Iterum quasi interrogasses illum: 'Quomodo est bonus?' Ille autem respondens dicit: 'quoniam in saeculum misericordia ejus.' Saeculum quod nominat, de praesenti saeculo dicit, quia in praesenti saeculo misericordia ejus; in futuro vero tantum judicium, sicut alibi ipse propheta dicit: Misericordiam et judicium cantabo tibi Domine. [Ps 100:1]

There follows: 46and he says likewise, Confess to the Lord, for he is good, for his mercy is in the world. [Ps 117:1] For we ought to know that “confess” is equivocal, that is, it is used both in praise and in the confession of sins. For praise it is used as follows: “I confess to you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth,” and so on. [Lc 19:21] Here “I confess” is used for praise, as if he were saying, “I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth.” But for confession of sins it is used as follows: “Confess your sins to one another.” [Iac 5:15] It is also used for belief, as follows: “I confess one baptism,” and Paul says, “One believes with the heart for justification, but confession for salvation comes from the mouth.” [Iac 5:15] In this place it is used for confession of sins, as if he had asked the prophet saying, “Why ought I to confess?” And he says in response, “Since He is good.” Again as if you had asked him, “How is he good?” And he says in response, “Since his mercy is in the world.” When he names “the world” he speaks of the present world, since his mercy is in the present world, but in the future there is only judgment, as elsewhere the prophet says, “I will sing to you, Lord, of your mercy and judgment.” [Ps 100:1]

Sequitur: 47Et item propheta ait: Delictum meum cognitum tibi feci et injustitias meas non operui. [Ps 31:5] Delictum et injustitias pro uno ponitur. Non operui, i. e. non abscondi, non celavi; nam ille abscondit peccatum, qui nec peccatum suum punit, nec vult, ut Deus puniat illud. [page 248]

There follows: 47and the prophet also says, I have made my offense known to you, and I have not covered my injustices. [Ps 31:5] “Offense” and “injustices” are used in the same way. “I have not covered” means “I have not concealed” or “I have not hidden.” For that man conceals his sin who neither punishes his sin nor wishes that God punish it. [page 248]

Sequitur: 48Dixi: Pronuntiabo adversum me injustitias meas Domino, et Tu remisisti impietatem cordis mei. [Ps 31:5] Quid est dixi? i. e. statui, deliberavi. Quid est pronuntiabo? i. e. annuntiabo vel manifestabo; adversum me, h. e. contra me, quasi diceret: 'Tantae es tu Deus pietatis, ut ante dimitteres peccatum meum mihi, quam ego facerem confessionem; ego enim non adhuc feci, sed tantum statui, me facere confessionem, et Tu dimisisti peccatum meum mihi.'

There follows: 48I have said, I will proclaim my injustices to the Lord in opposition to myself, and You have restored the impiety of my heart. [Ps 31:5] What does “I have said” mean? It means, “I have ordained” or “I have determined.” What does “I will proclaim” mean? it means, “I will announce” or “I will disclose.” “In opposition to myself” means “against myself” as if he were saying, “You are a God of such great faithfulness that you would forgive me my sin before I make confession. For I have not yet done it, but have only decided to make a confession, and you have forgiven my sin.”

 
1. Mittelmüller reads “mittunt in illum priorem”, but Montecassino 1880 reads “mittunt culpam in illo Priore”. The translation follows the latter reading.

DE SEXTO GRADU HUMILITATIS

[Ms P, fol. 66rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 152r; Ms E1, fol. 73v; Ms E2, fol. 99r]

CONCERNING THE SIXTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Belle Tuten

49Sextus humilitatis gradus est, si omni vilitate vel extremitate contentus sit monachus, et ad omnia, quae sibi injunguntur, velut operarium malum se judicet et indignum 50dicens sibi cum propheta: Ad nihilum redactus sum et nescivi. [Ps 72:22]

49The sixth step of humility is that a monk be content with all lowliness and meanness, and judge himself to be a poor and worthless worker in all the tasks given to him, 50saying to himself with the Prophet: I am reduced to nothing and I know nothing [Ps 73:22]

Postquam B. Benedictus docuerat superius, in ipsa obedientia dura et contraria debere sustinere monachum, et non lassescat vel discedat, deinde in quinto gradu dixit, omnes cogitationes cordi suo advenientes et absconse a se malum commissum debere abbati suo confiteri, recte nunc dicit, sextum humilitatis gradum esse, si monachus contentus est omni vilitate et extremitate, quia adeo est ille mortificatus, si in ipsa obedientia dura et contraria sustinet et non lassescat vel discedat, et si omnes cogitationes suas vel mala sua opera a se absconse commissa abbati suo confitetur, ut possit Domino juvante omni vilitate et extremitate esse contentus; nam nequaquam poterit omni vilitate vel extremitate esse contentus, nisi prius non erubuerit peccata sua confiteri.

After the blessed Benedict wrote above [in the fourth step] that a monk ought to sustain hardship and adversity in obedience itself and not grow tired or run away, he said in the fifth step that a monk ought to confide to his abbot all the thoughts that come to his heart and anything wicked he has done in secret from him. Now he rightly says the sixth step of humility is that if a monk is content with all lowliness and meanness so that he is thereby mortified, if he sustains hardship and adversity in obedience itself and does not grow tired or run away, and if he confesses to his abbot all his thoughts and all the evil things he does in secret, then he can, God willing, be content with all lowliness and meanness. For he can in no way be content with all lowliness and meanness unless first he has not been ashamed to confess his sins.

Nunc videndum est, quid sit vilitas vel extremitas. Vilitas attinet ad cibum vel potum et vestitum, calciamentum, ad lectum vel etiam ad habitationem; istud enim vel, quod interposuit inter vilitalem et extremitatem, simpliciter pro 'et' ponitur. Ideo dixit omni, ut non solum in uno loco sit extremus, hoc est ultimus, sed in omni loco, hoc est in choro standum,32 in capitulo, in refectorio et in ceteris aliis locis.

Now it should be seen what “lowliness” (vilitas) and “meanness” (extremitas) are. “Lowliness” concerns food, drink, clothing, shoes, bed and even dwelling; this or (vel) that he placed between lowliness and meanness is simply in place of “and.” Therefore he said all, meaning that it should not be only in one place, that is, the last place, but in all places, that is, standing in the choir, in the chapter house, in the refectory and in all other places.

Possunt etiam multi viles [page 249] esse et non extremi. Item possunt esse extremi et non viles, v. gr. possunt quidem viles esse cibo, potu et vestimento contenti, sed tamen honorati volunt esse in ordine. Isti tales non sunt perfecte mortificati. Et iterum possunt alii esse extremi, sed non possunt esse viles; isti tales non sunt perfecte mortificati; v. gr. si abbas jusserit praeposito, ut sedeat in ultimo loco, et ille cum tristitia ierit, praevaricator hujus praecepti est, et quia praevaricator hujus praecepti est, perfectus monachus non est. Et bene dixit: omni vilitate vel extremitate, quia animum comprebendit et corpus, i. e. sicut in corpore existit vilis vel extremus, ita debet esse et in mente. Nam si in corpore videtur vilis et extremus et non in mente, jam non est monachus, sed hypocrita.

Many people can be lowly but not mean. It is also possible to be mean and not lowly. For example, certain lowly monks can be content in food, drink and clothing, but nevertheless wish to be honored in rank. Such as these are not perfectly humbled. And again, others may also be mean, [page 249] but not lowly; these are not perfectly humbled. For example, if the abbot commands the prior to sit in the last place, and he goes forth with sadness, he is breaking the command, and because he does so, he is not a perfect monk. And [Benedict] also rightly said in all lowliness and meanness because he included the spirit and the body, that is, as [a man] is low and mean in the body, he should also be so in his soul. For if one seems lowly and mean in body but not in spirit, then he is not a monk but a hypocrite.

Sequitur: et ad omnia, quae sibi injunguntur, velut operarium malum se judicet et indignum. Vide modo, non dixit quaedam, sed omnia. In hoc loco, cum dixit omnia, non excludit aliquid, sed in omnibus obedientiis, hoc est tam honestis quam vilissimis, tam maximis quam minimis; etiamsi secessum jubeatur mundare aut aliquid rustice operari, ita se debet aestimare, sicut ille, qui a furca redimitur vel a periculo mortis. Cum aliquid imperatur a domino suo, qui eum redemit, non audet dicere suo domino, se nolle, si aliqua vilissima opera imperat agere, obaudire: ita non debet monachus abbati suo dicere: quia nolo, vel: non debeo hoc agere, cum aliquid imperatur, etiam si vilissimum opus sit, quod exercere imperatur, sed velut inilignum se debet aestimare ad talem obedientiam agendam, i. e. non esse dignum tali obedientia, sed pejore et viliore.

It goes on: and judge himself to be a poor and worthless worker in all the tasks given to him. See now that he did not say “certain tasks” but all. In this place, when he said all, he did not exclude anything, but included all obedience, both honorable and lowly, the greatest or the least. Even if he is ordered to clean the privy or do something like a peasant, [a monk] should consider himself as one who is redeemed from the gallows or the peril of death. When anyone receives an order from his lord who has redeemed him, he does not dare to say to his lord that he does not want obey, even if he orders him to do very menial labor. Likewise, a monk should not say “No” or “I should not have to do that” when someone gives him an order, even if the work he is ordered to do is very menial, but ought to consider himself unworthy of such obedience, that is, worthy not of such a task, but a worse and more lowly one.

Sequitur: dicens sibi cum propheta: Ad nihilum redactus sum et nescivi. Et cum dicit dicens sibi, subaudiendum est: suo cordi, h. e. illi cogitationi, quae surgit in corde suo: non debes talem obedientiam exercere, quia valde vilis est et rustica haec obedientia; meliorem enim obedientiam debes tu agere. Haec autem vox, qua dicitur: ad nihilum redactus sum, non solum ad monachos, sed etiam ad omnes homines attinet, quia homo, postquam expulsus [page 250] est de paradiso et missus in hoc exilium, ad nihilum redactus est; non enim dico, ad nihilum redactus esse per substantiam, sed quia bonum perdidit, quo in paradiso fruebatur cum angelis, quasi ad nihilum redactus est, et ideo, cum aliquid boni agit, debet ad memoriam revocare bonum, quod merito suo in paradiso perdidit, et malum, quod justo judicio Dei in hoc exilio invenit, dicens sibi cum propheta: Ad nihilum redactus sum et nescivi, h. e. tibi Deus mens gratias ago, quia hoc bonum, quod ago, non meo merito, sed tuo dono atque misericordia facio; nescivi enim cum dicit, subaudiendum est: precari vel rogare, ut ad hoc bonum faciendum pervenirem. Ad monachos etiam attinet, sicut diximus, in eo, cum so aestimant omni vilitate vel extremitate debere esse contentos, quia pro Christi nomine susceperunt quasi ad nihilum esse redacti, ac si diceret aliis verbis, cum sibi vilissima obedientia injungitur, sicut diximus superius.

It goes on: saying to himself with the prophet, I am reduced to nothing and I know nothing. And when he says saying to himself, it is to be understood “to his heart,” that is, to this thought, which arises in his heart: “You should not have to do that task, because it is so very lowly and common (rustica); you should do better work.” The other phrase, which says I am reduced to nothing, applies not just to monks but to all men, because man, after he was expelled [page 250] from paradise and sent into this exile, is reduced to nothing. I do not say, though, reduced to nothing in substance, but because he lost the blessing he enjoyed in paradise with the angels, it was as if he were reduced to nothing. And therefore, when he does anything good, he ought to remember the blessing he lost in paradise by his own merit and the evil which by the just judgment of God he found in this exile, saying with the prophet: I am reduced to nothing and I know nothing. That is, he ought to say, “I give thanks to you, my God, because this good that I do, I do not by my merit but by your gift and your mercy.” When he says I know nothing, it means to pray and ask that I might reach this good thing that should be done. This pertains to monks, as we have said, in this way, when they think they should be content to with all lowliness and meanness, because they have undertaken to be reduced as if to nothing in the name of Christ, and if [a monk] were to say in other words, when he was ordered to the most lowly of tasks, [it is] as we said above.

Sequitur: 50ut jumentum factus sum apud te, et ego semper tecum. [Ps 72:23] Quis hoc dicit? Purpuratus hoc dicit, in solio sedebat, qui hoc dicit, in eminentiori loco sedebat, qui hoc dicit, rex erat, qui hoc dicit; David enim, quamqmam rex erat, tamen Dei jumentum se esse aestimabat, eo quod Deum sessorem habebat, quia ad illius nutum terrena disponebat. Et bene dixit : et ego semper tecum, i. e. ubi Tu me ducis, tecum sum. In hoc enim loco, cum David rex se aestimabat jumentum Dei esse, cognoscitur, quia, sicut Augustinus dicit, aliquando solet esse superbia sub pediculis et sub cilicio, et econtrario humilitas sub genimis et vestibus regiis.

It follows: 50I became a beast of burden before you and I am always with you. [Ps 72:23] Who says this? A ruler says this. He sat on the throne, he who says this; he sat in a very high place, he who says this; he was a king, he who says this. But David, although he was a king, nevertheless considered himself to be God’s beast of burden, because God was seated on him, because he had given earthly matters to his command. And he rightly said, and I am always with you, that is, “Where you lead me, I am with you.” In this place, when King David considered himself God’s beast of burden, it is understood that, as Augustine says, sometimes there is a pride under lice and a hairshirt, and on the contrary, humility under jewels and royal vestments.

Bene hoc attinet ad monachos, quia jumentum, quo ducitur a suo domino, vadit et non resistit; si non dederit ei manducare, non queritur illud, et si ligaverit illud suus dominus usque ad mortem, ibi permanet: ita et monachus sicut jumentum debet esse suo abbati, sicut S. Benedictus dicit, h. e. quo illum duxerit suus abbas, non debet resistere, sed ire, et quamcumque obedientiam illi injunxerit, debet suscipere, et non debet murmurare, et ad libitum, h. e. voluntatem sui abbatis debet per omnia [page 251] agere. Deinde debet gratias agere Deo dicens: 'Gratias Tibi ago, Deus, quia me tuum jumentum facere dignatus es, eo quod Te habeo sessorem et rectorem et in Tua vice habeo super me abbatem, praepositum, decanum et reliquos.' Et ego semper tecum, subaudiendum est sum; jumentum enim si sine rectore vadit, et in ruinam et in praecipitium vadit, ego autem si Te habuero rectorem, non vado iu praecipitium. Vide modo, quanti monachi sunt in monasterio; ecce sunt centum monachi, et de his centum monachis quaere tibi, si potes, unum talem invenire, qui per omnia, ad nutum abbatis sui existat et sicut jumentum vadit ad nutum sessoris sui. Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia pro omnibus, quae in istis gradibus continentur, si ille monachus non villi; agere, debet constringi et regularem disciplinam suscipere propter illud, quod inferius dicit B. Benedictus: aut si in aliquo contrarius cxistens sacrae regulue etc. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23:1]

This applies well to monks, because a beast of burden goes where it is led by its master and does not resist; if he does not give it anything to eat, it does not complain, and if its master ties it up to the point of death, it stays there. This is the way a monk ought to be like a beast of burden to his abbot, as St. Benedict says, that is, where his abbot leads him, he ought not to resist but go, and whatever task he orders him to do, he ought to undertake and not murmur; that is, he ought to do the pleasure, that is, the will of his abbot in [page 251] all things. Then he should give thanks to God saying, “Thanks be to you, God, for you have deemed it worthy to make me your beast of burden, so that I have you as a rider and guide and I always have the abbot, prior, deacon and the others over me in your place.” And “I am” is to be understood with always with you; for if a beast of burden goes along without a guide and falls into ruin and a precipice, if I have you as my guide, I do not go into the precipice.” Look now how many monks there are in a monastery. Here are one hundred monks, and of these one hundred monks, see if you can find one among who lives at his abbot’s will in all things and goes forth like a beast of burden at the command of his rider. And this ought to be observed: if a monk does not wish to do all the things that are in these steps, he ought to be constrained and undergo regular discipline for it, which St. Benedict describes below: or is contrary in any way to this holy rule, etc. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1].

DE SEPTIMO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 66vPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 154v; Ms E1, fol. 75r; Ms E2, fol. 101r]

CONCERNING THE SEVENTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Jesse D. Billett

51Septimus humilitatis gradus est, si omnibus se inferiorem et viliorem non solum sua lingua pronuntiet, sed etiam intimo cordis credat affectu, 52humilians se et dicens cum propheta: Ego autem sunt vermis et non homo, opprobrium hominum et abjectio plebis. [Ps 21:7]

51The seventh step of humility is that [a monk] not only declare with his tongue that he is lower and meaner than all, but also that he believe it with the inward disposition of his heart, 52humbling himself, and saying with the prophet: But I am a worm, and not a man; a reproach of men, and an outcast of the people. [Ps 21:7]

Quia B. Benedictus jam superius dixerat, sextum gradum humilitatis esse, 49omni vilitate vel extremitate contentum debere esse monachum, recte nunc septimum humilitatis gradum esse, se omnibus inferiorem vel viliorem non solum sua lingua pronuntiare debere, sed etiam intimo cordis affectu credere debere, quia sicut in ostensione operis ostendit se vilem et extremum, ita etiam intimo affectu cordis credat, non lingua sua solummodo pronuntiet, esse inferiorem et viliorem propter Deum. Inferiorem, i. e. deteriorem merito suo. Bene ac vigilanter addidit in hoc loco S. Benedictus intimo cordis affectu, ut ne quis pro vana gloria se facere vilem et extremum velit.

For blessed Benedict had already said that the 49sixth step of humility is that a monk ought to be content with the lowest and most menial treatment, and it logically follows that the seventh step of humility is that a monk ought not only to declare with his tongue that he is lower and meaner than all, but also ought to believe it with the inward disposition of his heart. For just as he shows himself worthy of the lowest and most menial treatment by how he carries out the work assigned to him,1 so also let him believe with the inward disposition of his heart, and not merely declare with his tongue, that he is lower and meaner [than all] before God. Lower, that is, deserving worse [than all]. In this place holy Benedict rightly adds with the inward disposition of his heart, lest anyone should wish to make himself mean and base for the sake of vain glory.

Nunc videndum est, quomodo possit monachus se inferiorem et viliorem omnibus credere. Difficile hoc videtur in eo, cum sunt alii monachi mortificati et perfecti et e contrario sunt [page 252] alii mali homines, v. gr. adulteri, homicidae, fures et; reliq. Quomodo ergo possunt isti boni se aestimare inferiores et viliores illis malis? Vere possunt, si ista consideraverint, i. e. judicia Dei incomprehensibilia et finem suum et illorum malorum, necnon etiam peccata latentia in se et bona latentia in malis.

Now we must see how a monk can believe that he is lower and meaner than all. This seems like a difficult thing when, on the one hand, there are some monks who are dead to sin (mortificati) and are mature, while on the other hand, there are [page 252] others who are bad men: adulterers, for example, murderers, thieves, and such like. How therefore can the good men reckon themselves to be lower and meaner than those bad men? Truly they can, if they will consider the incomprehensible judgements of God, and their own end and the end of those wicked men, and likewise also the hidden sins within themselves and the hidden good things in the bad men.

Judicia quippe Dei considerent, quia sunt multi, qui fuerunt mali et in fine comprobati sunt boni, sicut Paulus apostolus, et e contrario multi visi fuerunt boni et in fine inventi sunt mali, sicut Judas et ceteri alii; judicium enim Dei attinet ad finem, et hoc est terribile, cum multi videntur mali, et destinati sunt boni, et iterum multi videntur boni, qui destinati sunt ad mortem. Haec judicia admirabatur David, cum dicebat: Venite et videte opera Domini, quam terribilis in consiliis! ubi? super filios hominum. [Ps 65:5]

Just let them consider the judgements of God: for there have been many who have been bad and who in the end have been approved of as good, like the apostle Paul; and on the other hand, there are many who have seemed to be good and who in the end have been found out as bad, like Judas, and others besides. For the judgement of God concerns itself with the end [of a man]; and this is a fearful thing, since many seem to be bad that are [in fact] destined for good, and again many seem to be good that are [in fact] destined for death. David wondered at these judgements when he said: O come and see the works of the Lord, how terrible he is in his counsels! where? over the sons of men. [Ps 65:5]

In eo, sicuti diximus: Dei judicio occulto boni designantur merito aliquo, quod non comprebendi potest, ad mortem, et mali occulto judicio Dei sua misericordia praedestinantur ad vitam. Deinde debet monachus considerare finem suum et finem illorum bonorum,33 ne forte videantur esse boni et in fine inveniantur mali; et ipse quidem monachus illorum malorum finem consideret, quamvis illi sint mali, forte in fine inveniuntur boni. Et iterum latentia peccata sua; forte in se sunt mala latentia, quae, quamvis sibi sint incognita, tamen Deo patent. Et iterum debet considerare bona, quae forte in illis sunt latentia, quae, quamvis sibi sint incognita, tamen Deo patent. Ista judicia Dei David dicit esse incomprehensibilia, eo quod comprehendi, i. e. intelligi, quare ista fiant, minime possunt.

So, as we have said, in the secret judgement of God, good men, for some fault or other that cannot be perceived, are marked for death; and bad men, in the secret judgement of God, are predestined, in his mercy, to life. And after [considering this], a monk ought to consider his own end, and the end of those [seemingly] good men, whether perchance they should seem to be good but in the end be found out as bad. And let the same monk consider, too, the end of those [seemingly] bad men: however bad they may be, perhaps in the end they are found out as good. And again [let him consider] his own hidden sins: perchance there are bad things hidden in himself, which, however much they are unknown to him, nevertheless lie open to God.2 And again he ought to consider the good things that perchance are hidden in those [bad men], which, however much they are unknown to him [or to them?], nevertheless lie open to God. David says that these judgements are incomprehensible,3 which is to say, that the reason why such things should be done cannot be comprehended, that is, understood.

Istud vero, quod dicit: Ego sum vermis, et non homo, [Ps 21:7] vox Christi est. Bene Christus vermi comparatur, i. e. assimilatur, quia, sicut vermis non nascitur de coitu, sed de sola terra, [cf. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII, x. 5.1] ita et Christus non natus est de coitu viri et feminae, sed de sola Beata et semper Virgine Maria. [cf. Augustine, Enarrationes in psalmos 21:7, CCSL 38, p. 125] Et non homo, ac si dicat ipse Christus: 'De virgine natus sum, non de coitu, sicut homo; et non sum peccator, quia [page 253] de virgine genitus sum, et non homo, i. e. sicuti homo, qui in iniquitatibus conceptus est et in peccatis natus.' [cf. Ps 50:7]

Now when he says: I am a worm, and not a man, [Ps 21:7] this is the voice of Christ. Christ may fittingly be compared, that is, considered as similar, to a worm, for a worm is not born as the result of sexual congress, but from the earth alone, [cf. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII, c. 5.1] just as Christ was not born from the sexual congress of a man and a woman, but from the blessed and ever-virgin Mary alone. [cf. Augustine, Enarrationes in psalmos 21:7, CCSL 38, p. 125]4 And not a man: it is as if Christ should say, ‘I was born of a virgin, not from sexual congress as a man is; and I am not a sinner, [page 253] because my generation was of a virgin; and I am not a man – that is, I am not like a man that is conceived in iniquities and born in sins.’ [cf. Ps 50:7]

Sequitur: opprobrium hominum et abjectio plebis. Et hoc ad Christum bene, attinet, quia Christus [enim] pro salute nostra oppiobrium fuit hominum et abjectio plebis. Tunc autem fuit opprobrium hominum, quando ei Judaei pro nimia despectione exspuebant in faciem; et tunc fuit abjectio plebis, quando projecerunt et abjecerunt eum Judaei dicentes: Jesum crucifige et Barrabam nobis dimitte. [cf. Lc 23:18; Mt 27:21-22]

It goes on: a reproach of men, and an outcast of the people. And this, too, pertains well to Christ, for he became for our salvation a reproach of men, and an outcast of the people. He became a reproach of men when, in proportion with their exceeding contempt, the Jews spat in his face; and he became an outcast of the people when the Jews threw him down and cast him out, saying, Crucify Jesus, and release to us Barabbas. [cf. Lc 23:18; Mt 27:21-22].

Hoc etiam bene attinet ad monachos, quod dicit: Ego sum vermis; in creaturis enim nulla creatura excelsior angelo, et nulla vilior et inferior vermi. Monachus enim sicuti vermem debet se semper aestimare, hoc est, sicut in creaturis rerum nihil est extremius, sicut vermis, ita et monachus omnibus hominibus se esse viliorem et inferiorem aestimare et credere debet. Et non homo, i. e. alicujus honoris, sicuti homo, quasi diceret: 'vilior et inferior omnibus sum, sicuti vermis, et non sum alicujus honoris et dignitatis, veluti homo.' Opprobrium et despectionem plebis se esse credat, i. e. ita vilissimum et indignissimum, sicuti res, quae despicabilis valde est et nullis honoranda.

When he says, I am a worm, it pertains also to monks. For among creatures there is no creature higher than an angel, and none meaner and lower than a worm. A monk should always judge his own value to be that of a worm, which is to say that, just as among created things nothing is so utterly base as a worm, so a monk must judge and believe that he is meaner and lower than all. And not a man: that is, ‘I do not have the nature of something of honour, as a man has’; as if he were saying, ‘I am meaner and lower than all like a worm, and I do not have the nature of something worthy of honour, even as a man has.’ [A monk] ought to believe that he is a reproach and a thing despised of the people, that is, that he is very mean and unworthy, like a thing that is truly contemptible and by no means to be honoured.

Sequitur: 53Exaltatus sum et humiliatus et confusus. [Ps 87:16] Exaltatus in eo, quod honoratus fui in saeculo per superbiam atque jactantiam; humiliatus nunc sum, quia subditus sum abbati et aliis fratribus; et confusus sum, quia verecundor et erubesco de peccatis, quae gessi. Quod monachus debet dicere.

It goes on: 53I was lifted up, and humbled, and put to confusion. [Ps 87:16] I was lifted up in that I was honoured in the world through pride and boasting. I have been humbled, because I have put myself under the abbot and the other brethren. And I have been put to confusion, because I am ashamed and blush at the sins that I have committed. This is what a monk ought to say.

Sequitur: 54Bonum mihi, quod humiliasti me, ut discam mandata tua. [Ps 118:71] Ista enim vox afflictorum est et oppressorum; illi enim dicunt Deo: 'Gratias agimus tibi, Deus, quia cum incolumes fuimus, non discebamus mandata tua; nunc vero afflicti cognoscimus peccata nostra et discimus mandata tua.' Ad monachos vero attinet in eo, quod monachi, quia sub potestate aliorum consistunt, quasi afflicti sunt et dicunt ipsi: 'Gratias agimus tibi Deus, quia, cum fuimus in saeculo, non cognoscebamus nec discebamus mandata tua; nunc autem in potestatem aliorum redacti et in monasterio [page 254] positi, audiendo, legendo, exempla bona videndo discimus mandata tua.'

It goes on: 54It is good for me that you have humbled me, so that I may learn your commandments. [Ps 118:71] This is the voice of the afflicted and the oppressed; for these say to God: ‘We give thanks to you, O God: for when we were untroubled, we did not learn your commandments; but now that we have been afflicted, we recognize our sins and learn your commandments.’ And this truly pertains to monks, because monks place themselves under the power of others and are therefore like the afflicted. And they say: ‘We give thanks to you, O God: for when we were in the world, we neither recognized nor learned your commandments; but now, having been brought under the power of others and [page 254] placed in the monastery, by hearing, reading, and seeing good examples we are learning your commandments.’

In hoc loco animadvertimus, quia B. Benedictus aliquantulum recessit a sensu divinarum scripturarum et aliquantulum reversus est ad eundem sensum divinae scripturae. In eo recessit, quia afflicti, quorum ista vox est, ab aliis sunt afflicti, et quamvis pro Christi nomine sustinent illas passiones, veluti sunt martyres et caeteri afflicti, tamen non sic videntur sponte afflicti, quomodo monachi. Monachi autem sponte redacti sunt in monasterio atque missi. Et in eo loco videtur S. Benedictus concordari cum sensu divinarum scripturarum, quia, sicut afflicti martyres referunt gratias Deo, sicut jam diximus, ita et monachi referunt dicentes: 'Gratias tibi agimus, omnipotens Deus, quia tuo instinctu et te inspirante venimus in monasterium et ibi, sicut jam diximus, discimus mandata tua.'

In this place we notice that blessed Benedict has both departed a little from the meaning of the divine scriptures, and also turned back again a little to the meaning of the same divine scripture. He has departed from it here, because the afflicted, in whose voice these words were spoken, are afflicted by other people. Very many persons endure suffering for the name of Christ, such as the martyrs and the rest of the afflicted. Nevertheless, these do not seem to be afflicted by a free choice (sponte), as monks are. By their free choice, monks are brought and sent into the monastery.5 But in this place holy Benedict also seems to agree with the meaning of the divine scriptures, because – just as the afflicted martyrs return thanks to God, as we have said – in the same way monks also return thanks, saying, ‘We give you thanks, almighty God, that through your instigation and continuing inspiration we have come into the monastery, and there,’ as we have said, ‘we learn your commandments.’

 
1. Lit. ‘in the manifestation of [his] work’ (in ostensione operis). The sixth step of humility concerns the monk’s willingness to perform tasks befitting a slave. See the notes to the translation of Regula Benedicti, c.7.49 in RB 1980: The Rule of St. Benedict in Latin and English with Notes, ed. T. Fry (Collegeville, MN: Liturgical Press, 1981).
2. Hildemar seems to have a sense of the distinction that will later be made by scholastic theologians between conscientia (our choosing of right and wrong actions) and synderesis (the seat of moral knowing). If the synderesis is corrupt, then following the conscience will still lead one to commit sins, unknown to the agent.
3. The word does not occur in the psalms. The author probably has in mind Rm 11:33: ‘quam inconprehensibilia sunt iudicia eius’.
4. Medieval commentators interpreted this verse in many different senses. Hildemar is probably following Augustine, Enarrationes in psalmos, XXI/2, CCSL 38, 125 (CSEL 93/1B, 55); the same interpretation is found in St. Ephraem Syrus, Hymns on the Nativity, NPNF 2nd ser., XIII, 223. On the sexless generation of vermines, see Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII, c. 5.1.
5. Or ‘brought into the monastery and sent [out of it]’. On the ‘sending’ of monks, see Regula Benedicti, c. 51.1 and 67.1.

DE OCTAVO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 67r – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 156v; Ms E1, fol. 76r; Ms E2, fol. 102r]

CONCERNING THE EIGHTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Jesse D. Billett

55Octavus humilitatis gradus est, si nihil agat monachus, nisi quod communis monasterii regula vel majorum cohortantur exempla.

55The eighth step of humility is that the monk should do nothing except what the Rule of the common monastery1 or the examples of the elders commend.

Hactenus B. Benedictus docuit praecepta moralitatis,34 quantum ad mortificationem interioris hominis, h. e. animae pertinet; nunc autem quia plus non potuit inferiorem hominem insequi, h. e. constringere, vertit se ad exteriorem hominem docendum et docet illum agere, quod communis monasterii regula cohortatur, vel quod hortantur majorum exempla.

Up to this point, blessed Benedict has taught only those precepts of morality that pertain to the mortification of the inner man, that is, of the soul. But now, because he could not pursue or restrain the inner man any further than he has done already, he turns his attention to instructing the outer man, and he instructs him to do what the rule of the common monastery commends, or what the examples of the elders encourage.

Unde congruum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco, cum prius dicit de mortificatione animae et postmodum subjunxit de honesta actione corporis dicendo: si nihil agat monachus, nisi quod cummunis monasterii regula et reliqua. Nam in primo et in secundo et in tertio, et quarto, quinto, sexto atque septimo gradu interiorem hominem maxime docuit; ideo dixi, nunc exteriorem hominem in isto gradu octavo docere, quia B. Benedictus in hac regula adeo constrinxit interiorem hominem ad mortificationem, ut non possit ultra mortificari, exteriorem autem [page 255] hominem non adeo constrinixit, eo quod in aliis regulis sanctorum Patrum plus constringitur, sicut ipso S. Benedictus dicit: licet legamus, vinum omnino monachorum non esse. [Regula Benedicti, c. 40.6]

In doing so, he has observed a fitting order in this place, first speaking of the mortification of the soul and afterwards adding something about the decent conduct of the body, saying that the monk should do nothing except what the rule of the common monastery, and the rest. For in the first and in the second and in the third, and the fourth, the fifth, the sixth, and the seventh step, he has above all instructed the inner man. For that reason I have said that now, in this eighth step, he instructs the outer man. For in this Rule blessed Benedict has restrained the inner man unto mortification to such an extent that it could not be mortified any further. But he has not restrained the outer [page 255] man to the same extent, seeing that in other Rules of the holy Fathers it is restrained even more, as holy Benedict himself says: We read that wine is altogether not permitted for monks [Regula Benedicti, c. 40.6].2

Similiter de vestimentis et vigiliis major constrictio in illis invenitur. Deinde ut monachus nihil ad suum libitum faciat in exteriore homine, si plus aliquid velit, ad sanctorum exempla eum dirigit, quasi diceret: aut agat, quod haec regula communis monasterii docet, aut certe, si plus velit agere in suo corpore, i. e. si plus districtius velit vivere, faciat, quod majorum cohortantur exempla.

These Rules likewise contain a greater restriction in matters of garments and vigils. Consequently, so that the monk might do nothing in the outer man according to his own liking, he directs him to the examples of the saints, as if he had said, ‘Either let him do what this Rule of the common monastery teaches, or indeed, if he wishes to do more in his own body, that is, if he wishes to live more strictly, then let him do what the examples of the elders commend.’

Hoc etiam animadvertendum est, quia, si attentius consideras, bene, postquam dixerat, omnibus se credere debere monachum inferiorem et viliorem, [et] post subjunxit, ut nil agat, nisi quod communis monasterii regula vel majorum cohortantur exempla, quia ille, qui ita est mortificatus, ut omnibus intimo cordis affectu credat se esse inferiorem et viliorem, nullam sectam nihilque aliquid novi agit. Et in hoc, quod dicit nihil, nihil excludit, ut aliquid monachus ad suum libitum faciat; nam majorem vim negandi habet istud, quod dicitur: nil agat, quam si diceret: non agat. Nam istud enim communis genitivus casus est, respondet monasterii, h. e. communis monasterii.

Something else should be noticed. If you consider more attentively, [you will see] that after having said already that a monk ought to believe that he is lower and meaner than all, he is right to add that he should do nothing except what the Rule of the common monastery or the examples of the elders commend: for anyone who is mortified in this way, such that he believes with the inward disposition of his heart that he is lower and meaner than all, will follow no mode of life — or anything at all — that is novel. And when he says nothing, he excludes nothing that would permit a monk to do something according to his own liking. For what he says, namely, that he do nothing, has a greater force of refusal than if he had said ‘that he not do’. This word common is in the genitive case, and it goes with the word monastery, that is, of the common monastery.

Nunc videndum est, de qua regula dicat, cum multae regulae inveniantur, quae observantur in diversis monasteriis, v. gr. Columbani, Basilii et aliorum? Non enim videtur de illorum dixisse regulis, sed de hac regula dicit, quam ipse S. Benedictus conscripsit, vel de his, quae secus se, i. e. juxta se dereliquit, et (quae) per hanc regulam possunt intelligi; nam sunt multae res, quae per hanc regulam intelliguntur, quamvis non pleniter et aperte inde regula dicat; v. gr. dicit regula de hebdomadariis coquinae: In diebus autem solemnibus usque ad missam sustineant. [Regula Benedicti, c. 35.14] Vide modo, regula non dicit, ut in die Dominica missa cantetur, sed per hoc, quod dixit: usque ad missam sustineant, datur intelligi, missam praecepisse celebrari. Et hoc maxime in judiciis et vestimentis potes intelligere. In judiciis enim, cum dicit: si quis frater contumax aut superbus aut murmurans et reliqua. [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1] Similiter intelligendum est in [page 256] omnibus spiritalibus culpis.

Now we must see which Rule he is speaking about, since there are many Rules to be found that are followed in various monasteries — for example, [the Rules] of Columbanus, of Basil, and of others. For it does not seem that he was speaking about these Rules by other [authors]. Rather, he speaks of this Rule, which holy Benedict himself committed to writing, or of these things that were alongside him, that is, next to him, that he has omitted but which may be understood from the Rule. For there are many things that are implied in the Rule, even though the Rule may not speak about them fully or openly. For example, the Rule says about the weekly servers in the kitchen: But on solemn feast days let them wait until Mass3 [Regula Benedicti, c. 35.14]. Now see: the Rule does not say that Mass should be sung on Sunday; but when it says let them wait until Mass, it is given to be understood that it has commanded that Mass be celebrated. You can discern this especially in [passages referring to disciplinary] judgements and garments. For in [the matter of] judgements, when it says if any brother is stiff-necked or proud or grumbling, and the rest [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1], [the disciplinary procedure there described] must likewise be understood [to apply] in [page 256] all [cases of] spiritual faults.

Nunc videndum est, quae sunt exempla majorum, quae suos auditores post adimpletionem istius regulae docet agere. Illa enim sunt exempla, de quibus in ultimo capitulo dicit, i. e. regula Basilii, collationes Patrum atque instituta monachorum, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 73.5] quia haec, quamvis non plus interiorem hominem, quam haec regula, sicut diximus, constringunt, tamen exteriorem hominem plus constringunt, sive etiam aliorum majorum, quorum vitam sacra scriptura manifestat.

Now we must see what the examples of the elders are, which he teaches his hearers to perform after they have accomplished everything in this Rule. The examples are those of which he speaks in the final chapter, that is, the Rule of Basil, the Conferences of the Fathers, and the Institutes of Monks [cf. Regula Benedicti, c.73.5]. For even though, as we have said, these do not restrain the inner man any more than this Rule, they do nevertheless restrain the outer man more. Or else [the phrase refers to the examples] of other elders, whose manner of life is shown in holy scripture.

Et item subjunxit: ut nihil agat monachus, nisi quod communis monasterii regula et cetera. Et ideo dixit communis monasterii, quia unitatem vult. Majorum exempla sanctorum Patrum sunt, de quibus superius diximus. Sed sciendum est, quia hoc, quod dicit majorum exempla, duobus modis intelligi potest; aut enim dixit causa humilitatis, sicut fecit de officiis; ibi enim definivit valde bene de officiis, et postea dicit: cui forte haec distributio psalmorum displicuerit, et reliqua; [Regula Benedicti, c. 18.22] ita et in hoc loco fecit. Ille enim dixit de mortificatione interioris hominis, quod nec plus nec melius potest inveniri, sicut diximus, et tamen dicit majorum exempla, quia consuetudo sanctorum est, plenissime et sanissime definire causam, et tamen dicunt: si melius potest quis reperire, et hortantur, ut faciat.35

And he further adds that the monk should do nothing except what the Rule of the common monastery, and the rest. He said of the common monastery because he desires unity. The examples of the elders are those of the holy Fathers, of which we spoke earlier. But it must be realized that when he says the examples of the elders, this may be understood in two ways. On the one hand, he may have said it for the sake of humility, just has he did in regard to the offices. For in that place he arranged very well how the offices [ought to be performed], but afterwards he says, If this arrangement of psalms should happen to displease anyone, and the rest [Regula Benedicti, c. 18.22]. He is doing the same thing also in this place. For, as we have said, nothing further or better can be discovered concerning the mortification of the inner man than what he has already said. And yet he says the examples of the elders, because it is the custom of saints that, when they have exhaustively and indisputably settled a matter, they nevertheless say, ‘If there is someone who can explain this better...’ and advise that such a one should do so.

Altero vero modo dixit majorum exempla, quia, quamvis valde interiorem hominem mortificare studuit, quod nullo modo plus possit, tamen exteriorem non ita constrinxit, sed concessit sua necessaria illi, quasi diceret: 'quod si quis Domino juvante ita fuerit mortificatus in interiore homine, sicut dixi, et voluerit exteriorem hominem suum constringere plus, quam ego, i. e. ut non bibat vinum vel non manducet coctum, quod ego concessi, tunc faciat majorum exempla.'

There is a second sense in which he says the examples of the elders. Although he has truly applied himself to the mortification of the inner man, so that he could by no means say more, nevertheless he has not restrained the outer man to the same extent, but has rather allowed it its own needs. It is as if he had said, ‘If anyone, with the Lord’s help, has been mortified in the inner man in the way that I have described, and wishes to restrain his own outer man more than I have required — that is, by not drinking wine or not eating cooked food, which I have allowed — then let him do according to the examples of the elders.’

Item animadvertendum est etiam nunc, quia in hoc loco, in quo dicit B. Benedictus: si nihil agat monachus, nisi quod communis monasterii regula vel majorum cohortantur exempla, varie a variis intelligitur. Sunt enim alii, qui dicunt, in isto octavo gradu dixisse B. Benedictum, non in [page 257] monasterio monachum debere agere majorum exempla; sed ad eremum ire et ibi adjuvante Domino majorum exempla peragere. Et iterum sunt alii, qui dicunt: 'Non est verum, eum ad eremum dixisse monachum ire et ibi peragere majorum exempla, sed in monasterio, quia primum capitulum, in quo de eremitis dicit, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 1.3-5] narratio est, ultimum vero capitulum, in quo dicit: Regulam autem hanc descripsimus et reliqua, [Regula Benedicti, c. 73.1] humiliantis est, et iste octavus gradus docentis est.' Iterum e contrario respondent alii: 'Verum est, quod dicimus, quia in eremo peragere monachum dixit S. Benedictus et non in monasterio, eo quod, quamvis verum sit capitulum primum narrantis, tamen iste octavus gradus et ultimum capitulum concedentis est, non docentis, nec humiliantis est, sicut vos dicitis.' Iterum e contrario respondet alia pars: 'Quomodo potest hoc esse verum, ut in eremum dicat S. Benedictus ire monachum, cum alibi dicat: sciens se lege regulae constitutum, quod ei non liceat ex illa die egredi de monasterio nec collum excutere de subjugo regulae [Regula Bendicti, c. 58.15-16]; et iterum: Promittat de stabilitate sua et conversione morum suorum et obedientiam coram Deo et Sanctis ejus. [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17] Et iterum: Officina vero, ubi haec omnia diligenter operemur, claustra sunt in monasterio et stabilitas in congregatione. [Regula Benedicti, c. 4, 78] Et iterum: ut ab ipsius nunquam magisterio discedentes in ejus doctrina usque ad mortem in monasterio perseverantes passionibus Christi per patientiam participemur. [Regula Benedicti, prol.50] E contrario respondet alia pars: 'Nos cum ad eremum imus, non facimus contra regulam, quia auctoritas est, sicut jam diximus, in istis duobus capitulis, i. e. in octavo gradu et in ultimo capitulo; nec de monasterio egredimur, quia ad singularem pugnam [Regula Bendicti, c. 1.5] properamus, cum ad eremum imus, et ista minora in illis majoribus comprehendimus, si eremiticam vitam duxerimus; et ob hoc isti melius dicunt, qui causa meliorationis intelligunt ex ire.

Further, it must also now be noticed that this passage, where blessed Benedict says that the monk should do nothing except what the rule of the common monastery or the examples of the elders commend, is understood differently by different people. For there are some who say that in the eighth step blessed Benedict has said, not that the monk ought to do [what] the examples of the elders [commend] [page 257] in the monastery, but that the monk should go into the wilderness, and there, with the Lord’s help, perform the examples of the elders [by becoming a hermit, as they did]. And again there are others who say, ‘It is not true that he said a monk ought to go into the wilderness and there perform the examples of the elders, but rather [that he should do so] in the monastery. For the first chapter, when it speaks of hermits [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 1.3–5], is just relating information. The final chapter, where it says We have written this Rule, and the rest [Regula Benedicti, c. 73.1], uses conventional language of humility.4 But this eighth step [of humility] is actively teaching.’ Again, on the other hand, the first group replies, ‘What we have said is true: holy Benedict has said that a monk performs5 [the examples of the elders] in the wilderness, not in the monastery; because although the first chapter is relating information, both this eighth step [of humility] and the final chapter are neither actively teaching nor using conventional language of humility, as you say, but are rather making concessions.’ Again, on the other hand, the second group replies, ‘How can it be true that holy Benedict says a monk should go into the wilderness, when in another place he says, let him know that he is governed6 by the law of the Rule, that from that day he is not allowed to leave the monastery or pull his neck out from under the yoke of the Rule [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.15–16]. And again: He shall promise his stability, a monastic way of life, and obedience before God and his saints [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17]. And again: The workshop where we are diligently to do all these things is the enclosure of the monastery and stability in the community [Regula Benedicti, c. 4.78]. And again: so that never departing from his teaching, but persevering in his doctrine in the monastery until death, we shall through patience share in the sufferings of Christ [Regula Benedicti, prol.50].’ On the other hand, the first group replies, ‘When we go into the wilderness, we do not act against the Rule, for it gives us permission to act this way in the eighth step and in the final chapter. Nor in hastening to single combat7 [with the devil] [Regula Benedicti, c. 1.5] do we [really] go out of the monastery when we go into the wilderness: if we have led an eremitic life, in [pursuing] those greater things we also retain these lesser things [of community life]. And for this reason these speak better, who understand that “going out” is for the sake of improvement.’8

 
1. As he goes on to explain, Hildemar parses communis as a genitive. Most translators read it as a nominative: ‘what the common rule of the monastery and the examples of the elders commend’.
2. Cf. the saying of Abba Poemen in Vitae patrum, 5.4.31 (quoted in RB 1980, ed. Fry, p. 241).
3. Hildemar has silently altered the text of the Rule from missas to missam to make it agree with his interpretation (he quotes it correctly as missas in his commentary on c. 35.14, Mittermüller, p. 400). Like Smaragdus (tr. Barry, p. 393), Hildemar assumes that this refers to the principal conventual Mass of the day. What Benedict himself meant is not clear. In Regula Benedicti, c. 17, missas appears several times in apparent reference to prayers offered at the end of the several daily offices, not the Mass (Vogüé and Neufville, La Règle de Saint Benoît II, 568 n. 14).
4. In the final chapter, Benedict famously describes his work as ‘this little Rule for beginners’ (c. 73:8) and recommends as further guides to ‘perfection of monastic life’ the scriptures, the works of John Cassian, monastic biographies, and the Rule of Basil. In commending works that celebrate the Desert Fathers, was Benedict implying that monastic perfection could be found only in the eremitical life? Hildemar notes a possible objection to this view: Benedict was just using conventions of modesty and not giving his real opinion.
5. For peragere (‘perform’, ‘attain’), we should perhaps read pergere (‘proceed’, ‘continue’), as in the ‘Warnefrid’ and ‘Basilius’ versions of the commentary: ‘the monk continues in wilderness’.
6. Hildemar’s text of c. 58:15 reads sciens se, where the textus purus and other traditions read, more naturally, sciens et (‘Let him know also that it is laid down by the law of the Rule...’).
7. An interesting textual problem presents itself. Instead of the quotation from the Rule ad singulare pugnam, the ‘Warnefrid’ version reads ad singulare certamen (‘to single contest’). The ‘Basilius’ version (Karlsruhe, Badische Landesbibliothek, Perg. Aug. 203, fol. 158v) reads simply ad singulare. Might both the ‘Hildemar’ and ‘Warnefrid’ versions depend on an original text that, like ‘Basilius’, was defective at this point, and which they corrected independently?
8. It is hard to tell whether the last sentence is part of the argument attributed to the ‘first group’ or Hildemar’s own opinion. It could be translated more strongly: ‘these are more correct who understand that one leaves the monastery for the sake of improvement’. By contrast, Hildemar clearly favours cenobitic monasticism as the ideal, and so he may see ‘going out’ (exire) as a spiritual, not a physical, action. But he seems genuinely unsure whether Benedict has in fact left the door open for mature monks to discern a vocation to the life of a hermit. (See M. A. Schroll, Benedictine Monasticism as Reflected in the Warnefrid-Hildemar Commentaries on the Rule, pp. 185–8.) Hildemar’s comments on c. 1:3–5, where Benedict describes hermits favourably, are non-committal: he is more interested in explaining that the virtues necessary for such a vocation are heroic and difficult to maintain without the support of a monastic community.

DE NONO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 68rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 158v; Ms E1, fol. 77r; Ms E2, fol. 104r]

CONCERNING THE NINTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Isabelle Cochelin

56Nonus humilitatis gradus est, si linguam ad loguendum prohibeat monachus et taciturnitatem habens usque ad interrogationem non loquatur, 57monstrante scriptum: Quia in multiloquio non effugietur peccatum, [Prv 10:19] 58et: Quia vir linguosus non dirigetur super terram. [Ps 139:12]

56The ninth step of humility is that a monk should hold his tongue and, keeping silent, not speak until asked to, 57since Scripture shows that in loquacity there is no escape from sin [Prv 10:19] 58and a blabbermouth wanders aimless over the earth. [Ps 139:12]

Quia B. Benedictus, sicut diximus, in septem gradibus docuit interiorem hominem et in octavo misit exteriorem ad communis monasterii regulam aut majorum exempla, nunc in isto nono gradu incipit docere compositionem exterioris hominis ab isto nono usque in undecimum gradum. Jam in duodecimo utrumque docet, i. e. interiorem et exteriorem, quia dicit: 62non solum corde sed etiam corpore.

Because, as we said, the blessed Benedict has taught the inner man in the seven [first] steps and, in the eighth, referred the outer [man] to the rule of the common monastery or the examples of the elders, now, in this ninth step, he starts teaching the disposition of the outer man from this ninth to the eleventh step. In the twelfth, he teaches both, that is the inner and the outer, since he says: not only in his heart but also with his body.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Quare prius docuit interiorem et postmodum exteriorem, cum aptum fuisset, ut exterior homo prius doceretur et postmodum interior, eo quod major est interior quam exterior.' Cui respondendum est: 'Quamquam hoc esset aptum, tamen aptcius fuit, sicut fecit, eo quod exterioris hominis compositio sine interioris doctrina nil valet: nam per interioris hominis doctrinam exterior noster homo componitur.'

Perhaps someone says: “Why did he first teach the inner and then the outer, when it would have been suitable that the outer man be taught first and then the inner, since the inner is superior to the outer?” To this should be answered: “Even though this would have been appropriate, what he did was more appropriate because the disposition of the outer man is worth nothing without the wisdom of the inner.”

Summopere enim animadvertendum est, quare B. Benedictus dicat nunc usque ad interrogationem non loquatur. Si enim, sicuti sonat, ita intelligatur, videtur difficile esse, eo quod nec fuit, nec est, nec erit, qui possit hoc observare, ut tantum tunc fuisset locutus, cum interrogatus fuisset, maxime cum ipse superius dicat: Si qua requirenda sunt a priore, cum omni humilitate et subjectione reverentiae requirantur. [Regula Benedicti, c. 6:7] Et iterum in quinto gradu humilitatis dicit: 46si omnes cogitationes malus cordi suo advenientes vel mala a se absconse commissa per humilem confessionem abbati suo non celaverit [Regula Benedicti, 7.44].

Moreover, it should be observed with the greatest care why the Blessed Benedict says not to speak until asked to. If indeed it should be understood literally, this would be difficult since there has not been, there is not, and there will not be anyone who can ascertain that he spoke only when asked, especially since [Benedict] himself says above: if anything is asked of a superior, it should be asked with all humility and reverent submission. [Regula Benedicti, c. 6.7] And again, in the fifth step of humility he says: that in humble confession one reveals to his abbot any wicked thoughts entering into his heart and any wickedness done in secret. [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.44]

Nam videtur sibi esse contrarius ipse S. Benedictus, cum in isto nono gradu dicit, ut usque ad interrogationem non loquatur, et superius dicit, sicut jam dictum est, ut necessaria sui corporis monachus requirat sine interrogatione prioris, et iterum confessionem peccatorum suorum sive cogitationum dicit faciendam esse abbati. Non est contrarius, sed discretum doctorem requirit; discretus enim doctor intelligit in hoc loco, quia, sicut compellit prior, cum te interrogat, ut loquaris, ita etiam te compellit necessitas, ut velis nolis necessitatem tuam loquaris. Ac per hoc, cum dicit Non loquatur usque ad interrogationem, subaudiendum est etiam: usque ad necessitatem, quasi [page 259] diceret aliis verbis: non loquatur, nisi usque ad interrogationem prioris sive usque ad necessitatem animae suae et corporis sui sive necessitatem proximi sui. Ideo dixi proximi, quia scriptum est: Diliges proximum tuum, sicut teipsum. [Mt 19:19] Ac per hoc si ita debeo diligere proximum meum, sicut meipsum, ita ergo debeo loqui necessitatem proximi mei, sicut et meam tam animae quam corporis.

The blessed Benedict seems, therefore, to contradict himself when he says in this ninth step not to speak until asked to, and he says prior to this, as already mentioned, that the monk should ask for his bodily necessities without being asked by a superior,  and, again, he says that the confession of one’s sins or thoughts must be done to the abbot. He does not contradict himself, but requires a discerning teacher: indeed, a discerning teacher understands in this passage that, as a superior compels you to speak when he asks you to, in the same way, necessity compels you, willing or unwilling, to speak out your needs. And because of this, when he says not to speak until asked to, it is also implied: but for necessity; as if [page 259] he were saying in other words: not to speak except until asked to by a superior or by the needs of one’s soul or one body’s, or the needs of one’s neighbour. I said of one’s neighbour because it is written: Love your neighbour as yourself [Mt 19:19]. And if, because of this, I should love my neighbour as myself, I should also speak for my neighbour’s needs, as for mine, whether of the soul or of the body.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Quare necessitatem corpoream fratris requirere debeo sicut meam?' Si enim debeo peccatum fratris quasi meum dolore et tam quam meum per meam exhortationem debeo emendatum esse gaudere, ergo pro amore fraternitatis debeo etiam pro necessitate fratris suggerere abbati. V. gr. suggero abbati dicens: 'Pater, talem negligentiam vidi in illo fratre; opto pro tua misericordia, ut illud emendare digneris.' Ita etiam pro necessitate fratris temporali debeo abbati suggerere, v. gr.: 'Pater, talem necessitatem vidi habere illum fratrem; nescio, utrum sponte, an pro negligentia illius, qui debet illi tribuere; vos potestis cognoscere, cur hoc patiatur.'

Perhaps someone says: “Why should I ask for my brother’s bodily needs as for mine?” If indeed I must deplore a brother’s sin as [I would] mine and I must rejoice that it is corrected by my exhortation as [I would for] mine, then, out of brotherly love, I must also signal a brother’s needs to the abbot. For instance I signal [a brother’s sin] to the abbot by saying: “Father, I noticed such-and-such negligence by that brother; I wish that, out of your mercy, you deign to correct it.” I must also signal the temporal needs of a brother to the abbot, for instance: “Father, I noticed that that brother has such-and-such needs; I do not know whether [he suffers it] freely or by the negligence of the one who must provide for him; you can know why he suffers this”.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Quomodo interrogat necessitas quemquam, quia dixisti, subaudiendum esse: necessitatis sitae et alienae tam corporis quam animae?' Vere fit; sic enim legitur Dominus dixisse ad Moysen tacentem: Cur clamas ad me? [cf. Ex 14:15] Moyses autem non clamabat, sed tacebat; sed quia necessitatem habebat, ipsa necessitas ad Dominum clamabat. Sicut enim intelligitur illa sententia, ubi dicit Dominus, de omni verbo otioso esse homines reddituros rationem, [cf. Mt 12:36] ita et hic. Vide, quia sicut illis non dicitur solummodo de omni verbo, sed addidit otiosum, ita hic intelligenda est interrogatio causae, i. e. necessitatis, non vocis.

Perhaps someone says: “How can necessity question anyone, since you said it was implied of one’s own needs or someone else’s, whether of the body or the soul?” Such is truly the case; indeed, one can read that the Lord said to the silent Moses: Why do you cry out to me? [cf. Ex 14:15] Moses was not crying out but silent; but, because he was in need, his need itself cried to the Lord. Just as this sentence is interpreted in which the Lord says that men shall render an account for every idle word [cf. Mt 12:36], so also here. See how, just as in that case it is said to them not merely for every word, but he added idle, so here the request of the cause is to be understood as the need and not the voice.

Sequitur: monstrante scriptura: In multiloquio non effugies peccatum. Istud enim multiloquium duobus modis intelligi potest; uno enim modo intelligitur secundum sensum divinarum scripturarum: In multiloquio non effugies peccatum, i. e, quia multum loqui,36 etiamsi bona sint verba, [page 260] illabitur homo in peccatum, i. e. aut in detractionem aut in aliquod aliud peccatum. Secundum vero sensum S. Benedicti intelligitur: in multiloquio non effugies peccatum, quia, si plus fuerint verba, quam oportet, i. e. quinque vel quatuor, tria vel etiam duo, multiloquium est; nam quantum plus fuerint verba, quam necessitas exigit, tantum multiloquium et majus peccatum est, et quantum minus fuerint verba, tanto minus est peccatum.

Next: since Scripture shows that in loquacity there is no escape from sin. This loquacity can be understood in two ways. In one way, it is understood according to the meaning of the divine scriptures: In loquacity there is no escape from sin, i.e. by chattering, even good words, [page 260] a man slips into sin, i.e. into slander or some other sin. And it is understood according to the meaning of St Benedict: in loquacity there is no escape from sin, because, if the words are more than needed, i.e. five or four, three or even two, this is loquacity; indeed, the greater the number of words above what necessity requires, the greater the loquacity and the greater the sin; the fewer the words, the less the sin.

Sequitur: et quia vir linguosus non dirigetur super terram. Similiter et istud, quod dicitur, duobus modis intelligitur; uno modo intelligitur secundum sensum divinae scripturae linguosus est ille, qui multa et mala verba loquitur; nam etiamsi unum solummodo verbum studio male loquendi dixerit, linguosus est. Dirigetur, i. e. prosperabitur. In qua terra iste linguosus non dirigetur? In illa quippe terra, de qua scriptum est: Credo videre bona Domini in terra viventium; [Ps 26:13] nam in ista terra maxime iste linguosus dirigitur, i. e. prosperatur. Secundum vero sensum S. Benedicti vir linguosus intelligitur, etiamsi bona locutus fuerit, tamen quia multa sunt et superflua, i. e. plus quam oportet, et ipsum plus, quamvis bonum sit, linguosus dicitur. Animadvertendum est etiam, quia, sicut errat ille, qui plus loquitur, quam, oportet, quamvis bonum sit, ita etiam errat, si minus loquitur, quam oportet.

Next: a blabbermouth wanders aimless over the earth. Again, here, what is said is understood in two ways; for one, it is understood according to the meaning of the divine Scripture: the blabbermouth is the one speaking many words and wicked ones; indeed, he is a blabbermouth even if he had spoken only one word with the intent of speaking wickedly. He wanders aimless, i.e., he will not prosper. On what earth does this blabbermouth wander aimless? It is obviously the one about which it is written: I believe I see the good things of the Lord in the land of the living; [Ps 26:13] indeed, it is in this land particularly that this blabbermouth is led, i.e. prospers. But blabbermouth is understood according to the meaning of St Benedict: even if he has said good things, because it was too much and superfluous, i.e. more than necessary, however good this surplus, he is called a blabbermouth. One must also take into account that, just as he errs who talks more than needed, however good [what he says], so also errs the one who talks less than needed.

DE DECIMO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 68vPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 160v; Ms E1, fol. 78r; Ms E2, fol. 105v]

CONCERNING THE TENTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Matthew Gillis

59Decimus humilitatis gradus est, si non est facilis est promptus in risu, quia scriptum est: Stultus in risu exaltat vocem suam. [Sir 21:23]

59The tenth step of humility is not to be easy or ready in laughter, for it is written, The fool raises his voice in laughter. [Sir 21:23]

Facilis ac promtus quamvis possint unum esse, tamen potest etiam aliud esse facilis et aliud promptus. Nam facilis attinet ad illum, qui cito in risu movetur, promptus autem ad illum, qui intentus est risui vel paratus. Et item facilis intelligitur levis, citus; promptus autem, i. e. paratus. In hoc enim loco cum, dicit: non sit facilis ac promptus in risu, non dicit, ut monachus nunquam rideat, sed non sit facilis ac promptus in risu, quia scriptura divina non prohibet, hominem hilaritatem spiritalem habere, cum [page 261] ait: Hilarem enim datorem diligit Deus. [2 Cor 9:7] Et iterum: Jucundus homo, qui miscretur et commodat. [Ps 111:5] Et rursum: Sermo bonus super datum optimum [Sir 18:17] et reliq. Quod dicit: Stultus in risu exaltat vocem suam, i. e. ridendo exaltat vocem, sicuti laici faciunt, qui granditer rident, h. e. cachinnant; sciendum est enim, quia sunt multi, qui, quam quam in voce non exprimant sonum in risu, tamen, si in corde superfluam laetitiam habuerint,37 apud Deum magnus risus est.

Although easy and ready can be one thing, nevertheless it can also be one thing to be easy and another to be ready. For easy pertains to someone quickly moved to laughter, while ready pertains to someone eager or prepared for laughter. Easy is also understood as capricious, impetuous; ready, however, is understood as prepared. For when in this passage, he says: not to be easy or ready in laughter, he does not say let a monk never laugh, but let him not be easy or ready in laughter, for divine scripture does not prohibit a person from having a jovial spirit, such as when [page 261] it says: For God loves a cheerful giver. [2 Cor 9:7] And likewise: Delightful is the person who has compassion and accomodates. [Ps 111:5] And again: Good conversation surpasses the best gift [Sir 18:17] and so on. As far as it says: The fool raises his voice in laughter, it means he raises his voice in laughing just as lay people do when they laugh boisterously or guffaw; in fact, the passage must be understood this way, since many, who possess an abundance of happiness in their heart but do not express the sound of their voice in laughter, bring about a great laughter in the presence of God.

DE UNDECIMO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 68vPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 161r; Ms E1, fol. 78v; MS E2, fol. 106r]

CONCERNING THE ELEVENTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Jesse D. Billett

60Undecimus humilitatis gradus est, si, cum loquitur monachus, leniter et sine risu, humiliter cum gravitate, vel pauca verba et rationabilia loquatur et non sit clamosus in voce, 61sicut scriptum est: Sapiens verbis innotescit paucis.

60The eleventh step of humility is that when a monk speaks, he should do so gently and without laughter, humbly and with seriousness: let him speak few and reasonable words, and let him not be loud of voice, 61as it is written: A wise man is known by his few words.

Leniter etenim est, cum ita loquitur quis, ut solummodo ille audiat, cui loquitur. Sed nunc videndum est, quomodo potest quis loqui ita, ut nemo audiat, nisi ille, cui loquitur? Cum frater in medio claustro38 est, et ego ab illo longe existo, aut forte loquor surdo, ecce illi nequaquam ita possum loqui, ut alius non audiat. Istud enim testimonium, quod subjungit nunc, i. e. sapiens verbis innotescit paucis, non respicit ad id, quod dicit: non sit clamosus in voce, sed ad illud, quod dicit: pauca et rationabilia verba, et istud, quod dicit: non sit clamosus in voce, respicit ad illud, quod dicit leniter.

Now, gently means that when someone is speaking, he speaks in such a way that only the person to whom he speaks is able to hear him. But now we must see how it is that someone can speak in such a way that no one can hear him but the person to whom he speaks. When a brother is in the middle of the cloister,1 and I am somewhere far away from him, or if I happen to be speaking to a deaf man, you see that I am by no means able to speak to him in such a way that no one else may hear. This quotation that he adds, A wise man is known by his few words, does not pertain to what he has just said (let him not be loud of voice) but rather to what he said earlier: few and reasonable words. And the phrase let him not be loud of voice corresponds to an earlier word: gently.

Si enim talis fuerit obedientia, quam ego dimittere possum, debeo ad illum ire, aut ille, si potest, debet ad me venire. Quodsi non possum ad illum ire, aut ille ad me non potest venire, ita debeo illam vocem temperare, ut ille audiat, cui loqui volo, et ultra non procedat, deinde si alius audierit, tamen leniter loquor, quia necessitate talis locutio efficitur. Similiter et si surdo locutus fuero cum necessitate, et ipse mihi magna voce responderit, ego tamen leniter loquor, quia necessitate coactus talia taliter loquor. Similiter etiam si alii locutus fuero, qui [page 262] hebes est, cui si causa intelligendi granditer locutus fuero, leniter loquor.

Isn’t obedience something that I should actually be able to discharge? I ought to go over to [the brother who is far away from me], or he, if he is able, ought to come over to me. But if I am not able to go to him, and he is not able to come to me, then I ought to moderate my voice so that it can be heard by the one I wish to speak to, but will not go any farther. Then, if someone else should happen to hear it, I am nevertheless speaking gently, because speech of this kind is occasioned by necessity. Likewise, if I have of necessity spoken to a deaf man, and he answers me with a loud voice, I have nevertheless spoken gently, for I have been compelled by necessity to speak in such a way to such a person. Likewise, also, if I have spoken to someone who [page 262] is feebleminded and had to speak to him loudly for the sake of being understood, I still speak gently.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia in omni locutione debeo inspicere submissum genus locutionis et temperatum atque vehemens. Submisso genere locutionis loqui debes, cum de parvis rebus loqueris, veluti cum de ambulatione loqueris fratri. Item temperato genere locutionis debes loqui in mediocribus causis, v. gr. cum de jejunio alicui loqui debes jam in isto loco, quia jejunium majus est quam ambulatio; hic temperato genere locutionis loqui debes. Item vehementi genere locutionis loqui debes illi, cui de caritate oportet te loqui, quia caritas major est caeteris superioribus virtutibus; idcirco vehementi genere locutionis debes loqui, quia, sicut causa exigit, ita debes locutionem formare et multiplicare. Non enim dicimus, ut vocem magnam facias in locutione, sed quia non potest in minoribus et in majoribus aequaliter intelligi, eo quod in majoribus et in maximis causis necessaria sunt plura verba et in minoribus pauciora.

And now it must be noted that on every occasion of speaking I ought to consider [whether to use] a soft manner of speech, a moderate, or a strong. You ought to speak with the soft manner of speech when you speak about things of little importance, as when you speak with a brother about going for a walk. You ought to use the moderate manner of speech to speak about matters of medium importance. For example, if you are obliged to speak to someone about fasting, then surely in this case you ought to speak in the moderate manner, since fasting is more important than walking. You ought to speak with the strong manner of speech if it is incumbent on you to speak to someone about charity, for charity is greater than the other higher virtues. For this reason you ought to speak with the strong manner of speech, because you ought to shape and multiply your speech as befits the subject matter. We do not say that you should [always] use a great voice in speaking, but rather that [one manner of speaking] cannot be understood equally well in both lesser and greater matters; because in the more important and most important matters, more words are necessary, but in lesser [matters], fewer [words suffice].

Sequitur: pauca verba et rationabilia loquatur. Pauca enim attinent ad id, ut tantum debeas loqui, quantum causa exigit, de qua dicis, quia, sicuti jam diximus, erras, si minus aut plus, quam oportet, locutus fueris. Rationabilia autem attinent ad id, quod vera et bona debeas loqui, i. e. sapienter et eloquenter, et ob id rite servandum, cum utrumque praeceptum sit: pauca et rationabilia verba loquatur, et non sit clamosus in voce. Nam qui utrumque non valet, dicat sapienter, quod non dicit eloquenter. Ideo dicere debet monachus sapienter, ut non sit clamosus voce, sicut scriptum est: Sapiens verbis innotescit paucis.

It goes on: let him speak few and reasonable words. Few means that you ought to speak only as many [words] as the matter you are talking about requires. For, as we have just said, you fall into error if you speak less or more than you ought. Reasonable means that you ought to say [words] that are true and good, that is, [you should speak] wisely and eloquently, and on that account both precepts ought to be carefully observed: let him speak few, reasonable words, and let him not be loud of voice. If someone lacks ability to do both, let him say wisely what he is not able to say eloquently. Therefore a monk ought to talk wisely, so that he may not be loud of voice, as it is written: A wise man is known by his few words.

Eloquenter vero attinet ad pauca verba, quia monachus in paucis verbis debet comprehendere causam, quam dicit; sapienter autem attinet ad rationabilia, eo quod monachus bona et rationabilia verba debet loqui. Istud vero, quod dicit pauca et rationabilia verba, et istud, quod dicit non sit clamosus in voce, respicit ad illud, quod dicit leniter. Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia utrumque praecipit B. Benedictus, i. e. sapienter, et eloquenter. Sed sciendum est, quia si peccatum [page 263] est, sapienter loqui et non eloquenter, tamen minus et parvum peccatum est.

‘Eloquently’ pertains to few words, for a monk ought to frame a matter about which he is speaking in few words. ‘Wisely’ pertains to reasonable [words], because a monk ought to speak good and reasonable words. Now, both of these phrases that he uses — few and reasonable words and let him not be loud of voice — are amplifications of the earlier word gently. And it must be noticed, that blessed Benedict enjoins both [qualities], that is, wisely and eloquently. But if it is a sin [page 263] to speak wisely and not eloquently, realize nevertheless that it a lesser and little sin.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'quare hoc peccatum est, si non possum eloquenter loqui?' Cui respondendum est: 'ideo dixi, peccatum esse, quia ex primi hominis peccato hoc evenit nobis, ut non omnia sufficienter possimus loqui bona.' Et hoc est, quod sequitur: et non sit clamosus in voce, quia scriptum est: Sapiens verbis innotescit paucis. Istud enim testimonium, quod subjungit nunc, i. e. sapiens verbis innotescit paucis, non ad clamosus in voce respicit, sed ad pauca et rationabilia verba. Et istud clamosus in voce respicit ad illud, quod dicitur leniter.

Perhaps someone says, ‘Why is it a sin if I am not able to speak eloquently?’ The response is, ‘I have said it is a sin because, as a result of the sin of the first man, it has come to pass for us that we are not sufficiently able to say all good things.’ And this is the point of what follows: and let him not be loud of voice, as it is written: A wise man is known by his few words. This quotation that he now adds, A wise man is known by his few words, does not apply to the phrase loud of voice but to the phrase few and reasonable words. And loud of voice applies to the earlier word gently.

Et hoc notandum est, quia non est mirum, si praepostero ordine loquitur S. Benedictus, eo quod mos est scripturae divinae, tali genere locutionis eloqui, sicut Paulus apostolus loquitur ad Timotheum; ait enim: Manus cito nemini imposueris, neque corumunicaveris peccatis alienis, te ipsum castum custodi, jam noli aquam bibere, sed vino modico utere propter stomachum et frequentes tuas infirmitates. Quorundam autem hominum peccata manifesta sunt praecedentia in judicium, quosdam autem et sequuntur. [1 Tim 5:22-24] Rectus enim ordo iste est: manus cito nemini imposueris neque communicaveris peccatis alienis, quia quorundam hominum peccata manifesta sunt praecedentia, quosdam autem et sequuntur. Jam noli aquam bibere, sed vino modico utere propter stomachum et frequentes tuas infirmitates. Ita et in Job legitur, ubi dicit: Morientur, et non in sapientia. [Iob 4:21]

And it must be noted that it is not strange for holy Benedict to speak in a confused order like this: it is also the custom of holy scripture to express itself in a manner of this kind. It is as when Paul speaks to Timothy, saying: Impose your hands on no one quickly, neither share in others’ sins. Keep yourself chaste. Do not drink only water any longer, but use a little wine for the sake of your stomach and your frequent infirmities. The sins of some men are manifested and go before them to the judgement, but some other men they follow after. [1 Tim 5:22–24] The correct order of this is: ‘Impose your hands on no one quickly, neither share in others’ sins, for the sins of some men are manifested and go before them, but some other men they follow after. Do not drink only water any longer, but use a little wine for the sake of your stomach and your frequent infirmities.’ The same thing may be read in Job, where he says: They shall die, and not in wisdom. [Iob 4:21]

Et hoc notandum est, quia sunt multae regulae, quae habent gravitatem, nec debent habere, quia gravitas et leniter unum significant, et ideo non debet esse. Cum dicit sine risu, subaudiendum est: si potest caveri; nam superius non dicit, ut nunquam rideat monachus, sed non sit facilis ac promtus in risu.[Regula Benedicti, c. 7.59] Et bene dixi, ut subaudiri debeat: si potest caveri. Et hoc sciendum est: cum monachus in monasterio loquitur, non debet ita longo et granditer dicere alicui, ne aliis impedimentum tribuat, sed magis ad illum ire, ut non faciat illis, qui sunt [page 264] in contemplatione Dei, aliquant perturbationem, quia semper honeste et absque murmuratione39 esse debet monachus in monasterio.

And now it must be noted that there are many copies of the Rule that also include the word seriousness, but they should not do so, for the words seriousness and gently denote the same thing, and therefore it should not be there.2 When he says without laughter, we must supply the words ‘if it can be avoided’. For earlier he does not say that a monk should never laugh, but that he should not be one who laughs easily and quickly [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.59]. So I am right to say that we must supply the words ‘if it can be avoided’. And this must be known: when a monk is speaking in the monastery, he should not speak to anyone at length or loudly, lest he interfere with others. Rather, it is better that he go over to him, so that he might not cause any disturbance to those who are [page 264] in the contemplation of God. For a monk ought always to behave decently and without grumbling in the monastery.


1. For Hildemar, the ‘cloister’ can denote the whole of the monastic enclosure, not just the inner courtyard (Schroll, Benedictine Monasticism, p. 28).
2. As can be seen above, Mittermüller’s text of the Regula Benedicti, c. 7:60, includes the words cum gravitate (“with seriousness”), but the commentary text itself seems to imply that they were omitted from the copy of the Rule used by the commentator. The critical apparatus of Rudolf Hanslik (Benedicti Regula, CSEL 75) notes two copies of the Rule that lack them: his MS Y = Barcelona, Archivo de la Corona de Aragón, MS Sant Cugat 22 (Sant Llorenç del Munt, s. xi); and his MS Q = Milan, Biblioteca Ambrosiana, MS Q. 66 sup. (prov. Avignon, s. x). The ‘Warnefrid’ version of the commentary seems to have been adjusted to acknowledge the presence of cum gravitate in the text of the Rule (p. 199): Et hoc notandum est, quia sunt multae regulae, quae non habent gravitatem, nec debent habere; quia gravitas et lenitas unum significat (“And it must be noted that there are many copies of the Rule that do not have the word ‘seriousness’, nor should they have it; for ‘seriousness’ and ‘gently’ signify the same thing”). The ‘Basilius’ version does not give the whole text of the ‘eleventh step of humility’ at the head of this section, so we cannot see whether it includes cum gravitate. Nevertheless, the text of the ‘Basilius’ commentary implies that it is present (Karlsruhe, Badische Landesbibliothek, MS Perg. Aug. 203, fol. 162v): Sciendum enim que sunt multae regulę quae non habent grauitatem, nec debent etiam habere quia si habuerint superfluum est, quantum ad sensum attinet eo quod grauitas et leniter significant (“Note that there are many copies of the Rule that do not have ‘seriousness’, nor out they to have it, for if they had it, it would be superfluous, so far as the meaning goes, because ‘seriousness’ and ‘gently’ signify [the same thing]”).

 

DE DUODECIMO HUMILITATIS GRADU

[Ms P, fol. 69rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 163r; Ms E1, fol. 79r; Ms E2, fol. 108r]

CONCERNING THE TWELFTH STEP OF HUMILITY

Translated by: Bruce Venarde

62Duodecimus humilitatis gradus est, si non solum corde monachus, sed etiam ipso corpore humilitatem videndibus se semper indicet.

62The twelfth step of humility is that a monk always shows humility to those who see him, not only in his heart but also with his body.

Venit B. Benedictus ad duodecimum gradum humilitatis, in quo consummationem facit compositionis exterioris hominis atque interioris; interioris, cum dicit non solum corde, exterioris, cum dicit sed etiam corpore; nam exteriorem hominem maxime a nono gradu, interiorem a primo gradu. Et bene prius mortificationem interioris hominis docuit, et postmodum compositionem exterioris, quia ex profectu interioris hominis procedat compositio exterioris.

St. Benedict comes to the twelfth step of humility, in which he summarizes the disposition (configuration?) of the exterior and interior man: interior, when he says not only in his heart, and exterior, which he says but also with his body. For he has treated the exterior man mostly since the ninth step, the interior from the first step. Rightly he teaches first the mortification of the interior man, and afterwards the disposition of the exterior man, because the disposition of the exterior man proceeds from the progress of the interior man.

Ait enim: Duodecimus humilitatis gradus est, si non solum corde monachus, sed etiam ipso corpore, humilitatem videntibus se semper indicet. Bene prius corde et postmodum corpore dixit, quia, sicut diximus, ex mortificatione interioris hominis procedit compositio exterioris. Corde dixit propter Deum, corpore dixit propter exemplum hominibus praebendum. Corde dixit, ne Deus offendatur, eo quod Deus inspector est cordium; corpore dixit, ne homo fallatur, quia homo non valet videre qualitatem cordis, sed per continentiam corporis, quantum ad hominem attinet, interiora40 solet cognoscere. Sic etiam idem S. Benedictus superius dicit: praeparanda sunt corda et corpora sanctae praeceptorum obedientiae militatura. [Regula Benedicti, prol. 40] Et bene dixit: videntibus se semper indicet; etiam si non diceret, necesse fuerat subaudiri, quia, videntibus nos exemplum monstramus.

So he says The twelfth step of humility is that a monk always show humility to those who see him, not only in his heart but also with his body. Rightly he says first in his heart and afterwards with his body because, as we said, the disposition of the exterior man proceeds from the mortification of the interior man.1 He says in his heart on account of God, with his body on account of the example to be shown to men. He says in his heart lest God be offended, since God is the inspector of hearts; he says with his body, because man is unable to see the nature of the heart except through the restraint of the body, according to the extent that man is accustomed to understand interior matters. And so likewise St. Benedict says above Our hearts and bodies must be readied to fight for holy obedience to his instructions [Regula Benedicti, prol. 40]. And well he said always show humility to those who see him. Even if he had not said so, it would have been necessary to understand, because we show an example to those who see us.

Nunc videndum est, quare dixit semper? Ideo dixit semper, quia jugiter vult, ut tu humilitatem habeas; nam sunt multi, qui aut ex toto aut per intervallum humilitatem deserunt. Ex toto deserunt, cum a diabolo decepti peccatum mortale committunt, et cum hoc agunt, ex toto humilitatem [page 265] deserunt. Per intervallum vero, sicut diximus humilitatem deservunt, cum aliquod leve et parvum peccatum committunt; in hoc enim loco per omnia41 non deserunt humilitatem, cum statim emendantur et poenitent.

Now we need to see why he said always. He did so because he constantly wants you to have humility, for there are many who lack humility, entirely or at times. They commit mortal sins who, deceived by the devil, lack it entirely, and when they do this, they entirely lack humility. [page 265] But they practice humility at times, as we have said, when they commit some trivial and small sin; in this case, they do not lack humility in all matters, when they are at one are corrected and repent.

Indicet, i. e. demonstret. Quasi interrogares: 'Ubi patet?' Ille quasi respondens dicit: 63i. e. in opere, in oratorio, in monasterio, in horto, in via, in agro, vel ubicumque sedens, ambulans vel stans inclinato sit semper capite. Ista inclinatio capitis si ex mortificatione interioris hominis non processerit, nil valet; nam multi sunt, qui inclinato capite incedunt, sed nil illis proficit illa inclinatio capitis, quia non procedit ex mortificatione hominis interioris; inclinare enim veraciter caput est, fragilem se esse aestimare, pulverem et cinerem se esse credere. [cf. Gn 3:19]

Show, that is, demonstrate. It is as if you asked “Where is it evident?” and he replied, 63in work, in the oratory, in the monastery, in the garden, on the road, in the field, or anywhere, sitting, walking, or standing, his head should be bowed. If this bowing of the head does not proceed from the mortification of the interior man, it is worthless; there are many who go about with bowed head but that profits them nothing, since it does not proceed from the mortification of the interior man. To bow the head truly is to judge oneself frail and to believe oneself to be dust and ash [cf. Gn 3:19].

Sequitur: 63defixis in terram aspectibus, i. e. intentis aspectibus. Quod vero dicit inclinato sit semper capite, in isto semper subaudiendum: donec necessitas non exigit, te sursum aspicere; nam nil divina scriptura impossibile dicit. In his rebus bonis minoribus tempus est, sicut dixit Salomon: Tempus jejunandi et tempus manducandi; et subjunxit: Omnia tempus habent. [Ecl 3:1] Istas minores potes dimittere propter necessitatem, illas autem principales, quas apostolus nominat, non debes.

Next: 63his eyes fixed on the ground, this is, eyes turned. And when he says that his head should be bowed down, it should always be understood to mean that until necessity demands it, you look upwards, for divine scripture says that nothing is impossible. In these things is the time for small good deeds, as Solomon says: A time for fasting and a time for eating and adding “Everything has its time” [Eccl 3.1]. You can set aside these minor matters according to necessity, but the principle matters that the apostle names you cannot set aside.

Sequitur: 64reum se omni hora de peccatis suis existimans. Non est mirum, si B. Benedictus in isto gradu duodecimo, h. e. in consummatione perfectionis dicit, debere monachum se reum aestimare, cum Dominus in Evangelio dicit: Cum feceritis haec omnia, dicite, quia servi inutiles sumus et fecimus, quae debuimus. [Lc 17:10] Pro duabus enim causis dixit illis Dominus hoc facere, ne superbiae vel jactantiae locus daretur, et iterum, ut Deum glorificent, cujus adjutorio hoc perfecerunt, non se; nam ille pharisaeus contra praeceptum evangelioum fecit, eo quod magis se, quam Dominum glorificavit, cujus adjutorio egit illa omnia sua.

Next: 64judging himself guilty of his sins at all times. It is no wonder that Benedict says this in this twelfth step, that is, in the consummation of perfection, that a monk ought to judge himself guilty, when the Lord says in the gospel: “When you have done all these things, say ‘We are useless servants and do what we ought’”[Lc 17.10]. The Lord tells them to do these things for two reasons: lest there be any place granted for pride or boasting, and again, that they glorify God, with whose help they do this, not themselves. For the pharisee acts against God’s command because he glorifies himself more than God, whose aid drives all their doings.

Sequitur: 64jam se tremendo judicio repraesentari aestimet. Nunc videndum est, quare B. Benedictus nunc in isto gradu [page 266] consummationis perfectionis dicit: reum se omni hora aestimet, et superius dixit, primum gradum esse tinorem Dei? Cognovit enim S. Benedictus, posse cadere hominem etiam de summa perfectione, si, antequam solidatus fuerit in caritate divina, i. e. in casto timore, superbierit; ideo etiam in isto gradu duodecimo mentionem timoris fecit, quia timor servilis adeo est necessarius, ut tegat virtutem, quam operatur quis, donec transeat in castum timorem. V. gr. sicuti paries, si ante non fuerit siccatus a suo humore, et fuerit impulsus a vento, decidit; aut arbusta, si, antequam radicem fixerint in terra, percussa fuerint ab aestu caloris, arescunt: ita et homo, sicut diximus, si, antequam fuerit fortis et solidatus, rejecerit timorem servilem, cum impulsus fuerit ab aliqua aura favoris et aestu persecutionis, dejicitur et labitur. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob VIII, XL VII, c. 78, CCSL 143, p. 443]. Unde etiam per Moysen Dominus dicit: Non tondebis primogenitum ovium tuarum. [cf. Dt 15:19] Hunc quippe versiculum papa Gregorius exponit dicens: Primogenitum ovium tondere est initium nostrae bonae conversationis manifestare. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob, VIII, XLVII, c. 78, CCSL 143, p. 443]42

Next: 64and should believe himself already presented to the fearsome tribunal. Now it should be seen why Benedict now in this step [page 266] the consummation of perfection says should judge himself at all times and said above that the first step is the fear of God [Regula Benedicti 7.10]. For St. Benedict knew that man can fall even from the heights of perfection if, before he is made firm in divine love, that is, in holy fear, he is proud; therefore in this twelfth step he mentions fear, because submissive fear is necessary to protect virtue, which anyone is occupied with until he passes into holy fear. For example, just as a wall, if its dampness is not dried out beforehand, falls when pushed by the wind, or trees, before they fix their roots in the ground, are stricken by a blast of heat, dry up, so also does man, as we said, if he throws off submissive fear before he is strong and made firm, when pushed by a gust of favor or the heat of persecution, is overthrown and falls [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Job VIII, XLVII, c. 78; CCSL 143, p. 443]. Concerning which the Lord said through Moses, “You will not shear the first-born of your sheep” [Dt 15:19]. Indeed Pope Gregory explains this verse, saying, “To shear the first-born of the sheep is to demonstrate the beginning of our good way of life” [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Job, VIII, XLVII, c. 78, CCSL143, p. 443].

Sequitur: 65dicens sibi in corde semper, quod publicanus ille evangelicus fixis in terram oculis dixit: Domine non sum dignus peccator ego levare oculos meos ad coelos. [Lc 18:13] Vide modo, quia valde necessarius est timor servilis; si enim istum publicanum elevavit et exaltavit timor servilis, quanto magis elevasset illum pharisaeum, qui bona se dixit fecisse; ille enim, quia non habuit istum timorem, ideo quadam nubecula jactantiae tactus impulsus cecidit.

Next: 65always saying in his heart what the publican in the gospel said, eyes fixed on the ground: Lord, as a sinner I am not worthy to lift by eyes to the heavens [cf. Lc 18.13]. See now that submissive fear is very necessary: if submissive fear lifted up and exalted this publican, how much more would it have elevated the pharisee, who said that he has done good works, for he, who did not have this fear, therefore touched by a puff of boasting, falls stricken.

Unde animadvertendum est, ut, qui hanc vocem dicit: Domine, non sum dignus levare oculos meos ad coelum, veraciter dicat, ea intentione dicat, qua ille publicanus dixit, quia nil valet, si ea intentione non dixerit. Nam multi sunt, qui hanc vocem dicunt, sed non illis proficit, quia ea intentione non [page 267] dicunt, qua ille publicanus dixit. Publicanus etenim dicebatur antiquitus, qui vectigalia, i. e. censum regium exigebat, sive qui publicis negotiis terrena lucra sibi cumulabat, sive etiam quod publice peccabat. [cf. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 12.227] Nam Matthaeus evangelista quia publicanus fuerit, alter evangelista manifestat, cum dicit telonearius; telon43 enim graece latine dicitur lucrum.

When it must be noted that he who speaks these words – “Lord, I am not worthy to lift my eyes to heaven” speaks truly and with the same intention as the publican spoke, which is worthless if he does not speak it with that intention. For there are many who mouth these words but it profits them nothing because they do not [page 267] speak with that intention with which the publican spoke. Long ago “publican” is what one was called who exacted taxes, that is, royal wealth, whether he gathered up earthly goods for himself in public affairs or because he sinned publically. [cf. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 12.227] Another evangelist showed that the evangelist Matthew was a publican, when he said telonearius, “telon” in Greek what is called wealth [lucrum] in Latin.

Istud enim, quod dicit: Domine, non sum dignus ego peccator levare oculos meos ad coelum, duobus modis intelligi potest. Uno enim modo intelligitur, i. e. quia adeo se debet homo peccatorem et reum aestimare, ut non sit dignus, istos oculos corporeos ad istud coelum, quod est elementum visibile, elevare; altero modo intelligitur, quod melius est, quia ita se debet mens peccatricem et ream suo merito aestimare, ut non sit digna, intentionem suam dirigere ad contemplationem sanctorum, qui coeli nomine dicuntur.

What he said – “Lord, as a sinner I am not worthy to lift my eyes to heaven” – can be understood in two ways. The first way is that when a man can judge himself to be such a sinner and guilty that he is not worthy to lift those corporeal eyes to that heaven, which is a visible element. The second, which is better, is that the mind should judge itself sinning and guilty by its own merit so that it is not worthy to direct its intention to contemplation of holy things, which are all called by the noun “heaven.”

Hoc etiam notandum est, quia ille, qui hanc vocem, i. e. Domine, non sum dignus ego peccator levare oculos meos ad coelum, si veraciter dicit, a quatuor generibus superbiae alienus existit; nam quatuor sunt genera superbiae. Primum genus superbiae est, cum quis bonum suum, quod habet, non a Deo se credit habere, sed a se. Et iterum secundum genus superbiae, cum quis bonum, quod habet, quamvis a Deo credat se habere, tamen meritis suis. Tertium genus superbiae est, cum quis bonum, quod habet, quamvis a Deo se credat habere et non suis meritis, tamen plus caeteris se credit habere. Item quartum genus est superbiae, cum quis causa jactantiae bonum, quod non habet, dicit se habere.

This, too, must be noted: that he who says “Lord, as a sinner I am not worthy to lift my eyes to heaven,” if he speaks truly, is a stranger to four kinds of pride, since there are four kinds of pride. The first kind of pride is when someone believes that the goodness he has is not from God but from himself. And then the second kind of pride is someone believes that the goodness he has, although he believes it is from God, is nevertheless through his own merit. The third kind of pride is when someone believes that although the goodness he has is from God and not through his own merit, nevertheless he believes he has more of it than others. The fourth kind of pride is when someone saying boastingly that he has goodness that he does not have.

Vide modo, quomodo potest ille, qui veraciter dicit: non sum dignus levare oculos meos ad coelum, se credere bonum, quod habet, a Deo non habere? aut si a Deo credit habere, tamen meritis suis? vel certe, si a Deo credit habere et non suis meritis, tamen plus aliis? aut quomodo potest dicere habere, quod non habet, qui, sicut diximus, veraciter dicit: Domine, non sum dignus levare oculos meos ad coelum? [page 268] Notandum etenim est, quia iste pharisaeus contra praeceptum evangelicum fecit, quo dicitur: cum haec feceritis, dicite, quia servi inutiles sumus, et in eo, quod se glorificabat, in tertio genere superbiae laborabat. Nam qui dicit, plus caeteris se aliquid fecisse, videtur [enim] plus se habere dicere, eo quod gloriam Dei plus se habere credit, quam alii.

See now: how can this man who truly says “I am not worthy to lift my eyes to heaven” believe that the goodness he has is not from God? Or if he believes it to be from God, yet by his own merit? Or surely, if he believes he has it from God and not by his own merit, nevertheless more than others? Or how can he say he has what he does not have who, as we said, truly says, “Lord, I am not worthy to lift my eyes to heaven? [page 268] In fact, it must be noted that this pharisee acted contrary to gospel teaching in which it is said, “When you have done these things, say, We are useless servants” and thereby, because he glorified himself, he labored under the third kind of pride. For he who says that he has done something more than others seems to say he has more, because he believes he has the glory of God more than others.

Sequitur: 66Et iterum cum propheta: Incurvatus sum et humiliatus sum usquequaque. [Ps 37:7] Et quia superius duo proposuerat, ideo duo exempla subjunxit. Istud, quod dixit: Non sum dignus levare oculos meos ad coelum, attinet ad id, quod dixit defixis in terram oculis et reliq., et hoc, quod subjunxit: Incurvatus sum et humiliatus sum usquequaque, attinet ad id, quod dicit inclinato sit capite. Quamvis autem incurvatus sum et humiliatus sum unum significent, tamen incurvatus sum attinet ad corpus, humiliatus sum attinet ad animam. Usquequaque significat undique, i. e. ex omni parte, ex omni consideratione. Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia monachus, si talem habeat necessitatem, in qua non potest caput inclinare, sicuti est vitem putare vel laborare, in qua necessitas est caput erigere, si caput erigit, tamen mente caput inclinatum debet habere.

Next: 66And again with the prophet, “I am bowed down and humbled at every moment” [cf. Ps 37:7]. And because gave two above, he therefore added two examples. That which he said – “I am not worthy to lift my eyes to heaven” – applies to when he said eyes fixed on the ground and what he added -- “I am bowed down and humbled at every moment” – applies to when he said the head should be bowed down. Although “I am bowed down and humbled at every moment” means one thing, nevertheless “I am bowed down” pertains to the body, “I am humbled” to the soul. At every moment means completely, that is, one all sides, in every observance. And this must be understood: a monk, if he have such a need that he cannot bow his head down, as trimming a vine or working, in which it is necessary to hold up the head, if he lifts his head, nonetheless he should mentally have a bowed head.

Sequitur: 67Ergo his omnibus humilitatis gradibus ascensis monachus mox ad caritatem perveniet illam, quae perfecta foras mittit timorem,[1 Jn 4:18] 68per quam universa, quae prius non sine formidine observabat, absque ullo labore velut naturaliter ex consuetudine,44 69non jam timore gehennae, sed amore Christi et consuetudine ipsa bona et dilectione virtutum, 70quae Dominus in operarium suum mundum a vitiis et peccatis Spiritu sancto dignabitur demonstrare. Istud ergo ad omnes gradus respicit, ac si diceret: ergo si ita est, ut si per hos gradus ascendere debeat ad caritatem perfectam, istis duodecim gradibus ascensis mox, i. e. statim ad caritatem perveniet, quasi diceret: ad illam caritatem, quae perfecta foras mittit timorem.

Next: 67Therefore, once all these steps of humility have been climbed, the monk will soon reach that loving-kindness that “once perfected drives out fear,” [1 Io 4:18] 68through which all things that he practiced before in fear he will begin to do without any effort and as if naturally out of habit, 69no longer in the fear of hell but instead in the love of Christ, through both good habits and delight in virtue, 70which the Lord in the Holy Spirit will deem worthy to show his laborer now cleansed of vices and sins. This statement therefore looks back the all the steps, as if [Benedict] said, thus it is that if [a monk] can climb these steps to perfect loving-kindness, once these twelve steps have been climbed then soon, that is, immediately, he will reach loving-kindness, as if he said, that loving-kindness that “once perfected drives out fear.

In hoc enim, cum dicit illam caritatem, subintelligitur, quia ante monachus habeat castum [page 269] timorem, sed tamen non perfecte, quia superabatur a timore servili; nam in hoc potest cognoscere, quod aliquando timore servili, aliquando timore casto, quia aliquando amore Dei, aliquando timore gehennae agit bonum, i. e. lacrimas et reliq. Hanc autem caritatem martyres et apostoli, maxime prophetae habebant, qui Sancto Spiritu repleti meruerunt futura cognoscere. Utinam, o Deus, sicut illi sancti jugiter hunc castum meruerunt habere timorem, nos per intervallum timorem servilem mereamur habere!

In this place, where he says that loving-kindness, it should be understood that before a monk has holy [page 269] fear, but not yet perfected, because he is overcome by submissive fear; for here it can be understood the he does good sometimes in submissive fear, sometimes in holy fear, because sometimes in love of God and sometimes in fear of hell, that is, tears and the like. The martyrs and apostles and prophets had this loving-kindness to a great extent, those who, filled with the Holy Spirit, deserved to know the future. Oh God, would that we, with an interval of submissive fear, should merit having that holy fear unfailingly just as they merited it!

Per quam incipiet custodire velut naturaliter ex consuetudine universa, quae prius non sine formidine observabat, ac si diceret aliis verbis: Omnia, quae antea, i. e. ante perfectum amorem castum, non poterat ille monachus sine timore gehennae vel laboris custodire, postea quasi naturaliter, h. e. tanquam per naturam ex consuetudine custodiet. In hoc loco, enim dicit formidine, subaudiendum est: gehennae vel laboris.

Through submissive fear [a monk] will begin to keep to all things as if naturally by habit. If is as if [Benedict] said that all things that a monk was not able to keep to without fear of hell or work beforehand, that is, before perfected holy love, afterward he will keep to naturally, as if by nature out of habit. In this place where he says fear, it should be understood as fear of hell or work.

Bene dixit non jam timore gehennae, quia post perfectum castum amorem non per timorem gehennae, sed timore Christi et consuetudine ipsa bona et dilectione virtutum. Et bene dixit consuetudine ipsa bona, et subjunxit dilectione virtutum, quia sunt multi, qui nesciunt vim virtutis, tantum per consuetudinem agunt illas virtutes; v. gr. sunt multi, qui jejunant, et per consuetudinem est illis illud jejunium, quamvis non sapiant, ad quod bonum perducit jejunium. Nam sunt alii, qui sciunt et cognoscunt vim jejunii, eo quod ad mortificationem ducit hominem, et ideo non solum delectat illos jejunare per consuetudinem, verum etiam per dilectionem jejunii, quia cognoscunt, se ad mortificationem pervenire per jejunium.

Well he said no longer in fear of hell, because afterwards holy love is perfected not through fear of hell but in fear of Christ and through both good habits and delight in virtue. And well he said good habits and added delight in virtue, for there are many who do not know the power of virtue, and only perform virtues out of habit; for example, there are many who fast, and this fasting is habit for them although they do not know to what good fasting leads. There are others, who recognize and know the power of fasting – that it leads a man to mortification, and therefore it delights them to fast not only through habit, but also through love of fasting because they know they reach mortification through fasting.

In hoc autem loco quod dicit: Dominus jam in operarium suum mundum a vitiis et peccatis per Spiritum Sanctum dignabitur demonstrare, in illo quae subaudiendum est bona, i. e. amorem Christi et dilectionem virtutum et consuetudinem bonam, quae dignabitur demonstrare in operarium suum mundum a vitiis et peccatis. Ita construitur, i. e. mundum a vitiis et peccatis, quod Dominus dignabitur demonstrare in operarium suum mundum. Per quem mundum? i. e. per Spiritum [page 270] Sanctum vel a Spiritu Sancto, quia omnis indulgentia sive remissio peccatorum per Spiritum Sanctum fit. A quibus mundum? subauditur: a vitiis et peccatis. Ita distinguendum est. Ex consuetudine, i. e. per consuetudinem. Vitium et peccatum quamvis ad unum finem veniant, tamen peccatum pertinet ad unum, vitium autem ad consuetudinem. Explicit de XII gradibus.

And in this place when he says the Lord through the Holy Spirit will deem worthy to show his laborer now cleansed of vices and sins, it should be understood that these good things, that is love of Christ and delight in virtue and good habits, which he will deem worthy to show his laborer cleansed of vices and sins. Thus it is construed, that is, cleansed of vices and sins, the Lord will deem worthy to show his laborer. Cleansed by whom? It is through the Holy [page 270] Spirit or by the Holy Spirit, because all pardon and remission of sins is done through the Holy Spirit. Cleansed from what? From vices and sins is understood.2 So there is a distinction. From habit means through habit. Although vice and sin have the same end, nevertheless sin refers to one instance, vice to habit. Here ends the section on the twelve steps.


1. sententia (?). (Mittermüller).
2. sicut ablactatus est. Cod. Fürstzell, (Mittermüller).
3. Martenius (cap. VII. pag. 203) dubitat, utrum Hildemarus scripserit evocatio, an vocatio; at in omnibus Germaniae codicibus legitur evocatio. (Mittermüller).
4. facere. Cod. Fürstzell (Mittermüller) cernitur, inde deterius caecatur.
5. Moral. lib. 34 in cap. 41. B.Job. num.37.et homil. in Evangel. lib. 2. homil. 40 num. 8. (Mittermüller).
6. Codex Tegernseensis et Fürstenzellensis hoc loco haec exhibent: Deinde cum unusquisque angelus sive bonus sive malus gaudet de nostris bonis vel tristatur de nostris malis etc. quae primitus etiam in codice Mellicensi fuerunt, sed per rasuram emendata sunt. Cum eadem Martenius in suo commentario (cap. VII. de primo humilitatis gradu) ex pervetusto codice St. Benigni Divionensi afferat, haec lectio ipsis notariis et Hildemari discipulis imputanda erit. (Mittermüller).
7. exeant. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
8. cavemus (?). (Mittermüller).
9. venit (?). (Mittermüller).
10. obedientiam? (Mittermüller).
11. qui, cum. (Mittermüller).
12. Anacoluthon (?). (Mittermüller).
13. Forsitan ita intelligendum sit: qui cognoscit, se per suam orationem aut meritum posse fratrem salvare, aut quod certe ipse frater per humilitatem et obedientiam suam possit salvari. (Mittermüller).
14. Morte afficimur. Codd. Tegerns. et Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
15. voluntarius est (?). (Mittermüller).
16. claustram (?). (Mittermüller).
17. rectius: cum dicit: dicit. (Mittermüller).
18. S. Augustinus ita scripsit: Ideo forte additum est: qui voluerit tecum judicio contendere, quia, quod per judicium etc. de serm. Dom. in monte lib. 1. n. 66. (Migne tom. 34. col. 1263.). (Mittermüller).
19. implendum (?), impleri (?). (Mittermüller).
20. a foris. (Mittermüller).
21. defraudaverant? (Mittermüller).
22. facere (?), faciendum (?). (Mittermüller).
23. perpetuae (?). (Mittermüller).
24. temporalis (?). (Mittermüller).
25. scil. veniunt ad monasterium. (Mittermüller).
26. excessisset (?). (Mittermüller).
27. et? (Mittermüller).
28. Respondes (?). (Mittermüller).
29. respondeo (?). (Mittermüller).
30. scil. dicitur. (Mittermüller).
31. illa. Cod. Mellicens. (Mittermüller).
32. stans (?). (Mittermüller).
33. Omnes codices erronne: malorum. (Mittermüller).
34. mortalitatis. Cod Mellicens. (Mittermüller)
35. cf. infra cap. 18. (Mittermüller).
36. loqnendo (?). (Mittermüller).
37. Anacoluthon (?). (Mittermüller).
38. in media claustra (?). (Mittermüller).
39. impedimento. Codd. Tegerns. et Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
40. In codicibus mendose scriptum est exteriora. (Mittermüller).
41. in hoc enim per omnia loca. cod. Mellic. (Mittermüller).
42. Ovium primogenita tondere est ab occultationis suae tegmine humanis oculis inchoantia bona nostra denudare. (Mittermüller).
43. τέλος (Mittermüller).
44. incipiet custodire. (Mittermüller).

1. Please refer this sentence to the Department of Redundancy Department, please.
2. In fact, it is explicitly stated in the Rule just quoted, you addle-pated fossil.

Cap. VIII
DE OFFICIIS DIVINIS IN NOCTIBUS

[Ms P, fol. 70v – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 168r; Ms E1, fol. 81r; Ms E2, fol. 112r]

Ch. 8
Concerning the Divine Office at Night

Translated by: Julian Hendrix

Apte et congrue B. Benedictus, postquam dixerat mortificationem interioris hominis et compositionem exterioris, h. e. consummationem scalae, nunc de officiis divinis subjungit, quia illud officium divinum est Deo acceptum, quod ab hujusmodi viris fit, i. e. qui in duodecimo humilitatis gradu consistunt, quia sicut propheta dicit: Non est digna laus in ore peccatoris. [cf. Sir 15:9]

After he had discussed the mortification of the interior man and the formation of the exterior man, that is, the accomplishment of the steps [of humility], blessed Benedict now properly and fittingly adds concerning the Divine Office, because that Divine Office is pleasing to God because it is done by such men, that is, who abide in the twelve grades of humilty, because just as the prophet says: Praise is not seemly in the mouth of a sinner. [cf. Sir 15:9]

Et iterum psalmista ait: Peccatori autem dixi: Quare tu enarras justitias meas et assumis testamentum meam per os tuum, tu vero odisti disciplinam et projecisti sermones meos post te? si videbas furem, simul currebas cum eo, et cum adulteris portionem tuam ponebas; os tuum abundavit nequitia, et lingua tua concinnavit dolum; sedens adversus fratrem tuum detrahebas, et adversus filium matris tuae ponebas scandalum. Haec fecisti, et tacui. [Ps 49:16-21]

And also the psalmist says: I, however, say to the sinner: why do you describe my justices and receive my covenant through your mouth [when] you truely hate discipline and have cast my words behind you? If you have seen a thief, you have run with him and you have spent your portion with adulterers. Your mouth has abounded with wickedness, and your tongue produces deceit. Sitting you spoke against your brother, and laid a scandal against your mother's son. You have done these things and I was silent. [Ps 49:16-21]

Et bene, cum dixit de officiis, subjunxit divinis, quia sunt et alia officia, quae non sunt divina. Ad separationem quippe aliorum temporum subjunxit in noctibus nam sunt; et alia officia diurna, i. e. quae inferius dicturus est.

And rightly he added divine when he said concerning the office, because there are other offices, which are not divine. Obviously he added at night to separate other times, for there are the other offices of the day, i.e., those which he will discuss below.

Officiorum vero, sicut Isidorus dicit, plurima genera esse noscuntur, sed praecipuum illud est, quod in sacris divinisque rebus habetur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI. c. 19. 1]

But as Isidore says, there are many kinds of offices, but the chief one is that service which is held for holy and divine matters. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI. c. 19. 1; translation from Barney et al.]

Sed quare dicatur officium, B. Ambrosius in libris, quos De officiis, i. e. De moribus humanae vitae scripsit, dicit hoc modo: Officium ab efficiendo dictum putamus quasi 'efficium'; sed propter decorem sermonis una immutata littera 'officium' nuncupari, vel certe ut ea agas, [page 271] quae nulli officiant, sed prosint omnibus. [Ambrose, De officiis 1, c. 8.26, CCSL 15, p. 10]

But why is it called office? In his books, which he wrote On Offices, that is, On the Customs of Human Life, Blessed Ambrose speaks in this way: We think "office" [officium] is so called, as in "finished" [efficium], but on account of the elegance of words, with one letter changed it is called "office", or certainly for the purpose of conducting those matters [page 271] which harms no one but benefits all. [Ambrose, De officiis 1, c. 8.26, CCSL 15, p. 10]

Quare dicatur nox vel quid sit nox, Beda definit dicens hoc modo: Nox dicta, quod [inserted form PL: noceat aspectibus vel negotiis humanis, sive quod in ea fures latronesque nocendi aliis occasionem nanciscantur. Est autem nox absentia solis terrarum umbra conditi, donec ab occasu redeat ad exortum, juxta naturam ejus et poeta describens, inquit: Ruit oceano nox, Involvens umbra magna terramque polumque. [Vergil, Aeneid 2.250-251]

Why night is said or what night is, Bede defines it speaking in this way: Night is so called because it detracts from [noceat] human affairs or vision, or else because thieves and robbers find occasion therein to injure [nocendi] others. Night is the absence of the sun, when it is concealed by the earth's shadow from the time it sets until the time it rises again. The poet describes its nature accordingly: night sank into the ocean, wrapping Earth and pole in a mighty shadow. [Vergil, Aeneid 2.250-251]

Et Salomon sacris litteris expressit: Qui pascitur inter lilia donec aspiret dies, et inclinentur umbrae. Eleganti utique sensu decessionem noctis inclinationem appellans umbrarum.

And Solomon in his holy writings said 'Who feeds amongst the lilies until the day breaks and the shadows give way' [Ct 2.16-17], alluding to the departure of night, in an altogether elegant turn of phrase, as the giving way of the shadows.

Nam quoniam pro conditionibus plagarum, quibus solis cursus intenditur, et splendorem ejus a nobis objectio terrenae molis excludit, inumbratio illa, quae noctis natura est, ita erigitur, ut ad sidera usque videatur extendi, merito contraria vicissitudine, id est, lucis exortu umbras inclinari, noctem videlicet deprimi pellique signavit, quam videlicet umbram noctis ad aeris usque et aetheris confinium philosophi dicunt exaltari, et acuminatis instar pyramidum tenebris lunam, quae infima planetarum currit, aliquando contingit, atque obscurari, nullumque aliud sidus taliter eclipsim, id est, defectum sui luminis pati, eo quod circa fines telluris solis splendor undique diffusus, ea libere quae tellure procul absunt aspiciat, ideoque aetheris quae ultra lunam sunt spatia diurnae lucis plena semper efficiat, vel suo, videlicet, vel siderum radiata fulgore.

However, because the interposition of the earth's mass blocks the sun's splendour from us according to the location of the regions through which its path passes, that shadow, which is the very essence of night [quae noctis natura est], is projected so far upwards that it appears to reach to the stars. Appropriately, [Solomon] signified that by the opposite change, that is, the rising of the light, 'the shadows give way', that is, night is suppressed and driven down. Philosophers say that this shadow of night extends upwards to the frontier between air and ether, and that the moon, the lowest of planets, is occasionally touched and obscured by the shadow as it comes together into a point like a pyramid. No other star undergoes an eclipse, that is, the loss of its light, in this fashion, because the sunlight, diffused everywhere around the confines of the earth, shines without impediment on those [stars] which are at a great distance from the earth.

Et quemadmodum nocte caeca procul accensas faces intuens, circumposita quaeque loca eodem lumine perfundi non dubitas, tametsi, tenebris noctis obstantibus, non amplius quam solas facium flammas cernere praevaleas, ita, inquiunt, purissimum illud et proximum coelo inane, diffusis ubique siderum flammis, semper tucidum fit; sed praepeditis aere crassiore nostris obtutibus sidera quidem ipsa luce radiantia apparent, verum reddita ex eis illustratio non apparet.  

Therefore [the sun] makes the tracts of ether which are beyond the moon to be always full of daylight, either by his own brightness or by that which beams from the stars. If, on a dark night, you are positioned at a distance from some blazing torches, you see some of the surrounding area suffused with their light, although the darkness of night is all about, and all you can see are the separate flames of the torches themselves. By the same token, they say that the empty space which is purest and closest to heaven is always lit up by the light of the stars, scattered everywhere. But to our vision, impeded as it is by the thicker air, the stars themselves appear to be shining lights, while the brightness which they radiate is not obvious.

Lunam vero aiunt, cum infimas sui circuli apsidas plena petierit, nonnunquam umbra memorata fuscari, donec paulatim centrum terrae transgressa, rursus a sole cernatur; verum ne hoc omni plenilunio patiatur, latitudinem ei signiferi, quae XII partium est, diversamque apsidum altitudinem succurrere.

But they say that when the moon is full and seeks its lowest point, it sometimes is obscured by a visible shadow until, having removed itself a little bit from the center [i.e., plane] of the earth, it is again exposed to the sun. So that this does not happen at every full moon, [the moon's] orbit runs at variable altitudes through the width of the zodiac, which is 12 degrees [partes] wide.

Nam quia in umbra facienda tria simul concurrere necesse est, lucem, corpus, et obscuratum locum, et ubi lux corpori par est, ibi aequalis umbra jacitur, ubi lux corpore exilior, ibi umbra sine termino augescit, ubi lux corpore major, ibi umbra paulatim rarescendo deficit, argumentantur solem terra esse majorem, quamvis ob immensam longinquitatem modicus videatur, atque ideo noctis umbram quia sensim decrescat, priusquam ad aethera pertingat deficere.

For three things must occur together to make a shadow: light, a body, and a place on which the shadow is cast. And where light is equal [in magnitude] to the body, a shadow of constant [diameter] is thrown; where the light is smaller than the body, the shadow increases indefinitely; where the light is greater than the body, the shadow gradually diminishes and dies away. They maintain that the sun is larger than the Earth, though it seems small because it is so far away. Hence, because the shadow of night gradually decreases, it fades out before it reaches the ether.

Meminit hujus umbrae ac noctis et beatus Ambrosius in sexto Hexameron libro ita dicens: An non ille, id est, Moyses, putavit dicendum, quantum de spatio aeris occupat umbra terrae, cum sol recedit a nobis, diemque obducit, inferiora axis illuminans, et quemadmodum in regionem umbrae hujus incidens lunae globos eclipsim faciat? [Ambrose, Hexaemeron 6.2.8 (209.1-4)]

Blessed Ambrose calls to mind this shadow or night in the sixth book of the Hexaemeron in the following words: But he - that is, Moses - did not think it necessary to discuss how far earth's shadow extends into the air when the sun retreats from us and takes away the day, illuminating the lower pole, or how the moon, climbing into the region of [Earth's] shadow, is eclipsed. [Ambrose, Hexaemeron 6.2.8 (209.1-4)]

Est autem noctis umbra mortalibus ad requiem corporis data, ne operis avida continuato labore deficeret ac periret humanitas, et ut animantibus quibusdam, quae lucem solis ferre nequeunt, ipsis etiam bestiis quae praesentiam verentur humanam, discursandi ubique, ac victum quaeritandi copia suppeteret, juxta quod in Dei laudibus Psalmista decantat: Sol cognovit occasum suum; posuisti tenebras et facta est nox, in ipsa pertransibunt omnes bestiae sylvarum, etc.

The shadow of night was given to mortals for the body's repose lest mankind perish because of the unending, immoderate exertion of its work. It was given as well to certain animals who cannot bear the light of the sun, and likewise to those beasts who fear the presence of human beings, in order that they may have an opportunity to go about and seek their food. As the Psalmist sings in praise of God: 'The sun knew its setting; You set out the shadows and made the night, in which all the beasts of the wood go forth' [Ps 104:19-20 (103:19-20)], and so on.

Quam mira provisio Creatoris ita temperavit, ut ubi ob solis longinquitatem rigidior, ibi ad opera brevianda et fovenda sit membra prolixior, quia et hyeme quam aestate universo orbi longior, et in ipsa hyeme multo Scythis quam Afris est productior, sicut etiam aestate multo longior in Scythia quam in Africa dies flagrat.

How wonderful a forethought on the part of the Creator that balanced matters [temperavit] so that where [the climate] is harsher because of the distance of the sun, there the night is longer, in order that labor might be shortened and the limbs kept warm. For winter [nights] are longer than summer [nights] everywhere throughout the world, and much longer in Scythia than in Africa.

Nam si non tanto brevior quanto ardentior Lybiam dies ureret, totam nimirum jam dudum absumeret.

Likewise, the day shines much longer in summer in Scythia than in Africa, for were the day which scorches Libya not briefer in proportion as it is hotter, it would surely have consumed the whole land long ago.

Noctis sane partes sunt VII: crepusculum, vesperum, conticinium, intempestum, gallicinium, matutinum, diluculum. Crepusculum est dubia lux; nam creperum dubium dicimus: hoc est] inter tenebras et lucem. [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 7, PL 90, col. 322-325]

There are seven parts of a night: dusk, twilight, evening, the dead of night, cockcrow, early morning, and daybreak. Dusk [crepusculum] is uncertain light, for we say creperum for “uncertain.” [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 7, transl. Wallis, $$]

Vesper ab apparente ejusdem nominis stella occidentali vocatur, quae solem occiduum consequitur et tenebras sequentes praecedit, de qua poeta, i. e. Virgilius: Ante diem clauso vesper componit olympo. [Vergil, Aeneid 1, 374] [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 31.5]

Evening (vesperum) is named from the western star (i.e., Vesper), which follows the setting sun and precedes the oncoming darkness. Concerning which the poet Vergil says [cf. Aen. 1.374] “Sooner, as the heavens are closed up, does the evening star (Vesper) lay the day to rest.”[Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 31.5; translation from Barney et al.]

Vespertinum officium est in noctis initio vocatum, sicut diximus, ab stella vespere, quae surgit oriente nocte. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 19.2]

The office of Vespers takes place at the beginning of the night, just as we have said, and is named for the evening star Vesper, which rises when night falls. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 19.2; translation from Barney et al.]

Conticinium vero est, quando omnia contices sunt, i. e. silentes.

The 'evening' [conticinium] is the time when all things are silent, for to be silent is conticescere.

Intempestum est medium et inactuosum noctis tempus, quando agi nihil potest et omnia sopore quieta sunt; nam tempus per se non intelligitur, nisi per actus humanos; medium autem noctis actu caret. Ergo, intempesta, inactuosa quasi sine tempore, h. e. sine actu, per quem demonstratur tempus. Unde est: intempestive venisti.

The 'dead of night' [intempestum] is the middle and inactive time [tempus] of night when nothing can be done and all things are at rest in sleep, for time is not perceived on its own account, but only by way of human activities, and the middle of the night lacks activity. Therefore intempesta means "inactive," as if it were 'without time' [sine tempore], that is, without the activity by which time is perceived. Whence the expression "You have arrived 'at an untimely moment' [intempestive]."

Ergo 'intempesta' dicitur, quia caret tempore, i.e. actu.

Hence the dead of night is so called because it lacks time, that is, activity.

Gallicinium est, quando galli cantum levant; gallicinium enim dictum putamus propter gallos lucis praenuntios.

Cockcrow [gallicinium] is when the cocks [galli] lift up their song; we think cockcrow is so called from cocks, the heralds of light.

Matutinum est inter discessum tenebrarum et aurorae adventum et dictum matutinum, quod hoc tempore inchoante mane sit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 31:8-12]

The 'early morning' [matutinum] falls between the passing of darkness and the arrival of dawn, and it is called matutinum because this is the time of the beginning of morning [mane] . [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 31:8-12; translation from Barney et al.]

Mane est lux matura et plena, nec jam crepusculum, et dictum 'mane' a mano; manum enim antiqui bonum dicebant. Quid enim melius luce?

In the morning the light is advanced and full, no longer twilight. It is called morning [mane] from the adjective 'good,' because the ancients used manus as a word for 'good' -- for what is better than light?

Alii 'mane' existimant vocari a manibus, quorum conversatio a luna ad terram est. Alii putant ab aere, quia manus, i. e. rarus atque perspicuus. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 30.14]

Others think that morning is named from the 'departed spirits' [Manes], whose abode is between the moon and the earth. Others think the name is from 'air,' because it is manus, that is, rarified and transparent. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 30.14; translation from Barney et al.]

em>Matutinum autem officium in lucis initio ab stella lucifero appellatum, quae oritur inchoante mane, quorum duorum temporum, i. e. vesperi et matutini significatione ostenditur, ut die ac nocte semper Deus laudetur. [Isidore, Etymologiae VI, c. 19.3] Unde autem matutinus dirivetur.

But the office of Matins occurs at the beginning of daylight, and is named after the star Lucifer, whoich rises when morning begins. By the token of these two times of day, that is, evening and morning, it is shown that God is to be praised always, day and night. [Isidore, Etymologiae VI, c. 19.3; translation Barney et al.] Whence, then, Matins is derived.

Priscianus dicit hoc modo: alia a temporibus, [ut] matutinus a matuta, quae significat auroram. [Priscian, Grammatica 2.10.52]

Priscian speaks in this way: Some things are named from the times, such as Matins from Matuta, who names the dawn. [Priscian, Institutiones Grammaticae 2.10.52]

Item Priscianus [page 272] dicit: A mane manuninae debueramus secundum regulam dicere, sed quia male sonat duplicata n littera, dicimus matutinae convertentes n litteram in t.

Priscian also [page 272] says: We ought to follow the rule in saying morning from manuninae but because repeating the letter n sounds bad, we say Matins [matutinae], changing the letter n into t.

Diluculum sicut Isidorus dicit, dicitur quasi jam incipiens parva diei lux, haec et aurora, quae solem praecedit. Est autem aurora diei clarescentis exordium et primus splendor aeris, qui graece 'eoos' dicitur, 'quam nos per derivationem auroram vocamus 'quasi' 'eororam.' Unde et illud: Laetus eois Eurus equis; [Vergil, Aeneid 2, 417] et: eoasque acies. [Vergil, Aeneid 1, 489] [Isidore, Etymologiae 5, c. 31:13-14]

Daybreak [diluculum], as Isidore says, is so called as if it were the little 'light of day' [diei lux] just now beginning. This is also called aurora, which comes before the sun. Thus aurora is the prelude of the day as it grows light and the first brightness of the air, which is called ἠώς [dawn] in Greek. By borrowing we name it aurora, as if it were eorora. Hence this verse [cf. Vergil, Aen. 2.417]: "And the East Wind rejoicing in its horses of dawn [Eois]. [Vergil, Aen. 1.489]: And the army from the east [Eous] . [Isidore, Etymologiae V, c. 31:13-14; translation Barney et al.]

Item Isidorus dicit: Nox a nocendo dicta, eo quod oculis noceat, quae idcirco lunae ac siderum lucem habet, ne indecora esset, et ut consolaretur omnes nocte operantes, et ut quibusdam animantibus, quae lucem solis ferre non possunt, ad sufficientiam temperaretur. Noctis autem et diei alternatio propter vicissitudinem dormiendi vigilandique effecta est, et ut operis diurni laborem noctis requies temperaret. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 5, c. 31.1-2].

Again Isidore says: Night [nox] is so called from harming [nocere], because it impairs the eyes. It has the light of the moon and stars, so as not to be without adornment, and so that it may comfort all those who work at night, and so that there is sufficient light for certain living creatures that cannot tolerate sunlight. Further, the alternation of night and day is made to provide the shift between sleeping and waking, so that the resting time of night may temper the effort of daily work. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 5, c. 31.1-2; translation Barney et al.]

Tempora anni sunt quatuor, sicut Beda dicit, quibus sol [inserted from PL: per diversa coeli spatia discurrendo subjectum temperat orbem, divina utique procurante sapientia, ut non semper eisdem commoratus in locis, fervoris ariditate mundanum depopuletur ornatum, sed paulatim per diversa commigrans, terrenis fructibus nascendis maturandisque temperamenta custodiat.

There are four seasons in the year, just as Bede says, in which the sun, by taking its course through the different regions of the sky, tempers the globe which lies beneath it, according to the universal solicitude of divine wisdom, so that not always remaining in the same place, it does not devastate Earth's lovely vesture by its devouring heat.  Rather, travelling through diverse regions by gradual stages, it preserves temperate conditions for sprouting and ripening the fruits of the earth.

A quo temperamento videtur temporibus inditum nomen, vel certe quia quadam suae similitudine qualitatis ad invicem contemperata volvuntur, tempora recte vocantur. Hiems enim, ut pote longius sole remoto, frigida est et humida. Ver, illo super terras redeunte, humidum et calidum. Aestas, illo superfervente, calida et sicca. Autumnus, illo ad inferiora decedente, siccus et frigidus; sicque fit ut amplexantibus singulis medio moderamine quae circa se sunt, orbis instar ad invicem cuncta concludantur.

The seasons [tempora] take their name from this temperateness; or else they are rightly called tempora because they turn one into the other, being tempered one to another by some qualitative likeness. For winter is cold and wet, inasmuch as the sun is quite far off; spring, when [the sun] comes back above the earth, is wet and warm; summer, when it waxes very hot, is warm and dry; autumn, when it falls to the lower regions, is dry and cold. And so it happens that with each one embracing through what is on either side of it, the whole is linked up to itself like a sphere.

Quibus aeque qualitatibus disparibus quidem per se, sed alterutra adinvicem societate connexis, ipsa quoque mundi elementa constat esse distincta. Terra namque sicca et frigida, aqua frigida et humida, aer humidus et calidus, ignis est calidus et siccus; ideoque haec autumno, illa hiemi, iste veri, ille comparatur aestati.

It is also said that the very elements of the universe are distinguished by these divergent qualities, but knit into a company with each other, but each to each. For earth is dry and cold, water cold and wet, air wet and warm, fire warm and dry, and therefore the first is likened to autumn, the next to winter, the next to spring, and the last to summer.

Sed et homo ipse, qui a sapientibus microcosmos, id est, minor mundus appellatur, iisdem per omnia qualitatibus habet temperatum corpus, imitantibus nimirum singulis iis, quibus constat humoribus, modum temporum quibus maxime pollet.

And man himself, who is called "microcosm" by the wise, that is, "a smaller universe", has his body tempered in every respect by these same qualities; indeed each of its constituent humors imitates the manner of the season in which it prevails.

Sanguis siquidem qui vere crescit, humidus et calidus. Cholera rubea, quae aestate, calida et sicca. Cholera nigra, quae autumno, sicca et frigida. Phlegmata, quae hyeme, frigida sunt et humida.

For blood, which increases in the spring, is moist and warm; red bile, which [increases in] the summer is hot and dry; black bile, which [increases in] the autumn, is dry and cold; and phlegmatic humors, which [increase in] winter, are cold and moist.

Et quidem sanguis in infantibus maxime viget, in adolescentibus cholera rubea, melancholia in transgressoribus id est, fel cum faece nigri sanguinis admixtum, phlegmata dominantur in senibus.

Indeed, blood is at its most active in children, red bile in young people, melancholia (that is, gall mingled with the dregs of black blood) in the middle-aged, and phlegmatic humors dominate in the elderly.

Item sanguis eos in quibus maxime pollet facit hilares, laetos, misericordes, multum ridentes et loquentes. Cholera vero rubea facit macilentos, multum tamen comedentes, veloces, audaces, iracundos, agiles. Nigra bilis, stabiles, graves, compositos moribus, dolososque facit. Phlegmata, tardos, somnolentos, obliviosos generant.

Moreover, blood makes those in whom its potency is greatest cheerful, joyous, tender-hearted, much given to laughter and speech; red bile makes people lean, even though they eat a lot, swift, bold, irritable and agile; black bile makes them stolid, solemn, set in their ways and gloomy; phlegmatic humors produce people who are slow, sleepy and forgetful.

Horum autem principia temporum diverse ponunt diversi. Isidorus namque Hispaniensis episcopus, hyemem IX Calendarum Decemb., ver VIII Calend. Mart., aestatem IX Calendas Junias, autumnum X Calendas Septembres habere dixit exortum. Graeci autem et Romani, quorum in hujusmodi disciplina potius quam Hispanorum auctoritas sequi consuevit, Hyemem VII Id. Novemb., ver VII Id. Februa., aestatem VII Id. Maii, Antummum VII Id. Augusti] inchoare decernunt. [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 35, PL 90, col. 457-459]

However, different people place the beginnings of the seasons at different times. Bishop Isidore the Spaniard said that winter begins on the 9th kalends of December [23 November], spring on the 8th kalends of March [22 February], summer on the 9th kalends of June [24 May], and autumn on the 10th kalends of September [23 August]. But the Greeks and Romans, whose authority on these matters, rather than that of the Spaniards, it is generally preferable to follow, deem that winter begins on the 7th ides of November [7 November], spring on the 7th ides of February [7 February], summer on the 7th ides of May [9 May], and autumn on the 7th ides of August [7 August] . [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 35: 391-394; translation from Wallis]

Hoc autem non ignores, quia ipsa quatuor, quae praediximus, temporum confinia, licet mensium sequentium Kalendis approximentur, unumquodque medium tamen temporum, i. e. veris et aestatis, autumni et hiemis teneat, et non exinde temporum principia inchoantur, unde mensium Calendae initiantur, sed ita, unumquodque tempus inchoandum est, ut a prima die veris temporis aequinoctium dividatur, et aestatis VIII. Kal. Junii, et autumni VIII. Kal. Octobris, et hiemis VIII. Kal. Januarii similiter dividat. [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 35, col. 460A-B]

But you ought not to be unaware that although these four aforementioned boundaries of the seasons are close to the kalends of the following months, nevertheless each one contains within itself the mid-point of the seasons, that is, spring, summer, autumn and winter, and the beginnings of the seasons do not occur where the kalends of the months begin. But each season is to begin at such a point that the equinox divides the spring season [in half, beginning] from the first day; summer is similarly divided at the 8th kalends of July [24 June], autumn at the 8th kalends of October [24 September], and winter at the 8th kalends of January [25 December] . [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 35: 394; translation from Wallis]

Aestas, sicut Beda dicit ab aestu vocatur, qui in ea, maturandis fructibus datur, [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 35, col. 461A] sive, sicut Isidorus dicit, aestas dicitur ab aestu, i. e. a calore, et aestas quasi exusta et arida; nam calor aridus est. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.4]

Summer [aestas] , as Bede says, [takes its name] from heat [aestu] which in [summer] is bestowed for the ripening of crops [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 35: 395; translation from Wallis], or, as Isidore says, summer [aestas] takes its name from aestus, that is, "heat," also aestas as if it were 'burnt' [ustus] and arid, for heat is arid. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.4; translation from Barney et al.]

<em>Aestas vero datur meridiano, [page 273] eo quod pars ejus calore flagrantior sit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.8]

Summer [is linked] to the south, [page 273] because that part is more flaming with heat. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.8; translation from Barney et al.]

Autumnus dicitur, sicut Beda dicit, de auctumnatione fructuum, qui in eo colliguntur, [Beda, De temporum ratione, c. 35] sive auctunmus, sicut Isidorus dicit, a tempestate vocatur, quando et folia arborum cadunt et omnia maturescunt. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.5]

Autumn [is named] , as Bede said, from the increasing [autumnatione] of crops which are gathered then. [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 35: 395; translation from Wallis] Or it is called auctumnus, as Isidore says, from the season when the leaves of the trees fall and everything ripens. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.5]

Autumnus occiduo datur, propter quod et graves morbos habet, et tunc omnia folia arborum defluunt. Ut autem autumnus abundet morbis, facit et hoc confinium frigoris et caloris et compugnantia inter se contrariorum aerum. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.8]

Fall [is linked] to ruin [occiduo], because it brings serious diseases, whence also at that time all of the leaves of the trees fall. The meeting of cold and heat and the conflict between opposite kinds of air are the reason why fall abounds with diseases. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae V, c. 35.8; translation from Barney et al.]

Kalendas autem, Nonas et Idus, sicut Isidorus dicit, propter dies festos romani instituerunt, vel propter officium magistratuum. In his diebus enim conveniebatur in urbibus. Quidam autem Kalendas a colendo appellari existimant; apud veteres enim principia omnium mensium colebantur, sicut et apud Hebraeos. [Isidore, Etymologiae V, c. 33.12-13]

Moreover, as Isidore says, the Romans established the kalends, nones, and ides with reference to festival days, or with reference to the offices of their magistrates, for on those days there would be an assembly in the cities. Some people think that the kalends are from 'to worship' [colere], for among the ancients the beginnings of every month were worshipped, just as among the Hebrews. [Isidore, Etymologiae V, c. 33.12-13; translation from Barney et al.]

Beda vero de calendis et nonis et idibus dicit hoc modo: Priscis temporibus [inserted from PL: pontifici minori haec providentia delegabatur, ut novae lunae primum observaret aspectum, visumque regi sacrificulo nunciaret.

But concerning the kalends and nones and ides, Bede speaks in this way: In olden times, the responsibility for observing the first appearance of the new moon and of announcing its sighting to the royal sacrificing-priest was delegated to a minor priest.

Itaque sacrificio a rege et minore pontifice celebrato, idem pontifex calata, id est, vocata in Capitolium plebe, juxta curiam Calabram, quae casae Romuli proxima est, quot numero dies a Calendis ad Nonas superessent, pronunciabat, et quintanas quidem dicto quinquies verbo καλῶ septimanas repetito septies praedicabat.

Then, after a sacrifice had been offered by the priest-king and the minor priest, and the people summoned [kalata], that is, called [vocata] to the Capitoline Hill at the Curia Calabra, next to the house of Romulus, the minor priest announced the number of days from kalends until nones. He proclaimed "quintanas" [i.e. that five days remained] by saying “kalo" five times, and "septimanas" [i.e., that seven days remained] by repeating it seven times.

Verbum autem καλῶ Graecum est, id est, voco; et hunc diem qui ex his diebus qui calarentur primus esset, placuit Calendas vocari; hinc et ipsi curiae ad quam vocabantur Calabrae nomen datum est, et classi, quod omnis in eam vocaretur populus.

The word kalo is Greek and means "I call", so it seemed good to name the day which was the first of those called out the kalends. Hence the same name, Calabra, was given both to the court where they were announced and to the assembly, because the whole populace was called to it.

Ideo autem minor pontifex numerum dierum qui ad Nonas superessent calando prodebat, quod post novam lunam oportebat Nonarum die populares, qui in agris essent, confluere in urbem, accepturos causas feriarum a rege sacrorum, sciturosque quid esset eo mense faciendum.

em>Thus the minor priest announced the number of days until the nones by calling [kalando], for the populace who worked out in the fields had to gather in the town on the ninth day after the new moon to receive from the priest-king occasion for a holiday, and to learn from the priests what ought to be done during that month.

Unde quidam hinc Nonas existimant dictas, quasi novae initium observationis, vel quod ab eo die semper ad Idus novem dies putarentur. Porro Idus vocari placuit diem, qui dividit mensem. Iduare enim Etrusca lingua dividere est; unde vidua, quasi valde idua, id est, valde divisa; aut vidua, id est, a viro divisa. Nonnullis placet Idus dictas vocabulo Graeco, a specie; quae apud illos εἰδέα vocatur, quod ea die plenam speciem luna demonstret.

Hence some people think they were called nones because it was the beginning of a new [nova] observance or because nine [nouem] days were always counted from that day until the ides. Now it pleased them to call the day which divided the month the ides, for in the Etruscan language iduare means "to divide". Hence a uidua [widow] is, as it were, truly idua, that is, truly divided, or else uidua means "a uiro diuisa" [i.e. divided from a man]. Some prefer to think that ides comes from the Greek word for face, which they call idea, because on that day the moon shows its full face.

Notandum autem quod in Scriptura sacra Calendas cum legimus, nihil aliud quam novae ortum lunae intelligere debemus, juxta illud Numerorum: In Calendis autem, id est, in mensium exordiis, offeretis holocausta Domino. Quia nimirum Hebraei, ut supra dictum est, non alia mensium exordia quam Neomenias, id est]novilunia norunt. [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 13, PL 90, col. 352D-354A]

Notice that when we read of the kalends in Holy Scripture, we should take it simply to mean the appearance of the new moon, as in the book of Numbers: For at the kalends, that is, at the beginning of the months, you will make burnt offerings to the Lord. For as we mentioned above, the Hebrews knew no other beginning of the month save the new moon. [Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 13, mostly following Macrobius, Saturnalia 1.15.9-13 (70.27-71.24), 16-17 (72.7-18); translation from Wallis]

Videndum est, quot modis vocabula mensium constant, et unde originem sumserunt. Quatuor ergo modis, sicut Beda dicit, menses nominantur, h.e. sub idolis, sub rebus, sub regibus, sub numeris. Januarius enim duobus modis nomen accepit, h.e. ex idolo et re; ex idolo ergo, h.e. ex Jano bifronte, simulacro videlicet Jani, Epirotarum regis, qui argumento excogitato semetipsum igni tradidit et ex hoc romanis victoriam peperit.

It must be seen in how many ways the words of the months agree and whence they obtained their origin. Therefore, in four ways, as Bede says, the months are named, that is, from idols, from things, from kings, and from numbers. For January receives its name by two ways, this is, from an idol and a thing; from the idol, then two-faced Janus, that is the image of Janus, king of the Epirotes, who having thought through the evidence tossed himself into fire and from this procured victory for the Romans.

Bifrons autem Jani simulacrum erat, quod ex una parte viri, ex altera feminae adorabant, indeque Januarium vocaverunt bicipitis Dei mensem, respicientem transacti anni finem ac prospicientem futuri anni principium.

The image of Janus was two-faced because men used to worship from one side and women from the other. Thenceforth they called January the month of the bi-headed god, who looked back at the end of the last year and forward to the beginning of the next..

Item Januarius ex re dicitur, eo quod sit janua anni, h. e. principium.

Likewise, January is so called on this account, because it is the door [ianua] of the year, this is, the beginning.

Similiter Februarius dicitur ab idolo et re; ab idolo ergo Februo, h.e. Plutone, qui lustrationum potens esse credebatur a gentilibus, Februarius [page 274] est nominatus; lustrari enim eo mense civitatem Romam necesse erat, quo statuta jussa, h.e. sacrificia das manibus solverent; sive Februarius dictus est a febre, h.e. a frigore propter frigidum tempus ipsius mensis.

Likewise February is called from a idol and a thing. February is named, therefore, from the idol Februa, that is, Pluto, who was believed by pagans to be the master of purification sacrifice. [page 274] For in that month it was necessary that the city of Rome be purified, which had been established by decree, this is, the sacrifices release the shades of the dead. Or February is so called from fever [febre], that is, from a chill on account of the cold weather of the same month.

Martius autem dictus est a Marte idolo, qui pater Romuli et romanae gentis auctor esse aestimabatur, sive a re, h.e. a maribus nomen Martius accepit; nam et eo tempore cuncta animantia terrae mares desiderant ad concumbendi voluptatem.

March, however, is so called from the idol Mars, who was considered to be the father of Romulus and the founder of the Roman race, or from a thing, that is, it receives its name Mars from men [maribus]. For at that time men of the earth desire all living things of the earth for the pleasure of sexual intercourse.

Dicitur enim Aprilis duobus modis, sub idolo, i.e. Venere, matre, ut ferunt, Aeneae; afros enim graece spuma interpretatur, unde Venus orta credita est, quae africalis sive afronia apud graecos nominatur; et sub re, h. e. ab aperiendo quasi aperilis, in eo enim mense remotis nubibus, pruinis ac tempestatibus hibernis coelum, terra, mare nautis, agricolis et horoscopis aperitur; arbores quoque et herbae, sed et animantia quaeque in prolem se aperire incipiunt.

But April is so called for two reasons. [First, it is] for the goddess, that is Venus, the mother of Aeneas, as they say; afros is Greek for foam. Hence Venus is believed to have been born from that which is called africalis or afronia among the Greeks.1 [Secondly] as thing it is from opening [aperiendo] as in aprilis [capable of being opened], for in that month, once clouds, frosts, and winter storms are moved away, the sky, earth, and sea are opened to sailors, farmers, and horoscopes. Likewise trees and plants and even animals begin to open themselves in offspring.

Maius duobus modis dicitur, h.e. sub idolo Maio, quem Jovem esse voluerunt quasi majestate praecipuum, sive a Maia, Mercurii matre; et sub re, h.e. a majoribus romanorum, quem Romulo ita vocari placuit.

May is named in two means, that is, for the God Maio, whom they wished Jupiter to be as if chief in majesty, or from Maia, the mother of Mercury, and from this thing: the elders of the Romans, whom it pleased Romulus to call.

Junius a Junone, filia Saturni, sorore Jovis, sive a junioribus romanorum, qui armis defendebant rem publicam.

June is from Juno, daughter of Saturn, sister of Jupiter, or from the more recent Romans, who defended the republic with arms.

Julius a Julio Caesare, quia in IV. idus Julii mensis creatus Gajus Julius Caesar, qui primus arripuit imperium apud romanos; nam antea, a Martio mense numeratus, Quintilis a numero sortitus est nomen.

July is from Julius Caesar, because on the ninth ides of July, Gaius Julius Caesar, who first seized imperial power among the Romans, was born. For before, counting from the month of March, the name was Quintilis [fifth] chosen from the number.

Augustus namque ab Octaviano Caesare Augusto nomen accepit, qui in Calendis istius mensis Antonium et Cleopatram vicit et Imperium populi romani firmavit. Cum autem Augusti nomen ille inde assumserit, ex senatus consulto mensem ob memoriam sui nomen hoc habere voluit.

August indeed receives its name from Octavian Caesar Augustus, who in the kalends of this month conquered Antony and Cleopatra and fortified his command of the Roman people. When, however, he had thenceforth adopted that name of Augustus, he wished the month to have this name in his memory by senatorial decree.

September vocatur a numero, eo quod sit septimus imber a Martio.

September is called from the number, because it is the seventh storm [septimus imber] from March.

Octobrem ergo, Novembrem et Decembrem a numero quippe similitatem, et ab imbre nomen sumserunt, quia his temporibus imbres terrae imminent. [Hrabanus Maurus, Liber de computo, c. 33, PL 107, col. 685C-686B; cf. Bede, De temporum ratione, XII, passim and Isidore, Eytmologiae, V, 33: 3-11] [page 275]

Therefore, October, November, and December obviously are similarly from the number and “storm” because at these times storms loom over the earth. [Hrabanus Maurus, Liber de computo, c. 33, PL 107, col 685C-686B; cf. Bede, De temporum ratione, XII, passim and Isidore, Etymologiae, V, 33; 3-11] [page 275]

Pascha antiquitus ecclesia [omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from ed. Lindsay: quarta decima luna cum Judaeis celebrabat, quocunque die occurreret.

[omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from ed. Lindsay]: In ancient times the Church celebrated the paschal season with the Jews on the fourteenth day of the moon, on whatever day of the week it fell.

Quem ritum sancti Patres in Nicaena synodo prohibuerunt, constituentes non solum lunam paschalem et mensem inquirere, sed etiam et diem resurrectionis Dominicae observare; et ob hoc pascha a quarta decima luna usque ad vicesimam primam extenderunt, ut dies Dominicus non omitteretur.

The holy Fathers prohibited this celebration at the Nicene synod, legislating that one should seek out not only the paschal moon and month, but also should observe the day of the Lord's resurrection; and because of this they extended the paschal season from the fourteenth day of the moon to the twenty-first day, so that Sunday would not be passed over.

(11) Paschae autem vocabulum non Graecum, sed Hebraeum est; nec a passione, quoniam πάσχειν Graece dicitur pati, sed a transitu Hebraeo verbo pascha appellata est, eo quod tunc populus Dei ex Aegypto transierit. Unde et in Evangelio: Cum vidisset, inquit, Jesus, quia venit hora ut transiret de mundo ad Patrem. [Io 13:1]

(11) The term pasch [pascha, i.e. Easter Day] is not Greek but Hebrew, and it derives not from suffering -- for πάσχειν in Greek means suffer -- but from the Hebrew word pasch, meaning passover [transitus], because at that time the people of God passed over [transierunt] from Egypt. Whence the Gospel [Io 13:1] says, "Jesus knowing that his hour was come, that he should pass out [transiret] of this world to the Father."

(12) Cujus nox ideo pervigil ducitur, propter adventum regis ac Dei nostri, ut tempus resurrectionis ejus nos non dormientes, sed vigilantes inveniat. Cujus noctis duplex ratio est: sive quod in ea vitam tunc receipt, cum passus est; sive quod postea eadem hora, qua resurrexit ad judicandum venturus est.

(12) Easter Eve is held as a continuous vigil because of the coming of our king and God, so that the time of his resurrection might find us not sleeping but vigilant. The reason for this night's vigil is twofold: it is because on that night he then received life, although he suffered death, and because at the same hour at which he was resurrected he will afterwards come for the Judgment.

(13) Eo autem modo agimus pascha, ut non solum mortem et resurrectionem Christi in memoriam revocemus, sed etiam caetera, quae circa eum attestantur, ad sacramentorum significationem inspiciamus.

(13) Moreover we celebrate Easter Day in that manner not only to call to mind the death and resurrection of Christ, but also to ponder the other things that are attested concerning him, with regard to the meaning of the sacraments.

(14) Propter initium enim novae vitae et propter novum hominem, quem jubemur induere, et exuere veterem, expurgantes vetus fermentum, ut simus nova conspersio, quoniam pascha nostrum immolatus est Christus. Propter hanc ergo vitae novitatem primus mensis novorum in mensibus anni celebrationi paschali mystice attributus est.

(14) This is for the sake of the beginning of a new life and for the sake of the new person whom we are commanded to put on, taking off the old, purging out "the old leaven" that we may be "a new dough ... for Christ our pasch is sacrificed" [I Cor 5:7]. Therefore because of this newness of life the first month of the new things [i.e., the new crops; see Ex 23:15 etc.] in the months of the year is mystically attributed to the paschal celebration.

(15) Quod vero tertiae hebdomadae die pascha celebratur, id est qui dies occurrit a quarta decima in vicesimam primam, hoc significat quia in toto tempore saeculi, quod septenario dierum numero agitur, nunc tertium tempus hoc sacramentum aperuit.

(15) Indeed, that Easter Day is celebrated on a day of the third week - that is on a day that falls from the fourteenth to the twenty-first - signifies that in the whole time of the world, which is accomplished in seven periods of days, this holy event has now opened up the third age.

(16) Primum enim tempus est ante legem, secundum sub lege, tertium sub gratia; ubi jam manifestatum est sacramentum prius occultum in prophetico aenigmate; ideo et propter haec tria saeculi tempora resurrectio Domini triduana est.

(16) For the first age is before the [Mosaic] law, the second under the law, and the third under grace; where the sacrament is now manifest, formerly it was hidden in prophetic enigma. It is also because of these three ages of the world that the resurrection of the Lord is on the third day.

(17) Quod vero a quarta decima luna usque ad vicesimam primam per dies septem paschalis dies quaeritur, propter ipsum numerum septenarium, quo universitatis significatio saepe figuratur; qui etiam ipsi Ecclesiae tribuitur propter instar universitatis, unde et Joannes apostolus, in Apocalypsin ad septem scribit ecclesias.

(17) That we find Easter Day among the seven days from the fourteenth to the twenty-first of the new moon is because of that number seven, by which a meaning of wholeness is often figured. That number is even given to the Church itself because of its image of wholeness, whence the apostle John in the Apocalypse writes to seven churches.

(18) Ecclesia vero adhuc in ista mortalitate carnis constituta propter ipsam mutabilitatem, lunae nomine] in scripturis significatur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 17.10-18]

(18) But the Church, still set in that mortality of the flesh, because of its own mutability is designated by the name of the moon in Scripture. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 17.10-18; translation from Barney et al.]

Constitutum est enim: primi mensis initium ab octavo iduum Martiarum usque in nonas Aprilis observare debemus, et si quinta decima luna die dominico incurrerit, sanctum pascha celebrare necesse est. [cf. Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 51]

For it is established: we ought to observe the beginning of the first month from the eighth ides of March up to the nones of April and if a five-tenths moon occurs on the Lord's day, it is necessary to celebrate holy Easter. [cf. Bede, De temporum ratione, c. 51]

Psalmistae a psalmis canendis vocati sunt. Isti enim canunt, ut excitent ad compunctionem animos audientium, licet et quidam lectores ita miseranter pronuntient, ut quosdam ad luctum lamentationemque compellant. Idem etiam pronuntiatores vocantur, quod porro annuntiant; tanta enim et tam clara erit eorum vox, ut quamvis longe positorum aures adimpleant.

Psalmists [psalmista] are so called from singing psalms. They sing to kindle the spirits of their audiences to compunction - although some readers also declaim in so heart-rending a way that they drive some people to sorrow and lamentation. These same people are also called announcers [pronuntiatores] because they announce from far away [porro adnuntiare]; their voice will be so loud and clear that they fill the ears even of those placed far away.

Cantor autem est vocatus, quia vocem modulatur in cantu.

Further, a chanter [cantor] is so called because he modulates his voice in singing [cantus].

Hujus duo genera dicuntur in arte musica, sicut ea docti homines latine dicere potuerunt, praecentor et succentor; praecentor scilicet, qui vocem praemittit in cantu, succentor autem, qui subsequenter canendo respondet.

There are said to be two types of chanter in the art of music, corresponding with the names learned people have been able to give them in Latin: the precentor [praecentor] and the succentor [succentor]. The precentor is so called, naturally, because he leads the singing; the succentor because he follows in response.

Concentor autem dicitur, qui consonat; qui autem non consonat, nec concinit, nec concentor erit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 12.24-27]

He who chants in harmony [consonat] is called the concentor; he who not chant in harmony does not sing and will not be a concentor [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 12.24-27; translation from Barney et al.]

Psalterium, quod vulgo canticum dicitur, a psallendo nominatum, quod ad ejus vocem chorus consonando respondeat. Est autem similitudo cytharae barbaricae in modum. (Deltae) litterae, sed psalterii et cytharae haec differentia est, quod psalterium lignum illud concavum, unde sonum reddit, superius habet, et deorsum feriuntur chordae et desuper sonant; cythara vero concavitatem ligni inferius habet. Psalterio vero Hebraei decachordo usi sunt propter numerum decalogum legis. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae III. c. 22.7]

The psaltery [psalterium], which is commonly called canticum, takes its name from 'singing to the psaltery' [psallere], because the chorus responds in harmony to the voice of the psaltery. It has a characteristic shared with the foreign cithara, being in the shape of the letter d; but there is this difference between the psaltery and the cithara:, the psaltery has a hollowed wooden box from which the sound resonates on its top side, so that the strings are struck from underneath and resonate from above, but the cithara has its wooden sound-box on the bottom. The Hebrews used the ten-string psaltery on account of the number of laws of the Decalogue. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae III. c. 22.7; translation from Barney et al.]

Psalmus autem dicitur [omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from ed. Lindsay: qui cantatur ad psalterium, quo usum esse David prophetam in magno mysterio prodit historia.

A psalm [psalmus] is the name for what is sung to the psaltery [psalterium]. History records that the prophet David played this instrument, in a great mystery.

Haec autem duo in quibusdam psalmorum titulis juxta musicam artem alternatim sibi adponuntur. Nam canticum Psalmi est, cum id quod organum modulatur, vox postea cantantis eloquitur.

These two terms are used together in certain titles of psalms, with their order alternating depending on the musical technique. Thus a 'canticle of a psalm' occurs when what a musical instrument plays, the voice of the singer afterwards sounds.

(12) Psalmus vero cantici, cum quod humana vox praeloquitur, ars organi modulantis imitatur. Psalmus autem a psalterio dicitur, unde nec mos est ex alio opere eum componi.

(12) But a 'psalm of a canticle' is when the art of the instrument playing imitates what the human voice sounds first. Psalm is named from the psaltery, whence the custom is for it not to be accompanied by any other kind of playing.

(13) Tres autem gradus sunt in cantando: primus succentoris, secundus incentoris,] tertius accentoris. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI. c. 19:11-13] [page 276]

(13) There are moreover three ranges in singing: first the succentor’s, second the incentor’s, and the third the accentor’s. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI. c. 19:11-13; translation from Barney et al.] [page 276]

Psalmorum liber graece [omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from ed. Lindsay: Hebraice nabla, Latine organum dicitur. Vocatus autem Psalmorum [liber] quod, uno propheta canente ad psalterium, chorus consonando responderet. Titulus autem in Psalmis Hebraicus ita est, Sepher Thehilim, quod interpretatur volumen hymnorum.

The book of Psalms is called in Greek the psalter [psalterium], in Hebrew nabla, and in Latin organum. It is called the book of Psalms because one prophet would sing to a psaltery and the chorus would respond in harmony. Moreover the Hebrew title heading the psalms is this: Sepher Thehilim, which means scroll of hymns.

Auctores autem psalmorum qui ponuntur in titulis: Moyses scilicet et David et Salomon, Asaph, Ethan, Idithun et filii Core, Eman, Ezraithae et reliquorum, quos Esdras uno volumine comprehendit.

The authors of the psalms are those whose names are given in the titles, namely Moses, David, Solomon, Asaph, Ethan, Idithun, the sons of Core, Eman, Ezraitha and the rest, whom Ezra gathered into the one scroll.

Omnes autem psalmos apud Hebraeos metrico carmine constat esse compositi. Nam in morem Romani Flacci, et Graeci Pindari, nunc alii iambo currunt, nunc Alcaico personant, nunc Saphico nitent, trimetro, vel tetrametro] pede incedentes. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 2.15-17]

Furthermore, all the psalms of the Hebrews are known to have been composed in lyric meter; in the manner of the Roman Horace and the Greek Pindar they run first on iambic foot, then they resound in alcaic, then they glitter in Sapphic measure, proceeding on trimeter or tetrameter feet. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 2.15-17; translation from Barney et al.]

Dicit enim Cassiodorus in primo psalmo Psalmus est hymnus alicujus metri lege compositus, qui ad similitudinem praedicti organi supernam nobis cognoscitur indicare virtutem. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum II, c. 1, CCSL 97, p. 40]

For Cassiodorus says on the first psalm: A psalm is a hymn composed by the law of any meter, which in the same way as the instrument previously mentioned is recognized by us to reveal virtue. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum II, c. 1, CCSL 97, p. 40]

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Quare S. Benedictus annum in duas partes divisit, in hiemem et aestatem, cum in quatuor partes annus dividitur, i. e. in hiemem et ver, aestatem scilicet et autumnum?' Dicit enim: 1hiemis tempore a Calendis Novembris usque ad pascha, et a pascha usque ad praedictas Calendas Novembris.

Someone perhaps says: "Why does Saint Benedict divide the year into two parts, into winter and summer, when the year is divided into four parts, that is into winter and of course spring, summer and autumn?" For he says: 1In winter time from the kalends of November up to Easter and 4from Easter up to the aforementioned kalends of November.

Cui respondendum est: Quamvis enim antiqui non in duas solummodo partes annum divisissent, tamen S. Benedictus quadam ratione discretionis hoc facere studuit; neque enim aliter poterat facere, qui legem bene vivendi describebat, qui mores hominum docere studuit, nisi tali modo hanc legem describeret, ut annum in duas partes divisisset.

To him it must be replied that although the ancients had not divided the year into only two parts, nevertheless Saint Benedict strove to do this with a certain reason of distinction; for he who described the law of living well and strove to teach customs to men,was not able to do otherwise unless he described this law in such a manner that he had divided the year into two parts.

Et non solum de anno fecit hoc, i. e. in duas partes divisit contra consuetudinem aliorum, qui annum in quatuor partes dividunt, verum etiam et de horis et scripturis similiter fecit propter rationem discretionis, necnon et confirmandi gratia ea, quae dicebat, v. gr. in hiemis tempore fecit de horis, cum hora secunda agatur tertia [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.11] dixit, et in aestivo tempore: agatur nona temperius mediante octava hora et reliq. [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.6]

And he did this not only concerning the year, that is, divided it into two parts contrary to the custom of others, who divide the year into four parts, but he even did this similarly concerning the hours and the scriptures on account of reason of distinction and also to confirm these things he said; for example, he did so concerning the hours in winter time when he said Terce should be done at the second hour [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.11] and in the summer time Nones should be done a little early, at the middle of the eighth hour and so forth. [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.6]

De scripturis vero fecit, cum plurima exempla aliter intellexit, quae hic adhibuit. Non enim ita dico 'aliter intellexit', ut nequaquam etiam intellexisset illa secundum proprium sensum divinarum scripturarum.

But concerning the scriptures, he did what he did here although he understood many examples otherwise. For I do not say "he understood otherwise" to mean that he had not at all understood these matters according to the his interpretation of the holy scriptures.

Ille enim doctus Spiritu Sancto quia intellexit secundum proprium sensum divinarum scripturarum, credo, sed causa firmandi ea, quae dicebat, illa exempla ad alium sensum retorsit.

For taught by the Holy Spirit, because he understood according to the his own interpretatinon of the holy scriptures, I believe; but for the sake of strengthening these words, which he said, he turned these examples to another meaning.

V. gr. cum de taciturnitate dixit, posuit ibi exemplum: Dixi, custodiam vias meas, ut non deliquam in lingua mea; posui ori meo custodiam; obmutui et humiliatus sum et silui a bonis; [Ps 38:2-3] [Regula Benedicti, c. 6.1] et iterum: Hilarem datorem diligit Deus [2 Cor 9:7] [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.16] et reliq., quae qualiter intellexit, superius jam dictum est, et qualiter [page 277] sensus proprius est illarum.

For instance, when he spoke about silence, he put an example there: I said, I keep my ways safe, so that I may not transgress with my words; I put safe-keeping on my mouth; I was speechless, humbled and silent about good things. [Ps 38:2-3] [Regula Benedicti, c. 6.1] And again: God loves a cheerful giver [2 Cor 9:7] [Regula Benedicti, c. 5.16] and so forth, which he understood just as was said just above and according to [page 277] his own interpretation of those words.

Et hoc notandum est, quia nil nocet, divinum scripturam alio sensu intelligere, quam suus proprius est, sed solummodo in pejorem sensum non debet quis ejus sensum derivare, sicuti est in haeresin aut in pravos mores. B. vero Benedictum in bonum illum derivasse, omnino credendum est.

And this must be noted that it does no harm to understand the divine scripture in another sense than his own, only he who derives his own meaning only must not derive a worse one, as in heresy or evil customs. But It must be entirely believed that blessed Benedict derived a good meaning.

Sequitur: 1Hiemis tempore, i. e. a Calendis Novembris usque in Pascha juxta considerationem rationis octava hora noctis surgendum est, 2ut modice amplius de media nocte pausetur et jam digesti surgant.

He continues: 1In the winter time, that is, from the kalends of November up to Easter, according to the consideration of reason they must rise at the eighth hour of the night, 2so that after resting a little past midnight, they rise already having completed digestion.

Cum enim dicit a Calendis Novembris, et dixit ante hiemis tempore, non est intelligendum, ut solummodo sic incipiat tempus hiemis, cum hiems post incipiat, sicut supra dictum est, sed causa discretionis, quia diviserat annum in duas partes, sicut dixi, a majore parte nominavit hiems, qui totam hiemem inclusit in hoc spatio et aliquid de autumno ceperat.

For when he says from the kalends of November, and said before in the winter time, it must not be understood that winter time begins only, when winter begins, just as is said above, but because of discretion, for he divided the year into two parts, just as I said, and he called it "winter" from the longer part [of the year], which included the whole winter and took in some of autumn.

Et vere mos est divinarum scripturarum, majorem partem superare minorem.

And truly the custom of holy scripture is that the larger part surpasses the smaller.

Similiter et, aestatem cum dixit, fecit. Hoc etiam notandum est, quantum ad officium attinet, ratio et mos est scripturae divinae, si Calendae Novembris fuerint die dominico, incipiendum est hoc agere, quod dixit, in die dominica

He did likewise when he said summer. Indeed it must be noted, insofar as it pertains to the Office, that it is the reason and custom of the divine scriptures if the kalends of November will be on a Sunday, what he said must be begun to be done on the Sunday.

Similiter si secunda feria venerint Calendae et tertia feria atque quarta feria, semper a dominica praeterita incipiendum est; si vero quinta feria fuerint Calendae Novembris vel sexta feria vel Sabbatho, non praeterita dominica, sed ab illa dominica, quae sequitur, incipiendum est; sic enim ecclesia romana facit, cum libros ad legendum ponit; dicit enim: In Calendis Augusti ponendus est liber Salomonis.

Similarly, if the kalends will come on Monday, Tuesday, or Wednesday, it must always be begun on the preceding Sunday. But if the kalends are on Thursday, Friday, or Saturday, then it must not be begun on the preceding Sunday but on that Sunday which follows. For the Roman church does it thus when it ordains the books to be read. For it says: the book of Solomon is placed on the kalends of August.

Non in Calendis solummodo ponunt, sicut dixi, sed in die dominica aut ante Calendas aut post Calendas, sed tali ordine, sicut dixi, i. e. si usque ad quartam feriam venerint Calendae, ponunt in praeterita dominica, si autem post quartam feriam fuerint Calendae, i. e. quinta feria et sexta aut sabbatho, ponunt in dominica sequenti.

Not only do they place it on the kalends, just as I said, but on the Sunday either before or after the kalends, but in such order as I just said, that is, if the kalends come up on Wednesday, they place it on the preceding Sunday. If, however, the kalends are after Wednesday, that is, on Thursday, Friday, or Saturday, they place it on the following Sunday.

Sequitur: 2Juxta considerationem rationis octava hora noctis surgendum est.

He continues: reason dictates that [monks] should rise at the eighth hour of the night.

Quid est: octava hora surgendum est? - ac si diceret: ‘nec ante octavam horam, nec post [page 278] octavam, sed in ipsa hora octava surgendum est’, v. gr. sicuti hic depictum est.

What is: monks should rise at the eighth hour of the night? It is as if he said: "neither before the eighth hour, nor after [page 278] the eighth hour, but [monks] should rise at the eighth hour," for example, as it is thus depicted.

 

Hoc notandum est, quia illa spatia sunt horae; nam virgae non sunt horae, sed fines horarum.2

It must be noted that because those spaces are hours, for the lines are not hours, but the ends of the hours.

Qui haec rationabiliter vult facere, horologium aquae illi necessarium est. In hoc loco forte quaerit aliquis, quare B. Benedictus dixit: octava hora noctis surgendum est, cum December et Januarius menses in nocte habent horas XVIII et in die VI?

He who wishes to do this rationally needs a water clock. In this place perhaps someone asks why blessed Benedict said monks should rise at the eighth hour of the night, when the months of December and January have eighteen hours of night and six of day. He seems to speak awkwardly and contradict himself, since the eighth hour of night is sometimes less than the middle of the night and sometimes only just the middle of the night.

Dure videtur dicere, et contrarius est sibimet, cum hora noctis octava aliquando est minus de media nocte, aliquando etiam solummodo media nox. Cui respondendum est: nec dure dixit, nec sibi etiam contrarius est, quia, quamvis ipsa octava aliquando existit ante mediam noctem, sicut diximus, aliquando in ipsa media nocte, tamen aequinoctium custodivit, quod aequaliter habet in die et nocte horas, i. e. XII in die, et XII in nocte, et juxta ejus rationem aequinoctii dixit in nocte horas XII et in die, maxime cum Dominus dicat: Nonne duodecim horae sunt diei? [Ioh. 11:9]

The response must be: he does not speak awkwardly or even contradict himself because although the eighth hour itself sometimes occurs before the middle of the night, just as we have said, and sometimes in the middle of the night itself, nevertheless, he kept the equinox because he has the hours equally in the day and night, that is, twelve in the day and twelve in the night. And according to his calculation of the equinox he said twelve hours in the night and in the day, especially when the Lord would say: Does the day not have twelve hours? [Io 11:9]

Cum enim dicit et jam, non est una pars orationis, sed duae, h. e. conjunctio copulativa, quae est et, et adverbium temporis; et jam digesti, i. e. decoctis cibis. Sciendum est, quia istud digesti ad cibum attinet, i. e. ad decoctionem ciborum, et per decoctionem ciborum attinet ad sufficientem refectionem somni, quia, sicut dicunt multi, tamdiu non reficitur homo [page 279] somno, quamdiu non digeritur cibus. At ubi digestus fuerit cibus, tunc est refectio somni, et ipsa digestio non fit plena ante mediana noctem.

For when he said and already, it is not one part of the sentence, but two, that is, a copulative conjunction, which is and and a temporal adverb; and already digested, that is, the cooked food. It should be known, because that digested pertains to food, that is, to the boiling down of food, and through the boiling down of food it pertains to sufficient refreshment of sleep, because, as many say, as long as a man is not refreshed by [page 279] sleep, he will not digest food. But when food will have been digested, then there is refreshment in sleep and digestion itself is not completed before the middle of the night.

Sequitur: 3Quod vero restat post vigilias, a fratribus, qui psalterii vel lectionum aliquid indigent, meditationi inserviatur. 4A Pascha vero usque ad supra praedictas Calendas Novembris sic temperetur hora vigiliarum agenda, ut parvissimo intervallo, quo fratres ad necessaria naturae exeant custodito, mox matutini, qui incipiente luce agendi sunt, subsequantur.

He continues: 3The time remaining after Vigils should be for study of the psalter and readings by brothers who need it. 4From Easter to the abovementioned first of November, the schedule should be regulated so that, Vigils complete, there is a very brief break during which the brothers may go out for the necessities of nature, then Matins follows immediately, at first light.

In hoc loco quod dicitur quod, subaudiendum est: spatium, tempus, ac si diceret: istud spatium, quod post vigilias restat usque mane, inserviatur, i. e. praeoccupetur a fratribus; a quibus fratribus? i. e. ab illis, qui indigent aliquid psalterii vel lectionum, occupetur istud intervallum, quod restat post vigilias.

In this place where which is said it must be understood to be a period, a time, as if he said: "That period, which remains after Vigils up to morning should be used", that is, spent by the brothers. By which brothers? That is, by those who need something of the psalter and readings, that interval which remains after Vigils is occupied.

Forte dicit aliquis monachus: 'Nolo vigilare usque mane, sed dormire, eo quod non indigeo aliquid adjuvante Domino.' Cui abbas talem propositionem debet proponere, quam ille frater non possit solvere, ut humilietur ex hoc ille frater, et pro hac ratione debet abbas sapiens et doctus esse, ut possit suos monachos pleniter docere.

Perhaps some monk says: "I do not wish to keep Vigils until morning, but to sleep, because with the help of the Lord I do not need anything." The abbot ought to set for him a proposition of the sort that brother is not able to solve, in order that the brother may be humbled by it, and for this reason the abbot ought to wise and learned, in order that he can teach his monks fully.

Cum dicit custodito, subaudiendum est: intervallo vel spatio. Mox, i. e. statim matutini subsequantur, qui incipiente luce agendi sunt. In hoc loco manifestat B. Benedictus, cum dicit matutini luce incipiente agendi sunt, quia omni tempore, i. e. tam in quotidianis diebus, quam in dominicis et festis diebus matutini luce incipiente agendi sunt; nam si aliter fuerit actum illud matutinum ante inceptionem lucis, negligentia jam erit.

When he [Benedict] says regulated, it must be understood to be an interval or period. Immediately, that is, at once Matins follows, which is done at first light. In this place, blessed Benedict shows clearly, when he says that Matins follows immediately, at first light, because at every moment, that is, as much on weekdays as on Sundays and feast days, Matins follows immediately at first light; for if it were otherwise, to do that Matins before the first light would be negligent.

Notandum est enim, quare dixit a Calendis Novembris, cum hiems non inchoatur a Calendis Novembris, sed ab octavo Calendarum Decembrium?

For it must be noted, why did he say from the kalends of November, when winter is not begun at the kalends of November, but by the octave of the kalends of December?

Ideo dixit a Calendis, quia propter septem dies hiemis in Novembri mense voluit contineri totum mensem, i. e. a parte totum. Quod autem dicit octava hora noctis surgendum est, dubium est, utrum inchoante octava, an media, an prope finem ipsius horae octavae surgendum est.

Again, he said from the kalends because, on account of the seven days of winter in the month of November, he wished to include the whole month, that is, a whole from a part. However, what he says -- monks should rise at the eighth hour of the night -- creates doubt about whether a monk must rise at the beginning, middle or near the end of this same eighth hour.

Sed ista potest esse discretio, ut quanto plus sunt majores noctes, tantum plus prope initium [page 280] octavae horae surgendum est; quantum autem minores sunt noctes, tan tum prope finem ipsius horae debet signum tangi. Ora finium per o, hora dierum per h scribendum est.

But there can be discretion so that however much longer the long nights are, that much closer is the beginning [page 280] of the eighth hour the monk should rise; however shorter the nights are, so much nearer the end of the same hour the signal ought to be struck. The limit [ora] of boundaries is written with an 'o'; the hour [hora] of day is written with an 'h'.


1. In codice Fürstenzellensi in horologio delineato inscriptum est convenienti octavae horae spatio: secundum nos hora prima. (Mittermüller).

1. The reference is to Aphrodite, the Greek name for Venus.


Cap. IX
QUANTI PSALMI DICENDI SUNT NOCTURNIS HORIS

[Ms P, fol. 73r – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 170v; Ms E1, fol. 81v; Ms E2, fol. 114r]

Ch. 9
HOW MANY PSALMS SHOULD BE SAID AT THE NIGHT OFFICES

Translated by: Julian Hendrix

In ista clavi melius est dicere quot, quam quanti.

In this chapter, it is better to say how many [quot] than how much [quanti].

1Hiemis tempore praemisso imprimis versu: Deus in adjutorium meum intende, [Ps 69:2] in secundo tertio dicendum est: Domine, labia mea aperies, et os meum annuntiabit laudem tuam. [Ps 50:17]

1During the winter time as defined above, first this verse is to be said: Oh God, come to my assistance [Ps 69:2]. Secondly this verse is to be said three times: Oh Lord, you will open my lips, and my mouth will proclaim your praise. [Ps 51:17].

Ideo tertio, propter 7reverentiam sanctae Trinitatis, et quia triplex funiculus vix rumpitur. Quare dicit hic homo supplicans Deo: Domine, labia mea aperies, et os meum annuntiabit laudem tuam, cum in alio psalmo dicat Deus homini: Aperi os tuum, et ego adimplebo illud? [Ps 80:11] Sed per hoc, ubi dicit Deus homini. Aperi os tuum, manifestatur, liberum arbitrium datum homini esse, quatenus per se potuisset homo agere bonum, si voluisset. Et in hoc loco, ubi dicit homo Deo: Domine, labia mea aperies, manifestat, infirmatum esse ipsum liberum arbitrium, ita ut etiam homo per ipsum arbitrium liberum nil boni possit agere per se, nisi Domini misericordia praeveniendo et subsequendo eum adjuverit. Et bene dicit Domine labia mea aperies, ac si diceret: Domine, tu aperi, quia si tu aperueris labia mea, os meum laudem tuam pronuntiabit; nam si ego aperuero os meum, laudem tuam non annuntiabit.

Therefore, [it is said] three times on account of 7reverence for the Holy Trinity and because a triple cord is hard to break. Why does this man supplicating God say: Oh Lord, you will open my lips and my mouth will proclaim your praise, when in another psalm, God says to humanity: Open your mouth and I will fill it [Ps 80:11]? But through this, where God says to humanity: Open your mouth, it shows clearly that free will was given to humanity, so that a man would have been able to do good through his own means, had he wished it. And in that place, where the man says to God: Oh Lord, you will open my lips, he shows clearly that this same will is weakened in such a manner that even through his own free will a man cannot do anything good himself, unless God’s mercy, preceding and following, assists him. And well he says Oh Lord, you will open my lips, and if he said: Oh Lord, you open [aperi], because if you open my lips, my mouth will proclaim your praise; for if I open my mouth, it will not announce your praise.

Sequitur: 2cui subjungendus est tertius psalmus. Ideo tertius psalmus, quia de somni surrectione dicit.

He continues: 2To that Psalm 3 should be added. Therefore the third psalm, because it speaks about awakening from sleep.

Sequitur: 3post nunc psalmus nonagesimus quartus. Ideo psalmus nonagesimus quartus propter invitationem aliorum; nam ipse psalmus invitatorius dicitur, eo quod invitat ad ecclesiam venire. Nam quia consuetudo est sanctae Romanae ecclesiae, ideo illum B. Benedictus canere jussit.

He continues: 3after that, Psalm 94. Psalm 94 [is chanted] on account of the invitation of the others; for the psalm itself is called the invitatory because it invites [us] to come to church. Because it is the custom of the holy Roman church, therefore blessed Benedict ordered [us] to sing it.

Duodecim psalmos canendi ab angelo tradita consuetudo obtinuit; nam [sicut] narrat Cassianus, quia tunc tempore Patrum Aegypti varie psalmi ad vigilias canebantur, et erat super hac consuetudine magna varietas (alii enim canebant quinquaginta [page 281] psalmos, alii autem plus, alii vero minus), deinde quia ista varietas erat canendi, venerunt SS. Patres in unum, ut definirent de quantitate psalmorum; et dum illi diu super hac definitione consulerent, angelus Domini descendit et stetit in medio eorum et cecinit duodecim psalmos et evanuit ex oculis eorum. Et cum illi hoc vidissent, cognoveruut, quia a Deo institutum est, ut duodecim psalmos canerent ad unumquodque officium vigiliae nocturnae.

The custom of singing twelve psalms, which was handed down by the angels, prevails; for just as Cassian reports, because in the time of the Egyptian Fathers various psalms were sung at vigils and there was great variety concerning this custom (for some sang forty psalms [page 281], while others sang more, but others fewer). Therefore because there was that variety in singing, the blessed fathers came into one group, in order to define the number of psalms. And while they consulted for a long time concerning a decree, an angel of the Lord descended, stood in the middle of them, chanted twelve psalms, and vanished from their sight. And when they had seen this, they recognized, because it was instituted by God, that they would sing twelve psalms at each office of the night vigils.

Deinde obtinuit consuetudo per ecclesias Africanas et occidentales, ut duodecim psalmos cantarent ad vigilias nocturnas. Sic enim dicit in libro secundo Institutae Patrum: [Nam] cum in primordiis fidei [omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from SC 106: fidei pauci quidem sed probatissimi monachorum nomine censerentur, qui sicut a beatae memoriae euangelista Marco, qui primus Alexandriae urbi pontifex praefuit, normam suscepere uiuendi, non solum illa magnifica retinebant, quae primitus ecclesiam uel credentium turbas in Actibus apostolorum legimus celebrasse – Multitudinis scilicet credentium erat cor et anima una, nec quisquam eorum quae possidebat aliquid suum esse dicebat, sed erant illis omnia communia. Quotquot enim possessores agrorum aut domorum erant, uendentes adferebant pretia eorum quae uendebant et ponebant ante pedes apostolorum: diuidebatur autem singulis prout cuique opus erat, [Act 4:32/34-35] verum etiam his multo sublimiora cumulauerant. Etenim secedentes in secretiora suburbiorum loca agebant uitam tanto abstinentiae rigore districtam, ut etiam his, qui erant religionis externi, stupori esset tam ardua conuersationis eorum professio.

Therefore, the custom of chanting twelve psalms at the night vigils prevailed throughout the churches of Africa and the east. For thus he [Cassian] says in the second book of the Institutes: For in the early days of the faith few indeed – but they were very upright – were regarded as monks, and they had received that form of life from the evangelist Mark of blessed memory, who was the first to rule as bishop over the city of Alexandria. They not only retained those magnificent qualities that we read in the Acts of the Apostles were originally cultivated by the Church and by the throngs of believers (namely, 'The multitude of believers had one heart and one soul, and none of them said anything that he possessed was his own, but all things were in common to them. For as many as owned fields or houses sold them and brought the price of what they sold and laid it at the feet of the apostles, and this was distributed to each just as each had need') [Act 4:32/34-35] but to these they even added things far more lofty. For they went off to quite secluded places on the outskirts of the city to lead a strict life of such rigorous abstinence that even those who did not share their religion were astonished at the arduous profession of their way of life.

Eo enim feruore diuinarum scripturarum lectionibus orationique et operi manuum diebus ac noctibus incubabant, ut ne escarum quidem adpetitus uel memoria, nisi alio tertione die corporis interpellaret inedia, cibumque ac potum non tam desideratum quam necessarium sumerent et ne hunc quidem ante solis occasum, ut tempus lucis cum spiritalium meditationum studiis, curam uero corporis cum nocte sociarent aliaque his multo sublimiora perficerent. De quibus etiam is, qui minus indigenarum relatione cognouit, ecclesiastica historia poterit edoceri.

For day and night they gave themselves over to the reading of Holy Scripture, to prayer, and to manual labor with such fervor that the very appetite for and memory of food only disturbed them every second or third day, when their bodies felt hunger, and they would take food and drink not so much out of desire as out of necessity. Indeed, they would not do this before sunset, so as to link the daytime with the pursuit of spiritual meditation but the care of the body with the night. And other things they did were far loftier than these. Whoever has not heard about these matters from the telling of those who are familiar with them can be taught by the Church’s history.

Ea igitur tempestate, cum ecclesiae illius primitiuae perfectio penes successores suos adhuc recenti memoria inuiolata duraret feruensque paucorum fides necdum in multitudinem dispersa tepuisset, uenerabiles patres peruigili cura posteris consulentes, quinam modus cotidiano cultui per uniuersum fraternitatis corpus decerni deberet, tractaturi conueniunt, ut hereditatem pietatis ac pacis etiam successoribus suis absolutam ab omni dissensionis lite transmitterent, uerentes scilicet ne qua in cotidianis sollemnitatibus inter uiros eiusdem culturae consortes dissonantia uel uarietas exorta quandoque in posterum erroris uel aemulationis seu schismatis noxii germen emitteret.

At that time, then, when the perfection of the primitive Church remained inviolate and was still fresh in the memory of succeeding generations, and when the fervent faith of the few had not yet been spread among the multitude and grown lukewarm, the venerable fathers, reflecting with unceasing concern on those who would follow them, came together to discuss what form daily worship should take throughout the whole body of the brotherhood. Thus they would transmit to their successors a legacy of devotion and peace that was free of any contentious strife, for they feared that in the daily services, among men who were participating in the same worship, some discord or difference might arise and that sometime thereafter it would burst forth into error or rivalry or harmful schism.

Cumque pro suo unusquisque feruore infirmitatis inmemor alienae id statui debere censeret, quod contemplatione fidei ac roboris sui facillimum iudicabat, parum discutiens quid generaliter plenitudini fratrum possibile esset, in qua necesse est infirmorum quoque partem maximam repperiri, diuersoque modo enormem psalmorum numerum instituere pro animi sui uirtute certarent, et alii quinquagenos, alii sexagenos psalmos, nonnulli uero ne hoc quidem numero contenti excedi eum debere censerent essetque inter eos pro religionis regula piae contentionis sancta diuersitas, ita ut tempus sollemnitatis uespertinae sacratissimae succederet quaestioni, cotidianos orationum ritus uolentibus celebrare unus in medium psalmos Domino cantaturus exsurgit.

And as each one was recommending, in accordance with his own fervor and heedless of his neighbor’s weakness, that what he judged easiest for himself in view of his faith and strength should be mandated, taking little account of what would be most possible for all the brothers (necessarily including a very large proportion of the sick also), and as they were contending in various ways to settle upon an enormous number of psalms, each one in keeping with his ability, some fifty psalms and others sixty, while still others who were not even content with this number were suggesting that it should be surpassed, there was among them such a holy division in their pious struggle on behalf of the rules of religious practice that the moment for the most sacred evening service intruded upon the discussion.

Cumque sedentibus cunctis, ut est moris nunc usque in Aegypti partibus, et in psallentis uerba omni cordis intentione defixis undecim psalmos orationum interiectione distinctos contiguis uersibus parili pronuntiatione cantasset, duodecimum sub alleluiae responsione consummans ab uniuersorum oculis repente subtractus quaestioni pariter et caerimoniis finem inposuit.

As they were getting ready to carry out the daily rites of prayer, someone in their midst arose to sing the psalms to the Lord. And when all were seated, as is still the custom throughout Egypt, and had fixed the full attention of their hearts upon the chanter’s words, he sang eleven psalms that were separated by the interposition of prayers, all the verses being pronounced in the same tone of voice. Having finished the twelfth with an Alleluia as a response, he suddenly withdrew from the sight of all, thus concluding both the discussion and the ceremony.

(6) Exhinc uenerabilis patrum senatus, intellegens angeli magisterio congregationibus fratrum generalem canonem non sine dispensatione domini constitutum, decreuit hunc numerum tam in uespertinis quam in nocturnis conuenticulis custodiri. Quibus lectiones geminas adiungentes, id est unam ueteris et aliam noui testamenti, tamquam a se eas traditas et uelut extraordinarias uolentibus tantum ac diuinarum scripturarum memoriam possidere adsidua meditatione studentibus addiderunt. In die uero sabbati uel dominico utrasque de nouo recitant testamento, id est unam de Apostolo uel Actibus apostolorum et aliam de Euangeliis. Quod etiam totis Quinquagensimae diebus faciunt hi, quibus lectio curae est seu] memoria scripturarum. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 5-6, SC 109, pp. 64-70]

Thereupon the venerable gathering of fathers understood that, according to the Lord’s will, a universal rule had been established for the groups of the brothers through the teaching of an angel, and they determined that this number was to be observed at both the evening and the morning assemblies. To this they joined two readings, that is, one from the Old Testament and another from the New; this was their own doing and as it were optional, and they added them only for those who wished to reflect on Holy Scripture and were eager for assiduous meditation. But on Saturday and Sunday they do both readings from the New Testament – that is, one from the Apostle or the Acts of the Apostles and another from the Gospels. On all the days of Lent this is also done by those whose concern is the reading and recalling of Scripture. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 5-6; trans. Ramsey]

Cum 8expositiones earum dicit, subaudiendum est: lectionum veteris et novi testamenti. Et hoc notandum est, quod potest expositio veteris et novi testamenti secundum auctoritatem hujus regulae, ita tamen, ut cum lectus fuerit liber veteris vel novi testamenti, non debet iterum relegi, sed causa honestatis debent legere expositionem ejusdem libri aut alterius libri, si non potuerint ejusdem libri expositiones habere.

When he says commentaries on them, it must be understood [to be] on readings from the Old and New Testaments. And this should be noted: it can be a commentary on the Old and New Testament according to the authority of this rule, thus nevertheless, when the book to be read is from the Old or New Testament, it ought not be reread, but for the sake of respectability they ought to read the commentary on the same book or of another book, if they cannot have a commentary on the same book.

V. gr. si liber Isaiae lectus fuerit, non debet iterum relegi, sed causa honestatis secundum auctoritatem capituli hujus debent legere expositiones, quas Hieronymus in Isaiam fecit. Si vero non habuerint ejusdem libri Isaiae prophetae expositiones, legant expositiones psalmorum aut Evangelii aut alterius libri novi et veteris testamenti.

For example, if the book of Isaiah is read, it ought not be reread, but for the sake of respectability they ought to read the commentary Jerome wrote on Isaiah, according to the authority of this chapter. But if they do not have a commentary on the book of the prophet Isaiah, let them read the commentaries on the psalms or Gospels or other books of the New and Old Testament.

Vide modo, quia non dixit a nominatis, sed a nominatissimis, quia fuerunt multi nominati, et tamen in eorum libris inventus est error, et ideo dixit a nominatissimis, ac si diceret: illorum doctorum legant expositiones, in quorum libris non invenitur error, sicuti est Augustinus et Gregorius sive Ambrosius, et caeteri alii patres catholici.

Observe now, that he did not mean by renowned [authors], but by most renowned, because many are renowned, but nevertheless, error is found in their books and therefore he said by the most renowned. It is if he said: they should read the commentaries of those learned men, in whose books no error is found, like Augustine, Gregory, Ambrose, or the rest of the other catholic fathers.

Et hoc notandum est, quia, cum dicit inter quas et tria responsoria canantur, species est, i. e. illa species, qua major pars superat minorem, eo quod duo responsoria dicuntur inter [page 282] lectiones, tertium vero responsorium post tertiana lectionem canitur. Ecce propter duo responsoria dixit etiam tertium. Quod vero dicit lectio apostoli, absolute de Paulo apostolo intelligunt nostri, quia in scripturis divinis, ubi invenitur apostoli, de Paulo intelligitur.

And it must be noted that when he says three responsories should be chanted in between the readings, it is a particular kind, that is, the kind by which the greater part surpasses the lesser part, because two responsories are said between [page 282] the readings, but the third responsory is sung after the third reading. See here: because of the two responsories, he mentioned also a third. But that he says a reading of the apostle, we understand [it] absolutely [to be] concerning the apostle Paul, because in the divine scriptures, where it says 'of the apostle,' it is understood to be concerning Paul.

Si autem de aliis apostolis vult dicere, cum adjectione nominis illius dicit, v. gr. apostoli Petri, apostoli Judae et reliq. Psallere usum esse post Moysen David prophetam in magno mysterio prodit ecclesia; hic enim a pueritia in hoc munus a Deo specialiter electus et cantorum princeps psalmorumque thesaurus esse promeruit, cujus psalterium idcirco [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from CCSL 113 cum melodia cantilenarum suavium ab ecclesia frequentatur, quo facilius animi ad conpunctionem flectantur. Primitiva autem ecclesia ita psallebat ut modico flexu vocis faceret resonare psallentem, ita ut pronuntianti vicinior esset quam canenti.

If, however, he wishes to speak about the other apostles, he says so by the addition of their names, for example, the apostle Peter, the apostle Jude, etc. The church discloses, in a great mystery, that David the prophet first used the psaltery after Moses [see 1 Chr 13:8; 16:5]. For he, specially selected by the Lord for this duty from childhood, deserved to be both the prince of the singers and the storehouse of psalms. For this reason, the church frequently uses his psaltery with its melody of sweet songs, by which souls may be moved more easily to compunction. The primitive church, however, so chanted the psalms that it had the psalmist make his voice resonate with only a slight inflection, so that it was closer to speaking than to singing.

Propter carnales autem in ecclesia, non propter spiritales, consuetudinem cantandi est instituta ut, qui verbis non conpugnuntur, suavitata modulaminis moveantur. Sic namque et beatissimus Augustinus in libris Confessionum suarum consuetudinem canendi adprobat in ecclesia, 'ut per oblectamenta, inquit, aurium infirmior animus ad affectum pietatis exsurgat'. [Augustinus, Confessiones X, c. 33.49-50] Nam in ipsis sanctis dictis religiosius et ardentius moventur animi nostri ad flammam pietatis cum cantatur quam si non cantetur. Omnes enim affectus nostri pro sonorum diversitate vel novitate nescio qua occulta familiaritate excitantur magis cum suavi] et artificiosa voce cantatur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 5.1-2, CCSL 113, p. 6]

However, the custom of singing was instituted in the church on account of the sensual ones, not the spiritual, so that, since they do not feel compunction because of the words, they might be moved by the sweetness of the modulation. Thus, in fact, even the most saintly Augustine in his Confessions approved the custom of singing in the church, 'so that through pleasures of the ears,' he said, 'the weaker spirit might rise up to the feeling of piety. [Augustinus, Confessiones X, c. 33.49-50] For in these holy words our souls are moved with more religious fervor and more fervor to the flame of piety when sung than if not sung. I do not know by what hidden familiarity, through the diversity or newness of sounds, all our affections are more stirred when sung by a sweet and accomplished voice. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 5.1-2; trans. Thomas L. Knoebel, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 61, New York/Mahwah NJ 2008, p. 31]

Canticum idem tunc Moyses primus invexit quando [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 113: quando, percussa Aegypto decem plagis et Pharaone submerso cum populis, per insueta maris itinera ad desertum gratulabundus egressus est, dicens: Cantemus domino; gloriose enim honorificatus est. [Ex 15:1] Deinde Debora, non ignobilis femina, in libro Judicum hoc ministerio functa reperitur; [cf. Judg 5] postea multos non solum viros sed etiam feminas spiritu divino completas dei cecinisse mysterio. Canticum autem est vox hominis, psalmus autem qui canitur] canitur ad psalterium. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 4, CCSL 113, pp. 5-6]

Moses also was the first to introduce the canticle when, after the Egyptians had been struck by ten plagues and Pharaoh had been submerged with his people, he made a joyful exit to the desert through the unaccustomed roads of the [Red] Sea saying: 'Let us sing to the Lord, for he is honored gloriously' [Exod 15:1]. Afterwards Deborah, a not ignoble woman, is reported in the Book of Judges to have performed this ministry. [cf. Judg 5] Thereafter [it is also reported that] many, not only men but also women, filled with the divine spirit, had sung the mysteries of God. A canticle is sung by the human voice alone, but a psalm is that which is sung to the accompaniment of the psaltery. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 4; trans. Knoebel, p. 30]

Orthodoxus est recte credens, et ut credit vivens; Orthos enim graece, latine recte dicitur, doxa gloria, h. c. vir rectae gloriae. Quo nomine non potest vocari, qui aliter vivit, quam credit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 14.5]

An 'orthodox person' [orthodoxus] is one who believes rightly, and who lives as he believes. Now ὀρϑῶς in Greek means 'rightly' [recte], δόξα is 'good repute' [gloria]: an orthodox person is a man 'of good and right repute' [recta gloria]. He who lives otherwise than as he believes cannot be called by this name. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 14.5; translation from Barney et al.]

Hymnos primum eundem David prophetam condidisse ac cecinisse, manifestum est [omitted in ed. Mittermller, inserted from CCSL 113: est, deinde et alios prophetas. Postea quidem et tres pueri in fornacem positi, convocata omni creatura, creatori omnium hymnum canentes dixerunt. [Dn 3]. Itaque et in hymnis et psalmis canendis, non solum prophetarum sed etiam ipsius domini et apostolorum habemus exemplum et praecepta de hac re utilia ad movendum pie animum et ad inflammandum divinae dilectionis affectum.

It is clear that hymns were first composed and sung by the prophet David himself, and then also other prophets did so. Afterwards also, the three young men placed in the furnace sang a hymn to the creator of all things, invoking every creature. [Dn 3] Therefore, we have the example and the commands not only of the prophets but also of the Lord himself and the apostles of how singing hymns and psalms is useful for moving souls and inflaming affection for the love of God.

Sunt autem divini hymni, sunt et ingenio humano compositi. Hilarius autem, Gallus episcopus, Pictavis genitus, eloquentia conspicuus, hymnorum carmine floruit primus. Post quem Ambrosius episcopus, vir magnae gloriae in Christo et in ecclesia clarissimus doctor, copiosus in hujusmodi carmine claruisse cognoscitur; atque inde hymni ex ejus nomine Ambrosiani vocantur, quia ejus tempore primum in ecclesia Mediolanensi celebrari coeperunt, cujus celebritatis devotio dehinc per totius occidentis ecclesias observatur. Carmina autem quaecunque in laudem dei dicuntur] hymni vocantur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 6, CCSL 113, p. 7]

There are divine hymns and then there are those composed by human talent. Hilary the Gallic bishop of Poitevin stock, conspicuous in eloquence, was the first one eminent in the poetry of hymns. After him Ambrose the bishop, a man of great glory in Christ and a most renowned doctor of the church, is known to have shone very frequently in song of this kind. Consequently the hymns are called Ambrosian from his name, because they first began to be celebrated in the church of Milan in his time. Because of his fame, from his time on this devout practice is observed throughout the churches of the whole west. Thus, songs of this type proclaimed in praise of God are called hymns. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 6; trans. Knoebel, pp. 31-32]

Antiphonas primum graeci composuerunt duobus choris alternatim concinentibus, quasi duo cherubim duoque testamenta invicem sibi conclamantia. Apud latinos autem primus idem beatissimus Ambrosius antiphonas instituit graecorum exempla imitatus. Ex hinc in cunctis occiduis regionibus earum usus crebruit. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis, c. 7, CCSL 113, pp. 7-8]

The Greeks first composed antiphons, with two choirs singing alternately like two seraphim and the two testaments, exclaiming to one another. Among the Latins, however, the same most blessed Ambrose was the first to have instituted antiphons, imitating the example of the Greeks. From that time on their usage has increased in all the western regions. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis, c. 7, trans. Knoebel, p. 32]

Responsoria ab italis longo ante tempore sunt reperta et vocata hoc nomine, quod uno canente chorus consonando respondeat. Antea autem id solus quisque agebat, nunc vero unus, interdum duo vel tres communiter canunt choro autem in plurimis respondente. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis, c. 8, CCSL 113, p. 8 ] [page 283]

Responsories were discovered by the Italians a long time ago. They are called by this name because the choir responds to the one singing in the manner of an echo. Formerly, however, there was only one singer. Now sometimes one, sometimes two or three sing together, the choir responding in many voices. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis, c. 8; trans. Knoebel, p. 32] [page 283]

Choros idem Moyses post transitum rubri maris primum instituit [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from CCSL 113: utrumque sexum distinctis classibus, se ac sorore praeeunte, canere deo in choris carmen triumphale perdocuit. Chorum autem ab imagine factus coronae et ex eo ita vocatus; unde et Ecclesiasticus liber scribit: Stantem sacerdotem ante aram, et in circuitu ejus coronas fratrum. [Sir 50:13] Chorus enim proprie multitudo canentium est; quique apud Judaeos non minus a decem constat canentibus, apud nos autem incerto numero a paucioribus plurimisve sine ullo] discrimine constat. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 3, CCSL 113, p. 5]

Likewise, after crossing the Red Sea, Moses was the first to institute choirs. He separated the ranks into men and women, and then, with himself and his sister walking in front, he guided them in choirs to sing a triumphal song to God. A choir, however, is made in the likeness of a crown and from that is so named. Thus also the book of Ecclesiasticus describes: 'The priest is standing before the altar, and around him a crown of brothers' [Sir 50:13]. Characteristically, a choir is a multitude of singers. Among the Jews it consisted of not fewer than ten singers, but among us it consists of an undetermined number from very few to very many without any difference. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 3; trans. Knoebel]

Precibus Dominum deprecari Christus nobis et composuit et [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 113: constituit. Cum ergo quaererent supplicare apostoli deo et nescirent quomodo precarentur, dixerunt Christo: Domine, doce nos orare, [Lc 2:1] id est compone nobis preces; statim dominus, de libro juris coelestis, docuit quomodo orarent vel quomodo dominum impetrarent. Ex hoc perducta est consuetudo ecclesiae deum precibus exposcere contra aegritudines animae, et utere preces ad instar earum quas constituit Christus, quasque primi Graeci coeperunt componere quibus] domino supplicarent. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 8/9, CCSL 113, p. 8]

Christ both composed and established prayers for us to beseech the Lord. When, therefore, the apostles sought to entreat with God and did not know how to pray, they said to Christ: 'Lord, teach us how to pray' [Lc 2:1], that is, compose prayers for us. Immediately the Lord taught from the book of the heavenly law how they should pray or how they should beseech the Lord. From this has continued the custom of the church to entreat God by prayers against sorrows of the soul and to use prayers like those Christ established, and like those that the first Greeks began to compose to supplicate the Lord [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 9; trans. Knoebel, pp. 32-33]

Laudes, h. e. Alleluja canere et canticum est Hebraeorum cujus [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 113: expositio duorum verborum interpretatione consistit, hoc est, 'laus Dei'; de cujus mysterio Joannes in Apocalypsin refert se spiritu revelante vidisse, et audisse vocem coelestis exercitus angelorum tanquam vocem aquarum multarum, et tanquam vocem validorum tonitruum dicentium 'alleluia'. [cf. Apc 19:6] Ex quo nullus debet ambigere hoc laudis mysterium, si digna fide et devotione celebretur, angelis esse conjunctum.

Lauds, that is, the Alleluia, is also a Hebrew canticle. Its explanation consists in the translation of two words, that is, 'God’s praise.' John reports about its hidden meaning in the Apocalypse, the spirit revealing itself to him, that he had seen and 'heard the voice' of a heavenly company of angels 'like the sound of many waters and like the sound of mighty thunderclaps, crying out ‘Hallelujah’' [cf. Apc 19:6] From this no one should doubt that this mystery of praise, if celebrated with worthy faith and devotion, is joined to that of the angels.

Alleluia autem, sicut et amen de hebraea in aliam linguam nequaquam transfertur, non quia interpretari minime queant, sed, sicut aiunt doctores, servatur in eis antiquitas propter sanctiorem auctoritatem. In Africanis autem regionibus non omni tempore sed tantum dominicis diebus et quinquaginta post domini resurrectionem alleluia cantatur pro significatione futurae resurrectionis et laetitiae; verum apud nos secundum antiquam Hispaniarum traditionem, praeter dies jejuniorum, vel quadragesimae omni tempore cantatur alleluia; scriptum est enim: Semper laus ejus in ore meo. [Ps 33:2] Quod vero post consummatam psalmorum sive lectionum praedicationem alleluia in fine cantatur, hoc in spe futura facit ecclesia significans post annuntiationem regni coelorum quae in hac vita per utrumque Testamentum mundo praedicatur, actionem nostram non esse futuram nisi in laudem Dei, sicut scriptum est: Beati qui habitant in domo tua, in saecula saeculorum laudabunt te. [Ps 83:5] Hinc est quod et liber Psalmorum in laude concluditur, ut eadem post finem saeculi laus] aeterna, monstretur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 13.1-4, CCSL 113, pp. 15-16]

Alleluia, just like amen, is never translated from Hebrew into another language, not because they cannot be translated, but as the teachers say, antiquity is preserved in them because of their very sacred authority. In African regions, however, the alleluia is not sung all the time but only on Sundays and during the fifty days after the resurrection of the Lord as an indication of future resurrection and rejoicing. But among us, the alleluia is chanted always except for fast days or during Lent, according to the ancient Spanish tradition. For it is written: 'his praise shall continually be in my mouth' [Ps 33:2]. But when the alleluia is chanted at the end, after the conclusions of the psalms or the preaching of the readings, the church does this in future hope. It signifies, after the announcing of the heavenly reign, which is preached to the world in this life through both testaments, that our action will be nothing other than the praise of God. For it is written: 'Happy are those who live in your house, ever singing your praise' [Ps 83:5]. This is the reason that the Book of Psalms is concluded in praise, so that the same eternal praise after the end of the world might be shown. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 13; trans. Knoebel, pp. 38-39]

Lectiones pronuntiare ordo antiquae institutionis esse Judaeorum traditio docet [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 113: Nam et ipsi legitimis praefinitisque diebus ex lege et prophetis lectiones in synagogis utuntur, et hoc de veteri patrum institutione servantes. Est autem lectio non parva audientium aedificatio. Unde oportet ut quando psallitur psallatur ab omnibus; cum oratur, oretur ab omnibus, cum lectio legitur, facto silentio, aeque audiatur a cunctis. Nam etsi tunc superveniat quisque cum lectio celebratur, adoret tantum deum et praesignata fronte aurem sollicite commodet (patet tempus orandi cum omnes oramus; patet cum voluerit orare privatim) obtentu orationis ne perdideris lectionem; quia non semper eam quilibet paratam potest habere, cum orandi potestas in promptu sit. Nec putes parvam nasci utilitatem ex lectionis auditu; siquidem oratio ipsa fit pinguior dum mens recenti lectione saginata per divinarum rerum quas nuper audivit imagines currit. Nam et Maria soror Marthae, quae sedens ad pedes Jesu, sorore neglecta verbum intentius audiebat, bonam partem sibi elegisse domini voce firmatur. [cf. Lc 10:42] Ideo et diaconus clara voce silentium admonet ut, sive dum psallitur sive dum lectio pronuntiatur, ab omnibus unitas conservetur, ut quod omnibus praedicatur aequaliter] ab omnibus audiatur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c, 10.1-3, CCSL 113, pp. 8-9]

Tradition teaches that to proclaim readings is an ancient institution of the Jews. For indeed on the legitimate and prescribed days they used readings from the Law and the Prophets in the synagogues. [The churches of Christ] preserve this by ancient institution of the Fathers. The reading is a not unimportant edification of the hearers. Thus, it is proper that when psalms are being chanted they be chanted by all, that when there is praying all pray, and that when the reading is being read, silence is kept, so that the reading may be heard by all. For even if then someone were to come in while the reading is being celebrated, he would simply adore God and, having made the sign on his forehead, solicitously lend his ear, laying aside his prayer lest he lose the reading. (It is clear that we must pray with all during the time of praying, it is also clear that he can pray privately if he wishes.) We do this because it is not always possible that one have a reading at hand, while the ability to pray is always present. Nor should you think there is little usefulness generated from hearing the reading. Perhaps the prayer itself may grow stronger when the mind, filled by a recent reading, runs through images of divine things that it has recently heard. For even Mary, the sister of Martha 'who listened' more intently to 'what he was saying, and sat at the Lord’s feet' having neglected her sister, was strengthened by the voice of the Lord [who said] that she had 'chosen the better part' [cf. Lc 10:42]. Thus also the deacon admonishes silence in a clear voice so that, whether psalms are being chanted or the reading is being read, unity might be preserved by all, so that what is preached to all might be heard equally by all. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c, 10.1-3; trans. Knoebel, p. 33]

Pronuntiantur autem lectiones [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 113: in Christi ecclesiis de scripturis sanctis. Constat autem eadem sacra scriptura ex veteri lege et nova. Vetus lex illa est quae data est primum Judaeis per Moysen et prophetas, quae dicitur vetus testamentum; testamentum autem dicitur quia idoneis testibus utique a prophetis scriptum est atque signatum. Nova vero lex evangelium est, quod dicitur novum testamentum, quod per ipsum filium dei Christum et per suos apostolos dedit. Illa lex vetus velut radix est, haec nova velut fructus ex radice. Ex lege enim venitur ad evangelium. Siquidem Christus, qui hic manifestatus est, ante in lege praedictus est, immo ipse locutus est in prophetis sicut scriptum est: Qui loquebar, ecce adsum; [Is 52:6] legem quidem praemittens, velut infantibus paedagogum, evangelium vero perfectum vitae magisterium jam adultis omnibus praestans. Ideo in illa operantibus bona terrae promittebantur, hic vero sub gratia ex fide viventibus regnum coeleste tribuitur. Evangelium autem dicitur bonum nuntium, et re vera bonum nuntium, ut qui susceperint] filii Dei vocentur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 11, CCSL 113, pp. 9-10]

It is the readings from the Sacred Scriptures that are read in the churches of Christ. The very same Sacred Scripture consist of the Old Law and the New. The old is that which was given first to the Jews through Moses and the prophets; it is called the Old Testament. It is called a testament because it was written and sealed by suitable witnesses, indeed by the prophets. The New Law is the gospel, called the New Testament, which he gave through Christ, the very son of God, and through his apostles. That Old Law is, as it were, the root; this New [Law] is, as it were, the fruit of the root. For from the Law it proceeds to the gospel. Indeed, Christ, who has been manifested in the gospel, was foretold in the Law, or rather he himself spoke in the prophets as it is written: 'I who spoke, here I am' [Is 52:6]. He who was sending the Law before, like a pedagogy for children, is now presenting the gospel, truly the perfect teaching of life, to all adults. Thus, in the Law the goods of the earth were being promised to those who were working; in the gospel the kingdom of heaven is being offered to those living under grace by faith. The gospel indeed is called the good news, and in truth it is good news inasmuch as those who accept it are called sons of God. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 11:1-3; trans. Knoebel, pp. 33-34]

De matutinorum antiquitate et auctoritate testis est [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 113: idem David propheta, dicens: In matutinis meditabor in te, quia fuisti adjutor meus, [Ps 62:7-8] et alibi: Praevenerunt, inquit, oculi mei ad te diluculo, ut meditarer eloquia tua. [Ps 118:148] Cassianus autem dicit matutinae solemnitatis officium novo adhuc tempore institutum primitus in Bethlehem monasterio, ubi dominus noster Jesus Christus pro redemptione humani generis ex virgine nasci dignatus est. Sicque ex illo per universum mundum ejusdem celebrationis invaluit consuetudo. Diluculo autem proinde oratur, ut resurrectio Christi celebretur. Matutina enim luce radiante dominus et salvator noster ab inferis resurrexit, quando coepit oriri fidelibus lux quae moriente Christo occiderat peccatoribus. Siquidem et eodem tempore cunctis spes futurae resurrectionis creditur cum justi et omnes ab hac temporali morte, quasi a sopore somni resurgentes] evigilabunt. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 23, CCSL 113, pp. 26-27]

Concerning the antiquity and authority of Matins, David the prophet is the same witness, saying: 'I will meditate on you in the watches of the night, Lord, for you have been my help' [Ps 62:7-8]; and in another place: 'My eyes come before you at each watch of the night, that I may meditate on your promise' [Ps 118:148]. Cassian, however, says that the office of the solemnity of Matins was first instituted at a then-recent time in the Bethlehem monastery where our Lord Jesus Christ deigned to be born of a virgin for the redemption of human salvation. And thus from this the custom of this celebration has become strong throughout the entire world. Consequently, there was prayer at dawn so that the resurrection of Christ might be celebrated. For our Lord and savior rose from the dead in the radiant, early morning light, when there began to arise for the faithful the light that, with the dying of Christ, had set for sinners. For this reason also the hope of the future resurrection for all is expected at this same time [of day], when the just and all shall awaken from this temporary death as if rising from the slumber of sleep. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 23; trans. Knoebel, p. 47]

De vigiliarum antiquitate, antiqua est vigiliarum devotio [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 113: familiare bonum omnibus sanctis. Esaias denique propheta clamabat ad dominum, dicens: De nocte vigilat spiritus meus ad te, Deus, quia lux praecepta tua sunt super terram; [Is 26:9] item David et regio et prophetico sanctificatus unguento, ita canit: Media nocte surgebam ad confitendum tibi super judicia justitiae tuae. [Ps 18:62] Hoc namque tempore vastator angelus transiens primogenita Aegyptiorum percussit; [cf. Ex 12] unde et nos vigilare oportet, ne periculo Aegyptiorum admisceamur. Isdem etiam horis venturum sese in Evangelio Salvator astruxit; unde et ad vigilandum auditores suos exsuscitat, dicens: Beati servi illi quos cum venerit Dominus, invenerit vigilantes. [Lc 12:37] Etsi vespertina, inquit, hora venerit, etsi media nocte, etsi galli cantu, et ita invenerit eos vigilantes, beati sunt servi. [Mc 13:35] Itaque et vos estote parati, quia nescitis, qua hora Filius hominis venturus est. [Lc 12:38/40] Siquidem nec verbis solum docuit vigilias, sed etiam confirmavit exemplo; sic namque testatur in Evangelio quia erat Jesus pernoctans in oratione Dei. [Lc 6:12] Paulus quoque et Silas, in custodia publica circa medium noctis orantes, hymnum, audientibus cunctis vinctis, dixisse memorantur, ubi repente terrae motu facto, et concussis carceris fundamentis et januae sponte apertae, et omnium vincula sunt soluta. [cf. Act 16:23-26] Unde oportet his horis psallendi orandique frequentiam nos in sanctis habere officiis finemque nostrum, vel si advenerit sub tali actu, exspectare securos. Est autem quoddam genus haereticorum superfluas existimantium sacras vigilias, et spirituali opere infructuosas, dicentes jussa temerari divina, qui noctem fecit ad requiem, sicut diem ad laborem; qui haeretici Graeco sermone Nyctages, hoc est] somniculosi, vocantur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis II, c. 22:1-4, CCSL 113, pp. 25-26]

Concerning the antiquity of vigils, the ancient devotion of vigils is a familiar good for all the saints. Isaiah the prophet calls out to the Lord saying: 'In the night my spirit keeps vigils for you, because your teachings are light upon the earth' [Is 26:9]. So also David, sanctified with both the kingly and prophetic anointing, sings: 'At midnight I rose to praise you because of your righteous ordinances' [Ps 18:62]. For it was at this time that the destroying angel, passing over, struck down the firstborn of the Egyptians. Hence it is fitting for us to keep vigil lest we be included in the danger of the Egyptians. The savior warned in the Gospel that he himself would come at these same hours. Whence he stirred up his hearers to be vigilant saying: 'Blessed are those servants whom the master finds alert when he comes' [Lc 12:37]. 'If he comes during the middle of the night, or at cockcrow, and finds them so, blessed are those servants' [Mc 13:35]. 'You also must be ready, because you do now know when the Son of Man will come' [Lc 12:38/40]. Jesus did not only teach about vigils by words. He also confirmed it by example. For the Gospel testifies that 'he spent the night in prayer to God' [Lc 6:12]. Also Paul and Silas 'in prison were praying and singing hymns to God, at about midnight, and all the prisoners were listening to them, when suddenly there was an earthquake so violent that the foundations of the prison were shaken and all the doors were opened and everyone’s chains were unfastened' [cf. Act 16:23-26]. Consequently it is fitting for us to sing psalms frequently and pray during these hours in holy offices and to look forward to our death, secure if it should come during such an action. There is, however, a certain category of heretics who regard vigils as superfluous and fruitless for spiritual work, to, saying that the divine laws that made the night for rest and the day for labor are being violated. These heretics are called νύσταϒεζ in the Greek language, which means 'the sleepy ones.' [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 22; trans. Knoebel, pp. 46-47]

Cap. X
QUALITER AESTATIS TEMPORE AGATUR NOCTURNA LAUS [DEO]

[Ms P, fol. 75r – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 172v; Ms E1, fol. 82v; Ms E2, fol. 116r]

Ch. 10
HOW THE NIGHT OFFICE SHOULD BE DONE IN SUMMERTIME

Translated by: Julian Hendrix

1A pascha autem usque ad Calendas Novembris omnis, ut supra dictum est, psalmodia quantitas teneatur, 2excepto, quod lectiones in codice propter brevitatem noctium minime legantur, sed pro ipsis tribus lectionibus una de veteri testamento memoriter dicatur, quam breve responsorium subsequatur, 3et reliqua omnia, ut dictum est, impleantur, i. e. ut nunquam minus a duodecim psalmorum quantitate ad vigilias nocturnas dicantur, exceptis tertio et nonagesimo quarto psalmo.

1From Easter until the first of November the whole number of psalms mentioned above should be maintained 2except that the readings from the book should not be recited, because of the shortness of the nights, but instead of those three readings, one from the Old Testament should be recited from memory, followed by a short responsory. 3Everything else is to be done as has been said, that is, there should never be fewer than twelve psalms recited at Vigils, not including Psalms 3 and 94.

Inspicienda est nunc intentio S. Benedicti; non enim ideo dixit, non legere aestivo tempore, quasi omnino noluisset, ut legatur, sed causa discretionis. Quomodo enim credendum est, quia omnino noluit lectionem, cum in hiemis tempore legere jussit? In hoc loco nequaquam enim consequens [page 284] est, ut credendum sit, noluisse in aestate, cum probatur voluisse in hieme, cum ille devotus Deo exstitit, sed, sicut dixi, causa discretionis condescendit pusillanimis, ne murmurationi daretur occasio, ideo dixit, non legere.

Now the intention of Saint Benedict must be examined; for he did not therefore say, not to read in the summer time, as if he had not wished at all that there be any reading, but for the sake of clarification. For how must it be believed that he did not wish a reading at all, when he ordered reading in the winter time? For in this place by no means does it follow [page 284] that it ought to be believed that he did not wish it in the summer, when it is shown he wished [it] in the winter, since that man was devoted to God, but, just as I said, for the sake of clarification he talked down to the fainthearted lest an occasion for grumbling be given. Therefore he said not to read.

Nam quare ille dixerit, non legere, manifestat inferius, cum subdit propter brevitatem noctium. In hoc quippe loco, cum dicit propter brevitatem noctium, intelligitur, quia maxime illis efficitur brevitas noctium in dormiendo, qui in die laborant, et quantum plus desudant in opere diurno, tanto eis efficitur parva nox in dormiendo.

For why he said not to read is clear below, when he supplies because of the shortness of the nights. Indeed in this place, when he says because of the shortness of the nights, it is understood, that the shortness of night comes about especially for those who are sleeping [and] who work during the day, and as much as they sweat in the day’s work, just as much a short night for sleeping comes about.

Et forte dicit aliquis: 'Quare non dixit usque ad Calendas Septembres, cum September et October aequales videntur habere noctes cum Martio et Aprile?' Cui respondendum est, quia, quam vis aequales videantur noctes habere, tamen major labor est in Septembri et Octobri, quam in Martio et Aprili. Ideo est major labor in Septembri et Octobri, quia in istis duobus mensibus instat vindemia; non enim ligata est veritas in verbis, h. e. non debes aliquando intelligere, sicut sonant, sed juxta intentionem, qua ille sanctus vel doctor vult dicere, sicut in hoc loco S. Benedictus facit, cum dicit, propter brevitatem noctium legere non debere, cum vult, ut legatur.

And perhaps someone says: ‘Why did he not say up to the kalends of September, when September and October seem to have nights equal with March and April?’ He must be answered that because, although the nights seem equal, nevertheless there is more work in September and October than in March and April. There is more work in September and October because in those two months the grape harvest approaches; for the truth is not bound up in words, that is, sometimes you ought not to understand just as they sound, but according to the intention with which that holy and learned man wished to speak, just as in this place blessed Benedict does when he says that you ought not to read because of the shortness of the nights, when he does want reading.

Hoc etiam animadvertendum est, quia, si labor non est, et congregatio legere voluerit propter majorem devotionem Deo exhibendam, legat, quia intentio S. Benedicti non fuit, ut omnino non legeretur, sicut diximus, sed causa discretionis hoc dixisse cognoscitur.

For it must be noticed that if there is not work, and the congregation wishes to read so as to show greater devotion to God, let it [the congregation] read, because it was not the intention of blessed Benedict that there is entirely no reading, just as we said, but it is understood that [he] had said this for the sake of clarification.

Si vero congregatio non omnis voluerit legere, distinguendum esse putamus hoc modo, v. gr. si fuerint XXX monachi, et quindecim fuerint studiosi et devoti, et alii quindecim fuerint negligentiores, torpentes atque ignavi, et illi studiosi voluerint legere, isti autem torpentes et ignavi noluerint, debent isti ignavi nutriri et doceri, ut ipsi cupiant legere, sicut et caeteri studiosi. Si autem non potuerint ita doceri, ut legere cupiant, non est legendum, ne occasio murmurationem detur, maxime quia tempore lectionis debent vigilare, et dormiunt propter pusillanimitatem suam.

But if not all the congregation wishes to read, we deem that it must be distinguished in this manner; for example, if there are thirty monks, and fifteen are studious and devout and the other fifteen are more negligent, lazy and sluggish, and the studious ones wish to read, but the lazy and sluggish ones do not, those sluggish ones ought to be nurtured and taught, so that they long to read, just as the other studious ones do. If, however, they are not able to be taught in such a way that they long to read, there must not be reading, lest an for grumbling occasion be given, especially since they ought to be watchful at the time of reading and they sleep [instead] on account of their weak will.

Iterum si isti triginta fuerint devotionis et sanctae conversationis, et tamen [page 285] quindecim laborant in agro labore grandi, reliqui quindecim manentes in monasterio quamvis laborant, non tamen aequalis est labor, sicut illorum, qui in agro laborant, sed minor, et isti, qui in monasterio manent, voluerint legere, et illi, qui in agris laborant, noluerint, non est legendum, quia magis est illis consentiendum, qui majori labore praeoccupantur, ne murmurationi locus detur, sicut dixi iterum si isti triginta omnes fuerint devoti et sanctae conversationis et aequaliter omnes in agris laboraverint, et tamen quindecim sunt valde robusti et quindecim debiles, et illi robusti voluerint legere, isti autem debiles noluerint, non est legendum, quia magis illis debilibus consentiendum est propter malum murmurationis.

Again, if there are thirty pious and holy-acting monks and nevertheless [page 285] fifteen are working in the field with great effort, the rest are the fifteen remaining in the monastery, although they are working, the labor is not, however, equal, to the labor of those who work in the field, but less. And if those, who remain in the monastery, wish to read, and those, who work in the fields, do not, there should be no reading, because it must be agreed on for those, who are occupied with the greater labor, lest an opportunity for grumbling be given. Just as I said, again if all thirty of them are pious and holy-acting and all alike are working in the fields, yet fifteen of them are very robust and fifteen are weak, and if the robust wish to read and the weak, however, do not, there should not be readingbecause there must be more concern for the weak on account of the evil of grumbling.

Si autem fuerint quinquae vel sex, qui noluerint legere, non est propter hos dimittenda lectio, verum admonendi sunt et docendi, ut et illi consentiant. Si autem triginta fuerint, et viginti ex his voluerint legere, decem autem non, et isti decem negligentes et non studiosi, qui nolunt, illi autem viginti, qui volunt legere, sunt studiosi, legendum est, verumtamen et illi decem trahendi et docendi sunt, ut et illi consentiant, ita tamen legendum est, si illi, qui nolunt, laborem non habent talem, ut ex hoc gravi labore parva sit nox. Si autem illi decem, qui nolunt, sunt studiosi et devoti, legendum est propter viginti, et illi decem non debent omnino resistere propter viginti, qui volunt, quia magis debent timere eorum murmurationes.

If, however, there are five or six who do not wish to read, the reading is not to be set aside on account of these, but they must be admonished and taught, so that they also agree. If, however, there are thirty, and twenty of them wish to read but ten do not, and those ten who do not wish [to read] are negligent and not studious, and those twenty, however, who wish to read, are studious, there must be reading. Notwithstanding that those ten are to be drawn along and taught, so that they may also agree, nevertheless, there must be reading if those, who do not wish [to read] do not have such work that the night is short due to this heavy work. If, however, those ten, who do not wish [to read] are studious and pious, there must be reading on account of the twenty and the ten ought not to resist at all on account of the twenty, who wish [to read], because they ought to fear more the grumblings of the others.

Cap. XI
QUALITER DOMINICAS DIEBUS VIGILIAE AGANTUR

[Ms P, fol. 75v – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 174r; Ms E1, p. 165]

Ch. 11
HOW THE NIGHT OFFICE IS CELEBRATED ON SUNDAYS

Translated by: Susan Boynton

1Dominicis diebus temperius1 surgatur ad vigilias.

1On Sundays one must rise earlier for the night office.

Superius enim dixerat B. Benedictus, in aestivo tempore unam solummodo esse lectionem legendam. Ne quis autem ignorantia vel studio diceret, quia ita tardius volo surgere in dominico die, sicut in quotidianis diebus, ideo S. Benedictus suo loco congrue dicit Dominico die temperius surgatur, ac si diceret aliis verbis: Quotidianis diebus propter brevitatem noctium [page 286] dedi licentiam, 12tardius surgere, tamen dominicis diebus temperius praecipio surgere, i. e. plus cito propter prolixitatem officii. Nam istud temperius ad aestivum tempus respicit, non ad hiemale, quia hiemis tempore, si hora octava surrexerit2 noctis, abunde potest officium perficere3 etiam in dominico die, quia diei incipiente luce agendus est matutinus.

For above, Saint Benedict had said that in the summer, only one lesson is to be read. Lest, however, anyone say out of ignorance or desire, that I wish to rise later on Sunday, as on ordinary days, therefore Saint Benedict in his place says fittingly On Sundays one must rise earlier for the night office, and if he said, in other words: On ordinary days on account of the brevity of the nights [page 286] I gave permission 12to rise later, nevertheless on Sundays I ordained that one must rise earlier, that is, more quickly on account of the length of the office. For that ‘earlier’ refers to summer time, not to winter time, since in winter, if one should rise at the eighth hour of the night, one has ample time to complete the office even on Sunday, since the morning office must be said at daybreak.

Et hoc intuendum est, quia, sicut istud temperius respicit solummodo ad aestivum tempus propter prolixitatem officii, ita etiam considerandum est in hiemali tempore, ut ita surgatur juxta numerositatem fratrum et prolixitatem lectionum, ut incipiente luce agantur matutini. Et hoc intuendum est, quia debent duodecim lectiones legere et Te Deum laudamus canere et evangelium legere et orationem dicere, sicut in dominicis diebus consuetudo est.

And it must be observed that just as that ‘earlier’ refers only to summer on account of the length of the office, thus also in the winter the time for rising must be determined according to the number of brothers and the length of the lessons, so that the morning office can be celebrated at daybreak. And one must take into consideration that they must read twelve lessons and sing Te Deum laudamus and read the Gospel and say the prayer, as is the custom on Sundays.

Evangelium interpretatur bonum nuntium, quia nobis bona nuntiat i. e. vitam post mortem, patriam post exilium et requiem post laborem. Quaeri etiam potest, si ob hoc dicitur evangelium, quia bona nobis nuntiat, quare non dicitur et caetera scriptura divina evangelium, cum et ipsa nobis bona nuntiat, i. e. vitam post mortem, patriam post exilium, requiem post laborem?

 The Gospel is understood as good news, since it announces good things to us, such as life after death, homeland after exile, and rest after labor. And one can ask, if it is called the gospel because it announces good things, why are the other divine scriptures not also called gospel, since they also announce good things to us, such as life after death, homeland after exile, and rest after labor?

Sciendum est enim, quia ille dixit caeteras scripturas per servos, qui hanc evangelicam per semetipsum, et quia Dominus hanc doctrinam ore proprio locutus est per praesentiam carnis, hoc nomine, i. e. evangelium specialiter nominatur. Et bene etiam ad manifestandam suae dignitatis augmentationem dicitur etiam sanctum, i. e. divisum a caeteris scripturis per servos prolatis.

One should know that He who spoke the other scriptures through his servants spoke this Evangelical one himself, and since the Lord uttered this teaching with his own mouth and through the presence of the flesh, it is specifically called by this name, that is Gospel. And indeed, to demonstrate its greater honor, it is also called holy, that is, separated from the other scriptures brought forth by his servants.

Duobus modis dicitur sanctus; uno modo dicitur sanctus a sanguine unctus, quia vetus consuetudo erat, ut ea, quae purificari debuerant, sanguine hostiae tangerentur et ex hoc nomen sancti accipiebant; sive etiam dicitur sanctus secundum graecam rationem, sicut Origines dicit; graece enim sanctus (αγιος), dicitur, i. e. extra terrenam communionem; nam gi (γη) graece dicitur terra, ac per hoc [page 287] sanctus dicitur separatus ac divisus, et ideo vasa aut templum et caetera alia, quae Domino dedicabantur, sancta dicebantur, i. e. separata et divisa a communi usu; nam nullus debet uti in usu suo his, quae cultui divino deputata sunt.

Holy has two meanings: in one sense something is called holy as in ‘smeared with blood,’ because it was an ancient custom to smear with the blood of the victim those things that had to be purified, and from this, they were called holy; it is also derived from the Greek, as Origen says: the Greek word for ‘holy’ is άγιος, that is, removed from earthly being, for gi [γη] is Greek for ‘earth,’ and ‘holy’ means separated and removed, and therefore vessels or the temple and all other things that are dedicated to the Lord were called [page 287] holy, that is, separated and removed from common use; for no one can put to his own use those things that are appointed for the divine cult.

Amen significat vere sive fideliter, quod et ipsum est hebraeum, quae duo verba Amen et Alleluja nec graecis nec latinis nec barbaris licet in suam linguam omnino transferre vel alia lingua annuntiare; nam quamvis interpretari possint, propter sanctiorem tamen auctoritatem servata est ab apostolis in his propriae linguae antiquitas. Tanto enim sacrata sunt nomina, ut etiam Johannes in apocalypsi referat, se spiritu vidisse et audisse vocem coelestis exercitus tanquam vocem aquarum multarum et tonitruorum validorum dicentium: Amen, Alleluja. Ac per hoc sic oportet in terris dici utraque, sicut in coelo resonant. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae IV, c. 19] Alleluja duorum verborum interpretatio est, h. e. laus Dei, et est hebraeum; ja enim est unura de decem nominibus, quibus apud Hebraeos Deus vocatur.

Amen signifies ‘truly’ or ‘faithfully,’ which itself is Hebrew, for neither Greeks, nor Latins, nor barbarians may translate those two words ‘Amen’ and ‘Alleluia’ into their own language or pronounce them in a different language; for although they can be interpreted, on account of their holier authority the apostles preserved the antiquity of these words in their own languages. So sacred are these names that even John, in the Apocalypse, recounts that he saw them in spirit and heard the voice of the heavenly host as if it were the voice of many waters and of mighty thunderbolts saying: Amen, Alleluia. And this means that both words resound on earth as in heaven. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae IV, c. 19] Alleluia is the interpretation of two words, that is praise of God, and it is Hebrew; for ‘ia’ is one of the ten names by which the Jews call God.

[Nam] in nocte Nativitatis Domini solummodo non adhuc luce, sed vicina luce cantari potest matutinus, eo quod post vigilias cantanda est missa, et post missam cantandus est matutinus, et sic incipiente luce cantanda est secunda missa.

On the night of the Nativity of the Lord, the morning office can be sung only when it is not yet day, but when the day is near, because mass is to be sung after vigils, and after mass, the morning office is to be sung, and thus the second mass is sung at dawn.

Verum cum Deus in adjutorium debet dici ad matutinum, sic debet missam cantare abbas cum Gloria in excelsis Deo, similiter et missam secundam cum Gloria in excelsis Deo cantare debet, sicuti primam.

But when Deus in adiutorium must be said at the morning office, then the abbot must sing mass with Gloria in excelsis Deo, and likewise the second mass, like the first, must be sung with Gloria in excelsis Deo.

Quod vero dicit: 11qui ordo vigiliarum omni tempore tam aestatis, quam hiemis aequaliter in die dominico teneatur, ita debet intelligi: non enim dicit, ut ita debeant esse grandes lectiones in aestivo tempore, sicut in hiemali, sed cum dicit aequaliter, ac si diceret: aequaliter teneatur in aestivo tempore, sicut agere permittuntur a nocte. Non enim in aestivo tempore aliquando prolongare, aliquando minuere, sed aequaliter teneatur i. e. ita magnae lectiones, sicut ab octava hora permittit spatium. Verumtamen sciendum est, quia ita aequaliter debent fieri terminatae lectiones tunc, quando per errorem valde temperius surgitur, [page 288] sicut, quando congruente temperius surgitur, quia si dies non fuerit, tunc debet prior signum tangere, ut domiant; quando valde tarde surgunt, tunc 12breviari debent lectiones.

For indeed the fact that [Benedict] says: 11Let this order of the night office be observed on Sunday the same way in all seasons, in summer as well as in winter, must be understood thus: for he does not say that there should be long lessons in the summer, as in the winter, but when he says ‘the same way,’ it is as if he says: ‘it should be observed the same way in the summer, just as they are allowed to do at night. For one should not prolong [the lessons] sometimes and shorten [them] sometimes in the summer, but it should be observed the same way, that is, the lessons should be as long as the time permits after the eighth hour [of the night]. Nevertheless, the lessons must be concluded the same way then, when by mistake, the community rises earlier, [page 288] just as when they rise early enough, since if it is not light, then the prior must strike the bell as they sleep; when they rise very late, then 12the lessons must be shortened.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia, sicut diximus, in dominico die matutinum officium luce incipiente agendum est, sicut in aliis diebus, quia ille inferius dicit: Ut ait propheta: Septies in die laudem dixi tibi; [Ps 108:164] qui septenarius sacratus numerus sic a nobis implebitar, si matutinae, primae, tertiae, sextae, nonae, vesperae completoriique tempore nostrae servitutis officio persolvamus. [Regula Benedicti, c. 16.1-2] Unde oportet, ut matutinum officium in die dominico luce incipiente agatur, ut septem laudes debitas dominico die persolvamus. Natu si luce incipiente non agimus matutinum, jam non in die laudes septem Domino dicimus.

And one should know that, as we have said, on Sunday, the morning office is to be celebrated at daybreak, just as on other days, since [Benedict] said below: As the prophet says: Seven times a day I praised you. [Ps 108:164] Now that sacred number of seven will be fulfilled by us if we perform the offices of our service at the time of the morning office, Prime, Terce, Sext, None, Vespers, and Compline. [Regula Benedicti, c. 16.1-2] For this reason the morning office should be performed at daybreak on Sunday, as we must praise God seven times on Sunday. For if we do not celebrate the morning office at daybreak, we do not praise the Lord seven times a day.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'In quotidianis debeo diebus matutinum cantare luce incipiente.' Cui respondendum est: 'Valde indecens est, si omni tempore, i. e. tam aestatis quam hiemis, et omnibus diebus matutinum luce incipiente cantamus et septem laudes Deo offerimus debitas, et in dominico sex.' Istud temperius, sicut dixi, ad aestivum attinet tempus, non ad hiemale, praeter illas noctes, in quibus officium valde prolongatur. Quod vero dicit 9cum honore et tremore stantibus omnibus, cum planeta et orario et candelabris duobus et thuribulo, et illi, qui candelabra et thuribula gestant, vestiti debent esse.

Perhaps someone says: ‘On ordinary days I must sing the morning office at daybreak.’ The answer to this is: it is certainly unseemly if all the time, that is both summer and winter, and on all days, at daybreak we sing the morning office and we offer praise to God seven times a day, and on Sunday only six. That earlier, as I said, refers to summer, not to winter, except for those nights on which the office is extremely drawn out. The fact that [Benedict] says 9all standing with honor and fear, with the chasuble, stole, two candlesticks and a thurifer, and those who bear the candlesticks and the thurifers must be vested.

Sequitur: 13digne inde in oratorio satisfaciat Deo, per cujus evenerit neglectum.

There follows: 13The one through whose neglect it should occur must make fitting satisfaction to God there in the oratory.

Ita intelligi debet, i. e. postquam completum fuerit matutinum et postquam exierint sive intraverint hebdomadarii coquinae, ille, per cujus neglectum evenerit, tamdiu debet stare incurvus ante altare, quoadusque fratres exeant foras. Verumtamen, quia B. Benedictus dixit digne inde satisfaciat, necesse est, ut consideremus, quid digne sit. Sic enim Johannes Baptista dixit: Facite fructus dignos poenitentiae. [Lc 3:8] Ideo, quia digne dicit satisfacere, consideranda est quantitas peecati, h. e. quam grandis fuit ipsa negligentia; considerari etiam debet affectus peccantis, h. e. qua intentione neglexit, congrue signum tangere. [page 289]

This means that after the morning office is finished, and after they leave [the oratory] or go into the weekly kitchen, the one through whose neglect it happened must stay bowed before the altar until the brothers have gone out. Nevertheless, since Saint Benedict said he must make fitting satisfaction there, we must consider what may be worthy. For thus John the Baptist said: Make the fitting fruits of penitence. [Lc 3:8] Therefore, since he said to make satisfaction fittingly, the size of the fault must be considered, that is, how great the negligence itself was; the state of mind of the sinner must also be taken into account, that is, with what intention he neglected to strike the bell appropriately. [page 289]

Quantitas, dixi, peccati, quia potest provenire, ut ad primam turmam fuisset dies; potest fieri, ut ad secundam vel tertiam. Ac per hoc tantum major est negligentia, quantum plus cito facta est dies, et iterum tanto minor est negligentia, quantum plus dies tarde praeoccupaverit illud officium.

I said the size of the fault, because it can happen that it was daylight at the first nocturn; it can be that it was daylight at the second or third. The negligence is greater the sooner it became day, and again the negligence was the less, the later the daylight overtook the office.

Deinde etiam considerari debet affectus negligentis, quia potest fieri pro somnolentia, h. e. quia multum amavit dormire et ideo tarde surrexit ad signum tangendum. Secundo modo potest fieri, ut pro pigritia et delectatione jacendi, quia forte tempore congruo se excitavit, tamen pro delectatione et pigritia jacuit plus, quam debuit, et ideo postmodum signum tarde tetigit. Tertio modo potest fieri, ut signum tarde tactum fuisset pro potatione vini, i. e. forte quia fleuthomatus fuit, aut pro caritate hospitis, quam solent monachi facere, bibit plus, quam debuit, et ideo tarde surrexit. Quarto etiam modo potest fieri pro nubilo, quia, cum surrexit ante horam et pro nubilo stellam videre non potuit et timendo tangere ante horam tetigit post horam. Iste talis, qui causa nubili tarde tetigit signum, tautum ad matutinum satisfaciat; ille autem, qui propotatione aut pigritia tarde tetigit signum, non solum ad matutinum, sed etiam ad primam vel tertiam satisfaciat.

And then the state of mind of the negligent one must be considered, since it can happen on account of somnolence, that is, because he loved very much to sleep and for that reason rose late to strike the bell. It also can happen in a second way, that because of laziness and the pleasure of reclining, since perhaps he woke up at the right time, but because of pleasure and laziness he stayed in bed longer than he should have, and therefore struck the bell late. It can happen in a third way, that he struck the bell late because of drinking wine, that is perhaps since he was bled, or because of the kindness for a guest, which monks are accustomed to have, he drank more than he should and therefore got up late. And it can happen in a fourth way on account of a cloud, that when he arose before the hour and could not see the star because of the cloud, and fearing to strike the bell before the hour, he struck it after the hour. That one who struck the bell late because of a cloud, only makes satisfaction at the morning office; however, the one who struck the bell late because of drinking or laziness makes satisfaction not only at the morning office but also at Prime or Terce.

Quod vero dicit, aliquid de lectionibus breviandum esse, non attinet ad numerum, ut numerus lectionum brevietur, sed ad quantitatem lectionum, i. e. ut, quam vis duodecim sint, tamen breviores sint, quam debent.

But that which says anything about shortening the lessons does not refer to the number, as if the number of lessons could be shortened, but rather to the length of the lessons, that is, although there are twelve, nevertheless they should be shorter.

3Quam dum incipit, mox omnes cum reverentia surgant, ita intelligendum est, i. e. quando incipit ille cantor dicere Gloriam, non debent festinanter surgere, sed honorifice et inclinato capite, et tamdiu incurvi debent sistere, quoadusque dicat cantor: Spiritui sancto, et nec minus aut plus incurvus esse debet quis, nisi ambas super genua manus ponere debet, et qui plus vel minus fecerit, debet duci per sex gradus.

3When it begins, all must rise immediately with reverence, is to be understood thus, that is, when the cantor begins to sing the Gloria, they must not rise hastily, but respectfully and with bowed head, and they must remain standing bowed until the cantor says Spiritui sancto, and no one must be less or more bowed [than another], unless he must place both hands on his knees, and he who should do more or less must be led through the six steps [of humility].

Et hoc intuendum est, quia omnes aequaliter debent surgere, non unus ante et unus post. Et hoc intuendum est, quia, cum Gloria dicitur sive in responsoriis parvis sive in psalmis sive in capitulo, ubicumque Gloria [page 290] dicitur, ita, i. e. usque ad genua manus, sicut supra diximus, et usque ad Spiritui sancto inclinandum est. Hoc autem intuendum est, quia, cum dicit 7quatuor lectiones de novo testamento legantur, intelligitur, ut octo lectiones vis de novo, vis de veteri testamento possint legi; nam illae quatuor posteriores, i. e. in tertia turma onmimodo de novo testamento legi debent.

And it must be noted that all must rise equally, not one before and one after. And note that when Gloria is said in the brief responsories or in the psalmody or in the chapter, wherever Gloria is said, one must bow until the hands reach the knees, just as we said above, and until Spiritui sancto. Note that when he says 7four lessons should be read from the New Testament, it is to be understood that either eight lessons can be read from the New, or eight from the Old Testament, for those last four, that is in the third nocturn, must in any case be read from the New Testament.

Sed hoc intuendum est, quia illas octo lectiones ita legere debes, i. e. juxta tempus, v. gr. si tempus est, quando legis epistolas Pauli et caeterorum apostolorum aut apocalypsin, totas octo lectiones lege de novo testamento, h. e. epistolas aut apocalypsin, reliquas vero quatuor lectiones vis epistolas, vis apocalypsin lege aut homilias evangelii aut expositiones epistolarum vel apocalypsis. Si autem tempus est, quando legere debes de veteri testamento, octo lectiones lege de ipso veteri testamento, quatuor vero lectiones lege, si vis, aut expositiones evangelii aut apocalypsis aut epistolarum; nam expositiones de veteri testamento non debes legere, quia non est novum testamentum, quasi diceret S. Benedictus aliis verbis: octo lectiones lege vis de novo, vis de veteri testamento juxta ordinem librorum; nam quatuor lectiones semper omnimodo de novo testamento lege.

But it must be observed that you must read those eight lessons in this way, according to the season, so, for example, if it is the season when you read the epistles of Paul and of the other apostles or the Apocalypse, read all eight lessons from the New Testament, that is, Epistles or Apocalypse, but read the remaining four lessons [whether Epistles or Apocalypse] either the homilies on the Gospel or commentaries on the Epistles or Apocalypse. If, however, it is the season when you must read from the Old Testament, read eight lessons from that same Old Testament, but read four lessons, if you wish, either from the commentaries on the Gospel or on the Apocalypse or on the Epistles; for you must not read the commentaries on the Old Testament, since it is not the New Testament, which Saint Benedict almost says, with other words: read eight lessons either from the New or from the Old Testament according to the order of books; for you must always read four lessons from the New Testament.

Apocalypsin librum Joannes evangelista scripsit eo tempore, quo ob evangelii praedicationem in insulam Pathmos traditur relegatus. 'Apocalypsis autem ex graeco in latinum revelatio interpretatur. Revelatio enim dicitur manifestatio eorum, quae abscondita erant, juxta quod et ipse Joannes dicit: - 'Apocalypsis Jesu Christi, quam dedit illi Deus palam facere servis suis.' [Apc 1:1] [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 2.49]

John the Evangelist wrote the book of the Apocalypse at the time when he was exiled to the island of Patmos on account of his preaching of the Gospel. ‘Apocalypse’ is interpreted from the Greek into Latin as Revelatio. For the manifestation of things that had been hidden is called Revelation, for which reason that same John said: ‘Apocalypse of Jesus Christ, which God gave to him to reveal to his servants.’ [Apc 1:1] [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 2.49]

Si vero officium diei festi fuerit, h. e. si natalis Sancti fuerit in die dominico, ita agendum est, h. e. si fuerit praecipuus Sanctus, i. e. aut festivitas S. Joannis Baptistae, aut S. Petri, aut S. Martini aut certe S. Andreae, h. e. isti, qui solummodo per universum mundum celeberrimi habentur, plenum officium de illis Sanctis debet cani, h. e. duodecim lectiones cum duodecim responsoriis suis, et matutinum [page 291] totum, i. e. psalmos et antiphonas4, nec non et in diumis horis cum antiphonis et vesperae cum psalmis et antiphonis de ipso Sancto; missa autem de illa dominica canenda est mane, illa vero major missa canatur de illo Sancto, eo quod in die dominica duae missae canendae sunt. Si autem non fuerit festivitas S. Joannis aut S. Petri aut S. Martini aut S. Andreae et reliqui alicujus Sancti praecipui, sed alterius, octo lectiones cum responsoriis suis debent legi et cantari de dominica die, reliquae quatuor lectiones cum quatuor responsoriis suis debent legi et cantari de illo Sancto et totus matutinus de illo Sancto debet cantari. (Missam autem, si est talis praecipuus Sanctus, debes cantare illam majorem, mane autem debes cantare de illa dominica die; si autem non fuerit praecipuus Sanctus, debes similiter octo lectiones cum responsoriis suis ad nocturnas de illa dominica legere, reliquas vero quatuor lectiones cum responsoriis suis et matutinum totum de ipso Sancto.)5 Jam vero ad tertiam et sextam et nonam6 cum Alleluja debent cantari, missa autem istius Sancti, qui non est praecipuus, cantanda est mane, et missa major cantanda est de die dominica.

If however, it should be the office of a feast day, that is if the feast of a Saint should fall on Sunday, do as follows: if it should be one of the foremost saints, for instance the feast of John the Baptist, or of Saint Peter, or of Saint Martin or certainly of Saint Andrew, that is, those who are considered most celebrated throughout the entire world, a full office must be sung for these saints, that is twelve lessons with their twelve responsories, and all of the morning office, [page 291] that is, the psalms and antiphons, and also in the day hours with the antiphons and Vespers with the psalms and antiphons for that saint; the mass for that Sunday must be sung in the morning, but the major mass should be sung for the saint, since on Sunday two masses are to be sung. If, however, if should not be the feast of Saint John or of Saint Peter or of Saint Martin or of Saint Andrew and the other principal saints, but of another, eight lessons with their responsories must be read and sung for the Sunday, and the remaining four lessons with their four responsories must be read and sung for that saint, and all of the morning office must be sung for the saint. (However, if it is such an important saint, you must sung the major mass for the saint, but you must sing the morning mass for that Sunday; if it is not an important saint, you must likewise read eight lessons with their responsories at the night office for that Sunday, and the remaining four lessons with their responsories and all of the morning office for the saint.) But at Terce, Sext, and None, [the psalms] must be sung with Alleluia, the mass however of a saint who is not important must be sung in the morning, and the high mass of that Sunday is to be sung.

Si enim, quando dominico die canitur matutinus de festivitate sanctorum, habet aliam7 ecclesiam ire et cantare matutinum de dominico die, si voluerit, potest, si autem noluerit, non est tenendum pro lege. Sunt enim multi, qui dicunt, parvum prodesse cantum in ecclesia, cum cantus in ecclesia valde prodest, maxime adhuc carnalibus et a fiele inchoantibus, sicut B. Augustinus de semetipso dicit, qualiter eliquabatur in cor suum veritas ad cantum ambrosianae ecclesiae tempore B. Ambrosii episcopi.

For if, when on Sunday the morning office is sung for the feast of saints, if there is another church to which one can go and sing the morning office of the Sunday, if one should wish to do so, one can, if however, one does not wish to do so, it is not required. For there are many who say that a small chant went forth in the church, when the chant really went forth, especially for those still in fleshly things and beginners in the faith, just as Saint Augustine says concerning himself, how the truth was dissolved into his heart at the chant of the Ambrosian church at the time of Saint Ambrose the bishop.

Sic enim ipse B. Augustinus dicit in libro nono confessionum suarum: Adjunximus etiam nobis puerum [page 292] Adeodatum [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from Teubner edition, spelling and punctuation according to Mittermüller edition: ex me natum carnaliter de peccato meo. Tu bene feceras eum. Annorum erat ferme quindecim et ingenio praeveniebat multos graves et doctos viros. Munera tua tibi confiteor, Domine Deus meus, creator omnium, et multum potens formare nostra deformia: nam ego in illo puero praeter delictum non habebam. Quod enim enutriebatur a nobis in disciplina tua, tu inspiraveras nobis, nullus alius: munera tua tibi confiteor.

For thus the same Saint Augustine says in the ninth book of his Confessions: We associated the boy [page 292] Adeodatus [omitted in ed. Mittermüller: with us as well, my son according to the flesh, born of my sin. Very fair had you fashioned him. He was then about fifteen, but surpassed many educated men of weighty learning. I am acknowledging that these were your gifts, O Lord my God, creator of all things, who are more than powerful enough to give fair form to our deformities, for nothing did I contribute to that boy's making except my fault. It was you, and you alone, who had inspired us to instruct him in your truth as he grew up, and so it is your own gifts that I acknowledge to you.

Est liber noster qui inscribitur, de Magistro: ipse ibi mecum loquitur. Tu scis illius esse sensa omnia quae inseruntur ibi ex persona collocutoris mei, cum esset in annis sedecim. Multa ejus alia mirabiliora expertus sum. Horrori mihi erat illud ingenium; et quis praeter te talium miraculorum opifex? Cito de terra abstulisti vitam ejus; et securior eum recordor, non timens quidquam pueritiae, nec adolescentiae, nec omnino homini illi. Sociavimus eum coaevum nobis in gratia tua. Educandum in disciplina tua; et baptizati sumus et fugit a nobis sollicitudo vitae praeteritae.

There is a book of ours entitled The Teacher, in which he converses with me. You know that all the thoughts there attributed to my interlocutor were truly his, although he was only about sixteen years old. Many other things even more wonderful did I observe in him. The brilliance he evinced filled me with awe, for who else but you could be the artificer of such prodigies? Very soon you took him away from this life on earth, but I remember him without anxiety, for I have no fear about anything in his boyhood or adolescence; indeed I fear nothing whatever for that man. We included him in the group as our contemporary in the life of your grace, to be schooled along with us in your doctrine. And so we were baptized, and all our dread about our earlier lives dropped away from us.

Nec satiabar illis diebus dulcedine mirabili, considerare altitudinem consilii tui super salutem generis humani. Quantum flevi in hymnis et canticis tuis, suave sonantis Ecclesiae tuae vocibus commotus acriter! Voces illae influebant auribus meis, et eliquabatur veritas in cor meum; et exaestuabat inde affectus pietatis, et currebant lacrymae, et bene mihi erat cum eis.

During the days that followed I could not get enough of the wonderful sweetness that filled me as I meditated upon your deep design for the salvation of the human race. How copiously I wept at your hymns and canticles, how intensely was I moved by the lovely harmonies of your singing Church! Those voices flooded my ears, and the truth was distilled into my heart until it overflowed in loving devotion; my tears ran down, and I was the better for them.

[7.15] Non longe coeperat Mediolanensis Ecclesia genus hoc consolationis et exhortationis celebrare, magno studio fratrum concinentium vocibus et cordibus. Nimirum annus erat, aut non multo amplius, cum Justina, Valentiniani regis pueri mater, hominem tuum Ambrosium persequeretur haeresis suae causa, qua fuerat seducta ab Arianis. Excubabat pia plebs in ecclesia mori parata cum episcopo suo, servo tuo. Ibi mea mater, ancilla tua, sollicitudinis et vigiliarum primas tenens, orationibus vivebat.

[7.15] Not long since, the faithful of the church in Milan had begun to find mutual comfort and encouragement in the liturgy through the practice of singing hymns, in which everyone fervently joined with voice and heart. It was about a year earlier, or not much more, that Justina, mother of the boy-emperor Valentinian, had been persecuting your faithful Ambrose, in the interests of the Arian heresy by which she had been led astray. His God-fearing congregation, prepared to die with their bishop, your servant, stayed up all night in the church. Your maidservant, my mother, was among them, foremost in giving support and keeping vigil, and constant in her life of prayer.

Nos adhuc frigidi a calore Spiritus tui, excitabamur tamen civitate attonita atque turbata. Tunc hymni et psalmi ut canerentur secundum morem orientalium partium, ne populus moeroris taedio contabesceret, institutum est; et ex illo in hodiernum retentum, multis jam ac pene omnibus gregibus tuis et per caetera orbis imitantibus.

As for us, we were still cold, not being yet warmed by the fire of your Spirit, yet we too were stirred as alarm and excitement shook the city. It was then that the practice was established of singing hymns and psalms [cf. Col. 3:16] in the manner customary in regions of the East, to prevent the people losing heart and fainting from weariness. It has persisted from that time until the present, and in other parts of the world also many of your churches imitate the practice: indeed, nearly all of them.

[16] Tunc memorato antistiti tuo per visum aperuisti quo loco laterent martyrum corpora Protasii et Gervasii, quae per tot annos incorrupta in thesauro secreti tui recondideras, unde opportune promeres ad coercendam rabiem femineam, sed regiam. Cum enim propalata et effossa digno cum honore transferrentur ad Ambrosianam basilicam, non solum quos immundi vexabant spiritus, confessis eisdem daemonibus, sanabantur, verum etiam quidam plures annos caecus, civis civitatique notissimus, cum populi tumultuante laetitia causam quaesisset atque audisset, exsilivit, eoque se ut duceret, suum ducem rogavit. Quo perductus, impetravit admitti, ut sudario tangeret feretrum [Ps 115:15] pretiosae in conspectu tuo mortis sanctorum tuorum. Quod ubi fecit, atque admovit oculis, confestim aperti sunt. Inde fama discurrens, inde laudes tuae ferventes, lucentes, inde illius inimicae animus etsi ad credendi sanitatem non applicatus, a persequendi tamen furore compressus est. Gratias tibi, Deus meus.

[16] At this same time you revealed in a vision to the aforementioned Ambrose, your bishop, where the bodies of the martyrs Gervasius and Protasius were hidden. You had for many years treasured them, incorrupt and concealed in a secret place of your own, until the right moment came when you could bring them out into the open to check a certain person's ferocity—a woman's rage only, yet a queen's. When they had been exposed to the light of day and dug up, and were being transported with due honor to the Ambrosian basilica, some people hitherto tormented by unclean spirits were restored to health [cf. Lc 16:18] as confession was wrung from these same demons. But that was not all. A certain citizen of Milan, very well known in the city, who had been blind for several years, became aware of the riotous joy of the people and inquired the reason for it; on hearing what was happening he leapt up and asked his guide to take him there. He was led to the basilica and begged to be admitted, so that he might touch with his handkerchief the funeral bier of your holy ones, whose death was precious in your sight. [Ps 115:15] He did so, and applied the handkerchief to his eyes: they were immediately opened. The consequences of this were the wide diffusion of the story, fervent praise offered to you, and a change of mind on the part of our enemy, for although she was not brought to the healthy state of believing, her persecuting fury was at least curbed. Thanks be to you, O my God!

Unde et quo duxisti recordationem meam, ut haec etiam confiterer tibi, quae magna oblitus praeterieram? Et tamen tunc cum ita fragraret [Ct 1:3] odor unguentorum tuorum, non currebamus post te. Ideo plus flebam inter cantica hymnorum tuorum, olim suspirans tibi, et tandem respirans, quantum patet aura in domo fenea. [17] Qui habitare facis] unanimes in domo. [Augustine, Confessions IX, c. 6-8, n. 14-17, pp. 190-193]

From what point, by what path, have you led my memory to this, so that I can include in my confession to you these great happenings, which I had forgotten and passed over? Yet at that time, though the fragrance of your ointments blew so freely abroad, we did not run after you; [Ct 1:3] and that was why I wept the more abundantly later on when your hymns were sung: once I had gasped for you, but now at last I breathed your fragrance, insofar as your wind can blow through our house of straw. [17] You gather like-minded people to dwell together. [Ps 67:7] [Augustine, Confessions IX, c. 6-8, n. 14-17, transl. Maria Boulding, The Works of Saint Augustine. A Translation for the 21st Century, vol. 1, New York 1997, pp. 220-222]

Voluptates aurium [inserted Teubner edition: tenacius me implicaverant et subjugaverant; sed resolvisti, et liberasti me. Nunc in sonis quos animant eloquia tua, cum suavi et artificiosa voce cantantur, fateor, aliquantulum acquiesco; non quidem ut haeream, sed ut surgam cum volo. Attamen cum ipsis sententiis quibus vivunt, ut admittantur ad me, quaerunt in corde meo nonnullius dignitatis locum, et vix eis praebeo congruentem. Aliquando enim plus mihi videor honoris eis tribuere quam decet, dum ipsis sanctis dictis religiosius et ardentius sentio moveri animos nostros in flammam pietatis, cum ita cantantur, quam si non ita cantarentur; et omnes affectus spiritus nostri pro suavi diversitate habere proprios modos in voce atque cantu, quorum nescio qua occulta familiaritate excitentur. Sed delectatio carnis meae, cui mentem enervandam non oportet dari, saepe me fallit, dum rationem sensus non ita comitatur ut patienter sit posterior; sed tantum quia propter illam meruit admitti, etiam praecurrere ac ducere conatur. Ita in his pecco non sentiens, et postea sentio.

In earlier days the pleasures of the ear enthralled me more persistently and held me under their spell, but you broke my bonds and set me free. Nowadays I do admittedly find some peaceful contentment in sounds to which your words impart life and meaning, provided the words are sung sensitively by a tuneful voice; but the pleasure is not such as to hold me fast, for when I wish I can get up and go. These melodies, however, demand a place of some dignity in my heart, along with the ideas that are their life and in whose company they gain admittance, and I do not find it easy to determine what place is suitable for them. At times it seems to me that I am paying them more honor than is their due, because I am aware that our minds are more deeply moved to devotion by those holy words when they are sung, and more ardently inflamed to piety, than would be the case without singing. I realize that all the varied emotions of the human spirit respond in ways proper to themselves to a singing voice and a song, which arouse them by appealing to some secret affinity. Yet sensuous gratification, to which I must not yield my mind for fear it grow languid, often deceives me: not content to follow meekly in the wake of reason, in whose company it has gained entrance, sensuous enjoyment often essays to run ahead and take the lead. And so in this respect I sin inadvertently, and only realize it later.

Aliquando autem hanc ipsam fallaciam immoderatius cavens, erro nimia severitate: sed valde interdum, ut melos omne cantilenarum suavium quibus Davidicum Psalterium frequentatur, ab auribus meis removeri velim, atque ipsius Ecclesiae; tutiusque mihi videtur quod de Alexandrino episcopo Athanasio saepe mihi dictum commemini, qui tam modico flexu vocis faciebat sonare lectorem psalmi, ut pronuntianti vicinior esset quam canenti. Verumtamen, cum reminiscor lacrimas meas, quas fudi ad cantus Ecclesiae in primordiis recuperatae fidei meae, et nunc ipsum cum moveor, non cantu, sed rebus quae cantantur, cum liquida voce et convenientissima modulatione cantantur, magnam instituti hujus utilitatem rursus agnosco.

[50] On occasion, however, I stray into excessive rigor in my exaggerated caution against such a mistake. While this mood lasts I would dearly like all those sweet and tuneful strains which accompany David's psalter to be banished from my ears, and indeed from the ears of the Church. It seems safer to me that we should follow the example of Athanasius, bishop of Alexandria, of which I have been frequently reminded: he permitted the reader of the psalm so slight an inflection of the voice that he seemed to be proclaiming it rather than singing. All the same, I remember the tears I shed at the Church's song in the early days of my newly-recovered faith, and how even today I am moved not by the singing as such but by the substance of what is sung, when it is rendered in a clear voice and in the most appropriate melodies, and then I recognize once more the value of this custom.

Ita fluctuo inter periculum voluptatis et experimentum salubritatis; magisque adducor, non quidem irretractabilem sententiam proferens, cantandi consuetudinem approbare in Ecclesia; ut per oblectamenta aurium infirmior animus in affectum pietatis assurgat. Tamen, cum mihi accidit ut me amplius cantus, quam res quae canitur, moveat, poenaliter me peccare confiteor, et tunc mallem non audire cantantem. Ecce ubi sum; flete mecum, et pro me flete, qui aliquid boni vobiscum intus agitis unde facta procedunt. Nam qui non agitis, non vos haec movent. Tu autem, Domine Deus meus, exaudi; respice, et vide, et miserere, et sana me, in cujus oculis mihi quaestio factus sum, et ipse est] languor meus. [Augustine, Confessions X, c. 33, n. 49-50, pp. 245-247]

Thus I vacillate between the danger of sensuality and the undeniable benefits. Without pretending to give a definitive opinion I am more inclined to approve the custom of singing in church, to the end that through the pleasures of the ear a weaker mind may rise up to loving devotion. Nonetheless when in my own case it happens that the singing has a more powerful effect on me than the sense of what is sung, I confess my sin and my need of repentance, and then I would rather not hear any singer. Such is my condition: weep with me, and weep for me, you who feel within yourselves that goodness from which kind actions spring! Any of you who do not have these feelings will not be moved by my experience. But do you hear me, O Lord my God: look upon me and see, have mercy and heal me, for in your eyes I have become an enigma to myself, and herein lies my sickness. [Augustine, Confessions X, c. 33, n. 49-50, transl. Maria Boulding, The Works of Saint Augustine. A Translation for the 21st Century, vol. 1, New York 1997, pp. 270-271]


1. temporius (?). (Mittermüller).
2. surrexerint (?). (Mittermüller).
3. perfici (?). (Mittermüller).
4. psalmi et antiphonae (?). (Mittermüller).
5. Haec lunulils inclusa jam supra dicta praeter rem vel inadvertenter repetitia esse videntur. (Mittermüller).
6. tertia, sexta et nona (?). (Mittermüller).
7. ad aliam (?). (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XII
QUOMODO MATUTINORUM SOLEMNITAS AGATUR

[Ms P, fol. 77v – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 177r; Ms E1, fol. 83av; Ms. E2, fol. 120r]

Ch. 12
HOW THE SOLEMNITY OF THE MORNING OFFICE IS CELEBRATED

Translated by: Susan Boynton

1In matutinis dominico die imprimis dicatur sexagesimus sextus psalmus sine antiphona in directum. 2Post quem dicatur quinquagesimus cum Alleluja.

1The morning office on Sunday shall begin with Psalm 66 said straight through without an antiphon. 2After that let Psalm 50 be said with Alleluia.

Dominicum diem apostoli ideo religiosa solemnitate sanxerunt, [ommitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from CCSL 113: quia in eodem redemptor noster a mortuis resurrexit.Quique ideo dominicus appellatur ut in eo a terrenis operibus vel mundi illecebris abstinentes tantum divinis cultibus serviamus, dantes scilicet diei huic honorem et reverentiam propter spem resurrectionis nostrae quam habemus in illo. Nam sicut ipse dominus Jesus Christus et salvator noster tertia die resurrexit a mortuis, ita et nos resurrecturos in novissimo saeculo speramus. Unde etiam in dominico die stantes oramus quod est signum futurae resurrectionis. Hoc agit universa ecclesia, quae in peregrinatione mortalitatis inventa est, exspectans in fine saeculi quod in Domini nostri Jesu Christi corpore praemonstratum est, qui est] primogenitus a mortuis. [1 Cor 1:18] [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 24.1-2, CCSL 113, p. 27]

The apostles sanctified the Lord’s Day by religious solemnity because on that day our redeemer rose from the dead. Thus, this day is called the ‘Lord’s’ so that on it, abstaining from earthly works and the allurements of the world, we might serve him only in divine worship, giving honor and reverence on this day, certainly, for the hope of our resurrection which we have in him. For just as our Lord and savior Jesus Christ himself rose from the dead on the third day, so also we hope that we shall be raised on the last age. Hence also on the Lord’s Day we pray standing because this is a sign of the future resurrection. The universal church which is found in the pilgrimage of mortality does this, looking forward at the end of time to what was first indicated in the body of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is the ‘firstborn from the dead.’ [Col 1:18] [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 24.1-2, transl. by Thomas L. Knoebel, Isidore of Seville. De Ecclesiasticis Officiis, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 61, New York/Mahwah NJ, 2008, pp. 47-48]

Sabhathum autem datum est [ommitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from CCSL 113: priori populo in otio corporaliter celebrandum, ut figura esset in requiem; unde et sabbatum requies interpretatur. Dies tamen dominicus non Judaeis sed Christianis per resurrectionem Domini declaratus est, et ex illo habere coepit festivitatem suam. Ipse est enim dies primus qui post septimum reperitur octavus; unde et in Ecclesiasten ad duorum testamentorum significationem dicitur: Illi septem et illi octo. [Ecl 11:2]

The Sabbath was given first to people to be observed bodily in leisure, so that their bodily form might be at rest. Thus Sabbath is translated as rest. The Lord’s Day, however, was made known not to Jews but to Christian through the resurrection of the Lord, and from this its celebration began. For this day, the first to be found after the seven, is the eighth. Hence, even in Ecclesiastes its significance for the two Testament is stated: ‘Divide your means seven ways for the one, or even eight.’ [Sir 11:2]

Primo enim solum celebrandum sabbatum traditum est quia erat antea requies mortuorum. Resurrectio autem nullius erat qui resurgens a mortuis non moreretur, mors illi ultra non dominaretur. [Rom 6:9]

At first it was handed down that the Sabbath was only to be observed because formerly it was the rest of the dead/ There had not been, however, the resurrection of the one who ‘being raised from the dead, will never die again; death no longer has dominion over him.’ [Rm 6:9]

Jam postquam facta est talis resurrectio in corpore domini, ut praeiret in capite ecclesiae quod corpus ecclesiae speraret in finem, dies dominicus, id est octavus qui et primus, in festivitate successit. Apparet autem hunc diem etiam in sanctis scripturis esse solemnem. Ipse enim dies primus saeculi: in ipso formata sunt elimenta mundi, in ipso creati sunt angeli, in ipso quoque a mortuis resurrexit Christus, in ipso de caelis super apostolos sanctus descendit spiritus. Manna in eodem die in heremo primum de caelo data est; sic enim dicit dominus: Sex diebus colligetis manna, in die autem sexto duplum colligetis. [Ex 16:26/29]

Now after their has been such a resurrection of the Lord in the body, so that there might occur first in the head of the church what the body of the church hopes for in the end, the Day of the Lord, that is, the eighth day which is also the first, came forward in celebration. This day appears as solemn even in Sacred Scriptures. For this is the first day of the world: on this day the elements of the world were formed, on this day the angels were created, on this day also Christ rose from the dead, on this day the Holy Spirit descended from heaven upon the apostles. On this day in the desert manna from heaven was first given. For thus says the Lord: ‘Six days you shall gather it, on the sixth day he gives you food for two days.’ [Ex 16:26]

Sexta enim dies est parasceve quae ante sabbatum ponitur; sabbatum autem septima dies est quem sequitur sominicus in quo primum manna de caelo venit. Unde intelligant Judaei jam tunc praelatam esse Judaico sabbato dominicam nostram; jam tunc indicatum quod in sabbato ipsorum gratia dei ad eos de caelo nulla descenderit sed in nostram dominicam in qua primum manna] dominus pluit. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 25.1-4, CCSL 113, pp. 28-29]

Thus, the sixth day is the day of preparation that is placed before the Sabbath. The Sabbath is the seventh day, which is followed by the Day of the Lord on which the manna from heaven first came. Consequently, the Jews may now understand that our Lord’s Day is superior to the Jewish Sabbath. It is now clear that the grace of God never descended on them from heaven on their Sabbath but rather on our Lord’s Day, on which the Lord first rained down the manna. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 25.1-4, transl. by Thomas L. Knoebel, Isidore of Seville. De Ecclesiasticis Officiis, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 61, New York/Mahwah NJ, 2008, pp. 48-49]

Notandum est, quantum aestimari potest, quia ea ratione dixit Deus misereatur nostri et reliq., cantari in directum, qua ratione dixit similiter cantari Domine quid multiplicati sunt in directum ad nocturnum, ut ad psalmum Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam misericordiam tuam, [Ps 50:3] possint omnes occurrere. Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam misericordiam tuam, sicut S. Benedictus dicit, cum Alleluja debet cani.

It should be noted how greatly Sunday is esteemed, since for that reason [Benedict said] that Deus misereatur nostri etc. is sung straight through, and for that reason he said likewise that Domine quid multiplicati sunt is sung straight through at the night office, so that all can meet at the psalm Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam misericordiam tuam. [Ps 50:3] Miserere mei Deus secundum magnam misericordiam tuam must be sung with Alleluia just as Saint Benedict says.

Cum dicit 3dicatur centesimus septimus decimus, subaudiendum est: cum Alleluja. Similiter cum dixit 3sexagesimus secundus, subaudiendum est: cum Alleluja. Similiter cum dicit 4benedictiones et landes, subaudiendum est: cum Alleluja.

When he says that 3Psalm 117 is said, it should be understood with Alleluia. Likewise when he says 3Psalm 62, he means with Alleluia. Similarly, when he says 4benedictions and praises, he means with Alleluia.

In hoc, quod dicit 4lectionem de Apocalypsi, attendendum est, quia omni dominica sive de Adventu sive de Nativitate? sive de quotidianis dominicis sive de Quinquagesima sive de Pascha, quid dicam? in omnibus dominicis semper lectionem de Apocalypsi debet legi memoriter.

In this regard, one must take heed of the fact that he says 4a lesson from the Apocalypse, since every Sunday (whether for Advent, Christmas, or on ordinary Sundays, or for Quinquagesima or Easter – in short, on all Sundays) the lesson from the Apocalypse must always be recited from memory. Perhaps someone will say: ‘one must read lessons appropriate for the day itself.’

Forte dicit aliquis: 'ad ipsum diem pertinentes lectiones debent legi.' Cui respondendum est: 'verum est, quod ita regula dicit, sed tamen quia possunt inveniri in omnibus dominicis lectiones de Apocalypsi, sive ad omnes festivitates, ideo debes legere secundum hanc auctoritatem regulae semper de Apocalypsi.' Similiter intelligendum est [page 293] atque observandum de illa lectione, quam memoriter dicit legere de Apostolo, i. e. semper illa lectio, quae memoriter legitur, de Apostolo debet esse, sive de Adveutu sive de quotidianis sive de Quadragesima sive etiam de omnibus festivitatibus, debet esse lectio de Apostolo, quia in omnibus supra dictis solemnitatibus vel festivitatibus de Apostolo lectiones possuut reperiri?

To this one must respond: ‘it is true that the rule says this, but nevertheless, since lessons from the Apocalypse can be found for all Sundays, and for all feasts, therefore you must always read from the Apocalypse following this Rule’s authority.’ The same is to be understood [page 293] and observed concerning that lesson from the Apostle that must be recited from memory. That is, that lesson which is recited from memory must always be from the Apostle, whether for Advent, or for ferial days, or for Lent, or indeed all feasts, there must be a lesson from the Apostle, because on all the aforementioned solemnities or feasts, lessons from the Apostle can be found.

Et hoc intuendum est, quia, ubi dicit sive recitanda sive recitetur, semper ex corde debet memoriter dici lectio ipsa, sive habeat ex corde sive non.

And it should be noted that where he says either ‘it must be recited’ or ‘it is recited,’ that same lesson must always be said by heart, from memory, whether one has it by heart or not.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia dominica die semper psalmi cum Alleluja cani debent.

Certainly, it should be known that on Sunday, psalms must always be sung with Alleluia.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Quare dicit S. Benedictus de quinquagesimo: cum Alleluja debet cani, et non de aliis psalmis?' Bene dixit, quia quinquagesimus contrarius est ad Alleluja, eo quod quinquagesimus attinet ad poenitentiam, h. e. ad lamentationem, et Alleluja pertinet ad laetitiam, ideo dixit, in quinquagesimo specialiter Alleluja canendum; nam reliqui paene omnes allelujatici sunt et nullus eorum attinet ad lamentationem, ideo specialiter in illis non dixit Alleluja, sed per subauditionem voluit intelligi. Et hoc est intuendum, quia, si in diebus dominicis, etiam in quotidianis dici potest Alleluja cum autiphonis, nil nocet nec contrarium est regulae, si etiam in diebus dominicis antiphonas cum Alleluja cantaveris.

Perhaps someone will say: Why does Saint Benedict say about the fiftieth psalm that it must be sung with Alleluia, and he does not say this about the other psalms? He spoke well, since Psalm 50 is contrary to Alleluia, because the fiftieth psalm refers to penitence, that is, to lamentation, and Alleluia pertains to joy, whereupon he said specifically that Alleluia must be sung with the fiftieth psalm; for the others are nearly all alleluiatic psalms and none of them pertains to lamentation. Therefore, he does not specifically state that they should be sung with Alleluia, but he wanted it to be understood. And note that, if on Sundays, even on regular days Alleluia can be said with antiphons, there is no harm nor is it contrary to the rule, if also on Sundays you should sing the antiphons with Alleluia.

Sciendum est, quia versus cum Alleluja dicimus, nam 5responsorium non jam dicimus cum Alleluja. Versus ideo dicimus, quia non est congruum, caetera cum Alleluja cani, versus autem non; responsoria, ideo non canimus cum Alleluja, quia regula prohibuit dicens: responsoria autem nunquam canautur cum Alleluja. Notandum est autem, quia Benedictus Dominus Deus Israel non debet cani cum Alleluja, sed cum antiphona, quae Alleluja habet.

One must know that we say the verses with Alleluia, for we do not say the 5responsory with Alleluia. We say the verses, because it is not fitting for other things to be sung with Alleluia, but not the verses; therefore we do not sing the responsories with Alleluia because the rule has prohibited this, saying that responsories are never sung with Alleluia. It should be noted, however, that Benedictus Dominus Deus Israel should not be sung with Alleluia but with an antiphon that has Alleluia in it.

Cap. XIII
QUALITER PRIVATIS DIEBUS MATUTINI AGANTUR

[Ms P, fol. 78r – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K2, fol. 179r; Ms E1, fol. 84r; Ms E2, fol. 121v]

Ch. 13
HOW THE MORNING OFFICE IS CELEBRATED ON WEEKDAYS

Translated by: Susan Boynton

Privati duobus modis intelliguntur; uno enim modo intelligitur privatus, i. e. alienatus, altero vero modo secundum [page 294] usum dicitur privatus, cum dicimus: privatum est mihi, ac si diceret aliis verbis: ab aliis separatus, mihi quidem conjunctus. In hoc vero loco, cum dicitur privatis diebus, i. e. alienatis et separatis a festivitatis vel solemnitatis honore.

Private days are understood in two ways: for in one way it is understood as ‘deprived,’ meaning taken away, but in the second way, [page 294] ‘private’ is said according to use, when we say ‘is private for me,’ in other words, ‘taken away from others, but joined to me.’ In this place, when ‘private days’ is said, it means taken away and separated from the honor of a feast or solemnity.

Sequitur: 1Diebus autem privatis matutinorum solemnitas ita agatur, 2i. e, sexagesimus sextus psalmus dicatur sine antiphona, subtrahendo modice, sicut in dominica.

There follows: 1On private days, the morning office is celebrated thus: 2let Psalm 66 be said without an antiphon and somewhat drawn out, as on Sunday.

Cum dicit sexagesimus sextus dicatur sine antiphona subtrahendo modice, sicut die dominico, reddit causam, quare, cum subjunxit: 2ut omnes occurrant ad quinquagesimum.

When he says Psalm 66 should be sung without an antiphon, somewhat drawn out, as on Sunday, he states the cause, when he adds: 2in order that all may be in time for Psalm 50.

Cum dicit ad quinquagesimum, quasi diceret: ad initium quinquagesimi, quia, sicut custoditur in nocturnis vigiliis spatium ad occurrendum ante Gloriam nonagesimi quarti, ita custodiendum est in isto psalmo sexagesimo sexto ante suam Gloriam, ut jam, si post Gloriam sexagesimi sexti psalmi occurrerit, non debet stare in suo ordine. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43:4]1

When he says at Psalm 50, it is as if he said: at the beginning of the fiftieth psalm, since, just as time is reserved in the night office for all to be in time before the Gloria of Psalm 94, thus some time must be reserved in Psalm 66 before its Gloria, so that, if someone arrives after the Gloria of Psalm 66, he must not stand in his place. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43:4]

Cum autem dicit secundum consuetudinem, subaudiendum est: ecclesiae suae, quia tunc ecclesiae illius regionis ita cantabant duos psalmos. Non enim absque ratione hi psalmi in matutino officio deputati sunt, quia in unoquoque psalmo invenitur ratio, quae ad matutinum attinet, tam specialiter, quam etiam sub mysterio.

When, however, he says according to the custom, he means the custom of his church, because at that time the churches of that region sang two psalms in this manner. These psalms were appointed for the morning office not without reason, since in each psalm a subject is found that pertains to the morning, both specifically and figuratively.

In quinto vero psalmo mentio fit matutini, cum dicit: Mane astabo tibi et videbo [Ps 5:5]. In tricesimo quinto mentio fit lucis, sed sub mysterio, in eo loco, ubi dicit: Filii hominum in protectione alarum tuarum sperabunt. [Ps 35:8] Et iterum: Et in lumine tuo videbimus lumen. [Ps 35:10] In quadragesimo vero secundo in eo loco, ubi dicit: Emitte lucem tuam et veritatem tuam. [Ps 42:3] In quinquagesimo sexto mentio fit lucis, ubi dicit: Exurgam diluculo. [cf. Ps 56:9] In sexagesimo secundo [tertio?] mentio fit lucis, ubi dicit: Defecerunt scrutantcs scrutinio, accedet homo ad cor altum, [Ps 63:7] h. e. deficiente nocte accedet homo ad cor altum, h. e. ad lucem. In sexagesimo vero quarto mentio fit lucis in eo loco, ubi dicit: Vespere et matutini delectaberis. [Ps 64:9] In septuagesimo vero quinto mentio fit lucis [page 295] in eo loco, ubi dicit: Illuminans tu mirabiliter a montibus aeternis. [Ps 75:5] In septuagesimo [octogesimo?] vero septimo psalmo mentio fit lucis in eo loco, ubi dicit: In die clamavi et nocte coram te. [Ps 87:2] In octogesimo vero nono psalmo fit mentio lucis in eo loco, ubi dicit: Mane sicut verba transeat. [Ps 89:6] In nonagesimo [primo?] psalmo mentio fit lucis, ubi dicit: ad annuntiandum mane misericordiam tuam, [Ps 91:3] et in centesimo quadragesimo secundo psalmo mentio fit lucis, ubi dicit: Auditam fac mihi mane misericordiam tuam. [Ps 142:8]

Psalm 5 makes mention of the morning, when it says In the morning I will stand before you and I will see. [Ps 5:5] In the thirty-fifth psalm mention is made of light, but figuratively, in that place, where it says: The sons of man will place hope in the protection of your wings. [Ps 35:8] And again: And in your light we shall see the light. [Ps 35:10] And in the forty-second psalm in that place where it says: Send forth your light and your truth. [Ps 42:3] In the fifty-sixth psalm light is mentioned, where it says: I will arise at dawn. [Ps 56:9] In the sixty-third psalm mention is made of light where it says: They have failed in their search, man shall come to a deep heart; [Ps 63:7] that is, when the night ends, man shall come to a deep heart, that is, to light. And in Psalm 64, light is mentioned in that place where it says: You shall delight in the evening and the morning. [Ps 64:9] And in Psalm 75 light is mentioned in that place where it says: You, wonderfully illuminating from the eternal mountains. [Ps 75:5] In Psalm 77 mention is made of light [page 295] in that place where it says: I have cried in the day and in the night before you. [Ps 87:2] In Psalm 89 light is mentioned in that place where it says: In the morning man shall grow up like grass. [89:6] In Psalm 91 light is mentioned where it says: To show forth your mercy in the morning, [Ps 91:3] and in Psalm 142, mention is made of light, where it says: Cause me to hear your mercy in the morning. [Ps 142:8]

Simili modo potest intelligi de canticis, quia in illis fit mentio lucis et diei. Quare, vero canticum Deuteronomii cantet ecclesia, Beda docet in tractatu evangelii secundum Lucam in loco, ubi dicitur: Et venit Nazareth ubi erat nutritus et intravit secundum consuetudinem suam die sabbathi in synagogam [Lc 4:16]; [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 120: Synagoga Graece Latine dicitur congregatio quo nomine non solum affluentium turbarum conventum sed et domum, qua ad audiendum dicendumve Dei verbum conveniebant Judaei appellare solebant. Unde Dominus ad Annam pontificem: Ego semper, inquit, docui in synagoga et in templo quo omnes Judaei conveniunt. [Io 18:20] Sicut et nos ecclesias fidelium et loca et choros vocitamus.

One can understand the canticles in the same way, because in them light and day are mentioned. The reason that the church should sing the canticle of Deuteronomy, Bede teaches in his commentary on the gospel of Luke, in the place where it is said: And he came to Nazareth, where he was raised, and according to custom he entered the synagogue on the Sabbath [Lc 4:16] [omitted in ed. Mittermüller The Greek term “Synagoga” means “congregation” in Latin; with this name the Jews used to designate not only the gathering of crowds coming together, but also the building in which they gathered to hear or to speak the word of God. Whence the Lord said to the priest Annas: I always (he said) taught in the synagogue, and in the temple in which all the Jews gather. [Io 18:20] Likewise we call both places and choirs the churches of the faithful.

Verum differt inter synagogam quae congregatio et ecclesiam quae convocatio interpretatur quod veteris instrumenti populus utroque vocabulo novi autem tantum ecclesia nuncupatur quia videlicet et pecora et inanimae quaeque res congregari in unum possunt convocari autem non nisi ratione utentia possunt. Ideoque novae gratiae populum quasi majori dignitate praeditum rectius convocatum in unitatem fidei quam congregatum dicere, id est ecclesiam quam synagogam nominare, apostolicis scriptoribus et doctoribus visum est.

But the difference between “synagogue” (which means “congregation”) and “church” (which means “convocation”) is that the people of the old covenant use both terms, but the church of the new covenant is called only “church,” since clearly sheep and unthinking beings can be gathered together, but only reasonable beings can be called together. And therefore it seemed to the apostolic writers and doctors that the people of the new salvation, as if bestowed with greater dignity, are more properly said to be called together into the unity of the faith than gathered – that is, they found it more correct to name the church than the synagogue.

Confluebant autem die sabbati in synagogis ut, juxta quod dominus praecepit: Vacate et videte quoniam ego sunt Deus, [Ps 45:11] feriatis mundi negotiis ad meditanda legis monita quieto corde residerent. Cujus eo die devotionis agendae hactenus in ecclesia perdurat judicium quae ad meinoriam priscae religionis canticum deuteronomii, in quo universus veteris populi status quid videlicet offenso quid propitio Deo meruerit continetur, non nuullis in locis sabbatho dicere consuevit alioquin esset praeposterum ut prioribus septimanae diebus prophetarum dictis carminibus Moysi ultimum diceretur. [Bede, In Lucae Evangelium Expositio II, 4:16, CCSL 120, pp. 101-102]

However, they established that on the Sabbath day in the synagogues, and according to that which the Lord commanded: ‘Be still and see that I am God, [Ps 45:11] they should rest from the idle affairs of the world to contemplate the commandments of the Lord with a quiet heart. The judgment of the devotion to be observed on that day still survives in the church, which was accustomed to recite on the Sabbath in many places in memory of the ancient observance the canticle of Deuteronomy, which contains the universal condition of the ancient people, whether they merited an offended or favorable God. Otherwise it would be preposterous that on the previous days of the week, after the sayings of the prophets, that it should be read last, after the songs of the prophets of Moses are said. [Bede, In Lucae Evangelium Expositio II, 4:16]

Primum a Petro apostolo in Antiocida ecclesia est fundata in [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL XXX: ibique primum nomen Christianorum per ejus est praedicationem exortum, sicut Actus Apostolorum testantur. [cf. Act 11:26] Vocantur autem Christiani, derivato vocabulo ex nomine Christi; nam, sicut ex Judae nomine vocabulum traxerunt Judaei a quo in illa gente regiae stirpis dignitas claruit, ita a Christo Christianae gentis nomen inhaesit, cujus et in gentibus et in Judaeis praerogativa est dignitas potestatis.

The church was first established by Peter in Antioch, [omitted in ed. Mittermüller: and there the name of Christian first arose through his preaching, as the Acts of the Apsotles testified [cf. Act 11:26] They are called Christian, however, by a word derived from the name of Christ. Just as the Jews derived their name from the name of Judah, by whom the dignity of their royal lineage became visible in that people, so also the name of the Christian people has been closely connected to Christ. His privilege among both the gentiles and the Jews is the dignity of dominion.

Ecclesia autem vocatur proprie, propter quod omnes ad se vocet et in unum congreget. Catholica autem ideo dicitur, quia per universum mundum est constituta; vel quoniam catholica, hoc est generalis in ea doctrina est, ad instructionem hominum de visibilibus atque invisibilibus rebus coelestium ac terrestium; vel propter omne hominum genus ad pietatis subjectionem tam principum quam etiam qui principantur, oratorum et idiotarum; vel propter quod generaliter curat omnium peccata quae per corpus et] animam perficiuntur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 1.1, CCSL 103, p. 4]

The church is properly so called, because it calls all people to itself and gathers them as one. It is therefore called Catholic, because it is constituted throughout the entire world; also because it is catholic, that is, general, in its teaching for the instruction of men concerning the visible and invisible things of heaven and earth. It is also called Catholic because it calls the whole human race to the subjection of love and duty toward God, both those who rule and those who are ruled, the learned and the ignorant; an also, finally it is called Catholic because in general it cures the sins of all people which are committed through] the body and the spirit. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis I, c. 1, transl. by Thomas L. Knoebel, Isidore of Seville. De Ecclesiasticis Officiis, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 61, New York/Mahwah NJ, 2008, p. 29]

Laudes de ipsis tribus psalmis dicit.

He calls it Lauds after these three psalms.

Intuendum est in hoc loco, cum dicit lectio apostoli, quia sunt multi, qui dimittunt de apostolo et legunt de prophetis dicentes: ad ipsum diem pertinent. Hi tales non ideniter intelligunt. Cui respondendum est: In apostolo possunt lectiones reperiri ad diversas festivitates attinentes. Nam ille, cum de apostolo [page 296] legerit, duo praecepta adimplebit, unum ad ipsum diem pertinentes, alterum, quia de apostolo legit, sicut hic legitur.

It must be noted in this place, when he says a lesson from the Apostle, that there are many who leave out the Apostle and read from the prophets, saying that [the prophets] are pertinent to that day. They do not understand such things fully. To this one must answer: In the [writings of] the Apostle, lessons can be found that are appropriate for various feasts. For when one reads from the Apostle, [page 296] one shall fulfill two requirements, one pertaining to the day itself, and the other, that one should reads from the Apostle, just as one reads here.

Similiter de Apocalypsi lectione intelligendum est in dominica, i. e. ut etiam iu festis sanctorum in dominico de Apocalypsi legenda sit lectio, quia in Apocalypsi possunt reperiri lectiones de sanctorum festivitatibus.

Likewise, concerning the lesson from the Apocalypse on Sunday it must be understood that is so that a lesson from the Apocalypse should be read also on feasts of saints that occur on Sunday, since in the Apocalypse can be found lessons for the feasts of saints.

Ambrosianus duobus modis potest intelligi, i. e. intelligi potest ambrosianus, i. e. divinus, et subaudiendum est: hymnus, quia ambrosiane divine intelligitur; nam est quaedam herba, quae vocatur ambrosia, quam pagani in honore deorum suorum habebant, et inde derivatur ambrosianus, i. e. divinus. Altero vero modo intelligitur ambrosianus, i. e. ab Ambrosio expositus, et similiter subaudiendum est: hymnus.

Ambrosianus can be understood in two ways: that is, it can be understood as ambrosian, that is divine, and it is understood to be a hymn, since ambrosianly means ‘divinely,’ for there is a certain herb called ambrosia which the pagans had in honor of their gods, and from this is derived from ‘ambrosian,’ that is divine. But ambrosianus is understood in another way, that is, written by Ambrose, and similarly it is understood to be a hymn.

In hoc enim intuendum est, quia, cum dicit completum est, non ideo dixit S. Benedictus, ut psallendo ire non debeat, sed ne quis ibi loqui audeat. Completum est, i. e. finitum est.

For here one must observe that when he says it is completed, Saint Benedict said this not because one should walk while singing, nor should anyone dare to speak there. It is completed, that is, it is finished.

Nam quare ille dixit: 'non loquatur in ecclesia', ipse manifestat, cum dicit: et agatur reverentia Deo, et ne frater impediatur alterius improbitate. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 52:2-3] Nam cum psallendo exeo, non loquor, sed silentium exhibeo, quia laudes Deo refero; sie enim dicitur: Factum est silentium in coelo [Apc 8:1]; et magis reverentiam Deo exhibeo.

For this reason he said: ‘there should be no talking in church,’ he himself shows, when he says: and reverence must be shown to God, and a brother must not be impeded by the bad behavior of another. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 52:2-3] For when I go out singing, I do not speak, but I maintain silence, since I transmit praise of God; for thus it is said: It became silent in heaven [Apc 8:1] and I show greater reverence to God.

Verum si in una ecclesia altaria fuerint, non est opus ire psallendo, quia pro uno altari ponuntur caetera altaria.

But if the altars should be in one church, it is not necessary to go while singing, since other altars are placed instead of one altar.

Sed intuendum est, quia si psallas, non agis contra regulam, quia intentio S. Benedicti fuit dicere completum est propter hoc, quod dixit, ut agatur reverentia Deo, et non impediatur frater. Si autem non psallendo ieris, non agis contra regulam, quia intentionem non fecit de psallendo ire; hoc nec hortor, nec dehortor.

But note that if you sing, you do not act against the rule, since the intention of Saint Benedict was to say that it is finished on account of the fact that he said reverence must be shown to God, and a brother must not be impeded. If, however, you should not go singing, you do not act against the rule, because he did not make a clear statement concerning walking while singing; I neither encourage nor discourage this.

Sequitur: 12Plane agenda matutina vel vespertina non transeat aliquando, nisi in ultimo ordine dominica oratio omnibus audientibus dicatur a priore propter scandalorum spinas, quae oriri solent, 13ut conventi per ipsius orationis sponsionem, qua dicunt: Dimitte nobis debita nostra, sicut et nos dimittimus debitoribus nostris [Mt 6:12], purgent se ab hujusmodi [page 297] vitio.2

There follows: 12On account of the scandals that are accustomed to arise, clearly the morning and evening office should never end unless the Lord’s Prayer is said in the hearing of all by the prior in its place at the end, 13so that by the promise that the community makes when they say: Forgive us our debts, just as we also have forgiven our debtors [Mt 6:12] they may purge themselves of [page 297] failings of this kind.

Nunc videndum est, quare S. Benedictus dixit, dominicam orationem dici in voce, cum Dominus inspector cordis est et in corde requirit et juxta qualitatem cordis inspicit orationem? Ideo enim praecepit, in voce dici, h. e. propter versutos et simplices; nam sunt multi versuti et perversi tenentes odium fratris in corde et nolunt dicere hanc sententiam in dominica oratione, i. e. Dimitte nobis debita nostra, sicut et nos dimittimus debitoribus nostris, sed transiliunt illam, ne se obligent magis dicendo hanc sententiam, sed, cum dicunt: Panem nostrum quotidianum da nobis hodie [Mt 5:11], transilientes subjungunt: et ne nos inducas in tentationum, 14sed libera nos a malo, [Mt 5:13] et propter tales voluit S. Benedictus, dici in voce hanc orationem.

Now it must be seen why Saint Benedict said that the Lord’s Prayer is to be said aloud when the Lord is the examiner of the heart and searches in the heart and regards prayer according to the quality of the heart. For he ordered that it should be said aloud, that is on account of clever and simple people; for there are many clever people and perverse ones who keep the hatred of a brother in their heart and do not wish to pronounce this sentence in the Lord’s Prayer, that is, Forgive us our debts, just as we have forgiven our debtors, but instead they skip over it, lest they oblige themselves more by saying this sentence, but when they say Give us this day our daily bread, [Mt 5:11] as they skip over it they add: and do not lead us into temptation, 14but deliver us from evil, [Mt 5:13] and account of such people Saint Benedict wished this prayer to be said aloud.

Et reddit causam, quare in voce dicatur, cum subjunxit: propter scandalorum spinas, quae oriri solent; et prolongavit redditionem causae iterum, cum subjunxit: ut conventi per ipsins orationis sponsionem, qua dicunt: Dimitte nobis debita nostra, sicut et nos dimittimus debitoribus nostris, purgent se ab hujusmodi vitio. Conventi, i. e. victi, fracti, superati, compulsi, ac si diceret aliis verbis: ideo dico, in voce dici hanc orationem, ut, quia nolunt sponte sua emendare se et ejicere odium de corde suo, saltem audiendo superati et victi ab hac sententia sponsionis dimittant et purgent se ab hujusmodi vitio, i. e. ab illo vitio, quod in corde habent.

And he states the reason why it should be said aloud when he added: on account of the pricks of scandals, that customarily arise; and he prolonged the statement of the reason again, when he added so that through the promise of the prayer of that community, for which reason they say: Forgive us our debts just as we have forgiven our debtors, they purge themselves of failings of this kind. Of the community, that is the conquered, broken, overcome, forced, one might say in other words: therefore I say to say this prayer aloud, so that since they do not wish of their own accord to correct themselves and cast hatred from their hearts, they should be overcome after all by hearing it, and conquered by this statement of will, let them leave off and purge themselves of this kind of vice, that is, of that vice which they have in their heart.

Propter simplices ideo dixi, ut in voce dicatur dominica oratio, quia tales sunt simplices, qui aut non intelligunt, aut ea, quae audiunt, obliviseuntur. Isti tales, cum audiunt, aut intelligant, si non intelligunt, si vero obliviseuntur, reminiscantur.

On account of the simple I have said that the Lord’s Prayer should be said aloud since the simple are such that either they do not understand it, or they forget what they hear. When such people as these hear it, either they should understand it if they do not understand it, or if they forget it, they should remember it.

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione dixit S. Benedictus, in vespere et in matutino dominicam orationem dici solummodo, et non ad alia officia. Vesper finis est diei, matutinum finis est noctis. In die et in nocte solet homo irasci, et propterea dixit S. Benedictus, in fine diei et iu fine noctis hanc orationem dominicam dici in voce, ut finem diei sive noctis non aliquando transeat quis sine reconciliatione fratris propter illud, quod scriptum est: Sol non occidat [page 298] super iracundiam vestram [Eph. 4:26], quamquam melius sit, hoc secundum spiritalem intelligentiam intelligi, de quo jam superius diximus. In aliis vero horis ideo non dixit, dici in voce hanc orationem propter impossibilitatem; v. gr. ecce quis irascitur fratri et statim insonat signum ad tertiam vel sextam atque nonam; iste talis non potest ita animum suum coercere, ut in ipso impetu furoris audiens hanc sponsionem possit dimittere fratri, et ob hoc duobus modis esset culpabilis, uno modo, quia iratus est, altero vero modo, quia transgrediens praeceptum regulae propter furorem suum non dimittit fratri suo, et propterea non dixit, aliis horis dici orationem dominicam in voce, sed in vespera et matutino, ac si diceret aliis verbis: ideo dico, solummodo in vespera et matutiuo dici; debes etiam aliis horis reconciliare te fratri tuo ante vesperum, sed quia non vis aut non potes propter furorem animi tui ante vesperum vel matutinum in pacem redire, saltem non transeat vespera et matutinus, antequam in pace redeas cum fratre tuo.

Now it must be seen why Saint Benedict said that the Lord’s Prayer is said in the evening and morning office and not at other offices. The evening is the end of the day, and the morning is the end of the night. During the day and at night, man customarily becomes angry, and for this reason Saint Benedict said that the Lord’s Prayer is said aloud at the end of the day and at the end of the night, so that no one should go through the end of the day or of the night without reconciliation with his brother, on account of that which is written: The sun should not set [page 298] on your anger, [Eph 4:26] although it would be better to understand this according to its spiritual meaning, about which we have already spoken above. But he did not say that this prayer should be said aloud at the other hours because it is impossible: for example, behold if one becomes angry with a brother and immediately rings the bell for Terce, Sext, or None; such a one cannot thus force his soul so that in the very force of anger, hearing this promise, he may be able to forgive his brother, and for this reason he should be guilty in two ways, in one way because he is angry, and in a second way because by not forgiving his brother he violates the precept of the rule on account of his fury, and therefore [Benedict] did not say that the Lord’s Prayer is to be said aloud at other hours, but in the evening and morning, as if he should say with other words: ‘therefore I say that it is said only in the evening and morning; you must also reconcile yourself with your brother at the other hours before the evening, but if you do not wish or cannot make peace before the evening or morning on account of your anger, do not let the evening or morning pass before you make peace with your brother.

Nunc videndum est, quomodo quis debeat reconciliari fratri suo. Dicit haec scriptura divina: Si offeres munus tuum ad altare et ibi recordatus fueris, quia frater tuus habet aliquid adversum te, relinque ibi munus tuum ante altare et vade, reconciliari fratri tuo. [Mt 5:23]

Now it must be seen how one should be reconciled with his brother. Divine scripture says these things: If you offer your gift at the altar and you remember there that your brother has something against you, leave your gift there before the altar and go to be reconciled with your brother. [Mt 5:23]

'Munus' enim duobus modis intelligitur; uno enim modo intelligitur munus secundum litteram, panis et vinum, quod offertur Deo; altero vero modo intelligitur spiritaliter, quidquid boni operis egeris propter Deum, i. e. sive obedientia, sive oratio, sive jejunium, et reliq. Deinde vero, cum hoc agis et ibi tibi in memoriam venerit, quia peccasti in fratrem tuum, et non potes aut missam aut officium aut orationem et reliq. dimittere et ire, reconciliari fratri tuo, debes ibi in mente tua illi fratri veniam petere, h. e. ita te debes agere in mente, ut, si adesset frater ille3, veniam petisses; ita tamen post completionem illius operis boni, quod agis, si inveneris, debes illi veniam petere. Similiter etiam debes facere [page 299] illi fratri, si longe est, i. e. illi in mente tua veniam petere; postquam reversus fuerit, illi etiam corporaliter veniam debes petere. Si autem frater tuus tibi aliquid mali fecit, non debes illi veniam petere, sed solummodo parcere ex toto corde; sie enim Augustinus dicit; Hieronymus vero etiam istum, qui malum passus est, illi, a quo passus est, veniam petere dicit.

For ‘the gift’ is understood in two ways: in one way it is understood as a gift according to the letter, bread and wine, which is offered to God; in the other way it is understood spiritually, whatever good work you may do on account of God, that is, obedience, or prayer, or fasting, and so on. But then, when you do this thing and you remember there that you have sinned against your brother, and you cannot leave the mass or office or prayer, etc. and go to be reconciled with your brother, there you must ask forgiveness of your brother in your mind, that is, thus you must behave in your mind, so that if the brother were there, you would ask forgiveness. Thus, nevertheless, after the accomplishing of that good work that you carry out, if you should find him, you must ask forgiveness of him. You must do the same [page 299] for that brother if he is far away, that is ask forgiveness of him in your mind; after he returns, you must ask forgiveness of him physically. If, however, a brother of yours did anything bad to you, you must not ask forgiveness of him, but only spare him with all your heart; for thus Augustine says; but Jerome also says that one who has suffered evil must ask forgiveness of the one by whom he has suffered.


1. Hildemar (or Mittermüller) did not fully quote the next section. Everyting bolded in the folowing paragraph comes from c. 13.3-11.
2. Hildemar omits Regula Benedicti, c. 13:14: Ceteris vero agendis ultima pars eius orationis dicatur, ut ab omnibus respondeatur: Sed libera nos a malo.
3. ab illo (?). (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XIV
IN NATALITIIS SANCTORUM QUALITER VIGILIAE AGANTUR

[Ms P, fol. 79v – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 1v; Ms E1, p. 182]

Ch. 14
HOW VIGILS ARE PERFORMED IN THE FEASTS OF SAINTS

Translated by: Zachary Guiliano

1In sanctorum vero festivitatibus vel omnibus solemnitatibus, sicut diximus dominico die agendum, ita agatur.

1On the feasts of saints or on all solemnities, just as we said it must be done on the Lord’s Day, so it should be done [on these].

De solemnitatibus jam superius dictum est. Nunc autem videamus, quare dicatur festivitas. Festivitas dicta a festis diebus quasi festiditas, eo quod in eis sola res divina fit, quibus contrarii sunt fasti, in quibus jus fatur, i. e. dicitur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 18.1]

With regard to solemnities it was said above. However let us now see why it is called a festivity. The festivity is so called from feast days as if from ‘festiveness’, because during them only divine things are done, to which fasti are contrary, during which the law speaks, i.e. is spoken. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 18.1]

Adtendendum est in hoc loco, quia, cum dixit festivitatibus, non dixit omnibus, sicut in solemnitatibus, et ideo necesse est causa discretionis; cum dixit festivitatibus, subaudiendum est: praecipuis.

It must be noted in this place that when he discusses feasts, he did not speak about all of them, as [he spoke] with regard to solemnities, and therefore it is necessary for the sake of discretion, that, although he said feasts, it must be heard as ‘special feasts’.

Et hoc intuendum est, quia in eo, quod dixit in sanctorum festivitatibus, subintelligendum est, ut in aliis sanctorum festivitatibus commemoratio fiat sanctorum, sed tamen non sicut in dominico die. Nam si in festivitatibus sanctorum de omnibus sanctis, qui missas suas habent, sive praecipuis sive non praecipuis, intelligatur, difficile videtur, eo quod multae erunt illae festivitates sanctorum, sicut in libro missarum continentur, quia in illo libro multorum sanctorum missae scriptae videntur, ac per hoc aut dimittentur aut cum nimio labore celebrabuntur, et paene nihil aliud faciendum erit propter multitudinem sanctorum. Sed, sicut diximus, cum dicit festivitatibus, subaudiendum est: praecipuis.

And this must be considered, that where he said on the feasts of the saints, it must be understood that the commemoration of the saints should be as it is on the other saints’ festivities but not as on the Lord’s Day. For if on saints’ feasts should be understood with regard to all saints who have their own masses, it seems difficult, because there are many saints’ feasts, as they are contained in the book of masses, since in that book the masses of many saints are seen to be written. And on this account, the saints’ feasts are either set aside or they are celebrated with excessive labor and almost nothing else can be done because of the multitude of saints. But, as we said, when he says ‘on feasts’, it must be heard under the heading: ‘on special feasts’.

Solemnitates attinent ad Christi solemnitates, quamquam de solemnitatibus [page 300] possunt dici festivitates, et festivitates solemnitates, quia non solemnitates separant, sed sanctorum.

Solemnities refer to the solemnities of Christ, even though solemnities [page 300] can be called feasts and feasts solemnities, because they do not separate solemnities, save those of the saints.

Quare dicantur natalitiae de diebus mortium sanctorum, cum illi in ipsis diebus non leguntur nati, sed mortui, haec ratio ita solvitur, quia sicut homines, cum nascuntur, de utero matrum suarum [i. e. cum] exeunt de tenebris viscerum matrum ad hanc lucem, ita sancti in die mortis de tenebris praesentis vitae exeunt et in lucem sempiternae beatitudinis quasi nascendo ingrediuntur.

Why are the deaths of the saints called birthdays, when we read that they were not born on those days but died? The reason is explained in this manner: because as men when they are born from the womb of their mothers go out from the shadows of the mothers’ belly into this light, so the saints, on the day of death, go out from the shadows of this present life and into the light of eternal blessedness as if they enter it by being born.

Solemnitates Christi sunt: Nativitas, Circumcisio, Apparitio, Praesentatio in templo, Coena Domini, Parasceven, Sabbatum sanctum, Pascha, Ascensio, Pentecosten. Festivitates vero sanctorum, quae praecipuae habentur, sunt: XII apostolorum, S. Joannis Baptistae, S. Stephani, S. Laurentii, S. Mariae in medio Augusto et Nativitas ejus, S. Michaelis, S. Martini, S. Caeciliae, S. Agnetis, S. Agathae, et S. Benedicti in quadragesimae diebus, et in Calendis Novembris celebratur festivitas omnium sanctorum. Istae omnes, quia per totum mundum celebrantur, ideo sunt praecipuae. Deinde sunt praecipuae omnium sanctorum, qui in illa civitate requiescunt, ubi eorum corpora sunt humata, veluti sunt S. Ambrosii, SS. Gervasii et Protasii, Victoris, Naboris, Nazarii, Celsi et omnium sanctorum, quorum corpora in propriis provinciis requiescunt.

These are the solemnities of Christ: Christmas, the Circumcision, the Appearing [Epiphany], the Presentation in the Temple, the Lords’ Supper, the Day of Preparation [Good Friday], Holy Saturday, Pascha [Easter], Ascension, and Pentecost. But the feasts of the saints that are considered special are these: the Twelve Apostles, St John the Baptist, St Stephen, St Laurence, St Mary’s feast in the middle of August which is her nativity, St Michael, St Martin, St Cecilia, St Agnes, St Agatha, and St Benedict in the days of Quadragesima [Lent]. Also on the Kalends of November the feast of All Saints is celebrated. All these, because they are celebrated through the whole world, are therefore ‘special’. Then there are those special feasts which are the feasts of all the saints which rest in that city where their bodies are buried, as with St Ambrose, Sts Gervase and Protase, Victor, Nabor, Nazare, Celsus, and all the saints, whose bodies rest in their own provinces.

Reliquorum vero sanctorum, qui non sunt praecipui, veluti sunt S. Romani et aliorum, quamvis eorum missae sint scriptae in sacramentario, ut in decollatione S. Joannis, sicut in illis, qui non sunt praecipui, agendum est. Ita vero debet agi in illis sanctis, qui non sunt praecipui, i. e. solummodo in vespere praeteriti diei lectio memoriter de ipsis sanctis non praecipuis et responsorium similiter et hymnus atque versus seu antiphona in Magnificat vel oratio de ipsis non praecipuis sanctis dicenda sunt. Ad nocturnum autem versus de ipsis non praecipuis sanctis cum tribus responsoriis atque lectionibus, [page 301] si habentur, dicatur, ad matutinum vero totum de ipsis non praecipuis sanctis dicendum est, et veniam petere debent, si non fuerint in dominico die aut in diebus quinquaginta, qui pentecostes vocantur, in quibus non licet genua flecti.

But with regard to the rest of the saints, who are not ‘special’ (such as Saint Romanus and others), although their masses are indeed written in the sacramentary (such as the Beheading of St John): it must be done on those [feasts] as on those which are not ‘special’. And here is how it ought to be done on those [feasts] which are not special, i.e., only during the Vespers of the previous day should there be the reading by memory concerning those non-special saints and likewise the responsory and the hymn and verse or antiphon in the Magnificat, or the prayer about those non-special saints must be said. But at the Night Office, the verse of those non-special saints with the three responsories and readings, [page 301] if there are any, should be said, but at the Office of Matins the whole [service] must be said with regard to those non-special saints, and they ought to ask for pardon,1 if the feasts are not on the Lord’s Day or in the fifty days that are called Pentecost, in which it is not permitted to genuflect.

Nam caetera officia, i. e. prima, tertia, sexta, nona, vespera, completorium et nocturnae - praeter tres lectiones cum responsoriis tribus - de quotidiano agendum est, et laborandum est in illo die, et sicut in die quotidiano manducandum juxta tempus suum, quod definitum est in regula, i. e. aut ad sextam aut ad nonam, missa vero de illis sanctis, qui non sunt praecipui, canenda est.

For the other Offices, i.e. Prime, Terce, Sext, Nones, Vespers, Compline, and the Night Office – besides the three readings with three responsories— must be done in the daily fashion, and it must be performed on that day and as on every day the meal should be according to the time that is prescribed in the Rule (i.e. either at Sext or at Nones), but the Mass of those non-special saints must be chanted.

Forte dicit aliquis: quare? Quia jam, cum matutinum inde cantasti, initium missae fecisti illius sancti. Vespera vero de illis sanctis praedictis praecipuis ita agenda est, i. e. in die praeterito ad vesperum solummodo dicenda est lectio et responsorium cum gloria et hymnus et versus et antiphona in Magnificat et oratio.

Someone might ask, “Why?” Because when you have finished chanting Matins, you have completed the beginning of the Mass of that saint. But Vespers must be done thus concerning the aforesaid special saints, i.e., on the previous day at Vespers, only the reading and the responsory with the Gloria and a hymn and verse and antiphon in the Magnificat and the prayer must be said.

Ad nocturnas et ad matutinum et prima, tertia, sexta, nona, vespera et missa et completorium ad ipsos sanctos dies pertinentes dicenda sunt.

At the Night Office and at Matins and at Prime, Terce, Sext, Nones, Vespers and Mass and Compline, the things pertaining to the same holy days must be said.

Sequitur: 2Modus autem supra scriptus teneatur.

It follows: 2But the way written above must be maintained.

Modus autem intelligitur quantitas.

Way must be understood as ‘quantity.’

Et hoc intuendum est, quia ista quantitas ad lectiones et responsoria et psalmos attinet.

And this must be considered because this quantity pertains to the readings and responsories and psalms.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia Coena Domini et Parasceve et Sabbatum sanctum et Pascha ad solemnitates Christi attinet. De his quatuor diebus diffinitum est in concilio, ut officium secundum romanam ecclesiam canatur pleniter, et non secundum regulam a monachis.

Nevertheless, it must be known that the Lord’s Supper and the Preparation [Good Friday] and Holy Saturday and Pascha [Easter] pertain to the solemnities of Christ. With regard to those four days it was defined in council that the Office should be chanted completely by the monks, in accordance with the Roman Church and not in accordance with the Rule.

Verum sunt studiosiores monachi, qui in his quatuor diebus nolunt secundum romanam traditionem agere, sed secundum regulam pleniter dicentes, quia, si in aliis diebus non transgredimur regulam in officiis canendis, nec etiam in istis quatuor diebus volumus transgredi. Nam, sicut mihi videtur, melius est, ut in istis [page 302] quatuor diebus regulare officium canatur quam secundum romanos, eo quod, sicut S. Gregorius dicit, nihil nocet in fide catholica et in bonis moribus consuetudines diversae. [not identified] Verumtamen pro ista ratione, i. e. pro istis quatuor diebus facta est synodus in Francia, ut non aliter, i. e. non regulariter facerent monachi, sed sicut ecclesia romana.

Yet there are more zealous2 monks who do not wish to act in accordance with the Roman tradition in those four days but to speak fully in accordance with the Rule because, if on other days we do not transgress the Rule in chanting Offices, we also do not want to transgress it in those four days. For, as it seems to me, it is better that in those [page 302] four days the Regular Office should be sung rather than the Roman because as St Gregory says, “There is no harm with regard to diverse customs in the Catholic faith and in good actions.”3 Nevertheless for this reason, i.e., with regard to those four days, there was a synod in Francia that monks should not do otherwise, i.e. not by the Rule, but they should act as does the Roman Church.

Nam piissimus imperator Ludvicus voluit, ut monachi secundum regulam facerent officium; sed quia episcopi dicebant, non esse bonum, ut in his diebus se discordent a romana ecclesia in officiis canendis, deinde fuerunt abbates quidam, qui consenserunt episcopis. Quamquam quidam non consensissent, praevaluerunt episcopi, ita tamen, ut solum in illis tribus diebus, h. e. V. feria, VI. feria et sabbato romanum officium facerent, in dominica vero non consenserunt boni abbates, sed regulariter faciunt officium.

For the most pious Emperor Louis wished that monks should do the Office according to the Rule; but because the bishops said that it is not good that in those days they should be unlike the Roman Church in chanting the Offices, then there were some abbots who consented with the bishops. And although some did not agree, the bishops prevailed, so that only in those three days, i.e., Thursday, Friday, and Saturday, would they do the Roman Office, but the good abbots did not consent to act so upon the Lord’s Day. Instead they do the Office in accord with the Rule.

Deinde sciendum est, quia sunt multi, qui non dicunt Gloriam in responsoriis nocturnis a quinto decimo die Paschae propter passionem. Isti tales, qui ita agunt, non faciunt secundum regulam, eo quod regula in quarto et in tertio responsorio praecipit, semper Gloriam dici. Nos autem in nostro monasterio semper dicimus Gloriam exceptis in his tribus diebus, in quibus officium romanum facimus, i. e. Coena Domini, Parasceve atque Sabbato sancto. Similiter autem contra regulam faciunt, qui (quia?) non cantant Gloriam in Venite exultemus, cum regula praecipiat, semper cantari Gloriam post Venite, et ipsam Gloriam ponit terminum tarde venientibus ad officium nocturnum; ita enim dicit: Si quis ad nocturnas vigilias post Gloriam psalmi nonagesimi quarti, quem propter hoc omnino subtrahendo et morose volumus dici, non occurrerit, non stet in ordine suo. [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.4]

Then it must be known that there are many who do not say the Gloria in the Night Office’s responsories from the fifteenth Day of Pascha [Easter] for the sake of the Passion. The sort who do so act not in accordance with the Rule, because the Rule orders that the Gloria should always be said in the fourth and third responsory. But we in our monastery always say the Gloria except on those three days in which we do the Roman Office, i.e., the Lord’s Supper, the Preparation [Good Friday], and Holy Saturday. But they likewise act against the Rule who do not chant the Gloria in the Venite exultemus. For the Rule orders that the Gloria should always be chanted after the Venite and it places the same Gloria at the end for those coming late to the Night Office. For it says: If someone does not come to the Night Vigils until after the Gloria of the 94th Psalm, which for this reason we wish it to be said in a deliberate fashion and slowly, he should not stand in his place [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.4].

Et iterum sunt multi, qui ad illud responsorium, quod ad matutinum et ad vespertinum canitur, nolunt dicere Gloriam, sed tamen nos dicimus; illi autem, qui nolunt dicere Gloriam, dicunt: ideo nolumus dicere Gloriam, quia regula non praecipit, Gloriam dici. Hi tales nesciunt regulam subtilius intelligere; jubet enim regula, ad novissimum responsorium, sive sit tertium, sive quartum, Gloriam dici, ac per hoc illud [page 303] unum responsorium, ad quod illi nolunt Gloriam dicere, novissimum est, quamvis sit unum, sicut novissimum est illud tertium sive quartum, ad quod cantanda est Gloria.

And again there are many who do not wish to say the Gloria which is chanted at Matins and at Vespers, but we still say it. Moreover they who do not wish to say the Gloria say, 'We do not wish to speak the Gloria because the Rule does not order the Gloria to be said.' This sort does not know how to understand the Rule accurately; for the Rule orders that the Gloria should be said at the last responsory, whether it is the third or fourth. Also because of this, that [page 303] one responsory at which they do not wish to say the Gloria is the last responsory, although it is that one at which the Gloria must be chanted, whether it is the third or fourth.

Talis est sensus in isto uno responso, qualis est in illo loco, ubi de Domino dicit primogenitus et unigenitus; primogenitus enim dicitur, quia primus natus est secundum incarnationem, et unigenitus, quia tantum unus natus est de B. V. Maria, ac per hoc omnis unigenitus potest dici primogenitus, quamvis non omnis primogenitus possit dici unigenitus, quia primogenitus potest dici, sive subsequantur alii, sive non.

For the sense in this one response is the same as in that place where it is said of the Lord that he is both first-begotten and only-begotten. For he is said to be first-begotten because he was the first-born according to the incarnation and he is only- begotten because he was the only one born from the Blessed Virgin Mary. Also, because of this, every only-begotten can be called first-begotten, although not every first-begotten can be called only-begotten, because one can be called first-begotten, whether others follow or not.4

 
1. I am not sure that ‘pardon' works better here than 'favor'. Does one ask for 'pardon' from the Saints, but not on the Lord's Day or in Pentecost? Or is one asking for an indulgence or kindness of some sort, as if from a patron? I think this might be a genuine issue or ambiguum here.
2. While ‘studiosores’ can mean ‘more zealous’, it can mean ‘more studious’, and I would prefer the latter. Hildemar seems to distinguish between at least two kinds of ‘Regula-based’ objections to various practices: (1) zealous ones based on misreading and (2) intelligent ones based on proper reading. He states that he himself would like to act in accord with the Regula-Office and not in accord with the Roman Office, which is not simply a position of zeal but of proper understanding, despite his accession to the decree of the Council of Aachen. In other words, I think he both approves and disapproves of this position.
3. Seems a paraphrase of what is recorded in Bede’s Historia Ecclesiastica I.27, when Gregory answers Augustine of Canterbury’s question. Perhaps an interpolated version. I refer to the following: II. Interrogatio Augustini: Cum una sit fides, sunt ecclesiarum diuersae consuetudines, et altera consuetudo missarum in sancta Romana ecclesia, atque altera in Galliarum tenetur? Respondit Gregorius papa: Nouit fraternitas tua Romanae ecclesiae consuetudinem, in qua se meminit nutritam. Sed mihi placet ut, siue in Romana, siue in Galliarum, seu in qualibet ecclesia aliquid inuenisti, quod plus omnipotenti Deo possit placere, sollicite eligas, et in Anglorum ecclesia, quae adhuc ad fidem noua est, institutione praecipua, quae de multis ecclesiis colligere potuisti, infundas. Non enim pro locis res, sed pro bonis rebus loca amanda sunt. Ex singulis ergo quibusque ecclesiis, quae pia, quae religiosa, quae recta sunt, elige; et haec quasi in fasciculum collecta apud Anglorum mentes in consuetudinem depone.
4. Perhaps the whole reference is to Jerome, Aduersus Heluidium de Mariae uirginitate perpetua, 10.202.5: nos autem ita definimus: omnis unigenitus est primogenitus: non omnis primogenitus est unigenitus. Cf also Chromatius of Aquileia, Ser. 32 (l. 44)?

Cap. XV
QUIBUS TEMPORIBUS DICATUR ALLELUJA

[Ms P, fol. 80rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 3v; Ms E1, fol. 91v; Ms. E2, fol. 138r]

Ch. 15
AT WHAT TIMES THE ALLELUIA SHOULD BE SAID

Translated by: Zachary Guiliano

1A sancto Pascha usque ad Pentecosten sine intermissione dicatur Alleluja tam in psalmis, quam in responsoriis.

1From Holy Pascha [Easter] until Pentecost the Alleluia is said without pause both in Psalms and in responsories.

De Alleluja jam superius dictum est, cujus linguae sit et quid interpretetur, et quare translatores illud noluerunt interpretari in latinum in ipsis libris, in quibus invenitur, sicut alia verba interpretari studuerunt.

Concerning the Alleluia it was already mentioned above concerning its language and how it is translated, and why translators did not wish to translate it into Latin in those books in which it is found as they diligently translated other words.

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione dicit a sancto Pascha usque ad Pentecosten, cum Pascha dicitur totis illis quinquaginta diebus? Sed cum dicit a sancto Pascha usque ad Pentecosten, quasi diceret: ab initio Paschae usque ad finem Paschae.

Now it must be seen, for what reason he [St Benedict] says from Holy Pascha [Easter] until Pentecost, when Pascha is the name for the whole fifty days? But when he says from Holy Pascha until Pentecost, it is as if it said: from the beginning of Pascha until the end of Pascha.

Ideo enim dicit sine intermissione, quia in omnibus psalmis praeter de completoriis, et in omnibus versibus et in omnibus responsoriis vult dici Alleluja.

Therefore he says without pause, because in all Psalms except at Compline and in all verses and in all responsories he wishes the Alleluia to be said.

Notandum est enim, quia, cum dicit usque Pentecosten, intelligitur, usque ad octavam Pentecosten Alleluja cantari debere. In hoc etiam loco videndum est, quare alii dimittunt Alleluja a septuagesima, cum S. Benedictus usque ad caput quadragesimae dicit canendum esse Alleluja. Ideo dimittunt in capite septuagesimae, quia mos fuit apud antiquos, a septuagesima incipere initium quadragesimae et sic dimittebatur Alleluja. Nam antiquis usus fuit, antequam septuagesima celebraretur, in capite quadragesimae dimitti Alleluja, sicut initium quadragesimae incipiebatur, sicut etiam nunc multae ecclesiae [page 304] faciunt.

For it must be noted that when he says until Pentecost, it is understood to mean that the Alleluia ought to be chanted until the Octave of Pentecost. In this place also it must be seen why others omit the Alleluia from Septuagesima, because St Benedict says the Alleluia must be changed until the beginning of Lent. Therefore, they omit it at the beginning of Septuagesima because it was the custom among the ancients to start the beginning of Lent from Septuagesima and thus the Alleluia was omitted. For the ancient custom was, before Septuagesima was celebrated, the Alleluia was omitted at the beginning of Lent, as the beginning of Lent had started, as now many churches also [page 304] do.

Deinde, sicut diximus, quia crevit consuetudo, ut in capite septuagesimae inciperetur initium quadragesimae, [et] propterea in ipso die dimittebatur Alleluja. Sed quia recessit consuetudo incipiendi jejunium, ut non in septuagesima, sed [quamvis] in quadragesima incipiatur jejunium, tamen de Alleluja dimittendo non recessit, sed praevaluit usus, ut in septuagesima dimitteretur.

Then, as we said, because the custom increased, that the beginning of Lent started at the beginning of Septuagesima, therefore in the Alleluia was omitted on that same day. But [although] the custom of fasting begins in Lent, still St Benedict does not draw away from omitting the Alleluia, but the custom that it is omitted in Lent prevails.

Sequitur: 2A Pentecosten autem usque in caput quadragesimae omnibus noctibus cum sex posterioribus psalmis tantum ad nocturnas dicatur.

It follows: 2Moreover, every night from Pentecost until the beginning of Lent it [the Alleluia] must be said with the six last psalms at the Night Office.

Initium sane et causa festivitatis pentecosten paulo latius repetenda est. Pentecosten enim dies hinc coepit exordium [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL 103:] quando dei vox in Sina monte desuper intonatntis audita est et lex data est Moysi. In novo autem testamento pentecosten coepit quando adventum sancti spiritus quem Christus promisit, exhibuit. Quem ait non esse venturum nisi ipse ascendisset in caelum. Denique dum portam caeli Christus intrasset, decem diebus interpositis, intremuit subito orantibus apostolis locus et discendente spiritu sancto super eos inflammati sunt ita ut linguis omnium gentium dei magnalia loquerentur [cf. Acts 2:1-11]. Adventus itaque spiritus sancti de caelo super apostolos in varietate linguarum diffusa solemnitatem transmisit in posteros, eaque de causa pentecosten celebratur et dies ipse proinde insignis habetur.

Clearly the beginning and cause of the feast of Pentecost must be recalled a little more broadly. For day of Pentecost begins the exhortation: When the voice of God was heard intoning upon Mt Sinai, and the law was given to Moses. However in the New Testament, Pentecost begins when Christ showed the coming of the Holy Spirit, which he promised. Which he said would not come unless he had ascended into heaven. Then, when Christ had entered the gate of heaven, with ten days passed, the place shook suddenly with the Apostles’ prayers and, when the Holy Spirit descended upon them, they were set aflame, such that they spoke of the mighty deeds of God in the tongues of all nations [cf. Acts 2:1-11]. Therefore, the coming of the Holy Spirit from heaven upon the Apostles in a diffuse variety of tongues transmitted the solemnity to posterity, and for that reason Pentecost is celebrated and the same day is hence held to be distinguished.

Concordat autem haec festivitas evangelii cum festivitate legis, illuc enim posteaquam agnis immolatus est, interpositis quinquaginta diebus, data est lex Moysi scripta digito dei: Hic postquam occisus est Christus qui tamquam ovis ad immolandum ductus est [cf. Is 53:7], celebratur verum pascha et, interpositis quinquaginta diebus, datur spiritus sanctus qui est digitus dei super centum viginti discipulos Moysaicae aetatis numero constitutos.

However, this feast of the Gospel is in harmony with the feast of the Law, for there, after the lamb was sacrificed and fifty days had passed, the Law of Moses was given, written by the finger of God: here, after Christ was killed, who was led as a sheep to be sacrificed [cf. Is 53:7], the true Pascha [Easter] is celebrated and, with fifty days in between, the Holy Spirit was given, who was the finger of God upon the one hundred and twenty disciples, ordered to the number of the Mosaic age.

Siquidem et haec festivitas aliud obtinet sacramentum. Constat enim ex septimana septimanarum. Sed dierum quidem septimanae generant eandem pentecosten, in quo fit peccati remissio per spiritum sanctum; annorum vero septimanae quinquagestimum annum faciunt qui apud Hebreos iubeleus nominatur, in quo similiter terrae fit remissio et servorum libertas et possessionum restitutio quae pretio fuerant conparatae. Septum etenim septies multiplicati quinquagenarium ex se generant numerum, adsumpta monde quam ex futuri saeculi figura presumptam esse maiorum auctoritas tradit. Fit enim ipsa et octaava semper et prima, immo ipsa est semper una quae est omnis dies.

Indeed, this feast also possesses another sacrament. For it was ordered from the seventh set of weeks. But the sevens of the days gives birth to the same Pentecost, in which was the remission of sin through the Holy Spirit; but from the seventh years they make the fiftieth year which was named among the Hebrews ‘Jubilee’, in which there should likewise be remission of the earth and the freeing of slaves and the restitution of possessions which were bought for a price. The sevens multiplied seven times produce the number fifty from themselves, once unity is assumed, which the authority of our forebears tells is presumed from the future shape of the world. This is also always the first octave; indeed it is always the one which is every day.

Necesse est enim sabbatismum animarum populi dei illuc occurrere atque ibi conpleri ubi datur pars his qui octo, sicut quidam disserens Salomonis dicta spienter exposuit. Idcorco autem totius qunquagesimae dies post domini resurectionem, resolute abstinentia, in sola laetitia celebrantur propter figuram futurae resurrectionis ubi iam non labor sed requis erit laetititae. Ideoque his diebus nec genua in oratione flectuntur quia, sicutquidam sapientium ait, inflexio genuum paenitentiae et luctus indicium est. Unde etiam per omnia eandem in illis solemnitatem quam die dominico custodmus, inqua maoires nostri nec ieiunium agendum nec genua esse flectenda ob reverantiam resurrectionis dominicae] tradiderunt [Isidore of Seville, De Officiis Ecclesiasticis I, c. 34.1-6, CCSL].

For it was necessary for the the Sabbath observation of the souls of God’s people to recur there and also to be fulfilled in that place, where the part was given to those who were eight, as indeed one examining the sayings of Solomon explained wisely. Therefore, for that reason every day of Quinquagesima after the resurrection of the Lord should be celebrated with resolute abstinence in sole joy for the sake of the shape of future resurrection where there will be no labor but the rest of joy. And therefore on those days, the knees are not bent in prayer because as a certain wise man said, the bending of the knees is the sign of penitence and grief. Whence also in every way we keep the same solemnity among those things which are [done] on the Lord’s Day, on which our forebears passed on that neither fasting should be done nor should the knee be bent for the sake of reverence for the Lord’s resurrection [Isidore of Seville, De Officiis Ecclesiasticis I, c. 34.1-6].

Pentecosten sicut et Pascha, ut idem Isidorus dicit, apud Hebraeos celebris dies erat, quod post quinque decadas Paschae celebrabatur, unde et vocabulum sumpsit; pente enim graece, latine quinque dicitur. In quo die secundum legem panes propositionis de novis frugibus offerebantur. Cujus figuram annus jubilaeus in testamento veteri gessit, quae nunc iterum per figuram repromissionis aeternam requiem praefigurat [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 18.4-5].

Pentecost, just like Pascha [Easter], as the same Isidore said, was a day of celebration among the Hebrews, which was celebrated after the five decades of Pascha, from whence it even takes its name; for what is called ‘pente’ in Greek is ‘quinque’ in Latin. On which day, according to the law, the offertory loaves were offered from the first fruits. The Jubilee year had worn the same figure in the Old Testament, which now again prefigures eternal rest in the form of a promise [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 18.4-5].

Et hoc intuendum est, quia intentio S. Benedicti est: [ut] sive sit festivitas sanctorum in Pentecosten, semper vult, ut et responsoria et psalmi et versus cum Alleluja dicantur. Similiter etiam intentio est S. Benedicti ut post Pentecosten numquam dicatur responsorium cum Alleluja, sive sit festivitas sanctorum sive non festivitas sanctorum, unde nos ipsum responsorium, quod in Epiphania canitur cum Alleluja, ob hoc dimisimus illud, quia regula praecipit, ut nunquam dicantur responsoria cum Alleluja, et rel.

And this must be understood because it was the intention of St Benedict: whether [or not] it is the feast of the saints in Pentecost, he always wished that both responsory and psalms and verse should be said with the Alleluia. Similarly, it was also the intention of St Benedict that after Pentecost the responsory would never be said with the Alleluia, whether it was a feast of the saints or not, which is why we omit the same responsory which is chanted in Epiphany with the Alleluia, because the Rule prescribes that the responsory should never be said with the Alelluia, etc.

Et hoc notandum est, quia definitum est in synodo, ut dominica Septuagesimae, quando Alleluja [page 305] dimittitur, debeant responsoria etiam cum Alleluja cantari, et, quia ibi dimittitur, ideo debent cantari. Sed sunt alii monachi studiosiores, quam illi, qui consenserunt, et dicunt: Nolumus in illa dominica cantare, ut si in aliis dominicis regulam observamus, quare debeamus uno die transgredi regulam?’ Nos autem in nostro monasterio similiter non cantamus responsorium cum Alleluja in Septuagesima, sed de psalmis canimus responsoria, quae in septimana cantantur, eo quod regula dicit: 4Nunquam vero responsoria dicantur cum Alleluja nisi a Pascha usque ad Pentecosten.

And this must be noted because it was decreed in synod, that on the Lord’s Day in Septuagesima when the Alleluia [page 305] is omitted, the responsories also ought to be chanted with the Alleluia, and, because it is omitted there, therefore they ought to be chanted. But there are other more studious monks than those who consented [at the synod] and they say: ‘We do not wish to chant on that Lord’s Day, because, if we observe the Rule on all the Lord’s Days, why should we transgress the Rule on that one day?’ Moreover, we in our monastery likewise do not chant the responsory with the Alleluia in Septuagesima, but we chant the responsories from the Psalms, which are chanted in the seventh one, because the Rule says: 4But the responsories should never be said with the Alleluia except from Pascha until Pentecost.

Sequitur: 3Omni vero dominica extra Quadragesimam cantica, matutini, prima, tertia, sexta, nonaque cum Alleluja dicantur, vespera vero jam cum antiphonis dicatur et rel.

It follows: 3But on every Lord’s day outside Quadragesima, the canticles, Matins, Prime, Terce, Sext, and Nones should be chanted with the Alleluia, but Vespers should be said with antiphons and so on.

Sunt autem multae regulae, quae habent ‘cantica ad matutinos,’ sed non potest stare talis locutio, quia subsequitur: prima, tertia, sexta, nona. Melius est enim dicere: cantica, matutini.

There are many copies of the Rule which have ‘canticles at Matins,’ but such a statement is not able to stand because it continues: Prime, Terce, Sext, None. For it is better to say the canticles, Matins.

Sunt qui intelligunt, matutini genitivi casum esse, ut sit sensus: cantica in matutino, quia cantica pro psalmis esse dicta intelligunt et dicunt: illa vero cantica, quae ad vigilias jussit dici in dominica, nil impediunt, eo quod jam dixerat superius. Sed melius est, ut cantica sit nominativus, similiter etiam sit nominativus matutini, ut sit sensus: cantica, quae ad vigilias canuntur. Matutini vero attinent ad psalmos matutinales.

There are those who understand Matins to be in the genitive so that the sense is ‘canticles of Matins’ because they think ‘canticles’ is said in place of ‘psalms,’ and they say that those canticles which [Benedict] ordered to be said at Vigils on the Lord’s Day, impedes nothing because it was discussed before. But it is better that cantica be nominative and likewise matutini be nominative so that the sense is the canticles which are chanted at Vigils. But Matins pertains to the Psalms at Matins.

Nunc autem videndum est, quare consuetudo est sanctae ecclesiae, dimittendi Alleluja in capite Quadragesimae, cum Alleluja interpretatur Laus Christi, et nos quotidie Deum laudamus dicentes: Laudate Dominum de coelis [Ps 148:1].

But now it must be seen why there is the custom of the Holy Church of omitting the Alleluia at the beginning of Lent, since Alleluia is interpreted as ‘Praise of Christ,’ and we daily praise God, saying: ‘Praise the Lord from the heavens [Ps 148:1].’

Sciendum est enim, quia propter vocem et sonum ipsius Alleluja, eo quod vox illius laetitiae est et gaudii, non propter sensum, tempus autem Quadragesimae est luctus et poenitentiae; et ideo non sibi conveniunt illa duo, i. e. vox Alleluja, quae significat laetitiam et gaudium, cum tempore Quadragesimae, ubi luctus et poenitentia est.

For it must be known that it is for the sake of the expression and the sound of the same Alleluia, because this is the expression of happiness and joy, not for the sake of the sense. The time of Lent, moreover, is for grief and penitence; and therefore those two do not fit together, that is, the expression Alleluia which signifies happiness and joy and the time of Lent, when there is grief and penitence.

Ac per hoc sancti Patres constituerunt, ut sicut ea, quae ad laetitiam et gaudium attinent, i. e. vestimenta et alia delectabilia, tempore Quadragesimae [page 306] propter poenitentiam et luctum sint dimittenda, ita etiam Alleluja propter vocem, quae gaudium significat, dimittendum esse constituerunt. Unde etiam post resurrectionem, quia illi dies gaudii et laetitiae sunt, censuerunt, sine intermissione esse canendum, eo quod ipsius vox gaudium et laetitiam demonstrat.

Also in this matter the Holy Fathers ordered that, just as those things which pertain to happiness and joy (i.e. vestments and other delights), should be left off for the sake of penitence and grief in the time of Quadragesima [page 306], so also they ordered that the Alleluia be omitted for the sake of the expression, which signifies joy. Whence also they resolved that, after the Resurrection, because those days are days of joy and happiness, the Alleluia should be chanted without pause because the sound of it shows joy and happiness.

Cap. XVI
QUALITER DIVINA OPERA PER DIEM AGANTUR

[Ms P, fol. 81rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 5r; Ms E1, fol. 92r; Ms. E2, fol. 139r]

Ch. 16
HOW THE WORK OF GOD IS TO BE PERFORMED DURING THE DAY

Translated by: Susan Boynton

1Ut ait propheta: Septies in die laudem dixi tibi. [Ps 118:64]

1As the prophet said: Seven times a day I have given praise to you. [Ps 118:64]

Nunc quasi interrogare se videtur S. Benedictus, cum dicit: Qualiter divina opera per diem agantur, et iterum quasi respondisse sibimet videtur, cum dicit: Ut ait propheta: Septies in die laudem dixi tibi ac si diceret aliis verbis: Septies in die laudes Deo referendae sunt, ut dicit propheta.

Now Saint Benedict seems almost to ask himself, when he says: How is the work of God performed during the day, and again he seems to have answered himself, when he says: As the prophet says: Seven times a day I have given praise to you as if he said in other words: One must give praise to God seven times a day, as the prophet says.

Solet S. Benedictus sensum divinarum scripturarum ad suum trahere, sicuti in hoc loco facere videtur, quamquam alii doctores aliter intelligant. Istud enim quod dicit propheta: Septies in die laudem dixi tibi, secundum proprium sensum suum intelligitur, i. e. semper laudem dixi tibi, septies enim pro semper ponitur; et quod semper laudem referebat Domino, alibi manifestat idem propheta, cum dicit: Semper laus ejus in ore meo. [Ps 33:2] Ille enim semper laudes refert Deo, cujus devotio semper in Deo consistit. Sive enim dormiat sive vigilet, semper laus Domini in ore ejus est. Quia cognovit B. Benedictus, non semper posse os corporis laudem Deo referre sicut in corde, ideo hunc sensum scripturae hujus ad suum sensum traxit, et intellexit, cum etiam de horis, in quibus jussit Deo laudes esse referendas, dictum fuisse.

Saint Benedict is accustomed to make the meaning of holy scripture his own, as he appears to do in this passage, although other doctors of the church understand it differently. For that which the prophet says: Seven times a day I have given praise to you, is understood according to its strict sense, that is, I have always praised you, for seven times stands for “always”; and the prophet demonstrates elsewhere the fact that one must always give praise to God, when he says: His praise is always in my mouth [Ps 33:2]. For one who is always devoted to God always gives praise to God. For whether he should sleep or wake, the praise of The Lord is always in his mouth. Since Saint Benedict knew that the mouth of the body cannot always give praise to God as in the heart, he made this meaning of this scripture his own, and understood that it also applied to the hours in which he ordered that one must give praise to God.

Quia os corporis, sicut diximus, non potest Deum laudare, sicut os cordis, ideo constituit horas, ut saltem in his temporibus Deo omnipotenti referre laudes queat: i. e. 2prima, tertia, sexta, nona, vespera, completorioque tempore nostrae servitutis officia persolvamus.

Since, as we said, the mouth of the body cannot praise God like the mouth of the heart, he established hours so that at least at these times one would be able to give praise to almighty God: that is, 2let us sing the offices of our service at the first, third, sixth, ninth, evening, and Compline hour.

Senarius enim numerus ideo sacratus dicitur, quia perfectus [page 307] est et pro perfectione ponitur. Perfectus enim est secundum auctoritatem divinae scripturae, quia in sex diebus creavit Deus omnia secundum saecularem artem, eo quod in suis partibus divisus efficitur. Habet enim partes tres: i. e. unum et duo et tria; si enim dividitur per sex, habet unum, quia sex uni sex faciunt; si autem dividitur per duo, habet tria, quia si dividitur per medium, illius media pars tria sunt; si vero dividitur per tria, habet duo, ter enim duo similiter sex faciunt. Ac per hoc junge unum, duo atque tria, sex faciunt.

The number six is said to be sacred because it is perfect [page 307] and it stands for perfection. It is perfect according to the authority of holy scripture, since in six days God created all things; [it is perfect] according to human art because it can be divided into its parts. For it has three parts: that is, one, two, and three [parts]; for if it is divided by six, it has one part, because six times one make six; if, however, it is divided by two, it has three parts, since if it is divided in half, each half part is three; but if it is divided by three, it has two, for three times two likewise make six. And adding one, two, and three makes six.

Septenarius enim numerus perfectus est, sed alio modo, sicut dicit B. Gregorius: Quia omne bonum opus septem per Spiritum virtutibus agitur, ut et fides simul et opera consumentur. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXXV, c. 16.42, CCSL 153B, p. 1802] Quare enim laudes Deo referre debeamus tam in die quam in nocte, manifestat, cum subjunxit super judicia justitiae suae.

The number seven is perfect, but in a different way, as Saint Gregory says: Every good work is accomplished through the Spirit by the seven virtues, so that both faith and works may be taken together. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXXV, c. 16.42] For he demonstrates the reason we must give praise to God both by day and by night, when he adds above the judgments of his justice.

Istud enim super pro propter ponitur in hoc loco, ac si diceret: propter judicia justitiae suae, quia judicia Dei incomprehensibilia sunt. Et quamquam incomprehensibilia sint in aliis, maxime tamen in massa generis humani incomprehensibilia esse cognoscuntur, eo quod de ipsa massa salvantur alii et alii pereunt. Verumtamen credendum est, quia, qui salvantur, gratuita misericordia Dei salvantur, et qui pereunt, justo judicio Dei pereunt. Reddit enim causam, cujus sint ipsa judicia, cum subjunxit justitiae suae, h. e. aequitatis suae, eo quod judicia Domini ex justitia procedunt.

That above stands for 'on account of' in this passage, as if he said: 'on account of the judgments of his justice,' since the judgments of God are incomprehensible. And although they are incomprehensible in other ways, they are especially known to be incomprehensible in the mass of the human race, because from that mass some are saved and others perish. Nevertheless it must be believed, since those who are saved are saved by the free mercy of God, and those who perish, perish by the just judgment of God. He tells whose judgments they are when he adds 'of his justice,' that is, 'of his equity,' since the judgments of The Lord proceed from justice.

Deinde, quia docuit, etiam nocte esse surgendum ad laudes Deo referendas, voluit confirmare per exemplum auctoritatis divinae adhibens exemplum David prophetae dicens: 4Media nocte surgebam ad confitendum tibi, [Ps 118:62] quatenus ei facilius crederetur. Dicit enim, dixisse ipsum David: Media nocte surgebam ad confitendum tibi. Verumtamen animadvertendum est, quare S. Benedictus adhibuit exemplum de media nocte, cum ipse non media nocte, sed octava hora noctis praecipit esse surgendum ad laudes Deo referendas [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 8.1].

Thereupon, since he taught that praise must be given to God at night as well, he wished to confirm this through the example of divine authority, using the example of the prophet David saying: 4At midnight I arose to confess to you [Ps 118:62], however it may be believed to be easier for him. For he says that David himself said: At midnight I arose to confess to you. Nevertheless, one must notice why Saint Benedict used the example concerning midnight, when he himself commands us to rise not at midnight but at the eighth hour of the night to give praise to God. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 8.1]

Cui respondendum [page 308] est: Quamquam S. Benedictus causa discretionis atque temperamenti octava hora noctis praecipit esse surgendum, hoc testimonium non congruat et conveniat, quantum ad horas attinet, suae praeceptioni, tamen congruit quantum attinet ad noctem, eo quod sive octava hora surgamus, sicut Benedictus dicit, sive media nocte, sicut dicit propheta, tamen in nocte surgimus. Ille enim quoniam non habuit, unde congruentius adhiberet exemplum ad confirmandam suam praeceptionem adhibuit istud exemplum, ubi de media nocte dicitur esse surgendum.

The response is as follows: [page 308] Although Saint Benedict ordered us to rise at the eighth hour of the night on account of discretion and temperament, this evidence does not coincide with and agree with his command concerning the hours, but coincides with it inasmuch as it pertains to the night, because either we may rise at the eighth hour, as Benedict says, or at midnight, as the prophet says; in any case we rise at night. For since he did not have an example he could use to confirm his command more fittingly, he used the example where it speaks of rising at midnight.

In hoc loco sollertius intuendum est, quia ille laudes Deo refert, qui hoc, quod ore dicit, corde cogitat, et propterea vigilanter S. Benedictus subjunxit, cum dicit: 5His temporibus referamus laudes, et statim adjecit creatori nostro - quasi diceret: Ita laudes referamus, ut creator noster cognoscatur. Nam sunt multi, qui videntur laudes referre, sed non referunt Deo, quia hoc, quod ore dicunt, corde non intendunt.

In this passage it must be carefully observed, since he gives praise to God, that he believes with his heart what he says with his mouth, and for this reason Saint Benedict carefully added, when he said: 5We give praise at these times, and immediately added to our creator, as if he said: Thus we give praise so that our creator may be recognized. For there are many who seem to give praise but they do not give praise to God, since they do not believe with their heart that which they say with their mouth.

Et ideo admonendi sunt monachi, ut, cum audiunt signum, sicut dimittunt ea, quae habent in manibus, ita etiam quae habent in corde, dimittant, quia nil valet, manibus dimittere et corde gestare [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 53.1]; nam tolerabilius est manibus gestare opus et corde dimittere, quam manibus dimittere et corde gestare.

And therefore monks are to be warned that, when they hear the bell, just as they leave those things which they have in their hands, thus also they must leave those things which they have in their hearts, since it is useless to leave something with the hands and keep it in the heart [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 53.1]; for it is more acceptable to keep work in the hands and leave it with the heart, than to leave it with the hands and keep it in the heart.

De hoc quod dicit: Nocte surgebam ad confitendum tibi.  Bene B. Ambrosius, episcopus Mediolanensis, in tractatu Beati immaculati [v. 62.] exponit hoc modo dicens: Non tibi dicit propheta, ut tantummodo [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PL: Non tibi dicit Propheta, ut tantummodo media nocte surgas: sed ut surgas nocte, et maxime nocte media. Nocte enim surgendum antepraemisit dicens: Memor fui in nocte nominis tui, Domine. [Ps 118:55]

For this reason, he says At night I arose to confess to you, Saint Ambrose, the bishop of Milan, explains fittingly in his tractate “Blessed are the pure” in this manner, saying: “The prophet does not tell you that you must simply rise at midnight, but that you must rise at night, and especially at midnight. For he puts rising at night earlier, saying: 'I remembered your name at night, Lord.' [Ps 118:55]

Potest unusquisque memor esse, et non surgere: potest unusquisque et surgere, et cum surrexerit, ea quae proprio arbitrio sederint, postulare.

Each person can remember, and not rise; everyone can also rise, and when arisen, he can ask for those things which sit in his own judgment.

Addidit: Media nocte surgebam, docens surgendum esse media nocte. Nec otiosum est quod adjunxit: Ad confitendum tibi, hoc est, ut illo maxime tempore deprecari Deum, et propria debeamus deflere peccata: nec solum praeteritis veniam postulare, sed etiam praesentia declinare, futuris cavere; multa enim illo in tempore tentamenta proserpunt. Tunc fervet carnis illecebra: tunc tentator illudit: coquitur cibus, potusque digeritur: stomachus aeger, mens somnolenta, animus occupatus est. Itaque aut quiescenti calor soporis augetur, aut vigilanti nondum plenior refusus est vigor, qui errorum cavere] possit incursus. [Ambrose, Expositio de psalmo CXVIIII, sermo 8, c. 45-46, PL 15, col. 1313 A-C, CSEL 62]

He added: I arose at midnight, teaching that one must rise at midnight. Nor is it in vain that he added To confess to you,' meaning that we must pray to God especially at that time, and we must lament our own sins: nor should we only beg forgiveness for past sins, but also correct the present ones and avoid future ones; for many temptations creep forward at that time. Then the enticement of the flesh burns; then the tempter deceives; food is digested and drink is absorbed; the stomach is corrupt, the mind is sleepy, the soul is busy. And either the heat of sleep is increased in a resting person, or energy is poured back into one not yet fully awake, who could avoid the onslaught of sin. [Ambrose, Expositio de psalmo CXVIIII, Sermo 8, c. 45-46]

Cap. XVII
QUOT PSALMI PER EASDEM HORAS CANENDI SUNT

[Ms P, fol. 81v – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 7v; Ms E1, fol. 92v; Ms. E2, fol. 140v]

Ch. 17
HOW MANY PSALMS ARE TO BE SUNG AT THESE HOURS

Translated by: Susan Boynton

Aptum enim ordinem tenuit S. Benedictus in eo quod superius distinxerat tempora, quibus officia divina agenda sint, et nunc subjunxit, quanti psalmi per easdem horas canendi sunt. Dicit enim: 1Jam de nocturnis vel matutinis [page 309] digessimus ordinem psalmodiae; nunc de sequentibus horis videamus: 2Prima hora dicantur psalmi tres singillatim et non sub una Gloria, 3hymnus ejusdem horae post versum: Deus in adjutorium meum intende , [Ps 69.1] antequam psalmi incipiantur. 4Post expletionem vero trium psalmorum recitetur lectio una, versus et Kyrie eleison, et missae sunt. 5Tertia vero, sexta et nona eodem ordine celebretur: oratio, i. e. versus, hymni earundem horarum, terni psalmi, lectio, versus, Kyrie eleison et missae sunt.

Saint Benedict maintained a fitting order because further above, he had distinguished the times when the divine services are to be performed, and now he added how many psalms are to be sung during those hours. For he says: 1We have now arranged the order of psalmody for nocturns or matins; [page 309] now let us see to the following hours: 2At the first hour, let three psalms be said separately and not under one Gloria. 3Let the hymn for the same hour be sung after the verse Lord, come to my aid [Ps 69:1] before the psalms are begun. 4After the completion of the three psalms let one lesson be recited, a verse, the Kyrie eleison, and missae sunt. 5Let the office for third, sixth, and ninth hour be said in the same order, that is, a verse, the hymns of those hours, the three psalms, the lesson, the verse, the Kyrie eleison and the dismissal.

Missae duobus modis intelligunt sapientes: fiant missae, i. e. fiant absolutiones; sive alio modo dicuntur missae transmissiones, ut attineant ad illam orationem, eo quod per officium sacerdotis orationes populi diriguntur ad Deum; unde dicit sacerdos: Exaudi Domine vocem populi tui et reliq. [cf. Ps 29:5]

Knowledgeable people understand missae in two ways: let the missae be done, that is, let absolutions be done; missae can also be called transmissions, akin to that prayer by which the prayers of the people are addressed to God through the ministry of the priest, whence the priest says: Hear, Lord, the voice of your people and so on [cf. Ps 29:5].

Sequitur: 6Si major congregatio fuerit, cum antiphonis, si vero minor, in directum psallantur.

There follows: 6If the community is rather large, let the psalms be sung with antiphons, but if it is small, the psalms should be sung straight through.

Congregatio ergo est, ubi duodecim fratres sunt. Bene duodecim fratres sunt congregatio, quia possunt illi suam implere legem. Verumtamen et hoc in deserto; nam prope civitatem non est bonum, tantum duodecim monachos esse sub uno abbate, quia, si omnes miseris per singula officia, non etiam plene sufficiunt ad honestatem diversorum hominum, qui ad monasterium veniunt; propterea quia est prope civitatem, major debet esse congregatio, i. e. quam duodecim. In hoc loco notandum est, quia, cum dicit B. Benedictus: si vero minor congregatio fuerit, in directum psallantur, non dicit, ut sua intentio sit, ut non etiam psallantur cum antiphonis, sed propter gravitatem, ne videatur grave esse, si minori congregationi juberet psallere cum antiphonis sicut majori. Nam major congregatio potest cum antiphonis psallere, quia possunt se invicem adjuvare; nam si minor congregatio cecinerit, non facit contra regulam, tantum ut sine murmuratione fiat.

A community exists where there are twelve brothers. Twelve brothers are properly a community since they can observe his rule. Nevertheless, this is also the case in the desert; for near a city it is not good for only twelve monks to be under one abbot since, if you should appoint them to individual duties, there are not enough for the dignity of the various men who come to the monastery; for this reason a community near a city should be larger, that is, [consisting of] more than twelve. It should be noted that in this passage that although Saint Benedict says but if the community is small, the psalms should be sung straight through, he does not say as if it were his meaning that they should not also sing the psalms with antiphons, but on account of severity, lest it seem severe of him to order a small community to sing the psalms with antiphons as he would expect a large community to do. For a larger community can sing with antiphons because they can help one other; but if a small community should also sing [with antiphons], it does not violate the rule, as long as it is done without murmuring.

Sequitur: 7Vespertina autem synaxis quatuor psalmis cum antiphonis terminetur, 8post quos psalmos lectio recitanda est, inde responsorium, Ambrosianus, versus, canticum de evangelio, litania et oratio dominica, et fiant missae. 9Completorium [page 310] autem trium psalmorum dictione terminetur, qui psalmi directanei sine antiphonis dicendi sunt, 10post quos hymnus ejusdem horae, lectio una, versus, Kyrie eleison, benedictio, et missae fiant, i. e. orationes sive supplicationes monachorum transmissae ad Deum.

There follows: 7Let the evening office be limited to four psalms with antiphons, 8after which psalms a lesson is to be recited, then a responsory, an Ambrosian hymn, a verse, a Gospel canticle, the litany and the Lord’s Prayer, and let the missae be done. 9Compline, [page 310] however, begins with the recitation of three psalms straight through without antiphons, 10followed by the hymn of that hour, one lesson, a verse, the Kyrie eleison, a blessing, and the dismissal, that is, the prayers or supplications of monks transmitted to God.

Synaxis graece, latine conventus dicitur, i. e. ubi conveniunt in simul fratres; et non solum de vespera synaxis dicitur, sed etiam de prima, tertia et reliq. Quamvis S. Benedictus de illo conventu dicat, qui in ecclesia colligitur, tamen secundum instituta et collationes Patrum de omni conventu, qui extra oratorium fiebat, synaxis dicebatur.

The Greek word synax means assembly in Latin, that is, where the brothers come together; not only the evening hour is called synax also the first, third, and other hours. Although Saint Benedict said of the assembly that it is gathered in a church, nevertheless according to the teachings and lectures of the fathers, every assembly outside the oratory was called a synax.

Nam quid sit psalmus sive hymnus atque versus necnon etiam et canticum et lectio, superius jam diximus.

We have already stated above what a psalm or hymn and verse and also a canticle and lesson is.

Cap. XVIII
QUO ORDINE IPSI PSALMI DICENDI SUNT

[Ms P, fol. 82rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 8v; Ms E1, fol. 93r; Ms E2, fol. 141v]

Ch. 18
IN WHAT ORDER THE PSALMS ARE TO BE SAID

Translated by: Renie Choy

1Inprimis semper horis diurnis dicatur versus: Deus in adjutorium meum intende, Domine ad adjuvandum me festina [Ps 69:2], et Gloria; inde hymnus uniuscujusque horae et rel.

1Each of the day hours begins with the verse, God, come to my assistance; Lord, make haste to help me [Ps 69:2], followed by Glory be to the Father and the appropriate hymn, etc.

In hoc vero loco, ubi S. Benedictus dicit: 22hoc praecipue commonentes: si cui forte haec distributio psalmorum displicuerit, ordinet, si melius aliter judicaverit, 23dummodo omnimodis id attendatur, ut omni hebdomada psalterium ex integro numero centum quinquaginta psalmorum psallatur, et dominico die semper a capite repetantur ad vigilias; 24quia nimis iners devotionis suae servitium ostendunt monachi, qui minus psalterium cum canticis consuetudinariis per septimanae circulum psallunt, 25dum [quando] legamus, sanctos patres nostros uno die strenue implevisse, quod nos tepidi utinam septimana integra, persolvamus1

In this place where St. Benedict says – 22We urge this in particular: if this distribution of the psalms happens to displease someone, he should arrange it otherwise if he thinks it better, 23although in any case he must ensure that the entire Psalter is sung every week, the full complement of 150 psalms, and it is taken up again from the beginning at Sunday Vigils. 24For those monks who sing less than the entire Psalter with the customary canticles in the course of a week show themselves lazy in the service of devotion, 25since what--as we read--our holy fathers energetically completed in a single day, we, more lukewarm as we are, ought to manage in an entire week.

Sunt multi monachi minus intelligentes hunc locum dicentes: ‘Ecce S. Benedictus dedit licentiam, ut, si volumus, possimus canonicum officium facere, quia melius est non regulare.’ E contrario sunt [page 311] alii, qui respondent dicentes, non esse verum, ut ille omnimodo licentiam dedisset, ut aliud officium canendum fuisset, quia more sanctorum doctorum locutus est.

There are many monks misunderstanding this phrase, saying, ‘Behold, St. Benedict gave permission that, if we wish, we may do the canonical office, since the regular office is not better’. And there are others [page 311] on the contrary who respond, saying, ‘It is not true that he has given permission for all ways, so that there would have been another office for singing, since he spoke of the way of the holy doctors’.

Sancti enim doctores definiunt causam profundius, quae melius non potest definiri, et tamen post definitionem causa humilitatis dicunt: si alius judicaverit melius, faciat,2 veluti B. Gregorius in libris moralium facit.

Indeed the holy doctors thoroughly defined the structure, which is not able to be defined any better, and yet after the definition, they say by way of humility, ‘If anyone judges any other way to be better, let him do it’, just as Blessed Gregory did in his Moralia.

Ille enim, cum de onagro secundum duos sensus nobiliter definisset, dicit hoc modo: Haec autem de onagro exposita sub duplici intellectu sufficiant. Lectoris vero judicio relinquendum est, quid magis duxerit eligendum; et si utriusque expositionis intelligentiam fortasse despexerit, libenter ipse lectorem meum subtilius veriusque sentientem velut magistrum discipulus sequor, quia mihi proprie donatum credo, quidquid illum me melius sentire cognosco. Omnes enim, qui fide pleni de Deo aliquid sonare nitimur, organa veritatis sumus, et in ejusdem veritatis potestate est, utrum per me sonet alteri, an per alterum mihi. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Job XXX, XXVII, 81, CCSL 143B, pp. 1546-1547]

For he, after he had skillfully defined the wild ass according to the two senses, spoke in this way: Let this twofold exposition of the wild ass be sufficient. But it must be left to the judgment of the reader, which he thinks best to select. But if he chance to scorn the meaning of either exposition, I will willingly myself follow my reader, as a pupil his master, if he thinks more accurately and truly. Because whatever I find he knows better than myself, I believe it to be vouchsafed as a special gift to myself. For all we, who endeavour, full of faith, to utter something concerning God, are organs of truth: and it is in the power of this same Truth, whether It utters Its voice through me to another, or through another to me. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Job XXX, XXVII, 81, transl. Morals on the Book of Job by S. Gregory the Great, 3 vols, Library of the Fathers 31 (Oxford, 1850), vol. 3B, p. 421].

Ac per hoc cum ita sit, i. e. per humilitatem dictum, unde cognoscitis, melius esse officium romanum quam regulare? Scimus enim veraciter, quia officium romanum sanctum est, videlicet duobus modis: sive quia ipsa verba divina et sancta sunt et salubria, sive quia multi sunt sancti et pii homines, qui illud cantant et illud cantando Deo omni modo placent. Similiter officium regulare omnimodo sanctum est, sive quia ipsa verba divina et sancta sunt, quae canuntur; nam ipsa verba resonant in officio regulari, quae resonant in officio romano, quamvis non eodem per omnia ordine. Deinde sancti etiam sunt et pii, qui illud officium regulare decantant, et ipsum decantando Deo omnimodo placent, maxime cum B. Gregorius, qui dicitur romanum officium fecisse, regulam B. Benedicti laudavit, dicens hoc modo: Hoc vero nolo, te, Petre, lateat, quod vir Dei inter tot miracula, quibus in mundo claruit, doctrinae quoque verbo non mediocriter fulsit. Nam scripsit monachorum regulam discretione [page 312] praecipuam, sermone luculentam. Cujus si quis velit subtilius mores vitamque cognoscere, potest in eadem institutione regulae omnis magisterii illius actus invenire, quia sanctus vir nullo modo potuit aliter docere quam vixit. [Gregory the Great, Dialogorum Libri II, c. 36, SC 260, p. 242]

And if it [Benedict’s saying] be so through this, i.e. through a humility formula, from where do you learn that the Roman Office is better than the Regular Office? Of course we know truly that the Roman Office is holy, namely in two ways: both because its divine words are holy and salubrious, and because there are many holy and pious men who sing it and who by their singing please God in every way. Similarly the Regular Office is holy in all ways, both because the words which are sung are divine and holy, for the same words resonate in the Regular Office which resonate in the Roman Office, though not through the same order; and also because those who sing the Regular Office are holy and pious, and by their singing please God in every way, and especially since Blessed Gregory, who is said to have composed the Roman Office, praised Blessed Benedict, saying in this manner, However, I do not wish you to be unaware that amidst all the miracles which made him famous throughout the world the man of God was no less outstanding for the wisdom of his teaching. For he wrote a Rule for the brothers which is remarkable for its discretion [page 312] and the clarity of its language. If anyone should wish to know about his character or his way of life in greater detail, he can discover in the teaching of that Rule a complete account of Benedict’s practice: for the holy man was incapable of teaching anything that was contrary to the way he lived. [Gregory the Great, Dialogorum Libri II, c. 36, transl. C. White, Early Christian Lives (London, 1998), p. 202.]

Ecce, laudavit B. Gregorius regulam, quia illam legit, et nisi legeret, non laudaret. Et cum legeret, invenit ibi ipsum officium regulare et illud laudavit, quia non excepit dicens: 'discretione praecipuam, excepto officio, quod inibi continetur.'

Behold, Blessed Gregory praised the rule because he had read it, and unless he had read it, he would not have praised it. And when he read it, he found there this same Regular Office, and he praised it, since he did not receive it saying, 'What is contained in this is remarkable for its discretion, with the exception of the Office.'

Quod si ille laudavit officium regulare, qui canonicum scripsit: qui estis vos, qui audetis contra vestrum magistrum dicere, melius esse officium romanum quam regulare? O quam indecorosum et inhonestum atque superbum sonat, in his causis discipulos non laudare et velle relinquere, quod magister illorum humiliter laudavit et amplexus est, h. e. amavit! Magister enim illorum laudat, et discipuli illius nolunt recipere, quod cognoscunt magistrum laudasse et amplexum fuisse, sicuti ipse jam fatus B. Gregorius laudavit atque amplexus fuit Benedicti officium.

Because he who wrote the Canonical Office praised the Regular Office, who are you who dare to speak against your master that the Roman Office is better than the Regular? Oh how indecorous, dishonest, and arrogant it sounds that the disciples in this case do not praise but wish to relinquish what their master humbly praised and embraced, that is, loved! Indeed, their teacher praises, and his disciples do not wish to receive what they know their teacher had praised and embraced, as already said, that Blessed Gregory praised and embraced the Office of Benedict.

Denique dicunt: ‘S. Benedictus non concessit, ut totum officium suum relinquatur, sed tantum ipsa distributio psalmorum.’ Ille enim distribuit et ordinavit, qui et quanti psalmi per unumquodque officium canendi sint, et subjunxit: 22Si forte alicui displicuerit haec distributio psalmorum, ordinet aliter, si melius judicaverit, 23dummodo omnimodis id attendatur, ut totum psalterium cum suis canticis per septimanae circulum psallatur.

Finally they say, ‘Holy Benedict did not permit that his whole Office be relinquished, but only the distribution of the psalms’. Indeed he distributed and ordained which and what number of psalms through one or another Office must be sung, and he added, 22if this distribution of the psalms happens to displease someone, he should arrange it otherwise if he thinks it better, 23although in any case he must ensure that the entire psalter is sung every week.

Ac per hoc vos, qui relinquitis officium regulare, quid facitis de intervallo, quod B. Benedictus praecipit meditatione inservire? quid facitis de hymnis et de lectionibus, quando duodecim leguntur, et de tribus canticis, quae tunc canuntur? Et iterum si romanum officium facitis, minus psallitis, quam regulae officium contineat; nam3 in hebdomada post Pascha, quae vocatur alba, et in hebdomada Pentecosten, in quibus totum psalterium non canitur, quod praecipit regula per unamquamque septimanam omnimodo esse canendum cum canticis [page 313] suis, quia, si non fuerit cantatum, nimis iners h. e. negligens ostenditur esse devotionis monachorum servitium, maxime cum plus debent monachi quam canonici in officiis laborare?

And through this, what do you, who relinquish the Regular Office, do in the interval that Blessed Benedict orders to be spent in meditation? What do you do concerning the hymns and readings when twelve are read, and concerning the three canticles, which are then sung? And again, if you follow the Roman Office, it contains fewer psalms than the Regular Office: [what do you do] in the week after Easter, which is called ‘White week’, and in the week of Pentecost, in which not all the psalms are sung, which the [Benedictine] rule orders must be sung through one week along with the canticles [page 313], since, if it is not sung, the service of the devotion of monks is seen to be excessively lazy, in other words, negligent, especially when monks ought to work more than canons in the Office?

Canonici enim aliquando propter populorum turbam et feminarum atque infantum non possunt prolongare suum officium, a quibus impedimentis monachi liberi et expediti existunt. Et ideo cum ita agitis, i. e. cum officium romanum facitis, non videmini amatores esse sanctae regulae sed transgressores; quia illi, qui amatores hujus vitae sunt, nolunt aliud officium canere quam regulare.

Indeed canons sometimes are not able to prolong their Office because of the crowd of people and women and infants, from which impediments monks exist to be free and excepted. And therefore when you act in this way, in other words, when you do the Roman Office, you are not seen to be lovers of the holy rule but transgressors, because they, who are lovers of this [regular] life, do not want to sing any office other than the Regular.

Quod vero dicit uno die strenue implevisse - quasi diceret: uno die totum psalterium cantasse; et non est intelligendum uno die, ut tantum semel, h. e. ut unus fuisset dies, in quo psalterium totum cantassent, sed cum dixit uno die - quasi diceret: per singulos dies, i. e. in unoquoque die. Strenue i. e. diligenter et studiose, non negligenter et tepide.

For truly he says that they energetically completed in a single day, as if he were saying that they sang the whole of the psalter in a single day; and in a single day ought not to be understood as only a single time, that is, that there would have been one day in which they would have sung the entirety of the psalter, but when he said in a single day, it is as if he were saying through single days, in other words, on one and the same day. Strenuously, in other words, diligently and studiously, not negligently and tiredly.

Sciendum est enim, quia sunt nonnulli, qui pro aliquo impedimento volunt mutare psalmos, i. e. v. gr.: cum sunt in via et praeoccupat eos dies, in ea nocte, in qua majores psalmi canendi sunt, veluti sunt: Domine exaudi orationem meam et clamor meus ad te veniat [Ps 101:2], tunc volunt canere pro eisdem psalmis majoribus minores psalmos, veluti sunt: Ad Dominum cum tribularer [Ps 119:1], dicentes: [quia] audemus hoc facere, quia regula dicit: duodecim psalmi per unamquamque constituantur noctem. Hi tales convincuntur in eo, quod 20digesto ordine psalmodiae diurnae reliqui omnes psalmi, qui supersunt, acqualiter dividantur in septem noctium vigiliis, 21partiendo scil. qui inter eos prolixiores sunt psalmi; qui cum mutant, non dividunt, et cum non dividunt, transgressores fiunt hujus praecepti. Levius est enim illos dividere psalmos et ordine suo cantare etiam per diem, quam mutare et non dividere.

It ought to be known that there are some who, on account of another impediment, wish to change the psalms, in other words, for example: when they are on the road and the day preoccupies them, in the night when the major psalms ought to be sung, as in, Lord hear my prayer and let my cry come to you [Ps 101:2], then they wish to sing minor psalms in place of these major psalms, as in In my trouble I cried to the Lord [Ps 119:1], saying, ‘We dare to do this, since the rule says: twelve psalms are to be said each night’. By this they convince themselves that 20This order of daytime psalm-singing has been arranged, the psalms that remain should be distributed equally across the seven night Vigils, 21with longer psalms among them divided; [these who have convinced themselves that] when they change, they do not divide, and when they do not divide, the transgressors follow this command. But it is a lighter thing for them to divide the psalms and to sing in the right order through the day, than to change and not to divide.

Quod enim dicit 10uniforme cunctis diebus servata, ad numerum attinet - ac si diceret aliis verbis: quot psalmos, quot hymnos, quot versus, quot lectiones in uno die dicit, tot dicat in alio

What he says 10should remain the same each day pertains to the number, which he said with other words: ‘as many psalms, hymns, verses, readings as he says in a single day, so let him say in another.’


1. Anacoluthon (?) (Mittermüller).
2. supra cap. 7. p. 256 (Mittermüller).
3. nam = V. gr. (?) (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XIX
DE DISCIPLINA PSALLENDI

[Ms P, fol. 82vPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 12r; Ms E1, p. 188]

Ch. 19
ON THE DISCIPLINE OF SINGING THE PSALMCS

Translated by: Kristina Hosoe

Disciplina a discendo dicitur, eo quod discitur plene; sive disciplina est eruditio vel doctrina psallendi.

It says discipline [disciplina], [which derives] from learning [discendo], that is, to be learned fully [discitur plene]; and discipline is the instruction in and knowledge of singing the psalms.

Rectum ordinem S. Benedictus tenuit in hoc loco in eo, quod prius dixit de officiis divinis [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 8-18] et postmodum subjunxit De disciplina psallendi. Prius enim dixit, qui et quanti psalmi canendi sunt per ipsa officia, nunc vero dicit, cum quanta devotione cordis et moderatione atque studio ipsa officia agenda sint.

Here Saint Benedict holds the correct order in this, because first he spoke concerning the divine offices [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 8-18] and afterwards he added On the discipline of singing the psalms. So first he told which and how many psalms are to be sung for each office, and now he tells with how much devotion of the heart and with how much moderation and zeal they ought to be sung in those same offices.

Sequitur: 1Ubique credimus divinam esse praesentiam, et oculos Domini speculari bonos et malos; 2maxime tamen hoc sine aliqua dubitatione credamus, cum ad opus divinum assistimus.

It continues: 1We believe that the divine presence is everywhere, and that the eyes of the Lord are looking at good men and bad men; 2but we ought to believe this especially without any doubt when we are attending to the work of God.

Ubique dicitur, i. e. in omni loco. Oculus vero Dei dicitur illa vis divina, qua cuncta videt, sicut auris Dei dicitur illa vis divina, qua cuncta audit. Et bene dicit, oculos Domini respicere bonos et malos, quia Deus duobus modis respicit homines: bonos respicit, ut corrigantur, sicuti respexit Petrum, de quo dicitur: Respexit Dominus Petrum, qui exiit foras et flevit amare [Lc 22:61-62]; de malis vero dicitur, ut puniantur et condemnentur, sicut legitur: Respexit Deus castra Aegyptiorum [Gn 14:20]; postea justo judicio Dei sicut plumbum demersi sunt in profundum maris [cf. Gn 14:27].

Everywhere [ubique] is said, as in, ‘in all places.’ For the eye of God is said to be that divine power by which He sees all things, just as the ear of God is said to be that divine power by which He hears all things. And well he says that the eyes of God watch good men and bad men, because God watches men in two ways: He watches the good men so that they may be corrected, just as He looked at Peter, of which it is said: The Lord looked at Peter, who went outside and wept bitterly [Lc 22:61-62]; but concerning bad men it is said (that He watches them) so that they may be punished and condemned, just as it is read: God looked upon the camp of the Egyptians [Gn 14:20]; afterwards by the just judgment of God they were plunged like lead into the depths of the sea. [cf. Gn 14:27]

Sic etiam sol, qui creatura ejus esse creditur, facere videtur. Nam sol cum respicit ceram, facit eam liquescere atque defluere et duritiam ejus mollescere; si vero respicit lutum, facit eum siccum et mollitiem ejus constringit.

The sun, which is believed to be His creation, seems to behave this way (as well). For when the sun gazes upon wax, it makes it melt and flow down and soften its hardness; but if it gazes upon mud, it makes it dry and binds its softness.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia quamvis bonos et malos potentialiter aequaliter speculetur, sed1 super bonos per gratiam abundantior et gratiosior est ejus visus. 

And it must be known that however much He powerfully examines both good men and bad men on equal terms, nevertheless His gaze is more abundant and favorable for the good men because of love.

Sed qualiter Dominus ubique esse intelligendus sit, docet B. Gregorius hoc modo dicens: Deus autem ubique esse dicitur, quia ipse manet intra omnia, ipse extra omnia, ipse supra omnia, ipse infra omnia; et superior est per potentiam et inferior per sustentationem, et exterior [page 315] per magnitudinem et interio per subtilitatem; sursum regens deorsum continens, extra circumdans, interius penetrans; nec alia ex parte superior, alia inferior, aut alia ex parte exterior atque ex alia manet interior, sed unus idemque totus ubique: praesidendo sustinens, sustinendo praesidens, circumdando penetrans, penetrando circumdans; unde superius praesidens, inde inferius sustinens; et unde exterius ambiens, inde interius replens; sine inquietudine superius regens, sine labore inferius sustinens, interius sine extenuatione penetrans, exterius sine extensione circumdans. Est itaque inferior et superior sine loco, est amplior sine latitudine, est subtilior sine extenuatione. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob II, XII, 20, CCSL 143, p. 72-73]

But how the Lord must be understood to be everywhere, blessed Gregory teaches in this way, saying: God is said to be everywhere, because He resides inside all things, outside all things, above all things, and below all things; He is greater in power and lesser in delay, outside [page 315] through greatness and inside through subtlety; reigning on high, restraining below, surrounding outside, penetrating inside; nor is any of His parts superior or inferior (to the others), nor is any of His parts more outside or more inside, but one and the same whole is everywhere: sustaining by supervising, supervising by sustaining, penetrating by surrounding, surrounding by penetrating; (passing) from supervising on high to sustaining below, and from encompassing outside to filling inside; reigning on high without worry, sustaining below without labor, penetrating inside without lessening, surrounding outside without spreading. He is thus below and above without place, He is fuller without width, He is more delicate without lessening. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob II, XII, 20]

Nunc videndum est, quare S. Benedictus dicit: maxime cum ad opus divinum assistimus, cum Deus totus ubique est nec hic plus est quam illic, sed sicut dixi, totus ubique est. Cum vero dicit: maxime cum ad opus divinum assistimus, istud maxime ad nos referri potest, non ad Deum, quia nos maxime tempore orationis videmus nos a Deo videri. Nam propterea dedit Dominus verba orandi et ipsa etiam pauca verba, ut nos, cum ad orandum Deum assistimus, intendendo vim verborum, tranquilletur et serenetur nostra mens ad perfruendam illam lucem invisibilem, quantum humana natura permittit eo quod nos non possumus Deum semper videre propter diversas praeoccupationes terrenas, quibus implicamur. Duplicatur enim nostra mens, et noster obtutus non est simplex ad Deum in tuendum.

Now we must see why Saint Benedict says especially when we are attending to the work of God, when all of God is everywhere, and is not here more than there, but just as I said, all (of Him) is everywhere. But when he says especially when we are attending to the work of God, that especially [maxime] can refer to us, not to God, because we are particularly aware during the time of prayer that we are being watched by God. For because of this the Lord gave words for praying and those same words are few, so that we, when attending to our prayers to God, by extending the meaning of the words, our minds peacefully and serenely can fully enjoy that invisible light to the extent that human nature permits, because we cannot always see God due to the various worldly preoccupations in which we are entangled. Our minds are divided in two, and our gaze is not fixing on God alone.

Sequitur: 3Ideo memores simus, quod ait propheta: Servite Domino in timore [Ps 2:11], ac si diceret aliis verbis: quia, nos non possumus sic alio tempore Domino contemplari, sicut tempore orationis, [et] ideo cum ad illud opus divinum assistimus, simus memores, quod dicit propheta: Servite Domino in timore - ac si diceret aliis verbis: tempore psalmodiae cum timore et tremore Deo debemus assistere, sicut dicit propheta.

It continues: 3Thus, let us remember what the prophet said: Serve the Lord in fear [Ps 2:11], and if he were to say it in other words: because we cannot contemplate God the same way during other times as we can during the time of prayer, thus when we attend to the work of God, let us remember what the prophet says: Serve the Lord in fear — and if he were to say it in other words: we should stand before God with fear and trembling during the time of the psalmody, just as the prophet says.

Sed hoc notandum est, quia iste timor non debet esse servilis, sed castus, i.e. ita debemus Deo assistere, [page 316] sicut filius assistit dilectissimo patri, quatenus valeamus, quantum humana fragilitas sinit, ejus praesentiam cognoscere et intelligere.

But let it be noted that this fear should not be slavish, but (instead) virtuous, that is, we should stand before God [page 316] just as the son stands before his beloved father. We should strive as much as human frailty allows to know and understand His presence.

Et iterum credendum est, quia Deus ubique est et non est particulariter, quia non habet partem sed totus est ubique. Quod autem dicit: maxime cum ad opus divinum assistimus2 - non accedendo, sed quia nos, cum illum cogitamus aut illum intendimus, quantum humana fragilitas permittit, [nos] illi viciniores existimus. Nam ille totus est in domo, totus in ecclesia, totus in coelo, et totus ubique; sed nos quantum plus illum cogitamus, tanto plus cognoscimus ejus praesentiam et magis intelligimus, in quocunque loco illum cogitamus et eum laudamus.

And again it is believed that God is everywhere and is not in parts, because he does not have parts, but rather the whole is everywhere. It says this, especially when we attend to the work of God, not by undertaking (it), but because when we reflect upon Him or reach out to Him, we become closer to Him, as much as human frailty permits. For His whole being is in the house, it is in the church, in heaven, and everywhere; but however much more we think of Him, we know and better understand His presence so much more in the very place where we reflect on Him and praise Him.

Quod vero dicit: Servite Domino in timore, propheta dicit,3 ut omnis servitus i. e. obedientia, sive lectio et reliqua alia servitia Dei cum timore et tremore agenda sint.

And he says this: Serve the Lord in fear, the prophet says, so that servitude in all things, that is, obedience, and reading and all the other services of God, should be carried out with fear and trembling.

S. vero Benedictus dicit de officio divino hunc sensum, ut mens ipsorum divinorum concordari debeat voci eorum. Istum vero versiculum qualiter B. Gregorius intelligat, dicendum est; ait enim: Sancti viri sic de spe certi sunt, ut tamen de tentatione suspecti sint, quippe quibus dicitur: Servite Domino in timore et exultate ei cum tremore, ut de spe exultatio et de suspicione nascatur tremor. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob XX, III, 8, CCSL 143A, p. 1008]

And Saint Benedict makes this observation concerning the divine office, that the minds of those same divine persons should be able to harmonize with their voices. How blessed Gregory might understand this verse should be said: he says, Holy men are so certain about hope that nevertheless they may be suspected of temptation, hence to them it is said: Serve God in fear and exalt Him with trembling, so that trembling may be born of suspicion and hope may be born of exaltation. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob XX, III, 8]

Sequitur: 4Et iterum: Psallite sapienter. [Ps 46:8] 

It continues: 4And again: Sing the psalms wisely. [Ps 46:8]

Bene cum dixit psallite, subjunxit sapienter. Nam sunt multi, qui psallunt non sapienter, sed insipienter. Ille enim psallit sapienter, qui quod ore dicit, corde cogitat. Nam ille, qui, quod ore dicit, corde non cogitat, insipienter psallit. In hoc enim loco admonendi sunt cantores, ut cum psallunt, non cupiant placere voce, sed verbo, quia si verba placuerint illis, prospera populi cupiunt atque salutem, i. e. conversionem. Nam si voce sua illis solummodo desideraverint placere, non salutem illorum optant, sed vanitatem suae gloriae.

Well did he add wisely [sapienter] when he said sing the psalms [psallite]. For there are many who sing the psalms not wisely, but foolishly. The man who sings the psalms wisely reflects in his heart upon what he says with his mouth. For that man who does not in his heart reflect upon what he says with his mouth, sings the psalms foolishly. Here the singers should be warned when they sing the psalms that they should not desire to please with the voice, but with the word, because if the words should be pleasing to them, the people will desire holy things and salvation, that is, moral conversion [conversionem]. For if they desired to please (the people) only with their voices, (the people) would not choose their salvation, but rather the vanity of their own glory

Sequitur: 5Et: In conspectu angelorum psallam tibi. [Ps 137:1]

It continues: 5And: In the sight of the angels I will sing praise [psallam] to you. [Ps 137.1]

Qualiter iste locus, qui dicitur: Et in conspectu angelorum [page 317] psallam tibi, intelligendus sit, docet Cassiodorus hoc modo dicens: Hic psalmodiae virtus ostenditur, ut qui puro corde inter homines psallit, etiam sursum cum angelis canere videatur. [Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 137:1, CCSL 98, p. 1237]

How this passage that says And: In the sight of the angels [page 317] I will sing praise to you should be understood, Cassiodorus teaches in this way, saying: Here the strength of the psalmody is shown, that he among men who sings the psalms with a pure heart may seem to sing on high with the angels. [Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 137:1]

Adjecit quoque: in conspectu angelorum, ut eam angeli non solum audire, verum etiam probentur intendere. Illud enim dicimus respici, quod potest serenis mentibus intueri. Sive illud tempus significat, quando populus beatorum post resurrectionem cum coelestibus creaturis laudes Domino sub communione cantabit.

He adds also: in the sight of the angels, since angels are shown not only to hear it but also to focus on it. That which can be contemplated by serene minds is what we say is ‘looked at.’ And that time (of the psalmody) represents the time when the people will sing praises to the Lord in fellowship with the heavenly creatures after the resurrection of the blessed.

Istud enim, quod dicit In conspectu angelorum psallam tibi, duobus modis intelligi potest: uno modo intelligitur, quia, cum psallimus Deo, assistentibus angelis psallimus, quia Deus non est sine suis nuntiis atque ministris; altero modo intelligitur, quia si nos intendimus corde, quod ore dicimus, nostra intentio intentioni angelorum jungitur.

That which says In the sight of the angels I will sing praise to you can be understood in two ways: in one way it is understood that when we sing the psalms to God, we sing the psalms to the angels in His presence, because God is not without His own messengers and ministers; in another way it is understood that if we mean with our hearts what we say with our mouths, our purpose is joined to the purpose of the angels.

Sequitur: 6Ergo consideremus, qualiter oporteat in conspectu divinitatis et angelorum ejus esse. Istud ergo superius respicit, i. e. ac si diceret: Ergo, si ita est, i. e. si cum timore Deo serviendum credimus esse [illi] et in conspectu angelorum illi psallimus, consideremus, qualiter oporteat nos in conspectu divinitatis et angelorum ejus esse - subaudiendum est enim: cum timore et reverentia, quatenus valeamus cognoscere et intelligere, quantum humana infirmitas permittit, ejus praesentiam.

It continues: 6Thus, let us consider how it would be best to behave in the sight of the Divinity and His angels. This thus looks back to the above, as if to say: Thus, if it is so, i.e. if we believe that we should be serving God with fear and we sing the psalms in the sight of Him and of the angels, let us consider how it would be best for us to behave in the sight of the Divinity and his angels. It must be inferred (that the answer is): With fear and reverence, as much as we are able, to the extent that human weakness permits, we must try to know and understand His presence.

Sequitur: 7Sic stemus ad psallendum, ut mens nostra voci nostrae concordet.

It continues: 7Let us attend the psalmody in such a way that our minds harmonize with our voices.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia hoc, quod dicit: mens nostra concordet voci nostrae4 - quid intelligendum est de illo simplici, qui ignorat intellectum illius versiculi, quem cantat, quia psalmus aut dicit de destructione Jerusalem aut de vocatione gentium aut de Christi nativitate vel passione aut resurrectione? Si autem, quamvis non intelligat vim versiculi, tamen [si] non de amico vel parente aut de aliqua causa seculari cogitaverit, sed aut de minore, aut illum versiculum, aut majus, tantum ut de Deo sit hoc, quod cogitat, hanc sententiam implet. [page 318] V. gr. cantas: Domini est terra et plenitudo ejus, orbis terrarum et universi qui habitant in eo [Ps 23:1]: tunc si cogitaveris, quia Domini est terra, concordavit mens tua voci tuae, quantum ipse versiculus dicit; si autem cogitaveris, quia non solum terra est Domini, sed etiam coelum et omnis creatura sive spiritalis sive corporalis, tunc plus cogitasti, quam ipse versiculus dicat. Si autem cogitaveris in illa hora, quomodo Dominus disponit plebem vel civitatem aut certe unumquemque hominem, tunc minus cogitasti, quam ipse versiculus dicat.

And we should learn when it says our minds harmonize with our voices, how it should be understood to refer to that simple man who does not know the meaning of the verse that he sings, because the psalm either speaks of the destruction of Jerusalem or of the calling of the peoples or of the birth or passion or resurrection of Christ. If someone does not understand the meaning of the verse, but he is not thinking about his friend or his relative or some other secular matter, then whether he’s thinking about a lesser (verse), or that same verse, or a greater (verse), so long as it concerns God, he is fulfilling this teaching [sententiam]. [page 318] For example, you sing: The earth and its fullness are the Lord’s: the world and all that live in it. [Ps 23:1] Then if you were thinking about how the earth is the Lord’s, your mind and your voice are in harmony, as far as what that verse is saying. And if you were thinking that not only is the earth the Lord’s, but indeed (so are) the heavens and all creatures both spiritual and corporal, then you were thinking more than that particular verse says. And if you were thinking at that time about how the Lord arranged each people and each city and certainly each man (on the earth), then you were thinking less than that particular verse says.

Sciendum est enim, quia haec sententia, qua dicitur: Sic stemus ad psallendum, ut mens nostra concordet voci nostrae, hoc generavit capitulum admonens videlicet nos, ut sic simus studiosi ad psallendum, quatenus, quantum fragilitas permittit humana, hoc cogitemus in mente, quod canimus in ore.

This should be learned, because this teaching [sententia] in which it is said Let us attend the psalmody in such a way that our minds harmonize with our voices, is what produces this chapter warning us to pay close attention in this way to singing the psalms, such that, to the extent that human frailty permits, in our minds we think about what we sing with our mouths.

Et si ita est agendum, quid dicendum est de his, qui tempore psalmodiae loquuntur aut aliquid disponunt? Quomodo enim mens illorum concordat cum vocibus suis, cum relinquunt psalmodiam et alia loquuntur, maxime cum ipse S. Benedictus dicat: Expleto opere Dei omnes cum summo silentio exeant et agatur reverentia Deo, ut frater, qui forte sibi peculiariter vult orare, non impediatur alterius improbitate? [Regula Benedicti, c. 52.3]

And if what has been said about these things is carried out in this way, who would talk or arrange something during the time of the psalmody? In what way does the mind of those people harmonize with their voices when they leave the psalmody and talk of other things, especially when the same Saint Benedict says, When the work of God has ended, let all go out with the greatest silence and let reverence for God be observed, so that the brother who strongly wishes to pray privately may not be impeded by the wickedness of another? [Regula Benedicti, c. 52.3]

Ac per hoc isti duobus modis videntur esse rei et culpabiles: uno enim modo in eo , quod se manifestant non studiose, sed tepide et negligenter suum votum Deo omnipotenti persolvere, eum non solum corde non cogitant sicut cogitare de ipsa psalmodia debent, sed etiam ore non dicunt; altero vero modo: aliis impedimentum praebent, quod omni modo cavendum est, sicut regula dicit: ne alter sua improbitate, sicut dictum est, impediatur.

And through this these people seem to be arraigned and found guilty in two ways: in one way, in that they show themselves to be not zealously, but tepidly and negligently fulfilling their vows to Almighty God, not only not thinking of him in their hearts just as they ought to be thinking about the psalmody, but not even saying it with their mouths; in another way, they put forth an impediment to the others, which must be guarded against in every way, just as the Rule says: lest you should impede another, as it was said, with your wickedness.

Nam quam studiose atque diligentissime psallendum sive orandum sit, docent nos instituta patrum dicente5 hoc modo: Cum igitur praedictas solemnitates... [omitted in Mittermüllers edition, inserted from SC 109, p. 74-76 ... quas illi synaxes vocant, celebraturi conveniunt, tantum praebetur a cunctis silentium, ut, cum in unum tam numerosa fratrum multitudo conveniat, praeter illum qui consurgens psalmum decantat in medio, nullus hominum penitus adesse credatur, ac praecipue cum consummatur oratio: in qua non sputus emittitur, non exscreatio obstrepit, non tussis intersonat, non oscitatio somnolenta dissutis malis et hiantibus trahitur, nulli gemitus, nulla suspiria etiam adstantes impeditura promuntur, non ulla vox, absque sacerdotis precem concludentis auditur nisi forte haec, quae per excessum mentis claustra oris effugerit quaeque insensibiliter cordi obrepserit, immoderato scilicet atque intolerabili spiritus fervore succenso, dum ea, quae ignita mens in semetipsa non praevalet continere, per ineffabilem quemdam gemitum ex intimis pectoris sui conclavibus evaporare conatur.

For the institutes of the fathers teach us that the psalms should be sung and prayers be made zealously and diligently, saying in this way: When they come together, then to celebrate the aforementioned services [… (which they call synaxes), everyone is so silent that, even though such a large number of brothers has gathered, one would easily believe that no one was present apart from the person who stands to sing the psalm in their midst. This is especially the case when the prayer is concluded. Then there is no spitting, no annoying clearing of throats, no noisy coughing, no sleepy yawning emitted from gaping and wide-open mouths, no groans and not even any sighs to disturb those in attendance. No sound is heard other than the priest concluding the prayer, except perhaps that which escapes by an ecstasy of the mind from the gate of the mouth and steals up all unawares on the heart, enkindled by the extreme and unendurable heat of the Spirit when what the mind, once inflamed, cannot keep within itself attempts to escape by a kind of ineffable groan issuing from the inmost chambers of the breast.

Illum vero, qui constitutus in tempore mentis cum clamore supplicat, aut aliquid horum quae praediximus e faucibus suis emittit ac praecipue oscitationibus praevenitur, dupliciter peccare pronuntiant, primo quod orationis suae reus sit, quod eam videlicet negligenter offerat, secundo quod indisciplinato strepitu, alterius quoque, qui forsitan intentius orare potuit, intercipit sensum.

But they declare that the person who is lukewarm in mind and who prays loudly or makes any noise such as we have already mentioned, and particularly if he is overcome by yawning, sins double – in the first place because he is guilty of offering his prayer negligently, and second because by his unrestrained clamor he is also creating a distraction for someone else who would perhaps have been able to pray more attentively.

Ideoque praecipiunt eam celeri fine concludi, ne forte immorantibus nobis in ea, redundantia quaedam sputi seu flegmatis interrumpat nostrae orationis excessum. Et idcirco dum adhuc fervet, velut e faucibus inimici velociter rapienda est, qui proculdubio cum sit nobis semper infestus, tunc maxime adsistit infestior, cum contra se offerre nos preces Domino velle perviderit, cogitationibus, seu diversis humoribus excitatis abducere mentem nostram a supplicationis intentione festinans et per hoc eam tepefacere a coepto fervore contendens. Quamobrem utilius censent breves quidem orationes sed creberrimas fieri: illud quidem ut frequentius Deum deprecantes jugiter eidem cohaerere possimus; hoc vero ut insidiantis diaboli iacula, quae infligere nobis tunc praecipue cum oramus insistit, succincta] ... brevitate vitemus. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 10, SC 109, p. 74-760].

And so they advise that there be a quick conclusion lest, if we tarry over it, some excess spittle or phlegm perhaps interrupt the ecstasy of our prayer. Hence while it is still fervent it must be snatched as it were form the jaws of the enemy who, although he is always hostile toward us, is without doubt far more hostile when he discerns that, in opposition to him, we want to offer our prayers to the Lord. Then, with different thoughts and moods that he has stirred up, he attempts to distract our mind from its intended supplication, thus trying to make our initial fervor lukewarm. For this reason they consider it more advantageous that prayers be quite brief but very frequent – on the one hand so that by entreating God frequently we might be able to cling to him constantly, while on the other so that by a pointed brevity we might be able to dodge the lurking devil’s darts, with which he is determined to strike us especially when we pray. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 10, transl. Boniface Ramsey, John Cassian. The Institutes. Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 58, New York/Mahwah NJ 2000, pp. 41-42]


1. tamen (?). (Mittermüller).
2. Anacoluthon (?) (Mittermüller).
3. vult (?). (Mittermüller).
4. Anacoluthon (?) (Mittermüller).
5. dicendo (?), dicens (?). Vocabulum instituta ab Hildemaro plerumque veluti feminini generis primae declinationis usurpatur.
 

Cap. XX
DE REVERENTIA ORATIONIS

[Ms P, fol. 85r – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 15v; Ms E1, fol 95r; Ms E2, fol. 146r]

Ch. 20
ON REVERENCE AT PRAYER

Translated by: Fr. Maurus Mount

Quia superius exposuit, qualiter esset psallendum, congrue nunc subjunxit: tDe reverentia orationis.

Since he explained above, how the psalms are to be sung, now, fittingly, he has added: On Reverence at Prayer.

Cassiodorus in psalmo XVIII, ubi dicitur: Timor Domini sanctus permanens in saeculum saeculi, sic loquitur dicens, ait enim: Permixto enim cum pavore dilectionis timore Domini, qui usu saeculari reverentia nuncupatur,1 [Cassiodor, Expositio psalmorum 18:10, CCSL 97, p. 173] i. e. timor et dilectio una simul cum reverentia gignunt invicem orationis frequentationem cum pietate nimia et deprecatione assidua.

Cassiodorus thus declares when speaking on Psalm 18, where it states: The fear of the Lord is holy, enduring for ever and ever, : The fear of the Lord is love mixed with dread, that which in worldly usage is called reverence,1 [Cassiodor, Expositio psalmorum 18:10, CCSL 97, p. 173]. That is, fear and love as one together with reverence mutually bring forth frequency in prayer with an exceeding piety and a constant pleading for pardon.

Sequitur: 1Si cum hominibus potentibus volumus aliqua suggerere, non praesumimus nisi cum humilitate et reverentia, 2quanto magis Domino Deo universorum cum omni humilitate et puritatis devotione supplicandum est? 3Et non in multiloquio sed in puritate cordis et compunctione lacrimarum nos exaudiri sciamus.

Saint Benedict continues: 1If, when we desire to bring something to the attention of powerful men, we do not presume to do so except with humility and reverence, 2then how much more ought we beseech the Lord God of the universe with all humility and the devotion of purity? 3And indeed, let us understand that we are heard not in much speaking but in purity of heart and compunction of tears.

Bene enim dicit: Si cum hominibus potentibus volumus aliqua suggerere, non praesumimus nisi cum humilitate et reverentia, quia hoc exemplum omnibus notum est, cum quali reverentia, principi vel potenti est loquendum.

For he states rightly: If, when we desire to bring something to the attention of powerful men, we do not presume to do so except with humility and reverence, because this example is known to all; with what sort of reverence one ought to speak to a prince or a powerful man.

Quare cum timore et honore voce submissa loquitur? quia manifestum est: si quis non cum honore et humilitate locutus fuerit principi, non solum non merebitur impetrare, quod postulat, verum etiam damnum sibi acquirit - quasi diceret aliis verbis: Si homini, qui vermis et cinis est, loquitur cum honestate et humilitate, quanto magis cum omni humilitate et puritatis devotione supplicandum est Deo, qui est omnium creator et rector?

Why does one speak with fear and honor with a submissive voice? Because it is clear: If anyone should speak to a prince without honor and humility, not only will he not deserve to receive what he seeks, but he also acquires injury. It is as if he were to say in other words: If someone speaks to a man, who is a worm and dust, with consideration and humility, how much more with all humility and devotion of purity is God to be beseeched, who is the creator and ruler of all?

Bene, cum dixit humilitatem, praemisit omni, i. e. corporis et animae, h. e. sicut humiliamus et flectimus corpus, ita et, anima flectenda est, quia nil valet una sine altera.

Rightly, when he said humility, he added before it ‘all’, that is, inclusive of body and soul, that is to say, just as we humble and bow the body, so also is the soul to be bowed down, for one is of no avail without the other.

Sequitur: Et non in multiloquio, sed in puritate cordis et compunctione lacrimarum nos exaudiri sciamus.

Then follows: And indeed, let us understand that we are heard not in much speaking but in purity of heart and compunction of tears.

Sic enim Dominus in evangelio prohibet dicens: Orantes autem nolite [page 320] multum loqui. [Mt 6:7] Sunt enim multi, qui putant, Deum flecti posse multis verbis. Multa enim verba in oratione fundere paganorum est; [quia] Deus inspector est cordis.

Moreover, thus does our Lord forbid [us to pray] in the Gospel, where he says: And when you are praying, speak not [page 320] much. [Mt. 6:7] For there are many who think that God is able to be swayed by their many words. In fact, to pour forth many words in prayer is characteristic of the heathen; for God is an examiner of the heart.

Dicit enim B. Benedictus non in multiloquio, sed in puritate cordis et compunctione lacrimarum, h. e. in corde mundo et compunctione lacrimarum nos a Domino exaudimur, eo quod veraciter orare est, sicut papa Gregorius docet, amaros in compunctione gemitus et non composita verba resonare. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXXIII, c. 23.43, CCSL 143B, p. 1712]

Indeed, Blessed Benedict says: not in much speaking, but in purity of heart and compunction of tears, that is to say, that we are heard by the Lord in a clean heart and by compunction of tears, to the extent that to truly pray means, as Pope Gregory teaches, to sound forth bitter groans and not contrived words. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXXIII, c. 23, 43, CCSL 143B, p. 1712]

Voces autem apud secretissimas aures Dei non faciunt verba nostra, sed desideria. Hinc est quod in eremo populus perstrepit, et Moyses a strepitu verborum tacet, et tamen silens aure divinae pietatis auditur, cum dicitur: Quid clamas ad me? [Ex 14:15] Intus est ergo in desiderio clamor secretus, qui ad humanas laudes non pervenit et tamen auditum conditoris replet.

Moreover, not our words, but our desires make our utterances present to the most hidden ears of God. Hence it is [in the Scriptures] that the people in the wilderness make noise, and Moses keeps quiet from the din of words, yet nevertheless, he being silent is heard by the ear of divine compassion, when it is said: Why criest thou to me? [Ex. 14:15]. From within, therefore, is the secret cry in longing, that reaches not human estimation, and yet fills the hearing of the Creator.

Sequitur: 4Et ideo brevis debet esse et pura oratio nisi forte ex affectu inspirationis divinae gratiae protendatur.

Then follows: 4Our prayer, therefore, ought to be short and pure, unless perhaps, it be extended by the inspiration of divine grace.

Mos est Graecorum frequenter orare et parum. Tamdiu enim debemus in oratione prostrati jacere, donec Domino juvante cogitationes vanas comprimamus. Si autem videmus, nos superari a cogitationibus, et jam non delectamur in oratione jacere, surgendum est; deinde aut legendum vel psallendum aut operandum est. Et quia cognovit B. Benedictus, non posse humanam mentem propter infirmitatem suam diu in oratione sine perturbatione malarum cogitationum jacere, ideo dixit, brevem esse orationem debere. Nam quamvis aliis temporibus patiamur perturbationes cogitationum, maxime tempore orationis, et quia oratio munda a vanis cogitationibus debet esse et cum compunctione lacrimarum pro infirmitate humana, ideo debet brevis esse.

It is the custom of the Greeks to pray frequently and for a short length of time. For so long ought we to lie prostrate in prayer, until, with the Lord’s help, we crush our vain thoughts. But if we should perceive that we are being overcome by our thoughts, and we are no longer pleased to lie prostrate in prayer, we ought to arise; then we should read, sing psalms, or work. Indeed, since Blessed Benedict knew that the human mind, on account of its infirmity, is not for long able to lie prostrate in prayer without the disturbance of evil thoughts, he states, accordingly: our prayer ought to be short and pure. For however much we may be afflicted with the disturbances of our thoughts at different times, especially during the time of prayer: both because our prayer ought to be pure from vain thoughts, and with the compunction of tears on account of our human weakness, it ought, for these reasons, to be short.

Et bene dixit: nisi forte ex affectu inspirationis divinae gratiae protendatur - ac si diceret aliis verbis: Humana infirmitas diu in oratione non potest persistere sine perturbatione malarum cogitationum, nisi divina gratia inspirata fuerit.

Also he has said well: unless perhaps, it be extended by the inspiration of divine grace - as if he had said in other words: Our human weakness is unable to endure long in prayer without the disturbances of evil thoughts, unless it be inspired by divine grace.

Et hoc notandum est, quia contrarium non est, quod Gregorius [page 321] dicit in homilia sua de coeco nato, ubi dicit: Cum in oratione phantasmata patimur, necesse est, ut vox cordis nostri, quo durius repellitur, eo valentius insistat, quatenus cogitationis illicitae tumultum superet, atque ad pias aures Domini nimietate suae importunitatis erumpat. [Gregory the Great, Homilia XL in Evangelia I, no. 2, c. 4, PL 76, col. 1083C]

And here it should be noted, that what Gregory [page 321] says in his homily on the man born blind does not contradict this. He states: When we are afflicted with phantoms during prayer, it is necessary that the voice of our heart, the more harshly it is crowded out, all the more bravely press on, in order that it may overcome the tumult of illicit thought, and may break through to the loving ears of the Lord by means of the excess of its relentlessness. [Gregory the Great, Homilia XL in Evangelia I, no. 2, c. 4, PL 76, col. 1083c]

Ceterum in oratione non debet multum persistere, eo quod, sicut S. Benedictus dicit, brevis debet esse pura oratio, nisi forte ex affectu inspirationis divinae gratiae protendatur. Et hoc in loco animadvertendum est, quia ante debet esse praeparatio cordis, ut tempore orationis Deo mundam exhibere orationem valeat.

Otherwise, during prayer, one ought not to persist much, due to the fact that, holy Benedict says, prayer ought to be short and pure, unless perhaps, it be extended by the inspiration of divine grace. And in regards to this point, it should be noted that there should be a preparation of the heart, in order that during the time of prayer, one be able to offer to God a pure prayer.

Sequitur: 5In conventu tamen omnino brevietur oratio.

Next comes: 5In community, however, let the prayer be altogether shortened.

Ac si diceret aliis verbis: quamquam divina gratia proteletur oratio, tamen in conventu omnino brevietur oratio.

As if he said in other words: Although through divine grace prayer be drawn out, in community, however, let the prayer be altogether shortened.

Non enim dicit de illa oratione, quam presbyter dicit vel capitula, sed de oratione uniuscujusque, qua in conventu unusquisque monachus orat.

For he is not speaking of that prayer, which the priest says, nor of the appointed texts (capitula), but of the prayer of each individual, by which each monk prays in community.

Nam statutum est, quanta capitula debet presbyter dicere vel orationem in conventu. In eo autem, quod dixit: in conventu tamen omnino brevietur oratio, ostenditur, et alio tempore esse orandum. Sed ista oratio ita videtur mihi esse melior, h. e. ut cum in voce tam orationem dominicam quam reliquas orationes sacerdos dicit, non debes verbis orare aliud, sed illam orationem corde attendere, et ita attendere, ut cum per omnia saecula dicit sacerdos, tu respondeas Amen.

For it has been established; how many appointed texts (capitula) the priest ought to say, and the prayer in community. But by the fact that he has said: in community, however, let the prayer be altogether shortened, it is shown that also at another time ought one to pray. But this prayer thus seems to me better, that is to say, as when the priest verbally says the Lord’s Prayer as well as the other prayers, you should not pray other than these words, but should attend to that prayer with your heart, and thus so attend to it, that when the priests utters: for ever and ever, you may respond: Amen.

Si autem in secreto dicit sacerdos orationem dominicam aut alias, sicut ad missam super oblatam, tu velis in verbis ita ut in corde, velis etiam in corde tantum sine verbis, potes orare; sed ita debes breviare orationem tuam, quatenus cum sacerdos dicit per omnia saecula saeculorum, tu finita oratione tua respondeas Amen; verumtamen ad completorium non ad illud Amen, quod respondetur ad orationem sacerdotis, sed ad illud Amen, quod respondetur ad benedictionem sacerdotis, eo quod tunc ad ipsum officium completorii tamdiu debes jacere, quoadusque dicat sacerdos: Benedictio Dei Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti, et tu erectus respondeas Amen. [page 322]

But if the priest should quietly pronounce the Lord’s Prayer, or other ones, such as the one over the offerings during Mass, you are able to pray as you wish with words in your heart, or even in your heart only without words; but so ought you shorten your prayer, that when the priest says: for ever and ever, with your own prayer having been ended, you may respond: Amen. However, during Compline, you should not thus [conclude your prayer and respond] to the Amen that is said in response to the prayer of the priest, but to the Amen which is given in response to the blessing of the priest, due to the fact that you ought to lie prostrate throughout the office of Compline itself, until the priest says: May the blessing of God the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit…, and you having stood erect respond: Amen. [page 322]

Sequitur: 5Et facto signo a priore omnes pariter surgant.

He continues: 5And once the prior has given the signal, let them all arise together.

Sunt enim, qui intelligunt, illud signum esse, cum dicit presbyter per omnia saecula saeculorum, quatenus tu surgens respondeas Amen, sive sit in te inspiratio divina, qua possis diutius orare, sive non sit, eo quod nullatenus surgentibus aliis et tu solus debeas in oratione jacere. Nam si donum accepisti diu prolongandi orationem tuam, debes tamen pariter cum aliis fratribus surgere propter praeceptum regulae, quod dicit omnes pariter surgant; postea vero finito praedicto signo surgendi debes remanere in oratorio, ita tamen, si ante significatum fuerit, h. e. manifestum abbati hoc donum, quod accepisti, diu orandi. Et tamdiu debes orare, quoadusque perfruaris ipso dono orationis, quod accepisti.

There are some, indeed, who understand that sign to be when the priest says: for ever and ever, that arising you should say in response: Amen, whether there be within you some divine inspiration by which you would be able to pray longer or not, because you by no means ought to remain prostrate in prayer alone, while the others arise. For if you have received the gift of prolonging your prayer for a long time, you should nevertheless arise together with the other brethren on account of the precept of the Rule, which states let them all arise together. Certainly afterwards, once the aforementioned sign for rising has been accomplished, you ought to remain in the oratory, on the condition that this gift of praying for a long time that you have received first be shown, that is to say, be made clearly known to the abbot. And you should pray for as long as you should enjoy that same gift of prayer that you have received.

Iterum sunt alii, qui istud signum, ad quod praecipit regula, esse surgendum, intelligunt, istud signum esse illud ultimum, quod tangitur ad vigilias, ad matutinam, ad primam, ad tertiam, ad sextam, nonam, vesperam, atque completorium, quatenus, cum tactum fuerit, paratus sit monachus stans in choro ad respondendum dicto: Deus in adjutorium meum intende, Domine ad adjuvandum me festina. [Ps 69:2]

On the other hand, there are others who understand that sign about which the Rule gives command to rise to mean that first signal which is struck at Vigils, Lauds, Prime, Terce, Sext, None, Vespers and Compline, so that, when it is struck, the monk, standing in choir, be prepared to respond once O God, come to my assistance; O Lord, make haste to help me [Ps. 69:2] has been said.

V. gr. ad nocturnas audit signum primum frater et festinanter pergit in ecclesiam et orat per altaria; deinde stat in aliquo angulo vel sedet, cum audito secundo signo potest ibi esse. Cum vero tertium audierit signum, si sedet, debet surgere et venire in choro, et sistat, debet venire, ut cum Deus in adjutorium dictum fuerit, paratus debet adesse.

For instance, a brother hears the first signal for Vigils and with haste makes his way to the church and prays before the altars, then he stands in some corner or sits; once he hears the second signal, he is able to be there. But when he hears the third signal, if he is seated, he ought to arise and come into the choir, and let him remain.2 He ought to come, in order that when the O God, come to my assistance is said <…> he ought to be prepared to be present.

Non debet enim plus custodire orationem suam quam signum factum, sed signum custodiendum est. Similiter ad matutinum et primam in primo signo faciendum est, in tertia, sexta et nona in secundo signo faciendum, in vespera jam in tertio signo faciendum est hoc; in completorio vero, cum jacet in oratione, et cum primum signum dimissum fuerit, facit abbas signum, ut confiteantur; confessione autem facta omnes pariter surgant. Sed ut mihi videtur, melior est ille primus sensus quam secundus.

For he should not take greater heed of his own prayer than the given signal, but the signal is to be observed. Similarly at Lauds and Prime he is to do this at the first signal. At Terce, Sext and None this he is to do this at the second signal. At Vespers he is to do this straightaway at the third signal. At Compline, however, when he lies prostrate in prayer, and when the first signal has been omitted, the abbot gives the signal for them to confess; but when the confession has been made, let them all arise together. Yet as it seems to me, the first understanding is better than the second.

Signum vero inclinandi est, cum dicimus Kyrie eleison, quia dicendo Kyrie eleison omnes pariter debemus inclinari, eo quod [page 323] regula jubet, hoc ita fieri, ubi dicit supplicatio litaniae.

Surely the sign for bowing down is when we say the Kyrie eleison, for when saying the Kyrie eleison we are supposed to bow down because [page 323] the Rule commands that this is to be done when it speaks of the supplication of the litany.

Cum enim dicit supplicatio litaniae, datur intelligi, quatenus dicendo Kyrie eleison genuflectere debeant, et sic finiri unumquodque officium dicendo orationem dominicam seu et capitula, quae instituta fuerint, atque sacerdotis orationem, quam debet post celebratum officium complendo dicere.

For when it states supplication of the litany, it is given to be understood that while saying the Kyrie eleison, they ought to bend the knee, and thus is each office ended with saying the Lord’s Prayer or even the chapters (capitula) that have been assigned, and the prayer of the priest that he ought to say for the sake of completeness (complendo) after the office has been celebrated.


1. In editis Cassiodori exemplaribus legitur ita: Mixta enim cum pavore dilectio timor est Domini, qui usu saeculari reverentia nuncupatur. (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XXI
DE DECANIS MONASTERII

[Ms P, fol. 85v - Paulus Diaconus -
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 24r; Ms E1, fol. 97r; Ms E2, fol. 151r]

Ch. 21
CONCERNING THE DEANS OF THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Eric Shuler

Jam quia B. Benedictus dixerat de officiis divinis [Regula Benedicti, c. 8-19], et dixit de reverentia orationis [c. 20], nunc novo ordine aggreditur, cum de decanis monasterii disponit. Dicit enim: De decanis monasterii.

Since St. Benedict had already spoken about the Divine Office [Regula Benedicti, c. 8-19], and he spoke about reverence during prayer [c. 20], now he approaches a new topic when he arranges concerning the deans of the monastery. For he says, concerning the deans of the monastery.

Bene, cum dixit De decanis, subjunxit monasterii, quia sunt et plebis decani. Ait enim: 1Si major congregatio fuerit, eligantur de ipsis fratribus boni testimonii et sanctae conversationis et constituantur decani, 2qui sollicitudinem gerant super decanias suas.

Quite rightly when he said concerning the deans, he added of the monastery, since there are also deans of the people. For he states: 1If the community is larger, let some be chosen from its own brothers who are of good reputation and holy life and made deans. 2Let them take care of their groups of ten.

Decanus enim dicitur ille, qui super decem est, eo quod a decem dicitur esse decanus.

The one who is put over ten others is called a dean because dean (decanus) is derived from ‘ten’ (decem).

In hoc loco, cum dicuntur decani, pluralis numerus esse ostenditur; est enim nominativus casus pluralis, et ideo possunt etiam de duobus dici decani.

In this place, when deans are mentioned, a plural number is indicated, as the grammatical case is nominative plural. Therefore this can also be said about two deans.

Ac per hoc cum S. Benedictus dicit si major congregatio est, videtur major jam congregatio esse de viginti monachis, quia duo decani super viginti possunt dici, eo quod, sicut jam diximus, decanus a decem dictus est, quanquam major congregatio secundum usum de quadraginta et triginta dicatur.

And so, on account of this, when St. Benedict says if the community is larger, it seems that a community of twenty monks is already larger, since two deans in charge of twenty can be meant (for, as we have already said, a dean is called that from ‘ten’). However, a community of forty and thirty is called larger according to normal usage.

Verumtamen quanquam dicatur decanus, qui super decem est, tamen secundum usum etiam qui super quindecim est, potest dici decanus. Similiter possunt etiam poni super triginta duo decani.

Nevertheless, although one who is in charge of ten is called a dean, according to normal usage one who is in charge of fifteen can also be called a dean. In the same way, two deans can also be placed over thirty.

Et bene dicit eligantur, et non tantum ponantur, quia ubi electio est, bonum separatur a malo; deinde quia non qualiscunque debet esse decanus, sed bonus, ideo S. Benedictus dixit eligantur, quasi diceret: separati a negligentibus.

He also rightly says be chosen and rather than just ‘be put,’ since where there is a choice, the good is separated from the bad. Then, since not any sort of person should be dean, but rather a good one, St. Benedict therefore said be chosen, as if to say, ‘being singled out from the negligent.’

In eo quod dicit de ipsis fratribus, manifestat, quia non debent esse aliunde.

Where he says from its own brothers, he makes clear they ought not to be from another place.

Nam quales debeant esse decani, manifestat iterum cum subjunxit boni [page 324] testimonii et sanctae conversationis.

Now he makes clear again what sort of people ought to be deans when he adds of good [page 324] reputation and holy life.

In hoc enim loco, cum dicit boni testimonii et sanctae conversationis, intuendum est: sunt enim alii boni testimonii et non sunt sanctae conversationis.

Indeed, when he says of good reputation and holy life, this passage must be regarded with attention for there are some of good reputation and not of holy life.

V. gr. sunt jucundi et affabiles aliis et etiam loquuntur pro aliis et donant aliquid aliis. Et iterum sunt alii sanctae conversationis et non sunt boni testimonii, in eo quod non sunt amabiles aliis, quia illorum sanctitas dura est et non condescendit aliis.

For example, they are cheerful and friendly to others, and furthermore speak on others’ behalf and give something to them. And again, there are others of holy life and not of good reputation, in that they are not friendly to others, since their holiness is a hard kind and does not reach down to others.

Unde dicit B. Ambrosius in tractatu Lucae in eo loco, ubi de Zachariae justitia dicitur: erant enim justi ante Deum sine querela [Lc 1:6]; Justitia si durior fuerit, querelam habet; unde etiam dictum est: Noli multum justus esse. [Ecl 7:17] Isti tales, quia sanctitas eorum dura est et non condescendit aliis, non possunt aliis proficere.

On this matter, St. Ambrose speaks in his treatise on Luke in the passage where Zechariah’s righteousness is told: For they were just before God without blame [Lc 1:6]: if righteousness is too stern, it will incur blame, on account of which it is said, Do not be overly righteous. [Ecl 7:17] Such people cannot benefit others, since their holiness is harsh and does not reach down to others.

Sic enim dicit Ambrosius: sed etiam sine querela incedentes, ait, in omnibus justificationibus Domini, [Ambrose, Expositio Evangelii Secundum Lucam I, c. 19, CCSL 14, p. 16] quod mire cum prophetico congruit dicto, quo S. Salomon in proverbiis usus est dicens: Provide bona semper coram Deo et coram hominibus. [cf. Prv 3:4] Nulla ergo querela est, ubi et mentis bonitas concordat et facti. Et plerumque justitia durior hominum querelam excitat.

For this reason, Ambrose says, But, it says also, walking without blame in all of the Lord’s ways of justice [cf. Ambrose, Expositio evangelii secundum Lucam I, v.9.19-20], which admirably fits with the prophetic maxim, which holy Solomon used in Proverbs, saying, Always provide good things in the sight of God and in the sight of men [cf. Prv 3:4]. There is therefore no blame where goodness of mind and of deed are in harmony. Often harsher justice provokes people’s blame.

Sive etiam sicut Beda dicit: Sine querela, hoc est, quod Apostolus ait: providentes bona non tantum coram Deo sed etiam coram hominibus [Rm 12:17]. Ecclesiastes vero dicit: Ne sis, inquit, multum justus, quia plerumque justitia durior hominum querelam provocat [cf. Ecl 7:17]; quae vero temperata est, ipsa suae dulcedinis gratia etiam invidiae querimoniam vitat. [Beda, In Lucae Evangelium Expositio I, 6:9-10, CCSL 120, p. 23]

Or, as Bede also says, Without blame, that is, as the Apostle says, providing good things not only in the sight of God but also in the sight of men. [Rm 12:17] Ecclesiastes, however, says: Do not be overly righteous, because frequently too harsh of righteousness provokes people’s blame. But righteousness that is made mild avoids the blame of envy too by the grace of its pleasantness. [Bede, Expositio in Lucam c. 1. v. 6 (9-10)]

Ac per hoc decani et bonae conversationis debent esse in bene et sancte vivendo, quia si bonam vitam non habuerint, magis nocebunt quam proficiunt; boni etiam testimonii debent esse in affabilitate et dulcedinem habendo atque condescensionem et compassionem similiter habendo, quia si affabiles et dulces et compatientes fratribus non fuerint, magis rumpunt quam proficiant, eo quod illum fratres magis pavescunt et horrescunt, quam diligant et velint obedire.

And on account of this, deans ought to be of good conduct in living well and in a holy manner, since if they do not maintain a good life, they shall harm rather than benefit others. They should furthermore have a good reputation for being friendly and pleasant, and similarly for having compassion and a willingness to reach down to others, since if they are not friendly, pleasant, and compassionate to the brothers, they will break rather than benefit them because the brothers will become alarmed and dread him rather than love and desire to obey him.

In eo vero, quod dicit qui sollicitudinem gerant [page 325] super decanias suas, in ista discretione duo intelliguntur: voluntas scilicet et discretio in providendo aliis.

The place, however, where he says let them take care [page 325] of their groups of ten should be understood in two separate ways, namely motive [voluntas] and discretion in providing for others.

Nam sunt alii, qui volunt alios juvare, sed tamen, quia nesciunt discretionem, nihil proficiunt. Et sunt alii, qui discretionem bonam habent, sed tamen non sunt ardentes et desiderantes in profectu aliorum.

For there are some who wish to help others, but nonetheless do not benefit them at all since they do not know discretion. And there are others who have good discretion, but nonetheless do not have the desire and passion to benefit others.

Sequitur: 2in omnibus secundum mandata Dei et praecepta abbatis sui.

It follows: 2In all matters according to the commandments of God and the orders of their abbot.

Bene dixit mandata Dei, ne tantum juxta mandata abbatis agerent, et non Dei. Nam sunt multi, qui Dei mandata parvipendentes sua mandata volunt perficere.

[St. Benedict] quite rightly said the commandments of God, lest they act only according to abbot’s commandments and not God’s. For there are many who, taking God’s commands lightly, wish to fulfill their own commandments.

Et iterum bene dixit et praecepta abbatis sui, ne secundum libitum suum quidquam agerent. Nam sunt alii, qui cum honorem vel potestatem accipiunt, nolunt ad imperium aliorum agere, sed secundum voluntatem suam. Et propterea, ne parvipenderent mandata Dei et obtemperarent imperiis sui abbatis, dixit Dei; et ne Dei mandatis obtemperantes contemnerent praecepta abbatis sui, subjunxit et praecepta abbatis sui. Jam vero si praecepta abbatis a mandatis Dei discordare videntur, tunc debent praeponderare causam, sicut superius diximus in IV° capitulo. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 4:63]

And again he quite rightly said and the orders of their abbot so that they not act according to whatever pleases them. For there are some who, although they accept honor and power, do not wish to act according to the command of another, but according to their own will. For this reason—that they not take lightly God’s commandments though obeying the commands of their abbot—he said of God; and so that they, while obeying to God’s commandments, not scorn the orders of their abbot, he added and the orders of their abbot. Now if the orders of the abbot, however, seem to be at variance with God’s commandments, then they ought to weigh the case, just in the way we said above in chapter four. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 4,63]

In hoc loco animadvertendum est, quia sex species quaerendae sunt in decanis juxta hoc capitulum: prima ut boni testimonii sint, i. e. affabiles et amabiles; secunda, ut habeant bonam et sanctam conversationem; tertia, ut ardentes sint in profectu animarum; quarta, ut discretionem habeant in corripiendo et admonendo; quinta, ut Dei mandatis obtemperando praecepta abbatis sui non contemnant, h. e. ut non per suum libitum aliquid faciant, nisi sicut ab abbate eis injunctum fuerit; sexta, ut obedientes abbatis praeceptis Dei mandata non negligant.

At this point it should be observed that six qualities should be sought among deans according to this chapter: first, that they are of good reputation (that is, friendly and pleasant [amabilis]); second, that they hold to a good and holy way of life; third, that they are passionate to be of benefit to other souls; fourth, that they have discretion in rebuking and admonishing others; fifth, that while obeying God’s commandments, they not scorn the orders of their abbot (that is, that they not do things through their own pleasure, unless it was enjoined on them by the abbot); sixth, that while obeying the abbot’s orders, they not neglect God’s commandments.

Illi enim decani eligendi sunt, qui haec sex bona habent; et si non inventus fuerit, qui haec omnia habuerit, sicut hoc capitulum dicit, creandus est, i. e. ab abbate docendus et admonendus est.

Indeed, they should be chosen deans who have these six good traits. And if no one is discovered who possesses all of the things that this chapter designates, he must be created; that is, he must be taught and prompted by the abbot.

Sequitur: 3Qui decani tales eligantur, in quibus securus abbas partiatur onera sua, 4et non eligantur per ordinem, sed secundum vitae meritum et sapientiae doctrinam.

It follows: 3The men chosen as deans should be the sort with whom the abbot might share his burdens with confidence. 4They should be chosen according to the merit of their lives and learning in wisdom, not for their rank.

Notandum est enim, quia in eo quod dixit: eligantur decani de [page 326] ipsis fratribus boni testimonii et sanctae conversationis, quasi frenum posuit abbati, ut non passim quis eligatur, sed ille, qui boni testimonii et sanctae conversationis est.

Indeed, it must be observed that since where he said, let deans be chosen from [page 326] its own brothers who are of good reputation and holy life, he placed a kind of restraint on the abbot so that not anyone could be chosen at random, but only that one of good reputation and holy life.

Et in eo quod dicit: qui sollicitudinem secundum mandata Dei et praecepta abbatis sui gerant, decanis posuit frenum, ut non aliud agant, nisi quod abbas jubet et Deus praecipit. In hoc facto manifeste claret, quia praecepta abbatis secundum mandata Dei debent esse. Nam si aliter fuerit, ille decanus aut abbatem aut Deum offendit; i. e. si voluerit mandata Dei attendere, tunc offendet abbatem; si autem abbatis voluntatem voluerit implere, tunc offendet Deum.

And where he says let them take care in all matters according to the commandments of God and the orders of their abbot, he placed a restraint on deans that they ought not carry out anything except what the abbot decrees and God orders. In this decree, it clearly illustrates that the orders of the abbot should be according to the commandments of God. For if that is not the case, then that dean will offend against either the abbot or God. That is, if he wishes to pay attention to God’s commandments, than he will offend against the abbot; but if he wishes to fulfill the abbot’s will, then he will offend against God.

Quod usque modo dixit S. Benedictus de decanis, praelibatio fuit. Hoc autem quod subjunxit, idem est, quod superius dixit. Bene dixit onera sua, et non honores, quia aliis praeesse pondus est oneris, non honoris.

What St. Benedict said up to this point was a foretaste. This phrase, however, which he added is the same thing as what he said earlier. He rightly said his burdens and not honors, since to be in charge of others is the weight of a burden, not of an honor.

In hoc loco, cum dicit securus, intuendum est, quia si una de supradictis sex speciebus defuerit decano, non potest abbas securus esse, i. e. si fuerit bonae conversationis et ardens et discretus et Dei et sui1 praecepto obtemperans, et non fuerit boni testimonii, i. e. amabilis fratribus, non potest securus esse, quia magis rumpit quam aedificat.

In this place where he says with confidence it should be noted that if one of aforementioned six qualities should be lacking in a dean, the abbot cannot be confident. That is, if someone be of good life, passionate, discreet, and obedient to God’s commands and his, and not have a good reputation (that is, pleasant to the brothers), the abbot cannot be confident since that person breaks apart rather than builds up.

Hoc vero quod dicit meritum vitae et sapientiae doctrinam: sex superiores species continere potest.

This phrase, however, in which he says the value of their lives and learning in wisdom, can encompass those previous six qualities.

Et bene dixit non per ordinem, quia in tali ratione non est custodiendus ordo, sed etiamsi ultimus fuerit, ille eligendus est, qui dignus sit, sicuti de abbate dicit S. Benedictus. In hoc enim loco intuendum est, quia ille eligendus est, qui vitam bonam et sanctam habuerit et sapiens fuerit.

He also rightly said not for their rank, since in this kind of consideration rank does not need to be preserved. Rather, even if he were last, he who is worthy must be chosen, just as St. Benedict says about the abbot. For one must observe in this passage that he should be chosen who leads a good and holy life and is wise.

Jam si non potest talis inveniri, qui et vitam bonam et sanctam habuerit et sapientiam, ille eligendus est magis, qui vitam bonam sine sapientia habet, quam ille, qui sapientiam habet et non bonam vitam.

If such a person cannot already be found, one who leads a good life without wisdom should be chosen over one who has wisdom but not a good life.

Sequitur: 5Quod si quis ex eis aliqua forte inflatus superbia repertus fuerit reprehensibilis, correptus semel et iterum atque tertio si emendare noluerit, 6dejiciatur et alter in loco ejus, qui dignus est, subrogetur. 7Et de praeposito [page 327] eadem constituimus.

It follows: 5If perhaps one of these deans, puffed up by pride, should be found deserving of censure, and if he should refuse to amend after having been rebuked once, twice, and even a third time, 6let him be removed and another who is worthy raised in his place. 7And we decree the same thing concerning the prior.[page 327]

Nunc videndum est qua ratione S. Benedictus, cum dixit prius, decanos esse bonos septem habentes species, [et] nunc subjunxit: si quis ex eis aliqua forte inflatus superbia repertus fuerit reprehensibilis? si bonus est decanus, quomodo erit reprehensibilis?

Now it must be seen for what reason St. Benedict, after he had said earlier that deans be good, possessing the seven qualities, now has added: If perhaps one of these deans, puffed up by pride, should be found deserving of censure. If a dean is good, how will he be deserving of censure?

Cui respondendum est: pro duabus scil. causis dicit hoc, quia videlicet sunt multi, qui antequam accipiant honorem, videntur esse boni, quamvis diligant illud bonum, et post acceptum honorem inveniuntur mali atque superbi, eo quod non perseverent in ipso bono, sicut legitur de Saul, qui ante honorem visus est bonus et post acceptum honorem regni inventus est malus, eo quod non perseveravit in ipso bono, in quo antea bonus visus fuit; sive etiam ideo dixit hoc propter hypocritas, quia hypocritae fingunt se bonos esse, ut honorem accipiant, deinde accepto honore manifestant se in opere malos, sicut ante honorem fuerunt in corde.

To which one must answer: he evidently says this for two reasons. On one hand, there are clearly many who are seen as good before they accept an honor, but however much they might love that goodness, after accepting the honor are found to be evil and proud because they do not persevere in that same goodness. In just this way one reads about Saul, who before his honor was seen as good and after accepting the honor of kingship was found to be bad because he did not persevere in that goodness in which before he had been seen as good. On the other hand, [St. Benedict] also said this on account of hypocrites, since hypocrites pretend to be good in order to receive an honor and then, having received that honor, reveal themselves openly as evil in works, just as they were in their hearts before the honor.

Superbia inflatus, i. e. ex indignatione inflatus.

Being puffed up by pride, that is, puffed up from indignation.

Sciendum est, quia ista superbiae inflatio potest tam pro sua quam pro subjectorum culpa descendere.

It should be known that this puffing up of pride can derive as much through his own fault as through the fault of those subject to him.

In hoc enim loco notandum est, quia decanus, cum peccat in decania sua, aliter debet corrigi, aliter vero debet corrigi, si ipse peccat.

For it must be observed in this passage that the dean should be rebuked in one way when he sins against his group of ten, but should be rebuked in another way if he sins by himself.

V. gr. invenitur de sua decania negligens, i. e. quia non est sollicitus de suis subditis, quia, si suus subditus negligentiam fecit, [et] ille neglexerit emendare; iste talis debet prius secrete semel et secundo admoneri; si iterum inventus quis subditus ejus in negligentia fuerit, et ille neglexerit illum tunc corrigere, corripiendus est ille decanus publice pro hoc usque tertia vice. Quod si post tertiam vicem ejus subditus inventus fuerit in negligentia, ex hoc debet ille decanus tunc dejici ab illa sua decania.

For example, he is found to be neglecting his group of ten—that is, that he is not solicitous of those under him in such a way that if someone under him was negligent, he neglected to rebuke that person. At first that sort of dean should be admonished privately once and also a second time. If anyone under him once again is found to be negligent and the dean then neglects to rebuke him, let that dean be publicly rebuked for this even a third time. But if after the third time the one under his charge should be found negligent, then that dean should on that account be removed from his group of ten.

Si autem in se inventus fuerit negligens, v. gr. si fuerit gulosus aut in aliquo vitio deprehensus male respondens, iste talis pro hoc peccato admoneatur semel et iterum; jam tertia vice publice admoneatur.

If, however, he is discovered to be negligent concerning himself—for example, if he is a glutton or, having been caught in some other vice, answers wickedly—let that sort of dean be admonished for that sin once and then again, and then also warned a third time publicly.

Hoc autem intuendum est, quia si alius monachus inventus fuerit in peccato in quarta vice, excommunicatus debet esse; ille vero decanus dejici debet pro culpa subditorum; pro sua videlicet culpa non debet in quarta vice dejici, si aliis [page 328] sollicitus est, sed per regularem disciplinam, h. e. per sex gradus duci, i. e. usque ad orationem; post vero debet dejici de decania sua; deinde postea si inventus fuerit in illo peccato, tunc expellatur, sicut in capitulo de praeposito judicat, quia dicit: eadem et de praeposito constituimus.

It, however, should be observed that if another monk were found in sin a fourth time, he should be excommunicated, but the dean should be removed on account of the fault of those under him. For his own fault, evidently, he should not be removed the fourth time if he is solicitous of others, [page 328] but rather led through the regular discipline—that is, to be led the six steps up to prayer. Yet he should be removed from his group of ten, if afterwards he is discovered in that sin; then let him be expelled just as [St. Benedict] declares in the chapter about the prior, since it says, we decree the same thing concerning the prior.

Hoc etiam intuendum est, quia ille circa ita debet agere.

It likewise should be observed that the dean ought to act in this way concerning such matters.

V. gr. invenit fratrem in negligentia semel, debet admonere semel, et iterum secundo secrete, tertia vero vice debet ire ad abbatem ille circa et dicere: ‘Pater, inveni talem fratrem duabus vicibus in negligentia et admonui illum secrete duabus vicibus: nunc vero inveni illum tertia vice in eodem peccato’.

For example, he finds a brother negligent once; he should admonish him once and again a second time in private, but the third time he should go to the abbot about him and say, ‘Father, I found such and such brother negligent twice, and I warned him privately twice. Yet now I have found him a third time in the same sin.’

Tunc abbas debet vocare illum fratrem ad se et debet illi dicere: ‘Quare jam tantis vicibus inventus in negligentia non emendasti?’

Then the abbot ought to call that brother to him and should say to him, ‘Why, having been found negligent so many times already, have you not amended?’

Si ille dixerit: ‘mea culpa’, tunc si voluerit abbas illi parcere, potest. Si autem talis fuerit ejus negligentia, ut non possit parci, debet illi dicere: ‘Cras in capitulo, si mihi non occurrerit in memoriam, tu pete veniam et judicium regulare suscipe’. Deinde venit in capitulum ille frater petens veniam. Deinde dicit illi abbas surgere.

If that one says, ‘It is my fault,’ then the abbot can show mercy to him if he wishes. If, however, his negligence was such that he cannot be shown mercy, he should say to him, ‘Tomorrow in chapter, if it slips my mind, beg for pardon and receive the regular sentence.’ Next that brother goes into chapter begging for pardon. Next the abbot should tell him to rise.

Tunc dicit illi abbas: ‘Quid fecisti? quae est causa tua?’ Ille vero respondit dicens: ‘Mea culpa; inventus sum in negligentia duabus vicibus et fui inde correptus similiter duabus vicibus, et mea culpa: non emendavi. Nunc quia non emendavi, volo suscipere judicium regulare’.

Then the abbot says to him, ‘What did you do? What is your reason for this?’ The brother responds, ‘It is my fault. I was found in negligence twice and thereupon I was likewise rebuked twice and—it is my fault—I did not amend. Now, since I did not amend, I wish to receive the regular sentence.’

Ille vero abbas respondens dicit: ‘In quantum negligentiam fecisti, nobis displicet; in quantum vero nunc petis judicium accipere regulare, placet nobis. Nunc vero vis emendare?’ Ille vero dicit: ‘Volo Domino juvante, et corripit illum publice’.

The abbot responds, ‘Inasmuch as you have been negligent, we are displeased, but inasmuch as you now ask to accept the regular sentence, we are pleased. Now truly do you wish to amend?’ He says, ‘I so wish, the Lord’s help.’ And he rebukes him publicly.

Post vero si inventus fuerit in ipsa negligentia, debet ille abbas habere ad consilium illos seniores, quos superius diximus, quantis diebus dignus sit poenitentiae subjacere, vel quam magna poenitentia debet esse. Deinde debet ille abbas venire in capitulum et ille frater, et debet dicere: ‘Fratres boni, quid vobis videtur de illo fratre, qui nunc in tantis vicibus correptus non est emendatus? placet, ut tali poenitentia sit dignus? Quid vobis videtur, dicite omnes’.

If, however, afterwards he should be found in the same negligence, the abbot should take counsel with those seniors (whom we discussed earlier) concerning how many days of penance it is fitting to impose, or how great the penance ought to be. Then the abbot should come into chapter and to the brother, and he should say, ‘Good brothers, how does it seem to you concerning that brother who has not amended now, although rebuked so many times? Do you agree that such a penance is fitting? Let everyone say how it seems to you.’

Dicit quis: ‘Misericordiam considerate in illo, quia infirmitate [page 329] tenetur’. Tunc ille abbas dicit: ‘Suscipiat hoc judicium, quod diximus, post vero considerabimus ejus infirmitatem’.

Someone says, ‘Consider having mercy on him, since he is held fast by infirmity.’ [page 329] Then the abbot says, ‘Let him receive this sentence that we have said, but after we consider his infirmity.’

Postea vero interrogat abbas illum fratrem, qui illum fratrem infirmum dixit esse, qua infirmitate tenetur.

Afterwards, however, the abbot asks that brother who said the first brother was infirm, by what infirmity he is held fast. 

Si autem dicit illi talem infirmitatem, ut verum sit, tunc debet misericordiam facere pro infirmitate. Si autem ille frater non dixit verum, et considerat illius fratris qualitatem, tunc si cognoverit levem esse, corripit etiam illum pro hoc, ut altera vice ita non agat.

If, on one hand, he tells about an infirmity that is real, then he should have mercy on account of that infirmity. On the other hand, if that brother did not speak the truth, then, reflecting on the character of that brother, if the abbot should know him to be unreliable, he rebukes that brother as well for this so that he not act this way another time.

Hoc notandum est, quia sicut ille, qui secrete peccat, in quarta vice debet excommunicari, eo quod semel et his secreta culpa fuit, secrete admonendus est, tertia vero vice publice arguendus, ita ille, qui publice peccat in secunda vice excommunicandus est, eo quod, cum publice peccavit, in ipsa prima vice publice arguendus est.

It should be noted that just as the one who sins privately should be excommunicated on the fourth time—since on one and another occasion, his fault being private to himself, he should be privately warned, but on the third time he should be accused publicly—so therefore he who sins publicly should be excommunicated on the second occasion, because when he has sinned publicly, he should be accused publicly that first time.

Ac per hoc sicut illa quarta vice est secrete peccanti, ita secunda efficitur isti qui publice peccavit.

For this reason, the second time has the same effect for the one who has sinned publicly as the fourth time does for the one sinning privately.

Nunc videndum est, quomodo eadem sit in praeposito, cum decanum tribus vicibus praecipit corripi, quarta vero vice dejici, et praepositum quater vicibus corripi, quinta expelli?

Now it must be seen how is it the same for the prior, since he orders that the dean be rebuked three times but removed the fourth time, and the prior to be rebuked four times but removed the fifth time?

Cui respondendum est: non eadem dicit in numero correptionis, quia decanus ter et praepositus quater debet corripi, sed ut cognoscas, quando pro sua culpa debet dejici, et quando pro subjectorum.

This is answered: he does not say the same concerning the number of rebukes, since the dean should be rebuked three times and the prior four, but so that you understand when he should be removed for his own fault and when for that of those under him.

Pro subjectorum tam decanus quam praepositus, sicut hic narrat, dejiciendi sunt, si non sunt solliciti de negligentiis eorum et emendare eas studuerint, in quantum possibilitas ipsorum fuerit.

The dean just as much as the prior should be removed for the faults of those under them, just as [St. Benedict] relates, if they are not solicitous concerning their negligences and do not strive to correct them insofar as it is possible.

Hoc intuendum est, quia decanorum officium est, custodire subditos; et si per suam admonitionem non possunt corrigere, tunc debent nuntiare abbati; aut si abbas ibi non fuerit, illi, qui in loco ejus est constitutus, est nuntiandum, [et] quia ille qui in loco ejus constitutus est, debet publice arguere aut excommunicare. Et sicut de decanis diximus, ita etiam intelligendum est de circatoribus.

It should be observed that the duty of the deans is to keep watch over those under them. And if they cannot correct them through their admonitions, then they should report to the abbot or, if the abbot is not there, the one appointed in his place should be notified and that one should publicly accuse and excommunicate. And what we said about the deans also should be understood for the circators.

Minor congregatio est duodecim monachi, major vero viginti aut triginta sive quadraginta aut eo amplius. Notandum est enim, quia quod dixi: decanus pro suae decaniae culpa debet expelli, manifestatur in hoc capitulo de decano, in quo dicitur; quique decani, si ex eis aliqua [page 330] forte quis inflatus superbia repertus fuerit reprehensibilis, correptus semel et iterum, atque tertio si non emendaverit, dejiciatur.

A smaller community is twelve monks, but a larger twenty, thirty, forty, or more. It should be noted moreover that what I said—the dean should be expelled for the fault of his group of ten—is made clear in this chapter about the dean, in which it is said: If perhaps any of these deans, [page 330] puffed up by pride, should be found deserving of censure, and if he should refuse to amend after having been rebuked once, twice, and even a third time, let him be removed.

Quod enim dixi, ut pro sua negligentia debeat admoneri per gradus, manifestatur in capitulo praepositi, ubi dicitur: Admoneatur verbis usque quater; si non emendaverit, adhibeatur ei correptio disciplinae regularis; quod si neque sic correxerit, tunc dejiciatur de ordine praepositurae et rel. [Regula Benedicti, c. 65.18-20]

Regarding this, I have said that for his personal negligence he ought to be warned step by step, as is made clear in the chapter on the prior, where it is said, Let him be warned verbally up to four times; if he does not amend, the reproof of regular discipline should be applied to him. But if he will not be corrected in this way, then let him be removed from the rank of prior etc. [Regula Benedicti, c. 65.18-20].

Quia S. Benedictus dixit: eadem et de praeposito constituimus, ideo sibi invicem istae sententiae concinnant.

Since St. Benedict said, we decree the same thing concerning the prior, therefore these rulings frame each other.

Et hoc notandum est: cum ad orationem ventum fuerit, tunc dejici debet sive decanus sive praepositus pro sua culpa, et postea effectus improbus, si vult abbas, aut flagellum aut castigatio corporalis illi adhibeatur.

And this should be observed: when he has come to prayers, then he (whether dean or prior) should be removed for his fault, and afterwards, his wickedness having been shown, whipping or corporal punishment can be used on him if the abbot wishes.

Castigatio quippe corporalis est aut flagellum aut nimium jejunium; nam oratio non est castigatio corporalis.

Corporal punishment, of course, is either whipping or very severe fasting, for prayer is not a corporal punishment.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘Quare pro decaniae culpa dejici debet in quarto gradu, et pro sua culpa post orationem?’

Perhaps someone says, ‘Why should he be removed on account of the fault of the group of ten in the fourth step, and on account of his own fault after the step of prayer?'

Cui respondendum est: ‘Ideo pro decaniae culpa post secundum dejici debet quia majus periculum est, si diu negligentia subditorum non fuerit correcta. Nam pro sua culpa potest exspectari, quia quamvis diu sibi est malus, tamen aliis bonus potest esse’.

To which it is replied, ‘He should be removed for the fault of his group of ten after the second because it is a greater danger if the negligence of those under him is not corrected for a long while. In contrast, one can wait and hope in regard to his own fault, since however much he is bad to himself over a long time, he still can be good to others.’


1. abbatis (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XXII
QUOMODO DORMIANT MONACHI, I.E. QUALITER DORMIANT MONACHI

[Ms P, fol. 87vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 37v; Ms E1, p. 201

Ch. 22
HOW MONKS OUGHT TO SLEEP, THAT IS, IN WHAT MANNER MONKS OUGHT TO SLEEP

Translated by: Lynda Coon

Sequitur: 1Singuli per singula lecta dormiant

Next: 1Individual monks ought to sleep in separate beds.

Rectum ordinem tenuit S. Benedictus in hoc loco, cum dixit de decanis, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 21] et nunc subjunxit: Quomodo dormiant monachi. Ille enim, quia dixit sollicitos esse debere decanos super decanias suas, nunc [autem] ipsam sollicitudinem disponit, qualiter fiat nocte, cum seniores vigilias dicit exercere. [K1, fol. 38r]

Saint Benedict preserved right order in this passage when he spoke about the deans, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 21] and now he added a section on How monks ought to sleep. Indeed, Benedict, since he said that deans ought to exercise watchful care over the ten monks under their charge, now arranges for the care itself and how it should occur during the night when the senior monks, as he says, exercise vigils.

Sequitur: 2Lectisternia pro modo conversationis secundum dispositionem abbatis sui accipiant.

Next: 2Let them receive bedding (lectisternia) suitable to the monastic life and according to the disposition of their abbot.

Sternia enim duobus modis dicuntur; i. e. domus, ubi lecti sternuntur, seu etiam locus, ubi unus lectus stratus existit.

The term sternia ("furnishings") indeed is used in two different senses: that is, [1] a household where beds are laid out or [2] a place in which there is one bed with a covering.

Pro modo, i. e. juxta qualitatem; modo enim pro qualitate accipitur.

Suitable to (pro modo) relates to character; the term ‘modo’ indeed is understood as according to character.

Conversationis, i. e. vitae - quasi diceret: secundum qualitatem [page 331] vitae uniuscujusque, [E1, p. 202] ita accipiat lectisternia.

Of the manner of living (conversationis), that is, of life, relates to the character [page 331] of monastic life– as if he were saying: according to the character of the life of each monk, thus he ought to receive his bedding.

Sic enim inferius dicit: 7Adolescentiores fratres juxta se non habeant lectos, sed mixtim cum senioribus.

Benedict states further down: 7Younger brothers (adolescentiores) should not have their beds next to one another, but should be interspersed with their seniors.

Bene dicit 5vestiti et cincti dormiant, quatenus absque mora et impedimento vestiendi valeant monachi ad signum occurrere.1

Benedict states it well: 5Monks ought to sleep clothed and girded, so that monks may hasten to meet the signal [for prayer] without delay and without the impediment of having to dress.

Sequitur: 3Si potest fieri, omnes in unum dormiant; si autem multitudo non sinit, deni aut viceni cum senioribus suis, qui super eos solliciti sint, pausent.

Next: 3If it is possible, all monks should sleep in one place; if, however, their number does not permit this, (non sinit) then ten or twenty monks should rest with their seniors, who exercise watchful care for them.

Non sinit, i. e. non permittit.

Non sinit means that it is not permitted.

In hoc enim loco intuendum est, quia, cum dicit solliciti sint, praecipit illos vigilare in dormitorio, quia potest sollicitus esse nemo in nocte, nisi vigilaverit, quia nos, cum solliciti volumus esse pro aliqua re, vigilamus.

In this passage, it ought to be realized, that when Benedict says they should exercise watchful care (solliciti sint), he orders them to keep watch in the dormitory, because no one is able to be watchful at night unless he remains awake, since we, when we wish to be vigilant on account of some other matter, stay awake.

Et cum dixit seniores, non dixit seniores aetate solummodo, [K1, fol. 38v] vel qui ante venerunt, sed de illis dicit senioribus, qui sensu et discretione praediti sunt.

And when Benedict said seniors (seniores), he did not speak of seniors in terms of age only, or those who arrived at the monastery first, but he refers to those as seniors who are equipped with sense and discretion.

Sequitur: 4Candela jugiter in eadem cella ardeat usque mane.

Next: 4A lamp ought to burn continuously in that same cell up until morning.

Ideo enim jugiter, quia semper vult, ut fiat.

Indeed, continuously (jugiter) because he wishes that it always be done.

Pro hoc quod dixit usque mane, usque ad diem vult, ut ardeat, et die adhuc lucente debet accendi.

For that reason he said up until morning, because he wishes that a lamp be lit up until daylight, and still with the daylight coming on, it ought to be lit.

H. e. v. gr.: si capitulum ante diem2 peragitur, debet accendi post capitulum, sicuti contingit hoc in aestivo tempore, quando grandi hora diei peragitur capitulum. Si autem tarde completur capitulum, i. e. jam incipiente nocte, debet accendi illa candela, dum in capitulo [Paul Diac, page 271] sedent, sicuti in hiemis tempore.

For example, if chapter [capitulum] is accomplished before the day ends, then the lamp ought to be lit after chapter, just as this happens in summertime, when chapter is accomplished at an advanced hour of the day. If, however, chapter is finished late, that is, with night already beginning, that lamp ought to be lit while the monks are sitting in chapter, just as in wintertime.

Conferendus est iste locus, in quo dicitur solliciti sint, cum illo, ubi dicit: foris autem vel ubi et ubi custodiam habeant. [Regula Benedicti, c. 63:19]

This place in the text in which it is said they are vigilant ought to be compared with that other passage where Benedict says: outside or anywhere else, [young monks] should have a guard. [Regula Benedicti, c. 63:19]

Intelligitur autem, ut non solum ardeat candela in dormitorio, verum etiam in exitu, quia ubi et ubi non possunt seniores adolescentiores custodire, nisi fuerit, sicut dixi, candela ad exitum.

Now, it is understood that not only should a candle burn in the dormitory, but also at the exit, since seniors are not able to supervise younger monks in every place (ubi et ubi) unless there is, as I said, a lamp at the exit.

Nam talis debet esse custodia infantum: decem enim infantes debent tres vel quatuor habere majores, qui illos custodiant.

Custodianship of children ought to be of this sort: ten children ought to have three or four older monks who safeguard them.

V. gr. si unus vel duo de ipsis magistris servierint in coquina, alii sint cum ipsis infantibus, qui [page 332] [E1, p. 203] non sinant eos jocari vel loqui aut quoquam ire, aut etiam aliquid inhoneste agere. Et si forte necessitas fuerit illis ad exitum ire aut etiam in aliquem locum, cum suo magistro eant.

For example, if one or two of their masters are serving in the kitchen, the others should be with these children. The masters [page 332] should not allow them to joke around or to talk or to go somewhere or to engage in some other dishonorable behavior. If it is absolutely necessary for them to go toward the exit or to go into some other place, then they should go with their master.

Nam ideo dixi, decem infantes quatuor magistros habere, ut puer non possit quoquam ire vel quidpiam agere sine suo magistro, quia si ita non fuerit, ubi et ubi non potest esse custodia. Nam nihil juvat, si in aliis locis custodia fuerit, et in omnibus non fuerit; v. gr. si solummodo in uno defuerit custodia, nil juvat illa custodia, quae in aliis locis fuerit.

For that reason I said ten children should have four masters, so that a boy is not able to go anywhere or to do anything without his master, because if it is not so, then a guard cannot be everywhere. For it is in no way beneficial if there is a guard in certain places but not in all places. For example, if the guard is lacking only in one place, that guard is of no help to that which happens in other places.

[K1, fol. 40r] Sic enim S. Gregorius dicit: Si tota civitas fuerit clausa et munita, solummodo unum foramen apertum fuerit in ea, per quod hostis intraverit, tota civitas perit, quia foramen apertum fuit, i. e. cuniculus, per quem hostis intravit. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, XIX, c. 21.33, CCSL 143A, p. 983]

Thus indeed Saint Gregory says: If an entire city were shut up and fortified, but there remained in it one open hole through which an enemy enters, then the entire city perishes, because there was an open fissure, that is a mine, through which the enemy entered. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob, XIX, c. 21.33]

In hoc loco intuendum est, quia per hoc, quod B. Benedictus dicit: Candela jugiter usque mane ardeat, et per hoc, quod dicit: 7Adolescentiores fratres juxta se non habeant lectos, et, quamvis parum, etiam per hoc, quod dicit: Singuli per singula lecta dormiant, et: cum senioribus suis, qui solliciti sint, pausent, sodomiticum scelus vitandi causa dixit, sive vitium immunditiae.

It ought to be intuited from the fact that Benedict says: A candle continuously ought to burn up until morning, and that he also adds: 7Younger brothers ought not to have their beds next to one another, and although he says little about it, he says this: Individual monks ought to sleep in separate beds, and furthermore: they should rest with their seniors, who exhibit watchful care over them; he stated [these things] for the sake of avoiding the sodomitical crime or the vice of uncleanliness.

Attendendum est, quia foeditatem [P, fol. 88r] honestis verbis manifestavit, cum dicit, singulos dormire et candelam jugiter usque mane ardere et seniores sollicitos esse super eos debere, quia istud scelus valde nefandissimum est. Ideo praevenit illud, ne, quod absit, unquam fiat.

Close attention should be paid because Benedict revealed the shame [of that vice] through dignified language, when he says that monks ought to sleep in single beds and that a lamp ought to burn continuously up until morning and that senior monks ought to exhibit watchful care over their juniors, since that crime is the most abominable. For that reason, Benedict anticipated that crime, lest, God forbid, it might ever occur.

Nam consuetudo erat Romanorum, hoc scelus agere, sicut dicit B. Hieronymus, illos concubinos habuisse.

For it was the habit of the [ancient] Romans, who put this crime into practice, just as Blessed Jerome says, to have had those male concubines.

Non enim ita Paulus honestis verbis foeditatem illam manifestavit dicens: Nam feminae eorum mutaverunt naturalem usum in eum usum, [Paul Diac, page 272] qui est contra naturam. Similiter autem et masculi relicto naturali usu feminae exarserunt in desideriis suis in invicem, masculi in masculos turpitudinem operantes. [Rm 1:26-27]

Indeed, Paul did not reveal that abomination through dignified language when he says: For their women exchanged natural intercourse for an intercourse which is against nature. In the same way, men abandoned natural intercourse with women and were consumed in their own desires for one another. Men were performing depraved acts with other men. [Rm 1:26-27]

[K1, fol. 40v] Et ob hoc ideo non tam honestis verbis dicit Paulus sicuti B. Benedictus, quia plus manifestum dixit. Quia hoc scelus valde detestabile est Deo, ita3 etiam saepius Paulus illud manifestat. Dicit enim alibi: Omne peccatum, quodcumque [page 333] homo peccaverit, extra corpus suum peccat; qui autem fornicatur, in corpus suum peccat. [1 Cor 6:18]

And on account of this Paul does not speak with such dignified language as the Blessed Benedict. Paul spoke more plainly because this sin is intensely detestable to God. For that reason Paul frequently discloses the nature of that vice. Paul states elsewhere: Every sin whatsoever [page 333] a man sins, he sins outside of his own body; a fornicator, however, sins against his own body. [1 Cor 6:18]

Sunt quidam, qui intelligunt: si homo, qui habet uxorem, postea fornicatur, in uxorem suam peccat, hoc est in corpus suum peccare.

There are certain individuals who understand this passage as follows: if a man who has a wife, and, after he commits adultery, he commits an offense against his own wife, that is, he sins against his own body.

Augustinus vero dicit: Quid est, quod dicit: Omne peccatum, quodcumque peccaverit homo, extra corpus suum peccat; qui autem fornicatur, in corpus suum peccat? [1 Cor 6:18] - ac si diceret: in omni peccato quod homo peccat, potest aliud etiam cogitare, cum autem masculus cum femina concumbit, ex nimia dulcedine non potest aliud cogitare. [not identified].4

To be sure, Augustine states: What does the text mean when it says: ‘every sin whatsoever a man sins, he sins outside of his own body; a fornicator, however, sins against his own body’? - as if [the Apostle] were saying: In every sin which a man sins, he is able to think about something else, now, however, when a man lies together with a woman, because of the excessive sweetness of the experience he is not able to think about anything else. [not identified]

[K1 fol. 41r] Quasi diceret: cum facit aliud peccatum, potest esse corpus suum extra, si autem concumbit, in corpus suum peccat, h. e. contra corpus suum peccat, quia corpus suum totum libidini submittit.

As if Augustine [?] were saying: When he commits another sin, [that sin] exists outside of his own body. If, however, he has sexual intercourse, he sins against his own body. That is, he sins against his own body because he submits his entire body to wanton desire.

Eo quod ita est hoc peccatum detestabile valde, ideo ita caute disponit et studiose, quatenus nunquam hoc peccatum perpetrari possit. Nam verum est, quia, si ita custodia fuerit in monasterio, aut nunquam aut difficile hoc peccatum erit perpetratum.

Because this sin is exceedingly abominable, and for that reason Benedict prescribes cautiously and diligently, so that this sin should never have an occasion to be perpetrated. To be sure, because if there were a guard in the monastery then never or only with difficulty might this sin be perpetrated.

Hoc autem intuendum est, quia, si ita nutrierit infantes abbas, sicut S. Benedictus jubet, non poterit abbas pro tali peccato immunditiae suspicionem de illis habere. De illis autem, qui jam majores venerunt in monasterium, potest habere abbas suspicionem.

This, however, ought to be intuited because if an abbot raises children, just as Saint Benedict commands, then the abbot should not suspect them of so great a sin of lust. Concerning those monks, however, who entered the monastery as adults, the abbot can harbor suspicion.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia non solum dicit, illos custodire, qui adolescentiores sunt aetate vel pueri, sed etiam illos, quamvis [E1, p. 204] sint aetate majores, tamen, quia minus intelligunt et necessaria est illis custodia, ideo custodiendi sunt.

And attention ought to be paid that Benedict says to safeguard not only those who are younger in age or boys but also those [monks] who are older in terms of age but because they lack understanding a guard is also necessary for them; therefore, they ought to be guarded.

Verumtamen ita sunt custodiendi: Post completorium [autem] signo facto debent exire de choro, et magister illorum debet accendere lucernam et ire cum illis infantibus per singula altaria oratorii, ut per unumquodque altare usquedum oraverint, unus magister in ante, alter magister vadat in medio, et tertius magister retro.

Truly they ought to be guarded in this way: After Compline when the signal is made, they should exit from the choir, and their master ought to light a lamp and go with those children to each altar of the oratory until they have prayed at every altar in succession, one master going at the head of the line another in the middle and a third at the rear.

Deinde ire debent ad necessaria naturae cum lumine et magister ipsorum cum illis, qui ad exitum voluerint venire. Et quia indigent illuc custodia [page 334] ideo magistri eorum semper debent cum illis esse, usquequo collocari debeant.

Those who must go to the exit in order to answer the call of nature ought to go with a lamp and with their master attending them. And since they require supervision in that place, [page 334] therefore, their masters ought always to be with them up until the point when they should assemble themselves.

Deinde collocantur infantes, et donec illi infantes collocant se, semper assistere ibidem debent magistri, qui eos custodiant. Post vero succedit alia custodia, i. e. illi custodire incipiunt, quorum vices sunt custodiendi.

Thereupon the children are assembled and until those children put themselves into proper order, the masters, who watch over them, ought always to assist them in that place. Afterwards, there succeeds another guard, that is, those [monks] begin to guard whose turn it is to guard.

Illis autem, quibus necessaria est custodia, nunquam audeant foris exire dormitorio, et in basilicam ire causa orandi, nisi tantum quia non possit aliter fieri, cum opus est illis ire, v. gr. ad mingendum et ad exitum. Vadit ille, cui necesse est ire, et tangit illum seniorem, qui vigilat, et ille accendit lumen et vadit cum illo ad exitum, et sic lumine accenso revertitur cum illo ad lectum suum et collocat illum.

For those monks, however, for whom a guard is necessary, they should never be so bold as to exit outside of the dormitory and to enter the basilica for the sake of praying, except in the case in which it could not occur otherwise or when there is some other reason for them to go to the exit, for example, for the purpose of urinating. That monk goes, the one for whom it is necessary to go, and he touches that senior, who is awake, and that senior lights a lamp and goes with him to the exit, and thus with the lamp lit, he returns with him and he settles him back into his bed.

Et ille major, cui causa lavandi pollutionem necessitas fuerit, semper assistente et sciente seniore vadit, quia semper senior vigiliis insistit.

And that older monk, for whom it is necessary for the sake of washing off a pollution, always goes always with a senior knowing and assisting [him] since the senior monk is always persevering in [his] vigils.

Deinde ad vigilias signo facto accendit senior lumen in dormitorio, et tunc omnes, qui indigent custodia, non audet unus sine altero exire, sed omnes se vestiunt et praeparant se, et tunc praeparatis accenso lumine vadit magister ante et in medio et in fine, et ita vadunt ad ecclesiam; et in ecclesia [P, fol. 88v] adstantibus magistris orant et psallunt.

When the sign is made, the senior monk lights a lamp in the dormitory, then all who require a guard, let not one of them dare to exit without the other, but all the monks clothe themselves and prepare themselves, and then after having made themselves ready and with the lamp lit, a master goes at the front and [another] in the middle and [a third] at the end [of the line], and thus they go to the church; and in the church with the masters standing nearby, they pray and sing the Psalms.

Nunquam autem vadit infans sine custodia, i. e. sine suo magistro, aut illi, qui custodiam indigent. Reliqui, qui non indigent custodia, vadunt.

A boy, however, never goes forth without supervision, that is, without his own master, nor those who require a guard. The ones remaining, who do not require a guard, they are free to go.

Verumtamen sicut cum magistris et disciplina ipsi infantes ad nocturnas vadunt in ecclesiam, ita etiam cum magistris suis et disciplina debent ire in ecclesiam ad omne officium, i. e. ad matutinum, ad primam, ad tertiam, ad sextam, ad nonam, ad vesperam atque completorium, et si necessitas est; item ad opera exercenda ipsi infantes debent ire cum suis magistris.

Truly in the same way with masters and with discipline those boys go into the church for Vigils [?], and also with their masters and with discipline, they should go into the church at every office; that is, at Matins, Prime, Terce, Sext, None, Vespers, and Compline. And if it is necessary likewise for doing good works, those children must go with their masters.

Sequitur: 5Vestiti dormiant et cincti cingulis aut funibus, et cultellos suos ad latus non habeant, dum dormiunt, ne forte per somnum vulnerentur dormientes.

Next: 5Monks should sleep clothed and girded with a belt and with a cord, and they should not have knives at their side while they are sleeping, lest by chance the ones sleeping get wounded in their sleep.

Qua ratione praeceperit monachos S. Benedictus cinctos vel vestitos jacere aut dormire, manifestat inferius cum subjungit: 6et ut parati sint monachi semper et facto signo absque mora surgentes festinent invicem praevenire ad opus Dei, cum omni tamen [page 335] gravitate et modestia.

The reason why Saint Benedict instructed monks to lie down and to sleep girded and clothed he makes evident below when he adds: 6Thus monks should always be prepared and, when the signal is made, rising up without delay, they should hasten to come before each other to the Word of God and yet [do so] with every [page 335] gravity and modesty.

Hic enim et in sensu superflua.5 Quod autem dicit et festinent se invicem, imperativus modus est.

Indeed, the phrase and (et) is in a sense superfluous here because Benedict states they should hasten themselves before each other, the mood [of the verb] is the imperative.

Et cultellos suos, i. e. sibi deputatos. Non enim est contrarius iste locus, cum dicit cultellos suos, illi loco, ubi dicitur: nec quisquam aliquid suum esse dicat vel praesumat, [Regula Benedicti, c. 33:6; cf. Act 4:32] eo quod differentia potest esse inter suum et suum.

And with their own knives, that is, those assigned to them. For this place in the text, where Benedict says, their knives, is not contradictory to that other passage, where it is stated: Lest someone might say or presume that something belongs to him, [Regula Benedicti, c. 33:6; cf. Act 4:32] because there can be a difference between ‘his’ (suum) and ‘his own’ (suum).

In hoc vero loco, cum dicit cultellos suos, intelligere debemus: i. e. ad suam utilitatem ab abbate sibi deputatos tantummodo. Ille autem locus, ubi dicitur ne quisquam suum esse dicat, intelligere debemus ad proprietatem et ad peculiaritatem, ut exinde, quod monachus voluerit, facere possit, quod omnimodo cavendum est.

In that passage where he states their knives (cultellos suos), we ought to understand: that is, [knives] assigned to them only by the abbot on account of their utility. That other place in the text, however, where it is stated Lest someone might say that it is his, we ought to understand as relating to private ownership, so that whatever a monk wishes, he is able to do, which ought to be avoided in all circumstances.

Nam talis est iste locus, qualis ille in evangelio, ubi legitur hoc modo: sed ut impleatur sermo, qui in lege eorum scriptus est; [Io 15:25] quem sensum B. Augustinus exponit ita dicens: Legem eorum dicit non ab ipsis datam, sed ipsis datam, [Augustine, Tractatus in Evangelium Ioannis 91, c. 4.7, CCSL 36] sicut dicimus panem nostrum quotidianum, quem tamen a Deo petimus addendo da nobis hodie.

For so it is in that passage in the gospel where it is read in this way: So that the Word might be fulfilled, which is written in their Law; [Io 15:25] the meaning of which Blessed Augustine explains thus, saying: [the evangelist] says ‘their law,’ that is, not the law given by them but given to them. [Augustine, Tractatus in Evangelium Ioannis 91, c. 4.7] Just as we say, Our daily bread, which nevertheless we seek from God by adding: ‘Give us today’.

[Per] hoc autem, quod dicit praevenire, ad surgere de lecto attinet, i. e. praeveniant se in surgendo ad opus Dei. Quod vero dicit cincti cingulis aut funibus, intelligere possumus, quia funis est, qui de cannabo fit vel lino in rotundum.

This passage, however, pertains to the act of rising up from bed, since it states to arrive (praevenire); that is, in getting themselves up, they ought to arrive at the Work of God. Since truly Benedict states [monks are to be] girded with belts or cords, we are able to understand since a cord is made from hemp or linen and is round in shape.

Cingulus autem est corrigia de lana vel de lino, sed non in rotundum sicut funis, sed in latum sicut tricia, sive etiam, ut Isidorus dicit: Funes dicti, quod antea in usum luminis fuerant circumdati cera, unde et funalia. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 4.1]

A belt, however, is a thong made either from wool or from linen, but is not round in shape like the cord, but broad in form like tresses (tricia), 1 or further still as Isidore says:They are called cords (funes) because formerly they were coated with wax for the use of a lamp, whence [the name] rope-torches (funalia) . [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 4.1] 2

Sequitur: 8Surgentes vero ad opus Dei invicem se moderate cohortentur propter somnolentorum excusationes.

Next: 8The ones arising for the Work of God should encourage one another in a restrained manner on account of the excuses of the sleepy monks.

Ita vero se cohortari debent fratres: ille autem frater, qui sapiens est, debet illum fratrem, qui juxta se jacet, [Paul Diac, page. 274] excitare.

The brothers ought to be encouraging one another in the following way: now the wise brother ought to wake up the other brother who lies down next to him.

Nam non debet juvenis, qui indiget disciplina, alium excitare propter occasionem peccati, nec etiam junior juniori debet innuere. Tamen debet unus aut duo seniores accenso lumine ire per dormitorium causa excitandi fratres somnolentos; [page 336] verum non debent tangere fratrem, sed solummodo axem lecti aut aliquid hujuscemodi, ut excitetur.

The young - because they lack discipline - ought not to wake up another monk on account of the occasion of sin, nor still should a junior monk make a sign to another junior. Yet one or two seniors monks should - with a lit lamp - go through the dormitory for the sake of waking up the sleeping brothers, [page 336] but they ought not to touch a brother, but only [touch] the foot [?] of the bed or something else of this sort so that he is awakened.

Quia enim de pollutione abluenda nunc diximus, necesse est, ut etiam dicamus de poenitentia, quae poenitentia necessaria sit illi, cui ipsa pollutio in nocte contigerit; hoc est, alia est pollutio, quae absque, crassitate, i. e. sine tactu et visu aut cogitatione aut sine crapula in praeterito die contigerit: iste talis pro hac pollutione quinque psalmos canere debet; et haec oratio quinque psalmorum holocaustum dicitur, quia pene sine necessitate, hoc est sine culpa fit.

Since we have spoken about washing for a pollution, it is necessary that we say something more about penance, which penance would be necessary for those monks who suffer a pollution at night; there is one pollution which happens without the dullness of sleep, that is, without touching or seeing or thinking or without even being intoxicated [this pollution] might have happened during the past day; the monk who suffers from this sort of pollution, he should sing five psalms. And this prayer of five psalms is called a holocaust offering because it is done almost without necessity, that is, without guilt.

Ideo dixi pene, quia adeo est illud peccatum subtile, ideo videtur non omnimodo sine necessitate esse. Deinde alia est illa pollutio, quae cum crassitate somni, i. e. quae per perpetrationem somni fit.

For that reason I said almost (pene) because that sin is subtle; therefore, it seems that [the penance] is not wholly necessary. And then there is another sort of pollution, which happens with the dullness of sleep, that is, [a sin] which occurs during the performance of sleep. And the monk afflicted by this sort of pollution, he should sing ten psalms.

Et ideo, cui haec taliter pollutio contigerit, decem psalmos cantare debet. Si vero ipsa pollutio fit ex crapula et ex cogitatione, debet quindecim psalmos canere, quia illa pollutio, pro qua decem, et ista, pro qua quindecim psalmos canere diximus, jam sacrificium est, h. e. quia ex necessitate fit.

But truly if this pollution occurs from either drunkenness or from thinking, then he should sing fifteen psalms, since that pollution for which we said a monk had to sing ten psalms or the other for which he had to sing fifteen psalms is already a sacrifice; that is, since it is done from necessity.

Verumtamen consideranda est illa crapula, i. e. superfluitas cibi vel potus, utrum magna an parva fuisset. Similiter etiam cogitatio illa perpendenda est, si longinqua est valde, pro qua etiam unum psalterium canendum est.

Verily that sin of intoxication ought to be considered; that is, an overabundance of either food or drink, whether it was great or small. Similarly, concerning that sin brought on by thinking, it ought to be assessed, if indeed it occurs over a long period of time, then one Psalter ought to be sung.

Superius enim diximus, quia seniores vigiliis semper insistere debent.

As we said above, since the senior monks ought to persevere always with [their] vigils.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'quia vigilare in nocte nolo, nisi ad illud tempus, ad quod mihi superius ipse pater praecipit vigilare, sicut in octavo capitulo dicit.' Cui respondendum est: Utrumque praecepit S. Benedictus: superius enim, quia generaliter praecipiebat omnibus vigilare, ideo dicit, secundum quod in octavo capitulo disposuit; nunc autem, quia non generaliter omnibus praecipit, nec etiam qualicumque, sed senioribus, ideo modo specialiter dicit, exerceri a senioribus vigilias, quod tunc praecipit omnibus, quia aliter est, disponere generaliter [P, fol. 89r] omnibus, et aliter, specialiter quibusdam.

Perhaps someone argues: ‘I am unwilling to conduct vigils at night except during that time when Father [Benedict] instructs me to keep the vigils, just as he says in Chapter 8 of the Rule.’ To whom it ought to be responded: Saint Benedict advised both instances: above (in Chapter 8), since he was instructing generally that all monks keep vigils, for that reason he states [this], according to that which he arranged in Chapter 8; now (in Chapter 22), however, since he does not order all monks [to keep vigils] nor any monk whatsoever, but only the seniors; therefore, Benedict refers specifically to them, so that vigils are to be exercised by the seniors. Thereupon, Benedict orders every monk, since it is one thing to prescribe generally for all and yet another thing to prescribe for a specific group.

Nam sicut specialiter definivit, quales debeant esse decani aut cellerarius, ita etiam tunc specialiter definivit, qualiter seniores vigilias exercere studeant in nocte de his, cum quibus pausare [page 337] debeant.

For just as he defined specifically what sort of persons the deans or the cellarers ought to be, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 21 and 31] so too he defined precisely in what manner the seniors should strive to exercise vigils during the night over those with whom they [page 337] should rest.

[K1, fol. 39v] Forte dicit aliquis: 'Non hoc regula dicit, ut in omnibus sint magistri cum infantibus. Iste, qui hoc dicit, non intelligit regulam, quae ait: ubi et ubi custodia sit, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 63:19] cum ubi et ubi6 intelligitur in omni loco, et nullum praetermittit i. e. sive stando aut ambulando aut sedendo aut aliquid agendo.

Perchance someone says: ‘The Rule does not state this that everywhere masters should be with children.’ He who says this does not understand the Rule, which states: There should be a guard everywhere, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 63:19] when everywhere (ubi et ubi) is understood as meaning in every place. And the Rule omits no activity; that is, whether standing, walking, sitting, or doing anything else.

Nos vero non dicimus nova, sed intelligimus regulae jussa, quae etiam vidimus facta. Quia istud ubi et ubi nihil praetermittit, sed omnia loca comprehendit, ideo taliter intelligimus, qualiter impleatur praeceptum, ne transgressores ejusdem praecepti existamus.

Truly, we do not say new things, but we understand the precepts of the Rule, which we still see being done. Since that phrase everywhere (ubi et ubi) omits nothing but includes all places, thus we understand how the command ought to be fulfilled lest we prove to be transgressors of that very same command.

Quodsi ille dixerit, quia haec, quae dicta sunt, non deberi7 aut non possunt fieri, ille videat, qui hoc dicit, et ita intelligat, ut nullus locus sit, in quo infantes aut adolescentiores aut illi, qui minus intelligere possunt, non habeant custodiam; quia si quilibet locus fuerit, in quo non sit custodia, jam praevaricator istius praecepti, hoc est ubi et ubi, existit, cum in isto ubi et ubi omnia loca contineantur, et nullus locus excipiatur.

But if that same individual says that these things, that were spoken, should not happen nor cannot happen, so that the unchanged individual, the one who says this, should see and should understand that there should be no place in which children, adolescents, or those who are less capable of understanding lack a guard. Because if such a place exists in which there is no guard, then even now the transgressor of that very command - that is, everywhere [there should be a guard] - exists. Whereas all places should be contained in that phrase everywhere (ubi et ubi) and no place is to be excluded.

Maxime hoc timeat ille, qui ita intelligit, quia, si per suum intellectum remanserit aliquis locus sine custodia et quilibet illorum, qui sub custodia sunt, ibidem occasionem peccati invenerit et peccaverit, ad ipsum maxime illud malum respicit, qui hujus loci7 male intelligendo auctor existit.

That individual [who says these things] should fear this greatly that he understands in this way because if through his own comprehension there remains some place in which there is no guard, then any of those who are under guard will have found an occasion to sin and will have sinned. He gazes to the greatest extent on that evil, he who is the author of the misunderstanding of this passage.


1. Haec sententia errore hic posita ad inferiorem regulae textum pertinet. (Mittermüller).
2. Certo legendum: noctem. (Mittermüller).
3. Ideo (?), itaque (?). (Mittermüller).
4. Ideo (?), itaque (?). (Mittermüller). Ps.-Basiil provides a more extensive version of this quotation: Ideo Paulus apostolus dicit omne peccatum, quodcumque peccatum homo peccaverit, extra corpus suam peccat. Qui autem fornicatus fuerit, in corpus suum peccat. Quia cum homo aliud peccatum peragit, potest, dum illud perpetrat, aliud cogitare. Cum autem cum muliere concumbit, ita subicitur illi peccato, ut nil aliud valeat cogitare quam illud, quod operatur, propter nimiam eiusdem peccati delectationem. Et quia ita agitur, ideo dicit qui autem fornicatus fuerit, in corpus suum peccat, hoc est contra corpus suum peccat, quia totum corpus suum libidini submittit. The origin of this quotation cannot be traced.
5. superfluum (?). est. (Mittermüller).
6. The RB gives here ubiubi instead of ubi et ubi [RB 63:19].
7. debent (?). (Mittermüller).
8. mali (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Niemeyer, Media Latinitatis lexicon, p. 1043, defines tricia as "tresses of hair."
2. Isidore of Seville, Etymologies 19.4.1: "Funes dicti quod antea in usum luminis fuerint circumdati cera; unde et funalia."

Cap. XXIII
DE EXCOMMUNICATIONE CULPARUM

[Ms P, fol. 89rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 44v; Ms E1, fol. 103r; Ms E2, fol. 164r]

Ch. 23
ON EXCOMMUNICATION FOR FAULTS1

Translated by: James Holt

Aptum ordinem tenuit B. Benedictus in eo quod prius dicit de custodia, nunc vero dicit De excommunicatione culparum. Quasi praevenit peccatum, cum prius de custodia dixit; post vero cum de excommunicatione dicit, medicinam peccati dixit, veluti medicus sapiens, qui prius quam incidat in languorem, consilium dat ad custodiendum se, ne quis incidat in languorem; cum vero inciderit in languorem, medicinam alteram tribuit, ut sanetur. [page 338]

Blessed Benedict adopted an appropriate order in talking first about vigilance before speaking here about excommunication for faults. Whereas in his earlier words on vigilance he was concerned with preventing sin, in speaking later on excommunication he addressed its treatment, like a wise doctor, who recommends vigilance to prevent anyone falling sick but once sickness occurs provides other medicine to effect a cure. [page 338]

Sequitur: 1Si quis frater contumax aut inobediens aut superbus aut murmurans aut in aliquo contrarius existens sanctae regulae et praeceptis seniorum suorum contemptor repertus fuerit, 2hic secundum Domini nostri praeceptum admoneatur semel et secundo secrete a senioribus suis. [cf. Mt 18:15-16] 3Si non emendaverit, objurgetur publice coram omnibus, 4si vero neque sic correxerit, si intelligit, qualis poena sit, excommunicationi subjaceat; 5sin autem improbus est, vindictae corporali subdatur.

He continues: 1If any brother is found to be contumacious, disobedient or proud, to mutter or in any respect to be in conflict with the holy Rule and in contempt of the orders of his seniors, 2he should be warned twice privately in accordance with our Lord’s injunction. [cf. Mt 18:15-16] 3If he does not reform, let him be rebuked publicly in the presence of all. 4But if even then he does not reform, let him be subjected to excommunication, provided that he understands the nature of the punishment. 5If however he lacks conscience2 let him be subject to corporal punishment.

Quid est quod hic B. Benedictus superbum in specie ponit, cum scriptum sit: Initium omnis peccati superbia est? [Prv 10:15] Quibus respondendum est, quia initium omnis peccati superbia est, i.e. contumax aut inobediens, quantum ad cogitationem attinet, ex superbia procedit; sed tamen potest esse in specie superbus, ut non sit contumax, i. e. si jactans est, aut unam de illis quatuor generibus, quae superius in duodecimo gradu diximus, habuerit. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 7.62-66]

Why is it that Blessed Benedict specifies pride, since it is written, pride is the source of all evil? [Prv 10:15] The answer is because pride is the source of all evil, in the sense that in mental terms contumacy or disobedience comes from pride yet it is possible to be classed as proud without being contumacious, namely if boastful or having one of those four kinds of pride of which we spoke earlier in relation to the twelfth stage. [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.62-66]

Sciendum est enim, quia non omnis inobediens contumax est, omnis vero contumax inobediens est, quia potest esse inobediens sine contumacia, contumax non potest esse sine inobedientia, eo quod ille est contumax, qui contemnit facere in prima fronte, quod imperatur; v. gr. cum dicitur illi: 'Fac hoc!' [et] ille contumax dicit: 'Non facio', eo quod contumax dictus est ab eo, quod contemnat. Nam inobediens in hoc loco est ille, qui cum dicitur illi: 'Fac hoc!' non dicit: 'Non facio', sicut contumax ille dicit, sed tamen quamvis non dicat: 'Non facio', tamen pro aliqua sua causa non implet jussionem imperantis, aut ex toto dimittit aut ex parte.

For it must be understood that not everyone who is disobedient is contumacious but everyone who is contumacious is disobedient, as it is possible to be disobedient without being contumacious but impossible to be contumacious without being disobedient, in that a person is contumacious who disdains outright to do what he is told, for example when told, ‘Do this’, the contumacious person says, ‘I will not do it.’ He is called contumacious because he shows contempt.3 On the other hand the disobedient person in this situation is one who, when told, ‘Do this’, does not say, ‘I will not do it’, as does the contumacious person, but despite not saying, ‘I will not do it’, for some reason of his own does not fulfill the instruction or disregards it in whole or in part.

Hoc vero loco intuendum est, quia istud capitulum de illa sententia Domini est tractum, in qua Dominus dicit: Si peccaverit frater tuus in te, vade, corripe illum inter te et illum solum [Mt 18:15] et rel.

Here it should be noticed that this chapter is drawn from the Lord’s words where he says, If your brother has sinned against you, go and reprove him between you and him alone etc. [Mt 18:5]

Quod Dominus dicit in evangelio: dic ecclesiae [Mt 18:17], hoc est, quod hic dicit: objurgetur publice coram omnibus.

Corresponding to the Lord’s words in the Gospel, tell it to the church [Mt 18:17], here he says let him be rebuked publicly in the presence of all.

Secretum est enim, si coram quatuor aut quinque fratribus corripueris fratrem tuum.

For it is on a private basis, if you rebuke your brother in the presence of four or five brothers.

Intuendum est enim in hoc loco, quia sunt talia peccata, quae vocantur spiritalia, i.e. quae ad animam referuntur, quamvis corpori subdantur, eo quod [page 339] anima non potest sine carne perpetrare aliquod peccatum, ut sunt ista omnia, quae in hoc capitulo referuntur: contumacia, inobedientia, superbia, murmuratio.

It should be noticed here that there are certain sins, called those of the spirit, which relate to the soul, although they involve the body, the sort that the [page 339] soul cannot commit without the flesh, as are all those with which this chapter is concerned, namely, contumacy, disobedience, pride and muttering.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia cum dicit excommunicationi, subaudiendum est: simplici tantum, i. e. illi excommunicationi subjaceat, quae a mensa separat monachum.

It should be recognized that when he refers to excommunication it should be understood as excommunication only in its simple sense, i.e. subjection to that form of excommunication which excludes a monk from table.

Et hoc, quod dicit vindictae corporali subdatur, duobus modis intelligitur, i. e. jejuniis nimiis aut certe flagellis, quae latius in tricesimo capitulo explanantur.

By the words let him be subject to corporal punishment are meant two methods, namely, severe fasting or, of course, the lash, as explained further in chapter thirty.

Et sunt iterum talia peccata, quae vocantur carnalia, quae ad carnem referuntur, quamvis caro non illa sola perpetret sine anima , v. gr. furtum, adulterium, ebrietas, fornicatio; et non solum fornicatio, quam masculus cum femina facit, sed etiam quocumque modo illa fiat, fornicatio dicitur, praeter in somnis, quia valde hoc peccatum detestabile est apud Deum, et non solum si aliquo modo fiat, verum etiam illa verba detestabilia sunt apud Deum.

Next are those sins, called carnal, which relate to the flesh, although the flesh does not commit them on its own without the participation of the soul, e.g. theft, adultery, drunkenness and fornication, and not only fornication between a man and a woman but also in whatever form that it may take, other than in dreams,4 as this sin is particularly odious to God and not only in any form of deed but also in word.

Si vero quislibet percusserit fratrem aut homicidium criminale fecerit aut perjurium, criminalia peccata dicuntur.

If, however, anyone strikes a brother or commits criminal homicide or perjury, these are called criminal sins.

Sciendum est enim, quia falsum testimonium et corporale est et spiritale; tunc est spiritale, quando ille, super quem dixit, spiritaliter condemnatur, et tunc est corporale, quando ille, super quem dixit, corporaliter condemnatur, sicut de locutione diximus.

For it must be understood that false witness is both a corporal and spiritual matter. It is spiritual when the person spoken against receives a spiritual sentence and corporal when he receives a corporal sentence, as we have discussed in relation to speech.5

Et hoc sciendum est, quia, quamvis istud capitulum de illa sententia Domini, ubi dicit: si peccaverit frater tuus in te, [Mt 18:15] fuisset tractum, tamen Dominus ibi de omnibus peccatis tam corporalibus quam spiritalibus dicit, ideo, quia in te, dicit, si peccaverit. Ista vero sententia S. Benedicti ideo de spiritalibus intelligitur fuisse dicta, quia non dicit: si peccavarit in te, sed de omnibus dicit, qui peccaverint, causa vitii emendandi.

It must also be understood that although this chapter was drawn from the Lord’s words If your brother has sinned against you, [Mt 18:15] yet the Lord is there speaking of all sins, those of the body as much as those of the spirit and on that account speaks of his having sinned against you. In contrast the words of Saint Benedict are meant to refer to sins of the spirit, as he does not say, If he has sinned against you but speaks of all sinners for the amendment of vice.

Plurimi nequaquam pleniter intelligentes judiciorum sententias in regula S. Patris nostri Benedicti, aliter quam praecipit, judicare solent. [The following section is drawn from Benedict of Aniane, De diversorum poenitentiarum modo] Sciendum itaque est, quatuor ibi contineri modos, quibus delinquentium error corrigatur.

Very many with a less than complete understanding of the matter are in the practice of applying the judicial sentences in the rule of our Holy Father Benedict other than as prescribed.6 It should be understood, therefore, that four methods are included there by which the error of those at fault can be corrected.

Primus namque est, quem idem Pater Benedictus proprio judicio determinavit, ut est qui per negligentias tempore constituto ad nocturnas non pulsaverit [page 340] signum, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 48.12] unde digne in oratorio satisfieri jubet, et qui ad officium divinum tarde occurrerit, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43] et qui per negligentiam hora refectionis ad mensam, et si cui offertur aliquid a priore et accipere renuerit, et si quis, dum pronuntiat psalmum aut lectionem, fefellerit, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 45] et qui pro aliqua arte extollitur. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 57.1]

The first method is that which Father Benedict assigned to self-judgement, e.g., as for one who neglects to sound the signal [page 340] for night-office at the set time, [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.12] for which he prescribes due satisfaction to made in the oratory, arrives late for divine office, neglectfully misses mealtime at table, refuses to accept something offered by a superior, makes a mistake in the pronunciation of a psalm or reading [Regula Benedicti, c. 45] and is conceited about any skill. [Regula Benedicti, c. 57]

Secundus est de spiritalibus rebus, unde ipse dicit: Si quis frater contumax aut inobediens aut superbus aut murmurans aut in aliquo, i. e. spiritali tantum contrarius existens sanctae regulae, qui proficiendo usque ad septem gradus extenditur, occulte videlicet castigando, publice corripiendo, in levioribus culpis excommunicando, in jejuniis nimiis affligendo, verberibus coercendo, pro eodem inemendato ab omnibus orando, atque ad ultimum de monasterio expellendo.

The second method concerns spiritual matters, as indicated by his words, If a brother is found to be contumacious, disobedient or proud, to mutter or in any (i.e. spiritual) respect to be in conflict with the holy rule, and is spread over seven levels, namely, private reprimand, public reproof, excommunication for minor faults, infliction of severe fasting, coercion with the lash, communal prayer for the unreformed and, finally, expulsion from the monastery.

Quamvis hi gradus non in omnibus personis tenendi sint, sicuti sunt improbi et duri atque inobedientes, de quibus idem S. Benedictus in secundo capitulo loquitur hoc modo: Improbos autem et duros ac superbos vel inobedientes verberum vel corporis cartigatione in ipso initio peccati coerceat, sciens scriptum: Stultus verbis non corrigitur. [Prv 29:19] [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.28]

These levels, however, are not to be reached in the case of every person but such as are without conscience, obstinate and disobedient, of whom Saint Benedict speaks thus in his second chapter, But those who are without conscience, obstinate, proud or disobedient, he can coerce only by the lash or some other corporal punishment at the first sign of sin, knowing how it is written, ‘The fool cannot be corrected with words.’ [Prv 29:19] [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.28]

Sed qualiter hoc intelligatur, inferius dicemus, ubi de contumacia dixerimus. Tertius de rebus exterioribus, hoc est: si quis damnum per negligentiam aliquod intulerit monasterio. Quartus de criminalibus delictis.

But as to how this may be understood, we will speak later in our discussion of contumacy. The third method concerns external property, namely if anyone causes any loss to the monastery through negligence. The fourth method concerns criminal offences.

Denique per ordinem eosdem repetentes: de primo sciendum est, quod nullatenus aliter, nisi juxta quod regula jubet, fieri debent, h. e. non alienum, sed proprium est judicium ponendum.

Finally, reviewing these in turn, in relation to the first it should be understood that they should be treated in no other way than in accordance with the rule, i.e. by self-judgment not the judgment of others.

De secundo sollicite considerandum, quia non omnibus personis suprascripti gradus convenire poterunt, quia, aliter corrigendi sunt honesti, aliter improbi. Si contumax fuerit, de monasterio expellatur [Regula Benedicti, c. 71.9].

In relation to the second it should be carefully noted that the levels specified above will not be appropriate to everyone, as an honest person and one without conscience should be corrected in different ways. If anyone has been contumacious let him be expelled from the monastery.

Necesse est ergo ut justo moderamine utrumque discernatur, qualiter secundum regulam contumax secreto moneri possit et de monasterio expelli.

Each case, therefore, should be determined in accordance with just procedure, as according to the rule in the case of contumacy both private admonishment and expulsion from the monastery are permitted.

Ille namque secrete admonendus est, qui licet a priore aliquid imperatum refutans mox tamen increpatus emendationem promittens, qui et honestus jure dici poterit; et ille de monasterio expellendus est, qui contumax existit et nullo unquam pacto acquiescit suscipere disciplinam, quem [page 341] omnino contumacem regula vocat.

Private admonishment should be used for one who, though rejecting some order from a superior, following rebuke quickly promises to amend and who can rightfully be termed honest, whereas expulsion from the monastery should be used for someone who is contumacious and never accepts any form of discipline, one whom [page 341] the rule terms wholly contumacious.7.

Unde et merito improbus est dicendus, quamquam et improbum illum etiam vocat, qui licet frequenter corripiatur, disciplinae tamen regulari non contradicit, qui honestatem, quam prius [dum] se emendare profitens habere videbatur, relinquens ad improbam duramque mentem transit. [Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum modo poenitentiarum, CCM 1, pp. 571-576]

For this he is deservedly called without conscience, although this term is also used for someone who, though often reproved does not object to the discipline of the rule but fails to live up to the honesty implied by his earlier promises of amendment and becomes bereft of conscience and obstinate of mind. [Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum modo poenitentiarum, CCM 1, pp. 571-576]

Improbi enim ac duri atque inobedientes et superbi, [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.28] de quibus, sicut diximus, in secundo capitulo regula dicit, hi intelliguntur, qui, postquam per sex gradus fuerint examinati, emendationem non receperint, quos si voluerit abbas ejicere in suo arbitrio erit. Si vero noluerit eos abjicere sed adhuc in monasterio retinere, tunc hi tales,1 si in ipsum peccatum, unde digni fuerant expelli, postea contigerit cadere, jam non per gradus sicut prius, sed statim, ut ipsum peccatum perpetraverint, verbere aut castigatione corporis, h. e. nimiis jejuniis [eosdem] coerceat.

For the conscienceless, obstinate, disobedient and proud, of whom, [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.28] as we have said, the rule speaks in chapter two, are understood to be those who having been tested in accordance with the six levels have undertaken no amendment. These the abbot, if he wishes, can expel from the monastery on his own authority. If, however, he has chosen not to cast them out but to keep them still in the monastery and they subsequently happen to commit the same sin for which they deserved to be expelled, he may immediately coerce them for that same sin with the lash or (other) corporal punishment, i.e. severe fasting, without going from one level to another as previously.

Ideo diximus ipsum peccatum, quia si aliud postmodum commiserint, per gradus sex ducendi sunt, eo quod de omnibus spiritalibus peccatis taliter cum eis agendum est.

We have spoken of the same sin, since if they have later committed another, they should be taken through the six levels, as applicable to them in relation to all sins of the spirit.

Unde ideo regula eos superbos inobedientes nominat, quia, sicut, dictum est, de omnibus peccatis spiritalibus improbi fiunt, cum per sex gradus ducti non se emendaverint. Duri autem sunt, qui sive admoneantur sive excommunicentur, non emendantur neque etiam erubescunt, sed obstinata mente non timentes verecundiam atque excommunicationem impetum sui cordis sequuntur.

Therefore the rule distinguishes the proud and disobedient since, it is said, in relation to all sins of the spirit, they become without conscience having failed to amend after being taken through the six levels. The obstinate, however, are those who, if admonished or excommunicated, neither amend nor even blush with shame but without fear of disgrace or excommunication determinedly follow the impulse of their own heart.

Quodsi eos rejecerit de monasterio, et postea reversi sive ipsum, pro quo rejecti sunt, sive aliud eos spiritale contigerit committere, per sex gradus superiores ducendi sunt, ac si noviter ad monasterium venissent.

But if those who have been expelled from the monastery and later return happen to commit the same offence for which they were expelled or another, they should be taken through the first six levels as if they had newly come to the monastery.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia si illud peccatum, pro quo in aliquo gradu est, tarde revertatur, h. e. post annum aut forte post medium perpetraverit, quasi nunquam admiserit, ad primum gradum revertatur, h. e. ad secretam admonitionem, si secrete commissum fuerit.

However, it should be understood that if someone later reverts, after a year or perhaps six months, to a sin for which he has reached a certain level, he may go back to the first level, as if he had not previously committed it, i.e. to private admonishment, if it is committed in private.

[Inserted from Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum poenitentiarum modo] Neque enim, ut supra dictum est, omnibus personis omnes gradus convenire poterunt, quia videlicet diversae sunt [page 342] qualitates mentium, ut unde unus medetur, inde alter perimitur.

8Nor, as previously said, will all the levels be applicable to everyone, since clearly people have different [page 342] characters and what may cure one person may ruin another.

Quapropter quorundam verberibus sunt coercendae personae, minime vero quorundam, de quorum qualitatibus regula dicit: Secundum uniuscujusque qualitatem vel intelligentiam omnibus se conformet et aptet [Regula Benedicti 2.32]; itemque alibi: ut viderit cuique expedire, prudenter et cum caritate studeat amputare vitia. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 64.14]

Accordingly there are some individuals who should be coerced by the lash and some very much not, in relation to which the rule says, he must accommodate and adapt himself to each one’s character and level of understanding [Regula Benedicti 2.32] and elsewhere, he should endeavor to cut away vices with prudence and love as he sees best for each individual. [Regula Benedicti, c. 64.14]

Et notandum est, tria inspicienda semper in judicio esse, personam videlicet, intentionem atque modum delicti: personam, utrum intellectu et modestia viget vel duritia et inquietudine mentis contradictor existat; intentionem, utrum studio an infirmitate deliquerit; modum, utrum graviter vel certe leviter erraverit, unde et regula dicit: secundum modum culpae excommunicationis vel disciplinae debet extendi mensura. [Regula Benedicti, c. 24.1]

It should be noted that there are always three things to be examined when forming a judgment, namely, the individual, the intention and the extent of the offence, in relation to the individual whether he is known for his understanding and modesty or is antagonistic due to obstinacy or mental instability, as to intention whether he offends willfully or out of weakness and as to extent whether the fault is of a graver or just a lighter kind, hence the wording in the rule, The degree of excommunication or discipline should correspond to the extent of the fault [Regula Benedicti, c. 24.1].

Igitur omnis spiritaliter delinquens tamdiu secrete moneri debet, donec se ipsum ipse improbum reddendo ab occulto transeat ad publicum; in qua publica correptione si non emendaverit, ad excommunicationem levium culparum transibit; ubi cum diu tentus nequierit corrigi, nimiorum jejuniorum maceratione affligatur, per quam non correptus, si persona extiterit talis, flagellorum coerceatur acredine. Sin vero personae non admiserit consideratio, communiter ab omnibus misericordia imploretur Omnipotentis. Quod si nec isto modo sanatus fuerit, praecidatur a corpore monasterii.

Accordingly anyone committing a sin of the spirit, so long as it occurs in private, should be admonished in private, until by showing his lack of conscience he passes from private to public discipline; if he has not amended following public reproof, he will pass to excommunication for lighter faults. If he has not managed to achieve correction after being kept for a lengthy period in this condition, let him suffer the discomfort of severe fasting and if not reproved9 by this, if he is that sort of person, let him be coerced by the sting of the lash. If, however, this would be inappropriate for the individual, let the mercy of the Almighty be sought by all in communal prayer. If even in this way he has not been healed, let him be cut away from the monastic body.

Et si contigerit, ut per negligentiam, dum aut in occulto aut in publico admonetur, aliquid damni monasterio intulerit, excommunicetur in levioribus culpis secundum modum culpae, et peracta poenitentia iterum revertatur ad id, ubi prius tenebatur, et non solum dum verbis monetur, verum etiam si aliquo ex supradictis gradu detinebatur.

If it happens that someone through negligence, in a case of private or public admonishment, has caused a loss to the monastery, let him be subject to excommunication for lighter faults in accordance with the extent of the fault and on completion of penance let him return to his previous post, and not only if subject to verbal admonishment but also to any of the disciplinary levels mentioned above.

Capitula quoque istius modi noscenda sunt, quibus ordinate intelligi valeant: Primum capitulum est vicesimum tertium, ubi omnes gradus inveniri valent; secundum vero capitulum est: De pueris minori aetate [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 30], qualiter corripiantur, tricesimum,2 ubi facile patet, quod in vicesimo tertio scriptum est: sin autem improbus [page 343] est, vindictae corporali subdatur - in fine videlicet capituli tricesimi, ubi dicit: Hi tales, dum delinquunt, aut jejuniis nimiis affligantur aut acris verberibus coerceantur, ut sanentur. Hoc vero sequitur vicesimum octavum: De his, qui saepius correpti emendare noluerint, [Regula Benedicti, c. 28.1] ubi similiter septem praedicti gradus inserti sunt.

The relevant chapters here should be noted so as to be understood in order. The first is chapter twenty-three, where all the levels can be found. The second is chapter thirty, entitled On how boys of younger age are to be reproved [Regula Benedicti, c. 30]. From this it is readily apparent that in chapter twenty-three it is written, If however he lacks conscience [page 343] let him be subject to corporal punishment and at the very end of chapter thirty there are the words Whenever such as these offend, they should be subject to severe fasts or checked with sharp strokes so that they may be healed. This follows chapter twenty-eight, entitled, On those who refuse to amend after frequent reproofs [Regula Benedicti, c. 28.1] where the seven levels already mentioned are similarly included.

De tertia autem modo judiciorum, sicut supra dispositum est, de damno cujuslibet rei exterioris est intelligendum - ubi solummodo animadvertendum est: si negligentia interveniente damnum extiterit factum - tunc secundum modum delicti et personam et intentionem levioris culpae judicio subjacebit. Capitulum vero, ubi de culpa damni exterioris rei narratur, est quadragesimum tertium (?):3 De his qui in aliquibus rebus delinquunt. [Regula Benedicti, c. 46.t]

In relation to the third method of adjudication, as set out above, which is to be understood as relating to the loss of any external property, it should be simply recognized that if someone has caused loss by negligence, then, depending on the extent of the offence, the individual and the intention, he will be subject to excommunication for lighter faults. The Chapter treating the fault of causing loss of external property is forty-three (?), entitled On those who offend in any other respects [Regula Benedicti, c. 46.t].

Quo modo continetur, quidquid in regula invenitur: sive gravissimae vindictae subjaceat, sive graviori seu regulari, seu excommunicetur seu excommunicationi subjaceat, praeter hoc, quod in quibusdam locis invenitur: strictiori disciplinae subjaceat, quod quidam ita intelligi volunt, ut si occulte aut publice verbis moneatur , in eodem gradu acrius corripiatur.

The form of discipline applicable is whatever is found in the rule, whether subjected to the gravest punishment, or graver, or in accordance with the rule, or be excommunicated, subjected to excommunication and, in addition, as is found in certain places, be subject to stricter discipline, which some wish to understand as meaning, in relation to someone being verbally admonished in private or public, receiving a harsher reproof than otherwise at the same level.

Quartus quoque modus, ut praedictum est, de capitalibus criminibus constat, fornicatione videlicet, adulterio atque ebrietate assidua ceterisque, quae nullo modo nisi poenitentia corporali secundum auctoritatem canonicam purgantur. In quibus modis necnon et persona atque intentio semper inspicienda sunt, ubi pariter quoque sanctorum patrum institutio sollicite est perpendenda. [Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum poenitentiarum modo, CCM 1, pp. 577-582]

The fourth method, as previously said, concerns capital sins, namely fornication, adultery, persistent drunkenness etc., which can only be purged by corporal penance in accordance with canonical authority. Under these methods, too, the individual and the intention should always be assessed. Equally, careful consideration should also be given here to the teaching of the holy fathers. [Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum poenitentiarum modo]

Istius enim quarti modi capitulum est vicesimum quintum de gravioribus culpis. Primi autem modi, quem primitus jam diximus, sunt capitula ista, i. e. undecimus: Qualiter dominicis diebus vigiliae agantur [Regula Benedicti, c. 11.t], ubi Pater Benedictus ideo, quia non omnis negligentia est aequalis, de tarde pulsato signo [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 11.13] et idcirco, quia digne satisfacere dicit, debet prior pensare intentionem pulsantis, i. e. si nubilum eum impedivit, an somnulentia aut pigritia aut infirmitas aut certe superflua [page 344] praeterita potatio, et cetera his similia, quae ad cognoscendam intentionem possunt subtilius pensari.

The chapter dealing with this fourth method is number twenty-five, concerning graver faults. Those related to the first method, however, of which we have already spoken initially, include chapter eleven, entitled, How Vigils are to be conducted on Sundays, [Regula Benedicti, c. 11.t] where, since not every form of negligence is equal, Father Benedict says in the case of late sounding of the signal for night-office, let him make due satisfaction in the oratory [Regula Benedicti, c. 11.13] and since he speaks of due satisfaction the superior should weigh the intention of the person sounding the signal, i.e. if his failure was due to the cloudiness of the night, somnolence, laziness, sickness or just excessive [page 344] drink and such like things, which can be finely weighed to determine intention.

Deinde pensanda est ipsa negligentia, quanta fuit, et ita secundum intentionem pulsantis et quantitatem, i. e. modum negligentiae reus judicari debet, si digne judicatur. Secundum capitulum quadragesimum tertium: De his, qui ad opus Dei vel ad mensam tarde occurrunt, [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.t] in quo capitulo continetur: Sed et si cui aliquid offertur a priore et accipere renuerit. [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.19]

Next the degree of negligence should be weighed. In this way the signaler’s guilt should be judged according to his intention and the amount, i.e. degree, of his negligence, if he is to receive due judgment. Secondly, there is chapter forty-three, entitled On those arriving late for the work of God or the table, [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.t] which contains the words, if anyone is offered something by a superior and refuses it. [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.19]

Sed hoc capitulum valde prudenter discutiendum est cum intentione negligentis atque quantitate culpae.

This chapter also requires judicious investigation of the intention behind the lapse and the amount of the fault.

Tertium capitulum est istius praefati primi modi quadragesimum quintum: De his, qui falluntur in oratorio, [Regula Benedicti, c. 45] et hoc pariter capitulum cum negligentiae magnitudine atque intentione peccantis valde prudenter investigandum est.

The third chapter relating to the aforesaid first method is chapter forty-five, entitled, On those who make mistakes in the oratory, [Regula Benedicti, c. 45] which similarly requires judicious investigation of the degree of negligence and the intention of the sinner.

Quartum istius jam dicti primi modi capitulum quinquagesimum septimum De artificibus monasterii. [Regula Benedicti, c. 57]

The fourth chapter relating to that first method mentioned is chapter fifty-seven, entitled, On monastery artisans. [Regula Benedicti, c. 57]

Igitur quia superius dictum est, secundum modum esse de spiritalibus rebus, dicenda sunt ipsa peccata, quae ad hunc modum attinere videntur, i. e. pro quibus monachus usque ad sex gradus protrahendus est, in septimo vero non emendatus de monasterio expellendus, h. e. occulte videlicet castigando, publice corripiendo, in levioribus culpis excommunicando, in jejuniis nimiis affligendo, verberibus coercendo, pro eodem inemendato ab omnibus orando, atque ad ultimum de monasterio expellendo.

Since, therefore, as stated above, the second method relates to spiritual matters, those sins should be mentioned which seem to relate to this method, i.e. for which a monk should be conducted right through the six grades and be expelled from the monastery in the seventh grade if not amended, specifically private reprimand, public reproof, excommunication for lighter faults, infliction of severe fasting, coercing with the lash, communal prayer for the unreformed and, finally, expulsion from the monastery.

Verum quia ipsa, spiritalia peccata, quae alio nomine levia dicuntur, non sunt aequali lance trutinanda, eo quod in eis alia inveniuntur levia, alia gravia, alia graviora; ideo non aequaliter pro omnibus monachus in unoquoque gradu est tenendus. Nam pro aliis tarde, pro aliis vero cito de uno ad alium gradum est ducendus.

Since, however, these sins of the spirit, otherwise called light, are not all to be given equal weight, in that some of them are light and others are of greater levels of gravity, so a monk should not be kept at any particular level on an equal basis in all cases. For progression from one level to another should be slow for some but fast for others.

Quantum enim culpa videtur esse levis, tantum diu in unoquoque gradu est morandus, quantum vero gravior, tantum cito ad alium gradum est transeundum, morem videlicet medici considerantes, qui quamvis diversa medicamina et diversas potiones infirmo tribuunt, non cito ad aliud medicamen dandum transeunt, quousque non cognoverint, primum medicamen non posse juvare, aut certe [page 345] ipsam infirmitatem periculosiorem esse cognoverint.

The lighter the fault appears to be, the longer he should remain at any one level but to the extent that it is more grave, transition to another level should be swift, bearing in mind the practice of doctors, who, though they provide a variety of medicines and potions to the sick do not quickly change the medicine to be given until they know that the first medicine cannot help or [page 345] that the sickness is simply more dangerous.

Levioris culpae reus est, qui otiosus esse dilexerit, qui ad collationes vel ad missam tardius venerit, qui in choro riserit, qui fabulis vacaverit, qui relicto officio vel opere extra necessitatis causam foris recesserit, qui torporem aut somnum amaverit, qui juraverit, qui multiloquus fuerit, qui ministerium cujuslibet operis injunctum sibi sine benedictione susceperit, qui peracto opere benedictionem minime postulaverit, qui opus injunctum negligenter vel tardius expleverit, qui codice negligenter usus fuerit, qui aliquibus ad momentum successerit,4 qui occulte ab aliquo literas vel quodlibet munus acceperit, qui epistolam suscipiens occultaverit aut sine consensu abbatis rescripserit, qui cum quolibet parentum saecularium aut non parentum sine jussione senioris locutus fuerit, qui seniori inobediens fuerit, qui contumaciter seniori responderit, qui erga seniorem linguam non represserit, qui lascivus in lingua fuerit, qui inhoneste incesserit, qui jocaverit, qui satis riserit, qui illusionem nocturnam patri spiritali non patefecerit, qui iracundus fuerit, qui altae et erectae cervicis fuerit, qui mente tumidus fuerit, qui jactanti incessu moderatus non fuerit,5 qui discors fuerit, qui discordiam seminaverit, qui detractor fuerit, qui susurro fuerit, qui invidus fuerit, qui per inobedientiam murmuraverit, qui rixari verbis amaverit, qui convitium fratri intulerit, qui contumaci animo seniorem despexerit, qui rancorem adversus fratrem tenuerit, qui alicubi extra consultum abbatis vel praepositi discesserit. [cf. Isidore of Seville, Regula, c. 17, ed. Campos Rocca, pp. 114-115]

Cases of lighter faults include fondness of leisure, coming late to mass or table, laughter in choir, engaging in idle chatter, forsaking office and work to stay outside the monastery unnecessarily, love of inactivity and sleep, swearing, talkativeness, undertaking the performance of any task without obtaining blessing, failure to seek blessing on a task’s completion, completing a task negligently or late, negligence in the use of a book, [coming up on people momentarily],10 secretly receiving letters or any kind of gift from anyone, hiding any letter received or replying without the abbot’s consent, speaking with either worldly parent or any other member of the laity without the authority of a senior, disobedience to a senior, replying contumaciously to a senior, lack of restraint when speaking to a senior, wantonness of speech, immodesty of gait, jesting, laughing to excess, failure to disclose nocturnal emissions11 to a spiritual father, anger, holding one’s head up high, haughtiness, moving in a conceited manner, disagreeableness, provoking discord, disparaging, rumor mongering, envy, disobedient muttering, argumentativeness, insulting a brother, showing contumacious disrespect to a senior, holding a grudge against a brother and deviating in any respect from a decision of the abbot or prior. [cf. Isidore of Seville, Regula, c. 17]

Dicenda sunt similiter aliquanta peccata, quae regula graviores culpas nuncupat, quae ad quartum praefatum modum attinent. Sed necesse est prudenter pensare de his gravioribus culpis, quia quamvis omnes culpae graviores nomine gravioris nominentur, tamen si pondus pensaverimus, non omnes aequaliter inveniuntur graviores.

Similar reference should be made to various sins which the rule identifies as graver faults and which relate to the fourth method mentioned. But judicious examination is needed concerning these graver faults, as although they may all be classified as graver, yet in our assessment of their gravity not all are found to be equally grave.

Unde etiam pensanda est canonica auctoritas, quae prohibet illum, qui publicam [page 346] poenitentiam gessit, ad ordinem presbyteratus sive diaconatus venire, si vero ordinatus presbyter publicam egerit poenitentiam, a suo jubet recedere ministerio.

Consideration should then also be given to canonical authority which bars anyone who has performed public [page 346] penance from becoming ordained as a priest or deacon and requires any ordained priest who has performed public penance to leave his ministry.

Unde eum, qui excommunicandi habet ministerium, necesse est pensare personam et culpam, quia quamvis pro omnibus culpis gravioribus videatur regula praecipere extra ecclesiam et refectorium atque consortium fratrum poenitendum esse eum, qui gravioris culpae obnoxius fuerit, tamen discretus et prudens doctor discernere debet personam, cui officit publica poenitentia, ad sacrum ordinem ascendere, et cui non officit.

Anyone, therefore, with responsibility for excommunication must consider the individual and the fault, because although for all graver faults the rule appears to provide that anyone guilty thereof should perform penance through exclusion from the church, the refectory and fraternal company, yet a discerning and prudent abbot will distinguish on an individual basis whose advancement to holy orders is blocked by public penance and whose not.

Si vero talis ac tanta fuerit, gravior culpa, pro qua secundum canonicam auctoritatem ad ordinem clericatus non possit accedere, tunc omnis, sive literatus sive illiteratus, sive doctus sive indoctus fuerit, qui hujuscemodi culpae obnoxius est, in graviori culpa judicandus est.

But if a graver fault is of a kind and degree to make advancement to clerical rank impossible according to canonical authority, then anyone, lettered or unlettered, educated or uneducated, who is guilty of a fault of this kind should face the judgment for a graver fault.

Si autem ipsa culpa gravior talis fuerit, unde eum canones non prohibeant, ad ordinem clericatus accedere, et ipsa persona sive ordinatus sit sive adhuc non sit, et tamen potest provehi6 - iste talis pro hujuscemodi peccato non debet publice poenitere pro dicta canonica auctoritate - eo quod canonica auctoritas est, quia, qui publicam poenitentiam egit, nec presbyter nec diaconus esse potest, si vero in presbyteratu vel diaconatu constitutus publicam poenitentiam egerit, ab ordine removeri debet; publica7 poenitentia est, in qua monachus separatus ab ecclesia et a refectorio vel a consortio omnium fratrum solus in poenitentiae luctu consistit.

But if the graver fault is one for which the canons do not bar the offender from proceeding to clerical orders and the individual, whether already ordained or not, can nevertheless be promoted - in conformity with canonical authority such a person should not have to make public penance - there being no requirement under canon law for public penance for such a sin – for the reason that canonical authority provides that anyone who has performed public penance cannot be a priest or deacon and that anyone who has performed public penance whilst occupying the position of a priest or deacon should be removed from the order.  Public penance is where a monk is excluded from the church, the refectory and all fraternal company to remain alone in penitential sorrow.

Sed in minoris et levioris culpae, de qua in secundo modo diximus, judicio tenendus est, quamvis gravius, quam si minor culpa fuisset, ne, cum possit proficere, pro tali incauto judicio proficiendi in sancta ecclesia impediatur. Quodsi talis fuerit persona, sive illiterata sive alia, quae nullo modo potest ad ordinem clericatus venire, pro qualicunque graviori culpa in graviori judicio judicandus est.

But a person should be judged at the level of a minor or lighter fault, of which we spoke in relation to the second method, even though the fault was graver than if it were a minor fault, so as not to prevent someone capable thereof from advancement in the holy church as a result of an incautious ruling. But if the individual is such, whether unlettered or not, who in no way can reach the clerical order, he should be judged for any graver fault according to the graver form of judgment.

Gravioris culpae reus est, qui temulentus fuerit, qui feminarum [page 347] familiaris fuit, qui fraudator rei acceptae aut commissae sibi aut minus commissae fuerit, inter haec si de rebus secum allatis extulerit, qui furatus fuerit, qui personam innocentem falso crimine maculaverit, qui cum parvulo jocaverit, qui cum eo riserit, qui illum osculatus fuerit, qui cum altero in uno lecto jacuerit, qui extra communem mensam privatim vel furtim quidpiam sumpserit, qui, ut otiosus sit, falsitatem praetenderit. [cf. Isidore of Seville, Regula, c. 17, ed. Campos Rocca, pp. 115-116]

Someone is chargeable with a graver fault in the case of drunkenness, [page 347] associating with women, embezzlement of any item obtained in trust or otherwise, including taking things brought with him, theft, bringing stain on an innocent person by false accusation, jesting with a child, laughing with him or kissing him, lying in one bed with another, privately or furtively removing anything from the common table, making false excuses to avoid work. [cf. Isidore of Seville, Regula, c. 17]

Sed de his omnibus culpis, quas graviores dicimus, subtili investigatione pensandum est, quo animo aut qua intentione eas quilibet perpetraverit, ut secundum meritum judicari valeat. Nam et in ipsis gravioribus culpis non semper aequaliter graviores inveniuntur.

But concerning all these faults, which we have called graver, the spirit and intention with which anyone has committed them should be assessed through precise investigation so that it may be judged on its merits. For even with the graver faults, they are not found to be of equal gravity.


1. Hos tales (?). (Mittermüller).
2. Scilicet tricesimum. (Mittermüller).
3. Quadragesimum sextum. (Mittermüller).
4. Succensuerit (?). (Mittermüller).
5. Qui jactanti incessu moderato fuerit. Cod. Mellicens. (Mittermüller).
6. Anacoluthon (?). (Mittermüller).
7. Publica enim (Mittermüller).

1. In general, translations from the Rule are based on Fry but with occasional deviations.
2. Improbus – translation intended to convey the sense of moral inadequacy inherent in the meaning.
3. The Latin text plays on the shared etymology of contumax (“contumacious”) and contemnat.
4. Hildemar may be using praeter in an additive sense (cf. praeterea) rather than the normal exclusive sense, as translated here, although the latter seems more consistent with doctrinal recognition of the involuntary aspect of “nocturnal emissions”.
5. Cross reference has yet to be identified.
6. Italics mark beginning of first section of text drawn from Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum poenitentiarum modo de regula Benedicti distincto, ed. Josef Semmler, Corpus Consuetudinum Monasticarum, vol. 1, (Siegburg 1963), pp. 571-576.
7. Cross reference not identified.
8. Start of second section taken from Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum poenitentiarum modo CCM 1, pp. 577-82.
9. Lat: correptus. Correctus, the reading of Zürich, Zentralbibliothek Rh. Hist. 28, according to Semmler ad loc., would seem more in keeping with the sentence.
10. Lat: qui aliquibus ad momentum successerit. The obscurity of these words, reflected in the rather forced translation bracketed above, led Mittermüller (p. 345, n. 1), to suggest ‘succensuerit’ in the place of ‘successerit’, i.e. sudden irritation, although anger appears separately in the list. The combination of the plural aliquibus rather than the singular indirect object more typical in this list and the rarely found ad momentum may well indicate corruption at some stage in the transmission. The clause also appears in Karlsruhe, Badische Landesbibliothek Aug. 179, f.47v as ‘qui aliquib· admom̄tū successerit’ but with no word break in admom̄tū.
11. Lat: illusionem nocturnam. The inclusion of this within a list of lighter faults suggests that this is not a reference to active sexual misconduct of the type referred to as inlusiones diabolicas in Regula Benedicti, c. 53 but the pollutio referred to in the commentary on Regula Benedicti, c. 22, cleansing of which requires the supervision of a senior.

Cap. XXIV
QUALIS DEBET ESSE MODUS EXCOMMUNICATIONIS

[Ms P, fol. 91rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 52r; Ms E1, fol. 107r; Ms E2, fol. 170r]

Ch. 24
WHAT THE EXTENT OF EXCOMMUNICATION OUGHT TO BE

Translated by: Abigail Firey

Modus, i. e. qualitas vel quantitas. Sententiam suam exsequitur, quia superius dixit duo, i. e. si intelligit, qualis poena sit, excommunicationi subjaceat; sin autem improbus fuerit, vindictae corporali subdatur [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.4-5], hic autem dicit: 1Secundum modum culpae et excommunicationis vel disciplinae debet extendi mensura - ac si diceret: Juxta qualitatem vel quantitatem negligentiae, ita debet extendi mensura excommunicationis vel disciplinae.

Extent, that is, quality or quantity. [Benedict] proceeds to this opinion, because he has said two things, namely, if he [the brother] understands what the penalty be, let him submit to excommunication; if, however, he was unaware, let him be subjected to corporal punishment. [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.4-5]; moreover, here he says, 1The measure both of excommunication or discipline ought be calculated according to the type of offense – as if he says: the measure of excommunication or discipline ought to be calculated in accordance with the quality or quantity of negligence.

Disciplina, quanquam multis modis intelligatur, i. e. admonitio vel correptio et reliqua, tamen in hoc loco pro virga ponitur.

Discipline, although it may be understood in many ways (such as admonition or correction and so forth) is nevertheless in this place is used for 'the rod'.

Sequitur: 2qui culparum modus in abbatis pendeat judicio - ac si diceret aliis verbis: Qualitas vel quantitas culpae ad abbatis judicium respicit, i. e. in ejus aestimatione consistit. Ille autem discernat, utrum levis sit culpa vel gravis.

He continues: 2Let the extent of the offense depend upon the judgement of the abbot – as if he says other words: 'The quality or quantity of the offense refers to the judgement of the abbot, that is, it consists in his assessment. He, moreover, should determine whether the offense be minor or serious.'

Attendendum est in hoc loco, quia non dixit, ut ille abbas det judicium de levibus culpis vel de gravibus, sed dixit solummodo: abbas discernat, utrum sit illa culpa levis an gravis, quia ipse S. Benedictus dat judicium de levibus et de gravibus - ac si diceret aliis verbis S. Benedictus: Abbas vero solummodo discernat utrum levis sit negligentia an gravis, quia ego judico de levi culpa et de gravi.

It is to be noted that in this place, he has not said that the abbot should pronounce judgement on minor or serious offenses, but he has said only that the abbot should determine1 whether the offense be minor or serious, because St. Benedict himself pronounced judgement concerning the minor and serious ones – as if St. Benedict says, in other words, 'But only the abbot may discern whether negligence be minor or serious, because I pass judgement concerning the minor offense and the serious one.'

In [page 348] hoc loco intuendum est, ut ille abbas culpam levem non aestimet esse gravem, et culpam gravem non judicet esse levem, quia, cum hoc fecerit, grave periculum sibi generare se credat. Sicut Dominus dicit in veteri testamento, h. e. in Exodo1 de leprosis, ut ille sacerdos judicet inter leprosum et non leprosum, et Dominus dicit: Leprosi et non leprosi juxta qualitatem leprae judicio subjacere debent. [cf. Lv 14]

In [page 348] this place it is to be understood that the abbot does not consider a minor offense to be a serious one, and does not judge a serious offense to be minor, because, when he does this, he should believe that he creates serious danger for himself. Just as the Lord says in the Old Testament, that is, in Exodus, concerning the lepers, that the priest should judge between the leprous and the non-leprous and the Lord also says that the leprous and those who are not leprous should submit to judgement about the quality of the leprosy. [cf. Lv 14]

Ita et S. Benedictus in hoc loco facere cognoscitur, cum dicit qui culparum modus in abbatis judicio pendeat, et ipse S. Benedictus constituit inferius legem de excommunicatis, i. e. de levibus culpis sive de gravibus.

So also is St. Benedict understood to do in this place, when he says that the extent of the offenses depends upon the judgement of the abbot, and that same St. Benedict established below a law concerning the excommunicated, that is, concerning the minor offenses and serious ones.

Et hoc intuendum est, quia si fuerit peccatum spiritale, debet levem culpam aestimare; si autem carnale fuerit, debet in gravi.

And this is to be understood, that if a sin is spiritual, it should be deemed a minor offense; if, however, it is a carnal sin, it should be in [the category of] the serious.

Sequitur: 3Si quis autem frater in levioribus culpis invenitur, a mensae participatione privetur, ac si diceret: Si judicaverit levem esse culpam, separetur a mensa, sicut Dominus in Levitico: Si judicaverit sacerdos lepram esse [cf. Lv 13-14] et rel. judicio ejus subjacere debet, sicut in ipso libro continetur.

He continues: 3If any brother, however, be discovered in lesser offenses, let him be deprived of participation at [the common] table, as if he were to say: 'If he judges the offense as minor, let him be separated from table, just as the Lord [said] in Leviticus: if the priest should judge it to be leprosy (and so on) [cf. Lv 13-14], he ought to submit to his judgement, just as it is contained in that book.'

Sequitur: 4Privati autem a mensae consortio, ista erit ratio, ut in oratorio psalmum vel antiphonam non imponat neque lectionem recitet usque ad satisfactionem - ac si diceret aliis verbis: rationabilis causa est, ut ille qui a mensa separatur, in oratorio neque lectionem recitare aut psalmum imponere aut antiphonas debeat. In hoc loco subintelligitur, ut etiam missam cantare non debeat, si presbyter est, nec offerre, si monachus est, eo quod dicit lectionem non recitet.

He continues: 4This is the reason, moreover, that he will be deprived of the companionship of the table: so that he should not intone the psalm or antiphon in the oratory nor should he recite the reading until he has made satisfaction – and if he would say, 'This decision is reasonable, that he who is separated from table ought not recite the reading in the oratory or intone the psalm or antiphons' in this place it is to be understood that he ought not even sing the Mass, if he is a priest, and not make the offering if he is a monk, because [Benedict] says he should not recite the reading.

Nunc vero [quia] ille, qui separatur a mensa - exponit ipse S. Benedictus, quando debeat manducare vel etiam cum quo.

But [as to] how he should be separated from table – St. Benedict himself explains when he should eat and even with whom.

Ait enim: 5Refectionem cibi solus percipiat, 6ut si v. gr. fratres reficiunt sexta hora, ille frater nona; si fratres nona, ille vespera, 7usquedum satisfactione congrua veniam consequatur.

For he says, 5Let him take the refreshment of food by himself, 6so that, for example, if the brothers eat at the sixth hour, let this brother [eat] at the ninth; if the brothers [eat] at the ninth [hour], [let] this [brother eat] in the evening, until he has completed a suitable satisfaction.

In hoc loco intuendum est, quia non tollit illi locum in ordine vel cibum vel potum; praeter si ille jam ex hac excommunicatione non se emendaverit [page 349], tunc coerceatur, si improbus fuerit, verberibus, si vero talis fuerit persona, ut non sit dignus flagellari, tunc nimiis jejuniis castigandus est.

In this place it should be understood that [Benedict] does not take away his place in the sequence [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 63] or food or drink; rather, if he then does not correct himself from this excommunication, [page 349] then he should be coerced, if he was unaware, with beatings; if, however, he is the sort of person who should not be flogged, then he is to be chastised with great fasting.

Sciendum enim est, quia locum suum non debet tollere abbas, eo quod pro levibus culpis ita satisfacere debet, sicut ipse alibi dicit: Tamdiu debet stare in loco suo, usquedum flectunt se fratres ad supplicationem litaniae, post vero dabet ire in loco, in quo deputaverit abbas, et ibi prostratus jacere, usquedum completur opus Dei. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 44.1-4]

Indeed, it is to be noted, that the abbot ought not take away his place, because for lesser transgressions he should make satisfaction thus, just as he [Benedict] himself says elsewhere: he ought to stand in his place until the brothers bow in the prayers of the litany, then afterward let him go into that place which the abbot shall have designated, and there cast himself down prone, until the Work of God be finished [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 44.1-4].

Satisfactio enim intelligitur prostratio, venia autem indulgentia. Sive dicas satisfactione congrua, sive etiam congrua venia, utrumque potest dici.

Satisfaction therefore is understood as prostration, pardon, moreover, is indulgence. Whether you would call it suitable satisfaction or even 'suitable pardon': either can be said.

Et hoc animadvertendum est, quia semper considerare debet abbas intentionem peccantium atque modum delinquentium.

And this is to be noticed, that the abbot should always consider the intention of those sinning and the manner of those transgressing.

Sed sciendum est, quia magna difficultas est in discernendo levia peccata a gravioribus et periculosa est, ne leve pro gravi aut grave deputet pro levi.

But this should be known, because there is great and dangerous difficulty in distinguishing minor sins from more serious ones, lest the minor be considered serious or the serious considered minor.

Et iterum major difficultas est, ubi dicit congrua satisfactione veniam consequatur.

And again it is a great difficulty, when he states, Let him obtain pardon with suitable satisfaction.

Unde semper debet attendere abbas intentionem, quia non omnes una intentione faciunt illud peccatum, quamvis unum peccatum committant.

 For this reason, the abbot should always take into account intention, because not all commit a sin with a single intention, although they commit the same sin.

Similiter non omnes aequaliter poenitent, quanquam aequaliter sit in poenitentia spatium tributum, quia forte iste studiose et diligenter poenitet, ille vero negligenter atque tepide.

Similarly, not all will do penance equally, although the period assigned for penance be equal, because one person perhaps may do penance zealously and diligently, but another casually and not fervently.

Ideo ille qui studiose poenitet, ante debet solvi, quam ille, qui negligenter. Unde dicit congrua satisfactione veniam consequatur.

Therefore he who does penance zealously ought to be absolved before the one who does it casually. For this reason, he says, Let him obtain pardon with suitable satisfaction.

Tunc est congrua satisfactio, quando secundum modum delicti peracta est poenitentia. Et hic est magna difficultas ad cognoscendum, quando sit illa satisfactio congrua.

Satisfaction is suitable when the penance is performed in accord with the extent of the offense. And when that satisfaction be suitable is a great difficulty in discernment.

Ponamus exemplum: Ecce duo fratres aequaliter acceperunt poenitentiam, et quamvis aequaliter judicandi sunt, non sunt tamen eo studio inventi aequaliter egisse poenitentiam; ac per hoc non aequaliter debent solvi, sed ille debet prius solvi, qui studiosius suam peregit poenitentiam et verecundius atque humilius. Nam si aequaliter voluerit solvere eos abbas, quia aequaliter judicati sunt, non agit secundum regulam, quia non solvit fratrem congrua satisfactione.

Let us propose an example: Suppose that two brothers received a penance equally, and although they were to be judged equally, they were nevertheless not found to have performed the penance equally with respect to zeal; and because of that, they should not be equally absolved, but that one who performed his penance faithfully and authentically and humbly ought to be absolved first. For if the abbot would wish to absolve them equally, because they had been judged equally, he would not act according to the Rule, because he would not absolve a brother with suitable satisfaction.


1. Levitico (?) (Mittermüller).

1. The Latin word here is discernat. One may wonder whether there is resonance with the monastic practice of 'discerning' truth through prayerful meditation; if so, the process of passing judgement is shaded with spiritual understanding as well as legal authority.

Cap. XXV
DE GRAVIORIBUS CULPIS

[Ms P, fol. 91vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 54v; Ms E1, fol. 108r; Ms E2, fol. 172r?]

Ch. 25
CONCERNING SERIOUS OFFENCES

Translated by: Abigail Firey

1Is autem frater, qui gravioris culpae noxa tenetur, suspendatur simul a mensa et ab oratorio. 2Nullus ei fratrum in ullo jungatur consortio neque in colloquio; 3solus sit ad opus sibi injunctum, persistens in poenitentiae luctu.

1That brother, however, who is held [to have committed] the injury of a serious offense, should be suspended from both the [common] table and from the oratory. 2No-one may engage the brother in any social intercourse or in conversation; 3he should be alone in the work enjoined upon him, while he persists in penitential grief.

 Noxa i. e. mortali delicto et criminali peccato tenetur.

Injury, that is, he is convicted of a mortal crime and a criminal sin.

In hoc loco intuendum est, quia hoc capitulum generavit illa sententia Pauli apostoli, in qua dicit: Tradite hujusmodi hominem satanae in interitum carnis. [1 Cor 5:5] Inde etiam sacri canones, qui hominem ab ecclesia separant, tracti sunt.

In this place it is to be understood that this opinion of the Apostle Paul gave rise to this chapter, in which he says, Hand over a man of this sort to Satan for the destruction of his flesh.[1 Cor. 5:5] Whence indeed are drawn the sacred canons which separate a man from the Church.

In hoc loco intuendum est, quia, sicut sapientes intelligunt, perceptio cibi vel potus ante horam criminale peccatum est.

In this place it is to be understood that as wise men know, the reception of food or drink before the canonical hour is a criminal sin.

Sed in isto loco discretio debet esse; v. gr. si quia frater unam phialam vini aut aliquid panis alicui dederit sine licentia, in levioribus culpis teneri debet, si autem ipsam phialam vini vel aliquid panis biberit vel manducaverit sine licentia, in graviori culpa teneri debet, quia Adam de uno pomo manducando, i. e. non meliori cibo edens, eo quod contra praeceptum Domini fecit, meruit expulsionem Paradisi - ita tamen, si illam phialam vel cibum absconse, i. e. furtim biberit vel manducaverit. Si autem aut cellerarius aut aliquis illi dederit, non est in noxa tenendus sed in levioribus culpis.

But in this matter there should be discretion; for example, if because a brother gave a flask of wine or a piece of bread to someone without permission, he ought to be convicted of a lesser offense; if, however, he drank that flask of wine or ate the piece of bread without permission, he ought to be convicted of a more serious offense, because Adam, on account of eating one apple (that is, not eating better food), because he acted against the instruction of the Lord, merited expulsion from Paradise – and so it is thus, however, if he [the brother] will have drunk that flask or eaten the food secretly, that is, furtively. If, however, either the cellarer or someone else gave [it] to him, he is not to be convicted of an injury, but [rather] of lesser offenses.

Graviori culpa teneri debet, qui quocunque modo fornicationem fecerit, excepto solummodo in somnis.

He who committed any type of fornication ought to be convicted of a more serious offense, excepting only those [committed] when asleep.

Si frater a quinto decimo anno adprehendit parvulum et facit cum illo infantulo fornicationem, ille infantulus virgis flagelletur et castigetur pro hoc. Deinde si talis ejus fuerit vita bona et amplius ipse in hoc peccatum non inciderit, potest venire ad presbyteratus honorem.

If a brother, from his fifteenth year onward, should seize a small boy and commit fornication with that child, the child should be beaten with rods and chastised for this. Then, if the life of such a one is good and he himself is esteemed and never again lapses into this sin, he may advance to the office of priest.

Ipse autem, qui jam grandis est, si semel hoc pro ebrietate fecit, in leviori culpa excommunicetur; si autem bis vel ter in hoc peccatum inciderit, nunquam ad presbyteratus accedat honorem et mittatur in graviori culpa.

He, however, who now is an adult, if ever he does this thing once because of drunkenness, should be excommunicated for a minor offense; if, however, he falls into this sin two or three times, he should never attain the office of the priesthood and should be repudiated1 for a serious offense.

Si autem jam presbyter est et si inciderit in hoc peccatum semel et fortuito et pro ebrietate, non in gravi culpa excommunicetur, sed [page 351] solummodo diu agat poenitentiam usque ad annos duos et deinde cantet missam.

If, moreover, he is already a priest and if he falls once into this sin and [it was] by chance and on account of drunkenness, he should not be excommunicated for a serious offense, but [page 351] let him do penance only for the duration of two years and then he may sing the Mass.

Sequitur: 3sciens illam terribilem apostoli sententiam dicentis: 4Tradite hujusmodi hominem in interitum carnis, ut spiritus salvus sit in die Domini. [1 Cor 5:5]

He continues, 3Knowing that terrible verdict of the apostle: 4Hand over a man of this sort for destruction of the flesh, so that his spirit may be saved on the Day of the Lord [1 Cor. 5:5].

Iste enim locus varius a variis doctoribus intelligitur. Sunt enim, qui intelligunt, quia Paulus illum hominem in carcerem includi jussit, eo quod satana contrarius sive adversarius interpretatur. Et bene per satana carcer intelligitur, eo quod carcer sive custodia contraria carni esse cognoscitur.

Indeed, this section is understood variously by various teachers. There are indeed those who understand [it to say] that Paul commanded that this man be confined to prison, because Satan is interpreted as hurtful and inimical. And well might 'a prison' be understood for Satan, because a prison or custody is known to be harmful to the flesh.

Et sunt qui intelligunt, quia illum Paulus in potestatem diaboli tradidit, ut diabolus haberet potestatem illum vexandi.

And there are those who understand [the passage to mean] that Paul handed him over to the power of the devil, so that the devil might have the power of tormenting him.

Et reddit causam, quare tradidit in potestatem satanae, h. e. diaboli, cum subdit: ut spiritus salvus sit in die Domini nostri Jesu Christi. Et in hoc loco datur intelligi, quia multi ideo in potestatem diaboli traduntur, ut purgationem delictorum suorum mereantur accipere.

And he gives the reason why he handed [him] over to the power of Satan, that is, the devil, when he adds so that his spirit may be saved on the Day of our Lord Jesus Christ. For in this passage it is given to be understood that many, therefore, are handed over to the power of the devil, so that they may merit receiving purgation of their crimes.

Et sunt alii, qui intelligunt, illum hominem jussisse Paulum apostolum occidi.

And there are others who understand [the meaning of this passage to be] that the Apostle Paul ordered that man to be killed.

Sed iste sensus convincitur propter illud, quod in secunda epistola ad Corinthios dicit: [Si] cui autem aliquid donastis, et ego. Nam et ego, quod donavi, [2 Cor 2:10]1 propter vos in persona Christi, ut non circumveniamur a satana; nec enim versutias ejus ignoramus - ac si diceret aliis verbis: 'Cui vos indulsistis, et ego indulsi, nam et ego, si alicui parsi, propter vos peperci. Voluissem ego non parcere, sed quia vos indulsistis, non potui aliter facere, nisi parcerem propter vos.'

But this sense of the passage is refuted because of what he says in the second letter to the Corinthians: [If] ‘to whom ye forgive anything, I also [forgive]. For what I also have forgiven [2 Cor. 2:10] on your account in the person of Christ, so that we are not surrounded by Satan; and indeed we should not be unaware of his cunning – as if he says in other words: 'To whom you have been indulgent, I also have been indulgent, for I also spared, on your account, anyone spared. I might have wished not to spare, but because you were indulgent, I was not able to do otherwise, except to spare on your account.'

Et reddit causam, quare propter illos se indulsisse dicit, cum subdit ne circumveniamur a satana: ne nos diabolus pro occasione zeli Dei discordantes esse faciat.

And this gives the reason why he says that he is indulgent toward them, when he adds that we should not be surrounded by Satan: lest the devil cause us to be in disagreement concerning an occasion of zeal for God.

Et iterum latius exponit dicens, quare indulserit, cum dicit: nec enim versutias ejus ignoramus - ac si diceret aliis verbis: 'Non nos latet ejus cogitatio.' Illius enim cogitatio est, ut homines discordantes sint.

And again he explains more broadly, saying why he would be indulgent, when he says that indeed we are not unaware of his cunning, as if he says in other words: 'His plan is not hidden from us.' For indeed it is his [the devil’s] plan that humans be at odds.

In hoc loco datur intelligi, ut, si ille abbas alicui indulserit, debeant etiam illi spiritales fratres parcere; et cui illi fratres spiritales indulserint, [page 352] debet etiam abbas parcere, ne ob hoc quasi causa zeli Dei discordia generetur inter illos. Nam melius est fallere in misericordiam faciendo, quam in severitatem tenendo.

In this passage it is given to be understood, that, if the abbot should be indulgent toward anyone, then his spiritual brothers ought to spare him; and him toward whom those spiritual brothers show indulgence, [page 352] the abbot ought also to spare, lest on account of this, a cause as it were for zeal for God, discord be generated among them. For it is better to err in doing mercy, than in adhering to severity.

Sequitur: 5Cibi autem refectionem solus percipiat mensura vel hora, qua praeviderit abbas ei competere.

He continues: 5Moreover, let him take the refreshment of food alone, in the measure and at the hour which the abbot anticipates is suitable for him.

Competere, i. e. convenire vel expedire.

 Suitable, that is, 'appropriate' or 'useful'.

In hoc loco intuendum est, cum dicit mensuram vel horam. Debet discretionem habere abbas temporis et qualitatis personae: tempus debet cognoscere, utrum sit calor vel frigus, quia haec utraque tempora non aequaliter conveniunt jejunio. Debet etiam cognoscere qualitatem illius fratris, quem excommunicavit, utrum sit debilis an fortis, au alicujus infirmitatis vel fortitudinis.

In this passage, what is to be understood when he says measure or hour? The abbot should have discretion regarding the condition and nature of the person: he ought to know the season, whether it be hot or cold, because these two times are not equally suitable to fasting. He ought also to know the nature of this brother he has excommunicated, whether he be weak or strong, or have some sort of infirmity or vigour.

Nam intuendum est, quia, si multum quis jejunaverit, a calore hepatis contrahitur stomachus, post vero cum vult recipere cibum, ipse cibus ei nocebit.

For it is to be understood that if someone fasts a great deal, the stomach is contracted from the heat of the liver; but afterward, when he wishes to take food, that very food will be harmful to him.

In quo loco datur intelligi, ut debeat etiam cognoscere medicinam; si enim non cognoscit per se, debet interrogare, qualiter? Cum fratrem castigat jejuniis, ut moderate castiget.

In this passage it is given to be understood that he [the abbot] really should be familiar with medicine; even if he does not personally know, he should ask, 'How?' when he punishes a brother with fasts, so that he punish moderately.

Sequitur: 6nec a quoquam benedicatur transeunte, nec cibus, qui ei datur.

He continues: 6and he should not be blessed by anyone passing by, nor should the food which is given to him [be blessed].

Isti tali fratri nullus debet loqui, nec etiam ille, qui cibum ei tribuit. Verum in nostro monasterio cellerarius tribuit illi cibum; nam non quisquam debet loqui.

No one should speak to the brother of this sort [an excommunicate], not even he who brings food to him. But in our monastery, the cellarer brings food to him, for nobody should speak.

Et hoc notandum est, quia ille, qui a graviori culpa teneri dignus est, non debet ante corrigi publice, sed mox ut inventus fuerit in graviori culpa, excommunicandus est.

And here it is to be noted that he who has deserved to be convicted for a more serious offense ought not be corrected publicly beforehand, but [rather] he is to be excommunicated as soon as he is discovered in the more serious offense.

Sed sciendum est, quia istud capitulum de canonica auctoritate tractum est. Nam in veteri testamento ita praecipitur, ut si leprosus fuerit, maneat extra castra; si autem non fuerit, maneat in castris. [cf. Lv 13-14]

But it is to be recognised, that this chapter is drawn from canonical authority. For in the Old Testament it is taught thus, that if someone be leprous, that person should remain outside the camps; if, however, the person be not leprous, he or she may remain within the camps. [cf. Lv. 13-14]

Illa lepra significat illa peccata, pro quibus extra ecclesiam fit. Illa autem peccata, pro quibus Dominus sacrificium jussit offerri, significant illa peccata, pro quibus non judicantur extra ecclesiam fieri.

That leprosy signifies those sins for which one is caused to be outside the Church. Those sins, however, for which the Lord commanded a sacrifice to be offered signify those sins for which they are not judged to be cast outside the Church.

Similiter et pollutio majorum peccatorum tenet figuram, sicut lepra; castra2 autem intelligitur ecclesia.

Similarly also pollution possesses the symbolic meaning [figura] of great sins, just as leprosy does; the camps, moreover, are understood as the Church.

Et hoc notandum est: si quis in tali culpa inventus fuerit, [page 353] unde ad sacrum ordinem accedere non sit dignus, non debet in minori culpa teneri, sed in graviori.

And this is to be noted: if someone is discovered in a sin of this sort, [page 353] whence he be unworthy to advance to a sacred order, he ought not be convicted of a minor offense, but of a serious one.

Hoc tamen animadvertendum est, quia si frater rem monasterii violaverit vel ab alio fratre furatus fuerit, in graviori culpa teneri debet; si autem superfluum habuerit, i. e. si ea quae debet reddere, [et] apud se detinuerit, minori culpa teneri debet.

Moreover, this is to be observed: that if a brother violates the property of the monastery or steals from another brother, he should be convicted of a more serious offense; if, however, he has something in excess, that is, if [he has] those things which he ought to abandon [and] has kept them for himself, he ought to be convicted as for a lesser offense.

Sed sciendum est: [ut] si quis frater forte commiserit tale peccatum, quod videtur criminale et tamen non prohibet hominem, ad presbyteratus honorem accedere, si talis est persona, quae potest ad honorem presbyteratus pervenire, non debet in graviori, sed in minori culpa excommunicari, quia si in majori culpa excommunicatus fuerit, si presbyter est, non debet missam cantare, si autem non est presbyter, nec debet esse; et ideo debet illum, sicut dixi, in minori culpa teneri3 propter illud, quod scriptum est: Secundum uniuscujusque qualitatem una praebeatur in omnibus secundum merita disciplina. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 2.22/32]

But this is to be known: that if perhaps some brother commits such a sin which seems criminal yet does not prohibit a man from advancing to the honour of priesthood, if he be such a person who is able to advance to the honour of priesthood, he should not be excommunicated for a more serious offense, but for a minor offense, because were he excommunicated for a major offense, if he is a priest, he ought not sing the Mass; if, however, he is not a priest, he ought not be; and therefore, just as he [Benedict] said, he ought to convict him of a minor offense on account of this, which is written: A single discipline should be assigned to all according to their merits [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.32].

Et hoc notandum est, quia gravis culpa habet unum gradum, i. e. publicam excommunicationem. Sed videndum est, quamdiu tolerandus est ille talis frater in monasterio.

And this is to be noted, that a serious offense has a single degree [of response], that is, public excommunication. But it is to be considered, for how long such a brother is to be tolerated in the monastery.

De hac re debet ista esse discretio: si enim ille studiosus abbas et placens Deo fuerit, potest illum retinere usque ad sextam correptionem et excommunicationem juxta aestimationem sex graduum spiritalium culparum - ita tamen, si viderit ille abbas, ejus peccatum aliis non nocere, quia tamdiu tolerandus est pro gravi culpa in monasterio, quamdiu viderit ejus peccatum alios non corrumpere; nam si viderit ejus peccatum alios celerius corrumpere, celeriter projiciendus est.

There should be discretion in this matter: if, indeed, the abbot is careful and pleasing to God, he can keep him [the culpable brother] [in the monastery] until the sixth correction and excommunication, according to the assessment of the six degrees of spiritual offenses – it is the case, however, that if the abbot sees that his sin does not harm others, he [the culpable brother] is to be tolerated in the monastery for a serious offense as long as he [the abbot] sees that his sin does not corrupt others; for if he [the abbot] sees that his sin readily corrupts others, he should be cast out rapidly.


1. si quid donavi. II. Cor. 2, 10. (Mittermüller)
2. per castra. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller)
3. tenere (?). (Mittermüller)


1. The Latin, “mittatur” (lit., “let him be sent”) is a vexing crux in the text. The better reading would seem to be something like “dimittatur”, with its range of meanings from “send a different way,” “dismiss”, “renounce”, “repudiate”. In similar instances in canon law, one would expect the clearer “deponitur”, signaling formal reduction in clerical grade or removal from clerical office, but both Benedict and Hildemar incline toward allowing multiple chances for rehabilitation before the ultimate penalty of excommunication. “Repudiated” seems to leave open--as ambiguously as does the Latin—whether the condemnation is expressed as a simple conviction, or a rejection of the culprit’s authority and future status, or whether the culprit is actually sent away and separated from the monastic community.

Cap. XXVI
DE HIS, QUI SINE JUSSIONE ABBATIS JUNGUNT SE EXCOMMUNICATIS

[Ms P, fol. 92vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 58r; Ms E1, fol. 110v, Ms E2, fol. 175r]

Ch. 26
CONCERNING THOSE WHO, WITHOUT THE MANDATE OF THE ABBOT, FRATERNISE WITH THE EXCOMMUNICATED

Translated by: Abigail Firey

1Si quis frater praesumpserit sine jussione abbatis fratri excommunicato quolibet modo se jungere aut loqui cum eo vel mandatum ei dirigere, similem sortiatur excommunicationis vindictam.

1If a brother should presume, without an order from the abbot, to fraternise in any way with an excommunicate, or to speak with him or to arrange a commission for him, let him who associates be punished with the same sort of excommunication.

Nunc videndum est, quae causa est, [page 354] S. Benedictus tam absolute dicit: qui cum excommunicato fratri locutus fuerit, similem sortiatur vindictam, cum multi sunt, qui loquuntur cum excommunicato non eadem intentione nec eodem tenore?

Now it is to be seen what the reason is, [page 354] [that] St. Benedict so definitively says he who speaks with an excommunicated brother should be assigned the same punishment, when there are many who speak with an excommunicated person, [although] not with the same intention and not with the same tone.

V. gr. sunt quinque fratres, qui loquuntur cum excommunicato: unus ex illis nescivit, illum esse excommunicatum, quia forte foris fuit; alter vero illorum, qui locutus est cum illo, ignoravit sensum regulae; alius autem locutus est cum illo non malo studio, sed causa provocationis ad humilitatis satisfactionem; quartus locutus est cum eo et exhortatus est illum, ne se humiliaret, sed esset durus et se contineret; quintus autem locutus est cum illo et dedit ei consilium fugiendi et dedit illi ingenium, quo possit ita agere, ut exire potuisset et fugere de ipsa custodia.

For example, there are five brothers, who speak with an excommunicate: one of them does not know that he is excommunicated, perhaps because he was away; another one of them, in fact, who has spoken with him, is unaware of the meaning of the rule; yet another spoke with him not out of bad faith, but with the motive of encouragement for the satisfaction of humility; the fourth spoke with him and exhorted him, not that he should humble himself, but that he should be unyielding and should keep to himself; the fifth, however, spoke with him and counseled him to flee and gave him a plan how he might be able to do this, so that he would be able to leave and escape from this custody.

Cui respondendum est: Non male fecit, cum tam absolute dixit, eo quod discretum doctorem requirit. Discretus enim doctor ita discernere debet et discernit, i. e. illum, qui ignoranter locutus est cum illo, judicat esse liberum a culpa, et ideo non permittit poenam ex hoc aliquam sustinere.

To him should it be replied that [Benedict] did not do badly, when he spoke so absolutely, because it requires a discerning teachers. Indeed, a discerning teacher should distinguish and distinguishes, that is, he should judge him who spoke unknowingly with him [the excommunicate] to be free from offense, and therefore he allows no sort of punishment to apply on this account.

Illum autem, qui ignoravit regulam, qualiter in isto capitulo dicit, judicat similiter liberum esse a culpa, sed tamen ejus magistrum, qui illum debuit docere tempore novitii, pro illo judicat similem excommunicationis vindictam sustinere, eo quod illum non docuit, sicut debuit, per omnia.

He judges, moreover, the one who was unaware of the rule, as was described in this chapter, similarly to be free of offense, but his master, who should have taught him during the period of his novitiate, he judges to incur for this the same punishment of excommunication, because he did not teach him as he should have done in all things.

Illum autem, qui non malo animo illi locutus est, sed solummodo causa exhortationis, judicat esse excommunicatum simili excommunicatione; verum quia bono studio locutus est illi, non diu illum permittit jacere in illa poenitentia, i. e. aut duobus vel tribus diebus.

He judges, however, the one who spoke without harmful motivation, but only for the reason of exhortation, to be excommunicated with the same excommunication; but because he spoke to him in good faith, he did not allow him to experience the length of his penance, that is, for [only] two or three days.

Illum autem, qui malo animo illi locutus est, i. e. exhortatus est illum, ut non se humiliaret, judicat talem poenitentiam habere et tantis diebus; verum etiam, si ille excommunicatus habebat XX dies transactos, quando illi locutus est iste, et dehinc debet jacere duobus diebus, iste talis, qui illi locutus est, tantis diebus debet jacere sub illa poena, quantis diebus jacuit ille vel debuit jacere; et cum hoc fit, ille excommunicatus exit, ille autem, qui ei locutus est, illo egresso jacet postmodum in ipsa poenitentia. Similiter [page 355] etiam de illo judicat, qui illum hortatus est fugere et dedit ingenium, quo potuisset se liberare.

He judges the one, moreover, who spoke to him with evil motivation, that is, he exhorted him [the excommunicate] that he should not humble himself, to have that same measure of penance and for as many days, but if the excommunicate had completed twenty days, when this one spoke to him, and henceforth ought to bear two days, one of the sort who spoke to him ought to bear just as many days of that punishment as the days he bore or should have borne; and when he does that, the excommunicated [brother] is free, but the one who spoke to him, when [the excommunicate] is freed, bears the same penance afterward. Likewise [page 355] also he judges the one who exhorted him [the excommunicate] to flee and gave a plan by which he might be able to escape.

De furto autem ista est discretio: aliud est, quod a fratre latenter, etiamsi acum, tuleris; aliud est, si tuam aliis dederis; aliud est, quod ab alio acceperis et tenes absconse.

Concerning theft, however, this is the decision: it is one thing, should you take anything, even a needle, from [another] brother secretly; it is another thing, if you gave your [needle] to others; it is yet another matter when you receive something from another and keep it hidden.

Sciendum est enim, quia de istis omnibus in graviori culpa, i. e. noxa tenendus est. Sed debet esse etiam in his furtis discretio, i. e. si grandis res est, quam furatus est, multis diebus, si parva, paucis diebus; et debet etiam intentio considerari.

Indeed, it is to be known that all these things are to be considered a more serious offense, that is, an injury. But there ought to be a distinction even in these thefts: that is, if the object which was stolen is valuable, [the thief should be punished with] many days, if [the object be] insignificant, [the thief should be punished with] few days; and [his] intention should also be taken into account.

Et hoc notandum est, quia dupla poenitentia debet esse pro illo, quod ab aliis tulisti, quam quod tibi. Sed sciendum est, quia si ille infans1 talis fuerit, ut possit ad honorem presbyteratus venire, aut forte presbyter est, non debet in graviori culpa judicari, sed in minori.

And this is to be noted: that there should be a double penance for that thing which you took from others, than what [was taken] from yourself. But this is to be known: That if he [the thief] be some sort of child [i.e., a minor], in order that he might advance to the honour of the priesthood, or perhaps he is a priest, he should not be adjudged for a more serious offense, but for a lesser one.

Similiter intelligi debet de illo fratre, qui bono studio locutus est cum excommunicato; si forte est presbyter aut potest fieri, tunc non debet in majori culpa teneri, sed in minori, eo quod S. Benedictus pro duabus causis jussit, ut nullus loqueretur cum excommunicato: una, ut timorem incuteret, nec quisquam audeat talia committere, alia vero, ne occasione bonorum mali loquerentur cum illo, qui solent peccatores magis pervertere, quam ad humilitatem protrahere.

It should be understood likewise concerning the brother who spoke with the excommunicate in good faith: if perhaps he is a priest or could become one, then he ought not be held [to have committed] a major offense, but rather a lesser one, because St. Benedict commanded that no-one should speak with an excommunicate for two reasons: one, that he might inspire fear, and no-one would dare to commit such deeds; but the other that lest with the opportunity for good things, the wicked, who are more accustomed to pervert sinners than to drawn them to humility, speak with him.

1. si ille (puniendus) aut infans .... (?). (Mittermüller)  


Cap. XXVII
QUALITER DEBEAT ESSE ABBAS SOLLICITUS CIRCA EXCOMMUNICATOS

[Ms P, fol. 92vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 59v; Ms E1, fol. 111r; Ms E2, fol. 176r]

Ch. 27
HOW THE ABBOT SHOULD BE SOLICITOUS OF EXCOMMUNICATES

Translated by: Joseph Goering

1Omni sollicitudine curam gerat abbas circa delinquentes fratres.

1Let the abbot exercise care with all solicitude for the delinquent brethren.

Attendendum est, quia non dicit solummodo sollicitudine curam gerat, seu ‘sollicitecuram gerat, sed dicit omni sollicitudine, i. e. cum omni sollicitudine. Per hoc enim, quod dicit omni sollicitudine, nihil praetermisit, sed quidquid ad sollicitudinem salvationis animae attinet, cum illis totis debet abbas curam gerere circa delinquentes fratres.  Non solummodo dicit fratres, sed praemisit delinquentes, i. e. peccantes.

Note that he does not say merely exercise care with solicitude or exercise caresolicitously’, but he says in all solicitude, i.e. with all solicitude. By saying in all solicitude he omits nothing and includes whatsoever might pertain to solicitude for the soul’s salvation, in all of these ways the abbot ought to exercise care for the delinquent brethren.  He does not say merely brethren, but he adds delinquent, i. e. sinning.

Et reddit causam, quare circa [page 356] delinquentes dixerit et non circa fratres, dicens: 1quia non est opus sanis medicus, sed male habentibus. [Mt 9:12] Sed hoc [enim], quod dicit: non est opus sanis medicus, sed male habentibus, de Domino tulit.

And he gives the reason why he says delinquent and not simply for the brethren, saying: 1because they that are in health need not a physician, but they that are ill. [Mt 9:12] This saying, they that are in health need not a physician, but they that are ill, he takes from the Lord.

Dominus, cum manducaret cum publicanis et peccatoribus, reprehendebatur a Pharisaeis, quare cum illis manducaret. Ipse vero respondens dixit: Non veni vocare justos, sed peccatores; [Mt 9.13] et non est opus sanis medicus, sed male habentibus. [Mt. 9:12]

For the Lord, because he ate with publicans and sinners, was reproved by the pharisees, asking why he ate with them. But he, responding, said: I am not come to call the just, but sinners, [Mt 9.13] and they that are in health need not a physician, but they that are ill. [Mt. 9:12]

Nunc videndum est, quid est, quod dicit: Non veni vocare justos, sed peccatores. Varie intelligitur. Sunt, qui intelligunt: non veni vocare justos, sed peccatores, i. e. vos, qui dicitis esse vos justos et non peccatores, non veni vocare, sed peccatores illos, qui se fatentur esse peccatores.

Now let us see what is meant when he says: I am not come to call the just, but sinners. Interpretations differ. Some understand by I am not come to call the just, but sinners, that is, you, who call yourselves just and not sinners, I am not come to call you, but those sinners who confess themselves to be sinners.

Sunt, qui intelligunt: non veni vocare justos, sed peccatores ad poenitentiam, i. e. ac si diceret: non veni vocare justos ad poenitentiam, quia illi non indigent, sed peccatores, qui poenitentia indigent; h. e. dicere: justos non despicio neque contemno, peccatores vero ad poenitentiam voco, quia non est opus sanis medicus, sed infirmis. [Mt 9:12]

Others understand by I am not come to call the just, but sinners to penance, as if to say: I have not come to call the just to penance, because they have no need of it, but sinners, who have need of penance; that is to say: I do not despise the just nor contemn them, but I call sinners to penance, because they that are in health need not a physician, but they that are ill. [Mt 9:12]

Et secundum hunc sensum S. Benedictus etiam hoc dicit, ac si diceret: super infirmos et negligentes curam gerat et sollicitudinem abbas; studiosos et devotos, i. e. sanos non despiciat neque contemnat.

And it is in this sense that St. Benedict says this, as if to say: Let the abbot exercise care and solicitude for the ill and the negligent, and let him not despise nor contemn those in good health.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia, cum dixit curam suscepisse infirmarum animarum, ostendit in ista cura multiplicem doctrinam, i. e. aliquando leniter, aliquando crudeliter, aliquando statim, aliquando post tempus et reliqua his similia, sicut superius dicit e contrario dirum magistri, pium patris ostendat affectum. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.24]

And notice that when he said [the abbot] has undertaken the care of ill souls he shows there to be many facets to this care, that is, sometimes [caring] gently, sometimes harshly, sometimes at once, sometimes after a time, and so forth, as he says above in the contrary case: Let him show the rigor of a master and the tenderness of a father. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.24]

Sequitur: 2Et ideo debet omnimodo uti ut sapiens medicus,1 quasi occultos consolatores sempectas,2 i. e. seniores sapientes fratres, 3qui quasi secrete consolentur fratrem fluctuantem et provocent eum ad humilitatis satisfactionem.

The Rule Continues: 2And therefore he ought to use every means that a wise physician would use, for example [sending in] sempectae, that is wise older brothers, who as if secretly might console the faltering brother and induce him to make humble satisfaction.

Nunc vero, quia mentionem medici fecit, voluit exponere rationem medici latius, cum dicit: Et ideo debet omnimodo uti, ut sapiens medicus.

Now, having mentioned the physician, he wishes to explain more broadly the physician’s significance when he says: And therefore he ought to use every means, like a wise physician.

Medicus enim sapiens ante languorem [page 357] custodit per consilium, ne incidat quis in infirmitatem; deinde infirmum, qui incidit in languorem, cum magna et omni sollicitudine curam gerit, ut sanet infirmum.

The wise physician, even before [page 357] there are symptoms of infirmity, prevents one from falling ill through good counsel. When signs of infirmity appear, the physician exercises care with every and great solicitude so that the patient might be cured.

Ita et abbas: quia medicus est animarum infirmarum, ideo debet cum omni sollicitudine agere curam, ut infirmam,3 quem recipit ad salvandum, sanare valeat.

So too the abbot. Because he is the physician of infirm souls he should exercise care with every solicitude so that he might heal the infirm one whom he has received in order to save.

Nam quid fratri in infirmitate posito debeat facere, etiam ipse S. Benedictus subjunxit dicens: Debet immittere, i.e. occulte mittere, occultos consolatores senpectas, i. e. seniores fratres; nam superfluum est dicere: seniores sapientes, eo quod in eo, quod dixit seniores, sapientes comprehendit, quia de his senibus dicit, qui sapientes sunt.

What the abbot should do for the infirm brother St. Benedict himself adds saying: He should send in, i. e. secretly send, as secret consolerssempectae, i. e. older brothers. It is redundant to say ‘wise older brothers’ because in calling them older [seniores], wisdom is implied; he speaks of the older brothers who are wise.

Qui quasi secrete consolentur, i. e. quasi non ab abbate, sed a se ipsis venissent, illi fratri excommunicato loquantur. [Quia] dixerat superius, nullum loqui cum eo, nec etiam illum, qui cibum illi ministrat - verumtamen si cellerarius talis est sapiens, qui possit hujuscemodi hominem consolari et ad satisfactionem provocare, permittente tamen et sciente abbate debet illi loqui, ut eum ad satisfactionem provocet humilitatis.

Who would console, i. e. who would go as if on their own initiative to speak with the excommunicate brother and not as if sent by the abbot. [Because] he said above that no one should speak with the excommunicate, not even the one who brings him food -- but indeed if such a cellarer is a wise man who could console such a person and induce him to make satisfaction, with the abbot’s permission and knowledge he should speak to him in order to induce him to make humble satisfaction.

Sequitur: 3ne abundantiori tristitia absorbeatur [cf. 2 Cor 2:7] - sicuti Judas absorptus est; ille enim cum debuerat agere poenitentiam de malo, quod fecit, oblitus est sui et absorptus est, prae nimia tristitia laqueo se suspendit.

The Rule Continues: 3That he may not be overwhelmed by excessive grief [cf. 2 Cor. 2:7] – just as Judas was overwhelmed, for although he ought to have done penance for his wrong-doing, he was forgetful of self and overwhelmed, and hanged himself out of excessive grief.

Hanc vero absorptionem i. e. desperationem voluit cavere S. Benedictus, cum praecipit, consolatores sapientes occulte ire ad illum, jubente tamen abbate, qui eum provocent ad poenitentiam, ne frater prae nimia tristitia desperet et sibi aliquid mali, sicut Judas fecit, inferat et in aeternum pereat, 4 sed, sicut ait idem Apostolus: confirmetur in eo caritas [2 Cor 2:8] – ac si diceret: habeatur et teneatur erga illum caritas, ne frangatur.

This overwhelming, i. e. despair, Saint Benedict wishes to guard against when he prescribes that wise consolers should secretly visit the excommunicate, but at the abbot’s command, in order to induce the brother to do penance, lest he despair from excessive grief and, like Judas, do some wrong to himself and perish forever. 4Rather, as the same Apostle says: Let love be strengthened in him [2 Cor. 2:8] – as if to say: Let love be had and held toward him, lest he be broken.

Hoc vero quod dicit: 4oretur pro eo ab omnibus, ista oratio non est gradus, sicut illa oratio, quae pro illo fratre debet fieri, qui pro levioribus culpis excommunicatus est.

Where he says: 4Let all pray for him, this prayer is not made at the altar [??? non est gradus] as is the prayer which ought to be made for the brother who has been excommunicated for lighter sins.

Sequitur: 5Magnopere enim debet sollicitudinem gerere abbas et omni sagacitate et industria curare,4 ne aliquam [page 358] de ovibus sibi creditis perdat.

The Rule continues: 5The abbot must exercise the utmost solicitude and with all keenness and diligence take care lest he lose any [page 358] of the sheep entrusted to him.

Magnopere enim adverbium est, i. e. magno studio vel studiose et non negligenter.

Utmost (magnopere) is an adverb, i. e. with great care, or carefully and not negligently.

 Sagacitate, i. e. velocitate; industria, i. e. ingenio.

With keenness (sagacitas) i. e. speedily (velocitas); with diligence (industria) i. e. with ingenuity (ingenium).

In hoc enim, quod dicit omni sagacitate et omni industria curare, datur intelligi, ut etiam si talis est frater, cui non possit abbas credere, ne forte fugiat, mittatur in carcerem et in catenas et compedes vel in aliquod vinculum, ne effugiat. Quare? Quia non dixit solummodo sagacitate et industria, sine praemissione omni, sed quia omni dixit, ideo potest illum, sicut dixi, in vinculum mittere - ac si diceret: cum omnibus, quae excogitari possunt, ingeniis et velocitatibus currere erga illum debet, ne perdat eum, i. e. ne ille pereat.

Where he says with all keenness and diligence take care, one understands even that if he is such a brother as the abbot is unable to trust not to run away, he may be imprisoned and chained hand and foot or put in some sort of fetter lest he flee. Why? Because he did not say simply with keenness and diligence omitting all, but he added all, and therefore, as I said, he may be imprisoned - as if he had said: with every imaginable ingenuity and speed he ought to run after him, lest he lose him, i. e. lest he should perish.

Et reddit causam, quare ne perdat aliquam animam, quam ille Dominus ad custodiendum commisit, cum subjungit: 6Noverit enim se infirmarum curam suscipisse animarum, non super sanas tyranidem exercere.

And he gives the reason why [he ought to run] lest he lose any soul that the Lord himself committed into his care, when he adds: 6He shall have learned that he has undertaken the care of ill souls, and not a tyranny over healthy ones.

Noverit, i. e. sciat, cognoscat - ac si diceret aliis verbis: Cognoscat, quia curam suscepit infirmarum animarum, non sanarum, sicut superius jam dixit: Non est opus sanis medicus, sed male habentibus [Mt 9:12] - non super sanas tyrannidem exercere.

He shall have learned (nosco), i. e. let him understand (scio), perceive (cognosco) - as if he had said in other words: Let him perceive that he has taken up the care of ill souls, not of healthy ones, as he said already above: They that are in health need not a physician, but they that are ill. [Mt 9:12] – Not to exercise a tyranny over healthy ones.

Tyrannidem, i. e. crudelitatem vel severitatem, quia non super illas sanas animas debet exercere crudelitatem, eo quod non est illius officium super bonos monachos, sed super negligentes, i. e. super sanos non debet crudelitatem agere, super infirmos autem omnia , quae illis expediunt, ut ad salutem perveniant, agere debet.

 Tyranny, i. e. harshness or severity, because he ought not to exercise harshness over healthy souls insofar as his office is not over good monks but over negligent ones, i. e. he ought not to deal harshly with healthy ones, but he should do everything to the ill ones that might help them come to salvation.

Sequitur: 7et metuat prophetae comminationem, per quem Dominus dicit: Quod crassum videbatis, assumebatis, et quod debile erat, projiciebatis.[Ez 34:3-4]

The Rule Continues: 7And let him fear the Prophet’s warning, through which the Lord says: What you saw to be fat you took for yourselves, and what was feeble you cast away. [Ez 34: 3-4]

Hoc enim testimonium latius dicit Ezechiel propheta, i. e.: Quod fractum erat, non consolidastis et rel. [Ez 34:4]

Ezechiel carries the testimony further, i. e., What was broken you have not bound up, and so on. [Ez 34:4]

Nunc videndum est, quid est, quod dicit: Quod crassum videbatis, assumebatis, et quod debile erat projiciebatis?

Now let us see what it means: What you saw to be fat you took for yourselves, and what was feeble you cast away.

  Pastores enim crassum sumunt ad occidendum et ad manducandum; debile enim projiciunt - ac si diceret aliis verbis: Eos, qui boni erant, assumebatis invidendo [page 359] et malo exemplo persequendo, i. e. bonis aut invidebatis aut per confabulationem vestram malo exemplo perdebatis, super malos autem curam et sollicitudinem ad salvandum non habebatis. Nam assumere in hoc loco pro duobus modis accipitur, i. e. aut exemplo aut invidia.

 Shepherds take the fat animals for slaughtering and eating; but they cast away the feeble - as if to say in other words: Those who are good we will take for ourselves by envying them [page 359] and persecuting them by bad example, i. e. either you envy the good ones or through your conversation you destroy them by your bad example, but you have no care or solicitude for saving the evil ones. Now take for yourself, in this context, is understood in two ways, i. e. either [take for yourself] by example or by envy.

Et hoc notandum est, quia sicut comminatur, eo quod malos et negligentes non curabant, ita etiam comminatur, quia bonos aut exemplo aut invidia persequebantur.

And notice that, just as he warns because they do not care for the evil and negligent ones, so also he warns that they persecute the good ones either by example or by envy.

Sequitur: 8et pastoris boni pium imitetur exemplum, qui relictis nonaginta novem ovibus in montibus abiit, unam ovem quae erraverat quaerere, 9cujus infirmitati in tantum compassus est, ut eam in sacris humeris suis imponeret et sic reportaret ad gregem. [cf. Lc 15:4-5]

The Rule Continues: 8Let him imitate the pious example of the good shepherd, who left ninety-nine sheep in the mountains and went back to seek the one sheep that had gone astray, on whose weakness he had such compassion that he placed it on his own sacred shoulders and carried it thus back to the flock. [cf. Lc 15:4-5]

Bene exemplum Domini illi proposuit, cujus vicem agere jam superius illi indicaverat. Sicut enim Dominus relictis angelicis potestatibus in montibus, i. e. in excelsis, et venit in terram, quaerere unam ovem, i. e. humanum genus, quod per primae culpae meritum ab illa celsitudine immortalitatis et a consortio angelorum erravit, ita et abbas debet curam bonorum monachorum deserere, qui per bonam conversationem in excelsis consistunt, sicut dicit apostolus Paulus: Nostra autem conversatio in coelis est. [Phil 3:20]

Fittingly he proposes to the abbot this example of the Lord, whose vicar he is, as he indicated to him already above. Just as the Lord left the angelic powers in the mountains, i. e. on high, and came down to earth to seek the one sheep, i. e. humankind, which, by merit of the first fault, had strayed from that height of immortality and from the company of angels, so also the abbot should foresake the care of the good monks, who stand firm in the heights through their good conversation, as the apostle Paul says: Our conversation is in heaven. [Phil 3:20]

Et ideo debet abbas curam illius fratris infirmi habere et omnem sollicitudinem, donec revocetur ad illam conversationem celsitudinis, quam ceteri boni fratres habent.

And therefore the abbot should have care and all solicitude for the ill brother until he shall be called back to that heavenly conversation that the other good brothers have.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘Quomodo ponit abbas super humerum suum ovem, i. e. monachum errantem? Cognosco, quia tunc Christus errantem ovem quaesivit, i. e. humanum genus, cum carnem hominis suscipere dignatus est, et reportavit ad gregem, i. e. ad angelicas potestates, cum per incarnationis mysterium humanum genus redemit et ad coelos ascendit.'

Perhaps someone will say: ‘How does the abbot place the sheep, i. e. the wayward monk, on his shoulder?’ I understand that Christ sought the wayward sheep, i. e. humankind, when he deigned to take on human flesh and carried it back to the flock, i. e. to the angelic powers, when he redeemed humankind through the mystery of the incarnation and ascended to heaven.

Cui respondendum est: tunc abbas ovem morbidam i. e. monachum negligentem super humerum suum ponit, cum compatitur ejus infirmitati et pro eo affligitur, et eum studet admonere, et cetera, quae ad regularem ordinem attinent, circa salutem illius agere studet.

To whom it should be replied: The abbot puts the sick sheep, i. e. the negligent monk, on his shoulder when he has compassion on his infirmity and is afflicted on his account, and takes care to admonish him and to do the other things that pertain to the regular order concerning his salvation. (???)

Sciendum est enim, quia de hac separatione, qua ab eo, qui publice excommunicatur, ceteri separantur, etiam instituta [page 360] patrum bene docet dicens hoc modo:

It should be known also that, the Institutes [page 360] of the Fathers also teaches well concerning this separation by which others are separated from him who is publicly excommunicated, saying:

Sane, si [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from SC 109: fuerit ab oratione suspensus, nullus cum eo prorsus orandi habet licentiam, antequam summissa in terram paenitentia reconciliatio eius et admissi venia coram fratribus cunctis publice fuerit ab abbate concessa.

Further, if one of them has been suspended from prayer for some fault which he has committed, [omitted in Mittermüller, inserted from SC 109: no one has any liberty of praying with him before he performs his penance on the ground, and reconciliation and pardon for his offence has been publicly granted to him by the Abbot before all the brethren.

Ob hoc namque tali obseruantia semet ipsos ab orationis eius consortio segregant atque secernunt, quod credunt eum, qui ab oratione suspenditur, secundum apostolum tradi Satanae, et quisquis orationi eius, antequam recipiatur a seniore, inconsiderata pietate permotus communicare praesumpserit, conplicem se damnationis eius efficiat, tradens scilicet semet ipsum voluntarie Satanae, cui ille pro sui reatus emendatione fuerat deputatus.

And in this he falls into a more grievous offence because, by uniting with him in fellowship either in talk or in prayer, he gives him grounds for still greater arrogance, and only encourages and makes worse the obstinacy of the offender. For, by giving him a consolation that is only hurtful, he will make his heart still harder, and not let him humble himself for the fault for which he was excommunicated; and through this he will make him hold the Elder’s rebuke as of no consequence, and harbour deceitful thoughts about satisfaction and absolution. 

In eo vel maxime gravius crimen incurrens, quod cum illo se uel confabulationis uel orationis communione miscendo maiorem illi generet insolentiae fomitem et contumaciam delinquentis in peius enutriat. perniciosum namque solacium tribuens cor eius magis magis que faciet indurari nec humiliari eum sinet, ob quod fuerat segregatus, et per hoc uel increpationem senioris non magni pendere uel dissimulanter de satisfactione et] venia cogitare. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 16, SC 109, pp. 86-88]

For by a plan of this kind they separate and cut themselves off from fellowship with him in prayer for this reason--because they believe that one who is suspended from prayer is, as the Apostle says, 'delivered unto Satan:' and if any one, moved by an ill-considered affection, dares to hold communion with him in prayer before he has been received by the Elder, he makes himself partaker of his damnation, and delivers himself up of his own free will to Satan, to whom the other had been consigned for the correction of his guilt. [Cassian, Institutiones II, c. 16]

Verum etiam magnum studium debet esse abbati de illo excommunicato, ne contingat ante mori quam reconcilietur, quia si ante, quod absit, mortuus fuerit, secundum canonicam auctoritatem pro eo sacrificium offerri non debet, sicut Leo papa in suis decretis loquitur dicens hoc modo capitulo vicesimo: De communione privatis et ita defunctis. Horum causa Dei judicio reservanda est, in cujus manu fuit, ut talium obitus usque ad communionis remedium differretur. Nos autem, quibus viventibus non communicavimus, mortuis communicare non possumus. [Collectio Dionysiana, papal decretals, c. 20]

The abbot indeed should devote great care concerning this excommunicated brother, lest he should happen to die before being reconciled. If, God forbid, he should have died before, no sacrifice should be offered for him, according to canonical authority, as Pope Leo says in his decrees, speaking thus in chapter twenty: As for those who have died while deprived of communion, their case is to be reserved to God’s judgment, in whose hand it was that the death of such persons might have been postponed until [they had received] the remedy of communion. We, however, do not communicate with the dead with whom we did not communicate while they were alive. [Collectio Dionysiana, papal decretals, c. 20]

Et ideo dixi, ut magnum studium sit, quatenus, si cognoverit eum venire ad mortem, ante reconciliet eum, et corpus et sanguinem Domini nostri Jesu Christi illi tradere studeat, quia nullus peccator sine illo viatico de hoc corpore exire debet.

And therefore I have said that great care should be taken that, if [the abbot] should sense that [the excommunicated brother] is nearing death, he should reconcile him before death, and take care to give him the body and blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, because no sinner ought to leave this body without that viaticum.


1. Immittere (Mittermüller).
2. enpenctas. Cod. Mellicens. (Mittermüller).
3. infirmum (?) (Mittermüller).
4. currere. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).
5. currere debeat (?). (Mittermüller).
 


Cap. XXVIII
DE HIS QUI SAEPIUS CORREPTI EMENDARE NOLUERINT

[Ms P, fol. 94rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 62v; Ms E1, fol. 113r; Ms E2, fol. 178r]

Ch. 28
CONCERNING THOSE WHO HAVE REFUSED TO AMEND AFTER REPEATED CORRECTIONS

Translated by: James LePree

Saepe enim de tertio gradu dici potest.

It can often be said about the third step.

Sequitur: 1Si quis frater frequenter correptus pro qualibet culpa, si etiam excommunicatus non emendaverit, acrior ei accedat correptio, i. e. ut verberum vindicta in eum procedat. 2Quod si nec ita correxerit aut forte, quod absit, in superbia elatus etiam defendere voluerit opera sua, tunc abbas faciat, sicut sapiens medicus.

It follows: 1If any brother is frequently corrected for some fault, and has not amended his actions even after excommunication, a harsher correction should be applied to him. For example, the abbot should follow up with the punishment of the rod against him. 2But if this has still not corrected him or by chance (God forbid), puffed up with pride, he has wished to justify his actions, the abbot should act like a wise physician.

Rectum ordinem tenuit S. Benedictus in eo quod superius dixit de excommunicatione levis vel majoris culpae, et dixit sollicitudinem, quam debet abbas circa delinquentes fratres habere [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 27.5], et nunc dixit de expulsione, quia ille, qui tam diligenter excommunicatus est et non emendaverit, et tantam sollicitudinem habuerit factam, sicuti hic dicit, dignus est expulsione [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 28.6]. In hoc enim, quod dicit frequenter, intelligitur secreta admonitio et publica correptio.

St. Benedict maintained the correct order in that which he previously said about excommunication for a lesser or greater sin and he spoke about the care which abbot should exhibit towards delinquent brothers [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 27.5] and then he spoke about expulsion because he who has been so diligently excommunicated and has not amended and has had such care shown to him, just as Benedict says here, he is worthy of expulsion. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 28.6] For here when he use the word frequently, he is referring to private admonition and public correction.

Sed hoc intuendum est, quia non debet abbas [page 361] statim post unum gradum ire ad alterum. Nam septem gradus sunt, quibus delinquens frater emendatur in spiritalibus culpis: primus gradus est, si secreta culpa fuerit, secreta admonitio semel et bis secrete facta [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23.2]; secundus est publica objurgatio [c. 23.3]; tertius est simplex excommunicatio [c. 23.4]; quartus est nimiis jejuniis (afflictio) [c. 24.3]; quintus vero est flagellum, si talis est persona, quae possit aut debeat flagellari [c. 23.4], si vero talis non est persona, castigetur iterum per nimium jejunium aut per aliquod aliud ingenium; sextus enim gradus est oratio ab omnibus pro ipso fratre incorrigibili facta [c. 28.4]; septimus vero gradus est expulsio de monasterio. [c. 28.6-8]

But after one step, the abbot should [page 361] seriously consider advancing the wayward monk immediately to another. For there are seven steps by which a delinquent brother is amended for his spiritual faults. The first step is if a private fault has been committed, a private warning is made once and then a second time. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23.2] In the second step, a public rebuke is given. [c. 23.3] The third step is simple excommunication [c. 23.4]; the fourth is affliction by excessive fasting. The fifth step is whipping, if there is such a person who can or ought to be whipped [c. 23.4]; if there is not, he should be corrected again through excessive fasting or by some other means. The sixth step is prayer offered up by the whole community for the incorrigible brother himself. [c. 28.4] The seventh step is truly expulsion from the monastery. [c. 28.6-8]

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia non debet, cum admonitus fuerit frater semel et secundo, statim duci ad publicam objurgationem, si non emendaverit; et cum fuerit semel objurgatus, non statim debet duci ad excommunicationem, similiter si non emendaverit; et cum fuerit semel excommunicatus, non debet duci ad nimium jejunium, similiter si non emendaverit; et si in ipso jejunio semel frater fuerit detentus, non statim debet transire ad orationem, quae pro illo ab omnibus fuerit facta, similiter si non emendaverit; et post orationem semel factam, si non emendaverit, non statim de monasterio debet expelli, quia, si ita indiscrete et incaute factum fuerit, cito paene omnes de monasterio possunt expelli, eo quod, sicut dicit Apostolus: in multis offendimus omnes [Iac 3:2].

However, it must be understood that when a brother has been admonished first and then a second time, he should not immediately be advanced to a public rebuking. If he has not amended, and likewise when he has been publically rebuked once, he should not immediately be moved to excessive fasting, if he has not amended, and if the brother has been assigned to excessive fasting once, he should not cross over to prayer immediately which has been performed for him by the whole community if he has not amended. In a similar fashion, after prayer has been performed for him once if he has not amended, he should not be expelled immediately from the monastery. Because if what has been said thus far has been done without distinction and inconsiderately, almost everyone can be expelled immediately from the monastery. As the Apostle says: We all make mistakes in many ways [Iac 3:2].1

Regula enim non dicit, cito duci per singulos gradus, nec dicit, in unoquoque gradu diu demorari atque detineri, sed dicit: faciat, sicut sapiens medicus et discretus doctor [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 27.2].

For the rule does not say the abbot should lead a brother through each step quickly nor does it say that the abbot should hold and detain a brother in any one step for a long time. But it does say the abbot should act like a wise physician and a discriminating doctor [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 27.2].

Medicus enim sapiens cum uno medicamine vel una potione tamdiu laborat circa infirmum, quamdiu cognoverit ipsum medicamen vel ipsam potionem infirmo non posse proficere. Et cum cognoverit, non posse illi proficere, tunc adhibet ei aliud medicamen et aliam potionem. Et iterum similiter laborat, cum ista secunda potione vel medicamine, sicut de primo, et ita facit, usquedum ad sanitatem infirmus perveniat.

For a wise physician works with one medicine and one potion a long time until he has learned or comes to the realization that the medicine and potion he is presently using cannot cure his ill patient. And when he has come to realize he cannot cure his patient, again he works in a similar way with that a second medicine and potion just as he did with the first and continues to work in this manner until the ill patient recovers his health.

Discretus autem doctor attendit quantitatem peccati, h. e. si magnum aut parvum peccatum est; attendit etiam qualitatem peccantis, [page 362] h. e. si voluntate aut fragilitate peccavit, ac per hoc quantum magnum et periculosum intellexit esse peccatum, tantum minus detinet peccantem in unoquoque gradu et transit per alterum gradum; et quantum intellexerit parvum esse peccatum et minus periculosum, tantum plus laborat cum illo in unoquoque gradu. Et qualiter agendum sit, melius viva voce, quam scriptis edocere1 quis potest.

Moreover, the discriminating doctor (the abbot) should not only consider the quantity of the sin, i.e., whether it is a great or small sin but also the quality of the sinner; i.e., whether the brother sinned freely or through spiritual weakness. And by this means, to the extent the abbot has understood the sin to be great and dangerous, how much less he detains the sinner in each step, before he allows the brother to cross over to another step, and how much he has understood the sin to be small and less dangerous, how much more the abbot should work with that brother in each step. And without exception, the abbot must do this who can teach better with his voice than with his writings.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia in isto capitulo hi septem gradus possunt inveniri. Nam primus gradus potest esse, i. e. secreta admonitio, cum dicit: 3si exhibuit fomenta sive unguenta adhortationum; secundus gradus, i. e. publica objurgatio potest esse, cum dicit: 3si medicamina divinarum scripturarum; tertius autem gradus potest esse, i. e. excommunicatio, sive quartus vel quintus, cum dicit: 3ad ultimum ultionem2 excommunicationis vel plagarum virgarum. In ista enim excommunicatione possunt intelligi duo: i. e. excommunicatio, quae dicitur simplex, et excommunicatio, quae dicitur nimiis jejuniis [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 30.3]. Quod vero dicitur plagarum virgarum, intelligitur unus. Ecce jam sunt quinque gradus.

And this must be understood, that in this chapter, these seven steps can be found . For the first step, i.e., private admonition, can be found when Benedict says that 3the abbot applies the poultices and oils of encouragement. St. Benedict refers to the second step, i.e., a public rebuke when he speaks about the 3remedy of divine scriptures. The third step, as well as the fourth and fifth can be excommunication when Benedict refers to the 3cauterization of Excommunication and whipping. Referring to excommunication, two types can be discerned. In other words, excommunication which is called absolute and excommunication which is accompanied by excessive fasting [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 30.3]. What in truth he calls whipping is understood to be one step. So now we have discussed five steps.

Sextus est, cum dicit: 4et jam si viderit nihil suam praevalere industriam, adhibeat etiam, quod majus est, suam et omnium fratrum pro eo orationem.

The sixth step is when Benedict says: 4And now if the abbot has seen that all his efforts have not been effective, he should apply an even greater remedy, that he and all his brothers should pray for him (the spiritually wayward brother).

Septimus gradus est expulsio, cum dicit: 6tunc jam utatur abbas ferro abscissionis, ut ait Apostolus: Auferte malum ex vobis [1 Cor 5:13] et reliq.

The seventh step is expulsion when Benedict says: 6Then the abbot should use the knife of amputation,’ as the Apostle says: Remove the evil from your community [1 Cor 5:13]. and the rest.

Ille enim, quia memoriam medici superius fecit, cum dicit faciat, quod sapiens medicus, ideo etiam ipsa verba medicinae interposuit, cum ait: fomenta, unguenta, et ferro abscissionis, quia sic facit medicus. Prius [enim] adhibet fomentum, deinde unguentum, postea vero, si viderit, ipsum vulnus nec per fomentum nec per diversa unguenta sanari, tunc utitur ferro incisionis. Fomentum enim est, quod infusionem nos nominamus. Facimus enim illud cum aqua calida et oleo aut alia aliqua re ad ossum, cum de suo loco excutitur; deinde etiam, ut auferatur dolor, adhibemus [page 363] diversa unguenta. Abbas autem quasi fomentum et unguentum adhibet, cum peccatori dicit: Fuistis aliquando tenebrae, nunc autem lux in Domino [Eph 5:8], et cum adhibet illi exemplum David, qui per poenitentiam meruit salvari, et cetera alia verba, quae lenia et dulcia esse videntur, de regno Dei, quatenus revertatur peccator ad locum suum, unde sicut os lapsus est.

For Benedict because he made mention of a doctor previously when he said what a wise physician should do, therefore also uses the words of medicine when he says: Poultices, ointments and amputation, which is exactly what a doctor does. For first, the doctor applies a poultice, then ointment. Afterwards, if he has seen that the wound cannot be cured by poultices nor by diverse ointments, the he resorts to amputation. For a poultice is what we call a pouring in. For we apply that with warm water and oil or some other substance to the bone when it is removed from its place then also so that the patient does not suffer undue pain, we apply [page 363] diverse ointments. It is if the abbot is applying a poultice and ointment when he says to the sinner: You were at length darkness, how however you are light in the Lord [Eph 5:8] and when he uses the example of that David who deserved to be saved through his penance, and all the other words which seems to be gentle and sweet about the kingdom of God, thus the sinner returns to his place from when he fell, just like a (broken bone).

Medicamina divinarum scripturarum bene dicit. Quid enim est aliud scriptura divina, nisi medicamenta infirmarum animarum, quae hortantur peccatores, ne desperent, ne desperando pereant, sed sumant vires in poenitendo, plangendo, orando, vigilando, et semper illorum, exempla attendant, qui post lapsum per poenitentiam meruerunt etiam melius Domino placere, quam ante lapsum placebant.

Benedict’s phrase the remedy of the divine scriptures is very appropriate for what else is divine scripture except the remedy for sick souls which encourage sinners lest they despair, lest by despairing they should perish, but their spirits are lifted by repenting, lamenting, praying, being vigilant and always follow the examples of those who after falling into sin have still deserved through penance to please God better than they pleased him before the fall.

Iste locus, in quo dicit Auferte malum ex vobis [1 Cor 5:13], necessaria discretio est. Nam non est rectum, ut ita expellatur ille, qui in monasterio fuit nutritus ab infantia in bona vita, et eat ad pejorem, i. e. ad saecularem vitam, sicuti expellitur ille, qui de saeculo veniens et in bona vita ante non vixit.

That place where Benedict says to expel evil from the community [1 Cor 5:13], we must make a necessary distinction. For it not right that a monk should be expelled who, raised from infancy, enjoying good life in the monastery should go to a worse life; i.e. a worldly existence, the same as he is expelled, who coming from the world, did not live the good life before.

Ac per hoc ita debet fieri ista expulsio: i. e. si saecularis fuerit, qui expellendus est, expellatur ad saeculum, unde venit; si autem ille, qui expellendus est, fuit ab infantia in monasterio, sicut diximus, nutritus, non debet expelli, sed magis in carcerem mitti, quoadusque malum suum emendet et bonum etiam facere velit.

Expulsion, therefore, should be done in the following manner. In other words, if he was a worldly person who is about to be expelled, let him be expelled to the world where he came from. If, however, he who is about to be expelled was in the monastery since infancy, as we said, nourished, he should not be expelled but rather sent to the Monastery’s prison until he should amend his sinful ways and still desire to do good.

Istud enim quod dicit Auferte malum ex vobis, de Paulo apostolo sumpsit. Paulus apostolus enim dixit hoc Corinthiis de illo, qui cum uxore patris sui moechatus est, quem in carcerem, sicut multi intelligunt, jussit mitti.

For Benedict’s phrase Drive the evil from your community comes from the Apostle Paul. Paul says this to the Corinthians about the one who fornicated with his father’s wife who ordered him to be sent to prison as many understand it. Our masters understand the distinction.

Nostri autem magistri intelligunt ita discrete, sicut superius diximus. Hoc autem quod dicit 7Infidelis, si discedit, discedat [1 Cor 7:15], Paulus apostolus dicit Corinthiis de matrimonio, quod constat ex fideli et infideli persona, ut quamvis una persona sit fidelis et altera infidelis, ob hoc non dividatur - ita tamen, si consenserint, in simul habitare; si vero non sibi invicem consenserint, et infidelis vult discedere, non detineatur. Ait enim: Infidelis, si discedit, discedat; non est enim servituti subjectus frater aut soror in ejusmodi. In pace autem voca [page 364] vit nos Deus [1 Cor 7:15].

As we mentioned previously, when Paul is speaking about the 7unfaithful, if he/she departs, let him/her depart, Paul is speaking to the Corinthians about marriage which consists of a faithful and unfaithful person, that although one person is faithful and the other unfaithful, the marriage should not be dissolved for this reason, if they have consented to live together in this fashion. If they have not consented to this arrangement and the unfaithful wishes to depart, he/she should not be detained. For Paul said: But if the unbeliever wishes to depart, let him/her depart for in a situation of this sort, a brother or sister should not be held in bondage [page 364] since God has called us into peace [1 Cor 7:15].

Sed in hoc loco videtur istud exemplum contrarium. Quid enim attinet hoc exemplum monacho, si discere vult, ut discedat, cum Paulus apostolus de matrimonio dicat, quod constat ex fideli et infideli persona? Non est contrarium, quia sicut ille conjunctus est mulieri vel viro, ita et iste monachus quasi mulieri et viro conjunctus est, cum corpori monasterii se sociavit; deinde, sicut ille discedit, quia infidelis est, ita et iste monachus infidelis est, cum professionis suae transgressor existit.

But in this place that example seems to be a contradiction. For what does this have to do with a monk who should leave the monastery if he wishes to. When Paul is speaking about marriage which consists of a faithful and unfaithful person? Because just as a man is joined to a woman, so the monk, like the man and woman, is joined to the body of the monastery. Then, just as the unfaithful partner in marriage departs because he/she is unfaithful, so that monk is unfaithful when he becomes the transgressor of his profession.

Et reddit causam, quare, cum dicit: 8ne una ovis morbida totum gregem contagiet, i. e. contaminet. Istud exemplum notum est, quia talis est infirmitas in una ove, quae totum gregem coinquinat et ad perniciem ducit - ac si diceret aliis verbis: 'Ideo dico discedere a corpore monasterii illum, qui ita infirmus est, ut istis modis sanari non valeat, ne ejus miseria alii pereant capiendo ab eo malum exemplum, sicut grex solet perire ex contagione morbidae ovis'.

But Benedict explains this when he says: 8One diseased sheep should not touch the whole flock, i.e., contaminate it. That example is well known that such is the illness in one sheep that it affects the whole flock and leads them to destruction and if he were to speak with other words: 'Therefore I say that he should depart from the body of the monastery who is so ill that he is not strong enough to be cured by these methods. Lest by his sadness, others perish by following his bad example, just as an entire flock will perish by the infection of one diseased sheep.'

De hac ove morbida, quae totum gregem suo tactu contaminat, ut ante occidatur, etiam Virgilius dicit in tertio libro (v. 464-473) Georgicon: Quam procul [omitted in the Mittermüller edition, inserted from Loeb molli succedere saepius umbrae / videris, aut summas carpentem ignavius herbas / extremamque sequi, aut medio procumbere campo / pascentem, et serae solam decedere nocti, continuo culpam ferro compesce, prius quam / dira per incautum serpant contagio volgus. / non tam creber agens hiemem ruit aequore turbo, quam mutlae pecundum pestes. Nec singula morbid / corpora corripiunt, sed tota aestiva repente, / spemque gregemque simul conctamque] ab origine gentem [Vergil, Georgica III.464-473].

Concerning this diseased sheep, which infects the whole flock with its touch, as Virgil says in the third book of the Georgics: Should you see a sheep oft withdraw afar into soft shade, or listlessly nobble the top of the grass, lagging in the rear, or sink while grazing in the midst of the field and retire, late and lonely, before night’s advance, straightway with the knife check the offence, ere the dread taint spreads through the unwary throng: Not so thick with driving gales sweeps a whirlwind from the sea, as scourges swarm among cattle. Not single victims do disease seize, but a whole summer’s fold in one stroke, the flock and the hope of the flock, and the whole race, root and branch [Vergil, Georgica III.464-473, transl. H. Rushton Fairclough, Loeb Classical Library, vol. 63, Cambridge/London 1978, pp. 187-189].

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia istud, quod dicit Infidelis, si discedit, discedat, duobus modis intelligitur, sive ad illum, qui vult exire et ductus est per sex gradus, sive etiam ad illum, qui per sex gradus ductus non emendaverit et [tamen] quamvis nolens voluntarie exire, projicitur, eo quod iste talis, quamvis corpore non discessit, tamen mente discessit; unde sicut discessit mente, discedat etiam et corpore.

However, it must be understood that when Benedict says: The unfaithful, if he leaves, let him leave can be understood in two ways: It refers either to the monk who wishes to leave and has been led through the six steps and also to him who, led through the six steps, has not emended and although not willing to go freely, is expelled. Such a monk, although he has not departed in body, yet he has departed in spirit, but just as he has departed in spirit, let him also depart in body.


1. edoceri. Codd. Tegerns. et Fürstz. (Mittermüller).
2. ustionem (?). (Mittermüller).

1. This translation seems to capture more of the essence of Hildemar’s overall meaning here.

Cap. XXIX
SI DEBEANT ITERUM RECIPI FRATRES EXEUNTES DE MONASTERIO

[Ms P, fol. 95rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 67r; Ms E1, fol. 115v; Ms E2, fol. 181r]

Ch. 29
IF BROTHERS WHO HAVE LEFT THE MONASTERY OUGHT TO BE READMITTED

Translated by: Abbie Owen

1Frater, qui proprio vitio egreditur aut projicitur de monasterio, si reverti voluerit, spondeat prius omnem emendationem vitii, pro quo egressus est, 2et sic in ultimo gradu recipiatur, ut ex hoc ejus humilitas comprobetur. 3Quod si denuo exierit usque tertio ita recipiatur, jam vero postea sciens,1 [page 365] omnem sibi reversionis aditum denegari.

1If a brother who leaves the monastery or is expelled through his own fault wants to return, let him first pledge full amendment of the fault for which he departed 2and be received at the lowest rank, so his humility may be tested in this way. 3If he leaves again, let him be readmitted in this manner up to three times, [page 365] knowing then that afterwards any re-entry is denied him.

Egregium ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus, quando prius dixit de expulsione fratrum, et postmodum subjunxit legem revertentium, quasi interrogasset quis S. Benedictum dicens: 'Ecce pater Benedicte! jussisti expelli fratrem vitiosum de monasterio. Si ergo reverti voluerit, quid faciemus? utrum recipi debet an non?

Saint Benedict kept to excellent order in this place, when he first spoke about the expulsion of brothers and then he devised a rule for readmission as if someone had asked: ‘Behold father Benedict! You commanded that a sinful brother be expelled from the monastery. And if he wishes to come back, what should we do? Should he be readmitted or not?’

Ille autem quasi respondens dicit: Frater, qui proprio vitio egreditur aut projicitur de monasterio, si reverti voluerit, spondeat prius omnem emendationem vitii, pro quo egressus est, et sic in ultimo gradu recipiatur et reliq.

However, Benedict, just as if he were responding, says: If a brother who leaves the monastery through his own fault wants to return, let him first pledge full amendment of the fault for which he departed and be received at the lowest rank and the rest.

Sciendum est enim, quia istud capitulum varie intelligitur. Sunt enim, qui intelligunt profundius et diligentius dicentes: Non enim S. Benedictus pro vitio sed proprio vitio jussit expelli fratrem, quia aliud est vitium, cum absolute dicitur, et aliud est illud vitium, cum dicitur cum adjectione proprium.

It should be known that this chapter can be understood in many ways. For there are those who understand it more deeply and diligently, saying that yes, Blessed Benedict commanded that a brother be expelled not on account of a fault but on account of his own fault, because a fault is one thing when it is said absolutely, and another when it is said with the addition of his own.

Tunc enim non est proprium vitium, quando homo ita peccat, ut alter se ibi intermisceat, v. gr. sicut est in graviori culpa immunditia vel sodomiticum, quod non unus, sed duo solent peragere; hoc enim quia cum alio fit, ideo non est proprium, i. e. tantum unius hominis, sed duorum , et eo amplius peccatum.

For then it is not a private sin, when a man sins in such a way that another man involves himself in it, as is the case in a more serious sin such as impurity or sodomy, since not one but two are accustomed to commit it; since this is done with another person, therefore it is not private, that is not only of one man, but of two, and so much greater is the sin.

Similiter etiam in levioribus culpis non proprium vitium intelligitur discordia et detractio, in quo vitio etiam non tantum unus, sed etiam alii commoventur.

Likewise in lesser sins, such as discord and slander, a private sin is not to be understood, but a sin in which not only one man but others are involved.

Sicut dicit Salomon: Sex sunt, quae odit Dominus, et septimum detestatur anima ejus: oculos sublimes, linguam mendacem, manus effundentes innoxium sanguinem, cor machinans cogitationes pessimas, pedes veloces ad currendum in malum, proferentem mendacia, testem fallacem, et cum, qui seminat inter fratres discordias. [Prv 6:16-19].

Just as Solomon says: There are six things which the Lord hates, and a seventh which his soul detests: prideful eyes, a lying tongue, hands spilling innocent blood, a heart plotting the most wicked plans, feet swift down the path of wickedness, a false witness proffering lies, and when someone sows discord among brothers. [Prv 6:16-19]

Quia, in eo vitio discordiae alii intermiscentur, ideo ipsa discordia non est proprium vitium. Et propterea B. Benedictus non dixit solummodo pro vitio, sine adjectione proprio, ut ostenderet, se non jussisse, pro hoc peccato, quod non est proprium, fratrem recipi. Quare? Ne una ovis morbida totum gregem contaminet. [Regula Benedicti, c. 28.7]

Since in that sin of discord others are implicated, therefore discord itself is not a private sin. And therefore, Saint Benedict did not say only for sin, without adding private, so that he might show that he did not command a brother be taken back on account of this sin which is not private. Why? Let not one sick sheep spoil the whole flock. [Regula Benedicti, c. 28.7]

Proprium vero vitium est illud, ubi, cum perpetratur, alius non intermiscetur, solus unus illud malum peragit, v. gr. sicut est in leviori culpa risus, superbia, [page 366] jactantia, invidia, odium et reliqua alia his similia; et in majore culpa, sicut est furtum, gula et his similia.

But a private sin is one that, when committed, does not involve another man; only one man commits the evil deed, for example as in a lesser sin like mocking, pride, [page 366] boasting, envy, hate and other like these; and in a greater sin, like stealing, gluttony and others like these.

Et ideo, quia proprium vitium est, i. e. quia alios non corrumpit, S. Benedictus fratrem recipi jussit.

And therefore, since it is a private sin, that is, since it is one that does not corrupt others, S. Benedict commands that the brother be readmitted.

Nam pro illis, quae non sunt propria, de quibus superius diximus, i. e. immunditia, sodomiticum, quia valde Deo detestabilia sunt, sicut de discordia, ut dictum est, Salomon dicit.

For about those sins which are not private, about which we spoke above, that is impurity or sodomy, Solomon says that are very detestable to God, just as he says about discord.

Sed intuendum est, quia in hoc loco, ubi dicit egreditur vel projicitur, excluditur, i. e. separatur ille, qui pro melioratione conversationis egreditur, quia ideo egreditur, eo quod cognoscit, malam eorum esse vitam. Iste talis, qui pro hoc egreditur, non est in ultimo gradu recipiendus, sed magis rogari et honorari debet.

But where Benedict says leaves or is expelled, it should be understood he is excluding or setting apart someone who leaves in order to improve his own behaviour, for that one leaves because he recognizes that their [i.e. other monks’] mode of life is evil. Such a person who leaves for this reason should not be readmitted at the lowest rank, but rather he ought to be invited back and honored.

Intuendum est etiam, quid est, quod dicit: spondeat prius omnem emendationem vitii, pro quo egressus est - ac si diceret: in ipsa poenitentia suscipiatur, quam dignus erat habere, quando projectus vel egressus est; v. gr. si fecerit furtum et debuerat in gravioris culpae excommunicatione detineri, et fugerit, tunc, cum recipitur, in ipsa poenitentia debet iterum recipi sive gravis sit culpa sive levioris;2 eo quod istud spondere ad emendationem in hoc loco magis attinet, quia ille veraciter emendat vitium, qui poenitentiam veraciter agit.

It should be noted that he says Let him first pledge full amendment of the fault for which he departed, as if he were saying he should be received in the same penance he deserved when he was expelled or left; for example, if he stole and he should have been excommunicated for a very serious fault, and he fled, then when he is readmitted, he ought to be received in this penance, whether the fault is lesser or more serious; this pledging is important to his amendment more in this instance, because he who truthfully does penance truly amends his sin.

Poenitentiam vero veraciter agere est, et perpetrata mala plangere, et iterum plangenda non committere.

But to truly perform penance is both to lament the evil deeds and not commit the same lamentable deeds again.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Non debet poenitentiam agere, sed solummodo in ultimo gradu eum debere recipere. Iste enim sensus valde stultus est.

If another says, ‘He ought not do penance, but he ought merely to be received at the lowest rank’ [we think] this sentiment very foolish indeed.

V. gr. peccant duo unum peccatum, et unus ex illis fugit, antequam poenitentiam agat, alter vero, qui remansit, agit suam poenitentiam. Et ideo magna stultitia est, si is, qui fugit, cum revertitur, sine poenitentia recipiatur, quasi ipsa fuga sit ejus poenitentia, cum ad pejorem vitam i. e. saecularem egressus est, et ibi forte aliud peccatum pro fragilitate commiserit.

For example: two brothers commit one sin, and one of them flees before he performs penance, but the other one, who remains, does perform his own penance. And therefore it is great folly if he who flees is received without penance when he returns, as if the act of fleeing was his penance, when he left for a more wicked life, that is, the secular life, and there may have committed another sin on account of his frailty.

Quomodo enim potest suum peccatum solummodo per ultimum gradum delere? Et ideo rectum est, ut, cum revertitur, in ipsa poenitentia [page 367] recipiatur, qua dignus ante fugam fuerat.

For how is he able to expunge his sin solely through entering the lowest rank? And therefore it is correct that when he returns, he out to be readmitted by performing the same penance [page 367] that he deserved before he fled.

Bene diximus, quia prius poenitentiam debet agere, deinde in ultimo gradu consistere, ut per poenitentiam satisfaciat Deo, et per ultimum gradum humilitatis satisfaciat fratribus, ut ex hoc, sicut ipse dicit, ejus humilitas comprobetur.

Rightly we have said that first he ought to make amends, then assume the lowest rank, so that through his penance he may satisfy God, and through the lowest rank of humility he may satisfy his brothers, so that in this way, just as Benedict says, his humility may be tested.

Sic enim alibi B. Benedictus de graviori culpa extra oratorium et extra mensam praecipit esse. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 25]

For thus in another place the blessed Benedict rules that on account of a graver sin, the perpetrator should be banned from the oratory and from the table. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 25]

Deinde post poenitentiam jubet illum suscipi in choro, sed tamen non in ordine suo, sed ubi voluntas abbatis fuerit.

After the penance he commands that the brother be received into the choir, but not in his own place but where the will of the abbot deigns.

Vide modo, sicut illic judicavit illum poenitentiam habere et post in ordine suo non debere stare, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43.4] ita etiam in hoc loco sentiendum est. Similiter si in secunda vice pro peccato exierit, in poenitentia debet suscipi et postea in ultimo gradu recipi. Ita etiam in tertia vice faciendum est. Si autem non pro peccato in secunda vel in tertia vice exierit, sed pro verecundia solummodo, eo quod in ultimo gradu receptus est, tunc non debet poenitentiam habere, quia non fuit peccatum, pro quo egrederetur, sed in ultimo solummodo gradu recipiatur.

Consider how just as in that instance Benedict judged that the brother make amends and afterwards that he ought not to stand in his own place [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43.4], it should be understood in the same way in this case. Similarly if he leaves a second time on account of sin, he ought to perform penance and afterwards be received at the lowest rank. Thus also it should be done for a third time. If, however, he does not leave on account of sin the second or third time, but only for shame, because he was received at the lowest rank, then he does not have to do penance because he did not leave because he sinned, but he should only be received at the lowest rank.

Nunc vero quasi interrogasset quis S. Benedictum dicens: 'Ecce pater Benedicte! jussisti in prima vice fratrem exeuntem recipi; si denuo exierit, quid faciendum est?' Ille [vero] quasi respondens dicit: Si denuo exierit, usque tertio recipiatur, jam vero postea sciat, sibi omnem reversionis aditum denegari.

But just as if one had asked S. Benedict, saying: 'Behold, father Benedict! You ordered that the first time a brother leaves he is to be received; if he leaves again, what should be done?’ Benedict as if he were responding says: If he leaves again, let him be readmitted in this manner up to three times, knowing then that afterwards any re-entry is denied him.

In hoc loco sciendum est, quia S. Benedictes non abbati vel alicui interroganti respondet, sed fugienti, cum dicit sciat - ac si diceret aliis verbis: Fugientem constringo et illi pono legem et terminum, usque quot vices se cognoscat recipi; abbatem vero non constringo tali lege nec illi terminum constituo, sed illum liberum in misericordia relinquo, eo quod vicem Christi agere debet. Illum fugientem ideo constringo, ut cum post tertiam vicem non fuerit receptus, non possit querelari contra abbatem, quare post tertiam vicem non recipiatur.

In this case, it should be noted that Saint Benedict does not respond to an abbot or to anyone else asking but to the one fleeing, when he says ‘let him know’ – as if he were saying, in other words, ‘I constrain the fugitive and place this rule and limit on him, so that he recognize up to how many times he is to be received; but I do not constrain the abbot with such a rule nor do I place a limit on him, but leave him free in his mercy, because he ought to perform the duty of Christ. Therefore I put constraints on the one who fled so that when after the third time he is not received, he cannot argue with the abbot about why after the third time he is not received.

Ideo illi jubeo, ut sciat, sibi omnem aditum reversionis denegari, ne suo frequenti exitu aut ingressu monasterium inquietet. Nam abbatem in misericordia constituo liberum, ut, quot vicibus voluerit venire ille frater, tot vicibus recipere possit pro misericordia. [page 368]

Therefore I command that he should know that afterwards any re-entry is denied him, lest he disturb the monastery by his frequent leaving and coming back. For I leave the abbot free in his mercy that as many times as that brother wishes to return, so many times the abbot can receive him according to his mercy. [page 368]

Quia Deus, cujus vicem agit, non judicat secundum praescientiam nec secundum praeterita, sed sicut est unusquisque; et propterea elegit Judam et dedit illi loculum, eo quod Judas in illo tempore bonus videbatur. Unde quamquam illum cognovit Dominus esse malum secundum praescientiam suam, tamen secundum quod erat, remuneravit illum Dominus in praesenti saeculo.

Since God, whose duty he performs, does not judge according to foreknowledge nor according to past deeds, but according to each individually. And for this reason he selected Judas and gave him a place because Judas seemed to be good at that time. Whence, even though, the Lord recognized that Judas was evil according to his foreknowledge, nevertheless according to what he was at the present time, the Lord rewarded him.’

Et propterea non constrinxit abbatem in (non) recipiendo fratrem, sed ut recipiat, ut si forte fratrem non lucratus fuerit in secunda vice, lucretur in tertia; et si non in tertia, lucretur etiam in quarta vice; et si non in quarta, lucretur saltem in quinta vice; et si non in quinta vice, lucretur vero in sexta, et similiter in reliquum tempus.

And therefore Benedict does not constrain the abbot in not receiving the brother, but says that he may receive, so that if by chance he does not convert the brother in the second instance, then the third, and if not in the third, then he may convert him in the fourth instance, and if not in the fourth, then at least in the fifth instance, and if not on the fifth try, he may surely get him on the sixth, and so on forever.

Verumtamen sicut illum, qui pro proprio vitio egressus est, constrinxit et ei legem posuit, ut post tertiam vicem non possit querelari et contra abbatem agere de non recipiendo, ita etiam subintelligendum est de illis, quamvis S. Benedictus non dixerit, qui egrediuntur pro non proprio vitio, ut post primam vicem non recipiantur, pro causa, quam supra diximus, i. e. pro periculo aliorum - non posse querelari3 et agere contra abbatem, eos constrinxisse et eis legem posuisse.

But even so, just as Benedict constrains him who left because of his own fault and he subjected him to the rule so that after the third time, he is not able to complain or act against the abbot for not admitting him, it should also be understood about those (although S. Benedict does not say it) who leave on account of a sin that is not their own, that they not be received after the first time for that reason that we spoke of above, that is on account of endangerment of the other brothers, he constrained them and placed the rule on them that they cannot argue with or act against the abbot.

Nam si abbas motus misericordia illos, qui non proprio vitio egressi fuerint, forte voluerit aut potuerit suscipere, ita illis dicere debet: 'Nos vos voluissemus suscipere, sed tamen non audemus, ne per vos alios perdamus.

On the other hand, if the abbot is moved by mercy for one who left not through his own fault, perhaps he might wish to or be able to accept him, in which case the abbot ought to say to the brothers: ‘We might have wished to receive you, however, we don’t dare, lest we destroy others because of you.

Nunc autem optamus salutem vestram: pro misericordia vos recipimus, ut habitetis aut sitis in tali loco, h. e. aut in monte aut in secretis locis, i. e. ut non possitis alios ad illud peccatum trahere et eos maculare', sicut papa Gregorius docet in moralibus libris; ait enim:

Still, we desire your salvation: by mercy we readmit you so that as long as you stay or live in such a place, either on a mountain or in a secret place, so that you are not able to drag others into that sin or pollute them, just as Pope Gregory teaches in the Moralia, for he says:

Per iram gratia vitae socialis ammittitur, sicut scriptum est: 'Noli esse assiduus cum homine iracundo nec discas semitas ejus et sumas scandalum animae tuae,' [Prv 22:24-25] quia qui se ex humana ratione non temperat, necesse est, ut bestialiter solus vivat. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob V, c. 45.78, CCSL143, p. 276]

Through anger the grace of social life is lost, just as it is written: ‘Do not wish to be friendly with a hot-tempered man lest you learn his ways and take up a stumbling block for your soul,’ [Prv 22:24-25] since anyone who does not temper himself with human reason must live alone, like a beast [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob V, c. 45.78]

Si enim ita voluerint agere, ut supradiximus, recipiantur tamdiu, donec possit illos cognoscere [page 369] et eis credere sine difficultate. Si autem illi noluerint talem abbatis, sicut jam diximus, susceptionem, non recipiantur, ne per illos similiter alios perdat.

For if they should wish to act in this way, as we spoke of before, they would be received each time, until [a monk] is able to be able to understand those things [page 369] and believe them without difficulty. However, should those brothers not want such a reception by the abbot, as we already spoke about, they should not be received, lest he despoil other brothers through similar sins.

Et hoc notandum est, quia illud peccatum, quod dixi esse commune, ita intelligendum est: i. e. si aliquis in illud vitium immunditiae aut sodomiticum casu cecidit et verecundatur et alium fratrem non corruperit, ex hoc tunc non est projiciendus, quamvis commune sit. Si autem in consuetudine illud vitium habuerit et alios perdiderit per hoc et emendare noluerit, tunc est projiciendus. Similiter pro vitio discordiae aut detractionis vel furti ita faciendum est.

And it should be noted that that sin, which we said to be communal, should be understood in this way: for example if someone, by chance, fell into that fault of impurity or sodomy and he is ashamed and he did not corrupt another brother, then he does not have to be thrown out because of this, although it is communal. If however he committed that sin regularly and he imperilled other brothers in so doing and he does not wish to make amends, then he should be expelled. Likewise, the same should be done for the sin of discord, slander, or theft.

Insuper etiam sciendum est, quia sunt alii, qui non sic acute nec sic studiose atque subtiliter, sicut diximus, intelligunt nec discernunt inter proprium et commune vitium, sed tantum simpliciter, ut si pro qualicunque vitio frater egreditur, usque ad tertiam vicem recipiant fratrem exeuntem, et post tertiam vicem nolunt eum recipere; et cum receperint eum in secunda et tertia vice, nolunt eum in ipsa poenitentia detinere, qua dignus fuit, quando fugit.

Also it should be noted that there are others who neither understand acutely or studiously and subtly but rather more simply as we said, and do not distinguish between their own fault and a communal one, so that if on account of whatever sin the brother leaves, they may receive the brother who left up to the third time, and after the third time they do not want to receive him; or when they receive him the second and third time, they do not want to hold him in that penance which he deserved when he fled.

Et hoc maxima multitudo monasteriorum per Franciam facit. Sed tamen illi faciunt melius, qui secundum priorem sensum faciunt, eo quod sapientiores et acutiores sunt, qui ita intelligunt. Nam et ego facio ita in nostro monasterio, et ita hortor, ut ceteri similiter faciant, sicuti sapientiores intelligunt et faciunt.

This happens in many monasteries throughout Francia. But those who act according to the first sense of the rule do it better, because they are wiser and more acute who understand it this way. For I do it this way in our monastery and I encourage others to do the same, as the more sage ones understand and execute the rule.


1. sciat (?). (Mittermüller).
2. levis (?). (Mittermueller).
3. subintelligendum est, non posse querelari... (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XXX
DE PUERIS MINORI AETATE, QUALITER CORRIPIANTUR

[Ms P, fol. 96rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 71r; Ms E1, fol. 117v; Ms E2, fol. 184r]

Ch. 30
HOW YOUNGER BOYS ARE TO BE CORRECTED

Translated by: Marijana Vuković and Bruce L. Venarde

1Omnis aetas vel intellectus proprias debet habere mensuras; 2ideoque quotiens pueri vel adolescentiores aetate, aut qui minus intelligere possunt, quanta poena sit excommunicationis: 3hi tales dum delinquunt, aut jejuniis nimiis affligantur aut acris verberibus coerceantur, ut sanentur.

1Every age and understanding should have its own discipline. 2Therefore, whenever boys, youths, or those who cannot understand properly how serious a penalty excommunication is 3when they err, let them either undergo strict fasting or be disciplined with severe beatings so that they may be healed.

Rectum ordinem tenuit S. Benedictus, cum in isto loco dicit de pueris minori aetate, eo quod superius dixit de leviorum atque graviorum culparum excommunicatione et de sollicitudine abbatis erga excommunicatos agenda et gradibus leviorum culparum, et postea de ferro abscisionis [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 28.6] atque etiam [page 370] de susceptione fratris revertentis [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23-29]; et nunc suo loco subjunxit de pueris minori aetate; i. e. ne isti, qui non ita intelligunt, sicut et illi, qui per gradus vadunt, tali modo projiciantur, ideo subjunxit legem eorum quasi specialiter dicens: quotiens delinquunt, aut nimiis jejuniis aut acris verberibus coerceantur.

St Benedict held the right order when he speaks in this place about boys younger in age, because he spoke above about excommunication for lesser and greater faults and about the care to be taken by the abbot towards the excommunicated and the levels of lesser faults, [page 370] and then about the knife of amputation and also the reception of a reentering brother. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23-29] And now he added in its proper place about boys younger in age, i.e. so that these, who do not understand in such a way, just like those who gradually progress, are not in this way expelled. Therefore, he added a law for them, as if specially emphasizing: When they err, let them either undergo either strict fasting or be disciplined with severe beatings.

Cum dicit aetas, aetatem comprehendit, et cum dicit intellectum, intelligentiam comprehendit. Ille enim non intelligit, qui non verecundatur nec turpitudinem habet pro excommunicatione.

When he says age, he understands age, and when he says understanding, he means intelligence. Therefore, one who is not abashed or ashamed by excommunication does not understand.

Istud vero, quod dicit jejunium nimium, duobus modis potest intelligi: uno modo dicitur jejunium nimium, i. e. subtractio de cibis et potu - et tamen eadem hora, qua ceteri fratres mandueant, potest edere; altero modo dicitur jejunium nimium, manducare ea, quae alii comedunt - tamen prolongari in altero vel tertio die debent. Illud tamen ita debet esse jejunium nimium, ut stultus sentiat.

Indeed, what he says – strict fasting – can be understood in two ways. In one way it is called strict fasting, i.e. withdrawal from food and drink. And, nevertheless, a person can eat at the same time the other brothers eat. In the other way strict fasting means to eat what the others eat, but nevertheless, they should put it off to the second or the third day. Strict fasting should be what even unintelligent person feels it is.

Acris verberibus propterea dicit, quia plus debent isti acriter flagellari, quam illi, qui per gradus ducuntur.

Therefore, he says with severe punishments, because these should be even more severely beaten than those who are gradually progressing.

Superius enim dixerat de sententia judiciorum, etiam et modos judiciorum distinxerat; nunc vero dicit de aetatibus atque sensu conspiciendo - ac si diceret S. Benedictus aliis verbis: 'Supra disposui, quomodo debeas judicare, et distinxi tibi, o abbas, modos, qualiter agere debeas ipsa judicia.

Namely, he had spoken above about sentences and he even distinguished the types of sentence. Now, indeed, he speaks about age and the sense of understanding – as if St Benedict said in different words: “I have laid out above how you should judge, and I distinguished for you, abbot, the ways to carry out such judgments.

Nunc vero, ne tu ipsa judicia confunderes, h. e. ut aequaliter velis judicare stultum et sapientem, infantem et senem, aut etiam ipsos minus intelligentes, ideo tibi dispono et dico: Omnis aetas vel intellectus proprias debet habere mensuras.'

Now, indeed, in order for you not to confuse these judgments, that is, wish to judge fairly the stupid and the wise, the young and the old, or even those less intelligent, therefore, I therefore set out for you and and say: Every age and understanding should have its own discipline.

Pulchre dicit: Omnis aetas et intellectus proprias debet habere mensuras, quia juxta quod unusquisque intelligit et ejus aetas est, ita debet mensuram habere in excommunicatione vel in flagello vel etiam in nimiis jejuniis.

He nicely says: Every age and understanding should have its own discipline, because in accordance with what each person understands, and what his age is, he should likewise have discipline in excommunication or punishment and also in strict fasting.

Sed attendendum est, quia non dicit De pueris, qualiter corripiantur, sed De pueris minori aetate.

But it should be borne in mind, because [St. Benedict] does not speak about boys to be corrected, but about boys younger in age.

Istud minori aetate dixit ideo, ne tu tantum illos pueros intelligeres, qui quatuordecim annos habent, sed illos, qui octo vel decem i. e. minus quam quatuordecim annos habent, nec non et illos etiam, qui plus quam quatuordecim habent annos, h. e. viginti et reliquos usque [page 371] ad illos annos, in quibus legitima aetas constat.

He therefore emphasized younger in age, so that you do not only understand boys who are 14, but those, who are 8 or 10, i.e., less than 14, and likewise also those who are more than 14, that is, 20 and the rest, [page 371] until those of legal age.

Nam quod ad illos annos, i. e. viginti attineat, et reliquos, in quibus adolescentia cognoscitur, manifestat inferius cum dicit: quoties pueri vel adolescentiores aetate, aut qui minus intelligere possunt et rel. Nam ad utrumque attinet, i. e. ad minus quatuordecim et ad plus de quatuordecim, eo quod utrumque tempus aetatis et de majori et de minori potest intelligi.

Namely, what pertains to that age, that is, 20, and the rest, in which adolescence is recognized, he demonstrates when he says later: whenever boys or youths or those who cannot understand properly etc., namely, what pertains to each group, i.e., for those younger than 14 and older than 14, because each age can be understood as having younger and older stages.

Cum dicit pueri et adolescentiores, duas aetates comprehendit, i. e. pueritiam et adolescentiam.

When he says boys or youths he understands two ages, i.e. childhood and adolescence.

Cum autem dicit aut qui minus intelligere possunt, omnem aetatem comprehendit, i. e. infantiam, pueritiam, adolescentiam, juventutem, senectutem et rel. Pueri autem sunt a septimo anno usque ad quartum decimum; adolescentiores vero sunt a quarto decimo anno usque ad vigesimum octavum.

And when he says or those who cannot understand properly, he understands all ages, i.e. infancy, childhood, adolescence, youth, old age, and the rest. Boys are those from age 7 up to age 14, and youths from age 14 until the age 28.

In hoc enim loco notandum est: Cum dicit: hi tales, - i. e. pueri vel adolescentiores aut qui minus intelligunt, quanta poena sit excommunicationis, dum delinquunt, aut nimiis jejuniis affligantur aut acris verberibus coerceantur, ut sanentur - patet, quid sit, quod superius in vicesimo tertio capitulo loquitur ita dicens: Si autem improbus est, vindictae corporali subdatur, quia vindicta corporalis [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.5], sicut in flagellis intelligitur, ita etiam in jejuniis nimiis.

It should be noted here when he says: these, i.e. boys or youths or those who cannot understand properly how serious a penalty excommunication is, while they err, let them undergo either strict fasting or be disciplined with severe beatings so that they may be healed, it is clear from what he says above in the 23rd chapter: And if he is impious, let him be subject to corporal punishment, [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.5] just as beating is understood in the same way as strict fasting.

Et bene dixit: aut jejuniis nimiis affligantur aut acris verberibus coerceantur, quia sicut non convenit omnibus flagellum, ita etiam non omnibus convenit nimium jejunium.

And well he said: either let them undergo strict fasting or be disciplined with severe beatings, because just beating is not suitable for everybody, strict fasting is not suitable for everybody. The word or makes the distinction.

Istud enim aut separationem facit. Sicut enim superius, i. e. in vicesimo tertio capitulo divisit inter honestam et inprobam personam, cum dicit: Si intelligit, qualis poena sit, excommunicationi subjaceat, si autem improbus est, vindictae corporali subdatur [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.4-5], ita etiam hic distinguit inter probam et improbam personam, i. e. qui minus intelligunt, quanta poena sit excommunicationis.

In the same way, earlier, that is, in chapter 23, he distinguishes between an honest and a wicked person when he says: If he understands what the punishment is, let him undergo excommunication; and if he is impious, he should be subject to bodily punishment. [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.4-5] Also, in the same way here he distinguishes between an honest and a wicked person, i.e. those who do not understand how serious a punishment excommunication is.

Ille enim non intelligit, quanta poena sit excommunicationis, qui per simplicem excommunicationem non emendat se.

The one who does not correct himself through simple excommunication does not understand how serious a punishment excommunication is.

V. gr. sunt duae personae, qui minus intelligant, quanta poena sit excommunicationis: isti tales, quamvis aequaliter minus intelligant, quanta poena sit excommunicationis, tamen non illis aequaliter convenit flagellum [page 372] aut nimium jejunium, quia sicut jejunium uni nocet et alterum juvat, ita etiam flagellum.

For example, there are two persons, who do not understand how serious a punishment excommunication is. For such people, although they do not understand how serious a punishment excommunication is, beating is not equally appropriate for them, [page 372] nor strict fasting, because just as fasting harms the one and helps the other, so it goes for beating.

Et propterea B. Benedictus distinguendo dixit, cum dixit aut nimiis jejuniis aut acris verberibus coerceantur, ut sanentur.

And that is why Benedict made the distinction, when he said either with strict fasting or disciplined with severe beatings, so that they may be healed.

In arbitrio abbatis constituit, quatenus ille cognoscat personam; si ei proficit flagellum, adhibeat ei flagellum, si vero cognoverit, non proficere ei flagellum, adhibeat ei jejunium, eo quod multi sunt, qui per flagellum pejores fiunt. In hoc enim loco, ubi dicit nimiis jejuniis, varie intelligitur.

The knowledge of individuals should depend of judgment of the abbot; if beating is of use to him, he should apply it. But if [the abbot] knows that beating is of no use to him, fasting should be applied, because there are many who become worse through beating. So in this place, where he says strict fasting, it is understood in various ways.

Sunt enim multi, qui nimium jejunium intelligunt mediam libram panis solummodo et unum staupponem aquae in hieme, in aestivo vero tempore duos. Et sunt iterum alii, qui intelligunt quartam partem librae panis et aquam sicut superiores. Sed isti, qui quartam partem librae panis dicunt, non bene discernunt.1

There are many who interpret strict fasting as only half a pound of bread and one cup of water in winter, but two in the summer. And then there are others who understand one quarter pound of bread, and water as above. But those who say a quarter pound of bread do not reason well.

Et hoc intuendum est, quia sunt aliae regulae, quae habent: nimis affligantur jejuniis.

And this should be considered, because there are other rules that read, 'Let them be punished strictly with fasting.'

Istud nimis adverbium est. Et sunt iterum multae, quae habent nimiis, et istud nimiis nomen est. Sed sive per nomen sive etiam adverbialiter habeant, nil nocet.

This word strictly is an adverb. And then again, there are many, who have strict, and this strict is a noun. But it does not matter whether they are expressed by noun or by an adverb.

Videndum est etiam iterum, qua ratione nominatim duas aetates, i. e. infantiam et adolescentiam expressit? Ideo illas duas specialiter nominavit, eo quod istae duae aetates procliviores sunt ad negligentiam faciendam quam ceterae aliae.

Then again, attention must be paid to the reasoning with which he described the two ages by name, i.e. infancy and adolescence. He specifically named them because these two ages are more inclined to negligence than all the others.


1. Mabillonius in Annalibus (tom. II. p. 434 ad ann. 817) dicit, in Hildemari commentario ad cap. XXX. s. regulae hunc locum esse: libra viginti duos solidos habet, quando crudus est panis, ut cum coctus fuerit, habeat solummodo viginti. At jam in Martenii commentario (cap. XXXIX. p. 522. ad marg.) istum locum non inveniri in codice S. Benigni Divion. asseritur, qui idem locus etiam in codicibus in Germania extantibus deest. (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XXXI
DE CELLARARIO MONASTERII, QUALIS SIT

[Ms P, fol. 97rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 72v; Ms E1, fol. 118v; Ms E2, fol. 185v]

Ch. 31
THE QUALITIES OF THE CELLARER

Translated by: Joseph McAlhany

1Cellararius monasterii eligatur de congregatione sapiens, maturis moribus, sobrius, non multum edax, non elatus, non turbulentus, non injuriosus, non tardus, non prodigus, 2sed timens Deum, qui omni congregationi sit sicut pater.

1For the monastery’s cellarer, choose someone from the community who is wise, of mature character, sober, not much of an eater, not proud, not easily agitated, not offensive, not slothful, not wasteful; 2rather, someone God-fearing who can be like a father to the entire community.

Egregium [page 373] ordinem tenuit S. Benedictus in hoc loco, cum prius dixit, qualis debeat esse abbas [Regula Benedicti, c. 2] et postea subjunxit de officiis divinis [c. 8-18], deinde de decanis [c. 21], postea de sententiis judiciorum [c. 23-30], et nunc subjunxit de cellarario monasterii, eo quod per cellararium multa vitia in monasterio possunt nutriri, et multa resecari. Et bene de cellarario disponit, qualis debeat esse, quia cognovit, non parvum profectum nec mediocrem bonitatem esse, si cellararius sapiens esset, sicut e contrario grave periculum, si stultus esset. Nam alieno genere loquitur nunc, cum dicit de cellarario monasterii. Ait enim quasi interrogando: Cellararius monasterii qualis sit, et post dicit: Cellararius monasterii eligatur de congregatione sapiens et rel.

St. Benedict keeps here an excellent order [page 373] since he first talked about the qualities of an abbot, [Regula Benedicti, c. 2] then added a section on the divine offices, [c. 8-18] then on deacons, [c. 21] and after that on corrective discipline, [c. 23-30] and now has added a section on the monastery’s cellarer, since in a monastery many vices can be sustained by the cellarer, and many curtailed. He put the qualities of the cellarer in a good order because he recognized it is no small advantage and no insignificant good if the cellarer is a wise man, and on the contrary, a grave danger if he is foolish. He speaks now in a different manner when he describes the monastery’s cellarer. Indeed, he says by way of question, what kind of man should the cellarer of the monastery be and then states, For the monastery’s cellarer, choose from the community someone who is wise… .

Cellararius dictus est a cella, cella vero dicta a celando, eo quod ibi celantur ea, quae ad sustentationem vitae praesentis attinent.

Cellarer is from ‘cellar’, and ‘cellar’ is from ‘to hide’ [celare], because things are hidden there which are important for the sustenance of this present life.

Attendendum est, quia non dixit solummodo cellararius, sed cum adjectione monasterii - quasi diceret: Si aliarum domorum cellararius sapiens debet esse, quanto magis monasterii.

It should be noted that he does not say simply cellarer, but adds the modifier a monastery’s, as if to say: If the cellarer of other houses should be wise, how much more so a monastery’s should be.

Cum enim dicit eligatur, attendendum est, quia non dixit ponatur, h. e. ut non ad libitum suum abbas illum ordinet; sed dixit eligatur, i. e. ut omni congregationi sit sicut pater. Ideo enim dixit eligatur, ut ostenderet, quia abbas non secundum quod sibi libitum est, illum ordinet, sed, quem meliorem reppererit, qui illud ministerium recte et rationabiliter explere valeat, eligere debeat. Nam sunt multi, qui eligunt sibi cellararium, sed tamen non qui juste et rationabiliter illud ministerium expleat, sed qui sibi placere studeat. Hi tales si videntur eligere, non eligunt, quia meliorem non eligunt, eo quod illa est electio, qua melior semper eligitur. Nos enim, cum aliquid eligere volumus, in quantum cognoscere possumus, meliorem1 eligimus. Quid est enim electio nisi separatio optimi a meliore vel melioris a bono aut boni a malo?

When he says choose, it should be observed that he does not say ‘appoint’ (that is, the abbot ordains one according to his pleasure). Rather, he says choose to show that the abbot does not ordain one according to his pleasure, but rather should choose someone who he finds is better able to fulfill the duties of the office correctly and in accordance with the rules. In fact, there are many who choose for themselves a cellarer, yet do not choose one who would fulfill that office justly and in accordance with the rules, but instead choose one who is eager to please them. Such abbots, even if they seem to choose, do not really choose, because they do not choose the better, and a ‘choice’ is really that by which the better is always chosen. For when we want to choose something, we choose the better, insofar as we are able to recognize it. Indeed, what is a ‘choice’ if not a separation of the best from the better, or the better from the good, or the good from the bad?.

Et bene dixit de congregatione, quia non aliunde debet eligi nisi de congregatione.

From the community is also well said, because he should be chosen only from the community

Bene prius dixit sapiens ante alias virtutes, quia primum donum Spiritus S. sapientia [page 374] est, sicut dicit propheta: Spiritus sapientiae et intellectus. [Is 11:2] Intuendum est, quia cum dicit sapiens, non de sapientia terrena dicit, sed de philosophia coelesti. Philosophia coelestis est, discernere inter vitia et virtutes, deinde amare virtutes et odire vitia; ac deinceps ipsas virtutes, quas cognoscit, operibus exercere studeat, eo quod nil valet sapere et cognoscere bonum, et illud non diligere atque amando non operari. Talis est enim, qui sapit bonum et illud non diligendo operatur, qualis est ille, qui portat vinum et panem et exinde nec manducat nec bibit. Et bene sapientia a sapore dicta est, eo quod saporem, i. e. intelligentiam omnium bonorum doctoribus tribuat.

He did well to say wise before the other virtues, because wisdom is the first gift of the Holy Spirit [page 374], as the prophet said: Spirit of wisdom and understanding. [Is. 11:2] It should be observed that when he says wise he speaks not of earthly wisdom, but of heavenly philosophy. Heavenly philosophy is the discernment of vices and virtues, then the love of virtues and hatred of vices, and finally the eagerness to employ in works the virtues one knows, since it is pointless to be wise and to know the good, but not to love it and use it with love. Someone who knows the good but does not use it with love is like one who acquires some wine and bread but does not eat or drink any of it. Wisdom [sapientia] is rightly named from ‘taste’ [sapor], because it gives to the learned a ‘taste’, i.e., an understanding, of all good things.

Pulchre, cum dixit sapiens, subjunxit maturis moribus, quia ex sapientia celesti descendunt maturi mores. Maturi enim mores sunt dulces et amabiles. Sicut enim dicitur maturum pormum, eo quod abjecta asperitate et acerbitate tempore suo efficitur dulce et aptum ad manducandum, ita et maturis moribus dicitur ille, qui abjecta omni acerbitate et asperitate saeculari, quam in saeculo habuit, efficitur amore Dei aptus et dulcis et amabilis atque affabilis.

After he said wise, he rightly added of mature character, because a mature character comes from heavenly wisdom. Mature characters are sweet and loveable. For just as a fruit is said to be mature when in its season it loses its harsh bitterness and becomes sweet and ready to eat, someone is said to be of a mature character when, after he loses all the earthly harsh bitterness he had in the world, becomes ready for the love of God and sweet and loveable and courteous.

Apte et congrue, postquam dixit sapiens et maturis moribus, subjunxit sobrius, eo quod sobrietas ex sapientia et maturis moribus procedit. Sobrietas enim intelligitur temperantia. Ille autem dicitur sobrius, qui temperatus est, i. e. qui nec plus nec minus quam oportet agit; nam ille, qui sapiens Dei est et maturos mores, i. e. dulces et amabiles habet, sobrius statim efficitur, quia nil plus nil minus agit.

After he says wise and of mature character, he quite fittingly adds sober, because sobriety comes from wisdom and a mature character. For sobriety means moderation. Someone is said to be sober who is moderate, i.e., who does neither more nor less than he should. For one who is wise in God and of a mature character, i.e., is sweet and loveable, at once becomes sober, because he does nothing too much or too little.

Sequitur: non multum edax. Hactenus B. Benedictus dixit, qualis debeat esse cellararius in interiore homine, cum dicit sapiens, maturis moribus, sobrius. Nunc vero narrat, qualis sit in exteriore homine, cum dicit non multum edax.

Next is not much of an eater. Up to this point St. Benedict spoke of how the cellarer should be in his inner man (when he said wise, of mature character, sober). But now he describes how he should be in his outer man, when he says not much of an eater.

Deinde postquam dixit non multum edax, congrue subjunxit suo loco non elatus, eo quod ex multa edacitate solet effici homo elatus. Veluti equus ex multa edacitate incrassatur et efficitur superbus, ita et homo ex multa edacitate efficitur elatus. Elatus ad elationem pertinet; sciendum est enim, quia elatio fit in spiritalibus [page 375] rebus, superbia autem in spiritalibus et in temporalibus. Elatus enim dicitur eo, quod se ipsum super mensuram suam elevet, dum magnus sibi videtur de his, quae agit.

Then after he said not much of an eater he rightly added not proud to its place because a man usually becomes proud from gluttony. Just as a horse grows stout and becomes haughty out of gluttony, so too a man becomes proud from gluttony. Proud [elatus] is related to ‘exaltation’ [elatio]; it should be understood that ‘exaltation’ occurs in matters of the spirit [page 375], while arrogance occurs in matters both spiritual and worldly. One is said to be proud [elatus] because he elevates [elevet] himself beyond his proper measure, as he imagines himself to be great in what he does.

Sequitur: non turbulentus. Nunc vero alio genere locutionis loquitur. Turbulentus enim dicitur obscurus, non sincerus, non hilaris, furibundus. Veluti aer dicitur turbulentus, cum non est serenus, i. e. lucidus, sive aqua dicitur turbulenta, cum non est limpida et lucida, ita et homo dicitur turbulentus, cujus vultus obscurus est, i. e. non hilaris et suavis. Iste talis iracundiam, quam in corde gestat, in vultu suo manifestat, eo quod hilaritas et tristitia cordis in vultu solet manifestari.

Next is not easily agitated. Now, in fact, he uses a different manner of speaking. Agitated means obscured, not genuine, not cheerful, angry. Just as air is said to be agitated when it is not calm, i.e., clear, or water is said to be agitated when it is not clear and calm, so a man is said to be agitated when his face is darkened, not cheerful and sweet. Such a man shows in his face the anger he has in his heart, because the cheerfulness and sadness in his heart usually show on his face.

Bene postquam dixit non turbulentus, subjunxit non injuriosus, quia iste turbulentus, qui iram prius in vultu ostendit, tempore suo fratrem, cui se jungit, exasperat.

After he said not agitated he rightly added not offensive, because the agitated man, who shows anger in his face before it is right to do so, irritates the brother whom he meets.

Iterum ordinem congruum etiam servavit in hoc, cum prius dixit non turbulentus et injuriosus, et subjunxit non tardus, eo quod tarditas ex turbulentia et injuria solet procedere, quia illi, cui irascimur vel injuriamur, cum aliquid facere debemus, cum tarditate facimus.

He again kept the proper order here, since he first said not agitated and offensive then added not slothful, because sloth usually arises from agitation and offensiveness, since when we are supposed to do something for someone who has angered or offended us, we do it slothfully.

Sequitur: non prodigus. In hoc enim loco videtur alio genere locutionis loqui, cum prius dixit non turbulentus, non injuriosus, non tardus, et subjunxit non prodigus, quia prodigus non ex iracundia descendit, sed ex hilaritate, eo quod prodigus dicitur quasi porrigens. Sed quamquam ex hilaritate procedit prodigus, tamen etiam ex iracundia. Sed iste, qui hilaris est, polest dare simulate, i. e. corde irato et vultu hilari, qui autem turbulentus est, non potest dare laeto vultu et tristi animo, eo quod non potest occultare iracundiam cordis. Ideo enim dixi, etiam ex iracundia posse procedere prodigum, quia multi iracundi per indignationem tribuunt causa commotionis animi prioris.

Next is not wasteful. In this passage he seems to use a different manner of speaking, since he first said not agitated, not offensive, not sluggish and added not wasteful, but wastefulness does not come from anger, but rather from cheerfulness, because wasteful [prodigus] comes from ‘to offer’ [porrigens]. But although wastefulness comes from cheerfulness, it still also comes from anger. One who is cheerful can dispense something under a false appearance, i.e., with an angry heart but a cheerful face, but one who is agitated is unable to dispense something with a happy face and gloomy heart, because he cannot conceal the anger in his heart. And thus I said wastefulness can also arise from anger, because many angry men give something out of indignation, on account of their prior mental disturbance.

Unde animadvertendum est: neque per indignationem dare debet, cui opportet, neque etiam per hilaritatem debet dare, cui non opportet; sed cum dat, sine ulla simulatione aut indignatione [page 376] illi, cui convenit dari, debet,2 neque etiam illi tribuat, cui non convenit dari, sive etiam ut Isidorus dicit: Reprehensibilis est superflua effusio largitatis; nam qui modum servat, avarus nulli est, sed omnibus largus est. [Isidore of Seville, Sententiae III, c. 60.20, CCSL 111, p. 326]

Thus it should be noted: neither should he out of indignation dispense something to whom he should, nor should he out of good cheer dispense something to whom he should not. When he gives out something, he should give to whom it is appropriate without any false appearances or indignation, [page 376] nor should he give to whom it is not appropriate, or as Isidore also says: Excessively extravagant largess is blameworthy: for who keeps to the mean is greedy to no one, but generous to all. [Isidore of Seville, Sententiae III, c. 60.20]

Dispensator non debet esse prodigus, sed discretus; largiri enim debet, quantum opportet, ut tenendo in uno mensuram sufficiat plurimis.

A dispensor should not be wasteful, but discriminating: he ought to distribute as much as is appropriate, so that by keeping to the measure in one there may be sufficient for many.

Sequitur: sed timens Deum. Bene, postquam indicaverat bona, quae cellararius debet habere, subjunxit timens Deum, quia tunc illa poterit custodire et retinere, si Deum timuerit. Notandum est, quia timorem castum indicat illum habere.

Next is but God-fearing. After he had indicated the good qualities a cellarer should have, he properly added God-fearing because if he fears God, he will be able to preserve and maintain these good qualities. It should be noted that he indicates that a pious man has fear.

Sequitur: 2qui omni congregationi sit sicut pater. Pater enim familias omnes secundum qualitatem uniuscujusque diligit, et unicuique juxta meritum suum tribuit. Nam quid sit pater omni congregationi, idem S. Benedictus indicat, cum subjungit, ait enim 3Curam gerat de omnibus.

Next is 2to be like a father to the entire community. For a father of a family loves all according to each individual’s traits, and gives each his due according to his merit. In fact, St. Benedict indicates what a father to the whole community is by the addition he makes; for he says 3he cares about all.

Sequitur: 4sine jussione abbatis nihil faciat.

Next is 4He should not do anything without the abbot’s command.

Hactenus B. Benedictus quasi sine freno illum constituere videtur, in eo, quod illi illa superiora dixerat habere et agere. Sed nunc, cum dixit sine jussione abbatis nihil faciat, quasi frenum illi in ore posuit, ne libere agat ea, quae superius dixerat agere. Veluti cum quis sternit equum et eidem desuper sedit sine freno, ita B. Benedictus illi facere videtur, cum illa superiora illum jusserat agere. Sed nunc freno illum constringit, cum illi dicit Nihil sine jussione abbatis faciat.

Up to this point, St. Benedict seems to have established the office of cellarer without any restraint, given the things above he had said for him to have and to do. But now, when he said he should not do anything without the abbot’s command, it’s like he placed a bridle on him, so that he not freely do what he had told him to do above. Just as when someone saddles a horse and mounts it without a bridle, so St. Benedict seems to have done here, after he had first ordered him to do the things above. But now he restrains him with a bridle, when he says to him do not do anything without the abbot’s command.

Nunc vero intuendum est, quae sunt, quae abbas illi debet committere. Idem Pater Benedictus inferius manifestat, quorum curam agere debeat cellararius. Sed valde necessarium est abbati, ne aut plus aut minus, quam oportet, cellarario committat, quia si minus, quam constitutum est, commiserit, uno e duobus modis peccandi occasionem cellarario praebet: aut enim peccabit cellararius, si minus, quam oportet, commissum habuerit, i. e. aut peccabit [page 377], si secundum suum ministerium agere voluerit, in abbatem, aut certe, si minus quam suum ministerium egerit in dando vel retinendo, peccabit in regulam, i. e. in Deum. Si vero majorem potestatem habuerit, quam justum est, dandi vel retinendi, peccabit in regulam, i. e. in Deum.

Now it should be noted what the abbot should assign to him. Father Benedict also makes clear below what the cellarer should take care of. But it is absolutely necessary that the abbot not assign to the cellarer more or fewer duties than is appropriate, because if he assigns him fewer than has been established, he presents to the cellarer an opportunity to sin in one of two ways: either the cellarer will sin if his assigned duties are fewer than they should be, i.e., either he will sin against the abbot, if he wishes to act in [page 377] accordance with his office’s duties, or if he gives out or keeps in store less than his office’s duty, he will sin against the rule, i.e., against God. But if his authority to give out or keep in store is greater than is just, he will sin against the rule, i.e., against God.

Debet enim illi abbas constituere isto modo: v. gr. 'sub cura tua sint infantes, hospites, infirmi, pauperes, servi, etiam qui ad usum horti vel coquinae sunt deputati, fleuthomati et illa generalitas monachorum.' Deinde debet illi constituere, quid infantibus det, qua hora, vel etiam quam magna mensura: 'et infra ista omnia in tuo arbitrio constituo: [ut] juxta quod melius intelligere vales, curam infantum habeto. Si vero evenerit tibi dubietas, quid agendum sit, me interroga.' Deinde debet illi constituere hospitum curam isto modo: v. gr. 'si venerint episcopi aut abbates aut comites, tali modo illis servire stude; si autem venerint clerici, canonici, tali modo servitium eis exhibe; si certe venerint monachi, tali tenore illos recollige.' Et postremo debet illi dicere: 'Si in his tibi dubietas venerit, me interroga.'

The abbot should give him the following instructions, for example: ‘Under your care are children, visitors, the sick, the poor, servants (also those assigned to work in the garden or kitchen), those who’ve had their blood let, and the community of monks.’ Then he should instruct him what to give to children, at what hour, and also how much: ‘I also place under your judgment everything listed below: take care of the children, to the best of your understanding, but if you should have any doubt about what to do, ask me.’ Then he should give instructions for care of visitors in this way, for example: ‘If bishops or abbots or counts arrive, diligently serve them in this manner; if, however, priests or canons arrive, offer them the following service; if monks come, receive them in this way.’ And finally he should tell him: ‘If in these matters you should have any doubt, ask me.’

Similiter de pauperibus agere procuret. 'Item de infirmis tibi constituo isto modo, i. e. qualitatem ciborum et horam;' et admonere cellararium propter infirmos debet, ut ille cellararius admoneat suos manipulos, ut illi servitores non negligant, infirmorum servitium praebere, necnon ut ipse cellararius domum infirmorum visitare et negligentias emendare frequenter studeat. Si autem per se emendare non potuerit, tunc principi, i. e. abbati suggerere debet. Deinde simili modo de fleuthomatis illi constituere modum debet, necnon etiam de famulis praedictis tam sanis quam infirmis. Similiter etiam de fratribus, qui subitanea infirmitate infirmantur, si eundem cibum manducare non praevalent, abbati nuntiare debet. Similiter etiam de omnibus praedictis, si illi dubietas evenerit, dicere abbati et manifestare debet.

He should make sure to act likewise in the case of the poor. Likewise with the sick—’I instruct you in the following way’ (i.e., the type of food and the hour); and on behalf of the sick he should warn the cellarer to warn his assistants so that the servants are not negligent in providing service to the sick; also that the cellarer try to make frequent visits to the homes of the sick and to correct oversights. However, if he cannot correct them on his own, he should make this known to their leader, i.e., the abbot. Then he should likewise instruct him about those who’ve had their blood let, and also about the servants mentioned above, healthy as well as sick. Likewise in the case of brothers who suddenly fall ill, if they are not strong enough to eat the same food, he should report this to the abbot. Likewise in all those cases mentioned above, if he should have any doubt, he should tell the abbot and make it clear him.

De illa autem tota congregatione debet illum docere, nil aliud illis apponendum, nisi hoc, quod regula dicit, aut ego constituero juxta tempus. Fratri vero laboranti non est tibi concessum dare quidquam cibi vel potus [page 378] sine jussione abbatis.

However, as to the entire community, he should instruct him not to attempt anything except what the rule says or what I decide for the time being. For you are not allowed without the abbot’s command to give any food or drink to a brother who is at work. [page 379]

Sed de illis, qui laborant, ita agendum est: Ille autem princeps, qui cum illis laboravit, debet providere, utrum necessitas sit necne, illis aliquid augere remota in omnibus crapula.

In the case of those who are working the field the following should be done: the leader who will work the field with them should consider in advance whether it is necessary to increase their portion at all—excess is to be avoided in every case.

Sequitur: 5quae jubentur, custodiat, 6fratres non contristet, i. e., quae abbas illi jusserit, faciat et sine jussione abbatis nil agat. Quod vero dicit fratres non contristet, i. e. nulli debet acrius responsum dare, sed eis bonum sermonem in omnibus tribuere, sicut inferius idem Pater subjungit: 13et cui substantia non est quae tribuatur, sermo responsionis porrigatur bonus, sicut scriptum est: 14Sermo bonus super datum optimum.[Sir 18:17]

Next is: 5He should follow orders, he should not upset the brothers. I.e., he should do what the abbot has ordered, and should not do anything without the abbot’s command. He says he should not upset the brothers, i.e., he should not give a sharp response to anyone, but in all cases ought to offer them a good word, just as later the Father adds: 13who has nothing to give, should give the good word of a reply, as it is written: 14A good word is better than the best gift. [Sir 18:17]

Breviter enim dico: si talis est cellararius, sicut ista regula dicit, potest abbas in suo arbitrio omnia constituere, et eum sicut se potest constituere. Si autem talis est, qui habet bonam opinionem, debet constituere illum cellararium. Deinde si inventus est malus, post aliquantos dies, et habuerit meliorem, melius est, ut istum talem ejiciat et alium in loco ejus constituat, quam illud officium minoretur, ut depravatum sit. Si autem non potuerit talem invenire, sicut istud capitulum dicit, tunc debet illi manifestare, quae et quanta sub cura sua habeat – 'cetera vero cum facere volueris, me interroga.'

In sum, I say: if the cellarer is exactly as the rule prescribes, the abbot can place all things under his judgment, and can appoint him to be like himself. Moreover, if he is the kind of man who has a good reputation, he should appoint him as cellarer. If after some days he is then found to be bad, and there is someone better, it is better to remove the one and appoint the other in his place than to have the office be harmed to the point that it becomes corrupted. But if he is unable to discover anyone as described in this chapter, then he should demonstrate to him what he has under his care and to what extent— ‘but when you want to do something else, ask me.’

Sunt enim quidam, qui omnia scribunt et traditionem uniuscujusque capituli, quod ad illud officium attinet, sic unicuique tradunt; postea vero si peccat, non habet excusationem; et in omni obedientia sic faciunt.

There are some who put everything in writing with an explanation of each and every section, and in this way they explain to each individual what pertains to his office. Later, if he sins, he has no excuse, and thus they behave in complete obedience.

 Sequitur: 7Si quis frater ab eo forte aliqua irrationabiliter postulat, non spernendo eum contristet, sed rationabiliter male petenti deneget.

Next is 7If a brother happens to ask something unreasonable from him, he should not upset him by spurning him, but he should give a reasonable refusal to one who asks improperly.

Propterea dixi superius, illum esse sapientem, ut sciat rationabiliter denegare, verbi gratia debet illi dicere: 'Frater hoc quod petis, si dedero, et me et te reum facio, eo quod tu contra legem petis et ego contra legem do.' Si autem ille frater ex hoc iratus vel commotus fuerit, debet illi dicere: 'Ne irascaris, frater, quia peccatum agis.' Si autem denuo fecerit ille frater, per septem gradus debet duci. [page 379]

Thus I said above that he be wise so that he knows how to refuse reasonably; for example, he should say to him, ‘Brother, if I give to you what you ask, I cause both myself and you to be guilty, because you ask contrary to the rule and I give contrary to the rule.’ But if the brother becomes angry or upset because of this, he should say to him: ‘Don’t be angry, brother, because you commit a sin.’ But if in the end that brother does it, he ought to be led through the seven steps. [page 379]

Sequitur: 8Animam suam custodiat, memor semper illius apostolici praecepti, quia qui bene ministraverit, gradum bonum sibi acquirit. [cf. 1 Tim 3:13]

Next is 8He should guard his soul, to be always mindful of that apostolic teaching, that who ministers well obtains a good rank for himself. [cf. 1 Tim 3:13]

Hoc Paulus apostolus dicit Corinthiis de ministris Ecclesiae - ac si diceret: Qui bene ministerium suum peregerit, bonam gratiam sibi a Deo acquirit, i. e. bonum locum, hoc est, a Deo remunerabitur.

The apostle Paul says this to the Corinthians about the servants of the Church, as if to say: who fulfills well his own service obtains from God good grace, i.e., a good place, that is, he will be rewarded by God.

Sequitur: 9Infirmorum, infantum, hospitum pauperumque curam cum omni sollicitudine gerat. In hoc enim loco indicat, quae sunt, quorum curam habere debeat cellararius et qualiter eorum curam gerat.

Next follows: 9He should with every effort care for the sick, infants, guests, and the poor. In this passage he indicates whom the cellarer should care for and how he should care for them.

Sed hoc intuendum est, quia cum dicit hospitum, mos erat apud antiquos, ut cellararius curam haberet hospitum. Sed nunc propter multitudinem hospitum, qui paene omni hora ad monasterium veniunt, [ideo] alii constituti sunt ad suscipiendos hospites. Illorum hospitum nunc curam agere intelligere debemus, qui in refectorium ad manducandum ducuntur.

But one must note that when he says guests, it was a custom among the ancients that the cellarer take care of guests. But now, on account of the multitude of guests who arrive at the monastery almost hourly, others have been appointed to receive guests. Now we ought to understand that the care is for those guests who are led into the refectory to eat.

Sequitur: 9sciens sine dubio, quia pro his omnibus in die judicii rationem redditurus est. 10Omnia vasa monasterii cunctamque substantiam ac si altaris vasa sacrata conspiciat.

Next: 9knowing without a doubt that he will render account for all this on the day of judgment. 10He should treat all the monastery’s dishes and all its property as if consecrated altar vessels.

Nunc videndum est, qualiter haec intelligere debeamus. Si enim sicut vasa altaris sacrata debent conspici vasa coquinae i. e. lapidea et scutellae, non ibi pulmenti aliquid mittere audebimus. Sed ita intelligi debent, ac si diceret aliis verbis: ita debet cellararius vasa monasterii juxta meritum vasculi conspicere, sicut conspiciuntur vasa altaris secundum meritum suum, hoc est non pejus debent vasa coquinae secundum meritum tractari, sed munde et caute juxta meritum suum tractanda sunt. Quod vero dicit ac si altaris vasa sacrata conspiciat, i. e. tractet et ordinet atque disponat.

Now it must be seen how we should understand this. For if the kitchenware, i.e., bowls and plates, should be treated as consecrated altar vessels, we would not dare to put any food on them. But we should understand this as if he spoke with different words: the cellarer should treat the monastery’s dishes according to the merit of an ordinary dish, just as altar vessels are treated according to their own merit, that is, kitchen dishes should not be treated worse according to their merit, but they should be handled cleanly and carefully according to their merit. But he says he should treat them as consecrated altar vessels, i.e., she should handle and arrange and dispose.

Sequitur: 11nihil ducat negligendum 12neque avaritiae studeat neque prodigus sit et stirpator substantiae monasterii, sed omnia mensurate faciat et secundum jussionem abbatis. Istud vero, quod dicit Nihil ducat negligendum, i. e. nihil aestimet negligendum vel putet.

Next: 11He should think nothing can be neglected, 12nor should he follow greed or be wasteful or squander the monastery’s property, but he should do everything according to measure and according to the abbot’s command. He says he should think nothing can be neglected, i.e., he should not judge or think anything can be neglected.

Cum enim dicit neque avaritiae studeat - ac si diceret: illum quod constitutum est dare tam ab regula quam ab abbate, non teneat. Avaritia [page 380] namque est nimia divitiarum acquirendi, habendi vel tenendi cupiditas. Unde Gregorius dicit: Avaritia enim non solum pecuniae est, sed etiam altitudinis, quae pestis insaturabilis est. Sicut morbus hydropici eo quod in bibendo non sitim extinguit sed potando succrescit, sic avaritia quanto magis habet, tanto plus desiderat, ut dum modus non est illi in habendo, modus illi non est in desiderando. Ex qua oriuntur invidiae, furta, latrocinia, homicidium et reliqua his similia. [Gregory the Great, Homila in Evangelia I, no 16, c. 2, PL 76, col. 1136A and PL 105, col. 666A]

When he says nor should he follow greed, as if to say: he should not hold onto what has been established by rule as well as by the abbot to give. For greed [page 380] is a desire to acquire, have or keep excessive wealth, of which Gregory says: Greed is not only for money, but also for high rank. It is an insatiable plague, like the disease of dropsy, in which drinking does not extinguish thirst but it increases with drinking. In the same way, the more avarice has, the more it wants, so that as long as there is no limit in having, there is no limit in desiring. From it comes envy, theft, robbery, murder and the like.

Cum antem dicit neque prodigus sit - ac si diceret: cui non debet dare, non det. Prodigus dicitur quasi 'porrigens'.

When however he says or be wasteful, as if to say: he should not give to whom he should not give. Wasteful [prodigus] is said as if ‘to offer’ [porrigens].

Quod vero dicit stirpator substantiae monasterii, unum significat, hoc est quia prodigus, quod stirpator substantiae. Sed omnia mensurate debet facere et secundum jussionem abbatis.

But saying squander the monastery’s property means one thing, that is, he is wasteful because a squanderer of property. But he should do everything according to measure and according to the abbot’s command.

Quod dicit secundum jussionem abbatis, hoc ipsum repetivit, superius quod dixerat sine jussione abbatis nihil faciat, quia nos rem, quam volumus arctius inculcari in cordibus auditorum nostrorum, frequeuti iteratione repetimus.

When he says according to the abbot’s command, he repeats what he said earlier, he should not do anything without the abbot’s command, because we repeat many times what we want to be instilled deeply into the hearts of our listeners.

Sequitur: 13Humilitatem ante omnia habeat. Bene dixit, Humilitatem ante omnia habeat, eo quod Dei sapientia non potest esse sine humilitate. Ideo enim superius illum dixerat sapientem esse, ut sapiens possit ante omnia et super omnia humilitatem habere.

Next: 13Above all, he should maintain humility. Well said is Above all, he should maintain humility because the wisdom of God cannot exist without humility. For this reason he had said above that he be a wise man as a wise man is able to maintain humility above and beyond all else.

Sequitur: 13et cui substantia non est, cui tribuatur, sermo responsionis porrigatur bonus, 14sicut scriptum est: Sermo bonus super datum optimum [Sir 18:17] - quasi diceret: Si non est substantia, quae tribuatur alicui, porrigatur sermo bonus; v. gr. quaeritur ab illo piscis aut ovum ab aliquo, ille vero non habet; id, quod quaesitum est; - debet saltem sermonem bonum porrigere, quia scriptum est: Sermo bonus super datum optimum.

Next: 13and who has no property to give should offer the good word of a reply,’ 14as it is written: A good word is greater than the greatest gift, [Sir 18:17] as if to say: If there is no property to give to anyone, let a good word be offered; e.g., someone asks him for a fish or egg, but he does not have what is asked for; he should at least offer a good word, because it is written: A good word is greater than the best gift.

Nunc vero intuendum est, quomodo intelligi debet hoc quod dicit: Sermo bonus super datum optimum. Si enim quis dat optimum datum cum sermone bono, numquid melius est solus sermo bonus super datum illud optimum cum sermone bono? Non, sed illo dato optimo est melior sermo bonus, quod cum mala voluntate datur. Nam si melior est solus sermo bonus [page 381] super datum optimum, quod cum mala voluntate datur, multo melius est datum optimum cum sermone bono.

But now we should understand what he says: A good word is greater than the best gift. If someone gives the best gift with a good word, is a good word alone better than the best gift with a good word? No, but a good word is better than the best gift given with bad intent. For if a good word alone is [page 381] better than the best gift given with bad intent, much better is the best gift with a good word.

   Et talis est iste sensus in hoc loco, cum dicit: Sermo bonus super datum optimum, qualis sensus est in illo loco, ubi Dominus dicit: Majus gaudium est super uno peccatore poenitentiam agente quam super nonaginta novem justis, qui non indigent poenitentia [Lc 15:7]. Numquid de omnibus justis dixit Dominus, ut majus sit gaudium peccatoris poenitentiam agentis, quam de omnibus justis? Non, sed sciendum est, quia duo sunt genera justorum, i. e. unum ferventium et studiosissime viventium, alterum vero non ferventium nec studiosissime viventium.

And the meaning of this verse, when he says: A good word is greater than the best gift, is the just like the meaning in the place where the Lord says: There is greater joy over a single sinner who repents than over ninety-nine righteous who need no repentance. [Lc 15:7] Did the Lord speak of all the righteous, so that there is more joy over one sinner who repents that over all righteous people? No, it should be understood that there are two types of the righteous, i.e., those who are fervent and live with great zeal, and those other who are not fervent and do not live with great zeal.

V. g. sunt enim multi boni homines, qui habent sua propria sive etiam honores et dignitates saeculi, et tamen vivunt recte, i. e. dant suas decimas, faciunt eleemosynas, non rapiunt aliena, suscipiunt hospites, visitant infirmos, et cetera his similia, sicut faciunt boni saeculares homines. Deinde sunt alii justi, qui non committunt graviora peccata, sed tamen amore Dei ducti, vendunt omnia, quae possident, et dant pauperibus [cf. Mt 19:21] et intrant in monasteria et praeponunt sibi abbates, fugiunt honores, orant et plangunt assidue et jejunant et gaudent opprobriis et despectionibus et cetera his similia bona faciunt. Deinde est peccator, qui forte commisit adulterium aut homicidium et cetera his similia graviora peccata. Et cum haec se cognoverit omnia fecisse, relinquit omnia et dat pauperibus et intrat in monasterium et praeponit sibi abbatem, gaudet opprobrio, fugit honores, orat assidue, ut Domini misericordiam indulta venia peccatorum suorum invenire possit.

E.g., there are many good men who have their own possessions and also worldly honors and offices, and yet they still live rightly; i.e., they pay their tithe, they perform charity, they do not steal from others, they receive guests, they visit the sick, and the like, just as good men of the secular world do. Then there are other righteous men who do not commit serious sins, but led by the love of God, they sell all that they possess and give it to the poor [cf. Mt 19:21] and enter the monastery and set abbots over themselves; they flee from honors, they pray and lament constantly, fast, rejoice in insults and contempt, and do other such good things. Then there is the sinner who by chance commits adultery or murder and other such serious sins. And when he recognizes all that he has done, he abandons everything and gives to the poor and enters the monastery and places an abbot over himself, he rejoices in insults, he flees honors, he prays constantly, so that when forgiveness of his sins has been granted, he may find the Lord’s mercy.

Numquid iste peccator, qui talia agit, majus gaudium facit in coelo de illis justis, quos superius diximus, qui sine perpetratione malorum intrant in monasterium, fugiunt honores et gaudent opprobriis, jejunant et orant? Non, sed de illis justis iste peccator majus gaudium facit, quos supra jam diximus, qui habent sua propria et honores, quamvis non rapiunt aliena et faciunt eleemosynas. Quia si iste peccator, qui poenitens plangit malum, quod fecit, facit majus gaudium in coelo, utique multo [page 382] magis majus gaudium faciunt illi justi in coelo, qui sine perpetratione malorum operum plangunt malas cogitationes.

Does that sinner, because he does such things, create more joy in heaven than those righteous men whom we mentioned above, who without committing evil deeds enter the monastery, flee honors and rejoice in insults, fast and pray? No, but that sinner creates greater joy than the righteous men whom I already mentioned above, who have their possessions and honors, although they do not steal from others and perform charity. Because if that sinner, who in repentance laments the evil he has done, creates greater joy in heaven, much greater [page 382] joy do those righteous ones create in heaven who without committing evil deeds lament their wicked thoughts.

Lector meus, si plenius vis hoc cognoscere, lege homiliam beati Gregorii, ubi dicitur de pastore, qui relictis nonaginta novem ovibus in deserto, abiit quaerere unam ovem, quae erraverat. [cf. Lc 15:4-5] [Liber Exhortationis vulgo de salutaribus documentis, c. 57, PL 40, col. 1070] Ita de isto, qui solo sermone bono dato4 super datum optimum, intelligendum est.

My reader, if you wish to understand this fully, read the homily of blessed Gregory, where it is said of the pastor who after he left ninety-nine sheep in the desert, departed to find a single sheep that had gone astray. [cf. Lc 15:4-5] [Liber Exhortationis vulgo de salutaribus documentis, c. 57, PL 40, col. 1070] This is how we should understand the verse about giving only a good word greater than the best gift.

V. gr. sunt enim tres homines, qui tribunt: unus ex illis dat cum dulci animo et bono atque affabili bonitate; alter vero dat cum mala voluntate et murmuratione atque ira; tertius vero illorum, qui non dat aliquid, quod petitur, tamen dat bonum sermonem et dulcem atque affabilem. Numquid iste, qui tantummodo sermonem bonum dat sine illo, quod petitur, melior est de illo, qui non solum dat quod petitur, sed etiam bonum sermonem et dulcem atque affabilem tribuit? Non, sed de illo est melior, qui licet det, quod petitur, tamen dat cum murmuratione et ira. Ac per hoc si iste bonus est, qui solummodo sermonem bonum dat sine illo, quod petitur, utique multo melior est ille, qui et dat quod petitur et sermonem bonum tribuit.

For example, there are three men who give: one of them gives with a sweet and good spirit and courteous goodness; the second gives with bad intent and muttering and anger; but the third, who gives nothing that is asked for, nevertheless gives a good word, sweet and courteous. Is the one who gave only a good word without giving what was asked for better than the one who not only gave what was asked for but also offered a good and sweet and courteous word? No, but he is better than the one who, even though he gave what was asked for, still gives with muttering and anger. And because of this, if the one who only gave a good word without giving what was asked for is good, certainly much better is the one who both gives what is asked for and offers a good word.

Sequitur: 15Omnia, quae ei injunxerit abbas, ipse habeat sub cura sua; a quibus cum prohibuerit, non praesumat.

Next: 15He should have under his care everything the abbot has entrusted to him; he should not attempt that which has been prohibited him.

Cum dicit omnia, subaudiendum est: ministeria; et cum dicit a quibus, subaudiendum est: ministeriis.

When he says everything, what is meant is ‘duties’, and when he says that which, what is meant is ‘duties.’

Cum vero dicit non praesumat, subaudiendum est: aggredi vel agere - ac si diceret: illa ministeria habeat sub cura sua, quae illi commisit abbas, ad illa autem, quae non sunt illi commissa, non praesumat accedere.

But when he says he should not attempt, what is meant is ‘to try or perform’, as if to say: he should have under his care those duties which the abbot has entrusted to him, but to those which have not been entrusted to him, he should not attempt to perform them.

Sequitur: 16Fratribus constitutam annonam sine aliquo typo (typho) vel mora offerat.

Next: 16He should dispense to the brothers the established daily provisions without any arrogance or delay.

 In hoc quod dicit fratribus constitutam annonam, omnes comprehendit illos, quibus abbas constituerat annonam tribuere. Annona ideo dicta est, quia mos fuit apud veteres, ut ad horam nonam comederent; et inde tractum est annona.5 Nunc vero dicitur [page 383] omnis cibus vel potus, quae ad victum attinent.

When he says the established daily provisions to the brothers, it is understood to mean all those whom the abbot has decreed to receive daily provisions. Daily provisions [annona] are so called because it was a custom among the elders to eat at the ninth hour [ad horam nonam], and this was shortened to annona. Now, however, it means [page 383] all food or drink that that is for nourishment.

Typho interpretatur tumor vel figura - ac si diceret: Annonam, id est cibum et potum sine aliquo tumore superbiae vel mora tribuat, i. e. sine tarditate, 16ut non scandalizentur, hoc est ut non contristentur vel irascantur. Sive typhus (typus) dicitur lanugo, i. e. herba viridis, aquae quae supernatat, quae neque in radicibus neque in cremento aliquid habet, sed tantummodo aspectum habere dignoscitur. Ex quo ostenditur, qui typho deditus est, nulla virtute esse subnixum.

Arrogance [typho] means a swelling in size, as if to say: he should dispense daily provisions, i.e., food and drink, without any swelling of pride or delay, i.e., without sloth, 16so that they not be made to stumble, that is, not be made upset or become angered. Or typhus means ‘wool-down’ [lanugo], i.e., a green grass which floats on water, which has nothing in the way of roots or seeds, but is known to possess only color. From this it is shown that someone who is given to arrogance is not supported by any virtue.

Sequitur: 16memor divini eloquii, quid mereatur, qui scandalizaverit unum de pusillis istis [Lc 17:2] - subaudiendum est: expedit ei, ut suspendatur mola asinaria in collo ejus, et demergatur in profundum maris. [Mt 18:6]

Next: 16mindful of the holy scripture, what someone who causes one of the little ones to stumble deserves; [Lc 17:2] what is meant is: he ought to have a millstone hanged around his neck and drowned in the depths of the sea. [Mt 18:6]

In hoc loco intuendum est, quia cellararius memor debet esse hujus divini eloquii. Si autem memor non fuerit, praevaricator hujus praecepti est.

In this section, it is to be noted that the cellarer should be mindful of this holy scripture. If, however, he is not mindful, he disobeys this instruction.

Sed in hoc loco videtur quasi tacite dixisse, ut coram omnibus debeat dare abbas unicuique obedientiam, et coram omnibus potestas6 illius obedientiae, quae et quantum debeat agere, et sensum capituli, quod ad illam obedientiam attinet, tradere debet.7

But in this passage it seems as if he has implicitly said that the abbot should hand out discipline to each individual in the presence of all, and in the presence of all he should explain the authority for obedience—what he should do and how long—as well as the meaning of the chapter on obedience.

Per molam enim intelligitur cura saeculi. Bene per molam cura saeculi intelligitur, quia sicut mola in gyro volvitur et efficit minutissimas farinas, ita et cura saeculi semper in gyro volvitur et efficit minutissimas atque subtilissimas cogitationes. Per collum vero ordinatio seu dispositio intelligitur. Per mare intelligitur praesens vita - ac si diceret Dominus: Expedit, i.e. levius est ei, in saeculo permanere et de saeculo descendere in profundum maris, hoc est saeculi, quam habere formam sanctitatis, et sub forma sanctitatis contristent8 pusillos et exinde descendere ad infernum.

The millstone signifies the cares of the world. Rightly does the millstone signify the cares of the world, because just as a millstone turns in a circle and produces the tiniest grains of wheat, so too the cares of the world turn forever in a circle and produce the most minute and insignificant thoughts. The neck is understood to be his ordination or appointment. By the sea is meant the present life, as if the Lord said: It is fitting (i.e., is easier) for him to remain in the world and to descend from the world into the depths of the sea, i.e., the world, than to have the appearance of holiness (and under the appearance of holiness they cause the little ones to stumble) and from there to descend into hell.

Quamquam alii sunt, qui aliter hunc locum intelligunt, tamen S. Benedictus sub hoc sensu dixit illud, ac si diceret: Melius et levius fuisset [page 384] cellarario, ut esset in saeculo et inde descendisset ad infernum, quam sub forma sanctitatis aliis facere9 contra rationem malam voluntatem.

There are others who understand this passage in a different way, but nevertheless, St. Benedict meant it in this sense, as if to say: It would have been better and easier [page 384] for a cellarer to be in the world and from there to descend into hell than under the appearance of holiness to treat others, contrary to the rule, with a bad will.

Mola asinaria ideo dicitur, quia asinus molit cum illa. Scandalizaverit, i. e. contristaverit.

A ‘millstone’ [mola asinaria] is so called because an ass [asinus] grinds with it. Causes to stumble [scandalizaverit], i.e., upsets.

De hac sententia Beda ita loquitur dicens: Bonum est ei magis [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from PL: si circumdaretur mola asinaria collo ejus, secundum ritum provinciae loquitur, quo majorum criminum ista apud veteres Judaeos poena fuerit, ut in profundum ligato saxo demergerentur. Et revera melius innoxium, poena quamvis atrocissima temporali, tamen vitam finire corpoream, quam laedendo fratrem mortem animae mereri perpetuam.

Bede speaks of this verse when he says the following: 'It is better for him [if a millstone be placed around his neck…': the language refers to a custom of the region where this was the punishment among the ancient Jews for more serious crimes, that they be cast into the ocean with a stone tied to them. And truly it would be better for an innocent man to end the life of his physcial body, even by the most excruciating worldly punishment, than to merit the eternal death of his soul by harming a brother.

Recte autem qui scandalizari potest pusillus appellatur. Qui enim magnus est, quaecunque viderit, quaecunque passus fuerit, non declinat a fide; qui autem pusillus est animo et parvus, occasiones quaerit quomodo scandalizetur. Propterea denique oportet nos maxime iis consulere, qui parvi sunt in fide, ne occasione nostri offendantur, et recedant a fide, ac decidant a salute.

One who can be made to stumble is rightly called a 'little one.' For one who is 'great' does not fall away from the faith no matter what he has seen or suffered. But one who is little and small in soul seeks out opportunities to stumble. And thus we most of all should look after those who are small in faith, lest they stumble by the opportunity we provide, and draw back from the faith as well as fall away from salvation.

Notandum sane quod in nostro bono opere aliquando cavendum est scandalum proximi, aliquando vero pro nihilo contemnendum. In quantum enim sine peccato possumus vitare proximorum scandalum, debemus; si autem de veritate scandalum oritur, utilius permittitur scandalum nasci, quam] veritas relinquatur. [Bede, Homilia 67 In festo divi Michaelis, PL 94, col. 442 B-C; CCSL 122?].

It should be noted, however, that at times we have to be careful about offending our neighbor by our good works, but at other times this is no cause for concern. For we should avoid offending our neighbors to the extent we can do so without sin, but if truth causes an offense, it is of greater benefit to give offense than to abandon truth. [Bede, Homilia 67 In festo divi Michaelis, PL 94, col. 442 B-C].

Item Ambrosius: Qui scandalizaverit unum de pusillis istis [Mt 9:41], qui in me credunt, expedit ei, ut suspendatur mola asinaria in collo ejus et demergatur in profundum maris.10 [Mt 18:6]

Also Ambrose: Who entices into sin one of those little ones who believe in me, it is better for him that a millstone be placed around his neck and he be sunk into the depths of the sea. [Ambrose, Homiliarum liber 3, Homilia 67]

Pusillus hic non de aetate pueros, sed malitia parvulos dicit, sicut Apostolus ait: Malitia parvuli estote, ut sensibus perfecti sitis. [1 Cor 14:20]

Little one [pusillus] here is not young in age, but he means a child in wickedness, as the Apostle says: Be children in wickedness, though you be mature in understanding. [1 Cor 14:20]

Qui sunt isti, nisi clerici idonei et monachi religiosi vel laici? Quisquis igitur his irreverens aut contumeliosus exstiterit, hac velut poena plectetur, ut informi saxo religato illi ad collum praecipitetur in mare. [cf. Maximus of Turin, Sermo 48, c. 4, CCSL 23, p. 189]

Who are these if not proper priests and devout monks and laymen? Whoever shows himself to be irreverent or insulting should be struck with this punishment, as if a huge rock were tied to his neck and he was cast into the sea. [cf. Maximus of Turin, Sermo 48, c. 4, CCSL 23, p. 189]

Sequitur: 17Si congregatio major fuerit, solatia ei dentur, a quibus adjutus et ipse aequo animo impleat officium sibi commissum.

Next: 17If the community is rather large, he should be given assistants; with their help he should fulfill the duty entrusted to him with equanimity.

Ferunt, quia apud antiquos mos fuerit, quia cellararius in cathedra in loco noto sedebat et habebat discipulos, quos dirigebat ad singulis aliquid dandum. Ideo enim in uno loco sedebat, ut omnes, qui necesse habebant aliquid ab illo petere, semper praesentem invenirent.

They say that among the ancients it was a custom that the cellarer would sit in a specific place in the cathedral and he had apprentices whom he would tell to dispense things. He sat in one place so that all who needed to ask him for something could always find him there.

Aequo animo, i. e. tranquillo animo, bono animo, i. e. patienti animo, unde dicitur caeco: aequioris animi esto, i. e. patientis animi vel tranquilli animi.

With equanimity, i.e., with calm spirit, good spirit; i.e., with patient spirit, whence it said to be a equal spirit: be of more equal spirit, i.e., of patient spirit, of tranquil spirit.

Sequitur: 18Horis competentibus dentur, quae danda sunt, et petantur, quae petenda sunt, ut nemo perturbetur neque contristetur in domo Dei.

Next: 18At the proper times he should dispense what is necessary and they should ask for what is necessary, so that no one is annoyed or upset in the house of God.

Horis competentibus, i. e. horis aptis et congruis. Istud horis competentibus duobus modis intelligitur, i. e. non debet aliis horis petere, quae petenda sunt, nisi illis horis, quibus debent loqui, sicuti est in diurnis [page 385] horis, in quibus non debet legi nec silentium teneri; altero modo intelligitur ita: si autem talis est necessitas, quae non potest differri, tunc quando illa necessitas exigit, ut petantur, hora competens est, sive sit nocte aut in illis horis, quibus lectioni vacandum est; si autem necessitas non est, aut si talis est necessitas, quae potest differri, non aliis horis debent peti nisi in illis, in quibus licet loqui; nam si aliis horis petita fuerint, non horis competentibus petunt, quia incompetens hora est, quando lectioni vel psalmis vacant.

At proper times, i.e., suitable and appropriate hours. Proper times is understood in two ways, i.e., he should ask for what he needs to ask for only during those hours when they should speak, as during the daily [page 385] hours in which no reading should be done and silence is maintained; in another way it means this: if there is some necessity which cannot be put off, then the time when that necessity demands that they ask is the proper time, whether it be at night or during those hours when it is time for reading. If, however, there is no necessity, or a necessity that can be put off, they should only ask at the times when it is permitted to speak; for if they ask at other times, they do not ask at the proper time because it is an improper time when it is time for reading or psalmody.

In hoc loco intuendum est, quia cum dicit dentur, quae danda sunt, cellararium constringit, ut si horis competentibus petitus fuerit dare, det, ut fratres non contristet.

In this passage one should note that when he says he should dispense what is necessary, he puts a restriction on the cellarer, that if he should be asked to give out something at a proper time, he should give it, so that he not upset the brothers.

Cum autem dicit et petantur, quae petenda sunt, congregationem constringit, ut fratres non incongrua et incompetenti hora petant, ut illum cellararium non contristent.

Moreover, when he says and they should ask for what is necessary, he puts a restriction on the community, that the brothers not ask at an improper and inappropriate time, so that they not upset the cellarer.

Et reddit causam, quare, cum dicit: ut nemo perturbetur neque contristetur in domo Dei, i. e. ne cellerarius contristetur aut conturbetur male petente congregatione; similiter ne fratres conturbentur aut contristentur non dante cellarario, quod suo tempore petitus fuerat.

And he gives the reason why when he says: that no one be annoyed or upset in the house of God. I.e., lest the cellarer get upset or annoyed when the community asks improperly; in the same way, so that the brothers not be annoyed or upset when the cellarer does not give them what they had asked for at the right time.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia melius est, ut illa persona, si non est talis, ut huic ministerio sufficiat, evellatur ab illo ministerio, quam illud ministerium violet, hoc est corrumpat, ut ita non detur fratribus, ut duo possit implere, hoc est et curam de omnibus gerere, et sine jussione abbatis nihil facere; aut certe si talis non est persona, i. e. ita apta omnibus, ut hoc officium bene possit implere, nullo modo cellararium debet illum abbas constituere.

And he should recognize that it is better for that person, if he is not capable enough for this office, to be removed from the office than that he harm the office, that is corrupt it, so that the brothers not be given anything—so that he is able to accomplish two things: that is, to take care of everything and to do nothing without the abbot’s order; or if he is not the kind of person, i.e., adept at everything, that can fulfill this office well, the abbot should by no means appoint him as cellarer.


1. melius (?). (Mittermüller).
2. scil. dare. (Mittermüller).
3. Migne's edition of Gregory's Homilies provides only the first half of this quotation. The second half (Sicut morbus...) appears as quotation from Gregory in Halitgar of Cambrai, De vitiis et virtutibus I, c. 13; the edition in CCSL 141, p, 111 gives a different text after sed etiam altitudinis.
4. dat (?). (Mittermüller).
5. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX c. 2. n. 13, according to Mittermüller. Isidore's text, however, is different
6. potestatem (?). (Mittermüller).
7. debeat (?). (Mittermüller).
8. contristare (?).(Mittermüller).
9. faceret (?). (Mittermüller).
10. Ambrose, Homiliarum liber 3, Homilia 67 according to Mittermüller. He writes: Quod ista homilia nostris temporibus a compluribus scriptoribus spuria habetur, non videtur congruere ad id, quod Hildemarus eam tanquam verum Bedae opus affert, cum Hildemarus forte XL annis post Bedae obitum natus sit.
 

Cap. XXXII
DE FERRAMENTIS VEL REBUS MONASTERII

[Ms P, fol. 100rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 79r; Ms E1, fol. 122r; Ms E2, fol. 191r]

Ch. 32
ON THE IRON TOOLS OR POSSESSIONS OF THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Abraham Plunkett-Latimer

1Substantia monasterii in ferramentis vel vestibus seu quibuslibet rebus - praevideat abbas fratres, de quorum vita et moribus securus sit, 2et eis singula, ut utile judicaverit, consignet custodienda atque recolligenda.

1Let the abbot entrust the property of the monastery—tools, clothing, and anything else—to brothers in whose life and conduct he is confident, 2and let him allocate to each of them individual articles to be cared for and returned, as he judges useful.1

Apte et congrue dicit nunc de ceteris ministris monasterii, quia jam dixit de cellarario, qui major esse noscitur. In sua enim [page 386] sententia perseverat, eo quod superius dixit, vasa monasterii munda et sana custodire, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 31.10] et nunc subjunxit de vasis monasterii, cum de ferramentis vel rebus dixit.

He speaks now fittingly and suitably about the other servants of the monastery because he has just now spoken about the cellarer, who is recognized to be more important. Indeed, he continues in his thought [page 386], because he said above to keep the vessels of the monastery clean and unbroken, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 31.10] and now when he speaks about the iron tools or possessions, he adds [to what he said] about the vessels of the monastery.

Ferramenta autem attinent ad sappam et ad securim, sive ad dolatoria et reliqua his similia.

Iron tools, moreover, pertain to the mattock and the axe, or to things for chopping and other things similar to these.

Vestes vero attinent ad vestimenta illa, quae debent in operam habere, quando operantur aliquid, quod eis a priore injunctum fuerit.

Clothing certainly pertains to those clothes which [the brothers] ought to have for work when they work at anything that was ordered them by the prior.

Quod autem dicit seu quibuslibet rebus, subaudiendum est: utensilium. Utensilia dicuntur, quae ad usum utilitatis ad manum veniunt.

When, moreover, he says and anything else, “tools” must be understood. Those things are called “tools” [utilensilia] that come to hand for the advantage of usefulness [utilitatis].

Videndum est etiam, quare dicitur vita et moribus; vita enim attinet ad conversationem, moribus vero ad affabilitatem, sicut jam de cellarario et de decano dictum est.

It must also be seen how in life and conduct is meant. Life pertains to the monastic life, but conduct pertains to agreeableness, just as it was already said about the cellarer and the dean.

Tanto enim erit abbas securus de illis, quantum ipsi fratres fuerint studiosi in bene vivendo et affabiles in mores dulces et amabiles atque convenientes aliis habendo.

The abbot will be as confident in them as the brothers themselves are zealous in living well and as they are agreeable in keeping pleasant conduct and as they are friendly and accommodating to others.2

Sequitur: et eis singula, ut utile judicaverit, consignet custodienda atque recolligenda.

Next: And let him allocate to each of them individual articles to be cared for and returned.

Ut enim in hoc loco pro sicut ponitur.

Indeed as [ut] is put in this place for “just as” [sicut].

Utile vero pro aptum intelligitur.

Truly, useful is understood as “suitable”.

Quod vero dicit consignet custodienda atque recolligenda abbas singula sicut aptum judicaverit, hoc est secundum quod ipse judicaverit, i. e. disposuerit atque ordinaverit custodienda atque recolligenda.

With respect to which he says let the abbot allocate to each of them individual articles to be cared for and returned as he judges suitable, that is according to that which he himself judges, that is, he distributes and arranges those things to be taken care of and returned.

Sequitur: 3ex quibus abbas brevem teneat, ut, dum sibi in ipsa adsignata fratres vicissim succedunt, sciat, quid dat aut quid recipit. 4Si quis autem sordide aut negligenter res monasterii tractaverit, corripiatur. Si non emendaverit, disciplinae regulari subjaceat.

Next: 3Let the abbot keep a list of these things so that when the brothers are succeeding one another in turn for those assigned tasks he may know what he gives out and what he receives. 4If anyone treats the property of the monastery dirtily or negligently, let him be rebuked. If he does not amend his ways, let him be subjected to the normal punishment.

In omnibus officiis per brevem debet dare et per brevem debet recipere, ut sciat, quid dat aut quid recipit.

For every task [the abbot] ought to give out and receive according to the list so that he may know what he gives out and what he receives.

In hoc loco intuendum est, cum dicit vicibus succedunt, [eo] quod fratres per vices debent agere obedientiam, tamen si est alius, qui melius vel ita potest agere illud ministerium, aut certe si illud ministerium animae suae contrarium fuerit, tunc debet alter succedere sibi per vicem.

In this place [in the text] it must be understood when he says they succeed in turns that the brothers ought to carry out obedience in turns.3 Nevertheless, if there is one who is better and is thus able to do that service, or certainly if that service is contrary to his spirit, then another ought to succeed in turn.

Cellararius autem et decanus non dicit, ut per vicem sibi succedant; sed usque dum non potest meliorem invenire, semper ille debet esse in decania sua aut ille in cellararia sua, etiamsi per decem annos, si meliorem non [page 387] potest invenire, ille solus agat illud ministerium.

He does not say, however, that the cellarer or the dean should succeed in turn; but the latter ought always to be in his storehouse and the former in his deanery up until the point when [the abbot] is unable to find a better man [page 387], even for ten years. If [the abbot] is unable to find a better man, then [they] alone should carry out that work.4

Et hoc notandum est: quia inferius dicturus est: Si quis frater fregerit vel perdiderit, debet veniam postulare, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 46] ideo nunc dicit brevem facere, ut si forsitan noluerit manifestare damnum, cognoscatur per brevem.

And this must be observed because [Benedict] is about to say below: If any brother breaks or destroys [anything] he ought to beg pardon, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 46] therefore he says now to make a list so that if perhaps [the brother] does not wish to reveal the damage it may be recognized by means of the list.

Sordide autem ad immunditiam, negligenter enim attinet ad fracturam et sorditiam.

Dirtily moreover pertains to uncleanness, negligently indeed pertains to breakage and dirtiness.

Disciplinae regulari subjaceat duobus modis debet intelligi; uno modo: si fregerit, debet excommunicari, sicut in tertio modo dicit; si vero non munde et non recte atque studiose tractaverit, quae1 non est ad fracturam, sed ad immunditiam, debet etiam per sex gradus duci.

Let him be subjected to the normal punishment ought to be understood in two ways: in the first way, if he should break [something] he ought to be excommunicated, just as in the second way it says; if indeed [a brother] treats those things uncleanly and not rightly and attentively which are not for breaking but for cleanliness, he ought to be led through six degrees.5


1. quod (?). (Mittermueller)

1. Hildemar included a number of future perfect verbs in this chapter, such as judicaverit. I have largely chosen to translate all of these future perfect tenses as present for the sake of clarity.
2. I have interpreted the tanto here as tantum to match the subsequent quantum.
3. This paragraph is somewhat confusing when it comes to unnamed subjects, so I have supplied actors in several cases to help differentiate them. I believe the quod in this sentence is functioning as a conjunction. I do not think the added [eo] is necessary.
4. The subject here is not specified very clearly. In the first sentence, it is clearly Benedict despite cellararius and decanus being in the nominative case. I believe he is referring to the words in abstract and not the people specifically. I have interpreted the subject of potest as the abbot. Hildemar’s use of “ille” confuses the subject in the last couple clauses. It is unclear whether the abbot should complete the work alone, or if the cellarer and dean should. The context of the previous sentence suggests that he means the cellarer and dean.
5. Hildemar says “third mode” without mentioning a second mode. I suspect he has merely miscounted and meant to say secundo modo.

Cap. XXXIII
SI QUID DEBEAT MONACHUS PROPRIUM HABERE

[Ms P, fol. 100rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 80r; Ms E1, fol. 122v; Ms E2, fol. 191v]

Ch. 33
IF A MONK SHOULD HAVE ANYTHING OF HIS OWN

Translated by: Kaitlin Heller

Rectum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus, cum postquam dixit, ut cellararius omnia vasa monasterii cunctamque substantiam ac si altaris vasa conspicere deberet [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 31.10], et subjunxit suo ordine de ferramentis vel rebus monasterii [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 32] brevem esse faciendum et diligenter esse tractanda, [et] subjunxit statim: Si quid debeat monachus proprium habere, i. e. ne aliquis velit se subtrahere aut auferre se ab illa generalitate. Ideo rectum fuit, ut statim diceret, ut nullus auderet proprium habere, sed omnia siat communia. Reddit causam, quare, cum dicit: 4quibus nec corpora nec voluntates licet habere in propria voluntate - ac si diceret aliis verbis: nam si corpora et voluntatem in propria non licet habere potestate, multo minus aliquid rei habere proprium debent, quod extra corpus est.'

St. Benedict preserves the proper order in this place in the text when, after he says that the cellarer should consider every vessel of the monastery and all property as if they were the vessels of the altar [cf. Regula Benedicti c. 31.10], and adds that a catalogue (brevem) should be taken, in its order, of the instruments or possessions of the monastery [cf. Regula Benedicti c. 32], and that these things should be carried out diligently, he adds immediately: If a monk should have anything of his own, i.e., that no one should wish to subtract from or make any exception to that generalization. Therefore it was right, as he immediately says, that none should presume to have anything of his own, but all things should be communal. He gives the reason why when he says: 4to them it is permitted to have neither bodies nor wills under their own will, as if he said in other words: 'for if it is not permitted to have bodies or will in one’s own will, how much less should they have any thing of their own, which is outside the body.'

Quod autem dicit: 2non liceat dare vel accipere sine jussione abbatis, non ad praestitum attinet, sed ad proprium possidendum; nam licet sibi praestare invicem acus vel cultellum aut tabulas aut aliquid tale sine jussione, quia caritas est, et ejus intentio non fuit, ut caritas evellatur, sed magis, ut confirmetur, h. e. ut nullus proprium habeat, eo quod jam non est caritas, si aliquid vult unus habere, quod non vult, ut alius habeat illud. [page 388]

What he moreover says 2it should not be permitted to give or receive without the order of the abbot does not pertain to what is supplied, but to personal possession; for it is permitted to provide for one another with needles or a little knife or tablets or anything without such an order, because it is charity, and it was not his intention that charity should be plucked out, but rather that it should be strengthened, that is, that no one should have anything of his own, because even now it is not charity if one person wishes to have something which he does not wish for another to have. [page 388]

Quod vero liceat, sibi invicem praestare, h. e. commodare, ipse S. Benedictus alibi jubet, cum dicit: Obedientiae bonum non solum abbati exhibenda est, sed etiam sibi invicem obediant fratres [Regula Benedicti, c. 71.1]. Caritas autem non est, nec etiam bonum obedientiae, si sedet frater ad mensam, cum alii sedent fratres, et contigerit, ut ibi non habeat cultellum suum, et ille qui juxta sederit, suum ei cultellum non praestiterit - sicut diximus, caritas non est. Ita de ceteris necessitatibus intelligendum est.

Indeed, that it should be permitted to provide for one another, this is, to lend, St. Benedict himself orders elsewhere, when he says: the good of obedience should be shown not only to the abbot, but indeed the brothers should obey one another in turn1 [Regula Benedicti, c. 71.1]. However it is clearly not charity, nor indeed the good of obedience, if a brother sits at a table when other brothers are sitting and it happens that he does not have his own little knife there, and he who is sitting next to him does not offer him his own little knife —just as we have said, this is not charity. So it is to be understood regarding other necessities.

Sequitur: 1Praecipue hoc vitium radicitus amputandum est de monasterio: 2ne quis praesumat aliquid dare aut accipere sine jussione abbatis, 3neque aliquid habere proprium, nullam omnino rem, neque codicem, neque tabulas, neque graphium, sed nihil omnino, 4quippe quibus nec corpora sua nec voluntates licet habere in propria voluntate. 5Omnia vero necessaria a patre sperare monasterii, nec quidquam liceat habere, quod abbas non dederit aut permiserit.

Next: 1This vice chiefly is to be cut off from the monastery at the roots: 2that no one should presume to give or receive anything without the order of the abbot, nor to have anything of his own, 3not one thing whatsoever, neither a book, nor tablets, nor a stylus, but absolutely nothing, 4since to them it is of course not permitted to have either their bodies or wills in their own control. 5Rather, they should hope for all the necessaries from the father of the monastery, and not have anything that the abbot has not given or permitted.

Praecipue, i. e. maxime, ante omnia.

Chiefly, that is, especially, before all things.

Hoc enim intuendum est, quia scriptura divina de illo vitio,1 radicitus amputandum esse, quod valde detestabile est, sicut in hoc loco dicit unde, quia hoc vitium valde est detestabile et abominabile, noluit aliqua poena illos constringere, sed celeri morte finire.

This indeed is to be considered, because the divine scripture [says] about that vice, that it should be cut off at the roots because it is greatly detestable, just as he says in this place in the text that because this vice is greatly detestable and abominable, he does not wish to constrain them with any punishment, but to finish them off with a quick death.2

Cum dicit ne quis praesumat, i. e. audeat.

When he says no one should presume, that is ‘dare.

Istud enim, quod dicit nullam omnino rem - quasi diceret: nullam rem omnino; quod autem dicit omnibus modis, h. e. per nullum modum. Hoc intuendum est: quippe quibus nec corpora sua nec voluntates licet habere in propria voluntate; si jam voluntatem non debet habere in sua potestate, quanto minus aliquam rem.

Indeed, that text which says nothing whatever is as if it were saying: no thing altogether, since it says, moreover, in all ways, this is, in no way. This is to be considered: to whom it is of course permitted to have neither their bodies nor wills in their own control; if now one should not have one’s will in one’s own power, how much less any property.

Quippe, i. e. certe. Quia monachus nihil debet habere proprium neque rem neque voluntatem, tunc talis debet esse sicut mortuus. Quare non graphium vel tabulas debet proprium habere, cum ille S. Benedictus inferius jubet tribuere. Bene dicit non proprium habere, quia si tribuitur illi, non ad proprietatem [page 389] tribuit,2 sed ad suam utilitatem habere. Si autem abbas aut praepositus aut decanus postea quaerit illi3 suas tabulas vel graphium, non debet illa sua sicut4 propria defendere, sed statim dare. Si vero non dederit, jam ad proprium vult defendere.

Of course, that is, certainly. Since a monk should have nothing of his own, neither property nor will, then he must be just as if dead. Wherefore he must not have a stylus or tablets of his own, since St. Benedict later orders their distribution. Rightly he says not to have anything of one’s own, because if it is given to someone, it is not given as a possession, but to have for his own use.3 [page 389] But if the abbot or prior or deacon asks of him his tablets or stylus, he should not defend those things as his own property, but give them over immediately. But if he should not give them over, he wishes already to defend them as his own.

Cum autem dicit Omnia vero necessaria a patre sperare monasterii, subaudiendum est: oportet, vel debet. Intuere, quia non dicit a parentibus vel ab amicis, sed a patre monasterii.

However, when [Benedict] says Truly to hope for all the necessaries from the father of the monastery, ‘it is proper,’ or ‘he should’ is to be understood. Consider that he does not say from parents or from friends, but from the father of the monastery.

Et ideo necesse est, sicut B. Gregorius dicit, si vult pastor suis discipulis proficere, magnum studium debet habere de temporalibus necessitatibus praebendis. Qui cum curare corporalia [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from SC 381: funditus neglegunt, subditorum necessitatibus minime concurrunt. Quorum nimirum praedicatio plerumque despicitur; quia dum delinquentium facta corripiunt, sed tamen eis necessaria praesentis vitae non tribuunt, nequaquam libenter audiuntur. Egentis etenim mentem doctrinae sermo non penetrat, si hunc apud eius animum manus misericordiae non commendat. Tunc autem verbi semen facile germinat, quando hoc in audientis pectore pietas praedicantis rigat.

And therefore it is necessary, just as Blessed Gregory says, if a pastor wishes to improve his students, he should have great zeal for providing the temporal necessities. Those who completely neglect to care for what pertains to the body in no way meet the needs of those put under them. Their preaching, of course, is for the most part scorned, because while they reproach the deeds of sinners, they nevertheless do not give them the necessities of this present life and are by no means willingly heard. If the hand of mercy does not commend it to his heart, the word of doctrine does not penetrate the mind of one in need. But the seed of the word sprouts easily when the piety of the preacher waters it in the heart of the listener.

Unde rectorem necesse est ut interiora possit infundere, cogitatione innoxia etiam exteriora providere. Sic itaque pastores erga interiora studia subditorum suorum infundere, cogitatione innoxia etiam exteriora providere. Sic itaque pastores erga interiora studia subditorum suorum ferveant, quatinus in eis exterioris quoque vitae providentiam non relinquant. Nam quasi iure, ut diximus, a percipienda praedicatione gregis animus frangitur, si cura exterioris subsidii a pastore neglegatur.

Whence it is necessary for a ruler that he can infuse inward things and provide, with blameless thought, for exterior things. Therefore, pastors should burn with regard to the inward zeal of their charges in such a way that also they do not leave out provision for their interior lives. For as if by right, as we said, the spirit of the flock is broken against preaching it should heed if care for exterior help is neglected by the pastor.

Unde et primus pastor sollicite ammonet, dicens: Seniores qui in vobis sunt, obsecro consenior et testis Christi passionum, qui et eius quae in futuro revelanda est, gloriae communicatur, pascite qui in vobis est gregem Dei. [1 Pt 5:1-2] Qui hoc in loco pastionem cordis an corporis suaderet aperiut, cum protinus adiunxit: Providentes non coacte, sed spontanee secundum Deum, neque turpis lucri gratia, sed voluntarie. Quibus profecto verbis pastoribus pie praecavetur, ne dum subiectorum inopiam satiant se mucrone ambitionis occident, ne cum per eos carnis subsidiis reficiuntur proximi, ipsi remaneant a justitiae pane jeiuni. Hanc pastorum sollicitudinem Paulus excitat, dicens Qui suorum, et maxime domesticorum curam non habet, fidem negavit, et] est infideli deterior. [1 Tim 5:8] [Gregory the Great, Regula Pastoralis II, c. 7, SC 381, pp. 226-228]

Whence also the first pastor attentively admonishes, saying, 'As co-elder and witness of Christ’s sufferings with whom is also shared his glory that will be revealed in the future, I beseech the elders among you: feed the flock of God among you.' [1 Pt 5:1-2] In this place he shows whether it was the feeding of the heart or the body that he was urging when he added right away, 'Providing not compelled but willingly, according to God, not for the sake of filthy lucre but of their own will.' [1 Pt 5:2] With these words, surely, pastors are admonished lest they kill themselves with the sword of ambition while they satisfy the need of those set under them and that they themselves do not fast from the bread of justice while their neighbors are revived with aid to the flesh through them. Paul rouses this pastoral solicitude when he says, 'If he does not have care for his own, and especially those of his household, he has denied faith and is worse than an infidel.' [1 Tim 5,8] [Gregory the Great, Regula Pastoralis II, c. 7]

Quod vero dicit quod abbas non dederit vel permiserit - dare attinet, quod abbas dat de rebus monasterii; quod autem dicit permiserit, attinet ad illud, quod abbas concedit, i. e. quod a parentibus vel ab aliquo monacho tribuitur.

For indeed the text says what the abbot has not given or permitted. To give means what the abbot gives out of the monastery’s things; moreover, the text that says he shall have permitted pertains to that item that the abbot grants, that is, what is given by parents or another monk.

Sequitur: 6Omniaque omnibus sint communia, i. e. et omnia sint communia omnibus. Bene dicit: communia sint omnibus, quia bos aut ager vel equus et cetera omnibus communia debent esse.

Next: 6And all things for everyone should be common, that is, and all things should be in common for everyone. Rightly he says things should be common for everyone, because ox and field and horse and other things must be common for everyone.

Nullus enim debet habere aut equum aut aliquid, quod non sit commune. 6Ut scriptum est: neque quisquam suum aliquid esse dicat vel praesumat [Act 4:32] - quasi dicat: non debet aliquis dicere meum aliquid, sicut scriptum est: quia non dicebat vel praesumebat.

Indeed, no one should have either a horse or anything that is not communal. 6As it is written: nor should anyone say or presume that anything is his own [Acts 4:32] – as if it said: no one should call anything ‘mine,’ just as it is written: because he neither said it nor presumed it.

Sequitur: 7Quod si quisquam huic nequissimo vitio deprehensus fuerit delectari, admoneatur semel et iterum; si non emendaverit, correptioni subjaceat.

Next: 7That if anyone should be caught taking pleasure in this most wretched vice, let him be admonished once and again; if he will not amend, let him be subjected to correction.

Sunt enim alii, qui istud nequissimum vitium referunt ad id, quod supra dicitur: neque aliquid habere proprium. Sunt iterum alii, qui hoc nequissimum vitium, referunt ad id, quod paulo supra dicitur: ne quisquam suum dicat. Sed melius est, 5 ad neque aliquid habere proprium referatur quam ad meum dicere, [page 390] eo quod sunt multi, qui quamvis dicant in sermone meum, tamen nolunt habere suum in proprietate, sed in communi hoc, quod meum dicunt, quia non mala intentione dicunt.

For there are some who relate that most wretched vice to that which is said above: nor to have anything of one’s own. There are again others who relate this most wretched vice to that which is said a little above: no one should call it his. But it is better that it should be related to nor to have anything of one’s own than to call it ‘mine,’ [page 390] because there are many who although they say ‘mine’ in speech do not wish to have something in ownership, but in this common having, which they call ‘mine,’ because they do not speak with evil purpose.

Et iterum sunt alii, qui dicunt in sermone nostrum, tamen in habendo suum est, non commune, quia nolunt, ut alii illam rem habeant aut etiam utantur aut tangant, non sicut illi superiores, qui quamvis dicant non sponte meum, tamen, in quantum illis licitum est, volunt, ut illam rem ceteri habeant in commune, sicuti est graphium, cappam, melotam, tabulam et reliqua.

And again there are others, who say in speech ‘ours,’ though it is in having theirs, not communal, because they do not want others to have that thing or even use or touch it, not like those above, who nevertheless do not say ‘mine’ willfully; rather, in however much is permitted to them, they want others to have that thing in common, like a stylus, hood [cappam], cloak [melotam], tablet, and so on.

Et sunt iterum alii, qui et sermone et opere suum dicunt: isti sunt nequiores omnibus. Et sunt alii, qui et sermone et opere nostrum dicunt: isti sunt meliores omnibus. Ubi animadvertendum est, quia illi, qui dicunt solummodo sermone et non opere, de quibus in primis diximus, non sunt culpabiles, nec illis congruit, quod dicit nequissimum vitium, sed tantum pro honestate monasterii admonendi sunt, ut sicut nolunt opere suum dicere, ita etiam verbis non dicant. Illi autem, qui dicunt nostrum in sermone, et opere suum, culpabiles sunt, et istis congruit hoc, quod dicit nequissimum vitium. Illi autem, qui et sermone et opere suum dicunt, isti pejores sunt omnibus, sicut diximus, et ideo omnimodo illis convenit hoc, quod dicit nequissimum vitium.

And there are again others who say theirs both in speech and in deed: those are worse than all the others. Whereby it is to be noted that those who say it only in speech and not in deed, about whom we first spoke, are not guilty, nor does that text which says the most wretched vice pertain to them, but they are to be admonished only for the integrity of the monastery, so that, just as they do not wish to say ‘theirs’ in deed, thus they do not even say it in words. But those who say ‘ours’ in speech and ‘theirs’ in deed are guilty, and to them this text pertains, which says the most wretched vice. But those who say ‘theirs’ in both speech and deed, they are more wicked than all the others, just as we said, and therefore this text which says the most wretched vice applies to them in all ways.

Nunc videndum est, ubi debet ista correptio esse, utrum in leviori culpa, quia nequissimum dixit esse illud, an in graviori? Forte dicit aliquis: in graviori, eo quod nequissimum dixit esse. Non est verum, sed in leviori, quia spiritale est. Ideo est spiritalis, eo quod in delectatione est et non in opere. Sed tamen ideo dicitur nequissimum, quia ad comparationem aliorum vitiorum spiritalium istud vitium nequissimum est.

Now it is to be seen where that reproof should be, whether in the less serious fault, since that text said it is most wretched, or in the more serious? Someone may say: in the more serious, because that text says it is most wretched. It is not, truly, but in the less serious, since it is spiritual. Therefore the fault is spiritual, because it is in enjoyment and not in deed. But still it is therefore called most wretched, since in the comparison to other spiritual vices that vice is most wretched.

Qui vero dicit meum, quamquam vitium sit, tamen pejus est, habere proprium et non dicere meum, quam dicere meum et non habere. Et hoc notandum est, quia iste, qui dicit meum, considerari debet, utrum sponte an negligenter vel simpliciter dicat meum.

But he who says ‘mine,’ though it may be a vice - nevertheless it is more wicked to have a thing of one’s own and not say ‘mine’ than to say ‘mine’ and not have it. And this is to be noted, since he who says ‘mine’ should be examined as to whether he says ‘mine’ wilfully or heedlessly or innocently.

Sciendum est enim, quia ista delectatio in significatione aliqua ostenditur. Delectari pro habere ponitur, quia, quando dicitur admoneatur semel et secundo, [page 391] in habere constat.

For it should be known, since that delight is exhibited in some outward sign. To be delighted is substituted for to have, since, when Let him be admonished once and again is said, [page 391] that refers to to have.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Causa necessitatis habeo et non delector.' Cui respondendum est: 'Unde habes illud?' Ille respondit: ‘a parentibus aut ab amicis.' Quibus respondendum est: 'Tu non debuisti illud accipere sine licentia. Si tibi necessarium fuit, debuisti cum licentia abbatis illud habere.' Ille respondit: 'Abbatis quaesivi licentiam, sed noluit concedere.' Quibus respondendum est: 'Melius est in penuria et necessitate mori, quam praevaricator tuae professionis existere.'

Someone may say: ‘I have it by reason of necessity, and I do not delight in it.’ He is to be answered: ‘Whence do you have it?’ He responds, ‘From parents or friends.’ Which words are to be answered, ‘You should not have accepted that without permission. If it was necessary to you, you should have had that with the permission of the abbot.’ He replies, ‘I sought the permission of the abbot, but he did not wish to allow it.’ Which words are to be answered, ‘It is better to die in want and need than to be an apostate from your [monastic] profession.’


1. dicit (?). (Mittermüller).
2. tribuitur (?). (Mittermüller).
3. ab illo (?). (Mittermüller).
4. ille sicut sua (V). (Mittermüller).
5. melius est, ut . . . (Mittermüller).

1. Hildemar has here substituted ‘exhibenda’ for ‘exhibendum,’ the original and correct formulation; I have taken the liberty to presume that this is a copying error and that the original sense is intended.
2. The phrase ‘cut off at the roots’ is likely a quote from Cassian on covetousness (Institutes 7.21); it is unclear whether Hildemar means that Benedict or Cassian prescribes death.
3. The previous editor has here misunderstood this ‘illi’ in the nominative rather than the dative and is erroneously attempting to supply a subject in the following sentence. His suggestions for additions to this subsection of the text have therefore been disregarded and the text translated as is.

Cap. XXXIV
SI OMNES AEQUALITER DEBEANT NECESSARIA ACCIPERE

[Ms P, fol. 101rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 83r; Ms E1, fol. 124r; Ms E2, fol 194r]

Ch. 34
IF EVERYONE IN THE MONASTERY OUGHT TO RECEIVE PROVISIONS EQUALLY

Translated by: James LePree

1Sicut scriptum est: Dividebatur singulis, prout cuique opus erat [Act 2:45].

1As it is written: Let it be distributed to each one, according to need [Act 2:45].

Quasi interrogasse videtur aliquis S. Benedictum, utrum debeant omnes aequaliter accipere; ipse vero quasi respondisset1 dicens: Non, sicut scriptum est. Et dicit: Quomodo? Dividebatur singulis, prout cuique opus erat. Hoc autem scriptum est in historia Actuum apostolorum. Ordo enim, qui in illa primitiva ecclesia erat, in monachis remansit. Nam omnes, quotquot tunc credebant, omnia sua in commune tradebant. Unde oportet doctorem, sicut admonet, propriis abrenuntiare, ita etiam debet sicut illa primitiva ecclesia unicuique, ut opus est, dividere.

Just as if it seems someone had asked S. Benedict whether all should receive equally; it is though he had responded saying: No, as it is written and he says: How? Let it be distributed to each one according to need. This was written in the History of the Acts of the Apostles. For this condition which existed in the early Church still exists among monks today. For all who believed this then, handed over everything to be held in common. Therefore, it is fitting, as he admonishes (us), to renounce personal property. Thus it is fitting just as it was in the early Church to distribute to each one according to need.

Attendendum est, quia egregium ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus, in eo quod prius dixerat, non habere proprium [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 33] et postmodum dixit: Dividat unicuique, prout opus est, quia, sicut dixi, sicut admonet doctor et abbas, principium sanctae primitivae observare ecclesiae, i. e. propriis abrenuntiare, ita etiam congruum est, ejusdem sanctae ecclesiae ordinem observare.

It must be understood that S. Benedict keeps the right order in this place in that which he had said before not to have personal property [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 33] and afterwards he said: He should distribute to each one according to need, because, as I said, the teacher and abbot admonishes us in such a way to observe the principle of the holy early Church, i.e. to renounce personal property. Thus, it is appropriate that we also observe the condition of the same holy Church.

Sequitur: 2ubi non dicimus, ut personarum, quod absit, acceptio sit, sed infirmitatum consideratio.

It follows: 2when we don’t say that there should be respect for persons – what should not happen - but consideration of infirmity.

Ubi, i. e. in qua distributione non debet abbas aliam causam considerare, sed solummodo infirmitatem. [page 392]

When, i.e. in which distribution, the abbot should not consider any other cause but only infirmity. [page 392]

Sequitur: 3Ubi qui minus indiget, agat Deo gratias et non contristetur, 4qui vero plus indiget, humilietur pro infirmitate, non extollatur pro misericordia.

It follows: 3When someone needs less, he should give thanks to God and not be saddened, 4but who needs more, should be humbled for his weakness, not be proud of the compassion (shown to him).

Usque huc, i. e. ubi qui minus indiget, agat Deo gratias et non contristetur, admonuit datorem, nunc admonet susceptorem. Datorem, i. e. abbatem admonet, ne accipiat personam, sed consideret infirmitatem. Susceptorem admonet unum, cum dicit qui minus indiget, agat Deo gratias et non contristetur et reliqua. In loco murmurationis constituit atque docuit, referre Deo gratiarum actiones - ac si diceret: Qui minus indiget, i. e. qui non indiget accipere sicut alius, dicat: 'Gratias ago tibi, Deus, quia dedisti confortationem mihi, ut non indigeam ita, sicut ille frater.'

Up to this point, i.e. When someone needs less, he should give thanks to God and not be saddened, he admonished the giver. Now he admonishes the receiver. He warns the giver, i.e. the abbot not to favor the person but consider the infirmity. He warns the receiver when he says who needs less, should give thanks to God and not be saddened and the rest. In place of murmuring, he decided and taught to perform deeds of gratitude to God and as if he were to say: who needs less; i.e. he who does not need to receive as much as another should say: ‘God, I give thanks to you, because you gave me comfort so that I was not in need as much as that brother.’

Et non contristetur, i. e. non murmuret dicendo: 'quia non dedisti mihi tantas vestes sicut illi' et reliqua. Alterum vero admonuit dicens: qui vero plus indiget, humilietur pro misericordia, ac si diceret: ille, cui plus necesse est accipere, humilietur pro misericordia et dicat: 'Domine, justum et rectum est judicium tuum; scio quia indignus fui et sum, et ideo non dedisti mihi hujuscemodi confortationem et fortitudinem, ut sic parum indiguissem, sicut ille frater, qui te confortante parum indiget.'

And he should not be saddened, i.e. he should not murmur by saying: ‘that you did not give me so many clothing as to him’ and the rest. But he admonished another saying: But he who needs more, should humble himself for the compassion shown him, and if he were saying: he who needs to receive more should humble himself for the compassion shown him and should say: ‘Lord, your judgment is just and right; I know that I have been and am unworthy and therefore you did not give me comfort and fortitude of this sort so that I would be in need of less as that brother who needs less by you comforting him.'

Sequitur: 4et non extollatur pro misericordia - ac si diceret: Qui plus accipit quam alii, non debet dicere: quia pro meo merito, i. e. aut scientia, aut arte vel fortitudine mihi plus, quam aliis tribuuntur haec tanta necessaria.

It follows: 4And he should not be exalted for the compassion (shown to him). As if he were saying: Who receives more than others should not say: ‘Because of my merit (i.e. knowledge, skill or bravery), more of such necessary things are distributed to me than to others.’

Sequitur: 5et ita omnia membra erunt in pace, i. e. si sic factum fuerit, omnia membra erunt in pace - ac si diceret: si illud caput ita sanum fuerit, i. e. si abbas non consideraverit personam, sed infirmitatem, et ille qui minus accipit, eo quod minus indiget, non murmuraverit, quia non accipit sicut alius, et ille alter non se reddiderit priorem aliis, eo quod plus quam alii accipit, tunc omnia membra erunt in pace, i. e. omnes in concordia erunt et in caritate.

It follows: 5And thus all members will be in peace, i.e. if it has been done in this way, all members will be in peace. And as if he were to say: if the head is well, i.e. if the abbot does not consider the person but the weakness and the one who receives less because he needs less has not murmured since he did not receive the same as another and the other did not consider himself superior to others because he receives more than them, then all members will be in peace, i.e. all will be in concord and love.

Sequitur: 6Ante omnia ne murmurationis malum pro causa in aliquo qualicunque verbo vel significatione appareat. [page 393] 7Quod si deprehensus fuerit quis, districtiori disciplinae subdatur.

It follows: 6Above all, the sin of murmuring should not appear in any word or gesture for any reason whatsoever. [page 392] 7If anyone has been caught doing this, let him be subject to a more severe punishment.

Nunc videndum est, qua ratione S. Benedictus murmurationis fecit mentionem in hoc capitulo? Eo, quod ille dixerat, non omnes aequaliter debere accipere necessaria, sed secundum infirmitates suas. Cognovit etiam quasi causas murmurationis inesse infirmis, ideo vigilanter dixit: Ante omnia ne murmurationis malum pro qualicunque causa in aliquo qualicunque verbo vel significatione appareat.

Now it must be understood why S. Benedict mentioned murmuring in this chapter? Because he had said earlier that not all should receive provisions equally but according to their weaknesses. He also knew, as it were, that the weak could give reason for murmuring, therefore he vigilantly said: Above all, the sin of murmuring should not appear in any word or gesture for any reasons whatsoever.

Quod vero dicit ante omnia, subaudiendum est: inspiciendum vel attendendum. Et hoc nosse debemus, quia istud, quod dicit ante omnia, duobus modis solet ponere scriptura divina; nam et in bono et in malo ponitur. In bono, cum dicit: Ante omnia caritatem habete [cf. Col 3:14]; in malo: ante omnia superbiae malum veluti venenum fugite. [cf. Prv. 16:5] Sed cum in bono ponitur, sicut dixi, intelligitur, ut omnimodo fiat et non praetermittatur. In malo cum ponitur, intelligitur, ut nullo modo fiat. Sed dicendum est, ad quid attineat hoc, quod dicit ante onmia? videlicet ad minores - quasi diceret: Valde solliciti sint monachi, ne aliquando verbis murmurent aut in aliquo signo videantur murmurare et rel., sicut in regula dicit.

But when he says above all, we have to fill in ‘one has to control and pay attention that…’. And we ought to know that expression above all, which he uses is usually used in two ways in divine scripture; for it is used in a good or in a bad sense. In a good sense when (scripture) says: Above all have love [cf. Col 3:14]; in a bad sense: above all, flee the evil of pride as if it were poison. [cf. Prv 16:5] But when it is meant in a good way, as I said, it is understood that it must be done by all means and must not be neglected. When it is meant in a bad sense, it is understood that it must in no way be done. To what does this refer to when he says above all? Namely to those who receive less as if he were saying: Monks are very worried lest at some time or another they may murmur with words or seem to murmur by some indication and the rest as the Rule says.

Potest, si subtilius attendatur, etiam ad majores attinere, quatenus ipsi solliciti sint ita distribuendo necessaria, ut minores non habeant, unde juste possint murmurare, sicut inferius ipsa regula dicit: Sic omnia temperet atque disponat, quatenus et animae salventur, et quod faciunt fratres, absque justa murmuratione faciant [Regula Benedicti, c. 41.5]

If one looks more closely, it can also refer to those who receive more, as far as they are concerned that in the distribution of provisions they do not receive less and as a result can justly murmur as the Rule itself says below: And thus the abbot should distribute everything with moderation in such a way that souls may be saved and monks may carry out their responsibilities without just murmuring. [Regula Benedicti, c. 41.5]

Hoc autem, quod dicit: Quod si deprehensus fuerit quis, districtiori disciplinae subdatur, duobus modis intelligi potest: uno enim modo intelligitur, ubi invenitur districtiori, vel districtius aut gravissime - in ipsa correptione, ubi est, i. e. in occulto aut in palam debet plus exaggerare illam correptionem in verbis secretis vel in correptione publica, quam pro aliis culpis; altero vero modo intelligitur, i. e. districtiori vel districtius aut gravissime unam admonitionem transcendere.

But that what he says: If anyone has been caught violating this, let him be subject to a very severe penalty can be understood in two ways. For it is understood to be very severe or when it occurs in the correction itself. The abbot should apply more vigorously either in private or publically that correction in private words or in public admonition than he would for other faults. It is understood in another way, i.e. too severe to require more than one admonition.

V. gr. inventus est frater, qui illud peccatum secrete fecit: pro hoc non duabus vicibus est admonendus secrete, sed solummodo post unam vicem secretam [page 394] transire ad publicum. Et hoc intuendum est: sive secundum sensum primum, sive secundum, in modo levioris culpae est faciendum.

For example a brother has been found who has committed this sin privately. For this he should not be warned twice, but only after one warning [page 394], he should receive public correction in the presence of all. And this must be considered: whether according to the first sense or the second, correction or warning must be done in the manner of a lesser fault.

Egregius ordo est iste in eo, quod prius dixit, proprium non habere, et statim subjunxit: sed omnia necessaria a patre monasterii sperare debere [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 33.5], et nunc dicit, ut, secundum quod habet, ita dividat ille abbas. Et hoc sciendum est, quia duae intentiones reperiuntur in hoc capitulo: una, qua admonet priorem, ut unicuique secundum indigentiam tribuat; altera, qua admonetur discipulus, ut plus non accipiat, sed secundum suam necessitatem, i. e. si plus indiget, plus accipiat, et si minus indiget, minus accipiat; et nec ille debet frater superbire, si plus accipit, et nec ille debet murmurare, si minus accipit, sed magis gratias referre Deo.

There is an excellent order in that what he said previously. After not have private possession he adds directly one should hope (to get) everything that is necessary from the father of the monastery [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 33.5], and now he says that the abbot divides according to his resources. And this must be understood: that we find St. Benedict wrote this chapter with two purposes in mind: one in which he warns the prior that he should give too each one according to need, another in which the disciple is warned that he should not receive more but only according to his need; i.e. if he needs more, he should receive more and if he needs less, he should receive less. And that brother should not be proud if he receives more nor should a brother murmur if he receives less but rather give thanks to God.

Et quia ille cognovit, murmurare illum, qui minus accipit, et illum superbire, qui plus, ideo subjunxit legem, cum dicit: Ante omnia ne murmurationis malum pro qualicunque causa in aliquo qualicunque verbo vel significatione appareat, et dixit districtiori disciplinae subdatur. Significatio enim attinet ad vultum et incessum. Et bene ille de significatione dedit legem, quia Deus occultorum est omnium cognitor: ideo dixit significationem, ut coram Deo malus non reperiatur.

And because S. Benedict recognized that he who receives less would murmur and he who receives more would be proud, he made provisions for this in the Rule when he says: Above all, the evil of murmuring should not appear for any reason in any word or expression whatsoever. For gesture refers to the face and gait. And S. Benedict put this admonition in the Rule about gesture for good reason because nothing remains hidden from God; therefore, he said gesture lest evil be discovered in the presence of God.


1. respondisse videtur (?). (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XXXV
DE SEPTIMANARIIS COQUINAE

[Ms P, fol. 102rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 85r; Ms E1, fol. 125r; Ms E2, fol. 195v]

Ch. 35
ON THE WEEKLY SERVERS OF THE KITCHEN

Translated by: Kathryn Jasper

1Fratres sibi invicem serviant, et nullus excusetur a coquinae officio, nisi aut aegritudine aut causa gravis utilitatis quis occupatus fuerit, 2quia exinde major merces et caritas acquiritur

1The brothers shall serve one another in turn, and no one shall be excused from kitchen duty, except due to illness or occupation in some important service, 2because from this office great reward and charity are obtained.

Jubet enim B. Benedictus, ut omnes coquinae officium exerceant, et reddit causam, quare, cum dicit quia exinde major merces et caritas acquiritur. Merces attinet ad remunerationem, caritas vero ad concordiam et ad fraternam dilectionem. Bene merces ad remunerationem refertur, quia istud officium coquinae laborem habet.

Blessed Benedict ordered thus, so that all may serve in kitchen duty. He explains the reason why when he says: Because from this office great reward and charity are obtained. Reward concerns recompense, but charity involves harmony and fraternal love. Reward is rightly referred to as recompense, because the duty of the kitchen involves labor.

Nam sunt nonnulli, qui magis cupiant aliam obedientiam exercere, quam in coquina servire propter laborem. Et ideo [unde] ille, quantum majorem laborem habet, tantum majorem remunerationem apud Deum consequetur. Et in hoc etiam [page 395] illud officium caritatis impletur, quod dicitur: Quaecunque vultis, ut vobis faciant homines, vos eadem facite illis. [Lc 6:31]

For there are many who desire more to engage in some other task, than to serve in the kitchen because it is laborious. And for that reason, Benedict considers the amount of labor one assumes to be as great as the reward that will follow in heaven. Also in this manner [page 395] charitable duty is fulfilled, since it is said, Whatever you wish that men should do unto you, do the same unto them. [Lc 6:31]

Verum cum dixit: ut nullus excusetur a coquinae officio, nisi aut aegritudine aut causa gravis utilitatis quis occupatus fuerit, causa discretionis dixit, quia confusum dereliquisset, nisi ipse decrevisset.

But when Benedict said, No one shall be excused from kitchen duty, except due to illness or occupation in some important service, he spoke for sake of clarification, because he would have left someone confused unless he himself had so ordered.

De aegritudine nulla est dubitatio, quia ille, qui in lecto a valetudine detentus jacet, cognoscitur non posse coquinae officium implere.

Regarding the excuse of illness, there is no doubt that he who lies in bed afflicted with an illness is regarded as unable to perform kitchen duty.

De causa autem gravis utilitatis videtur esse dubitatio, quia solet esse causa gravis utilitatis, et tamen illa congregatio non cognoscit, illam esse gravis utilitatis, et per hoc deputat, esse minoris. Et iterum solet esse causa minoris utilitatis, et tamen illam congregatio non cognoscit minoris, et per hoc etiam hortatur fratrem, ibidem praeoccupari in ipsa obedientia, quam exercet, excusatus1 a coquinae officio.

As for the excuse of important service it seems that some doubt exists, since the reason tends to be a particular important task, and yet nevertheless the community is unaware that it is so important, and therefore considers it to be of lesser importance. And on the other hand, the excuse could be some minor task, and yet nevertheless the community remainds unaware of its unimportantce and for that reason exhorts the brother to stay in that same place, busied in that very task, which he is performing because he was excused from kitchen duty.

Unde animadvertendum est: si potest abbas ita manifestare illam causam gravis utilitatis omnibus, quatenus cum concordia et caritate fratrum ille frater excusetur a coquina pro illa causa gravis utilitatis, tunc excusandus est frater. Si autem non potest fratribus abbas manifestare istam causam gravis utilitatis, ut excusetur a coquina, sed magis inde discordiam inter fratres ortam2 viderit, melius est, ut illa causa dimittatur, et coquinae officium exerceat, quam caritatem fratrum parvipendat, et illam causam gravis utilitatis in majori loco habeat, eo quod caritas major est quam terrena actio.

Hence the following subject must be considered: If an abbot can clearly demonstrate the excuse of important service to everyone, so that, with the harmony and charity of the brothers, a brother may be excused from the kitchen for the sake of some important service, by which a brother should be excused. However, if the abbot cannot make evident to the brothers what is meant by an occasion for important service that a brother may be excused from the kitchen, and in the abbot more often shall have observed discord arising among the brothers, then it is better that this excuse be dismissed and that the brother perform kitchen duty, than that he pay too little attention to the charity of the brothers. And the excuse of important service shall hold greater weight, because charity is greater than a temporal act.

Sequitur: 3Imbecillibus autem procurentur solatia, ut non cum tristitia hoc faciant.

He continues: 3But let helpers be procured for the weak ones, that they not be grieved performing this office.

 Imbecillis est ille, qui delicatus est, quamvis non proprie, cui quasi per naturam est, tale officium non posse manibus exercere, eo quod nunquam tale opus exercuit; sive imbecillis est ille, qui ex infirmitate surgit, et ob hoc, quia vires in infirmitate perdidit, non potest illud officium implere. Imbecillis est etiam claudus, vel etiam hujuscemodi homo, qui non potest sine baculi adjutorio ire, eo quod imbecillis est dictus quasi sine baculo [page 396] fragilis et inconstans.

A weak person is he who is delicate, although not especially, for whom the ability to perform such an office with his hands is outside his nature, since he has never performed this sort of duty; or, a weak person is he who rises from some infirmity, and as a result cannot fulfill that office, since he lost some of his vigor in that infirmity. One who limps is also considered weak, and also any man who cannot walk about without the help of a staff, because a man is weak if he is said to be basically infirm and [page 396] fragile without a staff.

Nunc videndum est, qualiter solatia imbecillibus procuranda sunt. Aut enim si inveniuntur duo vel tres qui possint illud officium implere, insimul debent facere, et illis in una hebdomada reputetur solummodo, aut certe unus sanus debet conjungi cum imbecilli per diem; et tamen ille sanus pro hoc non potest dicere excusando: 'quia jam in coquina servivi,' ut suam hebdomadam in coquina non faciat. V. gr. debet dicere uni fratri decanus: 'Uno die, frater, debuisti obedientiam hodie agere: vade, adjuva illum fratrem imbecillem.' Deinde altero die jubeat alteri fratri et similiter in reliquis diebus.

Now it must be considered in what manner helpers for the weak brothers ought to be provided. If two or three are found who can fulfill this office then they should perform it together, and let only one week be assigned to them, or certainly one healthy man must remain alongside a weak man for the day; and nevertheless that healthy man cannot say ‘I have already served in the kitchen,’ and consequently not serve his week in the kitchen on account of that man who sould be excused. For example, on one day the deacon must say to one brother, ‘Brother, you should have exercised obedience today; go, help that weak brother.’ Then on another day let him order another brother to do the same, and likewise for the remaining days.

 Quod vero dicit imbecillibus procurentur solatia - quasi diceret: imbecillibus subministrentur adjutoria, ut non cum tristitia hoc faciant. Tunc enim tristatur frater, cum pro sua imbecillitate non potest praeparata habere omnia, sicut ipse desiderat, et ideo debent illi dari adjutoria duo vel tres fratres, qui non magnae virtutis sunt, aut certae unus magnae virtutis, eo quod uterque modus intelligi debet.

For Benedict says, Let helpers be procured for the weak ones – just as if he said: let aids be administered to the weak, that they not be grieved performing this office. For then a brother is grieved, unable to have all things prepared just as he had desired on account of his weakness, and therefore help should be given to him, in the form of two or three brothers, who together do not possess great virtue, but rather only one possesses true and great virtue, because each of the two manners of behavior out to be understood.

Sequitur: 4sed et omnes habeant solatia secundum modum congregationis et positionem loci.

He continues, 4But let everyone have help according to the size of the community and the setting of its location.

 Modus congregationis intelligitur quantitas fratrum.

 Size of the community is understood as the number of brothers.

Positio vero loci intelligitur: sicut positus est locus. Est talis locus, qui prope non habet aquam aut hortum aut ligna et reliqua necessaria ibi pertinentia, ac si diceret: juxta quantitatem fratrum, et sicut positus est ille locus et indigentiam habet, ita sibi vicissim serviant in coquina.

Setting of its location is understood as where the site is located. If the location is such that it has nearly no water, nor garden, nor wood, nor are the remaining necessary pertinences present in that place, then Benedict would say: Due to the number of brothers, and because of where the site is located, there is want; thus, let the brothers take turns serving themselves in the kitchen.

Si necesse est, ut duo fratres ministrent sive tres sive quatuor et reliqua, ipsi vicissim cum caritate faciant.

If necessary then two brothers may serve, or three or four brothers and so on. Let them do so in turn and with charity.

Sequitur: 5Si major fuerit congregatio, cellararius excusetur a coquina.3

He continues: 5If the congregation is large, the cellarer shall be excused from kitchen duty.

Si decem fratres sunt, non est major congregatio; si autem viginti fratres sunt, jam potest esse major congregatio, sicut diximus superius in decani capitulo. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 21] Unde si ille cellararius tale sibi commissum ministerium habet, sicut superius dixi, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 31] debet excusari, eo quod non potest manibus suis exercere in coquina et iterum curam infantum aut hospitum vel infirmorum et reliqua habere [page 397] quia regula non praecipit, ut canonici in coquina sint, sed solos monachos praecipit illud obsequium agere.

If there are ten brothers, that is not a large congregation; if however there are twenty brothers, the congregation can then be considered a large one, just as we stated above in the chapter on the deacon. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 21] Hence if the cellarer holds such a duty, which was commissioned to him, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 31] just as I stated above he must be excused, because he cannot exercise his hands in the kitchen and at the same time be occupied with the care of children, or guests, or the infirm, and other remaining responsibilities; [page 397] because the Rule does not order that canons be in the kitchen, but prescribes that monks alone observe that practice.

Sequitur: 7Egressurus de septimana sabbato munditias faciat, 8lintea, cum quibus sibi fratres manus aut pedes tergunt, lavet.

He continues: 7The one ending his weekly duty shall perform the cleaning on Saturday; 8he shall wash the linens, with which the brothers wiped their hands and feet.

Intentio vero S. Benedicti fuit, ut omnia in ipsa hebdomada faciat. Sed nunc quia labor grandis est, eo quod non possunt in coquina servire et iterum porticus scopare et ceteras munditias facere, idcirco dividitur isto modo: i. e. in die sabbati scopatur coquina et lavantur lapidea, et scutellas sive etiam scamna lavant. In altera vero sequenti hebdomada scopant totas porticus, i. e. ante coquinam et ante refectorium; capitulum vero et dormitorium ante vestiarium debet (camerarius) camberarius scopare, et ante basilicam basilicanus. Refectorium vero cellararius debet scopare; si labor illi fuerit, debet petere a decano adjutorem. Nam hebdomadarius illud debet scopare, quod omnibus est.

In truth the intention of Saint Benedict was that a brother do everything during that same week. But now since the workload is substantial, because brothers cannot serve in the kitchen and also sweep the porticos and perform their remaining tasks, the work is therefore divided in that very way: that is, on Saturday the kitchen is swept and the floor washed, and they wash the plates or also the benches. Those starting work the following week sweep all the porticos; namely, the ones in front of the kitchen and the refectory. The camerarius must sweep the chapter room and the dormitory and in front of the closet, and the basilicanus must sweep in front of the basilica. The cellarer absolutely must sweep the refectory; if he had work, he must seek the help of the deacon. The hebdomadarius must sweep the shared space.

Superius enim dixit: Ante omnia ne murmurationis malum pro qualicumque causa in aliquo qualicumque verbo vel significatione appareat, et reliqua. [Regula Benedicti, c. 34.6] Illa sententia generavit hoc capitulum, quamquam et ad superiorem sensum murmurationis malum possit referri; tamen et hoc capitulum generavit - quasi diceret aliis verbis S. Benedictus: murmurationis malum prohibeo, tamen video, unde possit generari, hoc est ab obsequio fugiendo, et ideo jubeo, ut nullus excusetur a coquinae officio, quia solent multi esse, qui se excusant ab obsequio fugiendi;4 et ex hoc occasio murmurandi datur. Deinde ut hoc malum vitetur, ideo nullus excusetur ab obsequio coquinae. Reddit causam, quare: quia exinde major merces et caritas acquiritur - sive subaudiendum est: propter murmurationis malum, quod superius dixit esse cavendum, ne generetur.

Previously he said: Above all, the evil of murmuring shall not appear for any reason in any word or sign, and so on. [Regula Benedicti, c. 34.6] That idea produced this chapter; although the evil of murmuring cannot be referenced as in the sense above, nevertheless it created this chapter – as if Saint Benedict had said in other words: I prohibit the evil of murmuring, nevertheless I see from whence it can come; that is, from a lack of obedience, and therefore I order that no one be excused from kitchen duty, because there are many who are accustomed to be excused, and who excuse themselves due to lack of obedience, and consequently are presented with the opportunity to murmur. And so, in order that this evil may be avoided, let no one hereafter be excused from kitchen duty. Benedict explains the reason why: because from this office great reward and charity are obtained – or, it must be understood that the evil of murmuring remains the reason, of which we must be wary, as he said above, lest it appear.

Hoc sciendum est, quia illam gravem utilitatem, pro qua non potest quis in coquina servire, si potest abbas omnibus manifestare, debet, sicut diximus, ut gravem esse intelligant ipsam utilitatem, et cum caritate omnes consentiant: tunc [page 398] dimittendum est officium coquinae propter illam utilitatem. Si autem non potest ita manifestare, ut omnes consentiant, dimittenda est pro ista caritate, et facienda est coquina. Nam nec etiam propter aurum vel ceteras res temporales speciosas rumpenda est illa caritas generalis, i. e. ubi generaliter omnes scandalizantur.

It must be understood that if the abbot can make it clear to everyone, as he must, just as we said, that the usefulness of this work is great (and for its sake not just anyone can serve in the kitchen), and consequently the brothers understand that its usefulness is great and consent to perform the service with charity, then [page 398] kitchen duty must be carried out on account of this usefulness. If, however, the abbot cannot make this idea clear so that all consent to seve, then the task must still be carried out through that very same charity: kitchen duty must be done. For not even on account of gold or any other splendid temporal possession must this charity held in common be broken; that is, when in general all are subject to temptation.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia forte, si sunt duo vel tres vel quatuor aut quinque indiscreti et non bonae voluntatis, qui nolunt consentire, et omnes discreti consentiunt, pro ipsis non debet dimitti illa gravis utilitas.

And it must be understood that if it happens that two, or three, or four, or five imprudent individuals of ill disposition do not wish to consent to serve (when all prudent persons do consent) then that great service should not be carried out for their benefit.

Quod vero dicit lintea, cum quibus sibi fratres manus et pedes tergunt, lavet: illa lintea intelligenda sunt, cum quibus sibi fratres manus et pedes tergunt in sabbato lavanda. Isto modo debent abluere: i. e. postquam laverint manus et pedes et terserint, statim in eadem aqua lavamus, quae remanet post lotionem pedum.

Because indeed Benedict said he shall wash the linens, with which the brother wiped their hands and feet; those linens, with which the brothers wiped their hands and feet, must be understood to be washed on Saturday. In that very way they ought to wash; that is, after they wash and wipe their hands and feet, at once they should wash them in that same water that remains after the washing of the feet.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Non jubet, manus lavari sed pedes.' Cui respondendum est: Non fuit intentio S. Benedicti de aliis horis manus tergere, quia, ubi dicit, pedes tergere lotos, ibi etiam manus lavandae sunt, propterea dicit: quia, cum quibus sibi fratres manus aut pedes tergunt, lavet. Nam valde inhonesta est, si pedes, etiam non manus lavandae sint statim.

If by chance someone says, ‘He does not command that our hands are washed, only our feet.’ To him the response must be: ‘It was not the intention of Saint Benedict to wipe our hands at some other time, because he says that while wiping the feet, at the same time the hands must be washed.’ As Benedict says: He shall wash the linen with which the brothers wiped their hands and feet. For it is a great disgrace if the feet, and not also the hands should not both be washed at once.

Sequitur: 9pedes vero tam ipse, qui intrat, quam ille, qui egreditur, omnibus lavent.

He continues: 9Indeed let he who comes in, as well as he who goes out, wash the feet of all.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'quia et ille qui intrat, et qui exit pariter lavare debent.' Cui respondendum est: 'Non; sed ille, qui exit, debet lavare pedes, et qui intrat, tergere, quia quando pedes lotos tergunt, quid aliud faciunt, nisi lavant?' eo quod officium lavandi faciunt. Nec etiam ipsa honestas docet, ut aequaliter utrique debeant pedes abluere.

If someone happens to say, ‘Both he who comes in, and he who goes out, must wash in equal manner.’ To him the response must be: ‘No, but he who goes out ought to wash the feet, and he who comes in must wipe the feet, because when they wipe the feet, what else do they do except wash them?’ Because they are performing the task of washing. This honor also requires that they should wash the feet of each other in the same way.

Sequitur: 10Vasa monasterii sui munda et sana cellarario reconsignet, 11qui cellararius item intranti consignet, ut sciat, quid dat aut quid recipit.

He continues: 10Let him give back to the cellarer the vessels of his monastery clean and intact, 11and let the cellarer give the same in turn to the one coming in, so that he may know what he gives and what he receives.

In hoc loco intuendum est, quia cellararius tria, debet inquirere in vasculis, hoc est: munditiam, integritatem atque numerum. Munditiam, si munda sunt; integritatem, si sana sunt; numerum, si tota sunt. Nam debet cellararius brevem habere, quot vascula intranti [page 399] coquinario tribuit. Deinde cum exit ille coquinarius, debet ei dicere: 'Numera frater et ostende isti fratri, qui intrat, ut videat, utrum munda an sana vel tota sunt.' Ille vero frater, qui exit, debet numerare coram cellarario illi fratri, qui intrat. Deinde si fuerint tota et munda et sana, securus erit. Debet autem dicere cellararius fratri intranti: 'Ecce frater, tu vidisti, quia et sana et munda atque integra sunt: ita redde et tu tempore tuo.' Et postea debet scribere similiter numerum vasculorum in tabulis. Si autem non fuerint tota, datur spatium unus dies, ut quaerat diligenter. Jam si in uno die spatium5 non potuerit invenire, tunc in tertio die petit veniam pro damno. Notandum est enim, quia non dicit solummodo munda aut solummodo sana, sed sana et munda. Ubi manifestatur, quia cum grandi diligentia sunt vasa monasterii tractanda.

In this passage it shall be observed that the cellarer must inquire after three things regarding the vessels, that is: cleanliness, integrity, and number; cleanliness, if they are clean; integrity, if they are whole; and number, if all are present. For the cellarer must retain a small number out of how many vessels he gave to the incoming [page 399] cook. Then when the cook leaves he must say to cellarer: ‘Brother, show this number of vessels to that very brother who is coming in, so that he sees whether they are clean, or intact, or whole.’ Indeed that brother who is leaving should account openly for the vessels to the cellarer for the brother who is entering the office. Then if they shall have been found whole and clean and intact, he will be sure. Furthermore, the cellarer must say to the brother coming in: ‘Look, brother, you saw that the vessels were whole and clean and intact: give them back in the same condition when it is your turn.’ Later he should also write the number of vessels in the registers. If however the vessels were not all present, then one day’s time is given so that the brother may diligently make inquiries. If he shall have been unable to discover in one day’s time, then on the third day he seeks an apology for the loss. It must be noted that Benedict does not say only clean or only whole, but whole and clean. Hence it is made clear that the vessels of the monastery must be handled with great diligence.

Sequitur: 12Septimanarii autem ante unam horam refectionis accipiant super statutam annonam singulos biberes et panem, 13ut hora refectionis sine murmuratione et gravi labore serviant fratribus suis.

He continues: 12An hour before the meal let the weekly servers each receive drink and bread than the allotted amount, 13so that at the time of the meal they may serve their brothers without murmuring and great exertion.

Cum dicit ante unam horam, non dicit propter terminum horae, sed propter congruum intervallum, ut possint rationabiliter accipere hoc, quod jussum est, quia sic alibi dicit de lectore: accipiat mixtum, priusquam incipiat legere.[cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 38.10]

When he says an hour before, he does not say at the end of the hour, but at a suitable moment of pause so that they may reasonably receive that which was ordered, because as Benedict states elsewhere on the lector: let him receive a bit of drink, before he begins to read. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 38.10]

V. gr. si tempus est, quando ad nonam reficiunt fratres, cum canitur missa ad octavam, post missam omnes vadunt, qui debent accipere mixtum, i. e. hebdomadarii coquinae, lector, hospitalarii, et qui infirmis serviunt, pariter et inveniunt quartam librae panis praeparatam et singulos biberes, sicut superius jam diximus; ille vero, qui signum debet tangere ad nonam, exspectat sacerdotes interim, ut parant vestimenta sua et sacrificia reponunt, et illi accipiunt in refectorio hoc, quod regula jussit. Deinde hoc facto tangit nonam. Si autem tempus Quadragesimae est, sicut in istis diebus agitur, quando ad nonam manducamus, inter missam et nonam, ita etiam agendum inter missam et vesperum.

For example, if it is time for the brothers to have their meal the ninth hour, when the mass is sung at the eighth hour, and when everyone leaves after mass, those who must receive a bit of drink (that is, the weekly kitchen servers, the reader, the hospitalars, and those who serve the infirm) will each receive drink and a fourth of a pound of bread, just as we said above. He who must sound the Nones waits for the priests in the meantime, as they prepare their vestments and replace the host, and then they receive their meal just as the Rule prescreibes. After this procedure is completed he sounds Nones. If however it is the time of Lent, just as it is practiced these very days, then we eat at Nones, between the mass and Nones, as a meal must also take place between mass and Vespers.

V. gr. canitur nona, datur [page 400] intervallum, ut presbyteri canant binas missas, deinde canitur missa publica; et ita faciendum est in Quadragesima. Intervallo autem facto inter missam et vesperum accipiant mixtum. Si autem tempus aestatis est, quando ad sextam manducamus, tertia cantata, deinde missa finita, post [vero] ille, qui signum tangere debet, jam praevidet horam, ut parvissimum intervallum sit, quando sextam tangit bis vel ter signum; et tunc vadunt omnes in refectorium et inveniunt praeparatum solummodo panem et vinum, sicut regula solummodo de pane et vino dicit. Post vero ille, qui signum tangere debet ad sextam, videt, quia jam possunt omnia supradicta consummata esse, tunc tangit sextam. Deinde cum incipimus Miserere mei Deus, ad officium tunc vadunt in refectorium hebdomadarii coquinae cum cellarario. Et illi ponunt unum pulmentum calidum et cellararius pouit vinum. Interim cum completur nona et lavantur manus, ordinant omnia.

For example, the None prayer is sung [page 400], then there is a pause so that the priests sing two masses, and then the general mass is sung; it must be done in this way during Lent. However, after the pause let them receive a drink between mass and Vespers. But if it is summer time, when we eat at Sext, after Terce has been sung and the mass completed, then the brother who must sound the hour anticipates the hour early so that there may be a very short break, when he sounds Sext two or three times; and then all come into the refectory and find only bread and wine prepared, as the Rule speaks of only bread and wine. Afterwards when he who must sound Sext observes that the bread and wine are consumed, then he sounds Sext. At that point, when we start the Miserere mei Deus, the weekly servers of the kitchen proceed to their duty in the refectory with the cellarer. They set down a hot stew and the cellarer puts out wine. In the meantime while they finish up the None prayer and wash their hands, the kitchen servers put everything in order.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia cantor pro cantare, quod cantat in intervallo, et quando lectioni vacatur, non debet pro hoc mixtum accipere, quia nullum vidi hoc facere.

And it must be made clear that the cantor on account of his singing (because he sings during the break and when there is no reading) should not therefore receive drink, because I have observed that this accomplishes nothing.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia illi, qui mixtum accipiunt, non est opus, ut dicant versum.

Furthermore it must be understood that those who do receive drink, receive it because it is not required that they recite a verse.

Sequitur: 14In diebus tamen sollemnibus usque ad missas sustineant.6

He continues: 14On feast days, however, let them wait until after mass.

Consuetudo namque fuit in illa terra, sicut hodie faciunt canonici, post missam statim incipere sextam. Voluit itaque B. Benedictus tollere hanc consuetudinem; ideo dixit usque ad missam sustineant, ut, dum ante missam non auderet lector manducare, facto intervallo propter illum, illa consuetudo rumperetur.

For the custom in that region was to begin Sexts immediately after mass, just as canons do today. Blessed Benedict wanted to take up this custom; therefore, he said let them wait until after the mass, but while the lector dared not eat before the mass, a break was given on his account, and that tradition was broken.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Quae sunt sollemnes, cum superius dixit: festivitates sanctorum et sollemnitates Domini? ’ [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 14:1] Superius enim distinxerat per adjectionem sanctorum, nunc vero et festivitates et sollemnitates nomine sollemnitatis comprehendit. Nam psalmista te docet, cum dicit: Constituite diem solemnem in confrequentationibus usque ad cornu altaris, [Ps 117:27] eo quod de omnibus dicit diebus tam sanctorum quam Domini, quia sollemnitas et festivitas unum est, si sine adjectione aliqua aut sanctorum vel Domini, sicut superius dictum est, non dividitur. [page 401]

Perhaps someone asks, ‘What are these feast days, which Benedict mentioned above as feasts of saints and celebrations of the Lord? ’ [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 14.1] Here Benedict made a distinction by adding the word ‘saints’; now indeed he understood both feasts and other celebrations under the general term celebrations. As the author of the Psalms explains to you when he says: Establish a solemn day, with festal branches all the way up to the horn of the altar, [Ps 117:27], he said because all days belong as much to the saints as to the Lord, and celebrations and feasts are one and the same (if not for some addition such as either saints or Lord, just as stated above) hten there is no distinction. [page 401]

Sequitur: 15Omnium genibus provolvantur postulantes pro se orare.

He continues: 15Let them fall down on their knees before all the brothers and ask for their prayers.

Bene dixit genibus et non in terra, eo quod non est auctoritas canonica, genua flectere in die dominica.

Benedict rightly said on their knees and not ‘on the ground’, because bending one’s knees on Sunday runs contrary to canonical authority.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘Quare B. Benedictus sic variavit vocem suam, i. e. superius dixit intrantes et exeuntes, et hic dicit ingrediens et egrediens?’ Bene dixit, eo quod sicut varia sunt monasteria, ita variavit vocem. intrantes et exeuntes pluraliter dixit propter monasteria, quae multitudinem fratrum habet;7 et ingrediens et egrediens ideo dixit singulariter propter illa monasteria, quae paucitatem fratrum habent, sicut superius dixit secundum modum congregationis et positionem loci.

Perhaps someone asks, ‘Why did Blessed Benedict vary his language; that is, why did he say above, those coming in and those going out, and here he says, the one coming in and the one going out?’ He spoke well, because just as monasteries are varied, so too he varied his choice of words. Regarding those going in and those going out, he spoke in the plural because there are those monasteries that have a multitude of brothers, and the one coming in and the one going out he kept singular because there are other monasteries that have a scarcity of brothers, just as he mentioned above when he said, according to the size of the community and the setting of its location.

Sequitur: 16egrediens autem de septimana dicat hunc versum: Benedictus es Domine Deus, qui adjuvasti8 me et consolatus es me, [cf. Ps 85:17] 17quo dicto tertio accipiat benedictionem egrediens.

He continues: 16Let the one going out from his weekly duty speak this verse: Blessed is the Lord God, you who helped me and consoled me, [cf. Ps 85:17] 17and after he has said the verse three times, let the one going out receive a blessing.

Debemus ergo intelligere hunc etiam versiculum, ut melius intendere in illum valeamus, cum dicimus illum. Iste versiculus ex superioribus pendet — quasi diceret: ‘Postulavi te, Domine, praeterita dominica, ut me adjuvares implere officium hujus hebdomadae; ideo benedico tibi et laudo te dicens, quia adjuvasti me et consolatus es me.’

We ought to understand this little verse, so that we may contemplate it better when we say it. That very verse depends on earlier writings – just as if Benedict said: ‘I asked you, Lord, last Sunday, that you might help me to fulfill my weekly office; and so I bless you and I praise you saying that you helped me and consoled me.’

Adjuvisti ad virium subministrationem attinet; et consolatus es me ad voluntatem et delectationem — quasi diceret: Et adjuvisti, i. e. adjutorium tribuisti, ut potuissem perficere; et consolatus es me, h. e. dedisti etiam bonam voluntatem, quatenus cum amore et delectatione ipsum opus perfecissem. Nam sunt multi, qui vires habent bona agendi, tamen delectationem non habent, nisi eis desuper sit datum; et ideo debent dicere: Benedictus es Domine Deus, qui adjuvisti me et consolatus es me.

You helped me pertains to the furnishing of virtues; and you consoled me to willingness and enjoyment – just as if he said: And you helped me, that is, you gave me help, so that I could complete my office; and you consoled me, that is, you gave me a positive attitude, so that I could carry out my work with pleasure. For there are many, who possess the strength to do good things, but nevertheless they do not take joy in it, unless it be given to them from above; and therefore they should say: Bless you Lord God, who helped me and consoled me.

Sequitur: 17Subsequatur ingrediens et dicat: Deus in adjutorium meum intende, Domine ad adjuvandum me festina, [Ps 69:2] 18et hoc idem tertio repetatur ab omnibus, et accepta benedictione ingrediatur.

He continues: 17Let the one coming in follow and say: God, extend forth aid to me, Lord make haste to help me, [Ps 69:2] 18and let this also be repeated three times by all, and after receiving his blessing let him enter into his service.

Consuetudo fuit namque monachorum, ut in omnibus operibus tam spiritalibus quam temporalibus, cum aliquid incipiunt, tertia vice hunc versiculum [page 402] dicere; et, ideo dixit, ter repetere. Sed attendenda est vis hujus versiculi, quatenus melius possimus intendere in illum, eum illum dicimus. Bene dixit inprimis Deus, et postmodum in adjutorium, quia primitus Dei nomen vocandum et iuvocandum est, et postmodum adjutorium petendum. Quis petit adjutorium? Ille [vero] petit adjutorium, qui in aliquo opere vel certamine seu tribulatione constitutus est, eo quod indiget adjutorio perficiendi vel exeundi; et ideo petit se adjuvari.

For the custom of monks in all endeavors, spiritual as well as temporal, was to say this little verse [page 402] when they began a task, and thus Benedict said to repeat it three times. But the significance of this verse must be given attention, so that we may better meditate on it when we say it. Benedict rightly said first God and after that to aid, because at the outset the name of God must be called and invoked, and after that his help must be sought. Who seeks his help? Indeed the one who seeks help is he who was appointed to some task and because of trial or tribulation he needs help in completing and finishing it; therefore, he asks that he receive help.

Intende; Deus enim multis modis intendit: aliquando intendit ad puniendum, aliquando ad adjuvandum, aliquando vero ad remunerandum. Sed quia iste adjuvari indigebat, ideo adjutorium petiit.

 Extend; for God extends himself in many ways: sometimes he comes forth to punish, sometimes to help, and indeed sometimes to reward. But because that very man needed to be helped, he therefore sought help.

Sequitur: Domine, ad adjuvandum me festina. [Ps 69:2]

He continues: Lord, make haste to help me. [Ps 69:2]

Mos est prophetarum, aliquaudo eadem verba et eundem sensum repetere, aliquando vero eadem verba et eundem sensum cum aliis verbis, sicut in hoc loco facit.

It is the way of the prophets to repeat sometimes the same words and the same sentiment, and sometimes indeed to repeat the same words and the same sentiment in different words, just as he does in this passage.

Et est sensus, cum dicit: Deus in adjutorium meum intende; Domine ad adjuvandum me festina, i. e.: Domino Deus, adjuva me respiciendo in me. Nam unum est hoc, quod dixit in primis Deus, et postmodum Domine, et hoc quod dixit in adjutorium meum intende et illud, quod subjunxit ad adjuvandum me festina, unum significat.

And when he says, God extend forth aid to me; Lord, make haste to help me, the sentiment is ‘Lord God, help me by looking upon me.’ In the first part he said first God and then Lord, and then extend forth aid to me, and the the second part, to which he added make haste to help me, means the same thing.

Hoc sciendum est, quia, sicut diximus, in privatis diebus tangere debere signum ad mixtum, ita etiam in dominica et in sanctorum, quando ad sextam manducant.

It must be made clear that, just as we said, on individual days they must sound the hour to take drink, and so also on Sunday and on Saints’ days, when they eat at Sext.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia illi, qui pedes lavant in sabbato, possunt etiam sibi ipsis pedes lavare, non unusquisque suos, sed ipsi duo aut tres hebdomadarii invicem; aut certe innuat prior juvenibus, ut eis lavent. Ad exeuntes autem nos hanc orationem dicimus: Concede quaesumus omnipotens Deus, ut huic famulo tuo pro hujus hebdomadae explelo officio merces tribuatur aeterna. Per Dominum. Ad intrantes vero: Praesta quaesumus omnipotens Deus, ut famulus tuus istius hebdomadae susceptum servitium mente devota perficiat. Per Dominum.

However, it must also be made clear that those who wash feet on Saturday can wash their own feet too, not each one his own, but two or three servers themselves will take turns; or certainly the prior will ask that the youths wash the others’ feet. In addition, to the ones leaving their service we offer this prayer: Grant us what we ask of you, O omnipotent God, that eternal reward may be given to this your servant for his office of the week completed. By the Lord. And to the ones coming in: Give to us what we ask of you, O Omnipotent God, that your servant may complete the service he has taken up this very week with a devoted heart. By the Lord.

Non ab re existimo, si etiam qualiter antiqui monachi et cum quanto studio sibi invicem per singulas hebdomadas serviebant, de quarto libro Institutae Patrum hic subjungamus. [page 403] Quemadmodum per Palaestinam vel Mesopotamiam [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from John Cassian, Institutiones IV, ch. 19-22, ed. Jean-Claude Guy, Sources Chrétiennes 105, pp. 146-150: quotidiana fratribus exhibeantur obsequia. Ne quid sane de institutis coenobiorum praetermisisse videamur, quemadmodum cotidiana fratribus etiam per alias regiones exhibeantur obsequia, commemorandum breviter puto. Per cunctam namque Mesopotamiam, Palaestinam et Cappadociam ac totum Orientem singulis ebdomadibus vicissim fratres ad haec officia sibi reddenda succedunt, ita ut secundum multitudinem coenobii ministrorum quoque numerus deputetur. Quae explere tanta devotione et humilitate deproperant, quanta nullus servorum dirissimo domino ac praepotenti suum exhibet famulatum, ita ut ne istis quidem solis contenti obsequiis quae canonico jure solvuntur, etiam nocte surgentes illos quos specialiter haec manet cura, studio suo relevent et ea quae ab ipsis perficienda sunt furtim praevenientes implere contendant.

On no account do I judge whether they behaved as ancient monks and with how much zeal they served each other every week by taking turnswe defer here to the fourth book of the Institutes of the Fathers: [page 403] How in Palestine and Mesopotamia [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, transl. after ed. SC 105: daily tasks are undertaken by the brothers. Lest we seem to omit any of the institutes of the cenobia, I think that I should briefly discuss how daily tasks are performed by the brothers in other regions as well. For throughout the whole of Mesopotamia, Palestine, and Cappadocia, and all over the Orient, the brothers take each other’s place by turns each week, in the performance of these duties, in such a way that the number of servers is reckoned according to the population of the cenobium. They hasten to accomplish these with a devotion and humility greater than the servitude that any slave would show to a very harsh and powerful master. Thus, in fact, they are not content with only the tasks that fulfill the canonical law but even get up at night to relieve others out of their own zeal and to anticipate their responsibilities, and, showing up on the sly, they strive to take care of the things that are supposed to be carried out by these others.

[2] Has autem septimanas unusquisque suscipiens usque ad cenam diei dominici ministraturus observat. Qua perfecta ministerium totius ebdomadis ita concluditur, ut hi, quibus succedendum est, convenientibus in unum fratribus ad concinendos psalmos, quos quieturi ex more decantant, omnibus in ordine pedes lavent, hanc scilicet ab eis pro labore totius septimanae benedictionis mercedem fideliter expetentes, ut eos explentes mandatum Christi emissa generaliter ab omnibus fratribus oratio prosequatur, quae vel pro ignorationibus intercedat vel pro admissis humana fragilitate peccatis, et commendet Deo velut sacrificium pingue consummata eorum devotionis obsequia.

[2] Each person who undertakes these weeks is engaged in this service until Sunday supper. Once that is over, the whole week’s service is concluded as follows. When the brothers gather as a group to sing the psalms they usually chant before going to their rest, those whose places are to be taken wash everyone’s feet in order, thereby confidently seeking from them the reward of a blessing for their whole week’s labor – namely, that the prayer that is uttered by all the brothers together may accompany them as they fulfill the mandate of Christ. It is this that intercedes for acts of ignorance and sins committed from human frailty and that which commends to God, as if they were ‘a rich sacrifice,’ their now completed duties of devotion.

[3] Et ita secunda sabbati post matutinos hymnos aliis rursum succedentibus utensilia in quibus ministraverant ac vasa consignant: quae tanta sollicitudine curaque suscipientes custodiunt, ne quid ex eis imminuatur vel pereat, ut credant se etiam pro minimis quibusque vasibus tamquam pro sacrosanctis rationem non solum dispensatori praesenti, sed etiam Domino reddituros, si forte aliquid ex eis negligentia eorum fuerit imminutum. Cujus disciplinae qui modus sit vel quanta fide et cautione servetur, uno testimonio, quod exempli gratia ponam, poteritis agnoscere. Sicut enim studemus satisfacere vestro fervori, quo plenam universorum cognitionem desiderantes etiam ea quae optime nostis hoc libello vobis cupitis iterari ita veremur mensuram brevitatis excedere.

[3] And so on the second Saturday, after the morning hymns, they hand over to the others who are taking their places the utensils and vessels with which they have served. Those receiving them take such good care of them, lest any of them be damaged or get lost, that they treat the least significant vessels as if they were sacrosanct and hold themselves responsible not only to the steward of the time but to the Lord himself if perchance any of them comes to harm through their negligence. You will be able to see what sort of discipline is at issue here and how faithfully and carefully it is observed by way of one testimony, which I shall use as an example. For just as we are anxious to satisfy that fervor of yours which, as a result of your desire for complete knowledge of all these things, seeks the reiteration in this little book of what you already know very well, so likewise we fear to exceed the measure of brevity.

[Ch. 20] In septimana cujusdam fratris cum praeteriens oeconomus tria lenticulae grana vidisset jacere in terra, quae ebdomadario festinanti, dum eam praeparat coctioni, inter manus cum aqua qua diluebantur elapsa sunt, confestim super hoc abbatem consuluit, a quo velut interversor neglectorque sacri peculii judicatus ab oratione suspensus est. Cujus negligentiae reatus non aliter ei remissus est, nisi eum publica poenitentia diluisset. Non solum enim seipsos non esse suos, sed etiam omnia quae sua sunt credunt Domino consecrata. Propter quod si quid fuerit in monasterio semel inlatum, ut sacrosanctum cum omni decernunt reverentia debere tractari, tantaque fide universa procurant atque dispensant, ut etiam ea quae despectui habentur parvaque reputantur ac vilia, si vel loco moverint vel competentius conlocaverint, si gillonem aqua impleverint, si ex eo cuiquam obtulerint ad bibendum, si tenuem fistucam de oratorio cellave submoverint, mercedem se consecuturos a Domino tota credulitate confidant.

[Ch. 20] During the week of a certain brother, as the bursar was going about, he noticed three lentils lying on the ground. They had slipped out of the hands of the weekly server, along with the water in which they were soaking, as he was hastening to prepare them for cooking. He at once consulted the abba on this matter, and he judged him a pilferer and a waster of sacred goods and suspended him from prayer. This crime of negligence was not forgiven him until he had absolved it by an act of public repentance. For they believe that not only they themselves are not their own but that everything that is theirs as been consecrated to the Lord. Hence whatever has once been brought into the monastery must, in their judgment, be treated with all respect as sacrosanct. With such great faith do their care for and dispose of everything, even things that are looked down upon and considered paltry and unimportant, that they have complete confidence that they will obtain a reward from the Lord if they move something or arrange it more advantageously, if they fill a vessel with water or offer it to someone for a drink or if they remove a bit of straw from the oratory or their cells.

[Ch. 21] Novimus fratres, in quorum septimana, cum accidisset tanta lignorum penuria, ut non esset penitus unde soliti cibi fratribus pararentur, et donec possent coempta deferri, ut xerofagia, contenti essent abbatis fuisset auctoritate praeceptum, essetque hoc universis placitum nec quisquam posset ullum coctionis sperare pulmentum, illos, velut qui fructu ac mercede sui laboris et obsequii fraudarentur, si in ordine vicis suae cibos fratribus non secundum consuetudinem paravissent, tantum sibi spontanei operis ac sollicitudinis indixisse, ut in illis aridis ac sterilibus locis, in quibus ligna, nisi de fructiferis arboribus excidantur, omnimodis nequeunt inveniri – nec enim ut apud nos ulla reperiuntur fruteta silvestria – per extenta avia discurrentes, et heremum, quae versus mare mortuum tenditur, obeuntes feistucas tenues ac spinulas, quas ventus huc illucque disperserat, suo sinu et gremiis colligentes cunctam sollemnitatem ciborum spontaneis obsequiis praepararent, ita ut de solita praebitione nihil paterentur imminui, tanta fide haec sua munia fratribus exhibentes, ut etiam cum illos honeste posset vel lignorum excusare penuria vel abbatis imperium, pro fructu suo atque mercede noluerint hac abuti licentia.

[Ch. 21] We know of brothers during whose week there was such a scarcity of wood that there was no way at all for them to prepare the customary meal for the brothers. Until some could be purchased and brought in, it was commended, by the abba’s authority, that they should make do with dry food. This was acceptable to everyone, and no one expected any cooked food. But those men, feeling defrauded of the fruit and reward of their labor and responsibility if they could not prepare food for their brothers according to custom when it was their turn, imposed upon themselves a consuming voluntary effort: in those dry and barren places in which no wood whatsoever can be found unless it is cut from fruit trees (for there are no shrub groves such as we have), they ran about all through the wilderness and traversed the desert, which stretches toward the Dead Sea, collecting in the folds of their garments and in their bosoms bits of straw and thorns that the wind had scattered here and there. This by their own doing they were able to prepare all the accustomed food, and they allowed nothing to be missing from the usual provisions. With such great faith did they offered these services of theirs to their brothers that, even though the sacristy of wood and the abba’s command could have been a genuine excuse for them, they were unwilling, because of the fruit and the reward attached to them, to take advantage of that liberty.

[Ch. 22] Haec dicta sint secundum typum ut praefati sumus, totius Orientis, quem etiam in partibus nostris necessario dicimus debere servari. Caeterum apud Aegyptios, quibus maxima cura est operis, non est ebdomadarum mutua vicissitudo, ne sub occasione hujus officii omnes ab operis canone impediantur, sed uni probatissimo fratrum cellarii vel coquinae cura committitur, qui perpetuo donec virtus ejus, vel aetas admittit, jugiter opus istud exerceat. Non enim magno labore corporis fatigatur, quia nec tanta cura inter eos parandorum ciborum vel coctionis impenditur, quippe qui maxime xerofagiis vel omofagiis utuntur, et apud quos secta singulis mensibus porrorum folia, lapsania, sal frictum, olivae, pisciculi minuti saliti, quos illi maenidia vocant], summa voluptas est. [Cassian, Institutiones IV, c. 19-22, text inserted from ed. Jean-Claude Guy, SC 109, pp. 146-152]

[Ch. 22] As we remarked previously, this is in keeping with the way of doing things throughout the Orient, which we say must also be observed in our region. But among the Egyptians, who are very concerned about their work, there is no weekly taking of turns, lest as a result of this activity anyone be hindered from obligatory work. Instead, the responsibility for provisions and for cooking is committed to a very trustworthy brother, who continues to carry out this task with regularity so long as his strength and his age permit. For he is not worn out with any great bodily labor inasmuch as they do not devote much care to preparing and cooking their food since they mostly make use of dry and uncooked food, and the leaves of leeks that are cut every month, charlock, granulated salt, olives, and tiny salted fish, which they call maenomenia, are their highest pleasure. [John Cassian, Institutiones IV, ch. 19-22, transl. Boniface Ramsey, Ancient Christian Writers 58, New York/Mahwah NJ 2000, pp. 87-90].


1. excusatum (?). (Mittermueller)
2. orituram (?). (Mittermueller)
3. Hildemar omits Regula Benedicti, c. 35.5-6: vel si qui, ut diximus, maioribus utilitatibus occupantur; ceteri sibi sub caritate invicem serviant
4. fugiendo, (?) fugientes (?). (Mittermueller)
5. in unius diei spatio (?). (Mittermueller)
6. A commentary to Regula Benedicti, c. 35.15: Internates et exeuntes hebdomadarii in oratorio mux matutinis finitis dominica is missing.
7. habent (?). (Mittermueller)
8. ailjuvisti (?). (Mittermueller)
 

Cap. XXXVI
DE INFIRMIS FRATRIBUS

[Ms P, fol. 104vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 92v; Ms E1, fol. 128v; Ms E2, fol. 200r]

Ch. 36
SICK BROTHERS

Translated by: Bruce Venarde

1Infirmorum cura ante omnia et super omnia adhibenda est, ut sicut revera Christo, ita eis serviatur, 2quia ipse dixit: Infirmus fui et visitastis me [Mt 25:35] 3et: quod fecistis uni de his minimis meis, mihi fecistis. [Mt 25:40]

1Care should be taken for the sick before all and above all, so that they should be served as indeed Christ would be, 2because he himself said, I was sick and you visited me [Mt 25:36] 3and what you did for one of these my little ones, you did for me. [Mt 25:40]

Egregium ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus in eo, quod, cum dixit de sanorum coquinae officio deputatis [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 35], [et] subjunxit statim de servitio infirmorum deputatis. In illa enim dixit per hebdomadas singulas qualiter sint, et non elegit quosdam, sed omnes [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 31]. In hoc capitulo elegit servitorem, qui timens Deum sit et diligens.

St. Benedict keeps to excellent order here in that when he spoke concerning those assigned duty in the kitchen of the healthy [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 35], he immediately added commentary concerning those assigned to the service of the sick. Concerning the former, he said how each monk should serve for a week and did not choose certain individuals, but all, for this service [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 31]. In the present chapter, he chooses a server who is God-fearing and attentive.

Quaeri potest, quare dicit ante omnia, cum jam superius ita dicit ante omnia ne, murmurationis malum et cet. [Regula Benedicti, c. 34.6] Et similiter non debet videri ambiguum, quia mos est scripturae dicere ante omnia, eo quod ejus intentio est ita dicere ante omnia de una re facienda, et iterum dicere ante omnia, eo quod ejus intentio est ita dicere, quatenus illud, quod dicit agi, nullo modo oblivioni tradatur.

It might be asked why Benedict says before all, when just a little earlier he said before all, the evil of grumbling etc. [Regula Benedicti, c. 34.6] Similarly, it should not seem doubtful, because it is the way of writing to say before all because its purpose is to say it concerning a thing that must be done, and then to say before all again, because its purpose is to say insofar as the thing which it says is [to be] done can in no way be forgotten.

Sed sciendum est, quia in aliis locis inferius dicturus est: ante omnia sane deputentur, unus vel duo seniores, qui circumeant monasterium. [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.17]

But it should be known that in other places below Benedict willsay, Above all, one or two senior monks should be assigned to go around the monastery. [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.17]

Quamquam dicat S. Benedictus ante omnia, tamen in nullo loco dixit super omnia, sicut hic dixit, eo quod nulla res ita agenda est, cum tanto studio, quomodo obsequium infirmorum. Nec etiam ipsa ecclesia agenda est cum tanto studio, quanto domus infirmorum.

Although St. Benedict may say before all [elsewhere], yet in no place did he say above all as he says it here, because no task is to be done with such zeal as service to the sick. Not even the church itself is to be cared for with such zeal as the house for the sick.

Reddit enim causam, quare, cum subjunxit: quia ipse dixit: Infirmus fui et visitastis me. Sciendum est, quia ante omnia attinet ad tempus, super omnia ad studium.

He shows the reason why when he adds, because he himself said, I was sick and you visited me. It should be understood that before all pertains to time, above all to zeal.

Sed de quibus minimis vel pauperibus Dominus dicat, cum dicit: Quod uni de his minimis meis fecistis, mihi fecistis, B. Hieronymus exponit dicens: Amen dico vobis, quamdiu non fecistis [page 404] uni de minoribus his, nec mihi fecistis. [Mt 25:36] Libera nobis erat intelligentia, quod in omni paupere Christus esuriens pasceretur, sitiens potaretur, hospes induceretur in tectum, nudus vestiretur, infirmus visitaretur, clausus carcere haberet solatium colloquentis.

But what the Lord said concerning certain little and poor people when he says, What you did for one of these my little ones, you did for me, St. Jerome explains saying, Amen I say to you, as long as you did not do this [page 404] for one of my little ones, you did not do it for me. [Mt 25:36] The meaning was clear to us that in every pauper, a hungry Christ is fed, a thirsty one is given drink, a guest is brought in under a roof, a naked one is clothed, a sick one is visited, an imprisoned one has the comfort of conversation.

Sed ex hoc, quod sequitur: 'Quamdiu fecistis uni de his fratribus meis minimis, mihi fecistis [Mt 25:40], non mihi videtur generaliter dixisse de pauperibus, sed de his, qui pauperes spiritu sunt, ad quos tendens manum dixerat: 'Fratres mei et mater mea hi sunt, qui faciunt voluntatem Patris mei. [Mt 12:50]'[Jerome, Commentarium in Mattheum IV (25:40), CCSL 77, p. 244]

But concerning this which follows, 'As long as you did this for one of my little brothers, you did it for me [Matt. 25:40], he does not seem to me to have spoken of the poor in general, but of those who are poor in spirit, reaching out a hand to whom he had said, 'They are my brothers and my mother who do the will of my father. [Mt 12:50]' [Jerome, Commentarium in Mattheum IV (25:40)]

In hac vero sententia admonet B. Benedictus generaliter principes et subjectos, maxime tamen subjectos. Ait enim: Ante omnia et super omnia infirmorum cura adhibenda est.

In this sentence St. Benedict admonishes princes and subjects generally, but especially subjects. For he says, Care should be taken for the sick before all and above all.

Attendendum est: cum non reperitur in regula, ita conjunctum dixisse, sed solummodo aut ante omnia, aut super omnia, hic vero conjunctim dicitur ante omnia et super omnia, datur de infirmorum cura intelligi, ut ante omnia debet esse et major quam omnia, quia in his duobus maxime continetur regula, i. e. in custodia infantum et in cura infirmorum.

Take note: although it is not found in the Rule, he had said they are a compound proposition, but only either before all or above all; here it is said jointly, before all and above all, concerning care for the sick it is to be understood that it must be before all and greater than all, because in precisely these two matters it is in the Rule, that is, concerning watching over children and care for the sick.1

Nam possunt esse ante omnia et non super omnia, et super omnia possunt esse et non ante omnia. Et possunt etiam esse ante omnia, eo quod possunt alii incipere aliquid operis, et tamen intermittitur illud opus inprimis coeptum et incipit aliud et perficitur. Illud vero quod in primis coeptum est, perficitur postea aut certe non perficitur.

For they can be before all things and not above all things and vice versa. And they can even be before all things, because others can begin a task, and yet that work begun first is interrupted and another begun and finished. But that which is begun first is finished afterward or else is it not finished. 

Et possunt esse super omnia et non ante omnia, v. gr. sicut diximus superius. Et iterum, sicut diximus, possunt esse super omnia et ante omnia; v. gr. incipit aliquid operis homo agere et [tamen] non incipit aliud agere, quam1 illud primum perficiat, eo quod plus quam omnia diligitur.

And things can be above all and not before all, for example as we said above. And again, just as we said, things can be above all and before all, for example, a man begins to perform a task and yet does not begin another before he finishes the first, because he loves it more than all things.

Per hoc quod dicit duo, i. e. ante omnia et super omnia, vult S. Benedictus, ut antequam cetera, cura infirmorum fiat, et super omnia, i. e. cum majore dilectione et diligentia atque studio, quam cetera. Istud [page 405] ante omnia et super omnia attinet ad domum, ad focum, ad victum atque potum et cibum et omnia necessaria infirmorum.

Through this pair of things he says, that is, before all and above all, St. Benedict wants it to be that before all other things, there should be care for the sick, and above all, that is, with greater love and attentiveness and zeal than other things. This [page 405] before all and above all applies to house, hearth, sustenance, and to food and drink and all things the sick require.

Voluit enim B. Benedictus similitudinem donare, cui serviat, ut firmius confirmetur. Propterea subjunxit dicens: si revera Christo ita eis serviatur.

For St. Benedict wants to make an analogy: one may serve someone, so that he may be more firmly strengthened. Therefore he adds, as if in fact they should be served as Christ would be.

Revera: re certa; est enim affirmativa sententia.

In fact [revera]: a certain thing [re certa], for it is a positive assertion.

Quasi interrogasses: 'Unde scio, quia Christo servio, si infirmis serviero?' [et] quasi respondens dicit: quia ipse dixit: Infirmus fui et visitastis me et quod uni de his minimis meis fecistis, mihi fecistis.

It is as if you asked, 'How do I know that I serve Christ if I serve the sick?' and he replied, because he himself said, I was sick and you visited me and what you did for one of these my little ones, you did for me.

Cum dixit ipse dixit, subaudiendum est, dicturum se esse in futuro judicio.

When Benedict said, He himself said, it should be understood that he will say that he is in future judgment.

Inspiciendum est: si Christo servit, qui infirmis servit, ergo cum magna diligentia atque studio serviendum est infirmis. Nam si Christus fuisset nunc in carne sicut in tempore apostolorum fuit, qualem illi domum praeparassemus vel quale obsequium illi praebuissemus? Ergo si Christo servimus, si infirmis servierimus, magna sollicitudine illis infirmis serviendum est.

It should be remarked that if one who serves the sick serves Christ, therefore the sick must be served with great attentiveness and zeal. For if Christ were now in the flesh as in the times of the apostles, what kind of house would be prepared for him and what service would we offer him? Therefore if we who serve the sick serve Christ, these sick ones must be served with great care.

Sequitur: 4Sed et ipsi infirmi considerent, in honore Dei sibi serviri, et non superfluitate sua contristent fratres suos servientes sibi.

Next: 4But the sick brothers themselves should also be mindful that they are served in God's honor, and not upset the brothers serving them with excessive demands.

Hactenus B. Benedictus admonuit praelatos, qualiter curam gerant erga infirmos fratres; nunc admonet infirmos fraters, ut non pro superfluitate sua, i. e. per inconditos mores fratres suos sibi servientes contristent, ut frater, qui illis pro amore Dei vult servire, illorum malis moribus facientibus provocetur ad iracundiam.

To this point, Benedict tells authorities [prelatos] how care should be given to sick brothers; now he warns the sick brothers that they not upset the brothers serving them with excessive demands, that is, unaccustomed ways, lest a brother who wants to serve them in God's honor be provoked to anger by their wicked ways.

Sequitur: 5qui tamen patienter portandi sunt.

Next: 5However, they are to be born patiently.

Usque nunc B. Benedictus admonuit infirmos, ut non per suos malos mores contristent servientes sibi; nunc vero admonet iterum servientes dicens: qui tamen patienter portandi sunt - ac si diceret aliis verbis: quamquam illi infirmi iracundia aut aliqua causa sint furibundi, tamen patienter portandi sunt - quasi diceret: Forte non sponte faciunt, nam sunt multae infirmitates, quae homines iracundos faciunt. Reddit causam, quare, cum subjungit: 5quia de talibus copiosior merces acquiritur.

Up to here, St. Benedict warns the sick that they should not upset the brothers serving them with wicked ways, but now he warns those serving again, saying, However, they are to be born patiently, as if to say in different words: although the sick may be frenzied with anger or for some other reason, nevertheless they are to be born patiently. He says, in effect, perhaps they do not do so willfully, for there are many illnesses that throw men into a rage. He shows the reason why when he adds, 5because greater reward is earned from such as them.

Sequitur: 6Ergo cum maxima sit abbati, ne aliquam negligentiam patiantur.

Next: 6Therefore, the abbot should take the greatest care that they not suffer any neglect.

Iterum admonet abbatem, ut magnopore [page 406] studeat agere, ne aliquam negligentiam patiantur - subaudiendum est: ipsi infirmi.

Again he cautions the abbot to be very eager [page 406] to act so they not suffer any neglect – by which should be understood, the sick brothers themselves.

Nam sunt tales, qui sunt servi Dei et multis annis laborant in servitio Dei. Deinde rectius est, ut isti tales non negligantur in infirmitate sua, ut nec per iram aut murmurationem perdant suum laborem, si in fine vitae effecti fuerint murmuratores.

For they are the sort of people who are God's servants and labor for many years in God's service. Therefore it is right that such people are not neglected in their frailty, lest through anger or grumbling they lose [the reward of] their labor by being made grumblers at the end of life.

Ergo cura maxima sit abbati, ne aliquam negligentiam patiantur.

Therefore the abbot should take the greatest care that they not suffer any neglect.

Istud ergo superius respitit, i. e. ubi dicit: ut sicut revera Christo, ita eis serviatur, et ubi dicit: qui tamen patienter portandi sunt - ac si diceret: si ita est, ergo maxima cura debet esse abbati, ne aliquam negligentiam patiantur.

This therefore refers to what is above, that is, where he says, As if in fact they should be served as Christ would be and when he says, However, they are to be born patiently. It is as if he said, so it is, therefore the abbot must take the greatest care that they not suffer any neglect.

Sequitur: 7Quibus fratribus infirmis sit cella super se deputata et servitor timens Deum et diligens ac sollicitus.

Next: 7There should be a separate room designated for sick brothers and a God-fearing, attentive, and caring server.

Cella, quam dicit, non dicit de una mansione, sed de claustra dicit.

The dwelling he mentions is not one room but part of the monastery.

Quomodo enim possunt esse simul in una mansione quatuor fratres, cum unus moritur ex illis, alter vero vomit, tertius vult manducare, quartus etiam sedet ad exitum? Absque dubio, cum ita sint, non sufficit unum cubiculum omnibus, quia non sibi convenit ille, qui manducat, cum illo, qui in sua praesentia vomit, et cum illo, qui sedet ad exitum aut etiam cum illo, qui moritur.

How can there be four brothers together in one place, when one of them is dying, another is vomiting, the third wants to eat, and the fourth sits waiting to leave? Doubtless, since things can be like this, one bedroom is not enough for all, since it is not suitable for one who is eating to be with one vomiting in his presence, or for one waiting to leave to be with one who is dying.

Ergo cum ita, sint, necessariae sunt diversae mansiones pro diversis et variis iufirmitatibus. Et ideo cum S. Benedictus dicit: sit cella super se deputata, non est intelligenda de una tantummodo mansione, sed de claustra, sicut diximus, h. e. domo, ubi diversae sint mansiones, quatenus, qui manducat, sine fastidio sit vomentis aut ad exitum sedentis vel etiam morientis.

Therefore, since things can be like this, several different rooms for different illnesses are needed. And therefore when St. Benedict says, There should be a separate room, this is not to be interpreted as meaning one room, but part of the monastery as we said, that is, of the house, where there are different rooms so that one who is eating can do so without disgust at the one vomiting, or the one waiting to leave can avoid the one dying.

Quae domus infirmorum oratorium debet prope habere, in quo infirmi missam saltem jacendo possint audire et communionem accipere.

This house of the sick should have its own oratory, in which the sick can hear Mass and accept communion lying down.

Ante infirmos enim semper omnia officia canenda sunt, qui etiam, si sex infirmi fuerint, lectorem debent habere, eo quod regula dicit mensis fratrum edentium lectio deesse non debet [Regula Benedicti, c. 38.1]; non enim dicit sanorum, sed fratrum, ac per hoc cum dicit mensis fratrum, omnes comprehendit, i. e. sanos et infirmos, si ipsi infirmi sicut diximus, plures sint.

All the offices should always be sung in the presence of the sick, and if there are six of them, they should have a reader, because the Rule says, Reading should not be absent from the brothers' tables [Regula Benedicti, c. 38.1]. He does not say healthy brothers, only brothers, and thereby when he says the brothers' tables, he includes everyone, that is, the sick and the well – if the sick are numerous, as we said above.

Quam cellam debet abbas facere [page 407] talem, ubi et ipse in infirmitate sua jaceat, quatenus et hospitibus et ad se venientibus possit loqui, si tanta necessitas fuerit, sine impedimento infirmorum, et cum ipsis infirmis, qui jam de lecto possunt surgere, manducare valeat.

The abbot should design the infirmary [page 407] in such a way that when he himself lies ill, he is able to speak to guests and those who come to him, if there is such a need, without inconvenience for the sick brothers, and so that he can eat with the ones who can already get out of bed.

Nihil enim B. Benedictus plus potuit dicere de infirmis, quam dixit: ante omnia et super omnia cura infirmorum adhibenda est, et sicut revera Christo ita eis serviatur.

St. Benedict could not say more concerning the sick than when he declared, Before all and above all care should be taken for the sick, so that they be served as indeed Christ would be.

Ergo si sicut Christo debet infirmis serviri, tunc magnopere studendum est, ut nullo modo in aliqua causa negligantur.

Therefore there must be great care take for the sick to served as Christ ought to be, so that in no way are they neglected.

Sequitur: 7et servitor timens Deum et diligens ac sollicitus.

Next: 7and a God-fearing, attentive, and caring server.

Istum enim timorem non dicit servilem sed castum, eo quod servilis timor non convenit huic, quod dicitur diligens - ac si diceret, cum dicit timens Deum ac diligens intelligitur: amans Deum et diligens.

He did not mean a servile fear but a pious one, because a servile fear is not suited to one called attentive, and if he had said it, it would be understood to mean God-fearing and attentive to God: loving God and attentive.

In isto enim sollicito tria inspicienda sunt, i. e. sapientia, possibilitas seu zelus proximi; sapientia, ut sapiens sit, quatenus intelligat, quam caute et sapienter infirmis valeat servire, ne ipsi infirmi pro sua incautela ad iracundiam provocentur; possibilitas autem, ut fortis robore sit, quatenus valeat infirmum de lecto levare, et ubi infirmus voluerit, eum portare. Zelus etiam debet esse in illo, i. e. amor proximi, quatenus amando infirmum ei diligenter pro amore Dei studiose deserviat.

In the word caring there are three things to be understood: wisdom, strength, and zeal for neighbor. Wisdom, so that he be wise and able to know how to serve the sick carefully and wisely, lest the sick brothers are provoked to wrath by his insouciance; strength, so that he is sturdy in vigor and therefore able to lift a patient from his bed and carry him wherever he wants to go; he should also have zeal, that is, love of neighbor, in order that by loving the sick he will serve him more enthusiastically for the love of God.

Attendendum est, quia S. Benedictus, cum dicit servitor non dicit, ut canonicus aut laicus sit, sed monachus. Non enim ille legem laicis aut canonicis constituit, sed monachis.

It should be noted that St. Benedict, when he says server, does not say that he can be a canon or a layman, but a monk. He was not laying down the law for canons and laypeople, but for monks.

Vide modo, quomodo potest manus vel pes aut oculus corpori servire, si non fuerit in corpore? et ita quomodo potest canonicus aut laicus, qui non est membrum monasterii, monacho, i. e. alieno membro servire?

Look, now: how can a hand or a foot or an eye serve the body, if it is not of that body? And thus, how can a canon or layman, who is not a member of the monastery, serve a monk, that is, a foreign body?

Verum si necessitas fuerit, ut vestimenta infirmorum propter immunditiam, sicut solet infirmo contingere, lavanda sint, potest laicus vel canonicus lavare vestimenta sordida.

But if it is necessary that the clothing of the sick must be washed on account of filthiness – as often happens with the sick – a layperson or canon can washed the soiled clothing.

Similiter si necesse fuerit, carnes afferri, laicus vel canonicus afferre debent.

Likewise, if it is necessary that meat be brought in, a layman or canon must do so.

Sequitur: 8Balnearum usus, quoties expedit, offeratur; sanis autem et maxime juvenibus tardius concedatur.

Next: 8Use of baths should be offered to the sick as often as expedient, but less readily to the healthy and especially the young.

Hoc enim notandum est, quia tres distinctiones facit in hoc [page 408] loco B. Benedictus de usu balnearum; prima infirmorum, secunda sanorum, tertia juvenum. Quod enim dicit: infirmis, quoties expedit, offeratur, intelligi debet, etiam si duabus vicibus in die vel certe tota die, si necessitas fuerit, debet balneum praeparari, veluti illi, qui patitur istum dolorem.

This should be noted: St. Benedict makes three distinctions [page 408] concerning use of baths here: first concerning the sick, secondly the healthy, and thirdly the young. Because he says, to the sick as often as expedient, should be offered it must be understood that twice or even three times daily, a bath should be readied for those who suffer pain.2

De sanis autem et de juvenibus duobus modis intelligitur: aut generaliter dicit: omnibus praeparari debeant, sed tardius.

What is said concerning the healthy and youths has two meanings. He says in general that baths should be prepared for all, but less readily.

Alii sunt, qui istud tardius tribus vicibus in anno intelligunt debere fieri praeparata, i. e. in Nativitate Domini, in Pascha atque Pentecosten. Alii sunt, qui intelligunt duabus vicibus, i. e. in Nativitate Domini et in Pascha, quod rectius est.

There are some who think that this less readily refers to baths prepared three times a year, that is, at Christmas, Easter, and Pentecost. Others understand it as meaning twice a year, that is, at Christmas and Easter, which is more correct.

Alio enim modo intelligitur: sanis et maxime juvenibus tardius concedatur; forte enim non generaliter dixit, sed de illis, qui propter laborem aliquem, i. e. cum casam aedificant aut aliquid laborant, unde inquinantur, istis talibus praeparandum est balneum, sed tamen tardius.

It can be understood in still another way: a bath should be allowed to the healthy and especially the young less readily. Perhaps he did not speak generally, but of those who on account of some duty, for instance if they construct a building or labor in some other way that makes them dirty, for such men a bath is to be prepared, yet less readily.

Similiter etiam de juvenibus intelligeudum est, sed tamen plus tardius illis debet praeparari, quam ceteris aliis, qui sani videntur esse.

It is to be understood likewise concerning youths, but nevertheless a bath should be prepared for them less readily than for all others who appear healthy.

Verumtamen illis specialiter, qui per aliquod opus se inquinant, frequentius balneum debet praeparari quam illis, qui nulla opera manuum se exercere student.

Nevertheless, a bath should be prepared more frequently for those who in particular get dirty by working than for those who do not zealously exert themselves in manual labor.

Nunc videndum est de quo balneo dicat sanis praeparari praeter infirmorum balneum, quia illis sicut necessitas infirmitatis exposcit, et quando exposcit, debet praeparari.

Now it is to be seen concerning this bath he says it should be prepared for the healthy in addition to that for the sick, since just as the necessity of illness demands, necessity demands it for them [the manual laborers] and when there is a demand, a bath should be prepared for them.

Nam sanorum et juvenum balneum intelligendum est tale, ubi unus tantum balneari queat, sicuti est tina, ubi non possit ab aliis plenius videri; et ita etiam ordinari debet, ut per omnia nudus non possit videri.

A bath for the healthy and youths is to be understood this way: in a place were only one may bathe, as if he is in a tub, where he cannot be plainly seen by others, and it should be arranged so that in all cases he cannot be seen naked.

Forte dicit aliquis, quare non sit et petrinum balneum, ubi tres vel duo aut etiam quatuor balneari possint. Cui respondendum est: eo quod ille propter cautionem nefandissimi sceleris praecipit, solum jacere et custodiam esse, [et] ideo non est ratio, ut intelligamus S. Benedictum praecepisse, duos vel tres in simul lavari, in quo loco illius sceleris nefandissimi occasio potest esse.

Perhaps someone asks why there cannot be a stone tub, where three or two or even four can be bathed. The response should be that because he instructs, on account of precaution against very wicked sin, that monks lie alone and be on watch.3 Therefore there is no reason, as we understand St. Benedict to have instructed, for two or three to be washed together, in which situation there could be the opportunity for very wicked sin.

Nihil enim adjuvat, sicut dicit B. Gregorius, totam civitatem esse munitam et unum foramen habere, unde hostis intret [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob XIX, c. 21.33, CCSL 143A, p. 983]; ita et haec ratio nihil adjuvat, [page 409] toto anno custodire die et nocte, et uno die dare occasionem peccandi.

It does no good, as St. Gregory says, for a whole city to be fortified and have one opening through which the enemy might enter. [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob XIX, c. 21.33]. So it is that this plan does no good: [page 409] to keep watch the whole year, day and night, and on one day offer the opportunity of sinning.

Nec enim ipsa religio monachorum docet vel permittit, absque necessitate nudum videri. Verum illum balneum intelligi ratio exposcit, in quo solummodo unus lavari queat.

For the religious life of monks itself teaches and permits that one not be seen naked unless necessary. But reason demands that the bath be understood as the place in which only one may be washed.

Et hoc notandum est, quia, sicut diximus, si abbas infirmus fuerit, in domo infirmorum debet jacere.

And this should be noted: as we said above, if the abbot is ill, he must lie in the infirmary.

Si autem talis fuerit perpetua infirmitas, debet habere caminatam juxta domum infirmorum, ne pro sua dispositione impedimentum infirmis generetur. Si autem potuerit ambulare, debet manducare in domo infirmorum; quod si non potuerit ipse ire, tunc infirmi debent ad eum venire et cum illo manducare.

Moreover, if this illness is ongoing, he must have a room next to the infirmary, lest by his arrangements an obstacle for the sick is created. If he can walk, he should eat in the infirmary; if not, the sick should come to him and eat with him.

Sequitur: 9sed et carnium esus infirmis omnino debilibusque pro reparatione concedantur.

Next: 9But also the consumption of meat should be allowed to the gravely ill for the sake of their recovery.

Sciendum est enim, quia non sunt attendenda verba, sed intentio. Ecce hic si verba solummodo velimus attendere, non aliis videtur S. Benedictus infirmis esus carnium concessisse, nisi illis, qui meliorari videntur. Quid faciendum est de illis infirmis, qui jam desperati sunt non vivere, sed mori, et non possunt alium cibum comedere nisi forte carnes quadrupedum?

It should be known that these are not words to be minded, but an intention. Look: if we want only to mind the words, St. Benedict would seem to have allowed eating meat only to those who seem to be improving. What is to be done concerning those sick brothers whose life is already despaired of, and cannot eat any other food except perhaps the flesh of quadrupeds?

Numquid negandae sunt illis carnes quadrupedum pro sustentatione vitae? Vere non sunt negandae, quia si S. Benedicti intentionem attenderimus, non est fas intelligere, solummodo concessisse illis comedere, quibus necessitas existit pro reparatione vitae, sed et similiter illis concessisse, carnes quadrupedum etiam pro sustentatione vitae edere.

Should the flesh of quadrupeds to sustain life be denied them? Truly they should not be denied, because if we mind St. Benedict's intention, there is no harm in understanding that he simply allowed consumption of the flesh of quadrupeds to those for whom it is a necessity for recovering health, but likewise he allowed its consumption for those sustaining life.

Nunc videndum est, si debeant sani monachi carnes volatilium comedere.

Now it is to be seen, if healthy monks ought to eat the flesh of fowl.

Haec ratio conquirendo melius investigari potest; v. gr. dicis tu: Cur dicis mihi, ut abstineam a volatilium carnibus, cum S. Benedictus in sua regula non vetuit carnes volatilium comedere, sed solummodo quadrupedum?' Ego tibi respondeo: 'quia non debes volatilium comedere carnes eo quod vetuit.' Tu dicis: 'Proba mihi, ubi S. Benedictes vetuit.' 'Vis scire?' Tu dicis: 'Volo.'

This line of questioning can better be pursued thus:4 'So,' you say, 'why do you say to me that I should abstain from the flesh of fowl, when St. Benedict in his Rule did not forbid the eating of the flesh of fowl, but only of quadrupeds?' I reply to you that you cannot eat the flesh of birds because he forbids it. You say, 'Show me where St. Benedict forbids.' 'You want to know?'  You say that you do.

Audi rationem attentius. Constat enim, in volatilibus carnes dulciores esse, quam in quadrupedibus. Jam si ille carnes quadrupedum tibi vetuit, in quibus minor dulcedo est, quanto magis [page 410] vetuit tibi volatilium carnes, in quibus major dulcedo est?

Listen very carefully to the reasoning. It is agreed that the flesh of fowl is sweeter than that of quadrupeds. So if he forbids the flesh of quadrupeds, in which there is less sweetness, how much more [page 410] did he forbid you the flesh of birds, in which there is more sweetness?

Tu dicis: 'Unde cognoscis, quia per illam minorem dulcedinem carnium quadrupedum vetuisset tibi etiam majorem dulcedinem carnium volatilium? Ego tibi dico: quia mos est sanctorum doctorum, in minore comprehendere majorem, sicut legitur dixisse Dominus ad Jerusalem: Haec fuit iniquitas sororis tuae Sodomae, quia panem suum in saturitate comedit. [cf. Ez 16:49]

You say, 'How do you know that through the lesser sweetness of the flesh of quadrupeds he has also forbidden you the greater sweetness of the flesh of fowl?' I say to you that it is the custom of the Church Doctors to understand the greater in the lesser, just as the Lord is read to have said to Jerusalem, This was the sin of your sister Sodom, that she ate bread in excess. [cf. Ez 16:49]

Ecce per panem intelliguntur diversitates epularum. Et quod ita sit, manifestatur in illo loco, ubi dicitur: Vidit Loth Sodomam quasi paradisum. [cf. Gn 13:10]

By bread we should understand a great array of foods. That it is so is clear in the place where it says Lot saw Sodom as paradise [cf. Gn 13:10].

Si Sodoma quasi paradisus erat, ergo non est consequens, ut solummodo illos intelligamus panem manducasse sine aliis deliciis. Item habes, ubi dicitur de Laban: Et appositus est panis [Gn 24:33]. Numquid solummodo panis est appositus sine aliquo pulmento? Non.

If Sodom was like paradise, then it does not follow that we should understand them to have eaten bread without other delicacies. Again you have it where it is said of Laban, And bread was brought out [Gn 24:33]. Was only bread brought out, without any other dish? No.

$$$ Sed nunc ad superiorem sensum revertamur. Iterum dicis tu, quia non est verum, ut ita S. Benedictus in hoc loco fecisset, i. e. per carnes quadrupedum vetuisset et volatilium. Ego dico, quia, sicut dico, ita verum est.

But now let us go back to the meaning above. Again you say that it is not true that St. Benedict did so here, that is, by forbidding the flesh of quadrupeds did the same concerning fowl. I say that yes, as I said, that is true.

Ecce tu non potes probare, quia non est secutus S. Benedictus doctores, qui in minore comprehendunt majora, nec ego possum probare, quia secutus est, sed sumus dubii, i. e. non certi. Nunc autem incertus es tu, eo quod non potes probare, utrum S. Benedictus non est secutus doctores similiter et ego non possum probare, quia veraciter est secutus in isto modo sanctos doctores.

Behold: you cannot prove that St. Benedict did not follow the Doctors, who understand greater things in a lesser one, and I cannot prove that he followed them, but we are in doubt, that is, not certain. Now in fact you are uncertain because you cannot prove that Benedict did not follow the Doctors and I cannot prove that he truly followed them in this instance.

In ista dubietate mea, et tua eligendum est certum et dimittere incertum. Dic mihi, si S. Benedictus concessisset manducare carnem volatilium, et ego pro amore Dei noluissem manducare, esset peccatum annon? Tu respondes: 'Non,' quia ipse dixit: si omni vilitate et extremitate contentus sit monachus [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.49] et iterum: cui autem Deus dederit tolerantiam proprium, se mercedem habiturum sciat. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 40.4]

In my very doubt, and yours, the certain is to be chosen and the uncertain rejected. Tell me, if St. Benedict had allowed eating the flesh of fowl, and out of love for God I did not want to eat it, would it be a sin or not? You reply: 'No,' because he himself said, If a monk is content with everything shabby and poor [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.49] and To whom God has given endurance should know he will have his own reward [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 40.4].

Et iterum, si non concessisset carnes volatilium manducare, et ego manducassem, fuisset peccatum annon? Tu respondes: 'Peccatum.' Ergo et melius et ratio est, ut dimittamus hanc, incertitudinem et teneamus certitudinem. Si enim manducaverimus, nescimus, utrum sit peccatum annon.

And again, if he had not allowed eating the flesh of fowl, and I ate it, would it be a sin or not? You reply, 'It is a sin.' Therefore it is a better plan that we reject this uncertainty and hold to certainty. If we eat it, we do not know whether it is a sin or not.

Propterea igitur teneamus [page 411] certum et dimittamus incertum, eo quod omnio scimus, non esse peccatum, si non manducamus.

Therefore we should keep [page 411] to the certain and reject the uncertain because we know in general that it is not a sin if we do not eat it.

Sciendum est enim, quin, sunt multi monachi, qui dicunt: 'Debeo manducare pinguedinem, et utuntur in adjutorium illud, quod dicunt canones: Si quis jus carnium profanaverit, anathema sit.' Quibus respondendum est, quia ideo hoc dicunt canones propter illos, qui carnes abominentur.

It should be known, rather, that there are many monks who say, 'I must eat fat and use to advantage what the canons say: If anyone defiles the law of flesh, let him be anathema.'5 To them we must reply that they recite this rather than other canons that revile flesh.

Et ideo isti tales, ne abominentur carnes, debent manducare olera, ubi carnes coquuntur. Nam illi qui non abominantur carnes, sed causa continentiae student non manducare, non tenentur anathemate.

Therefore such monks, so that they do not revile flesh, must eat the herbs the meat is cooked in. Those who do not revile flesh, but for reason of abstinence are eager not to eat it, are not held in anathema.

Ergo si ita volunt illi intelligere, qui ita dicunt, ut jus , ubi carnes coquuntur, manducare abstinentes, qui non abominantur carnes, dicant, ut accipiant mulieres, eo quod in eodem concilio dicitur de conjugio, quod si quis profanaverit, anathema sit. De pinguedine vero scimus, quia caro quadrupedum est. Manifestum est, quia non est manducanda.

Therefore if they want to understand those who declare that it is right to eat cooked, the abstinent, who do not revile flesh, should say that they should take wives, because in the same council it was said concerned marriage that if anyone profane it, let him be anathema. For we know that 'richness' means 'the flesh of quadrupeds.' It is quite clear we should not eat it.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Non est caro quadrupedum in commoditate, sed flos.' Interrogabo te: 'Unde est ille flos?' Ille respondens dicit: 'de quadrupedibus.' Et ille: 'Ergo si quadrupedum est caro ipso flos, tunc non est manducanda.' Et iterum dicit aliquis: 'quia, pingue non est caro; nam si pingue caro est, ergo et caseus et lac caro est, eo quod de carne exit. Similiter ergo etiam et vinum et oleum ligna, sunt, quia de lignis exeunt.'

Perhaps someone will say that it is not the flesh of quadrupeds in due proportion, but a flower of it. I will ask you, 'Where does this flower come from?' He replies to you, saying, 'From quadrupeds.' And he says, 'Therefore if the flesh of quadrupeds is flower, the flesh should not be eaten.' And again someone says, 'Fat is not flesh, for if fat is flesh, therefore cheese and milk are flesh, because they come from flesh. Likewise, therefore, wine and oil are wood, because they come from trees.'

Cui etiam respondendum est: 'Lac et caseus non est caro, quamquam de carne exeant, eo quod caro non in lac vertitur, sed ipse cibus vertitur in lac Dei dispositione ad filios Christi nutriendum.

To whom we must reply that milk and cheese are not flesh, although they come from flesh, because flesh is not turned into milk, but food itself is turned into milk by God's arrangement for the feeding of the sons of Christ.

Oleum autem et vinum non est lignum, sed succus terrae, eo quod ipse succus terrae vertitur in oleum et vinum, sicut dicit B. Augustinus: quotidie Dominus aquam in vinum convertit, cum ipsum succum, qui ex terra nascitur, in vinum vertitur. Nam in veris tempore hoc manifestatur, cum incisa vitis2 aqua profluit.'3

Oil and wine are not wood, but the juice of the earth, because the very juice of the earth is turned into oil and wine, as St. Augustine says: Daily the Lord changes water into wine, because that juice, which arises from the earth, is turned into wine. In springtime this is clear, since a cut vine breathes out water [quotation not identified].

Pinguedo autem caro est, eo quod ingenio humano ipsa caro, cum tunditur, efficitur pinguedo, ut pene nil ex remaneat, ac per hoc caro esse ostenditur. [page 412]

Fat is flesh, because by human ingenuity the flesh itself, when beaten, is made fat so that nearly none of it remains, and through this is shown to be flesh. [page 412]

Sequitur: 9Carnium vero esus infirmis omnino debilibusque pro reparatione concedatur. At ubi meliorati fuerint, a carnibus more solito omnes abstineant. 10Curam autem maximum habeat abbas, ne a cellarariis aut servitoribus negligantur infirmi, quia ad ipsum respicit, quidquid a discipulis delinquintur.

Next: 9The consumption of meat should be allowed to the gravely ill for the sake of their recovery. But when they are better, they should all abstain from meat in the usual fashion. 10The abbot should take the greatest care to ensure that the sick are not neglected by the cellarers or servers. Any failure by his disciples is his responsibility, too.

Nunc videndum est, quia alii sunt debiles, alii aegroti, qui carnem quadrupedum debent comedere. Debiles tribus modis possunt intelligi: uno infantes, qui quo minores sunt, eo magis sunt debiles; secundo modo senes, qui quo magis sunt senes, eo magis sunt debiles; tertio etiam modo sunt debiles etiam majores juvenes, qui pro aliqua incommoditate corporis, qui aut pro nimio calore aut pro spasmo vel pro aliqua, sicut dixi, incommoditate fiunt a semetipsis debiles.

Now we must see some are gravely ill, others ill, who should eat the flesh of quadrupeds. Gravely ill should be understood in three ways: first infants, who the younger they are, the sicker they are; secondly the old, who the older they are the more gravely ill they are, and thirdly older youths who because of some bodily discomfort, either from excessive heat or spasm or some other discomfort, as I said, are made gravely ill by their own selves.

Ideo isti tales,4 quos dixi debiles, intelligunt doctores carnes quadrupedum comedendas esse, ne pro ipsa infirmitate ipsorum invaletudinem nimiam acquirant, v. gr. veluti tisicus est.

Such as these, whom I called gravely ill, doctors think should eat the flesh of quadrupeds, lest in their weakness they acquire very great illness, for example consumption.

Sciendum est enim, quia in Francia consuetudo est tantum, ut non detur infirmo manducare carnem, antequam incipiat ex aegritudine sua levari, et postea tantum illi tribuit, i. e. administrat, usque dum perveniat ad pristinas vires.

We should know that in Frankland the custom is only that the sick brother not be given meat to eat until he begins to improve and thereafter offer, that is, administer [it] to him only until he has recovered fully.

Deinde cum recipit ille infirmus vires et revertitur de domo infirmorum in refectorium manducare, tunc praeparat ei cellararius melius, quam aliis, manducare, hoc est, aut pisces aut aliqua meliora cibaria per duos vel tres dies, eo quod non est bonum, ut statim post carnem dimissam descendat ad illum cibum manducandi,5 quia valde nocet subitanea mutatio ciborum; sed tamen gradatim debet illum cellararius descendere6 ad communem cibum, ut ille frater, qui infirmus fuit, magis diligere valeat amorem paternum et firmius in eo fortitudo corporis acceleret.

Next, when the patient recovers his strength and is returned from the infirmary to eat in the refectory, then the cellarer should prepare somewhat better food for him than the others, fish or some superior dishes, for two or three days. For it is not good that immediately after going off meat he go down to ordinary food to be eaten, because a sudden change in diet is very harmful. Instead, the cellarer must let him down step-by-step to the communal food so that the brother who was ill may more cherish paternal love and thereby the strengthening of his body will accelerate.

Hoc etiam animadvertendum est, quia illi infirmi debent carnem manducare, qui pro infirmitate jacent sex aut octo dies.

Take note that these sick brothers who are in bed for six or eight days should eat meat.

Et si est aliquis forsitan talis, quem abbas [page 413] viderit pro ipsa infirmitate ad debilitatem veniendum7 posse, tunc debet illi carnem dare manducare. Si autem dixerit ille infirmus: quia nolo8 de fastu manducare, debet dicere: 'Frater, noli ita facere, melius enim est, ut manduces carnem et surgas ab infirmitate et facias obedientiam, quam non manducare carnem et in infirmitatem maximam venire; nam si modo non manducaveris, manducabis postea tunc majori temporis spatio. Denique et damnum tunc erit majus, eo quod servitium debuisti facere aliis fratribus et non fecisti, ac per hoc offendiculum maximum pro hoc accipiendum tibi procul dubio assumetur.'

And if perhaps there is someone the abbot [page 413] sees who could turn from weakness to grave illness, then he should give him meat to eat. If the sick brother says out of pride that he does not want it, he should say, ‘Brother, do not do this: it is better that you eat meat, rise from weakness and be obedient than not eat meat and fall into greater illness. For if you do not eat it now, you will eat it afterwards – for longer. Finally, you will be damned more, because you should have done this service for your other brothers and did not, and without a doubt a great stumbling block will be taken on instead of your having accepted this course for yourself.'

Sequitur: 9at ubi meliorati fuerint, a carnibus more solito omnes abstineant.9

Next: 9But when they are better, they should all abstain from meat in the usual fashion.

Sunt enim multi, qui hunc locum ita intelligunt: In hoc etiam loco animadvertendum est, quia non tantum dicit a carnibus omnes abstineant, sed intermiscuit more solito. Ideo dixit more solito, quia consuetudo erat monachis a carnibus abstinere non tantum quadrupedum sed etiam volatilium, sicut faciebat primitiva ecclesia, cujus morem monachi omnimodo sequi debent.

There are many who understand the statement thus: Here it must be remarked that he says not only they should all abstain from meat but adds in the usual fashion. Therefore he said in the usual fashion because it was the way of monks to abstain from the flesh of not only quadrupeds but also fowl, just as in the primitive church, whose customs monks ought to follow in every particular.

Erant etiam ex ipsis quidam separati, sicut narrat ecclesiastica historia, a conjugibus et parentibus viventes in remotioribus locis. Et ipsi quidem qui separati erant, vocabantur monachi sive monazontes, et habitacula eorum vocabantur monasteria, et nemo ex illis habebat proprium, sed omnia erant illis communia.

Certain of them, as ecclesiastical history tells, were separate from wives and relatives, living in remote locations. And certain of them were called monachi or monazontes, and their dwelling-places were called monasteria, and none of them had private property, holding everything in common.

Carnem autem nec quamlibet quisquam eorum comedebat, quos omnimodo sequi monachi debent, eo quod ex ipsis ortum est genus monachorum et ab ipsis similiter vocati sunt monachi; nam ipsi prius monachi fuerunt.

None of them ate flesh or the like. Monks ought to follow them in every particular, because from them arose the category of monks and likewise they are called monks after them, for they were monks first.

Et ideo pro consuetudine illorum mos erat monachis, ne quamlibet comederent carnem excepta infirmitatis necessitate.

Therefore, the custom of monks is in line with their ways, that they should not eat any meat, except in the necessity of illness.

Et propter hanc consuetudinem dicit B. Benedictus: more solito a carnibus omnes abstineant.

And it is after this custom that St. Benedict says, They should all abstain from flesh in the usual fashion.

Unde secundum illorum morem habitacula monachorum, i. e. monasteria, in remotioribus locis constituuntur, quatenus [page 414] ipsi separati a conjugibus inibi Deo quietius deserviant vivendo scilicet ad exemplum eorum in jejuniis et orationibus atque vigiliis seu etiam in aliia bonis operibus.

According to their custom monks’ dwelling-places, that is, monasteries, are built in remote locations so that [page 414], separated from their wives, by living very peacefully there they may serve God, that is by [their predecessors’] example in fasting and prayer and vigils and in other good works.

Et ideo non dixit specialiter, quibus carnibus, sed generali nomine carnibus, in quibus carnibus intelligendum est non tantum de quadrupedibus, sed etiam de volatilibus accipiendum.

And therefore he did not specify which flesh, but used the general term flesh, by which should be understood concerning not only that of quadrupeds, but also accepted concerning fowl.

Sicut S. Augustinus10 in tractatu psalmi centesimi quarti, ubi dicitur: Petierunt carnes, et venit coturnix;' nam volatilium carnes carnes dicuntur. [cf. Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 104, c. 31 (40), CCSL 40, p. 1548]11

As St. Augustine says in his commentary on the 104th Psalm, where it says,  'They asked for flesh and a quail came:' flesh of fowl is called flesh. [cf. Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 104, c. 31 (40)]

Et ideo, cum dicit more solito, non tantum de quadrupedum carnibus, sed de volatilium intelligunt eum multi dixisse, eo quod, sicut supra diximus, mos erat, tunc monachis, sicut abstinebant a carnibus quadrupedum, ita etiam a carnibus volatilium. Nam non facile inveniuntur monachi in scripturis divinis a carnibus quadrupedum abstinuisse et volatilia comedisse excepta necessitate infirmitatis, eo quod Cassiodorus dicit, dulciores carnes esse in volatilibus quam in quadrupedibus, et congruum non erat, [ut] ab his carnibus, quae non sunt dulces, h. e. quadrupedum abstinere et comedere eas carnes, quae dulciores existunt, sicut sunt in volatilibus.

Therefore, when he says in the usual fashion, many understand him to have spoken not only of the flesh of quadrupeds, but of fowl, because, as we said above, it was then the custom for monks to abstain from the flesh of fowl just as from that of quadrupeds. It is not easy to find monks in divine writings who abstained from the flesh of quadrupeds and ate fowl, except in the necessity of illness, because Cassiodorus says that the flesh of fowls is sweeter than quadrupeds' and it was not fitting to abstain from flesh that is not sweet, that is, quadrupeds', and to eat flesh that is sweeter, like fowls'.

Sic enim Cassiodorus in tractatu psalmi centesimi quarti loquitur: 'Petierunt carnes, et venit coturnix.' Intuere, quemadmodum superata sunt vota desiderantium. Carnes petit populus Hebraeorum et coturnices accepit. Constat enim tam in volatilibus, quam in quadrupedibus carnes esse, sine dubio dulciores. [cf. Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum 104:40, CCSL 98, p. 954]

So says Cassiodorus in his commentary on the 104th Psalm: ‘They asked for flesh, and a quail came.' See how the wishes of those desiring were fulfilled: the Hebrew people asked for flesh and received quails. It is clear that there is flesh not only in fowls, without doubt sweeter, but also in quadrupeds. [cf. Cassiodorus, Expositio in Psalmos 104:40]

Insuper et B. Hieronymus ad Salvinam dicit hoc modo: Procul sint a conviviis tuis phasides aves, crassi turtures, attagen jonicus, et omnes aves, quibus amplissima patrimonia avolant. Nec ideo te carnibus vesci non putes, si suum, leporum atque cervorum et quadrupedum animantium esculentias reprobes; non enim haec pedum numero, sed suavitate gustus judicantur. [Jerome, Epistola 79, PL 22, col. 729]

Moreover, St. Jerome wrote to Salvina thus: Pheasants, fat turtledoves, partridge from Ionia, or any birds with whom a very great inheritance flies away should be far from your table. Nor should you think you do not eat meat if you refuse pork, rabbit, venison, and the delicacies of quadrupeds: none of this is to be judged by the number of feet, but by sweetness of taste. [Jerome, Epistola 79]

Ergo quia ita est sicut [page 415] isti duo, i. e. Hieronymus et Cassiodorus testantur, in volatilibus dulciores esse carnes quam in quadrupedibus, et non propter numerum pedum, sed propter suavitatem gustus a carnibus est abstinendum, quomodo recte possumus intelligere, S. Benedictum praecepisse monachis ab aliis carnibus esse abstinendum, quae non sunt ita dulces, sicut est in quadrupedibus, carnes autem dulciores, sicut sunt in volatilibus, non praecepisse esse abstinendum?

Therefore, because it is just as [page 415] these two, that is, Jerome and Cassiodorus, bear witness that flesh of fowl is sweeter than that of quadrupeds, and we should abstain from flesh not according to the number of feet, but the sweetness of taste, how can we rightly understand that St. Benedict taught monks that they must abstain from other flesh which is not so sweet (as in the case of quadrupeds), but did not teach abstention from sweeter flesh (as in the case of fowl)?

Dulciores carnes sunt in volatilibus quam in quadrupedibus; possumus etiam utcumque cognoscere in divitibus hominibus, qui in epulis viventes in convivis suis post carnes quadrupedum sibi adlatas ministrari sibi volatilium carnes praecipiunt causa suavitatis atque delectationis.

The flesh of fowl is sweeter than that of quadrupeds. We can, however, also know that among rich men, living in their banquests, order the flesh of fowl brought to be served at their tables after the flesh of quadrupeds, on account of the sweetness and delicacy of the former.

Et forte dicit aiiquis, 'Hoc non esse verum, ut volatilia nobis prohibuisset edere S. Benedictus, tantum quadrupedum vetuisset,12 eo quod inferius manifestat, a quibus carnibus abstinendum esset dicens: carnium quadrupedum omnimodo abstineatur comestio [Regula Benedicti, c. 39.11].'

And perhaps someone will say, 'It is not true, that St. Benedict prohibited us from eating fowl, only quadrupeds, because it is clear below, from which flesh we should abstain, when he says, They should abstain entirely from the flesh of quadrupeds [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 39.11].'

Cui respondendum est: 'Non ideo hoc dixit S. Benedictus, ut tibi concessisset volatilia edere, sed tantum quadrupedibus abstinere, quod omnimodo non videtur congruus esse sensus, quia, sicut S. Hieronymum manifestavimus superius dixisse, non propter numerum pedum a carnibus abstiuetur, sed propter suavitatem gustus, eo quod, sicut praefatus sum, Cassiodorum testatum esse, dulciores carnes esse13 in volatilibus, quam in quadrupedibus.'

To which we should reply that St. Benedict did not say this to permit you to eat fowl, but only to abstain from quadrupeds, because the meaning does not seem to make sense at all, because, as we made clear above, St. Jerome said abstaining from flesh is not on account of the number of feet, but the sweetness of taste because, as we said before, Cassiodorus bore witness that the flesh of fowl is sweeter than that of quadrupeds.

Sed intelligendum est, propterea S. Benedictum dixisse a carnibus quadrupedum esse abstinendum, ne quilibet monachus diceret: 'Volo quadrupedum carnes comedere, quia mihi Pater Benedictus non vetuit eas carnes, quae non sunt dulciores, ut sunt quadrupedum, sed eas mihi vetuit, quae dulciores sunt, sicut sunt volatilia, eo quod scriptum divina ea, quae ad delectationes attinent, inhibeat, non ea, quae ad sustentationem humanae imbecillitatis atque infirmitatis attinent, sicut habes: Carnis curam ne feceritis in concupiscentiis.' [Rm 13:14]

But it must be understood that St. Benedict said we should abstain from the flesh of quadrupeds lest some monk say, 'I want to eat the flesh of quadrupeds, because my father Benedict did not forbid the flesh that is not sweeter, those of quadrupeds, but he forbade those which are sweeter, fowl, because Scripture prohibits divine things that pertain to pleasures, not those things that pertain supporting human weakness and illness, as you have it, Make no provision for the flesh in your desires.' [Rm 13:14]

Vido modo, cum dicit [page 416] in concupiscentiis, intelligitur, concessisse in necessitatibus curam carnis esse habendam, quia mos est sanctorum praedicatorum, illam causam specialiter manifestare, de qua potest aliqua dubitatio nasci, sicut facit S. Matthaeus evangelista, qui de B. Joseph dicit: Non cognovit eam, donec peperit filium suum primogenitum. [Mt 1:25]

See now, that when [St. Paul] says [page 416] in your desires, it is understood that he allows that there should be provisions for the flesh in necessities, because is the custom of holy preachers to make that case especially clear, concerning which no doubt whatsoever can arise, as with the evangelist St. Matthew, who said of St. Joseph, He did not know her until she bore her firstborn son. [Mt 1:25]

Quem sensum B. Gregorius in moralibus libris ita exponit dicens: Non quod hanc post nativitatem Dei cognoverit, sed nequaquam illam contigit, etiam cum conditori suo matrem esse nescivit.

The sense of this St. Gregory explains thus in Moralia in Job: It is not that he knew her after the birth of God, but that he never touched her even when he did not know she was mother to his creator.

Nam quia eam nequaquam contingere valuit, postquam redemptionis nostrae ex ejus utero celebrari mysterium agnovit, de illo profecto tempore necesse erat, ut evangelista testimonium ferret, de quo propter Joseph ignorantiam dubitari potuisset. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob VIII, c. 52.89, CCSL 143, p. 452]

For because it was in no way possible for him to touch her after he knew that the mystery of our redemption was performed from her womb, it was clearly necessary that the evangelist bear witness concerning that time, concerning which, on account of Joseph's ignorance there might have been doubts.[Gregory the Great, Moralia in Iob VIII, c. 52.89]

Sic itaque S. Benedictus intelligitur in hoc loco fecisse, cum de illis carnibus dicit specialiter, esse abstinendum, hoc est, quadrupedum, unde poterat dubitatio nasci, utrum debuissent propter non suam magnam dulcedinem, annon debuissent comedi.

So St. Benedict is understood to have said in this place, when he spoke in particular of flesh, that we must abstain, that it, from the flesh of quadrupeds, so that no doubt could arise about whether or not they should be eaten on account of their meager sweetness.

Ceterum de volatilium carnibus non erat ei opus dicere specialiter, non esse comedendas, quia certus erat, non debere eas comedi, eo quod dulciores sunt, et cognoverat, etiam Dominum superasse vota desiderantium in deserto, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, non ministrando carnes quadrupedum, sed carnes volatilium tribuendo, quae dulciores videlicet carnes sunt, quam in quadrupedibus existunt.

But he did not need to speak in particular on the point that the flesh of fowl should not be eaten, because it was certain that they should not be eaten, because they were sweeter, and he knew also that the Lord overcame promises of desirable things in the desert,7 just as Cassiodorus said, not through serving the flesh of quadrupeds, but giving the flesh of fowl, which is sweeter flesh than there is in quadrupeds.


1. priusquam (?). (Mittermüller).
2. vite (?). (Mittermüller).
3. Quotation not identified. It also appears in Dialogus cuiusdam magistri de esu volatilium, non licito monachis sanis, PL 213, col. 937C
4. istis talibus (?). (Mittermüller).
5. manducandum (?). (Mittermüller).
6. deducere (?). (Mittermüller).
7. venire (?). (Mittermüller).
8. volo. Codd. Tegerns. et Fürstz. (Mittermüller).
10. dicit (?). (Mittermüller).
11. S. August. 1. c. Non coturnicem concupiverunt, sed carnes quia vero et coturnix caro est . . . . (Mittermüller).
12. vetuisse (?). (Mittermüller).
13. sunt (?). (Mittermüller).

1. There is no 'before all and above all' concerning children in the RB.
2. The pain to which Hildemar refers is not specified. In the Greek tradition that was the basis for early medieval medical knowledge, hot, warm, cool, and cold baths had various healing powers.
3. See RB 22. Benedict’s instructions on sleeping arrangements hints at concern to prevent sexual contact; Hildemar is much more explicit.
4. Here Hildemar takes up the catechetical mode of argumentation.
5. I cannot trace this quotation.
6. An incomplete paraphrase of RB 39:11.
7. See Matt. 4:1-11, Mark 1:12-13, Luke 4.


Cap. XXXVII
DE SENIBUS VEL INFANTIBUS

[Ms P, fol. 107rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 101r; Ms E1, fol. 132v; Ms E2, fol. 204v]

Ch. 37
OLD MONKS AND CHILDREN

Translated by: Alison Beach, Nick DiFeo, Jason Drake, Frank McGough, Kyle Shimoda, Sam Sutherland, and Shannon Turner

Congruum ordinem tenuit S. Benedictus in eo, quod prius dixit de infirmis, qualiter eorum debeat esse cura, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 36] et nunc subjunxit de senibus vel infantibus, quia quamvis non pleniter ita, sicut infirmi, tamen adjuvamine indigent. Nunc videndum est, quare S. Benedictus dixit prius de senibus et postmodum de infantibus, cum infantia prior est, quam senectus. Ideo enim prius dixit de senibus quam de infantibus, eo quod plus est debilior senectus quam infantia. Senectus enim deficiendo minuitur robore, infantia autem crescendo adsumit; et senectus plus est fragilis [page 417] quam infantia, quia et infans, si non habeat necessaria, nescit murmurare, senectus vero scit murmurare. Bene ergo prius dicit senes et postea infantes, ut majus studium sit de senibus quam de infantibus, ut si deficiunt virtute, accipiant etiam virtutem per cibum, et ne ille, qui multis annis Domino servivit, post per culpam alienam murmurator existat et perdat, quod ante labore acquisivit.

St. Benedict made the same provision as that which he previously said about the sick [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 36] in terms of how their care ought to be, and in view of this, he applied this provision to the old and the young, because they still need assistance, though not as much as the infirm. Now it should be observed why St. Benedict spoke about the old first and then the young, considering infancy comes before old age. Benedict spoke about old men before children because an old man is weaker than a child. For an old man is impaired by weakening strength, while a child takes on increasing strength; and old age is more fragile [page 417] than childhood. Because a child does not know to grumble if he does not have the necessities, but an old man certainly does know to grumble. Therefore it is right for him to mention the old first, and then the children, so that more attention is on the old than the young, so that if they lack strength, they may still receive strength through food, lest he, who had served the Lord for so many years, afterwards become a grumbler on account of someone else’s sin, and lose that which he acquired previously through labor.1

Sciendum est enim, quia in Francia consuetudo est, ut infirmo manducare carnem abbas licentiam non largitur, antequam incipiat expasare,1 et postea, cum illi dat, tamdiu dat, usque dum perveniat ad pristinas vires. Deinde cum ille infirmus revertitur de domo infirmorum in refectorium manducare, tunc praeparat ei cellerarius quamvis non de carne, tamen melius quam aliis sanis manducare, hoc est aut pisces aut aliquod pulmentum per duos vel tres dies aut quatuor vel quinque, quia non esse bonum dicunt, ut statim post carnem dimissam descendat ad illum cibum, qui sit corpori nocivus, sed gradatim descendat, eo quod nocet subitanea ciborum mutatio, et ille frater, qui infirmus fuit, postea magis diligat priorem, si ita ei diligenter atque studiose ministratum fuerit.

For it should be known, since it is the custom in Francia, that the abbot does not allow a sick man to eat meat until he is dying, and afterwards when he does give it to him, he gives it to him for a long time, until he returns to his former strength. Then when that sick man returns from the infirmary to eat in the refectory, the cellarer prepares something for him to eat that is without meat, that is still better than the food that is for the other healthy men, such as fish or some other small portion for two or three days, or four or five, because they say that it is not good for him to eat food that is harmful to the body immediately after giving up meat, but that he should instead gradually return, because a sudden change of food is harmful. And afterwards, that brother who was sick will love the prior more if he had been studiously and diligently cared for.

Iterum videndum est, quare B. Benedictus junxit senes cum infantibus? Quia, sicut dicunt physici, convenit sibi aetas infantum et senum, eo quod sicut infantes crescunt, ita senes decrescunt. Hoc etiam animadvertendum est, quia non habent unam qualitatem infirmi et senes atque infantes. Ideo necesse fuit, ut sicut de infirmis, ita etiam de illis legem constitueret.

Now it should be observed why Blessed Benedict combined the elderly with the children. Because just as physicians say, the age of the old and the age of the young have natures particular to themselves, since children grow, and the elderly decline. And it should be noted that the sick, elderly, and children do not have the same nature. Therefore it was necessary that he write a rule about the elderly and children, just as he did about the sick.

Dicit enim: 1Licet ipsa natura, senum, videlicet et infantum et rel. - ac si diceret: Quamvis ipsa natura provocemur ad misericordiam, tamen et auctoritas regulae a me expositae in eis prospiciat, i. e. consideret, et imbecillitatem amborum intendat. Et bene dixit has duas aetates in simul, quia sicut physici dicunt, in infantibus sanguis crescit et in senibus minuitur. Et sicut in infantibus vivacitas sensus crescit propter augmentationem sanguinis, ita et in senibus [page 418] minuitur sensus propter minutionem sanguinis. In infantibus consideretur auctoritas regulae pro augmentatione vitae, in senibus vero propter sustentationem vitae.

He says: 1Although nature itself is inclined to be compassionate toward the old and the young,2 and so on—as if he were saying: although we are called by nature itself to compassion, nevertheless the authority of the Rule I am presenting should provide for them, that is, it ought to turn attention to and consider the weakness of both. And he rightly discusses these two ages at the same time because physicians say that blood increases in the young and decreases in the old. And so the increase of blood in the young causes a boost of energy, while [page 418] the decrease of blood in the old leads to a decrease of energy. The Rule’s authority should be considered for the improvement of life in the young, and the preservation of life in the old.

Sciendum est enim, quia infantibus usque ad annos septem vel octo et eo amplius [illis] licentiam jocandi abbas debet dare. Pulchre enim B. Benedictus junxit senes cum infantibus, quia honestum est, cum senes manducant, infantes stare et ceteris ministrare.

For the abbot should give children permission to have fun up until the age of seven or eight or more years. Blessed Benedict brilliantly treats the old and the young together, because it is fitting for the young to stand and minister to others while the old eat.

Nunc videndum est, qualiter docendi sunt infantes: Debent enim decem infantes tres vel quatuor magistros, sicut diximus superius, habere propter illud, quod dicit S. Benedictus ubi et tibi ab omnibus custodia teneatur [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 70.4] quia nullatenus sine suo magistro quoquam ire debent, sed quidquid agunt, in omnibus semper cum illis magistri eorum debent esse et custodiam illis impendere, eo quod si sic non fuerit illis custodia exhibita, nequaquam ubi et ubi custodiam habebunt.

Now it should be observed how children should be taught. Ten children should have three or four masters just as we said above,3 because of what Benedict said: Outside or anywhere else, they [young boys and youths] should be supervised, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 70.4]4 because no one should go anywhere without his master, but their masters should always be with them and maintain oversight, because otherwise oversight will not be provided for them.

Infantes vero antequam vadant in refectorium, debent doceri sollicite, ut cum silentio intrent et rationabiliter se inclinent adversum intrandum et exeundum. Et nullus ex eis forus exire debet, usquequo omnes pariter collaudent Dominum, qui dat escam omni carni et replet omnes sperantes in se benedictione coelesti.

Before going into the refectory, however, children must be carefully taught to enter in silence and to behave themselves while entering and leaving. And none of them should leave until everyone has equally praised the Lord who gives food to all people and fills everyone who hopes in Him with heavenly benediction.

Deinde cum venerint hospites sapientes in monasterio, debet abbas unum vocare ex illis et probare isto modo: 'Vade et loquere cum hospite de cautu aut de compoto vel de grammatica seu etiam de aliqua arte rationabiliter atque honestissime.' Postea vero debet ipse prior quasi non videns diligenter attendere et idere, utrum honeste aut verecunde locutus fuerit cum hospite, et qualiter aspicit in conspectu hospitis, ne passim aspiciat, sed solummodo hospitem. Post discessum vero hospitis debet illum prior admonere, ubi negligenter interrogavit vel respondit aut negligenter aut nimis timide vel cum laetitia locutus est, ut possit postmodum ad potentes reddere responsum.

And when learned guests come to the monastery the abbot ought to call one of the children and test him in this way, saying: ‘Go and speak with the guest rationally and most honestly about singing, mathematics, grammar and other arts.’ After saying this, the prior should inconspicuously watch and hear whether the child spoke respectfully and truthfully with the guest, and if he looked into the face of the guest, not all around, but only at the guest. And certainly after the guest’s departure, the prior should admonish the child if he has questioned or responded negligently, or if he has spoken too timidly, joyfully, negligently, so that he might later be able to converse with potentates.5

Magister vero infantum debet esse bonus atque religiosus et timens Deum, qui sollicite agat et temperate erga illos. Non illos nimium flagellare aut male tractare eos debet, sed debet magnam custodiam habere super illos atque sollicitudinem, [page 419] eo quod nil valet flagellum vel excommunicatio, nisi fuerit illis custodia in omnibus, quia post flagellum vel disciplinam statim reverti solent ad negligentiam, si non viderint super se magistrum habere.

But the master of the young must be good and pious and God-fearing, behaving carefully and moderately towards them. He must not whip them too much or treat them poorly, but he must keep close watch and have solicitude for them, [page 419] because neither whipping nor excommunication avail anything, unless there is oversight for them in all things, because after whipping or discipline, they tend to revert immediately to negligence if they do not see that they have their master over them.

Et hoc notandum est, quia illi, qui sub custodia sunt, cum negligunt, aut nimiis jejuniis aut flagellis coerceantur. Et si sic factum fuerit, non inveniet tempus, ut illi flagellari debeant aut nimiis affligantur jejuniis. Si vero cum magistro noluerint esse, tunc debent valde flagellari.

And it should be noted that when those who are under the master’s oversight are negligent, they should be corrected either with very little food or with the flail. If he does not find time for them to be beaten, they should otherwise be afflicted with fasting. But if they refuse to be with the master, then they should be beaten vigorously.

Et hoc notandum est: propter naturam humanam, ne frangatur, per hebdomadam vel per mensem, prout viderit magister, debent illi infantes in pratum vel in aliquem locum ire et magister illorum cum illis, ut dimittat illos jocari usque unam horam. Deinde debet iterum habere custodiam super illos magnam.

And it should be noted: on account of human nature, during the week or month as the master sees fit, these boys should go to the fields or some other place with their master so that he might send them to play for up to an hour, so as not to discourage them. Afterwards he should resume close watch over them.

Debet etiam bona vestimenta illis dare abbas et pisces ad manducandum vel lac aut butyrum; carnes vero per tempus quadrupedum, i. e. in Nativitate Domini vel in Pascha aut Pentecosten vel in sollemnitatibus sanctorum, aut prout viderit, esse infantum debilem, propter debilitatem illius frequentius illi debet dare carnes. Illis autem infantibus, sicut diximus, omnia necessaria tribuere debet, ut nullam indigentiam habeant, quia si in abundantia fuerint nutriti, cum fuerint majores, non illam requirunt.

And the abbot should also give them good clothing, and fish to eat, and milk or butter; and they should also be given the meat of four-footed animals during the appropriate time, that is, during the Nativity of the Lord [Advent], Passover [Easter], Pentecost, or the Solemnities of the saints; or when he sees that a child is weak, because of that weakness, he should give him meat more frequently. But just as we have said, children should be given all things that are necessary, so that they may not be in need, because if they are raised in abundance, then when they are older they do not require it.

Hoc notandum est, quia juxta tempus aetatis suae debet illis tribuere carnes quadrupedum, eo quod plus indiget et opus est, cum in tertio anno est, carnes manducare, deinde in quarto minus, et in quinto plus minus; deinde usque decimum vel undecimum carnes quadrupedum minus manducare debent. In infirmitate autem vel debilitate debet illis carnes quadrupedum dare, quantum necesse est. Deinde usque ad quintum decimum annum alium cibum debet illis dare. Post quintum decimum vero annum non praeveniant majores. Cum vero non praeveniunt horas canonicas, sicuti unus de majoribus de tali mensura contenti debent esse.

It should be noted that he should give them the flesh of four-footed animals according to the age of each, because they need more and it is beneficial to eat meat at age three, then less at four, and even less at five, then until the years ten and eleven they ought to eat even less. Also, he should give the weak or debilitated the meat of four-footed animals, as much as is necessary. Next, he should give them other food up until age fifteen. Of course, after fifteen they may not come to the meal before the elders. But when they no longer precede the regular hours, just like the elders, they should be content with such treatment.

Hoc notandum est, quia debet etiam abbas, si viderit jam infantem, qui religiose se continet atque bonam vitam habet, de illo sermonem dicere in capitulo, ut ille, cum hoc audierit, sciat [page 420] postmodum amare sanctitatis viam. Debet etiam illi in refectorio porrigere aliquando de cibo hospitis, ut ille sciat amare normam rectitudinis et quasi suasus isto modo in melius proficiat. Illi autem infanti, quem vanitati viderit esse deditum, cum bono porrexerit de cibo hospitis, subtrahere etiam de cibo debet, ut ille, cum viderit alium honorare et se quasi contemnere, erubescat de sua vanitate et quasi suasus amet continentiam, sienti et alium viderit amare.

And it should be noted that if the abbot sees a child who piously controls himself and has a good life, the abbot must speak well of him in the chapter, so that the child when he hears this praise he will know [page 420] how to love the way of sanctity. (The abbot should also give him in the refectory something of the food of the guests, so that he might know to love the Rule of righteousness, and thus persuaded, he might do better.)6 However, for that child whom he sees to be devoted to foolishness, when the abbot gives to the good one from the food of the guests, he should also take away some of the food [given to the foolish one], so that, when this child sees that the abbot honors another and so contemns him, he blushes at his own foolishness, and thus persuaded, he might love continence and see how to love another..7

Sed sciendum est, quia aestivo tempore non debent infantes ita praevenire coenam, sicut sextam praeveniunt generaliter, nisi forte tales sunt ita parvi, ut debeant praevenire. Nunc autem inspicienda sunt verba.

But it should be known that, in the summer, youths should not arrive at the meal first, just as they generally arrive before the sixth hour, unless they are so young that they ought to go first. Now, however, Benedict’s words should be considered.

Sequitur: 1Licet ipsa natura humana trahatur ad misericordiam in his aetatibus, senum videlicet et infantum, tamen et regulae auctoritas eis prospiciat. 2Consideretur in eis semper imbecillitas, et nullatenus eis districtio regulae teneatur in alimentis, sed sit in eis pia consideratio, et praeveniant horas canonicas.

It follows: 1Although human nature itself is inclined to be compassionate toward the old and the young, the authority of the rule should also provide for them. 2Since their lack of strength must always be taken into account, they should certainly not be required to follow the strictness of the rule with regard to food, but should be treated with kindly consideration and allowed to eat before the regular hours.8

Licet, i. e. quamvis - ac si diceret aliis verbis: Quamvis ipsa natura humana trahat ad misericordiam in his aetatibus, senum videlicet et infantum, tamen et ego de illis legem constituo, ut forte, si aliquis durus non tractus fuerit ad misericordiam, constrictus a lege mollescat et compulsus revocetur ad misericordiam. Trahatur, i. e. provocetur.

Although [licet], that is 'howeger much'. As if he says in other words: However much this human nature is inclined to be compassionate toward the old and the young, nevertheless I establish for them the rule that by chance, if any of them is hard and not inclined to compassion, he should be softened, bound and forced by the rule and called back to compassion. Inclined, that is, ‘evoked.’

Infantia etenim est usque ad septem annos, pueritia vero usque ad quatuordecim, adolescentia quippe viginti octo, juventus namque quinquaginta sex, senectus septuaginta sex; postea decrepita aetas dicitur.

And indeed infancy is up to age seven, boyhood up to fifteen, adolescence up to 28, youth up to 56, old age up to 76, and afterwards the age is called decrepit.

Et hoc notandum est, quia non solum de illis infantibus dicit regula, qui usque septem sunt annos, sed etiam post septem, i. e. usque septem debet esse maximum studium et augmentatio in alimentis, post septem vero minus, et prout videtur robur in illis esse. Ita etiam de senibus intelligendum est. In decrepita vero aetate, sicut in infantia; in senectute minus, in decrepita maxime prospiciat, i. e. longe aspiciat. Imbecillitas, i. e. teneritudo vel pusillanimitas. Districtio regulae attinet ad qualitatem ciborum, i. e. sive carnium quadrupedum seu etiam volatilium et ceterorum ciborum. [page 421]

And it should be noted that the Rule speaks not only about these children under seven, but also after seven. That is, until they are seven there ought to be the greatest zeal and sustenance in nourishment, and after seven less, insofar as they seem strong enough. Thus should it be concerning old men. Certainly in decrepit age, just as in infancy; less in old age, but the most in decrepit age. Provide, that is, watch over them for a long time. Lack of strength, that is, ‘tenderness’ or ‘timidity. The strictness of the rule, with regard to the quality of the food, that is, the meat of four-footed animals, birds and other meats. [page 421]

Sequitur: sed sit in eis pia consideratio; et praeveniant horas canonicas. Non est enim pia consideratio, si aliquis infans vadit retro cellararium quaerendo panem et vinum.

It follows: ...but should be treated with kindly consideration and allowed to eat before the regular hours. Therefore, it is not considerate if some child goes back to the cellarer seeking bread and wine.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia ille cibus dari debet pueris, qui aetati suae convenit.

And it should be known that food ought to be given to the boys, which is appropriate to their age.

Praeveniant horas canonicas, i. e. anticipent horas regulares. Canon enim graece latine regula interpretatur, ac si diceret aliis verbis: antequam alii fratres manducent, comedant prius, infantes videlicet et senes.

Allowed to eat before the regular hours, that is, they may come before the canonical hours. For the Rule interprets the canon of Greek and Latin, as if he were saying: before the other brothers eat, children and the elders may eat first.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Contrarium est huic capitulo illud, quod inferius dicit: Pueris vero minore aetate non eadem quantitas reservetur, quae majoribus, sed minor.' [Regula Benedicti, c. 39:10] Cui respondendum est: Non est contrarium, eo quod illi infantes quia jam antea manducaverunt, bonum est, ut non illis sicut ceteris tantum pulmentum tribuatur, eo quod pene jam saturati sunt.

Perhaps someone might say: ‘it is contrary to this chapter because he says below: Young boys should not receive the same amount as their elders, but less.’ [Regula Benedicti, c. 39:10] To him it must be responded: it is not contrary, because those children have already eaten, and it is good that they are not given the same amount of food as the others, since they are already deeply satisfied.

Sciendum est enim, quia, quamvis infans dicatur septem annorum, tamen S. Benedictus non dicit solum de illis infantibus, qui septem annos habent, sed etiam de illis dicit infantibus, qui octo vel novem aut decem annorum sunt, sicut diximus superius, juxta vires,et propter vires indigentes adjutorio, quia ille non solum de infantibus hoc facit, sed etiam de horis, cum hora secunda dicit agere tertiam; similiter et de temporibus fecit.

For it should be known that although a child is said to be seven years old, nevertheless St. Benedict speaks not only about children who are seven, but also about those children who are eight, nine or ten, and just as we said previously, according to their strength and need of assistance, since he not only did this concerning children, but also concerning hours, when he said that the second hour becomes the third; as he also did concerning the seasons.

Ille enim dicit: hiemis tempus a kalendis novembris, [Regula Benedicti, c. 8.1] cum hiemis tempus non a kalendis novembris inchoatur, sed postea.

For he says: the time of winter is from the kalends of November, [Regula Benedicti, c. 8.1] although the time of winter is not from the kalends of November, but afterward.


1. expansare. Cod. Fuerstz. (Mittermueller)

1. Hildemar appears to be saying that monks should not ‘sin’ by neglecting the care of the elderly, because that could lead the elderly to ‘grumble’, and complain, which would diminish the pious attitude they had spent so long striving for.
2. The translation follows Fry’s translation, though we preseverd Hildemar’s omission of humana.
3. Hildemar commentary chapter 22.
4. The translation is taken from Fry’s translation, 63.19; However, Hildemar’s quote appears to be a combination of 63.9 and 63.19, as well as 70.4.
5. It can be inferred that Hildemar is talking specifically about young boys who are at the monastery to receive an education rather than simply become novices. They are presumably being trained to speak properly and intelligently with noblemen at court once they leave the monastery.
6. We were unsure how to render this sentence to make it less confusing...
7. Hildemar appears to be referring to the children who are serving at the table and are seeing the good food that the guests are eating.
8. Fry’s translation.

Cap. XXXVIII
DE HEBDOMADARIO LECTORE

[Ms P, fol. 108r – Paulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 104r; Ms E1, fol. 134r; Ms E2, fol. 206v]

Ch. 38
ON THE WEEKLY READER

Translated by: Charles West

Rectum ordinem tenuit etiam in hoc loco S. Benedictus in eo, quod dicturus erat de cibo et potu corporali et praedixit de lectore mensae, h. e. de cibo spiritali, quia cibus spiritalis praecedit corporalem, ideo etiam debuit praeferri in ordine. Et in hoc claret et manifestatur, quia monachus ad mensam non ante debet capere cibum corporalem, quam interior ejus homo capiat spiritalem.

St Benedict held to the right order in this place too, in that he will later speak about fleshly food and drink, but he speaks first about the reader at the meal-table, that is about spiritual food, since spiritual food precedes fleshly food, and so ought to be put before it in order. And in this it is made clear and manifest that the monk at the table ought not to take fleshly food before the interior man takes spiritual food.

Nunc videndum est, unde orta est haec consuetudo, ut lectio sit in refectorio.

Now let us see from where the custom springs that there should be reading in the refectory.

Sicut narrat Cassianus in libro quarto institutionum (cap. 17), [quia] Cappadociae monachi imprimis coeperunt [page 422] legere in refectorio manducantibus fratribus causa vitandi fabulas et lites, quae in conviviis oriri solent. Nam aegyptii monachi tantam districtionem in silentio habebant, ut, dum manducabant, opertis de cucullis oculis manducarent.

This is what Cassian says in the fourth book of his Institutions (c.17), that the Cappadocian monks first began to read [page 422] in the refectory while the brothers were eating, for the sake of avoiding story-telling and arguments which often arise at meals. For the Egyptian monks had such strictness about silence that, while they ate, they would eat with their cowls covering their eyes.

Sic enim dicit Cassianus: Illud autem, ut reficientibus fratribus sacrae lectiones in coenobiis recitentur, non de aegyptiorum typo processisse, sed de Cappadocum noverimus, quos nulli dubium est non tum spiritulis exercitationis causa, quam compescendae superfluae otiosaeque confabulationis gratia, et maxime contentionum, quae plerumque solent in conviviis generari, hoc statuere voluisse, videntes eas aliter apud se non posse cohiberi.

As Cassian says: We know, however, that the reading of sacred texts in the cenobia while the brothers are eating follows the model of the Cappadocians rather than that of the Egyptians. There is no doubt that they wished to establish this not so much for the sake of spiritual discipline as in order to curb superfluous and vain chattering and especially arguments, which often arise during meals, seeing that they could not contain them among themselves otherwise.

Apud Aegyptios enim vel maxime Tabennensiotas tantum silentium ab omnibus exhibetur, ut, cum in unum tanta numerositus fratrum refectionis obtentu consederit, nullus nec mutire quidem audeat praeter eum, qui suae decaniue praeest. Qui tamen, si quid mensae inferri vel auferri necessarium esse perviderit, sonitu potius quam voce significat.

For among the Egyptians, and in particular among the Tabennisiots, all are so silent that, even though a large number of brothers is seated together for the purpose of eating, no one dares even to whisper apart from the one who is in charge of his own group of ten, who nonetheless indicates by a sound rather than by a word if he notice that something must either be brought to or removed from the table.

Tantaque vescentibus eis silentii hujus disciplina servatur, ut cucullis ultra oculorum palpebras demissis, ne scilicet liber aspectus habeat curiosius copiam evagandi, nihil amplius intucantur, quam mensam et appositos in ea, vel quos ex ea capiunt cibos, ita ut quemadmodum vel quantum reficiat alius, nullus invicem notet. [Cassian, Institutiones IV, c. 17]

And so great is the discipline of silence that is observed while they are eating that, with their hoods drawn lower than their eyebrows lest a free view facilitate a roving curiosity, the can see nothing more than the table and the food that is put on it or taken off of it. The result of this is that no one notice how or how much another person is eating. [Cassian, Institutiones IV, c. 17, transl. by Boniface Ramsey, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 58, New York/Mahwah NJ 2000, pp. 86-87]

Unde quia inspicienda est intentio, cum manducat monachus, usquedum totum manducaverint, semper legere debent; nunc autem non solum debet esse lectio causa, vitandi fabulas vel scandalum, verum etiam causa aedificationis.

And so the intention is to be tested that when the monk was eating, until they had eaten everything, they always had to read. Now however the reading is necessary not just for the sake of avoiding story-telling or scandal, but indeed for the sake of edification.

Sequitur: 1Mensis fratrum edentium lectio deesse non debet.

It goes on: 1Reading must not be wanting at the table of the brethren while they are eating.

Adtendendum est enim, quia non dicit de sanorum mensis, vel ubi generalitas fratrum manducat, et ideo, sicut de sanis in unum comedentibus intelligitur, lectionem fieri debere, ita etiam debet intelligi de infirmis vel fleuthomatis (fleubothomatis), de senibus vel de infantibus et reliquis aliis fratribus.

It is to be noticed that he does not say at the table of the healthy, or where the generality of the brethren is eating. So, just as it is understood that there is to be reading while the healthy are eating together, so it also ought to be understood about the infirm or the fleuthomati, about the old, the children, and the rest of the brothers.

Hoc tamen sciendum est, si sex fueriut infirmi aut fleuthomati aut senes cum infantibus aut reliqui alii, cum manducant, lectio illis debet esse manducantibus, [page 423] verumtamen leniter; si autem fuerint viginti infirmi, tunc in voce legendum est.

This however is to be known: if there are six infirm monks, or fleuthomati, or old monks with children, or the rest, then there ought to be reading to those eating while they eat, [page 423] but quietly. But if there are twenty infirm monks, then it ought to be read aloud.

Sequitur: 1Ne fortuito casu quis1 arripuerit codicem ibi legere audeat.

It goes on: 1Neither let anyone who may chance to take up the book venture to read there.

 Fortuito casu, i. e. subito aut repente, ac si diceret aliis verbis: nullus ibi legat, nisi jussus. Nam qualiter debeat legere lector, inferius manifestat, cum subdit 1sed lecturus tota hebdomada dominica ingrediatur, subaudiendum est: ad legendum.

Who may chance, that is suddenly or quickly, as if he should say, in other words: let no one read there, unless requested. For how the reader ought to read is shown below, when he adds 1but let him who is to read for the whole week enter on Sunday upon that office, that is to say, to read.

Sequitur: 2Qui ingrediens post missas et communionem petat ab omnibus obsecrans pro se orari, ut avertat ab ipso Deus spiritum elationis, 3et dicatur hic versus in oratorio tertio ab omnibus ipso tamen incipiente: Domino labia mea aperies, et os meum annuntiabit laudem tuam; [Ps 50:17] 4et sic accepta benedictione ingrediatur ad legendum.

It goes on: 2After Mass and Communion let him ask all to pray for him that God may ward off from him the spirit of pride. 3And let the following verse be said three times by all in the oratory, he beginning it: O Lord, open my lips, and my tongue shall sing forth thy praise, [Ps 50:17] 4and thus having received the blessing let him enter upon the reading.

Quamquam etenim missa et communio unum sit, tamen missa attinet ad illud, quod dicitur Te igitur, clementissime Pater, et reliq., eo quod illud dicitur proprie missa, quia ibi fit missio, cum dicit sacerdos: jube haec perferri per manus sancti angeli tui in sublime altare tuum et reliq. Et propterea dicit diaconus in fine: Ite, missa est, ac si diceret: ‘Ite, quia vestra oblatio Deo oblata est,’ i. e. transmissa est.

Although Mass and Communion are one, the Mass however goes up to that point where it is said Therefore, you, most clement Father, and so on, because that is properly called the Mass, since there is a sending (missio) there, when the priest says Command this to be sent through the hands of your holy angels to your sublime altar, and so on. And therefore the deacon says at the end, Go, the Mass is over (ita, missa est), as if he should say, ‘Go, since your oblation has been taken to God,’ that is has been sent.

Missa enim ordinem tenet illius, quod apostolos dicit: orationes, obsecrationes, postulationes, gratiarum actiones. Oratio est ab ingressu missae usque ad evangelium; ab evangelio usque ad Sanctus, Sanctus, Sanctus, est obsecratio; deinde illa missa secreta usque ad communionem est postulatio; post communionem vero est gratiarum actio.

The Mass keeps that order which the Apostle speaks about: prayers, requests, demands, thanksgiving. The prayer is from the beginning of the Mass to the Gospel; from the Gospel to the ‘Holy, Holy, Holy’ is the request; then the secret mass up to the communion is the demand; after communion indeed is the thanksgiving.

Et quia proprie missa ad illa secreta attinet, quamquam et de communione missa dicatur, ideo B. Benedictus secundum proprietatem missam dixit et communionem.

And since the Mass properly relates to those secrets, although the Mass is also spoken of for communion, so the blessed Benedict says Mass and communion according to what is fitting.

Quod vero dicit dicatur hic versus in oratorio ab omnibus, ipso tamen incipiente, non dicit, ut illo incipiat tantum illum versum et alii subsequantur, sed ille totum debet dicere, et alii similiter repetere totum debet, quia, ubi dicit ab omnibus, subaudiendum est: ‘repetentibus’, sicut superius de coquinariis [page 424] fratribus dicit: et idem tertio repetatur ab omnibus. [Regula Benedicti, c. 35.18]

When he says, And let the following verse be said three times by all in the oratory, he beginning it, he does not say that he should begin just that verse and the others shall follow, but that he ought to say it all, and the others ought similarly to repeat the whole, since, where he says by all, there is implied ‘repeating it’, as he said above about the brothers who are cooking [page 424]: and again for the third time it is repeated by all. [Regula Benedicti, c. 35.18]

Quod vero dicit accepta benedictione, subaudiendum est: a sacerdote.

When he says having received the blessing, there is implied ‘by the priest’.

Capitula vero haec sunt, quae debent dici: Salvum fac servum tuum, Deus meus, sperantem in te. [Ps 86:2] Aliud: Convertere Domine usquequo, et deprecare super servos tuos. [Ps 89:13]2 Item tertio: Dominus custodiat te ab omni malo, custodiat animam tuam Dominus. [Ps 120:7] Item oratio: Dominus custodiat introitum tuum et exitum tuum et auferat a te spiritum elationis, qui vivit et regnat in saecula saeculorum. Amen. [cf. Ps 120:8]

These are the headings that ought to be said: O my God, make safe your servant who trusts in you. [Ps 86:2] Or, Return, O Lord – how long will it be? Have compassion on your servants. [Ps 89:13] Or a third: May the Lord guard you from all harm, may the Lord guard your soul. [Ps 120:7] Or another prayer: May the Lord watch over your entrance and your exits, and carry from you the spirit of pride – who lives and reigns, world without end, Amen. [cf. Ps 120:8]

Quia cognovit B. Benedictes, spiritum elationis inesse non solum in terrenis operibus, verum etiam in spiritalibus, [et] propterea, ut avertat Deus ab ipso spiritum elationis, jubet dicere: Domine, labia mea aperies, et os meum annuntiabit laudem tuam. [Ps 50:17]

Since the blessed Benedict knew that the spirit of pride is present not only in earthly works, but also in spiritual ones, and therefore, that the Lord may keep from him the spirit of pride, he orders to be said Lord, open my lips, and my tongue shall sing forth thy praise. [cf. Ps 50:17]

Quam pulchre B. Benedictus digessit, animadvertendum est. Sicut enim aptum versiculum invenit ad coquinam intrandum, i. e. Deus in adjutorium meum intende, Domine ad adjuvandum me festina, [Ps 69:2; Regula Benedicti, c. 35.17] et ad exeundum de coquinam: Benedictus es, Domine Deus, qui adjuvisti me et consolatus es me, [Ps 85:17; Regula Benedicti, c. 35.16] ita etiam aptum versiculum invenit ad legendum, cum dicit: Domine, labia mea aperies, et os meum annuntiare laudem tuam, [Ps 50:17] ac si diceret propheta: Domino, aperies labia mea, ut os meum possit annuntiare laudem tuam, quia, si ego aperuero labia mea, os meum non annuntiabit laudem tuam, eo quod omnis, qui os suum aperit, non laudem tuam pronuntiat.

It is to be noticed how attractively the blessed Benedict sets it out. For just as he found a suitable verse for those entering the kitchen, that is Lord look down for my help, hasten O Lord to help me, [Ps 69:2; Regula Benedicti, c. 35.17], and for leaving the kitchen Blessed art Thou, O Lord God, who helped me and consoled me, [Ps 85:17; Regula Benedicti, c. 35.16] so again he finds a suitable verse to be read out, when he says Lord, open my lips, and my tongue shall sing forth thy praise [Ps 50:17] – as if the prophet should say Lord, open my lips, and my tongue will be able to sing forth thy praise, since if I open my lips, my tongue will not sing forth thy praise, since everyone who opens his own lips does not pronounce thy praise.

Sequitur: 5summumque silentium fiat ad mensam.

It continues 5Let the deepest silence be maintained at the table.

Hoc enim notandum est, quia, ubi B. Benedictus dicit silentium cum adjectione summum, sicuti in hoc loco facit, et ubi dicit maxime nocturnis horis, [Regula Benedicti, c. 42:1] et iterum nulla sit denique cuiquam loqui licentia, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 42:8] et ubi dicit cum omni silentio, [Regula Benedicti, c. 48:5] vult, ut nullatenus loquatur; ubi vero dicit solummodo silentio sine adjectione aliqua, de suppressa voce dicit, sicut legitur in evangelio, ubi legitur mortuo Lazaro Martha silentio dixisse Mariae sorori suae: Magister adest et vocat te. [Io 11:28]

This is to be noted, that where the blessed Benedict says silence and adds the adjective ‘deepest’, as he does in this place, and where he says especially during the hours of night, [Regula Benedicti, c. 42:1] and again and no one is to be given licence to speak afterwards, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 42:8] and where he says with total silence [Regula Benedicti, c. 48:5], he means that no one at all should speak. Where he says simply in silence without any other adjective, he means with a suppressed voice, as is read in the Gospel, where it is read that after Lazarus had died, Martha said in silence to her sister Mary The master is here and calls you. [Io 11:28]

Ibi enim, sicut dicit B. Augustinus, silentio de suppressa voce intelligendum est. [cf. Augustine, Principia dialecticae, c. 8, PL 32, col. 1415] [page 425]

For there, as the blessed Augustine says, in silence is to be understood as with a suppressed voice. [cf. Augustine, Principia dialecticae, c. 8, PL 32, col. 1415] [page 425]

Sequitur: 5ut nullius musitatio vel vox, nisi solius legentis audiatur. 

It continues 5that no whispering or voice be heard except that of the reader alone.

 Musitatio vero attinet ad id, quod dicimus ‘steis’ vel ad aliquod signum vocis, quo aliquid significatur, quamquam ‘musitare’ etiam caute loqui, i. e. silenter vel leniter dicere potest intelligi.

Whispering relates to that which we call ‘steis’ [?] or to any other sign of the voice by which something is signified, though ‘whispering’ can also be understood as meaning to talk cautiously, that is silently or softly.

Nam musitatio derivatur a verbo frequentativo ‘musito’, quod verbum frequentativum nascitur de alio verbo, quod est ‘musso’, ‘mussas’ primae coujugationis.

For whispering (musitatio) comes from the frequentative verb ‘I whisper’ (musito), and this frequentative verb is born from another verb, ‘I mutter, you mutter’ (musso, mussas), of the first conjugation.

Deinde quem sensum habeat istud verbum, quod est ‘musso’, docet Servius in libro undecimo Aeneidos, ubi Virgilius de judice Drances dicit: non futulis auctor, [omitted in ed. Mittermüller: seditione potens (genus huic materna superbum nobilitas dabat, incertum de patre ferebat) surgit, et his onerat dictis, atque aggerat iras. Rem nulli obscuram, nostrae nec vocis egentem consulis o bone rex cuncti se scire fatentur, quid fortuna ferat populi, et dicere] mussant [Vergil, Aenaeis XI.340-345] (i. e. modo verentur, alias dubitant); mussat rex ipse latinus, quos generos vocet. [Servius, In Vergilii Aeneidos Commentarius, 11, 345]3

What sense this verb ‘I mutter’ has, Servius explains in his eleventh book on the Aenied, where Vergil says about the judge Drances an adviser deserving respect, drawing power from the very instinct to rebel. His mother’s nobility had given him an arrogant pride of birth, but on this father’s side his ancestry remained a mystery. Dracenes now used his oratory to add weight and substance to his spite: ‘Your proposal, excellent Majesty, is clear to everyone and has no need of eloquence from me. Every one of us knows in his heart what our nation’s fortune imposes on us, but we all mutter in fear and decline to speak out. [Vergil, Aeneid XI.340-345, transl. by W. F. Jackson Knight, London1956, p. 289] (i.e., now they are worried, and fear other things); the Latin king himself whispers, and calls his sons-in-law’ [Servius, In Vergilii Aeneidos Commentarius, 11, 345].

Interdum ‘susurrant’, ut de apibus dicit.

Meanwhile, ‘they buzz’ (susurrant), as is said of bees’.

Et proprio ‘mussare’ est, obmurmurare, et muto esse vicinum.

And properly to whisper is to mutter (obmurmare), close to muteness.

‘Mutire’ vero onomatopeja est, ne4 mutum facere, i. e. quod fit, cum leniter percussis labris sonum reddimus leniorem vel lentiorem, unde et muti dicuntur.

‘To be mute’ (mutire) is onomatopeia, lest it be muted – i.e., what happens when we make a soft or slow noise with lips gently brought together.

Id autem in hoc loco est, ut ne murmuret aut sibilo innuat aliquid, vel musitanter, i. e. leniter sive mussim, i. e. lente.

This is in this place, lest anyone should murmur or indicate something with a whisper, or by a mutter, that is softly or mussim, i.e. quietly.

Vox vero attinet ad verba, quamquam etiam intelligatur articulata, sive inarticulata, vel litterata seu illitterata.

Voice that is refers to words, whether they are articulated or inarticulated, or written or not written.

Sunt etiam, qui intelligunt, ut non debeat quisquam ad mensam loqui, i. e. nec prior nec minor, sed cum opus fuerit alicui aliquid petere, litteris exprimere debeat, quod vult, quod sonitu alicujus signi non potest manifestari.

There are some who consider that no one ought to talk at the table, that is neither the superior (prior) nor the lesser (minor), and that when there is a need for someone to ask for something, he should express what he wants in letters, what cannot be shown by the sound of some sign.

Iterum sunt alii, qui intelligunt hoc, quod dicit S. Benedictus audiatur, ut subaudiendum sit: ab omnibus, quatenus possit prior suppressa voce loqui, ita tamen, ut non audiatur ab omnibus, eo quod illam vocem prohibet fieri, quae ab omnibus auditur, non illam, quae ab uno auditur.

There are still others who consider that when St Benedict says be heard, it is implied by everyone, so that it is possible for the prior to talk with a suppressed voice, provided that he shall not be heard by everyone, since he [Benedict] prohibits the voice that can be heard by all, not the voice that can be heard by one person.

Verumtamen illi, qui intelligunt, nec priorem nec minorem debere ibi loqui, attendunt verba, quibus dicitur nullius vox vel musitatio, [page 426] et attendunt illud, quia dicit summum silentium, dicentes, summum silentium esse, ubi nec magna nec parva vox, ubi nec ab omnibus nec a paucis, nec etiam ab uno auditur.

In truth those who consider that neither the superior nor the lesser should speak there pay attention to the words by which he says no whispering or voice, and to where he says [page 426] deepest silence, and they say that deepest silence is when neither great nor small voices can be heard, by neither everyone nor by just a few, nor even just by one person.

Sed isti dicunt melius, qui dicunt, nullo modo loqui debere nec priorem nec minorem.

And these speak better, when they say that by no means should anyone speak, neither superior nor lesser.

Sequitur: 7Si quid tamen opus fuerit, sonitu cujuscumque signi potius petatur, quam voce, ac si diceret aliis verbis: dixi superius, ita 6vicissim sibi debere ministrare fratres, ut nullus indigeat petere aliquid; sed quia non potest hoc mortalis infirmitas pleniter peragere, ideo nunc jubeo, si quid tamen opus fuerit, sonitu cujuscumque signi potius petatur, quam voce.

It continues: 7If, however, anything should be wanted, let it be asked for by means of a sign of whatever kind rather than a sound, as if he should say in other words: I said above 6that brothers ought to minister to one another in turn, so that no one will be unable to seek something; but since mortal weakness is not able to carry this out fully, therefore I now command that if however anything should be wanted, let it be asked for by means of a sign of any kind rather than a sound.

Sequitur: 8nec praesumat aliquis ibi de ipsa lectione aut aliunde quidquam requirere, ne detur occasio.

It continues: 8And let no one presume to ask any questions there, either about the book or anything else, in order that no cause be given.

Cum dicit ne detur occasio, subaudiendum est: loquendi.

When he says no cause be given, it is implied ‘for speaking’.

Sequitur: 9nisi forte prior pro aedificatione voluerit aliquid breviter dicere.

It continues: 9unless, perchance, the superior (prior) wisheth to say a few words for edification.

Non enim jubet, ut nimis dicat de lectione, nec etiam semper, sed breviter debet dicere, si invenitur in libro talis occasionis locus.

He does not command that he say a great deal, nor always, but that he ought to speak briefly, if an opportunity is found in the book for such an occasion.

Hoc notandum est, si forte male legit lector, debet abbas cum consilio fratrum constituere fratrem, qui possit reprehendere et corrigere rationabiliter, isto modo: ‘Ecce fratres mei boni, volo per vestrum consilium eligere talem fratrem, qui sit doctus et bonus et possit reprehendere lectorem nostrum in refectorio, necnon etiam volo, ut sedeat prope lectorem et sic reprebendat illum isto modo, i. e. erigat se et aspiciat in libro, et sic reprehendat illum leniter.'

This is to be noted, that is perhaps the reader reads badly, the abbot ought to appoint a brother, with the advice of the brethren, who is able reasonably to reprimand and correct, in this way: ‘Behold, my good brothers, I wish to elect with your counsel a brother who is learned and good, and who is able to reprimand our reader in the refectory; and I wish that he should sit next to the reader and reprimand him in this way, i.e, stand up and pay attention to the book, and so reprimand him softly.’

Deinde si abbas cognoverit tale testimonium, aut innuat lectorem, ut ponat signum ibi, aut certe, si potest intelligere, illud testimonium exponat inibi.

And then if the abbot knows such a witness (testimonium), he should either point it out to the reader that he might place the sign there, or indeed, if he is able to understand, he should explain that witness to him.

Nam non est bonum, ut frater longe sedeat et sic reprehendat, eo quod datur occasio loquendi.

For it is not a good thing that the brother should sit far off and thus reprimand, since that would give an opportunity for talking.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia, cum abbas foras ambulat, debet legi ad mensam ejus, verumtamen breviter, i. e. parva lectio, non sicut in refectorio semper usque ad finem mensae, sed ante debet finiri lectio.

And this is to be known that, when the abbot walks outside, there ought to be reading at his table, though briefly: ie, a short reading, and the reading should not continue to the end of the meal as in the refectory, but finish before.

Si vero fratres in labore sunt et ibi manent, debet pleniter sicut in refectorio illis legi lectio; si autem non fuerit generalitas et non manseriut, [page 427] debet parum legi.

If the brothers are working and are staying there, then the full reading ought to be read, as in the refectory. If however not everyone is there [page 427] and they are not staying, the reading ought to be short.

Similiter si tantum momorderint, parum legendum est.

Similarly if the brothers only having a snack, the reading ought to be small.

Similiter si hospes ante horam in refectorio mauducaverit; si autem tanti et tales hospites fuerint, i.e. duo vel tres, parum legendum est, i.e. leniter; si plures, tantum usquedum prior innuat lectori, finem facere.

And similarly if the guest is eating in the refectory before the hour: if there are a certain number of guests, that is two or three, the reading ought to be small, that is quiet; there ought to be reading until the superior (prior) indicates to the reader that he should stop.

Sequitur: 10Frater autem hebdomadarius accipiat mixtum, priusquam incipiat legere, propter communionem sanctam et ne forte grave sit ei, jejunium sustinere.

It continues: 10Let the brother who is reader for the week take a little mixtum [bread and wine] before he beginneth to read, on account of Holy Communion, and lest it should be too hard for him to fast so long.

Mixtum enim intelligitur panis et vinum, sicut superius dicit: singulos biberes et panem; nam illius terrae consuetudo fuit [dicere], unde nos dicimus mordere, mixtum vocare.

Mixtum means bread and wine, as he said earlier ‘singulos biberes et panem’ for the custom of this world was, where we say to chew, to say mixtum.

Hoc autem, quod dicit priusquam incipiat legere, unum est cum illo, quod supra dicit: ante unam horam [Regula Benedicti, c. 35:12] et usque ad missam, ac si diceret: congruo intervallo accipiat mordere.

This too, that he says before he beginneth to read, goes together with that which he said above before one hour [Regula Benedicti, c. 35:12] and up to mass, as if he should say, let him take a suitable interval to chew.

Nunc autem dicendum est, qualiter infantes in refectorio manducare debeant. Si enim infantes sunt tanti, quantae et mensae, per unumquamque mensam debet unus infans stando manducare; verumtamen ante talem fratrem debet stare, qui cum custodiat, ne cum joco aut aliqua negligentia manducet.

Now though it should be mentioned how children ought to eat in the refectory. If there are children of the same number as there are tables, each child ought to stand and eat at each table; and indeed he ought to stand before the brother who guards him, lest he eat with a joke or any negligence.

Si autem plus fuerint infantes, quam mensae, tunc per unamquamque mensam debent stare duo infantes; similiter ante mensam abbatis debet semper infans manducare.

If however there are more children than tables, then two children ought to stand at each table, and likewise a child ought to stand to eat at the abbot’s table.

Verumtamen ille infans debet manducare ante abbatem, qui melior est et honeste manducat propter hospitem, qui cum abbate manducat, ne turpitudo sit.5

Indeed that child ought to eat before the abbot who is the best and eats decently, on account of the guest who eats with the abbot, lest there be any turpitude.

Sequitur: 12Fratres autem non per ordinem legant aut cantent, sed qui aedificent audientes.

It continues: 12The brethren, however, will not read or sing in order, but only those who edify their hearers.

Isto enim modo ista ratio debet peragi: debet enim abbas eligere hos fratres, qui bene possint legere, sive viginti, sive duodecim, sive octo, sive sex vel quatuor, et ipsi postea ordine suo legant.

This reason must now be accounted for. The abbot ought to choose those brothers who can read well, whether twenty, or twelve, or eight, or six or four, and these should afterwards read in their order.

In ecclesia autem die dominico prius debet legere ille infans, qui pejus sapit, deinde qui melius, deinde postmodum gradatim crescendo in melius, in ultimo vero debet legere abbas.

In the church on Sunday however, the child who knows least ought to read first, then who knows best, until afterwards things gradually increase, so that the abbot reads last.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘quare abbas non debet legere prius, ut sit secundum ordinem lectio?’ In ecclesia autem iste ordo debet esse lectorum, crescere enim debet lectio et [page 428] non minui, ut, qui audit legere, melius intelligat, si melius ac melius andierit legere; nam nulla aedificatio erit, si prius ille prior legit, qui bene potest legere, et postea, qui pejus.

Perhaps someone might say: Shouldn’t the abbot read first, so that the reading ought to be according to order? But in church this is the order of readers, that the reading ought to grow and [page 428] not diminish, so that who hears the reading understands better if he hears the reading better and better. For there will be no edification if he hears first who is able to read well, and afterwards he who reads badly.

Nam iste ordo debet esse in ecclesia legendi: prius debent legere quatuor infantes, deinde quatuor presbyteri, deinde tres diaconi, postea abbas.

For this is the order for reading in the church: first four children ought to read, then four priests, then three deacons, and afterwards the abbot.

Si autem non sunt tanti lectores, ut unus legat soluminodo per lectionem, debent legere sex aut quatuor aut duo solummodo, qui audientes possint aedificare, quia melius est, ut unus legat tres vel quatuor lectiones aut quinque aut sex, qui aedifieat, quam multi legant, qui non aedificant.

If there are not enough readers that each one should read just one reading, then the six or four or even just two ought to read, those who can edify those listening, since it is better that one person who edifies should read three or four readings, or five or six, than that many should read who do not edify.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia regula dicit, illos legere, qui aedificent audientes, ideo necesse est, ut auctoritates diversorum sanctorum patrum, quae docent, qualiter legendum est, hic subjungamus, videlicet ex dictis Augustini et Ambrosii, Bedae necnon et Isidori, sive etiam Victorini et Servii et aliorum grammaticorum collectae existunt, quae docent recte et distincte obscurorum sensuum secundum accentuum sonos legere atque distinguere.

And this is to be known: that since the Rule says that those should read who edify those listening, it is necessary that we add here the authorities of various holy fathers who teach how to read: for there are collections from the words of Augustine, Ambrose, Bede and Isidore too, and indeed of Victor and Servius and other grammarians, which teach correctly and distinctly how to read and to distinguish according to the sounds of accent [accentuum sonos].

Quot sunt officia grammaticae artis? a. quatuor. Ut Victorinus dicit, grammaticae officia sunt quatuor. Quae sunt? a. lectio, enarratio, emendatio, judicium.

How many forms of the grammatical art are there? Four. As Victorinus says, there are four forms of the grammatical art. What are they? Reading (lectio), recounting (enarratio), emendation, judgement.

Lectio quid est? a. secundum accentuum et sensuum necessitatem propria pronuntiatio, sive, ut alii dicunt, lectio est varia cujusque scripti enuntiatio serviens dignitati personarum exprimensque habitum animi cujusque.

What is reading? The proper pronunciation according to the necessity of accent and meaning; or as others say, reading is the varied recounting of each text respecting the dignity of the people and expressing the habit of each one’s soul.

Enarratio quid est? a. secundum poetae voluntatem uniuscujusque descriptionis explanatio vel, sicut dicunt caeteri, enarratio est obscurorum sensuum quaestionumque explanatio.

What is recounting? An explanation of each description according to the will of the poet, or, as others say, recounting is the explanation of obscure meanings and questions.

Emendatio quid est? a. errorum apud poetas atque figmentorum reprehensio, sive, sicuti quidam ajunt, emendatio est correptio errorum, qui per scripturas actiouemve fiunt.

What is emendation? The reprimand of errors and figments amongst the poets, or as others say, emendation is the tackling of errors, which come to pass whether by writing or action.

Judicium quid est? a. bene dictorum comprobatio, vel, ut nonnulli dicunt, judicium est aestimatio, qua bene scripta perpendimus.

Judgment – what is that? The right approval of the words, or, as many say, judgment is the estimation which we give to good texts.

Quia enim officium grammaticae artis lectio est, et nunc de ipsa lectione agimus, dicendum est nobis tam ex auctoritate grammaticorum atque doctorum, quam etiam ex traditione modernorum magistrorum, quot partes, i. e. divisiones lectio ipsa habeat, [page 429] vel qualiter legi debeat aut secundum quorum accentuum sonos sonare debeat, quotque divisiones habeat lectio.

Since reading is a form of the grammatical art, and we are now dealing with reading, we ought to discuss, from the authorities of the learned men and grammarians and from the traditions of modern teachers, how many parts, that is how many divisions reading has, [page 429] or how it ought to be read, or to sound according to the sounds of its accents, and how many divisions reading has.

Dicit enim Victorinus grammaticus: quatuor sunt partes lectionis, i. e. accentus, discretio, pronuntiatio, modulatio.

For Victor the Grammarian says: there are four parts of reading: that is accent, discretion, pronunciation, and modulation.

Accentus est uniuscujusque syllabae pronuntiandi in sono qualitas.

Accent is the quality of pronouncing the sound of each syllable.

Discretio est confusarum significationum per plana significatio.

Discretion is the signification of confused significations through plain ones.

Pronuntiatio est secundum scriptorum personas accomodata distinctione similitudo, ut puta aut senis temperamentum aut juvenis protervitas aut feminae infirmitas aut qualitas uniuscujusque personae ostendenda et mores uniuscujusque habitus exprimendi sunt.

Pronunciation is the similitude according to the persons of the writers, making a distinction, so that you might reckon to be shown the temperance of an old man, or the impudence of a young man, or the weakness of a woman, or the quality of whatever person, and the habits of each character to be expressed.

Modulatio est continuati sermonis in jucundiorem dicendi rationem artificialis flexus, (in) delectabilem auditus formam conversus, asperitatis vitandae gratia.

Modulation is the artificial flexing (flexus) of speaking in continuous speech in a more cheerful fashion, turned to a delightful form of hearing, for the sake of avoiding harshness.

Dicit enim Isidorus: Qui autem ad lectorum gradum provehitur, iste erit doctrina et libris imbutus sensuumque ac verborum scientia perornatus, ita ut in distinctionibus sententiarum intelligat, tibi finiatur junctura, ubi adhuc pendeat oratio, ubi sententia extrema claudatur, sicque expeditus vim pronuntiationis tenebit, ut ad intellectum omnium mentes sensusque promoveat discernendo genera pronuntiationum atque exprimendo sententiarum proprios affectus, modo indicantis voce, modo dolentis, modo increpantis, modo exhortantis, sive his similia secundum genera propriae pronuntiationis.

For Isidore says: The one who is promoted to the grade of lector ought to be imbued with learning and with books, and adorned with the knowledge of meanings and words. Thus he may understand in the different kinds of sentences where the paragraph is to end, as well as where the meaning of the sentence should be placed, and where the last statement should be brought to a close. And being so equipped, he will possess the strength of the pronouncement so that he might make a deep impression on the minds and senses of all the people for their understanding. He will discern the types of pronouncements and express the proper senses of the statements, in a voice sometimes of indicating, sometimes of sorrow, sometime scolding, sometimes exhorting, or in others similar to these, according to the types of particular pronouncement.

In quo maxime illa ambigna sententiarum adhibenda cognitio est; multa enim sunt in scripturis, quae, nisi proprio modo pronuntientur, in contrariam recidunt sententiam, sicuti est: ‘Quis accusabit adversus electos Dei? Deus, qui justificat?’ [Rm 8:33]

Even more, there is in him the knowledge so that those ambiguous points of the sentences will be tended to. For there are many things in Scripture which, unless they are expressed in a proper manner, result in a contrary opinion, as in the following: ‘Who will bring any charge against God’s elect? Is it God who justifies. ’ [Rm 8:33]

Quodsi confirmative, non servato genere pronuntiationis suae, dicatur, magna perversitas oritur. Sic ergo pronuntiandum est, ac si diceret: ‘Deusne, qui justificat?’ ut subaudiatur: ‘Non’.

For if he speaks as if in a confirming manner, not keeping the style of its pronouncement, a great evil will arise. Thus therefore it is to be pronounced as if he had said: ‘Not God who justifies!’ so that ‘No’ might be heard.

Necesse est ergo in tantis rebus scientiae ingenium, quo proprio singula convenienterque pronuntientur. Propterea et accentuum vim oportet lectorem scire, ut noverit, in qua syllaba vox protendatur pronuntiantis; plerumque [page 430] enim imperiti lectores in verborum accentibus errant et solent irridere nos imperitiae hi, qui videntur habere notitiam, detrahentes et jurantes, penitus nos nescire, quod dicimus.

It is necessary, therefore, that in all such cases there be the talent of knowledge, by which all things are properly and consistently proclaimed. In addition, the lector needs to know the meaning of accents so that he might recognize on which syllable the stress should be placed. [page 430] For inexpert lectors commonly err in the correct accentuation of words, and they are accustomed to begrudge those of us who seem to take notice of their lack of skill, drawing away and heartily swearing that they do not know what we are saying.

Porro vox lectoris simplex erit et clara ad omne pronuntiationis genus accomodata plena succo virili, agrestem et subrusticum effugiens sonum, non humilis nec adeo sublimis, non fracta vel tenera nihilque femineum sonans, neque cum motu corporis, sed tantum cum gravitatis specie; auribus enim et cordi consulere debet lector, non oculis, ne potius ex se ipso spectatores magis quam auditores faciat.

Furthermore, the voice of the lector will be simple and clear and. Accommodated to every kind of pronunciation, full of masculine flavor, shunning a boorish and rather unsophisticated tone, not too low not yet too high, not sounding broken or weak and not at all feminine, ant not with a movement of the body but only with the appearance of seriousness. The lector ought to pay attention to the ears and the heart, not the eyes, lest he make it more important that we be spectators of him rather than hearers.

Vetus opinio est, lectores pronuntiandi causa praecipuam curam vocis habuisse, ut exaudiri in tumultu possent; unde et dudum lectores praecones vel proclamatores vocabantur. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis officiis II, c. 11.2-5, CCSL 113, p. 70-71]

An ancient opinion is that lectors have had a special way of caring for their voice for the sake of proclaiming so that they might be able to be heard in a tumult. This, lectors were formerly called announcers or proclaimers. [Isidore of Seville, De ecclesiasticis Officiis, II, c. 11.2-5, transl. by Thomas L. Knoebel (Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 61), New York/Mahwah: The Newman Press 2008, pp. 82-83]

Nunc autem, sicut dictum est, qualiter ratio legendi lectionem a magistris modernis traditur et docetur, subjungendum aptum esse duximus.

Now then, as was said, we think it suitable to add here how the modern masters pass down and teach that readings should be read.

Unde ut magis magisque patefiat, ipsam epistolam, quam Hildemarus magister Urso praedestinato atque electo episcopo S. Beneventanae ecclesiae de ratione legendi scripsit, prius subjungere curamus;6 deinde caetera, quae ad lectionem pertinent, tam ex traditione quorundam modernorum magistrorum, quam ex auctoritate B. Augustini et caeterorum doctorum inferius subnectemus.

And so that it should be more and more accessible, we take care to add here first of all the letter which Master Hildemar sent to Urso, the predestined and chosen bishop of the church of St Beneventa about the form of reading. Then we will add other things below which pertain to reading, both from the tradition of some modern teachers, and add from the authority of St Augustine and other doctors.

HAEC EST PRAEFATA EPISTOLA

HERE IS THE LETTER

Suo sanctissimo [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PL: domino Urso, Hildemarus inutilis servus salutem.
Noverit denique vestra, o dulcissime Pater, sancta beatitudo, nullum plus me mortalem quam vos diligere: unde quia modo alio vobis prodesse nequeo, divinam clementiam super vestrae salvatione indesinenter exposco animae: quatenus ipsius piae miserationis respectu a cunctis versutiis antiqui hostis eruti, et hic multarum ubertate virtutum frui, et post hujus mortalis vitae cursum supernorum collegio civium potiri mereamini. Ego quippe miserrimorum cunctorum satis quoque miserior, studio hic consistens quietis, difficile absque cordis anxietate quae mandatis scribere possem: praesertim cum vobis plura scientibus haec non sint necessaria, nisi divinae charitatis beneficiorum vestrorum, vestra quae lata charitas magnopere nobis impendere studet, memor existerem. Vestrae igitur dilectionis causa, scientiae officiique mei modum excedens, vestro parere curabo praecepto. Quamvis itaque ars distincte legendi potissimum in posituris consistat, sunt tamen et illi accentus ineruditis lectoribus aliquo modo utiles, quos Donatus enumerat. Nullus nempe ignorat quod pars illa, cujus titulus est de Accentibus, ob enuntiationem syllabarum praecipue fuerit edita: quoniam quidem per accentuum vim ratio sonandi in sermonibus demonstratur. Nescimus enim quomodo sonare debeamus syllabam longam vel brevem, utrum circumflexo an gravi, nisi per accentum, ut Isidorus dicit. Accentus autem dictus, quasi ad cantus, quod juxta cantum sit. Et quamvis Pompeius dicat duos tantum accentus necessarios apud Latinos, id est acutum et circumflexum, Sergius tamen dicit: Sunt omnes accentus Latini octo, scilicet acutus, gravis, circumflexus, longus, yfen, diastole, apostrophus, his adduntur dasian, et psilen, id est, aspiratio et siccitas. Et quia horum accentuum virtus vobis manifesta est, pauca de posituris loquar, maxime quia artem distincte legendi epistola vestra pandere monuerit, id est signa, per quae possit lector cola et comata atque periodos nosse. Horum quippe notitia in particula, cujus titulus est de Posituris, plenius continetur. Tres quippe sunt positurae, ut Donatus ait: id est distinctio, ubi finitur plena sententia; hujus punctum ad summam litteram ponimus. Subdistinctio, ubi non multum superest de sententia; hujus punctum ad imam litteram ponimus. Media distinctio est, ubi fere tantum de sententia superest quantum jam diximus; hujus punctum ad mediam litteram ponimus. Distinctio, ut Isidorus dicit, positura est figurae ad distinguendos sensus per cola et commata et periodos, quae dum ordine suo ponitur, sensum nobis lectionis ostendit. Sergius dicit colon esse ubi duo liberi pedes sunt, ut terruit urbes; comma vero quando post duos vel tres pedes sequitur praesyllaba, quae partem terminat orationis, ut est in primo versu primo libro Aeneidos: Arma virumque cano, Trojae qui primus ab oris. Sed haec in metro. Nam prosa his tribus punctis hoc modo distinguitur: Beatus vir qui non abiit in consilio impiorum, et in via peccatorum non stetit, et in cathedra pestilentiae non sedit. Non ergo miremini quod in medio sensu notam acuti accentus fecerint, quam, ut ab eruditis didici viris, his tribus punctis tres aptantur accentus, id est usque ad medium totius sententiae sensum, gravis; in medio quoque tantummodo sensu, acutus; deindeque usque ad plenum sensum, circumflexus. Ita ut nec ante acutum sit circumflexus, nec post acutum sit ullo modo gravis. Hoc autem omnino a lectore observandum est, ut in medio solummodo totius dictionis sensu, vox ipsius paulo eminentius elevetur, et ante elevationem per singula subdistinctionis puncta gravetur, atque post praedictam elevationem per singula puncta circumflectatur, salvo illo sensu quem Donatus tractat in accentuum ratione. Ait enim inter caetera monosyllaba, quae correptam vocalem habent, acuto accentu pronuntiandas, ut fax, pax, nix, nux; quae vero productam vocalem habebunt, circumflexo accentu pronuntiabimus, ut res, dos, spes. In medio quoque dictionis sensu non ultimam syllabam acuendam, quod ars nonnisi in paucis discretionis causa sinit, sed totam illam partem orationis, quae ultima fuerit, altius enuntiandam vel gravandam vel circumflectendam dicimus, salvo unicuique parti et praesyllabae suo naturali sono. In interrogationibus autem atque percontationibus vox legentis necesse est acuatur, sed paulo vehementius quam in acuto accentu. Hae notae interrogandi?, haec percontandi ῏, haec negandi ῃ. Inter percontationem autem et interrogationem hoc veteres, Augustino teste, interesse dixerunt, quod ad percontationem multa responderi possunt, ad interrogationem autem, aut non, aut etiam. Verbi gratia, percontando legimus: Quis accusabit adversus electos Dei ῏. Illudque quod sequitur sono interrogantis pronuntiatur, Deus qui justificat? ut tacite respondeatur, non. Itemque percontando; Quis est qui condemnet ῏. Interrogando quod sequitur, Christus Jesus, et caetera usque pro nobis? ut respondeatur, non. Dictae autem positurae, vel quia punctis positis adnotantur, vel quia ubi vox propter intervallum distinctionis deponendo vel gravatur, vel erigitur, vel circumflectitur; nota vero cujus vocabulum est yfen verba necesse est jungat male disjuncta, ut antetulit. Apostrophos autem separat male conjuncta, ut conspicitur'sus. Sed et hoc non est praetermittendum, quod propter inertes lectores inveniuntur aliquando syllabae, aliquando pedes in prosa notati, ut éd˘om˘o, éd˘oc˘et, sát˘ur˘o, im˘itor, álac˘er, qúand˘i˘u, Híer˘em˘iás, Is˘a˘iás, tr˘ucíd˘o, addícit, revéra, pudícus, íllicit, íbidem. Haec vero adnotatio rarissime in libris invenitur veteribus. O domine mi, ecce quod rogastis, nec brevius, nec apertius scribere potui; verumtamen videtur mihi rustico et insipienti, quod quantum ad peritiam legendi attinet, sufficiant haec: tantum sonus vocis deest, qui in variis punctis et notis varius esse debet, idcirco quod scribi non valet. Sane oculis sanctae individuaeque Trinitatis solummodo patet, quod almitati vestrae pleniter litterali indagine pandere non valeo, vel quantum precibus in vestris confido, vel quantum ego ipse vestrimet memor existo, et patri commendo Leoni, caeterisque qui sunt apud vos fratribus, deprecans per communem Redemptorem, ut vel mei semel sint memores Deum orando. Mementote nihilominus flagito omnium fratrum hic degentium, ut orationibus vestris a malis omnibus tueantur, in bona devotione consolidentur, et spei fideique atque charitatis gemmis ornentur. Concedat vobis pia Omnipotentis miseratio cunctos subripientium delictorum laqueos evadere, et per viam salutis mente devota currere, consummatoque cursu tramite recto] ad coelestia regna transire
. Explicit epistola. [Hildemar, Epistola ad Ursum Beneventanum Episcopum de recta legendi ratione, PL 106, col. 395B-398C]
 

INCIPIT TRADITIO EJUSDEM
Scire enim debes, quia sententia interrogationis non debet habere mediam distinctionem cum acuto, sed semper per subdistinctionem, i. e. per gravem accentum debet legi [page 431] usque ad partem ultimam, quae debet per interrogationem dici.

HERE IS THE TRADITION (traditio)
You should know that a questioning sentence (sententia interrogationis) ought not to have a medial distinction with an acute mark, but ought always to be read by its subdistinctions, that is through the heavy accent [page 431] all the way to the final part, which needs to be said as a question.

Ibi namque debet fieri nota interrogandi ita:? sed inter vocem interrogandi et vocem acute proferendi ista debet esse differentia, i. e. cum interrogatio debet fieri, sola ultima syllaba partis acuitur quasi increpando, sed non nimis, hoc est: Quis accusabit adversus electos Dei? [Rm 8:33]

And there ought always to be a question mark, like this: ? But between the voice of questioning and the voice of carrying across acutely [?acute proferendi] there ought to be this difference: that is, when there is a question, only the last syllable of the part should be sharpened as if chiding, but not too much, that is: Who will accuse those chosen by God? [Rm 8:33]

Cum autem media distinctio debet dici cum acuto, paene a principio partis elevanda est vox sonum acuendo, i. e. Beatus vir, qui non abiit in consilio impiorum. [Ps 1:1]

When however a medial distinction ought to be said with an acute mark, the voice is slightly to be raised from the beginning of the part, by sharpening the sound, that is: The blessed man, who does not partake in the counsels of the impious. [Ps 1:1]

Deinde si venerint sententiae duae vel tres aut plus, quae videntur sub interrogatione proferri, si habuerit unaquaeque sententia suam clausulam, i. e. verbum, tunc per unamquamque sententiam debet fieri interrogatio, veluti est hoc: Domine, quis habitabit in tabernaculo tuo? aut quis requiescet in monte sancto tuo? [Ps 14:1]

Then if there come two or three or more sentences, which seem to be contained as part of the question, then if each sentence has its own clause, that is verb, then there ought to be a question throughout each sentence, just like this: O Lord, who shall dwell in thy Tabernacle? Or who will rest on your holy mountain? [Ps 14:1]

Ecce, quia unaquaeque sententia habuit suam clausulam, i. e. verbum, ideo per singulam sententiam facta est interrogatio.

See: each sentence had its own clause, that is verb, and so there was a question in each sentence.

Sed hoc sciendum est, quia quamvis debere fieri per singulam clausulam interrogationem diximus, tamen si velis, ambas clausulas sub una interrogatione potes pronuntiare, sicuti habes scriptum in dictis inferius scriptis moralibus: Numquid producis luciferum in tempore suo, et vesperum super filios terrae consurgere facis? [Iob 38:32]

But this should be known, that although we said that there ought to be a question in each clause, yet if you wish you can pronounce two clauses with one question, as is written in the morals written below: Do you not bring forth the pole star at its time, and make the evening to come over the sons of the earth? [Iob 38:32]

Scito enim, quia clausulam dicimus esse unumquodque verbum, quod claudit unamquamque sententiam.

Know, then, that we say that each clause to be one verb, which closes each sentence.

Deinde doceat te forma accentus, vocem in legendo proferre, h. e. quia sicut superius est erecta aut inferius demersa, ita debet ibi vox aut elevari aut inclinari; v. gr. gravis virgula deorsum deprimitur ita: \, et ideo taliter debes vocem tuam inferius deponere in locis, ubi subdistinctio, h. e. punctus ad pedem litterae fuerit.

Then let the form of the accent teach you which voice to use in reading, that is as it is raised up higher or lowered below, so the voice there ought to be raised or lowered. For example, a heavy virgula is lowered downwards thus, \ and so you ought to lower your voice in the places where there is a subdistinction, that is a point at the foot of the letter.

Similiter acuti nota est ita: /, et ideo ita debes vocem tuam in media distinctione in altum acuendo sublevare, sicut ipsius figura consistit.

Similarly, an acute note is thus: / and there you ought to raise your voice higher in the medial distinction, as that figure itself shows.

Ubi vero post acutum mediae distinotionis iterum puncti ad mediam litteram mediae distinctionis fuerint, ita debes vocem tuam modulando circumflectero , i. e. acuere atque deponere sicut ipse circumflexus erigitur atque deponitur ita: /\.

Where indeed after an acute medial distinction there are again points of medial distinction at the middle of the letter, there you ought to inflect your voice by modulating, that is to raise and lower it, as that circumflex is itself raised and lowered, thus: /\.

Nam ubi percunctatio debet fieri, ita debet esse nota: /\/\/, veluti in evangelio: [page 432] Quid existis in desertum videre? [Lc 7:24] /\/\/.

For where there ought to be an enquiry (percunctatio), there ought to be this note: /\/\/. As in the Gospel [page 432], What did you go into the desert to see? [Lc 7:24] /\/\/’.

Ubi antem negatio est, quamquam superius diximus, ita debere fieri: \/ hanc notam antiquitatis more, tamen consuetudo moderna est nunc, ut in sensu negationis talis nota fieri debeat multis virgulis facta /\/\/, sicuti est in evangelio: hominem mollibus vestitum [Mt 11:8] /\/\/, eo quod superior sententia est percunctationis, inferior vero negationis.

When there is a negation, as we said above, there ought by ancient custom to be this note: \/. Modern custom however is now that for a sense of negation, such a sign ought to be made with many virgules, that is /\/\/. As it is in the Gospel, a man clad in soft garments [Mt 11:8] /\/\/’. Because the higher sentence is a question, the lower one of negation.

Et hoc scire etiam debes, quia cum vis distinguere per punctos unumquemque versum librorum, non tantum debes constructionem adtendere, ut distinctionem facias, si parva est sententia, i. e. verbum tantum cum una vel duabus partibus, quamvis sensum habeat, ut: Virgilius scripsit buccolica; sed propter euphoniam soni aliquando junge duas vel tres constructiones simul, sicuti: Cantate Domino canticum novum, cantate Domino omnis terra. [Ps 95:1]

And this too you should know, that when you wish to distinguish through points each verse of the books/Bible, you should not pay so much attention to construction that you make a distinction, if the sentence is short: ie, that there is just a verb with one or two parts, even if it has a meaning: such as ‘Vergil wrote buccolic verse’. But for the sake of euphony, you should join two or three constructions together, like this: Sing a new song the Lord, let the whole earth sing to the Lord. [Ps 95:1]

Ideo enim dixi, non tantum constructionem, sed etiam euphoniam debes adtendere, quia solet evenire, ut pro brevitate sententiolarum duae vel tres sententiolae in legendo versum causa euphoniae comprehendantur, sicut solet evenire, ut in una sententia, si longa, est, antequam ad calcem sensus perveniatur, fiant duae vel tres constructiones.

I said that you should pay attention not only to construction but also to euphony, since it often happens that because of the shortness of little sentences, two or three little sentences are taken together in reading the verse for the sake of euphony, as often happens, so that in one sentence, if it is long, there are two or three constructions before it gets to the end of the meaning.

Et quid mirum, si in uno sensu solent fieri duae vel tres vel plures constructiones, cum etiam in una linea similiter fiant duae vel plures constructiones?

And it is no surprise if there are two or three or even more constructions in one meaning, since even in one line there are similarly two or more constructions.

Deinde quamvis Donatus dicat, tres punctos fieri debere in uno sensu, i. e. distinctionem, mediam distinctionem atque subdistinctionem, nostri tamen intelligunt, si longus fuerit sensus, duas vel tres subdistinctiones aut eo amplius fieri debere ante mediam distinctionem, veluti est in ista oratione: Deus, qui B. Johannem Baptistam tua providentia praedestinasti, id perfectam plebem Domino Christo praepararet: da, quaesumus, ut familia tua hujus intercessione praeconis et a peccatis omnibus exuatur et eum, quem prophetavit, inveniat, Dominum nostrum J. X. [cf. Gregory the Great, Liber Sacramentorum, PL 78, col. 122C]

For although Donatus says that there ought to be three points in one meaning, that is a distinction, a medial distinction, and a subdistinction, our [writers] understand however that if the meaning is long, then there ought to be two or three subdistinctions or more before the medial distinction, as for example in this prayer: Lord, who predestined the blessed John the Baptist by your providence that he might prepare the perfected people for the Lord Christ: grant, we beseech you, that your familia might by the intercession of this prayer be stripped of all its sins, and may find him whom he prophesised, our Lord Jesus Christ’. [cf. Gregory the Great, Liber Sacramentorum, PL 78, col. 122C]

Item oratio: Omnipotens sempiterne Deus, da populis tuis apostolorum tuorum Petri et Pauli natalem plena devotione venerari, ut, quorum doctrinis et confessione Trinitatis unius institutus est mundus, eorum suffragantibus meritis divinae serviat [page 433] Unitati, per Dominum etc. etc.

Or this prayer: Almighty and eternal God, grant that your people may venerate the feast day of your apostles Peter and Paul in full devotion, so that by the worthy support of those by whose doctrine and confession of the single Trinity the world was instituted, so it may obey the divine unity, [page 433] through our Lord, etc.

Item de Job: Post damna rerum [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from CCSL 143B: Post damna rerum, post funera pignorum, post vulnera corporis, post verba male suadentis uxoris, post contumeliosa dicta consolantium, post suscepta fortiter jacula tot dolorum, de tanta virtute constantiae laudandus a judice beatus Job fuerat, si jam de praesenti saeculo esset evocandus.

The same about Hiob: After the loss of his goods, [omitted in ed. Mittermüller: the death of his children, the wounds of his body, the words of his wife persuading him to evil, the insulting language of his comforters, and the darts of so many sorrows boldly received, blessed Job ought to have been praised by his Judge for such great power of constancy, if he had been now going to be called out of this present world.

At postquam hic adhuc duplicia recepturus est, postquam saluti pristinae restituitur, ut rebus redditis diutius utatur, ne per elationis gladium ipsa illum sua victoria sternat, debet omnipotens Deus increpare per districtam justitiam quem servat ad vitam. Quid enim pejus plerumque animam quam conscia virtus interficit?

But after he is here about to receive back yet two-fold, after he is restored to his former health, to enjoy longer his restored possessions, Almighty God is obliged to reprove with strict justice him, whom He preserves alive, lest his very victory should lay him low with the sword of pride. For what commonly slays a soul more fatally than consciousness of virtue?

Quae illam dum consideratione sua inflat, a plenitudine veritatis evacuat; et dum se ad percipienda praemia sufficere suggerit, eam a meliorationis intentione distendit.

For while it puffs it up with self-consideration, it deprives it of the fulness of truth; and while it suggests that it is sufficient of itself for the attainment of rewards, it diverts it from the intention of improvement.

Justus igitur Job ante flagella exstitit, sed justior post flagella permansit; et laudatus antea Dei voce, postmodum crevit ex verbere. Profecto velut tuba ductilis ex percussione producta in laudem Dei tanto altius elevatus est, quanto majori castigatione percussus.

Job, therefore, was just before his scourges, but he remained more just after his scourges; and, having been praised before by the voice of God, he afterwards increased from the blow. For as a ductile tube is lengthened by being hammered, so was he raised the higher in praise of God, as he was smitten with heavier chastisement.

Sed humiliandus erat iste qui, prostratus ulceribus, sic virtutibus stabat. Humiliandus erat, ne tam robustissimum pectus elationis tela confoderent, quod constabat certe quia et illata vulnera non vicissent.

But he who stood thus firm in his virtues, when prostrated by wounds, needed to be humbled. He needed to be humbled, lest the weapons of pride should pierce that most sturdy breast, which it was plain that even the wounds that had been inflicted had not overcome.

Requirendus nimirum fuit homo cujus debuisset comparatione superari.

It was doubtless necessary to find out a person, by comparison with whom he would have been surpassed.

Sed quid est quod de eo voce Domini dicitur: Vidisti servum meum Job, quod non sit ei similis vir super terram? [Iob 1:8; 2:3] Cujus ergo comparatione poterat vinci, de quo Deo attestante dicitur quia nullius hominis comparatione possit aequari?

But what is this, which is said of him by the voice of the Lord; Thou hast seen My servant Job, that there is no man like him upon the earth. [Iob 1:8; 2:3] By comparison with whom then could he be surpassed, of whom it is said, on the witness of God, that he cannot be equalled, on comparison with any man?

Quid itaque agendum est, nisi ut ex persona sua ipse Dominus suas illi virtutes narret, et dicat ei: Nunquid producis luciferum in tempore suo, et vesperum super filios terrae] consurgere facis? [Iob 38:32] [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXVIII, praefatio, CCSL 143B, p. 1394]

What then must be done, except for the Lord Himself to relate to him His own virtues, and to say to him, Canst thou bring forth the morning star in its season, and canst thou make the evening star to rise over the sons of men? [Iob 38:32] [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXVIII, praefatio, transl. by John Henry Parker, J. G. F. and J. Rivington, London 1844]

Augustinus in libro III. de doctrina christiana: Sic distinguendum est. etc. [rest omitted by Mittermüller]7

And Augustine says in the third book of his On Christian Doctrine, Thus is to be distinguished ... etc. [Mittermüller omits her a large number of unidentified quotations from Augustine, Vergil, Priscian, Bede, Ambrose, Sergius, Donatus, Pompey, Ovid, Alcuin and Statius]

EX TRACTATU HILDEMARI IN LUCA EVANGELISTA.
Quid existis in desertum videre? et caetera.

FROM THE TREATISE OF HILDEMAR ON THE GOSPEL OF LUKE.
What did you go into the desert to see? And so on.

Interrogatio sive percunctatio est; sed tripliciter iste locus distinguitur: Quid existis in desertum videre? arundiuem veuto agitatam? alio modo: Quid existis in desertum? videre arundinem vento agitatam? sive: quid existis in desertum videre arundiuem vento agitatam? Inferius: Quid existis videre? percunctatio; hominem mollibus vestitum? negatio.

This is a question or an enquiry. And this passage could be distinguished in three ways. What did you go into the desert to see? A reed swayed by the wind? Or, Why did you go into the desert? To see a reed swayed by the wind? Or, Why did you go into the desert to see a reed swayed by the wind? And below: What did you go to see? Enquiry: a man dressed in soft garments? Negation.

Duobus modis distinguitur: Quid existis? videre hominem mollibus vestitum? et caetera; vel: quid existis videre? hominem mollibus vestitum?

This can be distinguished in two ways: Why did you go? To see a man dressed in soft garments? And so on. Or: what did you go to see? A man dressed in soft garments?

Quantum ad historiam attinet, Joannes mollibus vestibus vestitus non erat; vestimenta enim ex pilis camelorum contexta gerebat.

As concerns the history, John was not dressed in soft garments, for he wore clothes woven from camel hair.

Inferius: 'Ecce mitto angelum meum' [Mc 1:2] et cet.; veluti in Marco: ‘Dico enim vobis, quia major Joanne Baptista in regno coelorum nemo est; nam qui minor est in regno Dei, major est illo'. [cf. Mt 11:11]

And below: Behold, I send my angel [Mc 1:2], and so on. And in Mark, I say unto you, there is no one greater than John the Baptist in the kingdom of heaven. For he who is lesser in the kingdom of heaven is greater than him’. [sic] [cf Mt 11:11]

Ambrosius: Hoc dico: praetulit eum omnibus; sed Hieronymus dicit, cum omnibus aequasse, non praetulisse. Nam poterat quis inferioris meriti esse vel aequi patriarchis et prophetis, tamen ultra eum crescere non potuit.

Ambrose: I say this: he put him before all others; but Jerome says that he made him equal to all others, he did not put him first. For who is able to be inferior in merit or to be equal to the patriarchs and the prophets is not able to grow beyond that [?].

Cum vero dicit ‘inter natos mulierus', [Mt 11:11] praefert se Dominus Joanni, quia non ex muliere, sed ex virgine natus est. ‘Qui autem minor est' [Mt 11:11] et caetera, duobus modis solvitur; primo: qui major est, subaudis: in nascendo; secundo: in ecclesia seu in omnibus locis; sive: qui minor est in reguo coelorum, major [page 434] est illo, quia angelus minoris dignitatis in coelo, quo consistit, major est illo, quoniam aliud est, in acie consistere, aliud est, jam victor existere, et aliud, carne gravari, et aliud, absque gravitudine esse.

For when he says born of women [Mt 11:11], the Lord puts himself before John, since he was not born of woman, but of a virgin. Who is lesser etc [Mt 11:11]’ is resolved in two ways. Firstly, ‘who is lesser’: implied, in birth. Secondly: implied, in the church or in all places. Or, who is lesser in the kingdom of heaven is greater [page 434] than him, since the angel of a lesser dignity in heaven is greater than him, since it is one thing to stand in the line of battle, and another already to be a victor; one thing to be burdened by flesh, and another, to be without a burden.

Incipit traditio cujusdam magistri graeci grammatici de accentibus graecorum nominum aliquorum, i. e. ubi et quem accentum habere debeant haec nomina subjecta. Sizigiam in ‘gi’ dixit esse accentum .... quia exceptiva sunt.

The tradition about of a certain master of Greek grammar about the accents of some Greek names, that is where and which accent these names ought to have. He says that Sizigiam ought to be accented on the ‘gi’... Which are exceptions.

Ex libro primo Cassiodori capitulum quintum decimum, sub qua cautela relegi debeat coelestis auctoritas. Vos igitur, qui divinarum [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PL: Vos igitur, qui divinarum et saecularium litterarum cognitione polletis, et scientia vobis est ab usu communi reperire quod dissonat, tali modo sacras percurrite lectiones; a paucis enim doctisque faciendum est, quod simplici et minus eruditae congregationi noscitur esse praeparandum.

From the first book of Cassiodor, chapter fifteen on how cautiously one has to edit the heavenly authority: [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PL, translated by James W. Halporn, Cassiodorus, Institutions of Divine and Secular Learning and On the Soul, Translated Texts for Historians, vol. 42, Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 2004, S. 139-145:] You, therefore, who have a good knowledge of divine and secular letters and the understanding to discover what is not in harmony with common usage, read through sacred literature in the following manner; for the few who are learned must prepare material for the simple and less educated community.

Quapropter prius introite diligenter, et sic scriptorum delicta corrigite, ne juste arguamini, si praecipitanter alios emendare tentetis. Istud enim genus emendationis [ut arbitror] valde pulcherrimum est, et doctissimorum hominum negotium gloriosum.

Therefore, first read carefully and correct the errors of the scribes in such a way that you do not deserve criticism for trying to correct others without due deliberation; this kind of correction is, in my opinion, the most beautiful and glorious task of learned men.

Imprimis igitur idiomata Scripturae divinae nulla praesumptione temeretis [ed., temnetis], ne cum ad intellectum communem, quae dicta sunt, trahere cupitis [quod absit], coelestium verborum puritas dissipetur.

[2] First, do not impudently question the idioms of Divine Scripture lest you damage the purity of the heavenly works (God forbid!) when you try to bring the text into harmony with common understanding.

Idiomata enim legis divinae dicuntur propriae locutiones, quas communis usus non habere cognoscitur; ut est illud: Secundum innocentiam manuum mearum; [Ps 7:9] vel: De vultu tuo judicium meum prodeat. [Ps 38:13] Auribus percipe lacrymas meas. [Ps 61:9]. Et, Effundite coram illo corda vestra. [Ps 72:9] Adhaesit anima mea post te. [Ps 64:10] Multiplicasti locupletare eam. Ibi laetabimur in idipsum. [Ps 65:6] Et inclinavit ex hoc in hoc. [Ps 74:9] Misit Moysen servum suum, et Aaron, quem dilexit ipsum. [Ps 104: 20] Defecerunt oculi mei in eloquium tuum. [Ps 118: 82] Fiat manus tua, ut salvum me faciat, [Ps 113: 137]

By idioms of Divine Scripture are meant the peculiar turns of phrase that do not occur in common usage, such as: ‘according to the innocence of y hands’ [Ps 17:21/25; cf. Ps 7:9] ‘let my judgment come from your eyes’ [Ps 38:13] ‘with your ears perceive my tears’ [Ps 38:13]‘pour out your hearts before him’ [Ps 6:9]‘my soul clings fast after you’ [Ps 62:9]‘you have multiplied to enrich it’ [Ps 64:10]‘there we shall rejoyce to that very thing’ [Ps 64:10]‘he pours from this into this’ [Ps 74:9]‘he sent Moses his servant; and Aaron whom he chose him’ [Ps 104:26]‘my eyes have failed towards your speech’ [Ps 118:82]‘let your hand be so that it may save me’ [Ps 118:173].

Haec et his similia quae nimis putantur vel probantur esse numerosa, licet communis usus refugiat, tamen, ne dissipare liceat, auctoritas illa procul dubio sancta commendat.

These and similar expressions are numerous, although common usage avoids them. Nevertheless one must not efface them, as that authority that is certainly sacred approves them.

Quod si enucleatius [ed., ea latius] haec nosse desideratis, legite sancti Augustini septem libros de Modis locutionum quos fecit de quinque libris Moysi, et uno Jesu Nave, et altero Judicum, et tunc de tali re poteritis abundantissima largitate satiari. In sequenti vero auctoritate vobis similia reperire copiosissime subjacebit.

But if you desire to understand these matters more fully, read St Augustine’s seven books on ‘Types of Speech’ that he wrote on the five books of Moses, on Joshua, and on Judges, and then you shall be fully satisfied on this subject. Then it will be easy for you to find plenty of similar cases in the Biblical books that follow.

Hebraea vero quaedam nomina hominum vel locorum nulla declinatione frangatis; servetur in eis linguae suae decora sinceritas.

[3] Do not alter certain Hebrew names of individuals and places by declining them; let the pleasing simplicity of their language be preserved.

Illas tantum litteras commutemus quae vocabuli ipsius possunt exprimere qualitatem, quoniam interpretationem nominis sui unumquodque eorum magno sacramento rei alicujus constat appositum: ut est Seth, Enoch, Lamech, Noe, Sem, Cham, et Japhet, Aaron, David, et his similia.

We should change only those letters that can express the case of the word itself, since the interpretation of the name of each of these is tied to a great mystery of some sort, as Seth, Enoch, Lamech, Noah, Shem, Ham, Japheth, Aaron, David, and the like.

Locorum autem nomina, ut est Sion, Oreb, Geon, Hermon, vel his similia, pari devotione linquamus.

Let us treat with the same respect the names of places such as Sion, Choreb, Gooen, Hermon, and the like.

Tertio res quae in bono et in malo ponuntur, non sunt ullatenus temerandae, ut mons, leo, cedrus, catulus leonis, clamor, homo, fructus, calix, vitulus, pastor, thesaurus, vermis, canis, et his similia. Nec illa nomina mutanda sunt, quae pro aliis nominibus apponuntur, ut Satanas, qui a recto calle discedit. Manus lavare significat non esse participem. Quod pedes pro actu ponuntur. Quod frequenter exspectationem pro spe ponit. Semel, pro incommutabili sententia denuntiatur. Jurare Dominum [ed., Deum], pro confirmare dicitur. Ista enim nobis ab expositoribus aperienda desideremus, non aliquid eorum sacrilega voluntate truncemus.

[4] Thirdly, words that are used in a good and bad sense must not be tampered with at all, like mountain, lion, cedar, lion’s cub, shout, man, fruit, cup, calf, shepherd, treasure, worm, dog, and the like. And those terms that are set down in place of other words also must not be changed. For example: A ‘Satan’ who departs from the straight path – ‘To wash one’s hands hand’ means not to take part in –that ‘feet’ are set down for the act –that often ‘awaiting’ is used for hope’ ‘once’ expressed an unchangeable decision –‘to swear’ by God is stated instead of to assert. Let us hope that the commentator will explain these terms to us; let us not mangle any of them with impious intent.

Nec illa verba tangenda sunt, quae interdum contra artem quidem humanam posita reperiuntur, sed auctoritate multorum codicum vindicantur; corrumpi siquidem nequeunt quae, inspirante Domino, dicta noscuntur; ut est: Obliti non sumus te. [Ps 43:18] Et illud: Viri sanguinum et dolosi. [Ps 54:14] Fabricatus est templum. Et, radetur caput suum. [Nm 6:9] Et, inflabitur ventrem pro, inflabitur ventre. Et, Protulerunt exploratores pavorem terrae, quam exploraverant eam. Vir, si praevaricata fuerit uxor ejus. [Nm 5:12] Et: Imponent super altare omnia vasa ejus, in quibus ministrant in ipsis. [Nm 5:25] Terra, in qua habitant in ea. [Ps 23:1] Et: De manu canis unicam meam. [Ps 21:21] Et: Flumina plaudent manibus in se. [Ps 97:8] Tunc exsultabunt omnia ligna silvarum. [Ps 95:12]

 [5] Do not alter those words that from time to time appear to be set down contrary to the human art of grammar, but that are defended by the authority of many copies, since words evidently spoken under the inspiration of the Lord cannot be corrupt. For example: ‘we have not forgotten you’ [Ps 43:18] and the following phrase‘men of bloods and deceitful’ [Ps 54:24]‘he was made a temple’ [Zac 8:9]‘he will be shaved as to his head’ [Nm 6:9]‘she will swell as to her belly’ for ‘she will be swollen in her belly’ [Nm 5:27]‘of a man of a man if his wife shall have deceived’ [Nm 5:12]‘on the altar they shall put his vessels in which they serve in hem’ [Nm 4:14]‘the country in which they live in it’ [Nm 13:19]‘the scouts brought fear of the land that they have scouted it’ [Nm 13:33]‘my only one from the hand of the dog’ [Ps 21:21]‘the rivers shall clap their hands in themselves’ [Ps 97:8]‘then shall all the timers of the forests exult.’ [Ps 95:12]

Et quoniam interdum casus generaque nominum vel temporum humanis regulis nequeunt convenire, sed tamen eorum usum ecclesiasticus consensus amplectitur, duorum vel trium priscorum emendatorumque codicum auctoritas inquiratur [scriptum est enim: In ore duorum vel trium testium stabit omne verbum, [Mt 18:16] et praesumi non liceat quod divino vindicatur eloquio, ut est in psalmo vigesimo primo: Populo qui nascetur, quem fecit Dominus; [Ps 21:32] et illud Evangelii: Euntes docete omnes gentes, baptizantes eos in nomine Patris, et Filii, et Spiritus sancti. [Mt 28:19] Similiter et in centesimo quadragesimo tertio psalmo: Beatus populus cujus est Dominus Deus eorum; [Ps 143:15] et his similia.

[6] And since sometimes the cases and genders of nouns an verbs cannot fit human rules, and yet by agreement the Church accepts their usage, let the authority of two or three old and corrected copies be sought – for it is written, ‘every word shall be established on the utterance of two or three’ [Dt 19:15 etc] – and do not be bold on a matter supported by divine language as in Psalm 21, ‘to a people yet to be born whom the Lord has made’, [Ps 21:32] and the following from the Gospel, ‘going, teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and the Son, and of the Holy Spirit’, [Mt 28:19] and likewise in Psalm 143 ‘happy the people whose Lord is the God of them’, [Ps 143:15] and the like.

Regulas igitur elocutionum Latinarum, id est [forte, ut est], quadrigam Messii omnimodis non sequaris, ubi tamen priscorum codicum auctoritate convinceris. Expedit enim interdum praetermittere humanarum formulas dictionum, et divini magis eloquii custodire mensuram.

[7] Do not, therefore, completely follow the rules of Latin idioms, i.e. the Quadriga of Messius, provided you are convinced by the authority of ancient copies; for sometimes it is right to pass over the rules of human expression and instead keep the arrangement of divine speech.

In prosa caput versus heroici finemque non corrigas, id est, quinque longas totidemque breves non audeas improbare; trocheum triplicem laudabilis neglectus abscondat; iotacismos et hiatus vocalium omnino derelinque, quoniam hic locum habere non possunt, quae doctores litterarum liberalium regulariter custodire noscuntur.

In prose do not correct what begins or ends like a line of epic; do not presume to disapprove of five long or as many short syllables; let a praiseworthy oversight hide a triple trochee. Disregard the misuse of final –m and the hiatus of vowels completely, since the rules that the teachers of grammar and style regularly observe do not have a place in these texts.

Istud enim inter humanas dictiones convenit praecaveri, in divinis autem eloquiis tales compositiones nullatenus accusantur.

In human composition it is proper to guard against this; in divine speech such juxtaposition are in no way to be criticized.

Maneat ubique incorrupta locutio, quae Deo placuisse cognoscitur, ita ut fulgore suo niteat, non humano desiderio carpenda subjaceat. Haec enim et simplices suaviter instruit, et doctos pro sua reverentia decenter delectat.

Let an expression that has pleased God stand untouched so that it may shine in its own brightness and not be subject to capricious human criticism. For this kind of expression sweetly teaches even the simple and delights the learned in accordance with the extent of their reverence.

Post superiorem igitur divisionem, ubi diximus idiomata legis divinae non esse tangenda, vel caetera quae sequuntur, locus admonet more majorum hanc quoque ponere subdivisionem, ut ad particulas partium distinctius venire debeamus.

[8] After the division above, therefore, I said that idioms (or other matters that logically follow) of divine law are not to altered, at this point in the discussion it seems proper for me to lay out this subdivision, too, in the traditional manner so that we may see our way more clearly to the subsections.

Unde enim doctissimus Aristoteles περὶ ἑρμηνείας suas ad liquidum perducere [ed., producere] potuisset, nisi divisionum et subdivisionum, iterumque particularium divisionum ordine custodito cuncta tractasset?

For how could Aristotle, that learned man, have been able to mace clear his ‘On Interpretation’ [περὶ ἑρμηνείας] if he had not treated everything maintaining a sequence of divisions and subdivisions and further subdivisions?

Quem secuti nunc dicimus in quibus litteris sunt librariorum vitia corrigenda.

Therefore, following his example, I now speak of the letters in which the scribes’ errors are to be corrected.

In verbis quae accusativis et ablativis praepositionibus serviunt, situm motumque diligenter observa, quoniam librarii grammaticae artis expertes, ibi maxime probantur errare. Nam si m litteram inconvenienter addas aut demas, dictio tota confusa est.

[9] With words that accompany a preposition taking the accusative and ablative, distinguish carefully between rest and motion since scribes who do not know the art of grammar are particularly prone to make mistakes here; for if you add or subtract a letter –m improperly, the style is completely disturbed.

Casus vero nominum, exceptis monoptotis declinationesque verborum quae defectiva non sunt, totasque partes orationis [ubi tamen sacra non impugnat auctoritas] considera diligenter, suisque locis aptata custodi: ne locutionis ordine permixto, totum [quod absit] possideat indecora confusio.

Observe carefully the cases of nouns (except for indeclinable ones) and the conjugation of verbs that are not defective, and all the parts of speech – where sacred authority does no oppose – keep items fitted in their proper locations, so that an ugly muddle does not take over completely (God forbid!) if the syntax is confused.

B pro v, v pro b, o pro v, n pro m, contra orthographiae praecepta vitiose positas non relinquas. Aspirationem vero superfluam deme aut adjice competenter.

Do not leave – b for –v, - v for –b –o for –u, n for =m, when these letters have been set down incorrectly contrary to the rules of proper spelling; take away a superfluous aspirate or when suitable add one.

Casus nominum temporaque verborum, ubi tamen permitteris, custodi diligenter. Reperies enim frequenter in auctoritate consuetudini dissona, quae tibi non liceat immutare.

Carefully keep the cases of nouns and the tenses of verbs where you are allowed to; for you will often find forms in the authority that do not agree with common usage, and these you are not allowed to alter.

Sed in his emendatorum codicum servetur exemplum. Caetera vero quae sunt male praesumpta recorrige: quoniam antiquarii exinde potius probantur offendere, dum elocutioni Latinae linguae nesciunt servire disposite.

In these follow the example of the emended copies, but correct other that are incorrect. Scribes in such cases cause damage when they do not know how to keep in a regular way to the usage of the Latin language.

AE in fine adverbii non relinquas; ae iterum casui genitivo non subtrahas.

Do not leave –a at the end of an adverb; but do not take –a from the genitive case.

Multa etiam respectu euphoniae propter subsequentes litteras probabiliter immutamus, ut illuminatio, irrisio, immutabilis, impius, improbus.

We do well to change many forms also in respect of euphony because of the letters that follow such as ‘illuminatio’, ‘irrisio’, ‘immutabilis’, ‘impius’, ‘improbus’.

G litteram a narratione tolle superfluam; a gnaro enim, id est scito seu perito venit nominis ista compositio.

Take away superfluous –r from ‘narratio’; for the form of this word comes from ‘gnarus’, i.e. learned or skilled.

Quod, cum pronomen est, per d, non per t litteram; cum vero adverbium numeri est, per t litteram, non per d scribendum est.

Write quod when it is a pronoun, with –d and not –d.

Quicquam, magis in prima syllaba c ponendum est quam d, propter euphoniam, quam praecipimur sequi.

‘Quicquam’ – -c out to be placed in the first syllable rather than –d for the sake of euphony, which we are advised to follow. What more?

Quid plura? secundum regulas artigraphorum, quae tamen sunt emendanda percurre, ne articulatae vocis pulchra modulatio, peregrinis litteris maculata, absona potius et indecora reddatur.

Look over what is to be corrected according to the rules of writers on this art, to prevent the lovely harmony of the spoken word from becoming ugly and discordant by the addition of letters that do not belong.

Orthographos priseos frequenter relege, quos ego inferius titulo trigesimo, qui de antiquariis legitur, propter notitiam librariorum utiliter instruendam, deflorandos esse judicavi, et extrinsecus huic libro de Orthographia titulum dedi.

[10] Frequently reread the old writers on proper spelling. In chapter 30 below, in which scribes are discussed, I have indicated which works out to be excerpted as useful for instructing the scribes. Moreover I have given the title ‘Proper Spelling’ to this book separately.

Ita contigit ut et istud studioso prosit legere, ubi cognoscit quae in Scripturis sanctis minime debeat violare; et illud necessario latius discitur, ubi generaliter praesumpta vitia corrigantur.

This it is of value for the scholar to read this book also, to learn what he must not violate at all in Sacred Scripture and that book in which he can find a fuller discussion of hasty errors that should be universally corrected.

Quod si tamen aliqua verba reperiuntur absurde posita, aut ex his codicibus quos beatus Hieronymus in editione Septuaginta Interpretum emendavit, vel quos ipse ex Hebraeo transtulit, intrepide corrigenda sunt; aut, sicut beatus Augustinus ait, recurratur ad Graecum pandecten, qui omnem legem divinam dignoscitur continere collectam; vel quibus possibile fuerit, Hebraeam scripturam, vel ejus doctores requirere non detrectent. Decet enim ut unde ad nos venit salutaris translatio, inde iterum redeat decora correctio.

[11] If, nevertheless, some words that make no sense have been set down, they must be courageously corrected either from those books that blessed Jerome corrected in his edition form the Septuagint or those that he translated himself from the Hebrew; or, as blessed Augustine said, we should have recourse to the complete Greek Bible, in which is brought together the whole divine law; or, for scholars to whom this is possible, let them not hesitate to consult Hebrew writings or teachers of Hebrew, for it is only right that satisfactory correction come also form the source of our redemptive translation.

Merito enim patribus nostris de hac re maxima cura fuit, ne tunica Domini Salvatoris, quam truculentis militibus scindere non licuit, lectoribus subjaceat imperitis.

For rightly our fathers too great care that the tunic of the Lord that Savior, which the fierce soldiers where not allow to tear up, [cf. Io 19:23-24] should not be left to the mercy of unskilled readers.

Audiat Spiritus sanctus sincerissima quae donavit, recipiat ille beata quae contulit. Tunc nos fideles sibi esse cognoscit, si dicta ipsius nulla praesumptione carpamus. Nam quemadmodum salvari volumus, si [quod dictu nefas est] remedium salutare pro nostra voluntate corrumpamus?

Let the Holy Spirit hear in its most pure form what it has given, let it receive intact what is bestowed; then it knows that we are faithful to it as we do not pluck at its words with any preconceived opinion. For how do we expect to be saved if (unspeakable thought!) we, to gratify our own will, destroy the aid that brings salvation?

Sed ut in his omnibus addere videaris ornatum, posituras, quas Graeci θέσεις vocant, id est puncta brevissima, pariter et rotunda, et planissima [ut in praefatione jam dictum est] singulis quibusque pone capitibus, praeter translationem sancti Hieronymi, quae colis et commatibus ordinata consistit: quoniam illustrem et planissimam faciunt orationem, quando suis locis [sicut inferius exponetur] aptata resplendent.

[12] But so that we may add ornament to al this, place in each chapter punctuation marks that the Greeks call ‘thesis’, i.e. small round points – except for the translation of St. Jerome which he decided to mark by ‘cola’ and ‘commata’ (we have already spoken about this in the preface) – since they make the written text clear and bright when, as is explained below, they are fitted in their place and shine forth.

Quale est enim inoffenso gradu per sensus ire sanctissimos, venasque praeceptorum saluberrimas subtiliter introire, terminos suos modulatae voci competenter affigere, totamque dictionem sic per membra dividere, ut suis partibus considerata pulchrescant? Nam si corpus nostrum indiget per membra cognosci, cur lectio, cum suis partibus videatur esse distincta, confusa relinquitur?

How excellent it is to pass unhindered through holy thought and to enter subtly into the sound nature of its precepts; to set correctly one’s own limits for a measured speech and to divide the whole composition in parts in such a way that we can see its beauty and symmetry! For if our body must be known through its limbs, why does it seem right to leave reading confused in its arrangement?

Istae siquidem positurae seu puncta, quasi quaedam viae sunt sensuum, et lumina dictionum, quae sic lectores dociles faciunt, tanquam si clarissimis expositoribus imbuantur.

These ‘positurae’, or points, indeed, like paths for mind and lights for the composition, make readers as teachable as if they were instructed by the clearest commentators.

Prima est media, secunda subdistinctio, tertia plena; quas a majoribus nostris ideo constat inventas, ut spiritus longa dictione fatigatus, vires suas per spatia discreta [ed., decreta] resumeret.

The first is the colon, the second, the comma, the third, the period; these were invented by our ancestors to enable the breath tured out from long speaking to regain its strength in the pauses.

Quas si mavis cupidus lector agnoscere, Donatum lege, qui te possit de hac re brevi compendio diligenter instruere. Has dictiones in Psalterio archetypo nos posuisse retinemus, cujus obscuritates talibus remediis ex maxima parte, Domino praestante, lucidavimus.

If you, as an eager reader, would like to know them, read Donatus, who can accurately instruct you by his brief summary on this subject. I recall that I placed these punctuation marks in the archetype of the Psalter, and, in this way I have, with God’s help, largely clarified its obscurities.

Ita septenarius numerus ab utraque parte completus est, ut a quibus rebus abstineamus, et quas res in auctoritate emendare praesumamus [sicut opinor] evidenter appareat.

[13] The number seven is so complete on both sides that it is, to my mind, obviously clear what changes we should refrain from and what corrections we should make with the aid of authority.

Quod si tamen hoc desiderium alio modo potuerit adjuvari, adjiciatur studiis vestris, ne more humanitatis nos aliquid necessarium praetermisisse videamur.

But if, nevertheless, this desire to make corrections can also be aided in some or other ways, let it be added to your pursuits so that we may not seem, in human fashion, to have ignored some indispensable matter.

Nunc quemadmodum extra auctoritatem reliquas lectiones debeamus emendare, dicendum est. Commentaria legis divinae, epistolas, sermones, librosque priscorum unusquisque emendator sic legat, ut correctiones eorum magistris consociet saecularium litterarum.

[14] Now I must discuss on what grounds we ought to emend other texts apart from authority. Let each corrector read the commentaries on divine law, the letters, the sermons, the works of our predecessors with the intention of making their corrections in accord with the teachers of secular letters.

Et ubicunque paragrammata in disertis hominibus reperta fuerint, intrepidus vitiosa recorrigat: quoniam viri supradicti sic dicta sua composuisse credendi sunt, ut regulas artis grammaticae quas didicerant, custodiisse judicentur.

Wherever spelling errors are found in learned authors, he should fearlessly correct the errors, since the writers surely wrote their works so that they could be judged according to the rules of grammar that they had learned.

Epistolae quoque Patrum, sermones et libri diversorum, nec non et homiliae, vel cum haereticis altercationes fidelium [quoniam diversa loca Scripturae divinae suaviter ac diligenter aperiunt] magno studio relegantur; quatenus in Ecclesia Domini quasi quibusdam lampadibus competenter accensis, totum nitidum, totum splendidum [Domino praestante] colluceat.

Also, the letters of the Fathers, the sermons, and the books by various authors as well as homilies or disputes of the faithful with the heretics, since they reveal various passages of Divine Scripture sweetly and carefully, must be emended with great care so that the whole will shine forth brightly and brilliantly with the Lord’s support in the Church of the Lord, as through lit by lamps.

Si quid tamen in eis ad Scripturas divinas exponendas conveniens invenitur, non dubitetis sociare voluminibus divinis, sicut et nos in libris Regum fecisse cognoscimur.

If their contents shed light on Divine Scripture do not hesitate to add them to the volumes of Divine Scripture just as I have done with the books of Kings.

Multa enim reperiuntur a probatissimis hominibus per occasionem alterius operis latius de libris dicta divinis, quae auctoritati videlicet sacrae competenter aptantur.

For scholars discover many fuller statements concerning these books by chance in commentaries on other books and these may be properly attached to the sacred authority.

Unde supplico, ut quod nos parva [ed., parum] legendo minus explicare potuimus, vos copiosissima lectione saginati, tam de istis codicibus quos dereliquimus, quam quos potueritis feliciter invenire, perfectius in Christi nomine compleatis.

So I pray that you, through your greater reading both from those books that I have left and those that you will have the good fortune to find, will, in Christ’s name, fill in the gaps in what we have been able to explain on the basis of our limited reading.

Precor etiam vos, qui tamen emendare praesumitis, ut super adjectas litteras ita pulcherrimas facere studeatis, ut potius ab antiquariis scripta fuisse judicentur. Non enim in illo decore quidquam turpe convenit invenire, quod postea studiosorum oculos videatur offendere.

[15] I pray also that those of you who undertake to emend, make the letters you add so beautiful that they appear to have been written by the scribes. For it is not proper to find anything foul in that beauty which afterwards may offend the eyes of scholars.

Considerate igitur qualis vobis causa commissa sit: utilitas Christianorum, thesaurus Ecclesiae, lumen animarum. Studete ergo, ne qua remaneat in veritate mendositas, in puritate falsitas, in integritate perversitas litterarum. Sed quoniam novem codices legis divinae prima fronte posuimus, eorumque introductores cum expositoribus suis

Consider, therefore, the sort of case entrusted to you, the benefit of Christians, the treasure of the Church, the enlightenment of souls. See carefully to it, therefore, that no error is left in the truth, no falseness in the purity, and no scribal mistakes in the corrected text.

[juvante Domino] quanta valuimus curiositate memoravimus; ad postremum tres divisiones a majoribus datas totius legis divinae tetigimus; deinde adjecimus quemadmodum emendari caute debeat coelestis auctoritas: ne discerperetur praesumpta licentia, aut traderetur sequentium manibus indecora confusio.

[16] First, with the Lord’s aid, I have listed the nine volumes of the law and detailed the introductory writers with their commentaries as carefully as I could. Next I touched on the three divisions of the whole divine law that our predecessors have given us. Then I included a section on the rules covering emendation of texts of divine authority to prevent disruption and transmission of troublesome confusion in the text to posterity because of excessive liberty with the text.

Nunc de virtute lectionis divinae est omnimodis disserendum, ut sua quaeque loca propria dulcedine] farciantur (vestiantur? ). [Cassiodor, De Institutione divinarum literarum, c. 15, PL 1126C-1131A]

Now I must discuss in all respects the excellence of divine reading so that each passage may be packed full with its own sweetness.[Cassiodor, De Institutione divinarum literarum, I, c. 15, transl. by James, W. Halporn, Cassidorus, Institutions of Divine and Scular Learning and On the Soul, Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 2004, Translated Texts for Historians, vol. 42, pp. 139-145]


1. qui. Cod Tegernseens. (Mittermüller).
2. servo tuo. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
3. Virgilii aeneide lib. 11. v. 339-345. Drances .... consiliis habitus non futulis ductor .... cuncti so scire fatentur, sed dicere mussant. lib. 11. v. 454. flent maesti mussantque patres. lib. 12. v. 657. mussat rex ipse latinus, quos generos vocet. Georg. IV. 260. Tum sonus auditur gravior tractimque susurrant. (Mittermüller).
4. ut? (Mittermüller).
5. The author omits a section of the Regula Benedicti.
6. Certe haec verba sunt notariorum, qui sermones Hildemari perscripserunt. (Mittermüller).
7. Hic sequuntur fere quinquaginta sententiae partim prolixiores partim breviores partim perbreves ex duodocim Patrum et soriptorum antiquorum libria excerptae. Inprimis St. Augustinus, Virgilius, Priscianus, minus crebro Beda Ven., St. Ambrosius, Sergius, Donatus, Pompejus, Ovidius, Alcuinus, Statins afferuntur. (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XXXIX
DE MENSURA CIBORUM

[Ms P, fol. 122vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 108v; Ms E1, p. 268]

Ch. 39
ON THE MEASURE OF FOODS

Translated by: Ben DeSmidt

1Sufficere credimus ad refectionem quotidianam tam sextae quam nonae omnibus mensibus cocta duo pulmentaria propter diversorum infirmitates, 2ut forte qui ex uno non potuerit edere, ex alio reficiatur.

1We believe that for daily refreshment—for noon as for 3 P.M.—two cooked dishes suffice for all months, taking into account the sicknesses of different people, 2so that, by chance, a person who could not eat from one, may make his meal from another.

In hoc loco notandum est, quia, cum dicit De mensura ciborum, non tantum dicit pro mensuratione ciborum, sed etiam pro numero ciborum. Sunt enim multae regulae, quae habent mensis, aliae habent mensibus; sed melius est mensibus, quam mensis, eo quod mensibus adtinet ad jugitatem temporis, mensis vero ad intervallum temporis, eo quod potest una vice omnibus mensis ita agere aut plus aut minus.

Note should be taken in this place, because, when he says On the Measure of Foods, he not only speaks about the measuring of foods, but also about the number of foods. For there are many rules which have meals [mensis], others have months [mensibus]; but months is better than meals, because of the fact that months pertains to continuity of time, meals really to an interval of time; because of the fact that it is possible thus in a single turn, either more or less, to act for all meals.

Refectio cottidiana varie intelligitur; alii sunt, qui intelligunt, ut, sicut in diebus privatis, ita etiam in solemnibus et in Pascha intelligunt,1 i. e. ut duo pulmentaria cocta debeant esse in solemnibus, sicut in diebus privatis, propter illud, quod patres nostri in privatis diebus manducabant ad nonam et in solemnibus ad sextam, et ita tantum manducabant ad sextam et seram, ut non plus quam in diebus privatis manducarent [page 435] ad nonam, quia solummodo illum cibum, quem ad nonam manducabant, manducabant ad sextam et seram, sed meliorem aliquantulum, sive tria pulmentaria cocta; nam numerum augebant. Alii sunt, qui quotidianam refectionem intelligunt de diebus privatis, et in solemnibus plus, propter illud, quod idem S. Benedictus alibi dicit diebus privatis et dominica [e.g. Regula Benedicti, c. 13], ut, sicut illic divisit inter privatos dies et dominicam, cum de officiis dixit, ita et in hoc loco intelligitur divisisse, cum dicit ad refectionem quotidianam, ac per hoc in eo, quod dicit ad refectionem quotidianam datur intelligi, ut ad refectionem solemnium dierum aliquid plus et melius esse debeat.

Daily refreshment is understood variously; there are some who understand that just as on weekdays, so also on holy days and on Easter it is understood,1 that is, that there ought to be two cooked dishes on holy days on account of the fact that our fathers were accustomed to eat on weekdays at 3 P.M. and on holy days at noon; and thus they were accustomed to eat so much at noon and in the evening that they did not eat more than on weekdays [page 435] at 3 P.M., because only that food which they ate at 3 P.M. did they eat at noon and later. But they ate a little better, or three cooked meals, for they increased the number. There are others who understand daily refreshment concerning weekdays, and more on holy days, on account of the fact that Saint Benedict says the same thing elsewhere [about] weekdays and Sunday [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 13], so that just as in that place where he made a distinction between weekdays and Sunday, when he spoke about offices, so also in this place he is understood to have made the distinction when he says for daily refreshment. And, because of this, in the passage which says for daily refreshment, it is permissible to understand that there should be something more and better for refreshment on holy days.

Pulmentaria vero multis modis dicuntur. Dicuntur enim de carne, sicut legitur in libro Geneseos, dixisse Isaac ad filium suum, ut isset in venationem et de sua venatione fecisset illi pulmentum. [Cf. Gn 25] Dicuntur etiam de piscibus, sicuti habes in evangelio, ubi Dominus post resurrectionem suam apparuit discipulis piscantibus et interrogavit eos, si haberent aliquid pulmentarii; et cum venissent discipuli in terram, viderunt prunas et super prunas piscem positum. [cf. Io 21:9] Dicitur enim pulmentum de leguminibus, sicuti habes in praefato libro Geneseos, ubi dicitur: Coxit autem Jacob pulmentum, quod fuit de lenticula factum. [Gn 25:9]

Indeed, dishes are spoken about in very many ways, for they are said to be of flesh, as is read in the Book of Genesis, that Isaac said to his son so that he went to hunt and from his hunt made that man a meal. [cf. Gn 25] They are also said to be of fish, as you have in the Gospel, where after his resurrection the Lord appeared to his disciples, who were fishing, and asked them whether they had something for a dish; and after the disciples had come to land, they saw coals and a fish placed on top of the coals [cf. Io 21:9]. For a meal of beans is spoken of, as you have in the aforementioned Book of Genesis, when it is said: Jacob, however, cooked him a meal that was made of lentil. [Gn 25:9]

Pulmentum enim dicitur, sicut tradunt magistri, quidquid pani adjicitur, ut melius ipse panis comedatur, sicuti est caseum et folia porrorum et ovum et cetera his similia. Nam si caseum non coctum manducaveris cum pane, non dicitur pulmentum coctum, si autem coctum fuerit, dicitur pulmentum coctum. In hoc loco pulmentum coctum dictum est, quod fit de oleribus, de caseo et ovis et de farina, quia diversae coctiones fiunt de oleribus, de caseo et ovis, sive de farina.

For a meal is called, just as our masters pass it down, something added to bread, so that the bread itself is better eaten, just as there is cheese and the leaves of leeks and an egg and the rest like these. For if one eats uncooked cheese with bread, it is not said to be a cooked meal; if, however, it has been cooked, it is called a cooked meal. In this instance, it is called a cooked meal, because it is made from herbs, from cheese and eggs and from grain, because different sorts of cooked dishes are made from herbs, from cheese or from grain.

Nam qualis esse monachis cibus debeat, manifestatur in VI. libro institutae patrum, ubi de vitio gastrimargiae exponitur. [cf. Cassian, Institutiones V, SC 109, pp. 190-258] Igitur eligendus est cibus non tantum, qui concupiscentiae flagrantes aestus temperet minusque succendat, verum etiam, qui ad parandum sit facilis et quem ad emendum opportuniorem vilioris pretii compendium praestet quique sit conversationi fratrum usuique communis.

For the sort of food that ought to be for the monks is clearly shown in the sixth book of the Institutes of our Fathers, where the vice of gluttony is explained. [cf. Cassian, Institutiones V] Thus, not only must food be chosen that moderates and inflames to a lesser degree the burning waves of lust, but also a kind that is easy to procure and offers more reliable savings for buying it at a cheaper price and which is common to the regular use and practice of the brothers.

Pulmentum [page 436] ut Isidorus dicit, vocatur a pulte; sive enim sola pultis, sive quid aliud ejus permixtione sumatur, pulmentum proprio dicitur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2.7]

Meal, [page 436] as Isidorus says, is called from mash; for whether it is only of mash or something else is obtained from mixing it in, it is properly called a meal. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2.7]

Reddit enim causam, quare duo pulmentaria cocta dixerit, cum subjunxit: propter diversorum infirmitates, ut forte qui ex uno non potuerit edere, ex alio reficiatur, ac si diceret: 'Ideo dico duo pulmentaria, ut, qui non potest ex uno edere, ex alio reficiatur.'

For he gives the reason why he said two cooked dishes, when he joined: taking into account the sicknesses of different people, so that, by chance, a person who could not eat from one, may make his meal from another, as if he were to say: ‘On that account I say two dishes so that the person who cannot eat from one may make his meal from another.’

Et hoc notandum est, ut ille, qui ex uno tantummodo potest edere, tantum accipiat ex illo, quantum illi suffecisset ex duobus. Si vero non potuerit etiam ex illo primo edere, detur illi caseum aut ova aut aliud, quod manducet.

This thing also should be noted that the man who can eat from one only should take as much from it as would be sufficient for him from two. If he really could also not eat from that first one, let cheese or egg or another thing that he could eat be given to him.

Sequitur: 3Ergo duo pulmentaria cocta fratribus omnibus sufficiant. Istud ergo superius respicit, ac si diceret: Ergo quia credimus,2 duo pulmentaria sufficiant omnibus fratribus.

Next: 3Let two cooked dishes, therefore, be sufficient for all brothers. That therefore looks back earlier as if he were to say: Therefore because we believe it, let two dishes be sufficient for all brothers.

Sequitur: 3Et si fuerint3 [unde] poma aut nascentia leguminum, addatur et tertium. Nascentia leguminum intelliguntur germinantia, quia mos est illius terrae et romanae et aliarum provinciarum, mittere legumina in aqua, et cum germinata fuerint, tunc manducant.

Next: 3And if there should be fruit or seedlings of beans, let a third also be added. Sprouts are understood as Seedlings of beans, because it is the custom of this region and in that of Rome and of other provinces, to mix beans in water and, when they have sprouted, then they eat them.

Hoc autem notandum est, quia in diebus privatis, si non fuerit calor aut maxinms labor, duo debent esse ad sextam pulmentaria cocta et unum crudum, et ad seram tertium coctum, si coenaturi sunt, ad aestimationem panis, i. e. quia, sicut ipse dixit, duas partes librae panis debet monachus manducare ad sextam, et tertiam ad seram, si coenaturus est; ita etiam de pulmentis intelligitur, h. e. duo pulmenta cocta habeat monachus ad sextam, et tertium crudum, et ad seram unum pulmentum coctum, quod est jam tertium coctum, sicuti tertiam partem librae panis. Si autem ad nonam fuerit manducandi tempus, jussit dari duo pulmenta cocta et unum crudum.

This, however, should be noted, because on weekdays, if there has not been heat or a very large amount of hard work, there ought to be two cooked meals at noon and one raw, and in the evening a third cooked, if they are going to dine, up to a measure of bread, that is, because, just as he himself said, a monk ought to eat two shares of a pound of bread at the noon meal, and a third in the evening, if he is going to dine; thus it is also understood about meals, this is, that a monk should have two cooked dishes at noon, and a third raw, and one cooked meal in the evening, which is now the third cooked meal, just as the third part of a pound of bread. If, however, the time for eating will be at 3 P.M., he ordered that two cooked meals be given and one raw.

Hoc notandum, quia poma aut ad sextam vel ad seram debent dari ad coenam; nam ad nonam in aestivo [page 437] tempore aut ad seram in hiemis tempore non debent, quia B. Benedictus non jussit in aestivo tempore nisi duabus vicibus manducare. Nam si ad nonam manducaveris, non duabus vicibus, sed tribus manducas; similiter in hieme, si ad seram poma manducaveris, non semel, sed duabus vicibus manducabis.

This should be noted, because fruit ought to be given for dinner at noon or in the evening; for at 3 P.M. in the summertime [page 437] or for the evening meal in wintertime they should not, because the Blessed Benedict did not order them to eat in summertime unless in two different rounds. For if you have eaten at 3 P.M., one eats not in two rounds, but in three; likewise, in winter, if you have eaten fruit in the evening, not once, but in two rounds, you will eat.

Sequitur: 4Panis libra una propensa sufficiat in die, sive una sit refectio, sive prandii et coenae.4 Propensa, i. e. praeponderata, h. e. mensurata. In diebus vero solemnibus vel quando labor fratrum fuerit factus, debet dare ad sextam tria pulmentaria cocta et quartum crudum, prout labor fuerit. Ad seram vero unum coctum, sicut ipse dixit: 6Si labor forte factus fuerit major, in arbitrio et potestate abbatis erit, si expediat, aliquid augere, 7remota prae omnibus crapula.

Next: 4Let one fully-weighed pound of bread a day be sufficient, whether the repast be one or of lunch and dinner. Fully-weighed, that is, weighed-down, this is, measured. On holy days, in fact, or when hard work of the brothers has been completed, he ought to give three cooked dishes at noon and a fourth raw, according as there was work. In the evening, in fact, one cooked, just as he himself said: 6If by chance the hard work will have been greater, it will be in judgment and power of the abbot, if it should be expedient, to make some increase, with over-eating 7before all things avoided.

Expediat, i. e. oporteat; remota, i. e. ablata; prae omnibus, i. e. super omnia.

Should it be expedient, that is, should it be fitting; avoided, that is, removed; before all, that is, above all.

Sequitur: 8ut nunquam subripiat monacho indigeries, quia nihil sic contrarium est omni christiano, quomodo crapula, 9sicut ait Dominus noster: Videte, ne graventur corpora vestra in crapula. [cf. Lc 21:34, here corda vestra]

Next: 8In order that indigestion never stealthily take a monk, because nothing is so contrary to every Christian thing, in the way that over-eating is, 9just as our Lord says: See to it that your bodies not be weighed down by over-eating. [cf. Lc 21:34, here your hearts]

In hoc enim loco notandum est, quia mentionem facit illius luci, in quo Dominus dixit: Videte, ne corpora vestra graventur in crapula et ebrietate et saeculari cura. [cf. Lc 21:34]

For in this passage it should be noted, because he makes mention of that passage in which the Lord has said: See to it that your bodies not be weighed down in over-eating and drunkenness and temporal concern. [cf. Lc 21:34]

Notandum est etiam, quia his tribus verbis, i. e. crapula et ebrietate atque saeculari cura comprehenditur, quod Joannes evangelista dicit: Omne, quod in mundo est, concupiscentia carnis est et concupiscentia ocolorum et superbia vitae. [1 Io 2:16]

It should also be noted, because with these three words, that is, with over-eating and drunkenness and temporal concern, what John the Evangelist says is understood: Each thing that is in the world is lust of the flesh and desirousness of the eyes and pride of life. [1 Io 2:16]

Concupiscentia enim carnis adtinet ad crapulam et ebrietatem, concupiscentia autem oculorum et superbia vitae attinet ad curam saeculi. His enim verbis continentur etiam illae tres excusationes, quibus se excusaverunt illi, qui ad coenam vocati sunt, i. e. uxor, ager et juga boum. Uxor enim potest attinere ad crapulam et ebrietatem; ager et juga boum possunt attinere ad curas saeculi. Necnon etiam his tribus verbis Domini comprehenduntur illae tres tentationes, quibus diabolus tentavit Dominum, i. e. gula, avaritia et jactantia.

For lust of the flesh applies to over-eating and drunkenness; desirousness of the eyes, however, and pride of life apply to concern for the times. For in these words are also contained those three excuses with which those men who were called to dinner excused themselves, that is, the wife, the field, and the team of oxen. For the wife can apply to over-eating and drunkenness; the field and team of oxen can apply to concerns for the times. And indeed also with these three words of the Lord those three temptations are understood, by which the devil tempted the Lord, that is, gluttony, avarice and boasting.

Gula autem potest attinere ad crapulam, avaritia et jactantia attinet ad curas saeculi. In his autem tribus tentationibus comprebenduntur omnia vitia; si enim non [page 438] continerentur omnia vitia, nequaquam Lucas evangelista cum dixit 'tentatione', praemitteret 'omni'; ait enim: consummata omni tentatione. [Lc 4:13]

Gluttony, moreover, can apply to over-eating, avarice and boasting apply to concerns for the times. Moreover, in these three temptations all the vices are understood; for if [page 438] all the vices are not included, Luke the Evangelist, when he said ‘temptation’, would not preface it with ‘all’; for he says: with every sin added together. [Lc 4:13]

Sicut enim peritissimus medicus, cum videt infirmum, dicit infirmo: ab isto et isto cibo abstine te, quia, nisi te ab illis cibis abstinueris, in magnam incides infirmitatem, ita et Dominus fecit. Ille enim, cum descendisset de coelis, invenit genus humanum infirmum et dixit illi: 'O genus humanum! quia infirmum te inveni, ideo praecipio tibi: Attende, ne graventur corda vestra crapula et ebrietate sive curis saeculi.' [Lc 21:43]

For, thus, the most learned physician, when he sees a sick man, says to the sick man: keep yourself away from that food and that food, because, unless you keep away from those foods, you will fall into great sickness; so, also, the Lord has done. For He, after he had descended from the heavens, found the human race sick and said to it: ‘O human race! because I have found you sick, on that account I warn you: Pay attention so that your hearts not be weighed down with over-eating and drunkenness or with the concerns of the times.’ [Lc 21:43]

Ubi animadvertendum est, si homo medicum terrenum auscultat et obtemperat illi propter salutem corporalem, quanto magis debemus medico coelesti auscultare, ut salvi esse mereamur in vita aeterna. Crapula enim intelligitur tunc esse, cum superflue cibus sumitur et exinde gravatur homo; nam stomachus hominis est ventriculus, quasi olla prope hepar, et ibi reconditur cibus et ex calore hepatis coquitur cibus.

Where attention must be paid, if a man listens to an earthly physician and complies with that man on account of his bodily health, by how much more we ought to listen to the heavenly physician, so that we may deserve to be saved in eternal life. For over-eating is understood to exist then, when food is taken superfluously and, consequently, the physical man becomes weighed down; for the stomach of a physical man is a belly, as if a pot near to the liver, and there the food is stored, and by the heat of the liver the food is cooked.

Deinde cum cibus ultra mensuram, illius ventriculi sumptus fuerit, non potest coqui a calore hepatis, et ex hoc ascendit fumus cibi per membra et ad caput, et ex hoc adgravatur homo et habet eructationem sicut ex infirmitate et adeo debilis redditur, ut nil boni agere possit.

Secondly, whenever food has been taken that exceeds the measure of that belly, it cannot be cooked by the heat of the liver, and, from this, the vapor of food rises through the limbs and up to the head, and, from this, the man is weighed down more and has belching as from sickness, and he is rendered so feeble that he is able to do nothing good.

Crapula est superabundantia; indigeries, i. e. indigestio; subripiat, i. e. latenter rapiat; sub enim pro latenter ponitur, ripiat, i. e. rapiat, accipiat. Subripiat enim compositum est ex integro et corrupto, ex sub integro et ripiat corrupto, i. e. subrapiatac si diceret: ut nunquam monacho indigeries subripiat.

Over-eating is superabundance; indigestion, that is, upset digestion; stealthily take, that is, snatch unawares; for stealthily is put in place of unawares; snatches, that is, snatch, in place of take. For stealthily take is composed from a whole thing and a corrupt thing, from the whole thing stealthily and a corrupt thing snatch, that is, stealthily take, as if he were to say: in order that indigestion may never stealthily take a monk.

Si labor autem forte factus fuerit, ita debet [et] tantum augere, ut nunquam latenter rapiat, i. e. domineteur indigestio in monachum, quia, nihil sic contrarium est omni christiano, quomodo crapula, sicut Dominus ait: Videte, ne graventur corda vestra crapula. [Lc 21:34] Subaudiendum est etiam illud, quod Dominus subjunxit: et ebrietate et cura saeculi. Intellexit enim S. Benedictus, nihil sic contrarium esse christiano, quomodo crapula, eo quod per crapulam venitur in gulam, de gula in immunditiam, deinde in cetera vitia. Ideo dixit remota prae omnibus crapula. [page 439]

If by chance, however, hard work has been completed, as a consequence he ought to make an increase such that it never snatches unawares, that is, so that indigestion be lord over the monk, because, nothing is so contrary to every Christian thing as is over-eating, just as the Lord says: see to it that your hearts not be weighed down by over-eating. [Lc 21:34] A further meaning must also be heard, because the Lord has attached: and by drunkenness and by concerns for the times. For Saint Benedict understood that nothing is so contrary to a thing Christian as over-eating, because of the fact that through over-eating one comes into gluttony, through gluttony into impurity, then into the rest of the vices. On this account, he said with over-eating removed before all things. [page 439]

Sequitur: 10Pueris vero minori aetate non eadem servetur quantitas, sed minor, quam majoribus, servata in omnibus parcitate.

Next: 10For boys, indeed, of a minor age let not the same amount be reserved, but less than for them who are older, though sparingness is maintained among all.

Superius enim dixit infantes, et hic dixit pueris, quia non solum infantibus prospiciendum est, sed etiam pueris minori aetate. Bene dixit pueris minori aetate, quia de illis annis vult intelligi, qui prope infantiam sunt.

For earlier he said infants, and here he said for boys, because not only must care be taken for infants, but also for boys of a minor age. He was right to say for boys of a minor age, because he wishes it to be understood concerning those years which are close to infancy.

Sunt enim anni pueriles, qui prope infantiam sunt, veluti octavus, nonus, decimus, undecimus. Et iterum sunt alii anni pueriles, qui prope adolescentiam sunt, i. e. duodecimus, tertius decimus, quartus decimus, ac si diceret: Quantum plus sunt pueri prope infantiam, tantum etiam plus adjuvandi sunt, eo quod non est magnum robur in illis; et quantum sunt prope adolescentiam, tanto minus debet illis, quam infantibus, cibum tribuere.

For there are boyhood years which are close to infancy such as eighth, ninth, tenth, eleventh. And, again, there are other boyhood years, which are close to adolescence, that is, twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth, as if he were to say: For how much longer boys are near infancy, so much the more they must also be supported, because of the fact that there is not great steadiness in them; and for how long they are near adolescence, by so much he ought to give less food to them than infants.

Pulchre dicit non eadem quantitas servetur, quia ille superius jam exposuerat in alimentis distinctionem illis non esse tenendam, sed praevenire horas canonicas.

He says nicely let not the same amount be reserved, because that man had already showed earlier that in foods the distinction should not be maintained for them but that times of worship come first.

Sic et nunc dicit de majoribus, ut non usque ad crapulam manducent, ac si diceret: Si tales majores sunt, qui se temperare nesciunt, priores delient illos temperare.

Thus, he now also says about them who are older to never eat to over-eating, as if he were to say: If they who are older are such as do not know how to control themselves, they who are before them ought to control those men.

Ita etiam nunc de infantibus dicit, eo quod pueri, cum ante reficiunt et post, si ita acceperint, sicut majores, crapulam patientur; ideo moderari illos debet cellararius, frequenter enim infantes debent refici, sed non nimis.

Thus, he now also says about infants, because of the fact that boys, when they take refreshment before and after, if they have taken it just as their elders, they will experience over-eating; on that account, the cellarer ought to put limits on those, for infants ought to take refreshment frequently, but not to excess.

Quod enim dicit in arbitrio consistat, non ad libitum abbatis laxavit, sed posuit frenum, cum dicit non non subripiat monacho indigeries, ac si diceret: non plus illis debet dare, quam oportet, nec minus, quia sicuti peccat, si plus dederit, ita etiam peccat, si minus, veluti de culpis et de judiciis et de vestimentis nec plus nec minus debet agere.

Because he says let it be in the judgment, he has not widened it to the pleasure of the abbot, but he has placed a restraint, when he says let indigestion not stealthily take a monk, as if he were to say: he ought not to give them more than is fitting, nor less, because, just as he is mistaken if he gives more, so he is also mistaken if less, just as he ought to act neither more nor less in regard to faults and judgments and vestments.

Hoc autem, quod dicit si labor forte factus fuerit, duobus modis considerari debet. Labor major est, si a prima usque ad vesperam laborant, sive etiam major est, si a secunda laboraverit usque ad nonam.

This, however, the fact he says if by chance hard work has been done, ought to be considered in two ways. Hard work is greater if they work from Prime up to evening, or it is also greater, if he worked from the second hour up to Nones.

Sequitur: 10servata in omnibus parcitate, i. e. tam in pueris quam etiam in majoribus debet servari parcitas, i. e. temperantia.

Next: 10although sparingness is maintained among all, that is, it ought to be maintained among boys just as among they who are older, namely sparingness, that is, self-control.

Sequitur: 11carnium vero quadrupedum omni modo ab omnibus abstineatur comestio praeter omnino debiles et aegrotos. [page 440]

Next: 11Let all, in fact, abstain in every way from the eating the flesh of four-footed animals, except those who are wholly weak and ill. [page 440]

Alii enim sunt debiles, alii vero aegroti. Aegroti etenim sunt, qui in infirmitate positi jacent in lecto; debiles sunt, qui ab infirmitate surgunt, sive etiam debiles sunt, qui febribus laborant, qui, quamvis non assidue jaceant, tamen quia ex febribus eorum carnis deficiunt, debiles dicuntur, veluti sunt ex febribus tertianis aut quartanis; debiles etiam sunt ex senectute, maxime tamen in decrepita aetate.

For some are weak, others are ill. For indeed they are ill who because they are in the state in sickness lie in bed; the weak are those who rise up from sickness, or the weak are also those who labor in fevers, who, although they do not continually lie down, nevertheless are called weak because their fleshes fails because of their fevers, just as those due to tertian fevers or quartan; there are also men weak from old age, yet most greatly in the decrepit time of life.

Quod autem dicit at ubi meliorati fuerint, ita intelligi debet, ut tantum denique debent manducare, donec possint suam obedientiam exercere, sicuti antea poterant, quam in infirmitate incidissent.

Moreover, the fact that he says but when they have become better ought to be understood so that they ought to eat in the end as much as they were able before they had fallen into infirmity, until they exercise compliance over themselves.

Iterum quod autem dicit qui ex uno non potest edere, ex alio reficiatur, intentio S. Benedicti manifestatur dicere, ut non possit monachus dicere: aliud volo pulmentum, si ex uno potest edere, et quaerere sibi aliud fieri ex debito, sed ex illo reficiatur, ex quo potest. Et hoc sciendum est, quia potest ex duobus refici, si valet, eo quod non est ejus intentio de hoc, ut si potest de ambobus edere pulmentis, ex uno tantum edat.

Again, because, moreover, he says who cannot eat from one takes refreshment from the other, the intention of Saint Benedict is shown clearly to state that a monk cannot say: I want another dish, if it if possible to eat from one, and to ask that something else be for himself with respect to the one that should; but let him take refreshment from that one from which he is able. And this must be known, because he can be refreshed from two, if he has the power, because of the fact that his intention is not about this, that, if he is able to eat from both dishes, he eat only from one.

Et quod ita sit, manifestatur, ubi dicit: addatur et tertium, quia nequaqnam dixisset, addi tertium, si solummodo voluisset edere de uno quemlibet, quamvis possit ex duobus edere.

And the fact that it is so is clearly shown when he says: let a third also be added, because he would not at all have said that a third was added if he had only wished that anyone eat from one, although he is able to eat from two.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia si ex uno non potest edere, detur ei, sicut diximus, de altero tantum videlicet, ut refici possit sicuti ex duobus, quia si de alio, unde illa generalitas adhuc non manducat, illi dederit, jam vitium est, eo quod tunc potest unusquisque pro ingonio dicere: 'non possum ex illo reficere cibo, sed volo ex alio.'

And this must be known, because, if he is not able to eat from one, it must be allowed for him, just as we have said, clearly [to eat] so much from the other, so that he be able to be refreshed just as from two. This is because, if he has granted it to that man [to eat] from another, from where that majority thus far is not eating, now it is a vice, because of the fact that each one can speak according to his inclination: ‘I am not able to take refreshment from that food, but I want to from the other.’

Ubi debet abbas valde prudenter intelligere, ut, si talis est, qui non possit veraciter ex ipso reficere uno, debet illi dare ex alio, sicut dictum est. Jam vero si ipse frater separatus fuerit a corpore congregationis, h. e. ut non possit ex ipsis duobus pulmentis, de quibus alii reficiunt, ipse comedere, tunc debet illi sicut infirmo in domo infirmorum praeparare cibum. Verumtamen melius est, ut ei in refectorio de illo cibo tribuat, unde in altero die generaliter ipsa congregatio comestura est, i. e. unde consuetudinem habet ipsa congregatio generaliter comedendi, eo quod non est rectum, ut pro tali ac tanta necessitate [page 441] monachus eat in domum infirmorum ad comedendum.

This is where the abbot ought very prudently to understand that if he is such a man who can truly not take refreshment from one itself he ought to allow that man [to eat] from the other, just as has been said. But now, if the brother himself has come to be separated from the body of the congregation, that is, so that he himself is not able to eat from the very two dishes from which the others take refreshment, then he ought to prepare food for that man as if a sick man in the house of the sick. Nevertheless, it is better that he give it to him from that food in the dining-hall, that is, from where on another day the congregation itself is generally going to eat, because of the fact that it is not right that on behalf of such and so great a necessity [page 441] a monk go into the house of the sick to eat.

Verum si talis et tanta est infirmitas stomachi, ut semper frater non possit comedere, unde alii comedere solent, tunc ducendus est in domum infirmorum propter honestatem. Si autem talis est, qui non semper, sed per intervallum contiugit, ut non possit edere, isti tali in refectorio debet praeparari cibus, sicut diximus, eo quod non est bonum, sicut jam dictum est, ut pro tanto ducatur in domo infirmorum.

But if such and so great is the sickness of the stomach, so that a brother is always unable to eat, from where the others are accustomed to eat, then he must be led to the house of the sick on account of respectability. If, however, he is such a man who not always, but intermittently, reaches [this state], so that he cannot eat, food ought to be prepared for such a man as that in the dining-hall, just as we have said, because of the fact that it is not good, just as has already been said, that in return for so much he be led in the house of the sick.

Quod vero dicit nascentia leguminum, non est intelligendum, ut primum aut secundum pulmentum non debeat esse de leguminibus, si coctum fuerit, eo quod cum de nascentia leguminum dicit, de germinantibus leguminibus crudis intelligitur dixisse, et ideo, quia de crudis leguminibus nascentibus dixit dari tertium, de coctis vero leguminibus omnimodo potest dici primum vel secundum pulmentum.

Indeed, the fact that he says seedlings of beans should not be understood so that the first or second dish ought not to be of beans, if it is cooked, because of the fact that when he speaks of the seedlings of beans, he is understood to have spoken about the raw sprouts of beans, and on that account, because he has said that a third is given from raw bean seedlings, it is altogether possible that a first or second dish of cooked beans is really talked about.

Quod autem dicit: Carnium vero quadrupedum omnimodo ab omnibus abstineatur comestio praeter omnino debiles aut aegrotos, intellexit ipse S. Benedictus plus dulces carnes habere volatilia, quam quadrupedia, sicut doctores dicunt et usus comprobat in eo, quod reges et principes propter majorem dulcediuem et suavitatem gustus post carnes quadrupedum in suis conviviis carnes volatilium praecipiunt sibi praeparari; et ideo propter suavitatem gustus, non propter numerum pedum abstinentes et poenitentes a carnibus omnibus abstinere noscuntur, maximeque cum Dominus post resurrectionem suam aliquando carnem comedisse excepto pisce non legitur.

As to the fact, however, that he says: Let all, in fact, abstain in every way from the eating of the flesh of four-footed animals, except those who are wholly weak and ill, Saint Benedict himself understood that fowl have sweeter flesh than four-footed animals, just as learned men say and practice confirms in this case, that kings and princes because of the greater sweetness and smoothness of flavor prefer second to the flesh for four-footed animals that the flesh of fowl be prepared for them at their feasts; and on that account, because of the smoothness of taste, not because of the number of feet, they are understood to abstain and regret abstaining from all flesh, and most of all when the Lord after his resurrection is not said to have eaten flesh once with the exception of fish.

Similiter et apostoli non leguntur aliquam carnem comedisse, et sicut historia ecclesiastica narrat, neque illi aliquam carnem manducabant, qui auctores monachorum tam verbo quam exemplo exstiterunt; ideo superius in capitulo, ubi de infirmis fratribus dicit, jubet, a carnibus more solito, exceptis infirmis, omnes abstinere propter stimulos carnis retundendos, eo quod stimuli carnis magis solent insurgere, ubi major dulcedo et major suavitas gustus in cibum percipitur.

Likewise, even the apostles are not said to have eaten any flesh, and just as ecclesiastical history tells, nor did those men eat any flesh who arose as founders of the monks in word as in deed; on that account, earlier in the chapter, when he speaks about sick brothers, he commands that all abstain in the customary manner from flesh, with the sick excepted, for the purpose of blunting the spurs of the flesh, because of the fact that the spurs of the flesh are more accustomed to flare up when greater sweetness and greater smoothness of taste is received into the food.

Et ideo jubent sancti monachi, sicut legitur in quinto libro Institutae Patrum, [Cassian, Institutiones V, SC 109, pp. 190-158] ubi de gastrimargia comprimenda docetur, sicut diximus, ut ille cibus [page 442] debeat esse monachorum, qui sustentationem tribuat vitae, non ille, qui occasionem concupiscentiis et vitiis subministrat. Unde etiam Paulus dicit: carnis curam ne feceritis in concupiecentiis. [Rm 13:14]

Also on that account, the blessed monks command, just as is written in the fifth book of the Rules of the Fathers, where there is the teaching about restraining gluttony, [cf. Cassian, Institutiones V] just as we have said, that that food [page 442] ought to be the monks’ which contributes sustenance to life, not that which helps lusts and vices by supplying opportunity. Whence even Paul says: You should not carry out concern for the flesh in lusts. [Rm 13:14]

Nunc autem ne forte monachi possint dicere: 'scimus enim, quia volatilium carnes non possumus nec debemus comedere, eo quod majorem dulcedinem et suavitatem gustus habent, quam quadrupedum carnes; tamen carnes quadrupedum possumus et debemus comedere, quia minorem dulcedinem et suavitatem gustus habent.' Propter hos tales occurrit S. Benedictes dicendo nominatim, ut carnes quadrupedum omnino comedere monachi non debeant, nisi pro infirmitate vel debilitate sua; quia sicut volatilium carnes pro sua dulcediue et suavitate gustus, quam habent, solent carnis provocare stimulos, ita etiam carnes quadrupedum pro sua fortitudine, quam habent, virtutem ipsis carnis stimulis ad perficiendum conferunt. Pisces autem possunt comedere, eo quod Dominus post resurrectionem suam legitur in evangelio piscem comedisse et sancti apostoli et sancti monachi similiter leguntur pisces comedisse; [cf. Io 21:1-13] et ideo mos et consuetudo non fuit, ut generaliter monachi sicut ab utrisque carnibus i. e. volatilium et quadrupedum abstinerent, ita etiam a piscibus. Caseum autem possumus comedere, eo quod ab illo non fuit mos generaliter abstinendi, sicut a volatilium et quadrupedum carnibus fuerat.

Now, however, so that the monks not, by chance, be able to say: ‘For we know, because we cannot, nor should we, eat the flesh of fowl, for the reason that they have greater sweetness and smoothness of taste than the flesh of four-footed animals, yet we can and ought to eat the flesh of four-footed animals, because they have less sweetness and smoothness of taste.' On account of such men as these, Saint Benedict anticipates by saying expressly that monks should not at all eat the flesh of four-footed animals, unless in conformance with sickness or his own weakness, because just as the flesh of fowl in proportion to the sweetness and smoothness of the flavor which they have are accustomed to provoke the spurs of the flesh, so also the flesh of four-footed animals in proportion to the strength which they have confer a capacity by the very spurs of the flesh for making whole. They can, however, eat fish, because of the fact that the Lord after his resurrection is said in the Gospel to have eaten fish and the holy apostles and the holy monks are likewise said to have eaten fish; [cf. Io 21:1-13] and yet, it has not been their manner and habit on that account, so that in general just as monks abstained from either of the types of flesh, that is of fowl and four-footed animals, so also from fish. We are able, however, to eat cheese, for the reason that there has not generally been a custom of abstaining from that, as there had been from the meats of fowl and four-footed animals.

Nam legitur in Collatione, in qua de abbate Joanne dicitur, ubi leguntur monachi eremitae caseum aegyptiacum comedisse. [cf. Cassian, Collationes XIX, c. 6, SC ???, p. ?]

For it is read in the Collations in which it is said about the abbot John, where there are readings that hermit-monks ate Egyptian cheese. [cf. Cassian, Collationes XIX, c. 6, tr. Boniface Ramsey, p. 673]

Libra sicut Isidorus dicit, 12 unciis perficitur et inde habetur perfecti ponderis genus, quia tot constat unciis, quot mensibus annus. Dicta autem libra, quod sit libera et cuncta intra se pondera praedicta concludat. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 16, c. 25.20]

A pound as Isidorus says is a whole of 12 ounces and, from that, the kind of whole weight is understood, because it consists as many ounces as the year months. Moreover, it has been named a pound, because it is free and contains the rest of the aforementioned weights within itself. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVI, c. 25.20]

Item: Legumina a legendo dicta quasi electa; veteres enim meliora quaeque legebant, sive quod manu legantur neque sectionem requirant, Leguminum plurima genera inveniuntur, ex quibus faba, lenticula, pisum, faselus, cicer, lupinus, gratiora in hominum usum [page 443] videntur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVII, c. 4.1-2]

Likewise: Beans are named from collecting as if they have been chosen out; for our ancestors used to say that all those things they collected were better, whether because they were collected by hand and did not require cutting. Very many kinds of beans are found, of which the fava, lentil, pea, Egyptian bean, chickpea, lupin, seem [page 443] to be quite agreeable to the use of men. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVII, c. 4.1-2]

Item: Panis dictus, quod cum cibo apponatur, vel quod omne animal eum appetat; πάν enim graece omne dicitur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2.15]

Likewise: Bread has been named because it is put on the table with food, or because every animal is eager for it; for every in Greek is called “πᾶν” . [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX c. 2. n. 15.]

Item: Carnes dictae sunt, quia carae sunt, sive a creando; unde et a graecis xρέας vocatur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X c. 2. 20]

Likewise: They are named flesh because they are dear, or from creating; whence even by the Greeks it is called “κρέας” . [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2. 20.]

Item: Caseus vocatur, quod careat sero quasi careum; nam serum ei omne deducitur, ut ponderibus arguatur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2. 33]

Likewise: It is called cheese because it lacks whey as if decay(?); for all whey is drawn out of it as can be proven by scale weights. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2.33]

Item: Quadrupedia vocata, quia quatuor pedibus gradiuntur, quae dum similia sint pecoribus, tamen sub cura humana non sunt, ut cervi, onagri, damae et cet. sed neque bestiae sunt, ut leones, neque jumenta, ut usus hominum juvare possint. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII. c. 4.4]

Likewise: They are named four-footed animals, because they walk with four feet, which, while they are similar to cattle, nonetheless they are not under human care, such as deer, wild asses, fallow-deer, and others. But neither are beasts, such as lions, nor beasts of burden that can help the needs of men. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII. c. 4.4]

Item: Coena vocatur a communione vescentium; coenon (χοινόν) quippe graeci commune diciunt, unde et communicantes, quod communiter, i. e. pariter conveniant. Apud veteres enim soliti erant in propatulo vesci et communiter epulari, ne singularitas luxuriam gigneret.  [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX. c. 2.14]

Likewise: It is named dinner from the communion of eaters; the Greeks, to be sure, call common coenon (κοινὸν) whence also the communicantes, because in common, that is, at the same time, they come together. For in the time of our ancestors they had been accustomed to eat in an open space and to feast in common in order that singularity might not beget luxury. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX. c. 2.14]

Est autem coena vespertinus cibus, quam vespernam antiqui dicebant; in usu enim non erant prandia. Cibus dictus est, quia capitur ore, sicut esca, quia eam os capit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2.1]

The evening meal, moreover, is dinner, which the ancients used to call evening, for lunches were not in use. It is called food, because it is taken by mouth, just as victuals, because the mouth takes it. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 2.1]

Item: Debilis dicitur, quod per bilem factus sit fragilis; bilis enim humor est afficiens corpus. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 71]

Likewise: He is called weak, because he has become shaky through black bile; for bile is the humor that adversely affects the body. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 71]


1. intelligant (?), intelligitur. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
2. sufficere (?). (Mittermüller).
3. fuerit (?). (Mittermüller).
4. Hildemar omits: quod si cenaturi sunt, de eadem libra.

1. Intelligitur.

Cap. XL
DE MENSURA POTUS

[Ms P, fol. 124rPaulus Diaconus – 
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 108v; Ms E1, fol. 138r; Ms E2, fol. 212r]

Ch. 40
ON THE MEASURE OF DRINK

Translated by: Laura Carlson

1Unusquisque proprium donum habet ex Deo, alius sic, alius vero sic.

1Each person has his own gift from God, one in this way, but another in that way. [1 Cor 7:7]

Nunc videndum est, quid est, quod S. Benedictus dicit Unusquisque proprium donum habet ex Deo. Quomodo proprium et quomodo ex Deo? Si enim proprium est, quomodo est ex Deo? et si ex Deo est, quomodo proprium est? Proprium vero est per susceptionem, ex Deo est per dationem; proprium est, quia accepisti, ex [page 444] Deo, quia ille donavit. Sciendum est enim, quia hoc, quod dicit: Unusquisqne proprium donum habet ex Deo, alius sic, alius vero sic, de Paulo apostolo sumpsit, sic enim Paulus apostolus alibi dicit: Alii datur sermo sapientiae, alii sermo scientiae, [1 Cor 12:8] et alius sic, alius quidem sic, i. e. alius plus, alius vero minus. Hoc vero, quod dicit alius sic, alius vero sic, duobus modis intelligitur.

Now it ought to be seen, what it is that Saint Benedict says Each person has his own gift from God. In what way is it 'his own' and in what way is it 'from God'? For if it is his own, how is it from God? And if it is from God, how is it his own? It is his own through the act of receiving, but it is from God through the act of giving. It is your own, because you received it; it is from [page 444] God because he gave it. For it ought be understood, that what he says: Each person has his own gift from God, one in this way but another in that way, he has taken from the Apostle Paul. The Apostle Paul says elsewhere the following: To one is given the message of wisdom, to another a message of knowledge, [1 Cor 12:8], and one in this way, and indeed another in that way, i.e. to one more, but less to another. But this what he says, one in this way, but another in that way, can be understood in two ways.

Uno modo intelligitur de uno eodemque dono, quod accipiunt duo, sed tamen alius accipit sic ipsum donum, sed minus quam alter; alius vero i. e. secundus accipit ipsum donum sic, i. e. plus quam alter. Deinde secundo modo potest intelligi de duobus donis, i. e. alius accipit sic, i. e. istud donum, quod alter non accipit; alius accipit sic, hoc est, accipit alterum donum, quod alter non accipit. In hoc vero loco similiter duobus modis potest intelligi; hoc est: illius accipit sic, i. e. donum minus bibendi, quam ipsa mensura sit. Alius vero accipit sic, i. e. accipit donum, ut ei tantummodo ipsa, mensura bibendi sufficiat. Altero vero modo potest intelligi: alius accipit sic, i. e. accipit donum, ut etiam sine potatione vini possit subsistere; illius vero accipit sic, ut minus ei sufficiat, quam ipsa mensura sit, quamvis ex toto non possit a vino jejunare.

One way it is understood [as referring to] one and the same gift, which two people receive, however one person receives the gift [itself] to one extent, but less than the other [person]; but the other person, i.e. the second person, receives the gift to such an extent, i.e. more than the other [person]. Then it can be understood in another way [as referring to] two gifts, that is, one person receives it in this way, i.e. that particular gift, which someone else does not receive; the other person receives it in another way, that is, he receives another gift, which the (first) person does not receive. In this place the two modes can be understood similarly; that is: one person receives in one way, i.e. the gift of drinking less than the measure itself may be. And the other person receives it in another way, i.e. he receives the gift that the measure of drinking is simply sufficient for him. But there is another way it can be understood: one person receives it in this way, i.e. he receives the gift that he can live even without the drinking of wine; but the other one receives it in another way, that he can suffice with less of it than may be the measure itself, even though he cannot abstain from wine completely.

Sequitur: 2et ideo cum aliqua scrupulositate a nobis mensura victus aliorum constituitur, ac si diceret aliis verbis: quia ita est, i. e. ut omnes non accipiant aequaliter donum a Deo, ideo non possumus certius diffinire mensuram victus aliorum, eo quod non omnes unam qualitatem morum vel corporum habent. Ideo a nullo mortali potest diffiniri, ut omnes aequales sint in cibo et potu et vestimentis sive etiam in poenitentia. Scrupulositas, i. e. dubietas, anxietas, difficultas; anxietas namque est dubietas.

Next: 2And therefore it is with some misgiving that we regulate the measure of others’ sustenance. As if he were to say it with other words: because it is thus, i.e. that not everyone receives the gift from God equally, therefore we cannot restrict in a fixed way the measure of others’ sustenance, because not everyone has one and the same type of habits or bodies. Therefore it cannot be defined for any mortal that all are equal in food and drink and clothing but also in contrition. Misgiving, i.e. doubt, anxiety, difficulty. Anxiety means indeed doubt.

Sequitur: 3Tamen infirmorum considerantes imbecillitatem credimus, heminam vini per singulos sufficere per diem.

Next, 3Nevertheless having looked carefully at the weakness of the ill, we believe that a hemina of wine a day is sufficient for each.

Istud vero, quod dicit infirmorum considerantes imbecillitatem, de infirmitate mentis dicit, non corporis; nam hic condescendit S. Benedictus infirmis mente, cum dicit infirmorum considerantes imbecillitatem. Tunc est enim condescensio [page 445] quando metas justitiae non excedit; nam si metas justitiae excedit, hoc est usque ad vitium, jam non est condescendere, sed peccare.

What he says: looking carefully at the weakness of the ill, he speaks about the infirmity of the mind, not of the body; for here St. Benedict condescends to those infirmed with respect to the mind, when he says looking carefully at the weakness of the ill. For it is [rightful] condescension [page 445] when it does not exceed the boundaries of justice, because if it exceeds the boundaries of justice, that is all the way to the point of vice, it is not condescending but sinning.

Sequitur: credimus, heminam vini per singulos sufficere per diem.

Next, we believe that a hemina of wine a day is sufficient for each.

Sciendum est enim, quia unaquaeque regio suam mensuram habet; et idcirco doctores, cum de mensuris dicant, secundum sui loci consuetudinem dicunt, veluti de Ruth legitur, quae sex modios hordei sola collegit. [cf. Rt 4:17] Similiter et Ezechiel de siclo aliter dicit [cf. Ez 45:12] et Heptaticus de ipso siclo aliter dicit; ita et S. Benedictus, cum heminam vini dicit, secundum sui loci consuetudinem dicit; similiter de officiis fecit, et cetera. Unde Carolus1 rex, qualiter ipsam heminam intelligere ac scire potuisset, misit Beneventum ad ipsum monasterium S. Benedicti, et ibi reperit antiquam heminam, et juxta illam heminam datur monachis vinum. Similiter et juxta eam habemus etiam et nos. Hemina sextarii in duo aequa inciditur, ut Isidorus dicit, [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVI, c. 26.5] et cotulam facit.

It ought to be known, that each region has its own measure; and therefore learned ones (doctors), when speaking of measures, speak counsel according to their specific custom of the region, just as it is read about Ruth, who collected only six measures of barley. [cf. Rt 4:17]. And similarly Ezechiel spoke one way about a sheckel [cf. Ez 45:12] and Heptaticus spoke another way about the same sheckel: and thus St. Benedict, when he says a hemina of wine, he speaks counsel according to his specific regional custom; he did so likewise regarding the offices, et cetera. Based on this King Charles, who was able to understand and to know the nature of that same hemina, sent Bonventure to the same monastery of St. Benedict, and there he found the ancient hemina, and according to that hemina, wine was given to the monks. Similarly and also according to [this measure] we also have it.1 A hemina is cut into the two equal halves of a sextarius, and makes a cotula (cotyla), as Isidore says. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVI, c. 26.5]

Hemina autem appendit libram unam, quae geminata sextarium facti. Mina autem centum dragmis appenditur; duae enim heminae faciunt sextarium unum; unde dicit Priscianus in libro, quem per metrum scripsit, de mensuris hoc modo: heminas recipit geminas sextarius unus, [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVI, c. 6] qui quater assumptus fit graico nomine xούνξ. 'Hμνα graece latine hemina dicitur, sicuti minas graece latine mina dicitur. In hoc enim loco videtur Priscianus dicere: non est plus hemina, quam sit mina, quia sicut duae mina faciunt unum sextarium, ita duo heminae similiter faciunt. [Priscian ?]

But a hemina equals one pound, which when doubled makes a sextarius. One mina is considered to be a hundred drachma; two hemina make one sextarius. Therefore speaks Priscian in the book, which he has written in metre the following about measures: one sextarius merits a doubled hemina, [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVI, c. 6] which when quadrupled takes the Greek name xούνξ. 'Hμνα in Greek is called hemina in Latin, just as minas in Greek is called mina in Latin. In this place Priscian seems to say: it is not more than a hemina, that which is a mina, because just as two mina make one sextarius, two hemina similarly make one sextarius.

Etenim praepositio in compositione, quamvis aliquando minuat sensum, sicut elinguis, i. e. sine lingua, et enodis, i.e. sine nodo - unde Vigilius dicit: Aut rursum enodes trunci resecantur et alte finditur in solidum cuneis via, deinde feraces plantae inmittuntur. [Vergil, Georgica II. 78-80]

And indeed, preference in composition, even though sometimes it reduces the sense, just as “un-eloquence”,2 i.e. without language, and knotless, i.e. without knots – about which Virgil states: Or again, knotless trunks are cut off, with wedges a single path is cleft deeply, then fruitful plants are let in. [Vergil, Georgica IV 144-15]

In hoc enim loco enodes trunci intelliguntur: sine nodo - aliquando vero et auget sensum [page 446] in compositione, ut est edura pirus, hoc est valde dura, unde idem Virgilius dicit: Ille etiam seras in versum distulit ulmos - eduramque pirum et spinos jam pruna ferentis; [Vergil, Georgica IV.144-15] in hoc enim loco 'eduram pirum', i. e, nimium validam.

In this place knotless trunks are understood; without knot- but sometimes it enlarges the sense [page 446] in composition, just as the hard pear tree, that is, truly hard, about the same Vergil says: For also he scattered elm seeds in rows – and pears were hard and the blackberries were already carrying sloes. [Vergil, Georgica IV.144-15] In this place [he writes] 'eduram pirum', i.e. an excessive strength.

Aliquando et in compositione nec minuit nec auget, veluti cum dicitur: hemina (emina) vini, quia hoc est emina, qnod mina; hemina enim in 'mi' habet accentum, aliquando acutum aliquando circumflexum, eo quod 'mi' naturaliter longa est. Tune enim habet circumflexum accentum, quando est hemina nominativus et vocativus casus. Similiter circumflexum habet ut heminam, quando accusativus singularis est. In aliis vero casibus sive singularis numeri, sive pluralis, in quibus 'mi' penultima est, semper habet acutum.

Sometimes he neither diminishes nor augments it in composition, when it is said: a hemina of wine, because this is a hemina, which is a mina; for in hemina the “mi” has an accent. Sometimes it has an acute accent, sometimes a circumflex accent, because “mi” naturally is long. It has a circumflex accent when hemina is in the nominative and vocative cases. Similarly it has a circumflex accent as in heminam, when it is in the accusative singular. But in other cases whether singular or plural in number, in which “mi” is the penultimate, it always has an acute accent.

Choenix enim genus mensurae est, unde legitur in Apocalypsi: Et cum aperuisset tertium signaculum, audivi tertium animal dicere: Veni! Et ecce equus niger, et qui sedebat super illum, habebat stateram in manu sua et audivi tanquam vocem in medio quatuor animalium dicentem: Choenix tritici denario uno. [cf. Apc 6:5-6]

The cenix is a type of measure, from which is read in Apocalypse: And when he opened the third seal, I heard the third animal say: Come! And behold a black horse, and he who sat astride it held a scales in his hand and I heard such a voice in the middle of the four animals saying: A cenix of wheat for one denarius. [cf. Apc 6:5-6] XXXXX

'Choenix' graeco nomine fit, cum quater sextarius assumptus est. Nam sextarius duarum librarum est, qui bis assumptus nominatur bilibris; assumptus quater fit graeco nomine choenix, quinquies complicatus quinarem sive gomor facit; adjice sextum, congium reddit; nam congius sex sextariis metitur, a quo et sextarii nomen dederunt. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVI, c. 26.]

'Cenix' may be the Greek name, which are four sextarius. For a sextarius is two pounds, two of them together are a bilibris; four of them make a “cenix” which is a Greek term, five of them together make a quinar or a gomor; add a sixth and it makes a congius; for a congius is six sextarius, and from this the sextarius takes its name. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVI, c. 26]

Sequitur: 4Quibus autem donat Deus tolerantiam abstinentiae, propriam se habituros mercedem sciant.

Next, 4However those to whom God gives the strength of abstinence should know that they will receive a proper reward.

In hoc loco comprobatur, ut2 monachus cum consensu abbatis voluerit aut potuerit abstinere a potu seu a cibo aut vestimentis, bonum esse ad faciendum, quia propriam mercedem recepturus erit ex hoc. Verumtamen ille abbas, cum licentiam donat illo suo monacho jejunaudi, attendere debet, ne forte causa jactantiae velit jejunare; sed tamen melius facit monachus, si aliquantulum bibit vinum causa humanae laudis vitandae, quam si ex toto jejunaverit. [page 447]

In this place is sanctioned, when a monk with the consent of the abbot wishes to and is able to abstain from drink or from food or from clothing, it is good that this should be done, because he will receive a proper reward from this. Nevertheless that abbot, when he gives permission to that monk of his to abstain, he ought to pay close attention, lest by chance he wishes to abstain for the sake of boasting; but nevertheless, a monk does better, if he drinks a small amount of wine for the purpose of avoiding human praise, than if he abstains from everything. [page 447]

Sequitur: 5Quod si aut loci necessitas vel labor aut ardor aestatis amplius poposcerit, in arbitrio prioris consistat, considerans in omnibus, ne subrepat satietas aut ebrietas. 6Licet legamus, vinum monachorum omnino non esse, sed quia nostris temporibus id monachis persuaderi non potest, saltem vel hoc consentiamus, ut non usque ad satietatem bibamus, sed parcius, 7quia vinum apostatare facit etiam sapientes.

Next, 5If the need of the place, or the work or the heat of summer require a greater measure, the superior shall use his judgment in the matter, considering at all times, lest abundance or drunkenness creeps in. 6Although we read that wine is by no means a drink for monks; but since the monks of our day cannot be persuaded of this, let us at least agree to drink sparingly and not to satiety, 7because "wine makes even the wise fall away". [Sir 19:2]

Cum autem dicit subrepat, i. e. latenter repat, sive intret satietas vel ebrietas; parcius, i. e. temperantius vel abstinentius; apostatare, i. e. deviare a via Dei vel praevaricari. Quod autem dicit proprium mercedem se habiturum sciat, i. e. specialem.

However when he says “creeps in”, i.e. creeps secretly, whether abundance or drunkenness enters. Sparingly, i.e. temperately or abstemiously. Fall away, i.e. deviate from the path of God or not to act uprightly. However he says that he should know that he will receive his own reward, i.e. particular to him.

Bene dixit propriam mercedem, quia, sicut homo pro illo, quod communiter laborat cum aliis, communiter accipit mercedem, cum quibus laboravit, pro illo autem, quod solus specialiter sine aliis fecit, solus sine aliis specialiter mercedem accipit, sic etiam apud Deum, i. e. si cum aliis communiter aliquid bonum agit, communiter cum illis, cum quibus hoc bonum fecit, mercedem accipiet, si autem plus fecerit, quam alii, tunc specialem mercedem de hoc, quod plus fecit, accipiet.

He put it well when he said a proper reward, because just as a man in return for something, which he accomplishes together with others, receives a reward together with those with whom he labored; however, in return for something which he did alone without others, he alone receives a reward that is particular to him without anyone else. It also works this way before God, i.e. if he does something good together with others, then he will receive a reward together with those with whom he did the good; if however he did more than the others, then he receives because of this a special reward, because he did more.

V. gr. si tantum jejuno de vino, quantum alii, tunc communem mercedem accipio cum aliis, si vero plus jejunavero de vino aut minus, quam alii, de eo, quod plus jejunavi aut minus, quam alii, accipio propriam mercedem, i. e. majorem vel minorem sine aliis. Sicut S. Benedictus in hoc loco dicit, propriam mercedem se habiturum sciat, ita intelligendum est de omnibus bonis, quae communiter vel specialiter agit homo.

For example, if I abstain from wine as much as others do, then I receive a reward together with the others; but if I abstain from wine either more or less than the others, as a consequence of abstaining more or less than the others, I receive a proportional reward, that is to say, a reward that is greater or less alone. Just as St. Benedict says in this place, he should know he will receive a proper reward, it ought to be understood in this way about all good works, which man performs communally or individually.

Sequitur: 8Ubi autem necessitas loci exposcit, ut nec supra scripta mensura inveniri possit, sed multum minus aut ex toto nihil, benedicant Deum, qui ibi habitant, et non murmurent, 9hoc ante omnia admonentes, ut absque murmuratione sint.

Next: 8But where the needs of the place are such that not even the measure prescribed above can be found, but much or none at all, let those who live there bless God and not murmur. 9Above all things do we give this admonition, that they abstain from murmuring.

In hoc enim loco intuendum est, quia tres sensus continentur in hoc capitulo, i. e. quia mensuram constituit et plus augere praecepit et crapulam et ebrietatem abstulit; v. gr. sunt tres fratres, unus, cui sufficit mensura, alter est, qui plus indiget, tertius, qui, si ipsam [page 448] mensuram biberit, crapulam habebit.

In this place it is to be considered that three senses are contained in this chapter, i.e. because it established the measure and advises to nourish more and remove inebriation and drunkenness. For example, there are three brothers, one to whom the measure suffices, another, who consumes more, and the third who if he were to drink the [page 448] measure he would be inebriated.

Iste enim, cui nec minus nec minus est, si vult, potest totam bibere; ille autem, qui plus indiget, plus debet accipere, sicut et de pane et pulinentis dicit, ita tamen, ut frenum habeat, i. e. ut crapulam non sentiat; iste vero, qui de sola mensura crapulam sentit, i. e. aut in locutione vel in ingressu vacillat, si sponte vult, debet illi minui etiam ipsa mensura.

For that same one, to whom it is neither less nor to much, may drink all of it if he wishes. But the one who needs more ought to receive more, just as he says with regard to bread and dishes – but in such a way that he keeps restraint, that is that he does not feel drunkeness. But that one, who feels drunk from only the measure, i.e. he staggers in speech or in walking, if he wishes voluntarily, that same measure ought to be reduced for him.

Si vero dixerit, 'quia nolo, ut minuatur mensura mea, quia S. Benedictus illam, mihi concessit,' non debet illi mensura minui propter murmurationem, sed debet illura exspectare, donec ab omnibus cognoscatur et convincatur, sibi ipsa mensura3 nocere; et tunc, si talis fuerit ille, qui voluerit se abstinere, abstineat, si autem perseveraverit in sua pertinacia et noluerit se abstinere sponte, tunc abstineat se etiam coacte, quia levius est, ut murmuret sine ratione, quam in ebrietatem decidat, eo quod potest ille doctus4 postmodum recompensari de alimentis, de vestimentis, ut liniatur et reconcilietur.

But if he says, 'because I do not wish that my measure be diminished because St. Benedict granted that to me', the measure ought not be diminished for him on account of his murmuring, but one ought to wait until it is known and convincing to everyone that the same measure would harm him. And then, if he is the sort of man who wishes to abstain, he may abstain. But if he perseveres in his defiance and does not wish to abstain voluntarily, then he should still abstain through compulsion, because his murmuring without reason is less important than falling down in drunkenness, because afterwards once the man has been reformed he is able to be repaid with nourishments, with clothing, so that he may be anointed and reconciled.

Hoc enim sciendum est, quia si paupertas talis fuerit, ut vinum non invenerit, debet emere, ita tamen ut prius provideat, si vestimenta habeant, et postea emat vinum. Si autem non potest5 aliunde vestimenta emi, tunc melius est, ut prius vestimenta emantur, quae magis necessaria sunt, et tunc, si habet, unde etiam et vinum, tunc ematur.

For it ought to be known that if his poverty is of the kind that as he cannot procure wine, he is compelled to purchase [it], nevertheless he must consider beforehand if he has clothes,3 and afterwards he may buy wine. If, however, it is not possible for clothes to be purchased elsewhere,4 then it is better as clothes must be purchased first because they are a greater necessity and then if he has the resources from which he may also purchase wine, then he may buy it.


1. scil. Magnus. (Mittermüller).
2. si (?). (Mittermüller).
3. ipsam mensuram ?). (Mittermüller).
4. emendatus (?). (Mittermüller).
5. possunt (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Is this Latin section missing anything? I was not able to quite make sense of Hildemar’s meaning here as is.
2. I have translated this fairly literally.
3. Translated assuming plural 3rd person is incorrect.
4. Translated using variant possunt: clothes are not able to be purchased elsewhere.

Cap. XLI
QUIBUS HORIS OPORTET REFICERE FRATRES

[Ms P, fol. 125vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 116r; Ms E1, fol. 139r; Ms E2, fol. 213r]

Ch. 41
AT WHAT HOURS THE MEALS SHOULD BE TAKEN

Translated by: Courtney Booker

1A sancto Pascha usque ad Pentecosten ad sextam reficiant fratres, et ad seram coenent.

1From Holy Easter until Pentecost let the brethren take dinner at the sixth hour, and supper in the evening.

Congruum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco B. Benedictus in eo, quod prius dixit de mensura ciborum et potus [Regula Benedicti, c. 39-40], et nunc subjunxit, quibus horis reficere oportet. Cum enim dicit usque ad Pentecosten, h. e. usque ad octavam Pentecosten attinet.

Blessed Benedict maintained a suitable order in this place since he spoke earlier regarding the amount of food and drink [Regula Benedicti, c. 39-40], and now added at what hours the meals should be taken. When he says until Pentecost, that is, one should wait until eight days after Pentecost.

Hoc enim notandum est, quia, quamvis regula dicat, usque ad [page 449] Pentecosten prandere ad sextam et ad vesperam coenare, cum tamen letaniae venerint, debent monachi in his diebus jejunare usque ad nonam et omne jejunium, quod indictum fuerit ab episcopo, debent etiam jejunare, quia regula canoni non contradicit. Dicunt enim canones: Si quis jejunium indictum violaverit et reliq.1

For this ought to be noted – that however much the Rule states, up until [page 449] Pentecost the monks should take dinner at the sixth hour and supper in the evening, but when the Litanies shall come, they should fast on these days until the ninth hour, and should also fast on every day imposed by the bishop, since the rule of canons does not speak against it. For the canons say, If anyone shall transgress the edict of fasting, and so on.1

Sequitur: 2A Pentecoste autem tota aestate si labores agrorum non habent monachi, aut nimietas caloris non perturbat, quarta et sexta feria jejunent usque ad nonam. 3Reliquis vero diebus ad sextam prandeant.

Next: 2From Pentecost throughout the summer, unless the monks have work in the fields or the excessive heat of summer oppresses them, let them fast on Wednesdays and Fridays until the ninth hour. 3On the other days let them dine at the sixth hour.

Labor agrorum dicitur, cum non in claustra monasterii, sed in agris laborant aut foenum aut messem aut fruges et reliq. Nimietas caloris est, cum augustiam homini calor ingerit

He says work in the fields since they work not in the confines of the monastery, but in the hay, crop, or fruit fields, and so on. It is excessive heat since heat inflicts anguish upon man.

Quarta et sexta feria jejunent usque ad nonam. Haec consuetudo jejunandi quarta et sexta feria orta est a sanctis Patribus necnon etiam judaica consuetudo fuit, sicut pharisaeus dicit: Jejuno bis in sabbato, decimas do omnium, quae possideo [Lc 18:12]; ideo in sabbato bis, quia aut non coenabat aut non prandebat. Apud antiquos enim dicebatur prima sabbati, secunda sabbati et reliqua usque in septimam sabbati, ac per hoc etiam tota hebdomada sabbatum vocabatur, et ideo ille pharisaeus, cum dicit: bis jejuno in sabbato [Lc 18:12] - quasi diceret: 'duobus diebus jejuno in septimana', hoc est quarta et sexta feria, eo quod, sicut diximus, apud antiquos septimana sabbatum vocabatur.

Let them fast on Wednesdays and Fridays until the ninth hour. This custom of fasting on Wednesdays and Fridays takes its origin from the Holy Fathers, and it was also a Jewish custom, just as the Pharisee says: I fast twice a week [bis in sabbato], I give tithes of all that I possess [Lc 18:12]. Therefore, twice a week he took neither dinner nor supper. For according to the ancients, it was said ‘the first of the sabbath, the second of the sabbath,’ and so on up to the seventh of the sabbath, and on account of this [practice] every day of the week was called the sabbath. Thus, the Pharisee, when he says I fast twice a week, [Lc 18:12] it is as if he were saying ‘I fast for two days in a week’ – that is, on Wednesday and Friday – since as we said, according to the ancients a week was called a sabbath.

Verumtamen non est intelligendum, ut nullo modo in ipsis diebus [non] manducasset, sed semel in ipsis diebus manducabat, i. e. si prandebat, non coenabat, et si coenabat, non prandebat; et illud prandium, quod non prandebat, sive coenam, quam non manducabat, pauperibus causa vanae gloriae dabat. Nam non diximus, ut nullo modo in ipsis diebus [non] manducasset, quia si nihil manducasset, non diceret: bis jejuno in sabbato, sed diceret: 'duas biduanas facio in sabbato,' hoc est, nihil in quarta et sexta feria manduco, quia 'cottidianum' jejunium est, illud, in quo semel in die comeditur, 'bidnanum' vero, cum in altero die tantum comeditur, h. e. si in tertia [page 450] feria comeditur, in quarta feria sine comestione transiens in quinta feria solummodo comeditur.

However, it should not be understood that he did not eat anything on those days; rather, he ate once on those same days – that is, if he ate supper, then he did not eat dinner, and if he ate dinner, then he did not eat supper. And the supper that he did not eat, or the dinner that he did not take, he gave to the poor for the sake of [i.e., to avoid] vainglory. For we did not say that he had not eaten at all on those days, since if he ate nothing, then he would not have said I fast twice a week [bis], but ‘I do [it] two days a week’ [biduanas] – that is, I eat nothing on Wednesday and Friday, since a ‘daily’ fast is that in which something is eaten [only] once a day, but ‘two days’ [biduanum] since something is eaten only on another day – that is, if something is eaten on Tuesday [page 450], then on Wednesday one goes without eating until Thursday, and only then may something be eaten.

Sequitur: 4quae prandii sexta, si opera in agris habuerint aut aestatis fervor nimius fuerit, continuanda erit, et in abbatis sit providentia.

Next: 4This dinner at the sixth hour shall be the daily schedule if they have work in the fields or the heat of summer is extreme; the abbot’s foresight shall decide on this.

Continuanda, i. e. simul tenenda; continuare enim dicitur: 'insimul tenere', ac si diceret aliis verbis: si opera in agris fuerint et nimietas aestatis fuerit, sicut in secunda feria et tertia feria aut quinta feria aut in sabbato, ita etiam in quarta feria et in sexta feria ad sextam prandeant, quia, sicut diximus, continuanda est: simul et aequaliter tenenda; etiam in quarta feria et sexta feria, sicut in aliis diebus prandii sexta tenetur.

Shall be the daily schedule [continuanda], that is, should be held at the same time; for he says to do something regularly [continuare], ‘to hold at the same time,’ as if he were saying in other words: If there shall be work in the fields and extreme summer heat, let them take supper at the sixth hour on Wednesday and Friday, or Thursday and Saturday, just as on Monday and Tuesday, since as we said, it shall be the daily schedule: held at the same time and regularly. And on Wednesday and Friday, just as on the other days, supper is held at the sixth hour.

Sequitur: 5Et sic omnia temperet atque disponat, qualiter et animae salventur, et, quod faciunt fratres, absque justa murmuratione faciant.

Next: 5And let him adapt and arrange everything in such a way that souls may be saved and the brothers may do what they do without just murmuring.

Sunt enim aliae regulae, quae habent absque ulla murmuratione; et iterum sunt aliae regulae, quae habent: absque justa murmuratione. Fuerunt enim alii, qui dixerunt: 'Non est bonum, ut habeant justa murmuratione, quia murmuratio justa esse non potest.' Deinde fuerunt alii, qui studiose intellexerunt, invenerunt loca, ubi justa murmuratio reperitur, in eo loco, ubi dicitur: Si vero non saturabuntur et murmurabunt [Mozarabic Ps 58:16].

There are some rules that have without any murmuring, and there are others that have without just murmuring. For there were some [people] who said, ‘It is not good that they have just murmuring, since murmuring cannot be just.’ Then there were others who considered carefully, and discovered a place where just murmuring is found – in that place where it is said, But if they be not filled and they murmur [Mozarabic Ps 58:16].

Hoc enim intelligit Cassiodorus esse dictum de apostolis. [cf. Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 85:16, CCSL 97, p. 528] Illi enim, cum voluerunt praedicare in Judaea, ipsi spreverunt et expulermit illos de finibus suis, et dixerunt apostoli ad Judaeos: Vobis enim oportebut praedicare regnum Dei, sed quia vos judicastis indignos vitae aeternae, ecce convertimur ad gentes [cf. Act 13:46]. Ecce juste murmuraverunt apostoli contra Judaeos, eo quod, cum illi voluerunt illis bona nuntiare, [et] ipsi expulerunt illos. Item dicit B. Job: Si adversum me terra mea clamat et cum ipsa sulci ejus deflent, si fructus ejus comedi absque pecunia [Iob 31:38-39].

Cassiodorus understands it to be a saying of the apostles. [cf. Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 85:16, CCSL 97, p. 528] For when [the apostles] wished to preach in Judaea, [the Jews] rejected them and drove them from their land. And the apostles said to the Jews, To you it behoved [us] to preach the kingdom of God, but because you judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life, behold we turn to the gentiles. [cf. Act 13:46] Behold, the apostles justly murmured against the Jews because they wished to preach good things to them, and the Jews drove them away. Likewise, blessed Job says, If my land cry against me, and with it the furrows thereof mourn, if I have eaten the fruits thereof without money. [Iob 31:38–39].

Hoc enim testimonium tractat in moralibus libris B. Gregorius et in homiliis. In homiliis autem suis ita disponit: Terra etenim contra possessorem suum clamat, quando contra pastorem suum juste ecclesia murmurat; cujus [page 451] etiam sulci deflent, si corda audientium, quae a praecedentibus sunt patribus praedicationis voce et vigore invectionis exarata, videant aliquid, quod lugeant de vita pastoris. Cujus videlicet terrae fructus possessor bonus sine pecunia non manducat, quia discretus pastor praerogat talentum verbi, ne ad damnationiem suam de ecclesia stipendium sumat alimenti. Tunc enim de terra nostra cum pecunia fructus comedimus, quando sumentes ecclesiastica subsidia in praedicatione laboramus. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia 17, CCSL 141, p. 123]

The blessed Gregory [the Great] also treats this testimony in his books on morals and in his homilies. In his homilies, he proceeds thus, The land cries out against its owner when the Church justly murmurs against its shepherd; its [page 451] furrows run with tears if the hearts of all who listen, which were ploughed by the preaching voice and the energetic denunciations of our fathers, see something to deplore in the life of their shepherd. The good owner of this land does not partake of its fruit without payment, because a conscientious shepherd pays out the talent of the word first so that he may not take pay for his sustenance from the Church to his own condemnation. We then devour the fruits of our land with payment when we exert ourselves in preaching and take pay from the Church. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia 17, trans. D. Hurst, p. 140].

Ecce, quia inventa sunt loca, ubi justa murmuratio reperitur. Bene in hoc loco justa murmuratione habetur, maxime in regula S. Benedicti, quam ipse scripsit, justa murmuratione repertum est. Bene S. Benedictus justa murmuratione dicit, quia cognovit hominem posse murmurare non solum in ore, sed etiam in corde, et nullus mortalium potest ita causam semper ordinare, ut murmuratio non sit; nam potest quis ita disponere, ut justa murmuratio non sit, sed injusta, sicut leguntur in evangelio murmurasse contra Dominum Judaeos et pharisaeos, qui omnia juste et rationabiliter disponebat - quasi diceret aliis verbis: ita temperet atque disponat, qualiter et animae salventur et quod faciunt fratres, ut non habeant, unde juste et rationabiliter murmurent. Si enim injuste et irrationabiliter disponit, peccatum abbatis est, si fratres murmurant ex hoc; similiter et peccant illi, si murmurant, quia non patienter sufferunt mala. Si autem abbas juste disponit et fratres murmurant, peccant solummodo monachi, abbas autem liber est, quia si abbas sapiens et discretus fuerit et zelum Dei habuerit et, possibilitatem,2 poterit Domino juvante ita disponere, ut, si fratres murmurant, injuste murmurent.

Behold that places were discovered where just murmuring is found. Just murmuring is held rightly in this place, and especially in the Rule of Saint Benedict (which he himself wrote) where just murmuring is found. Rightly did Saint Benedict say just murmuring, since he understood that man can murmur not only in his mouth, but also in his heart. No part of human affairs can ever be arranged so that there might be no murmuring. For anyone can state thus: that murmuring is not just, but unjust, as it is read in the gospel that the Jews and Pharisees murmured against the Lord, who stated everything justly and reasonably – as if [Benedict] were saying in other words: he [the abbot] adapts and commands thus, in what manner souls may be saved and in what manner the brothers do what they do, in order that they may not have [succeed?], whence they murmur justly and reasonably. For if he commands unjustly and unreasonably, it is the abbot’s sin if the brothers murmur on account of this. And likewise, they sin if they murmur, since they did not suffer evil patiently. But if the abbot commands justly and the brothers murmur, then the monks alone sin, and the abbot is free [of sin], since if the abbot shall be wise and discerning and possess godly zeal and power [?], then he will be able, God willing, to command in such a way that if the brothers murmur, then they murmur unjustly.

Sequitur: 6Ab Idibus autem Septembris usque ad Caput Quadragesimae ad nonam semper reficiant fratres. 7In Quadragesima vero usque ad Pascha ad vesperam reficiant. 8Ipsa tamen vespera sic agatur, ut lumine lucernae non indigeant reficientes, sed luce adhuc diei omnia consummentur. [page 452] 9Sed et omni tempore sive coenae sive refectionis hora sic temperetur, ut cum luce fiant omnia.

Next: 6From the Ides of September until the beginning of Lent let them always take their dinner at the ninth hour. 7In Lent until Easter let them dine in the evening. 8But this evening hour shall be so determined that they will not need the light of a lamp while eating, but everything will be accomplished while it is still daylight. [page 452] 9Indeed at all seasons let the hour, whether for supper or for dinner, be so arranged that everything will be done by daylight.

Ab Idibus Septembris, i. e. ab ipso die, in quo Idus sunt, hoc est a tertio decimo Septembris inchoandum est jejunium. Istum enim locum varie intelligunt sapientes; alii sunt, qui intelligunt, quia istud capitulum XLI fecit ad illos monachos, qui nil operis laborant in agris, et propterea dixit: ab Idibus Septembris inchoare usque ad nonam jejunare, et ita ab ipsis Idibus intelligitur illis jussisse, mane lectioni vacare et usque ad nonam laborare, sicut in XLVIII capitulo dicit: a Calendis Octobris usque ad caput Quadragesimae [Regula Benedicti, 48:10] et reliq.

From the Ides of September, that is, from that day on which the Ides fall, that is, the fast ought to begin from the thirteenth of September. Wise men understand this section in different ways. There are some who think that [Benedict] made chapter 41 for those monks who do no labor in the fields, and therefore he said to begin to fast from the Ides of September until the ninth hour – thus from those Ides is understood by these [wise men] as a command to leave the morning free for reading and to work until the ninth hour, just as he says in chapter 48: From the kalends of October until the beginning of Lent [Regula Benedicti, c.48:10] and so on.

Illud autem capitulum XLVIII, cujus clavis est: De opere manuum quotidiano [c. 48], ubi dicit, ut a Pascha usque ad Calendas Octobris a mane exeuntes a prima pene usque ad horam pene quartam laborent [c. 48.3] scripsit illis monachis, qui in agris operantur, ut illi usque ad Calendas Octobris propter labores agrorum ad sextam prandeant et lectioni vacent a quarta usque ad sextam et post refectionem sextae dormiant. Iterum sunt alii, qui intelligunt, quia non est verum, sed sicut jussit facere in quarta feria et sexta feria tota aestate, cum ad nonam manducant, ita etiam in istis XVIII diebus jussit fieri, et propter illos duos dies, i. e. quartam et sextam feriam, isti dicunt proprium sensum S. Benedicti, qui dicunt, ita agendum esse in istis XVIII diebus, sicut in illis duobus diebus de aestate.

But the key of chapter 48 [are the words] Concerning the daily manual labor [Regula Benedicti, c. 48], where he says that from Easter until the kalends of October, going out in the morning, the monks should labor from nearly the first to the fourth hour [c. 48.3]; he wrote [this] for those monks who work in the fields in order that they – up till the kalends of October, on account of the work in the fields – take supper at the sixth [hour] and leave the fourth to the sixth [hour] free for reading, and after dinner at the sixth [hour] they go to sleep. But there are others who think that this is not right, but just as he commanded [the monks] to do throughout the summer on Wednesdays and Fridays, when they eat at the ninth hour, so too did he command [this] to be done on those 18 days; and on account of those two days, that is, Wednesdays and Fridays, those [other men] say that the particular sense [intended by] Saint Benedict is that what ought to be done on those 18 days is the same as [what should be done] on those two days during the summer.

Ita vero agendum est in illis diebus, quando ad nonam manducant, i. e. sexta, cantata vadant dormire. Deinde ille, qui tangere debet signum, cum videt horam congruam, tangere debet signum missae; deinde missa cantata sit media octava, et cantent nonam; deinde manducent. Ideo dixi 'media octava', quia, sicut in aliis dixit tangere media octava nonam horam, ita etiam in quarta et sexta feria cantanda est nona, et sicuti in aliis diebus jejuniorum non est manducandum poma3 ad seram, ita et in quarta et sexta feria, si ad nonam manducant.

Truly this ought to be done on those days when they eat at the ninth hour – that is, having sung at the sixth [hour], they should go to sleep. Therefore, he who strikes the signal, when he sees an agreeable hour, he should strike the signal for Mass; thereupon the Mass may be sung in the middle of the eighth hour, and they should chant in the ninth, and then eat. I said ‘middle of the eighth hour’ because just as for some [Benedict] said to strike [the signal] in the middle of the eighth and ninth hour, and thus on Wednesdays and Fridays the ninth should also be sung, for others fruit should not be eaten on fasting days in the evening, and thus also on Wednesdays and Fridays, if they eat at the ninth [hour].


1. Citation unidentified.
2. passibilitatem (?). (Mittermüller).
3. non sunt manducanda poma. Ita Codex Tegerns. a manu recentiori correctus. (Mittermüller).

1. Citation unidentified.

Cap. XLII
UT POST COMPLETORIUM NEMO LOQUATUR

[Ms P, fol. 126rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 119r; Ms E1, fol. 140v; Ms E2, fol. 215r]

Ch. 42
NOBODY SHOULD SPEAK AFTER COMPLINE

Translated by: Manu Radhakrishnan

1Omni tempore silentium1 debent studere monachi, maxime tamen nocturnis horis, 2et ideo omni tempore, 3sive jejunii sive prandii, mox ut surrexerint a coena, sedeant omnes in uno, et legat unus collationes vel vitas patrum aut certe aliquid, quod aedificet audientes.

1Monks should strive for silence at all times, but especially at night, 2and therefore at all times, whether of fasting or non-fasting. 3If it is an ordinary day, as soon as they rise from supper, the brothers should all sit down together and one of them should read the Conferences or the Lives of the Fathers or something else to edify listeners.

Rectum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus in eo, quod dixit, quibus horis oportet refici fratres perveniens ad illum locum, ubi dixit: ipsa tamen vespera sic agatur, ut lumine lucernae non indigeant fratres reficientes, sed luce adhuc diei omnia consummentur, [Regula Benedicti, c. 41:8] et subjunxit hoc capitulum, cujus clavis dicitur: ut post completorium nemo loquatur. Nam quid aliud melius potuerat dici, quam dictis horis diurnis, quibus reficiendum erat, statim diceret,2 ut post completorium nullus loqui debuisset, et diceret3 etiam, quomodo ad completorium agendum venire debuissent, eo quod completorium cum luce agendum est. Et postquam dixerat mentionem lucis, ut cum luce omnia agerentur, subjunxit illico dicens: Omni tempore silentium debent studere monachi, maxime tamen nocturnis horis. Superius enim diximus: ubi silentium dicit regula, de suppressa voce intelligitur dicere, ubi vero maxime, sicuti hoc loco, dicit, non vult, ut loquatur, sicut in refectorio dicit.

St Benedict held right order at this point when he mentioned the hours in which it behooves the brethren to be fed, coming to that place where he said: Vespers should be done so that the monks do not need lamplight to eat, but everything should be finished in daylight [Regula Benedicti, c. 41:8] and added below this chapter whose title is Nobody should speak after Compline. For what else could have been said better than having mentioned the daylight hours during which one ought to eat, immediately to say Nobody should speak after Compline and also to say how they should come to do Compline, since Compline is to be performed in daylight. And after he had made mention of light, since all these things were to be done during daylight, at that place he added the words below, saying Monks should strive for silence at all times, but especially at night.For we had said above: where the rule says silence, it is understood to mean the lowered voice; where he says especially, as in this place, he does not want that one speak as one speaks in the refectory.

Sed hoc notandum est, quod, si nocturno tempore damnum viderit quis tale aut necessitas fuerit, quam non potest expectare, ut congruo tempore loquatur, hoc non interdicit regula loqui statim; verbi gratia (si) viderit fratrem fugientem aut aliquid damnum vel aliquod grave peccatum, debet significare priori. Tria enim inspicienda sunt tempore locutionis, i. e. damnum, necessitas tam spiritualis quam corporalis, atque interrogatio prioris, quae omnia, si altius consideraverit, ad interrogationem referuntur, quia sicuti prior interrogat, ita etiam damnum et necessitas interrogare cognoscuntur.

But this ought to be noted, that, if during nighttime someone sees some such harm that it is necessary that he cannot wait to speak at an appropriate time, the rule does not forbid speaking immediately. If someone should see a brother fleeing or some damage or some serious sin, he should inform the prior using words. For three things ought to be considered a time for speech, i.e. harm, a spiritual or a bodily necessity, and a question by the prior, all of which, if you should consider them more deeply, refer to a question, since just as the prior questions, so also are harm and necessity to be understood.

Nocturnis horis cum dicit, [page 454] totam noctem significat, sicut inferius dicit. Excepto si neccesitas hospitum supervenerit aut forte abbas alicui aliquid jusserit. Ecce per hoc manifestum est, quod dixi, quia, licet etiam loqui pro damno aut necessitate, quia interrogatio est ista, sicut superius diximus.

When he says during night hours [page 454] he means the entire night, as he says below except if care for guests is necessary or if the abbot orders someone to do something. Behold that through this what I said is made plain since it is also permitted to speak in face of harm or necessity, for this is questioning, as we mentioned above.

Quod autem dicit: si forte abbas alicui aliquid jusserit, i. e. si consuere, si piscari, si scribere jusserit, obediendum est. Verumtamen non assidue debet facere, sed tarde et pro necessitate, quae non potest ferri, eo quod regula non dicit ‘assidue’, sed forte, ac per hoc, cum dicit forte, quasi diceret: si contingat, ut abbas alicui jubeat in nocte aliquid operis facere, i. e. quando silentium monachi debent tenere, hoc, quod justum est, cum silentio fiat, sicut ipse dicit cum summa gravitate, hoc est, cum majori silentio et honestate, quam in die.

Moreover, what he says — or if the abbot orders someone to do something — i.e. if he orders you to sew, to fish or to write, it is to be obeyed. However, this should not be done hastily, but slowly and on account of necessity, that which cannot be borne, in that the rule does not say hastily but perhaps, and by this, since he says perhaps, it is as though he said: should it happen that the abbot orders someone to do something at night, i.e. when the monks ought to keep silence, let this, as is right, be done silently, just as he himself says with the greatest seriousness, this is (to be done), with great silence and respectability, just as in the daytime.

Quod autem dicit: 3Si tempus fuerit prandii, mox ut surrexerint a coena, sedeant omnes in uno et legat unus collationes vel vitas patrum aut certe aliquid, quod audientes aedificet, 4non autem heptaticum aut regum, quia infirmis intellectibus non erit utile illa hora hanc scripturam audire; aliis vero horis legantur — subaudiendum est: tam in aestate quam in hieme.

Where, moreover, he says, 3If it is an ordinary day, as soon as they rise from supper, the brothers should all sit down together and one of them should read the Conferences or the Lives of the Fathers or something else to edify listeners, 4but not the Heptateuch or the Books of Kings, because it will not be good for weak minds to hear those parts of Scripture at that time; they should be read at other time, it is to be understood that just as it is in the summer, so too in the winter.

Istud enim mox, non pro continuatione positum est, sed quia noluit S. Benedictus, ut grande intervallum fuisset, sed parvissimum inter coenam et collationem, ideo dixit mox, ac si diceret: ut surrexerint a coena parvissimo intervallo facto, donec servitores manducant, mox accedant ad collationem.

For this as soon as is not placed as a continuation [of the meal] but because St Benedict did not want that there be a long interval, but the smallest, between the dinner and the evening gathering, therefore he says as soon as, as though he were to say: as soon as they rise from supper with the shortest interval, while the servers are eating, let them come directly to the evening gathering.

Et hoc notandum est, si tempore nubili fallitur vespera, i. e. plus tarde quam in aliis diebus, non debet intervallum inter coenam et collationem ita exspectare aut facere abbas, sicut in aliis diebus, quando moderate agitur, sed mox accedere ad collationem.

And this ought to be noted, if the evening should fall at a cloudy time, i.e. later than on other days, the abbot should not await an interval between dinner and the evening gathering or do as on other days, when one acts more moderately, but they should come directly to the gathering.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia tempore collationis et in loco collationis nullus debet loqui, nisi aut lector, qui legit, aut abbas, qui exponit, aut certe talis frater, cui jusserit tradere lectionem.

And this ought to be known, since during the time of the gathering and in the place of gathering, no-one should speak except the reader who reads, or the abbot who explains, or certainly such a brother to whom he shall order the handing over of the reading.

Et iterum sciendum est, quia cum lavant pedes fratres, nec cantare nec legere debent.

And this too ought to be known, that when the brothers wash their feet, they should neither chant nor read.

Forte dicit quis: 'Quare, cum regula dicit legere?' Cui respondendum est: duo dicit S. Benedictus, legere et pedes abluere, sed tarnen non insimul, [page 455] quia non possunt insimul pedes abluere et collationes legere, sed separatim, i. e. primitus pedes lavare et postmodum legere.

Perhaps someone says, ‘Why, when the Rule says to read?’ To which one ought to reply that St Benedict says two things, [page 455] to read and to wash the feet, but nevertheless not simultaneously, since they cannot at the same time wash feet and read the evening lessons, but rather separately, i.e. first to wash the feet, and then to read.

Per hoc, quod dicit regum aut heptaticum, significat illos libros, qui similes sunt illis, i. e. qui sub allegoricis figuris conscripti sunt.

By this, where he says, [the books] of Kings or the Heptateuch, he means those books which are similar to them, i.e., which are written using allegorical figures.

Istud enim, quod dicit et ideo omni tempore sive jejunii sive prandii, ad illud respicit, ubi dicit: cum adhuc dies fuerit, dieta vespera ita agatur, sicut dicit, si tempus fuerit prandii et reliqua.

For that which he says, and therefore at all times, whether of fasting or non-fasting, refers back to where he says, If it is a (fast) day, let the aforementioned vespers be done thus, as he says, if it shall be a time of non-fasting and so on.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘Quomodo illud respicit, cum illic habetur sua constructio, cum dicit: si tempus jejunii fuerit?’ Cui respondendum est: consuetudo est aliquando doctorum hoc, quod in capite sententiae dicit, iterum in fine replicare, sicut superius diximus, ubi de gradibus exponebamus.

Perhaps someone says: ‘How can it refer back to that, since at that place this is his meaning when he says: If it shall be a fast day?’ To this one should reply that it is a certain custom of the learned to repeat that which he says at the beginning of the sentence again at the end, just as we said above where we were explaining about the steps.

Sequitur: 5Si autem jejunii dies fuerint, dicta vespera, parvo intervallo mox accedant ad lectionem collationum, ut diximus, 6et lectis quatuor aut quinque foliis, vel quantum hora permittit, 7Omnibus in unum concurrentibus per hanc moram lectionis.

Then follows: 5If it is a fast day, once Vespers is said, there is a short break, and then the brothers should proceed at once to the reading of the Conferences, as we said, 6four or five pages being read, or as much as time allows, 7all coming together during this reading period.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia istud quod dicit: si tempus jejunii fuerit, parvissimo intervallo mox accedant ad lectionem collationum, ut diximus, tale vult fieri intervallum, quando coena, quale quando non coena, ab ipsa, vespera usque ad collationes legendas, i. e. sic grande intervallum debet esse ipsa coena, quale est, quando non coenant.

And this ought to be known, since what he says — If it is a fast day, after a very short break, and then the brothers should proceed at once to the reading of the Conferences — as we said, [shows] he wants such an interval to occur, when dining as when not dining, from the same vespers to the reading of the Conferences, i.e. there should be as great an interval from dinner as there is when they do not dine.

Sequitur: 7Si quis forte in assignato sibi commisso fuerit occupatus, occurrat. 8Omnes ergo in unum positi compleant. In assignato, i. e. injuncto.

Then follows: 7If it happens that one of them has been busy with his assigned task, he should attend. 8All thus assembled in one place should say Compline. With his assigned [task], i.e. enjoined.

Quod autem dicit omnes ergo in unum positi compleant, subaudiendum est: praeter eos, qui non possunt occurrere, veluti est portarius, infirmarius, si praeoccupationem habuerit.

Moreover, where he says All thus assembled in one place should say Compline, this ought to be understood: except those who cannot attend, such as is the case of the doorkeeper [or]the head of the infirmary, if he should be preoccupied.

Sequitur: 8Et exeuntes a completorio nulla sit licentia denuo cuiquam loqui aliquid. 9Quod si inventus fuerit quisquam, hanc praevaricari taciturnitatis regulam, graviori vindictae subjaceat, 10excepto si necessitas hospitum supervenerit aut forte abbas aliquid alicui jusserit, 11quod tamen et ipsum cum gravitate et moderatione honestissime fiat.

Then follows: 8and once they leave from Compline, nobody should be permitted to say anything further. 9If anyone is discovered in violation of this rule of silence, he should be punished severely, 10except if care for guests is necessary or if the abbot orders someone to do something, 11but this, too, is to be done with the utmost gravity and most seemly restraint.

Sciendum est enim, quia hoc, quod dicit: et exeuntes [page 456] a completorio mala sit licentia denuo cuiquam loqui, non est intelligendum dixisse completorio de illo, quod dicit: omnes in unum positi compleant, sed completorium appellavit officium, quod in ultima hora diei canitur, et quamquam de illo dicat completorio, i. e. de officio, tamen non debet quilibet, postquam surgit a Capitulo, aliquid loqui, quia aliud silentium eum constringit.

For it ought to be known that in this place where he says: [page 456] and leaving Compline, nobody should be permitted to say anything further, 'Compline' ought not to be understood as his having referred to that place where he says: All assembled in one place should say Compline but he called Compline the office, which is sung in the last hour of the day, and although he calls this Compline, i.e. the office, nevertheless no-one should, after he rises from the Chapter, say anything, since another silence constrains him.

Quod autem dicit lectis quatuor aut quinque foliis vel quantum hora permittit, non dicit usque dum videre potest legere legat, sed dicit, tantum legere, quantum hora permittit, hoc est, quantum congruum tempus est, i. e. ut completorium cum die com? pleatur, quia si iu die non cantaveris completorium, non reddis Deo septies laudes in die.

Where he says four or five pages being read, or as much as time allows, he does not say that he should read to the point where he can see to read, but he says, to read as much as the time permits, that is, as much time is available such that Compline can be sung during the daytime, since if you will not have sung Compline in the daytime, you will not render praise to God seven times a day.

Notandum est autem, quia ita intelligendum est de gravi vindietae, sicut de graviori, aut districtiori vel gravissime, sicut diximus.

Moreover it ought to be noted, that severe punishment is to be so understood as we understand more severe or stricter or most severe, as we said.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia, cum dicit excepto si necessitas hospitam supervenerit aut forte abbas altem aliquid jusserit, non dicit, ut semper abbas faciat, sed forte, quod tamen et ipsum cum gravitate et moderatione honestissime fiat.

And this ought to be known since, when he says except if care for guests is necessary or if perhaps the abbot orders someone to do something, he does not say that the abbot should always do this, but perhaps, which nevertheless should be done respectably with gravity and restraint.

Attendendum est autem, quia diurnis horis cum gravitate dicit aliquid agere, nocturnis vero cum summa gravitate, quasi diceret: nimis cauta.

Moreover, one should note that where he says to do something with gravity during daylight hours, [he means] during night truly with the utmost gravity, as though he said: with a great deal of caution.

Quod enim de suppresssa voce possit dici silentium, B. Augustinus docet, ubi exponit de resuscitatione Lacari hoc modo dicens: Abiit et vocavit Mariam sub silentio dicens: Magister adest et vocat te. [Io 11:28] Advertendum est enim, quemadmodum suppressam vocem silentium nuncupavit; nam quomodo siluit, quae dixit: Magister adest et vocat te?

Concerning the lowered voice, this can be called silence, the blessed Augustine teaches, where he explains the resurrection of Lazarus in this way saying, She went and called Mary in the stillness saying: the Master is here and is calling you [Io 11:28]. For we should attend to this, the way he calls the lowered voice silence, for in what manner can she be silent who says, The Master is here and is calling you?

Forte dicit quis: ‘quare in hoc capitulo de silentio dicit, cum superius dixit, ut usque ad interrogationem non loquatur?’ Cui respondendum est, quod intentio S. Benedicti fuerit in hoc capitulo, quanta debuissent folia legere, vel quomodo agere; et hac occasione accepta iterum dixit etiam de silentio ad exaggerandum silentium.

Perhaps someone says: ‘Why does he speak of silence in this chapter, since he said above that no one should speak until questioning?’ To which one should reply that St Benedict´s intention in this chapter would have been [to explain] how many folios they should read, or the way to do it; and having taken this opportunity he also spoke once again of silence to exalt silence.

Istud enim quod dixit forte, adverbium est contingendi, significat, ut, cum loquitur abbas, non omni tempore loquatur per licentiam, sed tardius, hoc est, per contingentiam et necessitatem, quia, si aliter loquitur, i. e. si non propter [page 457] eam necessitatem, quae sufferri non potest, peccat.

The perhaps that he mentions, a contingent adverb, signifies that when the abbot speaks, he speaks with presumption but more slowly, i.e., by contingency or necessity, since, if he speaks otherwise, i.e., if not [page 457] on account of necessity that cannot be endured, he sins.

Notandum est enim, quia valde S. Benedictus erga silentium laborat; nam aliquando dicit cum gravitate loqui, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 6.3] sicuti habes in XI gradu humilitatis, aliquando dicit ut interrogatus non loquatur, [Regula Benedicti, c. 7.56] sicut habes in VIII gradu humilitatis , aliquando vero summum silentium, [Regula Benedicti, c. 38.5] sicuti habes ad mensam, aliquando maxime nocturnis horis, sicuti superius habes in hoc capitulo, aliquando horis incompetentibus non jungantur, [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.21] sicuti in XLVIII capitulo.

For it is to be noted that S. Benedict labours a great deal in relation to silence; for on one occasion he says to speak with gravity, just as you have it in the eleventh step of humility, on another he says that one asked should not speak, but on another he says complete silence, as you have at the dining table, and on another he says above all at night time, just as you have above in this chapter, and on yet another he says Nor should brothers associate with each other at unsuitable times, as in the 48th chapter [Regula Benedicti, c. 48.21].

Sciendum enim est, ubi dicit silentium cum adjectione, i. e. summum aut maximum, aut dicit: ‘ut non sit domo licentia cuiquam loqui', aut maxime, aut non jungantur, aut cum omni, vult, ut nulla, inquisitio aut petitio aut interrogatio fiat.

For it ought to be known that where he says silence with a small addition, i.e. highest or greatest, or he says ‘Let there not be permission for anyone to speak,’ or especially, or let them not associate, or with complete [silence], he wants there to be no enquiry or petition or question.

Et hoc etiam sciendum est, quia sicut laborat erga voluntatem propriam, ita etiam erga silentium, quia silentium mortificationem significat; silentium enim, sicut dicit propheta, custos justitiae est, quia, ubi silentium non est, nulla ibi justitia solet esse, eo quod murmuratio et cetera mala locutio est; ideo tam valde erga silentii custodiam laboravit.

And this also should be known, that just as he labours in relation to his own will, so also in relation to silence, since silence signifies mortification; for silence, as the prophet says, is the custodian of justice, since where there is no silence, no justice is accustomed to be, because there is murmuring and other bad speech; for this reason he laboured so greatly in relation to the keeping of silence.


1. silentio. Cod. Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
2. dicere (?). (Mittermüller).
3. dicere (?). (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XLIII
DE HIS QUI AD OPUS DEI VEL AD MENSAM TARDE OCCURRUNT

[Ms P, fol. 126vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 121v; Ms E1, fol. 142r; Ms E2, fol. 216v]

Ch. 43
ON THOSE WHO HASTEN LATE TO THE WORK OF GOD, OR TO THE TABLE1

Translated by: Brendan Cook

1Ad horam divini officii mox ut auditum fuerit signum, relictis omnibus, quaelibet fuerint in manibus, summa cum festinatione curratur.

1The instant the signal has been heard for an hour of the divine office, the monk will immediately set aside all that he has in hand, whatever it may be, and run with the utmost speed.

Rectum etiam in hoc loco ordinem tenuit S. Benedictus in eo, quod dixit, quibus horis reficiendum est, [Regula Benedicti, c. 41] et dixit de completorii ratione, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 42] et subjunxit tde his, qui ad opus Dei vel ad mensam tarde occurrunt. Quasi quis interrogasset S. Benedictum dicens: ‘Ecce pater Benedicte, dixisti, quibus horis reficere debeamus, deinde dixisti, qualiter ad completorium agendum pervenire debeamus, et dixisti, quomodo linito completorio silentium tenere debeamus; dic etiam nunc, qualiter agendum est erga illos, qui tarde ad Signum divini officii occurrunt vel ad mensam’ - ille quasi respondens dicit: Ad horam divini officii mox ut auditum fuerit signum, relictis omnibus et reliq.

Here too, St. Benedict has maintained the correct order, in his statement on the hours for refreshment [Regula Benedicti, c. 41], and in his statement on the practice of evening prayers, [cf. c. 42] and adding now: ton those who hasten late to the work of God or to the table. It is as if someone had questioned St. Benedict saying: ‘Behold, father Benedict, you have told us the times for us to refresh ourselves, then you have told us how we should go to perform our evening prayers, and you have told us how we should keep silence when evening prayers are done; now tell us as well how we should treat those who hasten late after the signal of the divine office or to the table.’ He answers by way of response: The instant the signal has been heard for an hour of the divine office, the monk will immediately set aside all that he has in hand and so on.

Iste [page 458] enim locus ita intelligitur: Si infra claustram monasterii est frater, sicuti est scriptor ac sutor et ceteri, qui sine magna obedientia sunt, statim, ut audierint, debent currere. Quodsi non cucurrerint, per septem gradus ducendi sunt. Si autem fuerit frater, qui infirmis servit aut hospitibus aut in coquina aut in caeteris officiis, qui si in his obedientiis ita fuerit praeoccupatus, ut non possit statim dimittere, v. gr. si infirmum tenuerit in manibus, hi tales non debent constringi per hoc, quod dicit mox ut auditum fuerit signum, relictis omnibus et reliq.

So indeed [page 458] this passage is understood: if a monk is within the cloister of the monastery, such as the copyist and the shoemaker and the rest, who are not engaged in serious service, they ought to run the instant they have heard it. But if they have not run, they must be led through the seven steps. However in the case of a brother who has been serving with the sick or with a guest, or in the kitchen or in other tasks, and who is so occupied in performing them that he cannot set them aside at once – say if someone held a sick man in his arms – such men should not be constrained by the statement: The instant the signal has been heard, the monk will immediately set aside all and so on.

Illi vero, qui possunt relinquere, et non occurrerint ante gloriam primi psalmi, debent stare in ultimo loco aut seorsum usque ad satisfactionem. Illi autem, qui infirmis aut hospitibus serviendo aut in coquina, aut forte de longo veniunt, qui non per negligentiam cognoscuntur non occurrere ante gloriam primi psalmi, cum veniunt, statim debet innuere illis abbas, ut stent in ordine suo, et tum: debent stare in ordine suo absque satisfactione, quia sine culpa videntur ante Deum esse; Deus enim magis cor respicit, quam factum.

Of course if the monks are able to set their work aside and they have failed to arrive before the Gloria of the first psalm, they should stand in the last place or stand apart until they have provided satisfaction. However in the case of those who come from serving the sick or guests, or in the kitchen, or who perhaps have come from afar, men who are known to have arrived after the Gloria of the first psalm through no negligence on their part, the abbot should immediately nod to them on their arrival for them to stand in their regular place. And then they should stand in their regular place without providing satisfaction, since they appear blameless before God; for indeed God beholds their heart rather than their deed.

Illi autem, qui per negligentiam ante gloriam non veniunt primi psalmi, usque ter ad primum officium satisfacere debent, ad quod non venerunt legitime. Si autem quarta aut quinta vice hoc fecerint, debent etiam ad alia officia satisfacere; v. gr. si ad primam ante gloriam primi psalmi non venerunt, debent satisfacere ad primam et tertiam et sextam, prout abbas viderit illos esse negligentes, quia ista est lex illis, qui ad divinum officium tarde occurrunt.

However in the case of those who fail to arrive before the Gloria of the first psalm through negligence, they must provide satisfaction up to three times at the first office for failing to come lawfully. But if, however, they have failed to do this a fourth or fifth time, they should also provide satisfaction at the other offices – say if they have not arrived before the first Gloria of the first psalm, they must provide satisfaction at Prime, Terce, and Sext, as being found negligent by the abbot, for this is the law for those who hasten late to the divine office.

Verum debent admoneri hi, qui ita praeoccupati sunt, ut non possint occurrere, si corpore non possunt occurrere, occurrant mente. Hi autem possunt, occurrant mente et corpore; si autem non possunt occurrere corpore, occurrant mente, quia meliores sunt apud Deum isti, qui mente occurrunt et con corpore, quam illi, qui corpore occurrunt et con mente; quia illi, qui corpore tantum occurrunt et non mente, aut faciunt pro timore hominum aut pro amore vanae gloriae.

Of course those who are so occupied that they cannot hasten should be reminded that if they cannot hasten in body, they may still hasten in mind. However let those who are able hasten in mind and body. If, however, they cannot hasten in body, let them hasten in mind; for God prefers those who hasten in mind rather than body to those who hasten in body rather than mind; for those who hasten only in body rather than in mind act either from fear of men or from love of false glory.

Et hoc notandum est, quia ita intelligi debet hoc, quod dicit relictis omnibus, quaelibet fuerint in manibus, v. gr. Scriptor [page 459] non debet pro versu complendo stare aut certe pro litera perficienda; similiter et sutor, si acum in pannum vel subulam in calciamentum missam habuerit, non debet stare, ut permittatur acus vel subula pertranseat, sed statim ut sonum signi audierit, ita imperfecta debet dimittere, sicuti illa sonus signi invenerit.

And this must be considered, for so we must understand his statement set aside all that he has in hand – say if he is a scribe, [page 459] he must not stay to complete a verse, or certainly not to finish a letter. This also applies to the shoemaker: if he has set the needle in the cloth or the awl in the sole, he must not remain, though the needle be dropped or the awl pierce the sole. But the instant he has heard the sound of the signal, he must leave them just as unfinished as the sound of the signal found them.

Si autem foris est frater super famulos, si talis causa est, quam facit operari, veluti fodere aut aliqua opera, debet ille statim dimittere et occurrere; si autem est talis res, quam timet perdere, veluti est granum aut vinum, non debet statim dimittere, sed prius ita debet illa ordinare, ut exinde damnum non habeat, et post occurrere, quia iste, qua pro hoc vel pro infirmo aut hospite non occurrerit, si mente occurrerit, duo bona facere comprobatur, unum, quod rem fratrum sibi injunctam diligenter agit, et alterum, quod mente occurrit.

If, however, the brother is outside overseeing laborers, if he is making them perform some manner of outdoor work such as a ditch or another task, he should dismiss them at once and hasten away. But if, however, it is a project he fears to ruin, such as one involving grain or wine, he should not dismiss the workers at once, but first he must organize them, so that it will not lead to loss, and afterwards he must hasten away. For indeed the man who does not hasten, whether for the latter reason or for a sick man or a guest, is judged to have done two good deeds if he hastens in mind: the first is that he carefully performs the business of the brothers assigned to him, and the second is that he hastens in his mind.

Sequitur: 2cum gravitate tamen, ut non scurrilitas inveniat fomitem. 3Ergo nihil operi Dei praeponatur.

Next: 2yet with gravity and without supplying kindling to frivolity. 3Indeed nothing is to be preferred to the work of God.

Quod vero dicit ita tamen, ut scurrilitas non inveniat fomitem, est, ac si diceret aliis verbis: quia dixi currere, cum auditum fuerit signum, nunc dico, ita currat, et ex hoc non iuveniat jocus occasiones currendi. Fomes, i. e. nutrimentum vel hastula, unde prius ignis accenditur. Scurrilitas, i. e. jocus.

But of course his meaning when he says yet with gravity and without giving occasion for frivolity, is that, to use other words: ‘Indeed I have said run when the signal has been heard, now I say run in this way, and this will ensure the running will not provide occasion for mockery.’ Kindling, that is to say nourishment or a twig, from which a fire is first lighted. Frivolity, that is to say, mockery.

Sequitur: 4Quodsi quis ad nocturnas vigilias post Gloriam psalmi nonagesimi quarti, quem propter hoc omnino subtrahendo et morose volumus dici, non occurrerit, non stet in ordine suo in choro, 5sed ultimus omnium stet aut in loco, quem talibus negligentibus seorsum constituerit abbas, ut videatur ab ipso vel ab omnibus, usque dum completo opere Dei publica satisfactione poeniteat.

Next: 4But if at Vigils anyone arrives after the Gloria of Psalm Ninety-Four, which we wish, therefore, to be said quite deliberately and slowly, he is not to stand in his regular place in the choir; 5he must take the last place of all, or one set apart by the abbot for such careless ones, that he might be seen by him and by all, until they do penance by public satisfaction at the end of the work of God.

Hoc autem, quod dicit: non stet in ordine suo in choro, sed ultimus omnium stet aut in loco, quem talibus negligentibus constituerit abbas seorsum, ut videatur ab ipso vel ab omnibus et reliq. – i. e. si talis est frater, qui loco superiore stat, debet in ultimo stare; si autem ultimus est aut certe in medio et post, debet stare seorsum; sed tamen in nostro monasterio omnes seorsum stant. [page 460]

However this statement: he is not to stand in his regular place in the choir; he must take the last place of all, or one set apart by the abbot for such careless ones, that he might be seen by him and by all and so on, is to say that if he is the sort of brother who stands in a higher place, he must stand in the last place of all; if however he is last, or certainly in the middle and behind, he should stand apart; but nonetheless, everyone in our monastery stands apart. [page 460]

Sequitur: 7Ideo autem eos in ultimo aut seorsum judicavimus stare debere, ut visi ab omnibus vel pro ipsa verecundia sua emendentur. 8Nam si foris Oratorium remaneant, erit forte talis, qui se aut recollocet aut dormiat, aut certe sedeat foris vel fabulis vacet, et datur occasio maligno, 9sed ingrediatur intro, ut nec totum perdat et de reliquo emendetur.

Next: 7We have decided, therefore, that they should stand either in last place or apart from the others, so that in being seen by all, they will be shamed into amending. 8Should they remain outside the oratory, there may be those who would return to bed and sleep, or actually settle down outside and engage in idle talk, thereby giving occasion to the Evil One. 9He should come inside, so that he may not lose everything and may amend in the future.

Notandum est enim, quia in eo, quod dixit aut seorsum aut ultimus stet, tribus modis intelligi potest S. Benedictus illud dixisse. Uno modo autem dixit: si in ultimo est ille frater, qui tarde venit, quia iste talis, si in ultimo stat, non verecundabitur, eo quod in suo loco stat, [et] ideo iste talis non in ultimo, sed seorsum stet. Ille alter, qui tarde venit, forte est secundus aut tertius aut quartus etc. – iste talis in ultimo stet, quia ex hoc potest verecundari, sicut ille superior in ultimo stando.

This indeed should be noted, for in his statement either in the last place or apart, St. Benedict may be understood to have spoken in three senses. Indeed according to one sense he has said: If the brother who comes late belongs in last place, being this sort of man, he will not be ashamed to stand last, for he is standing in his regular place, and for that reason such a man should stand not last but apart. Another man who comes late is perhaps second, third, or fourth, and so on; let such a man stand in last place, since this may cause him shame in being a superior person standing last.

Secundo modo forte ideo dixit aut in ultimo aut seorsum, i. e. si talis est frater, qui potest illum chorum adjuvare, stet in ultimo; si vero talis est, qui non potest adjuvare, stet seorsum, quia, quamvis in ultimo stet, tamen melius potest illum chorum adjuvare, quam, qui seorsum stat.

According to the second sense, perhaps he said either in last place or apart, for this reason: namely that if a man is the sort of brother who can assist the choir, let him stand in last place. Of course if he is the sort of man who cannot be of assistance, let him stand apart, since however far someone may stand behind, he can still assist the choir better than one who stands apart.

Tertio modo forte ideo dixit in ultimo aut seorsum, i. e. ille, qui majorem negligentiam fecit, stet seorsum, ille qui minorem, stet in ultimo. Tamen in Francia nullus horum stat in ultimo, sed omnes seorsum.

According to the third sense, perhaps he said in last place or apart for this reason: namely that the man whose negligence has been greater should stand apart, if it is lesser, he should stand in last place. Nonetheless, in France none of these men stands in last place, but all stand apart.

Hoc autem notandum est, quia debet ille circator, quando audierit signum, ire in ecclesiam, et cum oraverit, debet per claustram monasterii ire et, cum quem per negligentiam stare conspexerit, corrigere, quia si ita fuerit factum, tarde contingit, ut frater seorsum aut in ultimo loco stet. Similiter et in nocte cum cereo accenso debet ire per dormitorium et somnolentos vel pigros excitare.

However care should be taken here, for the circator ought to enter the church when he has heard the signal, and once he has prayed, he should pass through the monastery’s cloister, and on seeing someone standing carelessly, he should correct him, since if this practice is followed, the brother arrives late, so that he must stand aside or in last place.

Et hoc iterum notandum est, quia sicut intelligitur de fratribus, ita etiam de abbate intelligendum est; non enim debet propter illum opus Dei morari. Et hoc sciendum est, cum dicit: Si quis ad nocturnas vigilias post Gloriam XCIV psalmi occurrerit, intelligendum est, ac si diceret: si quis antequam Gloria psalmi XCIV dicta fuerit, non occurrerit, non stet in choro in ordine suo. Verumtamen [page 461] tamen debent in dormitorio ac cum lumine accenso decani, sicut diximus superius de circatoribus, et pigros et sonmolentos excitare.

Likewise the circator should also go through the dormitory at night with his candle lit to rouse the sleepy or lazy. And again care should be taken here, that just as this is understood for the brothers, so it should also be understood for the abbot; indeed the work of God should not be delayed for his sake. And this must be known, that when he says if at Vigils anyone arrives after the Gloria of Psalm Ninety-Four, he must be understood as if he had said: If anyone has not arrived before the Gloria of Psalm Ninety-Four has been spoken, he is not to stand in his regular place in the choir. Of course [page 461] the deans should still rouse both the lazy and sleepy, as we said earlier of the circators, with kindled lights in the dormitory.

Sequitur: 10Diurnis autem horis qui ad opus Dei post versum et Gloriam primi psalmi, qui post versum dicitur, occurrerit, lege, qua supra diximus, in ultimo stet, 11nec praesumat sociari choro psallentium usque ad satisfactionem, nisi furte abbas licentiam dederit permissione sua, 12ita tamen, ut satisfaciat reus ex hoc.

Next: 10During the daylight hours, the rule we have mentioned above applies to anyone who arrives after the opening verse, and the Gloria of the first psalm, which is spoken after it; he is to stand in last place. 11Until he has made satisfaction, he is not to presume to join the choir of those praying the psalms, unless perhaps the abbot pardons him and grants an exception. 12Even then, the one at fault is bound to satisfaction.

Quod vero dicit: Diurnis autem horis qui ad opus Dei post versum et Gloriam primi psalmi, qui post versum, dicitur, occurrerit, ad primam, tertiam, sixtam, nonani debent dicere: Deus in adjutorium meum intende, nomine ad adjuvandum nie festina, [Ps 69:2] et Gloriam, deinde hymnum, post hymnum psalmum, h. e. qui ante Gloriam istius psalmi, qui post hymnum dicitur, intelligitur, sicuti est ad tertiam: Ad, Dominum cum tribularer [Ps 119:1] et reliq. Ad vesperam: i. e. in primis Deus in adjutorium meum intende et reliq.; deinde psalmos, sicuti est in die dominico: Dixit Dominus Domino meo [Ps 109:1] etc. et tunc, qui ante Gloriam istius Psalmi Dixit Dominus Domino meo etc. non occurrerit, intelligitur de illius psalmi Gloria.

But as for his statement, During the daylight hours, the rule we have mentioned above applies to anyone who arrives after the opening verse, and the Gloria of the first psalm, which is spoken after it, at Prime, Terce, Sext, and None, the monks are supposed to say: O God, turn to assist me; O Lord, hasten to help me [Ps 69:2]; then the Gloria, and then the hymn, and after the hymn, the psalm. That it is to say the statement is understood to apply to the monk who has failed to arrive before the Gloria of the psalm which is spoken after the hymn. It is the same at Terce: I cried to the Lord when I was troubled [Ps 119:1], and so on. At Vespers, they should begin with O God, turn to assist me, and so on; then they should move on to the psalms, as on the Lord’s day, The Lord said to my lord [Ps 109:1], and so on. And so the one who has failed to hasten before the Gloria of the psalm The Lord said to my lord is known from the Gloria of this psalm.

Satisfactio autem duobus modis intelligitur; aut enim dixit, satisfactionem illam esse, qua stat in ultimo, aut certe dixit, satisfactionem illam esse, qua prostratus debet jacere, cum fratres genua flectunt.

Satisfaction is understood in two senses, however. Indeed he has either said that satisfaction consists in standing at the very end, or he has clearly said that satisfaction consists in being obliged to lie prostrate while the brothers bend their knees.

Quod autem dicit ita tamen, ut satisfaciat reus ex hoc, ita intelligitur: v. gr. si cantor est, et pro necessitate non dimittitur illic seorsum stare propter necessitatem, debet ire in choro innuente priore, sed tamen cum completur opus Dei, debet satisfacere, i. e. ire in illum locum et ibi satisfacere.

However his statement even then, the one at fault is bound to satisfaction, is understood in this sense: say for example he is a singer, and from need he is not dismissed to stand by himself on account of need. He should enter the choir with the prior’s permission, but when the work of God is fulfilled, he must still provide satisfaction, that is to say go into the constituted place and there provide satisfaction.

Sequitur: 13Ad mensam autem qui ante versum non occurrerit, ut simul omnes dicant versum et orent et sub uno omnes accedant ad mensam, 14qui per negligentiam suam aut vitium non occurrerit, usque ad secundam vicem pro hoc corripiatur.

Next: 13But, if anyone does not hasten to the table before the verse so that all may say the verse and pray and sit down at table together, 14and if this failure happens through the individual’s own negligence or fault, he should be reproved up to the second time.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia ad mensam melius est, ut ille, qui, quamvis non pro negligentia nec vitio, non potuit ante versum occurrere, eo quod, cum in [page 462] refectorium ibant fratres, mittitur pro hospite videndo aut pro alia aliqua re agenda in illa hora mittitur, [ut] postmodum cum ministris manducet, quam intret refectorium dicto versu; sedent forte omnes, et ille deberet sedere in medio, tunc surgunt omnes minores, et facit illis impedimentum. Hoc quod dicit qui per negligentiam aut vitium non occurrerit, - negligentia attinet ad incuriam, vitium vero pertinet ad studium.

And this must be known: for in the case of the individual who, through any reason other than negligence and fault, is unable to hasten to the table before the verse because, at the moment when [page 462] the brothers are going into the refectory, he is tasked with seeing to a guest, or tasked with performing some other business in that hour, it is better that he eat afterward with the laborers than that he enter the refectory after the verse has been spoken. All are seated by chance, and he would be obliged to sit in their midst; then all minors arise, and he hinders them. In the statement he who has not hastened through negligence and fault, negligence refers to carelessness, fault indeed to inclination.

Sequitur: 15Si denuo non emendaverit, non permittatur ad mensae communionis participationem, 16sed sequestratus a consortio omnium reficiat solus, sublata ei portione sua de vino usque ad satisfactionem.

Next: 15If he still does not amend, let him not be permitted to share the common table, 16but let him take his meals alone, separated from the company of all. His portion of wine should be taken away until there is satisfaction.

Quod vero dicit sequestratus a consortio omnium reficiat solus, sunt, qui intelligunt, ut post refectionem fratrum reficiat aut cum ministris aut solus; sed hic sensus non est sanus, sed quia, sicut de oratorio dicit, pro verecundia illlum separatum stare, ut emendetur, ergo pro emendatione ita intelligendum est, ut sedeat solus ad mensam aliam separatam ab aliis mensis, manducantibus aliis.

The truth is that when St. Benedict says but let him take his meals alone, separated from the company of all, there are those who understand this as meaning that after the refreshment of the brothers, he may refresh himself either with the laborers or alone. But this interpretation is unsound, and rather, just as he says concerning the oratory that the brother should stand apart out of shame for his amendment, amendment must therefore be understood as sitting alone at a different table separate from the other tables while the rest of the monks eat.

Cum separatus solus dicit, non est intelligendum, ut postquam alii manducaverint, ille manducet, sed quando alii manducant, ille separatus manducet et non bibat vinum; nam in Francia in meo monasterio in medio refectorio manducantibus fratribus manducare vidi talem fratrem negligentem.

When he says alone and separated it is not to be understood that after the rest have eaten, he may eat, but that while others eat, he must eat separately and must not drink wine. For in my monastery in France, I have seen such a careless brother eating the midst of the refectory while the rest of the brothers eat.

Quod autem dicit usque ad satisfactionem, ita intelligendum est, i. e. cum postquam manducaverint et voluerint jam fratres exire, debet ille abbati coram fratribus veniam petere. Si hoc fecerit ad sextam, jam ad vesperam non debet hoc iterum facere.

However when he says until there is satisfaction, it must be understood in this sense, that is after the brothers have eaten and wish to leave, this man must ask pardon from the abbot in the presence of the brothers. If he has done this at Sext, he is not obliged to do this again at Vespers.

Quod autem dicit nequidquam potus aut cibi percipere, intelligendum est, sicut de vino, ita et de aqua, quia non dicit specialiter: non debet quisquam ante horam aut aquam aut vinum bibere; potest, si necessitas fuerit; si autem necessitas fuerit laboris, debet ille prior dicere abbati: quia frater noster necesse habet bibere propter laborem, quem habet. Deinde debet illum abbas cum decano dirigere ad cellararium, ut det illi bibere.

However when he says take no drink or food, it must be understood to apply to water just as it does to wine, for he does not speak in specifics: No one should drink either water or wine before the hour. It is permitted if it is necessary. If it is necessary to his labor, however, his superior must say to the abbot: For our brother is in need of drink owing to the labor he is assigned. Then the abbot should direct him to the cellar with the dean, so that he may give him something to drink.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia non est regularis ratio aut lectori aut ceteris ministris abbatem [page 463] quasi sub benedictione aliquid panis aut potus vel pulmenti tribuere, eo quod consuetudo laicorum est, quia regula illis dicit suam justitiam accipere ante, h. e. mixtum; praeter si pro debilitate vel infirmitate dederit, bonum est, eo quod regula dicit: Dabatur singulis, prout cuique opus erat [Act 4:35] [Regula Benedicti, c. 45.20] et reliq. Nani pro lectione vel ministerio non debet, quia non est regularis actus, sicut jam supra diximus.

And it must be known that the abbot is not acting in accordance with the rule in giving either the lector or the others who labor [page 463] any bread, or drink, or fruit, as if with his blessing because this is the custom for layman; for the rule tells them to receive their due, that is to say wine mixed with water, beforehand. However, if it is given to relieve weakness or illness, it is good, according to the statement of the rule: to each one as he had need [Act 4:35] [Regula Benedicti, c. 45:20], and so on. For it is not owed in exchange for reading or service, since it is not an act according to the rule, as we have already said above.

Sequitur: 17Similiter autem patiatur, qui ad illum versum non fuerit praesens, qui post cibum dicitur; 18nec quisquam praesumat ante statutam horam aut postea quidquam cibi aut potus percipere. 19Sed et si cui offertur aliquid a priore et accipere renuerit, hora, qua desideraverit hoc quod prius recusavit aut aliud, nihil omnino accipiat usque ad emendationem congruam.

Next: 17Anyone not present at the verse said after meals is to be treated in the same manner. 18No one is to presume to take drink or food before or after the time appointed. 19Moreover, if anyone is offered something by a superior and refuses it, then, if later he wants what he refused or anything else, he should receive nothing at all until he has made appropriate amends.

Hoc enim notandum est, quia, ille versus, de quo dicit qui ad illum versum, qui post cibum dicitur, non fuerit praesens, similem patiatur excommunicationis vindictam, significat illum versum, qui in refectorio dicitur post cibum. Ille autem versus, qui in ecclesia dicitur, et ille Miserere mei Deus [Ps 50:3], non est regularis, eo quod illum non dicit regula dicere, sed consuetudo monachorum.

Indeed care should be taken here, for the verse which he mentions in saying anyone not present at the verse said after meals should suffer a similar punishment of excommunication refers to the verse which is said in the refectory after the meal. However the verse which is spoken in the church, and the Have mercy on me God [Ps 50:3], are not according to the rule in the sense that it is not the rule which decrees that they should be spoken, but the practice of the monks.

Hoc vero quod dicit sed et si cui offertur aliquid a priore, et accipere renuerit, ita intelligitur: i. e. si fratri fleuthomato aut etiam in refectorio, quando prandet aut coenat aut aliqua hora, cum necessarium debet accipere, vult dare cibum, h. e. aut ovum aut pulmentum, non tale, quale aliis aut nimis, et illi non placuerit, et ideo recusat illum ingeniose dicens: 'non necesse est mihi iste cibus,' quatenus ipse cibus detur alio fratri, ut postea illi melius detur, aut forte si in refectorio illum cibum expulerit nolens accipere, non debet illi aliud dare de simili genere pulmenti, nisi illud, quod recusavit, aut certe nihil usque ad satisfactionem congruam.

But indeed when he says Moreover if anyone is offered something by a superior and refuses it, it must be applied in this sense: that is to say, if a brother has been bled or indeed is in the refectory, at breakfast or lunch, or at some other hour when he must receive the necessary nourishment, and his superior would give him food, that is either an egg or some fruit. If it is not such as others receive, or it is too much, and it displeases him, and he decides to refuse it, cleverly saying ‘I do not need this food,’ in order that the food in question may be given to another brother, and that he might receive something better afterwards. Or if by chance he has cast aside that food in the refectory, being unwilling to receive it, he should not be given some fruit of a similar kind, unless it is that which he refused, or surely not until he makes appropriate satisfaction.

V. gr. dat fratri cuidam cibum in refectorio, tamdiu debet illud pulmentum servari, donec potest servari, ut cum quaesierit illud, possit illi dari, i. e. si piscem recusavit, [aut] piscem illum accipiat, si in alio die iterum piscem apposuerit fratribus si alio die non apposuerit fratribus piscem, sed alio genere pulmenta, debet illi dare de omnibus [page 464] pulmentis, quia non de illo genere pulmentum recusavit, sed piscem. Si autem usque ad decem dies servatus fuerit ille piscis, quem recusavit, semper ei detur; cum vero jam non poterit servari, tunc non debet ei dari de alio pisce, donec poeniteat se et satisfaciat.

Say for example a certain brother is given food in the refectory: that food ought to be preserved, so long as it may be preserved, so that when he asks for it, it may be given to him. That is to say if he has refused fish, either let him receive that fish, if fish is set before the brothers again the next day, or if fish is not set before the brothers the next day, but some other kind of fruit, he should be given [page 464] fruit of all kinds, for he did not refuse that kind of fruit, but fish. If however, that fish which he refused has been preserved for up to ten days, let it always be given to him; but when at last it truly cannot be preserved, then he does not need to be given other fish, as long as he repents and makes satisfaction.

Emendatio congrua est, quando illum poenitet coram priore de hoc, quia recusavit; si piscem recusavit, piscem non accipiat tantum, nam aliud accipiat. Si saricam recusavit, saricam non accipiat tantum; nam pedules aut alterum alterius genus accipiat. Aut certe coram illis, coram quibus fecit hoc malum, poenitet se et petit veniam, tunc jam det illi aliud; si vero ipsum tulerit, quod recusavit, similiter etiam det illi aliud, sicut ceteris fratribus.

Appropriate amends signifies his repentance in the presence of his superior, regarding that which he refused. If he has refused fish, let him be refused only fish, but let him receive other things. If he has refused a tunic, let him be refused only a tunic, but let him be given gaiters or something else of another kind. Or surely let him repent and seek forgiveness before those in whose presence this wicked action was performed, and then let him be given something else. If indeed he has accepted the very thing that he refused, likewise let him be given something else, like the other brothers.

Verum secundum hanc regulam: usquedum potest servari ille cibus, quem recusavit, semper debet servari, ita faciendum est de vestimentis, de calciariis, de mappulis sive de tabulis sive de omnibus, quae juste debet accipere. Illud vero vestimentum, quod recusavit, etiam usque ad unum annum vel plus debet servari, et sic, illi dari, cum quaerit aliud.

Indeed this rule – as long as the food can be preserved, the one who has refused it must always preserve it – applies to clothing, to shoes, to napkins, or indeed to tablets, or indeed to all things which he rightly ought to accept. Indeed the vestment which he has refused ought to be preserved even for one year or more, and so it should be given to him when he asks for another.

Quod vero dicit hora, qua desideraverit, subaudiendum est: aut hoc accipiat, quod prius recusavit, aut nihil aliud.

Indeed the statement if later he wants what he refused should imply: either let him accept what he refused before, or nothing else.

Forte dicit quis: ‘Cur debeo accipere, si mihi sicut aliis non tribuerit?’ Cui respondeadum est: ‘praeceptum est tibi accipere cum humilitate et postea illud priori significare cum humilitate, sicut regula dicit: si qua requirenda sunt a priore [Regula Benedict, c. 6.7] et reliq.’; non coram omuibus, sed secrete, si secretum fuerit, cum summa humilitate et mansuetudine.

Perhaps someone says: ‘Why should I accept it, if it was not given to me as to the others?’ The answer should be: ‘You have been taught to receive with humility and afterwards relinquish it to the prior with humility – as the rule says: If anything is requested of a superior [Regula Benedicti, c. 6:7], and the rest – not before all, but privately, if it was given privately, with the deepest humility and docility.’

Hoc notandum est, qua ratione dixit S. Benedictus mox ut auditum fuerit signum, debent relinquere omnia, et postea subjunxit legem, i. e. qui ad Gloriam et reliq. Duo voluit S. Benedictus ostendere: unum, ut relinqueret omnia statim, deinde festinanter veniret; alterum, ut si ante terminum venisset, forte fuisset talis, ut statim dimitteret, sed tarde venisset propter negligentiam.

Here we should consider St. Benedict’s reasoning in saying: The instant the signal has been heard, they must set aside all things, and following it shortly afterwards with a law, that is: Those who do not come, and so on. St. Benedict wished to demonstrate two things: first, that the brother should set aside all things at once and then come in haste, second that he might have been the sort of man who could have arrived before the limit, if he had set down his work at once, but who had come late through negligence.

Unde ille, qui non relinquit statim, ut auditum fuerit signum, et venit festin unter, quamvis ante signum vadat statutum, i. e. gloriam, per sex gradus ducendus est; ille autem, qui ita negligenter vadit, ut post terminum statutum, i. e. gloriam, tunc non debet [page 465] stare in choro.

And so it follows that the man who does not set things aside at once and come in haste on hearing the signal, although he may come before the established signal, that is the Gloria, must still be led through the six steps. However, when a man is so careless that he comes after the established limit, that is the Gloria, then he should not [page 465] stand in the choir.

Et hoc iterum notandum est, quia duae sunt personae, quae libere sunt ab hac lege: una, quae voluit et1 propter necessitatem infirmi aut hospitis aut coquinae aut damni, quam nullo modo potuit dimittere; altera, quae voluit et non impedita venit. Istae duae ante Deum non sunt reae, i. e. culpabiles, et ideo magis laudandae sunt quam vindicandae.

And again, it should be noted here that there are two types who are free from this law. The first is willing and is unable because he is performing some necessary labor, which cannot be set down, with a sick man, or with a guest, or in the kitchen, or with work that may be ruined. The other is willing and comes without delay. These two are not guilty, that is to say culpable, before God, and for that reason they should be praised rather than punished.

Duae iterum sunt, quae, quamvis ab hominibus non videntur teneri ista lege, tamen apud Deum reae sunt; i. e. culpabiles: una est, quae statim dimittit et festinanter venit causa timoris, ne excommunicetur; altera est, quae causa humanae laudis statim dimittit et vadit. Isti tales solummodo admonendi sunt, quia non cognoscunt, qua intentione hoc faciunt.

Again there are two types, who, however much men do not consider them bound by this law, are nevertheless guilty in the sight of God, that is to say culpable. The first is the one who sets aside his work at once and comes in haste from the fear of excommunication, the other is the one who sets down his work at once and comes for the sake of men’s praise. Such as these should only be admonished, since they do not understand the motive which inspires their action.

Iterum sunt duae personae, quae judicio Dei et humano reae sunt. Una est, quae cum audit, statim non dimittit et negligenter vadit, quamvis ante Gloriam; iste talis per sex gradus ducendus est. Altera persona est, quae sive non dimittat statim, sive statim dimittat, mens sua2 hoc faciente post Gloriam vadit, ideo solum, quod S. Benedictes dicit: debet sustinere [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 7.38], i. e. non debet intrare in chorum, sed in illo loco stare, qui talibus negligentibus constitutus est. Quod vero dicit cum summa festinatione, istud summa potest attinere ad tempus, ut mox currat sine mora, et potest attinere ad honestatem, ut cum religione vadat.

Again there are two types who are guilty in the judgment of God and men. The first is the one who, on hearing the signal, does not set aside his work at once and comes carelessly, albeit before the Gloria; this man should be led through the six steps. The other type is the one, who, regardless of whether he sets his work aside at once or whether he does not, does so with an idle mind and comes after the Gloria. For that reason, St. Benedict’s statement applies to him alone: he should bear the punishment [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 7.38], that is to say he should not enter into the choir, but stand in the place which has been established for such careless ones. Indeed when he says with utmost speed, that utmost can apply to time, that he hastens quickly without delay, and can apply to integrity, that he comes with a reverent attitude.

Festinatio intelligitur passus, non cursus, excepto si longinquitas non impedit; ac per hoc, ubi dicit summa festinatione, subaudi: religionis et honestatis. Diximus enim, si talis et tantus fuerit hospes, qui non possit dimitti, propter signum non debet dimitti.

By speed is understood a stride, not a run, as long as distance does not hinder him. And where he says with utmost speed, we must understand him to imply ‘with reverence and integrity’. Indeed we have said that if the guest is the sort of man and of such importance that he cannot be dismissed, he should not be dismissed on account of the signal.

Verumtamen de hac re ita tenetur in Francia, i. e. si talis fuerit hospes, veluti est monachus, cui cognitus est ordo regularis, aut certe alius, qui non scandalizatur, si dimissus fuerit, debet audito signo occurrere, et si tanta ac talis fuerit necessitas, ut revertatur facta oratione, debet cautare suum officium, et sic debet ad hospitem [page 466] reverti.

For in truth, this is how the matter is understood in France: that is to say if the guest is the sort of man, such as a monk, who understands the rule of the order, or certainly someone who is not scandalized at being dismissed, the brother should hasten away on hearing the signal, and if he is under such great necessity that he must return after the prayer, he should take thought to his business, and so he should [page 466] return to his guest.

Similiter agendum est etiam in aliis locis, sive cum infirmo servitur, sive cum aliam talem obedientiain exercet, quae tempore signi potest dimitti, et ire oratum, et tamen necessitas exigit, ut statim revertatur. Iste talis, ut diximus, facta oratione et cantato officio debet reverti.

Similar conduct is also enjoined in other cases, whether in caring for a sick man or practicing another such obedience, in which he may set down his work at the time of the signal and go pray, but in which need still drives him to return at once. Such a man as this, as we have said, should return after performing his prayers and singing the office.

Deinde si talis fuerit hospes, i. e. aut episcopus aut comes aut alicujus potestatis, qui scandalizatur, si dimissus fuerit, [et] tune propter vitandum scandalum non debet dimitti, sed audito signo et erecto cordis oculo in coelum debet inibi sua conscientia orare et cum timore suum officium debet cantare, quia sicut de infirmis diximus, ut non pro omnibus infirmis debeat stare, sed occurrere, et de illis infirmis, qui nulle modo possunt dimitti, ita intelligendum est de hospitibus et. de aliis rebus, quae possunt et non possunt dimitti, et ad quas oratione facta debent reverti et non debent.

And so if the guest be the sort of man, that is either a bishop or a count, or some other powerful person, who is scandalized at being dismissed, then he should not dismiss him and avoid scandal, but rather, having heard the signal and lifted his heart’s eye up to Heaven, he should pray in his inward being and fearfully sing the office. For just as we have said of the sick, that he should not stay for all sick men, but should hasten, and that certain sick men cannot be dismissed by any means, so it must be understood regarding guests and regarding other things, which may and may not be dismissed, and to which they should and should not return after performing their prayer.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia sunt multi monachi, qui suam obedientiam non studiose nec cito exercent, sed intermissis fabulis aut vanis locutionibus aut etiam aliqua alia levitate tarde ipsam obedientiam exercent et ita agendo, cum auditum fuerit signum, inveniuntur ipsa obedientia praeoecupati; et quia forte talis est ipsa obedientia, quae non potest sine damno aut aliqua contrarietate dimitti, [et] pro tali causa non dimittunt tunc ipsam obedientiam audito signo. Deinde cum increpantur, quare non dimiserunt, excusant atque defendunt se dicentes: ‘obedientiam nostram dimittere non potuimus’. Isti tales omnino negligentes et tepidi sunt et existunt.

In truth, it must still be known that there are many monks who practice their obedience without eagerness or haste, but instead practice their obedience tardily, interspersed with tale-telling and idle chatter, or even some other manner of frivolity; and while behaving thus, they are found to be preoccupied in that very obedience when the signal is heard. And since it happens that their obedience is of the sort which cannot be set aside without loss or some hindrance, this becomes a reason for them not to set aside their obedience on hearing the signal. And so when they are reproached for failing to set their work aside, they seek to excuse and even defend themselves by saying: ‘We were unable to set aside our obedience.’ Such men as these are and remain entirely careless and without enthusiasm.

De talibus S. Basilius loquitur dicens: Unusquisque in opere suo observare debet proprium regulam, sicut membrum in corpore, et damnum habebit, si neglexerit in eo, quod injunctum est ei; sed communem utilitatem fratrum negligens amplius periclitabitur, et ideo mente et devotione complere debet id, quod scriptum est: 'cantantes et psallentes in cordibus vestris Domino.' [Eph 5:19] [Regula Basilii, c. 107, CSEL 86, pp. 134-135]

St. Basil speaks of such men saying: Each and every man ought to observe the rule of his order, like the limb of a body, and he will suffer injury if he is careless in what has been enjoined to him. But ignoring the common benefit of the brothers will make his position even more precarious, and therefore he should thoughtfully and prayerfully fulfill what has been written: Singing and playing to the Lord in their hearts. [Eph. 5:19] [Regula Basilii, c. 107]2

Si enim hic, qui circa cellarium vel coquinam vel alia hujuscemodi opera occupatus est, [si enim] corporaliter non occurrerit adesse cum ceteris ad orationis locum, in quocunque loco inventus fuerit, quod devotionis est, [page 467] expleat. Oportet tamen observare, ne forte quis possit complere in tempore suo, quod complendum est, et occurrere, sed dum non vult, occasiones nectit tamquam in ministerii opere occupatus. Quod qui facit, et offendiculum ceteria parat, et ipse negligentia crimen incurrit: Maledictus omnis, qui opus Dei negligenter facit. [Ier 48:10]

If indeed a man is busied around the cellar, or the kitchen, or with other works of this kind, if indeed he does not hasten in body to be with the others in the place of prayer, he will fulfill whatever worship there may be wherever he may be found. [page 467] It is still important to take care against the chance that someone may be able to fulfill his task within its time, but since he is unwilling to do so, he stitches together favorable moments as if he were occupied in service. The person who does this both acts as an impediment to others and strays himself into the crime of negligence: Cursed be every man who is careless in performing the work of God. [Ier 48:10]


1. non potuit. (Mittermüller).
2. mentis suae (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Apart from a few small changes in the interest of greater consistency with the text used in Hildemar’s.
2. See http://www.ora-et-labora.net/regulabasilii.html.

Cap. XLIV
DE GRAVIORIBUS CULPIS1

[Ms P, fol. 128vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 127r; Ms E1, fol. 144v; Ms E2, fol. 220r]

Ch. 44
ON GRAVER FAULTS1

Translated by: Anna Wilson

Congruum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus in eo, quia coepit dicere, quomodo satisfacere debent illi, qui ad opus Dei tarde occurrunt [Regula Benedicti, c. 43], et subsecutus est, quomodo debeant etiam et illi, qui aut pro gravi vel levi culpa excommunicantur.

S. Benedict kept harmonious order in this section when he begins to say how those who run slowly to the work of God ought to make amends [Regula Benedicti, c. 43], and there follows how those who are excommunicated2 either for a serious or for a light fault ought to be excommunicated.

Sequitur: 1Qui pro gravi culpa, ab oratorio et a mensa excommunicatur, hora, qua opus Dei in oratorio percelebratur, ante fores oratorii prostratus jaceat nihil dicens, 2nisi tantum posito in terram capite prostratus pronus omnium de oratorio exeuntium pedibus; 3et hoc tamdiu faciat, usquedum abbas judicaverit satisfactum esse.

Next: 1He who is excommunicated from the oratory and from the table for a serious fault should, in the hour in which the work of God is celebrated in the oratory, lie prostrate before the oratory entrance saying nothing 2unless he is prostrate and flat with his head placed on the ground before the feet of everyone leaving the oratory. 3Let him do this up until the point at which the abbot judges that he has made amends.

Animadvertendum est, quia non oportuerat dicere de satisfactione gravium culparum, sed tamen, quia dicturus erat de levium culparum satisfactione, ideo dixit de gravium culparum satisfactione.

It should be observed that it was not necessary to speak about the penance for serious faults, but however because he was about to speak about the penance for mild faults, for this reason he spoke about the penance for serious faults.

Hoc notandum, quia si multis diebus pro gravi culpa in custodia tenetur, paucis [vero] diebus teneri debet in oratorio, et si paucis diebus tenuerit cum in custodia, i. e. extra oratorium, multis diebus debet teneri in oratorio.

It should be noted that if he has been kept in custody for many days for a serious fault, [then] he ought to be kept in the oratory for few days, and if he has been kept for a few days when in custody, i.e. outside the oratory, he ought to be held for many days in the oratory.

Et iterum notandum est, quia non debet abbas ante absolvere illum, quam satisfaciat in oratorio, quia, si fecerit, non est ordo regularis. Verum potest, si vult aliquantulum ei satisfactionem levius facere isto modo, ut non transgrediatur ordinem regularem, i. e. ad capitulum cum miserit eum, in oratorio satisfacere, post sextam vel nonam, cum exiit abbas cum congregatione, debet vocare congregationem illo absente et dicere: 'Est justum et ratio, ut ille frater quiescat a sua satisfactione?' Si dixerint, quia [page 468] rectum est, ut quiescat, debet vocare coram fratribus et debet illi parcere.

And it should also be noted that the abbot ought not to absolve him before he has made amends in the oratory, because if he does, it is not the regular order. But the abbot may, if he wishes, lightly set a small penance for him in a way that does not transgress the regular order. For example, when the abbot has sent the brother to the chapter house to do penance in the oratory, when the abbot has left with the congregation after Sext or None, the abbot ought to call the congregation together in the chapter house in the absence of that brother and say, 'Is it just and right for that brother to rest from his penance?' If they say that [page 468] it is right that he should rest, the abbot ought to call him before his brothers and to reprieve him.

Sequitur: 4Qui dum jussus ab abbate venerit, volvat se ipsius abbatis pedibus, deinde omnium vestigiis fratrum, ut orent pro ipso, 5et tunc, si jusserit abbas, recipiatur in choro vel ordine, quo abbas decreverit, 6ita sane, ut psalmum vel lectionem aut aliud aliquid non praesumat in oratorio imponere, nisi iterum abbas jubeat; 7et omnibus horis, dum completur opus Dei, projiciat se in terram in loco, quo stat, 8et sic satisfaciat, usque dum jubeat ei iterum abbas, ut quiescat jam ab hac satisfactione. 9Qui vero pro levibus culpis excommunicantur tantum a mensa, in oratorio satisfaciant usque ad jussionem abbatis; 10hoc perficiant, usque dum benedicat et dicat: sufficit.

Next: 4This monk, when he has been ordered by the abbot that he may come, should bow at the feet of that abbot, then before the feet of all the brothers, so that they might pray for him, 5and then, if the abbot should order it, he may be received into the choir or the order,3 to whichever the abbot has decreed, of course, so that he may not presume to contribute a psalm or lesson or anything else in the oratory unless the abbot should order it again; 7and at all the hours when the work of God is being fulfilled, let him prostrate himself on the earth in the place where he is, 8and thus do penance until the abbot should again order that he might now rest from this penance. 9But those who are excommunicated for milder faults from the table alone, let them make amends in the oratory until the abbot's order; 10let them do this until he shall bless them and say, 'It suffices.'

Istud enim, quod dicit prostratus vel pronus, sciendum est, quia pronus superfluum est aut certe hoc significat pronus, quod prostratus et causa exaggerationis humilitatis S. Benedictus dixit.

At the point which says prostrate and flat, it should be understood that flat is redundant, or certainly flat signifies what prostrate does, and St. Benedict has said this for the sake of emphasizing humility.

Hoc autem, quod dicit volvat se abbatis pedibus, ita faciendum est: debet ille frater fixis genibus in terra fratres salutare ex omni parte, et tunc debet se prosternere abbatis pedibus.

This part which says he should bow at the feet of the abbot should be done thus: the brother, with his knees fixed on the ground, should greet the brothers on every side, and then should prostrate himself before the abbot's feet.

Quid est in loco, in quo stat, quomodo debet se ibi projicere in terra? hoc est, ille abbas debet illum in tali loco constituere, ubi veniam possit postulare sine suo et aliorum impedimento.

What is in the place where he is, and how ought he to throw himself to the ground there? It is this: that abbot ought to set him in a place where he may seek pardon without impediment to himself or others.

Istud enim, quod dicit benedicat et sufficit, benedicat attinet ad gratias bene petenti referendas atque ad benedictionem dandam, cum dicit abbas: 'Benedicat tibi Dominus, quia poenitentiam tuam bene egisti;' sufficit autem attinet ad indulgentiam tribuendam, cum dicit: 'Sufficiat tibi hoc,' et 'Noli amplius agere.'

At the point which says he shall bless and it suffices, he shall bless refers to conferring grace well on the penitent and to granting benediction, when the abbot says, 'May the Lord bless you because you have done your penance well.' It suffices however refers to granting indulgence, when the abbot says, 'Let this suffice for you,' and 'Do not do any more.'

Terra autem dicta est a terendo, sicut Cassiodorus dicit in secundo psalmo, eo quod commeantium gressibus atteratur [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 2:11, CCSL 97, p. 48] sive ut Isidorus dicit: Terra est in media mundi regione posita omnibus partibus coeli in modum centri aequali intervallo consistens, quae singulari numero totum orbem significat, plurali vero singulas partes, cujus nomina diversa dat ratio; nam terra dicta a [page 469] superiori parte, qua teritur, humus ab inferiore, velut humida ut sub mari [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIV.I, c. 1].

The earth (terra), however, derives from 'treading' (terendo), just as Cassiodorus says concerning the second psalm, because it is trodden down by the steps of travellers [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 2:11] or as Isidore says, The earth is placed in the central region of the world, standing fast in the center equidistant from all other parts of the sky. In the singular the word earth (terra) signifies the whole globe, but in the plural, distinct parts. Logic supplies the earth's diverse names, for the word 'terra' is derived from [page 469] the upper surface that is worn away (terere), 'soil' (humus) from the lower, or moist (humidus) earth, like that under the sea [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIV.I, c. 1, transl. by Stephen A. Barney et al., Cambridge: CUP 2006, p. 285].

Pedes ex graeca etymologia nomen sortiti sunt; hos enim graeci podas dicunt, qui alternis motibus solo fixi incedunt [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII.I, c. 112].

The feet (pedes) are assigned a name from Greek etymology, for the Greeks call those parts 'podes,' and they move forward set on the earth in alternating motion [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI.I, c. 112, transl. Barney et al, p. 238].

Fores et valvae claustra sunt, sed fores dicuntur, quae foras, valvae, quae intus revolvuntur, et duplices complicabilesque sunt; sed generaliter usus vocabula ista corrupit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XV.VII, c. 4]

Door panels (fores) or leaves (valva) are also elements of a door, but the former are so called because they swing out (foras), the latter swing (revolvere) inward, and they can be folded double - but usage has generally corrupted these terms. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XV.VII, c. 4, transl. Barney et al., p. 311]


1. De his, qui excommunicantur, quomodo satisfaciant. Cod. Fürstz. (Mittermüller).

1. Concerning how those who are excommunicated may make amends (satisfaciant). Cod. Fürstz.
2. The contexts in which Hildemar uses this word make it clear that excommunicare can refer to varying degrees of banishment and short-term punishments, such that rendering it with the English 'banish' might be more accurate than to evoke the absolute repulsion from the church and Church that 'excommunicate' now suggests. However, I have retained 'excommunicate,' since it is an important technical term, with this caveat.
3. The text puts in apposition the 'chorus' and the 'ordo' here - perhaps referring to the chanters and the brothers who remain silent in the monastery's prayers?

Cap. LXV
DE HIS, QUI FALLUNTUR IN ORATORIO

[Ms P, fol. 129rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 128r; Ms E1, fol. 145r; Ms E2, fol. 221r]

Ch. 45
CONCERNING THOSE WHO ERR IN THE ORATORY

Translated by: Anna Wilson

1Si quis, dum pronuntiat psalmum, responsorium aut antiphonam vel lectionem, fallitur, nisi satisfactione ibi coram omnibus humiliatus fuerit, majori vindictae subjaceat, 2quippe qui noluit humilitate corrigere, quod negligentia deliquit.

1If anyone should err when reading aloud the psalm, response or antiphon or lesson, unless he is humble in his penance there before everyone, let him be subjected to a greater punishment, 2and of course anyone who does not wish to correct through humility where they have been at fault through negligence.

Rectum ordinem tenuit etiam in hoc loco S. Benedictus, quia coeperat de satisfactione gravium vel levium culparum [Regula Benedicti, c. 44], ut diceret statim, qualiter et illi debuissent satisfacere, qui in oratorio falluntur sive majores sive infantes.

St. Benedict also preserved good order in this section, which he had begun on the penance for serious and for mild faults [Regula Benedicti, c. 44] so that he might also say immediately how those who err in the oratory, whether they are older or children, ought to do penance.

Debet enim abbas constituere fratrem, qui versum prendat. Si iste, dum prendit versum, ita fefellerit, ut totum chorum perturbet, debet se humiliare usque ad terram, i. e. genua in terram flectere. Si autem alius, cum viderit illum non bene prendere versum, aut, si forte bene prehenderit, [et] miserit vocem incongruam, ita ut turbetur chorus, vel fefellerit simili modo, sicut alter se debet humiliare. Si autem aliquis non ita fefellerit, ut illum conturbet, iste talis non ita se debet humiliare, sicut ipsi primi, sed tamen corpus suum debet flectere. Lector enim si fefellerit isto modo ad altare, discernendum est.

The abbot ought to choose the brother who should lead the verse. If that brother, when he is leading the verse, has made a mistake in it in such a way that the whole choir is thrown into disorder, he ought to humble himself all the way to ground, i.e. to bend his knees on the ground. If however the abbot sees that another does not lead the verse well, or, if perhaps he speaks it well but he projects in an inaudible voice, and thus disorders the choir, or he has erred in a similar way, he ought to humble himself in the same way as the former. If however one has not made a mistake in such a way as to disrupt the choir, he should not humble himself in the same way as the former examples, but however he ought to bow. If the reader has made a mistake in this way at the altar, it should be noted.

Debet abbas constituere talem fratrem, qui corrigat librum, et debet illi jubere, ut vadant et, legant ante illum. Deinde si correctus fuerit liber et postquam legerit ante magistrum et tunc ipse lector male legerit, tunc debet veniam petere, ita tamen, si postquam unum versum legerit et non se ipse recuperaverit aut non emendaverit; si autem postquam legerit, non unum, sed tres vel quatuor versus, ita ut non possit se recuperare, perlecta lectione, pro hoc vadat in loco constituto et ibi petat [page 470] veniam, ita tamen, si aut abbas aut magister illum reprehenderit aut innuerit, ut melius et recte dicat et illi noluerit dicere; si autem noluerit ad magistrum ire, quem abbas lectiones constituit corrigere sive codicem emendare, et ipse liber fuerit sine vitio, et tunc male legerit, debet veniam petere.

The abbot ought to choose such a brother as may correct a book, and the abbot ought to order to him [the erring brother] that he should go and read before him [the correcting brother, that is, the teacher]. Then if the book has been correct and afterwards he has read before the teacher and then the reader himself reads badly, then he ought to seek pardon; this also goes if afterwards he has read one verse and he has not redeemed himself and has not corrected himself. If however he has read afterwards not one, but three or four verses, so that he has not been able to redeem himself in this way, because the lesson has been read through, let him go on account of this to a designated place and there seek [page 470] forgiveness. This also goes if either the abbot or teacher reprimand him or order that he might speak better and more correctly and the brother does not wish to speak to him [the teacher]. If however he [the erring brother] has refused to go to the teacher whom the abbot has decided should correct the lessons or emend the codex, and the book itself is without fault, and then he has read badly, he ought to seek pardon.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia, si ille liber male habuerit in omnibus, pro quibus diximus, veniam petere tunc liberabitur. Si autem post tertiam aut quartam vicem, hoc est, per consuetudinem male legerit et non emendaverit, corripiatur pro hoc in capitulo.

And it should be understood that if that book fares badly in all the situations which we have described [that is, if the book is incorrect] then the seeking of pardon is waived. If however he reads badly after his third or fourth turn - that is, routinely - and does not improve, let him be censured for this in the chapter house.

Sciendum est autem, quia in Pentecosten aut in aliis diebus, quando genua non flectunt, ille, qui fallit, secundum hoc, quod fallit, genua tantum in terra ponat, si autem ita fallit, sive qui versum prehendit, sive alter, ut chorum perturbent, illi et chorus genua flectant; si vero se et non chorum turbaverint, tantum ipsi flectunt genua. Si in medio versu fefellerit quilibet, non flectat genua, sed humilietur tantum capite.

But it should be understood that at Pentecost or on any days when they do not kneel, he who makes a mistake, according to what his mistake was, should put his knees only on the ground; if however someone - either the one who is leading the verse or another - errs in such a way that the choir become disrupted, they and the choir should bend their knees; but if they have disturbed themselves and not the choir, only those brothers should bend their knees. If someone has made a mistake mid-verse let him not bend his knees, but bow his head.

Quod autem dicit majori vindictae subjaceat, varie intelligitur. Sunt, qui intelligunt, ut in oratorio duabus vicibus vel tribus petere debet1 veniam. Iterum sunt alii, qui intelligunt, ut in capitulo increpetur; sed iste sensus, ut in capitulo increpetur, sanior est, et per gradus potest duci, quia jam, postquam non vult implere hoc, quod S. Benedictus dicit, tunc per gradus ducendus est sex, ut emendetur, eo quod, si de una disciplina exierit, tunc suscipiet illum altera disciplina.

The part however that says let him be subjected to greater punishment is understood in various ways. There are those who interpret that he ought to seek forgiveness in the oratory two or three times. There are also others who interpret that he should be rebuked in the chapter-house. However the latter interpretation, that he be rebuked in the chapter-house, is sounder, and it can be administered in stages, because after he does not wish to do what S. Benedict says, at this point it should be administered in six stages, so that he may be corrected, because if he emerges from one discipline, then he may receive that stage in another discipline.

Sequitur: 3Infantes vero pro tali culpa vapulent.

Next: 3But children should be beaten for this kind of fault.

Notandum est enim, quia, ubi dicit tali, incertum est, utrum, quia fefellerunt, an quia forte noluerunt petere veniam, quia superius duo dixit, i. e. si fallit quis, debet petere veniam; alterum dicit: si non vult veniam petere, majori vindictae subjaceat; sed tamen isto modo intelligendum est, i. e.: si infans fefellerit, debet veniam petere et non flagellari ; si autem per consuetudinem fefellerit, debet veniam petere; tamen debet flagellari, ne fiat negligens.

For it should be noted that when he says this kind, it means either because they have made a mistake, or because perhaps they did not wish to seek forgiveness, since he said two things above: i.e. if someone errs, he ought to seek pardon, and he says next, if he does not wish to seek pardon, let him be subjugated to a greater punishment. But however this should be understood in this way: for example, if a child has made a mistake, he ought to seek pardon and not to be beaten; if however he routinely has made a mistake, he ought to seek pardon; but however he ought to be beaten, lest he become negligent.

Et hoc [page 471] notandum est, quia non debet in oratorio infans flagellari; sed cum flagellandus erit, non in capitulo, sed in schola magistri eorum debent illos flagellare. Infantes enim in hoc loco intelliguntur illi, qui in custodia sunt generali. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 70.4]

And it [page 471] should be noted that a child ought not to be beaten in the oratory; but when someone is to be beaten, their teachers ought to beat them not in the chapter house, but in the school. For in this section 'children' should be understood as those who are in common custody. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 70.4]

De illo, qui non legit bene in refectorio, ita agendum est: debet enim abbas talem fratrem constituere, qui sedeat juxta lectorem et eum possit emendare atque corrigere, i. e. quando fefellerit, sive ut ipso intelligere possit, quando eum silenter corrigit, quia nullo modo permittit regula inibi cuiquam loqui, sed propter vitium lectoris atque ipsius codicis, qui (quod) legitur, concessum est, ut lectio lectori2 emendetur.

In the case of one who does not read well in the refectory, it should be done thus: the abbot ought to choose such a brother as may sit next to the reader and is able to correct and emend him when he has made a mistake, or, if he is able to be understood by that brother, to correct him silently, since in no way does the rule permit anyone to speak then; but because of a mistake in the reader or the book itself which is being read, it is permitted that the reader's reading should be corrected.


1. debeat (?). (Mittermüller).
2. lectoris (?). (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XLVI
DE HIS, QUI IN ALIQUIBUS REBUS DELIQUERINT VEL FREGERINT QUIPPIAM

[Ms P, fol. 129v - Paulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 129r; Ms E1, fol. 145v; Ms E2, fol. 222r]

Ch. 46
ON THOSE PERSONS, WHO COMMIT CRIMES IN SOME MANNERS OR BREAK SOMETHING

Translated by: John Terry and Bruce Venarde

Bene, postquam dixerat de satisfactione tam gravium quam levium culparum [Regula Benedicti, c. 34-35] et satisfactione fallentium in oratoria [Regula Benedicti, c. 45], dicit nunc etiam de satisfactione illorum, qui in aliquibus rebus delinquunt, ut, quod deerat sibi, unumquodque capitulum suppleret vicinitate conjunctum, ut, sicut sensu sibi junguntur, jungerentur etiam ordine.

Very well, after he had spoken on satisfaction for greater as well as lesser faults [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 34-35] and satisfaction for those making mistakes in the oratory [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 45], he speaks now on satisfaction for those persons, who fail in some matter or another, so that what is lacking in each chapter one added beside it it might supply, in order that just as chapters are joined together by sense, they are also joined in a series.1

Sequitur: 1Si quis dum in labore quovis, in coquina, in cellario, in ministerio, in pistrino, in horto, in aliqua arte, dum laborat, vel in quocunque loco aliquid deliquerit 2aut fregerit quidquam aut perdiderit, seu aliud quid excesserit, ubi et ubi, 3et non veniens continuo ante abbatem vel congregationem ipse ultra satisfecerit et prodiderit delictum suum, 4dum per alium cognitum fuerit, majori subjaceat emendationi.

It follows: 1If someone is doing some kind of work, in the kitchen, in the cellar, in serving [meals], in the bakery, in the garden, in any sort of craft, or in any other place makes a some mistake, 2or breaks or loses something, or exceeds in any way anywhere, 3and he himself does not go directly to the abbot and the community and make satisfaction and confess the fault, 4when it becomes known through another, he should be subject to a more severe correction.

Sciendum est enim, quia non est bonum, ut aliis habeatur, eo quod si aliis habetur, videtur officium divinum leve esse.

It should be understood that it is not good that others bring it forth, because if brought forth by others, divine duty seems to be trivial.

Deliquerit attinet ad versare aliquid, fregerit ad rumpere aliquid, excesserit attinet ad sonum facere veluti in refectorio cum cuppa vel cultello, vel etiam cum cochleare in terram ceciderit, vel super mensam aliquis sonus factus fuerit. Excedere enim est modum transire; ubi enim modum quis transit, tunc excedit.

Makes a mistake [deliquerit] pertains to changing something; ‘breaks’ [fregerit] to ruining something; exceeds [excesserit] to making a sound as in the refectory with a cup or little knife, or even when a spoon falls to the ground, or any sound is made on the table. To exceed [excedere] is to cross a line, for where one crosses a line away, at that moment he exceeds.

Excedere enim est metas sive [page 472] modos transire; sive etiam excedere ad verba attinet, si alicui verbum durum dicit; verbi gratia habes injunctum officium aliquod super famulos aut super fratres, et pro increpationo plus dixisti illis increpationem, quam oportuit, sive forte irato animo dixisti alicui homini etiam non tibi subjecto verbum durum, et similia. Debes pro hujuscemodi excessibus abbati soli confiteri secrete.

 To exceed [excedere] is to go beyond [page 472] boundaries or lines, whether excedere pertains to words, if one speaks harsh words to anyone: for instance, if you have a certain duty enjoined upon you concerning servants or brothers and as a reproach you have said to them more of a reproach than is proper, or if perhaps in an angry spirit said a harsh word to someone not subject to you, and similar things. For such excesses, you should confess privately to the abbot alone.

Similiter si forte, cum incidis panem et incideris melotem aut saricam aut aliquod vestimentum, tunc abbati soli debes confiteri, et ille debet te investigare, utrum jocando fecisti aut pro aliqua negligentia agendo. Deinde si ille viderit, quia non pro joco factum fuerit, potest tibi dimittere; si autem pro joco, unde sine poenitentia non potest dimitti, tunc debet tibi dicere: pete veniam in capitulo secundum regulam, ut accipias judicium regulare.

Similarly, if by chance you cut bread or cowl or a cloak or any other type of vestment, then you should confess only to the abbot, and he should examine you as to whether you did it jokingly or in some carelessness or another. Then if he sees that was not done jokingly, it is possible for him to pardon you; but if it was not a joke and therefore cannot be pardoned without penance, then he should tell you: Seek pardon in chapter according to the rule, so that you can accept regular judgment.

Sequitur: 5Si animae vero peccati causa fuerit latens, tantum abbati aut spiritualibus senioribus patefaciat, 6qui sciant curare sua et aliena vulnera non detegere et publicare.

It follows: 5If the cause of sin lies hidden in the soul, then he should disclose it only to the abbot or a spiritual superior, 6who knows [how] to cure his and others’ weaknesses, not revealing or publicizing them.

lstud enim, quod dicit non detegere et publicare - detegere attinet ad discooperire aliquod peccatum, quod est latens, publicare autem attinet ad palandum1 sive ad manifestationem peccati, quod est occultum; et postea illum manifestum patefacit.

That is, when he says, not revealing or publicizing them, to reveal [detegere] pertains to exposing a certain sin that lies hidden; to publicize [publicare] also pertains to divulging or revealing of a sin that secret; and afterward he discloses it openly.

Quod autem dicit non veniens continuo, ita intelligendum est: non dicit, ut statim deserat illam obedientiam et veniat nunciare, sed hora, qua debet venire, veniat, et tum: nunciet; propterea dicit veniens, quasi de futuro. Si forte venerit ante alius, qui nunciaverit, non debet illi fratri imputari in malum, sed tunc debet reputari in malum fratri, cum venerit et noluerit manifestare in spatio termini sui. Debet enim abbas propter malevolos et invidos constituere tempus, quando, qui excessit aliquid vel fregerit, pro suo excessu veniam petat.

But when he says, if he does not go directly, it should be understood thus: [Benedict] does not say that he should at once leave his task and come to report it, but let him come at the hour at which he should come, let him come, and then report it; therefore he says, go [veniens], as if about the future. If perchance another comes before and reports it, no evil should be assigned to that [sinning] brother, but evil should be assigned to him when he comes and refuses to disclose it in due time. Thus the abbot should establish a period of time for the malevolent and envious, during which, if one exceeds or breaks something, he might ask pardon for his excess.

Verbi gratia: si hodie excesserit, crastino die veniam petat.

For example: if he exceeds today, he should seek pardon tomorrow.

Ideo dixi propter invidos et malevolos, quia sunt multi mali, qui, cum vident damnum aut excessum factum, statim ante cedunt et nuntiant abbati, quatenus ille, qui excessit, majori [page 473] vindictae subjaceat, sicut regula dicit: dum per alium cognitum fuerit, majori subjaceat emendationi.

I said, on behalf of the malevolent and hateful for this reason: because there are many evil men, who, when they see an injury or excess made, at once go ahead and report it to the abbot, so that he who has exceeded [page 473] is subject to greater punishment, just as the Rule says: then if it has become known through another, he should be subjected to a more severe correction.

Ac per hoc, si quilibet ante tempus veniae petendae, hoc est, ante capitulum alterius diei nunciaverit, frater ille, qui excessit, non teneatur culpabilis adhuc in eo, quod non manifestavit delictum suum. Si vero in statuto tempore veniam non petierit, et postea alter nunciaverit abbati, tunc ille, qui neglexerit veniam petere, debet utique subjacere majori emendationi, sicut regula dicit.

And for this [reason], if anyone should report it before the time for asking pardon, that is, before the next day’s chapter, the brother who exceeds should not yet be thought guilty because he did not make his fault known. But if he does not seek pardon in the stated period of time, and afterwards another reports it to the abbot, then he who neglected to seek pardon, should at any rate be subject to more severe correction, just as the Rule says.

Hoc notandum est, quia si ad lectum perdiderit, non est inde venia petenda. Si autem parva res fuerit, veluti est unum cochleare olei vel phiala vini, debet abbati solummodo nuntiare et veniam petere. Si autem majus damnum est, quod facit, quia non potest sine judicio dimitti, tunc debet ante congregationem abbati veniam petere.

This needs to be noted, because if he should ruin something in bed, no pardon need therefore be sought [in chapter]. If moreover it is a small matter, like a spoonful of oil or a little bowl of wine, he should report it to the abbot alone and seek pardon. If however it is a greater wrong that he does, because he cannot be pardoned without sentence, then he should go to the abbot before the community for pardon.

Deinde si cognoverit, majus esse damnum, debet judicare, ut in oratorio satisfaciat, sicut de minoribus culpis S. Benedictus judicavit, i. e. si fratros ad sextam, ille ad nonam, et si fratres ad nonam, ille ad vesperam et ita satisfacere, sicut ille judicavit in XLIV capitulo; dicit enim: qui vero pro levibus culpis excommunicantur tantum a mensa, in oratorio satisfaciant usque ad jussionem abbatis [Regula Benedicti, c. 44, 9].

Thereafter if [the abbot] recognizes it to be a greater wrong, he should sentence [the sinning brother] to make satisfaction in the oratory, just as St. Benedict judged concern lesser faults, that is, if the brothers [eat] at the sixth hour, he [eats] at the ninth, and if the brothers [eat] at the ninth hour, he [eats] in the evening and make satisfaction in this way as [Benedict] decreed in chapter 44; he says: Whoever is excommunicated for lesser faults should be excluded only from the table and make satisfaction in the oratory until the abbot tells him [to stop] [Regula Benedicti, c. 44, 9].

Deinde si viderit abbas, non grandem esse culpam, debet illum judicare ad unum officium poenitere; si autem major est culpa, veluti cognoscit culpam et intentionem peccantis, ita debet extendere vel minuere judicium.

Thereafter if the abbot sees that it is not a great fault, he should sentence him to make penance for one [prayer] office; but if it is a greater fault, he should increase or decrease the sentence according to his knowledge the sin and the intent of the sinner.

Et hoc non est mirum, quia pro una phiala vini, quam versavit, vel unum cochleare olei2 dixi, poenitentia subjacere, eo quod res monasterii, sicut regula dicit [Regula Benedicti, c. 32], sancta est et nimis diligenter debet tractari; unde legitur in libro quarto institutae patrum, qualiter monachus pro tribus granis leuticulis poenitentia subjectus fuit, quae hebdumadario festinanti, dum eam praeparat coctioni, inter manus cum aqua, qua diluebantur, elapsa sunt [cf. Cassian, Institutiones IV, c. 20].

And it is no wonder for [that one is] subject to repentance, for one bowl of wine that he spilled, or one spoonful of oil, [as] I said, because property of the monastery, just as the Rule says [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 32], is sacred and should be dealt with very carefully; thus we read in the fourth book of the Instituta patrum, how a monk was subjected to penance for three little lentils that, as he hastened in his weekly duty, slipped through his hand along with the water in which he was cooking them [cf. Cassian, Institutiones IV, c. 20].

Quodsi vero tam parvum fuerit damnum, unde non potest veniam petere, debet ei injungere, cantare duos [page 474] vel tres aut quatuor psalmos. Sciendum est enim, quia in eo, quod dicit excesserit, potest etiam intelligi oblivio alicujus rei, quae oblita est.

But if it is so small a fault that he cannot seek pardon [in chapter], [the abbot] should enjoin on him to sing two [page 474] or three or four psalms. It should be understood that when he says he will have exceeded  [excesserit] can be understood as forgetting anything that was forgotten.

Verumtamen in hac oblivione discretio necessaria est, quia non omnis res aequalis est; verbi gratia si magna et sancta est res et in rustico loco, i. e. non congruo, oblita est, tunc debet veniam petere, non tantum, quia oblivioni tradidit, sed etiam, quod in rustico loco eam posuit. Si autem ipsa res in loco mundo, hoc est in loco sibi congruo et apto posita fuerit et oblivioni tradita, non intelligo, pro hoc cum debere veniam petere, quia superius non dixi, eum veniam petere pro eo, quod oblitus est, sed pro eo, quod in rustico loco posuit.

However, discernment is necessary in this forgetfulness, because not everything is equal; for example, if a great and holy thing is forgotten in a rustic, that is, unsuitable place, [if] it is forgotten, then it he should ask for pardon, not just because he forgot it, but also because he put it in a rustic place. If however the thing itself is in a pure place, that is, put in a place appropriate and fitting for it, and then forgotten, I do not understand, when he would seek pardon for this, because I did not say above, to request pardon because it was forgotten, but because he put it in a rustic place.

Quod autem dicit majori vindietae subjaceat, ita intelligi debet: i. e. verbi gratia, si debuit antea ad unum officium veniam petere, postea petat ad duo et reliq. Similiter si per duos dies poenitere debuit antea, postea per quatuor et reliq.

When it says he should be subjected to the greater punishment, it should be understood thus: that is, for example, he should have earlier sought pardon for one office, afterwards he should seek it for two and so on. Similarly, if before he should have made penance for two days, afterwards he should make it for four and so on.

Si autem in refectorio excedit, ita agendum est: si parum excedit, i. e. si cochleare cadit aut cultellus aut cuppa, et faciunt sonum, si in tali loco sedet, ut non possit surgere, ut petat veniam pro aliis, eo quod non potest exire, tunc debet surgere et flectere cervicem; si autem tali loco sedet, ut possit exire, tunc debet exire.

If, however, he exceeds in the refectory, it should be done thus: if he exceeds a little, that is, if a spoon, little knife or cup should fall, and they make a sound, if he sits in such a place that he is not able to get out to seek pardon from the others, because he cannot get out, then he should rise and bow his neck; if he sits in such a place so that he can get out, then he should do so.

Abbas autem, si parvus sonus faetus est, debet illi innuere, ut non petat veniam; si autem grandis sonus factus est, tunc debet ante abbatem veniam petere, ille autem, qui non potuit exire, si grandis sonus fuit, tunc, postquam surrexerint a mensa, veniam petere debet in refectorio ante abbatem propter illud, quod dicit regula non veniens continuo ante abbatem et reliq.

If a small sound is made, the abbot should nod to him that he ought not seek pardon; if, however, a great sound is made, then he should seek pardon before the abbot. He, however, who is not able get himself out, if he makes a great sound, then after they rise from the table, he should seek pardon in the refectory before the abbot for that reason, because the Rule says does not go directly to the abbot and so on.

Infant es vero vel etiam qui sub custodia sunt, si sonum in refectorio fecerint aut rumpunt vel perdunt aliquid, veniam debent petere sicuti majores.

But if children or those under watch make a sound in the refectory or break or lose anything, they should ask pardon just like adults.


1. propalandum (?). (Mittermüller).
2. pro uno cochleari olei (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Unclear.

Cap. XLVII
DE SIGNIFICANDA HORA OPERIS DEI

[Ms P, fol. 130r - Paulus Diaconus -
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 131r; Ms E1, fol. 146v; Ms. E2, fol. 223v]

Ch. 47
SIGNALLING THE HOUR FOR THE WORK OF GOD

Translated by: Rob Meens

In hoc ergo loco S. Benedictus etiam suum ordinem custodivit, cum dixit de horis, quibus reficiendum erat, et de completorio propter rationem, qua indigebat conjungi [page 475] sibi, et dixit de satisfactione illorum, qui tarde ad horam divini officii vel mensam occurrunt. Deinde (ad) supplendam satisfactionem dixit caetera capitula et modus, et subjunxit, quali et quanto studio ipsae horae congruae significandae sint.

In this place Saint Benedict takes care to follow the order when talking about the hours on which to take a meal and about the completes because [page 475] of the atonement that he failed to attach and when dealing with the satisfaction to be provided by those who are late for the canonical hours or for a meal. To add to [what he said about] satisfaction, he added the other chapters and a proper measure and then he added with how much care these hours are to be signaled.

Sequitur: 1Nuncianda hora operis Dei die noctuque sit sub cura abbatis, aut ipse nunciare aut alii sollicito fratri injungat hanc curam, ut omnia horis competentibus compleantur. 2Psalmos autem vel antiphonas post abbatem ordine suo, quibus jussum fuerit, imponant.

He follows: 1Let announcing the hour for the work of God, both day and night, be the abbot’s responsibility; he should announce it himself or else he can delegate it to a brother so conscientious that everything is completed at the appropriate time. 2Brothers so ordered will lead psalms and antiphons after the abbot, in their order.

Attendendum est, quia non dicit, ut abbas ad libitum suum, i. e. ad suum arbitrium cuidam fratri det hanc curam, sed dicit sollicito. In isto sollicito debet inspicere intellectum et possibilitatem atque studium; intellectum, ut intelligat horas noctis, possibilitatem, ut sanus sit, quatenus possit ministerium perficere, studium, ut non sit piger vel somnolentus.

We should take care that he does not say that the abbot delegates this task to a brother at his whim, that is according to his own judgment, but he says ‘conscientious’. The abbot should therefore carefully examine his comprehension and ability and his zeal. Comprehension so that he understands the nightly hours, ability so that he is healthy enough to fulfill this task, zeal so that he is not sluggish or sleepy.

Ubi dicit omnia, subaudiendum est: officia; competentibus, i. e. horis aptis vel congruis.

Where he says ‘everything’ we should understand ‘all offices’; ‘at the appropriate time’ that is: the right and suitable time.

Quod vero dicit psalmos autem vel antiphonas post abbatem ordine suo, quibus jussum fuerit, imponant, ita intelligendum est: debet frater constitutus esse, qui scribat fratres, qui cantent vel qui legant in dominica et in festis diebus, quid legere aut quid cantare debeant. Deinde debet unus incipere versus, et ille, qui prebendit versum, debet assistere in primo loco in choro, si talis est, qui dignus sit stare in choro; si autem talis est, qui non est dignus stare in choro, sed inante, debet ille, qui in capite infantum est in choro, prehendere versum.

Where he says ‘Brothers so ordered will lead psalms and antiphons after the abbot, in their order’ should be understood as follows: a brother should be installed who writes down the brothers who chant and who read on Sundays and feast days [and] what they should read and sing. Then one should start the verse and the one who furnishes the verse, should stand in the first place in the choir if he is worthy; but if he is such that he is unworthy to stand in the choir, but in front of it, the one who is in front of the children in the choir should say the verse.

Sequitur: 3Cantare autem et legere non praesumat, nisi qui potest ipsum officium implere, ut aedificentur audientes, 4quod cum humilitate et gravitate et tremore fiat, et cui jusserit abbas.  

He follows: 3They should not presume to chant or read unless they can fulfill that duty so as to edify listeners, 4which should be done with humility and gravity and fear by the one the abbot has commanded.

De hoc vero, quod dicit: quod cum humilitate et gravitate fiat, et cui jusserit abbas, et qui ipsum officium implere possit, ut aedificentur audientes, haec omnia ad reverentiam lectionis et cantus attinent.

What he says about ‘which should be done with humility and gravity and fear by the one the abbot has commanded’ and ‘they should not presume to chant or read unless they can fulfill that duty so as to edify listeners’, that all pertains to the devotion for the readings and the chant.

Antiphonas autem propter cantum discendi1 et ad honestatem priorum inlantes [page 476] si possunt, dicere debent.

If they are able, the children must say the antiphons, [page 476] in order to learn the chant and in honour of the elders.

De hoc, quod dicit post abbatem intelligitur, sive sit juxta abbatem, i. e. in secundo loco ab abbate, sive tertio sive etiam in quarto loco steterit post abbatem [intelligitur esse].

About that where he says ‘after the abbot’ this should be understood either as next to the abbot, that is in the second place from the abbot, or in the third or even the fourth place after the abbot.

Et hoc, quod dicit psalmos vel antiphonas post abbatem ordine suo, quibus jussum fuerit, imponant, jam diximus, sed iterum recapitulamus pro eo, quod secundum consuetudinem provinciae suae dixit.

And where he says ‘Brothers so ordered will lead psalms and antiphons after the abbot, in their order’, we already indicated, but we repeat it once more because he spoke according to the custom of his province.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'ideo ita dixit, quia forte fuit consuetudo suae provinciae, imponere unum antiphonas, sicut in ecclesia mediolanensi diaconus solet antiphonas imponere.' Et pulchre de significatione horarum istud capitulum constituit, quia nisi sollicitudo esset de signo tangendi, magna negligentia esset, eo quod ipse Pater Benedictus non omni tempore aequaliter dicit, cantare tertiam et nonam.

Perhaps someone will say: ‘he said it thus because it was perhaps the custom of his province that one (monk) led the antiphons, as the deacon in the church of Milan is used to lead the antiphons.’ And he composed this chapter on the signaling of the hours excellently because if there is no sollicitude about sounding the hours, there may be great negligence because father Benedict does not always indicate in the same manner to sing the third or the ninth hour.

Et hanc curam non aliis constituit, nisi abbati aut fratri sollicito; debet enim abbas hanc curam committere fratri sollicito , qui studiose peragere possit. Unde debet abbas illi sollicito talem licentiam donare, ut etiam si pro se aut forte pro hospite aut aliquid tale non potuerit occurrere horis competentibus ad officium, non exspectant propter ipsum fratres, ut non impleant officium constitutum, mox ut significatae fuerint horae diei atque noctis, quia magnum malum murmurationis esset, si pro sui exspectatione neglectum fuerit studium horarum, et officium non compleatur horis congruis atque statutis temporibus.

And he did not assign this responsibility to others, except to the abbot and a conscientious brother; the abbot should therefore assign this task to a conscientious brother, who is able to accomplish it with due care. Therefore the abbot should give this conscientious brother permission that even when he himself cannot meet the office at the appropriate time for personal reasons or perhaps for a guest or something similar, the brothers should not wait for him and thus fail to fulfill the established office shortly after the hours of the day and night were announced, because the evil of discontent is serious if the office and the devotion of the hours is not carried out at the right hour and the right time because of waiting for him.


1. discendum (?). (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. XLVIII
DE OPERE MANUUM QUOTIDIANO

[Ms P, fol. 130vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 132r; Ms E1, fol. 147v; Ms E2, fol. 224r]

Ch. 48
ON DAILY MANUAL WORK

Translated by: David Ganz

Quia non uno modo omnes ipsa opera agunt, dicit B. Augustinus in libro, qui vocatur de opere monachorum, hoc modo: Aliud est enim, corpore laborare animo libero, sicut opifex potest, si non sit fraudulentus et avarus et privatae rei avidus; aliud autem ipsum animum occupare curis colligendae sine corporis labore pecuniae, sicut sunt vel negotiatores vel procuratores vel conductores; cura enim praesunt [page 477] sunt, non manibus operantur; ideo ipsum animum suum occupant habendi sollicitudine. [Augustine, De opere monachorum, c. 15:16, CSEL 41 p. 557]

 

Augustine says that everyone does not do the same tasks in the same way in his book which is called Of the Work of Monks: For it is one thing to labor in body, with the mind free, as a craftsman can do, if he is not fraudulent and avaricious and greedy for his own private gain; but it is another thing to occupy the mind itself with cares of collecting money without the body's labor, as do either merchants, or bailiffs, or undertakers, for these conduct their business with care of the mind [page 477] and do not work with their hands, and in that regard occupy their mind itself with anxiety of getting [Augustine, De opere monachorum, c. 15:16, CSEL 41 p. 557].

Sequitur: 1Otiositas inimica est animae. Rectum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco, cum dixit de sollicitudine horarum, quae significandae sunt, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 47] et subjunxit statim de opere manuum quotidiano, in quo diceret, quibus horis deberent monachi laborare vel lectioni vacare, dicendo: Otiositas inimica est animae. Vere otiositas inimica est animae, quia hoc vitio otii male utentes Sodomitae ceciderunt in peccatum detestabile Deo, sicut Dominus dicit ad Jerusalem: Haec fuit iniquitas sororis tuac Sodomae: abundantia panis et otium. [Ez 16:49] Ideo otium, quia terra illa erat nimis fertilis veluti paradisus. Propter nimiam fertilitatem non necesse habentes laborare, ideo vacabant otio; unde factum est, quia, quanto plus erant otio vacantes, tanto magis lapsi sunt in nefandissimum scelus.

Next: 1Idleness is the enemy of the soul. He kept a proper order in this place when he spoke of concern for the hours -- how they are to be announced [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 47] -- and immediately adds Concerning daily manual work in which he says at what hours the monks should work or spend time in reading, saying Idleness is the enemy of the soul. Truly idleness is the enemy of the soul, for by badly using this vice of idleness the Sodomites fell into a sin detestable to God, as the Lord said to Jerusalem: This was the sin of your sister Sodom, abundance of bread and of idleness [Ez 16.49]. There was idleness for this reason, because the earth was very fertile like paradise. Because of the very great fertility they did not need to work and so they spent time in idleness, and the result was that the more they spent time in idleness the more they fell into the most shameful crime.

Sequitur: 1et ideo certis temporibus occupari debent fratres in labore manuum, certis iterum horis in lectione divina, quasi diceret: quia otiositas inimica est animae, [et] propterea, ne otiosi sint fratres, certis temporibus debent praeoecupari in labore manuum, et certis iterum horis in lectione divina. Et scriptura dicit: Omnis otiosus in desideriis est; [cf. Prov. 21:26] et collationes dicunt: Laborantem monachum unus daemon pulsat, otiosum autem mille. [cf. Cassian, Institutiones X, c. 23]  Quia cognovit B. Benedictus, has duas vitas, i. e. activam et contemplativam necessarias esse homini perfecto, ideo illas [B. Benedictus] divisit per tempora et bene primum activam designavit, et postea contemplativam; per exercitationem operis designavit activam vitam, et per vacationem lectionis designavit comtemplativam. Has duas vitas designaverunt illae duae mulieres Jacob, i. e. Lia et Rachel. Jacob enim non accepit, quam voluit, Rachel, sed Liam, et nocte accepit illam. Lia vero erat lippis oculis et foecunda, Rachel formosa aspectu, sed infoecunda. [cf. Gen 29:17-27]  Jacob interpretatur supplantator [cf. Jerome, Liber de Nominibus Hebraicis]; per Jacob intelligitur bonus monachus, per Liam vero, quae lippis erat oculis, sed foecunda, liguratur activa vita [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob VI, c. 37, CCSL 143, p. 329]. Bene per Liam figuratur activa vita, quia activa vita [page 478] etsi non est intenta in contemplatione, tamen filios Deo procreat. Per Rachel pulchram figuratur contemplativa vita; quantum plus proficit in contemplatione, tanto minus procreat Deo filios. Hoc attendendum est, quia, sicut ille voluit accipere Rachel et non accepit, sed Liam, ita et bonus homo non potest prius pervenire ad comtemplationem, nisi excercitatus fuerit in activa vita, et ille ad contemplativam bene veniet, qui recte prius conversatus fuerit in activa vita. [cf. Gregory the Great, Homilia in Ezechielem II, n. 2, c. 10, CCSL 142, p. 231] Et ille monachus, si caute et recte opera manuum exercuerit, quando ad lectionem venerit, aut contemplationem aut lacrimas accipiet. Nequaquam enim poterit ille studiose lectioni vacare, si prius non legitime opera manuum exercuerit. Contemplativa vita est lectio et oratio et psalmodia; activa vita est exercitatio manuum.

Next: 1And therefore the brothers should have fixed times for manual labour and fixed times for divine reading, as if he were to say: since idleness is the enemy of the soul so that the brothers are not idle they should be occupied at fixed times in manual labour and fixed times for divine reading. And Scripture says: In desires everyone is idle [Prov 21:25]1 and the Collations say: One demon troubles the monk who is working but a thousand trouble an idle one [cf. Cassian, Institutiones X, c. 23]. Since St Benedict knew that these two lives, that is the active and the contemplative, are necessary for a perfect man, therefore he divided them by times and rightly designated first the active and then the contemplative. He designated the active as keeping busy at (good) work and he designated the contemplative through free time spent in reading. These two ways of life are indicated by the two wives of Jacob, that is, Leah and Rachel. Jacob did not take her whom he wanted, Rachel, but took Leah, and by night. Leah was blear-eyed but fertile, Rachel beautiful in appearance but infertile. [cf. Gen 29 17-27] Jacob is interpreted “the supplantor” [cf. Jerome, Liber De Nominibus Hebraicis]. By Jacob the good monk is understood, but by Leah who was bleary eyed but fertile the active life is represented [cf. Gregory the Great, Moralia in Job VI, c. 37, CCSL 143, p. 329]. The active life is represented well by Leah, for the active life, [page 478] even though it is not intent in contemplation, nevertheless produces sons for God. By the beautiful Rachel the contemplative life is represented, for the more it advances in contemplation, the less it procreates sons for God. This is to be noted: as he wanted to receive Rachel but did not receive her but Leah, so the good man is not able first come to contemplation unless he was busy in the active life and he comes to the contemplative life in the correct manner who rightly first was accustomed to an active life [cf. Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Ezechielem II, n. 2, c. 10]. And the monk, if he carefully and rightly performed manual labour, when he comes to reading will either receive contemplation or tears. He cannot spend time in reading studiously if he was not busy before in manual labour. Contemplative life is reading and prayer and psalmody; active life is manual exercise.

Sequitur: 2Ideoque hac dispositione credimus utraque tempora ordinari, 3i. e. ut a Pascha usque ad Calendas Octobria a mane exeuntes a prima usque ad horam paene quartam laborent, quod necessarium fuerit. 4Ab hora autem quarta usque ad horam quasi sextam lectioni vacent. 5Post sextam autem surgentes a mensa pausent in lectis suis cum omni silentio, aut forte qui voluerit legere, sic legat, ut alium non inquietet. 6Agatur nona temperius mediante octava hora, et iterum, quod faciendum est, operentur usque ad vesperam. 7Si autem necessitas loci aut paupertas exegerit, ut ad fruges colligendas per se occupentur, non contristentur, 8quia tunc vere monachi sunt, si labore manuum suarum vivunt, sicut et patres nostri et apostoli. 9Omnia tamen mensurate fiant propter pusillanimes. 10A Calendis autem Octobris usque ad caput Quadragesimae usque ad horam secundam plenam lectioni vacent. 11Hora secunda agatur tertia, et usque nonam omnes in opus suum laborent, quod eis injungitur. 12Facto autem primo signo horae nonae disjungant se ab opere singuli et sint parati, dum secundum signum pidsaverit. 13Post refectionem autem vacent lectionibus suis aut psalmis. 14In Quadragesimae vero diebus a mane usque ad tertiam plenam vacent lectionibus suis et usque ad decimam plenam operentur, quod eis injungitur. 15In quibus diebus Quadragesimae accipiant [page 479] omnes singulos codices de bibliotheca, quos per ordinem ex integro legant, 16qui codices in capite Quadragesimac dandi sunt.

Next: 2So we believe that the times for reading may be arranged as follows: 3i.e. From Easter until the first of October they will spend their mornings after Prime until about the fourth hour at whatever work needs to be done. 4From the fourth hour until Sext they will devote themselves to reading. 5After Sext rising from the table they may rest on their beds in complete silence and if someone wants to read to himself let him do so without disturbing anyone. 6They should say None midway through the eighth hour and then they are to return to whatever work is necessary until Vespers. 7If local needs or their poverty should force them to harvest the grain themselves they should not be distressed. 8For they are really monks when they live by the labor of their hands as our fathers and the apostles did. 9Yet everything is to be done with moderation on account of the fainthearted. 10From the first of October to the beginning of Lent the brothers ought to devote themselves to reading until the end of the second hour. 11At the second hour Terce is to be said and they should all continue at their assigned tasks until None. 12At the first signal for the hour of None they should put aside their work to be ready for the second signal sound. 13Then after the meal they will devote themselves to reading or to the psalms. 14During the days of Lent they should spend time in reading in the morning until the third hour, after which they should work at their assigned tasks until the end of the tenth hour. 15During the days of Lent everyone is to receive [page 479] a book from the library, which they should read the completely straight through. 16These books are to be given out at the beginning of Lent.

Si enim diligentius hoc capitulum attenderimus, magna pars regulae in eo contineri invenitur, quia si diligenter et studiose monachus hoc capitulum observaverit, i. e. si nunquam sine obedientia extiterit usque ad lectionem et caetera, sicuti in hoc capitulo dicitur, exercuerit, de magnis periculis liberabitur, i. e. de murmuratione, de ira, de detractione, de otio, de verbositatibus, de fabulis, et quae ad rem non pertinent neque ad utilitatem, et de caeteris malis, eo quod diabolus non poterit eum tentare, si ita viderit cimi intentum, sicut dicitur: Otiosum monachum mille daemones tentant et reliq. [cf. Cassian, Institutiones, X c. 23] unde intelligendum est, quia ibi bonum non erit, ubi hoc capitulum diligentius non fuerit observatum.

If we attend carefully to this chapter it is found to contain a great part of the rule, for if a monk carefully and studiously observes this chapter, that is, if he is never without obedience until reading and the rest as it is said in this chapter, he will be freed from great dangers, that is, from grumbling, from anger, from detraction, from idleness, from verbosity, from idle tales and from what is not helpful or useful, and from other evils, so that the devil cannot tempt him, if he sees him intent, as it is said: A thousand demons tempt an idle monk and so on, [cf. Cassian, Institutiones X, c. 23] from which we may understand there is no good where this chapter is not carefully observed.

Nunc vero quasi interrogasset aliquis S. Benedictum dicens: 'B. Benedicte, tu jussisti laborare et legere; quid faciendum est, si necessitas est ad fruges ire? quid facere debemus?' llle vero quasi respondens dicit: 'Si autem necessitas loci aut paupertas exegerit, ut ad fruges colligendas per se occupentur, non contristentur.' Istud ut causalis est, non similitudinis [cf. Priscian, Partitiones, Keil III 512], et intelligitur propter fruges, quasi diceret: si necessitas est propter fruges colligendas, non debent lectioni vacare nec dormire, sed laborare, et dat consolationem, cum subdit: non contristentur, quia tunc vere monachi sunt, si labore manuum suarum vivunt. Et hoc sciendum est, quia per hoc, quod dicit ad fruges, intelligenda est etiam alia necessitas, quae nimis incumbit, quae differri non potest nec exspectari, sicut est domum fabricare, quia non est, ubi dormiant, molendinum facere, quia non est, ubi molatur, sive et ligna incidere. Istud enim vere, quod dicitur, non intelligitur ob hoc vere, ut illi, qui lectioni vacent, non sint veri monachi, sed intelligendum est, quia pro consolatione hoc dixit; verbi gratia quia cognovit B. Benedictus, esse ditiora monasteria et pauperiora, ideo [enim] monachis in illis monasteriis, quae sunt ditiora et possunt esse intenti studio spirituali, dicit, lectioni vacare et operari per horam; qui si semper lectioni vacarent, [page 480] fastidium haberent et non potuissent ob hoc forte implere; si autem dixisset semper laborare absque necessitate, non fuisset bonum sine studio spirituali. Istis enim1 monachis, quia pauperiores sunt, considerans eorum necessitatem dixit, dimittere lectionem et laborare; sed ne isti desperarent se videntes, alios studio spirituali vacare, ideo ad consolationem praebendam dixit: tunc vere sunt monachi et reliq.

Now if someone we to ask St Benedict saying, “Blessed Benedict, you ordered us to read and to work; what is to be done if we need to go to the harvest? What should we do?” And as if answering he says If local needs or their poverty should force them to harvest the grain themselves, they should not be distressed. This ut is causal and not comparative, [cf. Priscian, Partitiones, Keil III 512] and it is to be understood because of the grain, as if he said if there is a need for collecting grain they should not devote themselves to reading nor sleep but work and he gives consolation when he adds they should not be distressed, for they are truly monks when they live by the labor of their hands. And you should know that in what he says about grain any other need is to be understood which is very urgent, which cannot be put off or waited for, for example to build a house if there is nowhere to sleep, or to build a mill if there is nowhere to grind corn, or to fell wood. The truly which he says should not be understood as if those who devote themselves to reading are not true monks, but it is to be understood that he said this as a consolation, for St Benedict knew that there are wealthier monasteries and poorer ones, and so the monks in those monasteries which are richer can be intent on spiritual studies and, he says, devote themselves to reading for an hour, for if they always devoted themselves to reading [page 480] they would be tired and could not complete, but if he were to say always work without need it would not be good without spiritual study. He said for those monks who are poorer, considering their need, they should be free from reading and work, but so that they do not despair seeing others spending time in spiritual study he said, offering consolation, then they are truly monks and so on.

Et dedit exemplum pro majori consolatione dicens sicut patres nostri et apostoli, ac si diceret illis: nolite vos contristari, si illos, qui ditiores sunt, videritis studio spiritali vacare, quia vos tunc vere cognoscitis esse monachos, si operibus manuum vestrarum vivitis, sicut apostoli et reliq. Quod autem dicit sicut patres nostri et apostoli, aut patres dicit Paulum, Antonium, Hilarionem etc.; deinde ascendendo dicit apostolos; aut dicit patres nostros Abraham, Isaac et Jacob et reliquos, et post apostolos; sed superior sensus est melior. Quod autem dicit pausent in lectis suis cum omni silentio, tale silentium jubet esse in meridie, quale et in nocte; quia, sicut in nocte dixit maxime nocturnis horis, [Regula Benedicti, c. 42:1] ita et hic dicit cum omni silentio, quod unum significat; et sicut in nocte non debent quidquam agere fratres, ita etiam in meridie, et hoc silentium incipere debet a tertia. Quod autem dicit a Calendis autem Octobris etc. et usque ad horam secundam plenam lectioni vacent, sciendum est, quia illo die, in quo Calendae sunt, jejunare debent usque ad nonam et ita lectioni vacare, sicut supra jam diximus. Quod dicit hora secunda agatur tertia, subaudiendum est: transacta, hoc est, cum incipitur tertia, tunc canenda est tertia; nam rectitudo est, ut completa tertia canatur tertia, quia completa hora debet cani tertia sive sexta sive nona; ad undecimam canendum est vesperum vel decimam, juxta quod potest, ut cum luce tantum agant omnia, sicut ipse definivit. Vacare est enim aliam rem relinquere et aliis insistere rebus, sicuti in hoc loco relicta exercitatione manuum jubet insistere lectioni. Illud enim, [page 481] quod dixit in Quadragesima usque ad decimam plenam operentur, ideo plenam dicit, quia tunc in suo monasterio non canebatur missa; nunc autem, quia missa canitur, non possunt fratres usque ad plenam decimam operari et missam cantare et cum luce omnia agere, sed considerare debet abbas, ut usque ad illud tempus laborent, quatenus missam et vesperam et manducare et omnia cum luce agere possint. Ergo ob hoc non debet esse plena decima, sed incipiente decima canere debent nonam; deinde nona cantata statim canenda est missa. Deinde parvo intervallo facto canenda est vespera.

And he gives an example for greater consolation saying as our fathers and the apostles did, as if he were saying to them: do not be sad if you see those who are richer devote themselves to spiritual study, because you know that you are truly monks if you live by manual work like the apostles. What he says -- as our fathers and the apostles did -- either means fathers such as Paul, Anthony, Hilarion and so on, and then ascending he says apostles, or he says our fathers, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob and the rest and afterwards the apostles, but the former meaning is better. When he says they should rest on their beds in complete silence he orders that there should be the same silence in the day as at night for just as at night he says especially in the night hours [Regula Benedicti, c. 42:1] so here he says in complete silence which means the same and just as at night the brothers should not do anything, so during the day and that silence should begin at Terce. When he says From the first of October to the beginning of Lent the brothers ought to devote themselves to reading until the end of the second hour it should be known that on the day which is the first they should fast until None and devote themselves to reading as we have already said above. What he says at the second hour Terce starts, you must understand at the end of it, that is, when the third hour starts you are to sing Terce; for properly when the third hour is finished you sing Terce or Sext or None. At the eleventh hour you should sing Vespers or at the tenth hour, as possible, so that everything is done during daylight as he determined. Vacare means to leave one thing and concentrate on other things, here he orders that having given up manual labour they should press on with reading. When he says [page 481] in Lent they will work until the end of the tenth hour, he says the end because then in his monastery mass was not sung but now, because mass is sung, the brothers cannot work until the end of the tenth hour and sing mass and do everything during daylight, but the abbot should consider that they should work until that time when they can sing mass and Vespers and eat and do everything by daylight. So for that reason they should sing None at the beginning and not at the end of the tenth hour, and when they have sung None they should immediately start singing the Mass. And then after a short space they should sing Vespers.

Quod autem dicit: qui codices in capite Quadragesimae dandi sunt, non dicit, ut post, si necesse fuerit accipere fratrem, non accipiat, quasi diceret, si necessitas fuerit, accipiat post; si autem non acceperit ante, tamen in Quadragesimae capite dandi sunt libri; quos per ordinem ex integro legant, quia debent intelligere, quod legant. Isto enim modo debet fieri, i. e. debet ille, qui librum recipit et dat, interrogare fratrem de illo libro. Deinde si potest inde aliquid rationem mittere, tunc recipiat, si autem non potest, tunc non debent recipi libri, sed iterum habeant illos. Dicendum est nunc, qualiter et cum quanta moderatione atque silentio monachi lectioni vacare debent.

What he says -- how the books are to be given out at the start of Lent how the books are to be given out at the start of Lent -- he doesn’t say as later, if it was necessary to receive a brother he should not receive, as though he were to say that if there was a need he should receive after, but if he did not receive before then at the start of Lent the books are to be given out which they should read completely from beginning to end, for they should understand what they read. This is how it should be done, that is, the person who receives and gives the book should ask the brother about that book. Next, if he can give some account, then he may receive it, but if he cannot then they should not receive [new] books but have those again. Now we must explain how and with what restraint and silence the monks should devote time to reading.

De hac re hoc, quod B. Benedictus dicit breviter: neque frater ad fratrem jungatur horis incompetentibus, et iterum: videant, ne forte inveniatur frater otiosus, qui vacat otio aut fabulis et non est intentus lectioni, B. Basilius latius docet dicens: Cum lectioni vacatur, oportet eos sequestratos legere et ne in unum redacti omnis congregatio suis sibi vocibus obstrepent; infantes vero in tabulis meditentur. Tempore orationum vel psalmorum non oportet aliquem loqui in domo praeter eos, qui ministerii sollicitudinem gerunt, vel eos, quibus disciplinae cura commissa est vel dispensationis operum, qui et ipsi tamen considerantius agere debent, ut quantum necessitas exigit, hoc solum loquantur, et hoc ipsum cum quiete et honestate, ne interturbent aut offendiculum faciant ceteris. Cunctos reliquos silentium habere convenit. Si enim prophetis in ecclesia dicentibus apostolus [page 482] dicit, quia, si sedenti revelatum fuerit, prior taceat [c. 1 Cor 14:30], quanto magis in tempore psalmorum et orationum tacere et silentium agere cunctis convenit, nisi quem forte, ut superius diximus, communis providentiae causa aliquid proloqui cogit. [Regula Basilii, c. 137, CSEL 86, pp. 166-167]

About this matter that blessed Benedict mentions briefly – nor should a brother associate with one another at inappropriate times and again they should see that no brother is so idle as to waste his time in idleness or chatter and is not intent on his reading, Saint Basil teaches in more detail, saying, “When they spend time in reading they should read separated lest assembled together they disturb one another by their voices; the children should study their writing tablets. At the time of prayers or psalms no one should speak in the house except those who carry out the charge of ministry or those who are entrusted with the care of discipline or the organization of tasks and they should act more considerately so that only when it is necessary should they speak and do so quietly and correctly lest they disturb or cause offence to the others. It is right that all the others keep silence. If the Apostle says that when the prophets were speaking in church [page 482] if a revelation was made to someone sitting, let the first be silent, [cf. I Cor 14:30] how much more at the time of psalms and prayers it is fitting that everyone should be silent unless for the sake of common providence something needs to be said” [Regula Basili, c. 137].

Codex multorum librorum, ut Isidorus dicit, est liber unius voluminis; et dictus “codex” per translationem a caudicibus arborum sive vitium, quasi “caudex”, quod in se multudinem librorum quasi ramorum contineat. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 13.1] Capitulum est, quod vulgo capitulare dicunt, idem et cappa, vel quod duos apices ut cappa litera habeat, vel quia capitis ornamentum est. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 31. 3]. Bibliotheca est locus, ubi reponuntur libri; βίβλος enim graece liber, δηχη repositorium dicitur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XV. c. 5.5-6] Theca dicitur ab eo, quod aliquid receptum tegat; c litera pro g posita. Alii graeco nomine thecam vocari asserunt, quod ibi aliquid reponatur; inde et 'bibliotheca' librorum repositio dicitur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVIII, c. 9.3] Item versus: Hieronyme interpres variis doctissime linguis! Te Bethlehem celebrat, te tolus personal orbis, Te quoque nostra tuis promit bibliotheca orbis. [Carmina S. Isidoro ascripta, v. 6, CCSL 113A/PL 83, col. 1109A-B] Sciendum est, quia isti tres versus non sunt per elegiacum metrum compositi, sed tantum per heroicum carmen.

A codex is composed of many books, as Isidore says, [but] a book of one roll, and a codex is so called by metaphor from the trunks of trees or vines, as if it were a caudex, a wooden stock, because it contains in itself a multitude of books as of branches [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 13]. Capitulum, a hood, is commonly called a capitulare and also a cappa, either because it has two points like the letter kappa or because it is an ornament for the head [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 31.3]. The bibliotheca is a place where books are deposited, for biblos in Greek means book and theke means repository [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XV. c. 5.5-6]. Theca is so named because it covers what is put in it, with the letter c put for g. Others claim that theca is a Greek word because something is stored there, so a storage place for books is called bibliotheca, a library [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XVIII, c. 9.3]. And in the verses ‘Jerome, translator, most learned in several languages! Bethlehem praises you, the whole world resounds with your name. Our library also celebrates you though your books. [Carmina S. Isidoro ascripta, v. 6, CCSL 113A/PL 83, col. 1109A-B] Know that these three verses are not composed in elegiac metre but in heroic metre [dactylic hexameter].

Sequitur: 17Ante omnia sane deputetur unus aut duo seniores, qui circumeant monasterium horis, quibus vacant frutres lectioni, 18et videant, ne forte inveniatur frater acidiosus, qui vacat otio aut fabulis et non est intentus lectioni et non solum sibi inutilis est, sed etiam alios extollit. 19Hic talis si repertus fuerit, quod absit, corripiatur semel et secundo; 20si non emendaverit, correptioni regulari subjaceat taliter, ut ceteri timeant. 21Neque frater ad fratrem jungutur horis incompetentibus. Quod autem dicit ante omnia sane deputetur unus aut duo seniores et reliq., non dicit, ut, antequam praepositus aut decanus et ceteri ministri, ordinentur, sed ob hoc dicit ante,2 quasi diceret, ut nullo modo dimittat [page 483] abbas, ut istos non ordinet. Istos seniores non dicit de aetate, sed de sensu. Isti seniores debent esse valde boni, quia per istos ordo monachorum consistit. Ideo dixit seniores, ut sciant, qualiter vel quando arguere debeant. Isti seniores potestatem debent habere corrigendi decanos et praepositos, etiam ipsum abbatem, quamquam non omnes uno modo, subjectos admonendo, rogando atque increpando, aequales admonendo et rogando, priores rogando. Fratres, cum lectioni vacant, isto modo debent vacare: illi, qui sunt sub custodia, debeut insimul legere cum magistris suis; ceteri vero in claustra, non singillatim per cubicula, aut in dormitorio, sed, sicut dixi, in claustra, et non conjunctim, ut, si vult, contemplationem vel lacrimas possit habere; nam si insimul legerint, non possunt compunctionem vel lacrimas habere. Neque frater ad fratrem jungatur horis incompetentibus, i. e. ineptis. Istae sunt horae incompetentes, in quibus vacent lectioni fratres et tempore suo. In bis enim horis non debet frater ad fratrem jungere nec loqui. Sed si necessitas fuerit, debet ille abbas constituere fratrem sapientem in tali loco, ut impedimentum non sit aliis legentibus; postea, qui necesse habet, debet ante illum suam lectionem recitare et legere. Potest etiam, si necessitas est, cellararius loqui in horis, quibus vacant fratres lectioni. Istis horis incompetentibus potest etiam intelligere in illo tempore, quando fratres laborant, i. e. non debet frater dimittere suam obedientiam et ire loqui cum alio; si vero necessitas fuerit, potest ire. Sunt, qui intelligunt etiam, cum omnes fratres insimul laborant, ut non debeat cum altero fratre loqui in ipsa obedientia, ubi insimul laborant; sed iste sensus non potest perfecte stare, eo quod regula dicit si qua requirenda sunt a priore et reliq. Deinde debet alter alterum fraterna caritate corrigere. Et hoc notandum est, quia non solum decanus aut praepositus vel circator debet corrigere, sed etiam junior debet corrigere priorem suum, si negligentem illum viderit. Forte dicit aliquis: 'quare junior priorem suum debet corrigere, cum non est rectum?' Cui respondendum est: quamquam [page 484] junior videatur esse, tamen senior est in illa hora illo, eo quod melius facit ille quam suus senior faciat. Et hoc etiam notandum est, quia ita iste junior secrete debet corrigere suum priorem duabus vel tribus vicibus, secrete sic, ut decano et abbati, si opus fuerit, possit nuntiare.

Next: 17Above all one or two seniors must be deputed to make the rounds of the monastery while the brothers are reading 18and they should see that no brother is so slothful as to waste his time or engage in idle talk and is not intent on his reading and so not only harms himself but distracts others. 19If such a monk is found, which God forbid, he should be reproved a first and a second time. 20If he does not amend he must be subjected to the punishment of the Rule as a warning to others. 21And brothers are not to associate with one another at inappropriate times. What he says -- Above all one or two seniors must be deputed etc. -- does not say they are to be appointed before the prior or the dean or the other officers, but he says it first for this reason, as if he were to say [page 483] that the abbot should not be allowed not to appoint them. He called them seniors not in age but in mind. These seniors should be especially good, since the order of monks consists in them. He calls them seniors who know know how or when they should use argument. These older monks have the power to correct deans and priors and even the abbot himself, although they should not correct everyone in the same way, admonishing, asking, and rebuking those subject to them: equals by admonishing and asking, superiors by asking.2 Brothers, when they spend time in reading, should do so thus: those who are under guardianship should read together with their masters, but cloister monks not singly on their beds or in the dormitory, but, as I said, in the cloister, and not in a group so that if someone wants, he may contemplate or weep. For if they read together, they cannot contemplate or weep. And brothers are not to associate with one another at inappropriate times, that is, unsuitable ones. Inappropriate times are those in which brothers spend time in reading and on their own time. At neither time should a brother join with or speak to another. But if there is a need the abbot should appoint a wise brother in such a place that he is not a hindrance to others reading but afterwards if there is need he should recite his reading and read to him. And if it is necessary the cellarer may speak during those hours when the brothers are engaged in reading. These inappropriate times can be understood3 as that time when the brothers are at work; that is, a brother should not set aside his obedience and go to speak with another. But if there is a need, he can go. There are some who even understand that when all brothers are working together, one brother should not speak to another while performing that obedience where they are working together. But this sense cannot be completely right, because the Rule says If anything is asked by the prior and so on [Regula Benedicti, ch. 6.7]. Finally, one brother must correct another in fraternal love. And this should be noted, that not only the dean or the prior or the overseer should correct, but a junior may even correct his prior if he sees he is negligent. Perhaps someone will say, “Why should a junior correct his prior, since it is not right?” It should be replied to him that although he seems to be junior, yet he is senior to the other at that moment, because he does better than his senior. And this also is to be noted: this junior should correct his prior two or three times in secret, secretly in this way, so that he can tell the dean or the abbot if need be.

Sequitur: 22Dominica die lectioni vacent omnes, exceptis his, qui variis officiis deputati sunt; hoc est, quibus obedientiae commissae sunt. Et sciendum est, quia sicut dicit die dominico exceptis his, qui variis officiis deputati sunt, ita intelligendum est etiam in omnibus diebus, cum dicit, vacare lectioni, exceptis his, qui variis officiis deputati sunt, h. e. qui talem obedientiam habent commissam, quae exspectari non potest; tunc etiam horis, quibus alii vacant lectioni, ille debet suam obedientiam peragere, quia obedientia fortissima atque praeclara arma est [cf. Regula Benedicti, prol.3], sicut superius dixit. Si autem scribere necessitas magna est, etiam scribere potest, sed videre debet, ne hunc ordinem temporum confundat. Acidiosus enim dicitur otiosus. Quod autem dicit qui vacat otio aut fabulis, potest quis vacare otio et non fabulis, cum ita est, ut nil agat, nec fabulas loquitur. Hoc vero quod dicit non solum sibi inutilis est, sed etiam alios extollit, videndum est, quod sit istud extollit. Istud enim extollit intelligitur: jactantiae occasionem tribuit, quasi diceret: non solum se dejicit, sed etiam aliis tribuit occasionem jactandi. Verbi gratia est talis frater, qui intentus est lectioni; deinde alter est, qui non est intentus lectioni. Iste, qui legit, cum alios videt, non esse intentos lectioni, elevatur in mente dicens: 'Ego lego, iste autem, qui non legit, pejor est, quam ego.'

Next: 22On Sunday all are to be engaged in reading except those who have been assigned various duties, that is, to whom obediences have been assigned. And this should be known: when he says on Sunday except for those who have been assigned various duties it is to be understood as on all days when he says devote themselves to reading except for those who have been assigned various duties, that is, those who have the sort of obedience assigned to that they cannot expect. Then in the hours when others devote themselves to reading he should carry out his obedience for obedience is obedience is the strongest and noblest weapon [cf. Regula Benedicti, prol.3], as he said above. If there is a great need to write then he may write, but he should see that this does not disturb the order of time. Apathetic means idle. What he says -- who wastes time or engaged in idle talk – [means] someone can waste time and not engage in idle talk when he does nothing and does not talk idly. What he says -- he does not only harm himself but is harmful to others – begs the question of what this harming. This harming is to be understood as offering an occasion for boasting, as if he said that not only does he abase himself, but he also gives others an occasion for boasting. For example, there is one brother who is intent on reading and there is another who is not intent on reading. He who reads when he sees that others are not intent on reading is raised up in his mind saying: “I am reading but he who is not reading is worse than I.”

De hoc verbo, quod est extollit, B. Augustinus docet in Ps. 72 [Ps 71:7] hoc modo dicens: et abundantia pacis, donec tollatur luna. Id quod dictum est tollatur, alii interpretati sunt auferatur, alii vero extollatur, unum verbum graecum, sicut unicuique visum est, transferentes, quod ibi positum est άντανιρεθή. Sed qui dixerunt tollatur, et qui dixerunt auferatur, non usque adeo [page 485] dissonant; tollatur enim magis habet consuetudo ita dici ut auferatur et non sit, quam ita, ut alius elevetur; auferatur vero prorsus aliter intelligi non potest, nisi ut perdatur, hoc est, ut non sit; extollatur autem nihil nisi ut alius elevetur. Quod quidem cum in malo ponitur, superbiam solet: significare, sicuti est: In tua sapientia non extolli [Sir 32:6]; in bono aut ad honorem pertinet ampliorem, vel cum aliquid elevatur, sicuti est: In noctibus extollite manus vestras ad sancta et benedicite Dominum [Ps 133:2]. [Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 71, c. 10, CCSL 39, p. 979].

About the word extollit Augustine teaches on Psalm 72 [Ps 71:7]: “Abundance of peace, until the moon be taken away.” The expression “tollatur” some have interpreted by “be taken away,” but others by “be exalted,” translating one Greek word, as each group sees it, which is there used, good. But they who have said, “be removed,” and they who have said, “be taken away,” do not so very much [page 485] differ. For by the expression, “be removed,” custom has it that it should rather be implied that a thing is taken away and is no more, than that it is raised to a higher place. But “be taken away” can be understood in no other way at all than that a thing is destroyed: that is, it is no more: but by “be exalted,” only that it is raised to a higher place. Which indeed when it is put in a pejorative sense is accustomed to mean pride, as in the passage, “In your wisdom be not exalted” [Sir 32:6]. But in a good sense it belongs to a fuller honor as, for instance, when anything is being raised, as in, “In the nights exalt your hands unto holy places, and bless the Lord.” [Ps 133:2] [Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 71, c. 10]

Istud vero, quod dicit: regulari correptioni subjaceat taliter, ut ceteri metum habeant - ac si diceret: quaudo correptione publica corripitur frater, graviter debet illum corripere, i. e. si plus in hac negligentia inventus fuerit, graviter tunc debet correptus ire taliter, ut etiam alii timeant. Hoc notandum est, cum quali silentio legunt fratres mane, cum tali etiam debent legere post nonam, cum dicit: post refectionem vero vacent lectionibus suis aut psalmis.

What he says -- He must be subjected to the punishment of the rule as a warning to others – is as if he were to say that when a brother is corrected in a public correction he should be corrected more severely, that is if more negligence is found in him then he should be corrected more severely so that even the others are afraid. And this should be noted that the brothers should read after None in the same silence as in the morning, when he says after their meal they will devote themselves to reading or to psalms.

Sequitur: 23Si quis vero ita negligens et desidiosus fuerit, ut non velit aut non possit meditari aut legere, injungatur ei opus, quod faciat, ut non vacet. Negligens et desidiosus unum significat. Negligens attinet ad opus, quod non agit studiose, desidiosus vero attinet ad id, quod vitam suam negligit, sed tamen unum significant. Desidiosus enim, ut Isidorus dicit, dicitur tardus, piger, a desidendo vocatus, hoc est, valde sedendo (idem et reses a residendo); 'de' enim hic augentis adverbium est. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 77]

Next 23If anyone is so remiss and indolent that he is unwilling or unable to study or to read, he is to be given some work so that he may not be idle. Remiss and indolent mean the same thing. Remiss refers to work he does not do carefully, indolent refers to the fact that he neglects his life, but they mean the same thing. Desidiosus [idle], as Isidore says, means indolent, sluggish, lazy, so called from settling down [desidiendo], that is from sitting too much (as reses comes from remain seated [residiendo],) for de here is an augmentative adverb. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 77]

Notandum est autem, ut iste, qui non velit legere, prius debet duci per sex gradus, quia superius dicit regula: si inventus est acidiosus, admoneatur semel et iterum, deinde corripiatur publice taliter, ut ceteri timeant. Post vero cum ductus fuerit per sex gradus, cum debet jaetari, non jactetur, sed injungatur ei opus vel ars. Sciendum est, quia omnis ars opus est, non omne opus ars. Ars est, quam non operatur nisi magister, opus est sine [page 486] arte, veluti fabam mundare aut granum et reliq. Iste antem, qui non velit legere, postquam ductus fuerit per sex gradus, tunc debet illi iujungi opus vel ars, ut operetur; ille autem, qui non potest legere, intelligunt multi secundum intentionem S. Benedicti, ut injungatur ei oratio. Si autem dixerit ille frater: 'quia nolo me circumvenire, non possum legere, jube mihi, ut faciam opus, tunc injungatur illi opus.' Alii sunt, qui intelligunt dicentes: non oratio debet illi injungi, sed solummodo opus; sed superior sensus est melior, quo dicunt orare. Quod autem dicit meditari, i. e. cogitare vel orare.

You should note that he who does not want to read should be led through the six steps4 for the Rule says earlier if he is found slothful he should be reproved a first and second time and then he should be publically corrected so that the others are afraid. Afterwards when he has been lead through the six steps, when he should rejoice and not be cast down, but he should be given a task or an art. You should know that every art is a task but not every task is an art. An art is not done without a master; a task without art [page 486] is one such as cleaning a bean or a seed and so on. He who does not want to read after he has been taken through the six grades should be charged with a task or an art so that it be done, but he who does not know how to read many understand according to the intention of St Benedict that he is to be charged with prayer. But if that brother says, “Because I do not want to be oppressed, I cannot read; order me that I do a task” then he should be charged with a task. There are others who understand it saying that he should not be charged with prayer, but only with work. But the former interpretation, in which they say pray, is better, for he says to reflect, that is to think or to pray.

Sequitur: 24Fratribus infirmis aut delicatis talis opera aut ars injungatur, ut nec otiosi sint, nec violentia laboris opprimantur, ut effugentur, quorum imbecillitas ab abbate consideranda est. Fratres infirmi sunt clodi nec non senes, quorum senectus ipsa infirmitas est, et dicuntur infirmi, qui infirmitate illa, quam habent, moriuntur, veluti sunt clodi. Delicati sunt illi, qui de nobili genere sunt orti et non sunt ita nutriti, ut illa opera facere possint, quae alii laciunt, veluti illi, qui per naturam, eo quod de potentibus sunt nati et ob hoc non fuerunt docti, talem artem facere, et ideo non possunt operari. Similiter et de pauperioribus hominibus delicati possunt esse, qui vel nutriti sunt secundum delicias saeculi vel etiam parentes sui noluerunt illos artem insinuare propter nimiam dulcedinem, quam habuerunt erga illos. Delicatus namque, ut Isidorus dicit, dicitur, quod sit delictis pastus, vivens in epulis et nitore corporis. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 70]

Next 24Brothers who are sick or weak should be given a type of work or art so they are not idle nor oppressed by the effort of work or driven away. Their weakness should be taken into account by the abbot. Weak brothers are either crippled or old, whose old age is their weakness and they are called weak because they die of that weakness which they have, or they are crippled. The weak are those who come from a noble family and are not brought up so that they can do those tasks which others do or those who by nature, because they are born to powerful men and for that reason were not taught to do that kind of task and so cannot work. But there can be weak poor men who have either been brought up according to the pleasures of the world or whose parents did not want to teach then an art because of the excessive love which they had for them. Delicatus [weak], as Isidore says, because one is fed on sins [delictis], living in feasts and daintiness of body [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 70].

Istud enim, quod dicit: injungatur ei ars vel opera, ut nec otiosi sint, nec violentia laboris opprimantur, ut effugentur - ars est, si sapit cantare, doceat alium cantum, vel etiam si scit grammaticam, tradat aliis, aut alias artes, quae sunt utiles in monasterio, si sapit, doceat alios. Dicta autem est ars ab artando, eo quod artat hominem in scientiae re uniuscujusque artis. Opera vero attinet ad legumen mundare3 [page 487] aut refectorium scopare aut olera mundare et reliq. Vide quia cognovit S. Benedictus, inimicum esse otiositatem, ideo etiam infirmos dixit operari et non solum aliis diebus, sed etiam dominico die jubet operari, si legere non potest quilibet, ut non vacet, cum omnes christiani die dominico quiescunt ab opere. Quasi interrogasset S. Benedictum dicens: 'Quare ita dicis, ut etiam infirmus sine labore non sit, etiam in die dominico?' ille [vero] quasi respondens dicit: Quia otiositas inimica est animae, et collationes dicunt: Laborantem monachum unus daemon pulsat, otiosum autem mille. [cf. Cassian, Institutiones X, c. 23]

He says this: He should be given a type of work or art so they are not idle nor oppressed by the effort of work or driven away. Art is if he knows how to sing, he should teach someone else a chant, or if he knows grammar he should teach others, or if he knows other arts which are useful in the monastery, he should teach them to others. Art is so called from compressing [artando] because it compresses someone into knowing the matter of each art. Works pertain to cleaning beans [page 487] or sweeping the refectory or washing vegetables and so on. See that St Benedict knew that idleness was an enemy and so he said even the sick should work and not only on other days but even on Sunday he ordered someone to work if he could not read so that he was not idle, since all Christians rest from work on Sundays. It is as though someone had asked St Benedict saying, “Why do you say this as a sick man should not be without work, even on Sunday?” and he as if replying said Because idleness is the enemy of the soul and the Collations say One demon strikes a working monk but a thousand an idle one. [cf. Cassian, Institutiones X, c. 23]

Sciendum autem est, quia isto modo dandi libri in capite Quadragesimae: Ille bibliothecarius, qui est monasterii, defert omnes libros cum adjutorio fratrum in capitulum. Deinde sternuntur tapetia et super tapetia ponuntur libri. Capitulo finito tunc legit bibliothecarius in breve, qui frater habet librum usque ad illam horam. Tunc ille frater ponit librum, quem habuit, in tapeti; et tunc ille prior, aut cui ille jusserit, accipit librum et interrogat illum fratrem de illo libro sapienter causa probationis, ut cognoscat, utrum legerit studiose librum. Si vero ille frater responderit de illo libro, tunc interrogat illum, qui liber illi utilis est, et tunc, quem postulaverit dabit illi. Si autem cognoverit abbas, illi non esse aptum, tunc dicet illi: 'Non est iste liber tibi aptus, sed talis aptus est tibi.' Et non dabit illi, quem quaesivit, sed quem cognovit illi esse aptum. Si autem talis fuerit frater, qui non potuerit rationem de libro ponere secundum interrogationem, tunc si videt ille abbas, quia negligenter legit librum illum, non dabit alium illi, sed ipsum ei reddit, et tamdiu illum habebit postea, donec studiose legerit, et dicit illi: 'Quia non legisti bene, debuisti antea significare, ut tibi dedissemus tempus interrogandi.' Si autem cognoverit abbas illum fratrem studiosum in lectione et tamen non potuit intelligere, dat illi alium librum. Post quam vero exierint omnes fratres de capitulo, tunc inspicit abbas et requirit, utrum sint inibi omnes libri per brevem; si forte non invenerit libros totidem, sicuti habet per brevem, tunc quaerit [page 488] diligenter, usquequo invenerit.

One has to know how books are to be distributed at the beginning of Lent: the librarian who belongs to the monastery brings all the books with the help of the brothers into the chapter house. Then carpets are spread out and the books are placed on them. At the end of chapter the librarian should read on his list which brother has had a book until that hour. Then that brother is to place the book he had on the carpet, and then the prior, or whoever he designates, should take the book and ask that brother about that book wisely as a test, so he may know whether he has read the book attentively. If the brother answers about that book then he should ask him whom the book is useful to and then he should give it to him whom he asked. But if the abbot knows that it is not suitable for him then he should say to him ‘This book is not suitable for you but this one is suitable for you.’ And [the abbot] should not give him the one he asked for but the one he knows to be suitable for him. But if the brother is someone who cannot give an account of the book following the questioning, then if the abbot sees that he has read the book carelessly then he should not give him another, but give him that one back and he should have it as long as he needs to read it carefully and he should say to him, “Because you did not read it carefully you should have said beforehand so that we would have given you time for questioning.” But if the abbot knows that that brother is studious in reading and yet could not understand he should give him another book. After all the brothers have gone out of chapter then the abbot should look and ask if all of the books on the list are there: if by chance he does not find all of the books as they are on the list, then he should look [page 488] carefully until he finds them.

Hoc notandum est, quia meditari significat, sicut jam diximus, discere, orare, cantare vel psallere, quia meditari attinere potest ad oratiotiem et psalmodiam. Ideo melius est, ut de aliquo opere intelliganius, quod manibus operatur illud, quod dicitur injungatur ei ars vel opus, quam intelligere de opere orationis, eo quod dixit superius, qui non potuit meditari vel noluerit, injungatur ei opus, quod faciat, ut non vacet. Cum enim dicit a mane prima, non dicit, ut prima legitima custodiatur, sed cum dicit a mane prima - quasi diceret: mane prima cantetur; deinde inter primam cantatam et capitulum factum jam prope est prima perfecta, sicut te docet punctus in superiore hac forma et crux.

It should be noted that meditari means, as we have already said, to learn, to pray, to sing or to sing the psalms, for meditari can pertain to prayer and psalmody. So it is better that by “work” we understand that which is done with the hands (because it reads he should be given some skill or task) than to understand it as the task of prayer, for he said above that someone who cannot learn or does not want to should be given some task which he should do so he is not idle. When he says from Prime in the morning he does not say so that Prime be kept properly but when he says in the morning from Prime it is as if he were to say Prime should be sung in the morning and then between singing Prime and holding chapter soon after Prime is completed, as the dot and the cross teach you in this figure.

 

Crux est, quando4 cantari debet prima; punctus, quando potest exire de capitulo. Deinde hoc, quod dicitur pene quarta et quasi sexta, varie intelligitur. Abbates enim spiritales custodiunt pene quarta, i. e. antequam quarta inchoetur, sicut te docet punctus, qui in tertio campo, h. e. spatio horologii est, ita dum5 tertia cantata quarta inchoetur. Deinde quasi sexta autem, i. e. antequam sexta incipiat, sicut punctus, qui in quinto spatio est horologii, edocet, ut sexta cantata tunc incipiat sexta hora. Item abbates saeculares, qui volunt laborare, custodiunt ita, i. e. pene quarta intelligunt, quasi aliquid de quarta transactum, sicut punctus, [page 489] qui in quarto spatio horologii, demonstrat. Ita etiam quasi sexta, intelligunt, hoc est, quasi aliquid de sexta transactum sit, sicut punctus, qui in sexto spatio est, indicat. Sed melior est sensus superior, sicut abbates spiritales intelligunt, De octava hora non est dubium, quia quando exeunt de refectorio, tunc est plena sexta; deinde dormiunt septima hora et media octava; deinde media octava surgendum est. Vespera vero debet cantari inchoante undecima, sicut crux te docet, quae est in virgula decima.6 Unde fit, si legitime laboraveris, tunc omni tempore quatuor horis debet laborare monachus. Ideo dixi inchoante undecima, quia, usque ad decimam debent operari. Verumtamen consideranda est quantitas fratrum, quia, si multitudo est, etiam in decima hora cantanda est vespera, eo quod non potest multitudo ita cito agere, sicut paucitas aliquid [minus] agit.7

The cross is when Prime should be sung, the dot when you can go out of chapter. Next what he says – almost the fourth hour and about the time of Sext -- can be understood in various ways. Spiritual abbots keep almost the fourth hour, that is, before the fourth hour starts, as the dot in the third field teaches you, that is, the third space in the dial. So when Terce has been sung the fourth hour starts. Then about the time of Sext, that is, before Sext starts (as the dot in the fifth space on the dial teaches), [so] when Sext has been sung the sixth hour starts. But worldly abbots who want to work keep it in this way, that is, they understand almost the fourth hour as if part of the fourth hour has passed, as the dot in the fourth field indicates. Also thus they understand about the time of Sext as if part of the sixth hour has passed, as the dot in the sixth field indicates.5 But the former meaning, the way spiritual abbots understand it, is better. From the eighth hour is not doubtful, for when they go out of the refectory then the sixth is completed and then they sleep during the seventh hour and to the middle of the eighth, and then in the middle of the eighth hour they should rise. Vespers should be sung at the start of the eleventh, as the cross in the tenth6 field teaches you. So if you work properly then a monk should work for four full hours. So I said at the start of the eleventh for they should work until the tenth hour. Nevertheless you need to consider the number of brothers, for if it is large then Vespers should be sung at the tenth hour for a large number cannot do things as quickly as a small number does.


1. autem (?). (Mittermüller).
2. ante omnia. Cod. Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
3. inundare. Cod. Mellic. (Mittermüller).
4. Sicut te docet punctus in superiore hac forma, et crux lux est, quando etc. Cod. Divionens. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
5. ita ut (?).(Mittermüller).
6. undecima? (Mittermüller).
7. agitur. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).

1. Quoted by Gregory the Great, Regula Pastoralis 3, c. 15.
2. Is the text right here?
3. Reading intellegi for intellegere.
4. For these steps, see ch. 23 of the Rule.
5. The question is whether “almost” a given hour means it is almost started or almost finished.
6. Should we take Mittermueller’s tentative correction to UNDECIMA and make this “eleventh”? That’s what the graphic shows and the next sentence indicates.

Cap. XLIX
DE OBSERVATIONE QUADRAGESIMAE

[Ms P, fol. 133r - Paulus Diaconus -
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 137r; Ms E1, fol. 150v; Ms. E2, fol. 228v]

Ch. 49
ON THE OBSERVATION OF LENT

Translated by: Bruce Venarde and Albrecht Diem

Superius enim dixit distributionem temporum et dixerat [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 48] etiam de Quadragesima semel et bis: ideo consequens fuit, ut statim subjungeret de Quadragesimae observatione.

Above Benedict talks about the distribution of seasons [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 48] and actually mentioned Lent once or twice; therefore it followed that he would immediately add commentary concerning the observation of Lent.

Sciendum est enim, quia Quadragesima, a quadragenario numero nuncupatur; nam XL diebus jejunavit Moyses, similiter Elias et Dominus XL diebus jejunavit et ideo sacratus est numerus. Quadragesima enim, quamquam a quadragenario numero trahat originem, tamen aliter intelligitur Quadragesima, i. e. temperantia sive abstinentia.

It must be known that Lent [Quadragesima] takes its name from the number forty [quadragenario]: for Moses fasted forty days, and likewise Elijah and the Lord fasted forty days and therefore the number is sacred. Lent, although it takes its origin from the number forty, nonetheless can be understood otherwise, i.e., as temperance or abstinence.

Et est sensus, cum dicit: 1Licet omni tempore vita monachi Quadragesimae debet observationem, habere, 2tamen, quia paucorum est ista virtus, ideo suademus, istis diebus Quadragesimae vitam suam omni puritate custodire.

This is the sense when he says 1Although the life of a monk should observe Lent at all times, 2nevertheless because few have that virtue, we urge that in these days of Lent they keep watch over their lives with all purity.

Quamvis enim omni tempore temperate et abstinenter debet vivere monachus, tamen quia paucorum est ista virtus, ideo suademus illis diebus Quadragesimae, vitam suam omni puritate custodire.

Although a monk ought to live temperately and abstinently at all times, because few have that virtue, we urge that in these days of Lent they keep watch over their lives with all purity.

Numerus enim Quadragesimae conflictum praesentis ecclesiae cum [page 490] hoste significat, quia sancta ecclesia per quatuor mundi partes divisa cum decalogo contra hostem pugnat, et cetera alia, quae ad hunc sensum videntur attinere.

The number of Lent signifies the conflict of the visible Church with [page 490] the devil, because the Holy Church fights with the Ten Commandments against the devil in the four corners of the world – but there seem other matters to be pertinent.1

Ait enim: Licet omni tempore vita monachi quadragesimae debet observationem habere, tamen quia paucorum est ista virtus, ideo suademus et reliq., quasi aliis verbis diceret: quamvis monachus omni tempore debet habere Quadragesimam, tamen pauci sunt, qui omni tempore habeant Quadragesimam, et ideo, i. e. propterea suademus, rogamus, precamur, obsecramus, omni puritate et reliq.

For he says Although the life of a monk should observe Lent at all times, nevertheless because few have that virtue, we urge etc. it is as if he says in other words that although a monk ought to observe Lent all the time, there are few who do so, and therefore, that is, on this account, we urge, we ask, we pray, we beseech, with all purity etc.

Licet, i. e. quamquam, quamvis.

Although (licet), that is, ‘even though’ (quamquam) or ‘even if’ (quamvis).

Attendendum est, quia non negavit, ut nullus esset, qui omni tempore Quadragesimam habeat, sed dixit paucorum. Ergo optemus, ut de illis paucis simus. Nam quam Quadragesimam habeat monachus omni tempore, inferius manifestat, cum dicit omni puritate et reliq. Potest esse puritas, sed non omnis. Est enim puritas corporis, et est puritas mentis. B. Benedictus omni puritate vult monachum custodire, i. e. corporis et mentis.

It should be noted that that he did not deny there is anyone who observes Lent at all times, but he said few. Thus let us hope that that we are among these few. For how a monk should observe Lent at all times, he shows below, when he says with all purity etc. There can be purity but not complete purity. For there is purity of the body and purity of the mind. St. Benedict wants a monk to observe in all purity, that is, of body and mind.

Quid est custodire? Eam rem custodimus, quam servamus.

What is it to observe (custodire)? We observe the thing that we serve.

Puritate, i. e. simplicitate vel innocua munditia.

In purity, that is, in simplicity or blameless cleanliness.

Sequitur: 3omnes pariter 3negligentias aliorum temporum his sanctis diebus diluere.

Next: ...3to wash away in an equal manner all negligences of the other times of the year during these holy days.

Superius enim dixit judicium de levibus culpis et de gravioribus culpis; nunc etiam dat judicium generaliter, ut omnes negligentias aliorum temporum his diluamus. Sicut enim ille, qui judicium, quod superius dedit, non vult suscipere, contra regulam agit, ita etiam, qui hoc non agit, contra regulam facit.

Above he gave his verdict of lesser faults and of more serious faults. Now he gives a general verdict on how we should wash away all these negligences of other times. For just as someone breaks the rule who does not want to accept the verdict that has given above, the same is the case for the one who does not to this (i.e. who does not observe Lent).

Sequitur: pariter. Ideo dixit pariter, quasi diceret, ut omnes aequaliter negligentias abluant.

Next: In an equal manner. When he says in an equal manner, he mans that everyone should wash away negligences in the same manner.

Sequitur: 4Quod tunc digne fit, subaudiendum est hoc, quod superius diximus.

Next: 4This is done suitably… This refers to what we mentioned above.

Sequitur: 4si ab omnibus vitiis temperemus. Bene dixit: temperemus, i. e. retrahamus, quia vicina sunt vitia humanae naturae, quibus penitus non potest carere, quamquam non aequaliter omnes pulsant, veluti est motio corporis et motio mentis; et ideo dixit temperemus, ut si penitus illis carere non possumus, saltem temperemus, i. e. retrahamus. [page 491]

Next: 4if we abstain from all vices. Rightly he said we abstain (temperemus), that is, we withdraw ourselves, because the vices are so close to human nature that we hardly can escape them, even though they pressure not everyone in the same way since there are urges of the body and urges of the mind. From there he said we abstain, because if we can hardly escape them, at least we abstain, that is, we withdraw ourselves (from them). [page 491]

Sequitur: 4orationi cum fletibus, lectioni et compunctioni. Bene orationi junxit fletum et lectioni compunctionem, quia in oratione est fletus et in lectione est compunctio, i. e. suspirium.

Next: 4tearful prayer, reading, and compunction. Rightly he links tears with prayer and compunction with reading, because there are tears in prayer, and in reading there is compunction, that is, sighing.

Sequitur: 4atque abstinentiae operam demus.

Next: 4and dedicate ourselves to abstinence.

Abstinentia enim attinet ad cibum et potum; operam, i. e. studium atque diligentia.

Abstinence refers to food and drink. Dedication, that is, zeal and carefulness.

Notandum est enim, quia istud demus ad superiores species etiam referri debet, i. e. demus operam lectioni, demus operam orationi cum fletibus, demus operam compunctioni, demus operam abstinentiae.

One has to note that the word dedicate also needs to be linked to the above mentioned specific acts. Thus: we dedicate ourselves to reading; we dedicate ourselves to prayer with tears; we dedicate ourselves to compunction; we dedicate ourselves to abstinence.

Sciendum namque est, quia quinque sunt, quae dixit, i. e. lectionem, fletus, orationem, compunctionem, abstinentiam.

For one has to know that he spoke about those five things: reading, tears, prayer, compunction and abstinence.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia aliud est opera, quando est feminini generis primae declinationis, aliud, quando neutrius generis tertiae declinationis numeri pluralis. Quando autem est feminini generis primae declinationis, sicuti in hoc loco, attinet ad studium et diligentiam, cum dicit operam demus, i. e. studium et diligentiam habeamus, i. e. in ista, quae jam dixit, sive quae dicturus est. Quando autem tertiae declinationis est, attinet ad omnia, quae homo manibus operatur, sicut superius dicit, cum dixit de opere manuum quotidiano. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 48]

One also needs to know that the word opera has a different meaning if it is used in the female gender of the first declension and if it appears in the plural in the neutral gender of the third declension. When it is in the feminine gender of the first declension, as it is the case here, it refers to zeal and diligence, when he says we should give dedication (operam demus). He means: we should have zeal and diligence in the things that he already mentioned and in those he is going to mention. But if it is of the third declension, it refers to all the things that man does with his hands. He uses it in that meaning when he spoke of the daily manual work [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 48].

Nam qualiter agere debeat monachus, docet hoc modo B. Papa Gregorius in prima parte Ezechielis prophetae dicens; ait enim: Sed in verbis sacri eloquii iste debet studii nostri ordo servari, ut haec ideo cognoscamus, quatenus de iniquitate nostra compuncti cognoscentes mala, quae fecimus, vitemus, ne alia faciamus. Et cum jam ex magno usu lacrimarum de peccatorum remissione coeperit esse fiducia, per verba Dei, quae intelligimus ad vitam quoque et alios trahamus. Ad hoc enim intelligenda sunt, ut et nobis prosint, et intentioni spiritali aliis conferantur. Unde bene nunc dicitur: ‘Comede volumen istud et vade, loquere ad filios Israel’; [Ez 3:1] ac si ei de sacro cibo loqueretur: Comede et pasce, saturare et eructa, accipe et sparge, confortare et labora. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Ezechielem Prophetam I, 10, c. 3.2, CCSL 142, pp. 145-146] [page 492]

For how a monk should act in that respect says Blessed Pope Gregory in the first part of his Homilies on Ezechiel: But in the words of sacred speech (prayer, lectio divina?) this order of our attention needs to be kept that we learn, remorseful of our injustice, [and] conscious of the evils that have done, to what extent we avoid them, lest we do others. And when already through the abundant use of tears over the remission of sin, there begins to be hope, let us draw through the words of Gods which we understand also others to life. The words have to be understood for this purpose that they benefit us and contribute to the spiritual focus of others. Therefore it is said well: ‘Eat this book, go and speak to the children of Israel,’ [Ez 3:1] as if he were speaking to him about holy nourishment: Eat and feed, be satisfied and belch, receive and spread about, be strengthened and work. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Ezechielem Prophetam I, 10, c. 3.2, CCSL 142, pp. 145-146, transl. Matthieu van der Meer][page 492]

Sequitur: 5Ergo his diebus augeamus nobis aliquid ad solitum pensum servitutis nostrae, ac si diceret: si ita est, i. e. si non possumus omni tempore quadragesimalem habere vitam, istis diebus Quadragesimae faciamus plus, quam in aliis, i. e. illam Quadragesimam, quam omni tempore non possumus habere, in istis diebus habeamus.

Next: 5Therefore in these days we should increase the accustomed amount of our service in some way. In other words: if we cannot live a life of observing Lent at all time, we should in these days of Lent do more than at other days. That means that we observe this Lent that we cannot observe at all times (at least) during those days.

Ad solitum pensum, i. e. ad generalem institutionem. Superius enim definierat jam, quantum panem, quanta pulmenta vel quantum dormire; nunc vero dicit, ut augeamus ad istum pensum, hoc est mensuram, aliquid.1

The accustomed amount means what is generally required. Above he has already laid out how much bread, how much food and how much sleep (a munch should get) and now he tells us that we have to increase the amount, that is, measure of certain things.

Sequitur: 5orationes peculiares, ciborum et potus abstinentiam, 6ut unusquisque super mensuram sibi indictam aliquid propria voluntate cum gaudio S. Spiritus offerat Deo.

Next: 5private prayers and abstinence in food and drink, 6so that each, of his own free will and with the joy of the Holy Spirit, offers God something beyond the usual measure of devotion imposed on him.

Quid sit augere ad solitum pensum, manifestat nunc, cum dicit orationes peculiares, i. e, privatae. Superius enim voluit, ut orationes peculiares haberes, nunc vero dicit, si forte negligentia interveniente non habuisti, modo in istis diebus habeas. Verum non debes dimittere obedientiam et orare; sed si non potes in die propter obedientiam, habe in nocte.

What he means with increase the accustomed amount becomes clear when he says private prayers, that is personal prayers. Above he wanted that you do private prayers, but now he says that if it happens that you did not do them because negligence kept you from doing them, then you should at least do them during these days. But you may not neglect obedience and just pray. If you cannot do it during the day because you have to obey (other orders), do it at night.

Attendendum est, quia non dicit ciborum aut potus, sed et potus, eo quod utrumque vult, ut habeas abstinentiam, i. e. ciborum et potus. Sunt enim alii, qui possunt jejunare a cibo et non a potu, et sunt alii, qui possunt jejunare a potu et non a cibo. Sed S. Benedictus utrumque vult, i. e. abstinentiam cibi et potus. Verum ille, qui a potu vel cibo jejunat, non debet pro hoc aliud requirere; si enim aliud vult, melius est illi hoc, quod S. Benedictus jussit manducare, quam illud dimittere et aliud requirere.

Be aware that he does not say food or drink but (food) and drink. There are some people who can abstain from food, but not from drink, and there are others who can abstain from drink but not from food. But Saint Benedict wants both, thus abstinence from food and drink. Thus, someone who abstains from drink or from food may not replace the one with the other. For if the wants (more of) the other it is better for him just to eat (or drink) what Benedict allowed than abstaining from one and requesting the other.

Hoc quoque notandum est, quia, cum monachus jejunat, ita debet temperate et discrete jejunare, ut non deficiat ad suam obedientiam faciendam, ne infirmetur, quatenus necessarium sit, carnem aut alium cibum requirere, sed ita jejunet, ut si forte defecerit, de ipsa mensura, quam illi regula concedit, possit recuperari. Ita faciendum est de vigiliis. Sic enim debet vigilare, ut alio tempore non sit ei necessitas dormire. [page 493]

Be also aware that, if a monk fasts, he needs to do it moderately and discretely so that he does not become unable to fulfill his tasks obediently, lest he becomes so weak that it would become necessary to ask for meat and other food. He should fast in such a way, that if he happens to become weak, he can recuperate from that portion that the Rule allows him. The same applies to the vigils. He has to do vigils in such a way that he is not forced to sleep at another time. [page 493]

Quod enim dicit propria voluntate, i. e. propria delectatione vel spontanea voluntate, sive cum aviditate. Duobus enim modis constringit monachum, i. e. dicit illi, ut offerat, et iterum dicit, quando offert, non ex mala voluntate, sed cum aviditate et amore Dei.

When he says out of his own free will he means ‘for his own delight, ‘spontaneously’ or ‘fervently’. He restrains the monk in two ways, by saying him that he should offer and, again, when he should over. He does this not out of ill will but with the fervor and the love of God.

Forte dicit quis: '[quia] si jejunare non vult, invite agendum est pro illo, quod dicit si in aliquo contrarius fuerit s. regulae.' Cui respondendum est, quod scriptura divina alibi praecipit, alibi indulget, alibi admonet et alibi corripit et reliq. Ubi enim praecipit, sine peccato non potest praetermitti.

Maybe some says: ‘if someone does not want to fast, he has to do it against his will because of that what he says: if he breaks in anything the holy Rule.’ To him one has to answer that the Holy Scripture at some places prescribed, at others allows, or admonishes or reproaches etc. Because when (Benedict) prescribes he cannot just give in without (making it) a sin.

In hoc loco admonet, quia dicit suademus, et dicit propria voluntate. Verum si talis fuerit homo negligens et tantae fuerit fortitudinis, ut jejunare possit, et dixerit illi abbas jejunare, et non jujunaverit, quamvis non sit reus secundum hunc sensum, i. e. quia non praecipit, sed suadet, tamen reus est et culpabilis, quia non obedit.

At this place he admonishes, since he says we urge and uses the words out of his own free will. Yet if a man would be negligent in such a way but strong enough to be able to fast and the abbot tells him to do so and he does not fast, he may in that sense not be guilty – since it is not an order – but he is nevertheless guilty because he does not obey.

Sequitur: cum gaudio S. Spiritus offerat Deo, 7i. e. subtrahat corpori suo de cibo, de potu, de somno, de loquacitate, de scurrilitate, et cum spiritalis desidero gaudio sanctum Pascha exspectet.

Next: 6with the joy of the Holy Spirit he offers God. 7Thus let him deprive his body of food, drink, sleep, idle chatter, and frivolity, and await holy Easter with the joy of spiritual desire.

Non enim sine causa S. Benedictus tantis vicibus in hoc capitulo abstinentiam replicavit; cognoscitur enim ter dixisse. Superius dixit abstinentiae operam demus; deinde subjunxit ciborum et potus abstinentiam; nunc autem dicit subtrahat corpori suo de cibo, de potu. Quia voluit, ut abstinentiam habeamus, ideo ter vicibus replicando auribus nostris inculcavit, eo quod nos rem, quam volumus acrius teneri, frequenti iteratione replicamus.

For good reason repeats Saint Benedict the word abstinence so many times in this chapter. We find it three times. Above he said: we dedicate ourselves to abstinence, then he adds the abstinence of food and drink. And now he says: let him deprive his body from food and drink. Since he (really) wants us to be abstinent he lets us hear it three times, so that we replicate through frequent repetition what we not really want to do.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'non jussit, sed admonuit, ideo dixit suademus.' Cui respondendum est: Mos est ss. praedicatorum, ut facilius audiantur et gravia esse non putentur, suademus dicere.

Now maybe says someone: ‘he does not order but he admonishes since he said we urge. (suademus)’ We respond to him that it is common among the holy preacher to say we urge, because people rather listen to that and do not find it too heavy.

8Hoc ipsum tamen, quod unusquisque offert, abbati suo suggerat, et cum ejus voluntate et oratione fiat.

Next: 8Let each tell his abbot what it is he will offer, and let it be done with his prayer and consent.

Attendendum est namque, quare dixit cum abbatis fiat voluntate et oratione. Voluntate dixit, ut aequum sit, i. e. ne plus justo faciat, qui vult, et ne minus justo faciat, qui non vult.

We have to be aware why he says let it be done with the abbot’s consent and prayer. He says with consent, so that it is justified, lest that the one who wants does more good and the one how does not want does less good.

Verbi gratia talis est frater, qui vult nimis jejunare, [page 494] et alius, qui nihil vult; ideo enim, ut non nimis iste jejunet, quam oportet aliquem jejunare, abbas illum temperet, et ille,2 qui nihil vult jejunare, abbas cohortetur.

For example: There is a brother who wants to fast very strictly [page 494] and another one who does not want to fast. Thus in order that the first one does not fast more strictly than one should fast, the abbot asks him for moderation, but he reproaches the one who does not want to fast.

Verbi gratia, dicis tu abbati: 'Volo per totam Quadragesimam non bibere vinum propter negligentia meas.' Abbas autem quia considerat fragilitatem tuam, dicit tibi: 'Non debes ex toto jejunare, quia non est bonum; volo ut bibas.' Debes illi accomodare, ne opus tuum perdas, si sine voluntate patris spiritualis feceris.

For example, you say to the abbot: ‘I want to abstain from wine throughout the entire Lent because of my negligences.’ But the abbot knows about your frail condition and tells you: ‘You don’t have to fast entirely, because this is not good (for you). I want you to drink.’ You have to obey his request lest your efforts are in vain if you do them without the consent of the spiritual father.

Deinde est alter, qui non vult jejunare; dicit abbati: 'Non possum jejunare', mittens excusationes: 'quia fragilis sum et debilis ero ex hoc.' Abbas dicit: 'Jejunare te oportet, ut evadas poenam perpetuam et vitam habere aeternam.' Accomodare illi debet sensum, ut faciat, quod hic dicit subtrahat corpori suo de cibo, de potu et reliq.

And then there is the other one who does not want to fast. He says to the abbot: ‘I can’t fast’, and gives as excuse: ‘because I am fragile and it will make me weak.’ To him the abbot says: ‘You ought to fast so that you escape never ending punishment and will have eternal life.’ He must understand, so that he does what Benedict says here: thus let him deprive his body of food and drink etc.

Si autem talis frater est, qui non vult consentire, ut aliquid bibat, sed ex toto jejunet et nullatenus abbati consentit, debet abbas in tali re meliorem accomodare voluntatem suam dicens fratri: 'Mea voluntas est, ne bibas; nunc autem quia perseveras, consentio tibi, ut facias hoc cum mea voluntate, ne perdas mercedem tuam'.

But if it is this other brother who does not want to give in that the drinks something and fast completely, and can absolutely not be convinced, the abbot needs in this case fulfill the brother’s better will and tell him: ‘It is my will that you (not) drink (ne bibas, probably rather: ut bibas). But now, since you persist, I give you permission that you do this with my consent, lest you loose your reward for it.’

Sicut S. Benedictus dicit: 9Quia quod sine permissione patris spiritualis fit, praesumtioni deputabitur et vanae gloriae, non mercedis affectui. 10Ergo cum voluntate abbatis omnia agenda sunt.

For Saint Benedict says: 9because what is done without the permission of the spiritual father will be considered presumptuousness and vainglory, not reward. 10Therefore, all things are to be done with the abbot’s consent.

Deinde si alter est, qui non vult consentire, ut jejunet, debet abbas illi manifestare, quare debeat jejunare, et ignem perpetuum et gloriam vitae aeternae illi manifestare. Deinde debet illi dicere: 'Frater, quia non vis jejunare, non debui tibi consentire, sed quia unum velle in nobis debet esse, consentio tibi.' Et pro hoc debet abbas specialiter orare, ut Deus omnipotens aperiat illi cor, quatenus cognoscat, quid facere debeat, si quod minus sibi placabile3 agit, et debet etiam alios fratres rogare, qui pro illo rogent, non manifestando personam. Deinde si non potuerit per illorum orationes illi suadere, ut ad hoc [page 495] perveniat, ut jejunet, debet etiam pro illo in capitulo omnes rogare, non manifestando personam, ut rogent, isto modo: 'Fratres, rogo vos, ut rogetis Deum pro quodam fratre; est enim quidam frater, qui non vult jejunare, sicut S. Benedictus dicit, mittens excusationem, non posse jejunare, ut Deus omnipotens, qui videt ejus possibilitatem et impossibilitatem, det illi, si videt posse jejunare voluntatem jejunandi.' Et ipse specialiter pro ipso debet orare, ut Deus det illi facultatem et possibilitatem jejunandi. Jam si noluerit illi jejunare, non est illi facienda vis. Ideo cum oratione abbatis dicit, ut eorum opus orationibus abbatis Domino commendetur.

But if the other does not want to give in and fast, the abbot needs to explain to him why he needs to fast and show him the never ending fire and the glory of eternal life. Then he needs to tell him: ‘Brother, I don’t have to give in to you because you don’t want to fast, but I do give in because there needs to be one will in us.’ And the abbot needs to do special prayers that the Almighty God opens the brother’s heart, so that he may realize what he should if it is something that is less pleasurable for him. And the abbot also needs to ask other brothers to ask (God) for him, while not telling the brother’s name. Then, if he is not able to urge him through their prayers, that he comes to the point [page 495] of fasting, the abbot needs to ask everyone in the chapter on his behalf – without telling his name – that they ask (God): ‘Brothers, I ask you that you ask God for a certain brother, because there is a brother who does not want to fast in the way Benedict’s tells us, giving as excuse that he cannot fast. Ask that the Almighty God, who sees his capacities and incapacities, gives him the will to fast if he sees that he can fast.’ And especially the abbot needs to pray for him that God gives him the ability and possibility to fast. But if this one does not want to fast, he cannot be forced to do so.

Reddit causam, quare cum oratione et voluntate abbatis dicit, hoc facere, quia quod sine permissione patris spiritualis fit, praesumptioni et vanae gloriae deputabitur, non mercedis affectui.

Therefore he says with the prayer of the abbot so that work is commended to God through the prayer of the abbot. Benedict gives a reason why says to do this with the prayer and consent of the abbot: because whatever happens without permission of the spiritual fathers is counted as happening out of presumption and vainglory not out of the love of reward.

Hoc notandum est, quia ubi dicit de loquacitate, ita intelligendum est, i. e. quamquam omni tempore abstinere se debet a loquacitate, tamen maxime in his diebus, si ita sollicitus fuerit, sicut hic dicitur.

Notice that the same needs to be understood when he talks about idle chatter. Thus: however a brother who is concerned always needs to abstain from idle chatter, but especially at these days. That’s what he says here.

Verbi gratia a mane usque ad tertiam nullatenus debet loqui, sed lectioni vacare. Deinde post tertiam constituat, non loqui, si necessitas non fuerit. Deinde vadis in obedientiam; labora ibi cum silentio. Si vero talis frater fuerit, qui voluerit tecum loqui, tu, si videris, rem non esse necessariam, innue illi, ut sileat. Deinde audito signo vade statim in ecclesiam, post vero iterum vade in obedientiam cum silentio usque ad nonam. Post refectionem vero debes iterum lectioni vacare cum silentio.

For example: a brother is by no means allowed to speak between the morning and Terce but he has to spend his time with reading. Then Benedict determines not to speak after Terce until it is necessary. If you do that, you are in the state of obedience. Work there in silence, but if there is that kind of brother who wants to speak to you and you realize that the issue is not necessary, give him a sign to be silent. Then, when you hear the sign, go immediately to the church, and afterwards move again in obedience in silence until the Ninth Hour. After the meal you should again spend your time with reading in silence.

In hoc capitulo animadvertum est et sollicite cogitandum: Si consideraverit aliorum temporum negligentias, quantis vicibus praevaricator extitit suae professionis, nullo modo praevaricator extitisset, non dico de aliis rebus - de officiis divinis professus es, ut mens tua concordet voci tuae; vide modo, si hoc fecisti aut non fecisti?

In this chapter you have to pay attention and think carefully about the following: if someone thinks about the negligence of the other times of the years, how many times has he emerged as a transgressor of his vows. If he had never appeared as transgressor – and I am not dealing of other things: you have vowed about the Divine Office that your mind accords with your voice. Was that always the case or not? [I could not make sense of this passage].

Hoc tamen notandum est, quia nullo tempore debet monachus jejunare, nisi prius suggerat abbati. Nunc autem quia regula dicit de jejunio quadragesimali, necesse est, ut cognoscamus, quot jejunia celebrentur anuuatim, et ipsa jejunia cujus auctoritate inventa [page 496] sunt.

Notice that the monk may never fast if he has not informed the abbot. But now because the rule speaks about the fast of Lent, it is necessary that we get to know how many fasting periods there are celebrated during the year, and on whose account they were invented [page 496].

Dicit enim Isidorus ita: Jejuniorum tempora secundum scripturas [omitted in Hildemar, added from CCSL 113 .... sanctas quatuor sunt in quibus per abstinentiam et lamentum poenitentiae domino supplicandum est; et licet omnibus diebus orare et abstinere conveniat, his tamen temporibus amplius jejuniis et poenitentiae servire oportet.

Isidore says the following: According to the Sacred Scriptures there are four times of fasting during which the Lord is to be supplicated through abstinence and the lament of penance. Although it is allowed to pray on all days and to abstain if it is fitting, nevertheless at these times it is fitting to be devoted to greater fasting and penance.

Primum enim jejunium quadragesimarum est; quod veteribus libris coepit ex jejunio Moysi et Heliae, et ex evangelio, quia totidem diebus dominus jejunavit demonstrans evangelium non dissentire a lege et prophetis. In persona quippe Moysi lex, in persona Heliae prophetae accipiuntur; inter quos in monte Christus gloriosus apparuit, ut evidentius emineret quod de illo dicit apostolus: Testimonium habens a lege et prophetis. [Rm 3:21]

The first of these is the Lenten fast. This begin from the Old [Testament] books with the fasting of Moses [cf. Ex 34:28] and Elias, [cf. 1 Sm 19:3] and from the gospel because the Lord fastened [cf. Mt 4:2] on just as many days, demonstrating that the gospel does not dissent from the Law and the Prophets. Of course, the Law is received in the person of Moses, the prophets in the person of Elias. Christ appeared between them in glory on the mountain, so that it might stand out more obviously what the apostle said concerning him: 'this is attested by the law and the prophets. [Rm 3:21]

In qua ergo parte anni congruentius observatio quadragesimae constitueretur, nisi confini atque continua dominicae passioni? Quia in ea significatur haec vita laboriosa, cui etiam opus est continentia ut ab ipsius mundi illecebris jejunemus viventes in solo manna, id est caelestia spiritualibusque praecepta.

In what part of the year, therefore, would the Lenten observance fit more congruently, except adjacent and contiguous to the Lord’s passion – because in it is signified this laborious life, in which also our work is self-control, so that we might fast from the allurements of this world, living on manna alone, that is, on heavenly and spiritual precepts.

Numero autem quadragenario vita ista propterea figuratur quia denarius est perfectio beatitudinis nostrae (creatura autem septenario figuratur quae adhaeret creatori in quo declaratur unitas Trinitatis per universum mundum temporaliter annuntiata), et quia mundus a quattuor ventis delimatur et a quattuor elementis erigitur et quattuor annis temporum vicibus variatur; decem quater ducta in quadraginta consummantur. Quo numero ostenditur abomni temporum a delectatione abstinendum ac jejunandum esse et caste continenterque vivendum.

By the number forty, in addition, this life is symbolized because money is the perfection of our happiness. (The created world which depends on the Creator, however, is symbolized by the number seven, in which the unity of the Trinity temporally announced throughout the whole world is declared.) [The number forty also symbolizes this life] because the world is beaten on by the changes of the four seasons. Then calculated four times totals forty. By this number is shown that we are to abstain and fast from every pleasure on the times and live chastely and with continence.

Licet et aliud sacramenti mysterium exprimatur quod quadraginta diebus eadem jejunia celebrantur. Lege enim Moysaica generaliter universo populo est praeceptum decimas et primitias offerre domino deo.

Yet another hidden meaning of this sacrament may be drawn from the fact that these fasts are celebrated for forty days. By the Mosaic Law it was ordered to the whole people in general that tithes and first fruits be offered to the Lord God.

Itaque dum in hac sententia principia voluntatum consummationesque operum nostrorum referre ad dei gratiam admonemur, in supputatione tamen quadragesimae summa ista legalium decimarum expletur (totum enim anni tempus triginta sex dierum numero decimatur), subtractis a quadragesima diebus dominicis quibus jejunia resolvuntur, atque his diebus, quasi pro totius anni decimis ad ecclesiam concurrimus, actuumque nostrorum operationem deo in hostiam jubilationis offerimus.

Therefore, although in this statement we are admonished to give back in gratitude to God the first parts of the free-will [offerings] and the fruits of our works, in the calculation of Lent this highest obligation of tithing is fulfilled (the whole time of the year [365 days] divided by the number then into thirty-six days), the Sundays, on which fasting is cancelled, having been subtracted from the forty days. We rush together to church on these days as a tenth of the whole year, and we offer the work of our actions to God in a sacrifice of rejoicing.

Cujus quidem quadragesimae lege, sicut ait noster Cassianus, quique perfecti sunt non tenentur nec exigui hujus canonis subjectione contenti sunt; quem profecto illis qui per totum anni spatium deliciis ac negotiis saecularibus implicantur ecclesiarum principes statuerunt ut, vel hac legali quodammodo necessitate constricti, his saltem diebus vacare Domino cogerentur ac dierum vitae suae, quos totos quasi quosdam fructus fuerant voraturi, velut decimas domino dedicarent.

As our Cassian says, those who are perfected are not held to this law of Lent, nor are they content with the little subjection of this canon. The leaders of the churches have determined these things for those who really are entangled through the space of the year by worldly pleasures and business. Thus, constricted by this somewhat legal necessity, either they might be forced to be free for the Lord at least during these days, or they might dedicate to the Lord a tenth of the days of their life, all of which would have been devoured as if they were fruit.

[c. 38] De jejunio Pentecostes: Secundum jejunium est quod juxta canones post pentecosten alia die inchoatur, secundum quod Moyses ait: Initio mensis ordearii facietis vobis hebdomadas septem. [Dt 16:9] Hoc jejunium a plerisque ex auctoritate evangelii post domini ascensionem completur, testimonium illud dominicum historialiter accipientes ubi dicit: Nunquid possunt filii sponsi lugere quandiu cum illis est sponsus? Venient autem dies cum auferetur ab eis sponsus et tunc jejunabunt. [Mt 9:15]

Ch. 38. The fast of Pentecost. The second fast is that which according to the canon starts on another day after Pentecost, according to what Moses says: “You shall count seven weeks: the begin to count the seven weeks from the time the sickle os put to the standing grain.” [Dt 16:9] On the authority of the gospel, this fast is fulfilled by very many after the ascension of the Lord, accepting as historical that testimony of the Lord where he says: “The wedding guests cannot mourn as long as the bridegroom is with them, can they? The days will come when the bridegroom is taken away from them, and then they will fast.” [Mt 9:15]

Dicunt enim post resurrectionem domini, quadraginta illis diebus, quibus cum discipulis postea legitur conversatus, non oportere nec jejunare nec lugere quia in laetitia sumus. Postea vero quam tempus illud expletur, quod Christus advolans ad coelos praesentia corporali recessit, tunc indictum jejunium est ut per cordis humilitatem et abstinentiam carnis mereamur e caelis promissum suscipere spiritum sanctum.

For they say that after the resurrection of the Lord, for those forty days in which it is afterwards written he was in conversation with the disciples, we ought not fast nor mourn, because we are in joy. After that time was completed, when Christ, flying to heaven, withdrew in this corporeal presence, then a fast is to be proclaimed so that through humility of heart and abstaining from meat we might merit to receive the Holy Spirit promised from heaven.

[ch. 39] De jejunio septimi mensis: Tertium jejunium est quod a Judaeis agebatur post tabernaculorum solemnitatem. Quod decimo die septembris mensis ecclesia celebrat. Hoc enim primum in lege a domino institutum est dicente ad Moysen: Loquere filiis Israel, dicens: Decimo die mensis septimi dies exorationis vocabitur, sanctus erit vobis et humiliabitis animas vestras in jejunio. Omnis anima quaecunque se non humiliaverit in ipso die jejunii, exterminabitur de populo suo; et omnis anima quae fecerit opus in ipso die, peribit anima illa de populo suo. [cf. Lv 23:24-30]

Ch. 39. The fast of the Seventh Month [September]. The third fast is that which was perfomed by the jews after the solemnity of Tabernacles. The church celebrates this on the tenth day of the month of September. This was first instituted in the Law by the Lord saying to Moses: 'Tell the Israelites: Now, the tenth day of the seventh month is the day of atonement; it shall be a holy convocation for you: you shall deny yourselves. For anyone who does not practice self-denial during the entire day shall be cut off from the people. And anyone who does any work during that entire day, such a one I will destroy from the midst of the people.' [cf. Lv 23:24-30]

Quod quidem jejunium usos fuisse antiquos Esdrae liber meminit; Postquam enim redierunt, inquit, filii Israel Hierusalem, et fecerunt sibi tabernaculorum laetitiam magnam, dehinc convenerunt in jejunio et in saccis, et humus super eos, et steterunt et confitebantur peccata sua et iniquitates patrum suorum, et consurrexerunt ad standum, et legerunt in volumine legis domini dei sui quater in die, et quater confitebantur, et adorabant dominum deum suum. [2 Esr 9.1-3]

The book of Edras recalls that the ancients had used this fast: 'For after the sons of Israel had returned,' he says, 'to Jerusalem, and made for themselves a great joyful Feast of Tabernacles, on the twenty-fourth day of this month the people of Israel were assembled with fasting and in sackcloth, and with earth on their heads. Then they … stood and confessed their sins and the iniquities of their ancestors. They stood up in their place and read from the books of the law of the Lord their God for a fourth part of the day, and for another fourth they made confession and worshipped the Lord their God.' [2 Esr (Neh) 9:1-3]

Hoc etiam mense septimo sol secundum computum incipit facere minus de die et nox esse major, id est octavo kalendas octobris quando aequinoctium est; ideoque et jejunium habetur in hoc mense, quia ostenditur in defectione solis et noctis augmento vita nostra deficere adveniente morte; quae mors judicio dei et resurrectione reparatur.

During this seventh month, according to the computation, the sun begins to make the day shorter and the night longer. It is eight days before the first day of October, when the equinox occurs. Therefore a fast occurs in this month, because it is shown in the departing of the sun and the augmentation of the night that our life is growing shorter and death is drawing closer – that death which is restored by the judgment of God and the resurrection.

[ch. 40] De jejunio kalendarum novembrium. Quartum jejunium kalendarum novembrium est, quod divina auctoritate vel initiatum vel institutum Hieremiae prophetae testimonio declaratur, dicente ad eum domino: Tolle volumen libri, et scribes in eo omnia verba quae locutus sum tibi adversum Israel, et Judam et adversum omnes gentes, si forte revertatur unusquisque a via sua mala et pessima, et propitius ero iniquitatibus eorum. Vocavit ergo Hieremias Baruch filium Neriae, et scripsit Baruch ex ore Hieremiae omnes sermones Domini, quos locutus est ad eum in volumine libri; et praecepit Hieremias Baruch dicens: Ingredere et lege de volumine de quo scripsisti ex ore meo verba domini, audiente populo in domo domini; in die jejunii leges, si forte cadat oratio eorum in conspectu domini et revertatur unusquisque a via sua mala, quoniam magnus furor et indignatio quam locutus est dominus adversus populum hunc. Et fecit Baruch filius Neriae juxta omnia quae praeceperat Hieremias propheta, legens ex volumine sermones domini in domo dei. Factum est in mense nono, praedicaverunt jejunium in conspectu Domini omni populo in Hierusalem. [Ier 36:2-9]

Ch. 40. The Fast of the First Day of November. The fourth fast is on the first day of November, which testimony declares was either initiated or instituted by Jeremiah the prophet on divine authority, the Lord saying to him: 'Take a scroll and write on it all the words I have spoken to you against Israel, Judah and all the nations, … perhaps … they will turn back each from this evil way, so that I may forgive their wickedness and their sin. So Jeremiah called Baruch, son of Neriah, who wrote down on a scroll, as Jeremiah dictated, all the words which the Lord had spoken to him. Then Jeremiah charged Baruch … Do you go on the first day and read publicly in the Lord’s house the Lord’s words from the scroll you wrote at my dictation… Perhaps they will lay their supplication before the Lord and will all turn back from their evil way: for great is the fury of anger with which the Lord has threatened this people. Baruch, son of Neriah, did everything the prophet Jeremiah commanded; from the book-scroll he read the Lord’s words in the Lord’s house. In the ninth month … a fast is to placate the Lord was proclaimed for all the people of Jerusalem …' [Ier 36:2-9].

Hac ergo auctoritate divinae scripturae ecclesia morem obtinuit, et] universale jejunium observatione celebrat. [Isiore of Seville, De Ecclesiasticis Officiis I, c. 37-40, CCSL 113, pp. 42-46]

By means of this authority of the divine Scriptures, the church has received the custom and celebrates a universal fast by this observance. [Isidore of Seville, De Ecclesiasticis Officiis I, ch. 37-40, transl. by Thomas L Knoebel, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 61, New York/Mahwah NJ: Newman Press 2008, pp. 59-63].


1. suadet Cod. Divion. ex Marten.
2. illum (?).
3. placibile. Cod. Fürstz (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. L
DE FRATRIBUS QUI LONGE AB ORATORIO LABORANT AUT IN VIA SUNT

[Ms P, fol. 134vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 140v; Ms E1, fol. 152v; Ms. E2, fol. 231v]

Ch. 50
CONCERNING BROTHER WHO WORK FAR FROM THE ORATORY OR WHO ARE ON A JOURNEY

Translated by: Corinna Prior

1Fratres, qui omnino longe sunt in labore et non possunt occurrere hora competenti ad oratorium, 2et abbas hoc perpendit, quia ita est, 3agant ibidem opus Dei, ubi operantur, cum tremore divino flectentes genua. 4Similiter qui in itinere directi sunt, non eos praetereant horae constitutae, sed ut possunt, agant ibi1 et servitutis pensum non negligant reddere.

1Let brothers who work far away and who are unable to return to the oratory at the appointed hour—2the abbot deciding that this is the case—3perform the office (opus Dei) there where they work, bending their knees with divine trembling. 4Likewise those who have been sent on a journey may not miss the appointed hour, but rather let them perform it there as they are able and not neglect to render the task of servitude.

Superius enim dixit, orationes peculiares debere fieri; adhuc in eadem intentione perseverat, cum hoc capitulum subjunxit, in quo de oratione dicit; nam ait: Fratres qui omnino longe ab oratorio laborant et reliq.

For he says above that specific prayers ought to be made; thus he persists in the same thought when he added this chapter in which he speaks about prayer; for he says: Let brothers who work far away from the oratory and so on.

Quod autem dicit hora competenti, i. e. apta. Perpendit, i. e. intelligit.

Moreover, when Benedict says, at the appointed hour, he means 'at the proper hour'. When he says, (the abbot) decides, he means 'he understands'.

Agant ibidem etc.; ita in opere debent fratres agere tertiam et reliq. sicuti in monasterio.

When he says, let them perform (the office) there etc., thus the brothers ought to perform Terce in their work and so on, just as in the monastery.

Similiter et eos, qui in via sunt et reliq. Iste locus varie intelligitur a quibusdam. Sunt enim alii, qui intelligunt, ut, sicut in oratorio, ita etiam in via agere debent, propterea, quia dicit similiter. Et iterum sunt alii qui intelligunt, ut non ita debeant agere, sicut in monasterio, quia non dixit ut possint, sed: (sic) ut possunt; ut possunt, i. e. sicut possunt.

The sentence, likewise also those who are sent on a journey and so on, is understood differently by certain people. For there are some who understand that they ought to perform (the office) on a journey just as they would in the oratory because Benedict says likewise. And again there are others who understand that they ought not to perform (the office) just as they would in the monastery, since he did not say 'that they should be able', but: just as (ut) they are able, that is, 'just as (sicut) they are able'.

Quamvis sensum proprium S. Benedicti proprie nesciamus, tamen melius est, ut, si possunt, qui equitant, in terram descendant, et officium suum flectentes genua faciant.

Although we do not know exactly the particular meaning of saint Benedict, still it is better that if those who ride on horseback are able, that they dismount to the ground and bending their knees perform their office.

Praetereant horae constitutae, i. e. non debent illos praeterire illae horae suo tempore, si possunt; nam si necessitas cogit, faciant, ut possunt.

Let them not1 miss the appointed hour, that is they ought not to miss the appointed hour on their own time if they are able to perform it; for if necessity compels them, they may do just as they are able.2


1. sibi. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).

1. I believe that the copyist left out a non in this sentence and have negated the clause in my translation.
2. I have not translated the illos in this sentence, assuming that it is an error. I believe praetereant in this sentence and above is taking a dative object (horae constitutae).

Cap. LI
DE FRATRIBUS, QUI NON LONGE SATIS PROFICISCUNTUR

[Ms P, fol. 134vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 141r; Ms E1, fol. 152v; Ms E2, fol. 232r]

Ch. 51
CONCERNING BROTHERS WHO HAVE NOT SET OUT VERY FAR

Translated by: Corinna Prior

1Fratres qui pro quovis responso diriguntur et ea die sperantur reverti ad monasterium, non praesumant foris manducare, etiam si a quovis rogentur, 2nisi forte ab abbate suo eis praecipiatur.

1Brothers, who are sent out on account of business and are expected to return to the monastery on the same day, may not presume to eat outside even if they are asked by someone, 2unless by chance he is instructed by his abbot to do so.

Hoc notandem est, quia in hoc capitulo, quod dicit nisi forte ab abbate suo eis praecipiatur, intelligitur: si talis est persona, quae non debet contemni, veluti est episcopus aut abbas aut certe talis monachus religiosus, unde securus sit, quia cum religione manducat, potest dare licentiam manducandi; nam si alia persona est, non debet dare licentiam abbas suo monacho manducare, etiam si abbas fuerit aut episcopus, si talis est, in quo non est religiositas nec cum religione manducat, quia non tantum attendenda est persona, quantum religio in persona.

It must be noted that Benedict says unless by chance he is instructed by his abbot, because in this chapter it is understood: if there is such a person who ought not to be slighted, such as a bishop or an abbot or indeed such a great devout monk about whom the abbot is sure, he can grant the brother permission to eat since the person eats with reverence; on the other hand, if he is another type of person, the abbot ought not to give permission to his monk to eat [with him] even if that man is an abbot or a bishop, if he is such a man in whom there is no religiosity nor does he eat with reverence, since not only the person must be attended to, but also the reverence in the person.

Hoc iterum notandum est, quia de illo dicit monacho, qui sub uno die exit et in illo die revertitur.

Again it ought to be noted that he is speaking about that monk who leaves and returns in the same day.

Sciendum est enim, quia ille frater debet manducare cum illa persona digna, ad quam mittitur, ante1 horam etiam dicit, i. e. si, cum mittitur, [et] ante horam rogaverit, eum secum manducare, debet manducare, si digna fuerit persona.

For it must be understood that because that brother ought to eat with that worthy person to whom he is sent, still Benedict says before the hour,1 that is if when he is sent and asked to eat with him before the [appointed] hour, he ought to eat, if the person is worthy.

Tria enim inspicienda sunt in manducare: prius religio personae, i. e. si reverens et timoratus sit, sive monachus sive episcopus sive abbas aut clericus, ut cum reverentia et lectione et timore Dei manducet; deinde scandalum inspiciendum est, ne forte ille homo, quia potens est, pro indignatione, quia non manducavit cum illo ille frater, noceat monasterio et damnum magnum faciat; deinde necessitas inspicienda est, quia non habet, quid aut unde aut ubi manducet.

For three scenarios ought to be examined in relation to eating: first the reverence of the person, that is whether he is reverent and devout, or whether he is a monk or bishop or abbot or cleric, so that he eats with reverence, reading, and the fear of God; then, cause for offence ought to be considered, lest by chance that man, since he is powerful, cause harm and great damage to the monastery on account of his indignation that the brother did not eat with him; finally, necessity ought to be considered since the monk does not know, what or from whence or where he may eat [next].

Sequitur: 3Quod si aliter fecerint, excommunicentur.

It follows: 3Should he do otherwise, let him be excommunicated.

Hoc notandum est, quia, cum dicit excommunicentur, S. Benedictus illum judicavit.

It ought to be noted that when he says let him be excommunicated, St. Benedict judged him.

Isto enim modo debet esse excommunicatus: alii dicunt, ut debeat solummodo vinum non bibere et cum fratribus insimul manducare; alii dicunt: debent [page 498] in culpa minori excommunicati esse, i. e. si fratres ad sextam, illi ad nonam, si fratres ad nonam, illi ad vesperam, et in oratorio satisfaciant. Si autem in labore vadunt generaliter omnes et non possunt venire ad manducandum in monasterium, tunc possunt ibidem manducare eo ordine, quo in monasterio. Nam si generalitas ibi non manducat, non debet ibi manducare vel bibere, sed in monasterio. Si vero generaliter ibi manducant, non debet aut bibere aut manducare, nisi grandis labor factus fuerit; melius est enim, ut omnes aequaliter laborent, quam unus fortiter et alter leniter, et ob hoc, quotiens vult, bibat.

For he ought to be excommunicated in this way: some say that he only ought to not drink wine and eat together with the brothers; others say they ought to be excommunicated in accordance with a minor fault, that is if the brothers [eat] at Sext, they do so during Nones, and if the brothers eat at Nones, they do so at Vespers and they make satisfaction in the oratory.2 If however all go generally in work and they are not able to return to the monastery for the purpose of eating, then they are able to eat there in the same order as in the monastery. For if in general he does not eat there, he ought not to eat or drink there, but rather in the monastery. But if they generally do eat there, one ought not eat or drink unless great labour is underway; for it is better that all labour equally, rather than for one to work more strongly and another more moderately, and on account of this, one drinks as often as he wishes.

Ipse tamen abbas non debet ita permittere, ut ita fiat, quia S. Benedictus dicit: Si omnes greges meos plus in ambulando fecero laborare, quam oportet, morientur cuncti una die. [Regula Benedicti, c. 64.18] Si autem exierint de monasterio longe causa laboris, possunt manducare, etiam si non sit generalitas ibi, eo quod non possunt ad monasterium venire hora manducandi.

Still the abbot ought not to permit this to happen, since St. Benedict says: If I work all my flocks too much by walking them more than is fitting, all will die together on the (same) day [Regula Benedicti c. 64.18]. If, however, they go far from the monastery for the sake of work, they can eat even if they generally do not eat there because they are not able to return to the monastery at the hour of eating.

Nunc autem intuendum est, quomodo intelligi debet istud, quod dicit si eadem die sperantur reverti et reliq., cum potest ire viginti miliaria longe in die et iterum reverti, sicuti est in aestivo tempore. Iste talis, si jejunaverit, valde laboravit, et plus iste, qui obedientiam facit, laboravit in jejunando, quam ille, qui in minori culpa excommunicatur.

Now, however, it must be considered how it ought to be understood when Benedict says brothers who are expected to return on the same day and so on, since one is able to go twenty thousand paces away in a day and return again, as it is in the summer. Such a man, if he fasts and worked vigorously in obedience, he worked in fasting more than he who was excommunicated on account of a minor fault.

Et ob hoc ita debet intelligi, ut ille, qui praeest, sicut considerans discernit in personis, ita etiam debet considerare in longitudine itineris, h. e. sicut licentiam dat manducandi pro persona digna ante horam, ita etiam debet dare licentiam manducandi, si ad horam manducandi vel paulo post non poterit ad monasterium reverti.

And on account of this it ought thus to be understood that the man who is in charge, just as he, considering, distinguishes among persons, ought in the same way to consider the length of the journey, that is just as he grants a worthy person permission to eat before the [appointed] hour, indeed in the same say he ought to grant permission to eat if the brother is not able to return to the monastery at the hour of eating or shortly after.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia, sicut hi agunt, qui in monasteriis sunt, ita debet etiam agere ille, qui in cella est constitutus.

And this is to be understood since just as those who are in monasteries act, thus also a brother who is established in a cell ought to do.


1. qui ante (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Perhaps a reference to RB 48.18.
2. Refer to the procedure laid out in chapter 24 of this commentary.

Cap. LII
DE ORATORIO MONASTERII

[Ms P, fol. 135rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 142r; Ms E1, fol. 153v; Ms E2, fol. 232v]

Ch. 52
CONCERNING THE ORATORY OF THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Corinna Prior

Quia superius dixit, qualiter illi, qui in opere sunt vel in via, suum officium reddant Deo omnipotenti, nacta ex hoc occasione consequens erat, ut nunc etiam diceret de [page 499] oratorio, i. e. dispositis fratribus in labore vel in via directis, disponit etiam illos, qui in monasterio sunt, qualiter orent. Ideo subjunxit hoc capitulum de oratorio.

Since [Benedict] spoke above about how men who either are [engaged] in work or on a journey render their duty to almighty God, consequentially the opportunity arose from that for him to him speak now about [page 499] the oratory. That is [just as he spoke] about the brothers assigned work or sent on a journey, he now directs those who are in the monastery about how they should pray. Therefore he added this chapter about the oratory.

Sequitur: 1Oratorium monasterii hoc sit, quod dicitur, nec ibi quidquam aliud geratur aut condatur. 2Expleto opere Dei omnes cum summo silentio exeant, et agatur reverentia Deo, 3ut frater, qui forte sibi peculiariter vult orare, non impediatur alterius improbitate.

Next: 1Let the oratory of the monastery be what it is called: a place where nothing else is done or kept. 2Once the work of God is completed, all should leave [the oratory] with the greatest silence and let it be done with reverence for God 3so that a brother who perhaps wishes to pray privately for himself not be hindered by the wickedness of another.

Honestatem, inquit,1 docet B. Benedictus, sequens auctoritatem canonicam; praecipiunt enim canones in concilio Laodicensi cap. 28, cujus titulus iste est: In ecclesiis prandia fieri non debeant. [Council of Laodicea (363/364), c. 28, part of numerous collections] Sic enim dicunt canones, quod non oporteat in dominicis, i. e. in Domini ecclesiis, convivia, quae vocantur agapae, fieri, nec intra domum Dei comedere vel accubitos sternere.

St. Benedict teaches honesty, Hildemar says, according to canonical authority, since the canons of the Council of Laodicea, chapter 28, of which the heading is Meals ought not to be prepared in churches, command it. For thus the canons say that it is not fitting for feasts that are called agapae to take place in churches on Sundays, that is in the churches of the Lord, nor to eat within the house of the God or to set up dining couches.

Bene dixit oratorium hoc sit, quod dicitur. Oratorium dicitur, quia orationi tantum est consecratum, in quo nemo aliquid agere debet, nisi id, ad quod est factum, unde et nomen accepit. Et Dominus dicit: Domus mea domus orationis est. [Mt 21:13]

It is well that he says Let the oratory be what it is called. The oratory is so named because it is dedicated only to prayer [orationi] and in which no one ought to do anything except that for which it was made and whence takes its name. And the Lord says: My house is a house of prayer. [Mt 21:13]

Quia propositum fuit B. Benedicto, sicut dicit cellerarius monasterii et decanus monasterii, ita etiam dixit oratorium monasterii, ac per hoc, cum dixit monasterii, ostendit, omnia oratoria comprehendere.

Because this was a principle for St. Benedict, just as he names the cellarer of the monastery and the dean of the monastery, thus also he names the oratory of the monastery, and through, this when he said of the monastery, he reveals that he included all oratories.

Verum si in aliis oratoriis non debent quidquam laici agere secundum institutionem canonicam, multo magis monachos oportet custodire. Unde non oportet monachum ad aliqua oratoria ire, nisi causa obedientiae vel necessitatis. Agatur enim attinet ad actionem, condere vero ad positionem.

But if according to canonical instruction the laity ought not to do anything in other oratories, it is much more fitting that monks guard [oratories for this one purpose]. Whence it is not fitting that a monk goes to any oratory unless it is for the sake of obedience or necessity. For is done is tied to action, but is kept is tied to placement.

Attendendum est, quia non dicit: cum silentio exeant, sed praemisit summo, i. e. non mussitatio, non susurratio, non inhonestus incessus, sed caute exire debent.

It must be noted that he does not say let them leave with silence, but prefaces it with the greatest, that is, no mumbling, nor whispering, nor shameful pace, but that they ought to exit carefully.

Quod vero dicit et agatur reverentia Deo, ita intelligitur , i. e. cum exeunt salutato altari [et] postea tunc exeant, quia reverentia ad honorem attinet. Reddit causam, quare, cum dicit: ut frater, qui forte sibi peculiariter vult orare, non impediatur alterius improbitate.

But when he says and let it be done with reverence for God, it is understood thus: when they leave with a sign to the altar, and then let them go forth afterwards, since reverence pertains to honour. He explains the reason why when he says: that a brother who wishes perhaps to pray privately for himself not be impeded by the improbity of another.

Nunc animadvertendum est, quare B. Benedictus dicit nunc: [page 500] ut frater, qui vult peculiariter orare et reliq. et subjunxit statim: 4sed et si alter vult sibi forte orare secretius, simpliciter intret et oret, non in clamosa voce, sed in lacrimis et intentione cordis, cum nullum spatium donat orandi, nisi lectioni vacare, deinde laborare, postea manducare vel dormire? Quomodo potest quis remanere in oratorio aut intrare causa orandi, cum ipse non dat, sicut dixi, spatium orandi?

Now it ought to be noted why blessed Benedict says here: [page 500] so that a brother, who wishes to pray privately etc., and immediately added 4but and [sic] if another wishes perhaps to pray for himself more separately, he should simply enter and pray, not in a loud voice, but with tears and devotion of heart when he gives no time for praying, except [when a monk] is free for reading, or for working, [and] afterwards for eating or sleeping. How is he able to stay in the oratory or to enter for the sake of praying when Benedict does not, just as I said, give time for praying?

Quamquam specialiter spatium non dat orandi, tamen, quia pauci sunt, non praeposuit lectionem sive laborem contemplationi. Si enim contingit, cum quis habet contemplationem tempore lectionis vel laboris et reliq., non illi fraudavit lacrimas, sed ob hoc potest dimittere lectionem vel laborem et ire in oratorium causa contemplationis, sed pauci sunt, quibus hoc contingat; verbi gratia si unus stat in contemplatione, alter vero susurrat aut talia agit, ut ille impediatur, iste expellatur, ille alter stet.

Although he does not specifically give time for praying, nevertheless, because there are few [who want to do so?], Benedict did not place reading or work before contemplation. For if it happens that someone contemplates during the time of reading or of labour and so on, he did not steal tears from contemplation, 1 but can on this account set aside the reading or work and go into the oratory on this account for contemplation. But there are few monks for whom this can happen; for example, if one stands in contemplation, but another mutters or does such things that [the individual wishing to pray] is hindered, that one should be driven out and the other remain.

Improbitate, i. e. susurratione; hoc est impedimentum, quod fit voce vel sono et reliq.

By the improbity, that is by whispering; this is an impediment, which results from a voice or sound etc.

Sequitur: simpliciter intret et oret. Simpliciter, i. e. caute, leniter. Non in clamosa voce, sed in lacrimis et intentione cordis. 5Ergo qui simile opus non facit, non permittatur expleto opere Dei remorari in oratorio, sicut dictum est, ne alius impedimentum patiatur.

It follows: he should simply enter and pray. Simply: that is, carefully, gently. 4Not in a loud voice, but with tears and with devotion of heart. 5Therefore he, who does not do similar work is not permitted to linger in the oratory when the opus Dei is finished, just as it was said, lest another endure an impediment.

Cum dicit simile, subaudiendum est, sicut dixi superius, i. e. qui in lacrimis et in intentione cordis non orat, nec remoretur ibi nec intret. Nam sunt multi, qui se circumveniunt et non orant nec in intentione nec in lacrimis, et perdunt tempus obedientiae aut lectionis. Bene dixit, in lacrimis et in intentione cordis esse orandum, quia, qui negligenter orat et aliud sponte intenderit, illud intelligitur adorare et quasi Deum habere, quod intenderit.

When he says similar, it is understood that, just as I said above, that is he who does not pray with tears and with devotion of heart may neither linger there nor enter. For there are many who trick themselves and do not pray either with devotion or with tears, and they waste time of obedience or reading. He spoke well [when he said] that he must pray with tears and with devotion of heart, since one who prays negligently and turns his attention to something else of his own accord is understood to adore and consider as God what he turns his attention to.

De qua oratione dicit Caesarius hoc modo: Ante omnia, fratres carissimi, [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PL: quoties orationi incumbimus, cum silentio et quiete supplicare Deo debemus: quia quicumque voluerit cum alta voce orare, omnibus juxta se stantibus orationis fructum videtur auferre. Rugitus tantum et suspiria vel gemitus audiantur. Nam oratio nostra talis esse debet, qualis fuisse legitur sanctae Annae matris beati Samuelis. Sic enim de illa scriptum est, quia flens orabat, et labia ejus tantummodo movebantur, et vox penitus non audiebatur [1 Rg 1:10, 13].

Concerning any prayer, Caesarius speaks in this manner: Before all things, most beloved brothers, whenever we devote our attention to God in prayer, we must do so in silence and peacefully. For when anyone prays in a loud voice, he seems to take the reward of prayer away from those standing next to him. Only moaning and sighs or groans should be heard. Our prayer should be of the kind we read about concerning St. Anne, mother of the blessed Samuel. It is written of her that she prayed while weeping and only her lips moved and her voice was hardly audible [1 Rg 1:10, 13].

Audiant haec omnes et imitentur, praecipue illi qui ita alta garrulitate sine ulla verecundia cum strepitu vocis orant, ut juxta se alios orare non permittant. Oremus ergo, sicut dixi, cum suspirio, rugitu vel gemitu, secundum illud propheticum, Rugiebam a gemitu cordis mei [Ps 37:9]. Oremus, inquam, non voce sonante, sed conscientia ad Deum clamante.

All should hear these things and imitate them, especially those who pray with great garrulousness, without any reverence, with strident voice. Therefore let us pray, as I said, with sighing, moaning, and groaning, according to the Old Testament instruction, ‘I moaned from the groaning of my heart.' [Ps 37/38:9] Let us pray, I say, not with booming voice, but with a conscience crying out to God.

Evagationes mentis in oratione Deum summe laedunt. Orantes autem, fratres charissimi, quantum possumus, adjuvante Domino laboremus, ut nulla nobis extranea cogitatio subrepere possit; ne forte aliud habeamus in corde, et aliud proferamus ex ore: ne forte dum lingua Deum rogat, cogitatio in rebus variis occupata ab oratione sensu discedat; et inde acquirat peccatum, unde potuit habere remedium.

Mental wanderings in prayer wound God supremely. Praying, then, dearest brothers, to the best of our abilities, let us labour with God’s help so that no extraneous thought can creep in on us, so that we not happen to have one thing in our hearts and put forth another from our mouths, so that it not happen that while the tongue beseeches God, thought occupied in various matters depart from the sense of the prayer2 and acquires sin from where it could have had its remedy.

Si enim apud aliquam potentem personam velles aliquam causam necessariam allegare, et subito aversus ab illo, media interlocutione disrupta, aliquibus te velles occupare scurrilitatibus; qualem te putas injuriam illi personae cum qua loquebaris, inferre? quomodo contra te illius iracundiam commoveres? Si ergo cum homine loquentes, tota intentione animi laboramus, ne aliud cogitantes illi cum quo loquimur injuriam facere videamur; cum Deo in oratione loquentes, et ante tantam majestatem peccatorum nostrorum miserias allegantes, non nos pudet et non erubescimus captivis sensibus huc illucque discurrere, et infelicem mentem multis occupationibus a conspectu divinae majestatis abstrahere?

If you want to plead some necessary case before some powerful person and suddenly, turned away from him, interrupting the discussion in the middle, you want to concern yourself with inappropriate jokes, what sort of insult do you think you make to the person to whom you were speaking? How would you disable his anger toward you? Therefore, if when speaking with a man we work with complete mental attention, so that we do not, in thinking about something else, seem to insult the one whom we address, then when speaking to God in prayer, pleading for the miseries of our sins before such great majesty, does it not shame us and make us blush to wander here and there in our captive senses, and to remove a mind unhappy with its many concerns from the sight of divine majesty?

Et ideo unusquisque, antequam in oratione procumbat, omnes cogitationes superfluas ab animi sui intentione, Deo auxiliante, repellat: ut anima nostra sancti Spiritus fervore succensa, omne vitium compunctionis vel orationis igne consumat, et vagas ac volaticas cogitationes longe dispergat; ut solae virtutes tantum et sanctae meditationes in cordibus nostris locum semper inveniant.

And so every person, before bowing in prayer, should drive all extraneous thoughts away from the spirit’s attention, with God’s help, so that our soul, aflame with the fervour of the Holy Spirit, consume every vice with the fire of compunction and prayer, and chase far away wandering or fleeting thoughts and so that only virtues and holy meditations ever find a place in our hearts.

Hoc enim quasi adoratur, quod attentius cogitatur. Quid tum unice cogitandum. Si durum nimis est ut nobis in oratione subrepant quae alio tempore cogitare possumus, quid de illicitis cogitationibus? [Omnis enim homo, fratres charissimi, quod tempore orationis attentius cogitat, hoc sibi pro Deo constituit, et hoc quasi Deum habere et quasi Dominum videbitur adorare. Quae res, dilectissimi, nimium mihi aliquoties intolerabilem dolorem incutit et tremorem, cum in ipsa orationis intentione mens ad diversas occupationes saeculi rapitur: et cum videtur aliud agere, longe alibi cognoscitur cogitatione discedere; quasi sit aliquid, quod plus cogitare debeamus. Quando cum Deo loquimur, nil nobis aliud est cogitandum, nisi ut toto corde et toto animo et tota mente peccatorum indulgentiam et Dei gratiam debeamus expetere.

The more intently something is pondered, the more it is, so to speak, adored. What alone should be thought about. If it is very hard for us when things we should think about at another time creep in during prayer, what about about illicit thoughts? Every man, dearest brothers, sets up what he thinks very intently about in the time of prayer in place of God and will seem to consider it as God and adore it as the Lord. This situation, most beloved ones, often strikes great, unbearable grief and fear into me, when in the very exertion of prayer, the mind is seized by diverse worldly concerns. And when the mind seems to do something else, it is recognized to go far off elsewhere in thought, as if there were something that we ought to think about more. When we speak with God, we should think about nothing else except our obligation to seek pardon for sins and God’s grace with our whole heart, whole spirit, and whole mind.

Verbi gratia, cuicumque forte in oratione subripitur ut forum cogitet: si forum cogitat, forum adorat. Subripitur illi ut domum quam fabricat aut reparat, ante oculos proponat: quod ante oculos habuerit, hoc adorat. Forte vineas aut hortum aut aliud aliquid cogitat: quod ante oculos cordis proposuerit, hoc in illa oratione adorat. Taceo de malis et forte etiam turpibus cogitationibus vel immundis.

For example, it might occur to someone in prayer to think about business. If he thinks about business, he adores business. It slips into his mind that he has put before his eyes a house he is building or repairing; he adores what he has before his eyes. Perhaps he thinks about vineyards or a garden or something else; what he has put before the eyes of his heart he adores in that prayer. I keep silent about wicked or perhaps even shameful or unclean thoughts.

Considerate, fratres charissimi, quaeso vos, et videte quam sit dura ista captivitas, ut lingua quasi cum Deo loquatur, et tota animi intentio ad terram et parietes vel lapides dirigatur. Et si ista quae licite alio tempore vel cogitare possumus vel videre, nimis durum est ut nobis in oratione subrepant; putas illa quae etiam alio tempore illicite cogitantur, quantum mali erit, si ea in oratione positi cogitemus; id est, si cupiditatem, si odium, si iracundiam, aut luxuriam, vel adulteria et caetera his similia inclinati ad orationem ante cordis nostri oculos proponamus? Unde, fratres charissimi, totis medullis conscientiae Dominum deprecemur, ut nos ab ista ludificatione daemonum liberare, et peccatorum nobis indulgentiam donare dignetur.

I beg you, dearest brothers, consider and see how hard this captivity is, when the tongue speaks as if to God and the mind’s entire attention is directed to earth and walls or stones. It is very hard for us when things we can licitly think about our see at another time slip into prayer. Think about what evil there will be if, positioned in prayer, we think about things it is illicit to think about even at another time, that is, if when inclined to prayer we place greed, hatred, wrath, lust, adultery, and similar matters before the eyes of our heart. Dearest brothers, let us beseech the Lord in the very marrow of our conscience, so he deem it worth to free us from this mockery of demons and grant us pardon for our sins.

Pro quibus et quid orandum. Et ideo, dilectissimi fratres, iterum atque iterum rogo, si fieri non potest ut istas captivitates animae ad integrum possitis evadere; vel quantum possumus, auxiliante Domino, laboremus, ut eas vel tardius incurrere videamur: ne forte per negligentiam dum orantes aliud cogitamus, inde apud Deum inveniamus offensam, unde potueramus acquirere gratiam. Oremus ergo, fratres, non solum pro nobis, sed etiam pro omnibus, ubicumque sint, Christianis: nec solum pro amicis, sed etiam pro inimicis Dei misericordiam deprecemur.

What and for whom we should pray. And therefore, dearest brothers, again and again I beg: if it cannot be brought about that you are able to shun completely these captivities of the soul, let us work as much as we can, with God’s help, so that we seem to succumb to them even slowly and so that while praying we do not chance to think about something else through carelessness and offend in God’s eyes in that action from which we should have been able to obtain his grace. Therefore, brothers, let us pray not only for ourselves but also for all Christians, wherever they are; let us beseech God’s mercy not only for our friends but also for our enemies. 3

Et quia beatus Apostolus dicit, Quid oremus, sicut oportet, nescimus [Rm 8:26]; hoc semper et pro nobis et pro omnibus aliis supplicemus, ut nobis Deus hoc dignetur concedere, quod novit nostrae animae convenire.

And because the blessed Apostle says, We do not know how to pray as we should [Rm 8:26], let us always pray for ourselves and for everyone else that God deem it worthy to grant us what he knows is fitting for our souls.

Ante omnia, fratres, orationem dominicam in oratione dicamus: quia sine dubio libenter orationem exaudit, quam ipse pro ineffabili sua benignitate instituit. Haec ergo, fratres charissimi, si Deo inspirante, sicut consuevistis, libenter accipitis, et nobis facietis gaudium, et vobis] praeparabitis regnum. [Ps. Augustine, Sermo 283, c. 2-5, PL 39, col. 2281-2282]

Before all else, brothers, let us say the Lord’s Prayer in our praying, because doubtless he gladly hears that prayer that he himself established in his indescribable kindness. If you gladly take this advice, dearest brothers, as you are accustomed to with God’s inspiration, you will both give us joy and prepare a kingdom for yourselves. [Ps. Augustine, Sermo 283, c. 2-5, translated by Bruce Venarde]

In eo quoque loco, ubi dicit non in clamosa voce, manifestat, qua intentione hoc capitulum praeceperit; non enim dicit, ut ibi officium mortuorum non agatur, si generalitas [page 501] est, similiter si duplicare vult officium, si generalitas hoc agit; verum non licet cuiquam, si non est generalis congregatio, in voce orare.

And in this place, where he says not in a loud voice, he shows with what intention he taught this chapter; for he does not say that the office of the dead [must] not be performed there, if it is generally [done in that place] [page 501], likewise if he wishes to enlarge the office, if this is generally done; but it is not permitted for anyone, if there is not a general congregation, to pray aloud.

Sciendum est enim, quia potest in oratorio ponere illum librum, qui ibi legitur, solummodo.

For it ought to be understood that only the book that is read there can be placed in the oratory.4


1. inquit Hildemarus (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Is the text right here? It reads fraudavit, not fundavit as one might expect. BV
2. That should read orationis, not oratione, I assume. It’s wrong in the PL. BV
3. Or “beseech mercy not only for God’s friends but his enemies” but I think that’s less likely.
4. Reading poneri for ponere. Or perhaps Hildemar’s implied subject is the abbot, who is permitted to leave one book in the oratory. The sentence appears to be a renewed reference to the first sentence of the chapter, about not using the oratory for activities other than prayer or as a storage space.

Cap. LIII
DE HOSPITIBUS SUSCIPIENDIS

[Ms P, fol. 136rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 143r; Ms E1, fol. 155r; Ms E2, fol. 234r]

Ch. 53
ON THE RECEPTION OF GUESTS

Translated by: Mariël Urbanus

1Omnes supervenientes hospites tanquam Christus suscipiantur. [Et] quia disposuerat, qualiter debeant fratres officium suum peragere orationis sive de his, qui in via, sive qui in opere sunt, et disposuerat de oratorio monasterii, necesse fuerat, ut diceret de susceptione hospitum, quomodo prius suscipiendi sunt, i. e. per orationem ducendi. Quia hospites propter illusiones debent duci ad orationem, ideo bene, postquam dixit de oratione fratrum et de oratorio monasterii, nunc subjunxit de oratione hospitum; ait enim: Omnes supervenientes hospites tanquam Christus suscipiantur et reliq.

1All arriving guests should be received like Christ. [And] because Benedict had prescribed how the brothers should perform their office of prayer, whether they travelling or working, and he had prescribed concerning the oratory of the monastery, it was necessary that he should speak [now] about the reception of guests – how they are to be received first, that is by leading them to prayer. Because guests must be led to prayer on account of trickery. It is therefore good [that] after he spoke of the prayers of the brothers and the oratory of the monastery, he now joined to it the prayer of the guests; for he said: All arriving guests should be received like Christ etc.

Notandum est enim, quia non dixit tantum hospites, sed praemisit omnes. In eo, quod dixit omnes, videtur esse arduum et pene difficile, eo quod multi sunt hospites, qui ad monasterium veniunt. Sed isto modo potest intelligi, sive ideo dixit omnes hospites, quia tunc pauci veniebant, sicut Cassianus dicit in collatione et in vita patrum legitur, quamquam dicat S. Benedictus, nunquam deesse monasterio hospites; potest etiam unus aut duo intelligi venisse; nam tanti tunc forte non erant, sicut nunc, et secundum hunc sensum intelligebat Theudulphus:1 Per Deum, si nunc adesset S. Benedictus, claudere illis ostium fecisset. [quoted in Martene, Commentarius, PL 66, col. 752B – Theodulf of Orleans?]

For it should be noted that he did not say guests alone, but prefaced it with the word all. In that he said all, it is seen that this is an arduous task and almost intractable, because there are many guests who come to the monastery. Yet it can be understood thus, that he says all guests, because at that time only a small number of people came [to the monastery], just as Cassian says in The Collations and as we read in the Life of the Fathers, although St. Benedict says that guests were never lacking in the monastery. Likewise it can be understood that one or two [guests] came; for perhaps there were not as many at that time as now, as Theodulf understood: If St Benedict, through God, were present today, he would shut the door to them.

Sive altero modo intelligitur omnes, subaudis: quos potest in monasterium recipere, tanquam Christus suscipiantur, quia regula nil impossibile dicit. Sive solvitur haec ratio in intentione, de qua intentione omnes debent ita recipi hospites sicut Christus, quamquam non possunt omnibus ita servire, sicut Christo, sed paucis. Quasi interrogasset aliquis S. Benedictum dicens: 'Pater Benedicte, [page 502] quare debeo omnes hospites sicut Christum suscipere?' ipse quasi respondens dicit: quia ipse dicturus est: Hospes fui et suscepistis me. [Mt 25:35]

Or all is understood in another way and you understand: those he can take into the monastery should be received as Christ, because the Rule says that nothing is impossible. Or the meaning is explained as an intention, according to which they must take in all guests as Christ, even though they cannot serve all as Christ, but only a few. It is as though someone were to ask St. Benedict, saying: ‘Father Benedict, [page 502] why is it so that I must receive all guests as Christ?’ He himself says, as if answering: For He himself will say: I was a stranger and you took me in. [Mt 25:35]

Sequitur: 2et omnibus congruus honor exhibeatur maxime domesticis fidei [cf. Gal 6:10] et peregrinis. Pulchre dixit congruus honor exhibeatur, quia omnibus non aequalis susceptio apta est; neque enim rectum est, si ea, quae paranda sunt diviti, i. e. lectio, cibus et potus abundantia praeparentur pauperi, diviti autem ea, quae pauperi. Majus enim peccatum est, quam merces, quia pauper nescit se moderari, qui si tantum sicut consuetus potens manducaverit, crapulationem ex hoc sentiet, et nobis dantibus peccatum generabit, sicut dicit B. Augustinus: Leve est peccatum, si ea, quae praeparamus diviti, praeparemus et pauperi. [cf. Augustine, Contra Litteras Petiliani II, c. 54, PL 43, col. 278; CSEL 52]

Next: 2Fitting honour should be shown to all, especially fellows in faith [cf. Gal 6:10] and pilgrims. Beautifully he said fitting honour should be shown to all, because it is not appropriate to receive everyone equally. Nor is it indeed right, if those things which should be provided for a rich guest, that is a reading, food and drink, should be prepared in abundance for a poor guest, while to a rich guest those things are provided which should be prepared for the poor. For the sin is bigger than the reward, because the poor man does not know how to control himself, and if he were accustomed to eat like a powerful man, he would become gluttonous as a result and create a sin for us giving [alms], just as St Augustine says: Committing a sin is easy, if those things we prepare for a rich man we prepare as well for a poor man. [cf. Augustine, Contra Litteras Petiliani, II, c. 54]

Et bene dixit congruus exhibeatur omnibus, quia si ea, quae pauperi praeparantur, praeparentur diviti, i. e. faba aut aliquid rusticum, et voluerimus ei pedes lavare, sicut pauperi, non erit honor diviti, sed magis derisio et in stultitiam reputabitur et damnum etiam pro hoc monasterio generabitur. Et propterea dixit omnibus congruus honor exhibeatur, i. e. juxta qualitatem personae ita recipiendus est hospes.

And well [Benedict] says fitting honour should be shown to all, because if those things prepared for a poor guest are prepared for a rich guest, like a bean-pot or something else fitting for peasants, and we would want to wash his feet, just as we would a poor guest, honour will not be paid to the rich guest, but rather mockery, and it would be considered silliness and would as well produce harm to the monastery on this account. And that is why [Benedict] said fitting honour should be shown to all, that is, a guest should be received in accordance with his status.

Sed videtur sibimet S. Benedictus esse contrarius in eo, quod hic dicit omnibus congruus honor exhibeatur, et inferius dicit 15peregrinorum pauperumque maxime susceptionum cura sollicita exhibeatur et reliq. Quomodo omnibus congruus honor exhiberi debet, si pauperum et peregrinorum maxima susceptio debet esse? Cui respondendum est: non est B. Benedictus sibi contrarius, quia haec sententia, in qua dicit omnibus congruus honor exhibeatur, ad exteriorem attinet hominem, illa autem sententia, qua dicit pauperum et peregrinorum etc. attinet ad interiorem hominem, ac si diceret: in praeparatione servitii unusquisque hospes juxta suam mensuram recipiendus est, tamen in mente debet praeferri pauper diviti.

However, it seems that St Benedict contradicts himself in that here he says fitting honour should be shown to all, and below he says 15the greatest care should be shown in the reception of the pilgrims and the poor etc. In what way should fitting honour be presented to all, if the reception of the poor and the pilgrims should be the greatest? To this it should be answered: it is not St. Benedict himself who contradicts himself, because this sentence in which he says fitting honour should be shown to all pertains to the outer man, while that sentence in which he says the pilgrims and the poor etc. pertains to the inner man, as if he had said: in providing service, every single guest must be received according to his own measure, nevertheless by intention preference must be given to a poor man over a rich man.

Sequitur: 3Ut ergo nunciatus fuerit hospes, occurratur ei a priore vel a fratribus cum omni officio caritatis, 4et primitus orent pariter, et sic sibi socientur in pace. 5Quod pacis osculum non prius offeratur, nisi oratione praemissa, [page 503] propter illusiones diabolicas. 6In ipsa autem salutatione omnis exhibeatur humilitas.

Next: 3Therefore, when a guest shall be announced, he should be met by a prior or brothers with every service of charity, 4and first they should pray together and thus be united in peace. 5This kiss of peace should not be offered until the prayer is finished, [page 503] because of diabolical trickery. 6Every humility should be shown in the greeting itself.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia cum dicit omnis exhibeatur humilitas, attendendum est, quia potest esse humilitas et non omnis, eo quod potest esse humilitas corporis sine humilitate mentis et reliq. B. vero Benedictus vult, quia, sicut exhibetur humilitas corporis, ita etiam et animae exhibeatur; ideo dixit: omnis humilitas. Si autem talis fuerit hospes, debet etiam exponi lectio; post lectionem debet ei exhiberi omnis humanitas.

And it should be known that when Benedict says every humility should be shown, close attention must be paid, because humility may be not every humility, because there can be humility of the body without humility of the mind etc. St. Benedict truly wishes that, just as humility of the body is shown, thus humility of the mind should be shown as well; therefore he said: every humility. If moreover the guest is right for it, he should also be offered a reading. After the reading, every kindness should be shown to him.

In lectione etenim hospiti legenda ista debet esse discretio: si [vero] talis est hospes, qui de monasterio montis pedalis2 vicinus vester tarde [illum] ad vestrum monasterium, hoc est post duos vel tres menses, aut hinc illuc ierit, quoties ita tarde ierit, toties legenda est lectio sicut hospiti. Si autem talis homo nobilis venit ad vestrum monasterium, veluti est comes, aut vester vicinus seu etiam nobilis homo ex alia regione semel in vestrum monasterium venerit, ita eis exhiberi debet omnis humanitas, ut tanquam Christus suscipiantur et eis lectionem legere, quamvis unus sit vester vicinus et alter de longe venerit, tamen quia tarde veniunt ad monasterium, ideo debetis eis lectionem legere.

For discretion must be observed in reading the reading to the guest: if the guest is like your neighbour from the monastery of Monte Pedale,1 [and he] comes late2 [in the day?] to your monastery, that is after two or three months, or should he go back and forth, as often as he comes late, so many times a reading must thus be read as to a guest. If however a nobleman comes to your monastery, such as a count, either your neighbour or even a nobleman from another area, should he come one time to your monastery, all kindness must thus be shown to him, in order that he is received as Christ and a reading is read to him, even though one of the guests may be your neighbour and the other may have come from afar. Since they came to the monastery late, that is why you ought to read a reading to him.

Sciendum est enim, quia sunt multi, qui postquam prima vice legant lectionem hospiti, jam postea nunquam legunt eidem hospiti, etiamsi post unum vel duos vel decem annos venerit. Isti tales non regulariter faciunt, eo quod regula dicit, hospiti legi lectionem. Jam vero si humanitas illi exhibenda est, cur non et lectio illi legenda est, quod melius est? Unde ista potest esse discretio: si [enim] frequenter venerit ipse hospes ad monasterium, ita ut post 15 vel 20 dies venerit, quoties venerit, toties illi lectio legenda est et omnis humanitas praebenda. Quid est omnis humanitas? i. e. omnis dilectio.

For it should be known that there are many [monks], who after the first time they read a reading to a guest, then afterwards never read to the same guest, even if he should come after one or two or ten years. They do not act according to the Rule, because the Rule says that a reading is read to a guest. For certainly if every kindness must be shown to him, why should a reading not be read to him, which is better? Discretion may follow from this: [for] if a guest himself should come often to the monastery, that is after 15 or 20 days, as often as he comes, that many times a reading must be read to him and every kindness provided to him. What is every kindness? It is every love.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia non omnibus aequaliter debet fieri praeparatio; aliter enim episcopis, aliter presbyteris, aliter laicis, aliter canonicis, aliter comitibus, aliter ceteris, secundum unamquamque personam, [page 504] quod viderit, ita debet fieri praeparatio.

And it needs to be understood that preparations should not be made equally for all, indeed differently for bishops, priests, laypeople, canons, counts, and others: according to [the status] of every single person [page 504] the preparation shall be made so that [the difference] shall be seen.

Sciendum est, quia sunt alii abbates, qui praeparant sibi pulmenta plura causa gastrimargiae tam pro pauperibus quam pro divitibus. Et cum interrogati fuerint, quare hoc faciant, mittunt occasiones dicentes, causa hospitis se facere. Non videtur ita ratio esse plena, quia unicuique personae congrue debet fieri praeparatio; tamen ille videat, qui hoc agit.

It must be understood that there are some abbots who prepare many dishes for themselves because of gluttony, not only for the poor but also for the rich. And when asked why they do this, they make excuses, declaring that they do it on account of the guest. This reasoning does not seem to be satisfactory, because provision should be made fittingly for each person; he should see that he does so.

Quod vero non omnibus aequaliter debet fieri praeparatio, B. Gregorius docet in I. libro IV. partis moralium, ubi Job dicit: Cujus adjutor es? numquid imbecillis? Adjuvare imbecillem caritatis est, adjuvare potentem velle, elationis. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XVII, c. 18.26, CCSL 143A, p. 866]

That provision should not be made equally for all St. Gregory teaches in book one, part four of the Moralia, where Job says: Whose helper are you? Surely not of the weak? To help the weak is charity, to want to help the powerful is exaltation [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XVII, c. 18.26].

Quod enim dicit omnis humanitas ei exhibeatur, subaudiendum est: sufficiens honestas. Inter caritatem vero et humanitatem potest esse ista differentia: Caritas est in spiritualibus sive etiam corporalibus rebus, quae fiunt amore Dei; humanitas vero in temporalibus tantum rebus, quae dantur sive amore Dei, sive causa saeculi. In hoc loco humanitas, quia Dei amore datur, intelligitur de temporalibus, i. e. panis et vinum, cibus, lectus etc. Nam etiam potest dici humanitas, sicut dixi, quae non datur Dei amore, sed saeculi causa, sicut saeculares dant sibi invicem.

For what [Benedict] says – every kindness should be shown to him – must be understood to mean sufficient honour. Between charity and kindness the difference can be that charity is in spiritual as well as bodily matters, which are done for the love of God; kindness however is only in earthly matters, which is done either for the love of God or for a worldly cause. In this passage kindness, because it is given for the love of God, is understood to refer to the things of this world, that is bread and wine, food, a bed etc.

Humanitas est, quae vulgo dicitur mináida.

Kindness is what is called mináida3 in the vernacular.

Sequitur: 6Omnibus venientibus sive discedentibus hospitibus 7inclinato capite vel prostrato omni corpore in terram Christus in eis adoretur, qui et suscipitur. 8Suscepti autem hospites ducantur ad orationem, et postea sedeat cum eis prior, aut cui jusserit ipse. 9Legatur coram hospite lex divina, ut aedificetur, et post haec omnis ei exhibeatur humanitas. 10Jejunium a priore frangatur propter hospitem, nisi forte praecipuus sit dies jejunii, qui non possit violari; 11fratres autem consuetudines jejuniorum prosequantur. 12Aquam in manibus abbas hospitibus det. 13Pedes omnibus hospitibus tam abbas quam cuncta congregatio lavet, 14quibus lotis hunc versum dicant: Suscepimus Deus misericordiam tuam in medio templi tui". [Ps 47:10] 15Pauperum autem et peregrinorum maxime [page 505] susceptionum cura sollicite exhibeatur, quia in ipsis magis Christus suscipitur; nam divitum terror ipse sibi exigit honorem.

Next: 6To all arriving or departing guests 7with bowed head or the whole body prostrate on the ground, Christ, who is also received, should be worshipped in them. 8Once received, guests should be led to prayer and afterward a senior, or whoever [the abbot] orders, should sit down with them. 9The divine law should be read to a guest for his edification, and after that every kindness should be shown him. 10A superior may break his fast for a guest, unless it is a major fast day that cannot be violated; 11the brothers, however, should keep their accustomed fasts. 12The abbot should pour water on guests’ hands. 13The abbot as well as the whole community should wash the feet of all guests, 14and when they have been washed say this verse: God, we have received your mercy in the middle of your temple. [Ps 47:10] 15The greatest care should be shown [page 505] in the reception of the poor and pilgrims because in them especially Christ is received (for awe of the rich itself secures honourable treatment).

In hoc enim, quo dicit inclinato capite vel prostrato omni corpore discretionem salutandi nos docuit, quia aliter salutare debemus reges et episcopos et abbates, et aliter alios. Reges enim et episcopos et abbates prostrati in terra debemus salutare propter exemplum Nathan prophetae, qui prostratus salutavit David regem. Reginam cum videt, non debet monachus prostratus salutare, sed unum genu in terram ponere, aut humiliari debet capite suo; abbatem vero nostrum, si rarius videmus, in terra salutare debemus; ceteros autem, i. e. comites, presbyteros, monachos et reliquos inclinato capite salutare debemus.

For in this passage, where he says with bowed head or the whole body prostrate he teaches us distinctions in greeting, because we must greet a king, a bishop and an abbot in one way, and others in another. For we must greet a king, a bishop and an abbot prostrate on the ground, according to the example of the prophet Nathan, who greeted king David prostrate. When he sees a queen, a monk should not prostrate himself to greet [her], but place one knee on the ground, or he should bow [humiliari] his head; and certainly our abbot, if we see him only occasionally, we must greet on the ground. Others, however, that is, counts, priests, monks etc., we must greet with a bowed head.

Verum quia de hospitibus dicimus, dicendum est nunc, unde hospites pauperes, aut unde divites pasci debemus.3 Omnia [enim], quidquid venerit in monasterium, i. e. aurum, argentum, aes, ferrum, arbores, vinum, poma, animalia et reliq., sive de omnibus, quae in monasterio laborantur, decima de his omnibus in hospitale pauperum dari debet solummodo, i. e. ut non alii, hoc est servi vel nobiles, sed solummodo pauperes pascantur, quia sic scriptum est in lege: Et nullus pauper debet ab his decimis excusari. [not identified]

But because we are discussing guests, it should now be stated from where we must feed the poor guests, and from where the rich guests. A tenth part (a tithe) of whatever comes into the monastery, that is, gold, silver, copper, iron, wood, wine, fruit, animals etc. and of all things which are produced in the monastery should be devoted to the provision of the poor alone in order that no others, that is servants or nobles, but only the poor are fed [of this tithe], because thus is written in the law: And no one must excuse a poor man from these tithes [not identified].

Verum quia Dominus dicit in evangelio: Nisi abundaverit justitia vestra plus quam scribarum et pharisaeorum, non intrabitis in regnum coelorum [Mt 5:20]- justitia pharisaeorum et scribarum est, decimas dare - nos [vero], ut possimus intrare in regnum coelorum, duas decimas demus, quia, si ita non fecerimus plus quam scribae et pharisaei, non intrabimus in regnum coelorum. Id est, cum damus decimas, deinde demus nonam partem quasi decimam; istam enim nonam partem debemus dare in hospitale divitum, quidquid fuerit, et ex his debemus praeparare ad necessaria divitum omnia, quidquid opus fuerit, et omnem humanitatem eis impendere.

Because the Lord speaks in truth in the Gospel: Unless your righteousness shall exceed that of the scribes and the Pharisees, you shall not enter the kingdom of heaven [Mt 5:20] – the righteousness of the Pharisees and the scribes is that they give tithes – [however] we, in order that we may enter the kingdom of heaven, should give two tithes, because if we shall thus not provide more than the scribes and the Pharisees, we shall not enter the kingdom of heaven. That is, when we give the tithes, then we give a ninth part as if it were a tithe. For that ninth part we must give for the provision of the rich, whatever it may be, and from it we must prepare all things according to the necessities of the rich, whatever need there is, and we must devote all kindness to them.

Quod vero dicit jejunium a priore frangatur, i. e. non debet custodire jejunium, sed manducare cum hospite. Praecipuus dies [page 506] jejunii est, veluti est indictum jejunium, et sicut Quadragesimae dies vel litaniae et ceteri dies jejuniorum, quod ecclesia celebrat. Istud vero, quod dicit fratres autem consuetudines jejuniorum prosequantur, i. e. custodiant vel consequantur.

But what he says – a superior may break his fast – means that he ought not to keep his fast, but eat with the guest. A major fast [page 506] day is one when a fast is prescribed, and such as Lent and the days of litany and other days of fast which the Church celebrates. But what he says – the brothers, however, should keep their accustomed fasts – means that they should keep and follow it.

Notandum est enim, quia, si potest fieri, talis claustra hospitum esse debet nobilium, sicut monachorum cum sua ordinatione; talis etiam debet esse claustra pauperum, qualis infirmorum; talis etiam monachorum hospitum, qualis etiam infirmorum, ubi omnia necessaria eorum praeparari possint. Si autem non potest esse, sicut dixi, separata loca episcoporum a divitibus, simul tamen sint separata a pauperibus et abbatibus et monachis, eo quod non possunt in simul convenire episcopi et comites cum pauperibus et abbatibus et peregrinis. Domestici fidei sunt, qui vicini fidei nostrae sunt, veluti sunt canonici et religiosi laici. Domesticus enim fidei est, sicut Hieronymus dicit, qui eadem religione tibi conjungitur, quem a consortio fraternitatis peccata non separant. [Jerome, Epistola 120, c. 1, PL 22, col. 982]

Indeed it must be noted that if it can be arranged, the cells of the noble guests must be like the cells of the monks who have taken their vows; so as well must be the cells of the poor, which are like the cells of the sick. The cells of the visiting monks should be like the cells of the sick as well, where all the necessary things can be prepared for them. If, however, it is not possible [to arrange it] just as I said, let the places of the bishops be separated from the rich, and at the same time let them be separated from the poor, abbots, and [visiting] monks, because bishops and counts cannot be put up together in the same place with the poor, abbots, and pilgrims. Fellows in faith are those who are our neighbours in faith, as the canons and the lay brothers are. For a fellow in faith is, as Jerome said, he who by the same religion is united to you, as long as he is not separated from brotherly fellowship by sins. [Jerome, Epistola 120, c. 1]

Sequitur: 17Coquina abbatis et hospitum super se sit [deputata], ut incertis horis supervenientes hospites, qui nunquam desunt monasterio, non inquietent fratres. In quam coquinam ad annum ingrediantur duo fratres, qui ipsum officium bene impleant. 18Quibus, ut indigent, administrentur solatia, ut absque murmuratione serviant, et iterum quando occupationem minorem habent, exeant, ubi eis imperatur, in opera. 19Et non solum in ipsis, sed et in omnibus officiis monasterii ita sit consideratio, 20ut quando indigent solatia, adcommodentur eis, et iterum, quando vacant, obediant imperanti. 21Item et cellam hospitum habeat assignatam frater, cujus animam timor Dei possidet, 22ubi sint lecti strati sufficienter, et domus Dei a sapientibus sapienter administretur.

Next: 16The kitchens of the abbot and the guests should be separate so that guests, who are never absent from a monastery and appear at unpredictable times, do not disturb the brothers. 17Two brothers able to fulfil the duties well should serve in the guests’ kitchen a year at a time. 18They should be given help if they need it so they can serve without grumbling and conversely, when they have little to do, they should go out and do the work assigned them. 19This consideration should be shown not only to them but also to all monastery officials, 20so that when they need help, it should be given to them and when they are free, they should obey orders. 21A God-fearing brother should be assigned to the guest quarters, 22where sufficient beds should be made up, and the house of God should be managed wisely by the wise.

Isto namque modo agenda est coquina hospitum atque abbatis: debet enim juxta coquinam monachorum coquina hospitum atque abbatis esse, i. e. ut per claustram monasterii illuc non possit quis intrare, nisi, cum necessitas fuerit, de foris intret. Verum debet esse inter coquinam [page 507] fratrum et abbatis fenestra, per quam possit cibus in refectorium inferri.

For the kitchen of the guests and the abbot should be managed this way: the kitchen of the guests and the abbot must be near the kitchen of the monks, that is in order that no one can enter through the enclosure of the monastery, except, when necessary, to enter from outside. Certainly there should be a window between the kitchen [page 507] of the brothers and of the abbot through which food can be brought into the refectory.

Deinde debet esse unus monachus sub cellarario, ut, cum hospes fuerit pransurus, debeat porrigere pisces et cetera ad coquendum. In ipsa autem coquina abbatis debet esse canonicus, qui praeparet cibum. Et ille monachus, si talis necessitas non est, ut ipse adjuvet clericum, debet stare in coquina fratrum, et per fenestram recipere cibum a clerico, et sic ministrare. Si autem talis necessitas fuerit, ut per se debeat adjuvare clericum coquere, tunc ille monachus debet adjuvare, et cellararius debet ministrare, sicut monachum jam superius dixi facere.

Furthermore there must be one monk under the cellarer4 in order that, when a guest eats his meal, he can provide fish etc. for cooking. Moreover in the kitchen of the abbot itself there must be a canon to prepare the food. And that monk, when he is not needed to help that cleric, must stand in the kitchen of the brothers and receive food from the cleric through the window and attend in this fashion. If, however, there is such need for him to help the cleric cook, then that monk should help and the cellarer should serve, just as I said before that the monk should do.

Debet etiam abbas duos monachos cum laicis ponere ad coquinam illorum hospitum, i. e. laicorum et ceterorum, qui foris manducare debent, quia nunquam debet laicus in refectorium mitti ad manducandum vel bibendum; debet vero ille monachus intus esse in coquina abbatis propter illos, qui in refectorio manducare debent, i. e. monachos vel clericos canonicos.

The abbot should also assign two monks with laymen to the kitchen of those guests, that is the laymen and all the rest, who must eat outside because a layman must never be admitted into the refectory to eat or drink. That monk should be inside in the kitchen of the abbot on account of those who eat in the refectory, the monks and the canonical clerics.

Deinde alium fratrem debet constituere ad pauperes, alium vero debet constituere super monachos hospites, quia solet evenire, ut veniant uno tempore et comites et episcopi et abbates et pauperes. Hi tales non possunt insimul convenire, et ideo necesse est, ut separatim suscipiantur. Si enim non est talis potentia, ut per singulos habeat claustram, debet habere cubicula.

Furthermore a different brother must be appointed for the poor, another for visiting monks, because it often happens that counts, bishops, abbots, and the poor come at the same time. These [guests] cannot assemble at the same time and therefore it is necessary that they should be received separately. It it is not possible that each [group] should have a separate cell, each should have sleeping quarters.

Debet etiam alium fratrem constituere, qui lecta hospitum et cetera ordinet.

Furthermore another brother must be appointed who should arrange the beds of the guests etc.

Quod enim dicit lecti strati sufficienter, ita intelligitur, i. e. tantos pauperes debet suscipere, quibus sufficienter sint strati lecti. Nam divites, quotquot venerint, necesse est, ut eorum milites etiam suscipiantur, si ipsi suscipiantur divites.

For when [Benedict] says sufficient beds should be made up, it should be understood thus: for as many guests as must be received, sufficient beds should be made up. For however many rich men come, it is necessary that their soldiers are received as well if the rich themselves are received.

Dives enim, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, dictus est a divo, qui quasi Deus nihil creditur indigere. [Cassiodor, Expositio psalmorum 48:17, CCSL 97, p. 438]

For a ‘rich man’, just as Cassiodorus says, is derived from the word ‘divine,’ who just like God is believed to lack nothing. [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum 48.17]

Quod enim dicit cum omni officio caritatis, - quasi diceret: cum omni praeparatione tam mentis quam corporis administretur, i. e. gubernetur, regatur, disponatur.

When he says with every service of charity, it is as if he said: he should be provided with every provision of the mind as well as the body, that is, he should be directed, managed and ordered.

Verum cum in refectorio manducat hospes, non ita debet moram agere [page 508] in cibis ministrandis hospitibus, ut ex hoc fratres moram patiantur exeundi de refectorio.

But when a guest eats in the refectory, he should not wait so long [page 508] in being served a meal that as a result the brothers have to endure delay in leaving the refectory.

Quod vero dicit 13pedes hospitum cuncta congregatio lavet, per dies vicissim discretio facienda est. Ista enim debet esse discretio in pauperibus suscipiendis, i. e. si duo vel tres venerint, alii debiles, alii sani, debiles magis debet adjuvare, si non potest omnibus,4 i. e. sanis et debilibus.

But when he says 13the whole community should wash the feet of the guests, day after day, again a distinction must be made. For this is the necessary distinction in receiving the poor, that is, if two or three should come, some sick, others healthy, [then] the sick must be helped more if it not possible [to help] all,5 that is [both] the healthy and the sick.

Nam apud nos ad horam nonam suscipiuntur hospites; quodsi talis venerit postea, non ejicit jam susceptos pro illo debili, nam si potest debilem suscipere, suscipit, sin alias, dicit illi debili, ut inveniat sibi aliam mansionem, quia alios jam susceptos habemus.

Guests are received by us until the ninth hour; and if such a sick man shall come after the ninth hour, he6 should not throw out the guests [that already have been taken in] for that sick man, for if it is possible to receive the sick man, then he is received. However, if it is otherwise, he says to the sick man that he should find himself a different lodging place, because we have already received others.

Sic enim facimus (de) pedes lavare pauperibus, i. e. illi, qui offerunt in die ad missam, illi etiam post vesperam vadunt pedes pauperibus lavare, et cantando lavant pedes, et post lotos pedes miscent, et post miscere dicunt capitula et orationem hanc: Adesto Domine officio servitutis nostrae et reliq. Item si desunt pauperes de longe, quibus lavetis pedes, et vicini vestri venerint ad monasterium vestrum, i. e. tales vicini, qui habuerint nimiam indigentiam, quamvis vicini vestri sint illi pauperes, tamen si ibi in vestro hospitali manserint, eo quod manent, lavare illis debetis pedes, sicut longinquis, quia non custoditur propinquitas loci, quo veniunt, sed mansio, quia (qua) manent. Et non solum istis pauperibus vicinis pro necessitate lavare debetis pedes, verum etiam illis hominibus, quos vos pascitis, et quotidie in vestro monasterio sunt, debetis lavare pedes, ut regula adimpleatur.

This is how we administer the washing of the feet of the poor: they, who celebrate mass that day, in addition they go after vespers to wash the feet of the poor, and while singing they wash the feet, and after they have washed the feet they dry them. After they are dried, the monks say the chapters [of the liturgy for that day] and this prayer: Be near Lord to our office of service etc. Similarly, if there are no poor people from afar whose feet you could wash, and your neighbours should come to your monastery, that is such neighbours who are in great need, [then], even though these poor people are your neighbours, nevertheless if they stay in your guesthouse, you should wash their feet for that reason, just as you wash the feet of those from afar. The proximity of the place from which they came should not be considered, but rather the house in which they stay. And not only should you wash the feet of those poor from nearby out of necessity, but you should also wash the feet of those men whom you feed and who are in your monastery every day, in order that the Rule is carried out.

Sequitur: 23Hospitibus autem, cui non praecipitur, nullatenus societur neque colloquatur, 24sed si obviaverit aut viderit, salutatis humiliter, ut dictum est, et petita benedictione pertranseat dicens, sibi non licere colloqui cum hospite.

Next: 23No one should associate or speak with guests at all unless permission is granted, 24but if he meets or sees a guest, he should greet him humbly, as was said, and move on after asking for a blessing, saying that he is not allowed to converse with a guest.

Hoc quod dicit et petita benedictione pertranseat dicens, sibi non licere colloqui cum hospite, ita distinguendum est: [Dicens, distinctio;] deinde5 annecti, sibi non licere colloqui cum [page 509] hospite. Societur attinet, quando hospitis manum prendit; potest enim quis sociari cum hospite et non loqui, i. e. potest manum ejus tenere et ei jungi, et tamen non loqui.

That he says and move on after asking for a blessing, saying that he is not allowed to converse with a guest is to be understood thus: even if a monk is connected to a guest, it is not allowed for him to speak [page 509] with a guest. Associate pertains to when [a monk] takes the hand of a guest; for it is possible that one associates with a guest and does not speak; that is he can hold his hand and join him and yet not speak [to him].

Hoc vero notandum: quod dicit, ut, cum indigent solatia administrentur, isto modo debet fieri: cum multi sunt hospites, debet hospitalarius dicere abbati aut priori: quia hospites multos habeo. Et tunc debent jubere fratribus duobus vel tribus, qui adjuvent illum, et illi propter honestatem melioribus vel mundis vestimentis induti servire debent hospitibus et illi fratri impendere adjutorium, donec necesse fuerit. Post vero illi fratres ire in aliam obedientiam debent, ubi eis imperatum fuerit, et ille hospitalarius debet suum ministerium perficere.

Certainly this must be observed: when he says that when they are lacking, comfort should be given, it is to be done this way: when there are many guests, the hospitalarius7 should say to the abbot or the prior: 'I have many guests.' And then they should order two or three brothers to help him, and these [brothers], because of the honour [of the task], should attend to the guests dressed in better and cleaner clothes and aid [the hospitalarius] as long as necessary. Afterwards these brothers should return to another obedience in which they are commanded,8 and the hospitalarius should continue his attendance.

Ita et cellararius debet facere, cum cuppas aut pannos lavare vult; quaerere fratres debet ad sibi obediendum, ut eum adjuvare possint, quia illas cuppas vel pannos de XV in XV dies propter munditiam lavare debent.

The same goes for the cellarer, when he wishes to clean washtubs and garments; he should ask for brothers to follow his orders, so they are able to help him, because those washtubs and garments should be cleaned every fifteen days for the sake of hygiene.


1. + 821. (Mittermüller).
2. Pedemontium (Piemont) (?). (Mittermüller).
3. debent (?).(Mittermüller).
4. omnes (?). (Mittermüller).
5. Aliquid omissum esse videtur. (Mittermüller).

1. Hildemar refers here to the monastery of San Pietro al Monte in Civate, of which the monastery where Hildemar resided, San Calocero, was a dependency.
2. The meaning of the word tarde in this context is not clear to me.
3. Hildemar very rarely refers to the vernacular. It is however unclear to which vernacular he refers here, for the word does not resemble a Germanic, Roman or Celtic language. With thanks to Peter Schrijver for this information.
4. The monk who is in charge of all the supplies of the monastery.
5. Translated omnes as Mittermüller proposes, not omnibus as it says in the text.
6. Presumably the porter is meant, this is not further specified.
7. The monk responsible for the guests.
8. By the person under whose obedience they ordinarily live.

Cap. LIV
UT NULLATENUS MONACHUS DEBEAT LITTERAS VEL ALIQUID1 SUSCIPERE

[Ms P, fol. 137vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 146v; Ms E1, fol. 157r; Ms. E2, fol. 237r]

Ch. 54
THAT A MONK IN NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD ACCEPT LETTERS OR GIFTS

Translated by: Irene van Renswoude

Quia superius dixerat, qualiter suscipiendi essent hospites, et praeceperat, ut nullus eis loqueretur sine jussione, nunc [vero] disponit, quid agendum sit, si aliquis alicui fratri quidquam forte detulerit, i. e. quod superius non dixit, in hac sententia latius exsequitur; dicit enim, si monachus debeat litteras vel aliquid suscipere.

Because he had indicated above how guests are to be received, and had instructed that no one should talk to them without consent, he now lays out what should be done if someone by chance offers something to a certain brother, that is: what he has not said above follows more elaborately in this idea: for he says, if a monk should accept letters or something else.

Sequitur: 1Nullatenus liceat monacho neque a parentibus suis, nec a quoquam hominum, nec sibi invicem litteras aut eulogias vel quaelibet munuscula accipere vel dare sine praecepto abbatis. 2Quodsi etiam a parentibus suis ei quidquam directum fuerit, non praesumat suscipere illud, nisi prius indicatum fuerit abbati. 3Quodsi jusserit suscipi, in abbatis sit potestate, cui illud jubeat dari, 4et non contristetur frater, cui forte directum fuerit, ut non detur occasio diabolo [page 510].

Then follows: 1In no circumstances is a monk allowed, unless the abbot says he may, to exchange letters, tokens or small gifts of any kind, with his parents or anyone else, or with a fellow monk. 2He must not presume to accept gifts sent him even by his parents without telling the abbot first. 3If the abbot orders acceptance, he still has the power to give the gift to whom he will; 4and the brother to whom it was sent must not be distressed, lest occasion be given to the devil. [page 510]

In hoc quod dicit nullatenus, nihil praetermisit; et cum dicit nec a parentibus nec a quoquam neque sibi invicem, omnia comprehendit, ut non possit excusare monachus.

Where he says in no circumstances, he leaves nothing out, and when he says not to exchange with his parents or anyone else, or with a fellow monk, he covers everything, so that no monk has an excuse.

Notandum est, quia, sicut tres personas comprehendit, ita etiam tria comprehendit munera, videlicet litteras, i. e. epistolas, et codices, h. e. munera minora, eulogias, quae sunt munera majora, veluti sunt cappa, sarica et aliud quid, quae majoris pretii sunt. Munuscula vero sunt munera parvissima sive alicujus pretii parvissimi, veluti est acus; non enim debet accipere vel dare neque etiam acus sine praecepto abbatis.

It should be noted that, just as he covers three persons, he also covers three types of gifts, namely letters, that is epistles and codices, which are minor gifts, and tokens that are major gifts, such as a cloak, a mantle or something different, which are of great worth. Small gifts are presents that are little of very small worth, such as a needle; he should however not accept or give even a needle, unless the abbot says he may.

In hoc, quod dixit non praesumat suscipere illud, nisi prius indicatum fuerit abbati, ita agendum est: quidquid alicui monacho directum fuerit, non debet ille portarius nuntiare illi fratri, nisi abbati. Deinde si abbas jusserit, tunc debet portarius nuntiare illi fratri, quem hospes quaerit, et post ire. Si vero non jusserit ire, tunc non debet portarius nuntiare fratri.

Where he says he must not presume to accept gifts without previously telling the abbot, it should be managed as follows: if something is sent to a certain monk, the doorkeeper must not report it to that brother, but only to the abbot. Next, if the abbot gives his permission, then the doorkeeper must notify that brother whom the guest asked for, and then he may go. But if the abbot does not give him permission to go, then the doorkeeper must not notify the brother.

Et hoc notandum est: si munus est, non debet etiam portarius suscipere illud, nisi prius indicaverit abbati; si jam abbas jusserit, tunc suscipiatur et debet etiam adducere illud in capitulum et ponere ante pedes abbatis, quia, si forte pauper est ille hospes, [et] ob hoc non vult abbas recipere illud.

And this should be noted: if it is a gift, then not even the doorkeeper should accept it, unless he has previously told the abbot. If the abbot has given his permission, then it may be received and he should bring it to the chapter and put it before the feet of the abbot, because if perhaps the guest is poor, the abbot may not want to receive it for that reason.

Quod autem dicit quod si jusserit suscipi, in abbatis sit potestate, cui illud jubeat dari, notandum est: non talem potestatem dedit illi S. Benedictus, ut ille abbas injuste disponat, sed ob hoc dedit illi in potestate sua, quia non potest nec potuit pleniter diffinire in dubiis rebus, propterea constituit in abbatis potestate, non ut ille ad suum libitum aliquid agat, sed ut juste discernat, sicut in hoc loco.

But when he says if the abbot orders acceptance, he still has the power to give the gift to whom he will, it should be noted that St. Benedict did not grant the abbot such power that he would distribute unjustly, but he gave it into the abbot’s power for this reason: because he cannot and could not lay down a complete rule for doubtful cases. Therefore, he placed it in the abbot’s power, not that he would do as he pleases, but that he would make fair decisions, as in this instance.

Debet abbas cognoscere, ut qui plus indiguerit, ille accipiat illud; v. gr. si venerit vestis, et viderit, quia ille frater plus indiget, quam alii, illi debet dare, quia, si non dederit, peccatum facit. Et similiter si minus indiget, et alii plus, et illi fratri dedit, qui minus indiget, peccatum facit; nam si recte disponere vult, illi debet dare, qui indiget, sive illi, cui missa est ipsa vestis, sive alii. [page 511]

The abbot should be aware that he who needs it more should receive the gift. For example, if a garment arrives and he sees that this brother needs it more than others, he should give it to him, because if he does not give it, he commits a sin. And likewise, if a brother needs it less than others, and he gives it to the brother who needs it less, he commits a sin. Because if he wants to distribute justly, he should give [the garment] to one who needs it, either to the person to whom that garment was sent or another. [page 511]

Sequitur: 4et non contristetur frater, cui forte directum fuerit. Usque modo castigavit abbatem, ut recte disponat; nunc castigat monachum, si alicui dederit illud abbas, ut non debeat contristari. Reddit causam, quare, i. e. ut non detur occasio diabolo, quasi diceret: ille abbas debet recte disponere, ne detur occasio diabolo; si aliter fecerit, i. e. si injuste disposuerit, tunc datur occasio murmurandi vel detrahendi. Similiter et monachus non contristetur, ne detur occasio diabolo, subaudiendum est: murmurandi, si illi fratri plus quam alii indigenti, cui directum fuerit, non dederit, aut discordandi, si illi fratri dederit, cui directum fuerit, et minus quam alii indigenti.

It follows: 4and the brother to whom it was originally sent must not be distressed. Up to now he [Benedict] admonished the abbot to distribute justly; now he admonishes the monk that he must not be distressed if the abbot gives it to someone else. He gives a reason why, namely lest occasion be given to the devil, by which he means to say: the abbot should distribute justly, so that no occasion is given to the devil; if he does otherwise, that is, if he distributes unjustly, then occasion is given for murmuring or criticizing. Likewise the monk must not be distressed, lest occasion be given to the devil should be understood as [occasion for] murmuring, if the abbot does not give it to that brother to whom it was sent and who needs more than others, or [occasion for] quarrelling, if he gives it to that brother to whom it was sent and who needs less than others.

Jam quia dare vel accipere monachorum diximus, nec etiam in refectorio secundum hujus capituli auctoritatem debent accipere sibi invicem aut dare. Verum si dederint, isto modo dent aut accipiant: v. gr. si forte abbas aut fleuthomato aut debili transmiserit aliquid, tunc debet ille frater, cui direxerit, erigere se et inspicere ad abbatem. Et si ille innuerit alicui dare, tunc debet dare aut accipere, ut fiat cum licentia. Si autem non innuerit, tunc non debet dare.

For we have already spoken about giving and receiving between monks, that they should not even exchange [food] in the refectory, according to the authority of this chapter. However if they do give [food], they should give or receive in this way: for example if by chance the abbot sends something to a monk who is undergoing bloodletting or disabled, then the brother, to whom he directed it, should rise and look at the abbot. And if he [the abbot] nods to give it to someone else, then he must give or receive, so that it takes place with permission.

Similiter si cellararius forte dederit aut fleuthomato aut debili, et innuerit illi alicui dare, tunc debet dare; si autem non innuerit, non debet dare; ita tamen, si cellarario hoc jussum fuerit ab abbate; si vero non fuerit jussum, non debet cellararius hoc facere. Ideo diximus: si innuerit, ut ille postmodum tribuat, pro duabus causis, i. e. aut propter alium infirmum aut debilem, qui sedet juxta eum, aut certe si sanus fuerit ille frater, cui debet accipiens porrigere, propter honestatem aut etiam, ne revereatur solus manducare, et pro turpitudine singularitatis postmodum non manducabit ille, cui transmissum fuerit.

Likewise if perhaps the cellarer gives something to a monk who is undergoing bloodletting or disabled, and if he [the cellarer] nods to give it to someone else, then he must do so; if the cellarer however does not nod, he [the monk] must not do so; but only if the abbot has ordered the cellarer to do so. If the cellarer, however, was not acting under order of the abbot, then he should not do this. Therefore we have said: If he [the abbot] indicates that [a monk] should then pass on [food], it is for two reasons, that is either on account of another ill or disabled monk sitting next to him, or, in case that the brother, to whom the receiver must reach out, is perfectly healthy, on account of good conduct or even so that he, to whom [the food] was delegated, might not feel uneasy about eating [the food] alone and will not eat due to the shamefulness of special treatment.

Sequitur: 5Qui autem aliter praesumpserit, disciplinae regulari subjaceat. Istud vero, quod dicit disciplinae regulari subjaceat, ad illa omnia, quae superius vetuit, respicit, i. e. si tribuerit vel acceperit aut litteras aut eulogias, i. e. majora munera, aut munuscula, h. e. parva, aut murmuraverit, aut contristatus fuerit, et reliq. disciplinae regulari subjaceat.

It follows: 5Whoever presumes to act otherwise will be subjected to the discipline of the rule. Truly, when he says he will be subjected to the discipline of the rule, this pertains to everything that he [Benedict] forbade above, that is if he [the monk] accepts letters or gifts, that is major gifts or small gifts, that is little gifts, or if he murmurs, or if he becomes sad, and so on, he will be subjected to the discipline of the rule.


1. vel eulogias. Cod. Fürstzell. (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. LV
DE VESTIARIIS VEL CALCIARIIS FRATRUM

[Ms P, fol. 138v – Paulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 148r; Ms E1, fol. 157v; Ms E2, fol. 238r]

Ch. 55
ON THE BROTHERS' CLOTHING AND SHOES

Translated by: Valerie Garver

Rectum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus in eo, quod prius dixit de hospitibus, et subjunxit, ut non debeat quilibet aliquid accipere sine jussione abbatis, et postea dixit de vestiariis et calciariis fratrum, ne quis diceret: quia hoc, quod mihi directum est, volo habere, et statim adjecit, quid et quantum debeant monachi habere excepta speciali necessitate.

St. Benedict maintained proper order in this place in that part, because he first discussed guests, and added that one ought not accept something without leave of the abbot, and afterwards he discussed the clothing and shoes of the brothers, lest someone should say: because I want to have this, because it is plain to me, he immediately turned to what and how much monks ought to have, except in cases of particular necessity.

Sequitur: 1Vestimenta fratribus secundum locorum qualitatem, ubi habitant, aut aerum temperiem dentur, 2quia in frigidis regionibus amplius indigetur, in calidis vero minus.

It follows: 1The brothers' clothing should be furnished according to the nature and climate of the place where they live, 2because in cold regions more is needed and in warm ones less.

 Vestiarium est, ubi vestimenta ponuntur.

The vestry is where clothing should be placed.

Illud enim, quod dicit qualitatem locorum, duobus modis intelligitur, i. e. uno modo intelligitur qualitatem locorum, juxta quod potest in illo loco, ubi habitant, abbas vestimenta invenire; altero modo intelligitur secundum qualitatem loci et aerum temperiem, quod unum significat, ac si diceret: secundum qualitatem locorum; et exponendo, quid sit secundum qualitatem locorum, subjunxit, i. e. aeram temperiem. Sed iste sensus posterior verior est, ideo exponendo protelavit gradatim sententiam, cum dicit: quia in frigidis locis amplius indigetur, in calidis vero minus.

Concerning that, which he calls the nature of the places, two meanings can be understood, i.e. one way the nature of the places is understood is according to what clothing the abbot can find in that place where they live. In another manner in which one can understand according to the nature and climate of the place, is that one he indicated, and if he stated: according to the condition of the places; and, explaining, he added what seems to be according to the nature of the places, i.e. the temperature of the air. But this latter sense is more fitting, therefore he gradually expanded upon the sentence explaining, when he says: because in cold regions more is needed and in warm ones less.

Sequitur: 3Haec ergo consideratio penes abbatem est. Penes abbatem, i. e. apud abbatem.

It follows: 3This consideration is therefore the abbot 's concern, i.e. in the presence of the abbot.

In hoc loco attendendum est, quia sicut de cibis et potibus constituit in potestate abbatis, eo quod propter diversas qualitates corporum non potuit discernere, ita etiam nunc de vestimentis cognoscitur in arbitrio abbatis constituere, quia propter qualitates diversas locorum non potuit diffinire mensuram vestium. Verum non ita constituisse in arbitrio abbatis intelligendum est, ut sicut vult abbas injuste disponat, sed quia ille propter diversa impedimenta non potuit haec diffinire, ille abbas recte et juste discernat. [page 513]

He ought to pay heed in this place, because just as food and drink fall under the power of the abbot, because he could not distinguish among the different conditions of bodies, so even now concerning clothing it is recognized that it should be placed under the authority of the abbot, because he could not define the quantity of clothing according to the different conditions of places. But not just as it is understood to have been determined under the authority of the abbot so that if the abbot wanted to distribute unjustly, but because he was not able to define it according to these various impediments, the abbot should divide rightly and justly. [page 513]

Sequitur: 4Nos tamen mediocribus locis sufficere credimus monachis per singulos cucullam et tunicam; 5cucullam in hieme villosam, in aestate puram aut vetustam, 6et scapulare propter opera; indumenta pedum pedules et caligas.

It follows: 4However, we believe that a cowl and a tunic will suffice for each monk in milder places; 5a woolen cowl in winter, a light or worn one in summer, 6and a scapular for work; and footwear: leggings and boots.

Sciendum est, quia debent per debitum omnibus monachis cucullam et tunicam et melotam tam illis, qui foris, quam illis, qui intus sunt, dari,1 eo quod regula dicit dari; nam nisi quod regula jubet, aliter fieri non debet. Pellicias aut gunnas concession est abbatum pro necessitate.

It is to be known that, because, according to what is due for all monks, they ought to be given a cowl and tunic and habit, the same for those who are outside as for those who are inside,1 because the rule says they are to be given; for unless the rule orders it so, it ought not to be done otherwise. The abbot is allowed [to give out] pelts and fur cloaks as necessary.

 Mediocribus, i. e. temperatis.

Mild, i. e. temperate.

Cuculla dicitur casula; tunica de lana intelligenda est esse; nam potest esse et linea et serica.

The cowl is called a chasuble: the tunic is understood to be of wool; certainly it can be made of linen and silk.

Sed in hoc loco videtur intelligere de lana tunicam esse debere. Scapulare dicitur illud, unde graeci ‘schima’2 vocant, cum quibus capita tegunt et cingunt illa sibi, ad cujus similitudinem videtur esse illud vestimentum, quod nos melotam vocamus. Nam aliud est cuculla, aliud melota, eo quod S. Benedictus cucullam dicit, quam nos cappam vocamus.

But in this place it seems to be understood that the tunic ought to be of wool. The scapular is called that, whence the Greeks call 'schima', with these they themselves cover and encircle their heads, in likeness so that it seems to be a similar vestment, to that which we call the habit. For one is the cowl, the other the habit, because St. Benedict said cowl, we call it a hooded cloak (cappa).

Et hoc manifestatur, ubi dicit villosam, quia ista villosa non ad tunicam refertur, sed ad cucullam. Sic enim dicit cucullam et tunicam; deinde solummodo dicit cucullam in hieme villosam, in aestate puram aut vetustam.

And this is quite clear, where he says woolen, because that woolen cannot refer to a tunic, but rather to a cowl. For in like manner he says cowl and tunic; thereafter he states only a woolen cowl in winter, a light or worn one in summer.

 Pedules sunt illa vestimenta, quae in modum tribuci facta sunt, sed pedes tegunt, unde, quia in pedes mittuntur, pedules vocantur. Sunt enim multi monachi, qui propter sudorem pedum dividunt illud, quod in pedes mittunt, ne grave sit ad lavandum.

Shoes are those vestments which are made in fashion of the Tribuci, but cover the feet, wherefore, because they are furnished for the feet, they are called shoes. For there are many monks, who on account of sweat remove from the foot, that which they furnish for feet, so that it is not unpleasant to wash.

Caligae autem, ut Isidorus dicit, vel a callo pedum dictae, vel quia ligantur; nam socci non ligantur, sed tantum intromittuntur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 34.12]

Boots therefore, as Isidore states, are named either for the thick skin of the foot or because they are laced; for slippers are not laced, but only slipped on. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 19, c. 34.12].

Casula enim, ut Isidorus dicit, est vestis cucullata dicta per diminutionem a casa, quod totum hominem tegat quasi minor casa, unde et cuculla quasi minor cella. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 24.17]

 The chasuble, as Isidore states, is a hooded garment named as a diminutive of house, because it covers a whole person just like a small house, hence also the cowl as though it is a small room. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 19, c. 24.17]

Melotes, quae etiam pera vocatur, pellis est caprina, a collo pendens praecincta usque ad lumbos. Est autem habitus proprio necessarius ad operis [page 514] exercitium. Fiebat autem prius, ut quidam aestimant, de pelliculis melonum (melotum), unde et melotae vocatae sunt. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 24.19]

The monk's cowl, which is also called a bag, is a goatskin, which hangs encircling from the neck to the loins. This however is the habit necessary in particular to [page 514] carrying out work. It was first made, as some think, from the skin of martens, hence they are called melotes. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 19, c. 24.19]

Melos est animal dictum, vel quod sit rotundissimo membro, vel quod favum petat et assidue mella captet. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII, c. 2.40]

The animal is called a marten, because it has extremely round limbs, and because it seeks honeycomb and assiduously hunts for honey. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII, c. 2.40]

Nam qualiter debeat esse vestis monachi, quae corpus contegat ac nuditatis et frigoris retundat injuriam, instituta patrum docent hoc modo: Vestis quoque monachi [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from SC 109: quae corpus contegat tantum ac repellat verecundiam nuditatis et frigoris retundat injuriam, non quae seminaria vanitatis aut elationis enutriat, ita eodem apostolo praedicante: Habentes autem alimenta et operimenta, his contenti simus: operimenta, [1 Tim 6:8] inquiens, non vestimenta, ut in quibusdam latinis exemplaribus non proprie continetur..

For just as the clothing of monks should be, which cover the body and prevent injury from nakedness and cold, so too the Institutes of the father [Cassian] teach this measure: In addition, the monk’s garment should only be such that it covers the body, countering the shame of nakedness, and prevents the cold from doing harm, not such that it nurtures seeds of vanity or pride. In the words of the same Apostle: Having food and covering, let them be satisfied with these. [1 Tim 6:8] He says ‘covering’ and not ‘vesture,’ which some Latin editions say incorrectly. This means only what may cover the body, not what may flatter it by its splendid style.

Id est quae corpus operiant tantum, non quae amictus gloria blandiantur, ita vilia, ut nulla coloris vel habitus novitate inter caeteros hujus propositi viros habeantur insignia, ita studiosis accurationibus aliena, ut nullis rursum sint adfectatis per incuriam sordibus decolorata: postremo sic ab hujus mundi separentur ornatu, ut cultui servorum Dei in omnibus communia perseverent.

This it should be commonplace, so as to be indistinguishable in terms of novelty of color and cut from what is worn by other men of this chosen orientation; in no respect should it be self-consciously meticulous, but neither, on the other hand, should it be grimy with filth accumulated by neglect; finally, it should be different from the apparel of this world in that it kept completely in common for the use of the servants of God.

Quidquid enim inter famulos Dei praesumitur ab uno vel paucis nec catholice per omne corpus fraternitatis tenetur, aut superfluum aut elatum est et ob id noxium judicandum magisque vanitatis speciem quam virtutis ostentans.

For whatever is arrogated by one or a few within the household of God and is not owned universally by the whole body of the brotherhood is superfluous and overweening and hence must be judged harmful and a token of vanity rather than a display of virtue.

Et idcirco haec quae nec a veteribus sanctis qui hujus professionis fundamenta jecerunt, neque a patribus nostri temporis, qui eorum per successiones instituta nunc usque custodiunt, tradita videmus exempla, ut superflua et inutilia nos quoque resecare conveniet.

Therefore, examples that we see have been handed down neither by the holy ones of old, who laid the foundations of this profession nor by the fathers of our own time, who are in their turn maintaining their institutes even to the present, it behoves us also to cut off as superfluous and valueless.

Quamobrem cilicinam vestem velut circumspectam cunctis atque notabilem et quae ex hoc ipso non solum nulla spiritui possit emolumenta conferre, sed etiam elationis concipere vanitatem, quaeque ad necessarii operis exercitium, in quo monachum semper inpigrum expeditumque oportet incedere, inhabilis atque inepta sit, omnimodis refutarunt.

Hence they utterly rejected sackcloth and showy and conspicuous to everyone and for that very reason as not only being unable to confer any benefits on the spirit but even as containing the possibility of begetting a vain pride, besides being unsuited for and inappropriate to the exercise of the necessary work for which a monk must be ever ready and unhindered.

Quodsi quosdam hoc amictu circumdatos audivimus probabiles exstitisse, non ex eo nobis est monasteriorum regula sancienda vel antiqua sanctorum patrum sunt perturbanda decreta, quod pauci praesumentes aliarum virtutum privilegio ne in his quidem, quae non secundum catholicam regulam ab eis usurpata sunt, reprehendi debere creduntur. Generali namque omnium constitutioni paucorum non debet praeponi nec praejudicare sententia.

Still even if we have heard that some upright persons have dressed in this piece of clothing, it is not for us to establish a rule for the monasteries or to overturn the ancient decrees of the holy fathers because a few persons, presuming on the privilege of other virtues, are held to the blameless even when they have acted arbitrarily and not in keeping with the Catholic rule. For the opinion of a few must not preferred to nor must it prejudice the common practice of all.

Illis enim debemus institutis ac regulis indubitatam fidem et indiscussam obedientiam per omnia commodare, non quas paucorum voluntas intulit, sed quas vetustas tantorum temporum, et numerositas sanctorum patrum concordi definitione in posterum propagavit. Nec hoc sane praejudicare nobis debet ad quotidianae conversationis exemplum, quod vel Ioram sacrilegus rex Israel catervis hostium circumseptus scissa veste, cilicium habuisse perhibetur intrinsecus [cf. 4 Rg 6:30] vel quod Ninivitae ad mitigandam Dei sententiam, quae in eos inlata fuerat per prophetam, cilicii asperitate velati sunt, [cf. Io 3:5] cum et ille ita intrinsecus latenter indutus eo fuisse monstretur, ut nisi scisso desuper indumento a nemine prorsus potuisset intelligi, et isti eo tempore operimentum cilicii sustentarint, quo cunctis super imminente urbis eversione lugentibus eodemque amictu circumdatis nullus posset a quoquam ostentationis notary, quia nisi insolens sit diversitas, non offendit aequalitas.

For we ought in very respect to bestow an unshakable faith and an unquestioning obedience not on those institutes and rules that were introduced at the wish of a few but on those that were long ago passed on to later ages by innumerable holy fathers acting in accord. And it should certainly not have any effect on our daily way of life that Jehoram, the sacrilegious king of Israel, is said to have been wearing sackcloth beneath his garment when, surrounded by enemy troops, he tore it, [cf. 4 Rg 6:30] or that the Ninevites dressed in rough sackcloth on order to mitigate the judgment of God that hand been pronounced against them by the prophet. [cf. Io 3:5] For the former clearly wore this underneath and hiddenly in such a way that it could never have been known to anyone unless his outer garments had been torn, and the latter bore with a sackcloth covering at a time when all were grief-stricken at the imminent destruction of the city and were going about in the same apparel and no one could be accused of display, for sameness is inoffensive when there are no unusual distinctions.

(III)Sunt praeterea quaedam in ipso Aegyptiorum habitu non tantum ad curam corporis, quantum ad morum formulam congruentia, quo simplicitatis et innocentiae observantia etiam in ipsa vestitus qualitate teneatur. Cucullis namque perparvis usque ad cervicis umerorumque demissis confinia, qui capita tantum contegant, indesinenter diebus utuntur ac noctibus, scilicet ut innocentiam et simplicitatem parvulorum jugiter custodire etiam imitatione ipsius velaminis commoveantur. Qui reversi ad infantiam Christi cunctis horis cum affectu ac virtute decantant: Domine, non est exaltatum cor meum, neque elati sunt oculi mei. Neque ambulavi in magnis, neque in mirabilibus super me. Si non humiliter sentiebam: sed exaltavi animam meam: sicut] ablactatus est super matre sua. [Ps 130:1-3] [Cassian, Institutiones I, c. 2-3, SC 109, pp. 38-44]

(III) There are some other things in the garb of the Egyptians that pertain not so much to the well-being of the body as to the regulations of behavior, so that the observance of simplicity and innocence may be maintained even in the very character of their clothing. Thus, day and night they always wear small hoods that extend to the neck and the shoulders and that only cover the head. In this way they are reminded to hold constantly to the innocence and simplicity of small children even by imitating their dress itself. Those who have returned to their infancy repeat to Christ at every moment with warmth and vigor: ‘Lord, my heard is not exalted, nor are my eyes lifted up. Neither have I walked in great things nor in marvels beyond me. If I thought not humbly but exalted my soul, like a weaned child upon its mother. [Ps. 130:1-3] [Cassian, Institutes I, c. 2-3, transl. Boniface Ramsey, pp. 22-24]

Sequitur: 7De quarum rerum omnium colore aut grossitudine non causentur monachi, sed quales inveniri possunt in provincia, in qua habitant, aut quod vilius comparari potest. 8Abbas autem de mensura provideat, ut non sint curta ipsa vestimenta utentibus ea, sed mensurata. 9Accipientes novo vetera semper reddant reponenda in vestiario propter pauperes. 10Sufficit enim monacho duas tunicas et duas cucullas habere propter noctes et propter lavare ipsas res. 11Jam quod supra fuerit, superfluum est, amputari debet. 12Et pedules et quodcunque est vetustum, reddant, dum accipiunt novum.

It follows: 7Monks should not object to the color or coarseness of any of these items, but have what is available in the region where they live and can be purchased rather cheaply. 8Concerning size, the abbot should see to it that the clothes are not too short for those wearing them, but to measure. 9Receiving new clothes, brothers should always return the old ones at once, to be put in the vestry for the poor. 10It will suffice for a monk to have two tunics and two cowls, because of the need to use them at night and to wash them. 11anything more is superfluous and should be eliminated. 12They should also return shoes and anything else that is worn when they receive new ones.

Quod enim dicit de quarum rerum omnium colore et grossitudine non causentur monachi, ita intelligitur: non debent monachi causari, si pedules albi fuerint, et tunicae fuscae, i. e. pedules alterius coloris fuerint, et alterius tunicae atque alterius cucullae, aut si grossi3 fuerint, sed quales inveniri possunt in provincia, in qua habitant, aut quod vilius comparari potest. Usque modo admonuit monachos, ut de colore aut grossitudine vestium non causentur, quia mortificati debent esse; mortui enim non requirunt nobilia vestimenta, verum etiam nulla.

When he states monks should not object to the color or coarseness of any of these items, he means: the monks should not object, if their shoes happen to be white, and their tunics dark, i.e. shoes may be another color, and tunics another and cowls another, and if they happen to be coarse, but such ones may be found in the region in which they live, and can be purchased cheaply. In this manner he then admonishes the monks not to object to the color and coarseness of their clothing, because they ought to be humbled; for the humbled do not need noble clothing, but actually nothing.

Nunc autem cum dicit quales inveniri possunt aut quod vilius comparari potest, admonet abbatem.

Now then when he states that they should have what is available in the region and can be purchased rather cheaply, he is reminding the abbot.

Attendendum est, quia non dicit: vile aut vilissimum, sed dicit vilius, i. e. mediocre.

He should pay heed, because he does not state: cheaply or most cheaply, but rather he states rather cheaply, i.e. ordinary.

Et iterum castigat abbatem, cum dicit abbas autem de mensura provideat, ut non sint curta. Quod [page 515] enim dicit sufficit monacho, duas tunicas et duas cucullas habere propter noctes et propter levare - tunica attinet ad lavare, cuculla autem attinet ad frigus. Istud enim, quod dicit vetustum quod est, reddant, intelligitur: quod non potest portari.

And again he sets the abbot right, when he states that concerning size, the abbot should see to it that the clothes are not too short. Because [page 515] he in fact states 10It will suffice for a monk to have two tunics and two cowls, because of the need to use them at night and to wash them - the tunic needs to be washed, the cowl on the other hand pertains to the cold.

Istud autem vetustum, quod superius dicit 5in aestate vetusta, attinet ad illud vestimentum, quod vetus est et potest portari.

Indeed he means it when he states that they should return anything that is worn, because it cannot be worn. However that, which he states above 5in a worn condition, pertains to that worn garment, that is old and can be worn.

Ideo enim dicit quales in provincia inveniri possunt, quia, si ita non dixisset, fuissent multi, qui in alienam provincia missent et ibi bona emissent, quae bona, quamvis in illa provincia, ubi facta sunt, viliora sunt, tamen in illa provincia, ubi monachi habitant, bona sunt. Provincia enim est, quae regem habet, veluti est Longobardia, Tuscia, Saxonia, Romania et reliq.

Therefore he indeed states that they can have what is available in the region, because if he had not said so, there might have been many who sent to another region and then good ones might have been sent forth, although in that region, where they were made, the good ones are cheaper, nevertheless in that region where the monks live there are good ones. Namely a region is that which has a king, just as there is in Lombardy, Tuscany, Saxony, Romania, and others.

Provinciae autem, sicut Isidorus dicit, ex causa vocabulum acceperunt; principatus namque gentium, qui ad reges alios pertinebant, cum in jus suum Romani vincendo redigerent, procul positas regiones provincias appellaverunt. Sciendum sane, quod quaedam provinciae primum de nomine auctoris appellatae sunt, postea a provincia gentis nomen est factum; nam ab Italo Italia, et rursus ab Italia Italus; et sic utimur ipso nomine gentis, quomodo fuit ipsum nomen auctoris, unde derivatum est nomen provinciae. Ex quo accidit, ex uno homine nominari et civitatem et regionem et gentem. [Isidore, Etymologiae XIV, c. 5. 19/18]

Provinces therefore, as Isidore states, received their name for a reason. When the Romans brought an empire of peoples who belonged to other kings under their own jurisdiction by conquest, they called such far-off regions provinces. It should be understood that some provinces were first named after their founders; afterwards the name of the inhabitants was derived from the name of the province. Thus, Italy comes from Italus, and in turn from Italy comes the term an Italian; and in this way we use a name for the people that was the same as the name of the founder, from which the name of the province is derived. And this is how it happens that a city, a region, and a people are all named after one man. [Isidore, Etymologiae 14, c. 5.18-19]

Sequitur: 13Femoralia hi, qui in via diriguntur, de vestiario accipiant, quae revertentes lota ibi restituant; 14et cucullae et tunicae sint aliquanto his, quas habere soliti sunt, modice meliores. Quas exeuntes in via accipiant de vestiario, et revertentes lota ibi restituant.

It follows: 13Those sent on a journey should take underpants from the vestry, and on coming back they should return them there washed. 14Both cowls and tunics should be somewhat better than what they usually wear; they should take them from the vestry when departing and return them when they come back.

 Femoralia enim non dicit, ut generaliter habeant in monasterio, sicut in via, nisi quibus necessitas incumbit. Verum illa femoralia, cum illis dant, non in capitulo dant, et non sicut alia vestimenta generaliter, sed seorsum, quibus providet abbas necesse esse, ubi non generaliter illa aut accipiunt, aut tamen, si accipiunt, non generaliter portant.

Indeed he does not state that they should generally have underpants in the monastery, just as on a journey, unless necessity makes it incumbent upon some. Yet when they give them, they do not give these underpants in the chapter, and not generally as they do with other garments, but otherwise. The abbot provides underpants to those who need them, when they either receive them as an exception or when they nevertheless do not generally wear them even if they receive them.

Quod enim dicit: et cucullae et tunicae sint his, quas habere soliti sunt, modice meliores, [page 516] quas exeuntes in via accipiant, non dicit, cum prope vadunt ad notos homines, qui eos cognoscunt, sed quando longius ire debent, tunc accipere debeant.

In fact because he states: both cowls and tunics should be somewhat better than what they usually wear; [page 516] they should take them when departing, he did not state, when they go to prominent men, who know them, but rather when they need to go for a very long time, then they ought to receive them.

In hoc loco manifestatur, quia illa vestimenta, quae in monasterio habentur, vestiarius debet dare in capitulo. Ceterum vero, i. e. filum et palastrum potest dare foris capitulo.

In this place it is made clear, because those garments, which are held in the monastery, the head of the vestry ought to give them in the chapter.

Quod autem dicit: vestimenta de vestiario debent accipere, qui in via diriguntur, ista fuit intentio S. Benedicti: [quia] mortificaverat [S. Benedictus] monachum, cum dixit, omni vilitate et extremitate debere esse contentum4 quod enim dixit 8quod vilius emi potuerit, noluit5 illam mortificationem foris manifestare, sed cooperire, i. e. si portans sagum aut aliquem pannum in monasterio voluerit portare foras, tunc erit majus opprobrium quam mortificatio; nam illi, qui bona vestimenta portant intus, non debent alia vestimenta portare.

But he can give the rest, i.e. the fillet and palastrum outside the chapter. Because then he states: whoever is sent on a journey should receive garments from the vestry, such was the intention of St. Benedict: [because St. Benedict] humbled the monk, when he stated, that he ought to be content with everything base and extreme – for he in fact said 8because it may be able to be purchased more cheaply, he did not want that humility to appear to strongly, but rather to cover, i.e. if wearing a mantle or other cloth in the monastery, he wants to wear it outside, then he will experience great disgrace rather than humility; for those who wear good vestments within, ought not wear other vestments {outside}.

Verum sunt alii, qui meliora vestimenta in monasterio portant, quam illa, quae S. Benedictes dixit in vestiario reservanda propter foris portanda. Non est via, si in obedientia vadit, veluti est in cella; sed illa est via, cum aut ad episcopum aut ad nobiles potentes homines vadit ignotos. Et non solum alia vestimenta debemus portare, cum in via imus, verum etiam si talis persona, quae est nobilis, venit ad monasterium, tunc ille frater, qui illi ministrare debet, meliora vestimenta debet habere propter fastidium rusticae monasticae vestis, quod antiqui monopsiath vocabant.

But there are others who wear better vestments in the monastery, than those that St. Benedict said should be held in the vestry for wearing outside. It is not the path, if one proceeds obediently, just as when one is in one’s cell; but that is the way, when one proceeds either to the bishop or to noble, powerful, or strange men. And not only should we wear other vestments, when we go on a journey, but also if such an individual, who is noble, comes to the monastery, then the brother, who serves him, should put on better clothing because of distaste for rustic monastic clothing, which the ancients called monopsiath.

Sequitur: 15Stramenta autem lectorum sufficiant matta, sagum, lena et capitale, 16quae tamen lecta frequenter ab abbate scrutanda sunt propter opus peculiare, ne inveniatur; 17et si cui inventum fuerit, quod ab abbate non acceperit, gravissimae disciplinae subjaceat. 18Et ut hoc vitium peculiaris radicitus amputetur, dentur ab abbate, quae sunt necessaria, 19i. e. cuculla, tunica, pedules, caligae, bracile, cultellus, graphium, acus, mappula, tabulae, ut omnis auferatur necessitatis excusatio [page 517]; 20a quo tamen abbate semper consideretur illa sententia actuum apostolorum, quia dabatur singulis, prout cuique opus erat. [cf. Act 4:35] 21Ita ergo et abbas consideret infirmitates indigentium, non malam voluntatem invidentium. 22In omnibus tamen judiciis suis Dei retributionem cogitet.

It follows: 15For bedding, a mat, blanket, cover, and pillow should suffice. 16Beds should be inspected frequently by the abbot to make sure that no private property is found, 17and if something is found that a brother did not get from the abbot, he should be subject to very severe discipline. 18In order to cut this vice of private ownership out at the root, the abbot should provide everything necessary, 19that is, cowl, tunic, leggings, boots, belt, knife, stylus, needle, handkerchief, and tablets, in order to forestall any excuse about necessity. [page 517] 20Yet the abbot should always keep in mind this maxim from the Acts of the Apostles: “Each was provided for according to his need. ” [cf. Act 4:35] 21Thus the abbot should consider the weaknesses of the needy, not the ill will of the envious. 22But in all his judgments, he should think of God’s retribution.

Hoc vero, quod dicit frequenter scrutanda sunt lecta ab abbate, isto modo debet fieri: Mane enim, quando capitulum fit, debet dicere abbas: 'Quod debuimus enim facere, non fecimus; vos enim fratres debuistis admonere, ut fecissemus.' Cumque responderint fratres: 'Quae?' debet dicere: 'lecta fratrum debuissemus scrutari; jam quia factum non fuit, debemus facere modo.' Tunc nullus debet exire in illa hora de capitulo exceptis his, quos abbas decreverit.

But this, because he states that the beds should be inspected frequently by the abbot, it ought to be done in that manner. For in the morning, when the chapter is done, the abbot ought to say: ‘What should we have done that we did not do?’ Indeed you ought to admonish the brothers so that we do just that. And when the brothers respond: ‘Why?’, he ought to say: ‘We should have had the brothers’ beds inspected; now because it was not done, we should do it immediately.’ Then no one should leave the chapter at that time except for those whom the abbot allows.

Nam debet abbas dirigere quatuor aut quinque juxta quantitatem fratrum, tales fratres, qui bonae sunt conversationis, ut scrutentur lecta fratrum. Deinde si aliquid invenerint, tunc debent deferre illud ante pedes illius, in cujus vel apud cujus lectum inventum fuerit. Deinde debet abbas interrogare fratrem illum, apud quem inventum est aliquid, quod per licentiam non habebat: quae est causa? Deinde si cognoverit ille abbas, illam esse rem, quam ipse dedit illi, tunc debet dicere, 'quia ego dedi,' et tunc liberabitur ille frater.

For the abbot should direct four or five brothers of good conduct from among all the brothers to inspect the brothers’ beds. Then if they find anything, they ought to place it at the feet of the one in whose bed they found it. Next the abbot ought to ask that brother, with the found item before him, why he has that thing without permission. Then if the abbot recognizes that item as something he gave to him, he should say: ‘because I gave [it],’ the brother will consequently be freed.

Si autem fuerit talis res, quam debuit reddere et non reddidit, veluti est cultellus, tabulae, mappula vel talis res, quas debuit reddere,6 sicut dixi, et non reddidit, si est hebdomada una, tunc sola illa confessione, qua dicit: mea culpa, liberabitur. Si autem plus est, ex quo debuit reddere et non reddidit, tunc in minori culpa tenendus est. Sed tamen plus gravius corripiendus est, i. e. aut debet unum gradum transcendere, hoc est si debuit corripi, tunc excommunicetur, aut certe in primo gradu plus durius est arguendus, i. e. si debuit publice admoneri, in ipsa admonitione publica durius arguatur, sicut jam diximus. Ubi dicit districtiori disciplinae regulari subjaceat, [Regula Benedicti, c. 24.7] hoc modo debet intelligi gravissimae, sicut districtiori.

If however it is such an item as he should have returned and did not return, such as a small knife, wax tabled, handkerchief or other such item, which he should have returned, just as I said, and he did not return it, if there is a monk on religious duty for the week, then he should say alone at that confession: I am guilty; then he will be freed. If however there are more, from those things he ought to have returned but did not return, then his sin should be held among the minor ones. But still he should be corrected more seriously, i.e. either he should go up to the altar. This is the case if he ought to be corrected, then excommunicated. Or [his sin] should first be disclosed on the altar very harshly, i.e. if he should be admonished officially, then it should be disclosed quite harshly in this official admonition, just as we have already stated. Where he stated let him be subject to the regular correction of discipline [Regula Benedicti, c. 24.7], very seriously should be understood in the same manner as correction.

Si autem furtim habuit illam rem, si [page 518] grandis est, sicut jam diximus, i. e. quatuor valens denariis, eo modo in minori culpa judicandus est. Si autem major est, tunc debet res incendi, et ipse in graviori culpa judicandus est.

If however he had the item clandestinely, if [page 518] if it is large, just as we stated earlier, i.e. being worth four denarii, the sin should be judged in the manner of minor ones. If however it is greater, then this thing ought to be burnt, and this sin should be judged more seriously.

Si autem aliquis aut parens vel amicus aut cappam aut pannum vel denarios illi donaverit, et ille dixerit: quia oblivioni tradidi, et ideo non dedi, tunc debet inspici persona, si credibilis est annon. Si autem credibilis est, tunc liberabitur, si vero credibilis non est, tunc in graviori culpa judicandus est.

If however someone or a parent or a friend gives either a mantle or a cloth or denarii to him, and he said: because you surrendered it in forgetfulness and did not give that thing to me, then the individual should be examined, to see if the gift is credible. If it is believable, then he will be freed; if however it is not believable, then the sin should judged more seriously.

Verum etiam potest isto modo dinosci, si illam rem semper habuit absconsam, aut forte in palam vestivit. Si autem absconse habuit, ut alii iterum debuisset illam rem absconse donare, furtum dignoscitur esse. Istud vero quod dicit gravissimae vindictae subjaceat, duobus modis, quos praediximus, intelligitur, i. e. aut graviori aut minori vindictae.

It can still be discerned as genuine in this manner: if he had always had this concealed thing, or if he was given it plainly by accident. If however he had it clandestinely, so that he ought in turn to have given that item clandestinely to another, it should be considered theft. But when he stated let him be subject to very serious punishment, it can be understood in two ways, as I already stated, i.e. either very grave or very minor punishments.

Femora dicta sunt, sicut Isidorus dicit, quod ea parte a femina sexus viri discrepet; sunt autem ab inguinibus usque ad genua. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 1.106]

The thighs are so called, as Isidore states, because the male sex differs from the female in this part. They extend from the groin to the knees. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 11, c. 106]

Unde et femoralia - Bracae dictae, quod sint breves et verecunda corporis iis velentur, idem et femoralia, eo quod femora tegunt. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 22.29] 

Whence underpantsso-called breeches, because they may be short and those modest about the body are covered up with them, and likewise underpants, because they cover the thighs. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 22.29]

Stratus a sternendo dictus, quasi »storiatus«; in his solis antiqui ad dormiendum accubabant, nondum laneis stramentis repertis. Storia, quod sit terra strata, unde et stramenta. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XX, c. 11.1]

A bedspread derives its name from spreading, as in the word “matted.” The ancients used to lie in these alone when sleeping because woolen blankets had not yet been invented. A straw mat, because it is spread on the ground, this being the case also for woolen blankets. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae, 20, c. 11.1]

LMatta vero est storia de papiris cum villis. Sagum autem gallicum nomen est; dictum autem, sagum quadrum, eo quod apud eos primum quadratum vel quadruplex est. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIV, c. 24.13]A

A mat is a straw mat of plants but with wool. A woolen mantle (sagum) is a Gallic term. It is called the square mantle because among them at first it was square or fourfold. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 24.13]

Sagum dicitur trapelion.

A mantle (sagum) is called a snare.

Lena dicitur toga duplex sive vestis regia.

A cloak (lena) is called the twofold toga or royal clothing.

Mappula dicitur manua, i. e. a manu. Graphium enim graece latine scriptorium dicitur; nam γpαφη scriptura est. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 9.2]

handkerchief is called a handful, i.e. from a hand. The Greek term graphium is scriptorium in Latin, for γςαφη is writing. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VI, c. 9.2]

Tabulae a veteribus tagulae vocabantur, i. e. a tegendo, unde et tegulae. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 19.8, col. 681B]

Boards were called tagulae by the ancients, i.e. from covering (tegendo), whence also roof-tiles. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 19.8]

Tunicae serpentum exuviae nuncupantur, eo quod his, quando senescunt, sese exuunt, quibus exuti in juventam redeunt. Dicuntur [page 519] autem exuviae et induviae, quia exuuntur et induuntur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII, c. 4.47]

Snake skins (tunicae) are called castoffs, because when snakes age, they cast them off from themselves, and having cast them off they return to youth. [page 519] Therefore castoffs and garments (induviae) are so called because they are cast off and put on. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XII, c. 4.47]

Sive tunica dicitur a tuendo vel etiam a tonando.

And a tunic is called by regarding (tuendo) or even by resounding (tonando).

Ideo dixit, meliores in via vestes portare, ne hypocritae esse videantur. Mappulam ideo praecipit dari causa sudoris tergendi in labore aut in via.

He therefore stated that better clothes should be worn on journeys so as not to seem hypocritical. He should therefore take the handkerchief given to him for wiping away the sweat of labor or traveling.

Nam in Francia intelligitur, pro sudore et in via dixisse B. Benedictum mappulam habere; et quamquam forte intentio fuit S. Benedicti, ut etiam in monasterio pro facitergulo habeatur mappula, tamen modo in Francia in commune habetur pannos,7 ubi sibi fratres faciem tergunt. Nam sciendum est, quia non fuit intentio S. Benedicti, ut specialiter quis habeat facitergulum, sed sicut dixi in commune. Ea vero facitergia, quae ad caput habentur, superflua sunt, quia S. Benedictus de his non dixit. Nam non pro loco facitergii ipsa mappula debet haberi, quia, sicut dixi, in commune debent habere pannos, ubi se fratres faciem tergant.

For it is known in Francia that St. Benedict had stated that one should have a handkerchief on account of sweat and travel. Although St. Benedict’s intention was once that one should have a handkerchief even in the monastery for use as a towel, nevertheless in Francia a religious community holds cloths as joint possessions, where brothers wipe their own faces clean. For it is known, because it was not St. Benedict’s intention that someone specifically have a towel, but just as I have stated that such cloths should be held in common. Indeed these towels, which are held to the head, are superfluous, because St. Benedict made no statements about them. For one ought to have this handkerchief not in place of a towel, because, as I have stated, [the brothers] ought to hold cloths in common, where the brothers wipe their faces clean.

Mensura enim mappulae duo debent esse cubiti praeter oram in longitudinem, et unius pedis latitudinis.

The length of a handkerchief should be two cubits along the border, and one foot in width.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia si necessitas est caloris, potest ille monachus sine pedulibus jacere, ita tamen, ut ad nocturnas statim, ut surgit, debet illos indui et sic cum illis debet ire in ecclesiam. Nam in nullo tempore sine ipsis ire monachus debet, et fasciolas non debet habere. Quod si vult cum ipsis jacere, potest jacere, quia sic debet, si potest fieri.

And it is to be known that on account of warmth, the monk can sleep without his shoes, nevertheless, when he rises to go immediately to the night office, he ought to put them on and therefore should go with them on to the church. For at no time should the monk go without them, and he should not have leg bands. Because if he wants to sleep with these, he can sleep in them, because he ought to do so if he is able to do so.

Ante debet sine femoralibus jacere, quam sine pedulibus. Pro concessione dixi, i. e. pro condescensione, sine pedulibus jacere; ita tamen, ad nocturnas debet illos indui.

He ought sleep beforehand without underpants, after that without shoes. I have stated that there is an allowance, i.e. out of compassion, to sleep without shoes; nevertheless a monk ought to put them on for the night office.

De sapone enim ita faciendum est: debet enim in uno loco constitutus esse sapon et pectines juxta multitudinem fratrum, tres aut quatuor, ita ligati, ut non possit quis illos furari. In illo quippe loco, ubi se fratres faciem lavant, debent esse ligati. Debet enim ibi habere facitergios quinque aut sex juxta multitudinem fratrum, ubi fratres faciem lavant et tergunt et [page 520] pectinant. Nam facitergios nullatenus debent specialiter habere tam abbas quam monachi secundum auctoritatem sanctae regulae, praeter sicut superius diximus.

And so it should be done with soap: for soap and three or four combs ought to be situated in one place among all the brothers, so brought together so that no one can pilfer them. Of course they ought to be put together in that place where the brothers wash their own faces. For in that place there ought to be five or six towels for all the brothers, where the brother wash and wipe their faces and [page 520] comb their hair. For they, the abbot as well as the monks, should not specifically have towels according to the authority of the holy rule, just as we have already stated above.

De sapone quippe, si forte furatum fuerit, [tunc] debet facere pensari per mensuram abbas, ut omnes aequaliter habeant, sicut regula dicit praeter eos, qui plus indigent.

Concerning the soap of course, if it happens to be pilfered, [then] the abbot should ensure that it is weighed carefully according to its measure, so that all who very much need it should share in it equally, just as the rule states, before one another.

Isto modo debet facere: debet enim saponem adducere in capitulum et omnibus aequali mensura ipsum saponem debet dare, unicuique juxta quantum praevidet prior, ut possit sufficere; ita tamen ut omnes aequaliter accipiant et uno tempore praeter eos, qui forte prae infirmitate plus indigent. Tunc debet abbas illis dare unicuique vasculum, ubi possit saponem servare ad lectum, et de hoc sapone solummodo manus et faciem debent lavare. Ad pannos autem, sicut diximus superius, - illi fratres, qui praeparant aquam et conchas ad pannos lavandos in tertia feria, [illi] etiam debent praeparare saponem ad sacerdotum manus lavandas tempore, cum missam debent cantare.

He should do so in the same manner: he ought to take the soap in the chapter and should give that soap in equal measure to all. The abbot should give to each however much of it that can suffice; yet so that all receive it equally and at one time before one another. Those who happen to be sick need it most. Then the abbot should give to each of them a small vessel in which each can keep his soap by his bed. And from this soap alone they should wash their hands and faces. As for the cloths then, as we stated above, those brothers who prepare the water and basins in order to wash the cloths on Tuesdays, [they] should also prepare the soap so that the priest can wash his hands when he needs to sing mass.

Ille sacrista debet praeparare, saponem, et unusquisque, qui obedientiam habet, ubi opus sit, manus lavare, debet alium saponem habere, veluti est cellararius, infirmarius.

The sacristan should prepare the soap and each who is obedient concerning his work should have another soap for washing hands just like the cellarer, the head of the infirmary.

Item magister infantum debet habere ad opus infantum simili modo pannos, unum aut duos juxta quantitatem infantum, et pectines et saponem in illo loco, ubi faciem lavant vel tergunt.

Also the children’s teacher should have in the same manner cloths for working with children, one or two according to the number of children, and combs and soap in that place where they wash their faces and dry them.

Simili modo debet et unctum ad calcearios8 unguendos habere ad opus fratrum sive infantum. Isto modo debet esse, i. e. debet locum habere talem, ubi sit unctus communiter. Jam si talis fuerit necessitas, quia furatur aliquis illud unguentum, tunc debet pensare aequaliter et per singulos fratres dare usque ad praefinitum tempus in eodem vasculo, ubi saponem acceperunt.

In a similar manner he should also have conditioner to condition shoes near the work of the brothers and children. It should be in the same way, i.e. he should have such a place, where the conditioner can be held in common. If there should ever be need, because someone has stolen the conditioner, then he should weigh it out equally and give it to each brother straight after the aforementioned time when they receive soap in a small vessel.

Hoc notandum est, quia illud vasculum, in quo saponem et unctum debent habere per singulos monachos, i. e. debet habere unusquisque unam capsam talem, in qua et unctum et saponem frater possit habere ad lectum suum.

It should be noted that because that small vessel in each monk should have soap and conditioner, i.e. each one should have such a box in which they can keep conditioner and soap by their beds.

Notandum enim est, quia sunt talia monasteria, ubi, cum [page 521] necessitas fuerit, femoralia de vestiario accipiunt; ista monasteria omnino bona sunt. Et iterum sunt alia monasteria, ubi omnes generaliter accipiunt femoralia, sed tamen non omnes generaliter semper utuntur, nisi cum necessitas exposcit, quamvis omnes generaliter illa accipiant.

It should indeed be noted that because there are such monasteries, where, when [page 521] necessary, they receive underpants from the vestry, such monasteries are altogether good. And again there other monasteries are, where everyone generally receives underpants, but nevertheless not everyone always generally uses them, unless they ask when necessary, although everyone generally receives them.

Ista monasteria bona sunt, eo quod illa maxima pars semper non portat. Et iterum sunt alia monasteria, ubi omnes generaliter accipiunt et generaliter portant; ista monasteria non sunt laudabilia; verum ubi generaliter accipiunt et generaliter illa utuntur, tunc sicut alia vestimenta in capitulo debent accipere.

Those monasteries are good, where the majority do not always wear them. And again there are other monasteries where everyone generally receives and generally wears them; these monasteries are not praiseworthy; but where they generally accept and generally use them, then just as with other articles of clothing they should receive them in the chapter.


1. dare (?). (Mittermüller).
2. σχημα. (Mittermüller).
3. grossae. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
4. Anacoluthon (?). (Mittermüller).
5. noluit tamen. (Mittermüller).
6. quae debuit reddi. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).
7. pannus (?) = habentur panni. Cod. Divion. Ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
8. calceos (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Melos could refer either to a badger or a marten in Latin usage. It is not clear here if the skins are from badgers or martens because both are indigenous to western Europe. I chose marten because marten pelts generally had a high value in medieval trade. The same value is not as clear for badger pelts. Both martens and badgers are mustelids.


Cap. LVI
DE MENSA ABBATIS

[Ms P, fol. 140rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 152r; Ms E1, fol. 160r; Ms E2, fol. 241v]

Ch. 56
ON THE ABBOT'S TABLE

Translated by: Tristan Sharp

Rectum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus, cum dicit tde mensa abbatis. Superius enim dixerat de susceptione hospitum, deinde quia solent hospites offerre aliquid fratribus, ne monachus sine licentia accipiat ea, quae ipse hospes dare voluerit, constrinxit monachum, ne illa sine licentia accipiat. Et iterum ne forte murmuret monachus: quare ita constrictus sum, ut non accipiam propter meam necessitatem, quod mihi amicus vel propinquus transmittit aut donat? ideo S. Benedictus studuit statim subjungere de calciamentis vel aliis necessitatibus tribuendis, quatenus malum murmurationis oriri non possit. Deindeque subjunxit etiam, cum quibus isti hospites, qui veniunt, manducare debeant, cum hoc capitulum constituit, in quo docet, ut ipse abbas cum ipsis hospitibus manducare studeat. Sed de loco, ubi ipse abbas manducet cum hospitibus, dubitatio apud quosdam existit. De qua dubitatione, qualiter certius teneatur, secundum quod Deus dederit, juxta capacitatem nostri sensus nunc dicemus.

St. Benedict has held to the correct order in this place where he speaks about the abbot’s table. For he had spoken above about the reception of guests [Regula Benedicti, c. 53] and then, since guests are accustomed to offer something to the brothers, he constrains the monk not to receive anything, lest he receive these things that the guest wished to give to him without permission.1 [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 54] And again, lest perhaps the monk grumble: 'Why am I so constrained that I cannot accept what I need, which my friend or relative hands over or gives to me?' Benedict is careful to add [a chapter] at once on offering sandals and other necessities, so that the evil of grumbling may not be able to arise. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 55] And then he also adds material concerning with whom those guests ought to eat when they arrive, when he includes this chapter [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 54.21-24], in which he teaches that the abbot himself should take care to eat with those guests. But concerning the place where the abbot should dine with the guests there is doubt in some quarters. We will now speak about this doubt according to the capacity of our understanding, explaining how it may be grasped more surely, according to God’s will.

Ait enim: 1Mensa abbatis cum hospitibus et peregrinis sit semper.

For he says, 1Let the table of the abbot always be with the guests and pilgrims.

Mensa enim a mense dicta est, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, quia eodem die convivia ritu gentilium exercebantur. [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum 22:6, CCSL 97, p. 212] [page 522]

For the word ‘table’ [mensa] comes from ‘month’ [mensis], as Cassiodorus says, for feasts were held on the same day in the fashion of the gentiles. [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum 22:6]2 [page 522]

Attendendum est in hoc loco, quia B. Benedictus hospitalitatem et humanitatem docuit.

One should note that in this place blessed Benedict teaches hospitality and humane conduct (humanitas).

Hospites sunt, qui de eadem regione sunt, i. e. de prope. Peregrini sunt, qui de alia regione. Peregrinus enim dicitur, sicut dicit Cassiodorus, quasi pergens longius. [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum 38:13, CCSL 97, p. 361]

Guests are those from the same region, i.e. from nearby. Pilgrims are those from another region. For one is called a ‘pilgrim’ [peregrinus] as if traveling further [pergens longius], as Cassiodorus says [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum, 38:13].3

Sequitur: 2Quoties tamen minus sunt hospites, quos vult de fratribus vocare, in ipsius sit potestate. 3Seniorem tamen unum aut duos semper cum fratribus dimittendum procuret propter disciplinam.

There follows: 2As often as there are fewer guests, let it be in his power to invite those of the brothers whom he wants. 3Let him take care, however, that one or two of the seniors are always left with the brothers for the sake of discipline.

Quaeritur in hoc loco, ubi debet abbas manducare, utrum in refectorio, an foris? Sunt alii, qui dicunt, quia in refectorio debet manducare. Quomodo ergo dimittere debet fratres duos cum fratribus in refectorio, si ille debet manducare ibi? Qui respondentes dicunt: propterea dixit B. Benedictus, seniores dimittere, quia suut talia refectoria, in quibus ita sedent fratres propter multitudinem fratrum, ut ab abbate non possint videri, veluti sunt in S. Gallo. Et iterum sunt plurimi, qui dicunt, abbatem foris manducare debere, eo modo, cum silentio et lectione. [Cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 38]

One may ask at this point where the abbot ought to dine, whether in the refectory or outside it? There are some who say that he ought to dine in the refectory. Then how can he be required to leave two brothers with the brothers in the refectory, if he ought to dine there? They say in reply, Blessed Benedict says to leave the seniors because there are some refectories in which the brothers, on account of the multitude of brothers, sit so that they cannot be seen by the abbot, as they do at St. Gall. And again there are many who say that the abbot ought to dine outside the refectory, but in the same way as the brothers, with silence and reading. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 38]

Ubi animadvertendum est, quia si ille abbas ita fuerit mortificatus, sicut ista regula dicit, non est malum suspicandum de illo. Si autem fuerit gulosus et vagus et non ita mortificatus, sicut regula dicit, non solum non debet illic manducare, verum etiam ullam abbatiam non habere.

Here it must be observed that if the abbot is humbled in this manner, as the Rule says, then evil cannot be suspected of him. If, however, he is gluttonous and wanders about and is not humbled in this way, as the Rule says, not only ought he not dine there, but indeed he should not even hold any abbacy.

Quod autem dicit quos vult de fratribus vocare, in ipsius sit potestate, non debet intelligi, ut illos, quos ad suum libitum vult, i. e. decanum aut praepositum sine necessitate, sed illos debet vocare, qui debiles sunt, quibus necessitas fuerit.

When it says that it is in his power invite those of the brothers whom he wants, it should not be understood that he can invite those whom he pleases (i.e. a dean or prior) without need, but rather those who are weak, for whom it is necessary.

Forte dicit aliquis, 'Quare illos debiles et non alios, cum regula non dicit: debiles, sed quos vult?' Cui respondendum est, quia voluntas abbatis secundum sacram regulam semper debet esse bona. Sacra enim regula dicit: semper indigentium necessitatem debet inspicere, non voluntatem invidentium, et secundum necessitatem uniuscujusque debet illi tribuere; non debet considerare personas, sed necessitates [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 55.20-22] [page 523] quia S. Benedictes non dat illi licentiam, ut contra rationem aliquid agat vel disponat, sed juste et recte debet agere et disponere.

Perhaps someone will say, 'Why those who are weak, and not others, since the Rule does not say ‘weak,’ but ‘whom he wants’?' One should reply, 'Because the will of the abbot, according to the holy Rule, ought to always be good.' For the holy Rule says: he ought to always look to the necessities of the needy, not the desires of the envious, and let him give to each one according to his need; [cf. Act 2:45, 4:35] he ought not to consider the person, but the need. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 55.20-22] [page 523] For St. Benedict does not give the abbot permission to do or arrange something contrary to reason, but he ought to do and arrange things justly and rightly.

Forte dicit aliquis, 'Quare S. Benedictus praecepit abbati cum hospite manducare, cum alibi praeceperat, omnem necessitatem et omnem humanitatem hospiti exhiberi? [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 12-14] Jam si ille abbas cum hospite debet manducare et hospiti omnem necessitatem et humanitatem exhibere, ergo abbas non videtur bonum exemplum dare fratribus?' Cui respondendum est: intentio S. Benedicti fuit, et ideo illum mortificat, ut nihil contra regulam agat aut disponat; et quia ille mortificatus debet esse, ideo ut magis exemplum det fratribus, praecepit illi cum hospite manducare, ut cum ille de quatuor vel quinque pulmentis plus nil sumpserit, quam de tribus, et ibi continens fuerit, ceteri forte, qui de tribus pulmentariis nimium sumere cupierint, ejus exemplum capiant et doceantur, de tribus pulmentis mensurate manducare, si eorum abbas de pluribus pulmentis tantum manducat, quantum de tribus. Similiter et de honestate sentiendum est.

Perhaps someone will say, 'Why did St. Benedict order the abbot to dine with the guests, when elsewhere he had ordered that every need and kindness [humanitas] be provided for a guest? [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 12-14] For if the abbot ought to dine with a guest, and to provide every need and kindness to the guest, therefore does not the abbot seem to give a good example to the brothers?' To whom one should reply, the intention of St. Benedict was both to humble him, so that he will do or arrange nothing contrary to the Rule, and since he ought to be humbled, therefore so that he may rather give an example to the brothers, he orders him to dine with a guest, so that when he takes no more from four or five dishes than he would from three, and is restrained there, perhaps the others, who may want to take too much from their three dishes, will follow his example and be taught to dine with measure from the three dishes, if their abbot dines the same amount from many dishes as they would from three. One should understand the same point concerning appropriate behaviour (honestas).

De loco vero non satis claret, ubi manducare debeat. Potuit enim plenius intelligi, foris manducare debere, si non invenirentur talia refectoria, quae superius diximus, ita habere mensas ordinatas, ut omnes fratres ab abbate non possint videri. Sed hoc quid erit? Nam si ille talis est, qualem ista regula dicit, non est de illo malum suspicandum, ubicunque manducaverit.

But it is not sufficiently clear where the abbot ought to dine. For one could have more readily understand that he ought to dine outside the refectory, if there were not refectories such as we have mentioned above that have their tables arranged so that all the brothers cannot be seen by the abbot. But what of this? For if he is such a man as the Rule describes, one should not suspect evil of him, wherever he dines.

Forte dicit aliquis, 'Quare debet coquina abbatis juxta coquinam fratrum esse, si abbas extra refectorium debet manducare?' [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 53:16] Cui respondendum est: Illi, qui dicunt, abbatem non debere manducare extra refectorium, dicunt, coquinam abbatis esse erga coquinam monachorum. Notandum est enim, sicut diximus, quia de mensa abbatis, ubi esse debet, i. e. utrum in refectorio cum mensis fratrum, an extra refectorium, varie intelligitur. Aliter enim intelligunt spirituales abbates, aliter carnales. Dicunt quidem carnales abbates, quia cum hospitibus extra refectorium debet esse mensa abbatis.

Perhaps someone will say, 'Why should the abbot’s kitchen be next to the kitchen of the brothers, if the abbot ought to dine outside of the refectory?' [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 53.16] To which one should reply: those who say that the abbot ought not to dine outside of the refectory say that the abbot’s kitchen is opposite the kitchen of the monks. For one should note, as we have said, that there are various interpretations of where the abbot’s table should be, i.e. whether in the refectory with the tables of the brothers, or outside the refectory. For spiritual abbots understand it in one way, carnal abbots in another. Carnal abbots, to be sure, say that the abbot’s table ought to be outside of the refectory with the guests.

Assumunt in adjutorium sui erroris illud, quod S. Benedictus dicit: Quoties tamen minus sunt hospites, quos vult de fratribus [page 524] vocare, in ipsius sit potestate; seniores tamen unum aut duos semper cum fratribus dimittendum procuret propter disciplinam. Quid enim necesse fuerat S. Benedicto dicere: unum aut duos semper cum fratribus dimittendum procuret propter disciplinam, si in refectorio abbas manducare debuisset, cum ipse abbas, si ibi manducat, potest disciplinam habere, ne aliquid inhoneste aut agatur aut loquatur?1

They claim in support of their error the fact that St. Benedict says: As often as there are fewer guests, let it be in his power to invite those of the brothers [page 524] whom he wants. Let him take care, however, that one or two of the seniors are always left with the brothers for the sake of discipline. Why was it necessary for St. Benedict to say Let him take care that one or two of the seniors are always left with the brothers for the sake of discipline, if the abbot ought to dine in the refectory, since the abbot himself, if he eats there, can maintain discipline, lest anything be done or said improperly?

Et in eo, quod dicit dimittendum, apparet, quod alibi est ipse abbas et alibi sunt illi, super quos dimittuntur seniores propter disciplinam, et non insimul. Et ideo, quia dicit dimittendum procuret, vult, ut alibi sit abbas, et alibi sint fratres, cum quibus seniores dimitti jubet. Isti tales, qui ita intelligunt, quia carnales sunt, non spiritaliter intelligunt nec secundum intentionem S. Benedicti.

And in that he says are left, it appears that the abbot is in one place, and those over whom the seniors are left for the sake of discipline are in another, and they are not together in one place. And therefore, since he says let him take care that they are left, he intends the abbot to be in one place, and the brothers, with whom he orders the seniors to be left, in another. Such as these, who understand the Rule in this manner because they are carnal, do not understand it spiritually, nor according to the intention of St. Benedict.

Scimus autem, quia S. Benedictus spiritalis homo fuit et Deo devotissime deserviens, et ideo per hanc regulam ad instruendam vitam se sequentium spiritaliter vivere docuit. Ille enim docet et admonet abbatem, ut abbas nomen majoris factis implere debeat et magis exemplis, quam verbis, suos discipulos debeat docere, sicut habes: Ergo cum aliquis suscipit nomen abbatis, duplici debet doctrina suis praeesse discipulis, i. e. omnia bona et sancta factis amplius quam verbis ostendat; [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.11-12] et iterum: Omnia vero, quae discipulos docuerit esse contraria, in suis factis indicet non agenda. [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.13]

We know, however, that St. Benedict was a spiritual man and one serving God devotedly, and therefore he taught those following him through this Rule to live a spiritual life. For he teaches and admonishes the abbot, that the abbot should live up to his title with greater deeds, and ought to teach his disciples more by examples than by words, as he has it: there when anyone takes up the name of abbot, he ought to surpass his disciples in a two-fold teaching, i.e., let him show every good and holy thing in deeds more than in words [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.11-12], and again: Let him indicate by his deeds that everything that he teaches his disciples to be contrary to the Rule is not to be done [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.13].

Ac per hoc, si foris, i. e. extra refectorium manducaverit, jam non factis suos discipulos docebit, quia, sui discipuli eum non vident, cum quanta moderatione, cum quanto silentio et cum quanta gravitate cum hospitibus manducat, sed magis ex hoc occasionem habere potest ipse abbas, si carnalis fuerit, cum foris manducaverit, aliquid loquendi aut inhoneste aliquid agendi; et cum hoc factum fuerit, in suis factis docet discipulos agere ea, quae agenda non sunt, cum debet in suis factis docere et non agere, quae agenda non sunt.

And thus if he dines outside, i.e. outside of refectory, then he will not teach his disciples by his deeds, since his disciples do not see him, do not see with what moderation, with what silence, and with what gravity he dines with the guests, but rather an abbot, if he is carnal, can have a great opportunity, when he dines outside the refectory, to say or do something improper. And when this occurs, he teaches his disciples by his deeds to do what should not be done, when he ought to teach them by his deeds to not do what ought not to be done.

Unde si in refectorio manducaverit cum illis hospitibus, cum quibus in refectorio [page 525] debet manducare, tria bona erunt, quae ad salutem animae attinent, unum videlicet, quia exemplo suo docet, cum quanto silentio, cum quanta mensura et moderatione atquo gravitate manducare2 debet cum hospitibus; [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 42.11] secundum bonum est, ut hospites, cum viderint tam abbatem quam et monachos cum timore Dei et cum reverentia atque moderatione sive etiam gravitate manducare,3 glorificent Dominum, sicut Dominus dicit: Videntes vestra bona opera et glorificent patrem vestrum, qui in coelis est; [Mt 5:15] et quandoque Domino miserante ipsi hospites contemnentes ea, quae saeculi sunt, ad Dei servitutem venire festinabunt; tertium etiam bonum est, quia cum hoc fecerit, i. e. cum abbas in refectorio manducaverit, implebit illud, quod, sicut dictum est, S. Benedictus praecepit dicens, ut simul omnes dicant versum et orent et sub uno omnes accedant ad mensam. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43.12]

Whence if he dines in the refectory with those guests, with whom he ought to dine in the refectory, [page 525] there will be three goods that pertain to the salvation of the soul: first that he teaches by his example with what silence, with what restraint, and moderation, and gravity one ought to eat with guests.[cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 42.11] The second good is that the guests, when they see both the abbot and the monks dining with the fear of God, and with reverence, and with moderation (or even gravity), they may glorify the Lord, just as the Lord says, That, seeing your good works, they may glorify your Father, who is in heaven [Mt 5:15], and whenever, according to God’s mercy, these guests condemn worldly things, they will hasten to come to the service of God. The third good is that when he does this (i.e., when the abbot dines in the refectory), he fulfills that which, as it is said, St. Benedict ordered, saying that they should all say the verse together, and pray and sit down at table as one. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43.12]

Vel quomodo potest esse verum hoc, quod dicunt, ut S. Benedictus dicat, abbatem non in refectorio cum fratribus et hospitibus manducare debere, sed extra refectorium cum hospitibus, cum superius dicat: ad mensam autem, qui ante versum non occurrerit, ut insimul omnes dicant versum et orent, et sub uno omnes accedant ad mensam? [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.13] Ecce hic dicit, omnes accedere ad mensam et non exceptavit abbatem dicens ‘excepto abbate, qui cum hospitibus manducaturus est’, sed tantum dixit omnes dicant versum. Et hoc non suffecit ei semel dicere omnes, sed bis, cum subjunxit et sub uno "omnes" accedant ad mensam. [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.13]

Or how can what they say be true, that St. Benedict says that the abbot ought not to dine in the refectory with the brothers and the guests, but rather outside the refectory with the guests, when he says above: But, if anyone does not arrive at the table before the verse so that all may say the verse and pray together and all may sit down at table as one.[Regula Benedicti, c. 43.13] Behold, here he says that they all sit down at table, and he does not make an exception for the abbot, saying, except for the abbot, who is going to dine with the guests, but he only says that they should all say the verse. And it is not enough for him to say all once, but twice, when he adds, and may they all go to the table as one. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43.13]

Ac per hoc, cum ita intelligendum est, ut abbatis mensa in refectorio cum mensis fratrum esse debeat, illud, quod dicit S. Benedictus: seniorem tamen unum aut duos semper cum fratribus dimittendum procuret propter disciplinam, [ita] discrete et rationabiliter intelligi debet.

And in this way, since it must be understood that the abbot’s table ought to be in the refectory, with the table of the brothers, so the fact that St. Benedict says Let him take care to leave one or two of the seniors with the brothers on account of discipline, should be understood in a reasonable and discerning manner.

Dixit enim S. Benedictus in superiori capitulo, ubi de susceptione hospitum docet, ut abbas, si hospes ante legitimam horam refectionis venerit, debeat rumpere jejunium et cum hospite manducare, si non tale sit jejunium, [page 526] quorum non licet, sicut habes: Jejunium a priore frangatur propter hospites; nisi forte praecipuus sit dies jejunii, qui violari non possit. Fratres autem consuetudinem jejuniorum prosequantur. [Regula Benedicti, c. 53.10-11]

For St. Benedict says in an earlier chapter, where he teaches about the reception of guests, that if a guest should come before the appointed hour for eating, the abbot ought to break his fast and dine with the guest, if it is not the sort of fast [page 526] for which this is not allowed, as you read: Let a fast be broken by the prior on account of the guests, unless it be a major fast, which may not be violated. The brothers, however, should follow the customary fasts.[Regula Benedicti, c. 53.10-11]

Et ideo, cum dicit abbati, suum jejunium frangere, hoc est, ante horam legitimam manducare, [et] fratres omnes non debere4 manducare, exceptis his, quos S. Benedictus jussit, eo quod prandium forte erit magnum, et hospites pauci, et ita pauci, ut superet prandium, quatenus ne superfluum manducent, quia pauci hospites sunt, sed cito et moderate ipsum prandium consumtum fiat. Sic enim S. Benedictus in isto prandio fieri jussit, cum fratres vocare praecepit, sicut Dominus praecepit Judaeis de comedendo pascha ita dicens: si autem minor est numerus, ut sufficere possit ad vescendum agnum, assumet vicinum, qui conjunctus est domui ejus juxta numerum animarum, [Ex 12:4] quae sufficere possunt ad esum agni, quatenus ista comestio fiat festine consumta et modesta absque superfluitate.

And therefore when he says to the abbot that he should break his fast, that is, dine before the appointed hour and that all the brothers ought not to dine, except for those whom St. Benedict orders to do so because the meal may be large and the guests few, and so few that the meal will surpass their needs. As many should dine as will ensure that the guests do not eat too much, because they are few, but let this meal be consumed quickly and with moderation. For thus St. Benedict orders this meal to take place, when he instructs the abbot to invite the brothers, just as the Lord instructed the Jews concerning eating the paschal meal, saying thus: If, however, the number [of a man’s household] is smaller than what is needed to consume a lamb, let him take on his neighbour, who is joined to his household as regards the number of souls [Ex 12:4] that is, sufficient for eating a lamb, so that this meal may be consumed quickly and with moderation and without excess.

Ita S. Benedictus fecisse videtur in hoc loco, sicut diximus; nam consuetudo scripturae divinae est, aliquando ita dicere, quasi ad omnes vel de omnibus dicat, cum non de omnibus vel ad omnes loquatur, veluti S. Paulus apostolus facere cognoscitur, cum Corinthiis loquitur; ait enim: Gratias ago Deo meo semper pro vobis in gratia Dei, quae data est vobis in Christo Jesu, quia in omnibus divites facti estis in illo, in omni verbo et in omni scientia, sicut testimonium Christi, confirmatum est in vobis. [1 Cor 1:4]

Thus St. Benedict appears to have done the same thing in this place, just as we have said; for it is the custom of divine scripture sometimes to say something as if to everyone or about everyone, when it does not speak to everyone or about everyone, as St. Paul the Apostle makes known, when he speaks to the Corinthians, for he says: I give thanks to my God always for you in the grace of God, which has been given to you in Christ Jesus, since in all things you have been made rich in him, in every word and in all knowledge, just as the testimony of Christ is confirmed in you, [1 Cor 1:4-6] since he amplifies and says: such that nothing is lacking in any grace for you who await the revelation of Our Lord Jesus Christ. [1 Cor 1:7]

Quia5adjungit et dicit: ita ut nihil vobis desit in ulla gratia expectantibus revelationem Domini nostri Jesu Christi. [1 Cor 1:7] Ecce, gratiam Dei datam asserit, factos in omnibus divites dicit, in omni verbo et in omni scientia, Christi testimonium, i. e. quod de semetipso moriendo et resurgendo testatus est, in eorum vita confirmatum esse perhibet, et nihil eis deesse in ulla gratia testatur.

Behold, he asserts that the grace of God has been given, he calls them rich in all things, in every word and in all knowledge, the testimony of Christ, that is, what he testifies concerning his own death and resurrection. He shows that the testimony is confirmed in their lives, and he bears witness that nothing was lacking for them in any grace.

Quis hoc credat, quia paulo post eos corripiat, quos ita laudat? Nam post cetera subjunxit: Obsecro [page 527] autem vos per nomen Domini nostri Jesu Christi, ut idipsum dicatis omnes et non sint in vobis schismata. Significatum est mihi de vobis, fratres mei, ab his, qui sunt Chloes, quia sunt contentiones inter vos. Hoc autem dico, ut unusquisque vestrum dicit: 'Ego quidem sum Pauli, ego autem Apollo, ego vero Cephae, ego autem Christi'. [1 Cor 1:10-12]

Who would believe this, since shortly thereafter he corrects those whom he thus praises? For after a little he adds: I beg you, [page 527] however, in the name of Our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all say the same thing and that there be no division among you. It has been brought to my attention, with regard to you, my brothers, by those who are of Chloe’s household, that there are contentions among you. I say, moreover, that each one of you says, “I belong to Paul; I, however, to Apollos; I indeed to Cephas; I, however, belong to Christ”. [1 Cor 1:10-12]

Ecce, quos in omni verbo et in omni sapientia laudaverat, quibus nihil deesse in ulla gratia dixerat, paulisper loquens ad increpandum leniter veniens divisos erga se ipsos reprehendit, et quorum prius salutem narraverat, postmodum vulnera patefecit. Numquid mentitus est Paulus, ut prius eis nihil deesse in omni gratia diceret, quibus postmodum dicturus erat, unitatem deesse? Absit hoc! quis de illo talia vel desipiens credat? Sed [quia] erant inter Corinthios quidam omni gratia repleti, et erant quidam in personarum favoribus excessivi. Ecce in hoc loco non debemus intelligere omnes Corinthios laudasse, sed quosdam, cum dicit: In omnibus divites facti estis et nihil in ulla gratia vobis deest. [1 Cor 1:5] Et quosdam ex illis debemus intelligere increpasse propter divisionem, quia divisi erant, cum se alii dicebant esse a Paulo, alii vero Cephae, alii autem Christi; quamquam videatur ita laudere Corinthios, quasi omnes laudasset.

Behold, those whom he had praised in all speech and in all wisdom, for whom he had said that nothing was lacking in any grace, speaking for a little while to rebuke, beginning gently he reproves those divided amongst themselves, and he afterwards makes clear the wounds of those whose health he had earlier described. Did Paul lie when he first said that nothing in any grace was lacking for them, whom he was later going to say were lacking in unity? Far from it! Who would be so foolish as to believe such things about him? But there were among the Corinthians some who were full of all grace, and some who paid excessive regard to personal loyalties. Behold, in this place we should not understand him to have praised all the Corinthians, but only certain of them, when he says: You have been made rich in all things, and nothing is lacking for you in any grace [1 Cor 1:5]. And we should understand him to have reproved some of them on account of divisions, since they were divided, when some said that they were for Paul, others for Cephas, others indeed for Christ (although it may seem that he praises the Corinthians in such a way as to praise them all).

Ita etiam in hoc loco S. Benedictus intelligitur fecisse, cum dicit: seniorem tamen unum aut duos semper cum fratribus dimittendum procuret propter disciplinam, quasi [cum] de omni tempore dicat, quo cum hospitibus manducat; sed de illo tempore dicit, quo ante horam legitimam cum hospitibus, sicut diximus, manducat, eo quod non sibi contrarius est S. Benedictus, cum superius dicit, omnes simul orare ad mensam et simul dicere versum et omnes sub uno accedere ad mensam. Similiter Dominus legitur in evangelio dixisse discipulis suis, cum prius eis dicit: Quo ego vado scitis et viam scitis, [Io 14:4] et inferius dicit: Si cognovissetis me, et patrem meum utique cognovissetis. [Io 14:7]

In this same way we should understand what St. Benedict has done in this place, where he says: Let him take care to leave one or two of the seniors with the brothers on account of discipline, as if he were speaking about every time when the abbot dines with guests. But he is speaking only about the time when he dines with guests before the appointed hour, as we have said. So St. Benedict does not contradict himself when he says above that they should all say the verse together and pray and go to the table as one [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 43.13]. Similarly one reads that the Lord said in the Gospel to his disciples first: You know where I am going and you know the way [Io 14:4] and later: If you had known me, you would also have know the Father. [Io 14:7]

Unde in hoc loco, ut recte intelligatur, debemus cognoscere, quia quidam erant, qui sciebant eum, quidam vero non; ac per hoc illis, qui sciebant, [page 528] intelligendum est dixisse: et viam scitis et quo vado scitis, nescientibus, quorum unus erat Thomas, dixit: Si cognovissetis me, et patrem meum utique cognovissetis. Et ideo necesse est, ut lector discretus sit in intelligendo, quatenus in ipsa scriptura divina, quae Domino dictante veracissima est et valde discreta, aliqua contrarietas non inveniatur.

Whence in this passage, if we are to understand it rightly, we must know that there were some who knew him and some who did not; and thus [page 528] one should understand him to have said to those who knew him: You know the way and you know where I am going; but to those who did not know (one of whom was Thomas), he said: If you had known me, you would also have know the Father. And therefore it is necessary for the reader to be discerning in understanding that in divine scripture itself, which, through the Lord’s dictation, is most true and very subtle, no contradiction of any kind will be found.

Ac per hoc, sicut in dictis Domini et Pauli necessaria est discretio, ut intelligatur, aliis dixisse illud, i. e. laudem, qua digni erant, aliis dixisse errorem divisionis, quo increpandi erant; et Dominus aliis dixit, scire, et alios increpaverit, quia nesciebant, sicut Thomam;6 nam si omni tempore intelligitur dixisse Pater Benedictus, esse dimittendum unum aut duos seniores cum fratribus propter disciplinam, ut velit abbatem semper extra refectorium manducare, magis occasionem peccati procreat atque transgressionem praecepti, quam aedificationem generet animae, quia si abbas foris manducaverit, tunc si carnalis fuerit, manducabit more vanorum hominum cum scurrilitate atque levitate et joco. Transgressio quippe praecepti erit in eo, quod regula dicit, omnes simul accedere ad mensam, et non omnes accedent simul, eo quod nec abbas erit ibi neque qui cum abbate manducaverint.

And in this way, just as in the sayings of Lord and of Paul discernment is necessary, so that one may understand that Paul said this to some (i.e. the praise of which they were worthy), but he declared the error of division to others, who needed to be reproved because of it, and the Lord declared to some that they knew, and reproved others, since they did not know (such as Thomas) [discernment is also necessary in the sayings of St. Benedict].4 For if Father Benedict is understood to have said that one or two of the seniors should be left with the brothers on account of discipline at all times, as if he wanted the abbot to always dine outside of the refectory, he would give rise to an occasion for sin and a transgression of a precept rather than fostering the edification of the soul, for if the abbot dined outside, then if he were carnal, he would dine in the manner of vain men, with buffoonery and levity and jokes. This would be a transgression of a precept, in that the Rule says that they should all come to the table together, and they would not all come together, since the abbot would not be there, nor those who dined with the abbot.

Et quia S. Benedictus cognovit, carnales homines invenire jocandi atque aliquid scurriliter agendi,7 inde praecepit superius, ut ille, qui pro sua tarditate [quia] tarde venit ad officium nocturnum, intrare8 intus, dicens: quia forte erit talis, qui se aut recollocet aut fabulis vacet, et datur occasio maligno [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.8] - et propterea praecepit, ut ingrediatur intro. Similiter et in hoc loco facere videtur, eo quod cognoverat, juvenes et adolescentes agere aliquid inhoneste et vanitates loqui, si non viderint abbatem vel eos priores, quos reverentur et timent, et ideo, ne occasionem isti ita faciendi inveniant, praecepit, ut cum eis unus vel [page 529] duo seniores dimittantur, quatenus duo sint, unum, ut abbas cum hospitibus faciat caritatem, alterum, ut negligentes peccandi occasionem non inveniant.

And since St. Benedict knew that carnal men find [a chance] to joke and do something scurrilous, therefore he ordered above that he who came late to the night office should enter into the choir in accordance with his tardiness, saying: since perhaps one may seat himself outside and indulge in idle talk, and an occasion for evil arise. [Regula Benedicti, c. 43.8] – and therefore he ordered that he enter the choir. In this place he seems to have done likewise because he knew that the young men and adolescents would behave inappropriately and talk nonsense if they did not see the abbot or the priors, who they revere and fear and therefore, lest they find an opportunity for behaving in that way, he ordered that one or [page 529] two seniors brothers be left with them, so that two things might occur: first, that the abbot could take loving care of the guests; second, that the negligent would not find an occasion for sin.


1. aut quis loquatur. Martenius ex Cod. Divionens. (Mittermüller).
2. manducari (?). (Mittermüller).
3. cf. Cod. Divionens. (Mittermüller).
4. debent (?). (Mittermüller).
5. quin (?). (Mittermüller).
6. Hoc loco, apodosis omissa esse videtur: ita etiam in dictis S. Benedicti necessaria est discretio. (Mittermüller).
7. occasiones (?). (Mittermüller).
8. intret (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Perhaps the Latin should read ipsi rather than ipse
2. cf. Cassiodorus, Explanation of the Psalms, vol. 1, Psalms 1-50, ed. and trans. P.G. Walsh, Ancient Christian Writers 51 (New York/ Mahwah, NJ: Paulist Press, 1990), 238.
3. cf. Cassiodorus, Explanation of the Psalms, vol. 1, 396.
4. As Mittermüller comments, Hildemar seems to lose the thread of his sentence here, and never provides the apodosis explaining that Benedict is like Paul and Jesus.


Cap. LVII
DE ARTIFICIBUS MONASTERII

[Ms P, fol. 142rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 153v; Ms E1, fol. 161r; Ms E2, fol. 243r]

Ch. 57
THE CRAFTSMEN OF THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Alexander O'Hara

Sciendum est enim, quia nunc novo ordine adgreditur S. Benedictus, cum dixit de mensa abbatis [Regula Benedicti, c. 56] et post subjunxit de artificibus monasterii. Sed hoc sciendum est, quia quamquam novo ordine dixerit de artificibus monasterii, tamen rectum ordinem tenuit, cum subjunxit de disciplina suscipiendorum fratrum. [Regula Benedicti, c. 58] Quasi quis interrogasset S. Benedictum dicens: 'Quomodo possunt esse docti artifices, sicut tu jubes, et qualiter docendi sunt, ut sint tales, sicut tu jubes?' Ille vero quasi respondens subjunxit de ordine suscipiendorum fratrum, quasi diceret: ut tales possint esse, ita debent ordinate suscipi, sicuti inferius dicemus.

Let it be understood indeed because S. Benedict now approaches a new order as he said concerning the table of the abbot [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 56] and after added concerning the craftsmen of the monastery. But this is to be understood because although he said new order concerning the craftsmen of the monastery, nevertheless he held correct order as he added concerning the discipline of receiving brothers. [cf Regula Benedicti, c. 58] Just as if whoever asked S. Benedict saying: ‘How can craftsmen be trained, as you command, and how should they be trained, as they ought to be, like you command? He though as if responding added concerning the order of receiving brothers, would reply as it were: as such they can be, so they must be undertaken in order, as we have said below.

Nunc vero prius, sicut coepimus, de ipsis artificibus disponamus. Ait enim: 1Artifices, si sunt in monasterio, cum omni humilitate faciant ipsas artes, si permiserit abbas. 2Quod si aliquis ex eis extollitur pro scientia artis suae, eo quod videatur aliquid conferre monasterio, 3hic talis evellatur1 ab ipsa arte et denuo per eam non transeat, nisi forte humiliato ei iterum abbas jubeat.v

But before now, as we began let us prescribe concerning these craftsmen. For Benedict said: 1If there are craftsmen in the monastery, they are to practice their crafts in all humility if the abbot permits it. 2But if any one of them becomes conceited because of his knowledge of his craft, determining that he thus confers something on the monastery, 3he is to be taken from that craft and not permitted to exercise it again, unless having humbled himself, the abbot orders him back to it.

Attendendum est, quia non dixit solummodo cum humilitate, sed cum omni humilitate, h. e. tam mentis quam corporis. Et non dixit solummodo omni humilitate, sed subjunxit si permiserit abbas, ac si diceret: tunc faciat illas artes cum omni humilitate, si abbas jusserit.

Remark how Benedict does not just say with humility, but with all humility, that is with both mind and body. And he does not just say with all humility, but adds if the abbot should permit, as if he would say: then let him practice these crafts with all humility, if the abbot decrees.

Erigatur, i. e. evellatur.

He is to be taken, i.e. removed.

Et hoc notandum est, quia iste, qui pro scientia sua extollitur, non alteri subjacere debet poenitentiae, nisi ut evellatur ab ipsa arte, i. e. ut non exerceat illam. Hoc vero quod dicit nisi forte humiliato ei iterum abbas jubeat.

And this should be noted, because this (command), who becomes conceited because of his knowledge of his craft, he should not be subject to another punishment, except that he be removed from that craft, i.e. so that he may not practice it.

Attendendum est, quia dicit, ut non debeat pro extollentia artis suae iterum exercere, hoc est, quod [page 530] jubet: per illam non transeat, nisi ille humiliatus fuerit, ut abbas jusserit.

This indeed is to be noted what Benedict says unless having humbled himself, the abbot orders him back to it because he says so that he should not on account of conceit for his craft practice it again, that is, what [page 530] he commands: he may not exercise it again, unless he having humbled himself as the abbot decreed.

Et hoc intuendum est, quia duo dicit, unum : si non humiliaverit, abbas non habet potestatem dandi exercendi illas artes; alterum: etiamsi humiliatus fuerit, non debeat exercere, nisi abbas jubeat.

And this is to be understood because he says two things, the first: if he should not humble himself, the abbot does not have the power to give the exercise of these crafts; second: even if he humbled himself, he ought not to practices (his craft) unless the abbot commands (it) .

Sequitur: 4Si quid vero ex operibus artificum venumdandum est, videant ipsi, per quorum manus transienda sunt, ne aliquam fraudem praesumant inferre. 5Memorentur semper Ananiae et Saphirae, ne forte mortem, quam illi in corpore pertulerunt, 6hanc isti vel omnes, qui aliquam fraudem de rebus monasterii fecerint, in anima patiantur. 7In ipsis autem pretiis non surripiat avaritiae malum, 8sed semper aliquantulum vilius detur, quam ab aliis saecularibus, ut in omnibus glorificetur Deus. Transienda sunt, i. e. transierunt.

It follows: 4If any products of the craftsmen are to be sold, care should be taken that those by whose hands the transaction takes place do not presume to practice any fraud. 5They are always to remember Ananias and Sapphira [cf. Act 5:1-11], lest the death which those two incurred in the body be suffered in their souls 6and those of all who practice any fraud in business of the monastery. 7In establishing their prices the evil of avarice must not creep in: 8instead, the goods should always be sold for a little less than those living in the world are able to charge, so that in everything God may be glorified. [cf. 1 Pt 4:11] Transaction takes place, i.e. transacted.

Sciendum enim est, quia in eo quod dicit S. Benedictus si quid venumdandum est, ostendit, non esse periculum, si monachi suas res vendunt, ita tamen; ut vilius vendant, sicut ipse dicit S. Benedictus, et non ut lucrum faciant, sicut solent facere homines, qui minus comparant et plus vendunt causa amplificandi. Nam et emere possunt, sicut apostoli leguntur emisse cibos, sed non ut augeatur pecunia, sed ut suppleatur necessitas.

Let it be understood because in that which S. Benedict says if anything is to be sold he shows that it need not be a danger if monks sell their merchandise, yet nevertheless; they should sell cheaper, as S. Benedict says, so that they may not become avaricious, as is usually the case with people, who buy low and sell at a much greater profit. For they can buy, as the apostles bought food, so as not to make more money, but so that the necessities of life might be supplied.

Quod autem dicit aliquantulum vilius, ita agendum est, i. e. si alii volunt dare pro illa re viginti denarios, tu debes dare uno minus, i. e. pro decem et novem. Et quamvis non specialiter dicat regula, tamen subintelligitur, ut sic, cum emis aliquam rem, pro qua alii volunt dare XX denarios, tu debes dare XXI.

Because he said for a little less so it is to be dealt with in such a way, i.e. if others want to offer 20 denarii for this thing, you should offer it for one less, i.e. for 19. And although the rule is not more specific (about this), nevertheless it should be understood that when you buy something for which other wish to give 20 denarii you should give 21.

Artifex est: grammaticus, cantor. Tamen in hoc loco non dicit de grammatico, sed de illo artifice, cujus artem vendere potes, veluti sunt fabri, caligarii, et liganarii etc. Artifex, sicut Isidorus dicit, generaliter vocatur, quod artem faciat, sicuti aurifex, qui aurum. 'Faxo' enim antiqui pro facio dicebant. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c. 1.2]

A craftsman is: a grammarian, a cantor. Yet in this place he does not say of grammar, but of the craftsman whose craft you can sell, as are workmen, bootmakers, and carpenters etc. A craftsman, as Isidore says, is one who is generally called that makes a craft, as a goldsmith who works gold. 'Faxo' was what the ancients used to say for facio [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XIX, c.1.2].

De eo quod alii sunt negotiatores illi, qui ipsam eandem rem comparando et emendo lucrum [page 531] faciant, et amplificant pecuniam discurrendo per diversas nundinas et diversas regiones; et alii iterum sunt, qui rem artificiose operatam manibus suis causa suae necessitatis vendunt2de quibus Joannes, aureum os, de verbis Domini, quibus dicitur: et ejiciebat vendentes et ementes in templo [Mt 21:12], docet hoc modo dicens; ait enim: Et ejiciebat vendentes et ementes [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PG 56: significans quia homo Mercator vix aut numquam potest Deo placere. Et ideo nullus Christianus debet esse Mercator; aut si voluerit esse, projiciatur de Ecclesia Dei, dicente propheta: Quia non cognovi negotiationes, introibo in potentias Domini. [Ps 70:15]

And concerning those others who are merchants, who buy these same things and make a profit by acquiring them, [page 531] and increase money by dashing around through diverse market days and through diverse regions; and others again who sell handmade crafts to meet their needs – about whom John, the golden-mouthed, said concerning the words of the Lord: and He cast out all them that sold and bought in the temple, [Mt 21:12] he teaches in this way saying; for he said: And he threw out the merchants and the buyers,' by which he indicated that a merchant can hardly or never be agreeable to God. Therefore no Christian ought to be a merchant; and if he wants to be one, he should be thrown out of the Church of God, as the prophet says: 'Since I do not know business, I will enter into the power of the Lord.' [Ps 70:10].

Quemadmodum entim qui ambulat inter duos inimicos, ambobus placere volens, et se commendare, sine maliloquio non potest esse: necesse est enim ut et isti male loquatur de illo, et illi male loquatur de isto: sic qui emit et vendit, sine mendacio et perjurio esse non potest; necesse est enim ut negotiatoribus hic juret, quia non tantum valet res, quantum comparat eam, et ille juret quia plus valet res, quam vendit.

For someone who is a middleman between two adversaries, and tries to please both and insinuate himself to both, cannot do this without vilification: he cannot help but vilify one of them in the presence of the other, and the other one in the presence of the first one. In the same way, a man who buys and sells cannot be free from lies and perjuries: for one man has to swear to the merchant that what he buys is worth less than its purchase price and another one has to swear to him that what he sells is worth more than its purchase price.

Sed est nec stabilis substantia eorum. Talium enim substantia aut ipsis viventibus peritura est, aut a malis heredibus dissipanda est, aut ad extraneos et inimicos hereditas ipsorum ventura est.

Also, their property is not permanent. For the property of a merchant either will perish while they are still alive or be dissipated by their worthless heirs, or their legacy will fall into the hands of strangers and enemies.

Non potest ad bonum proficere quod congregatur de malo. Quemadmodum si triticum, aut aliquam bladi specimen cernas in cribro, dum huc illucque jactas eum, grana omnia paulatim deorsum cadunt, et in fine in cribro nihil remanet, nisi stercus solum; sic et substantia negotiatorum, dum vadunt, et veniunt inter emptionem et venditionem, minuitur, et in novissimo nihil illis remanet, nisi solum peccatum. Ergo ostende nobis quis est negotiator? Omnes enim hominest videntur negotiatores. Ecce qui arat, comparat boves, ut spicas vendat; et qui operatur lignum, comparat lignum, ut untensilia vendat; et linteonarius comparat linteamina, ut vendat et ostendat; et foenerator mutuat pecuniam, ut tollat usuras.

That which is accumulated from evil cannot bring a profit of good. Imagine wheat or some sort of grain in a sieve: if you shake it, gradually all the grains will fall through it, and in the end there will be nothing left in the sieve but the chaff. In the same way the substance of merchants diminishes while they go and buy and sell, and in the end there is nothing left for them but sin. So show us: who is a merchant? For it seems that all humans are merchants. He who tills the soil buys oxen in order to sell grain; he who works with wood buys wood in order to sell tools, the linen-merchant buys linen cloth in order to sell it and show it off, and the usurer lends money in order to earn the interest.

Et quomodo antiqui Judaei et apostolici artificia laudaverunt? Quia magis sunt sine peccato. Sicut et Paulus fuit sutor tabernaculorum, et ipse mandat, dicens: Curent et nostri bonis operibus praeesse. [Tit 3:14] Et apostolici quidam, sicut legimus, piscatores fuerunt.

Why did the ancient Jews praise the crafts? Because they are less sinful. Paul, too, was a tentmaker; and he instructs us: 'Let our people also learn to maintain good works' [Tit 3:14]. And some of the apostles, we read, were fishermen.

Ego ostendam qui non est negotiator, ut qui secundum regulam istam non fuerint intelligas omnes negotiatores esse: id est, quicumque rem comparat, non ut ipsam rem integram et immutatam vendat, sed ut opus faciat ex ea, ille non est negotiator: quia qui materiam operandi sibi comparat, unde faciat opus, ille non rem ipsam vendit, sed magis artificium suum, id est, qui rem vendit, cujus aestimatio non est in ea ipsa re, sed in artificio operis, illa non est mercatio: ut puta, faber comparat ferrum, et facit ferramentum; sed ferramentum illud non tantum habet ferri quantum valet, sed secundum opus ferramenti appretiatur. Qui autem comparat rem, ut illam ipsam integram et immutatam dando lucretur, ille est mercator, qui de templo Dei ejicitur.

I’ll tell you who is not a merchant, so that you may understand that all those who do not live according to this rule are merchants. Whoever buys something not in order to sell it whole and unchanged, but in order to make something out of it is not a merchant; for if someone buys the raw material for his craft in order to produce some good, he does not sell the good itself but his craft. So if someone sells a good whose value lies not in the object but in the workmanship, this is not trade. Say a blacksmith buys iron and produces an iron tool: the tool does not contain its value in weight of iron, but rather, the object is appraised according to its workmanship. But if someone buys something in order to sell it off whole and unchanged, and make a profit out of it, then he is a merchant who is thrown out of the temple of God.

Unde super omnes mercatores plus maledictus est usurarius. Si enim qui rem comparatam vendit, mercator est et maledictus: quanto magis maledictus erit, qui non comparatam pecuniam, sed a Deo donatam sibi dat ad usuram? Secundo, quia mercator dat rem, ut jam illam non repetat: iste autem postquam foeneraverit, et sua iterum repetit, et aliena tollit cum suis.

This is why the most vilified among all the merchants is the usurer. For if someone sells a good he himself has purchased, he is a merchant, and is damned: how much more will someone be damned who lends money for interest that he has not bought but been given by God? Also, a merchant gives something away and will never request it back; but the moneylender, having given a loan, not only requests his own money back, but also takes other people’s money along with his own.

Adhoc dicit aliquis: qui agrum locat, ut grariam recipiat, aut domum, ut pensiones recipiat, num est similis ei qui pecuniam dat ad usuram. Absit. Primum quidem, quoniam pecunia non ad aliquem usum disposita est, sicut ager, vel domus, sed ad pretium emendi vel vendendi. Secundo, quoniam qui agrum habet, arat eum, et fructum accipit ex eo: similiter et qui domum habet, usum mansionis capit ex ea. Ideo qui lucat agrum, vel domum, usum dare videtur, et pecuniam accipere, et quodammodo quasi commutare videtur lucrum cum lucro: pecuniam autem si repositam in sacculo teneas aupd te, nullum usum capis ex ea. Tertio, ager vel domus utendo veterascit; pecunia autem cum fuerit mutuata] nec minuitur, nec veterascit. [Ps-John Chrysostom, Opus imperfectum: Homiliae in Mattheum, no. 38, PG 56, col. 839-840]

Now someone may say: 'if someone leases a plot of land or lets a house in order to collect rent, is this person similar to a moneylender?' By no means! First, the money is not intended for some other purpose, like a land or a house, but solely for buying and selling. Second, someone who has a plot of land farms it and harvests a crop from it; similarly, someone who has a house derives the use of living space from it. So it seems that someone who leases a plot of land or a house bestows the use of something and receives money: in a way, he exchanges profit for profit. But if you keep the money in your own purse, you do not derive any use from it. Third, a plot of land or a house is worn out by the use; but if you lend money, it is neither diminished nor worn out. [Ps-John Chrysostom, Opus imperfectum: Homiliae in Mattheum, no. 38, translated by Hildegund Müller]

Quod vero dicit: ne forte mortem, quam Ananias et Saphira in corpore pertulerunt, hanc isti vel omnes, qui aliquam fraudem de rebus monasterii fecerint, in anima patiantur et reliq., verum est, quod Ananias et Saphira in corpore pertulerunt mortem, tamen utrum in anima pertulissent, annon, certus non sum. Et hoc notandum est, quia hoc, quod dicit, S. Benedictus: ut mortem, quam Ananias et Saphira pertulerunt - non fuit intentio S. Benedicti, ut cum dicit mortem corporis, definiret, mortem illius Ananiae, utrum in anima fuisset mortuus, annon; sed quia intentio illius fuit, ut, diceret, quam poenam debuissent illi habere, qui fraudem in monasterio fecerint, ideo mortem illorum in corpore dixit, quatenus visa poena, quam illi in anima, perferre deberent, constringatur illorum mens, qui aliquam fraudem de rebus monasterii facere conantur. Nam de morte animae Ananiae et Saphirae nihil dicit, utrum fuissent ita in anima mortui, sicut in corpore.

Thus he says: They are always to remember Ananias and Sapphira, lest the death which those two incurred in the body be suffered in their souls and the rest, which is true, that Annias and Sapphira endured death in the body, as well as they suffered in soul, of that can we not be sure? And note this, because this is what S. Benedict says: that the death which Ananias and Sapphira suffered – was not the intention of S. Benedict, as when he says bodily death he defines the death of that Ananias, whether he had died in soul or not (anon); but because his intention as he said that punishment which they should have who committed fraud in the monastery, that is he said the death of them in body, since the punishment inflicted than those in soul they should bear constrained their mind who try to carry out any fraud in the monastery. For Benedict does not say anything about the death of the souls of Ananias and Sapphira whether they had died in soul as in body.

Quod vero dicit ne forte mortem et reliq. non dicit istud forte dubitando, ut de morte Ananiae et Saphirae dubitaret, sed ne contingat illis facientibus fraudem in monasterio illa mors in anima, quam Ananias et Saphira in corpore pertulerunt.

When he says that perhaps death and the rest, he does not says this perhaps doubting, as though he doubts about the death of Ananias and Sapphira, lest it happen to those who practice fraud in the monastery that death in soul which inflicted Ananias and Sapphira in body.

Mors est dicta, sicut dicit Isidorus, quod sit amara, [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 2.31] vel a morsu primi hominis appellata; nam cum primus homo, humani generis parens, lignum vetitum per inobedientiam contigit, per morsum mortem incurrit, unde et a morsu ‘mors’ ipsa utique appellatur.

Death is called, according to Isidore, that which is bitter [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae XI, c. 2.31] or was call a morsu by the first man; for when the first man, the parent of the human race, touched the forbidden tree through disobedience, he ran towards death a little, from which ‘death’ is called from a morsu.


1. erigatur. (Mittermüller).
2. Anacoluthon. (Mittermüller).
 

Cap. LVIII
DE DISCIPLINA SUSCIPIENDORUM FRATRUM

[Ms P, fol. 144rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 155r; Ms E1, fol. 161v; Ms. E2, fol. 251r]

Ch. 58
THE DISCIPLINE OF RECEIVING BROTHERS

Translated by: Albrecht Diem and Matthieu van der Meer

Dicta autem ratione de artificibus monasterii nunc, sicut superius diximus, dicamus etiam de novitiis ordine suo, qualiter suscipiendi sunt, quorum capituli titulus iste debet esse: De disciplina suscipiendorum fratrum. Disciplina enim dicitur non solum correptio vel excommunicatio aut flagellum, sicut superius dicitur, sed etiam ordo et exercitio alicujus operis. Et quia in multis modis dicitur disciplina, ideo subjunxit suscipiendorum; et est sensus, cum dicit De disciplina suscipiendorum fratrum, i. e. de ordine suscipiendorum fratrum.

After having given account of the artisans of the monastery, as we did above, we should now talk about the novices: how they are to be received. The title of their chapter needs to be as follows: The discipline of receiving brothers. Discipline refers not only to reproach, excommunication or flogging, as it is used above, but also to the order and execution of a certain procedure. And because discipline has many meanings, (Benedict) added the words ‘of receiving’. When he says The discipline of receiving brothers, the meaning is: The process of receiving brothers.

Disciplina a discendo nomen accepit, sicut dicit Isidorus, unde et scientia dici potest. Nam scire dictum est a discere, quia nemo nostrum scit, nisi qui discit. Aliter dicta disciplina, quia discitur plena. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae I, c. 1.1]

‘Discipline’ got its name from ‘discendo’ (learning), as Isidore says. Therefore it can also be called knowledge (scientia) because ‘to know’ (scire) comes from ‘to learn’ (discere) since none of us knows unless he learns. According to another etymology, ‘discipline’ is derived from ‘discitur plena’ - it is learned abundantly. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae I, c. 1.1]

Disciplinae liberalium artium septem sunt: prima grammatica, i. e. loquendi peritia; secunda rhetorica, quae propter nitorem et copiam eloquentiae suae maxime in civilibus quaestionibus necessaria existimatur; tertia dialectica, cognomento logica, quae disputationibus subtilissimis vera secernit a falsis; quarta arithmetica, quae continet numerorum causas et divisiones; quinta musica, quae in carminibus cantibusque consistit; sexta geometrica, quae mensuras dimensionesque complectitur; septima astronomia, quae continet legem astrorum. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae I, c. 2]

There are seven disciplines of the Liberal Arts: first grammar, that is, skill in speaking, then rhetoric, which, because of the splendor and abundance of its eloquence, is considered especially necessary in political matters. The third one is dialectic, also called logic, which through the subtlest arguments distinguishes true things from false ones. The fourth is arithmetic, which comprises the relations and divisions of numbers. The fifth one is music, consisting of poems and singing. The sixth one is geometry, dealing with measurements and dimensions. The seventh is astronomy, which pertains to the law of the stars [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae I, c. 2].

Sequitur: 1Noviter veniens quis ad conversionem non ei facilis tribuatur ingressus.

Next: 1Easy entry to the religious life should not be granted to a newcomer.

Sciendum est enim, quia aliud est conversatio et aliud est conversio. Conversatio enim attinet ad vitam et ad habitationem, conversio vero est de saeculo ad Deum, sicut in hoc loco dicitur. Quidam namque libri habent conversionem, quidam vero conversationem, sed sicut mihi videtur, melius habent illi, qui dicunt conversionem, quam illi, qui conversationem, eo quod conversatio attinet ad habitationem et ad vitam sive bonam sive [page 533] malam, conversio autem ad mutationem sive de malo in bonum, sive de bono in malum, veluti in hoc capitulo habetur, cum de conversatione saeculari ad monasticam vitam convertitur.

One needs to know that there is a difference between conversatio (way of life) and conversio (conversion). Conversatio refers to how and where one lives, but conversio means the conversion from the world to God – as it is used here. Some manuscripts (of the Rule) use conversio, others conversatio,1 but it seems to me that those that use conversio are better than those that use conversatio because conversatio refers to the living space and to the way of life, whether it is good or [page 533] bad. Conversio, however, describes a change – either from bad to good or from good to bad, and that is what this chapter talks about: when someone converts from a worldly conversatio to monastic life.

Non facilis, i. e. non leviter, non citius; facilis, [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.1]. Nemo debet alteri facile se credere, sicut dicit Ambrosius, nisi cujus virtutem probaverit. [Ambrose, De Paradiso, c. 4 (24)]

Not easily means ‘not lightly’, ‘not rushed’. (Not?) easy means not light, not rushed.2 As Ambrose says, no one should believe another person easily, except him whose virtue he has tested. [Ambrose, De Paradiso, c. 4 (24)]

Sequitur: 2sed sicut ait Apostolus: Probate spiritus, si ex Deo sunt. [Io 4:1]

Next: 2but as the Apostle says, Test the spirits to see if they are from God [Io 4:1].

Quod dicit probate spiritus, si ex Deo sunt - ac si diceret: probate impetus spiritus, si ex Deo sunt. Varii enim sunt impetus; est enim impetus carnis, est inmpetus spiritus, est etiam impetus diaboli, est impetus Dei; sicut dicit scriptura: Ubi erat impetus spiritus, illuc gradiebantur. [Ez 1:12] Et propterea quia varii sunt impetus, probandi sunt, quia solet diabolus immittere homini, ut vadat in monasterium, ut se et alium decipiat.

When he says Test the spirits to see if they are from God, he means: test the drives (inpetus) of the spirit, to see if they are from God. There are different kinds of drive: There is the drive of the flesh and the drive of the spirit. There is also the drive of the devil and the drive of God, as Scripture says: Where the drive of the spirit was, there they went [Ez 1:12]. Because there are different drives, they are to be tested, because the devil is used to incite someone to come to the monastery to make him deceive himself and another.

Sequitur: 3Ergo si veniens perseveraverit pulsans et illatus sibi injurias et difficultates ingressus post quatuor aut quinque dies visus fuerit patienter portare et persistere petitioni suae, 4annuatur ei ingressus, et sit in cella hospitum paucis diebus.

Next: 3Therefore, if one comes knocking, perseveres, and, after four or five days, seems to suffer patiently ill-treatment directed at him and the difficulty of entry and persists in his request, 4let entry be granted him and let him stay in the guest quarters for a few days.

Ita construitur, i. e. annuatur, h. e. concedatur, tribuatur ei ingressus post quatuor aut quinque dies, si veniens ad ingressus, hoc est fores monasterii et perseveraverit pulsans et visus fuerit portare illatas injurias et difficultatem et persistere petitioni suae.

This is to be understood as follows: be granted to him means ‘be permitted to him’. Let entry (ingressus) be granted to him after four or five days if he comes to the entrance (ingressus), that is, to the gates of the monastery and perseveres knocking and seems to suffer patiently ill-treatment and difficulty and to persist in his request.

Ideo dixi ad ingressus, hoc est fores monasterii, quia ingressus accusativus casus est; et illud ingressus, ubi dicit annuatur ingressus, iste alter ingressus nominativus casus est.

I said to the entrance (ingressus), that is, to the gate of the monastery, because entrance is in the accusative case here. When he talks about granting entry, the word ingressus is nominative.

Ecce postquam constructum est, nunc dicendum est, qualiter fiat, i. e. cum venit ad monasterium quis, debet illi dicere injurias isto modo: ‘Frater, tu forte fecisti furtum aut adulterium aut aliquod scelus: et nunc venisti ad monasterium et te decipere et alium.’

After this explanation, we now have to say what happens when someone comes to the monastery. One has to insult him with words like ‘Brother, maybe you have committed theft or adultery or some sort of a crime, and now you have come to the monastery to deceive both yourself and another.’ 

Sed tamen in prima vice duriter debet illi dicere injurias, in secunda autem vice jam leniter, et hoc facto vel dicto, si quatuor vel quinque [page 534] diebus istam moram vel injurias patienter portaverit, tunc debet illum suscipere in hospitale, sic ut ipse dicit: 4annuatur ei ingressus, et sit in cella hospitum paucis diebus. 5Postea autem sit in cella novitiorum, ubi meditetur et manducet et dormiat. 6Senior ei talis deputetur, qui aptus sit ad lucrandas animas, qui super eum [?] omnino curiose intendat 7et sollicitus sit, si venera Deum quaerit, si sollicitus est ad opus Dei, ad obedientiam, ad opprobria. 8Praedicentur ei omnia dura et aspera, per quae itur ad Deum; 9et si promiserit de stabilitate sua perseverantiam, post duorum mensium circulum legatur ei haec regula per ordinem, 10et dicatur ei: Ecce lex, sub qua militare vis: si potes observare, ingredere, si vero non potes, liber discede et reliq.

The first time one has to speak to him with harsh insults, but the second time moderately.And if, after this has been said and done, [page 534] (the postulant) patiently waits and suffers ill-treatment for four or five days, one has to receive him to the guest house in the way (Benedict) prescribes: 4let entry be granted him and let him stay in the guest quarters for a few days. 5After that, he should be in the novices’ quarters, where he studies, eats, and sleeps. 6A senior monk should be assigned to him, someone suited to win souls, in order to watch over him very carefully. 7The concern should be whether he truly seeks God, if he is attentive to the work of God, to obedience, and to reprimands. 8All all the difficult and harsh things involved in the approach to God should be made clear to him. 9If he promises perseverance in his stability, after two months this Rule should be read to him straight through 10and let this be said to him: ‘This is the law under which you want to serve. If you can observe it, enter, but if you cannot, you are free to go,’ etc.

Hactenus S. Benedictus depinxit et designavit, quid facere illi novitio debeat. Sed ita construidebet, i.e. annuatur ei ingressus et tunc sit paucis diebus in cella hospitum, si promiserit de stabilitate sua perseverantiam, hoc est, duobus mensibus, et tunc legatur ei regula post circulum duorum mensium per ordinem.

Thus far Saint Benedict described and prescribed what one needs to do with a novice. But one has to do it in the following order: (first) entry is to be granted to him and then he should stay in the guest quarters for a few days if he promises perseverance in his stability, that is, for two months. Then this Rule should be read to him straight through after two months.

Nam quot sunt isti dies pauci, manifestat inferius, cum dicit post duorum circulum mensium, quia duobus mensibus debet stare in cella hospitum; et post duorum circulum mensium legatur ei haec regula per ordinem et dicatur ei: Ecce lex, sub qua militare vis; si potes observare, ingredere, si non potes, liber discede.

For he specifies below how much a few days are, when he says after two months, because he has to stay for two months in the guest quarters and after two months this Rule should be read to him straight through, and let this be said to him: ‘This is the law under which you want to serve. If you can observe it, enter, but if you cannot, you are free to go.’

11Si adhuc steterit, tunc ducatur in supradictam cellam novitiorum, i. e. quam superius diximus, ubi meditetur, i. e. discat et manducet et dormiat. Et senior ei talis deputetur, qui aptus sit, et reliqua.

11If he still stays, he should then be led into the abovementioned novices’ quarters, that is (the place) we have mentioned before, where he should study, that is, learn, and eat and sleep. And a senior monk should be assigned to him, someone suited etc.

Jam postquam construximus hoc, dicendum est nunc, qualiter faciendum sit, i. e. primum, postquam venerit ad monasterium, et debet suscipi, et non debet suscipi per quinque dies sub hac dubitatione.

After we have established this, it is necessary to address how this should be done. First, after he comes to the monastery he needs to be admitted but also not admitted for five days – which sounds contradictory.

Ideo dico: debet suscipi et non suscipi, quia suscipi debet ad mansionem praebendam, non debet suscipi ad consensum praebendum.

I say: he needs to be admitted and not admitted, because he needs to be admitted to give him shelter but not admitted to give him permission (to enter).

Deinde suscipiatur in cella hospitum adhuc laicus; debet enim illum suscipere ille, qui hospitale tenet, et debet illi imperare, ut discalceat hospites et faciat focum et serviat, quae necessaria sunt hospitibus, et debet ille [page 535] frater hospitalis illum admonere, qualiter obediens et mortificatus esse studeat.

Afterwards let him be admitted to the guest quarters, but still as a layman. The (brother) in charge of the guest house needs to admit him and order him to take off the guests’ shoes, make the fire and serve the needs of the guests. And the [page 535] guest brother needs to admonish him how he should strive to be obedient and self-denying.

Si autem illum cognoverit frater hospitalis per duos menses, tunc debet dicere abbati ejus vitam et ejus sollicitudinem. Tunc debet illi legi regula - ac si diceret: non ante duos menses legatur ei regula, sed post duos menses.

After knowing him for two months the guest brother needs to report to the abbot about his way of life and his sense of responsibility. Then he needs to read the Rule to him – as if (Benedict) said: not before two months the Rule should be read to him, but after two months.

Attendendum est, quia absolute dicit legatur regula, subaudiendum est: ab illo, cui jusserit abbas. Bene dixit legatur ei regula per ordinem, ut sciat, quae observare debeat, et manifestare illi debet totum sensum regulae, et ob hoc sub duobus vel tribus diebus potest illi legere regulam et manifestare sensum regulae. Et debet dicere illi: Ecce lex, sub qua militare vis. Ista lex spiritalis est, et spiritaliter debet illi manifestare.

Be aware that, since (Benedict) only says let the Rule be read to him, one has to fill in: by the person whom the abbot commands. He rightly says the Rule is to be read to him straight through, so that he knows what he should observe. He needs to explain to him the entire meaning of the Rule. For that purpose he can take two or three days to read the Rule to him and to explain the its meaning. And he needs to say to him: ‘This is the law under which you want to serve. ’ This law is spiritual and he needs to explain to him the spiritual (sense).

Deinde postquam in hospitali legerit regulam, tunc, si adhuc steterit, debet se indui suis bonis vestimentis, et lorica et scuto et lancea et spata et balteo et debet se praeparare, sicut diximus, et debet venire in capitulum, sicut praeparatus est saecularibus vestibus et armis, et debet stare in capitulo. Tunc debet abbas illi facere sermonem de regno Dei, i. e. quanta gaudia Deus praeparavit his, qui pro suo nomine abrenuntiant saeculo et serviunt sibi. Deinde debet dicere, quanta poena praeparata est illis, qui saeculum deserunt, et postmodum negligentes et tepidi ad saeculum revertuntur.

Then, after he reads the Rule in the guest house, if (the postulant) still stays, he needs to put on his good vestments, cuirass, shield, lance, sword and belt, and he needs to prepare himself, as we said, and needs to come to the chapter house. Equipped with his worldly clothes and arms he should stand in the chapter house. Then the abbot needs to give him a word about the kingdom of God, that is, how much joy God has prepared for those who renounce the world in his name and serve him. Next he needs to tell him how much punishment is prepared for those who leave the world and later, out of negligence and weakness, return to the world.

Et tunc debet dicere illi abbas: 'Quid vis?' Ille respondens dicit: 'Volo arma deponere et Deo omnipotenti servire.' Tunc ille abbas debet illi dicere: 'Audi frater, tu vis arma deponere, vide forte, si non potes observare regulam, tunc non licebit tibi ad saeculum reverti, quia canones Niceni concilii dicunt: Si homo, postquam arma deposuerit, reversus fuerit ad saeculum, decem annos poeniteat etc. [Quotation cannot be traced] Melius est, ut, quamvis hoc regula non dicat, demus tibi spatium, ut cogites de hoc apud te, si forte non potes adimplere;' et tunc debet illi dare inducias.

And then the abbot needs to say to him: ‘What do you want?’ He says in response: ‘I want to lay down his arms and serve Almighty God.’ Then the abbot needs to say to him: ‘Listen, brother, you want to lay down arms. See: if perhaps you are not able to observe the Rule, you will not be allowed to return to the world, because the Canons of Nicaea say: If a man returns to the world after he has laid down his arms, he needs to do penance for ten years, etc. Even if the Rule does not say so, it is better that we give you some time so that you think it over with yourself whether perhaps you are not able to fulfill (the Rule).’ Then he needs to give him respite.

Et iterum si deliberaverit, tunc debet iterum venire in capitulum, et ibi coram fratribus aut balteum aut armillas aut spatam solummodo deponat. Jam si ille dixit: 'quia, nullatenus revertor ad saeculum, tunc ibidem deponat omnia illa sua [page 536] vestimenta et debet radi et tunc debet aliis vestibus, i. e. clericalibus indui, et postmodum mittere1 in cellam novitiorum, et debet habere magistrum novitiorum, qui aptus sit ad lucrandas animas, et qui super eum omnino curiose intendat et sollicitus sit.

And if (the postulant) thinks it through again, he needs to come to the chapter house again and let him put down only a belt or an armlet or a sword in front of the brothers. And after having said ‘Because I will never return to the world’ let him put down at the same place all his [page 536] vestments and be tonsured and put on other clothes, that is, those of clerics. Afterwards let him be sent to the novice quarters and have a novice master suited to win souls watch over him very carefully.

Attendendum est, quia multi sapientes sunt et non sunt solliciti vel apti in ista sollicitudine. Intelligendus est intellectus et studium et fervor.

Be aware that there are many wise people who are not careful or suited for this task. One has to understand wisdom and learning and zeal.

Cum dicit et curiose omnino super eum intendat, i. e. vigilanter videat, si studiosus est ad opus Dei, i. e. postquam dixerit illi, qualiter cum festinatione debet ire ad opus Dei et ad obedientiam, tunc cognoscat sollicite, si studiosus est [pro bona] ad obprobria, i. e. contraria bonitati, quia ob ponitur pro ‘contra’; probria quasi probra, i. e. pro bona.

When (Benedict) says and watches over him very carefully, he means: let him observe carefully if he is zealous in the work of God. That is, after telling him how he needs to hurry to the work of God and to observance, he should examine carefully whether he is intent on scandalous things (obpropria) that is, things contrary to goodness. Obpropria means ‘things that are the opposite of goodness’, because ‘ob’ stands for ‘against’ and ‘probria’ equals ‘probra’, that is, pro bona (for the good).

Praedicentur ei omnia dura et aspera, sicut scriptum est: Propter verba labiorum tuorum ego custodiri vias duras. [cf. Ps 16:4]

All the difficult and harsh things should be made clear to him, as it is written: Because of the words of your lips I have stayed on the difficult path. [Ps 16:4]

Dura et aspera unum significant.

Difficult (dura) and harsh (aspera) mean the same.

Et hoc notandum est, quia ille hospitalarius debet illum fratrem admonere, quatenus absque ulla mora audito signo vadat ad officium, et debet eum studiose providere in omnibus suis actibus, qualis sit.

Note that the guest brother needs to admonish this brother that he must go to the service immediately after having heard the signal. And he needs to instruct him zealously what kind of person he should be in all his deeds.

Debet enim ille magister novitiorum illum docere isto modo, i. e. debet facere per se lavare scutellas et scopare domum et cetera per omnia, sicut monachus acturus est, et cum manducat, lectionem audiat et sileat. Et ille magister novitiorum debet cum illo manducare et dormire, et per omnia intentus debet esse et nullo modo debet illum dimittere, et ita debet admoneri et corrigi et excommunicari et flagellari sicuti monachum.2

The novice master needs to teach him as follows: he needs to instruct him to clean dishes on his own and sweep the house and so forth for all the rest, as a monk will do. When he eats he should hear the reading and be silent. The novice master needs to eat and sleep with him, and needs to be entirely attentive and may by no means let him go. (The novice) needs to be admonished, corrected, excommunicated and whipped as if he were a monk.

Quod enim dicit liber discedat, subaudiendum est: a professione monachica; nam non debet intelligi ita liber discedat, ut ad saeculum revertatur, quia canones Nicaeni concilii dicunt: Qui arma deposuerit, non revertatur iterum ad saeculum. Ita enim se habere videntur.

When he says he is free to leave he refers to the monastic profession. He should not think that he is free to leave in order to return to the world, because the Canons of the Council of Nicaea state: Who lays down arms may not return to the world.

Est enim capitulum duodecimum: Quicunque vocati per gratiam primum quidem impetum monstraverunt deponentes militiae cingulum, postmodum vero ad proprium vomitum [page 537] sunt relapsi, ita ut quidam et pecunias tribuerent et beneficiis militiam repeterent, hi decem annis post triennii tempus, quo inter audientes erunt, in afflictione permaneant. Sed in his omnibus propositum et speciem poenitentiae convenit explorare.

This is how it appears to be. For there is the twelfth chapter: Those who, called by Grace, have shown the initial motivation, laying down the belt of military service, but have returned to their own vomit, [page 537] like those who pay money and seek military service again through bribery, those people should remain in suffering for ten years after a three-year period in which they will be among the hearers [i.e. catechumens].

Quotquot enim metu et lacrimis atque patientia vel bonis operibus, rebus ipsis conversionem suam, non simulatione demonstrant, hi definitum tempus auditionis implentes tunc demum fidelibus in oratione communicent, postmodum vero licebit episcopo, de his aliquid humanius cogitare. Quicunque vero indifferenter tulerunt et habitum introeundi3 ecclesiam arbitrati sunt ad conversionem posse sufficere, hi definitum modis omnibus tempus impleant. [Dionysius Exiguus, Codex Canonum, Canones Nicaei XX, c. 12, PL col. 150A]

But it is appropriate to examine in all these people the intention and the display of this penance. Insofar as they show their conversion through real fear, tears, patience and good work, without pretending, they may take communion with the faithful during prayer after completing the prescribed period as hearers. Afterwards the bishop will be allowed to consider for them something more humane. However, those who take it lightly and think that the habit of entering a church can suffice as (sign of) conversion, must serve out the prescribed period in all ways. [Dionysius Exiguus, Codex Canonum, Canones Nicaei XX, c. 12]

Hoc autem, quod dicit liber discedat, subaudiendum est: a professione monachica, quia, si ante discesserit, debet subjectus esse lege canonica. Et episcopus illius parochiae non debet illum sinere ire ad saeculum secundum canonicam auctoritatem.

When he says He is free to leave we have to add ‘the monastic profession’ because even if he leaves earlier, he ought to be subject to canon law. And according to the authority of the canons the bishop of his parish may not let him go to the world.

Hoc notandum est, quia non debent novitios flagellare, si autem novitius in minoribus culpis invenitur, potest illum excommunicare, si talis fuerit culpa; si vero in gravioribus culpis inventus fuerit, debet expelli. Si autem humiliaverit se et dixerit, quia volo in omnibus vobis obediens esse, secundum quod cognoverit illum et intentionem ejus, tunc eum debet aut recipi aut expelli.4 Similiter etiam de levioribus culpis facere debet.

Note that they should not whip the novices. If a novice is found to have committed minor offences, (the novice master) can excommunicate him if the offence requires that. But if he is found to have committed severe offences, he needs to be expelled. But if he shows humility and says ‘I want to be obedient to you in all regards,’ (the novice master) needs to keep or expel him on the basis of his knowledge of (the novice) and his motivation. The same should apply to less serious offences.

Sciendum est enim, quia tres distinctiones facit S. Benedictus in isto capitulo, i. e. ad portam monasterii quatuor vel quinque diebus antequam sermo concessionis ei dicatur. Deinde duobus mensibus in cella hospitum et postea in cella novitiorum decem mensibus.

We have to understand that in this chapter Saint Benedict makes three phases in this chapter:) four or five days at the monastery gate until he is told that he is admitted, then two months in the guest quarters and afterwards ten months in the novice quarters.

Sunt, qui intelligunt, quando promittit regulam, i. e. post unum annum debeat novitius radi et arma deponi. Isti non intelligunt bene, eo quod non intelligunt canones Nicaeni concilii, quid super hac ratione dicunt. Dicunt enim, decem annos poenitere, si ad saeculum reverses fuerit.

Some people understand that a novice needs to be tonsured and lay down the weapons at the moment when he promises to follow the Rule, that is, after one year. They do not understand well because they do not understand what the canons of the Council of Nicaea say in the matter. For the canons say that someone who returns to the world has to do penance for ten years.

Deinde sunt, qui intelligunt, ut [page 538] antequam in cellam novitiorum mittatur, debeat illi legi regula, et debet arma deponi atque radi, et postmodum esse in cella novitiorum, quia S. Benedictus semel dicit liber discede, cum dicit legatur ei regula. Nam in secunda vel tertia vice, cum dicit legatur ei regula, non subjungit statim liber discede, ut daretur intelligi, usque dum mittitur in cellam novitiorum, hoc est, per duos menses semper est liber, i. e. non solum a regula, verum etiam a canone.

Others understand that [page 538] one needs to read the Rule to him before he is sent to the novice quarters and that he has to lay down arms and be tonsured and then stay in the novice quarters, because Benedict says only once He is free to leave, in the context of reading the Rule to him. When he talks about reading the Rule to him for a second and third time he does not immediately add He is free to leave. One can thus understand that he is always free until he is sent to the novice quarters, that is, during those two months – not only according to the Rule but also according to the canon.

At postquam intravit in cellam novitiorum, si liber est a regula, non est liber a canone Nicaeni concilii. Et ideo noluit dicere postea liber discede, i. e. postquam intraverit in cellam novitiorum, quia cognovit, cum teneri a canone.

But after he has entered the novice quarters he may be free according to the Rule, but not according to the canon of the Council of Nicaea. For that reason (Benedict) does not want to say He is free to leave after he enters the novice quarters because he knows that he is held by the canon.

Sequitur: 11Si adhuc steterit, tunc ducatur in supradictam cellam novitiorum et iterum probetur in omni patientia, 12et post sex mensium circulum relegatur ei regula, ut sciat, ad quod ingreditur, 13et si adhuc stat, post quatuor menses legatur ei iterum eadem regula. 14Et si habita secum deliberatione promiserit se omnia custodire et cuncta sibi imperata servare, tunc suscipiatur in congregatione 15sciens, se lege regulae constitutum, quod ei ex illa die non liceat egredi de monasterio, 16nec collum excutere de sub jugo regulae, quam sub tam morosa deliberatione licuit ei excusare aut suscipere. 17Suscipiendus autem in oratorio coram omnibus promittat de stabilitate sua et conversione morum suorum et obedientia 18coram Deo et sanctis ejus, ut si aliquando aliter fecerit, ab eo se damnandum sciat, quem irridet.

Next: 11If he still stays, he should then be led into the abovementioned novice quarters and have his patience thoroughly tested again. 12After six months, the Rule should be read to him again so he knows what he is getting into. 13And if he still stays, after four months the Rule should be read to him another time. 14And if, after deliberating within himself, he promises to take care in all things and carry out every task given him, then let him be received into the community, 15knowing that he has been incorporated into the law of the Rule, namely that from that day forward it is not permitted to him to leave the monastery, 16nor shake his neck from the yoke of the Rule that he was free to reject or accept after such exacting deliberation. 17Morever, the one to be received should make promises in the oratory, before everyone, concerning his stability, conversion of ways and life, and obedience 18before God and his saints. Let him know that if ever he does otherwise, he will be damned by the one he mocks.

Quod autem dicit post quatuor menses iterum legatur ei eadem regula, non dicit, ut post annum fiat hoc, sed in uno anno ita agat; et ideo hoc post quatuor ponitur, quasi erga quatuor menses. Quodsi intra quatuor ista tertia vice legitur, nil nocet.

When he says after four months the same Rule should be read to him again, he does not say that this should happen after a year but during this one year. This after four is said with regard to four months. For it does no harm if (the Rule) is read for a third time doing those four (months).

Sequitur: et si habita secum, deliberatione etc.

Next: and after having had deliberation by himself etc.

Habita, i. e. facta.

Having had means ‘having done’.

Deliberatione, i. e. definitione.

Deliberation, that is, determination.

Ac si diceret: Si definierit et statuerit, se observare regulam, hoc est, quod postea subjunxit, promiserit se omnia custodire et cuncta sibi imperata servare, tunc suscipiatur, sciens se lege regulae constitutum, i. e. sub lege regulae constitutum.

In other words: If he determines and decides to observe the Rule, that is, what (Benedict) adds thereafter, if he promises to take care in all things and carry out every task given him, then let him be received into the community, knowing that he has been incorporated into the law of the Rule.

Hoc autem isto modo est faciendum: Postquam compleverit [page 539] annum et visus fuerit patiens et obediens et probatus, tunc venire debet in capitulum, et debet dicere illi abbas : ‘Si potes observare?’ et ille si responderit: ‘Domino juvante possum et volo,’ tunc debet illi dicere abbas: ‘Ecce frater, si vis Deo omnipotenti monachico habitu deservire et placet tibi s. regula, vade, vende omnia tua et da pauperibus et veni, sequere Christum.’ [cf. Mt 19:21] Si ille dixerit: 'quia in hoc monasterium volo tribuere,' tunc dicat illi abbas:Frater! adjuvante Deo non est necessaria nobis tua res, eo quod habemus, nostra indigentia5 unde suppleatur. Sunt enim alii pauperiores nobis aut etiam monasteria, vel certe parentes tui forte plus sunt pauperes quam nos, et ideo melius est, ut pro mercede illis tribuas, qui plus indigent, quam nobis.' Si autem ille dixerit: ‘quia volo pro mercede animae meae magis in hoc monasterium tribuere, quam alteri dare, tunc debet donare rem suam aut pauperibus aut in monasterium.’

The procedure is as follows: When he has completed [page 539] the year and seems to be patient, obedient and proven, he needs to come to the chapter house and the abbot needs to say to him: ‘Are you able to observe?’ And if he answers: ‘With the help of the Lord I can and will,’ the abbot needs to respond: ‘Look, brother, if you want to serve the Almighty God in the habit of a monk and you like the Holy Rule, go, sell all your belongings and give them to the poor and come and follow Christ. ’ [cf. Mt 19:21]. If he responds: ‘I want to contribute to this monastery,’ the abbot should say to him: ‘Brother! Thank God, we don’t need your belongings because our needs are supplied for. Others are poorer than we are – even other monasteries – and certainly your parents, and if they happen to be poorer people than we are. Therefore it is better if you give for the benefit (of your soul) to those who have greater need than we do.’ If he responds: ‘For the benefit of my soul I prefer to give it to this monastery, rather than to another,’ he should give his property either to the poor or to the monastery.

Cum hoc fecerit, tunc debet venire in oratorium et ibi exui suis vestibus et vestiri rebus monasterii in uno angulo oratorii, petitione jam facta.

After having done so, he needs to go to the oratory and there, in a corner of the oratory, he needs to take off his clothes and put on those of the monastery, after he has made the petition.

Et hoc notandum est: sive antequam promittat, sive post vestietur in oratorio nil obstat; tantum ut caput ejus post promissionem veletur, et in die septimo6 debet develari, quia vice baptismi est demelota.7

Note: it does not matter whether he will be invested in the oratory before or after he makes his promise, as long as his head is covered after the profession. (His head) must be uncovered at the seventh day, because it is then uncovered as if after baptism.3

Deinde debet venire ante altare et ibi dicere debet: 'Promitto me de stabilitate mea et conversione morum meorum et obedientia coram Deo et sanctis ejus. ’ Deinde illam petitionem suam, quam scriptam habet, secundum regulam debet ponere super altare.

Then he needs to come to the altar where he ought to say: ‘I make a promise concerning my stability, conversion of ways and obedience 18before God and his saints.’ After that he needs to place his petition, which he has written down, on the altar according to the Rule.

Altare enim, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, ab altitudine dictum est quasi altae arae, ubi Domino sacrificatur, ut conspectibus populorum misericordiae ipsius dona pandantur. [Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 25:6, CCSL 97, p. 232]

Cassiodorus states that the word ‘altar’ comes from height (altitude). It is, as it were, a high pile (altae arae) where one sacrifices to the Lord, so that the gifts of His mercy are displayed in the sight of the people. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum, 25:6]

Et postquam posuerit, tunc debet dicere tribus vicibus: 21Suscipe me Domine secundum eloquium tuum, et vivam, et ne confundus me ab exspectatione mea. [Ps 118:116] Deinde [page 540] omnis congregatio tribus vicibus, sicut regula dicit, debet respondere.

After placing (his petition on the altar) he needs to say three times: 21Receive me, Lord, according to your word, and I shall live, and do not confound me in my hope. [Ps 118:116] [page 540] According to the Rule, the entire congregation has to respond three times.

Tunc debet ille novitius prostratus jacere in terra et omnis congregatio solummodo flexis genibus et debent pro illo cantare istos Psalmos, i. e. Miserere mei Deus, [Ps 50:3] et De profundis [Ps 129.1] aut ceteros psalmos, qui ad hoc pertinent. Post hoc debet8 surgere et dicere haec capitula: Salvum fac servum tuum, Deus meus sperantem in te. [Ps 85.2-3] Convertere Domine aliquantulum et deprecabilis esto super servum tuum. Dominus custodiat introitum tuum et exitum tuum ex hoc nunc et usque in saeculum, et orationem postea dicat9 pro illo.

Then the novice needs to prostrate himself to the ground while the entire congregation, on bended knee only, needs to sing for him the following Psalms: Miserere mei Deus [Ps 50], De profundis [Ps 129] or other Psalms pertaining to this (occasion). After that, they4 need to rise and say the following verses: My God, save your servant who puts his hopes in you, [Ps. 85:2-3] Turn around a little, Lord, and have compassion on your servant [cf. Ps. 89:13] and May the Lord watch over your coming and going from now and forever. [Ps 120:8]. And afterwards let (the congregation) say a prayer for him.

Hoc etiam sciendum est, quia sunt sapientes, qui disputant et inquirunt varie de tonsione ipsius novitii.  Alii enim dicunt, quia non debet laicus tonderi ante unum annum, quia dicit liber discedat. Quomodo potest jam discedere liber, si tonsus ante fuerit? Alii vero econtra dicunt: tonderi debet ante et jam tonsus debet venire; nam ipse laicus se debet facere tondere et sic venire ad monasterium, quia istud liber discedat non pertinet ad laicum, sed a monastica disciplina discedat liber.

One also needs to know that there are experts who discuss and question in different ways the tonsure of the novice. Some say that a layperson should not be tonsured before the end of the year because (Benedict) says he is free to leave. For how can he still leave freely if he is already tonsured? Others state the opposite: He needs to be tonsured first and come already tonsured, because a lay person needs to have himself tonsured and come to the monastery that way. For this He is free to go does not pertain to a layperson but it means that he is free to leave (only) the monastic discipline.

Nam suscipere eum debet canonica disciplina, quia canones Nicaeni concilii dicunt: Qui arma deposuerit etc. Nam iste laicus talem intentionem debet habere, postquam ad monasterium vult venire, ut nunquam postea portet arma. Ideo melius est, ut tonsus veniat, quam apud Deum arma deponat, excepto, si non talis est laicus, ut ea intentione veniat, ut non deponat arma, nisi ante probaverit se.

The canonical discipline must admit him since the canons of the Council of Nicaea say: Who lays down arms etc. For this layperson needs to have such a motivation -- after he wants to come to the monastery – that he never again takes up arms afterwards. Therefore it is better that he comes (to the monastery) already tonsured than that he lays down arms before the face of God unless if he is not the kind of lay person who comes with this intention not to lay down arms unless he first proves himself.

Nunc vero explanandum est nobis: morosa, i. e. longa deliberatione, definitione - ac si diceret: sub tam morosa deliberatione, i. e. sub isto annuali spatio.

But now we must explain that hesitant (morose) means ‘with a long deliberation or decision.’ One can say: with such hesitant deliberation, which means ‘within the space of a year’.

Notandum est enim, quia tria promittit, i. e. de stabilitate sua primum. Stabilitas enim attinet ad perseverantiam, quia tunc recta est sua conversio, si usque in finem perseveraverit, sicut dicit B. Gregorius papa:

Note that he promises thee things: First concerning his stability. Stability refers to perseverance, because his conversion is righteous only if he perseveres until the end [cf. Mt 10:22], as blessed Pope Gregory says:

Virtus nimirum boni operis est perseverantia, et voce veritatis dicitur: 'Qui perseveraverit usque in finem, [page 541] hic salvus erit'; et praecepto legis cauda hostiae in sacrificio jubetur offerri, in cauda quidem finis est corporis. Et bene ille immolat, qui sacrificium boni operis usque ad finem debitae perducit actionis.

Surely the essence of every good work is perseverance and truth has told us that ‘the person who perseveres to the end [page 541] is the one who will be saved’ [cf. Mt 24:13] and the law commands that the tail of the victim is to be offered in sacrifice. [cf. Lv 3:9] Now the tail is the end of a body, and that person makes a perfect offering who carries out the sacrifice of a good work to its due completion.

Hinc Joseph, talarem tunicam habuisse describitur; tunica quippe usque ad talum est bonum opus usque ad consummationem. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia 25, c. 1, CCSL 141, p. 205] Et in Ezechiel: cum stantibus stabant et cum ambulantibus ambulabant. [cf. Ez 1:21]

Joseph is described as the only one of his brothers to have a tunic reaching to ankles. [cf. Gn 37:3] A tunic reaching to the ankles is a good work reaching completion. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia 25, c. 1, transl. David Hurst, Gregory the Great, Forty Gospel Homilies (Kalamazoo: Cistercian Publications 1990), p. 188] And in Ezekiel we read: They stood with the standing and they walked with the walking. [cf. Ez 1:21]

Stare enim est in incoepto bono opere perseverare. Ubi animadvertendum est, quia, si non perseveraverit in illo coepto opere aut desiderio, sed aut minus aliquid aut ex toto non perseveraverit, iste talis, si videatur stare in monasterio coram hominibus, tamen coram Deo non stat.

To stand means to persevere in the good work one has started. Therefore it has to be noted that if he does not persevere in this work undertake, or desire, but perseveres only somewhat less or not at all, even though he seems to stand in the monastery before men, nevertheless he does not stand (there) before God.

Deinde secundum est, quod promittit, de conversione morum suorum.

The second promise concerns the conversion of one’s ways and life.

Conversio morum est eradicatio vitiorum et plantatio virtutum.

 Conversion of one’s ways and life means eradicating vices and implanting virtues.

Sunt enim talia vitia, quibus possumus pleniter abstinere; et iterum sunt talia vitia, a quibus non possumus abstinere, veluti est commotio corporis et animi. Et propterea debemus tales virtutes e contrario assumere, quae comprimant illa vitia, a quibus penitus non possumus nos abstinere. Si enim non eradicaveris vitia et plantaveris virtutes, non est conversio morum; si enim eradicaveris vitia et tamen non plantaveris virtutes, non eris laudabilis; ille est laudabilis, qui et eradicat vitia et plantat virtutes.

There are vices from which we can abstain completely, and there are other vices from which we cannot abstain, such as the arousal of the body and the mind. And therefore we need to adopt those virtues against them that repress these vices from which we cannot abstain entirely. If you implant virtues without eradicating vices, there is no conversion of one’s ways and life. If you eradicate vices and yet you do not implant virtues then you will not be praiseworthy. Praiseworthy is he who both eradicates vices and implants virtues.

Si enim non est laudabilis, qui solummodo eradicat, et tamen non plantat, quid erit de isto, qui nec eradicavit neque plantavit? Pejus est pagano aut saeculari, quia quantum plus religiosiorem habitum sumit quis, tantum pejus est illi periculum, si non recte et rationabiliter vixerit.

If someone is not praiseworthy who only eradicates without implanting, what will he be who neither eradicates nor implants? He is worse than a heathen or a worldly person, because for someone who takes a religious habit, the danger is that much worse if he does not live righteously and according to reason.

Tertium est, quod promittit: et obedientiam coram Deo.

The third promise concerns obedience before God.

 Obedientia est, quae in prosperis non habet de suo, et in adversis de suo, hoc est, quae ad honorem et delectationem et prosperitatem saeculi pergit invite, ad tristitiam, ad probra et adversitatem saeculi pergit sponte.

Obedience means not ascribing to oneself anything in fortunate or unfortunate circumstances. This means that obedience avoids the world's honor, enjoyment and prosperity and seeks of its own accord the world's sadness, reproach, and hardship.

Si enim ad gaudia et prosperitatem ieris sponte, non es obediens; si autem ad tristia et tentationes perrexeris invite, non es obediens; unde considerare [page 542] debes, quae est obedientia, quam agis, et vide, quali animo agis. Si autem animus tuus delectaverit obedire in adversis et compressus fuerit in prosperis, tunc victor eris [similiter et, si invite].

If you willingly tend towards happiness and prosperity you are not obedient. If you avoid sadness and temptations, you are not obedient. Thus you need to examine [page 542] if what you do is (an act of) obedience. Look at the intention of your acting. However, if your mind finds pleasure in obeying in hardship and you are uncomfortable in fortunate circumstances, you are at the winning side. The same applies to the reverse.

Ubi animadvertendum est, quia non est illa obedientia, si in prosperis aut in commoditatibus voluntarie obedit.

Be aware, thus, that there is no obedience, if someone likes to obey only in fortunate or convenient circumstances.

Sciendum est enim, quia haec regula maxime in obedientia consistit, unde inprimis auditorem suum obedientiam praecipit sumere, cum dicit: obedientiae fortissima atque praeclara arma assume. [Regula Benedicti, prol.3]

One has to know that obedience stands in the center of this Rule since (Benedict) teaches his listener at the beginning to take up obedience when he says Take up the brilliant and mighty weapons of obedience. [Regula Benedicti, prol.3]

Obedientia est gladius, scutum, cassis et caetera arma; et sicut perit ille, qui sine armis pugnat in proelio, ita et monachus perit, qui obedientiam respuit.

Obedience is the sword, shield, cuirass and all other arms. Just as one perishes who fights a battle without weapons, so the monk perishes who rejects obedience.

Tunc enim quis Deum irridet, cum, quod promittit voce, opere nun complet, quia si hominem deridet, cui homo facit fidem et, mentitur, multo magis Deum irridet, cum promittit illi quis servire et mentitur. Isti tali tolerabilius erat in saeculo perire, quam [ut] sumere habitum sanctitatis et mentiri Deo.

If someone does not fulfill in deed what he promises in word, he mocks God, for if he scorns a man by making a pledge and lying, how much more does he mock God when he promises to serve him and lies? For such a person it were more tolerable to perish in the world than to take up the habit of sanctity and to lie to God.

De talibus dicit Dominus in evangelio: Expedit ei, ut suspendatur mola asinaria in collo ejus et demergatur in profundum maris. [Mt 18:6]

The Lord says of such people in the Gospel: It would be better for him to have a large millstone hung around his neck and to be drowned in the depths of the sea [Mt 18:6].

Quod enim dicit: Suscipe me Domine secundum eloquium tuum et vivam, et ne confundas me ab exspectatione mea [Ps 118:116] - ac si diceret: Domine eloquium tuum est, quod dixisti: Qui reliquerit omnia, quae possidet, centuplum accipiet etc. [cf. Mt 19:29]

For he says: Receive me, Lord, according to your word, and I shall live, and do not confound me in my hope [Ps 118:6]. This is like: ‘Lord, your word is what you have said, namely: He who leaves behind everything he owns will receive it hundredfold [cf. Mt 19:29].

Et ecce ego propter hoc eloquium tuum, i. e. praeceptum tuum deserui saeculum et omnibus meis renuntiavi; et nunc rogo, ut suscipias me.

And behold, because of your word, that is, because of your command, I have left the world and have broken with all my family and now I ask you to receive me.’

Et reddit causam, quare, cum dicit et vivam; et pro ‘ut’ est, i. e. ut vivam; et rogo, ne confundas me ab exspectatione mea, ac si diceret: ‘Rogo clementiam tuam, ut quia tamdiu distuli converti, ne ob hoc confundas me et ne sit mihi confusio et verecundia ante te.’

And (Benedict) gives a reason why he says and I shall live (et vivam): the ‘and(et) stands for ‘that’ (ut), thus that I shall live. And I ask ‘Do not confound me in my hope’ which means in other words: ‘I ask for your mercy, because I have postponed my conversion so long, so that you do not confound me for it and I am not confused and ashamed before you.’

Sequitur: 24Res, si quas habet, aut eroget prius pauperibus aut facta solemniter donatione conferat monasterio, nihil sibi reservans ex omnibus, 25quippe quia ex illo die nec [page 543] proprii corporis potestatem sciat se habiturum. 26Mox ergo in oratorio exuatur rebus propriis, quibus vestitus est, et induatur rebus monasterii. 27Illa autem vestimenta, quibus exutus est, reponantur in vestiario conservanda, 28ut si aliquando suadente diabolo consenserit, ut egrediatur de monasterio, quod absit, tunc exutus rebus monasterii projiciatur. 29Illam tamen petitionem ejus, quam desuper altare abbas tulit, non recipiat, sed in monasterio reservetur.

Next: 24If he has any property, he should either distribute it to the poor beforehand or, having made a solemn donation, give it to the monastery, keeping none of it whatsoever for himself, 25since indeed he knows that from that day forward, [page 543] he will not even have control over his own body. 26Right there in the oratory, let him be stripped of the clothes in which he is dressed and put on the monastery’s clothes. 27Let the clothing he removed be put in the wardrobe for safekeeping, 28so that if ever he gives in to the Devil’s urging that he should leave the monastery, God forbid, then let him be thrown out, stripped of the monastery’s clothes. 29However, he should not get back the petition that the abbot took from the altar, which should be kept in the monastery.

Quod autem dicit: Res si quas habet aut eroget prius pauperibus aut facta solemniter donatione conferat monasterio, nihil sibi reservans ex omnibus, quippe qui ex illo die nec proprii corporis potestatem se habiturum sciat; mox ergo in oratorio exuatur rebus propriis, quibus vestitus est, et induatur rebus monasterii - illic subjungendum est: suscipiendus autem in oratorio coram omnibus promittat de stabilitate sua et reliq.

The words If he has any property, he should either distribute it to the poor beforehand or, having made a solemn donation, give it to the monastery, keeping none of it whatsoever for himself, since indeed he knows that from that day forward, he will not even have control over his own body. Right there in the oratory, let him be stripped of the clothes in which he is dressed and put on the monastery’s clothes have to be understand in the context of the one to be received in the oratory before everyone he must promise concerning his stability etc.

Novitius non debet rem suam vendere nec donare ante unum annum i. e. antequam fiat monachus. Ideo enim dicit illud, vestimentum reservari, ut postmodum illi detur propter turpitudinem, etiam si purpureum vestimentum adduxerit. Quod enim dicit reservanda, tam diu debet reservari, donec potest servari; post vero, si non habuerit illud vestimentum, debet pro illo simile dari.

A novice may not sell his property or give it away before the completion of one year, that is, before he has been made a monk. Therefore (Benedict) speaks about keeping the vestment, so that it may be given to him afterwards because of his turpitude – even if he came in a vestment of purple. When he says keeping, he means keeping it as long as it can be used. But if the community does not have this vestment any more, they need to give him a similar one instead.

Quod vero dicit, illam suam petitionem non reddi, non [enim] satis claret; forte ideo dicit, non reddi, ut si forte aliquando negaverit habitum monachicum aut forte clericalem, habeatur, quo illi probetur ab episcopo, quia aut in monasterio aut certe sub canone constitutus etiam coacte ab episcopo, postquam exit de monasterio, vivere debet juxta auctoritatem Nicaeni canonis.

But when (Benedict) says that is petition is not to be returned, he is not entirely clear. Perhaps he says that it is not to be returned in the case he lays down the monastic habit or assumes a priestly habit, which must have the bishop's support. For when he has been placed in a monastery or under canon law enforced by the bishop, he must live according to the authority of the canon of Nicaea after he leaves the monastery.

Quod vero dicit non liceat ei egredi de monasterio, non dicit de illo, si pro obedientia exierit, vel de illo, si pro melioratione exierit, aut certe, si in illo monasterio regulae non est rectitudo, sed de illo dicit, si nolens obedire regulae exierit, tunc non debet exire. Nam si aut in eremum aut in aliud monasterium ierit causa meliorationis, tunc magis regulae se subjicit.

But when (Benedict) says He should not be allowed to leave the monastery, it does not apply to one who leaves it out of obedience or to better himself or certain if the Rule is not followed correctly in his monastery. Rather it applies to one who leaves because he does not want to follow the Rule. In that case he may not leave. But if he becomes a hermit or goes to another monastery in order to better himself, he submits himself to the Rule even more.

Sciendum est enim, quia tres sunt causae, pro quibus potest monachus rationabiliter de monasterio exire, i. e. pro melioratione, pro [page 544] salvatione atque obedientia.

One needs to know that there are three reasons that justify a monk leaving the monastery: to improve himself, to [page 544] save his soul or out of obedience.

Pro melioratione vero, ut, licet bene vivat in monasterio, tamen quia in aliis locis et plus studiosius ordo regularis servatur et custoditur, currit ad eundem locum, quatenus et ipse in eodem loco melius vivat, quam in suo, sicut leguntur sancti patres fecisse, veluti illi, qui de monasterio, quod erat in Bethlehem, exeuntes perrexerunt ad monasteria, quae erant in Aegypto, quae melius et studiosius vivebant; et ceteri alii multi similiter fecerunt.

Concerning improvement: although someone might live well in a monastery, nevertheless, because at other places the regular order is kept and followed more zealously, he runs to that very place in order that he too might live better there than in his own (monastery). One reads that the Holy Fathers did so, like those, for example, who were in Bethlehem and left seeking monasteries in Egypt, where they lived better and more zealously. And there are many others who did likewise.

Pro salvatione autem exeunt, veluti si est ipse locus malus et inibi regula non custoditur, et ideo possunt de hoc monasterio exire causa salvationis animae suae, ad illum locum, ubi diligentius regularis ordo custoditur, quatenus inibi salventur.

They leave for their salvation as if the place itself is evil and the Rule is not followed there. Therefore they are allowed to leave this monastery, for the sake of the salvation of their soul, for such a place where the regular order is followed more carefully, so that they are saved there.

Ubi notandum est, quia si ille pro melioratione possunt exire et ad meliorem vitam pergere, cum possent in suis locis utcunque salvari, multo magis possunt isti, qui timent periculum animae suae in locis pessimis, quia non possunt ibi salvari, pergere ad ea loca, ubi salvari possunt. Tertio vero modo possunt etiam exire de monasterio causa obedientiae et ire, quo mittuntur.

Here it needs to be noted that if they can leave for the sake of improvement and move to a better life, even if they can be saved in one way or another at their own place, how much more can those who fear that their soul is in danger at the most evil places, because they cannot be saved there, go to places where they can be saved. The third reason to be allowed to leave the monastery is if they leave out of obedience and go where they are sent.

Hoc notandum, quia si venerit aliquis ad monasterium ad abbatem rogandum, et rogaverit abbatem, ut sinat illum intrare in monasterium, ille abbas non debet illi assensum praebere cito, ne videatur facilis ingressus; sed debet illi dicere: 'Frater! non potes observare hoc, quod petis; melius est tibi in saeculo esse, quam huc venire et promittere ea, quae non potes observare. Forte tu fuisti malus in saeculo, nunc vis te et alios perdere.’

Note that if someone comes to the monastery in order to approach the abbot and he asks him to be allowed to enter the monastery, the abbot may not give assent quickly, lest it seems to be easy entry. (The abbot) needs to say to him: ‘Brother! You cannot fulfill this what you ask for. It is better for you to remain in the world than to come here and to promise what you cannot fulfill. Maybe you have been evil in the world and now you want to destroy yourself and others.’

Verum debet unus e fratribus dicere illi semotim: ‘Frater! nostra regula dicit, ut te non recipiat noster abbas cito, sed si perseveraveris pulsando, faciet tibi, sicut tu postulas,’ quia regula dicit non facilis tribuatur ingressus; ideo tibi noster abbas non dixit venire. Sed tu veni ad portam monasterii et nos tibi exhibeamus aliquod adjutorium et supplementum,10 usquequo iterum loquaris cum illo.'

But one of the brothers needs to take him aside and say to him: ‘Brother! Our Rule prohibits our abbot from giving you easy access, but if you persevere in knocking (at our door) he will do for you what you want, because the Rule says that entry is not to be granted easily. Therefore our abbot has not told you to come. But come to the gate of the monastery and we provide you with some help and support until you talk to him again.’

Notandum est, quia bene dixit aptus sit ad lucrandas animas, quia sicut ille, [page 545] qui opus vult agere aut debet, si nescierit, magis damnum facit, ita et ille, si aptus non fuerit, magis frangit illum hominem, quam ad perfectionem ducat.

Note that (Benedict) correctly said he should be suited to win souls, because just as someone [page 545] incapable of doing the work he wants or needs to do instead causes harm, someone who is not suited breaks the person rather than leading him to perfection.

Sciendum est enim, quia sunt nonnulli minus intelligentes, qui aliis suadent ad monasterium venire pro zelo Dei. Isti tales minus intelligunt hoc, quod in Canticis Canticorum dicitur: Adjuro vos, filiae Jerusalem, per capreas cervosque camporum, ne suscitetis [Ct 2:7] et reliqua. Isti tales assumunt hoc, quod dicitur: Qui audit, dicat: Veni. Non est ita intelligendum: Qui audit, dicat: Veni, [Apc 22:17] ut debeamus suadere cuiquam venire in monasterium, cum, si hoc facimus, contra regulam facimus, quia regula illum dicit probari et pene rejici, et tu adducis ad monasterium illum hominem? Nam: Qui audit, dicat: Veni, intelligitur isto modo, i. e. qui intelligit de dulcedine patriae, nunciet illam aliis.

Be aware that there are some not-so-smart people who urge others to come to the monastery out of ardor for God. They do not really understand what is said in the Song of Songs: I charge you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the roes and the hinds of the field, that you stir not up etc. [Ct 2:7] What they have in mind is Who hears, let him say: Come! [Apc 22:17]. Who hears let him say: Come! does not mean that we should urge everyone to come to the monastery. If we do this, we act against the Rule, because the Rule says to test him and nearly to refuse him. And you lure this person into the monastery? Who hears, let him say: Come! needs to be understood in the following way: Who knows about the sweetness of the homeland, let him tell others about it.

De hac vero sententia, qua dicit: Adjuro vos, filiae Jerusalem, per cupreas cervosque camporum, ne suscitetis [Ct 2:7] et reliq. docet etiam Beda (?) hoc modo dicens, ait enim: Adjuro vos, filiae Jerusalem, per capreas cervosque camporum, ne suscitetis neque evigilare faciatis dilectam, quoad usque ipsa velit: [Ct 2:7]

About this sentence, which says: I charge you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the roes and the hinds of the field, that you stir not up etc. [Ct 2:7] Bede says the following: I charge you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the roes and the hinds of the field, that you stir not up nor awaken my love until she pleases. [Ct 2:7]

Filias Jerusalem sanctas et pacificas doctorum animas dicit, quas per munda et velocia animalia, quae ruminare non desinunt et in campis sanctarum scripturarum aluntur, conjurat, ne suscitare faciant dilectam, donec ipsa velit. Quod Paulum apostolum fecisse cognoscimus, cum virginibus de conservanda sanctimonia non praeceptum, sed concilium dedit. [cf. 1 Cor 7:25] Et in evangelio diviti dicitur: Si vis perfectus esse, vade, vende omnia, quae habes, et da pauperibus. [Mt 19:21]

He calls the holy and peace-bringing souls of learned men ‘daughters of Jerusalem’. He adjures them through (the image of) to the pure and swift animals that do not stop to chew and feed themselves in the fields of the Holy Scriptures, not to stir up the beloved til she please. We know what the Apostle Paul did, when he did not instruct the virgins how to preserve their state of holiness, but (simply) advised them. [cf. 1 Cor 7:25] And it is said to the rich man in the Gospel: If you want to be perfect, go, sell everything that you possess and give it to the poor. [Mt 19:21]

Et in alio loco spadones laudantur, qui se ipsos castraverunt propter regnum coelorum. Et statim adjicitur: Qui potest capere, capiat. Et iterum Apostolus, dum ad continentiam fideles hortatur: sed hoc ad utilitatem vestram dico, non ut laqueum vobis injiciam, sed ad id, quod honestum est et facultatem praebeat sine, impedimento Dominum obsecrandi. [cf. 1 Cor 7:35]

And at another place the eunuchs are praised, who have castrated themselves for the Heavenly Kingdom [cf. Mt 19:21]. And immediately he adds: The one who can accept this should accept it. [Mt 19:12]. Furthermore, when the Apostle admonishes faithful to moderation (he says): ‘I am saying this for your own good, not in order that I throw a net over you, but for what is honest and gives the ability to worship the Lord without hindrance.’ [1 Cor 7:35]

Et rursum ad Philemonem: Sine consilio autem tuo nihil volui facere, uti ne velut ex necessitate bonum tuum esset, sed voluntarium. Tunc etenim dilecta, quoadusque velit, nullo modo suscitatur, [page 546] quando sanctorum vota voluntate Domino offerantur. [Justus Urgellensis, In Cantica Canticorum Salomonis explicatio mystica, c. 2.33, PL 67, col. 970C-971A]

And, again, to Philemon: ‘But I did not want to do anything without your advice, so that any good you do will be spontaneous and not forced’. [Phlm 1:14] Thus the beloved should by no means be awakened until she pleases, [page 546] when the gifts of the saints are offered to the Lord of their own will. [Justus of Urgell, In Cantica Canticorum Salomonis explicatio mystica, c. 2.33]

Item: Adjuro vos, filiae Jerusalem, per capreas cervosque etc. Hanc sententiam jam in senioribus constitutam, in quantum Deus adjuvit, adhibitis testimoniis pertractasse meminimus. Sed idcirco iterum in hoc libro arbitror repetitam, ne quisquam doctorum vel muneribus sollicitet, nec minis deterreat credituros; sed tantum quae sancta sunt, praedicet et voluntarie ad fidem vel religionem credituros sive convertendos adducat. [Justus Urgellensis, In Cantica Canticorum Salomonis explicatio mystica, c. 2.61, PL67, col. 947D]

Likewise: I charge you, daughters of Jerusalem, by the roes and the hinds etc. He placed this sentence already above and we remember that we have explained it with other examples inasmuch as God has helped us. But I think that in this book this has been repeated lest any learned men either distresses those who should believe with obligations or threatens them with menaces, but so that he preaches only what is holy and leads those who must believe or those who must be converted voluntarily to faith or religion. [Justus of Urgell, In Cantica Canticorum Salomonis explicatio mystica, c. 2.61]5

De hac re etiam B. Gregorius docet hoc modo dicens: Non ergo, fratres, audemus vobis dicere, ut omnia relinquatis, et tamen, si vultis, omnia etiam retinendo relinquitis, si sic temporalia geritis, ut tamen tota mente ad aeterna tendatis. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in evangelia 36, c. 11, CCSL 141, p. 343]

On this matter Blessed Gregory teaches in these words: My friends, I do not dare to tell you to abandon everything, but if you wish to do so, you can abandon all things even while holding on to them, by attending to your temporal affairs in such a way as to tend wholeheartedly toward what is eternal. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia 36, c. 11, transl. David Hurst, Gregory the Great, Forty Gospel Homilies (Kalamazoo: Cistercian Publications 1990), p. 323]

Item Gregorius: Relinquat ergo omnia, qui potest; qui autem relinquere omnia non potest, cum adhuc rex longe est, legationem mittat; lacrimarum, eleemosynarum, hostiarum munera offerat. Vult enim placari precibus, qui scit, quia portari non possit iratus. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia 37, c. 10, CCSL 141, p. 358]

From the same Gregory: Let one who can do so abandon everything, but let one who cannot do this while the king is some distance away send a delegation: let him offers the gifts of tears, almsgiving, and sacrifices. The one who knows that we cannot bear his wrath wants to be appeased by our prayers. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia 37, c. 10, transl. David Hurst, Gregory the Great, Forty Gospel Homilies (Kalamazoo: Cistercian Publications 1990), p. 336-337 (with small revision)]

INCIPIT ORDO, QUALITER DEBET AGERE NOVITIUS, QUANDO REGULAM PROMITTIT

HERE BEGING THE PROCEDURE FOR HOW A NOVICE HAS TO ACT WHEN HE PROFESSES THE RULE

Inprimis cum venit in oratorium, debet promittere coram omnibus his verbis: ‘Ego ille promitto de stabilitate mea et conversione morum meorum et obedientia secundum regulam S. Benedicti coram Deo et angelis ejus’. Et cum hoc dixerit promittens, tunc debet facere petitionem, i. e. aut tunc debet scribere ipsam petitionem, aut si scripta fuerit ipsa petitio, tunc ibi in praesentia debet scribäere aliquid ibi, hoc est nomen suum, aut si non sapit scribere, tunc in praesentia fratrum ibi debet facere signum crucis.

First, when he comes into the oratory he needs to promise in front of everyone these words: ‘I promise my stability and the conversion of my ways and life and obedience according to the Rule of St. Benedict before God and his angels.’ And when he has given this promise, he needs to make the petition. Either he needs to write down this petition now, or, if it is already written down, he needs to write something on it publicly, that is, his name, or, if he cannot write, he needs to put the sign of a cross on it in the presence of the brothers.

Deinde cum hoc fecerit, tunc debet ipsam petitionem manu sua ponere super altare;11 deinde cum eam posuerit super altare, statim debet inclinato capite dicere istum versum tertio, i. e.: Suscipe me, Domine, secundum eloquium tuum, et vivam, et ne confundas me ab exspectatione mea. [Ps 118:116] Et cum [page 547] dixerint fratres ipsum versum, debent etiam subjungere: ‘Gloria Patri et Filio et Spiritui Sancto’, et reliqua.

After having done this, he needs to place this petition on the altar with his own hand and next, having placed it on the altar, he needs to say this verse three times with bowed head: Receive me, Lord, according to your word, and I shall live, and do not confound me in my hope. [Ps 118:116]. And after [page 547] the brothers say this verse, they should add: ‘Glory to the Father and to the Son and the Holy Spirit’ and so forth.

Deinde cum hoc dixerint, tunc debet ille novitius ponere genua in terram et salutare omnes fratres volvendo se in gyro, ut omnes orent pro eo. Deinde cum salutaverit omnes fratres, sicut dixi, tunc debet se ipse novitius prosternere et prostratus jacere ante altare in terra, et omnes fratres debent ponere genua in terra, et sic genibus flexis cantare pro illo quinque psalmos ad illud opus pertinentes, i. e.: Levavi oculos meos in montes; Ad te levavi oculos meos, qui habitas in coelis; Nisi quia Dominus erat in nobis, et De profundis atque Miserere mei Deus cum Gloria. Omnes debent cantare et tribus vicibus dicere Kyrie eleyson.

When they have said this, the novice needs to kneel on the ground and greet all brothers while turning himself in a circle so that they all pray for him. After having greeted all the brothers, as I said, the novice needs to prostrate himself and lay down on the ground in front of the altar and all brothers should kneel on the ground and, while kneeling, sing for him the five Psalms pertaining to this service, that is I have lifted up my eyes to the mountains [Ps 121]; I have lifted my eyes to you, who lives in the heavens [Ps 122]; If it had not been the Lord who was with us [Ps 123]; From the depths [Ps 129]; and Have mercy upon me, O God [Ps 50] with Gloria.

Deinde cantatis his quinque psalmis, tunc debet aut abbas, aut si non vult abbas, tunc presbyter debet dicere Pater noster, deinde: Et ne nos inducas in tentationem, atque capitula debet dicere ad ipsum opus12 pertinentia, i. e. Salvum fac servum tuum; Convertere, Domine, usque quo; Dominus custodiat te ab omni malo; Dominus custodiat introitum tuum et exitum tuum, ex hoc nunc et usque in saeculum; Dominus vobiscum et orationem ad ipsum opus pertinentem.

All need to sing and say Kyrie eleyson three times. After they have sung these five Psalms, either the abbot or, if he does not want to, a priest should say Our father, followed by do not lead us into temptation and say those verses pertaining to this service: Rescue your servant [Ps 85:2]; Turn, Lord, until [Ps 89:13]; May the Lord protect you from all evil [Ps 120:7]; May the Lord protect your way in and out henceforth and forever [Ps 120:8; The Lord be with you and the prayer belonging to this service.

Deinde cum haec omnia fuerint facta, tunc debent se erigere omnes atque novitius, et erecto novitio tunc debet abbas induere caput novitii cum melota, et post haec debet ille novitius omnes fratres osculari et usque tertium diem coopertum caput habere. In die tertio debet offerre13 et communicare, et sic abbas debet caput novitii discooperire ante altare.

When all his has been done everyone and the novice should rise and when the novice has risen the abbot needs to cloth the head of the novice with a melota (a cowl). Then the novice should kiss all the brothers and keep his head covered until the third day. On the third day he should bring the offering and take communion and then the abbot should unveil the head of the novice before the altar.


1. mitti (?). (Mittermüller).
2. monachus (?). (Mittermüller).
3. Non introeundi (?). (Mittermüller).
4. recipere aut expellere (?). (Mittermüller).
5. nostram indulgentiam. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
6. Infra legitur: die tertio. (Mittermüller).
7. melota. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
8. debent. Cod. Divion. (Mittermüller).
9. oratio postea dicatur. Cod. Divion. (Mittermüller).
10. sublevamentum. Cod. Divionens. ap. Marten. (Mittermüller).
11. The original text of the rule is: 20Quam petitionem manu sua scribat, aut certe, si non scit litteras, alter ab eo rogatus scribat et ille novicius signum faciat et manu sua eam super altare ponat. The phrase ‘si non scit litteras’ is omitted.
12. ad ipsum versum. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
13. auferre. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).

1. Hildemar refers here to different textual traditions of the Regula Benedicti. See Regula Benedicti, c. 58.1, ed. Rudolf Hanslik, CSEL 75, p. 133.
2. The text as it stands does not make sense. Mittermüller may have left out Non.
3. The Latin is probably corrupt. On monastic profession and baptisms, see Lutterbach, Hubertus, ‘Der Mönch - das besondere Gotteskind. Zur Genese und Prägekraft einer Metapher für das christliche Klosterleben’, Revue d’histoire ecclésiastique 99:1 (2004), 5-34.
4. I follow Cod. Divion. See note 9 of the Latin text.
5. Hildemar’s (or Mittermüller’s) rendering is probably corrupted. We follow here the text given in PL 67, col. 974D: Adjuro vos filias Jerusalem. Hanc sententiam jam in superioribus constituit, et in quantum Deus audivit, adhibitis testimoniis nos pertractasse meminimus. Sed idcirco iterum in hoc libro arbitror repetitum, ne quisquam doctorum vel muneribus sollicitet, vel minis deterreat credituros, sed tantum quae sancta sunt praedicet, et voluntarie ad fidem vel religionem credituros sive convertendos adducat.


Cap. LIX
DE FILIIS NOBILIUM VEL PAUPERUM, QUI OFFERUNTUR

[Ms P, fol. 147vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 161r; Ms E1, fol. 165v; Ms. E2, fol. 253r]

Ch. 59
CONCERNING THE SONS OF NOBLES AND THE POOR WHO ARE OFFERED

Translated by: Mayke de Jong

Perseverat adhuc B. Benedictus in expositione sua. Jam quia coepit dicere de ordine novitiorum et dixit de [page 548] his, qui legitimam aetatem habent, nunc [vero] dicit de infantibus hoc capitulum, cujus clavis est ista: De filiis nobilium vel pauperum, qui offeruntur.

Holy Benedict still continues his exposition. Because he began by pronouncing on the order of entry of novices and spoke about [page 548] those who are of age, he now [in] this chapter addresses children, the title of which is about the sons of nobles and the poor who are offered.

Nobiles enim appellat divites, quamquam scriptura divina appellet nobiles liberos, quia solent multi pauperes esse nobiles genere, eo quod de nobili genere sunt orti. Et iterum solent multi divites ignobiles esse, i. e. quia de rustica progenie sunt nati. Unde B. Benedictus sive sint nobiles sive ignobiles, i. e. de illis dicit, qui divitias habent, et iterum nobiles dicit de divitibus.

He calls rich people ‘nobles’, although divine scripture calls nobles free men, because there usually are many poor men of noble birth, because they were of noble descent. And likewise there are usually many rich men who are not noble, that is, because they originate from a peasant family. Which is why Saint Benedict says that they are noble or not – that is, he refers to those who have riches, and then calls the rich men ‘nobles’.

Sciendum est autem, quia tres distinctiones facit B. Benedictus, i. e. divitum, mediocrum et nihil habentium.

One should know, however, that Saint Benedict distinguishes between three categories, namely the rich, those of middling wealth, and those who have nothing.

Ait enim: 1Si quis forte de nobilibus offert filium suum Deo in monasterio, si ipse puer minor aetate est, parentes ejus faciant petitionem, quam supra diximus, 2et cum oblatione ipsam petitionem et manum pueri involvant in palla altaris et sic eum offerant.

For he says: 1If it happens that a nobleman offers his son to the monastery, if the boy is young, his parents should make the petition we mentioned above, 2and they should tie together the petition and the boy’s hand in an altar cloth, with the oblation, and offer him that way.

Puerum enim non dicit illum, cujus aetas ab octavo inchoatur anno, sed illum puerum vocat, qui per se non potest profiteri secundum legem, quoniam parentes ejus vivunt.1

They do not call that boy puer whose age group starts with his eighth year, but him who cannot make a lawful profession for themselves according to the law that his parents live by.1

Parentes enim nominat solummodo patrem et matrem, quia parentes de matre et patre dicuntur a pariendo.

By ‘parents’ he only means the father and the mother, because the father and the mother are called parentes, that is from begetting (pariendo).

Quod enim dicit: faciant petitionem, quam supra diximus, illa intelligitur, in qua dicitur de stabilitate sua et conversione morum suorum et obedientia [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17] et reliqua.

For where he says they should make the petition we discussed above, the particular document should be understood in which there is a pronouncement about his stability and the conversion of his conduct and obedience, [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17] etcetera.

Ita faciendum est: debet, si pater est vivus, dicere pater; si autem mortuus est, dicere mater - nam alius propinquus non debet - i. e.: ‘Promitto ego ille coram Deo et sanctis ejus pro filio meo de stabilitate sua et conversione morum suorum atque obedientiam habendum’; [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17] et debet habere petitionem scriptam et promissionem in manu pro filio suo.

This is to be done as follows: if the father is alive, he should pronounce this; if he is dead, however, the mother should pronounce it – for another relative should not do it – namely: 'I promise for my son, in the presence of God and his saints, about his stability and the conversion of his conduct and that he will observe obedience' [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58.17] and he should have the written petition and vows in his hand for his son.

Verbi gratia, cum lectum fuerit evangelium, quando debent offerre, antequam incipiant offertorium, debet ponere in dextera manu filii sui oblatam cum mappula, in sinistra autem amulam vini. Deinde debet illum pater ante se Cap. MX. [page 549] tenere infantem, et debet involvere manum filii sui in illa mappula, cum qua offert, quia, de ipsa mappula dicitur palla altaris, non de altaris panno sacrato. Deinde debet tenere manu sua manum filii sui involutam in illa mappula et petitionem, qua firmat filium suum in illo monasterio, et debent adesse testes.

For example, when the Gospel is read, when they [i.e. the faithful] faithful have to bring their oblations,2 before the Offertory starts, he should put his oblation in the right hand of his son together with the mappula,3 yet in the left hand the jug of wine. Then the father must [page 549] hold the child in front of him, and he should wrap the hand of his son in that mappula with which he offers, because it is this mappula that is referred to as palla altaris, not the consecrated altar cloth. Then he must take in his hand the hand of his son, enveloped in that mappula, and the petition with which he vows4 his son to that particular monastery, and witnesses should be present.

Tunc debet abbas interrogare illum isto modo: ‘Quid petis frater?’ Ille debet respondere dicens: ‘Volo tradere filium meum Deo omnipotenti ad serviendum sibi in hoc monasterio, quia sic praecepit Dominus in lege filiis Israel, ut offerrent filios suos Deo; et propterea ego volo hunc filium meum similiter Deo offerre. ’ Deinde debet dicere abbas testibus: ‘Auditis, fratres, et videtis, quid iste dicit.’ Illi debent dicere: ‘Audivimus et videmus.’ Tunc debet ille pater ante se filium suum ducere ad illum locum, ubi homines offerre consueverunt. Deinde debet presbyter tollere oblatam et amulam de manu infantis tenta2 in manu patris, et abbas debet recipere infantem et tollere petitionem, ita tamen, ut pater illam petitionem super altare reponat, eo quod abbas illam petitionem desuper altare debet tollere, quia sic in capitulo LVIII dicit: desuper altare ponat, [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.29] et alibi: non reddat illam petitionem, quam desuper altare tulerit.

Then the abbot should interrogate him as follows: ‘What do you seek, brother?’ That man must then answer: ‘I wish to hand over my son to the almighty God to serve Him in this monastery, because thus the Lord commands in the law for the children of Israel, that they offer their children to God; and for this reason I want to offer my son to God in a similar fashion.’ Then the abbot has to say to the witnesses: ‘Have you heard, brothers, and seen what this man said?’ And these have to say: ‘We have heard and seen.’ Then the father must lead his son in front of him to the place where men usually offer.5 Then the priest must take the offering and the jug from the hand of the child held in the father’s hand, and the abbot should receive the child and accept the petition, in such a manner, however, that the father places that petition on the altar, because the abbot has to take that petition from the altar, for it says in chapter 58: he puts it on the altar and elsewhere: let him not return the petition that he placed on the altar.6

Verumtamen melius est, si potest fieri, ut abbas cantet missam, ut ille accipiat etiam illam oblatam et vinum. Ideo praecepit B. Benedictus, cum oblatione offerri, ut per hoc, quod foris ostenditur, significetur hoc, quod geritur, i. e. sicut oblatio efficitur holocaustum Domino, ita etiam ille infans holocaustum Domino efficiatur. Non enim dicit in illo panno altaris, involvi, qui sacratus est, i. e. qui super altare ponitur, sed de illo panno, cum quo nos offerimus, quem nos mappulam vocamus, et hoc altaris pannus est, quia officium altaris per hoc agitur.

Yet it is better, if it can be managed, that the abbot celebrates the mass, so that he receives the oblation and the wine. For this reason Saint Benedict orders to offer [the child] with the oblation: so that by what is shown externally, what actually happens is signified; that is, like the oblation is made into a holocaust for the Lord, so also that child is made into a holocaust for the Lord. He does not instruct to envelop [the child’s hand] in that altar cloth that is consecrated, that is, the one that is put onto the altar, but he refers to that piece of cloth with which we bring the oblation nowadays, which we call a mappula; and this is an altar cloth, because with it the office of the altar is performed.

Sequitur: 3De rebus autem suis aut in praesenti petitione promittant sub jurejurando, quia nunquam per se, nunquam per suspectam personam nec quolibet modo ei aliquando aliquid [page 550] dent occasionem tribuendi;3 4vel certe si hoc facere noluerint, et aliquid offerre voluerint in eleemosynam monasterio pro mercede sua, 5faciant ex rebus, quas donare volunt monasterio, donationem, reservato sibi, si ita voluerint, usufructuario, 6atque ita omnia obstruantur, ut nulla suspicio remaneat puero, per quam deceptus perire possit, quod absit, quod experimento didicimus.

Then follows: 3Concerning his property, they should either promise under oath in this same petition that they will never give him anything themselves, nor through a third party, nor by any means, nor [page 550] offer him the opportunity to own anything. 4Of course, if they do not want to do that and desire to offer something to the monastery for their own reward, 5let them make a donation to the monastery of the property they wish to give, keeping usufruct for themselves if they so desire. 6In this way everything is closed off, so that the boy cannot harbour any hope by which, God forbid, he could be deceived and ruined, which we have learned through experience.

Quod vero dicit: De rebus autem suis in praesenti petitione promittant sub jurejurando et reliqua, - ac si diceret: juret, ut nunquam det illi aliquid aut per se aut per aliquam personam aut certe aliqua occasione, qua ille possit de monasterio exire.

As for the prescription Concerning his property, they should either promise under oath in this same petition and so on, it is as if he would have said: let him swear that he never gives anything to that [child], be it of his own accord or through some other person or by some opportunity by which he [the child] could leave the monastery.

Isto enim modo debet fieri, i. e. quando offert filium suum, tunc debet dicere: ‘Sic promitto per viventem in saecula, quia nunquam do illi hereditatem suam aut aliquid quidquam, sed exheredo illum ab omni mea hereditate, ut exheres sit in perpetuum, ita ut per nullum ingenium possit quaerere de mea hereditate pro successione sua.’

This he should do in the following manner – that is, when he offers his son, then he should pronounce publicly: ‘Thus I swear by Him who lives through the ages, that I will never give that child his inheritance or anything else, but I disinherit him from my entire legacy, so that he will be disinherited forever, to the extent that he can never claim to succeed to my legacy, by whatever means.’

Hoc enim, quod dicit: vel certe si hoc facere noluerint et aliquid offerre voluerint in eleemosynam et reliqua, ita intelligitur, i. e. si hoc noluerint facere, hoc est si eum exheredare de rebus suis noluerint, sed voluerint ejus portionem offerre in monasterium, tunc offerant etiam ejus portionem cum ipso infantulo.

Where it says Of course, if they do not want to do that and desire to offer something and so on, it should be understood as follows: if they do not want to do this, that is to disinherit him, but want to offer his share of the inheritance to the monastery, let them then offer his portion together with that little child.

Debet enim isto modo fieri, i. e. si voluerit offerre ejus portionem in monasterium, tunc debet etiam dicere, quando offert filium suum: ‘Offero etiam ejus portionem pro mercede animae meae in hoc monasterium.’ Si voluerit usufructuario, etiam hoc potest facere, i. e. ita: ‘Offero ejus portionem in hoc monasterium, ut dum ego vixero, ejus portionem usufructuario4 habeam; post meum vero decessum, tunc veniat ejus hereditas in hoc monasterium, aut certe aliquid plus quam portionem suam.’

This must be done in this way, that is, if he [the father]7 wants to give the portion of the child to the monastery, he must also declare, when he offers his son: ‘I also offer his portion to this monastery, for my salvation.If he wants to keep the usufruct, he can do this as well, namely as follows: ‘I offer his portion to this monastery, provided that as long as I live I will have the usufruct of his portion; after my death, let then his inheritance come into possession of this monastery, or indeed something more than his portion.’

Obstruantur, i. e. claudantur, ac si diceret: ita claudantur, ut nullus aditus sit aut remaneat, per quem possit de monasterio [page 551] exire, aut deceptus pereat, quod absit, i. e. quod malum nunquam sit. Experimento, i. e. probatione; didicimus, i. e. cognovimus. Hoc quod dicit quod experimento didicimus, in dubio est, utrum pater adtraxerit filium suum, an filius sponte de monasterio exierit.

Obstruantur, that is, claudantur, as if he said: [everything] is closed off, so that there is or remains no way by which he can leave the monastery, [page 551] or, deceived, can perish, which God forbid – that is, may this evil never happen. Through experience, that is, by trial; we have learned, that is, we have come to know. Where it says, we have learned by through experience, it is not certain whether the father lured away his son, or the son left the monastery of his own volition.

Sequitur: 7Similiter autem et pauperiores faciant. Qui vero ex toto nihil habent, simpliciter petitionem faciant et cum oblatione offerant filium suum coram testibus.

Then follows: 7Let poorer people do likewise. Those who have no property at all should simply draw up the petition and offer their son before witnesses. Where it says let poorer people do likewise.

Quod vero dicit pauperiores similiter faciant, - ac si diceret: sicut dixi facere divites, ita per omnia faciant pauperiores, i. e. mediocres.

It is as if he said: just as I have admonished to act concerning the rich, let the poorer people do the same in all respects, that is, those of middling wealth.

Quod autem dicit qui vero ex toto nihil habent, simpliciter petitionem faciant et cum oblatione offerant filium suum coram testibus, ita intelligi debet, i. e. si tales sunt, qui per omnia nihil habent, non est opus, ut alio modo faciant promissionem, sicut divites et mediocres, sed simpliciter petitionem faciant.

What he says about those who have no property at all, let them simply draw up the petition and offer their son before witnesses, should be understood in the following way: that is, if they are of the kind that has nothing at all, it is not useful that they make another kind of vow, like the rich and the middling rich, but let them simply do the petition.

Simpliciter, i. e. sine datione.

Simply meaning without a gift.

Et cum oblatione offerant filium suum coram testibus, i. e. sine ulla datione substantiae, sed solummodo cum oblatione offerant filium suum, quia oblatio attinet ad panem et vinum, quae in sacrificium offeruntur.

And let they offer their son before witnesses, with the oblation, that is, without any donation of property, but let them offer their son just with the oblation, for oblatio refers to the bread and wine that are offered as a gift during Mass.

Quod enim dicit parentes ejus faciant petitionem, quam supra diximus, intelligitur: quia sic debet ille pater vel mater promittere pro filio suo, i. e. de stabilitate et conversione morum ejus et obedientia coram Deo et sanctis ejus, sicut illi faciunt, qui in legitima aetate veniunt ad monasterium.

Where he says the parents should make the petition we mentioned above, one should understand that this father or mother should make the vow for their son, that is about his stability and the conversion of his conduct and obedience towards God and His saints, just like those do that come to the monastery when they are of age.

Quaeri potest, quare S. Benedictus praecepit, hic jurare, cum Dominus dicat, non jurare omnino. Ita enim solvitur: Dominus enim non omnino prohibuit jurare, sed prohibuit, ut juramentum pro omnimodo non esset bonum appetendum, quia juramentum non omnimodo est bonum; sed quia sunt quaedam res, quae pro se non sunt appetendae, tamen pro aliis omnimodis bonis accipi debent; sicut Paulus legitur jurasse, non ut cognovisset, juramentum omnimodo bonum esse, sed pro aliis omnimodo bonis rebus juravit, sicut habes suprascriptum.

One can question why St Benedict prescribes an oath here when the Lord says not to swear oaths at all.8 Yet this is solved as follows: The Lord did not forbid any kind of swearing, but he forbade this in view of the fact that one should not apply the oath as something appropriate in all circumstances, because the oath is not appropriate in all circumstances. But there are certain matters that, although one should not attempt these for oneself, one must nonetheless accept as appropriate for others – just as one reads of St Paul having sworn an oath, not because he thought that an oath was appropriate under any circumstances, but he swore in view of other in all respects appropriate matters, as you find mentioned above.

Ita S. Benedictus in hoc loco facere videtur, cum dicit jurare, non ut pro omnimodo bonum esset appetendum, sed pro salute animae pueri, quae pro [page 552] omnimodo bona est appetenda, quatenus parentes pueri timeant et timendo occasionem non dent puero peccandi, ut puer pereat in aeternum, ac per hoc timorem incussit parentibus, ne dent aliquam occasionem peccandi, et per ipsam occasionem puer pereat.

When St Benedict orders to swear here, he seems to do so not because this is to be applied as appropriate in all circumstances, but in view of the salvation of the soul of the boy, [page 552] in order that the parents of the boy become fearful, and through their fear do not give the boy any occasion to sin, so the boy perishes for all eternity; and thus he has instilled fear in the parents, lest they provide any opportunity for sin and the boy perishes by this.


1. profiteri legem, secundum quam parentes ejus vivunt. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).
2. tentam. Cod. Divionens. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
3. In editis exemplaribus legitur: nec quolibet modo ei aliquand oaliquid dent aut tribuant occasionem habendi. (Mittermüller).
4. usufructuarium. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).

1. This is the meaning of the text, methinks; the alternative (‘because the parents are alive’) does not make sense, and should moreover have included ‘adhuc’ or something of the sort. For a more extensive commentary on this entire chapter, see Mayke de Jong, In Samuel’s Image. Child Oblation in the Early Medieval West (Leiden etc, 1996), pp. 156-190 (= ch. 5: Models and rituals of child oblation).
2. At the time the view that the host should be unleavened bread baked under priestly supervision began to become more common, but it was still customary for those participating in Mass to bring their own bread to be consecrated, along with other other offerings in kind. In this case the oblation is bread, for through this ritual the child is closely associated with the consecrated bread and wine.
3. I have left this untranslated for the time being; it is a small cloth in which consecrated matter such as the host was wrapped, so it would not directly touch human hands.
4. Firmare means to fix, to confirm, but also to consecrate.
5. Hildemar probably means a special table where the laity deposited their offerings; by the ninth century the altar and its direct environment had become the prerogative of priests, deacons and subdeacons.
6. This is supposedly a reference to c. 58, but not a literal one (see c. 58.29).
7. Or the mother, if the father is no longer alive.
8. Mt. 5, 34; James 5, 12; for this reason high-ranking clerics who were royal fideles did not swear an oath to the ruler, but made a promissio.


Cap. LX
DE SACERDOTIBUS, QUI VOLUERINT IN MONASTERIO HABITARE

[Ms P, fol. 148vPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 163r; Ms E1, fol. 166v; Ms. E2, fol. 251r]

Ch. 60
CONCERNING PRIESTS WHO WISH TO LIVE IN THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Matthew Mattingly

1Si quis de ordine sacerdotum in monasterio se suscipi rogaverit, non quidem ei citius assentiatur, 2tamen si perstiterit omnino in hac supplicatione, sciat, se omnem regulae disciplinam servaturum, 3nec aliquid ei relaxabitur, ut sit, sicut scriptum est: Amice, ad quod venisti? [Mt 26:50]

1If anyone from the order of priests asks to be received into the monastery, indeed may it not be quickly granted to him. 2Nevertheless, if he is altogether persistent in this request, let him know that he will have to keep the entire discipline of the Rule, 3nor will anything be relaxed for him. Thus it may be as written: Friend, for what have you come? [Mt 26:50]

Adhuc S. Benedictus ordinem servat in eo quod prius dixit, qualiter laici majoris aetatis seu etiam minoris aetatis suscipiantur [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58-59], et nunc etiam exponit, qualiter sacerdotes suscipiantur.

St. Benedict still maintains the arrangement he spoke of earlier concerning how adult laymen, or even minors, are to be received [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58-59], and now he explains likewise how priests are to be received.

 Sacerdotis nomen ad episcopum seu presbyterum attinet atque diaconem, sicut ipse inferius dicit.

The designation priest applies both to bishops and to presbyters, as well as to deacons, just as [St. Benedict] himself says below.

In hoc, quod nunc dicit non citius, manifestat, quid sit, quod superius dixit de laicis: non facilis. [Regula Benedicti, c 58.1]

Because he says not quickly in this present passage, it is evident that this is parallel with what he said above concerning laymen: not easily. [Regula Benedicti, c 58.1]

Tamen si omnino perstiterit in hac petitione, assentiatur ei.

Nevertheless, if he is altogether persistent in this request, let it be granted to him.

H. e. quod superius dixit de laicis: ergo si veniens perseveraverit pulsans et illatas sibi injurias et difficultatem ingressus post quatuor aut quinque dies visus fuerit patienter portare et persistere petitioni suae, annuatur ei ingressus. [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.3-4]

This is what he said above concerning laymen: Therefore, if someone having come should persevere, knocking on the door and bearing the insults heaped upon him and the difficulty of entry, then after four or five days if he appears to bear this patiently and to persist in his petition, let him be allowed to enter. [Regula Benedicti, c. 58.3-4]

Et in hoc loco, in quo subsequitur dicens: 2sciat se omnem regulae disciplinam servaturum, 3nec aliquid ei relaxabitur, intelligitur, quia per omnes gradus debet probari veluti laicus, etiam plus quam laicus; nam tres sunt gradus, quibus probari debent novitii, i. e. unus ad portam monasterii per quatuor aut quinque dies; deinde secundus in hospitio paucis diebus, h. e. duobus mensibus; tertius est in cella novitiorum per decem menses.

In the passage which follows where he says, 2let him know that he will have to keep the entire discipline of the Rule, 3nor will anything be relaxed for him, it is understood that [the priest] is to be tested through every degree, just as a layman—even more than a layman. For there are three degrees by which novices must be tested: first, at the gate of the monastery for four or five days, then, secondly, in the guest house for a few days (i.e., for two months), and, thirdly, in the novitiate for ten months.

Sciendum est enim, quia sunt, qui intelligunt in hoc loco, ubi dicit sciat, se omnem regulae disciplinam observaturum, nec aliquid ei relaxabitur, non attinere disciplinam ad flagellum, quia multis modis dicitur disciplina, sed ad observationem [page 553] vitae.

Now bear in mind that there are those who understand in the passage where [St. Benedict] says, let him know that he will have to keep the entire discipline of the Rule, nor will anything be relaxed for him, that here discipline does not refer to the whip—for discipline is defined in many ways—but rather to the observance [page 553] of the life.

Nam disciplina potest dici de grammatica, de rhetorica, de dialectica etc. et de ceteris aliis artibus, eo quod disciplina dicitur, quia discitur plena. [Cf. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae I, c. 1-2

For [the term] discipline can be applied to grammar, rhetoric, dialectic, etc., and to certain other arts, because discipline refers to that which is taught in full. [Cf. Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae I, c. 1-2]

Deinde sunt alii, qui intelligunt etiam de flagello dixisse S. Benedictum, quia quantum major est gradu, tantum majus est ejus peccatum, et idcirco major debet esse disciplina.

Then there are others who understand that St. Benedict, in addition, was speaking about the whip: for the higher one’s rank, the greater his sin, and for that reason his discipline must also be greater.

Et illi respondent: non debet frater presbyter flagellari, quia canones dicunt, non presbyterum flagellari, sed per XLIV ei testes testificari, sicut dicit S. Silvester in suis decretis [cf. Decreta Sancti Patris Silvestri, PL 130, col. 609D] ne haereticis contra sanctos religiosos presbyteros daretur facultas aut occasio surgendi adversus presbyterum.'

Now the former will respond: An ordained brother should not be whipped, for the canons say that a priest is not to be beaten unless forty-four witnesses have testified against him, as St. Sylvester says in his decrees [cf. Decreta Sancti Patris Silvestri], in order that heretics not be given the means of acting against holy and religious priests, nor receive an occasion for rising up against one.

At modo quia omnes catholici sumus et sacerdotes reperiuntur insipidi, ideo necesse est, ut dimittamus hoc, quod Silvester dixit, et teneamus hoc quod evangelium dicit: In ore duorum et trium testium stet omne verbum. [Mt 18:3]

But since we ourselves are all catholic, and because priests are known to be found insipid, for these reasons it is necessary that we set aside what Sylvester said and [instead] maintain what the Gospel says: Every word holds true in the mouth of two or three witnesses [Mt 18:3].

Ita et de flagello intelligendum est; propter viles presbyteros debet flagellum in presbyteris commoveri, et quia ita est, iste sensus utrimque tenendus est, i. e. boni et honesti non flagellentur, viles et mali flagellentur. Quia si tenuerimus ita, ut nunquam flagellentur mali, malis presbyteris non erit terror nec disciplina. Si autem tenuerimus, ut semper flagellentur, tunc boni non frangentur, h. e. semper ministerium suum adimplere studebunt.

It is to be understood in the same way concerning the whip. Because there are worthless priests, priests must be subject to the whip, and because this is so, such a view must hold true for both sides—i.e., good and honest priests are not to be whipped, worthless and wicked ones are. For if we were to maintain that wicked priests are never to be whipped, there would be no fear or discipline for them. But if we hold that they should always be whipped, it will not be the good ones who are broken, for they are already ever eager to fulfill their ministry.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia illi, qui dicunt: 'flagellandi sunt presbyteri,' sunt simplices et zelantes legem Dei; illi autem qui dicunt, non esse flagellandos, sunt acutiores et perspicaciores.

It should also be kept in mind that those who say, 'priests ought to be whipped,' are simple-minded and zealous for the law of God, whereas those who say 'they should not be whipped,' are sharper and more perceptive.

Nam sciendum est, quia illi, qui dicunt, ad observationem vitae attinere hoc, quod superius diximus, dicunt, adjuvari illos illud testimonium,1 quod subjungitur: Amice, ad quod venisti? [Mt 26:50]- subaudiendum est: 'fac' et 'adimple.'

Bear in mind also that those who say that this [precept] pertains only to the observance of the life, as we have mentioned above, claim they are supported by that testimony which follows: Friend, for what have you come? [Mt 26:50]—and to this they would add: ‘do’ and ‘complete.’1

De susceptione presbyterorum intelligendum est, quia plus debet presbyter probari quam laicus, praeter si talis fuerit, ut religiosus videatur, non ita tunc debet probari, sicuti laicus, eo quod majorem religionem habeat, quam laicus, et hoc intelligitur in eo loco, ubi dicit: [page 554] 4liceat ei missas tenere et benedicere, si talis fuerit ejus vita.

When it comes to the reception of priests, it must be understood that a priest is to be tested more than a layman, except for the case that he appears religious, then he ought not to be tested in the same way as a layman because he has more religion than a layman, and this is understood in the current passage where [St. Benedict] says: [page 554] 4It is permitted to him to say Mass and to impart blessings, if his life [is worthy] of such things.

Si ergo propter vitam promovendus est, cur non propter vitam similiter et laicus? Non; quia presbyter meliorem semper ducere debet vitam, quam laicus.

If, therefore, a priest is to be promoted on account of his life, why not likewise a layman on account of his life? By no means. For a priest should always lead a better life than a layman.

Nunc autem, quia S. Benedictus de sacerdotibus dicit, dicendum est nobis, quare sacerdos aut presbyter vel diaconus dicatur.

But now since St. Benedict speaks about priests [sacerdotibus], we must address the reason why a priest [sacerdos] is called either a presbyter or a deacon.

Dicit enim Isidorus in libro ethymologiarum ita: Sacerdos autem nomen habet [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from ed. Lindsay:] conpositum ex Graeco et Latino, quasi sacrum dans; sicut enim rex a regnando, ita sacerdos a sacrificando vocatus est. Consecrat enim et sanctificat.

For Isidore thus says in Etymologies: The name ‘priest’ [sacerdos] is composed from the Greek and Latin words for offering the sacrifice at the Mass [sacrum dans]. Just as a king is called rex from the act of reigning [regando], so too is a priest called sacerdos from the act of making sacrifice [sacrificando], for he both consecrates and sanctifies.

Sacerdotes autem gentilium flamines dicebantur. Hi in capite habebant pilleum, in quo erat brevis virga desuper habens lanae aliquid. Quod cum per aestum ferre non possent, filo tantum capita religare coeerunt. Nam nudis penitus eos capitibus concedere nefas erat. Unde a filo, quod utebantur, flamines dicti sunt, quasi filamines. Verum festis diebus filo deposito pilleum inponebant, pro sacerdotii eminentia.

The flamines gentilium [a pagan order of priests in ancient Rome] were also called priests. These wore a biretta on their head on which there was a short staff on top covered with wool. Because they were not able to wear this throughout the summer, they began to cover their heads with only a single thread, for it was considered an insult for them to go about with a completely bare head. Whereby, from the single thread [filo] that was used, they are called flamines, similar to ‘spinners’ [filamines]. But on feast days, having set aside the thread, they put on the biretta, for the sake of the eminence of the priesthood.

Presbyter Graece, Latine senior interpretatur, non pro aetate, vel decrepita senectute; sed propter honorem et dignitatem, quam acceperunt, presbyteri nominantur.

Likewise, the Greek presbyter, interpreted in Latin as ‘elder’, is so called, not on account of his age or infirmity, but because of the honor and dignity which he has received.

Ideo autem et presbyteri sacerdotes vocantur, quia sacrum dant, sicut episcopi, qui licet sint sacerdotes, tamen pontificatus apicem non habent; quia nec chrismate frontem signant, nec Paracletum Spiritum dant, quod solis deberi episcopis lectio Actuum aspostolorum demonstrat. Unde et apud veteres idem episcopi et presbyteri fuerunt, quis illud nomen dignitatis est, hoc aetatis. Levitae ex nomine auctoris vocati.

For that reason presbyters are also called priests [sacerdotes], because just as the bishops they offer the sacrifice [sacrum dant], but although they are priests, nevertheless, they do not have the pontifical rank, for they do not anoint with chrism nor bestow the Spirit Paraclete, which is given to the bishops alone as a reading of the Acts of Apostles demonstrates. Wherefore, among the ancients, bishops and priests were the same man, who had the former name on account of his merit, the latter on account of age.

De Levi enim levitae exorti sunt, a quibus in templo Dei mystici sacramenti ministeria expebantur. Hi Graece diacones, Latine miniteri dicuntur, quia sicut in sacerdote consecratio, ita in diacono ministerii] dispensatio habetur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 12.17-22]

The Levites are so called because of their originator, for from Levi did the Levites arise, by whom are fulfilled the ministries of the mystical rite in the temple of God. These are called deacons [diacones] in Greek, ministers [ministeri] in Latin, for just as the right to consecrate is held by the priesthood, in the same way is the right to dispense the various ministries held by the diaconate. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c.12.17-22]

Cleros et clericos [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, added from ed. Lindsay:] hinc appellatos, quia Matthias sorte electus est, quem primum per Apostolos legimus ordinatum. Κληρος enim Graece sors vel hereditas dicitur. Propterea ergo dicti clerici, quia de sorte sunt Domini, vel quia Domini partem habent. Generaliter autem clerii nuncupantur omnes qui in ecclesia Christi deserviunt, quorum gradus et nomina haec sunt: ostiarius, psamista, lector, exorcista, acolythus, subdiaconus, diaconus] presbyter, episcopus. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 12.1-2]

Clerics and the clergy are so called because Matthias was chosen by lot, which we read to have been first established by the apostles, for kleros in Greek means lot or inheritance. Therefore, for that reason, they are called clerics because it is by lot that they belong to the Lord or have a share in the Lord. But generally speaking, all are called clerics because they serve Christ in the Church, the degrees of which are these: porter, cantor, lector, exorcist, acolyte, subdeacon, deacon, priest, and bishop. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae VII, c. 12.1-3]

Sequitur: 3ut sit, sicut scriptum est: Amice, ad quod venisti? [Mt 26:50]

The Rule continues: 3Thus it may be as written: Friend, for what have you come? [Mt 26:50]

Istud, quod hic dicit B. Benedictus, Dominus tempore traditionis suae Judae dixit. Sed sunt, qui istum locum in evangelio varie intelligunt.

The passage which Blessed Benedict quotes here is that which the Lord said to Judas at the time of his betrayal. There are those, however, who understand this Gospel passage in various ways.

Alii dicunt, quia dolentis vox est, quasi dolenter dixisset Dominus: Amice, ad quod venisti? i.e. ad quod scelus delapsus es! Venisti discipulus tradere magistrum, servus Dominum, creatura creatorem, et cum esses apostolus, effectus es traditor.

Some say that it reflects the voice of one who is grieving, as if with grief the Lord had said, Friend, for what have you come?—that is, into what crime have you fallen! You, a disciple, have come to hand over his master, a slave his Lord, a creature his Creator, and since you were an apostle, you are now rendered a traitor.

Sunt iterum alii, qui intelligunt: Amice, ad quod venisti, subaudiendum est: fac, i. e. non venisti osculum pacis dare, sed tradere, quasi diceret: ad quod venisti, fac, i. e. trade et imple, quod spopondisti. Et secundum hunc sensum S. Benedictus in hoc loco illud intellexit: Amice, ad quod venisti, fac, i. e. non venisti imperare, sed imperari, servire, non serviri, subesse, non praeesse.

Again, there are others who understand that to Friend, for what have you come? the imperative should be added, ‘do this’—that is, ‘you have not come to give the kiss of peace, but to betray.’ It is as if he were saying, ‘Do (i.e., hand me over) and complete what you have pledged.’ According to this sense, the passage in St. Benedict should be read, Friend, do that for which you have come?—i.e., you have not come to rule but to be ruled, not to be served but to serve, not to be in charge but to submit.

Sequitur: 4Concedatur tamen ei post abbatem stare et benedicere aut missas tenere, si tamen jusserit abbas. 5Sin alias, nullatenus aliqua praesumat sciens, se disciplinae regulari subditum, et magis humilitatis exempla omnibus det.

The Rule continues: 4Nevertheless, let it be granted to him to stand behind the abbot, to impart blessings, or to say Mass, but only if the abbot should bid him. 5Otherwise, he must not presume to be an exception, knowing that he is subject to the discipline of the Rule, and should rather give an example to all of his humility.

Quod vero dicit concedatur ei post abbatem stare et benedicere et missas tenere, subaudiendum est: si ejus vita talis fuerit digna, ac si diceret: 'si dignus est,' i. e. si talis fuerit ejus vita, ut omnibus praeferatur, 'stet post abbatem, et si non dignus, non stet, sed sive in medio, sive in ultimo secundum quod dignus fuerit, ibi stet.'

Because St. Benedict says, let it be granted to him to stand behind the abbot, to impart blessings, or to say Mass, we ought to add: if his life is worthy of such things. And then he would say, ‘if he is worthy’—that is, if his life is of such a kind that he is to be preferred before all others—‘let him stand behind the abbot, but if he is not worthy then let him not stand there, but either in the middle or at the end according to what he deserves.’

Benedicere intelligendum est: cibum aut potum in refectorio, aut certe lectori [page 555] in ecclesia.

The privilege of imparting blessings should be understood as referring either to food or drink in the refectory, or at least to the reader [page 555] in church.

Similiter et quod dicit missas tenere, intelligendum est, sicut diximus, de loco, h. e. si dignus fuerit, ut missam cantet, cantet; si autem non dignus fuerit cantare, non cantet, h. e. si fecit adulterium, i. e. cum uxore alterius aut cum femina sacrata, aut homicidium, aut certe talia, pro quibus canones illum prohibent missam cantare.

Likewise, when he says, to say Mass, it is to be understood as we have said elsewhere with reference to another passage, i.e., if he is worthy of celebrating Mass, let him celebrate it, but if he is not worthy of celebrating it, then he should not do so—that is, if he commits adultery (i.e., with the wife of another or with a consecrated woman), or homicide, or indeed other such things for which the canons prohibit him from celebrating Mass.

Quia, si Paulus apostolus de illis dicit, qui mortali peccato tenentur, non communicare,2 - quanto minus, missas cantare [non] debent. Ait enim: Si quis indigne manducaverit corpus et sanguinem Domini nostri Jesu Christi, reus erit corporis et sanguinis Domini et reliq. [cf. Cor 11:27-28]

For if the Apostle Paul, speaking about these matters, says that someone who is bound by mortal sin should not receive communion, how much more then should he not celebrate Mass. For Paul says, If anyone unworthy should eat the body and blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, he will be held accountable for the body and blood of the Lord, etc. [cf. 1 Cor 11:27-28]

In hoc vero quod superius dixit: sciat, se omnem regulae disciplinam servaturum, nec aliquid ei relaxabitur, et nunc dicit: 5sciens, se disciplinae regulari subditum, et magis humilitatis exemplum omnibus det, datur intelligi, ut tam in admonitione secreta quam in publica correptione aut excommunicatione aut nimiis jejuniis vel flagello aut oratione seu expulsione, sicut ille laicus, qui conversus est in monasterium, ita tamen si talis fuerit, ut flagellari dignus sit, flagelletur. Si vero aut senex aut sapiens aut talis voluntatis durae, ut pro flagello sit postmodum pejor, non debet flagellari, sicut jam de monachis diximus, quia medicina debet adhiberi, non vulnus, quia, sive monachus sive presbyter, medicari debet, non vulnerari.

Because St. Benedict said above, let him know that he will have to keep the entire discipline of the Rule, nor will anything be relaxed for him, and now he says, 5knowing that he is subject to the discipline of the Rule, and should rather give an example to all of his humility, in this passage we should understand that both in private admonishment and in public correction, whether this involves excommunication, lengthy fasts, whipping, prayer, or expulsion, it should be just as it is for the layman who has converted to the monastic life: if he is of such a kind that he deserves to be whipped, then he should be whipped; but if he be an old man, or wise, or has such a stubborn will that he would be worse afterwards on account of the whipping, then he should not be whipped, just as we have already said concerning monks who ought to receive medicine rather than a wound, because whether he is a monk or a priest he should be cared for, not afflicted.

Sciendum est enim, quia ubi dicit post abbatem stare, ideo dicit, quia tunc erant pauci sacerdotes et melioris vitae quam nunc sint, et ideo dicit post abbatem stare. Sed nunc de omnibus intelligendum est, quia non omnes sacerdotes boni sunt et hoc manifestatur, ubi dicit: si jusserit abbas.

Bear in mind that when he states the priest is to stand behind the abbot, this is said because at that time there were few priests—and all leading better lives—than there are today, and for that reason St. Benedict says that he is to stand behind the abbot. But now it is understood by everyone that not all priests are good, and this is evident when he says, if the abbot should bid him.

In eo quod dicit si jusserit abbas, manifestatur, quia per probationem vitae debet jubere.

Here, because he says, if the abbot should bid him, it is clear that he ought to bid him by testing his way of life.

Et quomodo probatur vita sacerdotis? Potest per famam sanctitatis aut malitiae, quam foris habuit, sive etiam, quia non dicit regula, ut statim, ex quo intrat, stet post abbatem, ubi datur intelligi, quia prius et postquam intraverit, etiam cognosci debet ejus vita.

And how ought the life of a priest be tested? It can by the reputation for sanctity or disrepute which he has outside the monastery. Further, the Rule does not say that he is to stand behind the abbot immediately from the moment he enters, since it is clear that both before and after he enters, his way of life ought to be familiar.

Quod vero vitae aestimatio debet [page 556] esse in sacerdote manifestatur etiam in hoc, cum S. Benedictus non de uno dicit, sed de omnibus, quid agendum sit.

Because there ought to be an appraisal [page 556] of the priest’s way of life, it is evident even in this case what ought to be done, for St. Benedict is not speaking about one priest but about all.

Si tres sunt sacerdotes aut plus, quomodo possunt poni post abbatem, quia si unus fuerit, alter [vero] non potest esse? Ac per hoc, cum ita sit, vita prius cognoscatur, et tunc secundum meritum vitae concedatur ei post abbatem stare vel missas tenere et benedicere, si tamen jusserit ei abbas.

If there are three priests or more, how can they [all] be placed behind the abbot? For if one is there then the others cannot be. Thus, because this is the case, his way of life must first be known, and then it will be granted to him, according to the merit of his life, to stand behind the abbot, to say Mass, or to impart blessings, so long as the abbot bids him.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia in eo quod dicit concedatur ei stare post abbatem, et non dicit: 'secundus vel tertius vel quartus vel plus,' datur intelligi, etiamsi in decimo loco steterit post abbatem cognoscitur stare; et ideo quia ita est, vita necesse est ut inspiciatur, ut si dignus est, sit secundus aut tertius aut quartus aut juxta vitae suae meritum.

Bear in mind also that in this passage, because he says, let it be granted to him to stand behind the abbot, and does not say, ‘in the second, third, fourth place or more,’ it is clear that even if he should stand in the tenth place, he would be recognized to stand behind the abbot. On that account, because this is the case, it is necessary that his way of life be inspected, so that if he is found worthy, he might be second, or third, or fourth, according to what his life deserves.

Sequitur: 6Si forte ordinationis aut alicujus rei causa fuerit in monasterio, 7illum locum attendat, quando ingressus est in monasterium, non illum, qui ei pro reverentia sacerdotii concessus est. 8Clericorum autem si quis eodem desiderio monasterio sociari voluerit, loco mediocri collocetur, 9et ipse tamen si promittit de observatione regulae vel propria stabilitate.

The Rule continues: 6If by chance there should be an occasion for making an appointment or some other business in the monastery, 7let him maintain the place that corresponds to when he entered the monastery, not that which is conceded to him out of respect for his priesthood. 8But if any clerics likewise wish to join the monastery, let them be ranked in the middle, 9but, notwithstanding, only if they promise observance of the Rule and their stability.

Quod vero dicit: Si forte ordinationis aut alicujus rei causa fuerit in monasterio, illum locum attendat, quem habuit, quando ingressus est in monasterium, non illum, qui ei pro reverentia sacerdotii concessus est - ac si diceret: si forte fuerit dignus, ut decanus aut praepositus3 aut consiliator aut certe alicujus utilitatis, cum tali humilitate et subjectione debet abbati consilium dare aut certe agere hoc, quod illi injunctum est, cum quali humilitate et reverentia seu subjectione locutus fuerat, quando monasterium ingressus est.

Indeed, because he says, if by chance there should be an occasion for making an appointment or some other business in the monastery, let him maintain the place that corresponds to when he entered the monastery, not that which is conceded to him out of respect for his priesthood—it is as if he were saying: if by chance he is worthy to become dean, or prior, or a counselor, either he should give useful council to the abbot, with all humility and subjection, or at least do that which he has been enjoined with the same humility and reverence or subjection that he had shown when he first entered the monastery.

Quod enim dicit: Clericorum autem si quis eodem desiderio monasterio se sociare voluerit, loco mediocri collocetur - ac si diceret: si mediocrem ejus vitam cognoverint; nam si talis fuerit, ut etiam juxta abbatem stet aut debet collocari, collocetur. Similiter, si talis fuerit, ut in ultimo stet, sicut diximus de sacerdotibus, ita agendum est.

For because he says, but if any clerics likewise wish to join the monastery, let them be ranked in the middle—it is as if he were saying: if they are familiar with his mediocre life; for if it should be the case that he ought to stand or be placed next to the abbot, then let him be placed there. Likewise, if it happens that he ought to stand in the last place, just as we said concerning priests, then may it be so.

Notandum est, quia in clericorum nomine comprehenditur diaconus [page 557].

Make note that a deacon is included under the name of clerics. [page 557]

Hoc tamen sciendum est, quia non satis claret, utrum dicit, pulsari ita sacerdotes, sicut laicos, eo quod capitulum divisit de clericis et sacerdotibus et laicis.

Nevertheless, be mindful that it is not sufficiently clear whether he says the priests are to be struck in the same way as the laymen, because he has divided the chapters concerning the priests, the clerics, and the laity.

Et quia dicit, omnem disciplinam regularem scire eis servaturum, intelligitur, quia omnis disciplina est regularis, etiam illa pulsatio laicalis.

And because he says that they should know they will have to keep the full discipline of the Rule, it must be understood that all discipline is of the Rule, even the beating of laymen.

De hoc vero quod superius diximus, flagellari presbyterum, si necessitas coegerit, notandum est, quia illi, qui dicunt, flagellari debere ipsos presbyteros, assumunt testimonium hoc, quod propheta dicit: Qualis populus, talis et sacerdos, [Os 4:9] ac per hoc, si talis fuerit sacerdos, qualis populus, tunc sicut laicus probandus inprimis, deinde ita excommunicandus, ita etiam flagellandus.

Concerning this, since we have already stated that a priest is to be whipped if necessity demands it, make note that those who say the priests themselves are obliged to be whipped, accept this testimony which the prophet speaks: Such as the people, so also the priest, [Os 4:9] and because of this, if a priest is just as the people, then he especially ought to be tested in the same way as a layman, excommunicated in the same way, and even whipped in the same way.

Sed videamus, quod B. papa Gregorius dicat de hoc quod dicitur: Talis populus, qualis et sacerdos. Dicit enim in libro pastorali cap. XVIII hoc modo:4 Qua autem mente animarum praesul honore pastorali inter caeteros utitur, si in terrenis negotiis, quae reprehendere in aliis debuit, et ipse versatur? Quod videlicet ex ira justae retributionis per prophetam Dominus minatur dicens: Et erit sicut populus, sic sacerdos [Os 4:9].

But let us see what blessed pope Gregory says about this statement, Such as the people, so also the priest. For he says in the eighteenth chapter of his book, Pastoral Rule: With what conscience does the director of souls make use of his pastoral honor among other men, when he himself is embroiled in the worldly business which he ought to denounce in others? Clearly this is what the Lord threatened, in the wrath of just retribution, when he said through the prophet, just as the people will be, so also the priest [Os 4:9].

Sacerdos quippe est ut populus, quando agit ea is, qui spiritali officio fungitur, quae illi nimirum faciunt, qui adhuc de studiis carnalibus judicantur.  [Gregory the Great, Regula Pastoralis II, c. 7, SC 382, p. 222]

Clearly the priest is just as the people when we find that the one who functions in a spiritual office does those very things which the people most certainly do, and when the priest must still be judged concerning his carnal inclinations. [Gregory the Great, Regula Pastoralis II, c. 7]

Et hoc sciendum est, quia cum canit quis missam, si vult orare pro paganis et haereticis et schismaticis, ut convertantur, potest, et ideo unusquisque sacerdos sive sit canonicus sive etiam monachus, quia missam cum canit, pro omnibus malis, ut convertantur, potest et debet rogare.

Know also that whenever anyone says Mass, if he wishes to pray for the conversion of pagans, heretics, and schismatics, he is allowed to do so. On that account, each priest, whether he be canon or monk, because he has the ability to pray for the conversion of all wicked men when he says Mass, he is obliged to do so.


1. illo testimonio (?). (Mittermüller).
2. Anacoluthon. (Mittermüller).
3. praepositus fiat. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
4. se (?). (Mittermüller).

1. i.e., ‘Friend, do and complete that for which you have come.’


Cap. LXI
DE MONACHIS PEREGRINIS, QUOMODO SUSCIPIANTUR

[Ms P, fol. 150rPaulus Diaconus
Ps.-Basil: Ms K1, fol. 165v; Ms E1, fol. 168v; Ms E2, fol. 253r]

Ch. 61
CONCERNING THE RECEPTION OF UNKNOWN MONKS

Translated by: Matthew Mattingly

1Si quis monachus peregrinus de longinquis provinciis supervenerit, si pro hospite voluerit habitare in monasterio 2et contentus est consuetudine loci, quam invenerit, et non forte superfluitate sua perturbet monasterium, 3sed simpliciter contentus est, quod invenerit, suscipiatur, quanto tempore cupit. [page 558] 4Si qua sane rationabiliter et cum humilitate caritatis reprehendit aut ostendit, tractet abbas prudenter, ne forte, pro hoc ipso eum Dominus direxerit. 5Si vero postea voluerit stabilitatem suam firmare, non renuatur talis voluntas, et maxime, quia hospitalitatis tempore potuit ejus vita dignosci.

1If an unknown monk from a distant province should arrive and wish to live as a guest in the monastery, 2let him be received for however long he desires, provided that he is content with the customs of the place as he finds them, and does not disturb the monastery with his petty demands, 3but is wholly content with what he finds. [page 558] 4Indeed, if he criticizes or points out something reasonably and with the humility of charity, let the abbot treat him judiciously on the chance that the Lord sent him for this very reason. 5Thereafter if he should wish to confirm his stability, may such a desire not be denied, especially since his life was able to be discerned during his time as a guest.

Perseverat adhuc B. Benedictus in proposito suo, quia jam superius coeperat dicere, qualiter suscipiantur hospites [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 53], et dixerat de1 majoris et minoris aetatis et sacerdotibus atque clericis [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58-60], nunc vero dicit etiam de monachis, qualiter suscipiantur; ait enim: Si quis monachus peregrinus de longinquis provinciis supervenerit etc. usque suscipiatur, quanto tempore cupit. Longinquam provinciam dicit, quae longo spatio distat, i. e. quae multis milliariis, veluti est Ravenna, Burgundia.

Blessed Benedict continues with the subject, which he had already begun to discuss above, concerning how outsiders are to be received [into the community]. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 53] He has already spoken about adults, minors, priests and clerics; [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58-60] now he speaks also about monks and how they are to be received, for he says: If an unknown monk from a distant province should arrivelet him be received for however long he desires. He says distant province, meaning one separated by a long expanse (i.e., separated by many miles, such as Ravenna or Burgundy).

Nam non dicit longinquam provinciam, i. e. ut de tertia civitate vel eo amplius intelligatur, sed de spatio milliariorum dicit.

For he does not say that distant (longinquam) province should be understood to mean a third city or more, but rather a space of many miles.

Contentus, i. e. continens, hoc est simul tenens.

Content (contentus) as in “containing” (continens), which is similar to “holding.”

Sive enim dicatur consuetudine loci, sive consuetudine regulari, unum significat, quia consuetudo monasterii regularis est.

Whether he says customs of the place or customs of the Rule, it means exactly the same thing, since the customs of a monastery are those of the Rule.

Simpliciter contentus; simpliciter, i. e. innocenter.

Simply content; simply, (simpliciter) meaning ‘innocently’ (innocenter).

Superfluitate, i. e. in cibo aut potu vel in aliquo alio opere.

Petty demands (superfluitate), that is, in food or drink, or in some other deed.

Quanto tempore cupit, i. e. uno anno vel duobus annis et reliq.

For however long he desires, which is to say for one or two years or more.

Quod enim dicit: Si qua sane rationabiliter et cum humilitate caritatis reprehendit aut ostendit, intelligitur, quia sunt tales, qui reprehendunt verbis, et iterum sunt alii, qui nolunt verbis reprehendere, sed operibus manifestare.

When he says: If he criticizes or points out something reasonably and with the humility of charity, it is to be understood that there are some who criticize with words, and there are others who do not wish to criticize with words but make it known through their actions.

Tractet abbas prudenter, ne forte pro hoc ipsum Deus direxerit, i. e. debet dicere abbas apud se: 'forte ad nostram eruditionem illum direxit Dominus.'

Let the abbot treat him judiciously on the chance that the Lord sent him for this very reason, means that the abbot ought to say to himself, 'perhaps the Lord sent him here for our instruction.'

Et maxime, quia tempore hospitalitatis potuit ejus vita dignosci, ac si diceret: ob hoc maxime ejus voluntas non renuatur, quia tempore hospitalitatis potuit ejus vita dignosci.

Especially since his life was able to be discerned during his time as a guest, it is as if he were saying, because of this let his wish not be denied, especially since his life was able to be discerned during his time as a guest.

Sequitur: 6Quodsi superfluus aut vitiosus inventus fuerit tempore hospitalitatis, non solum, non debet sociari corpori monasterii, 7verum etiam dicatur ei honeste, ut discedat, ne [page 559] ejus miseria etiam alii vitientur. 8Quodsi non fuerit talis, qui mereatur projici, non solum, si petierit, suscipiatur congregationi sociandus, 9verum etiam suadeatur ei, ut stet, ut ejus exemplo alii erudiantur, 10quia in omni loco uni Domino servitur, uni regi militatur.

The Rule continues: 6But if during his time as a guest he is found excessive in his needs or full of faults, not only should he not be admitted to the body of the monastery, 7but he should be told candidly to depart, lest [page 559] others be corrupted by his wretched ways. 8But if he is not the sort who deserves to be cast out, not only should he be added to the community if he asks to be received, 9but he should even be persuaded to remain so that the others may be instructed by his example, 10since in every place we serve the same Lord and fight under the same Rule.

Quod enim dicit quod si superfluus aut vitiosus fuerit et reliq. superfluus attinet ad incessum sive ad illud, si plus, quam regula dicit, dicat agere; vitiosus attinet ad illud, si minus, quam regula dicit, agit, i. e. ad negligentiam.

When he says, but if he is excessive in his needs or full of faults, etc.— excessive in his needs refers to the movement to do more than the Rule calls for; full of faults refers to the movement to do less, i.e., to negligence.

Quod vero dicit dicatur ei honeste, hoc modo debet illi dici: ‘Optabamus, frater, te meliorem esse, sed nunc, quia tui mores cum nostris non conveniunt nec nostri cum tuis, ideo tolle, quod tibi in via sufficiat, et vade.’

When he says he should be told candidly, it ought to be said to him in this way: 'We were hoping, brother, that you were better, but now since your habits do not agree with ours, nor ours with yours, take therefore what is sufficient for your journey and depart.'

Istud namque, quod dicit quia in omni loco uni Domino servitur et uni regi militatur, hoc ad abbatem attinet, i. e. cum rogat illum peregrinum monachum stare, ille respondens dicit: ‘Non possum stare, quia ad monasterium meum volo reverti et ibi volo Domino servire,’ abbas vero debet respondere dicens: ‘Frater, noli timere, quia in omni loco uni Domino servitur et uni regi militatur.’ Servitur et militatur unum significat in hoc loco. Bene dicitur: uni regi militatur et uni Domino servitur; Deus enim ubique est, i. e. in omni loco, h. e. totus et semper, ac per hoc illi Domino et illi regi servimus et militamus hic, cui tu servisti et militasti illic, unde tu venisti.

And when he says since in every place we serve the same Lord and fight under the same Rule, this refers to the abbot when he asks the unknown monk to stay, and the latter responds, saying: ‘I cannot stay, for I wish to return to my own monastery and serve the Lord there.’ The abbot ought then to respond, saying: ‘Brother, do not be afraid, for in every place we serve one Lord and fight under the same Rule.’ We serve one Lord and we fight under the same Rule are signified together in this place. Well is it said that we serve one Lord and fight under the same Rule, for God is everywhere—i.e., in every place – which is to say, at all times and without exception, and for this reason we who are here serve and fight for that same Lord and that same Rule which you have served and fought for in the place from where you yourself have come.

Sequitur: 11Quem si etiam talem esse perspexerit abbas, liceat eum in superiori aliquantulum constituere loco. 12Non solum autem monachum, sed etiam de suprascriptis gradibus sacerdotum vel clericorum stabilire potest abbas in majore quam ingreditur loco, si ejus talem perspexerit vitam. 13Caveat autem, ne aliquando de alio noto monasterio monachum ad habitandum suscipiat sine consensu abbatis sui aut literis commendatitiis, 14quia scriptum est: Quod tibi non vis fieri, alii ne feceris [cf. Mt 7:12].

The Rule continues: 11If the abbot perceives him to be such a man, then he is permitted to set him in a somewhat higher place [in the community]. 12In fact, the abbot can establish, not only a monk, but even those from the priestly or clerical orders, which we have written about above, in a higher place than the time which they entered, if he perceives his life worthy of this. 13Let him take caution, though, lest he receive a monk into the community from another known monastery without the consent of his abbot or a letter of recommendation, 14since it is written: Do not to others what you do not wish to happen to you. [cf. Mt 7:12]

Quod vero dicit liceat eum in superiore aliquantulum constituere loco, juxta meritum illius vitae intelligitur, i. e. si dignus est, juxta abbatem ponatur vel prope abbatem sive in medio vel in ultimo, sicut dixi, pro vita ejus, vel ut necessitas ejus exposcit, licet abbati eum constituere. [page 560]

When he says let him be permitted to establish him in a somewhat higher place, this is understood to mean according to the merit of his life: i.e., if he is worthy, let him be placed next to the abbot or near the abbot, or, as necessity demands, the abbot is permitted to place him in the middle or even last, as I have already said, according to the manner of his life. [page 560]

Quod autem dicit: Non solum autem monachum, sed etiam de suprascriptis gradibus sacerdotum vel clericorum stabilire potest abbas in majore, quam ingreditur, loco si ejus talem perspexerit esse vitam et reliq., - ac si diceret: non solum monachum peregrinum potest abbas in superiori loco constituere, sed etiam de ipsis gradibus sacerdotum vel clericorum potest in majori loco stabilire, si ejus vitam talem conspexerit esse.

When he says: In fact, the abbot can establish, not only a monk, but even those from the priestly or clerical orders, which we have written about above, in a higher place than the time which they entered, if he perceives his life worthy of this, etc., it is as if he were saying: not only can the abbot establish an unknown monk in a higher place, but he can even establish those from the priestly or clerical orders in a greater position if his life is perceived to be worthy of it.

Caveat, i. e. custodiat.

Let him take caution, which is to say, let him be on guard.

Notum monasterium est, unde cognoscis visu vel auditu aut monachos vel abbatem, sive etiam vicinos eorum, aut certe illi monachi cogniti sunt in illo loco, in quo habitas.

A monastery is [said to be] known when you are familiar with, either directly or from report, the monks or the abbot, or even their neighbors, or at the very least its monks are known in the place where you live.

In hoc namque loco, in quo dicit de noto monasterio, subintelligitur, quia de ignoto monasterio suscipere potest sine literis commendatitiis.

Here in this passage where he speaks about a known monastery, it is also understood that he can receive [a monk] from an unknown monastery without a letter of recommendation.

In hoc etenim loco notandum est, quia tribus modis datur licentia eundi monachum ad aliud monasterium, i. e. primo consensu, i. e. cum rogat abbas quispiam alterum abbatem, ut cum suo consensu habeat monachum pium, et ille consentit.

Take note also that in this passage permission for a monk to go to another monastery is granted in three ways: First, by joint agreement, that is, when a certain abbot asks another abbot to accept the pious monk with his consent, and he agrees.

Altero modo literis noto abbati de illo fratre in hoc modo:

Second, by a letter regarding the brother from a known abbot, [written] in this way:

‘Ego humilis abbas. Noverit dilectio tua, quia suggessit ille frater, nomine Joannes vel Paulus, nobis, ut ei licentiam daremus vobiscum habitandi. Nos autem, quia te cognovimus regularem ordinem tenere, assensum illi praebuimus, vobiscum habitandi. Nunc autem illum tibi, commendo, ut tractes illum, sicuti ego, et pro illo Deo rationem, sicut ego, reddas.’

‘I, a humble abbot. Your charity knows that the brother, by the name of John or Paul, has suggested to us that we grant him permission to live with you. We, knowing that you maintain a regular [monastic] order, offer him our assent to do so. Therefore I now commend him to you, so that you may treat him just as I did, and that you are to offer an account of him to God, just as I have done.'

Tertio modo fit generaliter omnibus, i. e. omnibus episcopis seu cunctis ordinibus sanctae ecclesiae necnon cuncto populo fideli. ‘Notum vobis sit, quia ego dedi licentiam isti fratri nomine Joannes vel Paulus, ut, ubi sibi invenerit commodum habitare regularem ordinem ducendo, habeat licentiam habitandi ad suam utilitatem et monasterii.’

The third way is general, pertaining to all—that is, to all bishops or all those in holy orders of the church, and even to all people of faith. ‘It is known to you that I have granted permission to this brother, by the name of John or Paul, to reside wherever he may find a place suitable for living under a regular [monastic] order, and be of use to you and your monastery.’

Non enim aequaliter agendum est cum illo, qui pro persecutione fugiens, et illum, qui leviter exiit de suo monasterio et venit ad alterius monasterium; nam ille, qui leviter de suo monasterio exiit, dicunt canones: non recipiatur sine licentia sui episcopi.

The one fleeing, however, on account of persecution is not to be treated in the same manner, nor anyone who has left his own monastery without due consideration and come to another, for he who leaves his own monastery without due consideration, so say the canons, is not to be received without the permission of his bishop.

Ille vero, qui pro persecutione fugiens venit ad alterius parochiam, dicunt canones, durum esse, si non [page 561] recipiatur, ex consilio Neocaesariensi cap. XX de suscipiendis his, qui persecutionem patiuntur.

But the canons from the Council of Neocaesaria, ch. 20, concerning the reception of those who suffer persecution, [page 561] say that it is difficult not receive someone who comes to another district while fleeing on account of persecution.

Hosius episcopus dixit: Suggerente fratre et coepiscopo nostro Olympio etiam hoc placuit, ut si aliquis vim perpessus est et inique expulsus pro disciplina et catholica vel defensione veritatis effugiens pericula innocens et devotus ad aliam venerit civitatem, non prohibeatur immorari, quamdiu aut redire possit aut injuria ejus remedium acceperit, quia durum est, eum, qui persecutionem patitur, non recipi, cum etiam et larga benevolentia et humanitas ei est exhibenda. Omnis synodus dixit: Universa, quae constituta sunt, catholica ecclesia in universo orbe diffusa custodiet. [Council of Sardica, c. 17, ed. Karl Joseph von Hefele, History of the Councils of the Church, vol. 2, Edinburgh 1876, p. 153]

Bishop Hosius says: What the brother has suggested also pleases Olympus, our fellow bishop, namely that if anyone has suffered violence and been expelled unjustly on account of his catholic teaching or defense of the truth, and, innocent and devoted, while fleeing should come to another city, let him not be prevented from staying there until either he can return or a remedy has been made for his injury, as it is difficult not to receive someone who has suffered persecution since he must be shown generous kindness and humane treatment. Every synod has said: The Catholic Church, diffused entirely throughout the world, will preserve all things that have been established. [Council of Sardica, c. 17, ed. Karl Joseph von Hefele, History of the Councils of the Church, vol. 2, Edinburgh 1876, p. 153]

Sciendum est enim, quia aliae litterae sunt commendatitiae, aliae formatae, aliae vero absolutae.

You should keep in mind also that some letters are litterae commendatitiae, others are litterae formatae, and still others are absolutae.

Commendatitiae sunt, quae noto cuilibet, abbati aut episcopo absque graecis litteris mittuntur; hae ignobilibus dantur.

Litterae commendatitiae1 are those which are sent to a certain abbot or bishop who is known, not utilizing Greek letters, to be given on behalf of those who are unknown.

Formatae sunt, quae noto quidem, sed graecis litteris insignitae diriguntur.

Litterae formatae are those directed indeed to someone who is known, but sealed with Greek letters.

Absolutae non solum notis, sed generaliter abbatibus, episcopis et omni populo porrigendae traduntur.

Absolutae are delivered not only to those who are known, but in general to abbots, bishops, and all people for widespread distribution.

Quod vero dicit: Quod tibi non vis fieri, alii ne feceris, [cf. Mt 7:12] i. e. si forte aliud monasterium est ditius et exiit monachus tuus propter paupertatem tui monasterii et vadit ad illud ditius, et tu non vis, sic nec tu debes alteri dare, quod sustinere non vis.

Now when he says, Do not to others what you do not wish to happen to you [cf. Mt 7:12], he means: if by chance another monastery is richer and one of your monks leaves on account of the poverty of your own monastery and goes to the one which is richer, and this is contrary to your will, in the same way neither should you give to another what you yourself do not wish to endure.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia isto modo debet peregrinus monachus facere stabilitatem suam: ‘Ego ille veniens de longinquis provinciis in hoc monasterium, quia placuit mihi conversatio fratrum istius loci et illis mea placuit, ideo stabilitatem meam in hoc monasterio per hanc scripturam manu mea scriptam perpetuum confirmo.'

Let it be known that the unknown monk ought to profess his stability in such a way: ‘I, the one coming from distant lands to this monastery, because the way of life of the brothers in this place is pleasing to me, and I am pleasing to them, therefore ratify my stability perpetually in this monastery through this document written in my own hand.’

Si autem nescierit litteras, debet rogare alium, qui scribat et debet dicere inferius, manu mea pro majori firmitate subscriptam.

If he is illiterate, however, he should ask another who does write to do this [for him], and should indicate below that it is signed with my own hand for greater assurance.

Verum non debet nominare monasterium, unde fuit.

But he ought not to name the monastery from which he came.

INCIPIT FORMATA EPISCOPORUM

LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION FROM BISHOPS

80. 1. 300. 5. 100. 400. 70. 200. 1. 3. 10. π. α. τ. ε. ς. ύ. o. σ. ά. γ. i. 70. 200. 80. 50. 5. 400. 40. 1. 300. 70. 200. o. σ. π. v. ε. v. μ. α. τ. o. σ. [page 562] Graeca elementa litterarum numeros etiam exprimere, nullus, qui vel tenuiter graeci sermonis notitiam habet, ignorat. Ne igitur in faciendis epistolis canonicis, quas mos latino sermone formatas vocat, aliqua fraus falsitatis temere praesumeret, hoc a Patribus trecentis decem et octo Nicaeam congregatis saluberrime inventum est et constitutum, ut formatae epistolae hanc calculationis vel supputationis habeant rationem, i. e. ut assumantur in supputationem prima graeca elementa Patris et Filii et Spiritus sancti, hoc est, π, v, α, quae elementa octogenarium, quadringentesimum et primum significant numeros. Petri quoque apostoli prima littera, i. e. π, quae numeros octoginta significat, ejus, qui scribit, episcopi prima littera, cui scribitur secunda littera, accipientis tertia littera, civitatis quoque, de qua scribitur, quarta, et indictionis, quaecumque est id temporis, i. e. qui fuerit, numerus adsumatur, atque ita omnibus litteris graecis, quae, ut diximus, numeros exprimunt, in unum ductis unam, quaecunque collecta fuerit, summam epistola teneat. Hanc qui suscipit, omni cum cautela requirat expressam, addit praeterea separatim in epistola etiam nonagenarium et nonum numerum, qui secundum graeca elementa significat: Amen (άμηυ).2 I. III. I. L. LXX. C. I. XL. II. V. C. CCC. LXX. CC. XL. I. X. L. I. C. IIII. LXX. CC. II. V. C. III. I. XL. LXX. CC. - α. γ. α. v. o. ρ. α. μ. ß. ε. ρ. τ .ο.ς.μ.α.ι.ν.α.ρ.δ.ο.ς.β.ε.ρ.γ.α.μ.ο.ς. indictione octava η (VIII) — fiunt insimul DLXXXIV , Incipit exemplar formatarum: π.υ.α.π.α.α.ι.γ.θ.3 DLXXXIV.4 [page 563]

80. 1. 300. 5. 100. 400. 70. 200. 1. 3. 10. π. α. τ. ε. ς. ύ. o. σ. ά. γ. i. 70. 200. 80. 50. 5. 400. 40. 1. 300. 70. 200. o. σ. π. v. ε. v. μ. α. τ. o. σ. [page 562] Everyone who has even the slightest knowledge of the Greek language knows that Greek letters are also used to express numbers. Therefore, so that in the writing of canonical letters, which in the Latin language are called formatas (letters of introduction from a bishop certifying a cleric’s ordination and status), no deceit of falsehood may be presumed, this system was found most advantageous and subsequently established by the Fathers meeting together at Nicaea in 318, so that they might have a method for calculating or reckoning episcopal letters of recommendation—in other words, the first Greek letters of Father, Son, and Holy Spirit (π, v, α) which signify the eightieth, four hundredth, and first numbers are to be used in the calculation. The letter should contain also the first letter of the apostle Peter (i.e., π which signifies the number eighty), the first letter of the bishop who is writing, the second letter of the one to whom he is writing, the third letter of the one who receives it, the fourth letter of the city from which he is writing, and the indiction, whatever it may be at that time (i.e., the appropriate number should be attained). Thus, having written out together all the Greek letters, which, as we have said, express numbers, a single sum may be obtained from those which have been collected. Whoever receives this, with great caution desiring precision, adds as well, separately and further in the letter, the number ninety-nine which according to the Greek letters signifies Amen (άμηυ). I. III. I. L. LXX. C. I. XL. II. V. C. CCC. LXX. CC. XL. I. X. L. I. C. IIII. LXX. CC. II. V. C. III. I. XL. LXX. CC. - α. γ. α. v. o. ρ. α. μ. ß. ε. ρ. τ .ο.ς.μ.α.ι.ν.α.ρ.δ.ο.ς.β.ε.ρ.γ.α.μ.ο.ς. with the eighth indiction η (VIII) — become together 584. An exemplar of a letter of introduction beginning π.υ.α.π.α.α.ι.γ.θ. 584: [page 563]

Dilectissimo et reverendissimo fratri atque coepiscopo Ramberto servus servorum Dei Agano5 etiam in Domino salutem.6 Sanctitati tuae erga divinum cultum vigil piaque devotio. Cum apud ecclesiam Brixianam religionem augere contenderet, monasterium studuit aptissimo loco extra muros praefatae urbis, quo beatissimi martyris Faustini corpus requiescit, conditum iri. His itaque piis aemulationibus tuis fratrum quoque et coepiscoporum favor comitatus suffragia opportuna non abnuit, interque, quia nostram quoque humilitatem convenire voluisti, rogans, ut presbyterum atque monachum nostrum, virum honorabilem et apprime officiis monasticis institutum, Mainardum nomine, concederemus, quatenus eum in praedicto monasterio Abbatem ordinares, licet difficile, quia ejus collegio non modice delectabamur, tamen apostolica moti sententia, quae dicit: Caritas non quaerit, quae sua sunt, [cf. 1 Cor 13:14-15] ad tantam utilitatem tuae sanctitati remisimus, et ut in praefato sancto loco a te pater monasterii consecrari deberet concessimus. Hunc ergo a nobis absolutum tuaeque sanctitati commissum profusis jam hunc precibus commendamus, ut in vestra ecclesia divini famulatus vestrum sacerdotumque vestrorum suffragium mereatur et cooperante gratia Dei abbatis officium, ad quod exercendum eundem vobis concessimus, strenue valeat exhibere communi omnium auxilio fultus et manu sua scribat. Deus te incolumem custodiat, frater. Amen.

Agano, servant of the servants of God, sends his greetings in the Lord to the most reverend and beloved brother and fellow bishop, Rambertus. May vigilance and pious devotion to the divine cult be to your holiness. As one strives to increase religion within the Brescian church, one is eager that a monastery be founded in a suitable location outside the city walls, where the body of the blessed martyr Faustinus rests. And so, in this your pious enthusiasm, and that of the brothers as well, the attendant goodwill of our fellow bishops has not denied a favorable approval. Meanwhile, since you too have wished to join with our humility, asking for our priest and monk, Mainardus, an honorable man who has been exceedingly instructed in the monastic duties, we grant the request, provided that you install him as abbot in the aforementioned monastery. Although this is difficult, since we delight not little in his company, nevertheless, moved by the apostolic sentiment which says, Love does not seek its own interests, [cf. 1 Cor 13:14-15] we have released him for the great benefit of your holiness, and we concede that he ought to be consecrated by you, the father of the monastery, in the aforementioned holy place. We commend this man, therefore, absolved by us and committed to your holiness, as we now pour forth our prayers, so that in your church he might merit the support of your divine servitude and that of your priests, and working together with God’s grace and supported by the common help of all, he may be well to promptly carry out the office of abbot, the exercise of which we have granted his going to you, and write with his own hand. May God keep you, brother, unharmed. Amen.

Item alter π V Α Π. Domino fratri Ramberto Brixiensis ecclesiae praesuli Wolfleoz,7 Constantiensis episcopus sedis, aeternam in Domino salutem. DLXI.8 Cognoscat paternitas vestra, quod hunc clericum, nomine Elgilmannum [page 564] (Eigilmannum) in nostra parochia doctum ac detonsum, sicut ipse desideravit, per hanc dimissoriam epistolam permisimus, licenter vestrum expetere adjutorium et sub vestro regimine suis utilitatibus deservire. Vobis etiam licentiam dedimus, ut si eum doctrina et moribus dignum censueritis, ad sacros ordines promovere non dubitetis. Et ut haec permissio certior vestrae claritati reddatur, graecis hanc literis juxta patrum constitutionem firmare curavimus. Sancta Trinitas vos ubique bene valere concedat. αμηv = XCVIIII. indictione VIIII. datos.9 v α γ ς = DCIV. fiunt insimul MCCLXXIII10 (hanc literam pro v ponimus, quae est prima litera Wuolfleoz, sicut euangelium pro evangelio dicimus) in Dei nomine.

Again, another: V Α Π. Wolfleoz, bishop of the see Constance, sends his eternal greetings to the lord brother Rambertus, protector of the church of Brescia. 561.2 Your fatherly concern recognizes that through this letter we have granted permission to this cleric, by the name of Elgilmannum [page 564] (Eigimannum) who has been taught and tonsured in our diocese, just as he desired, freely to seek your help and to serve with his benefits to you under your guidance. We also grant you permission, if you appraise him worthy in his teaching and habits, to not hesitate to promote him to holy orders. And so that this permission may be rendered more certain for your clarity, we have taken care to secure it with Greek letters according to the custom of the Fathers. May the Holy Trinity grant you to be well, wherever you may be. αμηv= 99. indiction = 9 datos. v α γ ς = 604. Together this becomes 1273.3 (We use this letter in place of v, which is the first letter of Wuolfleoz, just as we say euangelium instead of evangelium). In the name of God.

Incipit epistola, quae formata dicitur sive commendatitia:

Here begins a letter of introduction (formata) or recommendation (commendatitia):

Reverendissimo atque religiosissimo et a nobis cum summa veneratione nuncupando ill. episcopo ego ille extremus sub pontificali officio Deo famulantium perpetuam in Domino Jesu opto salutem. Praesens noster frater petiit ab extremitate nostra licentiam ad vestram almitatem proficiscendi atque vobiscum sive cum vestris habitandi. Cui et nos benevola mente et fraterno affectu non solum ei copiam ad vos veniendi non negavimus, verum etiam ut a vobis sive a vestris gratifice suscipiatur exposcimus. Et si vobis placuerit, ut aut in gradu, quem modo tenet, sacris altaribus ministret aut ad altiorem gradum promoveatur nostro sive vestro testimonio suscepto, id ei facere liceat; quippe qui nihil in eo tale noverimus, quod id faciendi ei licentia denegetur. Bene namque in ecclesia, in qua hactenus fuit educatus, bene conversatus, hoc nobis de se sive de sua vita ostendit, ut in quantum humana fragilitas scire potest, administratione sacrorum mysteriorum non sit indignus. Nos itaque ut homines divini sensus inscii et arcanorum ignari probemus de fratre, qualem scimus, per testimonium. Deus est enim, quem occulta non fallunt et qui omnium [page 565] secreta rimatur juxta illud: Homo videt in facie, Deus autem in corde [1 Sam 16:7 Vetus Latina]. Has ergo literas ideo illi petere et nobis facere libuit, ut ille non solum pro profugo aut abjecto non habeatur, verum etiam nostrae humanitatis et caritatis commendatione a vestra fraternitate libentissime suscipiatur. HCVIIII.11 Salus aeterna et in hoc praesenti tempore vobis longaevam salutem et in futuro cum sanctis et electis sempiternam largiri dignetur.

I, N., least of the servants of God among [those holding] the pontifical office, desire perpetual greetings to the most reverend and most religious Bishop N., named by us with the utmost respect. Our present brother has sought from our smallness permission to go to your holiness and to live with you and those under your care. With benevolent disposition and fraternal affection, we have not denied, not only prosperity for him as he comes to you, but we also implore that he be received by you and those under your care with good favor. And if it pleases you, allow him to minister at the sacred altar, either in the order which he now holds, or let him be promoted to a higher order, having received the testimony of us both that he is permitted to do so; indeed we have known nothing about him such that would deny him that opportunity. For, with regard to his person and his life, he has shown himself to have lived the monastic life well in the community in which he has been formed (educatus) up to now, such that, in as much as our human frailty can ascertain, he is not unworthy to minister the sacred mysteries. Accordingly, let us, as men of divine sense, unaware and ignorant of the secrets of the brother, investigate as much as we can learn through testimony. For it is God whom nothing hidden deceives, and who [page 565] reveals the secrets of all, according to the passage: Man sees appearances, but God within the heart. [1 Sam 16:7] Therefore, on that account, it is agreeable for him to seek these letters, and for us to supply them, so that not only is he not taken for a fugitive or as one cast out, but even as one to be most gladly received on the recommendation of our kindness and love, and by your fraternity. 99.4 May you be deigned worthy to receive in this present age long-lived health, and the future eternal salvation with the saints and the elect.

DCLXXIIII.12
QUALITER QUIS SINE PECCATO VOTUM SUUM SOLVERE POSSIT

6745
HOW HE WHO IS WITHOUT SIN MAY FULFILL HIS VOW

Haec vestra, nisi fallor, fuit interrogatio, utrumne peccet, qui votum vel consuetudinem cujuslibet bonae actionis aut propter melius opus aut propter aliquam contrarietatem, quae bono ex opere generatur, aut mutat aut deserit. Cum igitur hujus interrogationis solutio in subtilissimis dialecticae artis contineatur regulis, verumtamen et hoc modo utcunque discuti et solvi et intelligi potest; fecit enim Deus hominem rationale animal et ob hoc ipsius voluntate nulla praeferenda est ab aliquo actio. Qui vero bono, quod agere deliberaverit, melius bonum et contrarietatem non invenit, et ita levitatis aut certe suavitatis causa illud deserit, nimirum peccat, quippe quia nec melioris operis nec ullius contrarietatis causa vel voluntate aut opere simul et voluntate post se rediit, cum econtrario de sanctis animalibus scriptura dicat divina: Animalia ibant et non revertebantur [Ez 1:14]. Animalia itaque sancta post se non redeunt, quia sanctorum intentio in deterius non mutatur, quamquam aliquando opus mutatur. Nam ille, qui semper eandem habet voluntatem in bono, si contigerit, ut proficiendo intelligat, aliter esse vivendum vel agendum, quam quod prius vovendo agendum esse disposuit, ideo non peccat, si illud deserens ad hoc transeat, quia, si hoc, quod nunc videt, tunc videre potuisset, hoc, non illud agere decrevisset [page 566]. Quapropter opus mutando non peccat, cui semper, quod melius est, placet.

Unless I am mistaken, your question is whether a person commits a sin who either changes or sets aside a vow or the practice of some good activity, either on account of a better work or on account of something to the contrary which is produced by a good work. Therefore, although the solution to this question is contained in the most subtle rules of the dialectic art, nevertheless, in this manner, it is capable in one way or another of being discussed, solved, and understood. For God made man a rational animal, and because of this no action is to be preferred by anyone to the will that lies behind it. Whoever has not found a good that is better than a true good, which he has considered doing, and one that is contrary to it, but nonetheless sets it aside on account of fickleness or even pleasantness, surely commits a sin, as one might expect, because for the sake of neither a better deed nor something to the contrary does he circumvent himself, either in will [alone] or in deed together with the will, since about the contrary concerning holy animals, sacred scripture says: Animals were going and not turning back. [Ez 1:14] And so holy animals do not circumvent themselves, because the intention of the saints is not changed for the worse, although sometimes the deed does change. For if it should happen that someone who has always the same will in what is good should through his success be led to understand that he ought to live or act in a different manner than what he first determined was to be done by making a vow, then he does not commit a sin, if, having set the former aside, he passes over to the new course of action, since, if he would have been able to see then the new activity which he now sees, he would not have decided to do the former in the first place. [page 566] Therefore the person for whom what is better is always more pleasing does not commit a sin when he changes the work.

Sancti quippe apostoli cum vellent ire alicubi, instructi alibi pergunt. Non est enim ipsorum voluntas mutata, quia illuc ire optabant, ubi plures credituri reperiri possent. Verum si nil melius re illa, quae disposita est, sed tantum contrarietas invenitur, tanto securius res illa, i. e. consuetudo pristina dimitti potest, quanto magis ipsa contrarietas animae saluti comprobatur esse adversa. Numquid censura silentii multorum aedificationi rite potest praeferri? aut abstinentia ciborum praeferenda est patientiae? aut vigilia sensui? Non enim mediocriter errat, qui magno bono praefert mediocriter bonum. Nonne rationalis hominis dignitatem amittit, qui vel jejunium caritati aut vigiliam praefert sensus integritati, ut propter immoderatam et indiscretam psalmorum vel officiorum decantationem aut amentiae aut tristitiae notam incurrat? Numquid verborum flecti multitudine Deus ut homo potest? Non enim verbis tantum, sed rebus orandus est Deus, quia non eget ipse multitudine verborum, sed cordis puritate; quod etiam ipse in evangelio manifestat, cum dicit: Cum oratis, nolite multiloqui esse, sicut ethnici; putant enim, quod in multiloquio suo exaudiantur [Mt 6:7]. Quapropter melior est quinque psalmorum cum cordis puritate ac serenitate et spiritali hilaritate, quam psalterii modulatio cum anxietate cordis et confusione mentis, quae nonnunquam pronuntiantis festinatione generatur dum residuorum psalmorum, qui cantandi sunt, modum numerumque considerans non distinctionem sensuum audientibus studet pandere, sed ad finem synaxeos properat pervenire. Cum igitur pro centum animabus psalmus vel missa dicitur, nihil minus, quam si pro uno diceretur, quilibet ipsorum accipit. Audiat itaque, qui ea, quae necessaria sunt, corpori subtrahit, illud, quod per prophetam loquitur Dominus: Ego Dominus diligens judiciunt, odio habens rapinam in holocaustum [Isa 61:8].

Indeed, the holy apostles whenever they wished to go somewhere were instructed to set out for another place. For their will was not changed, since they hoped to go there where a great many believers could be discovered. But if nothing better in that matter, which has been set aside, but only the contrary is found, that matter is more secure by the same degree, i.e., ancient custom can be set aside to the degree the contrary itself is proved to be adverse to the salvation of the soul. Can the censorship of silence justly be preferred to the edification of many? Or is abstinence of food to be preferred to patience? Or vigils to awareness? For he does not error slightly who prefers a lesser good to one that is great. Does he not lose the dignity of a rational human being who either prefers fasting to love or vigils to soundness of mind, so that on account of immoderate and indiscrete chanting of the psalms or offices there occurs a note of senselessness or sadness? Can God be bent by a multitude of words as can man? For God is to be beseeched not only with words but also in things, since he does not have need of a multiplicity of words, but rather a pure heart. This he also makes known in the Gospel, when he says: When you pray, do not be verbose as the gentiles; for they think that in their long-windedness they will be heard. [Mt 6:7] Therefore five psalms performed with purity and serenity of heart along with spiritual cheerfulness are better than chanting the entire psalter with anxiety of heart and confusion of mind, which often is performed with hastiness of pronunciation while one is eager to stretch out the measure and number of the remaining psalms to be chanted without considering the distinct sense for those listening, but rather hastens to arrive at the end of the office. Therefore, since a psalm or a mass is said for one hundred souls, anyone of these receives nothing less than if it were said for one. And so, let him who withholds those things which are necessary for the body listen to what the Lord says through the prophet: I, the Lord, loving those who judge, and hating robbery and sacrifice. [Isa 61:8]

De rapina vero holocaustum Deo offert, qui vel cibum vel vestimentum vel somnum vel cetera, sine quibus humana infirmitas subsistere non potest, sicut in collationibus legitur, [page 567], sibi subtrahendo indiscrete, i. e. ultra mensuram corpus suum affligit. Et iste talis, quia ita indiscrete agit, sicut S. Gregorius narrat, non hostem, sed civem percutit atque necat. Sic enim loquitur: Ille enim laudabiliter spicula mittit, qui prius hostem, quem feriat, conspicit. Male namque arcus validi cornua subiit, qui, sagittam fortiter dirigens civem ferit. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob VI, XXXIX, c. 64, CCSL, 153, p. 333] Videat iste, quid Paulus apostolus dicat: Carnis, inquit, curam ne feceritis in concupiscentiis. [Rm 13.14] Qui enim curam carnis in concupiscentiis interdixit, in necessariis eam concessit. Unusquisque itaque Israelita cum veris Israelitis dicat: Via regia gradiemur, non declinabimus neque ad dexteram neque ad sinistram. [Nm 21:22] Tunc quippe neque ad dextram neque ad sinistram declinamus; quando nec manifesto malo neque simulato bono decipimur. Haec ad interrogata sub brevitate dicta sint, nam multa restant adhuc, quae suo dicentur tempore. Ex collatione abbatis Joseph secunda cap. VIII quod perfecti viri nihil absolute debeant definire, vel utrum sine peccato possint definita rescindere. Sanum quidem est atque perfectum [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from SC 54:] nostraeque professioni omnino conveniens, ut ea quae sub aliqua sponsione decernimus, efficaciter impleamus. Ob quam rem nihil oportet abrupte monachum definire, ne aut id quod incaute promisit implere cogatur aut consideratione honestioris intuitus revocatus sponsionis suae praevaricator existat. Sed quia nunc propositum nobis est non tam de sanitatis statu quam de infirmitatis curatione tractare; non quid priore loco a vobis fuerit actitandum, sed quemadmodum de scopulo hujus perniciosi naufragii possitis evadere salubri est consilio requirendum.

Now whoever afflicts his body by withholding from himself food, clothing, sleep, or anything else without which our human weakness cannot survive, without discretion, which is to say, beyond measure, just as we read in the Conferences, is like one who offers a sacrifice to the Lord from what he has robbed. [page 567] And such a one, because he has acted thus without discretion, just as St. Gregory relates, strikes and kills not a victim for the sacrifice, but a fellow citizen. And so he says, For he admirably casts his dagger who first looks at the victim which he strikes. But badly does he master the strong-armed bow who casts his arrow with force and strikes a fellow citizen. [Gregory, Moralia in Hiob VI, XXXIX, c. 64, CCSL, 153, p. 333] Let such a one see what the apostle Paul says: Have no concern for the flesh in its desires [Rm 13:14]. For whoever denies the care of the flesh in its desires, acknowledges it in its necessities. And so let every Israelite say with the true Israelites: We will walk on the royal way, we will turn aside neither to the right nor to the left [Nm 21:22]. Then indeed let us turn aside neither to the right nor to the left, while we are deceived neither by an obvious evil nor an imaginary good. Let these things briefly suffice for what has been inquired about, for many things still remain which will be discussed in their own time. From the second conference of Abba Joseph, chapter 8 (that perfect men ought to promise nothing in absolute terms, for no one can rescind a promise without sin): It is indeed good and perfect and altogether in keeping with our profession that we carry out adequately the things that we have determined upon in accordance with some promise. For this reason a monk should promise nothing on the spur of the moment, lest either he be forced to carry out what he has carelessly promised or, having reconsidered with a clearer insight, he appear as a breaker of his own promise. But, inasmuch as our concern now is not so much for the state of your well-being as it is for the healing of your infirmity, what must be submitted to kindly counsel is not what you ought to have done in the first place but rather how you can escape the perils of this dangerous shipwreck.

Quando igitur nullum nos coarctat vinculum nec conditio ulla constringit, de comparatione secundarum rerum optione proposita id quod majoris est commodi praeeligatur: quando vero aliqua dispendiorum obsistit adversitas, in comparatione damnorum illud est appetendum quod levioribus subjacet detrimentis. Proinde quantum vestra patefecit assertio, cum ad id vos loci sponsio inconsulta perduxerit, ut ex utroque vobis gravis inconmodi subeunda jactura sit, in eam partem inclinandum est electionis arbitrium, quae vel tolerabiliora dispendia inferat vel satisfactionis remedio facilius expietur.

When, therefore, no bonds restrain us and no circumstances hinder us, and when advantageous things are placed before us and a choice is offered, we should select what is better. But when some adverse complication stands in the way, and when harmful things are placed before us, we should strive after what is subject to fewer drawbacks. Accordingly, as your own assertion has made clear, when a thoughtless promise has brought you to this pass, so that in either case you will have to suffer serious loss, the choice should incline in the direction where the damage is more tolerable and may more easily be compensated for by the remedy of reparation.

Si ergo majora spiritui vestro lucra ex hac commoratione creditis conferenda quam illa sunt quae vobis de conversatione illius coenobii nascebantur, neque sine jactura ingentium commodorum potest conditio vestrae sponsionis impleri, satius est hoc vos mendacii vel non impletae promissionis subire dispendium, quod semel praeteritum, nec ipsum ultra jam repeti nec alia per semet poterit generare peccata, quam in illud incidere, per quod tepidioris vitae ut dicitis status cotidiano vos atque interminabili adficiat detrimento. Veniabiliter enim, immo verum etiam laudabiliter definitio incauta mutabitur, si ad salubriorem transeat partem, nec constantiae praevaricatio sed temeritatis emendatio esse credenda est, quotiens sponsio vitiosa corrigitur. Quae omnia scripturarum quoque possunt testimoniis apertissime comprobari, quam multis etiam letaliter cesserit statuta complesse et e contrario quam multis eadem refugisse conmodum fuerit] ac salubre. [Cassian, Collationes 17, c. 8, SC 54, pp. 254-255].

If, then, you believe that by staying here a greater gain will be conferred on your spirit than what you found in the way of life of that cenobium, and that the terms of your promise cannot be fulfilled without the loss of very significant goods, it is better for you to assume the damage of a lie or of an unfulfilled promise (which, once it is past, will neither be repeated again nor be able to beget other sin of itself), then to fall into the situation wherein a somewhat lukewarm life-style, as you say, will cause you daily and lasting harm. For a thoughtless promise is pardonably and even praisworthily altered if it is turned to something better, nor should it be believed that it is a betrayal of fidelity rather than a correction of rashness whenever a wicked promise is corrected. It can all be very plainly prove, too, from texts of Scripture, for how many persons the fulfillment of promises has turned out to be a deathly thing, and for how many, on the other hand, breaking them has been useful and beneficial [Cassian, Conferences, 17, ch. 8, trans. Boniface Ramsey, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 57, New York/Nahwah NJ 1997, pp. 590-591]

Item ex eadem collatione Joseph cap. IX, quod plerumque aliquando utilius sit, statuta interrumpere. Quod liquidissime sancti apostoli [omitted in SC 54: Petri et Herodes example testantur. Ille enim quia discessit a definitione sententiae quam velut sacrament firmaverat dicens: 'non mihi lavabis pedes in aeternum,' [Io 13:8] immortale Christi consortium romeretur, abscidendus procul dubio ab huius beatitudinis gratia, si in sermonis sui obstinatione mansisset. Hic vero fidem in consulti retinens sacramenti cruentissimus praecursoris domini extitit interemptor vanoque timore perjurii damnationi semet ipsum adque suppliciis perpetuae mortis inmersit. [cf. Mt 5:37]

And again, from the same conference of Joseph, chapter 9, that it is often very useful to break the law: The examples of the holy apostle Peter and of Herond bear very clear witness to each of these situations. For the former in departing from the words of the promise that he had made with something like the force of an oath when he said: ‘your shall never wash my feet,’ [Io 13:8] was promised undying fellowship with Christ, whereas he would certainly have been deprived of the grace of this blessedness had he clung obstinately to his words. But the latter, very cruelly insisting on holding to his thoughtless oath, was the murderer of the Lord’s precursor and, in the vain fear of breaking his oath, brought upon himself damnation and the torment of everlasting death. [cf. Mt 5:37]

In omnibus ergo rebus considerandus est finis et secundum eum propositi nostri dirigendus est cursus: quem si superveniente salubriore concilio et deteriorem partem vergere viderimus, rectius est incongrua constitione submota ad meliorem transire sententiam quam statutis pertinaciter inhaerendo peccatis gravioribus] obligari. [Cassian, Collationes 17, c. 9, SC 54, pp. 255-256].

In every case, then, the end is the thing to be taken into account, and in accordance with it the direction of our chosen orientation is to be set. If, thanks to having received better advice, we saw that we were on the wrong course, it would be preferable to eliminate the unsuitable situation and to move toward what was better rather than, by sticking persistently to what we have promised, to involve ourselves in more serious sins. [Cassian, Collationes, ch. 9, transl. Ramsey, p. 591]


1. de laicis (?). (Mittermüller).
2. cf. Migne. tom. 129. col. 1387. cf. etiam col. 1383-1386 et col. 1388-1398. (Mittermüller).
3. Certo η debet scribi pro θ. (Mittermüller).
4. Iste numerus est summa sequentium: π (πατηρ, LXXX.), υ (υ␣ος, CCCC.), α (•γιος, I.) π (πετρος, LXXX.), a (αγανο, Ι.), α; (ραμβερτος, I.), ι (μαιναρδος, X.), γ (ßεργαμος, ΙΙΙ.), η (indictio, VIII.) (Mittermüller).
5. Episcopus Bergamensis c. 867. (Mittermüller).
6. Haec literae jam typis sunt impressae apud Mabillonium Vetera Analecta (Paris 1723), p. 417, et in ejusdem Annalibus (tom. II. p. 618.) Ipse Mabillonius se has literas ex Hildemari commentario sumpsisse dicit. (Mittermüller).
7. Wolfleoz def. c 839. (Mittermüller).
8. Summa numerorum; π. v. α. π. (Mittermüller).
9. δατος (?). (Mittermüller).
10. Summa numerorum: 99 (αμην) + 9 (indictio) + 604 (υαγς) + 561 (πυαπ) = 1273. (Mittermüller).
11. Scribendum esse videtur: XCVIIII. = αμην. (Mittermüller).
12. Summa numerorum esse videtur: 561 (πυαπ), 99 (αμην) et 14 (indictio) (Mittermüller).

1. Litterae commendatitiae were letters of recommendation given by a bishop or abbot to a cleric or layman which would be recognized by another bishop or abbot.
2. Sum of the numbers π. v. α. π.
3. 561 + 99 + 9 + 604.
4. HCVIIII or, more likely, XCVIIII (99) = αμην (amen).
5. This appears to be the sum of the numbers: 561 (πυαπ), 99 (αμην), 14 (the indiction).


Cap. LXII
DE SACERDOTIBUS MONASTERII

[Ms. P, fol. 152v - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 62
CONCERNING THE PRIESTS OF THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Matthew Mattingly

1Si quis abbas sibi presbyterum vel diaconem ordinari petierit, de suis eligat, qui dignus sit sacerdotio fungi. 2Ordinatus autem caveat elationem aut superbiam 3nec quidquam praesumat, nisi quod ei ab abbate praecipitur, sciens se multo magis disciplinae regulari subditum, 4nec occasione sacerdotii obliviscatur regulae obedientiam et disciplinam, sed magis ac magis in Deum proficiat.

1If any abbot petitions to have a priest or deacon ordained for himself, let him select one of his own who is worthy to function in the priesthood. 2Let the one ordained beware of arrogance or pride, 3and may he not presume anything except what the abbot enjoins on him, knowing that he is all the more subject to the discipline of the Rule. 4On the occasion of his priesthood may he not forget the obedience and discipline of the Rule, but rather more and more make progress in God.

Rectum ordinem tenuit S. Benedictes in hoc loco, cum de sacerdotibus monasterii dicit. Superius enim dixerat de [page 568] illis laicis, qui majoris et legitimae aetatis veniunt ad monasterium, qualiter suscipiantur, et subjunxit postmodum de pueris minori aetate, qualiter et ipsi suscipiantur; dicit etiam de sacerdotibus illis, qui de saeculo veniunt, et de monachis peregrinis. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58-61]

St. Benedict maintains the correct arrangement in this passage as he speaks about the priests of the monastery. For previously he had spoken about [page 568] how those laymen who have come to the monastery as adults and of a legitimate age are to be received [into the community], and thereafter added how boys who are underage likewise are to be received. He also spoke about those priests who come from the world, and about visiting monks. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58-61]

Deinde cum fecit mentionem de sacerdotibus illis, qui de saeculo veniunt, rectum fuit, ut diceret etiam de sacerdotibus, qui in monasterio ordinantur, qualiter et quo ordine ad sacerdotium promoveantur.

It follows that since he made mention of those priests who come from the world, it is correct that he should speak also about how and by what arrangement those priests who are ordained in the monastery should be promoted to the priesthood.

Dicit enim: Si quis abbas sibi sacerdotem vel diaconum ordinari petierit, de suis eligat, qui dignus sit sacerdotio fungi.

For he says: If any abbot petitions to have a priest or deacon ordained for himself, let him select one of his own who is worthy to function in the priesthood.

Istud quod dicit sibi, intelligitur: ad suam et sui monasterii utilitatem.

The fact that he says for himself, is understood to mean for his own service and for the service of the monastery.

Bene dicit eligat, quia, ubi electio fit, non de qualicunque dicit, sed de meliore et optimo intelligitur.

Well does he say, let him select [eligat], for when a selection [electio] takes place it is not implied that it should be just anyone, but rather we should understand one who is better or best.

Ac per hoc, cum dicit eligat de suis, qui dignus sit, non dedit potestatem abbati, ut ad suam voluntatem faciat presbyterum, qualemcunque voluerit, sed per electionem, et qui dignus invenitur; hoc autem qui dignus invenitur, est, quod Paulus apostolus dicit: Si quis sine crimine est. [1 Tim 3:10; Ti 1:6]

And because of this, when [Benedict] says, let him select one of his own who is worthy, he does not give power to the abbot to make a priest according to his own will in whatever way he wishes, but through a proper selection [electionem] the one who is found worthy. In this context, one who is found worthy, means the same as what the Apostle Paul says: he who is without serious sin [crimine] [1 Tm 3:10; Ti 1:6].1

Quod vero sit sine crimine, B. Augustinus docet in evangelio, ubi de verbis Domini dicitur: Si ergo filius vos liberavit, vere liberi eritis. (...) Prima ergo libertas est carere criminibus; ideo etiam apostolus Paulus, quando elegit ordinandos vel presbyteros vel diaconos, et quicunque ordinandus est ad praeposituram ecclesiae, non ait: Si quis sine peccato est; [Io 8:7] hoc enim si diceret, omnis homo reprobaretur, nullus ordinaretur, sed ait: "si quis sine crimine est", sicuti est homicidium, adulterium, aliqua immunditia fornicationis, furtum, vel fraus, sacrilegium et cetera hujusmodi. [Augustine, Tractatus in Evangelium Ioannis 41, c. 9/10, CCSL 36, p. 363]

Now because he should be without serious sin, Blessed Augustine, discussing the words of the Lord in the Gospel, teaches: Consequently if the son has freed you then you are truly free. Therefore the first liberty is to be free from serious sin. On that account the Apostle Paul, when he selected those who were to be ordained priests or deacons, or anyone who was to be ordained for the leadership of the church, did not say, ‘If anyone is without sin [peccato], [Io 8:7]—for if he had said this, then every man would be rejected, and no one would be ordained—but he said, ‘if anyone is without serious sin [crimine],’ for instance, manslaughter, adultery, any impurity of fornication, theft, fraud, blasphemy, and other such things. [Augustine, Tractatus in Evangelium Ioannis 41, c. 9/10]

Item ibi superius: Est autem crimen peccatum grave, accusatione et damnatione dignissimum. [ibid., c. 9]

He says again in the same place: Now a serious sin [crimenis a mortal sin [peccatum graveespecially worthy of reproach and damnation. [ibid., c. 9]

Videndum est nunc, pro quibus peccatis non possit quilibet ad honorem sacerdotii pervenire. De his enim dicit Gelasius papa in suis decretis hoc modo cap. 2. epist. 9. ut ubi nulla perurget necessitas, constituta patrum inviolata serventur, vel, cum defuerint clerici, de [page 569] monachis eligantur.

Let us see now for which sins one cannot attain the honor of the priesthood. For Pope Gelasius spoke about these in his decrees (chapter 2, epistle 9) in this fashion, that unless necessity demands otherwise the institutes of the Fathers are to be kept inviolate, or, when clerics are lacking, [page 569] they are to be chosen from among the monks.

Priscis igitur pro sui reverentia manentibus constitutis [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PLquae ubi nulla vel rerum, vel temporum perurget angustia, regulariter convenit custodiri, eatenus Ecclesiis, quae vel cunctis sunt privatae ministris, vel sufficientibus usque adeo dispoliatae servitiis, ut plebibus ad se pertinentibus divina munera supplere non valeant, tam instituendi, quam promovendi clericalis officii sic spatia dispensanda concedimus, ut si quis etiam de religioso proposito, et disciplinis monasterialibus eruditus ad clericale munus accedat, imprimis ejus vita praeteritis acta temporibus inquiratur, vel si nullo gravi facinore probatur infectus, si secundam non habuit fortassis uxorem, nec a marito relictam sortitus ostenditur, si poenitentiam publicam fortassis non gessit, nec ulla corporis parte vitiatus apparet, si servili, aut originariae non est conditioni obnoxius, si curiae jam probatur nexibus absolutus, si assecutus est litteras, sine quibus vix fortassis ostiarii possit implere ministerium, ut si his omnibus, quae sunt praedicta, fulcitur, continuo lector, vel notarius, aut certe defensor effectus post tres menses existat acolythus, maxime si huic aetas etiam suffragatur, sexto mense subdiaconi nomen accipiat, ac si modestae conversationis, honestaeque voluntatis existit, nono mense sit diaconus, completoque anno sit presbyter, cui tamen quod annorum fuerant interstitia collatura, sancti propositi sponte suscepta doceaturpraestitisse devotio. [Gelasius, Ep. 9, PL 67, col. 302C-303B]

Therefore, having kept the ancient customs out of reverence for them, which have been agreed to be preserved under normal circumstances when no distress from any matters or conditions demands otherwise, we have thus conceded up till now to the Churches which have been deprived of all ministers, or even so far as to have been despoiled of sufficient servants so that they are unable to supply the divine services to the people pertaining to them, opportunities both for instituting and promoting to the clerical office.  If anyone comes to the clerical position either from a religious background or having been brought up under the monastic discipline, first let his life be examined with reference to the actions of his past, that it might be proved that he is not tainted by a serious crime, that he has not perhaps had a second wife or is shown to have obtained by lot the divorced wife of a priest, that he has not perhaps failed to complete a public penance, that he does not appear to have corrupted any part of his body, that he is not a slave nor disobedient to his original condition, that he is proven to be absolved from any connections with the court, and that he has obtained literacy, without which he could scarcely even fulfill the ministry of porter. If his case is supported by all these aforementioned things, having already been made either a lector, a notary, or at least a defender, then after three months let him become an acolyte, especially if his age already recommends him for this. After six months let him receive the name subdeacon, and if he shows himself to live modestly and possess an honest will, then in the ninth month he may become a deacon, and finally, having completed a full year, he may become a priest. Nevertheless, because the intervals of years have been shortened for him, let the devotion of his holy intention, received freely, be shown to have been granted. [Gelasius, Ep. 9, PL 67, col. 302C-303B]

Insuper et ipse magister Hildemarus scripsit etiam hoc de eo,1 quod qui homicidium quolibet tempore fecerit, quamvis ejus vita probabilis sit vel alicujus doctrinae, nequaquam promoveri potest; de eo, quod, qui cum uxore alterius vel cum sanctimoniali peccaverit, promoveri non potest; si vero in juvenili aetate cum virgine vel vidua peccaverit et ipsius vita postmodum probabilis atque imitanda per omnia fuerit, si necessitas tanta fuerit, ut desint, qui administrare possint, hic cum pavore promovendus est.    

Moreover, the teacher himself, Hildemar, has also written about this2, that anyone who at any time has committed a homicide, though his life be commendable or his teaching sound, by no means should be promoted, nor may anyone who has sinned with the wife of another or with a nun be promoted. But if in his youth he has sinned with a virgin or a widow, and his life afterwards is commendable and worthy of imitation in all things, then if such necessity arises because those who would minister are lacking, then with great hesitation he may be promoted.

De eo, quod, qui in pueritia vel in adolescentia tactu nefando inquinantur diuque in hac coinquinatione permanent, si contigerit, ut divina inspiratione tacti ad portum munditiae confugerint immunditiaeque malum horrendo in sanctitate et puritate nutrierint, hi cum pavore promovendi sunt, ita tamen, si desint, qui ecclesiasticum officium nobilius peragere possint.

He also wrote that if anyone who in his boyhood or adolescence has been defiled by an immoral touch and remained long in this pollution, should happen to be moved by divine inspiration and flee to the harbor of purity, and while dreading the evil of this impurity should preserve himself in sanctity and wholesomeness, these too may be promoted with hesitation, provided that those who would be able to carry out the ecclesiastical office more nobly are lacking.

Ceterum si sodomitico more peccaverint, nec cum pavore accedere debent. De eo, quod, qui furtum in majoribus, maxime in ecclesiasticis Deoque consecratis rebus fecerit, nequaquam promovendus est. Si vero in minoribus et maxime pro necessitate fecerit, cum pavore promoveri potest.

Likewise, if anyone has sinned by practicing sodomy, he must not be accepted, even with hesitation. Further, that anyone who has committed a theft as an adult, especially against an officer of the church or those consecrated to God, by no means are they to be promoted. But if anyone as a youth or particularly out of necessity has done this, then he may be promoted with hesitation.

De eo, quod, qui infirma aetate causa levitatis aliquid alteri juraverit et hoc ipsum violaverit, cum pavore promovendus est. Si vero in perfecta aetate perjuraverit, nec cum pavore promovendus est, et maxime, si cupiditate juraverit.

Again, that anyone who because of the weakness of his age has sworn something lightly to another and in doing so has dishonored him, he may be promoted with hesitation. But if he should swear falsely as a mature adult, let him not be promoted, even with hesitation, especially if he swore out of desire for gain.

De eo, quod, qui falsum dixerit testimonium in hujuscemodi causa, ut ille non puniatur vel proscribatur, adversus quem prolatum est testimonium, et ejus vita in omnibus fuerit pura atque imitanda, cum pavore promoveri potest.

Once more, that anyone who has given false testimony under circumstances of such a kind so that the one for whom the testimony is offered avoids punishment or proscription, may be promoted provided his life is pure and worthy of being imitated.

Ceterum si vel punitus vel proscriptus aliquis fuerit ejus falso testimonio, nequaquam promovendus est.

But certainly if someone has been punished or proscribed because of his false testimony then he must not be promoted.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia, si ita docuerit monachos [page 570], sicut dixi superius, sub illa custodia, non dubitat de eo fratre, qui ita custoditus fuerit, ut non possit fieri presbyter vel diaconus.

Notwithstanding, be it known that if he has instructed monks [page 570] placed under his care, just as I have said above, he will have no doubt whether a brother who was under his care can become a priest or a deacon.

Si autem alter est frater, qui non fuerit sub tali custodia nutritus, tunc debet pro hoc sermonem facere ad ejus confessorem et debet ab illo consilium petere. Ille alter debet dicere: ‘Nescio adhuc, tamen sine me ire ad illum, et interrogabo illum et postea dicam vobis.’ Nam debet illum presbyterum interrogare, cui ipse confessus fuit, qui vocatur ad honorem, et interroget illum utrum dignus sit talis frater, qui vobis confessus est, presbyter fieri.

But if the other is a brother who was not under his care as a boy, then he ought to have a word with his confessor on his behalf and should seek his advice. The other ought to say, ‘As yet I do not know, but allow me to go and question him, and afterwards I will tell you.’ For he ought to question that priest, to whom the one called to the [priestly] honor has confessed, and ask him whether such a brother who has confessed to you [sic] is worthy to become a priest.

Tunc ille presbyter non debet ille peccatum fratris dicere, sed dicere debet: ‘Nescio ejus voluntatem, utrum velit annon.’

The priest should not say what that brother’s sin was, but rather should say, ‘I do not know his wish, whether he wants this or not.’

Deinde debet ire ad fratrem et dicere: ‘Domnus abbas te vult promovere ad presbyteratus honorem; tu quid dicis?’ Si dixerit: ‘Nolo, tunc debet abbati dicere, quia non vult; si autem, quod absit, dicit: quia volo’, tunc debet ille presbyter dicere: ‘Quia contrarium est tibi tale peccatum, et ideo non debes.’

Then he ought to go to the brother and say, ‘The lord abbot wishes to promote you to the priestly honor; what do you say?’ If he should say, ‘I do not wish this,’ then he ought to say to the abbot that he does not wish this; but if—heaven forbid—he says that he does wish this, then the priest ought to say, ‘Since such a sin is hurtful to you, for that reason you ought not.’

Si autem ille frater dixerit: ‘quia omnino volo’, tunc debet ille presbyter dicere abbati: ‘Nescio, quid vobis dicam; ego nec hortor nec dehortor.’

But if the brother says, ‘I wholly wish it,’ then the priest ought to say to the abbot, ‘I do not know what to say to you; for I neither encouraged him nor discouraged him.’

Tunc ille abbas, cum ita audierit, non debet eum promovere, nec debet manifestare peccatum sive ita discendo, sive ita presbyter dixerit: 'Ego nec hortor nec dehortor; sed debet praetendere aliquam occasionem tantum, ut non fiat.'

Then the abbot, having heard this, should not promote him, nor should he make known the sin, whether by disclosing it himself or the priest saying, ‘I neither encouraged him nor discouraged him,’ but instead he ought to produce an occasion of such a kind that prevents it from happening.

Tunc debet abbas pro illo fratre dicere sermonem ad fratres: 'Ego volo cum Dei adjutorio facere talem fratrem presbyterum, unde rogo dilectionem vestram, ut tam pro amore Dei et salvationem nostram2 et animae suae, qui sapit aliquid de isto fratre, per auctoritatem nostram dicat. Et de hoc mihi quidem de illo jam nunciatum est, sed nolo dicere et manifestare, sed per vos scire; nam in processu temporis majori vos conjuratione constringam, si hoc non manifestaveritis.'

Then, on behalf of that brother, the abbot ought make a speech to the other brothers: ‘I wish, with God’s assistance, to make such a brother a priest. Therefore I beg your love, that on our authority the one who knows something about this brother might thus speak up, out of love for God and the salvation of our soul and of his own. Concerning this, it has already been made known to me, but I do not wish to say what it is or make it known, but rather to know of it from you; for in the progress of time I will bind you by an even greater oath, if this is not made known.’

Hoc dicto debet dare inducias per octo dies. Deinde debet venire in capitulum, si aliquis non dixerit neque indicaverit illi de illo fratre, et conjurare [page 571] omnes isto modo: 'Adjuro vos et conjuro per communionem corporis et sanguinis Domini nostri Jesu Christi et per sauctum baptismum et remunerationem coelestis gaudii et professionem nostram, quam professi sumus, ut quicunque cognovit illum in tali peccato detentum, quod illum prohibet ad oblationem sacrificii,3 nuntiet mihi atque manifestet, quatenus ego praevaricator hujus praecepti non existam.'

Having given this speech, he ought to hold hearings for eight days. Then, if no one has said or indicated to him anything about the brother, he should come into the chapter and bind all together by an oath [page 571] in this way: ‘I adjure you and I swear through the communion of the body and blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, and through holy baptism, and the reward of heavenly joy, and our profession which I have professed, that whoever knows him to be detained by a sin such that prohibits him from offering the sacrifice, should announce it and make it known to me lest I appear as a transgressor of this precept.’

Deinde si aliquis cognoverit, veniat et nuntiet; si autem non venerit, tunc debet specialiter unumquemque vocare et interrogare de motu et incessu illius.

Then, if anyone does know, let him come forth and announce it; but if no one comes, then he ought to summon each one individually and question him concerning the brother’s manner and movement.

Deinde si non poterit cognoscere indignum, tunc offerre debet ad ordinandum. Si autem cognoverit indignum esse, non debet offerre , i. e. si major pars dixerit illi sive male sive bene, et spirituales fuerint, qui dixerint, tunc credendum est illi majori parti.

At that point if he cannot be found to be unworthy, then he ought to be offered for ordination. But if he is found to be unworthy, then he should not be offered. This is to say, that if elders have spoken to him, whether it is bad or good, and these are spiritual men, then the elders are to be believed.

In hoc enim loco, quo dicit 3sciens se multo magis disciplinae regulari subditum, intelligunt alii, ut debeat duci per septem gradus, i. e. ut etiam flagelletur, et hoc comprobant per hoc, quod inferius dicit: 4nec occasione sacerdotii obliviscatur regulae obedientiam et disciplinam.

For in this passage, in which [St. Benedict] says 3knowing that he is much more subject to the discipline of the Rule, some understand that he ought to be led through the seven degrees—i.e., he even ought to be whipped—and they prove this from that earlier passage where he says, 4lest on the occasion of his priesthood he forget obedience to the Rule and discipline. 

Obedientia attinet ad exercitium operis, disciplina, vero attinet ad septem gradus, quia in hac regula, ubi de judiciis dicit, disciplinam appellat, quamquam etiam aliis modis disciplinam dicat, sicut est illud: de disciplina psallendi et suscipiendorum fratrum.

Obedience here refers to the exercise of work, but discipline refers to the seven degrees, since in this Rule when [St. Benedict] speaks about judgment, he calls it discipline, although he refers to discipline in other ways, such as the discipline of the psalmody and the discipline of receiving brothers.

Et hoc notandum est, si talis est sacerdos, i. e. senior aut forte durus et sapiens, qui cognoscitur pejor fieri per flagellum, sicut jam diximus de monachis, non est flagellandus.

And be it known that if such a one is a priest, i.e., a senior or someone hardy, vigorous, and wise, who is known to become worse through whipping, just as we have already said regarding monks, then he is not to be whipped.

Si autem juvenis est, qui noluerit emendare alio modo, flagellandus est; necnon etiam illud, in quo dicitur 8non sacerdos, sed rebellio judicetur, - quasi diceret: non sicut sacerdos sed ut rebellio, hoc est, sicut superbus judicetur.

But if he is young and does not wish to be corrected in any other way, then he must be whipped; likewise also that passage in which it is said, 8he should be judged not a priest but a rebel—it is as if he had said, not as a priest but as a rebel, that is, he should be judged to be arrogant.

Necnon et illud maxime, in quo dicitur 11obedire aut subdi regulae noluerit, datur intelligi: aut suscipiat judicium regulae, aut certe, si noluerit, de monasterio expellatur.

Likewise that passage in which it is said, 11he wishes neither to obey nor to submit to the Rule, is especially given to be understood: either he should accept the judgment of the Rule, or, should he not wish to, at least be expelled from the monastery.

Obedire attinet ad obedientiam, subdi vero ad suscipiendam disciplinam.

To obey pertains to obedience, but to submit to receiving discipline.

Et hoc [page 572] notandum est, quod ad hoc attinet illud, quod dicitur 9et saepe admonitus, si non correxerit, etiam episcopus adhibeatur in testimonium.

And [page 572] make note also, that this pertains to that passage where it is said, 9and if, having been frequently admonished, he does not reform, even a bishop should be brought in as a witness. 

Saepe admonitus, i. e. per septem gradus ductus.

Frequently admonished, is the same as to say, led through the seven degrees.

Istud judicetur duobus modis intelligitur, i. e. pro ‘condemnetur’ uno modo, et altero modo pro ‘aestimetur’. Et ideo varie intelligunt sapientes istum locum.

He is to be judged may be understood in two ways, that is, one the one hand, ‘he is to be condemned,’ on the other, ‘he is to be considered as.’ Because of this even learned men interpret this passage in various ways.

Sed illi, qui intelligunt pro ‘aestimetur’, ut sacerdos non flagelletur aut excommunicetur, sed credatur, pro reverentia canonica hoc intelligunt, et pro hoc, quod S. Benedictus dicit: 9et saepe admonitus si non correxerit, adhibeatur episcopus in testimonium.

But those who interpret it as ‘he is to be considered as,’ in order that a priest might not be whipped or excommunicated but instead [his character] assessed, do so out of respect for canon law, and because of what Saint Benedict says: 9and if, having been frequently admonished, he does not reform, even a bishop should be brought in as a witness.

Si vero depositus fuerit, tunc postea potest flagellari aut excommunicari. Sed videndum est, quid agendum in eo, quod intelligitur judicetur, i. e. aestimetur, putetur et credatur, i. e. si debet ille sacerdos missam cantare, quamdiu aestimatus fuerit rebellio. Si enim tanta est ejusdem sacerdotis contumacia, ut subdi nolit, sicut regula dicit, et ipsa contumacia non fuerit subitanea, quamdiu aestimatus fuerit rebellio, non debet missam cantare.

But if he has been deposed, then afterwards he may be whipped or excommunicated. It still remains to be seen what must be done when he is to be judged is interpreted as ‘he is to be considered as,’ ‘to be numbered among,’ ‘to be assessed,’ which is to say: should that priest say mass although he is considered a rebel? For if the contempt of this priest is such that he will not submit, just as the Rule says he should, and this contempt is not spur of the moment, then for as long as he is considered a rebel he should not say Mass.

Forte dicit aliquis: ‘Quare?’ Cui respondendum est: Si regula dicit de eo, qui pro scientia suae artis extollitur, ut ipsam artem non faciat, nisi humiliaverit se, multo magis iste sacerdos non debet missam cantare, cum officium missae summam humilitatem quaerit.

Perhaps someone will ask why this is. To him we must respond: if the Rule says that anyone who becomes puffed up on account of his knowledge of an art must not practice that art until he becomes humble, how much more ought such a priest not say Mass when the duty of the Mass demands the greatest humility.

Et hoc sciendum est: quamquam varie intelligunt istum locum, in quo dicit judicetur, tamen in monasteriis Francorum ita flagellatur presbyter, veluti monachus.4 Alii sunt, qui intelligunt propter istud judicetur, ut non debeat excommunicari vel flagellari aut per septem gradus duci sacerdos, sed solummodo judicetur, i. e. aestimetur, ac si diceret: si peccaverit sacerdos, non debet sicut alius monachus excommunicari vel flagellari, sed solummodo debet aestimari rebellio, i. e. superbus et non sacerdos, et illud, quod dicit regulae obedientiam et disciplinam, non ad excommunicationem et flagellum attinet, sed ad obedientiam et regularem eruditionem.

May this be known as well: although they interpret the passage, he is to be judged, in various ways, nevertheless, in the Frankish monasteries a priest is to be whipped just as a monk is. But there are others who understand that, because of this passage, he is to be judged, the priest must neither be excommunicated nor whipped, nor led through the seven degrees, but is only is to be judged, which is to say, considered as. And if one should say: if the priest has sinned, he should not be excommunicated or whipped just as any other monk, but he should only be considered a rebel, i.e., pompous but not a priest, and that because [Benedict] says, obedience to the Rule and discipline, this pertains not to excommunication and whipping but to obedience and erudition of the Rule.

Unde quamquam ista sint verba in hoc loco ita conjuncta, ut facile [page 573] possit quis intelligere, quod dicat, tamen sanior est sensus, ut, sicut diximus de monachis, si talis est persona, cui non competit, flagellum nullo modo debet illi adhibere, si talis est, quam adjuvet flagellum et non noceat, adhibeatur flagellum.

Therefore, although the words in this passage might be connected in such a way that [page 573] anyone can easily understand what he means, nevertheless, the sounder sense is the same as we have said regarding the monks, that if he is the sort of person for whom it is not appropriate, then by no means should the whip be applied to him, but if he is such that the whip would help and not harm him, then let the whip be applied.

Notandum est, quia pro illis sacerdotibus, qui sacerdotes veniunt in monasterium, non dicit regula adhiberi episcopum in testimonium, sed solummodo pro illis sacerdotibus, qui in monasterio consecrantur; ideo pro illis sacerdotibus, qui sacerdotes veniunt in monasterium, eo quod illi in alio titulo fuerunt consecrati, non est opus episcopum adhiberi in testimonium. Illi autem sacerdotes, quia in illo titulo fuerunt consecrati, ideo necesse est, ut adhibeatur episcopus in testimonium.

Note also that for those priests who come to the monastery already in the priesthood, the Rule does not say that the bishop is to be offered as a witness, but only for those priests who are consecrated in the monastery. On that account, for those priests who come as priests to the monastery, because they have been consecrated under another title, there is no need for the bishop to be offered as a witness. But those priests, since they have been consecrated under that title, it is therefore necessary that the bishop be offered as a witness.

Sequitur: 5Locum vero illum semper attendat, quo ingressus est in monasterium 6praeter officium altaris, aut si forte electio congregationis et voluntas abbatis pro vitae merito cum promovere voluerit. 7Qui tamen regulam a decanis vel praepositis constitutam sibi servare sciat. 8Quod si aliter praesumpserit, non sacerdos sed rebellio judicetur; 9et saepe admonitus, si non emendaverit, etiam episcopus adhibeatur in testimonium. 10Quod si nec sic emendaverit, clarescentibus culpis projiciatur de monasterio, 11si tamen talis fuerit ejus contumacia, ut subdi aut obedire regulae nolit.  

The Rule continues: 5Let him always take that place corresponding to when he entered the monastery, 6apart from his duties at the altar, unless by chance the community decides and the abbot wishes to promote him on account of the merit of his life. 7Nevertheless, he must know that he is to keep the rule established by the deans and priors. 8But if he presumes otherwise, let him be judged not a priest but a rebel; 9and if, having been frequently admonished, he does not reform, even a bishop should be brought in as a witness. 10If he still does not reform and his faults become well know, then let him be cast out of the monastery, 11but only if his contempt is such that he refuses to submit to or obey the Rule

Quod vero dicit locum vero illum attendat, quo ingressus est in monasterium praeter officium altaris - ac si diceret: illum locum debet tenere, quo ingressus est, praeter officium altaris, hoc est, praeter quando officium altaris agit.

Now because he says, Let him take that place corresponding to when he entered the monastery, apart from his duties at the altar, it is as if he were saying: he ought to hold that place corresponding to when he entered, apart from his duties at the altar, that is, apart from when he is to perform his duties at the altar.

Quod autem dicit: si forte electio congregationis et voluntas abbatis pro vitae merito cum promovere voluerit, qui tamen regulam a decanis et praepositis sibi constitutam servare sciat; - ac si diceret: si eum promovere voluerit electio congregationis et voluntas abbatis, non debet pro hoc superbire, sed quod a decanis et praepositis sibi imperatum fuerit, custodiat, et hoc est, quod subjunxit: et saepe admonitus - ac si diceret: non per gradus ducatur, sed admoneatur.

But when he says, unless by chance the community decides and the abbot wishes to promote him on account of the merit of his life. Nevertheless, he must know that he is to keep the rule established by the deans and priors—it is as if he were saying: if the community decides and the abbot wishes to promote him, he ought not to become proud because of this. Because he is to uphold what the deans and priors demand of him, that is, what [Benedict] has enjoined: and having been frequently admonished—it is as if he were saying: he is not to be led through the degrees, but admonished.

Quod vero dicit: quod si nec sic emendaverit, clarescentibus culpis projiciatur de monasterio, si talis fuerit ipsius contumacia, ut subdi [page 574] aut obedire regulae nolit, manifestatur, quod iste sacerdos per octo gradus duci debet, non per septem, sicut alius monachus non sacerdos,5 i. e. primus gradus est secreta admonitio, secundus publica correptio, tertius gradus est excommunicatio simplex, quartus est nimiis jejuniis, quintus gradus est, si dignus est, flagellum, sextus gradus est oratio, septimus episcopus, deinde expulsio.

But because he says: If he still does not reform and his faults become well known, then let him be cast out of the monastery, but only if his contempt is such that he refuses to submit to [page 574] or obey the Rule, it is clear that such a priest ought to be led through eight degrees, not seven, just as any other monk who is not a priest. This is to say, the first degree is a secret admonition, the second a public correction, the third a simple excommunication, the fourth a severe fast, the fifth, if he deserves it, a whipping, the sixth is prayer, the seventh is the bishop, and finally, at last, excommunication.

Hoc autem quod dicit si subdi aut obedire nolit - quasi diceret: si contumax fuerit. Quod enim dicit non sacerdos, sed rebellis judicetur; - rebellis enim ipsam malitiam proprie significat, rebellis vero dicitur superbus; nam in hoc loco rebellis pro superbo ponitur, sive, ut Servio placet, rebellis dicitur homo, ipsa vero res rebellio, non rebellatio.

But because he says here, if refuses to submit to or obey, it is as if he were saying: if he is insolent. For he says, let him be judged not a priest but a rebel—for rebellis properly speaking signifies wickedness itself, but here it means proud; for in this passage rebel is used in place of proud, or, as Servius would have it, a man is called a rebel (rebellis), but the matter itself a rebellio [rebellion], not a rebellatio [also a rebellion].

Superbia attinet ad illud, si plus petit, quam dignus est, elatio autem ad inflationem attinet, i. e. si pro bonis suis alios despicit.

Pride (superbia) pertains to rebellion if one seeks more than he deserves, but arrogance (elatio) pertains rather to being puffed up, i.e., if he despises others for the sake of his own well-being.


1. Haec ab auditoribus vel notariis aut ab eo, qui scripta digessit, sunt inserta. (Mittermüller).
2. salvatione nostra. Cod Divion. (Mittermüller).
3. accedere ad oblationem sacrificii. - Cod. Divionens ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
4. Alius monachus. Cod. Divion. (Mittermüller).
5. Monachus vel sacerdos. Codd. Divionens. Tegerns. et Mellicens. (Mittermüller).

1. Hildemar follows Augustine in distinguishing between pecatum and crimen: the former refers to sin in general, the latter to sins of a serious nature (i.e., mortal sins) such as murder, adultery, etc.
2. These comments have been inserted by a reader or a clerk, or possibly by those who edited the writings.

 

Cap. LXIII
DE ORDINE CONGREGATIONIS 

[Ms. P, fol. 154v - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 63
CONCERNING THE ORDER OF THE CONGREGATION

Translated by: Mariël Urbanus

Hactenus B. Benedictus dixit, specialiter in eo, quod prius dixit noviter veniens ad conversationem [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58.1]; deinde subjunxit de parvulis et sacerdotibus, qui in monasterio habitare voluerint, et de monachis peregrinis et sacerdotibus monasterii; [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 59-62] et nunc, subjunxit de toto corpore monasterii generaliter, cum dicit de ordine congregationis.

Thus far blessed Benedict spoke specifically where he first said a newcomer to religious life [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58.1]; he then added [material] concerning young children and priests who wish to live in the monastery, and concerning traveling monks and the priests of the monastery, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 59-62] and now he added [comments on] the body of the monastery in general, when he says concerning the order of the congregation.

Sequitur: 1Ordines suos in monasterio ita conservent, ut conversationis tempus et vitae merito1 discernit, utque abbas constituerit - quasi diceret: Sic debent fratres ordines suos custodire, sicut conversi sunt, h. e. intraverunt in monasterium, et vitae meritum, h. e. juxta vitae meritum, utque abbas constituerit, h. e. et sicut abbas constituerit.  

Next: 1Brothers should keep their order in the monastery according to their date of entry into monastic life and the merit of their conduct and as the abbot decides – as if he said: Thus the brothers must preserve their order, just as they took up religious life, that is, entered the monastery, and according to the merit of their conduct, that is, the merit of their conduct, and as the abbot decides, that is, and just as the abbot decides.  

Istud enim, quod dicitur: utque abbas constituerit, duobus modis intelligitur, i. e. sicut abbas cognoverit meritum vitae, quia ille debet cognoscere meritum vitae. Alii sunt qui intelligunt dicentes: tertius gradus est iste, in quo dicitur: [page 575] et ut abbas constituerit. Primus est juxta conversationem,2 secundus juxta vitae meritum, et sicut abbas constituerit causa necessitatis; v. gr. sunt tales, qui pro merito vitae non debent promoveri, tamen pro necessitate debent promoveri, quia sunt tales, qui bonam vitam non habent, sed tamen cantare sciunt, et quamvis pro merito vitae isti non promoventur, tamen pro necessitate cantandi promoveri debent. Similiter et in ceteris causis agendum est.

For that which is said: and as the abbot decides, is understood in two ways, that is, as the abbot recognizes the merit of their conduct, because he must recognize the merit of their conduct. There are some who understand and say: the third step is that in which it is said [page 575]: and as abbot decides. The first step is entry to monastic life, the second according to the merit of their conduct, and as the abbot shall decide out of necessity; there are, for example, many brothers who should not be moved forward on behalf of their merit of conduct, but who should nevertheless be moved forward out of necessity, because there are many who do not lead a good life but who nevertheless know how to sing, and although they are not moved forward by the merit of their conduct, they who can sing must nevertheless be moved forward out of necessity. Similarly this must be done in other cases as well.

Verum si aliquis solummodo pro necessitate promovetur, i. e. si vita sua non fuerit melior, quam aliorum, solummodo quando in choro stant, tunc debent promoveri, in aliis autem locis sicut intraverunt, ita stent. Si autem tales fuerint, qui vitam habuerint talem qualem et alii, et habuerint scientiam vel artem, non solum illic, ubi necessitas cogit, sed etiam in omnibus locis possunt promoveri. Si autem tales fuerint, qui meliorem vitam habuerint quam alii, et nullius utilitatis fuerint, isti non debent promoveri.

But if somebody is moved forward out of necessity, that is if his conduct is not better than that of others, then he should be moved forward only when he stands in the choir. However in other places they should stand just as they entered. Though if they are such who have such excellent conduct and others who have knowledge and/or (vel) skill, not only there where necessity demands, but in all (other) places they can be moved forward as well. However, if there are those who have a better conduct than others but have no use, then they must not be moved forward.

Sequitur: 2Qui abbas non conturbet gregem sibi commissum, nec quasi libera utens potestate injuste disponat aliquid, 3sed cogitet semper, quia de omnibus judiciis et operibus suis redditurus est Deo rationem. 4Ergo secundum ordines, quos constituerit, et quos habuerint, sic accedant ad pacem, ad communionem, ad psalmum imponendum, in choro standum, 5et in omnibus omnino locis aetas non discernatur in ordine nec praejudicet, 6quia Samuel et Daniel presbyteros judicaverunt. 7Ergo exceptis his, quos, ut diximus, altiori consilio abbas praetulerit vel degradaverit certis ex causis, reliqui omnes, ut convertuntur, ita sint; 8ut v. gr. qui secunda hora diei venerit in monasterium, juniorem se noverit illius esse, qui prima diei hora venit, cujuslibet aetatis vel dignitatis sit.     

Next: 2The abbot should not disturb the flock entrusted to him, nor arrange anything unjustly, using his power as if it were arbitrary, 3but let him be ever mindful that he will have to account to God for all his judgments and actions. 4Therefore, the brothers should approach for the kiss of peace, for Communion, to lead psalms, and to stand in the choir according to the order the abbot decrees or that they themselves have. 5On no occasion whatsoever should age decide or predetermine the places, 6because Samuel and Daniel judged their elders as boys. 7With the exception of those, as we have said, the abbot has promoted for compelling reasons or reduced in rank for particular causes, all the rest should be ordered according to when they entered monastic life, 8in such a way, for example, that one who came to the monastery at the second hour knows that he is junior to him who came at the first hour of that day, whatever his age or worldly status.        

In hoc enim loco, ubi dicit: qui abbas non conturbet gregem sibi commissum et reliq., frenum posuit abbati, quasi diceret: Quia in arbitrio abbatis constitui discernendi sive per meritum vitae, sive per necessitatem, non conturbet gregem sibi commissum, ut contra rationem aliquid disponat, [page 576] quia de omnibus judiciis et operibus suis Deo redditurus est rationem.

For in this place, where he says: the abbot should not disturb the flock entrusted to him etc., he puts a yoke on the abbot, as if he said: Because in accordance with the authority of the abbot to decide, whether on account of merit of conduct or on account of necessity, he should not disturb the flock entrusted to him, in order that he will have to give God a reason for all his judgments and actions for anything that is arranged against reason [page 576].

Istud ergo, quod dicit: Ergo secundum ordines, quos constituerit, vel quos habuerint ipsi fratres et reliq., superius respicit, ac si diceret: ergo si ita est, ut juxta conversionis tempus et vitae meritum et secundum quod constituerit abbas tam pro merito vitae, quam pro necessitate,3 sic accedant ad pacem, ad communionem, ad psalmum imponendum, i. e. ad antiphonam psalmi imponendam, in choro standum, i. e. illi, qui possunt aut psallendo aut legendo defendere, illi4 stent.

Thus that which he says, therefore, according to their order the abbot decrees or that they themselves have etc., he considers above, as if he said: now if it is thus, that next to the time of entry into religious life and the merit of their conduct and according to what the abbot will decide as to the merit of their conduct, as to the need, thus they should approach for the kiss of peace, for Communion, to lead psalms, that is lead the antiphon of the psalm, to stand in the choir, that is those who can maintain either the singing of the psalms or the reading, those should stand.

Quod vero dicit et in omnibus omnino locis aetas non discernatur, subaudiendum est: usque XV annum. Verum ipsi infantes, qui minus XV annis sunt, inter se debent ordinem suum tenere.

What he truly says, on no occasion whatsoever should age decide or predetermine the places, must be understood thus: until fifteen years. Certainly infants themselves, who are younger than fifteen years, must keep their order between themselves.

Praejudicet, i. e. ante judicet sive praevaleat. Quia Daniel seniores judicavit, cum de falsis senioribus judicium dedit; Samuel autem seniores judicavit, quia Israelem judicavit et ab infantia prophetavit.

Predetermine, that is to judge before or to have superiority. Because Daniel judged his elders when he gave a judgment on the false elders; Samuel however judged his elders because he judged Israel and was a prophet since he was a child.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia decani minores vel circatores pro hoc, quia decani sunt vel circatores, non debent praeesse aliis, h. e. non debent praeponi in choro aut in capitulo aut in aliquo loco, excepto si deest abbas aut praepositus aut decanus major; tunc unus illorum debet praeponi, qui teneat locum abbatis; nam ideo dixi, non debere praeponi, quia non est ratio, ut in isto uno anno, cum habent ministerium, superponantur, in altero autem anno, cum non habent ministerium, iterum sedeant inferius in loco, in quo intraverunt. Decanus vero major aut praepositus debent praeponi pro eo, quod illi servant locum abbatis, si est; quando non est abbas, servat praepositus locum abbatis, quando vero non est praepositus, servat decanus major locum abbatis in excommunicando et in omnibus.

Nevertheless it must be understood, that for this the minor deans1 or the circatores,2 because they are deans or circatores, must not be in charge of others, this is, they must not be placed in the front of the choir or in the chapter or in any other place, with the exception if the abbot or the prior or a major dean is absent; then one of them must be placed in charge and hold the place of the abbot; for therefore he said, they must not be put in charge, because it does not make sense. During that one year, when they have the ministry, they are put above the rest. In the next year however, when they do not have the ministry, they should again sit in a lower place in which they entered. However a major dean or a prior ought to be in charge of the place. What they guard is the place of the abbot, if it is (thus): when the abbot is not there, the prior watches over the place of the abbot. However when the prior is not there, the major dean watches over the place of the abbot in excommunicating and in everything.

Ergo exceptis his, quos, ut diximus, altiori consilio abbas praetulerit vel degradaverit. Praetulerit, i. e. superposuerit; degradaverit, i. e. locum detulerit, v. gr. tunc degradatur frater, cum in graviori [page 577] culpa dignus est judicari, cum dicit suscipiatur in ordine vel in choro, quo abbas decreverit. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 44.5]

With the exception of those, as we said, the abbot has promoted for compelling reasons or reduced in rank for particular causes. Promoted, that is he may put above; reduced in rank, that is reduced in place, for example a brother is reduced in rank when he is judged deserving in a grave [page 577] sin, when he (Benedict) says he should be received in the order or in the choir, whatever the abbot decides [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 44.5].

Nam aliud est degradare, aliud vero tibi fratrem praeferre; v. gr. si alterum tibi praeponit, non te degradat, quia locum tuum habes; si vero te pro aliqua culpa digna in inferiori loco aut ultimo ponit, tunc degradat.

For someone is reduced in rank, another brother however is given preference to yourself. For example if another is placed in front of you, you are not reduced in rank, because you have your place; if however he (the abbot) places you before someone with a worthy sin in an inferior or further place, then he is reduced in rank.

In minoribus culpis degradari debet etiam duobus modis, v. gr. si excommunicatur frater frequenter in excommunicatione simplici et non emendaverit, debet eum abbas ad adjutorium excommunicationis degradare, i. e. ut magis timeat excommunicationem et pro hoc emendetur. Degradari, i. e. in ultimo loco jubeatur stare.

In the case of minor sins, the abbot ought to reduce likewise in rank in two manners. For example if a brother is often excommunicated in a simple excommunication and would not emend, the abbot ought to reduce him in rank to the support of excommunication in order that he fears excommunication more and for this is emended. To reduce in rank, that is order to remain in the farthest place.

Altero vero modo degradari debet frater, cum nimiis jejuniis affligitur frater frequenter et non emendaverit, tunc ad adjutorium jejunii, ut emendetur frater, debet etiam in excommunicatione nimii jejunii in ultimo loco stare.

However with the second manner to be reduced in rank the brother must, when he is often weakened by strict fasting but would not emend, remain yet again in the farthest place of excommunication of strict fasting, to aid the fasting in order that the brother would be emended.

Notandum est, quia in hoc loco, ubi dicit juniorem se noverit illius esse, qui prima hora venerit diei, cujuslibet aetatis vel dignitatis sit, intelligitur, quia nullus pro aetate aut dignitate tam saeculari quam etiam ecclesiastica, debet praeponi, si ejus vita non fuerit digna, aut necessitas non fuerit; v. gr. sive presbyter aut diaconus fuerit, sicut dixi, non debet praeponi, nisi eum vita, sua commendaverit.

It must be observed that in this place, where he says he knows that he is junior to him, who came at the first hour of that day, whatever his age or worldly status, it must be understood that no one on behalf of age or worldly status, secular as well as ecclesiastical, ought to be moved forward if his conduct would not be deserving, or if there would be no need; for example whether he would be a priest or a deacon, as I have said, he ought not to be moved forward, unless his conduct recommends him.

Sequitur: 9Pueris per omnia ab omnibus disciplina teneatur. 10Juniores igitur priores suos honorent, priores juniores suos diligant. 11In ipsa autem appellatione nominum nulli liceat alium puro appellare nomine, 12sed priores juniores suos fratres nominent, juniores autem seniores nonnos vocent, quod intelligitur paterna reverentia. 13Abbas autem, quia vices Christi agere creditur, dominus et abbas vocetur, non sua assumptione, sed honore et amore Christi. 14Ipse autem cogitet et sic se exhibeat, ut dignus sit tali honore. 15Ubicunque autem sibi obviant fratres, junior a priore benedictionem petat, 16transeunte majore minor surgat et det ei locum sedendi, nec praesumat junior consedere, nisi ei praecipiat senior suus, 17ut fiat, quod scriptum est: honore invicem [page 578] praevenientes. [Rm 12:10] 18Pueri parvi vel adolescentes in oratorio vel ad mensas cum disciplina ordines suos consequantur; 19foris autem vel ubi et ubi custodiam habeant et disciplinam, usquedum ad intelligibilem aetatem perveniant.

Next: 9Discipline being maintained among boys in all matters by all brothers. 10Juniors, therefore, should honour their seniors, and seniors love their juniors. 11Nobody is allowed to use simple name alone in addressing another, 12but seniors should call juniors 'Brother' and juniors should call their seniors 'Nonnus', which means 'Paternal Reverence'. 13But the abbot, who is believed to act in Christ’s place, should be called 'Lord' and 'Abbot', not by his own claim, but for the honor and love of Christ. 14He should meditate on this and show himself to be worthy of such an honour. 15Whenever brothers meet each other, the junior should ask the senior’s blessing. 16When a senior passes by, the junior should rise and give him place to sit. And the junior should not presume to sit down unless the senior tells him to, 17so it may be as it is written: outdoing each other [page 578] in demonstrating honor [Rm 12:10]. 18Young boys and youths should keep their ranks in the oratory and at table with discipline. 19Outside and everywhere else they should be under both supervision and discipline until they attain the age of reason.

Sciendum est enim, quia haec, quae B. Benedictus dicit: nulli liceat puro nomine alium vocare, sed majores juniores suos fratres et juniores priores suos nonnos vocent, et transeunte priore junior surgat et det ei locum sedendi, et non liceat juniori sedere nisi prior jusserit, quamvis parva sint, non sunt parvipendenda, sed summo studio observanda et custodienda, quia ex hoc nutritur charitas, retinetur pax et concordia.        

For it must be understood, that these things, which St. Benedict says: Nobody is allowed to use simple name in calling another, but seniors should call their juniors 'Brother' and juniors call their seniors 'Nonnus', and when a senior passes by, the junior should rise and give him place to sit, and it is not permitted for the junior to sit, unless the senior bid/commands him to, however small they may be, (the brothers) must not pay little attention to it, but they must observe and preserve it with the greatest zeal, because from this love is being nourished, peace and harmony preserved.        

Quod autem dicit pueris vero per omnia ab omnibus disciplina teneatur, subaudiendum est: ab his, qui non indigent disciplina et qui noverint disciplinam. Bene dicit pueris vero per omnia ab omnibus disciplina teneatur, quia illa aetas infirma est et non potest per se adjuvari, ideo necesse est, ut ab aliis adjuvetur, quia si dum ista aetas infirma est adjuta, postmodum melius valebit in fortiore aetate ille homo se exercere et in Dei servitio plus sollicitus esse. Nam si tunc non fuerit adjutus, cum infirmus est, post erit semper negligens atque tepidus.

Moreover what he says, discipline certainly being maintained among boys in all matters by all brothers, by these must be understood, they who do not require discipline and who are familiar with discipline. Well he says discipline certainly being maintained among boys in all matters by all brothers, because that age is weak and cannot be sustained by itself. Therefore it is necessary that it is sustained by others, because if as long as that weak age is sustained, later that man shall have better strength in a firmer age to train himself and be more anxious in the servitude of God. Because if he would not be sustained when he is weak, he be shall be always neglecting and lukewarm afterwards.

Nam ob hoc debet abbas praeter illos magistros, i. e. tres vel quatuor, quos jam diximus superius, specialiter constituere, qui eos jugiter et ubique usque ad tempus debeant custodire, etiam alios fratres jubere, qui illos pueros custodiant. Nam si illi opus fuerit, coquinam facere vel aliud agere, cum ipso infante potest agere. Verumtamen tales debent isti esse, quibus abbas injungit curam infantum custodiae cum illis tribus vel quatuor, de quibus securus sit abbas; nam alii, qui nesciunt disciplinam, sed magis indigent, permitti non debent infantes arguere vel excommunicare aut flagellare, quia si illis stultis permissum fuerit et negligentibus, per terrorem poterunt infantes magis pejores facere quam bonos.

Because for the sake of this the abbot must appoint especially masters who should watch over the boys constantly and everywhere all the time continuously and who should also command the other master who watch over those boys. They ought to be appointed in addition to those masters, that is, the three or four about whom we have already spoken above. For if there would be need for him [the master], to do the cooking or to do something else, he can do it with the child himself. Nevertheless those masters must be excellent, to whom the abbot imposed the task of guarding the children with those three or four (masters), concerning which the abbot should be untroubled. On the other hand others, who do not know discipline, but require a learned man, they ought not to be allowed with the children, to be in charge or excommunicate or to flog them, because if it would be allowed to those fools and they who neglect, they could create through fear more evil than good to the children.

Notandum est et manifestandum, qualiter debent juniores priores suos honorare, et minores priores suos venerari, quia nihil valet, verba solummodo dicere, et qualiter agendum sit, non manifestare; [page 579] v. gr. sicut dilectissimus filius patri suo honorem impendit, i. e. cum quanta dilectione illi impendit honorem, cum tanto scilicet amore debet iste junior priori suo impendere honorem. Deinde iterum: cum quanta dilectione amoris affectum impendit pater filio suo dilecto, cum tanto amore debet ille senior dilecto suo juniori dilectionem impendere.

It must be observed and made clear, in what way the juniors must honour their seniors, and in what way the seniors must venerate their juniors, because nothing is strong when only the word is spoken, and in what way it should be done not to make known [page 579]; for example just as the most beloved son of God devoted his honour, that is with how much love he devoted his honour to Him, with so much love that junior must devote his honour to his senior. Then again: with how much love of affection the father devoted affection to his beloved son, with so much love that senior must devote love for his beloved junior.

Et propterea jussit B. Benedictus, ut nullus vocetur puro nomine, i. e. solo nomine, quia per istam adjunctionem nominis voluit designare honorem. Ait enim: sed priores juniores suos fratrum nomine - subaudiendum est: vocent.

And therefore St. Benedict orders that no one should be called by simple name alone, that is, only by name, because he wished to indicate honour through that addition to the name. For he says: but seniors should name their juniors 'Brother' – it is understood, they call.

Bene fratres jussit appellari, quia uno sacro fonte baptismatis sunt renati et uno Spiritu sanctificati et unam professionem professi et unam remunerationem adipisci desiderant et una matre, i. e. sancta ecclesia editi sunt.

Well he orders to call them ‘brothers’, because they desire to be born again in one sacred font of baptism and sanctified in one spirit and profess one profession and attain one reward and they are given birth to by one mother, that is, holy church

Et hoc notandum est, quia melior est ista fraternitas spiritualis, quam carnalis. Dicit enim Cassiodorus, quia fratres, et qui diligunt et qui diliguntur. [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum 21.23, CCSL 97, p. 203]

And it must be understood that this spiritual fraternity is better than carnal fraternity. For Cassiodorus says, that they are brothers who both love and are loved. [Cassiodorus, Expositio psalmorum 21.23]

Juniores autem priores suos nonnos vocent, quod intelligitur paterna reverentia. Bene patres sive doctrina sive honorem aetati deferentes5 dicuntur. Quaeri potest, quid est, quod S. Benedictus jubet juniores priores suos patres vocare, cum Dominus dicat: Nolite vocare patrem super terram? [Mt 23:9] Non est contrarium hoc, quia, si nos patres vocamus super terram, non auctorem vitae nostrae vocamus, sed aut causa honoris deferentes6 patrem dicimus, aut doctrina.

Moreover juniors should call their seniors 'Nonnus,' which means 'Paternal Reverence'. Rightly they who are honoured are called ‘fathers’ whether in wisdom or regard to age. It can be asked what is it, that St. Benedict orders the juniors to call their seniors ‘father’, when the Lord says: Call no man upon the earth your father? [Mt 23:9] This is not contradictory, because, if we call fathers upon the earth, we do not call them as founder of our life, but we call those who are honoured 'father' either for the sake of honour, or in wisdom.

Quod autem dicit non sua assumptione sed honore et amore Christi, est, ac si diceret: abbas debet vocari dominus et abbas, verum non debet assumptione sua hoc facere abbas, i. e. non debet se abbas praesumere, ut se faciat clamari abbas et dominus, sed cum clamatur, amore et timore Christi clametur.

Moreover what [Benedict] says not by his own claim, but for the love and honor of Christ, it is as if he said: the abbot must be called ‘Lord’ and ‘Abbot’, however the abbot must do this by his own claim, that is the abbot must not presume to himself that he should act to call himself ‘Abbot’ or ‘Lord’, but when he is called, he is called for the love and fear of Christ.

Quod autem dicit junior a priore benedictionem petat, subaudiendum est: in his locis et horis, ubi licet loqui; verum si aliis locis et horis fuerit, in corde suo petat benedictionem inclinato capite.      

Moreover what he says -- the junior should ask the senior’s blessing -- must be understood as meaning in these places and times where it is permitted to speak; but if it is in other places and times, he should ask for a blessing within his heart, with a lowered head.  

Quod autem dicit transeunte [page 580] majore junior surgat et det locum sedendi, nec praesumat junior consedere, nisi praecipiat senior suus, ita intelligitur, i. e. sicut ille junior praecipitur surgere, ita etiam ille senior dicere debet juniori sedere. Et notandum est, quia si ille senior vult sedere, tunc debet dare locum sedendi junior priori.

Moreover what he says [page 580] – when a senior passes by, the junior should rise and give him place to sit, and the junior should not presume to sit down unless the senior tells him to – is understood thus, that is just as that junior is instructed to rise, thus likewise that senior must tell the junior to sit. And it must be observed, that if that senior wishes to sit, then a junior must give a place for sitting to the senior.

Quod autem dicit transeunte majore junior surgat, ita debet intelligi, i. e. si ille senior venit ad illum juniorem fratrem et vult sedere vel aliquid tale, tunc debet ille junior surgere et dare locum sedendi. Nam non debet intelligi, si ille solummodo senior frater transierit, ut quoties ille transierit, toties junior surgat, v. gr. sedet infans aut alter junior in claustra et forte legit; quod si transierit frater senior, non ut veniat ad juniorem fratrem, sed tantum transeat, non debet ille junior surgere, quia non est ratio, ut, si decem fratres seniores transierint, ille decies surgat, eo quod non dicit de talibus, sed de illis, qui ad eum veniunt et sedere forte volunt aut aliquid tale agere, tunc praecipit juniori surgere et dare ei locum sedendi.

Moreover what he says when a senior passes by, the junior should rise, must be understood thus, that is if that senior comes to that junior monk and wishes to sit, or anybody of such kind, then that junior must rise and give his place of sitting. On the other hand it must not be understood that if that senior brother passes by, that every time the senior would pass by the junior should rise, for example, [when] a child or another junior sits in the cloister and perhaps reads. But if a senior brother passes by, not to approach the junior, but only passes by, [then] that junior need not rise, because it does not make sense that if ten senior brothers shall pass by that junior should rise ten times, because it is not said about such [passing] brothers, but about those who come to him and perhaps wish to sit or to do anything of the kind. In that case he (Benedict) instructs the junior to rise and give his place of sitting.

Isto enim modo debet fieri: v. gr. sedes tu, qui es junior, et vides seniorem venientem, et sicut tu surgis, ita etiam statim debet prior jubere sedere. Sicut enim superius dicit juniores priores suos debent honorare, sicut filius patrem, ita etiam majores debent amare juniores suos, sicut pater filium suum. Animadverte nunc, si pater, qui nimis diligit filium, cum viderit illum ante se surgere, dicit illi sedere, quia non patitur illum stare, ita et isti seniores debent junioribus facere, et hoc est, quod inferius dicit honore invicem praevenientes, i. e. sicut iste junior praevenit priorem suum in levando, ita debet etiam ille senior juniorem suum praevenire in innuendo sedere aut dicendo; et sicut ille junior servat illi honorem in loquendo et in levando, ita et ille senior debet recompensare juniori suo laborem surrectionis [cum] humilem locutionem in dulces sermones et blanda verba dicendo.

For in this way it must happen: for example, you, who are a junior, sit and you see a senior coming and as you rise, thus the senior must likewise order you at once to sit. For just as he says above juniors must honour their seniors just as the son his father, thus likewise the seniors must love their juniors as the father must love his son. Now you must observe if a father who greatly loves his son, when he sees him [the son] rise before him, he tells him to sit, because he does not allow him to stand. Those seniors must do likewise for juniors and that is what he says below, outdoing each other in demonstrating honor. That is just as that junior precedes his senior in rising, thus likewise that senior must precede his junior in beckoning or in telling him to sit; and just as that junior preserves honour in speaking to him and in rising, likewise that senior must recompense him junior for the effort of rising with humble address and pleasant speech and by saying gentle words.

Debet etiam abbas constituere unum aut duos seniores, qui doceant, cum viderint juniores surgentes ante seniores suos, et debet illis dicere:‘Quare surrexisti frater coram seniore tuo?’ Et illi priori dicere: [page 581] ‘Quare benedixisti?’ Ille cum non sapuerit illi dicere rationem, debet illum statim docere: 'Sic debes facere, i. e. ita debes surgere et cum tali reverentia et honore tuo priori, sicut dilectus filius patri;' et illi priori debet dicere: 'Qua intentione benedixisti tuum juniorem? Ita debes illum benedicere, sicut pater dilectissimo filio suo reddit votum dilectionis.'

Also the abbot must appoint one or two seniors who should teach when they see juniors rise before their seniors, and he [the appointed senior] must say to them: 'How, brother, did you raise before your senior?' And to the senior he must say: [page 581] ‘How did you bless [the junior]?’ When that brother does not know how to give him a reason, he must teach him immediately: ‘You must do this, that is, you must rise thus and with the same such respect and honour for your senior, as a beloved son to his father;’ and he should say to the senior: ‘With what intention did you bless your junior? You must bless him in same way as a father gives his vow of love to his most beloved son.’

Hoc notandum est, quia si viderit junior priorem suum ad se venire et viderit, velle illum sedere, tunc debet surgere et dare locum illi ad sedendum; si autem viderit illum transire, debet parum surgere et inclinare caput petens benedictionem. Et hoc notandum est, quia in eo loco maxime debet sedere, cum aliquid operatur, ubi non est locus frequenter ad transeundum seniorem. Hoc vero sciendum est, quia debet in capitulo abbas docere, ut sicut junior surgere debet ante suum priorem, ita et ipse prior statim innuat juniori sedere. Quod si non dixerit statim sedere prior juniori suo surgenti, admoneatur regulari disciplina, sicut diximus, per septem gradus; si autem non se emendaverit, debet in ultimo gradu illum priorem constituere, et discat, qualiter prior debeat minori suo sedere dicere.

This must be observed, that if a junior see that his senior comes to him and he sees that he wishes to sit, then he must rise and give the place to that senior to sit. If however he perceives he is passing by, he must rise a little and incline his head, asking for a blessing. And this must be observed, that he really must sit in that place, where something is being done, where there is often no place for the senior passing by. But this must be understood, which the abbot must teach in chapter, that just as a junior must rise before his senior, likewise the senior himself should beckon the junior to sit immediately. But if the senior does not immediately tell the rising junior to sit, he should be admonished with regular discipline, just as we said, through the seventh grade;3 if however he will not emend, he should place that senior must in the lowest rank to learn how a senior should tell his junior to sit.

Quod vero dicit: Pueri parvi vel adolescentes in oratorio vel ad mensas cum disciplina ordines suos consequantur, ordines suos dicit debere servare inter se, qui in custodia sunt; nam si XV annum habuerint et sua vita concordaverit aetati, tunc debet in choro stare et ordinem suum inter omnes habere. Si autem XV annos habuerit et vitam non habuerit talem, ut possit de generali custodia exire, non debet exire.

What [Benedict] says -- young boys and youths should keep their ranks in the oratory and at the table with discipline -- means that their ranks must be kept among them, who are under supervision; for if [a brother] is fifteen years old and his conduct is in harmony to his age, then he ought to stand in the choir and have his rank among all the others. If however he is fifteen years old and he does not conduct himself so that he is able to leave general custody, then he must not leave it.

Quod autem dicit foris autem ubi et ubi, h. e. in omni loco; nam cum dicit ubi ubi, nullum locum praetermittit.

Moreover he says outside and everywhere else, that is, in every place; for when he says everywhere, no place is overlooked.

Custodiam habeant et disciplinam, h. e. dicere: pueri vel adolescentes, i. e. qui, quamvis majores sint aetate, sed quia minus intelligunt, sub custodia puerorum debent esse, sicut ipse dicit, usquedum ad intelligibilem aetatem perveniant - ac si diceret: tamdiu habeant custodiam et disciplinam a magistris suis, donec veniant ad illam aetatem, in qua cognoscantur posse sine disciplina esse. Similiter et adolescentes tamdiu debent esse sub [page 582] custodia et disciplina, donec veniant ad illam aetatem, in qua possunt credi sine magistris esse, v. gr. si usque ad viginti vel triginta fuerit necesse sub custodia esse, sub custodia debent stare.

They should be under supervision and discipline, that is to say: boys and youths, that is, they who, although they are senior in age but do not understand enough, must be under the supervision of the boys, just as [Benedict] himself says, until they arrive at the age of understanding – as if he said: as long as they are under the supervision and discipline of their masters, until they come to that age in which they know how to be able to be without discipline. Similarly also youths must be under [page 582] supervision and discipline until they come to that age, in which they can be trusted to be without their masters. For example if it is necessary to be under supervision until age twenty or thirty, they must remain under supervision.

Et hoc notandum: usque ad quintum decimum annum, sicut inferius dicturus est, debent illi infantes sub custodia esse, et sub omnibus, quibus injunctum est. Deinde post XV annum, si visus fuerit ille infans bonus et sobrius, ita ut non sit illi necessitas, magistros habere, debet exire de illa disciplina, et debet illum abbas solummodo uni specialiter fratri bonae et sanctae conversationis commendare, qui illum custodiat, atque dare, non ut illi serviat sicut manipulus (?), sed ut ille illum custodiat, i. e. cum illo sedeat, quando legit et quando obedientiam ubique agit. Et ille senior debet illum sollicite custodire et videre, utrum levis sit in suo motu aut forte familiaritatem habeat cum aliis infantibus, suis coaevis etiam. Si illum cognoverit vitiosum esse, tunc debet abbati de illo nunciare post unum annum, ex quo egressus est de custodia, sive ante, i. e. juxta quo eum cognoverit sollicitum esse. Tunc ille abbas debet illum infantem ita esse, sicut majores sunt, constituere.

And this must be observed: until age fifteen, as it will be said below, those children must be under supervision, and under all who are in charge of them. Then after the age of fifteen, if that child seems to be of good and sober appearance, so that it is not be necessary for him to have masters, he must leave that discipline and the abbot must entrust him specially to one brother of good and venerable conduct who should take care of him and to give, not so that he should wait on that older brother like a servant, but in order that that brother should watch over him. That is he should sit with him when he reads and when performs obedience anywhere. And that senior must watch carefully over that brother and see whether he should be inconstant in his movement or perhaps is intimacy with other children, even brothers of the same age. If he finds him to be full of faults, then he must report to the abbot about that brother after one year from which he has come out of supervision, or before, that is, according to when he knows he is careful. Then that abbot must place that child as if they were seniors.

Sciendum est enim, quia, si necessitas fuerit, ut pro hospite de officio exire debeat aliquis, ille debet exire, qui obedientiam hospitum habet; nam de hospitibus monachis ita in Francia agitur: Si est familiaris monachus, in dormitorio monachorum dormit et in claustra cum aliis monachis legit et in refectorio manducat et mane et sero et ad capitulum venit fratrum. Si iste talis videt ibi negligentiam, debet admonere, ut emendetur. Si vero novus hospes fuerit, tantum ad capitulum venit fratrum causa aedificationis ex lectionis traditione et ducitur in refectorium fratrum ad manducandum; dormire vero - foris dormit in dormitorio hospitum monachorum. Nam prima vice cum venit iste novus, ducit eum prior per tota officina monasterii dicens: 'Frater, ubi negligentiam forte vidisti, caritatis amore deprecamur, ut dicas, quatenus emendemus.' Si vero fuerit monachus hospes aut clericus nobilis, tunc, cum exeunt de refectorio, cum abbate exeunt post fratres. Si vero pauper [page 583] fuerit ille, hospitalis apprehendit eum, et ante omnes exeunt foras, et ducit illum vadens ante omnes ad oratorium.

For it must be understood that if there is need that someone must leave service for a guest, he who has charge of guests must leave. For it is done thus in Francia with regard to visiting monks: if the monk is familiar monk, he sleeps in the dormitory of the monks and reads in the cloister with the other monks and eats in the refectory and in the morning and evening he comes to the chapter of the monks. If [the visiting monk] sees neglect there, he must warn it should be corrected. However the guest is new, he comes to the chapter of the brothers only for the purpose of learning from the giving of the reading and is led into the refectory of the brothers to eat; to sleep however – he sleeps outside in the dormitory of the visiting monks. For when that new [monk] comes for the first time, a senior leads him though the entire workshop of the monastery, saying: Brother, where you perhaps saw neglect, we pray with love of affection that you say it, in order that we shall emend it. However, if he is a guest monk or a noble cleric, then, when they leave the refectory, they leave with the abbot after the brothers. If, however, he is a poor man [page 583], the guest-master takes him and they go outside before the others, and he leads him going before everyone to the oratory.


1. meritum. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).
2. conversionem. Cod. Tegerns. (Mittermüller).
3. locum teneant (?). (Mittermüller).
4. illic (?). (Mittermüller).
5. deferendo (?). (Mittermüller).
6. deferendi (?). (Mittermüller).

1. Hildemar distinguishes between minor and maior deans. This seems not to be discussed elsewhere in the commentary.
2. Circatores, literally ‘they who go around’, are mentioned first by Hildemar. They were brothers who went around when all the other brothers had to read, to see whether everyone was concentrated and paying attention and not disturbing others.
3. For sins regarding behaviour there are seven stage of correction; see c.23 of the commentary.

Cap. LXIV
DE ORDINATIONE ABBATIS

[Ms P, fol. 156vPaulus Diaconus]

Ch. 64
THE APPOINTMENT OF AN ABBOT

Translated by: Hildegund Müller

Sequitur: 1In abbatis ordinatione illa semper consideretur ratio, ut hic constituatur, quem sibi omnis concors congregatio secundum timorem Dei, sive etiam pars quamvis parva congregationis saniore consilio elegerit. 2Vitae autem merito et sapientiae doctrina eligatur, qui ordinandus est, etiamsi ultimus fuerit in ordine congregationis et reliqua.

He says next: 1In appointing an abbot, this procedure must always be kept in mind: the one installed should be one whom the entire community chooses, in harmony and the fear of God, or else the part of the community, however small, of sounder judgment. 2The one to be appointed should be chosen for merit of life and wisdom of teaching, even if he has the last rank in the community.

Forte quaerit aliquis, quare S. Benedictus hoc capitulum in primordio non scripsit. Cui respondendum est: Bene in hoc loco hoc capitulum scripsit, nec aliter etiam debuit facere, qui imprimis scripsit de illo vel pro illo, cum dixit: Ausculta o fili, praecepta magistri, [Regula Benedicti, prologue.1] eo, quod discipulum admonuit, ut obediret magistro. Deinde totum corpus comprehendit, cum de generibus vel vita monachorum dixit; ait enim: Ad coenobitarum fortissimum genus adjuvante Christo veniamus. [Regula Benedicti 1.30] Post vero quasi caput hujus corporis constituit, cum de abbate dixit, qualis debeat esse [Regula Benedicti, c. 2], tam in se, quam in exterioribus. Post vero de instrumentis bonorum operum dixit. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 4] Deinde de duodecim gradibus humilitatis dicit; [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 7] post autem de officiis divinis, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 8-20] deinde de judiciis, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23-30] postmodum autem qualiter suscipiantur novitii, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58] deinde de ordine congregationis. [Regula Benedicti, c. 63]

You may ask why Saint Benedict did not write this chapter at the beginning (of his Rule). The answer is: It is a good thing that he put this chapter in this place, and he should not have done differently, since he wrote in the first place about the abbot and in the interest of the abbot when he said: Listen, o son, to the commands of the master. [Regula Benedicti, prologue.1] For there he admonished the student to obey the master. Afterwards he encompassed the whole body (of the monastic congregation), when he was speaking about the kinds and the life of monks. For this is what he said: Let us now with the help of Christ come o the strongest kind of monks, the cenobites. [Regula Benedicti, c. 1.30] But after this, he established a head for this body, so to speak, when he was talking about the abbot, what sort of a man he should be [Regula Benedicti, c. 2] both with regard to his own character and to his dealings with the outside world. Again, after that, he discussed the instruments of good works. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 4] After that, he discussed the twelve grades of humility, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 7] then the Divine Offices, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 8-20] judgments, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23-30] afterwards, how novices should be received, [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 58] then the order in the congregation. [Regula Benedicti, c. 63]

Deinde ordinato capite cum corpore suo, quia non potest aliter, ut istud caput, i. e. abbas non moriatur, ideo nunc de restauratione capitis, i. e. abbatis congruo loco hoc capitulum constituit. Dicit enim: In abbatis ordinatione illa semper consideretur ratio, ut hic constituatur, quem sibi omnis concors congregatio secundum timorem Dei - subaudiendum est: elegerit - sive etiam pars quamvis parva congregationis saniore consilio elegerit. Notandum vero est, quia tres distinctiones in hoc loco fecit S. Benedictus : primam, cum dixit si omnis concors congregatio cum timore Dei elegerit.

Now he has a body with a head assigned to it: but since it is impossible that this head, that is, the abbot, does not die, he now dedicates this chapter, in its fitting place, to the question of how this head, that is, the abbot, should be replaced. For this is what he says: In appointing an abbot, this procedure must always be kept in mind: the one installed should be one whom the entire community chooses, in harmony and the fear of God – understand: chooses1 –, or else the part of the community, however small, of sounder judgment. Note that Saint Benedict in this place made three distinctions. The first occurs when he said: the entire community chooses, in harmony and with2 the fear of God.

Et bene dixit cum timore Dei; quia et est mala concordia sine timore Dei, sicut inferius dicturus est, [page 584] cum dicit: 3Quod si etiam omnis congregatio vitiis suis, quod quidem absit, consentientem personam pari consilio elegerit, 4et vitia ipsa aliquantulum in notitiam episcopi, ad cujus dioecesim pertinet locus ipse, vel ad abbates aut christianos vicinos claruerint, 5prohibeant pravorum praevalere consensum, sed domui Dei dignum constituant dispensatorem, 6scientes pro hoc se recepturos mercedem bonam, si illud caste et zelo Dei faciant, sicut econtrario peccatum, si negligant

And he did well to say with the fear of God, because there also is an evil harmony without the fear of God; which is something he will discuss later, [page 584] when he says: 3If, God forbid, the entire community in common counsel chooses a person who condones its vices, 4and these vices somehow come to the attention of the bishop in whose diocese the monastery is located or to neighboring abbots and Christians, 5they should prevent the plotting of the perverse from prevailing, instead setting up a worthy steward of the house of God, 6knowing that they will receive a good reward for it, provided they do it purely and with zeal for God, and if, on the contrary, they neglect this duty, it is a sin.

Secundam distinctionem fecit, cum dicit sive etiam pars quamvis parva saniore consilio elegerit. Tertiam vero distinctionem fecit illam, quam praediximus, cum dicit quod si etiam omnis congregatio vitiis suis, quod quidem absit, consentientem personam pari consilio elegerit, et reliq.

He made the second distinction when he said: or else the part of the community, however small, of sounder judgment. The third distinction he made is the one we have mentioned before, when he said If, God forbid, the entire community in common counsel chooses a person who condones its vices, and so on.

Hoc notandum est, quia in hoc loco, quod dicit quamvis parva, subintelligitur: si media pars congregationis saniore consilio, sive etiam pars major congregationis saniore consilio elegerit, illis consentiendum est, qui saniori, i. e. meliori consilio eligunt.

Note that when he says here however small is is to be understood that whatever part of the community chooses the abbot with sounder judgment, be it a medium-size part or a even a large one, those are the ones we should agree with, who use sounder judgment in their choice, that is, better judgment.

Quid est parva congregatio? Verbi gratia, si quinquaginta monachi sunt, qui malum abbatem eligunt, et sunt duo boni fratres, qui meliorem abbatem eligunt, istis duobus consentiendum est et non illis quinquaginta. Similiter si centum sunt, qui negligentem abbatem eligunt, et tres sunt, qui meliorem abbatem eligunt, illis tribus consentiendum est et non illis centum. Similiter si ducenti vel trecenti aut etiam quingenti, et fuerint tres aut quatuor vel quinque boni, qui meliorem eligunt, istis tribus vel quatuor aut quinque fratribus consentiendum est et non illis ducentis vel trecentis aut quingentis.

What is a small community?3 For example, if there are fifty monks who choose a bad man for their abbot and two good brothers who choose a better one, we should give our consent to the two and not to the fifty. Similarly, if there are a hundred who choose a careless man for their abbot and three who choose a better man, we have to give our consent to the three and not to the hundred. In the same way if there are two hundred or three hundred or even five hundred, we have to give our consent to the three or four or five brothers and not to the two hundred or three hundred or five hundred.

Et bene dixit etiamsi ultimus fuerit in congregatione, quia in tali electione nullatenus ordo servari debet. Verbi gratia, si fuerit talis, qui per triginta annos fuerit in monasterio et non fuerit dignus, et alter fuerit, qui uno anno habitavit in monasterio et fuerit dignus, iste est eligendus, qui uno anno habitavit in monasterio studiose et diligenter, et non ille, qui per triginta annos tepide et negligenter habitavit in monasterio.

And he does well to say: even if he has the last rank in the community, because in this kind of choice, we should by now means attend to hierarchy. For example, if there is someone who has been in the monastery for thirty years and has always been worthless, and there is another one who has dwelt in the monastery for one year an has been worthy, we should choose the one who has dwelt in the monastery for one year with zeal and diligence and not the one who has dwelt in the monastery for thirty years and has always been lukewarm and uninterested.

Hactenus B. Benedictus dixit, qualiter eligatur abbas. Nunc vero subjunxit, quae persona eligatur, [page 585] cum dixit: vitae autem merito et sapientiae doctrina eligendus est, qui ordinandus est, etiamsi ultimus fuerit in congregatione.

Up to this point, Saint Benedict had discussed how the abbot should be chosen. Then he moved on to the question which kind of person should be chosen, [page 585] when he said: The one to be appointed should be chosen for merit of life and wisdom of teaching, even if he has the last rank in the community.

Attendendum est, quia duo dixit B. Benedictus habere illum, qui eligendus est ad abbatem consecrandum, i. e. vitam et sapientiam. Notandum est enim, quia si inveniri potest, qui ista duo habeat, i. e. sapientiam et vitam bonam, ipse est eligendus; si vero non fuerit inventus, qui ista duo habeat, sed divise.

Consider that Saint Benedict said that the person who should be chosen to be appointed abbot should have two qualities, namely, his way of life and his wisdom. Note that if someone can be found who has both of these two, that is, wisdom and a good way of life, that person should be chosen; but if no one can be found who has both of those, but only someone who has them separately.

V. gr. si inventus fuerit talis frater, qui vitam bonam habuerit et tamen non habuerit sapientiam, et iterum invenitur alter frater, qui vitam bonam non habuerit, et tamen habuerit sapientiam, ille eligendus est magis, qui vitam bonam habet, quamvis non habeat sapientiam, quam ille, qui sapientiam habet et non bonam vitam. Si autem talis fuerit illa persona, quae vitam bonam habet et tamen non est affabilis, ut aliis possit prodesse, sicut solent multi esse, eo quod non sunt affabiles nec zelum habent, et iterum est alter, qui sapientiam habet et potest aliis prodesse eo, quod est affabilis et zelans, et quamvis ejus vita sit fragilis, tamen non multum est mala, iste est potius eligendus, qui, quamvis ejus vita sit fragilis, tamen non multum est mala, si sapientiae doctrina affabilis est, ut aliis proficiat. Si autem iste, qui, quamvis sapiens sit, tamen ejus vita multum est mala, ille eligendus est, qui vitam bonam habet, quamvis non sit ita doctus, ut aliis proficiat.

For example if a brother can be found who has a good way of life, but does not have wisdom, and if, on the other hand, another brother can be found who does not have a good way of life, but has wisdom, we should rather choose the one who has a good way of life, even though he does not have wisdom, than the one who has wisdom, but not a good way of life. But if there is such a person who does have a good way of life, but on the other hand is not eloquent4 enough that he can benefit others – as is the case with many people, because they are not eloquent and do not have zeal – and on the other hand if there is another one who possesses wisdom and can benefit others, because he is eloquent and zealous, and even if his life is prone to temptation,5 it is not all that bad, we should rather choose the one whose life, while prone to temptation, is not all that bad, if he is friendly and possesses the teachings of wisdom, so that he can benefit others. However, if there is one who may be wise, but his way of life is very bad, we should choose one who has a good way of life, even if he is not learned enough to benefit others.

Dioecesim, i. e. parochiam. Aliquatenus, i. e. aliquo modo. Caste, i. e. sine corruptione vanae gloriae vel praemiorum. Sicut enim merces est, si hoc malum sine vana gloria aut praemio prohibent, ita e contrario peccatum est, si negligant.

Diocese: that is, parish (parochia).6 Somehow, that is, in some way.7 Purely, that is, without the blemish of vainglory or corruption. For while on the one hand it merits a reward if they avert this evil without being vainglorious or corrupt, it is on the other hand a sin, if they neglect to do so.

Bene dicit si illud caste et zelo Dei faciant; cum dicit illud, subaudiendum est: bonum, i. e, ut bonus ordinetur abbas, non malus. Ac per hoc ut merces sit illis, qui pro bono ordinando abbate laboraverint, ideo dicit: scientes pro hoc se recepturos mercedem bonam, si illud caste et zelo Dei faciant - quasi diceret: scient, se pro hoc labore a Deo mercedem recepturos, si hoc pro Dei amore laboraverint et sine ullius muneris retributione. Caste enim attinet ad hoc, ut sine corruptione fiat, i. e. [page 586] sine permixtione vanae gloriae aut alicujus muneris vel retributionis. Zelo Dei attinet ad amorem Dei; zelus Dei est amor perficiendi Dei praecepta. Talis enim sensus est in hoc loco, cum dicit caste et zelo Dei, qualis est in illo loco, ubi dicit propheta: Beatus qui excutit manum suam ab omni munere [Is 33.15]

He aptly says provided they do it purely and with zeal for God. When he says it, understand ‘this good deed’, that is, that a good man be apointed abbot, not an evil one. And because of this, namely, that those who toil for the appointment of a good abbot be rewarded, he says: knowing that they will receive a good reward for it, provided they do it purely and with zeal for God, by which he means: they know that they will receive a reward from God, if they toil in this for the love of God and without receiving gifts for it. For purely refers to the fact that this should happen without corruption, that is [page 586] without the influence of vainglory or whatever gift or payment. With zeal for God refers to the love for God; zeal for God is the loving desire8 to fulfill God’s commands. The meaning of purely and with zeal for God here is similar to the words of the prophet Blessed is he who keeps his hand from all bribes”. [Is 33:15]

Quem sensum B. Gregorius exponit in evangelio, ubi Dominus dicit: Gratis accepistis, gratis date: [Mt 10:8] Praesciebat namque nonnullos [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL: hoc ipsum donum accepti Spiritus in usum negotiationis inflectere, et miraculorum signa ad avaritiae obsequium declinare. Hinc est enim quod Simon Magus, per impositionem manus edita miracula conspiciens, percipere donum Spiritus sancti pecunia voluit, [cf. Act 8:18-19] scilicet ut deterius venderet quod male comparasset. Hinc de templo redemptor noster flagello de resticulis facto turbas ejecit, cathedras vendentium columbas evertit. [cf. Io 2:15; Mt 21:12; Mc 11:15] Columbas quippe vendere est impositionem manus qua Spiritus sanctus accipitur, non ad vitae meritum, sed ad praemium dare.

The meaning of this is explained by Saint Gregory commenting on the words of the Lord in the Gospel: Freely you have received; freely give [Mt 10:8], thus: For he knew in advance that some people would use this very gift of the Spirit for financial gain, and exploit miracles in the service of greed. This is why Simon Magus, perceiving that miracles were done by laying on hands, wanted to acquire the gift of the Holy Spirit for money, [cf. Act 8:18-19] , thus selling worse what he would have bought badly. This is why our saviour made a scourge out of small cords and drove the masses out of the temple and overturned the tables of the dove-sellers. [cf. Io 2:15; Mt 21:12; Mc 11:15] For to sell doves means to bestow the laying-on of hands not for the gain of life, but for money

Sed sunt nonnulli qui quidem nummorum praemia ex ordinatione non accipiunt, et tamen sacros ordines pro humana gratia largiuntur, atque de largitate eadem laudis solummodo retributionem quaerunt. Hi nimirum quod gratis acceptum est gratis non tribuunt, quia de impenso officio sanctitatis nummum expetunt favoris. Unde bene cum justum virum describeret propheta, ait: 'Qui excutit manus suas ab omni munere'. [Is 33:15] Neque enim dicit: Qui excutit manus suas a munere, sed adjunxit ab omni, quia aliud est munus ab obsequio, aliud munus a manu, aliud munus a lingua.

There are some, however, who do not receive cash money for ordination, but they bestow the holy orders out of human kindness and only ask for praise in return. Those other ones do not bestow freely what they received for free, because they ask for the currency of favor in return for the holy office. Is is fitting, therefore, that the prophet, when he described a just man, said, 'he shakes his hands from all gifts'. [Is 33:15] For he does not say “from a gift”, but rather added “all gifts”, because there is a difference between a gift of obedience, a gift of the hand and a gift of the tongue.<>/em

Munus quippe ab obsequio est subjectio indebite impensa, munus a manu pecunia est, munus a lingua favor. Qui ergo sacros ordines tribuit, tunc ab omni munere manus excutit, quando in divinis rebus non solum nullam pecuniam, sed etiam humanam gratiam non requirit.

The gift of obedience is submission granted without compulsion, the gift of the hand is money, the gift of the tongue is favor. Hence he who bestows holy orders shakes his hands from all gifts if he not only does not demand money for sacred rites, but not even the favor of men.

Sed vos, fratres charissimi, quos saecularis habitus tenet, cum quae sint nostra cognoscitis, mentis oculos ad vestra revocate. Cuncta erga vos vicissim gratis agite. Nolite operis vestri in hoc mundo retributionem quaerere, quem cum tanta jam cernitis velocitate defecisse. Sicut male acta abscondi vultis ne alii videant, ita bona ne ad humanam laudem appareant cavete. Neque mala quoque modo, nec bona pro temporali retributione faciatis. Ipsum vestri operis testem quaerite quem judicem sustinctis. Occulta nunc bona vestra esse videat, ut ea retributionis suae tempore] in publico ostendat. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia 4, c. 4-5, CCSL 141, pp. 30-31]

You, however, dearest brethren, who lead a secular life, cast the eyes of your minds upon your own situation when you hear about ours. Do everything towards one another for free. Do not ask for a reward for your works in this world, since you see that it vanishes so quickly. If you want your evil deeds to be hidden so that others cannot see them, take care as well that your good deeds do not become visible to provoke human praise. Do not do evil under any circumstances, do not to good for worldly rewards. See only him as witness for your acts whom you suffer as a judge. May he see your good deeds now hidden away, so that he may show them forth in public at the time of retribution. [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Evangelia 4, c. 4-5]

Sequitur: 7Ordinatus autem abbas cogitet semper, quale onus suscepit, et cui redditurus est rationem vilicationis suae; 8sciatque, sibi oportere prodesse magis, quam praeesse. Hactenus dicit, qualiter fiat abbas. Nunc ordinatum abbatem docet [illum], qualiter agat, et mittit frenum illi, cum dicit: Ordinatus autem abbas cogitet semper, quale onus suscepit, et cui redditurus est rationem vilicationis suae et rel.

He says next: 7Once appointed, the abbot should always be mindful of what a burden he has undertaken, and to whom he will ‘render an account of his stewardship’13 and know that he should benefit the brothers rather than preside over them. Until here he has discussed how someone is made abbot. Now he instructs the person appointed abbot how to act, and he reins him in by saying: Once appointed, the abbot should always be mindful of what a burden he has undertaken, and to whom he will ‘render an account of his stewardship’ and so on.

Per hoc autem, quod dicit ordinatus autem abbas cogitet, quale onus suscepit et reliq., attendendum est, quia non dicit solummodo cogitet, sed dicit semper, i. e. non per intervallum cogitet, sed semper.

When he says Once appointed, the abbot should always be mindful of what a burden he has undertaken and so on, note that he does not just say should be mindful, but always, that is, he should not consider this now and again, but all the time.

Sciendum est enim, quia non dicit ‘honor’, sed onus, i. e. pondus. Et bene pondus dixit illum suscepisse et non honorem, quia, qui hoc pondus suscipit, non ut honoretur, suscipere illud debet, sed ut laboret et aliis proficiat, sicut ipse subjungit sciatque sibi oportere prodesse magis quam praeesse.

You must know that he does not say ‘honor’ but burden14, that is ‘load’. And he does well to say that this man has received a load, not an honor, because he who takes up this load should not do so in order to receive an honor but in order to toil and to benefit others, which is what Benedict says next: and (he should) know that he should benefit the brothers rather than preside over them.

Attendendum est, quia non dicit praeesse, sed prodesse, quasi diceret: Cognoscat abbas, ideo hoc officium suscepisse, quia oportet [illud],1 ut aliis proficiat et non praesit. Mali e contrario non se sciunt prodesse, sed praeesse, i. e. ideo accipiunt officium pastorale, ut honorati et praelati videantur, non ut aliis possint prodesse, i. e. adjutorium praebere, sed ut magis ac magis divitias et honores sibi exposcunt2 assumi.

Consider that he says benefit rather than preside,15 which means: The abbot should realize that he has assumed this office because he has to be useful for others, not preside over them. Evil people, on the other hand, do not conceive of themselves as benefitting, but of presiding, that is, they take up a pastoral office in order to show themselves off as honored persons in a superior position, not in order to benefit others, that is, give aid, but in order to demand more and more riches and honors for themselves.

Praeesse, i. e. superesse. Vilicationis suae, i. e. ministerii sui; ‘vilicus’ enim derivatur a ‘villa’, unde quidam hoc [page 587] nomen per duo ‘ll’ pronuntiant ‘villicus’ dicentes, sed hoc euphonia judicat (iudicat?), quae pro longo usu utitur in regulam. Vilicus enim proprie, sicut Isidorus dicit, villae gubernator est, unde et a villa villicus nomen accepit. Interdum autem vilicus non gubernationem villae, sed dispensationem universae domus Tullio interpretante significat, quod est universarum possessionum et villarum dispensator. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae IX, c. 4.33]

Preside, that is, be in a superior position. Of his stewardship: that is, of his office. For the word ‘vilicus’ (‘steward’) is derived from ‘villa’. This is why [page 587] some people spell the word with two ll –villicus –, but this is decided by euphony, which is adopted as a rule because of longtime usage (?). According to Isidore, the original meaning of ‘vilicus’ is ‘steward of a villa’ which is why ‘vil(l)icus’ also got its name from ‘villa’. Sometimes, however, vilicus does not refer to the steward of a villa, but of an entire household, according to the interpretation of Tullius which is ‘steward of all the belongings and farmholds. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae IX, c. 4.33]16

Sequitur: 9Oportet ergo eum esse doctum lege divina, ut sciat et sit, unde proferat nova et vetera. [cf. Mt 13:52]. - Bene dixit, esse abbatem doctum lege divina, quia debet cognitionem novi et veteris testamenti habere, quia, sicut dicit B. Gregorius papa, ars artium est gubernatio et doctrina animarum. [cf. Gregory the Great, Regula pastoralis I, c. 1, SC 381, p. 128]3 Nam quare dixerit, illum esse doctum lege divina, manifestat, cum subjunxit dicens ut sciat et sit, unde nova et vetera proferat, quasi diceret: ut cognoscat et sit tale vasculum, unde possit nova et vetera proferre. Nam cum sit dicit, vas eum fecit; hoc est dicere: sciat per doctrinam, sit per vitam. Ille enim scit nova et vetera proferre, qui cognoscit dicere poenam perpetuam et gaudium patriae coelestis.

9Therefore it is fitting that he be learned in divine law, so that he knows how “to be a source of the old and the new.” [cf. Mt 13:52] He speaks aptly of the abbot being learned in divine law, because he has to have knowledge of both the Old and the New Testament; for, as the Holy Pope Gregory says, the art of leading and teaching souls is the art of all arts. [cf. Gregory the Great, Regula pastoralis I, c. 1] For he makes clear why he speaks of him being learned in divine law when he goes on: so that he knows and is ‘a source from which he might ‘retrieve the old and the new’, which is the same thing as ‘so that he may know and be a vessel from which he might retrieve old and new.’ For when he says is he makes him a vessel.17 This means: he should know through his learning and be through his life. For he is the man who can ‘retrieve old and new’, who knows how to discuss eternal pain18 and the joys of the heavenly realm.

Quid enim per nova nisi gaudium, et quid per vetus nisi poena intelligitur ? Quia, sicut dicit B. Gregorius, ille in sancta ecclesia doctus praedicator est, qui et nova scit proferre de suavitate regni, et vetusta dicere de terrore supplicii, ut vel poenae terreant, quos praemia non invitant. Audiat de regno, quod amet, audiat de supplicio unusquisque, quod timeat, ut torpentem animum et terrae vehementer inhaerentem, si amor ad regnum non trahit, vel timor minet4 [Gregory the Great, Homilae in Evangelia 11, c. 5, CCSL 141, p. 78]

What else does new mean but ‘joy’, and old but ‘pain’? As Saint Gregory says, for he is a learned preacher in the church, who knows how to retrieve the new from the sweetness of the kingdom and how to discuss the old from the horror of punishment, so that those who are not drawn by the rewards might at least be frightened of the punishment. May everyone hear about the kingdom what he should love and about the punishment what he should fear, so that a lazy and strongly earthbound soul might at least be threatened by fear, if it cannot be drawn towards the kingdom by love. [Gregory the Great, Homilae in Evangelia 11, c. 5]

Bene dicit ut sciat et sit, quia scriptura dicit: tam doctrina quam vita clarere debet ecclesiasticus doctor. Nam doctrina sine vita arrogantem reddit; vita sine doctrina inutilem facit. Sacerdotis praedicatio operibus confirmanda est, ita ut quod docet verbo, instruat exemplo. Vera est enim illa doctrina, quam vivendi sequitur forma. [page 588] Nam nihil turpius est, quam si bonum, quod quisque sermone praedicat, explere operibus negligat; tunc enim praedicatio utiliter profertur, quando efficaciter adimpletur. Unusquisque doctor et bonae actionis et bonae praedicationis habere debet studium; nam alterum sine altero non facit perfectum, sed praecedit, justum bene agere, ut sequenter bene possit docere. Sicut in numismate metallum et figura et pondus inquiritur, ita in omni doctore ecclesiastico, quid sequatur, quid doceat, quomodo vivat. Per qualitatem igitur metalli doctrina, per figuram similitudo patrum, per pondus humilitas designatur. Qui vero ab his tribus discrepaverit, non metallum, sed terra erit. [Isidore of Seville, Sententia III, c. 36.1-3/5, CCSL 111, p. 276-277]

He says aptly so that he knows and is, because Scripture19 says: A teacher in the church must be shining both in his learning and his life. For learning without the right life makes him arrogant, and the right life without learning makes him useless. The preachings of a priest ought to be confirmed by his deeds, so that he might instruct us by his example in what he teaches with his word. For a true instruction is such that the way of life is in accordance with it. [page 588] For there is nothing more shameful than if someone neglects to fulfill in his deeds what he preaches in his words. For preaching will only uttered in a useful way if it is fulfilled in an operative way. Every teacher must be intent on good actions and good preaching; for either of the two, on its own, does not make a man perfect, but a just man20 first has to do good in order that he can consequently teach the good. As with a coin, we ask about metal and coinage and weight, in the same way with every teacher in the Church we ask about what he follows,21 what he teaches, and how he lives. Thus the quality of the metal signifies his teaching, the coinage his similarity to (i. e. imitation of) the Fathers, the weight his humility.22 Whosoever falls short of these three, will not be metal but earth. [Isidore of Seville, Sententia III, c. 36.1-3/5]

Sequitur: 9Castum, sobrium, misericordem, 10et semper superexaltet misericordiam judicio [Iac 2:13 ], ut idem ipse consequatur, istud enim, quod dicit castum - ipse castus appellatur, qui post perpetrationem sceleris se continet. Notandum est, quia si ante perpetravit illud vitium, abbas potest esse, eo quod sacrificium abbas ob hoc, quia abbas est, non offert.

He says next: 9that he be chaste, sober, merciful, and should always put mercy above justice, [Iac 2:13] in order that the same may happen to him. When he says chaste, this is how someone is called who lives in continence after having committed a crime. Note that a person can be abbot even if he committed a crime once, because an abbot does not celebrate Mass just because he is abbot.

Nam differentia est inter castitatem et continentiam, sicut dicit Cassianus in libris, qui de octo vitiis continetur,5 hoc modo: Nemo tamen ex hoc negare nos putet [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from SC 109: etiam in congregatione fratrum positos inveniri continentes: quod perfacile posse fieri confitemur. Aliud enim est continentem esse, id est ‘egkrate’, aliud castum, et ut ita dicam in affectum integritatis vel incorruptionis transire, quod dicitur ‘agnon’ quae virtus illis solis tribuitur maxime, qui virgines vel carne vel mente perdurant, ut uterque Johannes in novo testamento, in veteri quotque Helias, Hieremias, Danihel fuisse noscuntur. In quorum gradu hi quoque non inmerito reputabuntur, qui post experimenta corruptionis ad similem puritatis statum per laborem langum et industriam integritate mentis et corporis pervenerunt et aculeos carnis non tam inpugrnatione concupiscentiae turpis, quam naturae tantummodo motu sentient. Quem statum dicimus difficillime posse inter hominum turbas adprehendi. Utrum vero et impossiblie sit, unusquisque non nostra sentential expectet agnoscere, sed conscientiae suae rimetur examine.

For there is a difference between chastity and abstinence,23 as Cassian says in his books on the eight vices, as follows: Yet no one should think form this that we are denying than there are also those who are abstinent in communities of the brothers. That this is the case we freely confess. For it is one thing to be abstinent – that is, egkrate – and another to be chaste and, to put it in this way, to pass over to a disposition of integrity and incorruption, which is called hagnon. This is a virtue that is bestowed in a very special manner only on those who remain virgins in both flesh and mind, as both Johns are known to have been in the New Testament, and also Elijah, Jeremiah, and Daniel in the Old. Not unjustifiably will they also be numbered among those who, after having experienced corruption, have attained to a similar degree of purity through lengthy toil and effort and by way of integrity of mind and body, and who do not feel the strings of the flesh in the form of an onslaught of base desire but only in the form of a movement of nature. We say that this state can be attained with great difficulty by the multitude. But whether it is impossible is for each individual to know; based not on our assertion but on a thorough examination of his own conscience.

Ceterum continentes multos existere non dubitamus, qui inpugnationem carnis, quam vel raro vel cotidie sustinent, seu metu gehennae seu desiderio regni caelorum extingunt qtque conpescunt. Quos seniores sicut pronuntiant posse non penitus incentivis obrui vitiorum, ita securos et insauciatos semper exsitere non posse definiunt. Necesse est enim quemque in conloctatione positum quamvis frequenter adversarium vincat ac superet, et ipsum tamen] aliquando turbari. [Cassian, Institutiones VI, c. 4, SC 109, pp. 266-268]

We, however, do not doubt that there are many who are abstinent and who extinguish and suppress the attacks of the flesh, which they endure either infrequently or every day, out of fear of hell and desire for the kingdom of heaven. These persons, the elders, declare, are able not to be completely overwhelmed by the impulses of vice, but they also assert that they cannot ever be safe and invulnerable. For it is inevitable that, if a person is engaged in battle, he himself will sometimes be shaken even though he often conquers and overcomes the enemy. [Cassian, Institutiones VI, c. 4, transl. Boniface Ramsey, New York/Mahwah 2000, pp. 154-155]

Nunc videndum est, quare prius castum dicit S. Benedictus et non aliud? quia nullum vitium ita est Deo abominabile, quomodo immunditia corporalis, et ob hoc prius dixit, eo quod, si in aliqua immunditia corporis jacuerit, nullo modo abbas fieri debet, quia malum hoc valde Deo horribile est.

Now we have to see why Saint Benedict says chaste first and not something else. This is because no vice is as abhorrent to God as bodily impurity, and therefore he says it first, because if someone is prone to any impurity of the body, he can by no means be made abbot, because this evil is deeply abhorrent to God.

Sobrium; bene dicit sobrium, i. e. non gulosum, non vagulum; sed temperatus et modestus esse debet.

Sober: He aptly says sober, that is, not a glutton, not a wandering spirit,24 but he has to be temperate and modest.

Misericordem; bene dicit, misericordem debere esse abbatem, quia, sicut Dominus dicit: Beati misericordes, quoniam misericordiam consequuntur. [Mt 5:7] Notandum, quia misericordem oportet illum esse in cibo et potu et vestitu. Si autem in vitiis ventum fuerit et ibi [page 589] dubium fuerit, utrum poenam exerceat an misericordiam, tolerabilius est flectere ad misericordiam quam ad poenam.

Merciful: he aptly says that the abbot has to be merciful, because, as the Lord says, Blessed are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy. [Mt 5:7] Note that he must be merciful with regard to food, drink and clothing.25 However, if someone has arrived in sin26 and there [page 589] is doubt whether the abbot should extend punishment or mercy, it is more acceptable that he tend towards mercy than towards punishment.

Misericors enim, sicut Isidorus dicit, a compatiendo alienae miseriae vocabulum est sortitus, et hinc appellata misericordia, quod miserum cor faciat dolentis alienam miseriam. Non autem occurrit ubique haec etymologia; nam est in Domino misericordia sine ulla cordis miseria. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 164]

For, as Isidore says, the merciful one got his name from his feeling pain because of another person’s misery, and mercy is called thus (misericordia) because it gives a miserable heart (miserum cor) to the one who is in pain over someone else’s misery. However, this etymology does not always apply; for the Lord has mercy without any misery of the heart. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 164]

Quod vero dixit semper superexaltet misericordiam judicio, - quasi diceret: semper superponat misericordiam judicio, i. e. poenae; quasi diceret: semper majorem faciat misericordiam in judicio quam poenam, quia melius est, ubi offendere videtur, in misericordia offendat, sicut diximus, quam in crudelitate offendere.

When he says: (he) should always ‘put mercy above justice, he means to say: He should always prefer mercy to justice, that is, to punishment, which means: in judgment, he should always give mercy a higher standing than punishment, for it is better, if he strays, to stray by mercy, as we have said, than to stray by cruelty.

Quod enim in mensura judiciorum dandorum magis ad misericordiam flectendum sit quam ad poenam6 crudelitatem, docet Joannes, os aureum, in tractatu suo super Matthaeum, ubi Dominus dicit: Alligant autem, onera gravia et inportabilia et imponunt super humeros hominum, ipsi autem digito suo nolunt ea movere: [Mt 23:4] Quantum ad Pharisaeos quidem et scribas, de quibus loquitur, onera gravia [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from PG: et importabilia dicit legis mandata, maxime quae dederat eis Deus propter peccatum vituli adorati, quae scribae et Pharisaei docebant, suadentes populo secundum mandata vivere legis, et non venire ad facilem et delectabilem gratiam Christi. De quibus onerosis mandatis et Dominus sipra dicebat, exhortans populum Judaeorum: ‘Venite ad me omnes, qui laboratis et onerati estis, et ego vobis requens dabo.’ [Mt 11:28] Et Petrus in Actibus apostologum dicit: ‘Et vos, quid tentatis Deum, et vultis imponere jugum super cervices discipulorum, quod neque nos, neque patres nostri portare potuimus? Sed per gratiam Christi credimus salvi fieri.’ [Act 15:10-11]

For John Chrysostom teaches in his treatise on Matthew that in measuring out judgment one should rather tend towards mercy than towards punishment [and] cruelty.27 Here, the Lord says: ‘For they bind heavy and insupportable burdens, and lay them on men's shoulders; but with a finger of their own they will not move them’. [Mt 23:4] With reference to the Pharisees and scribes, about whom he is talking, what he calls heavy and insupportable burdens are the rules of the law, which God imposed on them mainly because of their sin in having worshipped a calf. The scribes and the pharisees had told them to do this, and had convinced the people to live in accordance with the rules of the law, not to attain the easy and pleasant grace of Christ. The Lord, too, had talked before about those burdensome commands, when he admonished the Jewish people: “Come to me, all you that labour and are burdened, and I will refresh you.” [Mt 11:28] And Peter says in the Acts of the Apostles: “Now therefore, why do you tempt God to put a yoke upon the necks of the disciples, which neither our fathers nor we have been able to bear? But by the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ we believe to be saved.” [Act 15:10-11]

Erant enim quidam, qui onera legis quibusdam rationibus fabulosis commendantes auditoribus suis, quasi vincula super humeros cordis eorum alligabant, ut quasi rationis vinculo constricti, non rejicerent ea a se: ipsi autem nec ex modica parte ea implebant: id est, nun dicam, plena opere suo, sed nec modico tanctu, hoc est digito. Secundum consequentiam autem tales sunt etiam nunc sacerdotes, qui omnem justitiam populo mandant, et ipsi nec modice servant, videliced nun ut facientes sint justi, sed ut docentes appareant justi. Tales sunt et qui grave pondus venientibus ad poenitentiam imponunt, qui dicunt et non faciunt [cf. Mt. 23:3]; et sic, dum poena poenitentiae praesentis fugitur, contemnitur poena peccati futuri. Si enim fascem super humeros adolescentis, quam non potest bajulare, posueris: necesse habet, ut aut fascem rejiciat, aut sub pondere confrinagur: sic et homini, cui grave pondus poenitentiae ponis, necesse est, ut aut poenitentiam tuam rejiciat, aut suscipiens, dum suffere non potest, scandalizatus amplius peccet.

For there were some who recommended the rules of the law to their audience with made-up reasons and thus were binding them like fetters to the shoulders of their hearts, so they would think themselves to be bound by the fetters of reason and would not throw them off. But they themselves did not in the least fulfill these commands. What I mean is: not only did they not fulfill them completely, but they did not even touch them slightly, as if with a finger. Consequently, there are even now priests which command perfect justice from the people and do not adhere to it one tiny little bit, because they do not care to act upon it and be just, but rather to teach it and appear just. Those are the priests that impose heavy burdens on those who come to do penance, ‘who say and do not do.’ [cf. Mt 23:3] Thus while they eschew penance in the present world, they disregard the future punishment for their sin. For if you impose a bale on the shoulders of a youth, which he is not yet able to carry, he necessarily will either throw it off or will break down under it. In the same way, if you put a heavy burden of penance upone someon’s shoulders, he will necessarily either reject the penance you gave him, or he will accept it, and because he cannot tolerate it, he will stumble and sin even more.

Deinde etsi erramus, modicam poenitentiam imponentes: none melius est propter misericordiam rationem dare, quam proter curdelitatem? Ubi enim paterfamilias largus est, dispensator non debet esse tenax. Six Deus benignus est, ut quid sacerdos ejus austerus? Vis apparere sanctus? Circa tuam vitam esto austerus, circa alienam autem benignus. Audiant te homines parva mandantem, et grandia videant facientem. Talis est autem sacerdos, qui sibi indulget, et ab aliis gravia eigit: quemadmodum malus descriptor tributi in civitate. [Ps-John Chrysostom, Opus imperfectum: Homiliae in Mattheum, no. 43, PG 56, col. 877-878]

Furthermore, even if we err by imposing too light a penance: is it not better to take reponsibility for mercy than for cruelty? For where the master of the house is generous, the steward shall not be mean. If God is forbearing, why should his priest be strict? Do you want to be a saint? Be strict with respect to your own life, but forbearing with respect to the lives of others. Let people hear you command light tasks, but let them see you do arduous tasks. For a priest who is lenient towards himself and demands arduous things from others is like a bad tax official in a commonwealth. [Ps-John Chrysostom, Opus imperfectum: Homiliae in Mattheum, no. 43]

Sequitur: 10ut idem ipse consequatur. Cum dicit idem, subaudiendum est: opus misericordiae; quasi diceret: sit misericors, ut misericordiam a Domino consequatur. Quod enim dicit oportet eum esse doctum lege divina, subaudiendum est: cognitione7 veteris et novi testamenti habere, sicut superius diximus. Lex enim dicitur ex eo, quod animos nostros liget suisque teneat obnoxios constitutis, [Cassiodor, Expositio psalmorum I, c. 2, CCSL 97, p. 32, l. 204] ut qui voluntarie ea, quae recta sunt, non vult, constrictus a lege agat invitus. Unde dicit Paulus apostolus: Lex non est posita justo, sed injustis, [1 Tm 1:9] eo quod justus non vult tantum agere, quantum lex praecipit, sed etiam plus.

He says next: 10In order that the same may happen to him. When he says the same, we have to understand ‘a deed of mercy’, which is the same as to say ‘he should be merciful so that he might obtain mercy from the Lord.” When he says it is fitting that he be learned in divine law, we have to understand ‘that he have knowledge of the Old and New Testament,’ as we have said before.28 For ‘law’ is called thus because it fetters our minds29 and keeps them bound by its commands, [Cassiodor, Expositio psalmorum I, c. 2] so that he who does not want what is right out of his own free will, does it against is will, compelled by the law. Therefore the apostle Paul says: the law is not made for a righteous man, but for the lawless, [1 Tm 1:9] because the righteous man does not just want to do as much as the law prescribes, but even more.

V. gr.: lex enim praecipit, non inebriari. Justus enim homo non solum [page 590] non vult inebriari, sed etiam ipsum vinum parcius bibit. Injustis autem posita est lex, quatenus constricti a lege mala, quae facere volunt, non audeant, et bona, quae facere nolunt, agant, sicut diximus, inviti.

For example, the law commands us not to get drunk. A righteous man not only [page 590] does not want to get drunk but he even drinks only a small amount of wine. The law, on the other hand, has been established because of the lawless ones, so that bound by the law they do not dare to do the evil they want to do, but as we have said, against their own will do the good which they do not want to do.

De eo, quia abbates presbyteri esse debent, Eugenius Papa in decretis suis [c. 27] dicit hoc modo: Abbates per monasteria tales ordinentur, qui sibi subjectos bene regere possint, sacerdotalem quoque honorem adepti. [Concilium Romanum (826), c. 27, MGH Concilia II.2, p. 578]

As for the rule that abbots have to be priests,30 Pope Eugenius says this in his Decrees, as follows: Such men should be ordained as abbots in all the monasteries, who can lead their subordinates well and have also obtained the degree of priesthood. [Concilium Romanum (826), c. 27

Sequitur: 11oderit vitia, diligat fratres. Sunt enim multi, qui pro amore hominis etiam vitia ejus diligunt. Et iterum sunt alii, qui horrendo vitium etiam hominem, in quo vitium est, horrent. [cf. Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 138.28, CCSL 40, p. 2010] Et quia hoc malum est, ideo S. Benedictus dicit oderit vitia diligat fratres, h. e. hominem debet diligere, et vitium ejus solummodo debet horrere. Unde dicit Psalmista: Perfecto odio oderam illos [Ps 138:22]. Perfectum enim odium est hominem diligere, quantum creatura Dei est et ad similitudinem factus est Dei. [cf. Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 138:22, CCSL 98, p. 1252] Vitium vero ejus debemus horrere et contemnere, sicut boni medici faciunt, qui languores odiunt, ipsos vero homines diligent, et adeo laborant, ut expulso languore atque fugato homo sanus efficiatur. Et sic debet facere abbas. Monachos debet diligere, infirmitates vero eorum, i. e. superbiam, invidiam, inobedientiam et cetera mala debet horrere, et ita debet laborare, cum illis 14prudenter et cum caritate, quatenus expulsis ipsis malis per poenitentiam atque correptionem et emendationem justi ante Dominum inveniantur.

He says next: 11Let him hate vices but love the brothers. For there are many who out of love for a person also love his vices. And on the other hand there are many who because of their horror of vice also abhor a person who has this vice. [cf. Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 138.28]31 And because this is a bad thing, St. Benedict says: Let him hate vices but love the brothers, that is, he must love the person and only abhor his vice. This is why the Psalmist says: I hated him with perfect hate. [Ps 138:22] For perfect hate is to love a person insofar as he is a creature of God and created in the likeness of God. [cf. Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 138:22]32 However, we must abhor and despise his vice, as good physicians do, who hate illnesses, but love the people themselves, and therefore33 make an effort to expel and remove the illness, so that the person could be cured. This is what the abbot must do as well. He has to love the monks but abhor their weaknesses, that is, their pride, envy, disobedience and the other evils, and therefore he has to make an effort with them34 14wisely and lovingly that their evils be expelled through penance and rebuke and correction and they may be found righteous before God.

Sequitur: 12In ipsa autem correptione prudenter agat, et ne quid nimis, ne dum nimis cupit eradere aeruginem, frangatur vas, 13suamque fragilitatem semper suspectus sit. Quod autem dicit in ipsa autem correptione prudenter agat, et ne quid nimis, - ac si diceret: Cum aliquem corripit et eum emendare vult, prudenter faciat, ut non nimis, i. e. plus quam debet. Et reddit causam, quare, dum dicit ne dum nimis cupit aeruginem eradere, frangatur vas. Nimis [page 591] est: plus quam oportet.

He says next: 12In rebuke, he should act wisely and never excessively, lest he break the vessel by rubbing too hard to remove the rust. 13Let him also be wary of his own weakness. When he says: In rebuke, he should act wisely and never excessively, he means to say: When he rebukes someone and wants to correct him, he should do this with prudence, so that he does do it excessively, that is, more than he should. And he gives a reason for this, when he says: lest he break the vessel by rubbing too hard to remove the rust. - Excessively [page 591] means ‘more than is necessary’.

Nam quid sit nimis, B. Augustinus in Beati immaculati [Ps 118:1] exponit, ubi dicitur: Tu mandasti mandata tua custodiri nimis, [Ps 118:6] hoc modo dicens, ait enim: ‘Nimis’ quippe dicitur, quidquid plus fuerit quam oportet. Nam parum et nimium duo sunt inter se contraria. Parum est, quod minus est quam oportet; nimium, quod plus est quam oportet. Horum in medio modus est, quod dicitur: satis est. Cum itaque utile sit in vita et moribus, ut amplius, quam oportet, nihil omnino faciamus, profecto verum esse sententiam: »ne quid nimis,« fateri potius quam negare debemus. Sed aliquando latina lingua hoc verbo sic abutitur, ut »nimis« pro eo, quod est »valde« et positum inveniamus in literis sacris, et ponamus in sermonibus nostris. Nam et hic: »Tu praecepisti mandata tua custodiri nimis,« non nisi valde intelligimus, si recte intelligimus. Et »nimis te diligo,« si alicui carissimo dicimus, non utique plus quam oportet, sed valde nos diligere intelligi volumus. Denique illa graeca sententia non habet hoc verbum, quod hic legitur; ibi enim est άγαv, quod est nimis, hic est autem σφοδςα, quod est valde. Sed aliquando, ut diximus, nimis pro eo, quod est valde, et dictum invenimus et dicimus, unde nonnulli etiam latini codices non habent: »tu praecepisti mandata tua custodiri nimis«, sed »valde«. [Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 118, Sermo 4, c. 1, CCSL 40, pp. 1673-1974]

For Augustine explains in his commentary on Blessed are the undefiled, [Ps 118:1] what excessive means. When commenting the Psalm verse You have commanded us to keep Your precepts diligently, [Ps 118:6] this is what he says: - ‘Nimis’ means ‘more than is proper.’ The Latin words ‘parum’ and ‘nimium’ are opposites: ‘parum’ indicates a deficiency, something less than what ought to be present; ‘nimium’ means something in excess of what is appropriate. Midway between these two lies the just mean, of which we can say, ‘That is sufficient.’ If, then, it is a useful rule for life and conduct that we should do nothing at all beyond what is fitting, we must admit that the maxim, ‘Nothing excessive,’ is true, rather than rejecting it. But Latin sometimes uses the word ‘nimis’ in the wider sense of ‘very much.’ We find it employed in this way in the sacred scriptures, and we use it in this sense in our own discourse. So too in the Psalm: we shall understand the verse correctly if we take it to mean ‘very much,’ or ‘most earnestly.’ If we say to a dear friend, ‘I love you very much,’ we obviously do not mean ‘more than is appropriate’; we simply want the friend to understand that we love him very dearly. In any case, the Greek form of the maxim does not contain the word we have here. It says ἄγαν, which means nimis, ‘excessive,’ whereas the Greek version of the Psalm has σφόδρα which corresponds to valde, ‘very much.’ But, as we have explained already, we sometimes find nimis used in the sense of valde, and we use it so ourselves. That is why some Latin codices have valde in this verse of the Psalm, instead of nimis. [Augustine, Enarrationes in Psalmos 118, Sermo 4, c. 1, trans. Maria Boulding, very slightly modified]

Nam naturalem doctrinam docet, dum dicit ne dum nimis cupit eradere aeruginem, frangatur vas, quia sicut in vasis invenitur aerugo, ita etiam in hominibus inveniuntur vitia; v. gr. est enim tale vas, quod tantum in summitate habet aeruginem; et iterum est aliud vas, quod usque in medio habet aeruginem; est et aliud tertium vasculum, quod profundius habet, i. e. usque in aliam partem egressam aeruginem. Deinde si volueris istud vas aeruginare, quod in summo habet aeruginem, potes illud absque fractione aeruginare. Similiter si istud vas, quod usque in medium habet aeruginem, velis aeruginare, potes absque ruptione aeruginare. Si autem istud vas, quod profundius habet aeruginem, [page 592] velis aeruginare ita, sicut illud, quod in summo, vel sicut illud, quod usque in medium habet aeruginem, tunc absque ulla mora franges illud vasculum.

He uses an example from natural science, when he says lest he break the vessel by rubbing too hard to remove the rust, for as there is rust to be found in metal vessels, in the same way vices are to be found in men. For example there might be a vessel which has rust only on its surface, and there might be another vessel which has rust reaching into the center, and again there might be a third vessel, which has rust in its deeper core, that is, the rust has already reached another part35 of the vessel. Now if you want to clean the vessel which has rust on the surface, you can clean it without breaking. Similarly, if you want to clean the vessel which has rust reaching into the center, you can clean it without breaking. However, if you want to clean the vessel which has rust in its deeper core [page 592] in the same way as the one which has rust on the surface, or the one which has rust reaching into the center, then you will immediately break the vessel.

Ita et in hominibus intelligendum est. Sunt enim tales homines, qui quasi naturaliter habent illud vitium; et sunt iterum alii, qui ipsum vel aliud non quasi naturaliter habent, sed postea adsumunt. Deinde istis, qui non habent illud vitium quasi naturaliter, potes emendare; illis autem, qui quasi naturaliter habent illud vitium, emendari non potest; tamen ab aliis vitiis emendantur, ab ipso autem, quia quasi naturaliter habent illud vitium, non possunt emendari. Tu autem si volueris ita istos homines, qui illud vitium quasi naturaliter habent, ipsum vitium persequi pro eo et castigare, sicut illos, qui emendari possunt, tunc franguntur, i. e. forte moriuntur, antequam emendentur. Verum debent illi castigari et non dimitti, sed tamen non sic acriter, sicut illi, qui possunt emendari.

This has to be understood in the same way in men. For there are men who have this or that vice as part of their nature,36 and there others who do not have this or that vice as part of their nature, but assume it afterwards. Now you can correct a vice in those who do not have the vice as part of their nature, but in those who have that vice as part of their nature, it cannot be corrected;37 at least, they can be corrected with respect to other vices, but not this one, because they have this vice as part of their nature. If you want to persecute and chastise those men who have that vice as part of their nature, for this vice,38 in the same way as those who can be rebuked, they will break, that is, they might die before they can be corrected. But they must be chastised, not just left alone, but not as sharply as those who can be rebuked.

Nam sunt carnales doctores nescientes discretionem docendi, qui per rabiem furoris, sicut Isidorus dicit, disciplinae modum ad immanitatem crudelitatis convertunt, et unde emendare subditos poterant, inde potius vulnerant. Ideo sine mensura ulciscitur culpas praepositus iracundus, quia cor ejus dispersum in rerum curis non colligitur in amorem unius Deitatis. Mens enim soluta in diversis catena caritatis non adstringitur, sed male laxata male ad omnem occasionem movetur. [Isidore of Seville, Sententiae III, c. 40, CCSL 111, p. 282]

For there are secular teachers who do not have any discretion in their teaching, who, as Isidore says, out of mad fury exchange the right measure of discipline for the extremities of cruelty, and they harm their subordinates by means which they could have used to rebuke them. Therefore an angry superior punishes mistakes without measure, because his heart, divided between concerns for worldly affairs, cannot concentrate on the love for the One God. For a mind distracted by a variety of concerns cannot be bound by the chain of love, but since it is loose in a bad way, it moves badly in response to any occasion. [Isidore of Seville, Sententiae III, c. 40, CCSL 111, p. 282]

Bene dixit suam fragilitatem semper suspectus sit, ac si diceret: semper debet se fragilem cognoscere, i. e. aut cecidit forte in illud peccatum, aut si non cecidit, posse8 cadere, quia si hoc consideraverit, tunc cognoscit aliis misericordiam facere. Nam qualiter agenda sit correptio circa delinquentes, B. Augustinus docet in libro de sermone Domini in monte cap. XIX, ubi Dominus dicit: Hypocrita, ejice primum trabem de oculo tuo, et tunc videbis festucam ejicere de oculo fratris tui, [Mt 7:5] i. e. primum abs te expelle odium et deinde poteris [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL: jam eum quem diligis, emendare. Et bene ait, Hypocrita. Accusare enim vitia, officium est bonorum virorum et benevolorum: quod cum mali faciunt, alienas partes agunt; sicut hypocritae, qui tegunt sub persona quod sunt, et ostentant in persona quod non sunt. Hypocritarum ergo nomine simulatores acceperis. Et est vere multum cavendum et molestum simulatorum genus, qui cum omnium vitiorum accusationes odio et livore suscipiant, etiam consultores videri se volunt. Et ideo pie cauteque vigilandum est, ut, cum aliquem reprehendere vel objurgare nos necessitas coegerit, primum cogitemus utrum tale sit vitium, quod nunquam habuimus, vel quo jam caruimus: et si nunquam habuimus, cogitemus nos homines esse, et habere potuisse; si vero habuimus, et non habemus, tangat memoriam communis infirmitas, ut illam reprehensionem aut objurgationem non odium, sed misericordia praecedat: ut sive ad correctionem ejus, propter quem id facimus, sive ad perversionem valuerit (nam incertus est exitus), nos tamen de simplicitate oculi nostri securi simus. Si autem cogitantes nosmetipsos invenerimus in eo esse vitio, in quo est ille quem reprehendere parabamus, non reprehendamus, neque objurgemus: sed tamen congemiscamus; et non illum ad obtemperandum nobis, sed ad pariter conandum invitemus.

He aptly says Let him always39 be wary of his own weakness, which is the same as to say ‘he always has to recognize that he himself is weak,’ that is, either he has already lapsed into that sin, or if he has not, he can lapse into it.40 For if he considers this, he is able to show mercy to others. Saint Augustine teaches us in On the Sermon on the Mount (c. 19), how rebuke of sinners has to be done. There the Lord says: Hypocrite! First remove the plank from your own eye, and then you will see clearly to remove the speck from your brother’s eye. [Mt 7:5] – This means (Augustine says) first cast the hatred away from yourself, and then, but not before, will you be able to amend him whom you love. And He well says, “Thou hypocrite.” For to make complaint against vices is the duty of good and benevolent men; and when bad men do it, they are acting a part which does not belong to them; just like hypocrites, who conceal under a mask what they are, and show themselves off in a mask what they are not. Under the designation hypocrites, therefore, you are to understand pretenders. And there is, in fact, a class of pretenders much to be guarded against, and troublesome, who, while they take up complaints against all kinds of faults from hatred and spite, also wish to appear counsellors. And therefore we must piously and cautiously watch, so that when necessity shall compel us to find fault with or rebuke any one, we may reflect first whether the fault is such as we have never had, or one from which we have now become free; and if we have never had it, let us reflect that we are humans, and might have had it; but if we have had it, and are now free from it, let the common infirmity touch the memory, that not hatred but pity may go before that fault-finding or administering of rebuke: so that whether it shall serve for the conversion of him on whose account we do it, or for his perversion (for the issue is uncertain), we at least from the singleness of our eye may be free from care. If, however, on reflection, we find ourselves involved in the same fault as he is whom we were preparing to censure, let us not censure nor rebuke; but yet let us mourn deeply over the case, and let us invite him not to obey us, but to join us in a common effort.

(65) Nam et illud quod dicit Apostolus, ’Factus sum Judaeis tanquam Judaeus, ut Judaeos lucrifacerem; his qui sub Lege sunt, quasi sub Lege, cum non sim ipse sub Lege, ut eos qui sub Lege erant lucrifacerem; his qui sine Lege sunt, quasi sine Lege, cum sine lege Dei non sim, sed sim in lege Christi, ut lucrifacerem eos qui sine Lege sunt. Factus sum infirmis infirmus, ut infirmos lucri facerem: omnibus omnia factus sum, ut omnes lucri facerem,’ [1 Cor 9:20-22] non utique simulatione faciebat, quemadmodum quidam intelligi volunt, ut eorum detestanda simulatio tanti exempli auctoritate muniatur; sed hoc faciebat charitate; qua ejus infirmitatem, cui volebat subvenire, tanquam suam cogitabat. Hoc enim et praestruit dicendo: ‘Cum enim liber sim ex omnibus, me omnium servum feci, ut plures lucri facerem.’ [1 Cor 9:19] Quod ut intelligas non simulatione, sed charitate fieri, qua infirmis hominibus tanquam nos simus compatimur, ita monet alio loco, dicens: ‘Vos in libertatem vocati estis, fratres; tantum ne libertatem in occasionem carnis detis, sed per charitatem servite invicem.’ [Gal 5:13] Quod fieri non potest, nisi alterius infirmitatem quisque habeat quasi suam, ut eam aequanimiter ferat, donec ab ea liberetur ille cujus curat salutem.

For in regard also to what the apostle says,—“Unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law (not being under the law), that I might gain them that are under the law; to them that are without law, as without law (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ), that I might gain them that are without law. To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might gain all,”—he did not certainly so act in the way of pretence, as some wish it to be understood, in order that their detestable pretence may be fortified by the authority of so great an example; but he did so from love, under the influence of which he thought of the infirmity of him whom he wished to help as if it were his own. For this he also lays as the foundation beforehand, when he says: “For although I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more.” And that you may understand this as being done not in pretence, but in love, under the influence of which we have compassion for men who are weak as if we were they, he thus admonishes us in another passage, saying, “Brethren, ye have been called unto liberty; only use not liberty for an occasion to the flesh, but by love serve one another.” And this cannot be done, unless each one reckon the infirmity of another as his own, so as to bear it with equanimity, until the person for whose welfare he is solicitous is freed from it.

(66) Raro ergo et in magna necessitate objurgationes adhibendae sunt, ita tamen ut etiam in his ipsis non nobis, sed Deo ut serviatur instemus. Ipse est enim finis: ut nihil duplici corde faciamus, auferentes trabem de oculo nostro, invidentiae, vel malitiae, vel simulationis, ut videamus ejicere festucam de oculo fratris. Videbimus enim eam oculis columbae, quales in sponsa Christi praedicantur, [cf. Ct 4:1] quam sibi elegit Deus gloriosam Ecclesiam, non habentem maculam neque rugam [cf. Eph 5:27] id est mundam et simplicem.

Rarely, therefore, and in a case of great necessity, are rebukes to be administered; yet in such a way that even in these very rebukes we may make it our earnest endeavour, not that we, but that God, should be served. For He, and none else, is the end: so that we are to do nothing with a double heart, removing from our own eye the beam of envy, or malice, or pretence, in order that we may see to cast the mote out of a brother’s eye. For we shall see it with the dove’s eyes,—such eyes as are declared to belong to the spouse of Christ, whom God has chosen for Himself a glorious Church, not having spot or wrinkle, i.e. pure and guileless.

(20.67) Sed quoniam potest nonnullos Dei praeceptis obtemperare cupientes nomen simplicitatis decipere, ut sic putent vitiosum esse aliquando verum occultare, quomodo vitiosum est aliquando falsum dicere, atque hoc modo aperiendo ea quae hi quibus aperiuntur sustinere non possunt, amplius noceant quam si ea penitus semperque] occultarent. [Augustine, De sermone in monte II, c. 19.64-67, CCSL 35, pp. 160-163] [page 593]

But inasmuch as the word “guileless” may mislead some who are desirous of obeying God’s precepts, so that they may think it wrong, at times, to conceal the truth, just as it is wrong at times to speak a falsehood, and inasmuch as in this way, by disclosing things which the parties to whom they are disclosed are unable to bear,—they may do more harm than if they were to conceal them altogether and always. [Augustine, De sermone in monte II, c. 19.64-67, transl. William Findlay, checked and minimally modified]41 [page 593]

Qualiter ergo sine culpa corripientis existat ipsa correptio, quam corripit, doctor B. Gregorius mirificentissime docet in libro vigesimo tertio Moralium dicens hoc modo: Nos enim quia infirmi homines sumus [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL: Nos enim, quia infirmi homines sumus, cum de Deo hominibus loquimur, debemus primum meminisse quod sumus, ut ex propria infirmitate pensemus quo docendi ordine infirmis fratribus consulamus. Consideremus igitur quia aut tales sumus, quales nonnullos corrigimus; aut tales aliquando fuimus, etsi jam divina gratia operante non sumus, ut tanto temperantius humili corde corrigamus, quanto nosmetipsos verius in his quos emendamus agnoscimus. Si autem tales nec sumus, nec fuimus, quales adhuc illi sunt quos emendare curamus, ne cor nostrum forte superbiat, et de ipsa innocentia pejus ruat, quorum mala corrigimus, alia eorum bona nobis ante oculos revocemus. Quae si omnino nulla sunt, ad occulta Dei judicia recurramus, quia sicut nos meritis nullis hoc ipsum bonum quod habemus accepimus, ita illos quoque potest gratia supernae virtutis infundere, ut excitati posterius etiam ipsa possint bona quae nos ante accepimus praevenire. Quis enim crederet quod per apostolatus meritum Saulus lapidatum Stephanum praecessurus erat, [Act 7:57] qui in morte ejus lapidantium vestimenta servabat? His ergo primum cogitationibus humiliari cor debet, et tunc demum delinquentium] iniquitas increpari. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob V, c. 23;25, CCSL 143A, pp. 1162-1163]

The sacred Doctor Gregory admirably teaches us, in Book 23 of Moralia, how the rebuke itself42 can be without guilt. There he says: For we, because we are feeble men, when we come to speak of God to our fellows, should first of all call to mind our own nature, and thus consider from our own infirmities in what order we should offer advice to our weakly brethren. Let us consider then that we are either now such as some of those whom we are correcting, or were heretofore such, though by the operation of Divine Grace we are so no longer: that in humility of heart we may correct them with greater forbearance, the more truly we recognize ourselves in the persons of those whom we correct. But if we are neither now such, nor have been such as those still are whom we are anxious to improve; for fear our heart should perchance be proud, and should fall the more fatally by reason of its very innocence, let us recall to our eyes the other good qualities of those whose faults we are correcting. If they have not any such, let us fall back on the secret judgments of God. Because as we have received this very good, which we possess, for no deserts of our own; so is He able to pour on them the grace of power from above, so that though roused to exertion after ourselves, they may be able to outstrip even those good qualities which we received so long before. For who could believe that Saul, who kept at his death the raiment of those that were stoning him, would surpass Stephen who had been stoned, by the merit of the Apostleship. Our heart ought then to be first humbled by these thoughts, and then the sin of offenders should be reproved. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XXIII, c. 5.25, transl. Henry Parker, J.G.F. and J. Rivington, London 1844, checked and minimalli changed]

Sequitur: 13memineritque, calamum quassatum non conterendum. [Is 42:3] Hoc Jeremias propheta de Domino Jesu Christo dixit, ait enim: Calamum quassatum non conteret, linum fumigans non extinguet. [Is 42:3] Per calamum enim intelligitur omnino peccator; per linum vero fumigans homo, qui non per omnia malus est, quia jam quando fumus exit de illo, tunc aliquid boni habet; quasi diceret: peccatorem non despicit, sed ad poenitentiam illum revocat. Calamus quassatus, i. e. non penitus ruptus, sed flexus et incurvatus et quod potest reparari. Ita enim et nunc dicit B. Benedictus calamum quassatum non conterendum, i. e. non in tantum persequatur illum hominem, qui quasi naturaliter habet illud vitium, ut pereat.

He says next: 13Let him remember that a bent reed is not to be broken. [Is 42:3] This is what the prophet Jeremiah says about the Lord Jesus Christ. He says: A bent reed He will not break, and smoking flax He will not quench. [Is 42:3]43 The reed is to be understood as the sinner in general, the smoking flax means a person who is not evil in all respects, because as soon as the smoke has moved out of him, he has something good in him. This is the same as saying: ‘He does not spurn the sinner, but calls him to penance.’ A bent reed is one that is not broken through, but crooked and curved, one that can be repaired. For this is why Saint Benedict says a bent reed is not to be broken, that is, he should not pursue the man who has a vice as part of his nature so vehemently that he perishes.

Non dicimus, ut illum hominem pro suo vitio non castiget, sed non ita fortiter persequatur, sicut illum, qui non quasi naturaliter habet illud vitium, sicut jam diximus; et hoc est quod subsecutus est dicens: 14In quibus non dicimus, ut permittat nutriri vitia, sed prudenter et cum caritate ea amputet; ac si diceret: vitia emendet et non nutriat, sed tamen prudenter ea amputet et cum dilectione. Per hoc quod dicit: ut viderit cuique expedire, sicut jam diximus, - ac si diceret: sicut cognoverit unicuique expedire, i. e. congruere vel convenire; hoc est: cui flagellum expedit, flagellum adhibeat, et cui non expedit, non adhibeat.

I am not saying that he should not rebuke such a man for his vice, but he should not pursue him as strongly as the one who does not have that vice as part of his nature, as we have already said. This is what he means when he goes on to say: 14By this we do not mean that he should allow vices to be nurtured, but that he should cut them off prudently44 and with love,45 which is the same as to say: ‘he should correct, not foster, vices; however, he should cut them off prudently and with love.’ When he says: as he thinks best for each individual, as we already said, he means to say ‘in whichever way he has recognized it to be best46 for each of them, that is, apt or fitting. This means: if the whip works best for a brother, he should use the whip, but if it does not work, he should not use it.

V. gr. ecce duo fratres: istum unum nisi flagellaveris, non emendabis; tunc flagelletur; iste autem si flagellatus fuerit, numquam emendabitur, sed magis deterioratur; tunc non debet flagellum illi adhiberi, sicut dicit papa Gregorius: Unde unus medetur, alter moritur. [cf. Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum poenitentiarum modo de regula Benedicti distincto, ed. Josef Semmler, CCM 1, p. 577]9 [page 594]

Take, for example, two brothers. One of them will not be corrected if you do not whip him, therefore he should be whipped. But the other one will never be corrected if he is whipped, but rather will become worse. Therefore the whip must not be used on him, as the holy Pope Gregory says: Whence one person is cured, thence another person will die. [cf. Benedict of Aniane, De diversarum poenitentiarum modo de regula Benedicti distincto] [page 594]

Sequitur: 15et studeat plus amari quam timeri; subaudiendum est: a bonis. Isto modo potest hoc praeceptum impleri: v. gr. si flagellum adhibet, debet illi postea dulcem confabulationem porrigere vel hujuscemodi, quatenus [ut] ad amorem provocetur. Et hoc est, quod dicit S. Benedictus: in quibus non dicimus ut permittat nutriri vitia, sed prudenter et cum caritate ea amputet. Prudenter dicitur, quasi ‘porro videnter’, i. e finem rei videnter. Ideo prudenter dicit, quia semper debet videre, i. e. considerare, si ad profectum venit illa correptio aut flagellatio aut excommunicatio, hoc est debet animadvertere, si melius erit ille frater per ipsam doctrinam aut pejus aut certe nec melius nec pejus, sed sicut fuit. Et hoc ipsum cum caritate faciat, i. e. cum zelo Dei et dilectione illius fratris, quia vult eum salvum esse, corripiat atque admoneat. Hoc sciendum est, quia pulchre dicit prudenter et cum caritate; quia semper fieri debet illa correptio cum dilectione, non cum odio, et sicut superius diximus, semper debet finem aspicere; nam melius est prudenter sine caritate, quam cum caritate et non prudenter.

He says next: 15And he should strive to be more loved than feared, that is, by the good ones. This is how this command can be fulfilled: for example, if he uses the whip, he must afterwards have a friendly conversation with the brother, or something like that, so that he be moved to love. This is what Benedict means when he says: By this we do not mean that he should allow vices to be nurtured, but that he should cut them off prudently and with love. - Prudently means ‘far-seeing’47, that is ‘seeing the end of something’. He says prudently, because the abbot always has to see, that is, to consider, whether a specific rebuke or whipping or excommunication will meet with success, that is, he has to watch out whether through the teaching the brother will be faring better or worse or neither better nor worse,48 but will stay as he was before. Also, he should do this with love, that is, he should rebuke and admonish with the zeal for God and with love for the brother, because he wants him to be saved. We have to realize that it is a beautiful thing to say prudently and with love, because such a rebuke always ought to be delivered with love, not with hate; and as we have said before, the abbot always must look towards the end: for it is better to rebuke prudently without love than with love, but not prudently.

Sequitur: 16Non sit turbulentus et anxius; non sit nimius et obstinatus; non sit zelotypus et nimis suspiciosus, quia nunquam requiescit. Turbulentus enim dicitur ille, qui in vultu suo hilaritatem non ostendit. Anxius est superfluus, sicut nos dicimus; sive anxius est ille, qui uno in tempore diversa cupit agere sine aliqua interpositione. Nimius enim et obstinatus unum significat: obstinatus est, qui aliquid praecipitanter et sine revocatione facere festinat; obstinatus, i. e. irrevocabilis; nam in priore, qui obstinatus est, h. e. qui per aliorum consilium nil vult agere, malum vitium est istud, et ob hoc ad malum finem solet pervenire ille princeps. Quod vero dicit non sit zelotypus et nimis suspiciosus, unum significat. Suspiciosus non dicit, ut in divinis rebus non sit, sed in temporalibus rebus; v. gr. si dederit ministerium alicui fratri, veluti est cellararius aut vestiarius, et rel., de his non sit nimis suspiciosus, ut forte plus quam oportet. Et hoc notandum est, quia de istis [page 595] non dicit, ut nullo modo suspicetur, sed dicit, ut nimis suspiciosus non sit. Ideo dicit nimis, ne usque ad odium perveniat. Verum in divinis rebus, h. e. in silentio, in lectione, et ceteris aliis, quae ad, divina opera attinent, semper sollicitus et suspiciosus sit.

He says next: 16He should not be agitated or anxious, nor excessive and stubborn, nor jealous and overly watchful,49 because he will never rest. - Agitated is what you call someone who does not show joy on his face. Anxious means someone who is bothersome, as we have already said,50 or it could also be someone who wants to do several things at one and the same time, without a break between them.51 Excessive and stubborn mean the same thing:52 a stubborn person is someone who hurries to do something rashly and without being able to take them back. Stubborn means ‘uncontrollable’,53 for earlier,54 stubborn, means a person who does not want to do anything upon the advice of others. This is a bad vice, and therefore this kind of leader tends to come to a bad end. When he says nor jealous and overly watchful, this means one and the same thing. When he says watchful he does not mean in religious matters, but in worldly matters. For example, if he gives an office to a brother, be it that of the cellarer or of the keeper of the wardrobe, and so on, he should not be watching him overly much, that is, perhaps more than he should. Note that [page 595] he does not say that he should not supervise them at all, but rather, that he should not be overly watchful. This is why he says overly: so that he does not go as far as hate.55 But in religious matters, that is concerning silence, lections and everything else that has to do with the divine office, he should always be concerned and watchful.56

Sequitur: 17In ipsis imperiis suis sit providus et consideratus, et sive secundum Deum sive secundum saeculum sit, opera, quae injungit, discernat et temperet, 18cogitans discretionem S. Jacob dicentis: Si greges meos plus in ambulando fecero laborare, morientur cuncti una die. [Gn 33:13] – Quod autem dicit sive secundum Deum sive secundum saeculum sit, opera, quae10 injungit, discernat et temperet, notandum est, quia sit debet dici, et non ‘sint’ pluraliter; et est sensus: sive sit hoc, quod injungit secundum saeculum sive secundum Deum, videlicet opera, quae injungit; ac si diceret: opus illud quod injungit aliis, temperet, h. e. non plus quam oportet debet imperare suo monacho. Discernere vero est, utrum agenda sunt, necne. Nam non dicit, ut ille abbas, sive sit secundum Deum sive secundum saeculum, debeat esse, quod omnimodo refutandum est; sed dicit: sive sit opus spiritalis sive temporalis, illud opus discernat et temperet. Item, sive secundum Deum sit, sive secundum saeculum, ita construitur: i. e. discernat ac temperet opera, quae injungit; quae opera? i. e. sive secundum Deum, sive secundum saeculum sint illa opera, quae injunguntur. Et hoc sciendum est, quia nullo modo debes intelligere, ut abbas sit secundum saeculum, sed potius secundum Deum, sed tantum [ad] illud, quod agi necesse est, quia si abbatem regularem secundum saeculum intellexeris, erras, quia non est canonica auctoritas. Item quod vero dicit opera, quae injungit, discernat et temperet, ita intelligi debet: i. e. discernat, utrum agenda sunt necne; temperet, i. e. moderetur, ac si diceret: prius discernat et postmodum temperet, i. e. moderetur, ut non plus, quam oportet, illud injungat. Quod vero dicit cogitans discretionem S. Jacob dicentis: Si [page 596] greges meos plus in ambulando fecero laborare, morientur cuncti una die, ac si diceret: debet cogitare discretionem S. Jacob, i. e. sicut ille fuit discretus super gregem suum, ita et abbas debet esse. Nam Jacob habuit in grege suo tales oves, quae poterant ire cito, sed tamen habebat tales, quae forte pro infirmitate aut pro parvitate non poterant sic cito ire, sicut illi sani, et propterea S. Jacob noluit consentire illis, qui plus poterant ire, sed magis illis, qui minus; quisi,11 sicut fortes, issent minores vel debiles, omnes morerentur una die. Ita et abbas faciat et consideret, qualiter illis in ambulando non offendat, sed magis in augmentando quotidie proficiant; v. gr. si fuerint tales fratres spiritales, qui dixerint abbati, plus quam regula dicit jejunare, et viderit abbas ille, non posse jejunium illud jejunare omnes aequaliter, non debet illis consentire. Si vero sibi, i. e. soli illi fratres spiritales de vino et cetera voluerint abstinere, considerare debet, ut, si possunt, faciant, si vero non possunt, non consentiat. Similiter etiam in labore debet facere: v. gr. si fuerint in illo opere tales fratres duo vel tres, qui potuerint fortiter laborare, ut alii similiter laborent, qui non possunt, non debet abbas illis consentire, sed magis debet illos constringere, ut non laborent, quatenus possint infirmi cum illis laborare aequaliter.

He says next: 17In his own commands he should think carefully and with foresight, and whether it is concerning God or concerning this world, he should be discerning and temperate in the tasks he assigns,57 keeping in mind the discretion of the holy Jacob, who said, ‘If I work my flocks too hard by driving them on, they will all die in one day. [Gn 33:13] When he says: whether that which he assigns is concerning God or concerning this world, we should notice that the text has to be it is, not ‘they are’ in the plural,58 and what he means to say is this: whether what he assigns is concerning this world or concerning God – namely, the tasks that he assigns – which is the same as to say: he should be temperate in the tasks that he assigns to others, that is: he should not command his monk to do more than is proper. Be discerning means ‘whether something should be done or not.’ For he does not say how the abbot should to be either concerning God or concerning this world, which is an interpretation to be altogether rejected, but what he says is this: whether this is a spiritual or a worldly task,59 he should be discerning and temperate in this task. Again, whether it is concerning God or concerning this world construes like this: he should be discerning and temperate in the tasks which he assigns. Which tasks? He means whether these tasks, which are being assigned, concern God or concern this world. And you should know that you must by no means understand that the abbot should be of this world – he should rather be of God –, but only that which has to be done, for if you understand that the regular abbot60 should be of this world, you are wrong, because this is contrary to canonical authority. Again, when he says: He should be discerning and temperate in the tasks he assigns, this has to be understood like this: he should be discerning whether these things should be done or not; and temperate, that is, use moderation, which is the same thing as to say: he should first be discerning and then temperate, that is, use moderation, so that he does not assign more of a task than is appropriate. When he says: Keeping in mind the discretion of the holy Jacob, who said, If [page 596] I work my flocks too hard by driving them on, they will all die in one day. This is the same as to say: he should consider Saint Jacob’s discretion, that is: as he was discerning about his flock, likewise should the abbot be. For Jacob had in his flock sheep that could walk fast, but he also had other sheep, which because of their youth or an illness could not walk as fast as the healthy ones, and therefore saint Jacob did not want to adjust his pace to those who were good walkers, but rather to those who less good; for if the young ones or the weak ones had walked as fast as the strong ones, they would all of them have died on a single day. This is what the abbot should do; and he should see to it that he does not do harm to the weak ones through the walking, but that they rather make progress by getting daily stronger. For example, if there are spiritual brothers that tell the abbot that there should be more fasting than the Rule says, and the abbot sees that not all others can fast that much, he must not give his consent to them. But if those brothers want this fasting to be imposed on themselves, that is, they alone want to abstain from wine and other things, he must use consideration, allowing them to do it if they can, but if they cannot, then he should not give his consent. He should do similarly with respect to work: For example, if there are two or three brothers in a certain occupation who can work hard, the abbot ought not to give his consent for the others to work as hard, who cannot do so, but he rather ought to restrain those other ones from working, so that the weak ones can work as much as the strong ones.

Et hoc est, quod inferius dicit: 19Sic omnia temperet, ut et fortes sit quod cupiant, et infirmi non refugiant. Non enim dixit: ‘sint’ pluraliter, sed sit singulariter dici debet, ut sit sensus: Sic temperet opus et disponat, ut tale sit illud opus, quod fortes cupiant facere, et infirmi non refugiant illud; quia si temperatum fuerit opus, infirmi illud non refugiunt, et fortes cupiunt illud agere, sicut superius diximus; quia, si fortes, qui possunt laborare, refrenaverit, illi fortes semper desiderabunt illud opus agere, eo quod volunt, sicut possunt, et non sinuntur, et infirmi non refugiunt, veluti cum quis ducit equum nimis cupienti12 ambulare [page 597], et iterum ducit debilem: illi cupienti mittit frenum, ut nimis non ambulet, et debilem non constringit, sed in sua libertate dimittit, ut ambulet, prout vult.

This is what Benedict says later: 19He should be moderate in all things, so that it is something which the strong desire and not something which the weak shrink from.61 For he does not say ‘they are’ in the plural, but it has to be it is in the singular, so that the meaning is as follows: he should be temperate and organize the work in such a way that it is work that the strong ones want to do and the weak ones do not shrink from; for if the work is assigned temperately, the weak ones do not shrink from it, and the strong ones want to do it, as we have said above. For if he restrains the strong ones who can work, those strong ones will always want to do the work, because they want to do as much as they can, but are not permitted to, and the weak ones do not shrink from it. Likewise, if you lead a horse that has a strong desire to run, [page 597] and you also lead a weak one, you put reins on the one that wants to run, so that it does not run too fast, but you do not restrain the weak one, but grant it the freedom to run as much as it wants to.

Sequitur: 19Haec ergo aliaque testimonia discretionis, matris virtutum, sumens sic omnia temperet, ut et fortes sint13 quod cupiant14 et infirmi non refugiant, 20et praecipue ut praesentem regulam in omnibus conservet, 21ut dum bene ministraverit, audiat a Domino, quod servus bonus, qui erogavit triticum cum servis suis in tempore suo: 22 Amen dico vobis, ait, super omnia bona sua constituet eum. [Mt 24:47] Bene dixit discretionis [esse] matris virtutum, eo quod discretio mater est virtutum, et quod virtutes a discretione procedunt. Pulchre enim dicit, discretionem esse matrem omnium virtutum, quia, quidquid sine discretione agitur, rectum coram Deo esse non potest. Unde Dominus dicit ad Cain: Si recte offeras, recte autem non dividas, peccasti. [Gn 4:7]

He says next: 19Drawing on this and other examples of discretion, the mother of virtues, he should be moderate in all things, so that the strong have something to desire and the weak nothing to shrink from. 20In particular, he should adhere to this Rule in all matters, 21so that when he has served well he may hear from the Lord what the good servant, who distributed the harvest to his fellow servants in due time, heard: 22Amen, I say to you, he has set him over all his property. [Mt 24:47] He aptly says discretion, the mother of virtues, because discretion is the mother of virtues and because virtues stem result from discretion. He says beautifully that discretion is the mother of all virtues, for whatever is done without discretion cannot be right before God. This is why the Lord said to Cain: If you offer rightly but do not divide rightly, you have sinned. [Gn 4:7]62

Nam qualiter doctor in locutione sua discretionem habeat, B. Gregorius in homilia undecima primae partis Ezechielis eminentissime docet hoc modo dicens: Pensare etenim doctor debet, quid [omitted in Hildemar, added from CCSL 142: quid loquatur, cui loquatur, quando loquatur, et quantum loquatur. Si enim unum horum defuerit, locutio apta non erit. Scriptum quippe est: Si recte offeras, recte autem non dividas, peccati. [Gn 4:7 LXX] Recte autem offerimus cum bono studio bonum opus agimus; sed recte non dividimus, si habere discretionem in bono opere postponamus. Considerare etenim debemus quid loquamus, ut iuxta Pauli vocem Sermo noster semper in gratia sale sit conditus. [Col 4:6] NEW PARAGRAPH [13] Pensandum vero nobis est cui loquamur quia saepe increpationis verbum quod haec admittit persona, altera non admittit. Et saepe ipsa eadem persona secundum factum fit altera. Unde Nathan propheta David post adulterium forti incrpeationis sententia percussit. Qui cum de raptore ovis diceret: Filius mortis est vir qui fecit hoc, ei protinus respondit, [2 Sam 12:5] dicens: Tu es ille vir. [cf. 2 Sam 12:7] Cui tamen cum de Salomonis regno loqueretur, quia culpa defuit, ei se humiliter in adoratione prostravit. In una ergo eademque persona quia causa dispar exstitit, etiam sermo propheticus dissimils fuit.  NEW PARAGRAPH [14] Pensandum quoque est quando loqui debeamus, quia saepe etsi differtur increpatio, postmodum benigne recipitur. Et nonnumquam languescit, si hoc quo ante proferri debuit tempus amiserit. Nam et sapiens mulier Nabal erbium videns, increpare de culpa tenaciae noluit, quem digesto vino increpationis suae verbis utiliter percussit. Et propheta adulantium linguas non esse in subsequenti tempore differendas annuntiat, qui ait: Confundantur statim erubescentes, qui dicunt mihi: Euge, euge. [Ps 69:4] Adolatio etenim si vel ad tempus patienter suscipitur, augetur, et paulisper demulcet animum, ut a rigore suae rectitudinis mollescat in delectatione sermonis. Sed ne crescere debeat, statim est et sine mora ferienda. NEW PARAGRAPH [15] Pensandum quoque nobis est qualiter loquamur. Nam saepe verba quae hunc ad salutem revocant, alium vulnerant. Unde Paulus quoque apostolus qui Titum admonet, dicens: Argue cum omni imperio, [Tit 2:15] Timotheum exhortatur, dicens: Argue, obsecra, increpa in omni patientia et doctrina. [2 Tim 4:2] Quid est quod uni imperium, et alii patientiam praecipit, nisi quod unum lenioris, alterum vero ferventioris spiritus esse conspexit? Leni per auctoritatem imperii iniungenda erat serverits verbis, is autem qui per spiritum fervebat, per patientiam temperandus fuerat, ne si plus iusto inferuescerat non ad salutem vulnerata reduceret, sed sana vulneraret.

Saint Gregory brilliantly shows in the eleventh homily of the first book of his Commentary on Ezechiel how a teacher should have discretion in his speech, saying: [12] For a teacher must consider what he says, to whom he says it, when remove double quid in Latin text he says it, how he says it, and how much he says. For if one of these were lacking the speech would not be fitting. Indeed it is written: “Hast though not sinned if thou hast brought it rightly, but not rightly divided it?” [Gn 4:17 LXX] But we rightly bring it when we perform a good work with good zeal; but we do not rightly divide it if we neglect to have discretion in the good work. For we must consider what we say as following Paul's bidding: "Let our speech be always with grace, seasoned with salt.” [Col 4:6] [13] Truly we must think to whom we speak, because often the word of rebuke which this one accepts the other does not. And often this same person becomes the other after the event. Thus Nathan the Prophet astounded David after his adultery with a strong sentence of rebuke. For when David said of the man who stole the sheep: "'The man that hath done this is a child of death," [2 Sam 12:5] he straightway replied saying: "'Thou art the man." However when he spoke to him about the reign of Solomon, [cf. 2 Sam 12:7] because guilt was lacking, he humbly fell prostrate before him in adoration. Therefore because there were in one and the same person unequal causes the Prophetic speech too was unlike. It is also to be considered when we must speak, because often even though the rebuke is delayed it is then benignly received. And sometimes it is enfeebled if the time passes by which it should have been delivered. For even the wise woman, seeing Nabal drunken, [cf. 1 Rg 25:36-37] was unwilling to censure the sin of the obstinacy of him whom, with wine digested, she usefully astounded with the words of her rebuke. And the Prophet declares that the tongues of sycophants are not to be differentiated at a subsequent time when he says: "Let them be immediately ashamed and confounded who say to me ‘Bravo, bravo.” [Ps 69:4] For if adoration is patiently received at the time, it is increased, and little by little allures the spirit to soften from the stiffness of righteousness into delight at the speech. But lest it should increase it is to be punished without delay. New Paragraph [15] We must also ponder how we speak. For often the words which recall this man to salvation wound another. Thus also Paul the Apostle, who admonishes Titus saying, "Rebuke with all authority;” [Tit 2:15] exhorts Timothy with the words: “Reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long-suffering and doctrine.” [2 Tim 4:22] Why is it that he enjoins authority on the one and patience on the other save that he perceived the one to be gentler and the other indeed more fervent of spirit? Severity of speech was to be joined to the gentle one through the encouragement of authority, but he who burned through the spirit was to be tempered by patience lest if he be kindled with excess rage he not lead wounded minds back to salvation but injure healthy ones.

[16] Curandum quoque quantum loquamur, ne si ei qui multa ferre non valet verbum vel exhortationis vel increpationis longius trahumus, auditorem nostrum ad fastidium perducamus. Unde idem praedicator egregious Hebraeis loquitur, dicens: Obsecro vos, fratres, ut sufferatis verbum solatii, etenim perpaucis scripsi vobis. [Hbr 13:22] Hoc tamen infirmis praecipue congruit, ut pauca quidem, et quae praevalent capere, audiant, sed quae erorum mentem in paenitentiae dolorem compugnant. Nam si eis uno in tempore exhortationis sermo fuerit multipliciter dictus, quia multa retinere non valent, simul amittunt omnia. Unde et medici corporum pannos quos infirmantibus stomachis ponunt, apto quidem medicamine, sed subtiliter liniunt, ne si repleti multo medicmine fuerint, infirmitatem stomachi non roborantes adiuvent, sed opprimentes gravent.

[16] We must also take care how much we say lest if we dwell too long on the word of exhortation or rebuke to him who does not avail to hear much we lead our hearer to scorn. Thus the same excellent preacher speaks to the Hebrews saying: "I beseech you, Bretheren, suffer the word of exhortation: for I have written a letter onto you in few worlds.” [Hbr 13:22] This however is especially fitting for the weak that they hear a few words which they avail to grasp, and which may goad their mind to the pain of penitence. For if the speech of exhortation were said to them manifold at one time, because they cannot retain many things they would simultaneously lose them all. Thus bodily physicians indeed with an apt remedy subtly anoint the cloths which they lay on infirm stomachs lest if they are filled with too much medication they would not help and strengthen the weakness of the stomach but oppress and aggravate it. 

[17] Sciendum tamen quia etsi quando modum suum sermo prolixior transeat, periculosum hoc auditoribus non est. Si autem qualiter quid dicatur, et quibus dicatur, non vigilanter conspicitur, valde periculosum est. Verecundiae etenim mentes, si quas fortasse culpas amiserint, leniter arguendae sunt, quia si asperius increpentur, franguntur potius quam erudiantur. At contra mentes asperae atque impudentes, si increpatae leniter fuerint, ad maiores culpas ipsa leinitate provocantur.

[17] Yet it must be known that even though the speech sometimes goes to excess of prolixity it is not dangerous for its hearers. But if it is not vigilantly watched what is said, and to whom it is said, it is exceedingly dangerous. For shy minds, if perchance they have dismissed their guilt, are to be gently reproved because if they are more harshly rebuked they are broken rather than instructed. But as to exasperating, shameless minds, if they were gently reproved they would be provoked by this very gentleness to greater sins. 

[18] Quod bene in eodem egregio praedicatore discimus, qui cum Corinthios cognosceret pro amore personarum in schismate divisos, eorum verecundiae consulens, locutionem suam eis a gratiarum actione et laudibus coepit, dicens: Gratias ago Deo meo semper pro vobis in gratia Dei, quae data est vobis in Chrstio Iesu, qui in omnibus divites facti ests in illo, in omni verbo et in omni scientia, sicut testimonium Christi confirmatum est in vobis. [1 Cor 1:4-6] Queso te, Paule, si iam nihil deest, cur eis scribendo fatigaris? Cur in longinquo positus loqueris? Pensemus ergo, fratres carissimi, quantum laudat. Ecce eis gratiam Dei datam asserit, factos in omnibus divites dicit in omnio verbo et in omni scientia, Christi testimonium, id est quod de semetipso moriendo et resurgendo testatus est, in eorum vita confirmatum esse perhibet, et nihil eis deesse in ullla gratia testatur. Quis, rogo, credat quia Paulo post eos corripiat, quos ita laudat? Non post cetera subjungit: Obsecro autem vos, fratres, per nomen Domini nostri Jesu Christi, ut idipsum dicatis omnes, et non sint in vobis schismata. [1 Cor 1:10] Quid enim potuit tam perfectis tamquam laudabilibus schisma subrepere? Significatum est enim mihi de vobis, fratres mei, ab his qui sunt Chloes, quia contentiones inter vos sunt. Hoc autem dico quod unusquisque vestrum dicit: Ego quidem sum Pauli, ego autem Apollo, ego vero Cephae, ego autem Christi. [1 Cor 1:11-12] Ecce quos in omni verbo et in omni scientia laudaverat, quibus nihil deesse in ulla gratia dixerat, paulisper loquens, ad increpandum leniter veniens, divisos erga seipsos reprehendit, et quorum prius salutem narraverat, postmodum vulnera pafefecit. Peritus enim medicus vulnus secandum videns, sed aegrum timidum esse conspiciens, diu palpavit, et subito percussit. Prius blandam manum laudis posuit, et postmodum increpationis ferrum fixit. Nisi enim verecundae mentes fuerint palpando reprehensae, ita ut ex aliis rebus audiant quod in consolationem sumant, per increpationem protinus ad desperationem cadunt.

[18] We learn this well in that same excellent preacher who, when he heard that the Corinthians were divided in schism, through love of individuals, addressing their shyness, began his speech with thanks and praises, saying: “I thank my God always on your behalf for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ, that in everything ye are enriched by Him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge; even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you.” [1 Cor 1:4-6] Moreover he goes on to say: “So that nothing is wanting to you in any grace, waiting for the manifestation of Our 'Lord Jesus Christ." [1 Cor 1:7] THIS SENTENCE DOES NOT APPEAR IN LATIN. CHECK CCSL I ask you, Paul, if already nothing is lacking, why do you vex yourself in writing to them? Why do you speak though placed far away? Therefore let us think, dearest brethren, how much he praises them. Behold he avers that the grace of God is given to them, he says that in everything they are enriched, in all utterance and all knowledge, he asserts that the testimony of Christ, i.e. the witness He bore of His own Death and Resurrection, was confirmed in their life, and attests that they are lacking in no grace. Who, I ask, would believe that a little later he accuses those whom he praises? For after the rest he adds: "But I beseech you, Brethren, by the name of Our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all speak the same thing and that there be no schisms among you." [1 Cor 1:10] For how could schism creep up unseen on such perfect and likewise laudable individuals? "'For it hath been signified unto me, my brethren, of you, by them that are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you. Now this I say, that every one of you saith: I indeed am of Paul; and I am of Apollo; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ." [1 Cor 1:11-12] Behold those whom he had praised in all utterance and all knowledge, whom he had said were lacking in no grace, speaking briefly, coming to the gentle reproof, he reproaches them as divided against themselves and lays bare the wounds of those of whose salvation he had before spoken. For a skilled physician, seeing a wound to be cut but perceiving the patient to be timid, stroked it for a long time and suddenly struck. First he placed the soft hand of praise and then fixed the iron of rebuke. For if shy minds were not reproved by stroking so that they hear from other things a source of consolation they would straightway fall through reproach to desperation. 

 

[19] Sed numquid mentitus est Paulus, ut prius eis nil deesse in omni gratia diceret, quibus postmodum dicturus erat unitatem deesse? Absit hoc. Quis de illo talia vel desipiens credat? Sed quia errant inter Corinthios quidam omni gratia repleti, et errant quidam in personarum favoribus excisi, coepit a laudibus perfectorum, ut modesta invetione ad rehrehensionem pertingeret informuorum. Et in hoc quoque ad medicinam cordins a medicina corporis usum trahens. Nam cum feriendum vulnus medicus aspicit, prius ea membra quae circa vulnus sana sunt palpat, ut post ad ea quae vulnerata sunt leniter palpando perveniat. Cum ergo Paulus perfectos in Corinthiis laudavit, sana membra juxta vulnus tetigit, cum vero infirmos de divisione reprehendit, vulnus in corpore percussit.

[19] But did Paul lie when he first said that they lacked no grace and then that unity was wanting? Far from it. Who would foolishly believe such things of him? But because there were among the Corinthians certain men filled with all grace, and there were others fallen in partialities of persons, he began from the praises of the Perfect in order that with moderate invective he might attain to the reproof of the weak, in this also deriving the usage from medicine of the body to medicine of the heart. For when the doctor examines the wound to be struck he first strokes the healthy members which surround the wound, so that by gently stroking he comes to those which are injured. Therefore, when Paul praised the perfect among the Corinthians he touched sound members beside the wound, when indeed he rebuked the infirm for their schisms he struck the wound on the body.

[20] Videamus tamen hunc te ipsum qui tanta modestia atque mansuetudine ad corripiendos Corinthios dicitur, qualiter contra Galatas, qui a fide discesserant, exercetur. Nulla enim modestiae patientia praemissa, nulla locutionis dulcedine praerogata, eos quos a fide discessisse cognovit, ab ipso epistolae suae exordi invehendo redarguit. Nam praemissa salutatione, sic coepit: Miror quod sic tam cito transferimini ab eo qui vos vocavit in gratia Christi. [Gal 1:6] Quibus etiam in aperta increpatione post cetera subjungit: O insensati Galatae, quis vos fascinavit? [Gal 3:1] Mentes etenim durae nisi aperta essent increpatione percussae, nullo modo malum cognoscerent quod egissent. Nam saepe hi qui impudentes sunt tantum se peccasse sentient, quantum de peccatis quae fecerint increpantur, ut minores culpas suas aestiment quas minor invectio castigat, et quas vehementer obiurgari viderint, maiores esse deprehendant. Unde necesse est ut semer sermo praedicantis cum auditorum debeat qualitate formari, ne aut verecundis aspera, aut impudentibus lenia loquatur. Quid autem mirum si hoc verbi Dei erogator faciat, cum et Agricola qui semina in terram mittit prius terrae qualitatem paevidet quibus seminibus apta videatur, et postquam qualitatem praeviderit, tunc] semina spargit. [Gregory, Homilae in Hezechielem Prophetam I, Homilia 11, c. 12/20, CCSL 142, pp. 174-178]

[20] Yet let us see how this same man who is led with such moderation and mildness to the censure of the Corinthians is driven against the Galatians who had departed from the Faith. For no patience of moderation is mentioned, nor sweetness of speech expended; he inveighed against, and confuted from the very beginning of his letter those whom he knew had defected from the Faith. For with salvation mentioned first he begins thus: “I marvel that ye are so soon removed form him that called you into the grace of Christ.” [Gal 1:6] After the other things he adds also in open rebuke: “O senseless Galathians, who hath bewitched you?" [Gal 3:1] For stubborn minds, unless they were struck by open rebuke, would by no means recognize the evil which they had done. For often those who are without shame feel that they have sinned insofar as they are reprimanded for the sins which they have committed, so that they esteem as lesser sins those which less invective castigates and perceive as greater those which they see vehemently rebuked. Thus it is needful that the speech of the preacher always be adapted to the quality of the hearers, lest he speak harshly to the shy and soft words to the shameless. But what wonder if the bestower of God's word does this when even the farmer who sows seeds in the earth first examines the quality of the soil to see for which seeds it seems suitable, and having seen the quality beforehand then sows his seeds? [Gregory the Great, Homiliae in Ezechielem I, no. 11, c. 12-20, trans. Theodosia Tomkinson, Saint Gregory the Great. Homilies on the Book of the Prophet Ezekiel, Etna, Ca: Center for Traditionalist Orthodox Studies 2008, pp. 220-224, with small revisions]

Non solum enim in verbis sancti praedicatores solent habere discretionem, sed etiam in factis. Docet idem ipse B. Gregorius in ultima parte moralium libro vigesimo octavo cap. XI. n. 28-30. hoc modo dicens: [28] Dicatur nunc, quemadmodum [omitted in ed. Mittermüller, inserted from CCSL: in una eademque virtute discretionis lineam deserimus, si hanc et aliquando agere et aliquando postponere nesciamus. Non enim res eadem semper est virtus, quia per momenta temporum saepe merita mutantur actionum. Unde fit ut cum quid bene agimus, plerumque melius ab ejus actione cessemus, et laudabilius ad tempus deserat quod in suo tempore laudabiliter mens tenebat. Nam si pro nostris bonis minimis, quibus actis proficimus, nec tamen intermissis interimus, majora laborum mala proximis, imminent, necessario nos virtutum augmenta seponimus, ne infirmioribus proximis fidei detrimenta generemus, ne tanto jam quod agimus virtus non sit, quanto per occasionem sui in alienis cordibus fundamenta virtutum destruit.

For holy preachers ought to show discretion not only in their words, but also in their deeds. Saint Gregory also shows this in the last part of Moralia in Iob, book 28, chapter 11, paragr. 28-3063 where he says: [28] Let it be now stated how we abandon the line of discretion in one and the same virtue, if we know not how to perform it at one time, and how to defer it at another. For a virtue is not always one and the same thing, for the merits of actions are often changed by circumstances. It is hence the case, that when we are properly engaged in any pursuit, we often more properly desist from it; and that the mind more creditably abandons that employment for a time, in which it was creditably employed at its own proper time. For if in consequence of our lesser virtues, (by performing which we make progress, but by intermitting which we are not endangered,) greater evils and trials threaten our neighbours, we necessarily put aside our advance in virtue, lest we should cause losses to the faith in our weaker neighbours; lest what we do should so far not be a virtue, the more it overthrows the foundations of the faith in the hearts of others, for the sake of itself.


Cap. LXV
DE PRAEPOSITO MONASTERII

[Ms P, fol. 163v - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 65
ON THE PRIOR OF THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Julie Hofmann

Congruum ordinem tenuit B. Benedictus in eo, quod prius dixit de abbate et postmodum de praeposito monasterii. Sequitur: 1Saepius quidem contingit, ut per ordinationem praepositi scandala gravia in monasteriis oriantur, 2dum sint [page 599] aliqui maligno spiritu superbiae inflati et aestimantes, se secundos esse abbates, assumentes sibi tyrannidem, scandala nutriunt et dissensiones in congregatione faciunt, 3et maxime in illis locis, ubi ab eodem sacerdote vel ab eis abbatibus, qui abbatem ordinant, ab ipsis etiam praepositus ordinatur.

Blessed Benedict kept the right order in this place, because he spoke first about the abbot, and afterwards about the prior of the monastery. He continues: 1It very frequently happens that through the installation of a prior, grave scandals arise in the monastery, 2for there are [page 599] some who are puffed up with the evil spirit of pride, and consider themselves second abbots; behaving as tyrants, they nurture scandal and create dissent in the community, 3especially in those places where the prior is installed by the same bishop or abbots who installed the abbot.

Cognovit B. Benedictus, magnum malum esse discordiam, et adeo magnum malum, ut omne bonum pro discordiae malo posse1 deperire. Ideo studuit etiam hoc capitulum componere, quatenus corpus monasterii possit esse conjunctum, ne si separatum per discordiae malum fuerit, adversus hostem non possit consistere, quia si civitas vel exercitus pugnans adversus hostem divisa vel divisus fuerit, non poterit vincere, sed per eos, quos partis adversariae habet, in manus inimicorum suorum tradetur. Sic et monasterium si divisum fuerit, non solum ipsi pereunt, sed etiam illi, qui potuerant esse forte boni, solent perire. Et adeo malum discordiae S. Benedictus insequitur, ut etiam ipsum praepositum, si post electionem praepositurae humilis non fuerit, de monasterio jubeat expelli, ne diabolus, amator discordiae, suos2 habere in congregatione possit, per quem alios possit decipere.

Blessed Benedict understood discord to be a great evil and indeed, such a great evil that all good can be destroyed by the evil of discord. He was therefore eager to compose this chapter, so that the body of the monastery might be united, for if it were divided by the evil of discord, it would not be able to stand against the enemy; because if a city or army fighting against an enemy were divided, it would not prevail, but [instead] would be given into the hands of its enemies by those whom it considers the opposition. And thus if the monastery is divided, not only will the opposition perish, but those who perhaps had been able to be good usually perish as well. And St Benedict attacks the evil of discord to such a degree that indeed, he commands that if after removal1 from his office he is [still] not humble, the prior himself should be expelled from the monastery lest the Devil, that lover of discord, be able to have his own amongst the congregation, through whom he might deceive the others.

Tyrannidem, i. e. crudelitatem vel terrorem. Sed dicendum est, qualiter praepositus assumat crudelitatem. Quia enim se esse aestimat secundum abbatem, quibus potest blandiri, blanditur, ut ad se trahat, et quibus fratribus non potest blandiri, terrorem incutit aut aliquam crudelitatem exercet. Quasi diceret, cum dicit assumentes sibi tyrannidem, i. e. crudeles se esse ostendentes.3 Praepositus enim appellatur eo, quod sit subjectorum ac famulantium ordinator vel rector. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 205]

Tyranny, i.e., cruelty or terror. Yet it must be said how the prior might behave with cruelty. Because he considers himself a second abbot, he flatters everyone he can flatter, in order to draw them [to himself] and he instills dread in the brothers he cannot flatter or inflicts some sort of cruelty. It is as if when he says behaving as tyrants it means they reveal themselves to be cruel. For the prior is so named because he is the administrator and director of underlings and servants. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae X, c. 205, transl. Barney et al., The Etymologies of Isidore of Seville, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006, p. 226]

Sequitur: 4quod quam sit absurdum, facile advertitur, quia ab ipso initio ordinationis materia datur superbiendi, [page 600] 5dum ei suggeritur a cogitationibus suis, exutum eum esse a potestate abbatis sui, 6quia ab ipso est ordinatus, a quibus et abbas. 7Hinc suscitantur invidiae, rixae, detractiones, aemulationes, dissensiones, exinordinationes,4 8ut5 dum contraria sibi invicem abbas praepositusque sentiunt, et ipsorum necesse est sub dissensione animas periclitari, 9et hi, qui sub ipsis sunt, dum adulantur partibus, eunt in perditionem; 10cujus periculi malum illos respicit in capite, qui talibus in ordinatione se fecerunt auctores. 11Ideo nos praevidimus expedire propter pacis caritatisque custodiam, in abbatis pendere arbitrio ordinationem monasterii sui.

He continues: 4it is easy to see how absurd this is, because from the moment of his [the prior’s] appointment, he is given cause for pride, [page 600] 5until he imagines himself to be no longer under the power of the abbot, 6because he was appointed by the same men who appointed the abbot. 7Hence envy, quarrels, slanders, rivalries, dissent, and confusions are aroused, 8so that as long as the abbot and prior perceive themselves to be in conflict, and during this conflict, their souls are necessarily in peril; 9and those who are under them, while courting both sides, go to ruin. 10The responsibility for this evil rests on the heads of those who, in the appointment, made themselves its authors. 11For that reason, we consider it expedient for the protection of peace and charity that an appointment in his monastery depends upon the judgement of the abbot.

Quod vero dicit quod quam sit absurdum, facile advertitur, et rel. - quasi diceret: hoc malum quantum vel quam sit absurdum - subaudis: ipsum malum, facile advertitur. Facile, i. e. cito; advertitur, i. e. cognoscitur vel intelligitur; quam absurdum, i. e. quantum malum; materia, i. e. occasio; aemulationes, i. e. invidiae; dissensiones, i. e. discordiae; exinordinationes, i. e. deordinationes. Bene dicit exinordinationes, quia quod abbas ordinat, praepositus deordinat, et quod praepositus ordinat, abbas deordinat.

But when he says It is easy to see how absurd this is and so on, as if he were saying, 'How great an evil and how absurd it is' you should understand, 'It is easy to see the evil itself.' Easy, i.e., quickly; sees, i.e., recognizes or understands; how absurd, i.e., how great an evil; cause, i.e., occasion; rivalries, i.e., envies; dissensions, i.e., discord; confusions, i.e., disorders. He does well to say confusions, because what the abbot orders [ordinat], the prior dis-orders [deordinat], and what the prior orders, the abbot dis-orders.

Quod autem dicit necesse est, non dicit, ut necessitas sit, perire, sed necesse est, i. e. non potest aliter fieri. Necesse est adverbium est confirmantis. Dum adulantur pertinet ad monachos; cum dicit partibus, attinet ad abbatem et praepositum. Partibus, i. e. dum adulantur monachi alii abbati, alii autem praeposito, quia alii dicunt abbati: Tu melius disponis, quam praepositus; et iterum alii vadunt ad praepositum et dicunt: Tu melius agis quam abbas. Et quod pejus est, cum sint alii:6 quod audiunt a praeposito, dicunt abbati, et iterum, quod ab abbate audiunt, dicunt praeposito.

Moreover, when he says necessarily, he is not saying that it is needful that they perish, but that it is inevitable, i.e., nothing else is possible. Necessarily is a supporting adverb. While courting pertains to the monks; when he says the sides, he means the abbot and the prior. Sides, i.e., while some monks court the abbot, and others the prior, because some say to the abbot, 'You manage things better than the prior' and again, others rush to the prior and say, 'You do things better than the abbot.' And what is worse, there are those who tell the abbot what they hear from the prior and then tell the prior what they hear from the abbot.2

Istud vero, quod dicit cujus periculi malum illos respicit in capite, qui talibus in ordinatione se fecerunt auctores, - ac si diceret: Inprimis ad illos episcopos vel abbates hoc malum respicit, qui illum [page 601] abbatem et praepositum ordinaverunt, vel etiam monachos, qui consenserunt. Deinde tunc ad abbatem et praepositum hoc malum respiciet, si illos salubriter ae caritatis studio non correxerint vel ordinaverint. Expedire, i. e. convenire vel advenire; pendere, i. e. constare.

But what he says here—the responsibility for this evil rests on the heads of those who, in the appointment, made themselves its authors—is as if he said that this evil rests in the first place on those bishops or abbots who [page 611] appointed that abbot and prior and likewise in those monks who consented. Then this evil will next turn its gaze on the abbot and prior, if they do not correct them [the monks] and put them in order, wholesomely and with the zeal of love. To be expedient, i.e., to be fit or suitable; to depend on, i.e., to be based upon.

Sequitur: 12et si potest fieri, per decanos ordinetur, ut ante disposuimus, omnis utilitas monasterii, prout abbas disposuerit, 13ut dum pluribus committitur, unus non superbiat. 14Quod si aut locus expetit aut congregatio petierit rationabiliter cum humilitate, et abbas judicaverit expedire, 15quemcunque elegerit abbas cum consilio fratrum timentium Deum, ordinet ipse sibi praepositum.

Next: 12and if it is possible, as we said above, all of the well-being of the monastery should be managed by the deans, just as the abbot lays out, 13so that when it [i.e., management] is entrusted to many, no one person becomes proud. 14But if either the situation demands, or the community asks reasonably and humbly, and the abbot judges it expedient, 15whomever the abbot chooses with the counsel of the God-fearing brothers, he himself should appoint as prior.

Quod vero dicit per decanos ordinetur, prout intelligo, antiqua consuetudo fuit, ut in omni officio et obedientia monasterii semper erat7 unus decanus super illos decem monachos; v. gr. si grammatici erant, qui discebant, unus decanus erat, i. e. prior super illos; et si portarii, similiter unus super illos decanus erat; et si super infirmos, unus decanus erat super illos. Et quid plus? Semper in omnibus officiis unus decanus erat super illos fratres, qui erant deputati ad illam obedientiam. Et isti decani habebant curam de eorum necessitate corporali, et illi necessitatem eorum quaerebant ab abbate, et illi erant solliciti de eorum negligentia, sicut legitur in instituta patrum, quando ad mensam sedebant, quomodo illi decani faciebant signum, si aliqua necessitas quaerendi erat fratribus. [cf. Cassian, Institutiones IV, c. 17, SC 105] Deinde, quando forte coquebant panes, ibant quatuor vel tres decani, prout necesse erat, cum fratribus; quando vero in horto ibant, quatuor decani cum decania sua ibant. Deinde non audebat ire de istius decania quis et ire ad illius decaniam et loqui, nisi jussus. Similiter et in capitulo semper decanus erat super decaniam suam et in omni loco, quo ibat decanus, cum decania sua ibat.

But when he says managed by the deans, as I understand was the customary practice, so that in every office and obedience of the monastery there was always one dean over ten monks; for example, if they were grammar-teaching monks,3 one was dean, that is, first among them; and if there were porters, similarly one was dean over them; and for those assigned to care for the ill, one dean was over them. And what more? Always, in every duty, one dean was over those brothers who were assigned to that obedience. And those deans had the care over their charges’ physical needs, and they sought their own necessities from the abbot, and they were concerned about neglect of their charges, just as it is read in the Instituta patrum when they sat at the table, how those deans made the sign, if any need was to be demanded from the brothers.4 Afterward, when they happened to be baking bread, four or three deans, according to what was needed, went with the brothers; however, when they went into the garden, four deans went with their deaneries. From there, no one dared to go from one’s own deanery and go to another deanery to speak, unless so ordered. And similarly in chapter there was always one dean over his deanery, and in every place where he went, he went with his deanery.

Et erat magna sollicitudo; sed modo non fit. Nam ille circator, sicut dixi, quando circabat monasterium, decanum corripiebat de negligentia sui subjecti, sicut jam dixi, eo [page 602] quod decanus cum sua decania legebat hic et alter decanus cum sua decania legebat illic.

And there used to be great care taken, but it is not done that way now. For the circator, as I said, when making his rounds of the monastery, rebuked the dean concerning the negligence of his followers, as I just said, [page 602] because one dean was reading with his deanery here, and another dean was reading with his deanery there.

Item quod autem dicit: si potest fieri, per decanos ordinetur, ut ante disposuimus, omnis utilitas monasterii, prout abbas disposuerit - ac si diceret: Quidquid ordinandum est in monasterio, decani debent ordinare, et decani ita debent disponere, sicut abbas constituerit. Et reddit causam, quare, cum dicit: ut dum pluribus committitur, unus non superbiat - ac si diceret: Ideo decani debent ordinare, quia, si unus solummodo ordinaverit, elatus efficitur in cogitationibus. Non dicit, ut superbiat ad abbatem, sed ne elatus in corde existat, cum videt, se solum regere monasterium. 

Again, however, when he says If it be possible, as we said above, all the monastery’s well-being should be managed by the deans, just as the abbot has laid out, it is as if to say that the deans ought to manage whatever is to be managed in the monastery, and thus the deans ought to do just as abbot directs. And he returns to the cause, therefore, when he says, so that when it [i.e., management] is entrusted to many, no one person becomes proud, as if he were saying, 'Therefore deans ought to manage, because if one were to manage all alone, pride would arise in his thoughts.' He is not saying that he would become prideful with regard to the abbot, but lest there be pride in the dean’s heart when he considers himself to rule the monastery alone.

Quod autem dicit: Quod si aut locus expetit aut congregatio petierit istud aut pro et ponitur in hoc loco, eo quod congregatio non debet petere nisi rationabiliter.

But if he says: But if either the situation demands, or the community asks he uses either rather than and, because the congregation ought not ask him, unless it is done reasonably.

Quod autem dicit quemcunque elegerit abbas cum consilio fratrum timentium Deum ordinet - quasi diceret: Quando elegerit abbas praepositum cum consilio timentium Deum, h. e. seniorum, [et] postmodum interroget omnes in capitulo, sicut superius diximus: seniorum tantum utatur consilio.

Moreover, he says the abbot should appoint whomever he chooses, with the counsel of the God-fearing brothers as if he were saying that when the abbot chooses a prior with the counsel of the God-fearing, that is the senior monks, [and] afterwards asks all in the chapter, just as we said above, he is only making use of the counsel of the senior monks.

Sequitur: 16Qui tamen praepositus illa agat cum reverentia, quae ab abbate suo ei injuncta fuerint, nihil contra abbatis voluntatem aut ordinationem faciens, 17quia quantum praelatus est ceteris, tantum eum oportet sollicite observare praecepta regulae. 18Qui praepositus si repertus fuerit vitiosus aut elatione deceptus superbiae aut contemptor sanctae regulae fuerit comprobatus, admoneatur verbis usque quater; 19si non emendaverit, adhibeatur ei correptio disciplinae regularis; 20quod si neque sic correxerit, tunc dejiciatur de ordine praepositurae, et alius, qui dignus est, in loco ejus subrogetur. 21Quodsi et postea in congregatione quietus et obediens non fuerit, etiam de monasterio expellatur. 22Cogitet tamen abbas, se de omnibus judiciis suis Deo reddere rationem, ne forte invidiae aut zeli flamma urat animam.

Next: 16Nevertheless the prior should do those things that are ordered by his abbot with reverence, doing nothing against the abbot’s will or orders, 17because the more he is preferred to others, the more it behooves him to observe with great concern the teachings of the Rule. 18If the prior is found to be full of vice, either deceived by proud conceit or proved to be someone with contempt for the Holy Rule, let him be admonished up to four times verbally. 19Should he not mend his ways, the correction of the Rule’s discipline should be applied to him, 20but if he not be corrected in this manner, then let him be removed from the position of prior, and someone worthy be substituted in his place. 21And if after that he is not quiet and obedient in the community, let him be expelled from the monastery. 22Yet let the abbot reflect that he shall himself render an account of all his judgements to God, lest it happen that the flame of envy or rivalry burns his soul.

Quod vero dicit: Qui tamen praepositus illa agat cum reverentia et rel. - usque modo dixit, qualiter ordinetur praepositus, modo vero, postquam ordinatus est, constringit illum dicens: illa agat [page 603] reverentia, i. e. cum honore et timore Dei.

When he says, Nevertheless the prior should do with reverence, etc.: up to this point, he said how the prior might be appointed, but once he is appointed, Benedict constrains him, saying: he should do those things [page 603] with reverence, i.e., with honor and the fear of God.

Quod autem dicit nihil contra voluntatem abbatis aut ordinationem faciens, duo dixit: Potest esse voluntas abbatis, quod non est ordinatio; v. gr. ordinat abbas, quae agi debent. Quia nullus est mortalis, qui sic possit definire omnia in primis, ut postmodum non sit etiam necessitas, iterum melius ordinandi; tunc ille praepositus non agit contra ordinationem, cum ea custodit. Et similiter non agit contra voluntatem abbatis, si in aliis rebus, in quibus non potuit abbas definitionem ponere, si praepositus ita illa agat, prout abbatis voluntatem cognoverit.

But when as he says, doing nothing against the abbot’s will or orders, he said two [things]. Something can be the will of the abbot that is not an order. Say, for example, the abbot orders what ought to be done. Because there is no mortal who can define everything in the beginning so that afterwards there is no need for improvement, then that prior is not acting against an order when he keeps to those things [that have been specifically commanded.]5 And likewise he is not acting against the will of the abbot, if in other things, concerning which the abbot was not able to specify, the prior acts according to his familiarity with the abbot’s will.

Quod autem dicit: quia, quantum praelatus est, ita eum oportet sollicite praecepta regulae observare, ita intelligitur, i. e. in cibo vel potu, in silentio, vel ubi potest, videlicet in lectione et obedientia, seu etiam in reliquis causis.

When he says because the more he is preferred to others, the more it behooves him to observe with great concern the teachings of the Rule, it is understood thus, i.e., in eating or drinking, in silence, or wherever he can, or in reading and in obedience, or indeed in in any other matters.6

Quod vero dicit vitiosus aut elatione deceptus - vitiosus attinet ad cibum vel potum, elatio autem attinet ad vestitum et ad equitandum. Contemptor sanctae regulae attinet ad silentium vel lectionem et cetera, quae regula dicit.

But when he says, full of vice, either deceived by conceit, full of vice refers to eating or drinking, conceit, however, refers to clothing and riding. Someone with contempt for the Holy Rule refers to keeping silent or reading, and so on, as the Rule states.

Quod autem dicit admoneatur usque quater et reliq., bene dicit usque quater, quia sicut major est in honore, ita etiam plures habere debet admonitiones; v. gr. monachus duabus vicibus dicitur corripi, decanus tribus, praepositus quatuor.

When he says let him be admonished up to four times and the rest, he does well to say up to four times, because just as he is greater in honor, thus also he ought to have more admonitions; for example, a monk is said to be rebuked two times, a dean three, and a prior four.

Istud vero, quod dicit si non emendaverit, adhibeatur ei correptio disciplinae regularis - quasi diceret: Si per quatuor vices fuerit admonitus et non se emendaverit, ducatur per gradus, h. e. publica correptio, excommunicatio, nimiis jejuniis, si dignus est, flagellum, deinde oratio, postea dejiciatur de ordine praepositurae, sicut ipse S. Benedictus dicit: tunc dejiciatur de ordine praepositurae, et alius, qui dignus est, in loco ejus subrogetur. Postea expellatur, sicut ipse S. Benedictus dicit: Quod si et postea in congregatione et rel., etiam de monasterio expellatur.

But when he says should he not mend his ways, the correction of the Rule’s discipline should be applied to him it is as if he is saying that if he should be admonished four times and not mend his ways, let him be taken through these steps: rebuke in public, excommunication, strict fasting, if appropriate, the scourge, then with prayer. After that let him be removed from the office of prior, just as St. Benedict himself says: then let him be removed from the position of prior, and let someone worthy be substituted in his place. After he is expelled, just as St. Benedict himself says: But if after, in the congregation, and so on, let him also be expelled from the monastery.

Hoc vero, quod dicit: Cogitet tamen abbas, se de omnibus judiciis suis Deo reddere rationem, et rel., attendendum est, quia, ubi S. Benedictus de judicio dicit dando ab abbate, ipsi abbati quasi frenum mittit, cum dicit quia in omnibus judiciis suis redditurus est Deo rationem [Regula Benedicti, c 21.9], sicut in hoc loco dicit.

What he says: Yet let the abbot reflect on [this], that he shall himself render an account of all his judgements to God, and so on – it must be noted carefully that where St. Benedict speaks of the judgement to be given by the abbot, he reins in the abbot, as it were, when he says that an account of all his judgements shall be rendered to God, just as he says here.7

Et bene dicit [page 604] ne forte zeli aut invidiae flamma urat animam, quia forte ille praepositus est bonus homo et sanctae conversationis, et ideo dicit ne zeli aut invidiae flamma urat animam. Zelum enim et invidia unum significat; quamvis namque unum significet, tamen zelum attinet ad praeteritum malum, invidia vero ad futurum - ac si diceret: ne, quia videt illum bonum esse aut futurum esse, ideo ejiciat de monasterio.

And rightly he says [page 604] lest the flame of envy or rivalry burn his soul, because it may happen that the prior is a good man leading a holy life, and for that reason he says lest the flame of envy or rivalry burn his [the abbot’s] soul. For envy and rivalry mean the same thing; on the other hand, although they might indicate one thing, nevertheless envy concerns evil in the past, rivalry properly concerns the future. It is as if he were saying lest, because he [the abbot] considers that man [the prior] to be good or that he will be good, he therefore expels [the prior] from the monastery.8

Sciendum est enim, quia cum abbas non fuerit in monasterio, eandem potestatem, quam abbas habet, debet habere praepositus, videlicet in arguendo vel in excommunicando seu etiam in flagellando atque in ceteris locis. Si praepositus non fuerit, debet habere decanus; si vero decanus non fuerit, debet habere ille, quem in suo loco constituerit. Et quod ita debet esse, ipse S. Benedictus dicit: in quibus partiatur onera sua [Regula Benedicti, c. 21.3]; et iterum: nisi cui potestas ab abbate data fuerit, nulli liceat quemquam excommunicare.

For it must be understood, because when the abbot is not in the monastery, a prior ought to have the same power that the abbot holds, namely in cases of accusations, excommunication, and likewise in scourging and in other cases. If there is no prior, a dean ought to have that power, but if there is no dean, the person whom appointed in his place ought to have it. St. Benedict himself says how it should be: in which he shares his burdens [Regula Benedicti, c. 21.3]; and again, unless power had been given to him by the abbot, no one may be allowed to excommunicate anyone.


1. possit (?). (Mittermüller).
2. suum (?). (Mittermüller).
3. Verba hujus loci ita forsitan ordinanda sint: Cum dicit: assumentes sibi tyrannidem - ac si diceret, i. e. crudeles se esse ostendentes. (Mittermüller).
4. exordinationes. Cod. Fürstz. (Mittermüller).
5. et (?). (Mittermüller).
6. qui (?). (Mittermüller).
7. esset. Ex Marten. (Mittermüller).

1. Confirm in manuscripts whether the correct word is ejectionem or electionem.
2. Translated using the ‘qui’ referred to in Mittermüller’s n. 6, as it made more sense and better English.
3. Another one for checking with the MS: the Latin is ‘si grammatici erant, qui discebant’, but the idea of putting one of the ‘grammarians (grammar-teaching monks), who were studying’ in charge of the rest made no sense to us. So we decided to omit the ‘qui discebant’. If that’s what the MS says, then I will add a note explaining why we left it out.
4. Cassian, Institutiones, 4, 17. I cannot locate the sources of the examples that follow in the rest of the paragraph, which Hildemar’s presentation suggests is in the same text.
5. Hildemar’s rather awkwardly argued point seems to be that any given command or set of commands does not express the abbot’s complete will, which may be expressed subsequently via another command. To fail to read the abbot’s mind, then, does not constitute disobedience on the part of the prior.
6. Although the Latin version says ‘videlicet’, the word makes no sense in the context or structure of the paragraph. It might well be a mistake in the edition, perhaps a misreading of ‘vel’ (which makes sense) for an abbreviation of ‘videlicet’. So we agreed to use ‘or’, but this will need checking in the MS.
7. On the abbot’s responsibility to God for his actions, see, e.g., RB 2.34, 3.11, 31.9, 63.3.
8. Since this is part of an admonition to the abbot, Hildemar’s emphasis of the ‘lest’ seems to indicate concern that the abbot might be tempted to expel the prior for being a potential rival, should others consider the prior to be good, or that he will be good.


Cap. LXVI
DE OSTIARIO MONASTERII

[Ms P, fol. 165v - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 66
ON THE PORTER OF THE MONASTERY

Translated by: Albrecht Diem & Gregor Kallas

Congruum ordinem tenuit B. Benedictus in eo quod prius dixit de abbate et postea de praeposito, et nunc subjungit de portario monasterii; ait enim: 1Ad portam monasterii ponatur senex sapiens, cujus maturitas non sinat eum vagari.1

Saint Benedict kept the right order as he spoke first about the abbot and then about the prior and now he adds [a chapter] about the porter of the monastery. For he says: 1Let a wise old man be placed at the door of the monastery, one whose mature age does not allow him to wander.

The word ‘door’ (ostium) comes, as Cassidorus says, from ‘hindering’ (obstando) because, when it closes, it hinders those who [want to] enter. [Cassiodorus, Expositio Psalmorum 140:3]

Ostium enim, sicut Cassiodorus dicit, ab obstando dictum est, quod, dum claudit, obstat intrantibus. [Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 140:3, CCSL 98, p. 1263]

Quamvis enim scriptura divina senem pro sapiente dicat, tamen S. Benedictus in hoc loco vult, ut habeat et senectutem per aetatem et sapientiam per vitam; nam quare vult duo, manifestat inferius cum dicit: 1ut sciat accipere responsum et reddere, cujus maturitas eum non sinat vagari.

Although Holy Scripture uses ‘old man’ when referring to a ‘wise man,’ Benedict nevertheless emphasizes at this place that a porter should have maturity in age and wisdom in his life. For he shows in the following why he wants both when he says: 1in order that he knows both how to take a message and reply to it, he is one whose mature age does not allow him to wander.

 In eo quod dixit: sciat accipere responsum et dare, attinet ad sapientem; et in eo quod dicit: cujus maturitas eum non sinat vagari, attinet ad aetatem.

When he said, he knows both how to take a message and reply to it, this refers to the wise person. When he says one, whose mature age does not allow him to wander, it refers to age.

Et quia non omnis senex sapiens invenitur, ideo melius est, ut ponatur juvenis [page 605] cum sapientia, quam senex cum aetate sine sapientia.

And since not every old man turns out to be wise, it is better if a young person [page 605] with wisdom is appointed rather than a senior who is old but has no wisdom.

Quod enim scriptura divina solet ponere senem pro sapiente, docet B. Gregorius in Moralibus libris, ubi dicit B. Job: Videbant me juvenes et abscondebantur, et senes adsurgentes stabant [Job 29:8], hoc modo dicens: Si historiae intendimus [omitted in Mittermüller, added from CCSL 143A: quae dixit credimus; si allegoriae, quae praedixit vidimus. Iuvenes namque dici solent qui nulla consilii gravitate deprimuntur.

Saint Gregory explains in his Moralia that Holy Scripture is accustomed to write ‘old man’ for ‘wise man’. When Job says: The young people saw me and hid themselves, and the aged arose and stayed in place [Job 29:8], Gregory explains: If we give heed to history, [omitted in Mittermüller’s edition: we believe what he said, if to allegory, we see what he foretold; for those who are not burdened with any weightiness of counsel are accustomed to be called ‘young men’.

Senes vero non eos scriptura sacra vocare consuevit, qui sola quantitate temporum, sed morum grandaevitate maturi sunt. Unde per quondam sapientem dicitur: Senectus venerabilis est, non diuturna, neque numero annorum computata. Cani sunt autem sensus hominis et aetas senectutis vita immaculate. [Ws. 4:8-9] Unde recte quoque ad Moysen Dominu dicit: Congrega mihi septuaginta viros de senioribus Israel, quos tu nosti quod senes populi sunt. [Num. 11:16]

But Holy Scripture is accustomed to call ‘elders,’ not those who are mature by amount of years alone, but by ancientness of character. Hence it was said by a certain wise man: For venerable old age is not that of long time, nor counted by the number of years; but the understanding of a man is grey hairs, and a spotless life is old age. [Ws. 4:8-9] Whence the Lord also rightly said to Moses: ‘Gather unto me seventy men of the elders of Israel, whom you know are elders of the people’. [Num. 11:16]

In quibus quid aliud quam senectus cordis requiritur, cum tales iubentur eligi qui sense sciuntur? Si enim senectus in eis corporis quaereretur, a tantis sciri poterant, a quantis videri.

In such men what else is asked for except old age of the heart, when such people who are known to be elders are bidden to be chosen? For if it were the old age of the body that were sought in them, they might have been known by as many as they might have been seen by.

Dum vero dicitur: Quos tu nosti quod senes populi sunt, profecto liquet quia senectus mentis, non corporis, eligenda nuntiatur.

But whereas it is said, ‘whom you know are elders of the people,’ doubtless it is clear that the old age of the mind and not of the body is fit to be chosen.

Sanctam ergo Ecclesiam vident nunc iuvenes et absconduntur, senes vero ei assurgentes assistunt, quia vigorem eius atque rectitudinem immaturi formidant, grandevi glorificant. Leves quique sunt, fugiunt; graves vero atque perfecti hanc vitae suae meritis assurgendo venerantur. Disciplinam quippe illius perfecti diligent,] imperfecti reprehendunt. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XIX, XVII, c. 26, CCSL 143A, pp. 977-978]

Thus now the young men see Holy Church, and hide themselves, and the old men rise up and stay in place because her activity and uprightness the immature fear and, the aged glorify. They that are light of mind flee, but the grave and perfect do homage to her by rising up to the merits of her life. Since the perfect love this discipline, the imperfect censure it. [Gregory the Great, Moralia in Hiob XIX, XVII, c. 26, translation adapted from John Henry Parker et al., vol. 2, London 1844]

De hac etiam senectute mentis B. Ambrosius in passione S. Agnetis martyris mirificentissime docet dicens: Noli infantiam corporalem ita in me despicere, ut putes me te habere velle propitium. Fides enim non in annis, sed in sensibus geritur, et Deus omnipotens mentes magis comprobat, quam aetates. [Ambrose of Milan, Epistolae segregatae 1, c. 6, PL 17, col. 737D-738A]

Saint Ambrose teaches most admirably about this ‘old age of the mind’ in his Passion of St. Agnes, when he says: You should not look down upon my bodily youth in such a way that you think that I want your kindness, since faith is shaped not by years but by reason, and the Almighty God tests minds rather than ages. [Ambrose of Milan, Epistolae segregatae 1, c. 6]

Infantia computabatur in annis, sed erat senectus mentis in moribus; corpore quidem juvencula, sed animo cana. [ibid., c. 1, col. 735B]

Her youth was measured in years, but her maturity of mind was in her character; indeed she was a young girl in body but aged in mind. [ibid., c. 1]

Sequitur: 2Qui portarius cellam debet habere juxta portam, ut venientes semper praesentem inveniant, a quo responsum accipiant; 3et mox ut aliquis pulsaverit aut pauper clamaverit, 'Deo gratias' respondeat et benedicat, 4et cum omni mansuetudine timoris Dei reddat responsum festinanter cum fervore caritatis.  

Next: 2The porter should have a cell next to the door, so those arriving will always find someone there from whom they can get an answer. 3As soon as someone knocks or a poor person calls out, he should reply 'Thanks be to God,' and bless (him) 4and he should give his reply quickly in the fear of God, with loving warmth and all the gentleness

Quod autem dicit: Qui portarius cellam debet habere juxta portam, ut venientes semper praesentem inveniant et rel.

He says this: 2The porter should have a cell next to the door, so those arriving will always find someone there, etc.

Antiquitus enim illi qui coquinam abbatis faciebant, ipsi etiam erant portarii, quia non erat tunc multitudo hospitum venientium ad monasterium, et ideo illi duo poterant haec facere. Nunc autem quia multitudo hospitum venientium est, ita debet fieri: debent enim esse duo portarii, et nil aliud agere debent, nisi nunciare solummodo abbati aut priori. Si autem pauper fuerit, innuit illi, ut ad hospitale vadat.

Long ago, the ones who handled the kitchen of the abbot were also the porters, since in those days not many guests came to the monastery and therefore those two people were able to do this job. But now, with all these guests coming this must be done: there must be two porters who have no tasks other than reporting to the abbot or prior. If it is a poor person, the porter directs him to the guesthouse.

Et ideo duo debent esse, ut cum unus vadit ad officium, alter vero sedeat cum hospite, aut cum vadit ad manducandum, alter remaneat, qui responsum reddat supervenienti. Nam in nostra provincia solarium habetur super portam et oratorium ibidem.

There must be two, so that when one of them goes to the daily prayers, the other sits down with a guest or when one goes to eat, the other stays in order to answer visitors. This is because in our region we have a solarium (gallery with windows) above the gate and also above the oratory.

Et bene dixit [page 606] ut aliquis pulsaverit vel pauper clamaverit, 'Deo gratias' respondeat aut benedicat et rel.; intelligitur, quia pauper clamat, dives pulsat.

And he said well: [page 606] As soon as someone knocks or a poor person calls out, he should reply 'Thanks be to God,' and bless (him), etc. He says so, because a poor man calls out and a rich person knocks.

Quod enim dicit: benedicat et 'Deo gratias' respondeat - benedicat ad divites vel potentes attinet, Deo gratias ad pauperes.

And when he says: he should bless and reply 'Thanks be to God,' the blessing refers to rich or powerful people, and the 'Thanks be to God' to the poor.

Notandum est, quia istud benedicat dicitur pro ‘benedic’, i. e. pro imperativo - quasi diceret: petat benedictionem et Deo gratias referat.

One should note that because it is said he blesses instead of ‘bless’ (benedic), that is, instead of an imperative, he says, as it were, he should ask for a blessing and should give thanks to God.1

Sequitur: 5Qui portarius si indiget solatio, juniorem accipiat fratrem. 6Monasterium autem, si possit fieri, ita debet constitui,2 ut omnia necessaria, i. e. aqua, molendinum, hortus, pistrinum vel artes diversae intra monasterium exerceantur, 7ut non sit necessitas monachis vagandi foras, quia omnino non expedit animabus eorum. 8Hanc autem regulam saepius volumus in congregatione legi, ne quis fratrum se de ignorantia excuset

Next: 5If the porter needs help, he should accept a younger brother for the purpose. 6If possible, the monastery should be set up so that all necessities – that is, water, a mill, a garden, a grain mill – are inside the monastic compound and various crafts can be practiced there, 7so there is no need for monks to roam outside, which is not at all beneficial for their souls. 8We want this Rule to be read out rather often in the community, so no brother can excuse himself on grounds of ignorance.   

Quod enim dicit saepius volumus legi hanc regulam, de traditione regulae dicit, quia nihil valet illa lectio, nisi fuerit ejus traditio adhibita.

When he says we want this Rule to be read out rather often he speaks about the tradition of the rule, because this reading is of no use, unless its tradition is applied.

Istud vero, quod dicit monasterium, si possit fieri et rel., non vetat, ut omnino in tali loco sit, ut illa omnia congruentia habeat, quae dicit: i. e. aqua, molendinum et rel.

When he says if possible, the monastery should etc., he does not forbid altogether that there be such a place so that the monastery have all suitable things he mentioned, that is, to water, a mill, etc. because he says: if possible.2

Eo quod dicit: si possit fieri; sed quominus necessaria reperiuntur ibi, minus debet illud monasterium aedificari. Si autem talis est jam ille locus, ut nil de his habeat, i. e. aqua, molendinum, pistrinum et rel., quae S. Benedictus dicit, nullo modo debet construi.

But the fewer of those necessities can be found at a place, the less that monastery should be built. But if it is such a place that does not provide any of these things Benedict talks about, thus neither water, nor a mill, a grain mill, etc., one should by no means build a monastery there.

Verumtamen sciendum est, quia ille, qui construit monasterium, debet illum locum providere et considerare congruentias et contrarietates illius loci ante, et omnia insuper debet constructor inspicere, si non est ille locus in tali loco, ubi impedimentum patiatur a rege aut a comite vel episcopo, veluti est locus, qui prope est de curte regis aut episcopi aut comitis, eo quod solet pro talibus personis impedimentum pati locus ille, aut certe ab aliis saecularibus, quarum consuetudinem habent quaedam loca, ubi feminae vel clerici aut laici causa officii faciendi veniunt.

However, it is important that someone who builds a monastery needs to foresee and consider the advantages and disadvantages of the place beforehand and, above all, the builder needs to investigate if the spot is in a place where it would suffer disturbance by a king or a count or a bishop: for example a place that that is close to a king’s, bishop’s or count’s court, because such a place usually suffers disturbance by such people and, certainly, by other secular people who are in the habit of using these places, where women, clerics and laypeople come in order to do their business.

Deinde etiam debet considerari locus ille, [page 607] si est aqua, silva et cetera, sicut necessarium est monachis, ut non pro tali occasione sit necessitas foras frequenter eundi.

Then it needs to be considered whether this place [page 607] has water, wood etc., because it is vital for the monks not to have to leave this place too often for that reason.

Deinde etiam debet ille constructor monasterii tantum donare in illum locum de substantia sua, unde tot monachi, quot ibidem esse debent, possint suam necessitatem supplere, i. e. victum vel potum seu vestimentum servorum, quam etiam et hospitum atque infirmorum, ut non sit necessitas monachis quaerere aliquid ab aliis, unde necessitatem monasterii possit supplere, quia solet contingere pro elemosynarum datione, si forte non ita aut tantae datae fuerint res, ut eorum necessitas suppleri possit, murmurium oriri inter fratres pro non suppleta necessitate.

Furthermore, the builder of a monastery needs to give as much of his property to this place that as many monks as there need to be at this place can supply their needs, that is, food and drink and clothing both for servants and for guests and the sick, so that the monks do not need to seek anything from others to be able to supply the needs of the monastery, because it usually happens that when money is given and by chance it has not been enough to fulfill the needs of the monks, discontent arises among the brothers because of unfulfilled needs.3

Et hoc sciendum est, quia cum dicit si possit fieri - quasi diceret: si fieri possit, fiat, i. e. si ista, quae superius dixi, habuerit ille locus, h. e. aquam, molendinum, hortum et cet. quas3 ipse enumerat, tunc fieri potest. Si autem minus defuerit, videlicet aqua solummodo, potest fieri, si necessitas cogit; aut etiam si minus fuerit [i. e.] silva, et necessitas fuerit, potest fieri, quia dicit: si possit.

We have to be aware that when he says if possible he said, as it were, if it can be done, that is, if that place I am talking about has the things he listed, that is water, a mill, a garden etc., than it can happen. However, if something minor is absent, namely just water, it can happen if it is absolutely necessary. Or, even if something minor is present, for example wood, and it is necessary it can happen, because he says if possible.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia prius investigari debet locus, sicut diximus, qui omnia, quae diximus, habeat, tunc est optimum. Quod si nullo modo potest reperiri locus, qui omnia habeat, et necessitas fuerit, inibi fieri, sicut diximus, ubi omnia illa non habuerit, potest fieri, quia dicit: si possit. Quod si nulla de ipsis causis, quas supra diximus, fuerit in illo loco, ibi non debet fieri, quia illud non concedit, eo quod cum dicit: si possit, manifestat intentionem suam, debere fieri, etiam si omnia non habuerit; nam si omnia defuerint, tunc non intelligitur ejus intentio, ut in tali loco concedatur fieri.

And one has to know that [the founder] first needs to search out a place, as we said, that has all the things we spoke about. That is the best. But if he can by no means find a place that has all that and it is necessary that it happens there, where not all that things are, it still can happen because he said if possible. But if none of the things I mentioned are in this place, it cannot happen, because [Benedict] does not allow it, for when he says if possible he expresses his intention that it should happen even if it does not have all those things. For if everything is absent then his intention is not to understood that it is allowed to happen in such a place.

Porta enim dicitur, sicut Isidorus dicit, quia potest vel importari vel exportari aliquid. Proprie enim porta aut urbis aut castrorum vocatur. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 15, c. 2.22]

We call it gate (porta), as Isidore says, because it serves to ‘import’ and ‘export’ things. It is therefore correct to use gate also for a city or a stronghold. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 15, c. 2.22]

Pistrinum quasi pilistrinum, quia pilo antea tundebant granum; unde et apud veteres non molitores sed pistores dicti sunt, quasi pinsores a pinsendis granis frumenti; molae enim usus nondum erat, sed [page 608] granum pilo pinsebant. Unde et Virgilius: Nunc torrete igni fruges, nunc frangite saxo. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 15, c. 6.4]

The term mill house (pistrinum) comes from grinding tool (pilistrinum), because they used to grind grain with a pestle (pilum). Therefore also among the ancients they are not called millers but bakers, just like baker (pinsor) comes from ‘crushing’ (pinso) the grains of wheat. There was not yet the use of a mill but [page 608] they crushed grain with a pestle. Virgil said therefore: ‘Now parch the grain with fire, now grind it with a stone’. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 15, c. 6.4]

Hortus nominatur, quod semper ibi aliquid oriatur; nam cum alia terra semel in anno aliquid fert, hortus numquam sine fructu est. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 17, c. 10.1]

Garden (hortus) got its name because something is always growing (oriatur) there, for while other plots bring forth something only once a year, a garden is never without fruit. [Isidore of Seville, Etymologiae 17, c. 10.1]


1. other reading: vacari.
2. construi. Cod. Fürstz. (Mittermüller).
3. quae (?). (Mittermüller).

1. This passage does not make sense: the Rule itself reads Benedict: bless (me)
2. Hildemar is very confusing at this point. Maybe the Latin text is corrupted.
3. This is a somewhat free translation. Hildemar is very circuitous here.


Cap. LXVII
DE FRATRIBUS IN VIA DIRECTIS

[Ms P, fol. 166v - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 67
ABOUT BROTHERS ON A JOURNEY

Translated by: Albrecht Diem, Michael Martin, and Matthieu van der Meer

Congruum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco B. Benedictus, eo quod prius dixit de intrantibus in monasterium [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 66], et nunc dicit de exeuntibus; ait enim: 1Dirigendi fratres in via omnium fratrum vel abbatis se orationi commendent, 2et semper ad orationem ultimam operis Dei commemoratio omnium absentium fiat

Blessed Benedict kept proper order here, since he previously spoke about those who enter the monastery [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 66] and now he speaks about those who leave it, for he says: 1Brothers to be sent on a journey should commend themselves to the prayers of all the brothers and the abbot, 2and at the last prayer of the work of God, there should always be commemoration of all the absent.  

Quia cognovit B. Benedictus, ut ille frater, qui de monasterio exit ad alia loca, ad lubrica loca pergere,1 [et] ideo jubet, ut se orationi commendet abbatis vel fratrum, ut, cum prosecutus fuerit orationibus fratrum, absque offensione illud iter perageret.

Because Blessed Benedict knew that a brother who leaves the monastery for other places goes to dangerous places, he orders that he should commend himself to the prayer of the abbot and the brothers so that he may follow his path without stumbling, because he goes forth with the prayers of the brothers.

Sed notandum est, quam sollicitum voluit reddere monachum, ut non solum in monasterio voluit eum cautum esse, sed etiam in via.

But one has to notice how much (Benedict) wanted a monk to pay attention, since he wanted him to be careful not only within the monastery but also on a journey.

Et quia cognovit, non posse eum illud perficere iter sine offensione, ideo jussit illum orationi corporis monasterii commendari. Unde, quia cognovit, valde lubricum esse iter ad peccandum, idcirco specialiter etiam corpori monasterii jussit pro ipso monacho, qui foris dirigitur, orare.

And because he knew that (a monk) cannot complete his journey without stumbling, he ordered him to commend himself to the prayer of the body (corpus) of the monastery. And because (Benedict) knew that a journey is very dangerous because one may slip into sin, he also explicitly ordered the body of the monastery to pray for the monk who is sent outside.

Unde tu, qui pergis, tempore egressionis tuae cum te in solo oratorii prosternendum vadis, oportet ita dicere: 'Domine Jesu Christe! Tu scis fragilitatem meam: adjuva me in hoc itinere, quatenus hoc iter obedientiae meae valeam orationibus fratrum sine offensione peragere.' Et postea quantum potest, debet se sollicitum reddere.

Before you undertake (a journey), you should therefore, when you go to prostrate yourself on the floor of the oratory, say: 'Lord Jesus Christ! You know my weakness: help me on this journey so that through the prayer of the brothers for my obedience I have the strength to complete this journey without stumbling.' And thereafter as much as he can he should be attentive.

Sequitur: 3Revertentes autem de via fratres ipso die, quo redeunt, per omnes canonicas horas, dum expletur opus Dei, prostrati solo oratorii 4ab omnibus petant orationem propter excessus, ne quid forte subripuerit in via visus aut [page 609] auditus malae rei aut otiosi sermonis

It follows: 3Brothers returning from a journey, on the very day they come back, lying prostrate on the floor of the oratory when the work of God is completed at all regular hours, 4should seek the prayers of all for their transgressions, in case along the way the sight or hearing of something wicked [page 609] or idle talk has stolen in among them

Animadvertendum est in hoc loco, quia sicut dedit superius judicium de aliis negligentiis, et sicut dedit etiam judicium de universis negligentiis, quas operatur monachus, sive quas non intelligit et non recordatur, sive etiam quas intelligit et non recordatur, sive quas intelligit et recordatur et forte negligit poenitere, ut in diebus Quadragesimae illas diluat.

One has to realize at this point that (Benedict) previously gave a judgement about other faults and also about those faults in general that afflict a monk, such as those he does not realize or recall, or those he realizes and does not recall, or those he realizes and recalls but maybe does not bother to repent. He says about those that (a monk) needs to cleanse himself of those in the days of Lent.

Ita etiam nunc judicium dat de his negligentiis, quae visu aut locutione vel auditu committit monachus in via, quatenus, quod negligenter foris commisit, [ac] de his venia petita orantibus fratribus possit delere.

Now he gives a judgment about those faults a monk commits on a journey by sight, speech or hearing in order that he can erase the faults he has committed out of negligence outside, after having asked for pardon for them while the brothers are praying.

Et notandum est, quia non aliorum sensuum fecit mentionem, sed visus et auditus atque otiosi sermonis, quia nullus sensus est tam lubricus et facilis ad peccandum, quomodo visus et auditus et os; quia saepe contingit: ea, quae nolumus, videmus et audimus et aliquando loquimur. Et hoc est, quod dixit excessus.

On has to notice that he does not refer to senses other than sight, hearing and idle talk because no sense is as dangerous and leads to sin as easily as sight, hearing and the mouth, because we often see or hear and sometimes say things against our will. And this is what he calls transgression (excessus).

 Excessus est maxime, ubi non studio peccatur; nam si peccas non ex meditatione, sed solo opere, quamvis illud opus voluntarie et delectabiliter agis, excessus esse potest, quia sunt multa peccata, quae non ex cogitatione fiunt, quamvis etiam voluntarie fiant. Si vero cogitasti et ex cogitatione peccasti in opere, jam non est excessus, sed plus quam excessus. Item excessus enim est maxime, ubi non sponte peccatur, cum improvisu, i. e. quod non cogitavit antea nec cognovit, sicuti in visu, auditu atque locutione efficitur.

Transgression refers especially to someone who does not sin with a clear intention. Because if you do not sin deliberately but just do something wrong, even though you act willingly and for your pleasure, it may (still) be a transgression, because there are many sins that are not performed consciously even though they are performed willingly. But if you have reflected on something and out of this reflection you have committed an act of sin, it is not (just) a transgression any more, but more than a transgression. Likewise, it is a transgression particularly where one does not sin on his own initiative, when one performs that which one has neither anticipated nor known, just as in sight, hearing and speaking.

Forte dicit aliquis callidus: 'quia quidquid foris commisi, in hac oratione dimittetur.' Cui respondendum est: ‘Nosce, frater, quia non aliud dicit S. Benedictus esse ignoscendum, nisi quod visus aut auditus malae rei aut otiosi sermonis excessum fuerit’.

Maybe some wiseacre says: 'What I have committed outside will be forgiven by this prayer.' One has to respond to him: ‘Know, brother, that Benedict says that nothing else is to be forgiven except for what was a transgression of sight or hearing of something wicked or idle talk.’

Non dixit: si potum plus, quam debuit, percepit, aut donavit, quod non debuit, aut osculo illecebroso quemquam osculatus fuerit, et rel. Unde intelligere oportet illum, qui hoc dicit, quia solummodo excessus auditus aut visus aut otiosi sermonis illi per hanc veniam dimittitur; ceterum, sicut dixi, oportet per confessionem emendare abbati faciendam.

He did not say: if one has drunk more than one ought to, or received or given what one should not have, or if one has kissed someone with a lecherous kiss, and so forth. Someone who says this must understand that only a transgression of hearing or seeing or idle talk is forgiven him by this pardon. Everything else he needs, as I have said, to emend by making a confession to the abbot.

Unde si venerit tali hora, antequam venia petenda est, debet confiteri abbati [page 610] eas negligentias. Si vero illi abbas adjecerit aliquos psalmos dicens: ‘Vade, frater, cane tantos psalmos et pete illam veniam, quam tibi praecepit S. Benedictus petere’, tunc credat, sibi etiam parci cetera.

If he arrives at a (suitable) hour, he needs to confess such faults to the abbot before asking (the brothers) for pardon. [page 610] But if the abbot commends him to sing a number of psalms, the abbot should say this: ‘Come, brother, sing this number of psalms and ask for the pardon that Benedict prescribed you ask for.’ In this case (the monk) should believe that he is spared from other (penances).

Cum enim abbati dicit, ita debet dicere: ‘Domine, tu cognoscis, quia S. Benedictus pro tribus rebus dixit veniam petere, i. e. auditus, visus, otiosi sermonis. Ego autem plus me cognovi deliquisse, et idcirco vobis illa confiteri volo’; et tunc illa, quae dixi, in ipsa oratione erunt dimissa.

And when he responds to the abbot, he needs to use these words: ‘Lord, you know, that Saint Benedict said that we ask for pardon for three sins, those of hearing, seeing and idle talk. But I know that I have committed more faults, and therefore I want to confess them to you.’ And then the sins that I have mentioned will be forgiven through the prayer (of the brothers).

Si autem non potuerit abbati confiteri, antequam petat veniam, confiteatur postea, et sicut abbas constituerit, faciat, tantum ut confiteatur cetera, quae S. Benedictus non dixit.

But if there is no occasion to confess to the abbot before he asks (the brothers) for pardon, let him confess afterwards and do what the abbot decides, to the point that he confesses everything Benedict has not addressed.

Deinde cognoscere debet ille, qui veniam petit, ut cum petit veniam, intente petat, quia Deus magis cor conspicit. Nam ille, qui veniam debet petere, cum ad veniam petendam vadit, ita debet orare in corde suo dicens: ‘Domine Jesu Christe, tu me cognoscis fragilem, et ideo praecepisti nobis servis tuis per famulum tuum S. Benedictum, pro negligentia auditus et visus atque otiosi sermonis veniam postulare; quapropter deprecor clementiam tuam ipso S. Benedicto intercedente non solum eas negligentias, pro quibus jussus sum veniam petere, sed etiam omnes praeteritas meas negligentias mihi in hac supplicatione mea parcere digneris.’

Moreover, someone who asks for pardon needs to be aware that when he asks for pardon he should do so with all intention because God looks into your heart more deeply (than anyone else). Someone who needs to ask for pardon, therefore, when he goes to ask for pardon needs to pray the following words in his heart: ‘Lord Jesus Christ, you know me as a weak person and therefore you prescribed us, your servants, through your servant Saint Benedict, to ask for pardon for faults of hearing and seeing and idle talk. Therefore I ask you, through the intercession of Saint Benedict, for your mercy - not only for these faults I am ordered to ask pardon for, but I also ask you with my prayer that you deign to forgive me all my past faults.’

Qualis enim distantia sit inter vias et semitas, Cassiodorus docet hoc modo in psalmo XXIV; ait enim: Inter vias et semitas non parva distantia est. Vias enim dicimus, quas commeantium generali licentia pervagatur, quae dictae sunt a vehendo; semitae vero sunt, quae angusto calle diriguntur nec vulgo notae sunt sed occultis itineribus ambulantur; dicta est enim semita quasi semivia. [Cassiodor, Expositio Psalmorum 24:4, CCSL 97, p. 222]

Cassiodorus explains the difference between ways and paths (in his commentary) on Psalm Twenty-Four as follows: There is no small difference between ways and paths. By ways we mean the roads over which travellers in general wander freely; the word viae (ways) comes from vehere (to travel). But paths are routes by a narrow track not generally familiar, but the means of private journeys; semita (path) is so called because it is half a road (semivia) . [Cassidorus, Expositio Psalmorum 24:4, transl. by P.G. Walsh, Ancient Christian Writers, vol. 51, New York/Mahwah 1990, p. 249]

Sciendum est, quia illi, qui de via veniunt, si tempus est, ut non flectant genua, non flectant genua, sed sicut illi alii fratres curvi stant. Ad completorium ita faciant et isti, qui de via veniunt, quando debet dicere presbyter orationem, quae ad completorium attinet: Vadant enim ipsi fratres, qui de via veniunt, et stent in medio, ubi stare [page 611] debent ad orationem petendam pro se ipsis orandam juxta tempus, quo dici2 debet sacerdos orationem completorii; et tunc debent se incurvari in medio ante altare. Deinde dicat ipse sacerdos: Salvos fac servos tuos, et cetera capitula ad illud opus pertinentia, i. e. ad illos fratres, qui de via veniunt, et postea subsequatur orationem et iterum: Dominus vobiscum, et postea dicere debet: Benedictio Dei Patris et Filii et Spiritus Sancti descendat super nos.

One must know that those who return from a journey, if it is the season in which they do not genuflect, they, too, do not genuflect but just stand and bow down, as the other brothers do.1 At Compline, when the priest must say the prayer that is part of Compline, those who return from a journey need also to do the following: those brothers who arrive from a journey must go and stand in the center where they ought to stand [page 611] in order to ask for a prayer for themselves, which is to be prayed according to the season – the prayer which the priest must say at Compline.2 And then they must bow down in the center in front of the altar. After that the priest should say: Save your servants etc., and the other sections of this service, in this case directed to those brothers who have arrived from a journey. And then let him continue the prayer, and then again The Lord be with you and thereafter he ought to say The blessing of God the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit descend upon us.

Quamvis consuetudo est monasteriorum in Francia: etiam ille, qui fallit, sicut jam diximus, in illis diebus, quando genua non flectunt, ponunt genua in terra non prostrati.

However, the custom of the monasteries in Francia is the following: Even those3 who commit a fault also genuflect without prostrating themselves on those days we mentioned before when (the others) do not genuflect.

Et hoc notandum est, quia non dixit S. Benedictus: ‘ipsa nocte, qua redeunt’, sed de die, eo quod intentio S. Benedicti fuit, ut in die veniat monachus et non in nocte, quatenus per omnes canonicas horas, ante quas venerit, valeat negligentias suas abstergere.

One has to notice that Saint Benedict did not say ‘on the night when they return’, but he spoke about the day, because Benedict wanted a monk to arrive during daytime and not at night so that he is able to cleanse himself from his faults at all canonical hours that take place after his arrival.

Unde pro hac causa in nostra terra consuetudo est, et debet etiam fieri, ut tali hora debet venire, ut etiam ad completorium paratus possit esse, si aliis horis non potest, ut hoc capitulum valeat implere, ne praevaricator suae professionis existat.

For that reason it is custom in our region – as it should be (everywhere) – that he should come at such an hour that he can (at least) be ready at Compline, if it is not possible (to be ready) at other hours, so that he can fulfill this requirement and will not be a violator of his profession.

Aut certe, si non potest tali hora venire, aut vadit ad mansionem in alterum locum nostrum, si habemus, aut certe si hoc non potest, tunc maneat ad portam monasterii in illa nocte et ibi pro necessitate manducare illi praeparatur, sicut hospiti, aut sicut illi potest praeparari, ita tamen, si non possit in alium locum ire ad manducandum. Quod si potuerit alium locum habere, inhonestas est, ad portam monasterii manducare.

But if he cannot arrive at such an hour, he either goes to a house at another place – if we have one – or if he cannot do that, he should spend the night at the gate of the monastery. There, something to eat is prepared for him according to his needs, just as for a guest, or if it cannot be prepared for him …4 but in such a way if he cannot go to another place in order to eat. But if he can have another place it is a disgrace to eat at the gate of the monastery.

Verum quia dicit regula de hospitibus suscipiendis: et domus Dei sapienter a sapientibus administretur, [Regula Benedicti, c. 53.22] intelligunt, quia dormitorium, ubi monachi suscipi debent, habetur separatum a laicorum cubiculo, i. e. ubi laici jacent, eo quod laici possunt stare usque mediam noctem et loqui et jocari, et monachi non debent, sed magis silentium habere et orare.

Because the Rule speaks about the reception of the guests: and the house of God should wisely be administered by wise men [Regula Benedicti, c. 53:22], they understand that the dormitory where they must receive monks is considered to be separate from the room of the laypeople, that is, where the laypeople sleep, because the laypeople can stay up until midnight and talk and joke, which the monks should not do but rather have silence and the opportunity to pray.

Ideo juxta oratorium illorum monachorum hospitum est dormitorium, ubi ipsi jaceant soli reverenter, et possint [page 612] nocte surgere, qua hora velint, et ire in ecclesiam. Vasalli autem sui sint in alio loco, ubi laici sunt.

Therefore the guest dormitory is next to the oratory of those monks. There they should sleep devoutly by themselves and be able [page 612] to rise at night at the hour they want and to go to the church. But their servants should stay at the other place, where the laypeople are.

Et tunc ille frater monasterii, qui tarde venit, in istorum dormitorio recipitur et ibi etiam manducat et dormit, quia unum sunt monachi. Quod si dormitorium monachorum hospitum non est juxta oratorium propter orationem faciendam, sed cum laicis, tunc domus Dei non sapienter a sapientibus ministratur.

The brother of the monastery who comes late is received in the (guest monks’) dormitory and he eats and sleeps there as well because monks belong together. But if the guest dormitory of the monks is not situated next to the oratory to allow them to make their prayers, but he is with the laypeople, the house of the Lord is not administered wisely by wise people.

Et hoc notandum est: si longa via vadunt veluti est ad regem aut etiam in aliquod longe, tunc in capitulum sive abbas seu ceteri quilibet ambulaverint, et ibi coram fratribus manifestetur locus, quo pergant; et in illo capitulo prius [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 67.3-4] prosternuntur fratribus et commendantur orationibus et osculantur omnes, et tunc in oratorio prosternuntur et sic vadunt.

This needs to be noticed: if they go on a long journey, such as to the king or to another place far away, either the abbot or whoever else must go to the chapter house and there their destination should be made known to the brothers. And first they prostrate themselves in the chapter house before the brothers and commend themselves to their prayers and kiss them all, and then they prostrate themselves in the oratory, and then they depart.

Si autem non valde longe vadunt, solummodo in oratorio petant benedictionem. Illi vero, qui longe vadunt, omnes in capitulo fratres osculantur; illi autem, qui prope solummodo vadunt, non in capitulo, sed in oratorio satisfaciant, et cum revertuntur, quos poterint de fratribus osculari, osculantur.

But if they do not go very far, they should ask only for a blessing in the oratory. But those who go far away kiss all brothers in the chapter house. But those who only go somewhere nearby should do penance not in the chapterhouse but in the oratory, and when they return they just kiss the brothers who are available.

Et hoc notandum, quia si tres mansiones faciunt foras sive etiam in cella monasterii, cum revertuntur, veniam debent postulare.

It needs to be noticed that when they stay outside the monastery for three nights, even in the cell of a monastery, they need to ask for pardon when they return.

Hoc autem notandum est, quia3 sive quando vadunt sive quando veniunt, veniam noluerint petere, per regulares modos castigari debent.

This, however, is to be noted, that if they do not want to ask for pardon either when they leave or when they return, they need to be punished according to the regulations of the Rule.

Sequitur: 5Nec praesumat quisquam referre alii, quaecumque foris monasterium viderit aut audierit, quia plurima destructio est. 6Quod si quis praesumpserit, vindictae regulari subjaceat: 7similiter et qui praesumpserit claustra4 monasterii egredi vel quocumque ire vel quidpiam quamvis parvum sine jussione abbatis facere

Next: 5Nobody should presume to relate to another anything he saw or heard outside the monastery because it causes very great harm. 6If anyone so presumes, let him be subject to the punishment of the Rule. 7The same goes for anyone who presumes to leave the monastery enclosure or go anywhere or do anything, however trivial, without the abbot’s permission

Quod enim dicit plurima destructio est, verum est, quia plurima destructio est in eo, quod talem causam potest monachus nuntiare, quam foris vidit aut audivit, veluti haeresim aut blasphemiam aut cetera alia similia, ut ille monachus, qui hoc audit, [page 613] contingat meditando hoc, quod audit, nunquam possit recuperari et in aeternum perire ex hoc potest.

That he says very great harm is true for the harm is very great: a monk can spread around a matter that he has seen or heard outside, such as heresy or blasphemy or anything similar, so that a monk who hears it [page 613] defiles himself when he ponders about what he hears and can never recover himself and, because of that, can perish in eternity.

Quod vero dicit si quis praesumpserit, vindictae regulari subjaceat, ita etiam subaudiendum est, ubi dicit: dum expletur opus Dei, prostrati solo oratorii ab omnibus petant orationem.

But when he says If anyone so presumes, let him be subject to the punishment of the Rule, the same must be supplied as when he says: when the work of God is completed, prostrate on the ground in the oratory and ask prayer from everyone.

Reddit causam, quare, cum dicit propter excessus; et quid sit iste excessus, manifestat, cum dicit: ne quid forte subripuerit in via visus aut auditus malae rei aut otiosi sermonis.

He explains why, when he says because of transgressions; and he explains what he means with transgression when he says: lest he accidentally snatches away a bad thing he has seen or heard or idle conversation.

Disciplina regularis est, per gradus duci praedictos.

 Discipline according to the Rule means to be lead through the above-mentioned steps. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 23-28]

Similiter et qui praesumpserit claustra (am ?) monasterii egredi - subaudiendum est: vindictae regulari subjaceat; vel quocumque ire.

The same goes for anyone who presumes to leave the enclosure of the monastery. Here one needs to supply: let him be subject to the punishment of the Rule.

Vindictae regulari subjaceat, subaudiendum est; vel quidpiam quamvis parvum sine jussione abbatis facere - vindictae regulari subjaceat, subaudiendum est.

At go anywhere or however trivial, without the abbot’s permission one also needs to supply: let him be subject to the punishment of the Rule.

Notandum est, quia talis debet esse claustra monasterii, ubi monachus ea quae necessaria sunt, valeat exercere, i. e. consuere, lectioni vacare et rel., et ubi custodia possit esse.

One has to notice that the enclosure of the monastery needs to be shaped in such a way that the monk is able to perform what is necessary, that is, sewing, spending time reading, etc., and that it is possible to watch (over him).

Nec debet esse ita parva, ut cum aliquid vult operari monachus, occasionem invenerit murmurandi propter parvitatem, nec ita debet esse ampla, ut ibi occasionem possit invenire fabulandi cum aliquo. Verum illi, qui habent obedientiam foras eundi, suam claustram debent habere, i. e. suum terminum, v. gr. ille, qui calceamenta debet praeparare fratribus, suam claustram debet habere, h. e. suum terminum, h. e. ut tantum ad magistrum consutorem calceamentorum vadat.

It should be neither so small that a monk who wants to work something finds an occasion to complain because of its narrowness, nor should it be so spacious that he can find an occasion to gossip with anyone. But those who are allowed to go outside need to have their own enclosure, that is, their boundaries. For example, for someone who has to make the shoes for the brothers, his enclosure, thus his limits, means that he goes only to master shoemaker.

Similiter et ceteri, qui obedientiam habent foras eundi, ut tantum vadant, quantum constitutum habent locum eundi. Similiter etiam ille, qui hortum ad laborandum habet, in hortum solum vadat, quia hortus, quamvis in monasterio dicit esse, tamen non debet esse in claustra Idcirco dixit, in monasterio esse hortum, eo quod non debet ibi esse accessus aliorum.

The same applies to others who have permission to go outside. They, too, may go only to the place they are ordered to go. It also applies to the one who has to take care of the garden. He may only go to the garden, because even though Benedict says that the garden belongs to the monastery, it should not be part of the enclosure. He said that the garden is within the monastery because there should be no access for strangers.

Istud enim quod dicit: quamvis parvum sine jussione abbatis facere, ita intelligitur, i. e. ut nullam rem parvissimam sine jussione facere debent, sed in ipsa jussione ita considerandum est: i. e. si fuerit talis res, ubi certius cognoscis placere abbati, quamvis non interroges abbatem, potes facere, quia intentionem [page 614] ejus respicere debes. Si autem bona sit res, et cognoscis certius, non esse voluntatem abbatis, nullo modo debes illam facere.

When he says however trivial, without the abbot’s permission, it is understood as follows: that the monks may not even do the most trivial thing without order. However, with regard to this order one has to consider the following: if there is a matter that you know quite surely pleases the abbot, you can do it even though you have not asked the abbot, because you have to take his intention [page 614] into account. But if there is a good thing you know quite surely is not the will of the abbot, then you may not do it under any circumstance.

Sciendum est: si quilibet frater fuerit missus prope in obedientiam et [ille si] post completorium fuerit reversus in ipso die aut in altero, ita tamen, ut non sit illi opus petere veniam, potest introire in claustram monasterii, quia regula non dicit de tali, sed de illo dicit, qui veniam debet postulare. Sic enim dicit: et in eodem die, quo reversus fuerit, per omnes canonicas horas et reliq. ab omnibus petant orationem propter excessus.

One needs to know that if a brother is sent to a place nearby and if he obediently returns on the same day or on the next day after Compline in such a way that he does not have to ask for pardon, he may enter the enclosure of the monastery, because the Rule does not to refer to such a monk but speaks about a monk who needs to ask for pardon because Benedict says: and on the very day, he who returns at all canonical hours etc. they should seek prayers of all for their transgressions.


1. pergeret (?). (Mittermüller).
2. dicere (?).(Mittermüller).
3. quia, qui (?). (Mittermüller).
4. claustram (?). (Mittermüller).

1. During the fifty days before Pentecost. See Hildemar’s Commentary to ch. 14, p. 301.
2. Hildemar is rather confusing here.
3. Hildemar uses the singular.
4. It seems that a part of a sentence is missing here.


Cap. LXVIII
SI FRATRI IMPOSSIBILIA INJUNGANTUR

[Ms P, fol. 168rPaulus Diaconus]

Ch. 68
IF IMPOSSIBLE THINGS SHOULD BE ASSIGNED TO A BROTHER

Translated by: Andrew Irving

Congruum ordinem tenuit in hoc loco B. Benedictus, quia, postquam dixit de fratribus in viam directis [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 67], [et] nunc subjunxit: tsi fratri impossibilia injungantur, eo quod forte in ipsa via contingit, ut aut gravia sint aut certe impossibilia; ac per hoc intelligitur, ut non solum si contingat, ut in via gravia aut impossibilia fuerint, debeat monachus suscipere, sed etiam in omnibus imperiis, quae imperantur a priore.   

Bl. Benedict maintains a fitting order in this passage, since, after speaking about brothers sent on a journey [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 67], he now adds (a chapter entitled) tIf impossible things should be assigned to a brother. For on precisely such a journey it happens perhaps that there are things that are either burdensome or actually impossible. And by this we perceive that not only if it should happen that there be burdensome or impossible things on a journey the monk should bear them, but also that he should bear them in every order commanded by his superior.   

Ait enim: 1Si cui fratri aliqua forte gravia aut impossibilia injungantur, suscipiat quidem jubentis imperium cum omni mansuetudine et obedientia. Gravia enim attinet ad dura, h. e. difficilia, quae vix possunt fieri, h. e. nisi cum grandi labore. Impossibilia vero attinent ad illa, quae nunquam possunt fieri.

For he says: 1If perhaps burdensome or impossible things should be assigned to any brother, let him however receive the command of the one ordering him with all meekness and obedience. Now [the phrase] burdensome things relates to hard things, i.e., to difficult things that can hardly be accomplished, that is, without tremendous effort. Impossible things on the other hand relate to those things which can never be accomplished.

Inter impossibile et difficile Beda discernit in evangelii Marci1 expositione, hoc modo dicens: Quod enim impossibile est, fieri omnino non potest; quod vero difficile, cum labore potest; potest enim fieri, sed cum maximo labore juvante Dei gratia. [Bede, Expositio in Marci Evangelium III, c. 10]

Bede distinguishes between impossible and difficult in his commentary on the Gospel of Mark, articulating [the distinction] in the following manner, saying: Now that which is impossible cannot be accomplished at all; that which is difficult, on the other hand, can be accomplished with effort; for it can be accomplished, but [only] with the utmost effort by the assisting grace of God. [Bede, Expositio in Marci Evangelium III, c. 10]

Et bene dixit cum omni mansuetudine, i. e. non solum ore dicere debet,2 se nolle aut non posse suscipere, sed etiam in vultu non debet se significare resistere, ut sicut in corpore ostendit mansuetudinem, ita etiam in mente. [page 615]

And rightly did (Bl. Benedict) say with all meekness: in other words, not only should (the monk) not say with his mouth that he is unwilling or is unable to bear (these things), but also he should not indicate his resistance even in his face, so that just as he shows meekness in his body, so also he may in his mind. [page 615]

Sequitur: 2Quod si omnino virium suarum mensuram viderit pondus operis excedere, impossibilitatis suae causas ei, qui sibi praeest, patienter et opportune suggerat 3non superbiendo aut resistendo vel contradicendo.   

He continues: 2But if he should see that the weight of the burden utterly exceeds the measure of his strength, let him patiently and opportunely raise the reasons why it is impossible with his superior, 3without being haughty, without resisting, and without contradicting.   

Quasi diceret: si viderit, nullo modo posse illa facere, tunc debet suggerere patienter et opportune. Notandum est enim: pro illis gravibus si vult suggerere, suggerat; si vero non vult, non suggerat, quia servorum Dei est; etiam pro alia obedientia non debent rogare priorem, ut non faciant ipsam obedientiam, eo quod intelligunt, se pro tali postulatione peccare, scientes, esse scriptum de Domino: factus obediens usque ad mortem. [Phil. 2:8]

It is as if (Bl. Benedict) were saying: if he should see that in no way can he do these things, then he should patiently and opportunely raise (the matter). It ought to be noted: if he wants to raise the matter on account of these burdensome things, let him raise it; if, however, he is (simply) unwilling, let him not, for he is (one) of the servants of God. Indeed, (God’s servants) ought not ask their superior for another obedience so they do not have to do to this obedience, because they understand that they would be sinning in making such a request. They know that it is written concerning the Lord he was made obedient unto death. [Phil. 2:8]

Nam de illis quae sibi impossibilia sunt, i. e. quae nullo modo potest implere, suggerere debet, quia forte talia sunt, quae necessaria sunt, ut fiant, ut, si ille non potest, adimpleat alius.

Now he ought to raise (with his superior) those things which are impossible to him – i.e., which he can in no way fulfill –, for perhaps they are the kind of things that are necessary to accomplish: so that, if he is unable, someone else may complete [the task].

Opportune enim attinet ad locum; patienter, i. e. cum humilitate. Opportune enim dicis, si suo loco dicis, h. e. in secreto.

Now [the word] opportunely relates to the place; patiently, that is, humbly. For you speak opportunely if you speak in his own place, that is, in secret.

Quod autem dicit non superbiendo aut resistendo vel contradicendo - superbiendo attinet ad inflationem, resistendo autem attinet ad nil facere, contradicendo vero potest attinere, ut partem velis, partem illius obedientiae nolis facere. Sed tamen superbiendo et resistendo vel contradicendo ad unum finem vadunt.

Now as for when he says without being haughty, without resisting, and without contradicting – being haughty relates to a puffed up pride, resisting relates to not doing anything, but contradicting can relate to when you want to do part of what an obedience requires but do not want to do (another) part. Nevertheless, being haughty and resisting or contradicting (all) lead to the same end.

Sequitur: 4Quod si post suggestionem suam in sua sententia prioris imperium perduraverit, sciat junior, ita sibi expedire, 5et ex caritate confidens de adjutorio Dei obediat - ac si diceret: Jam si cum humilitate suggesserit, et prior illi noluerit consentire, confidat de Dei adjutorio, faciat et non praetermittat, sed quantum potest facere faciat. Notandum est, quia pro impossibilitatis suae causis dicit S. Benedictus suggerere, de gravibus vero tacuit. Ista gravia ita consideranda sunt: si potest ille monachus illa peragere, perficere debet; quod si non potest, tunc efficitur illi impossibile; ei quia impossibile illi est, tunc debet pro illis suggerere, ne damnum monasterii illi veniat. Istud enim capitulum ita tradidit in capitulo nostri monasterii:3 [page 616]      

He continues: 4If, after raising the matter, the superior’s command should remain the same, let the junior know that so it is best for him, 5and let him obey out of love, trusting in God’s help. It is as if he were to say: If he has already humbly raised (the matter), and his superior is unwilling to grant his consent, let him trust in God’s help, carry out (the obedience) and not leave it undone, but as far as he is able, let him carry it out. It should be noted that St Benedict says to raise (the matter) on account of the reasons why it is impossible: he is silent, however, about burdensome things. Those burdensome tasks ought to be considered as follows: if this monk is able to complete these things, he should. But if he is unable, then it is proven to be impossible for him. Since[?]1 it is impossible for him, he ought then to raise (the matter) for their2 sake, lest the punishment of the monastery befall him. For so is this chapter handed down in our monastery’s chapter. [page 616]        

Superius enim B. Benedictus laudaverat bonum obedientiae cum humilitate, et illud bonum dixit esse primum gradum ascensionis ad coelum [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1]. Sed quia futurum erat, ut diceret aliquis: 'Grave est imperium abbatis, non possum implere, quod jubeor', ideo ex hoc capitulum istud facere studuit, quatenus sapiens consilium magis ac magis animus uniuscujusque monachi erga obedientiam versetur.1

Above, Bl. Benedict praised the good of obedience with humility, and he said that that good was the first step of one’s ascent into heaven [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 5.1]. But because it was going come about that someone would say 'This command of the abbot is burdensome; I cannot fulfill what I am ordered' for this reason he took pains to write this chapter, inasmuch as, knowing this advice, the soul of each and every monk may more and more be turned toward obedience.

Sed quis hoc capitulum valet implere, nisi mortuus? i. e. nisi ille, de quo Dominus dicit ad Moysen: Nemo me videbit et vivet? [Exod. 33:20] Ille implet, qui honorari non concupiscit, nec alicujus aestimationis haberi desiderat. Sed cum dicit suggerere, jubet opportune et non superbiendo et rel.

But who is strong enough to fulfill this chapter - except a dead man - except, that is, the man concerning whom the Lord said to Moses No one shall see me and live? [Exod. 33:20] He fulfills [it] who does not long to be honored, and who does not desire to be held in someone’s high esteem. But when he says raise the matter, he commands opportunely and without being haughty etc.

Quid est opportune, nisi congruo tempore? i. e. eo tempore, quo possit animus prioris tuam suggestionem ita suscipere, sicut tibi et sibi expedit. Quod si tempore congruo non suggesseris, sed incongruo, et te et illum offendis; te, quia forte non aget tibi, sicut vis, illum eo, quod eum forte excitasti in iram.

What does opportunely mean, if not at the fitting time – that is, that the time at which the mind of his superior might be able to receive raising of the matter in such a way that it is beneficial both to you and to him. For if you do not raise the matter at a fitting time – but at an unfitting moment, you displease both yourself and him; yourself, because perhaps he will not act towards you as you wish, and him because you may have provoked him to anger.

Quid est: non superbiendo? superbiendo dicis, quando dicis: ‘Hoc non facio’, aut: ‘Hoc non possum facere, quia ultra vires meas est negotium’.

What does without being haughty mean? You speak haughtily when you say ‘I’m not doing this’ or ‘I can’t do this because this job is beyond my strength.’

Et bene dicit sciat sibi expedire, i. e. convenire vel congruere - quasi diceret: nam pro hoc non dimittat obedientiam, quia, si in illis difficillimis rebus obedierit, hoc suae saluti convenit, eo quod suae saluti convenit, ut non solum in levibus obedientiis obediat, sed etiam in impossibilibus; et maxime ibi salus invenitur in adversa perferendo et agendo.

Furthermore, rightly does [Bl. Benedict] say, let him know that it is best for him, i.e., that it is fitting or suitable. It is as if he were to say: let him not on account of this, abandon the obedience, since, if he obeys in these difficult matters, this is good for him. For it is good for him that he obey not only in easy obediences, but even in impossible ones; indeed goodness is found most of all in bearing and carrying things out in adverse circumstances.

Sed dicendum est, quid agere debet monachus, si pro hoc, quia non potuit facere, quod jussus fuit, forte injuriat eum abbas dicendo: ‘Quia potuisti et non fecisti’, et causatur ei. Debet etiam ille monachus in hoc tacite sufferre, et sit testis suae conscientiae secundum hoc, quod Job dicit: Testis meus in coelis est. [cf. Job 16:20]4 Nam si patienter sustulerit, impletur in illo, quod Dominus dicit: Beati qui persecutionem patiuntur propter justitiam. [Matt. 5:10] Quod enim propter justitiam pateris, cum pro impotentia condemnaberis, in (illo) loco meritis coronaberis.

But mention must be made of what the monk should do if it should happen that, on account of the fact that he was unable to do the obedience that he was commanded to do, his abbot mistreats him, saying ‘You were able, and yet you did not do it,’ and he holds this against him. This monk ought to bear even this in silence: let the witness of his good conscience be in accordance with what Job says: My witness is in the heavens. [cf. Job 16:20] For if he bears patiently, that which the Lord says will be fulfilled in him Blessed are those who suffer persecution for the justice’s sake. [Matt. 5:10]'3 Because you suffer for justice’s sake when you are blamed for your incapacity, in its place you will be crowned with benefits.

Hic oritur quaestio, quare hic dixit: si impossibilia injungantur, cum superius dicat S. Benedictus: secundum uniuscujusque [page 617] qualitatem vel intelligentiam ita se omnibus conformet et aptet [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.32] et rel. et iterum: prout viderit unicuique expedire, sicut jam diximus [Regula Benedicti, c. 64.14]5 et reliq. Jam si impossibilia injungit, non secundum qualitatem uniuscujusque agit, aut prout expedit.

Here a question arises: why S. Benedict speaks here (of what to do) if impossible things should be assigned, when above he says let [the abbot] [page 617] so shape and conform himself to all according to the nature and intelligence of each individual, [Regula Benedicti, c. 2.32] etc., and again [he should act] as he thinks is best for each individual as we have already said, etc. [Regula Benedicti, c. 64.14] Surely if he assigns something impossible, he is not acting according to the nature of each individual nor as is best for him.

Haec ratio ita solvitur: Forte ideo videntur esse gravia, [forte] quia solet contingere, quod priori possibile, juniori est impossibile; sive forte non intelligunt6 vires subditi, ideo jubet impossibilia facere discipulo. Altero modo ita solvitur in eo, quod dixit secundum uniuscujusque qualitatem vel intelligentiam et rel.

This concern is resolved in the following way. Perhaps things seem burdensome for the reason that, [perhaps] – as is wont to happen – what is possible for the superior monk is impossible to the junior. Or perhaps [the superior] does not comprehend4 the strength of his subordinate, and for that reason orders his disciple to do impossible things. (The concern) is resolved in another way inasmuch as Bl. Benedict said according to the nature and intelligence of each individual etc.

Contingit priorem, ut aliter injungat auditori, quod facere ipse non possit, et imperat, quod ipse discipulus [noluerit vel] non potuerit custodire, et ideo prius debet discipulus ipsa impossibilia, quae sibi videntur esse, suscipere et, in quantum potest, etiam agere, et tunc postea debet priori suggerere. Sive etiam alio modo solvitur: ut prior talis sit, cui dicit Dominus - peccatori autem dixit Dominus: - Quare tu enarras justitias meas? [Ps. 49:16 LXX] et rel., et sic secundum libitum suum ea, quae impossibilia sunt, discipulo suo injungat et imperet.

It falls to the superior to assign to a disciple what he himself is unable to do differently from the way in which he commands what the disciple himself is unwilling or unable to heed. For first the disciple ought to undertake these things that seem impossible to him, and even do them as much as he is able, and then afterwards he ought to raise the matter with his superior. Or again the concern is resolved in another way: that the superior is the kind of person to whom the Lord said (now the Lord was speaking to a sinner) – Why dost thou declare my justices? [Ps. 49:16 LXX]5 etc., - (the kind of person) who thus assigns to his disciple and commands things that are impossible after his own whims.


1. cap. X. v. 27. (Mittermüller).
2. non debet. (Mittermüller).
3. Haec annotavit notarius. (Mittermüller).
4. Iob 16, 20: “ecce enim in caelo testis meus et conscius meus in excelsis.”
5. Hildemar’s citation is slightly different from the received text: ut videret cuique expedire, sicut iam diximus.
6. intelligit(?). (Mittermüller).

1. The text reads ei quia. Should it read eo quod?
2. I am not sure who the illi are here. Mittermüller observes that Haec annotavit notarius.
3. Transl. Douai Reims.
4. Latin text reads intelligunt; a footnote in the edition suggests the emendation intelligit which I have translated here. It seems to make most sense given the use of singular verbs in the following clause.
5. transl. Douai Reims.


Cap. LXIX
UT IN MONASTERIO NON PRAESUMAT ALIUS ALIUM DEFENDERE

[Ms P, fol. 169r - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 69
THAT IN THE MONASTERY NO ONE SHOULD PRESUME TO DEFEND ANOTHER

Translated by: Justin Haar & Albrecht Diem

Congruum ordinem tenuit B. Benedictus in hoc loco, in eo quod prius dixit, si gravia vel impossibilia injuncta fuerint, cum omni humilitate priori suo, qui sibi praeest, debere suggerere, et nunc subjungit: tut non praesumat in monasterio alius alium defendere; quia forte contingit, ut, cum alicui videatur quis gravia aut impossibilia jubere, defendere conetur. Et hoc notandum, quia non solum de tali defensione istud capitulum intelligendum est esse dictum, sed etiam de omnibus defensionibus, quae fieri possunt. Superius enim mortificaverat monachum jam, cum dixit: nec voluntates proprias licet habere in propria potestate [Regula Benedicti, c. 33.4] et deinde dicit, si fratri impossibilia injungantur, ut omnia obediat. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 68.1]  

Blessed Benedict kept the right order at this place, as he first said that if difficult or impossible things are commanded, [a monk] should raise this matter with all humility with the prior who is his superior. And now he adds that nobody in the monastery should presume to defend another, for it happens occasionally that when someone seems to order [a brother] something burdensome or impossible, [another] attempts to defend him. And it should be noticed that one should not understand that this chapter only spoke about this kind of defense, but all sorts of possible defenses. Because above Benedict has already humbled a monk when he said that he is not allowed to have his own will under his own power [Regula Benedicti, c. 33.4]. And thereafter he says, if impossible things are ordered of a brother, that he ought to obey in everything. [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 68.1]  

Ergo si ita est, ut monachus pro se non audeat [page 618] quidquam loqui, multo minus pro aliis. Nam ille, qui aut se aut alium vult defendere, non est mortificatus; et si non est mortificatus, nec monachus est. - Sciendum est enim, quibus modis fit defensio: aliquando pro consanguinitate, aliquando pro patria, quia de una patria est, aliquando pro discipulatu, aliquando pro amicitia, aliquando pro vitio gulae, v. gr. si talis est, qui ante horam vult participare, aliquando pro altero vitio; et ideo de omnibus occasionibus defendendi intelligi debet, quia hoc non convenit mortificatis.

Therefore if is the case that a monk should not dare [page 618] to say something on his own behalf, much less should he so for others. For he who wishes to defend either himself or another is not humble. And if he is not humble, he is not a monk. For the ways a defense is made should be understood: sometimes on account of kinship; sometimes because of shared homeland; sometimes because of discipleship; sometimes out of friendship; sometimes for the vice of gluttony, e.g., if it happens that he wants to share [food] before mealtime; sometimes because of another vice. And therefore it should be understood concerning all occasions of defending, since it is not fitting for the humble.

Ait enim ita: 1Praecavendum est, ne quavis occasione praesumat alius alium defendere monachum in monasterio aut quasi tueri, 2etiam si qualibet consanguinitatis propinquitate jungantur; 3nec quolibet modo id a monachis praesumatur, quia exinde gravissima occasio scandalorum oriri potest. 4Quod si quis haec transgressus fuerit, acrius coerceatur.

For he says this: 1Care must be taken lest a monk presume in any circumstance to defend another in the monastery or take him under his protection, as it were, 2even if they are connected by some close kinship. 3In no way should monks presume in this matter, because a very grave occasion for scandals can arise from it. 4Anyone who transgresses in this matter should be severely punished.

Praecavendum, i. e. valde cavendum. Per hoc quod dicit quavis occasione, omnem occasionem excludit. Defendere enim attinet ad apertam defensionem, quasi tueri ad occultam defensionem, i. e. non manifestam, sed coopertam verbis.  

Care must be taken, that is, one has to watch carefully. By saying in any circumstance, he excludes every [possible] occasion. To defend pertains to overt defense and Or take him under his protection to hidden defense, that is, not open but concealed in words.

Sunt enim alii, qui palam et manifeste defendunt alios; ut hoc non fiat, dixit defendere; et sunt alii, qui non audent manifeste defendere; defendunt ingeniose cum dulcibus verbis et aliis latenter, cogitantes, abbatem non intelligere, se causa defensionis hoc agere. Notandum est enim atque dicendum, quia, sicut offendit ille, qui defendit, ita etiam offendit ille, qui falso accusat.

For there are some who openly and manifestly defend others. To prevent that, he says to defend. And there are others who do not dare to defend openly; they defend cleverly with sweet words and other things secretly. They think that the abbot does not understand that they do this for the sake of defense. It ought to be noted and said that just as someone commits an offense who defends, likewise does someone who falsely accuses commit an offense.

V. gr. adducit praepositus aut quilibet fratrum aliquem negligentem ad abbatem, et adsunt ibi quinque fratres; et cum corripit abbas negligentem, tunc jactat se unus causa defensionis dicendo fallacia, ut ille negligens non liberetur. Deinde secundus est, qui dicit veritatem; qui, quamvis veritatem dicat, tamen ideo dicit, ut ille negligens liberetur, habens voluntatem liberandi eum. Tertius est, qui interrogatur ab abbate; ille autem dicit veritatem, sed tamen ob hoc, ut ille negligens nec liberetur nec condemnetur, sed solummodo, ut juste corripiatur. Item est quartus, qui dicit veritatem, non ut liberetur, sed ut condemnetur, [page 619] quia intentio ejus est nocendi illum. Quintus est, qui falso dicit, ut ille negligens condemnetur, non ut liberetur. Quintus enim cum illo primo unum finem habent; quartus autem et secundus similiter unum finem habent, qui, si coram hominibus videntur liberi esse, tamen coram Deo detinentur. Solummodo ille tertius coram Deo et coram hominibus liber est a culpa.

An example: a prior or one of the brothers brings a negligent [monk] to the abbot and there are five brothers present. When the abbot reproaches the negligent, the first bursts out in [his] defense, saying false things, so that the negligent monk should not be released.1 Then there is the second who speaks the truth but, although he speaks the truth, he does so in order that the negligent monk be released because he wants him to be released. There is a third one who is questioned by the abbot. He says the truth with the intent that the negligent one should neither be released nor condemned but only justly reproached. There is a fourth one who says truthfully that he should not be released but that he should be condemned [page 619], because it is his intention to harm him. And the fifth monk speaks falsely, so that the negligent monk is condemned, not released. This fifth monk and the first monk have one goal, just as the fourth and the second one have one goal, which, even if they seem to be free [of blame] in the eyes of men, condemns them in the eyes of God. Only the third one is free of blame in the eyes of God and in the eyes of men.

Hoc enim quod dicit acrius coerceatur, duobus modis intelligi debet: aut enim in ipso gradu, quo stat, durius debet argui, aut certe unum gradum transcendere.

When he says he should be severely punished, this has to be understood in two ways. Either he should be very severely punished at the place where he stands, or he should certainly move down one step.2

 
1. This statement is not logical. It is possible that the word non was accidentally added.
2. It is not entirely clear whether gradus refers to the place in the hierarchy or to the gradus excommunicationis as it is mentioned in previous chapters. Either the monk gets degraded in the hierarchy or he is moved to a higher grade of excommunication.

 

Cap. LXX
UT NON PRAESUMAT PASSIM ALIUS ALIUM CAEDERE VEL EXCOMMUNICARE

[Ms P, fol. 169v - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 70
NOBODY SHOULD PRESUME TO STRIKE OR EXCOMMUNICATE AT RANDOM

Translated by: Daniel Price

Bene, postquam dixerat: Praecavendum est, ut in monasterio non praesumat alter alterum defendere [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 69.t-1], [et] nunc dicit, caedere aut excommunicare non debere, ut, sicut constrinxit et vetuit defendere, vetaret etiam caedere aut excommunicare.

Rightly, after he said: Care must be taken that a monk not presume to defend another in the monastery [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 69.t-1], now he [also] says, they ought not to excommunicate or strike, so that, just as he constrained and forbade one to defend, he also was forbidding either to strike or excommunicate.

Ait enim: 1Vetetur in monasterio omnis praesumptionis occasio. 2Ordinamus atque constituimus, ut nulli liceat quemquam fratrum suorum excommunicare aut caedere, nisi cui potestas ab abbate data fuerit - quasi diceret: nullam occasionem habeat aliquis, aut excommunicare aut flagellare.

For he says: 1In the monastery every opportunity for presumptuousness is to be avoided, 2and we decree and determine that it is permitted to no one to excommunicate or strike one of his brothers, unless authority has been granted by the abbot - as if he had said: someone should have no opportunity either to excommunicate or to punch.

Et bene dicit omnis praesumptionis occasio, et non dicit solummodo praesumptio, quia nisi occasio, h. e. materia peccati, i. e. unde peccatum illud potest oriri, ablata fuerit, non potest perfecte auferri peccatum.

And he properly says every opportunity for presumptuousness, and he says not only presumptuousness, since if opportunity, that is the material of sin, i.e. that thing which is able to give rise to sin, were not removed, it would not be possible to perfectly remove sin.

Per hunc enim locum, ubi dicit passim, docet, ut nec, abbas aut ille, qui potestatem habet caedendi aut excommunicandi, debeat caedere passim aut excommunicare, nec etiam ille, cui non est commissum, similiter excommunicare vel caedere, quia passim intelligitur leviter vel praesumptive; sive etiam passim intelligitur: prout quis vult, sive vulgo vel ubique.

For through this place where he says at random, he teaches that the abbot or he who has power for striking or excommunicating ought not to strike at random or excommunicate, and also not he to whom it is not commissioned, similarly to excommunicate or strike, since at random is understood as lightly or presumptuously; or at random is understood: as someone wishes, generally or everywhere.

De hoc adverbio, quod est passim, Servius in libro tertio Aeneidos exponit, ubi Virgilius dicit hoc modo de Aenea haec: [page 620]

Concerning this adverb, that is at random, Servius expounded in the third book of the Aeneid, where in this way Virgil says these things concerning Aeneas: [page 620]

Sol ruit interea et montes umbrantur opaci. Sternimur optatae gremio telluris ad undam,Sortiti remos passimque in litore sicco, Corpora curamus, fessos sopor irrigat artus.[Vergil, Aeneid III.508-511]

Meanwhile, the sun falls and the dark mountains are shaded. We are strewn in the lap of the hoped-for ground by the sea, casting. The oars and at random on the dry shore we arrange our bodies, Deep sleep refreshes our tired limbs. [Vergil, Aeneid III.508-511]

Servius: Sortiti remos, per sortem divisi ad officia navigandi. Telluris ad undam, terrae, quae a navigantibus semper optatur. Ad litus passim, i. e. prout quis voluit. Litore sicco, ad discretionem illius, quod aqua adluitur. Corpora curamus, i. e. curam corporibus adhibemus. Fessos, fatigatos, Sopor, somnus. Artus, membra. [cf. Servius, Commentary on the Aeneid III, 509-511]

Servius: ‘Scattered ores’, distributed by fate for the purpose of navigating. ‘The land by the sea’, the land which is always desired by sailors. ‘At random on the shore’, i.e.: as anyone wished. ‘The dry shore’, for a distinction from that which was washed by the water. ‘We arrange our bodies’, i.e. to employ care for the bodies. ‘Tired’ means fatigued. ‘Sleep’ means slumber. ‘Limbs’ means bodily members. [cf. Servius, Commentary on the Aeneid III, 509-511]

Tunc etenim abbas, sicut jam diximus, passim, i. e. leviter et praesumptive excommunicat vel caedit, cum non suo, i. e. congruo tempore sineque consilio excommunicat vel caedit. Sed cum excommunicat vel caedit, coram omnibus debet excommunicare vel caedere, sicut ipse S. Benedictus dicit. Simili modo quando parcere illi vult, quem excommunicavit, coram omnibus debet indulgere.

Then also the abbot, just as we just said, excommunicates or strikes at random, i.e. lightly or presumptuously, when he excommunicates or strikes when it was not his to do so, i.e. he excommunicates or strikes at an inappropriate time and without counsel. But when he excommunicates or strikes, he ought to excommunicate or strike in front of everyone, just as S. Benedict himself says. In a similar way, when he wishes to spare that person whom he excommunicated, he ought to grant indulgence before everyone.

Sequitur: 3Peccantes autem coram omnibus arguantur, ut ceteri metum habeant. Bene dicit peccantes autem coram omnibus arguantur et rel., quia dignum est, ut ille, qui malum exemplum praebuit aliis, cum peccavit, debet etiam exemplum praebere humilitatis.

It follows: 3Sinners should be denounced in front of everyone in order to strike fear into the others. He properly says Sinners should be denounced in front of everyone etc., since it is right that he who provided a bad example to others, when he sinned, ought also to offer an example of humility.

Et hoc sciendum est, quia ita debet distingui, i. e. peccantes autem coram omnibus, et postmodum subjungendum est arguantur, deinde subaudiendum est: coram omnibus, i. e. ut sicut ille peccando coram omnibus malum exemplum praebuit, ita etiam coram omnibus arguatur praebens exemplum correptionis. [Quod enim dicit: Vetetur i. e. prohibetur vel intelligitur.]

And it ought to be known that thus it ought to be distinguished, that is sinners in front of everyone etc. ought to be subjoined to denounced, thence it ought to be understood: in front of everyone, i.e. so that just as he provided a bad example by sinning in front of everyone, so also he should be denounced in front of everyone, providing an example of rebuke. [For he also says: he ought to be shunned, i.e. he ought to be banned or understood.]

Ecce hic dicit S. Benedictus: peccantes autem coram omnibus arguantur, et superius dixit: Si quis frater contumax aut inobediens aut superbus et rel. repertus fuerit, hic secundum Domini nostri praeceptum admoneatur semel et secundo secrete a senioribus suis. [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1-2]

Behold Saint Benedict says here: sinners should be denounced in front of everyone, and above he said: If any brother is found to be stubborn, disobedient, arrogant etc., he should be privately reprimanded by his seniors once and then a second time, according to the teaching of Our Lord. [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1-2]

Videtur enim ipse sibi S. Benedictus contrarius, cum hic dicit peccantes autem coram omnibus arguantur, et superius dixit, ut admoneatur semel et secundo secrete a senioribus suis; et si secrete, quomodo coram omnibus? et si coram omnibus, quomodo secrete? [page 621] Verumtamen haec sententia ita solvitur: i. e. si secreta fuerit culpa, admoneatur secrete, sicut superius dixit; si autem publica fuerit, arguatur publice, sicut hic dicit.

S. Benedict seems contrary to himself, since he says sinners should be denounced in front of everyone, and he said above, he should be privately reprimanded by his seniors once and then a second time; and if privately, how in front of everyone? And if in front of everyone, how privately? [page 621] Nevertheless this thought is thus solved: i.e., if the guilt were private, it ought to be admonished privately, just as it says above; however, if it were public, it ought to be denounced publicly, just as it says here.

Sed qualiter sive quando secrete admonere debet quis fratrem suum, B. Augustinus mirificentissime docet, dicens hoc modo: Multum interest inter nudum et iniquum. [omitted in Mittermüller, added from PL: Ille perdidit pecuniam, tu innocentiam. Quaere quis gravius damnum perpessus est. Ille perdidit rem perituram, tu factus es periturus.

But how or when someone ought to admonish his brother secretly, blessed Augustine teaches most wonderfully, speaking in this way: Much lies between ruin and sin [omitted in Mittermüller, added from transl. Edmund Hill: Great is the difference between the two. He has lost his money, you you innocence. Ask which has suffered the heavier loss? He has lost a thing that was sure to perish, and you are become one who must now perish yourself.

[3:4] Ideo debemus amando corripere; non nocendi aviditate, sed studio corrigendi. Tales si fuerimus, optime facimus quod hodie admoniti sumus: Si peccaverit in te frater tuus, corripe illum inter te et ipsum solum. [Matt. 18:15] Quare illum corripis? Quia te doles, quod peccaverit in te? Absit. Si amore tui id facis, nihil facis. Si amore illius facis, optime facis. Denique in ipsis verbis attende, cujus amore id facere debeas, utrum tui, an illius. Si te audierit, inquit, lucratus es fratrem tuum. [Matt. 18:15] Ergo propter illum fac, ut lucreris illum.

[3:4] That’s why we ought to reprove people out of love, not avid to harm them, but eager to correct them. If we are people like that, we can do extremely well what we have been urged to do in today’s gospel: If your brother has sinned against you, reprove him between yourself and him alone. [Matt. 18:15] Why reprove him? Because you are sorry for yourself, because he’s sinned against you? God forbid. If you do it out of self-love, you do less than nothing. If you do it out of love for him, you are doing something very good indeed. In any case, observe in our Lord’s very words for love of whom you ought to do it, of yourself or him: If he listens to you, he says, you have gained your brother. [Matt. 18:15] So do it for his sake, to gain him.

Si faciendo lucraris, nisi fecisses perierat. Quid est ergo quod plerique homines ista peccata contemnunt, et dicunt, 'Quid magnum feci? in hominem peccavi. Noli contemnere. In hominem peccasti: vis nosse quia in hominem peccando peristi?' Si te ille in quem peccasti, corripuerit inter te et ipsum solum, et audieris illum, lucratus est te.

If you gain him by doing it, it means he would have been lost if you hadn’t done it. So why is it that so many people make light of these sins, and say, 'What’s so awful about what I have done? I’ve only sinned against an ordinary person.' Don’t make light of them; you’ve sinned against another person; do you want to make sure that by sinning against another person you have perished, you are lost? If the one you have sinned against rebukes you between himself and you alone, and you listen to him, he has gained you.

Quid est, lucratus est te; nisi quia perieras, si non lucraretur te? Nam si non perieras, quomodo te lucratus est? Nemo ergo contemnat, quando peccat in fratrem. Ait enim quodam loco Apostolus, Sic autem peccantes in fratres, et percutientes conscientiam eorum infirmam, in Christum peccatis: [1 Cor. 8:12] ideo quia membra Christi omnes facti sumus. Quomodo non peccas in Christum, qui peccas in membrum Christi?

What can his gaining you mean, but that if he hadn’t gained you, you would have perished? After all if you hadn’t perished, hadn’t been lost, how could he have gained you? So let none of you make light of it, when you sin against a brother or sister. After all, the apostle says somewhere, But sinning in this way against the brethren and striking their weak consciences, you are sinning against Christ [1 Cor. 8:12], precisely because we have all become members of Christ, parts of his body. How can you avoid sinning against Christ, when you sin against a member of Christ?

[4:6] Homines autem faciles sunt ad irrogandas injurias, et difficiles ad concordiam requirendam. Pete, inquit, veniam ab homine quem offendisti, ab homine quem laesisti. Respondet: 'Non me humiliabo'. Vel Deum tuum audi, si fratrem tuum contemnis: Qui se humiliat, exaltabitur. [Luke 14:11; Luke 18:17; Matt. 23:12] Non vis te humiliare qui cecidisti? Multum interest inter se humiliantem et inter jacentem. Jam jaces, et humiliare te non vis? Bene diceres, 'Nolo descendere;' si noluisses ruere.

[4:6] But of course people find it easy to give offense, and difficult to restore harmony. Ask pardon, he says, of the person you have offended, the person you have harmed. He replies, 'I won’t humble myself.' At least listen to your God, if you insist on ignoring your brother: Whoever humbles himself shall be exalted. [Luke 14:11; Luke 18:17; Matt. 23:12] You are unwilling to humble yourself, you that have fallen flat on your face anyway? There’s a world of difference between someone humbling himself, and someone flat on his face. You’re already flat on your face, and you refuse to humble yourself? You would have every right to say, 'I refuse to lower myself,' if you had refused to come hurtling down in the first place.

[4:7] Hoc ergo debet facere, qui fecit injuriam. Qui autem passus est, quid debet? Quod audivimus hodie: Si peccaverit in te frater tuus, corripe eum inter te et ipsum solum. Si neglexeris, pejor es. Ille injuriam fecit, et injuriam faciendo gravi se ipsum vulnere percussit: tu vulnus fratris tui contemnis? Tu eum vides perire, vel perisse, et negligis? Pejor es tacendo, qaum ille conviciando. Quando ergo in nos aliquis peccat, habeamus magnam curam, non pro nobis; nam gloriosum est injurias oblivisci: sed obliviscere injuriam tuam, non vulnus fratris tui.

[4:7] So that’s what anyone who has done an injury ought to do. But what about those who have suffered an injury, what ought they to do? What we have heard in today’s gospel: If your brother has sinned against you, reprove him between yourself and him alone. If you neglect to do so, you are worse than he is. He has done wrong, and by doing wrong has inflicted a grave wound on himself; are you going to ignore your brother’s wound? You see that he’s on the point of being lost, or is already lost, and are you not going to bother? You’re worse by keeping silent than he was by noisily abusing you. So when someone sins against us, let us care about it deeply, not for ourselves, because it is splendid to forget injuries done us. Yes, but forget your injury, not your brother’s wound.

Ergo corripe eum inter te et ipsum solum, intendens correctioni, parcens pudori.

So, reprove him between yourself and him alone, to make sure of correcting him and to spare him the shame.

Forte enim prae verecundia incipit defendere peccatum suum, et quem vis facere correctiorem, facis pejorem. Corripe ergo eum inter te et ipsum solum. Si te audierit, lucratus es fratrem tuum: quia perierat, nisi faceres. Si autem non te audierit, id est, peccatum suum quasi justitiam defenderit, adhibe tecum duos vel tres; quia in ore duorum vel trium testium stat omne verbum. Si nec ipsos audierit, refer ad Ecclesiam: si nec Ecclesiam audierit, sit tibi sicut ethnicus et publicanus. Noli illum deputare jam in numero fratrum tuorum. [Matt. 18:15-17]

Perhaps, you see, for very shame he may start defending his sin, and so you may end by making him worse, while wishing to put him right. So, reprove him between yourself and him alone. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother, because he would have been lost, if you hadn’t done it. But if he doesn’t listen to you, that is, if he defends his sin as though it were an act of justice, bring along with you two or three; because every matter stands on the word of two or three witnesses. If he does not even listen to them, refer it to the Church; if he does not even listen to the Church, let him be to you as an ethnic and a tax collector. [Matt. 18:15-17] Don’t count him as one of your brothers.

Nec ideo tamen salus ejus negligenda est. Nam et ipsos Ethnicos, id est, Gentiles et Paganos in numero quidem fratrum non deputamus; sed tamen eorum salutem semper inquirimus.

That doesn’t mean, however, that you need no longer bother about his salvation. For while we don’t count the ethnics, that is to say the Gentiles and heathens among our brothers and sisters, we are still always seeking their salvation.

Hoc ergo audivimus Dominum ita monentem, et tanta cura praecipientem, ut etiam hoc adderet continuo: Amen dico vobis, quaecumque ligaveritis super terram, ligata erunt et in coelo; et quaecumque solveritis in terra, soluta erunt et in coelo. [Matt. 18:18] Coepisti habere fratrem tuum tanquam publicanum, ligas illum in terra: sed ut juste alliges, vide. Nam injusta vincula disrumpit justitia. Cum autem correxeris, et concordaveris cum fratre tuo, solvisti illum in terra. Cum solveris in terra, solutus erit et in coelo. Multum praestas, non tibi, sed illi; quia multum nocuit, non tibi, sed sibi.

So, we have heard the Lord giving us this admonition, and phrasing the command very carefully, so as to add immediately, Amen I tell you, whatever you bind on earth shall be bound also in heaven; and whatever you loose on earth shall be loosed also in heaven. [Matt. 18:18] You start regarding your brother as a tax-collector; you are binding him on earth; but make sure that you bind him justly. Justice, you see, bursts unjust bonds apart. When, however, you have corrected your brother and made it up with him, you have loosed him on earth. When you loose him on earth, he will also be loosed in heaven. You are doing a great service, not to yourself but to him, because he has done great harm, not to you but to himself.

[5.8] Conciliatur Evangelium cum Salomone. Haec cum ita sint, quid est quod ait Salomon, quod hodie ex alia lectione primitus audivimus: Annuens oculis cum dole, congerit hominibus moestitiam: qui autem arguit palam, pacem facit? [Prov. 10:10] Si ergo qui arguit palam, pacem facit; quomodo, Corripe illum inter te et ipsum solum? Metuendum est, ne sibi contraria sint praecepta divina.

[5:8] All this being so, what’s the meaning of what Solomon says, which we heard first today in another reading: One who winks deceitfully with the eyes piles up sadness for men, but one who censures openly makes peace? [Prov. 10:10] So if one who censures openly makes peace, why and how, rebuke him between yourself and him alone? I’m afraid it looks as if divine injunctions are contradicting each other.

Sed intelligamus esse ibi summam concordiam, non quemadmodum quidam vani sapiamus, qui errantes opinantur contraria sibi esse duo Testamenta in Libris veteribus et novis: ut ideo putemus hoc esse contrarium, quoniam illud est in Salomonis libro, hoc in Evangelio.

But let us be sure about this, that in fact perfect harmony prevails here; don’t let’s share the ideas of some deluded people, who hold the erroneous opinion that the two covenants, represented by the books of the Old and New Testaments, contradict each other. Don’t let us assume, in other words, that there is a contradiction between this thing in Solomon’s book and that thing in the gospel.

Si enim aliquis imperitus et calumniator divinarum Scripturarum diceret, 'Ecce ubi sibi contradicunt duo Testamenta. Dominus dicit, Corripe illum inter te et ipsum solum. Salomon dicit, Qui arguit palam, pacem facit. Ergo nescit Dominus quid praecepit? Salomon vult contundi frontem peccantis: Christus parcit pudori erubescentis. Ibi enim scriptum est, Qui arguit palam, pacem facit: hic autem, Corripe illum inter te et ipsum solum; non palam, sed in secreto et occulte.'

Suppose, you see, some ignorant critic of the divine scriptures were to say, 'Look where the two testaments contradict each other: the Lord says, Rebuke him between yourself and him alone; Solomon says, One who censures openly makes peace. So is the Lord ignorant of what he has himself commanded? Solomon means the bold face of the sinner to be put in its place; Christ is sparing the blushes of someone who is ashamed of himself. I mean, there it says, One who censures openly makes peace, and here, Rebuke him between yourself and him alone, not openly, but secretly and privately.'

Vis nosse, quisquis talia cogitas, non sibi repugnare duo Testamenta, quia illud in libro Salomonis, hoc in Evangelio reperitur? Apostolum audi. Certe Apostolus minister est Novi Testamenti. Audi ergo apostolum Paulum Timotheo praecipientem et dicentem, Peccantes coram omnibus argue, ut et caeteri timorem habeant. [1 Tim. 5:20] Jam non Salomonis liber cum Evangelio, sed Pauli apostoli Epistola videtur confligere.

Do you want to know, whoever you are, entertaining such thoughts, that the two testaments are not at odds with each other, because that is found in Solomon’s book and this in the gospel? Listen to the apostle, the apostle who is of course a minister of the New Testament. So listen to the apostle Paul giving Timothy instructions and saying, Censure those who sin in front of everyone, so that the rest too may learn to fear. [1 Tim. 5:20] Now it’s not the book of Solomon but the letter of Paul the apostle which seems to conflict with the gospel.

Salomonem paululum sine injuria seponamus: Christum Dominum et Paulum servum ejus audiamus. Quid dicis, Domine? Si peccaverit in te frater tuus, corripe illum inter te et ipsum solum. Quid dicis, Apostole? Peccantes coram omnibus argue, ut et caeteri timorem habeant. Quid facimus? Controversiam istam velut judices audimus? Absit. Imo sub judice constituti pulsemus, uti nobis aperiri impetremus: fugiamus sub alas Domini Dei nostri. Non enim Apostolo suo contrarium locutus est, quia et in illo ipse locutus est, sicut dicit: An vultis experimentum ejus accipere, qui in me loquitur Christus? [2 Cor. 13:3] Christus in Evangelio, Christus in Apostolo: Christus ergo utrumque dixit; unum ore suo, alterum ore praeconis sui. Quia quando praeco de tribunali aliquid dicit, non scribitur in Gestis, Praeco dixit: sed ille dixisse scribitur, qui praeconi quod diceret imperavit.

Without prejudice, let’s put Solomon aside for a moment; let’s listen to Christ the Lord and his servant Paul. What do you say, Lord? If your brother has sinned against you, reprove him between yourself and him alone. What do you say, apostle? Censure those who sin in front of everyone, so that the rest too may learn to fear. What are we to do? Listen to this dispute like judges? Surely not. Rather, as subject ourselves to the judge, let us knock, that we may obtain the opening of the door to us; let us flee for refuge under the wings of the Lord our God. I mean, he cannot have spoken against his apostle, because he himself spoke in him, as Paul declares himself: Do you wish to get a taste of Christ who speaks in me. [2 Cor. 13:3] Christ in the gospel, Christ in the apostle. So Christ said both things, one by his own lips, one by the lips of his herald. Because when the herald says anything from the bench, it isn’t written in the record, 'The herald said,' but the one who told the herald what to say is recorded as having spoken.

[6:9] Duo ergo ista praecepta, fratres, sic audiamus, ut intelligamus, et inter utraque praecepta pacati constituamur. Cum corde nostro nos concordemus, et Scriptura sancta in nulla parte discordat. Verum est omnino, utrumque verum est: sed discernere debemus, aliquando illud, aliquando illud esse faciendum; aliquando corripiendum fratrem inter te et ipsum solum, aliquando corripiendum fratrem coram omnibus, ut et caeteri timorem habeant. Si aliquando illud, aliquando illud fecerimus; concordiam Scripturarum tenebimus, et in faciendo atque obtemperando non errabimus. Sed dicit mihi aliquis: 'Quando facio illud, quando illud: ne tunc corripiam inter me et ipsum solum, quando debeo coram omnibus corripere; aut tunc corripiam coram omnibus, quando debeo in secreto corripere?'

[6:9] So, brothers and sisters, let us listen to these two instructions in order to understand them, and set ourselves in a calm frame of mind between them both. Let us make peace with our own hearts, and we shall find that holy scripture is never and nowhere at war with itself. It is all absolutely true; each point is true. But we have to distinguish; sometimes this is to be done, and sometimes that. Sometimes your brother should be reproved between yourself and him alone, sometimes your brother is to be reproved in front of everybody, that the rest too may learn to fear. If we sometimes do the one and sometimes the other, we shall be maintaining the harmony of the scriptures, and in acting in compliance with them, we shall not be going astray. But someone’s going to say to me: 'When am I to do this, and when that? How am I to avoid rebuking him between myself and him alone, when I ought to rebuke him in front of everyone, or rebuking him in front of everyone when I ought to be rebuking him privately?'

[7:10] Charitas vestra, quid quando facere debeamus: sed utinam facere pigri non simus. Intendite, et videte: Si peccaverit, inquit, in te frater tuus, corripe eum inter te et ipsum solum. Quare? Quia peccavit 'in te'. Quid est, in te peccavit? Tu scis quia peccavit. Quia enim secretum fuit, quando in te peccavit; secretum quaere, cum corrigis quod peccavit. Nam si solus nosti quia peccavit in te, et eum vis coram omnibus arguere; non es correptor, sed proditor.

[7:10] Your graces will see soon enough which we ought to do when, but if only we aren’t sluggishly reluctant to do it. Notice carefully: If your brother, he says, has sinned against you, reprove him between yourself and him alone. Why? Because he has sinned against you. What’s the meaning, precisely, of 'against you'? It means you know he has sinned, because it was something private, not known to other people, when he sinned against you. Look for a chance to do it privately, when you correct him for sinning. After all, if you are the only one who knows that he has sinned against you, and you want to censure him for it in front of everybody, you won’t be reproving him, but betraying him. 

Attende quemadmodum vir justus, Joseph, tanto flagitio quod de uxore fuerat suspicatus, tanta benignitate pepercit, antequam sciret unde illa conceperat: quia gravidam senserat, et se ad illam non accessisse noverat. Restabat itaque certa adulterii suspicio: et tamen quia ipse solus senserat, ipse solus sciebat, quid de illo ait Evangelium? Joseph autem cum esset vir justus, et nollet eam divulgare. Mariti dolor non vindictam quaesivit: voluit prodesse peccanti, non punire peccantem. Cum, inquit, nollet eam divulgare, voluit eam occulte dimittere. Haec eo cogitante, ecce angelus Domini apparuit ei in somnis; et indicavit quid esset, quia non violavit viri torum, quia de Spiritu sancto conceperat Dominum amborum. [cf. Matt. 1:19-20]

Look how that just man, Joseph, showed such goodness in sparing the shameful wrong of which he suspected his wife, before he knew how she had conceived. He saw she was pregnant, and he knew he had not known her intimately himself. So there was a suspicion, amounting to a certainty, of adultery. And yet because he was the only one who had noticed it, the only one who knew it, what does the gospel say about him? But Joseph, being a just man, and unwilling to disgrace her publicly. A husband’s sense of injury did not look for revenge; he wanted to help the sinner, not punish her. Being unwilling, it says, to disgrace her publicly, wished to divorce her privately. While he was thinking about this, behold, the angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream, and pointed out the truth of the matter, that she had not dishonored her husband’s bed, because she had conceived the Lord of them both by the Holy Spirit. [cf. Matt. 1:19-20]

Peccavit ergo in te frater tuus; si tu solus nosti, tunc vere in te solum peccavit. Nam si multis audientibus tibi fecit injuriam, et in illos peccavit, quos testes suae iniquitatis effecit. Dico enim, fratres charissimi, quod et vos ipsi in vobis ipsis potestis agnoscere. Quando me audiente, fratri meo quisque injuriam facit, absit ut a me injuriam illam alienam putem. Prorsus et mihi fecit: imo et mihi plus fecit, cui putavit placere quod fecit. Ergo ipsa corripienda sunt coram omnibus, quae peccantur coram omnibus: ipsa corripienda sunt secretius, quae peccantur secretius. Distribuite tempora, et concordat Scriptura.

So, your brother has sinned against you. If you are the only one who knows it, then in fact he has only sinned against you. I mean if he affronted you in the hearing of several other people, then he also sinned against them, making them witnesses of his wickedness. I’m only saying, my dearest brothers and sisters, what you too can easily recognize for yourselves. When someone, in my presence, insults my brother, God forbid I should reckon that insult has nothing to do with me. Of course, he insulted me too; indeed he did me the greater injury, imagining I would be pleased with what he did. Those sins, then, are to be rebuked in front of everybody which are committed in front of everybody. Those which are committed less publicly are to be rebuked less publicly. Distinguish between the occasions, and scripture is at peace with itself.

[8:11] Sic agamus et sic agendum est, non solum quando in nos peccatur, sed quando peccatur ab aliquo, ut ab altero nesciatur. In secreto debemus corripere, in secreto arguere; ne volentes publice arguere, prodamus hominem. Nos volumus corripere et corrigere: quid, si inimicus quaerit audire quod puniat?

[8:11] Let’s act like that, because that’s how we should act, not only when someone sins against us, but also when anybody’s sin is unknown to someone else. We should rebuke privately, censure privately, and not betray people by wishing to censure them publicly. What we are wanting to do is to rebuke and correct; what if some enemy of theirs wants to hear about something he can punish?

Novit enim nescio quem homicidam episcopus, et alius illum nemo novit. Ego volo publice corripere, at tu quaeris inscribere. Prorsus nec prodo, nec negligo: corripio in secreto; pono ante oculos Dei judicium; terreo cruentam conscientiam; persuadeo poenitentiam. Hac charitate praediti esse debemus.

A bishop, for example, knows someone or other is a murderer, and nobody else knows he is. I want to rebuke him publicly, while you are looking for a chance to bring an indictment. Well of course, I will neither give him away, nor ignore his sin. I will rebuke him privately, set God’s judgment before his eyes, terrify his bloodstained conscience, try to persuade him to repent. That is the kind of Christian charity with which we should all be equipped.

Unde aliquando homines reprehendunt nos, quod quasi non corripiamus: aut putant nos scire quod nescimus, aut putant nos tacere quod scimus. Sed forte quod scis, et ego scio: sed non coram te corripio; quia curare volo, non accusare. Sunt homines adulteri in domibus suis, in secreto peccant; aliquando nobis produntur ab uxoribus suis plerumque zelantibus, aliquando maritorum salutem quaerentibus: nos non prodimus palam, sed in secreto arguimus.

That’s why people sometimes find fault with us bishops, because we seem not to reprove sinners. They either suppose that we know what in fact we don’t, or they suppose that we say nothing about what we do know. But perhaps I too know what you know; and yet I don’t reprove it in your presence, because what I want to do is to cure, not accuse. There are people who commit adultery in their own homes; they sin privately. Sometimes they are reported to me by their wives out of extreme jealously, sometimes out of a real concern for their husbands’ salvation. I don’t give them away publicly, but censure them in private.

Ubi contigit malum, ibi moriatur malum. Non tamen vulnus illud negligimus; ante omnia ostendentes homini in tali peccato constituto sauciamque gerenti conscientiam, illud vulnus esse mortiferum: quod aliquando qui committunt, nescio qua perversitate contemnunt; et nescio unde sibi testimonia nulla et vana conquirunt, dicentes, 'Peccata carnis Deus non curat.' Ubi est quod hodie audivimus: Fornicatores et adulteros judicat Deus? [Heb. 13:4] Ecce attende, quisquis tali morbo laboras. Quod dicit Deus audi: non quod tibi dicit favens peccatis tuis animus tuus, aut eadem tecum iniquitatis catena ligatus amicus tuus, vel potius inimicus tuus et suus. Audi ergo quod dicit Apostolus: Honorabiles, inquit, nuptiae in omnibus, et torus immaculatus. Fornicatores autem et adulteros judicat Deus.

Let the evil terminate where the evil happens. I don’t however neglect that wound; I try above all to show a man set in the habit of that sort of sin, and carrying a wounded conscience around with him, that the wound is in itself deadly. Sometimes people who commit this sin treat it lightly out of heaven knows what kind of perversity. They hunt about for heaven knows what null and worthless proofs in their support, and they say, 'God doesn’t mind the sins of the flesh.' Well, what about what we have heard today, Fornicators and adulterers God will judge? [Heb. 13:4] So there you are, pay attention, any of you afflicted with this sort of disease. Listen to what God is saying, not to what your own prejudice is saying in favor of your sins, or your friend, perhaps, chained with the same shackles of wickedness as yourself—though in fact he is more your enemy and his own. So listen to what the apostle says: Let marriage be held in honor among all, and the marriage bed be undefiled. But fornicators and adulterers God will judge.

[9:12] Age ergo, frater, esto correctus. Times ne te inscribat inimicus; et non times ne te judicet Deus? Ubi est fides? Time cum est quando timeas. Longe est quidem dies judicii: sed uniuscujusque hominis dies ultimus longe esse non potest; quia brevis est vita. Et quia ipsa brevitas semper incerta, quando sit dies tuus ultimus, nescis. Corrige te hodie, propter cras. Prosit tibi et modo in secreto correptio. Palam enim loquor, et in secreto arguo. Aures omnium pulso: sed conscientias quorumdam convenio. Si dicerem, 'Tu, adulter, corrige te:' primo forte dicerem quod nescirem; forte quod temere audieram, suspicarer. Non dico, 'Tu, adulter, corrige te;' sed, 'quisquis in hoc populo adulter es, corrige te.' Publica est correptio, sed secreta correctio. Scio quia ille qui timuerit, corrigit se.

[9:12] So come now, brother, let yourself be corrected. You’re afraid your enemy may bring an indictment against you, and aren’t you afraid God may judge you? Where’s your faith? Be afraid while there is time for being afraid. Sure, the day of judgment’s a long way off. But the last day of each and every one of us cannot be a long way off, because life is short. And because it is always uncertain just how short, you don’t know when your last day is going to be. Correct yourself today, ready for tomorrow. Let private rebuke avail you right now. I am speaking publicly, and I’m censuring privately. I’m knocking at the ears of all of you, but I meet the consciences of some of you only. If I said, 'You there, adulterer, mend your ways,' I might in the first place be asserting something I didn’t know; I might perhaps be giving too much credit to something I had heard quite casually. So I don’t say, 'You there, adulterer, mend your ways,' but, 'Whoever you are, adulterer, in this congregation, mend your ways.' The rebuke is public, but the correction is private. I know that the one who fears God is mending his ways.

[10:13] Non dicat in corde suo, 'Peccata carnis non curat Deus.' Nescitis, inquit Apostolus, quia templum Dei estis, et Spiritus Dei habitat in vobis? Quisquis templum Dei violaverit, disperdet illum Deus. [1 Cor. 3:16-17] Nemo se fallat.

[10:13] What he mustn’t do is say to himself, 'God doesn’t mind sins of the flesh.' Do you not know, says the apostle, that you are the temple of God, and the Spirit of God dwells in you? Whoever violates God’s temple, God will destroy him. [1 Cor. 3:16-17] Don’t deceive yourselves, any of you.

Sed forte ait aliquis, 'Templum Dei animus meus est, non corpus meum:' adjecit etiam testimonium, Omnis caro fenum, et omnis claritas carnis ut flos feni. [Isa. 40:6] Infelix interpretatio! punienda cogitatio! Fenum dicta est caro, quia moritur: sed quod ad tempus moritur, non resurgat cum crimine. Vis nosse apertam etiam inde sententiam? Nescitis, inquit idem apostolus, quia corpora vestra templum in vobis est Spiritus sancti, quem habetis a Deo?

But someone will say, perhaps, 'God’s temple is my mind, not my body,' adding the proof text, All flesh is grass, and all the splendor of the flesh as the flower of grass. [Isa. 40:6] Miserable interpretation, punishable thought! Flesh is called grass because it dies, but take care that what dies for a time doesn’t rise stained by crime. Do you want to have a completely clear judgment on the point? Do you not know, says the same apostle, that your bodies are the temple of the Holy Spirit in you, which you have from God?

Contemnebas corporale peccatum, contemnis quod peccas in templum? Ipsum corpus tuum templum in te est Spiritus Dei. Jam vide quid facias de templo Dei. Si eligeres in ecclesia facere adulterium intra istos parietes, quid te esset sceleratius? Modo autem tu ipse es templum Dei. Templum intras, templum exis, templum in domo tua manes, templum surgis. Vide quid agas, vide ne offendas templi habitatorem, ne deserat te, et in ruinam vertaris. Nescitis, inquit, quia corpora vestra [et hoc de fornicatione loquebatur Apostolus, ne contemnerent corporalia peccata] templum in vobis est Spiritus sancti, quem habetis a Deo, et non estis vestri? Empti enim estis pretio magno. [1 Cor. 6:19-20] Si contemnis corpus tuum, considera pretium tuum.

Now you can’t make light of bodily sins; here you have it that even your bodies are the temple of the Holy Spirit in you, which you have from God. You were making light of bodily sins, were you, you make light of sinning against a temple? Your very body is the temple of God’s Spirit in you. Now see what you are doing to God’s temple. If you chose to commit adultery in church, within these four walls, could anything be more infamous than you? But now you yourself are God’s temple. A temple you come in, a temple you go out, a temple you stay at home, a temple you get up. Mind what you do, mind you don’t offend the inhabitant of the temple, or he may abandon you and you will fall into ruin. Do you not know, he says, that your bodies [and here the apostle was talking about fornication, in case they should make light of bodily sins] is the temple of the Holy Spirit in you, which you have from God, and you are not your own? For you have been bought for a great price. [1 Cor. 6:19-20] If you make light of your body, just reflect on your price.

[11:14] Scio ego, et mecum omnis homo qui paulo attentius consideraverit, neminem Deum timentem sub verbis ejus non se corrigere, nisi qui putat, quia plus habet vivere. Ipsa res est quae multos occidit, cum dicunt, 'Cras, cras': et subito ostium clauditur. Remansit foris cum voce corvina, quia non habuit gemitum columbinum. 'Cras, cras'; corvi vox. 

[11:14] I myself know, and so does anyone who stops to reflect a little, that nobody who fears God will fail to correct himself at his words, unless he assumes that he has longer to live. This is the thing that kills many people, when they say, 'Tomorrow, tomorrow,' and suddenly the door is shut. He remained outside, croaking like a crow, because he didn’t know how to moan like a dove. 'Tomorrow, tomorrow'; it’s the caw of the crow.

Geme ut columbus, et tunde pectus: sed plagas tibi dando in pectus, caesus correctus esto; ne non videaris conscientiam caedere, sed malam conscientiam pugnis pavimentare, solidiorem reddere, non correctiorem. Geme non inani gemitu.

Moan like a dove and beat your breast; but when you give yourself blows on the breast, take care you emerge from the beating corrected. Otherwise what you may appear to be doing is not beating your conscience, but ramming down a bad conscience into concrete with your fists, making it harder and more solid than ever, not correcting it. Moan and groan, but not with meaningless moans and groans.

Forte enim dicis tibi: 'Promisit mihi Deus indulgentiam, quando me correxero; securus sum: lego divinam Scripturam, Iniquus in qua die conversus fuerit ab iniquitatibus suis, et fecerit justitiam, omnes iniquitates ejus obliviscar. [Ezek. 18:21-22] Securus sum; quando me correxero, dat mihi Deus indulgentiam de malis meis.'

Someone will perhaps say to you, 'God promised me pardon when I have corrected myself; I’m safe, I read the divine scripture, On the day the wicked man turns away from his wickedness and does justice, I will forget all his wickedness. [Ezek. 18:21-22] I’m safe; when I correct myself, God grants me a pardon for my bad deeds.'

Et quid ego dicturus sum? Contra Deum reclamaturus? Dicturus sum Deo: 'Noli illi dare indulgentiam?' Dicturus sum hoc scriptum non esse, hoc Deum non promisisse? Si ista dixero, omnia falsa dico. Bene dicis, verum dicis: indulgentiam correctioni tuae promisit Deus, negare non possum: sed dic mihi, rogo te; ecce ego consentio et concedo et cognosco quia indulgentiam Deus promisit tibi; crastinum enim diem quis tibi promisit? Ubi mihi legis indulgentiam te accepturum, si te correxeris; lege ibi mihi quantum victurus sis. 'Non lego,' inquis. Nescis ergo quantum victurus sis. Esto correctus et semper paratus. Noli timere diem ultimum, tanquam furem qui te dormiente effodiat parietem: sed vigila, et corrige te hodie. Quid differs in crastinum? 'Longa vita erit.'Ipsa bona longa sit. [Augustine, Sermo 82, c. 2.3-11.14, PL 38, col. 507-513]

And what am I going to say? Am I going to protest against God? Am I going to say to God, 'Don’t grant him pardon'? Am I going to say this wasn’t written, God didn’t make this promise? If I say any of this, what I say is all untrue. What you say is right, what you say is true. God did promise pardon for your correcting yourself; I can’t deny it. But tell me this, please—look, I agree, I know, I grant you, God did promise you pardon. I mean, did anyone promise you tomorrow? That place you are reading to me from, about how you are going to receive pardon if you correct yourself: read to me from it how long you are going to live. 'I don’t read that,' you say. So you don’t know how long you are going to live. Let yourself be corrected now, and so always ready. Don’t be afraid of the last day, like a thief who digs through the wall while you’re asleep, but wake up and correct yourself today. Why put it off till tomorrow? 'Life will be long.' This long life of yours, let it be a good one. [Augustine, Sermo 82, c. 2.3-11.14, transl. Edmund Hill, The Works of Saint Augustine, vol. III.3, Charlottesville, Virginia 2001, pp. 370-377]

Sequitur: 4Infantibus vero usque ad quintum decimum annum aetatis disciplinae diligentia adhibeatur ab omnibus et custodia sit, 5sed et hoc cum omni mensura et ratione. 6Nam in fortiori aetate qui praesumpserit aliquatenus sine praecepto abbatis, vel in ipsis infantibus sine discretione exarserit, disciplinae regulari subjaceat, quia scriptum est: 7Quod tibi non vis fieri, alii ne feceris. [cf. Tob. 4:16; Matt. 7:12; Luke 6:31] 

It follows: 4There should be supervision and diligent discipline of children up to the age of fifteen on everyone’s part, 5but this with all moderation and reason. 6Anyone who presumes in any way against someone older without the abbot’s permission or whose temper flares thoughtlessly at those children should be subject to the discipline of the Rule, for it is written: 7Do not do to another what you do not want done to yourself. [cf. Tob. 4:16; Matt. 7:12; Luke 6:31]

Quod enim dicit infantibus vero usque ad quintum decimum annum aetatis et rel., subaudiendum est: ab omnibus illis, qui non indigent disciplina, sed disciplinam noverunt, disciplina, teneatur. Nam non est consequens, ut illi disciplinam dent, qui indigent disciplina et nesciunt disciplinam.

For when he says children up to the age of fifteen etc., it ought to be understood: discipline should be maintained on everyone’s part who do not need discipline but know discipline. For it does not follow that they might give discipline who lack discipline and do not know discipline.

Et hoc notandum est, quia illis infantibus quindecim annos habentibus dixit, qui vitam cum annis concordant: nam ceteris etiam usque viginti vel eo amplius, donec intelligunt, semper diligentiam habeant et custodiam, nec locum suum in ullo loco teneant inter alios, nisi inter illos, cum quibus in disciplina et custodia sunt. Nam cum exierint de disciplina, locum suum accipiant, i. e. illum, quando in monasterium intraverunt.

And it ought to be noted that he spoke about those children up to the age of fifteen, who harmonize life with years: for to others even up to twenty or more than that, until they have understanding, always they should have discipline and supervision, and should not hold their own place in any place among others, unless among those under whose discipline and custody they are. For when they excel concerning discipline, they should receive their place, i.e., that place when they enter into the monastery.

Quod autem dicit et hoc cum omni mensura et ratione, ad disciplinam attinet et non ad custodiam, quia custodia infantum nullam mensuram debet habere, eo quod regula dicit ubi et ubi custodiam habeant.

When he says but this with all moderation and reason, he refers to discipline and not to supervision, since the supervision of children ought to have no moderation, concerning which the rule says anywhere else they should be under supervision.

Quod vero dicit vel in ipsis infantibus sine discretione exarserit - quasi diceret: si in ipsis infantibus sine mensura et ratione disciplinam adhibuerit. Exarserit, i. e. exardescerit. Sicut enim stipula depascitur ab igne, ita et homo depas [page 622] citur ab ira, cum ab ea superatur, et ex hoc ultra mensuram agit tabescens ira. Istud vero quod dicit regulari disciplinae subjaceat, est per septem gradus ducendus.

And truly he says or whose temper flares thoughtlessly at those children - as if he had said: if he would direct discipline at those children without moderation and reason. Temper flares, i. e., he would be angry. For just as the stalk is cut down by fire, so also is man cut [page 622] down by anger, when he is overcome by it, and from this dwindling anger goes beyond moderation. But he says this important thing too, he should be subject to the discipline of the Rule, which ought to be pursued through seven steps.

V. gr. si aliquis, qui non habet ministerium, videt aliquem male tractare librum, aut aliquem sermonem non recte proferre et cetera his similia, pro disciplina [autem] eum percusserit aut excommunicaverit, iste talis non in graviori culpa teneri debet, sed in leviori. Si vero aliquis per rixam aut pugno vel fuste percusserit aliquem sine discretione aut sine jussione abbatis, iste talis non in leviori tenendus est, sed in majori, h. e. noxa.

For example if someone who does not have an office sees someone to treat a book badly, or not to put forward proper speech or things similar to this, he should for discipline strike him or excommunicate him. Such a thing ought not to be held in a graver sin, but in lighter. But if someone through a brawl or fight or with a stick strikes another thoughtlessly or without the permission of the abbot, such a person ought not to be held in a lighter guilt, but in a major guilt, namely a crime.

Et hoc notandum est, quia, si talis magister infantum fuerit, qui quamvis nimis in ira accensus infantes aut percusserit vel excommunicaverit ultra mensuram aut certe male percusserit, tamen sollicitus est nimis super infantes, iste talis propter iram non est expellendus, sed magis tolerandus est et corripiendus et admonendus et rel. propter suam bonam sollicitudinem. Reddit enim causam, quare, cum dicit quod tibi non vis fieri, alii ne feceris.

And it ought to be noted that if such a teacher of children were to be, who although he struck the struck children excessively, having been kindled in anger, or excommunicated beyond moderation or struck very badly, nevertheless was excessively concerned about the children, such a person ought not to be expelled because of anger, but ought rather to be tolerated and corrected and admonished, etc. because of his good concern. He gives a reason why when he says do not do to another what you do not want done to yourself.

Forte dicit quis: 'quare debeo flagellare infantum aut illum, qui indiget disciplina, eum ego nolo, ut alter me flagellet?' Cui respondendum est: 'quia cuperes tu, qui jam intelligis, ut quilibet flagellasset te, cum non intelligebas.'

Maybe someone might say: ‘why should I whip a child or he who deserves discipline when I would not wish another to whip me?’ To which it should be responded: ‘since you should desire, who now understand, that someone might have whipped you when you did not understand.’

Quod autem dicit in fortiori aetate, ad superiorem sententiam respicit, ubi dicit non praesumat quis alium caedere et rel., eo quod illa est mater istius sententiae, et exinde nata est occasio dicendi postmodum etiam de infantibus.

Moreover he said against someone older, by which he referred to a greater understanding, where he says someone should not presume to strike another etc., because that is the mother of his thought, and thence is born the occasion of speaking later about the children as well.

   


Cap. LXXI
UT OBEDIENTES SIBI SINT INVICEM FRATRES

[Ms P, fol. 172r - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 71
THEY SHOULD BE OBEDIENT TO ONE ANOTHER

Translated by: Daniel Price

Quia venit B. Benedictus ad consummationem sui operis, ideo in eo virtute consummavit, a qua opus suum inchoavit. Ille opus suum a virtute obedientiae inchoavit dicens: Ausculta, o fili, praecepta magistri, et inclina aurem cordis tui et admonitionem pii patris libenter excipe et efficaciter comple [Regula Benedicti, prologue.1]; et reddit causam quare, cum dicit: ut ad cum per [page 623] laborem1 redeas, a quo per inobedientiae desidiam recesseras [Regula Benedicti, prologue.2]; et in virtute obedientiae consummavit, cum dicit: 1Obedientiae bonum non solum abbati exhibendum est ab omnibus, sed etiam sibi invicem obediant fratres et rel., quia mos est sanctorum doctorum, a qua virtute inchoant, in eadem consummant; v. gr. a caritate inchoant, in latitudine ejusdem caritatis opus suum consummant.  

Since B. Benedict came to the consummation of his work, therefore he concluded in that virtue with which he had begun his work. He began his work with the virtue of obedience, saying: Listen carefully, my son, to the teachings of a master and incline the ear of your heart. Gladly accept and effectively fulfill the instruction of a loving father [Regula Benedicti, prologue.1]; and he rendered the reason why, when he said: so that through [page 623] the work of obedience you may return to him from whom you had withdrawn through the sloth of disobedience [Regula Benedicti, prologue.2]; and he concluded with the virtue of obedience, when he said: 1The goodness of obedience is to be shown by all, not just to the abbot, but the brothers should similarly obey each other etc., since the custom of the holy teachers is that they conclude in the same virtue with which they begin; for example they begin with love, and in the wideness of the same love they conclude their work.  

Et bene B. Benedictus ab obedientia inchoavit, quia, sicut initium recedendi a Deo inobedientia est, ita etiam virtus obedientiae initium est convertendi ad Deum. Ait enim: 1Obedientiae bonum non solum abbati exhibendum est ab omnibus, sed etiam sibi invicem obediant fratres, 2scientes, per hanc obedientiae viam se ituros ad Deum.

And rightly B. Benedict began with obedience, since, just as the beginning of receding from God is disobedience, so also the virtue of obedience is the beginning of converting to God. For he says: 1The goodness of obedience is to be shown by all, not just to the abbot, but the brothers should similarly obey each other, 2knowing that they will approach God by this path of obedience.

Quod vero dicit ut obedientes sibi sint invicem fratres - quasi diceret: 'O auditores mei! o discipuli mei! Superius vos admonui, soli abbati bonum obedientiae exhibere; nunc autem dico vos admonens: bonum obedientiae non solum abbati exhibendum est ab omnibus, sed etiam vobis invicem obedientiam exhibete!'

And he says: that the brothers should be obedient to one another - as if he had said: ‘Oh my audience! Oh my students! I admonished you above to show the goodness of obedience only to the abbot; now however I speak admonishing you: the goodness of obedience ought to be shown not only to the abbot by everyone, but also show obedience to one another!'

Sequitur: 3Praemisso ergo abbatis aut praepositorum, qui ab eo constituuntur, imperio, cui non permittimus privata imperia praeponi - quasi diceret: ergo si ita est, ut non solum abbati exhibenda est obedientia, sed etiam omnibus invicem praebenda, ergo praemisso abbatis imperio aut praepositorum vel decanorum omnibus sibi obediant: i. e. ut nullus debet dimittere abbatis imperium vel decani aut praepositi et obedire ceteris. Praemisso, i. e. anteposito. Praeponimus, i. e. supponimus. Privata, i. e. illorum, qui absque potestate sunt.   

It follows: 3Excepting the command of the abbot or the priors he has appointed, which we permit no private commands to supersede - as if he would say: therefore if it is so, that obedience ought to be shown not only to the abbot but also ought to be shown by everyone to one another, therefore they should all obey one another excepting the command of the abbot or the priors or deacons: i.e. no one ought to dismiss the command of the abbot or deacon or prior and obey that of someone else. Excepting means positioned ahead. To supersede means to place before. Private commands means the commands of those who do not have power.   

Et est sensus, cum dicit: 3Praemisso ergo abbatis imperio aut praepositorum, qui ab eo constituuntur, cui non permittimus privata imperia praeponi: 4de cetero omnes juniores prioribus suis omni caritate et sollicitudine obediant, i. e. pro nullius imperio monachi non debent postponere imperium abbatis, sed magis debent ei primitus obedire, et postmodum juniores prioribus suis [page 624] debent obedire.

And this is the sense when he says: 3Excepting the command of the abbot or the priors he has appointed, which we permit no private commands to supersede, for the rest all juniors should obey their seniors with all love and attentiveness, i.e. they ought not to set aside the command of the abbot for the command of a monk, but they ought to obey him first, and after that juniors [page 624] ought to obey their seniors.

In hoc loco quod dicit praepositorum, non est tantum intelligendum de illo praeposito, qui super decanos est et secundus ab abbate, sed de omnibus, qui praelati consistunt, intelligi debent praepositi, videlicet de decanis vel circatoribus in hoc loco nomine praepositorum intelligi debent et de omnibus, qui praeferuntur.

In this place what is said of priors should not only be understood to mean that prior, who is above the deacons and second to the abbot, but priors ought to be understood as concerning all who constitute the prelates, namely deacons or inspectors and all who have an elevated status ought to be recognized by the name of priors in this place.

Nunc videndum est, quare S. Benedictus dicit 1bonum obedientiae non solum abbati exhibendum est, sed etiam sibi invicem obediant fratres, vel quando debeant fratres sibi invicem obedire, cum ipse S. Benedictus nullum spatium donat obediendi?

Now it should be seen, why S. Benedict says 1the goodness of obedience is to be shown by all, not just to the abbot, but the brothers should similarly obey each other, or when the brothers ought to obey one another, since Benedict himself gives no room for obeying?

V. gr. a mane usque ad horam secundam vel tertiam aut paene quartam aut dicit laborare vel legere; deinde usque ad horam vel sextam aut decimam dicit vel legere aut laborare juxta rationem temporis, sicut ipse definivit, et postea dicit manducare. Ista quaestio duobus modis solvitur: Tunc enim obedientes sibi invicem sunt fratres, uno modo cum unus obedit in coquina, alter hospitibus servit, alius vero infirmis, aut cum tu cellararius es, omnibus obedientiam impendis.  

For example, from morning to the second or third hour, or almost the fourth, he says to work or to read; then to the sixth or tenth hour he says to read or work according to the reckoning of the time, as he himself defined, and afterwards he says to eat. This question is resolved in two ways: for the brothers are then obedient to one another in one way when one obeys in the kitchen, another serves the guests, and another serves the sick, or when you are the cellarer, rendering obedience to everyone  

Similiter intelligendum est de ceteris obedientiis, aut certe intelligitur de voluntate etiam fratris: v. gr. Si videris fratrem laborantem et dixerit tibi obedire, et tu non audes dimittere obedientiam a prioribus tibi injunctam, et volueris illi obedire, si auderes, - quamvis non possis, tamen coram Deo illi obedis, licet non obedias corpore propter obedientiam majoris, quam non audes dimittere, quia Dominus voluntatem tuam attendit. Altero modo solvitur haec quaestio, ut intra abbatis aut praepositorum, si potest, debent sibi invicem obedire; v. gr. cum donat licentiam lavandi pannos decem fratribus vel quotquot fuerint, et postea est talis aut delicatus vel debilis, qui hoc officium non potest facere, tu autem si vides, quia potes tuum obsequium peragere, debes etiam intra ipsam obedientiam tibi injunctam, si tu cognoveris, vel ipse innuerit aut dixerit, ejus pannos lavare.

It ought to be understood similarly concerning other obedience, or surely it is also understood concerning the will of the brother: for example, if you see a brother working and he said to you that you should obey, and you do not dare to abandon obedience enjoined upon you by the seniors, and you wish to obey the brother, if you would dare - although you are not able, nevertheless you obey him before God, although you might not obey in the flesh because of obedience toward the higher placed, which you do not dare to abandon, since the Lord attends your will. This question is resolved in another way, so that while obeying the instructions of the abbot or priors, if it is possible, the brothers ought to obey one another; for example, when he gives license to wash garments to ten brothers, or however many there might be, and afterward there is one brother either very delicate or feeble, who is not able to perform this task, but you if you see this, since you are able to fulfil your service, you ought also to wash his clothes within that obedience enjoined to you, if you happen to be aware, whether he himself beckons to you or says something.

Similiter cum calciarios injungitur tibi lavare, et tunc intra hanc obedientiam debes lavare, si cognoveris illum priorem, qui tibi injunxit, velle, aut si ipse senior innuerit aut certe dixerit [page 625] ejus calciarios lavare vel ungere; simili modo si injunctum tibi fuerit, coquinam facere cum tuo seniore, tu si illum rusticiorem laborem ibi feceris, quia alter non potuit, et forte plus quam ille alius obedientiam seniori tuo impendis. Et similiter in reliquis causis intelligendum est de cetero, i. e. de reliquo.

Similarly when it is enjoined to you to clean the shoes, then also within this obedience you ought to wash, if you recognise the senior who commanded you, either if that elder beckons or certainly if he speaks, [page 625] be willing to wash or anoint his shoes; in a similar way if you had been enjoined to do the kitchen with your elder, if you would perform there the more menial labour, since the other was not able, perhaps more than that other you devote obedience to your elder. And similarly in other cases it ought to be understood considering the other, i.e. the remainder.

Attendendum est, quia non dicit solummodo caritate, sed omni, i. e. mentis et corporis. Simili modo cum dicit sollicitudine, subaudiendum est: omni. Caritas enim attinet ad dilectionem, videlieet Dei et proximi; sollicitudo vero attinet ad caritatem et ad locum.

It ought to be noticed, that he does not say only with love, but with all love, i.e. of mind and body. In a similar way when he says with attentiveness, it ought to be understood: with all attentiveness. For love refers to care, namely to God and neighbour; but attentiveness refers to love and to place.

Sequitur: 5Quod si quis contentiosus reperitur, corripiatur. Et bene, cum obedientiae fecit mentionem, subjunxit: si quis contentiosus fuerit, corripiatur, quia nulli magis contentio congruit, quam inobedienti. Contentiosus enim est ille, i. e. quia2 quidquid agit, semper cum murmurio vel detractione agit, sive cum defensione mala atque ingenio.

It follows: 5If someone is discovered to be resisting, he should be rebuked. And rightly, since he makes mention of obedience, he adds: if someone would be contentious, he should be rebuked, since resistance agrees with nothing more than someone disobeying. For that person is resisting, i.e. since, whatever he does, he always does with muttering or slander, or with bad argument and nature.

Sequitur: 6Si quis autem frater pro quavis minima causa ab abate vel a quoquam priore suo corripitur quolibet modo, 7vel si leviter senserit animum prioris cujuscunque contra se iratum vel commotum quamvis modice, 8mox sine mora tamdiu prostratus in terra ante pedes ejus jaceat satisfaciens, usque dum benedictione sanetur illa commotio. Iratum enim attinet ad majorem iram, commotum vero attinet ad modicam iram.   

It follows: 6If any brother is corrected in any way, for however small an offense, by the abbot or any senior, 7or if he even vaguely senses anger or distress, however minor, of any senior brother’s soul toward him, he should at once, 8without delay, lie prostrate on the ground at his feet, making satisfaction until the disturbance is healed with a blessing. Angry refers to a greater anger, but distress refers to a little anger.  

Quaeri etenim potest in hoc loco: 'Jam, quia scimus, ut si minor a priore correptus fuerit, debet veniam petere, nunc videndum est, si major a minore reprehensus fuerit, quid illi faciendum est, utrum minori suo debeat veniam petere necne?' Utique veniam petere debet suo minori, quia quantum apud Deum attinet, ille minor prior esse videtur, eo quod in illa hora melius intelligit quam major, licet minor sit tempore vel aetate; et ille major, quia reprehensibilis est ante Dei judicium, minor esse cognoscitur.

It ought also to be asked in this place: 'Now, since we know that if a lesser is corrected by a senior, he ought to seek pardon, now should it be seen, if a greater should be blamed by a minor, what should he do, ought he to seek pardon from his lesser or not?' Certainly he ought to seek pardon from his lesser, since inasmuch as he draws toward God, that lesser seems to be the senior, because in that hour he understands better than the greater, although he might be lesser in time (in the monastery?) or age; and that greater, since he is reprehensible before the judgement of God, is understood to be lesser.

Et notandum est, si talis fuerit ille minor, ut debeat praecellere, debet ascendere, quia, ne ista ratio videatur esse confusa, ideo superius jussit S. Benedictus, sucundum meritum vitae [page 626] debere abbatem ordinare, et propterea abbas debet ita disponere et ordinare, ut haec ratio possit suo ordine servari.

And it ought to be noted, if that lesser is so great that he would excel, he ought to rise in rank, since, lest that reasoning seem to be confused, S. Benedict ordered above that the abbot ought to ordain according to the merit of life, [page 626] and because the abbot ought to arrange and order thus, so this reasoning is able to be served by his ordination.

Hoc vero notandum est, quia cum quis petit veniam, debet ille, cui petit, statim dicere ei surgere, eo quod, ubi dicit 8tamdiu prostratus jaceat, usque dum benedictione sanetur illa commotio, subaudiendum est: statim ei debet dicere surgere. Si autem noluerit ei dicere surgere, aut certe si tanta fuerit negligentia, ut possit statim parcere, et non pepercerit, tunc, quia non pepercit, ducendus est per gradus, i. e. admoneatur secrete, si secreta fuerit culpa, deinde objurgetur publice, sicut jam superius dictum est, deinde si noluerit parcere in se peccanti et veniam dare, debet poni in ultimo loco, donec discat veniam tribuere aliis in se peccantibus et veniam petentibus. Post vero cum emendaverit hoc vitium, tunc revertatur in suum locum.

But it ought to be noted that when someone asks pardon, the one from whom it is sought ought to immediately tell him to rise, because, where it says 8lie prostrate on the ground at his feet, making satisfaction until the disturbance is healed with a blessing, it ought to be understood: immediately he ought to say to him to rise. If however he does not wish to tell him to rise, or surely if the negligence were such that he is not able to forbear immediately, and he does not forbear, then, since he did not forbear, he ought to be conducted through the steps, i.e. he ought to be admonished privately, if it were a private crime, then let him be scolded publically, just as it is said above, and then if he does not wish to forbear from sinning in himself and to give pardon, he ought to be placed in the lowest place, until he learns to give pardon to others sinning in themselves and seeking pardon. But after he has amended this wrong, then he can be returned to his place.

Sequitur: 9quod qui contempserit facere, aut corporali vindictae subjaceat aut, si contumax fuerit, de monasterio expellatur. Sed hic quaeri potest: quid est, quod hic S. Benedictus dicit si contumax fuerit, de monasterio expellatur, cum superius idem ipse dicat si quis contumax aut inobediens et rel., admoneatur semel et secundo secrete a senioribus suis; si non emendaverit, objurgetur publice [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1-2] et rel. Quomodo enim expellendus est contumax, si admonendus est? vel quomodo admonendus, si expellendus est? Haec quaestio ita solvitur: Sciendum est namque, quia est alia contumacia, quae nullo modo unquam vult adquiescere, et altera est contumacia, quae si ad tempus contumax fuerit, i. e. si ad tempus noluerit adquiescere, tamen postmodum poenitens dicit, se velle acquiescere. Et tunc ille contumax expellendus est, qui nullo modo vult acquiescere regulae disciplinae; et ille contumax admonendus est, qui si ad tempus dicit, nolle suscipere disciplinam, postmodum poenitens dicit, se velle suscipere. Sciendum est enim, quia contumacia diversis modis fit, quamvis ad illos duos, quos superius diximus, fines venit.

It follows: 9Anyone who scorns doing this should be subject to corporal punishment or, if he is stubborn, be expelled from the monastery. But here it ought to be asked: what does it mean when S. Benedict says here if he is stubborn, he should be expelled from the monastery, when he himself says above if any brother is found to be stubborn, disobedient etc., he should be privately reprimanded by his seniors once and then a second time; if he does not improve, he should be scolded publicly, in everyone’s presence [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1-2] etc. For how ought the stubborn person to be expelled, if he ought to be admonished? Or how ought he to be admonished, if he is to be expelled? This question is resolved in such a way: it should be understood that there is one sort of stubbornness, in which in no way he ever wishes to submit, and there is another sort of stubbornness, in which if he is stubborn in a moment, i.e. if he does not wish to submit at a particular time, nevertheless afterward penitent he says that it is willing to submit. And thus that stubborn one should be expelled, who in no way wishes to submit to the discipline of the rule; and that stubborn one ought to be admonished, who although he says at a particular time that he does not wish to undertake discipline, afterwards penitent says that he wishes himself to undertake discipline. For it ought to be known that stubbornness happens in diverse ways, although to those two ways which we discussed above, an end comes.

V. gr. sunt quinque fratres: unus quidem, quia peccavit secrete, cum secrete admonetur, dicit: ‘non mihi curae est, quod dicis, quia nolo suscipere [page 627] regularem disciplinam’; iste talis quamvis ita dixit, tamen postmodum aut illi aut certe abbati, cum nunciatur, jactat se in terram dicens: ‘mea culpa est, quid peccavi; nunc paratus sum suscipere, quidquid placuerit vobis judicare’: iste admonendus est et ducendus per gradus. Item secundus frater cum peccat secrete, admonetur secrete, quia secrete peccavit; et cum admonetur dicit: ‘non mihi curae est, quod dicis, quia nolo regularem disciplinam suscipere’, et cet. sicut consuevit facere superbus. Simili etiam modo dicit, cum ante abbatem admonetur. Deinde ducitur in publicum, simili modo dicit etiam in capitulo. Iste talis expellendus est, si jam grandis de saeculo conversus est in monasterio, quia ipse sponte venit; si autem infans ibi nutritus fuerit et quia vult ad pejorem conversationem ire, i. e. in saeculo, iste non debet expelli, sed in carcerem mittendus est, donec se emendaverit, etiam usque ad mortem. Item tertius frater peccat secrete, et cum secrete admonetur, dicit similiter, sicut superius diximus; similiter etiam ante abbatem dicit. Deinde cum venerit in capitulum et ibi poenitens dixerit: ‘mea culpa est, quia peccavi; volo suscipere judicium, quod vobis placet dare’: iste talis non expellendus est

For example, there are five brothers: a certain one who, since he sinned secretly, when he is secretly admonished, says: 'I do not care what you say, since I do not wish to undertake [page 627] the discipline of the rule'; that brother, however much he might have spoken so, nevertheless afterwards either to that one or certainly to the abbot, when it has been announced, throws himself on the ground saying: 'The guilt is mine that I sinned; now I am prepared to undertake whatever it might please you to judge': that brother ought to be admonished and led through the steps. Similarly a second brother, when he sins secretly, is admonished secretly, since he sinned secretly; and when he is admonished he says: 'I do not care what you say, since I do not wish to undertake the discipline of the rule', etc. just as happened the same way above. He speaks in a similar way also, when he is admonished before the abbot. Then he is led into a public place, and he also speaks in a similar way in chapter. Such a brother should be expelled, if he was converted into the monastery as an adult from the world, since he came of his own free will; if however he was raised there as an infant and since he wished to go to a wicked way of life, i.e. into the world, that brother ought not to be expelled, but he ought to be sent to jail until he mends his ways, even all the way until his death. Similarly a third brother sins secretly, and when he is admonished secretly, speaks similarly, just as we described above; and similarly he speaks before the abbot. Then when he has come into the chapter and there has spoken penitent: ‘The guilt is mine, since I sinned; I wish to undertake the judgement which pleases you to give'; such a brother ought not to be expelled

Item quartus est frater, qui dum in publico arguitur, quia forte publice peccavit, aut certe in secundo vel tertio gradu est, et rel. et dixerit: ‘hanc disciplinam nolo suscipere nec regulae subdi volo’, et perseveraverit in hac resistentia, iste talis expellendus est, ita tamen, si jam grandis conversus est, sicut dixi; si autem infans ibi nutritus fuerit, non est expellendus, sed in carcerem mittendus est. Item quintus est frater; dum publice corripitur, sive quia in aliquo gradu est, sive quia publice peccavit, dicit, se nolle suscipere disciplinam, sed tamen postmodum jactat se in terram poenitens dicens, se velle suscipere: iste non est expellendus. Hoc etiam notandum est, quia ille post secretam admonitionem et publicam correptionem debet excommunicari et si in hac excommunicatione contumax fuerit, i. e. si dixerit se nolle suscipere excommunicationem, et postmodum petierit ex hoc petens [page 628] veniam pro causa, qua debuerat excommunicari, excommunicetur et pro contumacia sua publice corripiatur. Si vero postea, cum nimiis jejuniis debet constringi, [et] ibi repertus etiam fuerit contumax, et poenitens petierit veniam pro causa, qua debet constringi, constringatur nimiis jejuniis et pro contumacia sua excommunicetur.

Similarly there is the fourth brother, who when he is accused in public, since by chance he sinned in public, either is in the second or the third step etc. and he said: 'I do not wish to undertake this discipline, nor do I wish to submit to the rule', and he has persevered in this resistance, such a brother should be expelled, or at least in the case if as an adult he was converted, as I said; if however he had been raised there as an infant, he ought not to be expelled but sent to jail. Similarly there is the fifth brother; when he is rebuked publically, whether he is in some step, or whether since he sinned publically, he says that he doesn't want to undertake discipline, but nevertheless afterwards throws himself on the ground penitent saying that he wishes to undertake discipline, that brother ought not to be expelled. It also ought to be noted that he ought to be excommunicated after a secret admonition and public correction, and if he should be stubborn in this excommunication, i.e. if he has said that he does not wish to submit to the excommunication, and afterwards he should repent from this, seeking [page 628] pardon for the cause for which he deserved to be excommunicated, he should be excommunicated and publically rebuked for his stubbornness. Afterward, he ought to be constrained with extreme fasting, and if there he should also be found stubborn, and penitent he seeks pardon for the cause for which he ought to be constrained, he should be constrained with excessive fasting and excommunicated for his stubbornness.

Quod enim dicit vindicta corporali subjaceat et rel., duobus modis intelligitur, i. e. in nimiis jejuniis et in flagellis. Ac per hoc non est hic contrarium, quod hic dicitur quod si facere contempserit. Si fuerit secreta admonitio, et ille noluerit petere veniam, tenenda est sententia illa, qua dicit: Si quis frater contumax aut inobediens [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1] i. e. secundum illam sententiam admonendus est frater semel et bis secrete; deinde publice non objurgetur, sed tantum aut nimiis jejuniis affligatur aut verberibus coerceatur secundum qualitatem personae. [cf. Regula Benedicti, ch. 23.2-5] Deinde si imprimis publice correptus noluerit veniam petere, tunc secundum hunc locum intelligi debet, h. e. aut nimiis jejuniis statim aut flagellis castigetur, si talis fuerit persona.  

For when he says should be subject to corporal punishment etc., it ought to be understood in two ways, i.e. in excessive fasting and in beatings. And there is no contradiction here in this, since it is said here if he should scorn doing so. If there were a private admonition, and that brother did not wish to seek pardon, that sentence ought to be held which says: if any brother is found to be stubborn or disobedient [Regula Benedicti, c. 23.1] i.e. according to that sentence the brother ought to be privately admonished once and twice; and then he ought to be scolded publically, but only either submitted to excessive fasting or coerced with blows according to the quality of the person. [cf. Regula Benedicti, ch. 23.2-5] Thence if first publically corrected he did not wish to seek pardon, then it ought to be understood according to this place, that is he should be castigated either with excessive fasting immediately or with blows, if he should be such a person.

Quod autem dicit si contumax fuerit, de monasterio expellatur, h. e. si talis fuerit, qui regularem omnimodo, sicut jam diximus, noluerit suscipere disciplinam, de monasterio expellatur, et in ista expulsione debet attendi persona, sicut saepe jam dictum est, i. e. si jam grandis venerit de seculo, tunc debet expelli; si vero parvus fuerit nutritus in monasterio, non debet expelli sed mitti in carcerem, quia melius est, ut in carcere sit quam ad saeculum, i. e. ad pejorem conversationem vadat.

Moreover he says that if he is stubborn, he should be expelled from the monastery, that is, if he should be a person of the sort who would not wish to undertake the discipline of the rule entirely, just as we have said, he should be expelled from the monastery, and in that expulsion his person ought to be considered, just as it has now been often said, i.e. if he came to the monastery already grown, then he should be expelled; but if he had been a little boy raised in the monastery, he ought not to be expelled but sent into jail, since it is better that he should be in jail than that he should go into the world, i.e. into an evil way of living.

Quod enim si tantae malitiae fuerit, in carcere mittendus sit frater, manifestat S. Benedictus superius in vigesimo septimo capitulo, ubi dicit: Magnopere enim debet sollicitudinem gerere abbas et omni sagacitate et industria curare, ne aliquam de ovibus sibi creditis perdat. [Regula Benedicti, c. 27.5] Numquid non melius est, secundum salutem animae mittere in carcerem, qui recte et rationabiliter ab infantia nutritus est, quam post bonam nutrituram te perdere, sicut regula vetat, dimittendo te ad saeculum ire, ut male vivas? Ac per hoc duobus modis mittendus est monachus in carcerem: uno modo, si in graviori [page 629] culpa tenetur, i. e. cum separatur a mensa et ab oratorio [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 25]; altero vero modo, sicut hic diximus, si contumax fuerit, i. e. si disciplinam regularem suscipere noluerit et nullo pacto adquiescere voluerit dicendo: non mihi curae est de regula; - ita tamen, si ille in monasterio nutritus fuerit, sicut jam diximus.

For that if he would be so evil, the brother ought to be send to jail, S. Benedict showed above in the twenty-seventh chapter, where he says: For the abbot must take special care, hastening most wisely and attentively lest he lose one of the sheep entrusted to him. [Regula Benedicti, c. 27.5] For is it not better to send to jail according to the salvation of the soul he who was raised rightly and rationally from infancy, than to lose you after a good upbringing, as the rule forbids, by sending you to go into the world, so that you might live badly? And through this the monk might be sent to prison in two ways: in one way, if he is held in a more serious [page 629] guilt, i.e. when he is separated from the table and from the oratory [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 25]; and in another way, just as we have said here, if he should be stubborn, i.e. if he does not wish to undertake the discipline of the rule and in no manner wishes to be quiet from saying: it is not for me to care about the rule; - thus again, if that brother was raised in the monastery, just as we have now said.


1. obedientiae. (Mittermüller).
2. est ille, qui. Cod. Divion. ex Marten. (Mittermüller).
 


Cap. LXXII
DE ZELO BONO, QUEM DEBENT MONACHI HABERE

[Ms P, fol. 173v - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 72
ON THE GOOD ZEAL THAT MONKS OUGHT TO HAVE

Translated by: Clare Woods

Notandum est enim, quia suo loco B. Benedictus hoc capitulum dixit. Ille enim cognovit, magnas res per invidiam decrescere et parvas per concordiam crescere. Ideo, postquam dixerat ausculta, o fili, praecepta magistri, [Regula Benedicti, prologue.1] et dixerat, qualis debeat esse abbas, [Regula Benedicti, c. 2] et de instrumentis bonorum operum, [Regula Benedicti, c. 4] et de humilitate et de officiis divinis et de discretione judiciorum et de reliquis virtutibus, ne bonum, quod dixit, per discordiam solveretur, dixit hoc capitulum, cujus clavis est: tDe zelo bono, quem debent monachi habere. 

For it should be noted that Blessed Benedict dictated this chapter in this place. For he knew that great things diminish through ill-will, and small ones increase through harmony. And therefore, after he had said, listen, o son, to the teachings of your master [Rule of Benedict, prologue. 1], and had said what sort of man an abbot ought to be, [Regula Benedicti, c. 2] and spoken concerning the instruments of good works, [Regula Benedicti, c. 4] and on humility and the divine offices, and on discernment in judgements, and on the remaining virtues, in order that the good, about which he spoke, should not be destroyed through discord, he dictated this chapter, whose title is: tOn the good zeal which monks ought to have.  

Ait enim: 1Sicut est zelus amaritudinis malus, qui separat a Deo, et ducit ad infernum, 2ita est zelus bonus, qui separat a vitiis et ducit ad Deum et ad aeternam vitam. 3Hunc ergo zelum ferventissimo amore exerceant monachi, 4i. e. ut honore se invicem praeveniant, 5infirmitates suas sive corporum sive morum patientissime tolerent.

For he says: 1Just as there is a bad zeal of bitterness, which separates from God and leads to hell, 2so is there a good zeal, which separates from vices and leads to God and to eternal life. 3Therefore monks should practice this zeal with the most fervent love, 4that is, they should surpass one another in honour, [and] bear ther infirmities, whether of body or of character, with the utmost patience.

Zelus enim, qui in bono ponitur, intelligitur vis, i. e. amor mentis, et zelus malus intelligitur invidia. Istud ergo superius respicit - ac si diceret: Si ita est, ut zelus bonus separet a vitiis et ducat ad Deum, ergo hunc zelum ferventissimo amore exerceant monachi. Ferventissimo, i. e. ardentissimo. Zelus enim bonus est amor virtutum et horror vitiorum, zelus malus est amor vitiorum et horror virtutum. Zelat quis mulierem suam, ut integra sit, et si corrupta fuerit, deprehendatur. Et sic homo in bono zelat alteram personam, ut sana sit, et si negligens fuerit, cognoscatur. 

For the zeal that is put to good use is understood to be a power - i.e. love - of the mind, and bad zeal is understood to be ill-will. He mentions that above, therefore, as if to say: If it is so, that good zeal separates from vices and leads to God, therefore let monks practice this zeal with the most fervent love. Most fervent means most ardent. For good zeal is a love of virtues and a horror of vices; bad zeal is a love of vices and a horror of virtues. A man is zealously protective of his wife, that she be pure, and if she has been corrupted, that she be caught in the act. And in the same way a man zealously loves another person for his good, that he be well, and if he has been neglectful, that he be known as such. 

Et reddit causam, quomodo debeant monachi exercere hunc zelum, cum subdit: i. e. honore se invicem praeveniant, infirmitates suas sive corporum sive morum patientissime tolerent. Infirmitas [page 630] corporis multis modis venit. Infirmitas enim mentis duobus modis: aut est naturalis, aut est, quae postea venit. Sed in hoc loco per infirmitates mentis commotio animi intelligitur; et hoc est quod B. Paulus apostolus dicit: Alter alterius onera portate, et sic adimplebitis legem Christi. [Gal. 6:2] Tunc enim alter alterius onera portamus, cum sive infirmitates corporis seu pravos mores patienter toleramus.

And he gives a way in which monks ought to practice this zeal when he adds: that is, they should surpass one another in honour, [and] bear their infirmities, whether of body or of character, most patiently. Infirmity of the [page 630] body comes in many forms. Infirmity of the mind comes in two forms: it is either by nature or it is what comes later [in life]. But in this lemma, by infirmities of the mind disturbance of the mind is to be understood; and this is because the blessed apostle Paul says: Carry each other's burdens, and thus you will fulfill Christ's law. [Gal. 6:2] Then truly do we carry each other's burdens, when we bear patiently either infirmities of the body or [men of] bad character.

Sequitur: 6Obedientiam certatim sibi impendant, 7nullus, quod sibi utile judicat, sequatur, sed quod magis alii, 8caritatem fraternitatis casto impendant 9amore. Certatim, i. e. cum certamine vel studiose.

He continues: 6Let them show obedience to each other eagerly, 7let no one strive after what he judges useful to himself, but rather what is useful to another; 8let them show brotherly charity with chaste love. Eagerly means with competition or studiously. 

Et bene hic obedientiae fecit mentionem, quia illa obedientia est bona, quae cum zelo Dei fit. Quod vero dicit nullus quod sibi utile judicat, sequatur, sed quod magis alii - subaudiendum est: utile, vel quod placet, quasi diceret: non debet aliquid hoc agere, quod sibi placet et utile sibi esse judicaverit, sed quod aliis placuerit et utile fuerit. Judicat, i. e. aestimat vel credit. Istud alii quod dixi: placet - ad intentionem S. Benedicti respice, et sic poteris intelligere; non enim de omnibus dicit ‘placet’, sed de abbate aut illa persona, qui praeest in loco ejus; nam de aliis non est intelligendum, ‘placet’ dixisse.

And well does he make mention of obedience, because that obedience is good that is done with zeal for God. And truly, careful attention should be paid when he says let no one strive after what he judges useful to himself, but rather what is useful to another: useful, or what pleases, as if he were to say: he ought not to do something that pleases himself and that he has judged useful to himself, but what would please others and be useful for them. Judges means thinks or believes. That to another, because I have said 'pleases'. Look at St Benedict's instruction and thus you will be able to understand, for he does not use 'pleases' with respect to all people, but to the abbot or that person who has authority in his place; with respect to others he should not be understood to have said 'pleases'.

 Et bene dixit caritatem fraternitatis casto impendant amore, quia caritas fraternitatis est sine ulla retributione, sive impensa, sive impendenda. Quod vero dicit sincera caritate, ita intelligitur:1 tunc est sincera caritas, quando non est corrupta, h. e. quando pro solo amore Dei fit; nam tunc est corrupta, quando non est pro amore Dei facta. Et ista corrupta in duobus modis dividitur, h. e. uno modo fit corrupta caritas, quando aut amore carnali aut propinquitatis aut timore aut remunerationis2 fit. Altero modo fit corrupta, quando simulate fit, h. e. hypocrisis, i. e. cum non ex toto corde fit. Ideo dixit caritate sincera, quia est et [page 631] caritas falsa, h. e. simulata. Duobus enim modis intelligitur sincera: sive ut non sit falsa, sive etiam, quamvis pro amore Dei fit, perfecta, integra et sine intermixtione debet esse. 

 And well did he say let them show brotherly charity with chaste love, because brotherly charity is without any recompense whether paid or to be paid. What is meant by with sincere charity should be understood thus: charity is sincere when it is not corrupt, that is, when it is done for the love of God alone. It is corrupt when it has not been done for the love of God. And this corrupt charity is divided into two kinds, that is, charity becomes corrupt in one way when it is done either through carnal love, or out of intimacy or through fear or love of reward. It becomes corrupt in another way when it is done insincerely, that is hypocrisy, i.e. when it is not done wholeheartedly. And so he said with sincere charity, because there is also [page 631] false charity, i.e. feigned. For sincere is understood in two ways: either that it is not false, or even, in as much as it is done for the love of God, it ought to be perfect, whole and without adulteration. 

Sciendum est enim, quia melius est per ablativum dicere casto impendant amore, quam per accusativum: amorem.

For it should be known that it is better to say in the ablative they should show with chaste love, than in the accusative: love.

Quod enim pro nulla retributione humana diligendus est proximus, docet B. Augustinus in tractatu epistolae Joannis evangelistae, hoc modo dicens: Dilectissimi, si cor nostrum non male senserit, fiduciam habemus ad Deum. Quid est: 'Cor non male senserit?' Verum nobis responderit: quia diligimus, et germana dilectio est in nobis, non ficta, sed sincera, salutem fraternam quaerens, nullum emolumentum exspectans a fratre, nisi salutem ipsius. [Augustine, In Ioannis epistolam ad Parthos VI, c. 4, PL 35, col. 2021]

Blessed Augustine teaches us, in his treatise on the letter of John the Evangelist, that a neighbour should be loved for no human recompense, saying in this way: Dearly beloved, if our heart has not judged us unworthy, we have confidence in God. What does it mean: 'A heart has not judged us unworthy?' Truly he has answered us: that we love, and brotherly love is in us, not feigned but sincere, seeking the health of our brother, expecting no profit from a brother except his health. [Augustine, On the letter of John to the Parthians, VI, c. 4]

Sequitur: 9Deum timeant, 10abbatem suum sincera et humili caritate diligant, 11Christo omnino nihil praeponant, 12qui nos pariter ad vitam aeternam perducat. Bene dixit Deum timeant. Ut ea, quae superius diximus, possint fieri, subjunxit Deum timeant, quia, qui Deum timet, nihil negligit. In tanto enim se manifestat quisque Deum timere, in quantum non negligit.

He continues: 9Let them fear God, 10let them love their abbot with sincere and humble charity, 11let them prefer nothing whatsoever to Christ, 12who leads us equally to eternal life. Well did he say let them fear God. That those things, which we mentioned earlier, might come into being, he added let them fear God, because who fears God neglects nothing. For each man demonstrates that he fears God to the extent that he does not neglect (him).

Quod vero dicit abbatem suum sincera et humili caritate diligant, ita intelligitur: Tunc enim abbatem suum sincere diligunt, cum quidquid boni abbas fecerit, illis placuerit.

What is meant by let them love their abbot with a sincere and humble charity should be understood thus: They love their abbot sincerely when whatever good their abbot does is pleasing to them.

Quod enim dicit Christo omnino nihil praeponant, qui nos pariter ad vitam aeternam perducat - diverse enim praeponitur Christo: tunc enim praeponitur Christo, quando ejus praeceptum contemnens vitium aliquod perpetratur,3 quod diligit; item tunc praeponitur Christo, quando diligendo hominem plus, quam debet, contemnens praeceptum Christi pro amore illius hominis vitium perpetrat; vel tunc praeponitur Christo, quando etiam Christi praeceptum pro amore vanae gloriae humanae agit. Pariter enim ad vitam aeternam perducere est: nullum excludere, sed omnes ducere.

When he says let them prefer nothing whatsoever to Christ, who leads us equally to eternal life - different things may be preferred to Christ. For that is preferred to Christ when, spurning his instruction some sin is committed, of which [the perpetrator] is fond; or that is preferred to Christ when, through loving a man more than one ought, one commits a sin, spurning Christ's instruction for the love of that man; or that is preferred to Christ also, when one does Christ's teaching [but] for the love of vain human glory. To lead equally to eternal life is to exclude no one, but to lead all.


1. Locus hic anticipatur, dum ad sequentem regulae versum ponendus erat. (Mittermüller).
2. remuneratione. Cod. Fürstzell (Mittermüller).
3. perpetrat (?) (Mittermüller).
 


Cap. LXXIII
DE HOC QUOD NON OMNIS OBSERVATIO JUSTITIAE IN HAC REGULA SIT CONSTITUTA

[Ms P, fol. 174r - Paulus Diaconus]

Ch. 73
NOT EVERY PRACTICE OF JUSTICE IS SET OUT IN THIS RULE

Translated by: Zachary Yuzwa

Superius enim dixerat S. Benedictus auditori suo Ad te ergo nunc meus sermo dirigitur [Regula Benedicti, prologue.3], et fecerat illum intentum. Et ex hoc ille relinquens omnia adhaesit ejus doctrinae et coeperat intente audire. S. vero Benedictus coepit dicere de generibus vel vita monachorum [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 1] et de abbate [c. 2] et de reliquis rationibus et pervenit ad hunc locum, ubi dixit tDe eo quod non omnis observatio justitiae in hac sit regula constituta, scilicet pro duabus causis: quia cognovit se tam vita quam doctrina imparem aliis sanctis esse, causa suae humilitatis dixit, et ne suus auditor, qui postquam observaverit ista quasi de plenae justitiae observatione in superbia erigeretur. 

For Benedict had earlier said to his listener, to you therefore is my speech now directed, [Regula Benedicti, prologue.3] and he accomplished his purpose: because of this his listener left all else behind, clung to his teaching and began to listen attentively. Indeed, S. Benedict began to speak about the different sorts of monks or rather their way of life [cf. Regula Benedicti, c. 1], about the abbot [c. 2] and about all their remaining precepts, when at last he arrived at the point where he said: tnot every practice of justice is set out in this Rule. For two reasons did he say this: he spoke out of humility, because he knew that he was unequal to the other saints as much in his way of life as in his teaching; and also so that his listener—because he has heeded these things—might not be roused in arrogance as if he has heeded every possible justice. 

Nunc vero quasi interrogasset auditor ejus dicens: 'Ecce pater! tu me superius provocasti ad te audiendum dicens: Ad te ergo nunc meus sermo dirigitur [Regula Benedicti, prologue.3], et ego, qui putavi, te omnem justitiam me docere, relictis omnibus adhaesi tuae disciplinae. Cur ergo voluisti hanc regulam scribere, si inibi omnis justitiae observatio non continetur?'

Now in fact it is as if his listener questioned him, saying, ‘Look, father! Earlier you compelled me to listen to you, saying, to you therefore is my speech now directed, and I, expecting you to teach me every just conduct, abandoned all else and clung to your instruction. Why therefore did you want to write this rule, if it does not comprehend therein every practice of justice?’

Ille autem quasi respondens dicit: 1Regulam autem hanc descripsimus, ut eam observantes in monasteriis aliquatenus vel honestatem morum aut initium conversationis nos demonstremus habere, - quasi diceret aliis verbis: 'Quia tu eras homo feralis quasi bestia et non habebas aliquod initium convertendi ad Deum, et mores tui errant incompositi, [et] propterea hanc regulam scribere studui, ut tui mores aliquo modo compressi honestatem habeant, et initium conversationis tibi significemus habere.' Aliquatenus, i. e. aliquomodo.

But he said in response, 1We have sketched this Rule so that those of us practicing it in monasteries may show that to some extent we have honor in our ways and the rudiments of monastic life. That is to say, in other words: ‘Because you were a man wild as a beast and had not even begun a turn to God and your character lacked discipline, for these reasons I set to write this rule, in the hope that your character, somehow subdued, might gain honor and that we might demonstrate that we have for you the rudiments of such a conversion.' To some extent, which is to say in one way or another.

Nunc vero quasi respondens iterum videtur auditor interrogare S. Benedictum dicens: 'Jam postquam hic non est omnis justitiae observatio, quid ergo faciendum est mihi? et ubi requirenda est ipsa perfectio?' Ille autem quasi respondens dicit: 2Ceterum ad perfectionem conversationis qui festinat, sunt doctrinae sanctorum patrum, quarum observatio perducit hominem ad celsitudinem perfectionis [page 633]. Ceterum, i. e. reliquum - quasi diceret: si magis vult quis agere, festinet ire ad doctrinam sanctorum patrum.

But now his listener in response seems to question S. Benedict, saying: ‘Now, since this is not every practice of justice, why therefore must I do it? And where must absolute perfection be sought?’ But S. Benedict says in response: 2Otherwise, for one who hastens toward perfection in monastic life, there are the teachings of the holy Fathers, observance of which should direct a man to the peak of perfection. [page 633] Otherwise, which is to say the rest. If anyone prefers to do so, let him hasten to go to the teachings of the holy Fathers.

Sequitur: 3Quae enim pagina aut quis sermo divinae auctoritatis veteris ac novi testamenti non est rectissima norma, vitae humanae? 4aut quis liber sanctorum catholicorum patrum hoc non resonat, ut recto cursu perveniamus ad creatorem nostrum? 5Nec non et collationes patrum et instituta et vita eorum et regula sancti patris nostri Basilii, 6quid aliud sunt nisi bene viventium et obedientium monachorum instrumenta virtutum? 7Nobis autem desidiosis et male viventibus atque negligentibus rubor confusionis est.

He continues: 3For which page, which word of the divine authority of the Old and New Testament is not the most righteous guide for human life? 4And which book by the holy Catholic Fathers does not resound with how we may arrive at our creator by a straight path? 5As for the Conferences, Institutes, and Lives of the Fathers, as well as the Rule of our holy father Basil, 6what else are they but tools of virtue for good and obedient monks? 7For us, lazy, neglectful and wicked, they cause a blush of shame.

Quod enim dicit quae pagina aut quis sermo divinae auctoritatis veteris ac novi testamenti - attinet ad libros veteris et novi testamenti. Quod autem dicit aut quis liber sanctorum catholicorum patrum - attinet ad expositiones veteris et novi testamenti; catholicus enim est ille, cujus liber a catholica ecclesia recipitur.    

When he says which page, which word of the divine authority of the Old and New Testament, this pertains to the books of the Old and New Testament. When he says which book of the holy Catholic Fathers, this pertains to their exegesis of the Old and New Testament. For, he is Catholic, whose book is received by the Catholic Church.    

Et bene post historiae libros et expositiones ejus nunc dicit collationes patrumCollationum enim tria volumina sunt: unum volumen continet septem collationes, aliud septem, tertium autem decem, qui fiunt insimul viginti quatuor libri.

And rightly does he now mention after the books of history and its exegesis the Conferences of the Fathers. For there are three volumes of Conferences: one volume contains seven conferences, the second seven and the third ten, which all together make twenty-four books.

Instituta enim ideo dicitur, quia ibi institutum est de cibis et potibus atque vestimentis monachorum; necnon etiam ibi constitutum est, qualiter debet pugnare unusquisque contra unumquodque vitium, quo impugnatur. Vita enim eorum attinet ad illos libros, ubi de eorum miraculis dicitur.

The Institutes are so called, because in them there is instruction about the food and drink and garb of monks. And also in them it is established how anyone should beat back whatever vice by which he is beset. As for the Lives, this pertains to those books where there is discussion of their miracles.

Quod autem dicit sed et regula sancti patris nostri Basilii et reliq. - ista omnia, i. e. scriptura veteris et novi testamenti et expositio earum et collationes et instituta et vitae patrum, ista omnia instrumenta sunt virtutum monachorum bene viventium et obedientiumnobis autem desidiosis et negligentibus et male viventibus sunt rubor confusionisDesidiosis, i. e. pigris et negligentibus.

And when he says as well as the Rule of our holy father Basil and the rest, all of these—that is, the Scripture of the Old and New Testament, its exegesis, and the ConferencesInstitutes and Lives of the Fathers—all of these are tools of virtue for good and obedient monks. But, for us, lazy, neglectful and wicked, they cause a blush of shame. Lazy, that is to say idle and neglectful.

Istud quod dicit quid aliud sunt nisi bene viventium et obedientium monachorum instrumenta virtutum, ita intelligitur, quasi diceret: illi libri sunt instrumenta bonis, unde sciant perficere bona opera et relinquere [page 634] mala, malis autem confusio.

When he says, what else are they but tools of virtue for good and obedient monks, it should be understood, as if he were to say: these books are instruments for the good, whereby they might learn how to accomplish good works and abandon [page 634] wicked ones, but they cause confusion to wicked men.

V. gr.: sunt duo homines, qui laborant habentes aequaliter omnia, i. e. boves et cetera opera, quae ad cultum terrae pertinent: unus illorum est studiosior in laborando et, cum laborat, colligit exinde fructus plurimos; alter vero est, qui pro pigritia sua non laboravit et non habet fruges, quas colligere debeat; eo quod non laboravit, ideo non recolligit. Vide modo unde ille laudatur, quia habuit et laboravit, inde iste magis vituperatur ad comparationem illius, quia habuit sicut ille omnia et tamen pro pigritia sua noluit laborare. 

As an example: there were two men who were laborers and possessed everything in equal measure, that is to say, the oxen and other things necessary for tilling the earth. One of them was more zealous in his work, and when he worked he reaped greater rewards as a result. But there was still the other man, who did not work on account of his indolence and did not have the rewards he ought to have reaped. Because he did not work, therefore he did not reap. See now for what reason the first man is praised—because he possessed what was necessary and he worked—but the second is instead scorned in comparison—because he had all the same advantages as the first man and nevertheless refused to work out of indolence. 

Secundum hunc sensum dicit B. Gregorius in sua homilia, ubi dicitur: Cum audieritis proelia et seditiones [Luke 21:9] et rel. et pervenit usque ad id, quod dicit: Contingent haec vobis in testimonium [Luke 21:13]: In testimonium videlicet quorum? Nisi eorum, qui aut persequendo mortes inferunt aut videndo non imitantur? Mors quippe justorum bonis in adjutorium est, malis in testimonium, ut inde perversi sine excusatione pereant, unde electi exemplum capiunt, ut vivant. [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia 35, c. 2, CCSL 141, p. 323] 

Following this sentiment, the blessed Gregory says in his homily, where it is said: When you shall hear of wars and seditions [Luke 21:9] and the rest, and eventually he gets that point where he says: And it shall happen unto you for a testimony [Luke 21:13]. Gregory says, ‘For a testimony, but whose? Unless those who inflict death by persecution or do not imitate though they see? The death of the just is a help to the good but a testimony to the wicked, so that for the very reason the wicked die without excuse, the chosen may take up an example for living [Gregory the Great, Homilia in Evangelia 35, c. 2]. 

Similiter etiam in hoc loco intelligendum est, quia quantum electi homines apud Deum gloriosiores et laetiores sunt pro eo, quia vitam sanctorum atque doctrinam audierunt et imitari studuerunt, tantum negligentes et pigri cum majore verecundia atque confusione ante Deum existunt pro eo, quod exempla sanctorum doctrinamque non solum imitari, sed etiam audire noluerunt.

It must be understood similarly in this passage. To the extent that those men chosen in the presence of God are more renowned and blessed, because they listened to the life and teaching of the saints and strived to imitate them, so the neglectful and indolent appear before God in great shame and confusion, because not only did they refuse to imitate the examples of saints and their teaching, but they even refused to listen.

Sequitur: 8Quisquis ergo ad patriam coelestem festinas, hanc minimam inchoationis regulam descriptam adjuvante Christo perfice. Minimam cum dicit, subaudiendum est: ad comparationem doctrinarum patrum, quasi diceret: Quicunque es, qui ad patriam coelestem festinas, istam minimam doctrinam prius implere stude, 9et tunc demum, i. e. deinde vel deinceps seu postremum ad majora, quae supra memoravimus, doctrinae virtutumque culmina Deo protegente pervenies.

Benedict continues: 8Therefore, whoever you are, hastening toward your heavenly home, with Christ’s help carry out this little Rule sketched as a beginning. When he says little, it ought to be understood in comparison to the teachings of the Fathers, as if he were to say: Whoever you are, who hasten toward your heavenly home, first try to complete this little teaching, 9and then at last—that is to say, from there or in turn or at last—you will reach those greater heights of learning and virtues we mentioned above, with God’s protection

Notandum est enim, quia ordinem congruum tenuit in hoc loco S. Benedictus. Sicut enim dixit [page 635] superius: doctrinae sanctorum patrum et paginae aut sermo novi et veteris testamenti et collationes patrum et instituta et regula S. Basilii, hic1 dicit doctrinae, eo quod doctrina ad illa omnia superiora attinet; virtutumque culmina attinet ad vitam illorum. Et notandum est, quia illi dicitur venire, qui nondum venit. In hoc loco patet licentiam donare S. Benedictus perficientibus hanc minimam legem [et] ad majora ire.  

For, it must be noted that S. Benedict maintains a suitable structure in this passage. For as he said [page 635] above: the teachings of the holy Fathers and the pages or word of the New and Old Testament and the Conferences of the Fathers and their Institutes and the Rule of S. Basil, he calls teachings, because the word ‘teaching’ pertains to all these greater texts and the height of virtues pertains to their lives. And it must be noted that the to arrive is addressed to him who has not yet arrived. In this passage, S. Benedict makes clear that he gives permission to those who have completed this little rule to move on to greater things. 

Ubi notandum est: si illis concedit egredi S. Benedictus, qui pro perfectione sua volunt exire de monasterio, multo magis concedit etiam illis, qui in loco periculoso constituti sunt et tumultuoso atque inordinato, et ibi professionem suam non possunt implere, ad alia loca ire, i. e. aut ad solitudinem aut ad aliud strictius monasterium.

And here it must be noted: if S. Benedict allows someone to depart when he wants to leave the monastery on account of his perfection, all the more does he allow others to go elsewhere—whether to a solitary retreat or to a stricter monastery—when they are in a dangerous place, whether turbulent and undisciplined or where they can not fulfill their vows.

Forte dicit aliquis: 'Quomodo hoc possum cognoscere, ut isti tales egrediantur de monasterio?' Cui respondendum est: Si isti, qui sponte exit, conceditur egredi, qui si ibi etiam voluisset stare, non periculosum esset illi, magis conceditur etiam illi, qui ob liberationem animae suae vult exire, posse exire, quam illi, qui si ibi voluisset stare, non esset illi periculosum; ut, quia ibi non potest salvare, salvetur in alio loco.

Maybe someone says: ‘How am I able to judge whether such men as these may depart the monastery?’ To which the answer must be: if he who leaves of his own free will is allowed to depart, when, had he chosen to remain, he would have been in no danger, then it is better to let that one depart who wants to leave for the sake of freeing his soul than the one who, had he chosen to remain would have been in no danger; so that he, because he can not here be saved, might be saved somewhere else.

Explicit traditio, quam Hildemarus monachus exposuit super regulam S. Benedicti et tradidit discipulis suis. Facientibus haec regna patebunt superna. Amen.

Here ends the commentary which the monk Hildemar wrote about the rule of S. Benedict and handed down to his disciples. May the heavenly kingdom lay open to those who do these things. Amen.


1. ita hic. (Mittermüller).
 


Copyright © 2014 The Hildemar Project
Editor Login Page